diff options
| author | Norbert Preining <norbert@preining.info> | 2019-12-30 03:01:34 +0000 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Norbert Preining <norbert@preining.info> | 2019-12-30 03:01:34 +0000 |
| commit | 0af8a1a375250bdab8576ca414baae91122ea6a3 (patch) | |
| tree | 712572d132615517c42be58f815bdda7e0bb71a1 /macros | |
| parent | d42fde796d40a1fe4936ff2a7d96c1524109db7a (diff) | |
CTAN sync 201912300301
Diffstat (limited to 'macros')
137 files changed, 12350 insertions, 30396 deletions
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/apa7/apa7.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/apa7/apa7.dtx index 3a425a9729..303a2064f9 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/apa7/apa7.dtx +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/apa7/apa7.dtx @@ -4,11 +4,11 @@ % % % CHANGE THESE VALUES WITH EACH NEW RELEASE: % % % -%<class>\ProvidesClass{apa7}[2019/12/26 v1.00 APA formatting (7th edition)] +%<class>\ProvidesClass{apa7}[2019/12/29 v1.01 APA formatting (7th edition)] % % %<*internal> % -\def\apaSevenVersionDate{2019/12/26} -\def\apaSevenVersionNumber{1.00} +\def\apaSevenVersionDate{2019/12/29} +\def\apaSevenVersionNumber{1.01} % % % % % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% @@ -226,7 +226,10 @@ and the derived files apa7.ins, % % \maketitle % -% \changes{v1.0}{2019/12/26}{Initial release} +% \changes{v1.00}{2019/12/26}{Initial release} +% +% \changes{v1.01}{2019/12/29}{Corrected figure caption styles for doc format.} +% \changes{v1.01}{2019/12/29}{Clarified that apacite and natbib are in 6th edition style.} % % \begin{abstract} % The \textit{Publication Manual} of the American Psychological @@ -311,9 +314,11 @@ and the derived files apa7.ins, % \textsf{biblatex} package; see Section~\ref{sec:biblatexinfo} for % details. % \item \DescribeMacro{apacite}|apacite|: Loads the \textsf{apacite} -% package; see Section~\ref{sec:apaciteinfo} for details. +% package; see Section~\ref{sec:apaciteinfo} for details. \\ +% \textit{\textbf{Note:} at this time, this will produce citations in 6th edition format. } % \item \DescribeMacro{natbib}|natbib|: See -% Section~\ref{sec:natbibinfo} for details. +% Section~\ref{sec:natbibinfo} for details. \\ +% \textit{\textbf{Note:} at this time, this will produce citations in 6th edition format.} % \item \DescribeMacro{mask}|mask|: Masks references that are marked % as the author's own (for masked peer review); see % Section~\ref{sec:masking} for details. @@ -709,10 +714,12 @@ and the derived files apa7.ins, % % \subsection{Flexible Bibliographies} % The \textsf{apa7} class supports three bibliography packages: -% \textsf{biblatex}, \textsf{apacite}, and \textsf{natbib}. +% \textsf{biblatex}, \textsf{apacite}, and \textsf{natbib}. \\ \\ +% At this time, only biblatex is updated to support the 7th edition of APA style for citations and references. % % \subsubsection{\textsf{biblatex}} % \label{sec:biblatexinfo} +% \textit{\textbf{Note:} This is the recommended method for 7th edition citations and references.} \\ % Biblatex is the most APA-compliant bibiliography package. The % \DescribeMacro{biblatex}|biblatex| option directs \textsf{apa7} to % load the \textsf{biblatex} package with the following options: @@ -726,6 +733,7 @@ and the derived files apa7.ins, % % \subsubsection{\textsf{apacite}} % \label{sec:apaciteinfo} +% \textit{\textbf{Note:} at this time, this will produce citations in 6th edition format.} \\ % The \textsf{apacite} package is loaded if the % \DescribeMacro{apacite}|apacite| option is specified. This option % also informs \textsf{apa7} to mask references using \textsf{apacite} @@ -734,6 +742,7 @@ and the derived files apa7.ins, % % \subsubsection{\textsf{natbib}} % \label{sec:natbibinfo} +% \textit{\textbf{Note:} at this time, this will produce citations in 6th edition format.} \\ % Specifying the \DescribeMacro{natbib}|natbib| option implicitly % loads \textsf{apacite} and \textsf{natbib} and directs % \textsf{apa7} to mask references using \textsf{natbib} commands if @@ -743,7 +752,7 @@ and the derived files apa7.ins, % \label{sec:keywords} % Many journals (including APA journals) request authors to provide % keywords for their manuscripts to facilitate electronic indexing. -% \textsf{apa7} introduces the \DescribeMacro{\keywords}|\keywords| +% \textsf{apa6} introduced the \DescribeMacro{\keywords}|\keywords| % command. If provided, keywords will be displayed on a line beneath % the abstract. For languages other than English, the `Keywords' % label can be localized by modifying the appropriate configuration @@ -1665,9 +1674,9 @@ and the derived files apa7.ins, -%========== APA Section heading & seriation, adapted from class apa7e +%========== APA Section heading & seriation, adapted from class apa6e -% % Below is the license statement from the apa7e class, from which a +% % Below is the license statement from the apa6e class, from which a % % small bit of code was used (with permission from Nathaniel Smith) % % Copyright (C) 2011 by Nathaniel J. Smith <njs@pobox.com> % % @@ -1748,9 +1757,9 @@ and the derived files apa7.ins, \DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{figurelabel}{\hspace{-\parindent}\raggedright\textbf{#1 #2}} \DeclareCaptionTextFormat{tabletext}{\hspace{-\parindent}\textit{#1}} }{% doc - \DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{tablelabel}{\hspace{-\parindent}#1 #2} - \DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{figurelabel}{\hspace{-\parindent}\textit{#1 #2}} - \DeclareCaptionTextFormat{tabletext}{\hspace{-\parindent}\textit{#1}} + \DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{tablelabel}{\hspace{-\parindent}\raggedright\textbf{#1 #2}} + \DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{figurelabel}{\hspace{-\parindent}\raggedright\textbf{#1 #2}} + \DeclareCaptionTextFormat{tabletext}{\hspace{-\parindent}\raggedright\textit{#1}} } \captionsetup[table]{position=above,skip=0pt,labelformat=tablelabel,labelsep=newline,textformat=tabletext} \captionsetup[figure]{position=above,skip=0pt,labelformat=figurelabel,labelsep=newline,textfont=it} @@ -1761,7 +1770,7 @@ and the derived files apa7.ins, %============================================================= % -% End of code from apa7e +% End of code from apa6e % %============================================================= diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/apa7/apa7.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/apa7/apa7.pdf Binary files differindex 8aa2808975..ee6608e236 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/apa7/apa7.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/apa7/apa7.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/apa7/config/APAczech.txt b/macros/latex/contrib/apa7/config/APAczech.txt index 9376e5490a..7f97c94a80 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/apa7/config/APAczech.txt +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/apa7/config/APAczech.txt @@ -29,9 +29,9 @@ %% \ProvidesFile{APAczech.txt}[2012/02/23 v1.25 apa7 configuration for Czech] -\renewcommand{\acksname}{Pozn^^c3^^a1mka~autora}% Author Note -\renewcommand{\keywordname}{Kl^^c3^^adcov^^c3^^a1~1slova}% Keywords -\renewcommand{\notesname}{Pozn^^c3^^a1mky}% Footnotes +\renewcommand{\acksname}{Poznámka~autora}% Author Note +\renewcommand{\keywordname}{KlÃcová~1slova}% Keywords +\renewcommand{\notesname}{Poznámky}% Footnotes %% %% Copyright (C) 2019 by Daniel A. Weiss <daniel.weiss.led at gmail.com> diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/apa7/config/APAgerman.txt b/macros/latex/contrib/apa7/config/APAgerman.txt index 90b6a1baf0..82eed3cbe1 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/apa7/config/APAgerman.txt +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/apa7/config/APAgerman.txt @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ \renewcommand{\acksname}{Autorenhinweis}% Author Note \renewcommand{\keywordname}{Schl\"usselw\"orter}% Keywords -\renewcommand{\notesname}{Fu^^c3^^9fnoten}% Footnotes +\renewcommand{\notesname}{Fußnoten}% Footnotes %% %% Copyright (C) 2019 by Daniel A. Weiss <daniel.weiss.led at gmail.com> diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/apa7/config/APAngerman.txt b/macros/latex/contrib/apa7/config/APAngerman.txt index bd1854982b..1ce7e2478c 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/apa7/config/APAngerman.txt +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/apa7/config/APAngerman.txt @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ \renewcommand{\acksname}{Autorenhinweis}% Author Note \renewcommand{\keywordname}{Schl\"usselw\"orter}% Keywords -\renewcommand{\notesname}{Fu^^c3^^9fnoten}% Footnotes +\renewcommand{\notesname}{Fußnoten}% Footnotes %% %% Copyright (C) 2019 by Daniel A. Weiss <daniel.weiss.led at gmail.com> diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/apa7/samples/longsample.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/apa7/samples/longsample.pdf Binary files differindex f41a5b394d..1af9d9eebc 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/apa7/samples/longsample.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/apa7/samples/longsample.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/apa7/samples/shortsample.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/apa7/samples/shortsample.pdf Binary files differindex b94a563fcf..55900e2ff5 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/apa7/samples/shortsample.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/apa7/samples/shortsample.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/README b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/README index 3eba59c667..d12dfb5579 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/README +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/README @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -KOMA-Script 2019/10/12 v3.27 +KOMA-Script 2019/12/23 v3.28 Copyright (c) Markus Kohm <komascript(at)gmx.info>, 1994-2019 This material is subject to the LaTeX Project Public License. See @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ Requires: scrkbase - internal KOMA-Script package Recommended: scrlayer-scrpage - KOMA-Script package License: LPPL 1.3c or later State: Author maintained -Version: 2019/10/12 v3.27 +Version: 2019/12/23 v3.28 ============================================================================== scrarticle - wrapper class to scrartcl ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ Abstract: scrreport is a very simple wrapper class to scrartcl. Is has Requires: scrartcl.cls - KOMA-Script class License: LPPL 1.3c or later State: Author maintained -Version: 2019/10/12 v3.27 +Version: 2019/12/23 v3.28 ============================================================================== scrbase - basic features for KOMA-Script, e.g. conditionals and key=value ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ Requires: keyval - key=value package from the graphics bundle manipulation License: LPPL 1.3c or later State: Author maintained -Version: 2019/10/12 v3.27 +Version: 2019/12/23 v3.28 ============================================================================== scrbook - versatile class may be used as a drop-in replacement of book ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ Requires: scrkbase - internal KOMA-Script package typearea - KOMA-Script package License: LPPL 1.3c or later State: Author maintained -Version: 2019/10/12 v3.27 +Version: 2019/12/23 v3.28 ============================================================================== scrdate - calender date operations, e.g. calculation of the day of the week ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ Requires: scrkbase - KOMA-Script package for some basic features. manipulation License: LPPL 1.3c or later State: Author maintained -Version: 2019/10/12 v3.27 +Version: 2019/12/23 v3.28 ============================================================================== scrdoc - internal source documentation class of KOMA-Script ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ Requires: scrkbase - internal package with some basics of KOMA-Script etoolbox - tool-box for LaTeX programming using e-TeX License: LPPL 1.3c or later State: Author maintained -Version: 2019/10/12 v3.27 +Version: 2019/12/23 v3.28 ============================================================================== scrfontsizes - package to generate a KOMA-Script font size file ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ @@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ Abstract: scrfontsizes is a LaTeX package of the KOMA-Script bundle. Requires: scrextend - some KOMA-Script features for other classes License: LPPL 1.3c or later State: Author maintained -Version: 2019/10/12 v3.27 +Version: 2019/12/23 v3.28 ============================================================================== scrhack - patch some isues with other packages ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ Requires: scrkbase - internal KOMA-Script package with basics xpatch - extending etoolbox patching commands License: LPPL 1.3c or later State: Author maintained -Version: 2019/10/12 v3.27 +Version: 2019/12/23 v3.28 ============================================================================== scrjura - contract environment for advocates and scholary persons in law ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ Requires: scrkbase - internal KOMA-Script package with basics tocbasic - features for helper files and float environments License: LPPL 1.3c or later State: Author maintained -Version: 2019/10/12 v3.27 +Version: 2019/12/23 v3.28 ============================================================================== scrkbase - internal basic features for KOMA-Script classes and packages ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ @@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ Requires: scrbase - KOMA-Script package for some basic features. manipulation License: LPPL 1.3c or later State: Author maintained -Version: 2019/10/12 v3.27 +Version: 2019/12/23 v3.28 ============================================================================== scrlayer-fancyhdr - combining scrlayer with fancyhdr ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ @@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ Abstract: scrlayer-notecolumn is a LaTeX package of the KOMA-Script Requires: scrlayer.sty License: LPPL 1.3c or later State: Author maintained, proof of concept -Version: 2019/06/27 v0.3.3161 +Version: 2019/12/02 v0.3.3426 ============================================================================== scrlayer-scrpage - controlling page headers and footers ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ @@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ Abstract: scrlayer-scrpage is a LaTeX package of the KOMA-Script Requires: scrlayer.sty License: LPPL 1.3c or later State: Author maintained -Version: 2019/10/12 v3.27 +Version: 2019/12/23 v3.28 ============================================================================== scrlayer - defining layers and controlling page headers and footers ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ @@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ Abstract: scrlayer is a LaTeX package of the KOMA-Script bundle. Requires: scrkbase.sty License: LPPL 1.3c or later State: Author maintained -Version: 2019/10/12 v3.27 +Version: 2019/12/23 v3.28 ============================================================================== scrletter - wrapper class to scrlttr2 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ @@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ Abstract: scrreport is a very simple wrapper class to scrlttr2. Is has Requires: scrlttr2.cls - KOMA-Script class License: LPPL 1.3c or later State: Author maintained -Version: 2019/10/12 v3.27 +Version: 2019/12/23 v3.28 ============================================================================== scrletter - letter extention to KOMA-Script classes ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ @@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ Requires: scrkbase - internal KOMA-Script package Recommended: marvosym - package by Martin Vogel providing symbols License: LPPL 1.3c or later State: Author maintained -Version: 2019/10/12 v3.27 +Version: 2019/12/23 v3.28 ============================================================================== scrlfile - control of package dependencies ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ @@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ Abstract: scrlfile is a LaTeX package of the KOMA-Script bundle. It Requires: License: LPPL 1.3c or later State: Author maintained -Version: 2019/10/12 v3.27 +Version: 2019/12/23 v3.28 ============================================================================== scrlttr2 - versatile letter class with separation of text area and note paper ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ @@ -434,7 +434,7 @@ Requires: scrkbase - internal KOMA-Script package Recommended: marvosym - package by Martin Vogel providing symbols License: LPPL 1.3c or later State: Author maintained -Version: 2019/10/12 v3.27 +Version: 2019/12/23 v3.28 ============================================================================== scrpage2 - control of page headers and footers ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ @@ -459,7 +459,7 @@ Requires: Successor: scrlayer-scrpage License: LPPL 1.3c or later State: Author maintained, obsolete -Version: 2019/10/12 v3.27 +Version: 2019/12/23 v3.28 ============================================================================== scrreport - wrapper class to scrreprt ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ @@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ Abstract: scrreport is a very simple wrapper class to scrreprt. Is has Requires: scrreprt.cls - KOMA-Script class License: LPPL 1.3c or later State: Author maintained -Version: 2019/10/12 v3.27 +Version: 2019/12/23 v3.28 ============================================================================== scrreprt - versatile class may be used as a drop-in replacement of report ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ @@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ Requires: scrkbase - internal KOMA-Script package typearea - KOMA-Script package License: LPPL 1.3c or later State: Author maintained -Version: 2019/10/12 v3.27 +Version: 2019/12/23 v3.28 ============================================================================== scrtime - show the time of the LaTeX run ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ @@ -506,7 +506,7 @@ Abstract: scrtime is a LaTeX package of the KOMA-Script bundle. It Requires: scrkbase - internal package with some basics of KOMA-Script License: LPPL 1.3c or later State: Author maintained -Version: 2019/10/12 v3.27 +Version: 2019/12/23 v3.28 ============================================================================== scrwfile - Spare write handles for helper files to avoid `No room' messages ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ @@ -560,7 +560,7 @@ Abstract: tocbasic is a LaTeX package of the KOMA-Script bundle. The Requires: scrbase - KOMA-Script package for some basic features. License: LPPL 1.3c or later State: Author maintained -Version: 2019/10/12 v3.27 +Version: 2019/12/23 v3.28 ============================================================================== tocstyle - Control layout of table of contents, list of figures etc. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ @@ -601,5 +601,5 @@ Abstract: Many LaTeX classes, including the standard classes, present Requires: scrkbase - internal basic features for KOMA-Script packages License: LPPL 1.3c or later State: Autor maintained -Version: 2019/10/12 v3.27 +Version: 2019/12/23 v3.28 ============================================================================== diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/doc/komamarks.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/doc/komamarks.pdf Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index c27921f075..0000000000 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/doc/komamarks.pdf +++ /dev/null diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/doc/manifest.txt b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/doc/manifest.txt index 88695326ba..5cab354d10 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/doc/manifest.txt +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/doc/manifest.txt @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ % Dieses Werk besteht aus den in manifest.txt aufgefuehrten Dateien. % ====================================================================== % -% CONTENTS OF THE KOMA-SCRIPT RELEASE 2019/10/12 v3.27 +% CONTENTS OF THE KOMA-SCRIPT RELEASE 2019/12/23 v3.28 % ------------------------------------------------------ % % @@ -321,8 +321,6 @@ % scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx % - KOMA-Script note column package using layers % -% komamarks.dtx - KOMA-Script extra marks package -% % % Installation scripts for the various parts: % ------------------------------------------- @@ -529,8 +527,6 @@ scrlayer.dtx scrlayer-scrpage.dtx scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx -komamarks.dtx - scrdocstrip.tex scrmain.ins scrstrip.inc diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/doc/scrguide.html b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/doc/scrguide.html index 1b786f68a6..8729266a5d 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/doc/scrguide.html +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/doc/scrguide.html @@ -19,1000 +19,980 @@ </ul> <h2><a name="option">Optionen</a></h2> <ul> - <li><a name="option.12h"></a><a href="#option.12h">12h</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrtime.option.12h">286</a></li> + <li><a name="option.12h"></a><a href="#option.12h">12h</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrtime.option.12h">299</a></li> <li><a name="option.BCOR"></a><a href="#option.BCOR">BCOR</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:typearea.option.BCOR">34</a></li> <li><a name="option.DIV"></a><a href="#option.DIV">DIV</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:typearea.option.DIV">35</a></li> - <li><a name="option.abstract"></a><a href="#option.abstract">abstract</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.option.abstract">75</a></li> - <li><a name="option.addrfield"></a><a href="#option.addrfield">addrfield</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.addrfield">206</a></li> - <li><a name="option.adrFreeIVempty"></a><a href="#option.adrFreeIVempty">adrFreeIVempty</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scraddr.option.adrFreeIVempty">290</a></li> - <li><a name="option.adrFreeIVshow"></a><a href="#option.adrFreeIVshow">adrFreeIVshow</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scraddr.option.adrFreeIVshow">290</a></li> - <li><a name="option.adrFreeIVstop"></a><a href="#option.adrFreeIVstop">adrFreeIVstop</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scraddr.option.adrFreeIVstop">290</a></li> - <li><a name="option.adrFreeIVwarn"></a><a href="#option.adrFreeIVwarn">adrFreeIVwarn</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scraddr.option.adrFreeIVwarn">290</a></li> - <li><a name="option.appendixprefix"></a><a href="#option.appendixprefix">appendixprefix</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.option.appendixprefix">102</a></li> - <li><a name="option.areasetadvanced"></a><a href="#option.areasetadvanced">areasetadvanced</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:typearea-experts.option.areasetadvanced">498</a></li> - <li><a name="option.autoclearnotecolumns"></a><a href="#option.autoclearnotecolumns">autoclearnotecolumns</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.option.autoclearnotecolumns">494</a></li> - <li><a name="option.autoenlargeheadfoot"></a><a href="#option.autoenlargeheadfoot">autoenlargeheadfoot</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.autoenlargeheadfoot">254</a></li> - <li><a name="option.automark"></a><a href="#option.automark">automark</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.automark">271</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.option.automark">462</a></li> - <li><a name="option.autooneside"></a><a href="#option.autooneside">autooneside</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.autooneside">271</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.option.autooneside">462</a></li> - <li><a name="option.autoremoveinterfaces"></a><a href="#option.autoremoveinterfaces">autoremoveinterfaces</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.option.autoremoveinterfaces">469</a></li> - <li><a name="option.backaddress"></a><a href="#option.backaddress">backaddress</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.backaddress">206</a></li> - <li><a name="option.bibliography"></a><a href="#option.bibliography">bibliography</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.option.bibliography">159</a></li> - <li><a name="option.captions"></a><a href="#option.captions">captions</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.option.captions">137</a></li> - <li><a name="option.chapteratlists"></a><a href="#option.chapteratlists">chapteratlists</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.option.chapteratlists">106</a></li> - <li><a name="option.chapterentrydots"></a><a href="#option.chapterentrydots">chapterentrydots</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.option.chapterentrydots">79</a></li> - <li><a name="option.chapterprefix"></a><a href="#option.chapterprefix">chapterprefix</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.option.chapterprefix">102</a></li> - <li><a name="option.clausemark"></a><a href="#option.clausemark">clausemark</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.option.clausemark">321</a></li> - <li><a name="option.cleardoublepage"></a><a href="#option.cleardoublepage">cleardoublepage</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.cleardoublepage">229</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.option.cleardoublepage">305</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.option.cleardoublepage">92</a></li> - <li><a name="option.clines"></a><a href="#option.clines">clines</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.clines">279</a></li> - <li><a name="option.contract"></a><a href="#option.contract">contract</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.option.contract">319</a></li> - <li><a name="option.deactivatepagestylelayers"></a><a href="#option.deactivatepagestylelayers">deactivatepagestylelayers</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.option.deactivatepagestylelayers">457</a></li> - <li><a name="option.draft"></a><a href="#option.draft">draft</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.draft">173</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.draft">272</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.option.draft">295</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.option.draft">463</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.option.draft">59</a></li> - <li><a name="option.enlargefirstpage"></a><a href="#option.enlargefirstpage">enlargefirstpage</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.enlargefirstpage">194</a></li> - <li><a name="option.extendedfeature"></a><a href="#option.extendedfeature">extendedfeature</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.option.extendedfeature">295</a></li> - <li><a name="option.firstfoot"></a><a href="#option.firstfoot">firstfoot</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.firstfoot">219</a></li> - <li><a name="option.firsthead"></a><a href="#option.firsthead">firsthead</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.firsthead">195</a></li> - <li><a name="option.fleqn"></a><a href="#option.fleqn">fleqn</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.option.fleqn">136</a></li> - <li><a name="option.foldmarks"></a><a href="#option.foldmarks">foldmarks</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.foldmarks">192</a></li> - <li><a name="option.fontsize"></a><a href="#option.fontsize">fontsize</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.fontsize">184</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.option.fontsize">296</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.option.fontsize">61</a></li> - <li><a name="option.footbotline"></a><a href="#option.footbotline">footbotline</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.footbotline">278</a></li> - <li><a name="option.footheight"></a><a href="#option.footheight">footheight</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:typearea.option.footheight">47</a></li> + <li><a name="option.abstract"></a><a href="#option.abstract">abstract</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.option.abstract">74</a></li> + <li><a name="option.addrfield"></a><a href="#option.addrfield">addrfield</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.addrfield">213</a></li> + <li><a name="option.adrFreeIVempty"></a><a href="#option.adrFreeIVempty">adrFreeIVempty</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scraddr.option.adrFreeIVempty">303</a></li> + <li><a name="option.adrFreeIVshow"></a><a href="#option.adrFreeIVshow">adrFreeIVshow</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scraddr.option.adrFreeIVshow">303</a></li> + <li><a name="option.adrFreeIVstop"></a><a href="#option.adrFreeIVstop">adrFreeIVstop</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scraddr.option.adrFreeIVstop">303</a></li> + <li><a name="option.adrFreeIVwarn"></a><a href="#option.adrFreeIVwarn">adrFreeIVwarn</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scraddr.option.adrFreeIVwarn">303</a></li> + <li><a name="option.appendixprefix"></a><a href="#option.appendixprefix">appendixprefix</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.option.appendixprefix">101</a></li> + <li><a name="option.areasetadvanced"></a><a href="#option.areasetadvanced">areasetadvanced</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:typearea-experts.option.areasetadvanced">504</a></li> + <li><a name="option.autoclearnotecolumns"></a><a href="#option.autoclearnotecolumns">autoclearnotecolumns</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.option.autoclearnotecolumns">501</a></li> + <li><a name="option.autoenlargeheadfoot"></a><a href="#option.autoenlargeheadfoot">autoenlargeheadfoot</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.autoenlargeheadfoot">266</a></li> + <li><a name="option.automark"></a><a href="#option.automark">automark</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.automark">283</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.option.automark">471</a></li> + <li><a name="option.autooneside"></a><a href="#option.autooneside">autooneside</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.autooneside">283</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.option.autooneside">471</a></li> + <li><a name="option.backaddress"></a><a href="#option.backaddress">backaddress</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.backaddress">213</a></li> + <li><a name="option.bibliography"></a><a href="#option.bibliography">bibliography</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.option.bibliography">156</a></li> + <li><a name="option.captions"></a><a href="#option.captions">captions</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.option.captions">136</a></li> + <li><a name="option.chapteratlists"></a><a href="#option.chapteratlists">chapteratlists</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.option.chapteratlists">105</a></li> + <li><a name="option.chapterentrydots"></a><a href="#option.chapterentrydots">chapterentrydots</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.option.chapterentrydots">78</a></li> + <li><a name="option.chapterprefix"></a><a href="#option.chapterprefix">chapterprefix</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.option.chapterprefix">101</a></li> + <li><a name="option.clausemark"></a><a href="#option.clausemark">clausemark</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.option.clausemark">333</a></li> + <li><a name="option.cleardoublepage"></a><a href="#option.cleardoublepage">cleardoublepage</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.cleardoublepage">243</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.option.cleardoublepage">316</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.option.cleardoublepage">91</a></li> + <li><a name="option.clines"></a><a href="#option.clines">clines</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.clines">292</a></li> + <li><a name="option.contract"></a><a href="#option.contract">contract</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.option.contract">330</a></li> + <li><a name="option.deactivatepagestylelayers"></a><a href="#option.deactivatepagestylelayers">deactivatepagestylelayers</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.option.deactivatepagestylelayers">466</a></li> + <li><a name="option.draft"></a><a href="#option.draft">draft</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.draft">165</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.draft">284</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.option.draft">308</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.option.draft">459</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.option.draft">58</a></li> + <li><a name="option.enlargefirstpage"></a><a href="#option.enlargefirstpage">enlargefirstpage</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.enlargefirstpage">233</a></li> + <li><a name="option.extendedfeature"></a><a href="#option.extendedfeature">extendedfeature</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.option.extendedfeature">308</a></li> + <li><a name="option.firstfoot"></a><a href="#option.firstfoot">firstfoot</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.firstfoot">233</a></li> + <li><a name="option.firsthead"></a><a href="#option.firsthead">firsthead</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.firsthead">200</a></li> + <li><a name="option.fleqn"></a><a href="#option.fleqn">fleqn</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.option.fleqn">135</a></li> + <li><a name="option.foldmarks"></a><a href="#option.foldmarks">foldmarks</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.foldmarks">195</a></li> + <li><a name="option.fontsize"></a><a href="#option.fontsize">fontsize</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.fontsize">189</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.option.fontsize">309</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.option.fontsize">60</a></li> + <li><a name="option.footbotline"></a><a href="#option.footbotline">footbotline</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.footbotline">291</a></li> + <li><a name="option.footheight"></a><a href="#option.footheight">footheight</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:typearea.option.footheight">46</a></li> <li><a name="option.footinclude"></a><a href="#option.footinclude">footinclude</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:typearea.option.footinclude">43</a></li> - <li><a name="option.footlines"></a><a href="#option.footlines">footlines</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:typearea.option.footlines">47</a></li> - <li><a name="option.footnotes"></a><a href="#option.footnotes">footnotes</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.footnotes">230</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.option.footnotes">307</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.option.footnotes">95</a></li> - <li><a name="option.footsepline"></a><a href="#option.footsepline">footsepline</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.footsepline">224</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.footsepline">278</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.option.footsepline">85</a></li> - <li><a name="option.footwidth"></a><a href="#option.footwidth">footwidth</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.footwidth">277</a></li> - <li><a name="option.forceoverwrite"></a><a href="#option.forceoverwrite">forceoverwrite</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.option.forceoverwrite">469</a></li> - <li><a name="option.fromalign"></a><a href="#option.fromalign">fromalign</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.fromalign">195</a></li> - <li><a name="option.fromemail"></a><a href="#option.fromemail">fromemail</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.fromemail">200</a></li> - <li><a name="option.fromfax"></a><a href="#option.fromfax">fromfax</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.fromfax">200</a></li> - <li><a name="option.fromlogo"></a><a href="#option.fromlogo">fromlogo</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.fromlogo">204</a></li> - <li><a name="option.frommobilephone"></a><a href="#option.frommobilephone">frommobilephone</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.frommobilephone">200</a></li> - <li><a name="option.fromphone"></a><a href="#option.fromphone">fromphone</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.fromphone">200</a></li> - <li><a name="option.fromrule"></a><a href="#option.fromrule">fromrule</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.fromrule">196</a></li> - <li><a name="option.fromurl"></a><a href="#option.fromurl">fromurl</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.fromurl">200</a></li> + <li><a name="option.footlines"></a><a href="#option.footlines">footlines</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:typearea.option.footlines">46</a></li> + <li><a name="option.footnotes"></a><a href="#option.footnotes">footnotes</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.footnotes">244</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.option.footnotes">318</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.option.footnotes">94</a></li> + <li><a name="option.footsepline"></a><a href="#option.footsepline">footsepline</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.footsepline">238</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.footsepline">291</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.option.footsepline">84</a></li> + <li><a name="option.footwidth"></a><a href="#option.footwidth">footwidth</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.footwidth">289</a></li> + <li><a name="option.fromalign"></a><a href="#option.fromalign">fromalign</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.fromalign">200</a></li> + <li><a name="option.fromemail"></a><a href="#option.fromemail">fromemail</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.fromemail">206</a></li> + <li><a name="option.fromfax"></a><a href="#option.fromfax">fromfax</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.fromfax">206</a></li> + <li><a name="option.fromlogo"></a><a href="#option.fromlogo">fromlogo</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.fromlogo">210</a></li> + <li><a name="option.frommobilephone"></a><a href="#option.frommobilephone">frommobilephone</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.frommobilephone">206</a></li> + <li><a name="option.fromphone"></a><a href="#option.fromphone">fromphone</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.fromphone">206</a></li> + <li><a name="option.fromrule"></a><a href="#option.fromrule">fromrule</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.fromrule">202</a></li> + <li><a name="option.fromurl"></a><a href="#option.fromurl">fromurl</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.fromurl">206</a></li> <li><a name="option.headheight"></a><a href="#option.headheight">headheight</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:typearea.option.headheight">45</a></li> <li><a name="option.headinclude"></a><a href="#option.headinclude">headinclude</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:typearea.option.headinclude">43</a></li> - <li><a name="option.headings"></a><a href="#option.headings">headings</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.option.headings">102</a></li> + <li><a name="option.headings"></a><a href="#option.headings">headings</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.option.headings">101</a></li> <li><a name="option.headlines"></a><a href="#option.headlines">headlines</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:typearea.option.headlines">45</a></li> - <li><a name="option.headsepline"></a><a href="#option.headsepline">headsepline</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.headsepline">224</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.headsepline">278</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.option.headsepline">85</a></li> - <li><a name="option.headtopline"></a><a href="#option.headtopline">headtopline</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.headtopline">278</a></li> - <li><a name="option.headwidth"></a><a href="#option.headwidth">headwidth</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.headwidth">277</a></li> - <li><a name="option.hmode"></a><a href="#option.hmode">hmode</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.option.hmode">479</a></li> - <li><a name="option.ilines"></a><a href="#option.ilines">ilines</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.ilines">279</a></li> - <li><a name="option.index"></a><a href="#option.index">index</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.option.index">162</a></li> - <li><a name="option.internalonly"></a><a href="#option.internalonly">internalonly</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.option.internalonly">355</a></li> - <li><a name="option.juratitlepagebreak"></a><a href="#option.juratitlepagebreak">juratitlepagebreak</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.option.juratitlepagebreak">321</a></li> - <li><a name="option.juratocindent"></a><a href="#option.juratocindent">juratocindent</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.option.juratocindent">318</a></li> - <li><a name="option.juratocnumberwidth"></a><a href="#option.juratocnumberwidth">juratocnumberwidth</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.option.juratocnumberwidth">318</a></li> - <li><a name="option.juratotoc"></a><a href="#option.juratotoc">juratotoc</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.option.juratotoc">317</a></li> - <li><a name="option.leqno"></a><a href="#option.leqno">leqno</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.option.leqno">136</a></li> - <li><a name="option.listof"></a><a href="#option.listof">listof</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.option.listof">153</a></li> - <li><a name="option.locfield"></a><a href="#option.locfield">locfield</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.locfield">211</a></li> - <li><a name="option.manualmark"></a><a href="#option.manualmark">manualmark</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.manualmark">271</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.option.manualmark">462</a></li> - <li><a name="option.markcase"></a><a href="#option.markcase">markcase</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.markcase">272</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.option.markcase">463</a></li> + <li><a name="option.headsepline"></a><a href="#option.headsepline">headsepline</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.headsepline">238</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.headsepline">291</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.option.headsepline">84</a></li> + <li><a name="option.headtopline"></a><a href="#option.headtopline">headtopline</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.headtopline">291</a></li> + <li><a name="option.headwidth"></a><a href="#option.headwidth">headwidth</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.headwidth">289</a></li> + <li><a name="option.hmode"></a><a href="#option.hmode">hmode</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.option.hmode">486</a></li> + <li><a name="option.ilines"></a><a href="#option.ilines">ilines</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.ilines">292</a></li> + <li><a name="option.index"></a><a href="#option.index">index</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.option.index">160</a></li> + <li><a name="option.juratitlepagebreak"></a><a href="#option.juratitlepagebreak">juratitlepagebreak</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.option.juratitlepagebreak">332</a></li> + <li><a name="option.juratocindent"></a><a href="#option.juratocindent">juratocindent</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.option.juratocindent">329</a></li> + <li><a name="option.juratocnumberwidth"></a><a href="#option.juratocnumberwidth">juratocnumberwidth</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.option.juratocnumberwidth">329</a></li> + <li><a name="option.juratotoc"></a><a href="#option.juratotoc">juratotoc</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.option.juratotoc">328</a></li> + <li><a name="option.leqno"></a><a href="#option.leqno">leqno</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.option.leqno">135</a></li> + <li><a name="option.listof"></a><a href="#option.listof">listof</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.option.listof">151</a></li> + <li><a name="option.locfield"></a><a href="#option.locfield">locfield</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.locfield">219</a></li> + <li><a name="option.manualmark"></a><a href="#option.manualmark">manualmark</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.manualmark">283</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.option.manualmark">471</a></li> + <li><a name="option.markcase"></a><a href="#option.markcase">markcase</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.markcase">284</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.option.markcase">472</a></li> <li><a name="option.mpinclude"></a><a href="#option.mpinclude">mpinclude</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:typearea.option.mpinclude">44</a></li> - <li><a name="option.numbers"></a><a href="#option.numbers">numbers</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.option.numbers">105</a></li> - <li><a name="option.numericaldate"></a><a href="#option.numericaldate">numericaldate</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.numericaldate">212</a></li> - <li><a name="option.olines"></a><a href="#option.olines">olines</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.olines">279</a></li> - <li><a name="option.onpsbackground"></a><a href="#option.onpsbackground">onpsbackground</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.option.onpsbackground">457</a></li> - <li><a name="option.onpsevenpage"></a><a href="#option.onpsevenpage">onpsevenpage</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.option.onpsevenpage">457</a></li> - <li><a name="option.onpsfloatpage"></a><a href="#option.onpsfloatpage">onpsfloatpage</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.option.onpsfloatpage">457</a></li> - <li><a name="option.onpsforeground"></a><a href="#option.onpsforeground">onpsforeground</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.option.onpsforeground">457</a></li> - <li><a name="option.onpsinit"></a><a href="#option.onpsinit">onpsinit</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.option.onpsinit">457</a></li> - <li><a name="option.onpsnonfloatpage"></a><a href="#option.onpsnonfloatpage">onpsnonfloatpage</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.option.onpsnonfloatpage">457</a></li> - <li><a name="option.onpsoddpage"></a><a href="#option.onpsoddpage">onpsoddpage</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.option.onpsoddpage">457</a></li> - <li><a name="option.onpsoneside"></a><a href="#option.onpsoneside">onpsoneside</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.option.onpsoneside">457</a></li> - <li><a name="option.onpsselect"></a><a href="#option.onpsselect">onpsselect</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.option.onpsselect">457</a></li> - <li><a name="option.onpstwoside"></a><a href="#option.onpstwoside">onpstwoside</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.option.onpstwoside">457</a></li> - <li><a name="option.open"></a><a href="#option.open">open</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.option.open">101</a></li> - <li><a name="option.origlongtable"></a><a href="#option.origlongtable">origlongtable</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.option.origlongtable">153</a></li> - <li><a name="option.overfullrule"></a><a href="#option.overfullrule">overfullrule</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.overfullrule">173</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.option.overfullrule">295</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.option.overfullrule">59</a></li> - <li><a name="option.pagenumber"></a><a href="#option.pagenumber">pagenumber</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.pagenumber">225</a></li> - <li><a name="option.pagesize"></a><a href="#option.pagesize">pagesize</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:typearea.option.pagesize">51</a></li> - <li><a name="option.pagestyleset"></a><a href="#option.pagestyleset">pagestyleset</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.pagestyleset">267</a></li> - <li><a name="option.paper"></a><a href="#option.paper">paper</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:typearea.option.paper">50</a></li> - <li><a name="option.parnumber"></a><a href="#option.parnumber">parnumber</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.option.parnumber">322</a></li> - <li><a name="option.parskip"></a><a href="#option.parskip">parskip</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.parskip">222</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.option.parskip">82</a></li> - <li><a name="option.plainfootbotline"></a><a href="#option.plainfootbotline">plainfootbotline</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.plainfootbotline">279</a></li> - <li><a name="option.plainfootsepline"></a><a href="#option.plainfootsepline">plainfootsepline</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.plainfootsepline">279</a></li> - <li><a name="option.plainheadsepline"></a><a href="#option.plainheadsepline">plainheadsepline</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.plainheadsepline">279</a></li> - <li><a name="option.plainheadtopline"></a><a href="#option.plainheadtopline">plainheadtopline</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.plainheadtopline">279</a></li> - <li><a name="option.priority"></a><a href="#option.priority">priority</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.priority">206</a></li> - <li><a name="option.ref"></a><a href="#option.ref">ref</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.option.ref">326</a></li> - <li><a name="option.refline"></a><a href="#option.refline">refline</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.refline">213</a></li> - <li><a name="option.sectionentrydots"></a><a href="#option.sectionentrydots">sectionentrydots</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.option.sectionentrydots">79</a></li> - <li><a name="option.singlespacing"></a><a href="#option.singlespacing">singlespacing</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.option.singlespacing">457</a></li> - <li><a name="option.subject"></a><a href="#option.subject">subject</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.subject">217</a></li> - <li><a name="option.symbolicnames"></a><a href="#option.symbolicnames">symbolicnames</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.symbolicnames">200</a></li> - <li><a name="option.titlepage"></a><a href="#option.titlepage">titlepage</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.option.titlepage">299</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.option.titlepage">68</a></li> - <li><a name="option.toc"></a><a href="#option.toc">toc</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.option.toc">76</a></li> - <li><a name="option.twocolumn"></a><a href="#option.twocolumn">twocolumn</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:typearea.option.twocolumn">43</a></li> - <li><a name="option.twoside"></a><a href="#option.twoside">twoside</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:typearea.option.twoside">42</a></li> - <li><a name="option.usegeometry"></a><a href="#option.usegeometry">usegeometry</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:typearea-experts.option.usegeometry">497</a></li> - <li><a name="option.version"></a><a href="#option.version">version</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.version">172</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.option.version">294</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:typearea.option.version">33</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.option.version">58</a></li> + <li><a name="option.numbers"></a><a href="#option.numbers">numbers</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.option.numbers">104</a></li> + <li><a name="option.numericaldate"></a><a href="#option.numericaldate">numericaldate</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.numericaldate">222</a></li> + <li><a name="option.olines"></a><a href="#option.olines">olines</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.olines">292</a></li> + <li><a name="option.onpsbackground"></a><a href="#option.onpsbackground">onpsbackground</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.option.onpsbackground">466</a></li> + <li><a name="option.onpsevenpage"></a><a href="#option.onpsevenpage">onpsevenpage</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.option.onpsevenpage">466</a></li> + <li><a name="option.onpsfloatpage"></a><a href="#option.onpsfloatpage">onpsfloatpage</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.option.onpsfloatpage">466</a></li> + <li><a name="option.onpsforeground"></a><a href="#option.onpsforeground">onpsforeground</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.option.onpsforeground">466</a></li> + <li><a name="option.onpsinit"></a><a href="#option.onpsinit">onpsinit</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.option.onpsinit">466</a></li> + <li><a name="option.onpsnonfloatpage"></a><a href="#option.onpsnonfloatpage">onpsnonfloatpage</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.option.onpsnonfloatpage">466</a></li> + <li><a name="option.onpsoddpage"></a><a href="#option.onpsoddpage">onpsoddpage</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.option.onpsoddpage">466</a></li> + <li><a name="option.onpsoneside"></a><a href="#option.onpsoneside">onpsoneside</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.option.onpsoneside">466</a></li> + <li><a name="option.onpsselect"></a><a href="#option.onpsselect">onpsselect</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.option.onpsselect">466</a></li> + <li><a name="option.onpstwoside"></a><a href="#option.onpstwoside">onpstwoside</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.option.onpstwoside">466</a></li> + <li><a name="option.open"></a><a href="#option.open">open</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.option.open">100</a></li> + <li><a name="option.origlongtable"></a><a href="#option.origlongtable">origlongtable</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.option.origlongtable">151</a></li> + <li><a name="option.overfullrule"></a><a href="#option.overfullrule">overfullrule</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.overfullrule">165</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.option.overfullrule">308</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.option.overfullrule">58</a></li> + <li><a name="option.pagenumber"></a><a href="#option.pagenumber">pagenumber</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.pagenumber">239</a></li> + <li><a name="option.pagesize"></a><a href="#option.pagesize">pagesize</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:typearea.option.pagesize">50</a></li> + <li><a name="option.pagestyleset"></a><a href="#option.pagestyleset">pagestyleset</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.pagestyleset">280</a></li> + <li><a name="option.paper"></a><a href="#option.paper">paper</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:typearea.option.paper">49</a></li> + <li><a name="option.parnumber"></a><a href="#option.parnumber">parnumber</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.option.parnumber">334</a></li> + <li><a name="option.parskip"></a><a href="#option.parskip">parskip</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.parskip">236</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.option.parskip">81</a></li> + <li><a name="option.plainfootbotline"></a><a href="#option.plainfootbotline">plainfootbotline</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.plainfootbotline">291</a></li> + <li><a name="option.plainfootsepline"></a><a href="#option.plainfootsepline">plainfootsepline</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.plainfootsepline">291</a></li> + <li><a name="option.plainheadsepline"></a><a href="#option.plainheadsepline">plainheadsepline</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.plainheadsepline">291</a></li> + <li><a name="option.plainheadtopline"></a><a href="#option.plainheadtopline">plainheadtopline</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.plainheadtopline">291</a></li> + <li><a name="option.priority"></a><a href="#option.priority">priority</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.priority">213</a></li> + <li><a name="option.ref"></a><a href="#option.ref">ref</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.option.ref">339</a></li> + <li><a name="option.refline"></a><a href="#option.refline">refline</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.refline">222</a></li> + <li><a name="option.sectionentrydots"></a><a href="#option.sectionentrydots">sectionentrydots</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.option.sectionentrydots">78</a></li> + <li><a name="option.singlespacing"></a><a href="#option.singlespacing">singlespacing</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.option.singlespacing">466</a></li> + <li><a name="option.subject"></a><a href="#option.subject">subject</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.subject">227</a></li> + <li><a name="option.symbolicnames"></a><a href="#option.symbolicnames">symbolicnames</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.symbolicnames">206</a></li> + <li><a name="option.titlepage"></a><a href="#option.titlepage">titlepage</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.option.titlepage">311</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.option.titlepage">67</a></li> + <li><a name="option.toc"></a><a href="#option.toc">toc</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.option.toc">75</a></li> + <li><a name="option.twocolumn"></a><a href="#option.twocolumn">twocolumn</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:typearea.option.twocolumn">42</a></li> + <li><a name="option.twoside"></a><a href="#option.twoside">twoside</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:typearea.option.twoside">41</a></li> + <li><a name="option.usegeometry"></a><a href="#option.usegeometry">usegeometry</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:typearea-experts.option.usegeometry">503</a></li> + <li><a name="option.version"></a><a href="#option.version">version</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.version">164</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.option.version">307</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:typearea.option.version">33</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.option.version">57</a></li> </ul> <h2><a name="macro">Anweisungen</a></h2> <ul> - <li><a name="cmd.@fontsizefilebase"></a><a href="#cmd.@fontsizefilebase">\@fontsizefilebase</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.@fontsizefilebase">504</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.@mkboth"></a><a href="#cmd.@mkboth">\@mkboth</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.@mkboth">467</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.@mkboth">474</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.@mkdouble"></a><a href="#cmd.@mkdouble">\@mkdouble</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.@mkdouble">467</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.@mkdouble">474</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.@mkleft"></a><a href="#cmd.@mkleft">\@mkleft</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.@mkleft">467</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.@mkleft">474</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.@mkright"></a><a href="#cmd.@mkright">\@mkright</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.@mkright">467</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.@mkright">474</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.@openbib@code"></a><a href="#cmd.@openbib@code">\@openbib@code</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.@openbib@code">529</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.AddLayersAtBeginOfPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.AddLayersAtBeginOfPageStyle">\AddLayersAtBeginOfPageStyle</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.AddLayersAtBeginOfPageStyle">458</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.AddLayersAtEndOfPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.AddLayersAtEndOfPageStyle">\AddLayersAtEndOfPageStyle</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.AddLayersAtEndOfPageStyle">458</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.AddLayersToPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.AddLayersToPageStyle">\AddLayersToPageStyle</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.AddLayersToPageStyle">458</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleAfterLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleAfterLayer">\AddLayersToPageStyleAfterLayer</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleAfterLayer">459</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleBeforeLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleBeforeLayer">\AddLayersToPageStyleBeforeLayer</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleBeforeLayer">459</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.AddToLayerPageStyleOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.AddToLayerPageStyleOptions">\AddToLayerPageStyleOptions</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.AddToLayerPageStyleOptions">459</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.Address"></a><a href="#cmd.Address">\Address</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scraddr.cmd.Address">288</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.AddtoDoHook"></a><a href="#cmd.AddtoDoHook">\AddtoDoHook</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.AddtoDoHook">369</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.AddtoOneTimeDoHook"></a><a href="#cmd.AddtoOneTimeDoHook">\AddtoOneTimeDoHook</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.AddtoOneTimeDoHook">369</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.AfterAtEndOfClass"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterAtEndOfClass">\AfterAtEndOfClass</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.AfterAtEndOfClass">374</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.AfterAtEndOfPackage"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterAtEndOfPackage">\AfterAtEndOfPackage</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.AfterAtEndOfPackage">374</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.AfterBibliographyPreamble"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterBibliographyPreamble">\AfterBibliographyPreamble</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.AfterBibliographyPreamble">161</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.AfterCalculatingTypearea*"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterCalculatingTypearea*">\AfterCalculatingTypearea*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:typearea-experts.cmd.AfterCalculatingTypearea*">500</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.AfterCalculatingTypearea"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterCalculatingTypearea">\AfterCalculatingTypearea</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:typearea-experts.cmd.AfterCalculatingTypearea">500</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.AfterClass!"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterClass!">\AfterClass!</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.AfterClass!">374</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.AfterClass*"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterClass*">\AfterClass*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.AfterClass*">374</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.AfterClass+"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterClass+">\AfterClass+</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.AfterClass+">374</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.AfterClass"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterClass">\AfterClass</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.AfterClass">374</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.AfterFile"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterFile">\AfterFile</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.AfterFile">373</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.AfterPackage!"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterPackage!">\AfterPackage!</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.AfterPackage!">374</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.AfterPackage*"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterPackage*">\AfterPackage*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.AfterPackage*">374</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.AfterPackage+"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterPackage+">\AfterPackage+</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.AfterPackage+">374</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.AfterPackage"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterPackage">\AfterPackage</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.AfterPackage">374</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.AfterReadingMainAux"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterReadingMainAux">\AfterReadingMainAux</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.AfterReadingMainAux">376</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.AfterRestoreareas*"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterRestoreareas*">\AfterRestoreareas*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:typearea-experts.cmd.AfterRestoreareas*">499</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.AfterRestoreareas"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterRestoreareas">\AfterRestoreareas</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:typearea-experts.cmd.AfterRestoreareas">499</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.AfterSelectAnyPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterSelectAnyPageStyle">\AfterSelectAnyPageStyle</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.AfterSelectAnyPageStyle">452</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.AfterSettingArea*"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterSettingArea*">\AfterSettingArea*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:typearea-experts.cmd.AfterSettingArea*">500</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.AfterSettingArea"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterSettingArea">\AfterSettingArea</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:typearea-experts.cmd.AfterSettingArea">500</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.AfterStartingTOC"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterStartingTOC">\AfterStartingTOC</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.AfterStartingTOC">396</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.AfterTOCHead"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterTOCHead">\AfterTOCHead</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.AfterTOCHead">396</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.At@startsection"></a><a href="#cmd.At@startsection">\At@startsection</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.At@startsection">528</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.AtAddToTocList"></a><a href="#cmd.AtAddToTocList">\AtAddToTocList</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.AtAddToTocList">391</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.AtBeginLetter"></a><a href="#cmd.AtBeginLetter">\AtBeginLetter</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.AtBeginLetter">177</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.AtEndBibliography"></a><a href="#cmd.AtEndBibliography">\AtEndBibliography</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.AtEndBibliography">161</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.AtEndLetter"></a><a href="#cmd.AtEndLetter">\AtEndLetter</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.AtEndLetter">177</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.AtEndOfFamilyOptions*"></a><a href="#cmd.AtEndOfFamilyOptions*">\AtEndOfFamilyOptions*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.AtEndOfFamilyOptions*">347</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.AtEndOfFamilyOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.AtEndOfFamilyOptions">\AtEndOfFamilyOptions</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.AtEndOfFamilyOptions">347</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.Before@sect"></a><a href="#cmd.Before@sect">\Before@sect</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.Before@sect">528</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.Before@ssect"></a><a href="#cmd.Before@ssect">\Before@ssect</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.Before@ssect">528</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.BeforeClass"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeClass">\BeforeClass</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.BeforeClass">374</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.BeforeClosingMainAux"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeClosingMainAux">\BeforeClosingMainAux</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.BeforeClosingMainAux">376</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.BeforeFamilyProcessOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeFamilyProcessOptions">\BeforeFamilyProcessOptions</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.BeforeFamilyProcessOptions">343</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.BeforeFile"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeFile">\BeforeFile</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.BeforeFile">373</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.BeforePackage"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforePackage">\BeforePackage</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.BeforePackage">374</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.BeforeRestoreareas*"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeRestoreareas*">\BeforeRestoreareas*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:typearea-experts.cmd.BeforeRestoreareas*">499</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.BeforeRestoreareas"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeRestoreareas">\BeforeRestoreareas</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:typearea-experts.cmd.BeforeRestoreareas">499</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.BeforeSelectAnyPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeSelectAnyPageStyle">\BeforeSelectAnyPageStyle</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.BeforeSelectAnyPageStyle">452</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.BeforeStartingTOC"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeStartingTOC">\BeforeStartingTOC</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.BeforeStartingTOC">396</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.BeforeTOCHead"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeTOCHead">\BeforeTOCHead</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.BeforeTOCHead">396</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.BreakBibliography"></a><a href="#cmd.BreakBibliography">\BreakBibliography</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.BreakBibliography">161</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.CenturyPart"></a><a href="#cmd.CenturyPart">\CenturyPart</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrdate.cmd.CenturyPart">280</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ClassInfoNoLine"></a><a href="#cmd.ClassInfoNoLine">\ClassInfoNoLine</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.ClassInfoNoLine">366</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ClassName"></a><a href="#cmd.ClassName">\ClassName</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.ClassName">501</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.Clause"></a><a href="#cmd.Clause">\Clause</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.Clause">319</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.Clauseformat"></a><a href="#cmd.Clauseformat">\Clauseformat</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.Clauseformat">321</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.CloneTOCEntryStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.CloneTOCEntryStyle">\CloneTOCEntryStyle</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.CloneTOCEntryStyle">414</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.Comment"></a><a href="#cmd.Comment">\Comment</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scraddr.cmd.Comment">288</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.DayName"></a><a href="#cmd.DayName">\DayName</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrdate.cmd.DayName">281</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.DayNameByNumber"></a><a href="#cmd.DayNameByNumber">\DayNameByNumber</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrdate.cmd.DayNameByNumber">281</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.DayNumber"></a><a href="#cmd.DayNumber">\DayNumber</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrdate.cmd.DayNumber">280</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.DecadePart"></a><a href="#cmd.DecadePart">\DecadePart</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrdate.cmd.DecadePart">280</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.DeclareLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareLayer">\DeclareLayer</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.DeclareLayer">439</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewJuraEnvironment"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewJuraEnvironment">\DeclareNewJuraEnvironment</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.DeclareNewJuraEnvironment">328</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewLayer">\DeclareNewLayer</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.DeclareNewLayer">439</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewNoteColumn"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewNoteColumn">\DeclareNewNoteColumn</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.DeclareNewNoteColumn">485</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleAlias"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleAlias">\DeclareNewPageStyleAlias</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleAlias">452</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleByLayers"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleByLayers">\DeclareNewPageStyleByLayers</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleByLayers">453</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewSectionCommand"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewSectionCommand">\DeclareNewSectionCommand</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.DeclareNewSectionCommand">507</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewSectionCommands"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewSectionCommands">\DeclareNewSectionCommands</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.DeclareNewSectionCommands">517</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewTOC"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewTOC">\DeclareNewTOC</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.DeclareNewTOC">421</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.DeclareNoteColumn"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNoteColumn">\DeclareNoteColumn</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.DeclareNoteColumn">485</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.DeclarePageStyleAlias"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclarePageStyleAlias">\DeclarePageStyleAlias</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.DeclarePageStyleAlias">452</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.DeclarePageStyleByLayers"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclarePageStyleByLayers">\DeclarePageStyleByLayers</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.DeclarePageStyleByLayers">453</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.DeclareSectionCommand"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareSectionCommand">\DeclareSectionCommand</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.DeclareSectionCommand">507</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.DeclareSectionCommands"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareSectionCommands">\DeclareSectionCommands</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.DeclareSectionCommands">517</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.DeclareSectionNumberDepth"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareSectionNumberDepth">\DeclareSectionNumberDepth</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.DeclareSectionNumberDepth">437</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.DeclareTOCEntryStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareTOCEntryStyle">\DeclareTOCEntryStyle</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.DeclareTOCEntryStyle">412</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.DeclareTOCStyleEntries"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareTOCStyleEntries">\DeclareTOCStyleEntries</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.DeclareTOCStyleEntries">401</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.DeclareTOCStyleEntry"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareTOCStyleEntry">\DeclareTOCStyleEntry</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.DeclareTOCStyleEntry">401</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.DefineFamily"></a><a href="#cmd.DefineFamily">\DefineFamily</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.DefineFamily">339</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.DefineFamilyKey"></a><a href="#cmd.DefineFamilyKey">\DefineFamilyKey</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.DefineFamilyKey">340</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.DefineFamilyMember"></a><a href="#cmd.DefineFamilyMember">\DefineFamilyMember</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.DefineFamilyMember">339</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.DefineTOCEntryBooleanOption"></a><a href="#cmd.DefineTOCEntryBooleanOption">\DefineTOCEntryBooleanOption</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.DefineTOCEntryBooleanOption">412</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.DefineTOCEntryCommandOption"></a><a href="#cmd.DefineTOCEntryCommandOption">\DefineTOCEntryCommandOption</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.DefineTOCEntryCommandOption">412</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.DefineTOCEntryIfOption"></a><a href="#cmd.DefineTOCEntryIfOption">\DefineTOCEntryIfOption</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.DefineTOCEntryIfOption">412</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.DefineTOCEntryLengthOption"></a><a href="#cmd.DefineTOCEntryLengthOption">\DefineTOCEntryLengthOption</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.DefineTOCEntryLengthOption">412</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.DefineTOCEntryNumberOption"></a><a href="#cmd.DefineTOCEntryNumberOption">\DefineTOCEntryNumberOption</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.DefineTOCEntryNumberOption">412</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.DefineTOCEntryOption"></a><a href="#cmd.DefineTOCEntryOption">\DefineTOCEntryOption</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.DefineTOCEntryOption">412</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.DestroyLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.DestroyLayer">\DestroyLayer</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.DestroyLayer">450</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.DestroyPageStyleAlias"></a><a href="#cmd.DestroyPageStyleAlias">\DestroyPageStyleAlias</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.DestroyPageStyleAlias">453</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.DestroyRealLayerPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.DestroyRealLayerPageStyle">\DestroyRealLayerPageStyle</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.DestroyRealLayerPageStyle">460</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ExecuteDoHook"></a><a href="#cmd.ExecuteDoHook">\ExecuteDoHook</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.ExecuteDoHook">368</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.FamilyBoolKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyBoolKey">\FamilyBoolKey</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyBoolKey">348</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.FamilyCSKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyCSKey">\FamilyCSKey</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyCSKey">352</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.FamilyCounterKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyCounterKey">\FamilyCounterKey</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyCounterKey">351</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.FamilyCounterMacroKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyCounterMacroKey">\FamilyCounterMacroKey</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyCounterMacroKey">352</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.FamilyElseValues"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyElseValues">\FamilyElseValues</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyElseValues">355</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.FamilyExecuteOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyExecuteOptions">\FamilyExecuteOptions</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyExecuteOptions">344</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.FamilyInverseBoolKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyInverseBoolKey">\FamilyInverseBoolKey</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyInverseBoolKey">349</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.FamilyKeyState"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyKeyState">\FamilyKeyState</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyKeyState">340</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.FamilyKeyStateNeedValue"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyKeyStateNeedValue">\FamilyKeyStateNeedValue</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyKeyStateNeedValue">340</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.FamilyKeyStateProcessed"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyKeyStateProcessed">\FamilyKeyStateProcessed</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyKeyStateProcessed">340</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknown"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknown">\FamilyKeyStateUnknown</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknown">340</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue">\FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue">340</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.FamilyLengthKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyLengthKey">\FamilyLengthKey</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyLengthKey">352</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.FamilyLengthMacroKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyLengthMacroKey">\FamilyLengthMacroKey</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyLengthMacroKey">352</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.FamilyNumericalKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyNumericalKey">\FamilyNumericalKey</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyNumericalKey">350</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.FamilyOption"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyOption">\FamilyOption</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyOption">346</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.FamilyOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyOptions">\FamilyOptions</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyOptions">345</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.FamilyProcessOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyProcessOptions">\FamilyProcessOptions</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyProcessOptions">342</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.FamilySetBool"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetBool">\FamilySetBool</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilySetBool">348</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.FamilySetCounter"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetCounter">\FamilySetCounter</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilySetCounter">351</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.FamilySetCounterMacro"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetCounterMacro">\FamilySetCounterMacro</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilySetCounterMacro">352</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.FamilySetInverseBool"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetInverseBool">\FamilySetInverseBool</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilySetInverseBool">349</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.FamilySetLength"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetLength">\FamilySetLength</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilySetLength">352</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.FamilySetLengthMacro"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetLengthMacro">\FamilySetLengthMacro</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilySetLengthMacro">352</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.FamilySetNumerical"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetNumerical">\FamilySetNumerical</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilySetNumerical">350</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.FamilySetUseLengthMacro"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetUseLengthMacro">\FamilySetUseLengthMacro</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilySetUseLengthMacro">352</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.FamilyStringKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyStringKey">\FamilyStringKey</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyStringKey">352</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.FamilyUnknownKeyValue"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyUnknownKeyValue">\FamilyUnknownKeyValue</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyUnknownKeyValue">353</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.FamilyUseLengthMacroKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyUseLengthMacroKey">\FamilyUseLengthMacroKey</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyUseLengthMacroKey">352</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.FirstName"></a><a href="#cmd.FirstName">\FirstName</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scraddr.cmd.FirstName">288</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ForDoHook"></a><a href="#cmd.ForDoHook">\ForDoHook</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.ForDoHook">370</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ForEachLayerOfPageStyle*"></a><a href="#cmd.ForEachLayerOfPageStyle*">\ForEachLayerOfPageStyle*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.ForEachLayerOfPageStyle*">457</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ForEachLayerOfPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.ForEachLayerOfPageStyle">\ForEachLayerOfPageStyle</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.ForEachLayerOfPageStyle">457</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.FreeI"></a><a href="#cmd.FreeI">\FreeI</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scraddr.cmd.FreeI">288</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.FreeII"></a><a href="#cmd.FreeII">\FreeII</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scraddr.cmd.FreeII">288</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.FreeIII"></a><a href="#cmd.FreeIII">\FreeIII</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scraddr.cmd.FreeIII">288</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.FreeIV"></a><a href="#cmd.FreeIV">\FreeIV</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scraddr.cmd.FreeIV">288</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.GenericMarkFormat"></a><a href="#cmd.GenericMarkFormat">\GenericMarkFormat</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.GenericMarkFormat">466</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.GenericMarkFormat">471</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.GetLayerContents"></a><a href="#cmd.GetLayerContents">\GetLayerContents</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.GetLayerContents">449</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.GetRealPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.GetRealPageStyle">\GetRealPageStyle</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.GetRealPageStyle">453</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ISODayName"></a><a href="#cmd.ISODayName">\ISODayName</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrdate.cmd.ISODayName">281</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ISODayNumber"></a><a href="#cmd.ISODayNumber">\ISODayNumber</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrdate.cmd.ISODayNumber">280</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ISOToday"></a><a href="#cmd.ISOToday">\ISOToday</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrdate.cmd.ISOToday">282</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.IfActiveMkBoth"></a><a href="#cmd.IfActiveMkBoth">\IfActiveMkBoth</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.IfActiveMkBoth">360</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.IfChapterUsesPrefixLine"></a><a href="#cmd.IfChapterUsesPrefixLine">\IfChapterUsesPrefixLine</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.IfChapterUsesPrefixLine">102</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.IfExistskomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.IfExistskomafont">\IfExistskomafont</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.IfExistskomafont">506</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.IfIsAliaskomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.IfIsAliaskomafont">\IfIsAliaskomafont</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.IfIsAliaskomafont">506</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.IfLayerAtPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.IfLayerAtPageStyle">\IfLayerAtPageStyle</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.IfLayerAtPageStyle">460</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.IfLayerExists"></a><a href="#cmd.IfLayerExists">\IfLayerExists</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.IfLayerExists">449</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.IfLayerPageStyleExists"></a><a href="#cmd.IfLayerPageStyleExists">\IfLayerPageStyleExists</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.IfLayerPageStyleExists">460</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.IfLayersAtPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.IfLayersAtPageStyle">\IfLayersAtPageStyle</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.IfLayersAtPageStyle">460</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.IfRealLayerPageStyleExists"></a><a href="#cmd.IfRealLayerPageStyleExists">\IfRealLayerPageStyleExists</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.IfRealLayerPageStyleExists">460</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.IfSectionCommandStyleIs"></a><a href="#cmd.IfSectionCommandStyleIs">\IfSectionCommandStyleIs</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.IfSectionCommandStyleIs">518</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.IfSomeLayersAtPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.IfSomeLayersAtPageStyle">\IfSomeLayersAtPageStyle</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.IfSomeLayersAtPageStyle">460</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.IfUseNumber"></a><a href="#cmd.IfUseNumber">\IfUseNumber</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.IfUseNumber">527</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.IfUsePrefixLine"></a><a href="#cmd.IfUsePrefixLine">\IfUsePrefixLine</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.IfUsePrefixLine">117</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.Ifplength"></a><a href="#cmd.Ifplength">\Ifplength</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.Ifplength">537</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.InputAddressFile"></a><a href="#cmd.InputAddressFile">\InputAddressFile</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scraddr.cmd.InputAddressFile">287</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.IsoToday"></a><a href="#cmd.IsoToday">\IsoToday</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrdate.cmd.IsoToday">282</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.KOMAClassName"></a><a href="#cmd.KOMAClassName">\KOMAClassName</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.KOMAClassName">501</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.KOMAScript"></a><a href="#cmd.KOMAScript">\KOMAScript</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.KOMAScript">365</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.KOMAScriptVersion"></a><a href="#cmd.KOMAScriptVersion">\KOMAScriptVersion</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.KOMAScriptVersion">365</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.KOMAoption"></a><a href="#cmd.KOMAoption">\KOMAoption</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.KOMAoption">171</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.KOMAoption">253</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.KOMAoption">293</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.KOMAoption">315</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:typearea.cmd.KOMAoption">32</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrhack.cmd.KOMAoption">429</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.KOMAoption">435</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.KOMAoption">483</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.KOMAoption">57</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.KOMAoptions"></a><a href="#cmd.KOMAoptions">\KOMAoptions</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.KOMAoptions">171</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.KOMAoptions">253</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.KOMAoptions">293</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.KOMAoptions">315</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:typearea.cmd.KOMAoptions">32</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrhack.cmd.KOMAoptions">429</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.KOMAoptions">435</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.KOMAoptions">483</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.KOMAoptions">57</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.LastName"></a><a href="#cmd.LastName">\LastName</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scraddr.cmd.LastName">288</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.LastTOCLevelWasHigher"></a><a href="#cmd.LastTOCLevelWasHigher">\LastTOCLevelWasHigher</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.LastTOCLevelWasHigher">415</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.LastTOCLevelWasLower"></a><a href="#cmd.LastTOCLevelWasLower">\LastTOCLevelWasLower</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.LastTOCLevelWasLower">415</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.LastTOCLevelWasSame"></a><a href="#cmd.LastTOCLevelWasSame">\LastTOCLevelWasSame</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.LastTOCLevelWasSame">415</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.LenToUnit"></a><a href="#cmd.LenToUnit">\LenToUnit</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.LenToUnit">448</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.MakeMarkcase"></a><a href="#cmd.MakeMarkcase">\MakeMarkcase</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.MakeMarkcase">272</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.MakeMarkcase">396</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.MakeMarkcase">463</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ModifyLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.ModifyLayer">\ModifyLayer</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.ModifyLayer">439</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions">\ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions">459</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ModifyLayers"></a><a href="#cmd.ModifyLayers">\ModifyLayers</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.ModifyLayers">447</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.Name"></a><a href="#cmd.Name">\Name</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scraddr.cmd.Name">288</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.PackageInfoNoLine"></a><a href="#cmd.PackageInfoNoLine">\PackageInfoNoLine</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.PackageInfoNoLine">366</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading*"></a><a href="#cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading*">\PreventPackageFromLoading*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading*">381</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading"></a><a href="#cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading">\PreventPackageFromLoading</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading">381</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ProvideLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.ProvideLayer">\ProvideLayer</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.ProvideLayer">439</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ProvideNoteColumn"></a><a href="#cmd.ProvideNoteColumn">\ProvideNoteColumn</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.ProvideNoteColumn">485</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ProvidePageStyleAlias"></a><a href="#cmd.ProvidePageStyleAlias">\ProvidePageStyleAlias</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.ProvidePageStyleAlias">452</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ProvidePageStyleByLayers"></a><a href="#cmd.ProvidePageStyleByLayers">\ProvidePageStyleByLayers</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.ProvidePageStyleByLayers">453</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ProvideSectionCommand"></a><a href="#cmd.ProvideSectionCommand">\ProvideSectionCommand</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.ProvideSectionCommand">507</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ProvideSectionCommands"></a><a href="#cmd.ProvideSectionCommands">\ProvideSectionCommands</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.ProvideSectionCommands">517</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.RedeclareLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.RedeclareLayer">\RedeclareLayer</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.RedeclareLayer">439</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.RedeclareNoteColumn"></a><a href="#cmd.RedeclareNoteColumn">\RedeclareNoteColumn</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.RedeclareNoteColumn">485</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.RedeclarePageStyleAlias"></a><a href="#cmd.RedeclarePageStyleAlias">\RedeclarePageStyleAlias</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.RedeclarePageStyleAlias">452</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.RedeclarePageStyleByLayers"></a><a href="#cmd.RedeclarePageStyleByLayers">\RedeclarePageStyleByLayers</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.RedeclarePageStyleByLayers">453</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.RedeclareSectionCommand"></a><a href="#cmd.RedeclareSectionCommand">\RedeclareSectionCommand</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.RedeclareSectionCommand">507</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.RedeclareSectionCommands"></a><a href="#cmd.RedeclareSectionCommands">\RedeclareSectionCommands</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.RedeclareSectionCommands">517</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.RelaxFamilyKey"></a><a href="#cmd.RelaxFamilyKey">\RelaxFamilyKey</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.RelaxFamilyKey">342</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.RemoveLayersFromPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.RemoveLayersFromPageStyle">\RemoveLayersFromPageStyle</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.RemoveLayersFromPageStyle">458</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ReplaceClass"></a><a href="#cmd.ReplaceClass">\ReplaceClass</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.ReplaceClass">379</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ReplaceInput"></a><a href="#cmd.ReplaceInput">\ReplaceInput</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.ReplaceInput">378</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ReplacePackage"></a><a href="#cmd.ReplacePackage">\ReplacePackage</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.ReplacePackage">379</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ResetPreventPackageFromLoading"></a><a href="#cmd.ResetPreventPackageFromLoading">\ResetPreventPackageFromLoading</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.ResetPreventPackageFromLoading">382</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.SecDef"></a><a href="#cmd.SecDef">\SecDef</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.SecDef">527</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.Sentence"></a><a href="#cmd.Sentence">\Sentence</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.Sentence">325</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.SplitDoHook"></a><a href="#cmd.SplitDoHook">\SplitDoHook</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.SplitDoHook">370</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.StorePreventPackageFromLoading"></a><a href="#cmd.StorePreventPackageFromLoading">\StorePreventPackageFromLoading</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.StorePreventPackageFromLoading">382</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.SubClause"></a><a href="#cmd.SubClause">\SubClause</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.SubClause">319</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.TOCEntryStyleInitCode"></a><a href="#cmd.TOCEntryStyleInitCode">\TOCEntryStyleInitCode</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.TOCEntryStyleInitCode">414</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.TOCEntryStyleStartInitCode"></a><a href="#cmd.TOCEntryStyleStartInitCode">\TOCEntryStyleStartInitCode</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.TOCEntryStyleStartInitCode">414</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.TOCLineLeaderFill"></a><a href="#cmd.TOCLineLeaderFill">\TOCLineLeaderFill</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.TOCLineLeaderFill">415</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.TOCclone"></a><a href="#cmd.TOCclone">\TOCclone</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrwfile.cmd.TOCclone">386</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.Telephone"></a><a href="#cmd.Telephone">\Telephone</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scraddr.cmd.Telephone">288</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading*"></a><a href="#cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading*">\UnPreventPackageFromLoading*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading*">383</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading"></a><a href="#cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading">\UnPreventPackageFromLoading</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading">383</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.UnReplaceClass"></a><a href="#cmd.UnReplaceClass">\UnReplaceClass</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.UnReplaceClass">381</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.UnReplaceInput"></a><a href="#cmd.UnReplaceInput">\UnReplaceInput</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.UnReplaceInput">381</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.UnReplacePackage"></a><a href="#cmd.UnReplacePackage">\UnReplacePackage</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.UnReplacePackage">381</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.UnifyLayersAtPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.UnifyLayersAtPageStyle">\UnifyLayersAtPageStyle</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.UnifyLayersAtPageStyle">459</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.XdivY"></a><a href="#cmd.XdivY">\XdivY</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.XdivY">367</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.XmodY"></a><a href="#cmd.XmodY">\XmodY</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.XmodY">367</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.activateareas"></a><a href="#cmd.activateareas">\activateareas</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:typearea-experts.cmd.activateareas">498</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.addchap*"></a><a href="#cmd.addchap*">\addchap*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.addchap*">113</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.addchap"></a><a href="#cmd.addchap">\addchap</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.addchap">113</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.addchapmark"></a><a href="#cmd.addchapmark">\addchapmark</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.addchapmark">120</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.addchaptertocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addchaptertocentry">\addchaptertocentry</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.addchaptertocentry">503</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.addcontentslinetoeachtocfile"></a><a href="#cmd.addcontentslinetoeachtocfile">\addcontentslinetoeachtocfile</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.addcontentslinetoeachtocfile">394</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.addparagraphtocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addparagraphtocentry">\addparagraphtocentry</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.addparagraphtocentry">503</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.addpart*"></a><a href="#cmd.addpart*">\addpart*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.addpart*">113</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.addpart"></a><a href="#cmd.addpart">\addpart</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.addpart">113</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.addparttocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addparttocentry">\addparttocentry</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.addparttocentry">503</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.addrchar"></a><a href="#cmd.addrchar">\addrchar</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.addrchar">250</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scraddr.cmd.addrchar">287</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.addrentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addrentry">\addrentry</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.addrentry">248</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scraddr.cmd.addrentry">287</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.addsec*"></a><a href="#cmd.addsec*">\addsec*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.addsec*">113</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.addsec"></a><a href="#cmd.addsec">\addsec</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.addsec">113</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.addsecmark"></a><a href="#cmd.addsecmark">\addsecmark</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.addsecmark">120</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.addsectiontocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addsectiontocentry">\addsectiontocentry</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.addsectiontocentry">503</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.addsubparagraphtocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addsubparagraphtocentry">\addsubparagraphtocentry</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.addsubparagraphtocentry">503</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.addsubsectiontocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addsubsectiontocentry">\addsubsectiontocentry</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.addsubsectiontocentry">503</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.addsubsubsectiontocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addsubsubsectiontocentry">\addsubsubsectiontocentry</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.addsubsubsectiontocentry">503</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.addtocentrydefault"></a><a href="#cmd.addtocentrydefault">\addtocentrydefault</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.addtocentrydefault">502</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.addtoeachtocfile"></a><a href="#cmd.addtoeachtocfile">\addtoeachtocfile</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.addtoeachtocfile">393</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.addtokomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.addtokomafont">\addtokomafont</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.addtokomafont">188</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.addtokomafont">255</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.addtokomafont">297</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.addtokomafont">316</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.addtokomafont">484</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.addtokomafont">62</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.addtokomafontgobblelist"></a><a href="#cmd.addtokomafontgobblelist">\addtokomafontgobblelist</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.addtokomafontgobblelist">505</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.addtokomafontonearglist"></a><a href="#cmd.addtokomafontonearglist">\addtokomafontonearglist</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.addtokomafontonearglist">505</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.addtokomafontrelaxlist"></a><a href="#cmd.addtokomafontrelaxlist">\addtokomafontrelaxlist</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.addtokomafontrelaxlist">505</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.addtolengthplength"></a><a href="#cmd.addtolengthplength">\addtolengthplength</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.addtolengthplength">170</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.addtoplength"></a><a href="#cmd.addtoplength">\addtoplength</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.addtoplength">537</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.addtoreffields"></a><a href="#cmd.addtoreffields">\addtoreffields</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.addtoreffields">548</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.addtotoclist"></a><a href="#cmd.addtotoclist">\addtotoclist</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.addtotoclist">389</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.addxcontentsline"></a><a href="#cmd.addxcontentsline">\addxcontentsline</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.addxcontentsline">393</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.addxcontentslinetoeachtocfile"></a><a href="#cmd.addxcontentslinetoeachtocfile">\addxcontentslinetoeachtocfile</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.addxcontentslinetoeachtocfile">394</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.adrchar"></a><a href="#cmd.adrchar">\adrchar</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.adrchar">250</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scraddr.cmd.adrchar">287</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.adrentry"></a><a href="#cmd.adrentry">\adrentry</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.adrentry">247</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scraddr.cmd.adrentry">287</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.aliaskomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.aliaskomafont">\aliaskomafont</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.aliaskomafont">504</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.and"></a><a href="#cmd.and">\and</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.and">301</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.and">71</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.appendix"></a><a href="#cmd.appendix">\appendix</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.appendix">158</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.appendixmore"></a><a href="#cmd.appendixmore">\appendixmore</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.appendixmore">528</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.areaset"></a><a href="#cmd.areaset">\areaset</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:typearea.cmd.areaset">48</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:typearea-experts.cmd.areaset">498</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.author"></a><a href="#cmd.author">\author</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.author">301</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.author">71</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.autodot"></a><a href="#cmd.autodot">\autodot</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.autodot">117</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.automark*"></a><a href="#cmd.automark*">\automark*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.automark*">269</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.automark*">462</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.automark"></a><a href="#cmd.automark">\automark</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.automark">269</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.automark">462</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.backmatter"></a><a href="#cmd.backmatter">\backmatter</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.backmatter">100</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.bankname"></a><a href="#cmd.bankname">\bankname</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.bankname">556</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.bib@beginhook"></a><a href="#cmd.bib@beginhook">\bib@beginhook</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.bib@beginhook">529</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.bib@endhook"></a><a href="#cmd.bib@endhook">\bib@endhook</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.bib@endhook">529</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.caption"></a><a href="#cmd.caption">\caption</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.caption">140</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.captionabove"></a><a href="#cmd.captionabove">\captionabove</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.captionabove">140</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.captionaboveof"></a><a href="#cmd.captionaboveof">\captionaboveof</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.captionaboveof">142</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.captionbelow"></a><a href="#cmd.captionbelow">\captionbelow</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.captionbelow">140</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.captionbelowof"></a><a href="#cmd.captionbelowof">\captionbelowof</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.captionbelowof">142</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.captionformat"></a><a href="#cmd.captionformat">\captionformat</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.captionformat">147</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.captionof"></a><a href="#cmd.captionof">\captionof</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.captionof">142</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.captionsUKenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsUKenglish">\captionsUKenglish</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsUKenglish">557</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.captionsUSenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsUSenglish">\captionsUSenglish</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsUSenglish">557</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.captionsacadian"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsacadian">\captionsacadian</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsacadian">557</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.captionsamerican"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsamerican">\captionsamerican</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsamerican">557</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.captionsaustralien"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsaustralien">\captionsaustralien</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsaustralien">557</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.captionsaustrian"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsaustrian">\captionsaustrian</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsaustrian">557</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.captionsbritish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsbritish">\captionsbritish</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsbritish">557</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.captionscanadian"></a><a href="#cmd.captionscanadian">\captionscanadian</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionscanadian">557</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.captionscanadien"></a><a href="#cmd.captionscanadien">\captionscanadien</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionscanadien">557</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.captionscroatian"></a><a href="#cmd.captionscroatian">\captionscroatian</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionscroatian">557</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.captionsczech"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsczech">\captionsczech</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsczech">557</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.captionsdutch"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsdutch">\captionsdutch</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsdutch">557</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.captionsenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsenglish">\captionsenglish</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsenglish">557</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.captionsfinnish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsfinnish">\captionsfinnish</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsfinnish">557</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.captionsfrancais"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsfrancais">\captionsfrancais</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsfrancais">557</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.captionsfrench"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsfrench">\captionsfrench</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsfrench">557</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.captionsgerman"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsgerman">\captionsgerman</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsgerman">557</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.captionsitalian"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsitalian">\captionsitalian</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsitalian">557</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.captionsnaustrian"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsnaustrian">\captionsnaustrian</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsnaustrian">557</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.captionsnewzealand"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsnewzealand">\captionsnewzealand</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsnewzealand">557</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.captionsngerman"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsngerman">\captionsngerman</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsngerman">557</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.captionsnorsk"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsnorsk">\captionsnorsk</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsnorsk">557</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.captionsnswissgerman"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsnswissgerman">\captionsnswissgerman</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsnswissgerman">557</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.captionspolish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionspolish">\captionspolish</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionspolish">557</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.captionsslovak"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsslovak">\captionsslovak</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsslovak">557</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.captionsspanish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsspanish">\captionsspanish</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsspanish">557</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.captionsswedish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsswedish">\captionsswedish</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsswedish">557</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.captionsswissgerman"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsswissgerman">\captionsswissgerman</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsswissgerman">557</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.cc"></a><a href="#cmd.cc">\cc</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.cc">182</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ccname"></a><a href="#cmd.ccname">\ccname</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.ccname">556</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.cefoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.cefoot*">\cefoot*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cefoot*">265</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.cefoot"></a><a href="#cmd.cefoot">\cefoot</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cefoot">262</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.cehead*"></a><a href="#cmd.cehead*">\cehead*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cehead*">261</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.cehead"></a><a href="#cmd.cehead">\cehead</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cehead">258</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.cfoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.cfoot*">\cfoot*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cfoot*">267</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.cfoot"></a><a href="#cmd.cfoot">\cfoot</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cfoot">266</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.changefontsizes"></a><a href="#cmd.changefontsizes">\changefontsizes</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.changefontsizes">504</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.chapapp"></a><a href="#cmd.chapapp">\chapapp</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.chapapp">119</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.chapappifchapterprefix"></a><a href="#cmd.chapappifchapterprefix">\chapappifchapterprefix</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.chapappifchapterprefix">119</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.chapter*"></a><a href="#cmd.chapter*">\chapter*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.chapter*">112</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.chapter"></a><a href="#cmd.chapter">\chapter</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.chapter">107</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.chapterformat"></a><a href="#cmd.chapterformat">\chapterformat</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.chapterformat">117</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.chapterheadendvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.chapterheadendvskip">\chapterheadendvskip</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.chapterheadendvskip">519</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.chapterheadmidvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.chapterheadmidvskip">\chapterheadmidvskip</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.chapterheadmidvskip">519</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.chapterheadstartvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.chapterheadstartvskip">\chapterheadstartvskip</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.chapterheadstartvskip">519</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.chapterlinesformat"></a><a href="#cmd.chapterlinesformat">\chapterlinesformat</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.chapterlinesformat">522</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.chapterlineswithprefixformat"></a><a href="#cmd.chapterlineswithprefixformat">\chapterlineswithprefixformat</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.chapterlineswithprefixformat">522</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.chaptermark"></a><a href="#cmd.chaptermark">\chaptermark</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.chaptermark">120</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.chaptermark">275</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.chaptermark">465</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.chaptermarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.chaptermarkformat">\chaptermarkformat</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.chaptermarkformat">120</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.chaptermarkformat">274</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.chaptermarkformat">464</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.chapternumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.chapternumdepth">\chapternumdepth</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.chapternumdepth">121</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.chapterpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.chapterpagestyle">\chapterpagestyle</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.chapterpagestyle">88</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.chead*"></a><a href="#cmd.chead*">\chead*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.chead*">267</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.chead"></a><a href="#cmd.chead">\chead</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.chead">266</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleemptypage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleemptypage">\cleardoubleemptypage</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.cleardoubleemptypage">229</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.cleardoubleemptypage">306</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.cleardoubleemptypage">93</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleevenemptypage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleevenemptypage">\cleardoubleevenemptypage</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.cleardoubleevenemptypage">229</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.cleardoubleevenemptypage">306</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.cleardoubleevenemptypage">93</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleevenpage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleevenpage">\cleardoubleevenpage</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.cleardoubleevenpage">229</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.cleardoubleevenpage">306</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.cleardoubleevenpage">93</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleevenpageusingstyle"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleevenpageusingstyle">\cleardoubleevenpageusingstyle</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.cleardoubleevenpageusingstyle">229</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.cleardoubleevenpageusingstyle">306</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.cleardoubleevenpageusingstyle">93</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleevenplainpage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleevenplainpage">\cleardoubleevenplainpage</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.cleardoubleevenplainpage">229</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.cleardoubleevenplainpage">306</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.cleardoubleevenplainpage">93</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleevenstandardpage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleevenstandardpage">\cleardoubleevenstandardpage</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.cleardoubleevenstandardpage">229</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.cleardoubleevenstandardpage">306</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.cleardoubleevenstandardpage">93</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleoddemptypage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleoddemptypage">\cleardoubleoddemptypage</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.cleardoubleoddemptypage">229</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.cleardoubleoddemptypage">306</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.cleardoubleoddemptypage">93</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleoddpage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleoddpage">\cleardoubleoddpage</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.cleardoubleoddpage">229</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.cleardoubleoddpage">306</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.cleardoubleoddpage">93</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleoddpageusingstyle"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleoddpageusingstyle">\cleardoubleoddpageusingstyle</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.cleardoubleoddpageusingstyle">229</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.cleardoubleoddpageusingstyle">306</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.cleardoubleoddpageusingstyle">93</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleoddplainpage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleoddplainpage">\cleardoubleoddplainpage</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.cleardoubleoddplainpage">229</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.cleardoubleoddplainpage">306</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.cleardoubleoddplainpage">93</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleoddstandardpage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleoddstandardpage">\cleardoubleoddstandardpage</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.cleardoubleoddstandardpage">229</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.cleardoubleoddstandardpage">306</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.cleardoubleoddstandardpage">93</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.cleardoublepage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoublepage">\cleardoublepage</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.cleardoublepage">229</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.cleardoublepage">306</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.cleardoublepage">93</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.cleardoublepageusingstyle"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoublepageusingstyle">\cleardoublepageusingstyle</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.cleardoublepageusingstyle">229</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.cleardoublepageusingstyle">306</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.cleardoublepageusingstyle">93</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleplainpage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleplainpage">\cleardoubleplainpage</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.cleardoubleplainpage">229</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.cleardoubleplainpage">306</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.cleardoubleplainpage">93</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.cleardoublestandardpage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoublestandardpage">\cleardoublestandardpage</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.cleardoublestandardpage">229</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.cleardoublestandardpage">306</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.cleardoublestandardpage">93</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.clearmainofpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.clearmainofpairofpagestyles">\clearmainofpairofpagestyles</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.clearmainofpairofpagestyles">476</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.clearnotecolumn"></a><a href="#cmd.clearnotecolumn">\clearnotecolumn</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.clearnotecolumn">494</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.clearnotecolumns"></a><a href="#cmd.clearnotecolumns">\clearnotecolumns</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.clearnotecolumns">494</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.clearpage"></a><a href="#cmd.clearpage">\clearpage</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.clearpage">229</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.clearpage">306</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.clearpage">93</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.clearpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.clearpairofpagestyles">\clearpairofpagestyles</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.clearpairofpagestyles">476</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.clearplainofpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.clearplainofpairofpagestyles">\clearplainofpairofpagestyles</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.clearplainofpairofpagestyles">476</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.closing"></a><a href="#cmd.closing">\closing</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.closing">180</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.cofoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.cofoot*">\cofoot*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cofoot*">265</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.cofoot"></a><a href="#cmd.cofoot">\cofoot</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cofoot">262</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.cohead*"></a><a href="#cmd.cohead*">\cohead*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cohead*">261</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.cohead"></a><a href="#cmd.cohead">\cohead</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cohead">258</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.coverpagebottommargin"></a><a href="#cmd.coverpagebottommargin">\coverpagebottommargin</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.coverpagebottommargin">299</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.coverpagebottommargin">68</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.coverpageleftmargin"></a><a href="#cmd.coverpageleftmargin">\coverpageleftmargin</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.coverpageleftmargin">299</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.coverpageleftmargin">68</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.coverpagerightmargin"></a><a href="#cmd.coverpagerightmargin">\coverpagerightmargin</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.coverpagerightmargin">299</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.coverpagerightmargin">68</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.coverpagetopmargin"></a><a href="#cmd.coverpagetopmargin">\coverpagetopmargin</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.coverpagetopmargin">299</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.coverpagetopmargin">68</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.currentpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.currentpagestyle">\currentpagestyle</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.currentpagestyle">451</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.customername"></a><a href="#cmd.customername">\customername</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.customername">556</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.date"></a><a href="#cmd.date">\date</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.date">301</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.date">71</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.dateUKenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.dateUKenglish">\dateUKenglish</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateUKenglish">558</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.dateUSenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.dateUSenglish">\dateUSenglish</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateUSenglish">558</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.dateacadian"></a><a href="#cmd.dateacadian">\dateacadian</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateacadian">558</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.dateamerican"></a><a href="#cmd.dateamerican">\dateamerican</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateamerican">558</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.dateaustralien"></a><a href="#cmd.dateaustralien">\dateaustralien</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateaustralien">558</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.dateaustrian"></a><a href="#cmd.dateaustrian">\dateaustrian</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateaustrian">558</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.datebritish"></a><a href="#cmd.datebritish">\datebritish</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datebritish">558</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.datecanadian"></a><a href="#cmd.datecanadian">\datecanadian</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datecanadian">558</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.datecanadien"></a><a href="#cmd.datecanadien">\datecanadien</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datecanadien">558</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.datecroatian"></a><a href="#cmd.datecroatian">\datecroatian</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datecroatian">558</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.dateczech"></a><a href="#cmd.dateczech">\dateczech</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateczech">558</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.datedutch"></a><a href="#cmd.datedutch">\datedutch</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datedutch">558</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.dateenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.dateenglish">\dateenglish</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateenglish">558</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.datefinnish"></a><a href="#cmd.datefinnish">\datefinnish</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datefinnish">558</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.datefrancais"></a><a href="#cmd.datefrancais">\datefrancais</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datefrancais">558</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.datefrench"></a><a href="#cmd.datefrench">\datefrench</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datefrench">558</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.dategerman"></a><a href="#cmd.dategerman">\dategerman</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dategerman">558</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.dateitalian"></a><a href="#cmd.dateitalian">\dateitalian</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateitalian">558</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.datename"></a><a href="#cmd.datename">\datename</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datename">556</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.datenaustrian"></a><a href="#cmd.datenaustrian">\datenaustrian</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datenaustrian">558</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.datenewzealand"></a><a href="#cmd.datenewzealand">\datenewzealand</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datenewzealand">558</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.datengerman"></a><a href="#cmd.datengerman">\datengerman</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datengerman">558</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.datenorsk"></a><a href="#cmd.datenorsk">\datenorsk</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datenorsk">558</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.datenswissgerman"></a><a href="#cmd.datenswissgerman">\datenswissgerman</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datenswissgerman">558</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.datepolish"></a><a href="#cmd.datepolish">\datepolish</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datepolish">558</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.dateslovak"></a><a href="#cmd.dateslovak">\dateslovak</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateslovak">558</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.datespanish"></a><a href="#cmd.datespanish">\datespanish</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datespanish">558</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.dateswedish"></a><a href="#cmd.dateswedish">\dateswedish</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateswedish">558</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.dateswissgerman"></a><a href="#cmd.dateswissgerman">\dateswissgerman</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateswissgerman">558</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.dedication"></a><a href="#cmd.dedication">\dedication</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.dedication">303</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.dedication">74</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.defaultreffields"></a><a href="#cmd.defaultreffields">\defaultreffields</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.defaultreffields">548</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.defcaptionname*"></a><a href="#cmd.defcaptionname*">\defcaptionname*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.defcaptionname*">362</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.defcaptionname"></a><a href="#cmd.defcaptionname">\defcaptionname</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.defcaptionname">362</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.deffootnote"></a><a href="#cmd.deffootnote">\deffootnote</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.deffootnote">232</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.deffootnote">309</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.deffootnote">97</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.deffootnotemark"></a><a href="#cmd.deffootnotemark">\deffootnotemark</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.deffootnotemark">232</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.deffootnotemark">309</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.deffootnotemark">97</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.defpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.defpagestyle">\defpagestyle</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.defpagestyle">477</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.defpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.defpairofpagestyles">\defpairofpagestyles</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.defpairofpagestyles">475</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.deftocheading"></a><a href="#cmd.deftocheading">\deftocheading</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.deftocheading">397</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.dictum"></a><a href="#cmd.dictum">\dictum</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.dictum">124</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.dictum">310</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.dictumauthorformat"></a><a href="#cmd.dictumauthorformat">\dictumauthorformat</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.dictumauthorformat">124</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.dictumauthorformat">310</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.dictumrule"></a><a href="#cmd.dictumrule">\dictumrule</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.dictumrule">124</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.dictumrule">310</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.dictumwidth"></a><a href="#cmd.dictumwidth">\dictumwidth</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.dictumwidth">124</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.dictumwidth">310</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.documentclass"></a><a href="#cmd.documentclass">\documentclass</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.documentclass">171</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.documentclass">253</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.documentclass">293</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.documentclass">314</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:typearea.cmd.documentclass">32</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrhack.cmd.documentclass">428</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.documentclass">434</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.documentclass">482</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.documentclass">57</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.doforeachtocfile"></a><a href="#cmd.doforeachtocfile">\doforeachtocfile</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.doforeachtocfile">391</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ellipsispar"></a><a href="#cmd.ellipsispar">\ellipsispar</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.ellipsispar">323</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.emailname"></a><a href="#cmd.emailname">\emailname</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.emailname">556</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.encl"></a><a href="#cmd.encl">\encl</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.encl">183</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.enclname"></a><a href="#cmd.enclname">\enclname</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.enclname">556</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.extratitle"></a><a href="#cmd.extratitle">\extratitle</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.extratitle">301</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.extratitle">70</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.faxname"></a><a href="#cmd.faxname">\faxname</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.faxname">556</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.figureformat"></a><a href="#cmd.figureformat">\figureformat</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.figureformat">148</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.flushbottom"></a><a href="#cmd.flushbottom">\flushbottom</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.flushbottom">60</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.footnote"></a><a href="#cmd.footnote">\footnote</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.footnote">231</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.footnote">308</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.footnote">95</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.footnotemark"></a><a href="#cmd.footnotemark">\footnotemark</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.footnotemark">231</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.footnotemark">308</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.footnotemark">95</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.footnotetext"></a><a href="#cmd.footnotetext">\footnotetext</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.footnotetext">231</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.footnotetext">308</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.footnotetext">95</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.footref"></a><a href="#cmd.footref">\footref</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.footref">231</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.footref">308</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.footref">97</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.foreachemptykomavar"></a><a href="#cmd.foreachemptykomavar">\foreachemptykomavar</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.foreachemptykomavar">550</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.foreachkomavar"></a><a href="#cmd.foreachkomavar">\foreachkomavar</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.foreachkomavar">550</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.foreachkomavarifempty"></a><a href="#cmd.foreachkomavarifempty">\foreachkomavarifempty</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.foreachkomavarifempty">550</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.foreachnonemptykomavar"></a><a href="#cmd.foreachnonemptykomavar">\foreachnonemptykomavar</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.foreachnonemptykomavar">550</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.frontispiece"></a><a href="#cmd.frontispiece">\frontispiece</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.frontispiece">301</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.frontispiece">70</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.frontmatter"></a><a href="#cmd.frontmatter">\frontmatter</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.frontmatter">100</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.headfromname"></a><a href="#cmd.headfromname">\headfromname</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.headfromname">556</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.headmark"></a><a href="#cmd.headmark">\headmark</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.headmark">273</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.headmark">464</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.headtoname"></a><a href="#cmd.headtoname">\headtoname</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.headtoname">556</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.if@atdocument"></a><a href="#cmd.if@atdocument">\if@atdocument</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.if@atdocument">357</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.if@chapter"></a><a href="#cmd.if@chapter">\if@chapter</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.if@chapter">436</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.if@mainmatter"></a><a href="#cmd.if@mainmatter">\if@mainmatter</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.if@mainmatter">436</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ifVTeX"></a><a href="#cmd.ifVTeX">\ifVTeX</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.ifVTeX">357</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ifattoclist"></a><a href="#cmd.ifattoclist">\ifattoclist</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.ifattoclist">388</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ifdimen"></a><a href="#cmd.ifdimen">\ifdimen</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.ifdimen">358</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ifdvioutput"></a><a href="#cmd.ifdvioutput">\ifdvioutput</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.ifdvioutput">357</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ifiscount"></a><a href="#cmd.ifiscount">\ifiscount</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.ifiscount">359</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ifiscounter"></a><a href="#cmd.ifiscounter">\ifiscounter</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.ifiscounter">359</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ifisdimen"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisdimen">\ifisdimen</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.ifisdimen">358</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ifisdimension"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisdimension">\ifisdimension</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.ifisdimension">358</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ifisdimexpr"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisdimexpr">\ifisdimexpr</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.ifisdimexpr">358</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ifisglue"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisglue">\ifisglue</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.ifisglue">359</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ifisglueexpr"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisglueexpr">\ifisglueexpr</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.ifisglueexpr">359</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ifisinteger"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisinteger">\ifisinteger</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.ifisinteger">359</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ifisnumexpr"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisnumexpr">\ifisnumexpr</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.ifisnumexpr">360</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ifisskip"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisskip">\ifisskip</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.ifisskip">359</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ifkomavar"></a><a href="#cmd.ifkomavar">\ifkomavar</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.ifkomavar">169</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ifkomavarempty*"></a><a href="#cmd.ifkomavarempty*">\ifkomavarempty*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.ifkomavarempty*">169</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.ifkomavarempty*">550</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ifkomavarempty"></a><a href="#cmd.ifkomavarempty">\ifkomavarempty</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.ifkomavarempty">169</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.ifkomavarempty">550</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ifnotundefined"></a><a href="#cmd.ifnotundefined">\ifnotundefined</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.ifnotundefined">356</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ifnumber"></a><a href="#cmd.ifnumber">\ifnumber</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.ifnumber">360</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ifnumbered"></a><a href="#cmd.ifnumbered">\ifnumbered</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.ifnumbered">122</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ifoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.ifoot*">\ifoot*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ifoot*">267</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ifoot"></a><a href="#cmd.ifoot">\ifoot</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ifoot">266</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ifpdfoutput"></a><a href="#cmd.ifpdfoutput">\ifpdfoutput</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.ifpdfoutput">357</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ifpdftex"></a><a href="#cmd.ifpdftex">\ifpdftex</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.ifpdftex">357</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ifpsoutput"></a><a href="#cmd.ifpsoutput">\ifpsoutput</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.ifpsoutput">357</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ifstr"></a><a href="#cmd.ifstr">\ifstr</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.ifstr">358</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ifstrstart"></a><a href="#cmd.ifstrstart">\ifstrstart</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.ifstrstart">358</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ifthispageodd"></a><a href="#cmd.ifthispageodd">\ifthispageodd</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.ifthispageodd">223</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.ifthispageodd">304</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.ifthispageodd">84</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.iftocfeature"></a><a href="#cmd.iftocfeature">\iftocfeature</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.iftocfeature">400</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ifundefinedorrelax"></a><a href="#cmd.ifundefinedorrelax">\ifundefinedorrelax</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.ifundefinedorrelax">356</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ifunnumbered"></a><a href="#cmd.ifunnumbered">\ifunnumbered</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.ifunnumbered">122</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ihead*"></a><a href="#cmd.ihead*">\ihead*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ihead*">267</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ihead"></a><a href="#cmd.ihead">\ihead</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ihead">266</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.indexpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.indexpagestyle">\indexpagestyle</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.indexpagestyle">88</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.invoicename"></a><a href="#cmd.invoicename">\invoicename</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.invoicename">556</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.item"></a><a href="#cmd.item">\item</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.item">126</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.item">234</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.l@addto@macro"></a><a href="#cmd.l@addto@macro">\l@addto@macro</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.l@addto@macro">366</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.labelenumi"></a><a href="#cmd.labelenumi">\labelenumi</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.labelenumi">128</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.labelenumi">235</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.labelenumii"></a><a href="#cmd.labelenumii">\labelenumii</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.labelenumii">128</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.labelenumii">235</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.labelenumiii"></a><a href="#cmd.labelenumiii">\labelenumiii</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.labelenumiii">128</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.labelenumiii">235</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.labelenumiv"></a><a href="#cmd.labelenumiv">\labelenumiv</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.labelenumiv">128</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.labelenumiv">235</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.labelitemi"></a><a href="#cmd.labelitemi">\labelitemi</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.labelitemi">126</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.labelitemi">234</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.labelitemii"></a><a href="#cmd.labelitemii">\labelitemii</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.labelitemii">126</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.labelitemii">234</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.labelitemiii"></a><a href="#cmd.labelitemiii">\labelitemiii</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.labelitemiii">126</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.labelitemiii">234</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.labelitemiv"></a><a href="#cmd.labelitemiv">\labelitemiv</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.labelitemiv">126</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.labelitemiv">234</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.layercontentsmeasure"></a><a href="#cmd.layercontentsmeasure">\layercontentsmeasure</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.layercontentsmeasure">450</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.layerhalign"></a><a href="#cmd.layerhalign">\layerhalign</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.layerhalign">447</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.layerheight"></a><a href="#cmd.layerheight">\layerheight</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.layerheight">447</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.layervalign"></a><a href="#cmd.layervalign">\layervalign</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.layervalign">447</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.layerwidth"></a><a href="#cmd.layerwidth">\layerwidth</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.layerwidth">447</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.layerxoffset"></a><a href="#cmd.layerxoffset">\layerxoffset</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.layerxoffset">447</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.layeryoffset"></a><a href="#cmd.layeryoffset">\layeryoffset</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.layeryoffset">447</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.lefoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.lefoot*">\lefoot*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lefoot*">265</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.lefoot"></a><a href="#cmd.lefoot">\lefoot</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lefoot">262</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.leftbotmark"></a><a href="#cmd.leftbotmark">\leftbotmark</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.leftbotmark">466</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.leftbotmark">473</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.leftfirstmark"></a><a href="#cmd.leftfirstmark">\leftfirstmark</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.leftfirstmark">466</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.leftfirstmark">473</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.leftmark"></a><a href="#cmd.leftmark">\leftmark</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.leftmark">273</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.leftmark">464</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.lefttopmark"></a><a href="#cmd.lefttopmark">\lefttopmark</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.lefttopmark">466</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.lefttopmark">473</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.lehead*"></a><a href="#cmd.lehead*">\lehead*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lehead*">261</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.lehead"></a><a href="#cmd.lehead">\lehead</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lehead">258</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.letterlastpage"></a><a href="#cmd.letterlastpage">\letterlastpage</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.letterlastpage">178</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.letterpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.letterpagestyle">\letterpagestyle</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.letterpagestyle">224</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.listof/Dateierweiterung/name"></a><a href="#cmd.listof/Dateierweiterung/name">\listof/Dateierweiterung/name</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.listof/Dateierweiterung/name">394</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.listof/Zielendung/"></a><a href="#cmd.listof/Zielendung/">\listof/Zielendung/</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrwfile.cmd.listof/Zielendung/">386</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.listofeachtoc"></a><a href="#cmd.listofeachtoc">\listofeachtoc</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.listofeachtoc">394</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.listoffigures"></a><a href="#cmd.listoffigures">\listoffigures</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.listoffigures">156</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.listoftables"></a><a href="#cmd.listoftables">\listoftables</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.listoftables">156</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.listoftoc*"></a><a href="#cmd.listoftoc*">\listoftoc*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.listoftoc*">394</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.listoftoc"></a><a href="#cmd.listoftoc">\listoftoc</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.listoftoc">394</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.lofoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.lofoot*">\lofoot*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lofoot*">265</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.lofoot"></a><a href="#cmd.lofoot">\lofoot</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lofoot">262</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.lohead*"></a><a href="#cmd.lohead*">\lohead*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lohead*">261</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.lohead"></a><a href="#cmd.lohead">\lohead</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lohead">258</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.lowertitleback"></a><a href="#cmd.lowertitleback">\lowertitleback</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.lowertitleback">303</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.lowertitleback">74</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.mainmatter"></a><a href="#cmd.mainmatter">\mainmatter</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.mainmatter">100</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.makenote*"></a><a href="#cmd.makenote*">\makenote*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.makenote*">490</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.makenote"></a><a href="#cmd.makenote">\makenote</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.makenote">490</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.maketitle"></a><a href="#cmd.maketitle">\maketitle</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.maketitle">300</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.maketitle">69</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.manualmark"></a><a href="#cmd.manualmark">\manualmark</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.manualmark">269</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.manualmark">462</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.marginline"></a><a href="#cmd.marginline">\marginline</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.marginline">157</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.marginline">238</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.marginline">313</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.marginpar"></a><a href="#cmd.marginpar">\marginpar</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.marginpar">157</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.marginpar">238</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.marginpar">313</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.markboth"></a><a href="#cmd.markboth">\markboth</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.markboth">228</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.markboth">275</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.markboth">465</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.markboth">88</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.markleft"></a><a href="#cmd.markleft">\markleft</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.markleft">275</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.markleft">465</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.markright"></a><a href="#cmd.markright">\markright</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.markright">228</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.markright">275</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.markright">465</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.markright">88</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.minisec"></a><a href="#cmd.minisec">\minisec</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.minisec">114</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.mobilephonename"></a><a href="#cmd.mobilephonename">\mobilephonename</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.mobilephonename">556</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.multfootsep"></a><a href="#cmd.multfootsep">\multfootsep</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.multfootsep">230</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.multfootsep">307</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.multfootsep">95</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.multiplefootnoteseparator"></a><a href="#cmd.multiplefootnoteseparator">\multiplefootnoteseparator</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.multiplefootnoteseparator">231</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.multiplefootnoteseparator">308</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.multiplefootnoteseparator">95</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.myrefname"></a><a href="#cmd.myrefname">\myrefname</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.myrefname">556</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.nameday"></a><a href="#cmd.nameday">\nameday</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrdate.cmd.nameday">283</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.newbibstyle"></a><a href="#cmd.newbibstyle">\newbibstyle</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.newbibstyle">529</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.newblock"></a><a href="#cmd.newblock">\newblock</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.newblock">529</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.newcaptionname*"></a><a href="#cmd.newcaptionname*">\newcaptionname*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.newcaptionname*">362</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.newcaptionname"></a><a href="#cmd.newcaptionname">\newcaptionname</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.newcaptionname">362</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.newdaylanguage"></a><a href="#cmd.newdaylanguage">\newdaylanguage</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrdate.cmd.newdaylanguage">283</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.newkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.newkomafont">\newkomafont</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.newkomafont">504</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.newkomavar*"></a><a href="#cmd.newkomavar*">\newkomavar*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.newkomavar*">548</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.newkomavar"></a><a href="#cmd.newkomavar">\newkomavar</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.newkomavar">548</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.newpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.newpagestyle">\newpagestyle</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.newpagestyle">477</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.newpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.newpairofpagestyles">\newpairofpagestyles</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.newpairofpagestyles">475</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.newplength"></a><a href="#cmd.newplength">\newplength</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.newplength">537</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.nonumberline"></a><a href="#cmd.nonumberline">\nonumberline</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.nonumberline">418</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.numberline"></a><a href="#cmd.numberline">\numberline</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.numberline">401</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ofoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.ofoot*">\ofoot*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ofoot*">267</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ofoot"></a><a href="#cmd.ofoot">\ofoot</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ofoot">266</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ohead*"></a><a href="#cmd.ohead*">\ohead*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ohead*">267</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ohead"></a><a href="#cmd.ohead">\ohead</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ohead">266</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.opening"></a><a href="#cmd.opening">\opening</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.opening">178</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.othersectionlevelsformat"></a><a href="#cmd.othersectionlevelsformat">\othersectionlevelsformat</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.othersectionlevelsformat">117</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.pagemark"></a><a href="#cmd.pagemark">\pagemark</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.pagemark">273</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.pagemark">464</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.pagename"></a><a href="#cmd.pagename">\pagename</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.pagename">556</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.pagenumbering"></a><a href="#cmd.pagenumbering">\pagenumbering</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.pagenumbering">90</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.pagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.pagestyle">\pagestyle</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.pagestyle">225</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.pagestyle">86</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.paragraph*"></a><a href="#cmd.paragraph*">\paragraph*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.paragraph*">112</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.paragraph"></a><a href="#cmd.paragraph">\paragraph</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.paragraph">107</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.paragraphformat"></a><a href="#cmd.paragraphformat">\paragraphformat</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.paragraphformat">117</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.paragraphmark"></a><a href="#cmd.paragraphmark">\paragraphmark</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.paragraphmark">275</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.paragraphmark">465</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.paragraphmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.paragraphmarkformat">\paragraphmarkformat</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.paragraphmarkformat">274</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.paragraphmarkformat">464</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.paragraphnumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.paragraphnumdepth">\paragraphnumdepth</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.paragraphnumdepth">121</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.paragraphtocdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.paragraphtocdepth">\paragraphtocdepth</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.paragraphtocdepth">81</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.parellipsis"></a><a href="#cmd.parellipsis">\parellipsis</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.parellipsis">323</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.parformat"></a><a href="#cmd.parformat">\parformat</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.parformat">323</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.parformatseparation"></a><a href="#cmd.parformatseparation">\parformatseparation</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.parformatseparation">323</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.parname"></a><a href="#cmd.parname">\parname</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.parname">331</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.parshortname"></a><a href="#cmd.parshortname">\parshortname</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.parshortname">331</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.part*"></a><a href="#cmd.part*">\part*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.part*">112</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.part"></a><a href="#cmd.part">\part</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.part">107</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.partformat"></a><a href="#cmd.partformat">\partformat</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.partformat">117</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.partheademptypage"></a><a href="#cmd.partheademptypage">\partheademptypage</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.partheademptypage">519</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.partheadendvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.partheadendvskip">\partheadendvskip</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.partheadendvskip">519</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.partheadmidvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.partheadmidvskip">\partheadmidvskip</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.partheadmidvskip">519</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.partheadstartvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.partheadstartvskip">\partheadstartvskip</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.partheadstartvskip">519</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.partlineswithprefixformat"></a><a href="#cmd.partlineswithprefixformat">\partlineswithprefixformat</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.partlineswithprefixformat">520</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.partmark"></a><a href="#cmd.partmark">\partmark</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.partmark">275</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.partmark">465</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.partmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.partmarkformat">\partmarkformat</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.partmarkformat">274</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.partmarkformat">464</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.partnumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.partnumdepth">\partnumdepth</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.partnumdepth">121</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.partpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.partpagestyle">\partpagestyle</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.partpagestyle">88</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.parttocdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.parttocdepth">\parttocdepth</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.parttocdepth">81</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.phonename"></a><a href="#cmd.phonename">\phonename</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.phonename">556</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.providecaptionname*"></a><a href="#cmd.providecaptionname*">\providecaptionname*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.providecaptionname*">362</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.providecaptionname"></a><a href="#cmd.providecaptionname">\providecaptionname</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.providecaptionname">362</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.providepagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.providepagestyle">\providepagestyle</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.providepagestyle">477</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.providepairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.providepairofpagestyles">\providepairofpagestyles</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.providepairofpagestyles">475</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ps"></a><a href="#cmd.ps">\ps</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.ps">180</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.publishers"></a><a href="#cmd.publishers">\publishers</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.publishers">301</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.publishers">71</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.putC"></a><a href="#cmd.putC">\putC</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.putC">448</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.putLL"></a><a href="#cmd.putLL">\putLL</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.putLL">448</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.putLR"></a><a href="#cmd.putLR">\putLR</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.putLR">448</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.putUL"></a><a href="#cmd.putUL">\putUL</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.putUL">448</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.putUR"></a><a href="#cmd.putUR">\putUR</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.putUR">448</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.raggedbottom"></a><a href="#cmd.raggedbottom">\raggedbottom</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.raggedbottom">60</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.raggedchapter"></a><a href="#cmd.raggedchapter">\raggedchapter</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.raggedchapter">116</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.raggedchapterentry"></a><a href="#cmd.raggedchapterentry">\raggedchapterentry</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.raggedchapterentry">503</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.raggeddictum"></a><a href="#cmd.raggeddictum">\raggeddictum</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.raggeddictum">124</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.raggeddictum">310</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.raggeddictumauthor"></a><a href="#cmd.raggeddictumauthor">\raggeddictumauthor</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.raggeddictumauthor">124</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.raggeddictumauthor">310</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.raggeddictumtext"></a><a href="#cmd.raggeddictumtext">\raggeddictumtext</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.raggeddictumtext">124</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.raggeddictumtext">310</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.raggedfootnote"></a><a href="#cmd.raggedfootnote">\raggedfootnote</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.raggedfootnote">233</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.raggedfootnote">310</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.raggedfootnote">99</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.raggedpart"></a><a href="#cmd.raggedpart">\raggedpart</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.raggedpart">116</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.raggedsection"></a><a href="#cmd.raggedsection">\raggedsection</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.raggedsection">116</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.raggedsignature"></a><a href="#cmd.raggedsignature">\raggedsignature</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.raggedsignature">239</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.@mkboth"></a><a href="#cmd.@mkboth">\@mkboth</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.@mkboth">476</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.@mkboth">480</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.@mkdouble"></a><a href="#cmd.@mkdouble">\@mkdouble</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.@mkdouble">476</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.@mkdouble">480</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.@mkleft"></a><a href="#cmd.@mkleft">\@mkleft</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.@mkleft">476</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.@mkleft">480</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.@mkright"></a><a href="#cmd.@mkright">\@mkright</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.@mkright">476</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.@mkright">480</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.@openbib@code"></a><a href="#cmd.@openbib@code">\@openbib@code</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.@openbib@code">536</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.AddLayersAtBeginOfPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.AddLayersAtBeginOfPageStyle">\AddLayersAtBeginOfPageStyle</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.AddLayersAtBeginOfPageStyle">467</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.AddLayersAtEndOfPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.AddLayersAtEndOfPageStyle">\AddLayersAtEndOfPageStyle</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.AddLayersAtEndOfPageStyle">467</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.AddLayersToPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.AddLayersToPageStyle">\AddLayersToPageStyle</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.AddLayersToPageStyle">467</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleAfterLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleAfterLayer">\AddLayersToPageStyleAfterLayer</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleAfterLayer">468</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleBeforeLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleBeforeLayer">\AddLayersToPageStyleBeforeLayer</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleBeforeLayer">468</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.AddToLayerPageStyleOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.AddToLayerPageStyleOptions">\AddToLayerPageStyleOptions</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.AddToLayerPageStyleOptions">468</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.Address"></a><a href="#cmd.Address">\Address</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scraddr.cmd.Address">301</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.AddtoDoHook"></a><a href="#cmd.AddtoDoHook">\AddtoDoHook</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.AddtoDoHook">378</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.AddtoOneTimeDoHook"></a><a href="#cmd.AddtoOneTimeDoHook">\AddtoOneTimeDoHook</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.AddtoOneTimeDoHook">378</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.AfterAtEndOfClass"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterAtEndOfClass">\AfterAtEndOfClass</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.AfterAtEndOfClass">383</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.AfterAtEndOfPackage"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterAtEndOfPackage">\AfterAtEndOfPackage</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.AfterAtEndOfPackage">383</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.AfterBibliographyPreamble"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterBibliographyPreamble">\AfterBibliographyPreamble</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.AfterBibliographyPreamble">159</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.AfterCalculatingTypearea*"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterCalculatingTypearea*">\AfterCalculatingTypearea*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:typearea-experts.cmd.AfterCalculatingTypearea*">506</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.AfterCalculatingTypearea"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterCalculatingTypearea">\AfterCalculatingTypearea</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:typearea-experts.cmd.AfterCalculatingTypearea">506</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.AfterClass!"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterClass!">\AfterClass!</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.AfterClass!">383</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.AfterClass*"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterClass*">\AfterClass*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.AfterClass*">383</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.AfterClass+"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterClass+">\AfterClass+</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.AfterClass+">383</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.AfterClass"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterClass">\AfterClass</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.AfterClass">383</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.AfterFile"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterFile">\AfterFile</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.AfterFile">382</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.AfterPackage!"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterPackage!">\AfterPackage!</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.AfterPackage!">383</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.AfterPackage*"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterPackage*">\AfterPackage*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.AfterPackage*">383</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.AfterPackage+"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterPackage+">\AfterPackage+</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.AfterPackage+">383</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.AfterPackage"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterPackage">\AfterPackage</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.AfterPackage">383</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.AfterReadingMainAux"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterReadingMainAux">\AfterReadingMainAux</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.AfterReadingMainAux">385</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.AfterRestoreareas*"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterRestoreareas*">\AfterRestoreareas*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:typearea-experts.cmd.AfterRestoreareas*">505</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.AfterRestoreareas"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterRestoreareas">\AfterRestoreareas</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:typearea-experts.cmd.AfterRestoreareas">505</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.AfterSelectAnyPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterSelectAnyPageStyle">\AfterSelectAnyPageStyle</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.AfterSelectAnyPageStyle">461</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.AfterSettingArea*"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterSettingArea*">\AfterSettingArea*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:typearea-experts.cmd.AfterSettingArea*">506</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.AfterSettingArea"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterSettingArea">\AfterSettingArea</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:typearea-experts.cmd.AfterSettingArea">506</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.AfterStartingTOC"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterStartingTOC">\AfterStartingTOC</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.AfterStartingTOC">405</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.AfterTOCHead"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterTOCHead">\AfterTOCHead</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.AfterTOCHead">405</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.At@startsection"></a><a href="#cmd.At@startsection">\At@startsection</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.At@startsection">534</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.AtAddToTocList"></a><a href="#cmd.AtAddToTocList">\AtAddToTocList</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.AtAddToTocList">400</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.AtBeginLetter"></a><a href="#cmd.AtBeginLetter">\AtBeginLetter</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.AtBeginLetter">181</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.AtEndBibliography"></a><a href="#cmd.AtEndBibliography">\AtEndBibliography</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.AtEndBibliography">159</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.AtEndLetter"></a><a href="#cmd.AtEndLetter">\AtEndLetter</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.AtEndLetter">181</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.AtEndOfFamilyOptions*"></a><a href="#cmd.AtEndOfFamilyOptions*">\AtEndOfFamilyOptions*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.AtEndOfFamilyOptions*">359</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.AtEndOfFamilyOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.AtEndOfFamilyOptions">\AtEndOfFamilyOptions</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.AtEndOfFamilyOptions">359</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.Before@sect"></a><a href="#cmd.Before@sect">\Before@sect</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.Before@sect">534</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.Before@ssect"></a><a href="#cmd.Before@ssect">\Before@ssect</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.Before@ssect">534</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.BeforeClass"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeClass">\BeforeClass</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.BeforeClass">382</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.BeforeClosingMainAux"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeClosingMainAux">\BeforeClosingMainAux</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.BeforeClosingMainAux">385</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.BeforeFamilyProcessOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeFamilyProcessOptions">\BeforeFamilyProcessOptions</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.BeforeFamilyProcessOptions">355</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.BeforeFile"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeFile">\BeforeFile</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.BeforeFile">382</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.BeforePackage"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforePackage">\BeforePackage</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.BeforePackage">382</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.BeforeRestoreareas*"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeRestoreareas*">\BeforeRestoreareas*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:typearea-experts.cmd.BeforeRestoreareas*">505</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.BeforeRestoreareas"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeRestoreareas">\BeforeRestoreareas</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:typearea-experts.cmd.BeforeRestoreareas">505</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.BeforeSelectAnyPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeSelectAnyPageStyle">\BeforeSelectAnyPageStyle</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.BeforeSelectAnyPageStyle">461</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.BeforeStartingTOC"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeStartingTOC">\BeforeStartingTOC</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.BeforeStartingTOC">405</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.BeforeTOCHead"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeTOCHead">\BeforeTOCHead</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.BeforeTOCHead">405</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.BreakBibliography"></a><a href="#cmd.BreakBibliography">\BreakBibliography</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.BreakBibliography">159</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.CenturyPart"></a><a href="#cmd.CenturyPart">\CenturyPart</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrdate.cmd.CenturyPart">293</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.ClassInfoNoLine"></a><a href="#cmd.ClassInfoNoLine">\ClassInfoNoLine</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.ClassInfoNoLine">375</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.ClassName"></a><a href="#cmd.ClassName">\ClassName</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.ClassName">507</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.Clause"></a><a href="#cmd.Clause">\Clause</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.Clause">330</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.Clauseformat"></a><a href="#cmd.Clauseformat">\Clauseformat</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.Clauseformat">332</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.CloneTOCEntryStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.CloneTOCEntryStyle">\CloneTOCEntryStyle</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.CloneTOCEntryStyle">423</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.Comment"></a><a href="#cmd.Comment">\Comment</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scraddr.cmd.Comment">301</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.DayName"></a><a href="#cmd.DayName">\DayName</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrdate.cmd.DayName">294</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.DayNameByNumber"></a><a href="#cmd.DayNameByNumber">\DayNameByNumber</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrdate.cmd.DayNameByNumber">294</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.DayNumber"></a><a href="#cmd.DayNumber">\DayNumber</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrdate.cmd.DayNumber">293</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.DecadePart"></a><a href="#cmd.DecadePart">\DecadePart</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrdate.cmd.DecadePart">293</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.DeclareLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareLayer">\DeclareLayer</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.DeclareLayer">449</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewJuraEnvironment"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewJuraEnvironment">\DeclareNewJuraEnvironment</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.DeclareNewJuraEnvironment">340</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewLayer">\DeclareNewLayer</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.DeclareNewLayer">449</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewNoteColumn"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewNoteColumn">\DeclareNewNoteColumn</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.DeclareNewNoteColumn">492</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleAlias"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleAlias">\DeclareNewPageStyleAlias</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleAlias">461</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleByLayers"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleByLayers">\DeclareNewPageStyleByLayers</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleByLayers">462</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewSectionCommand"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewSectionCommand">\DeclareNewSectionCommand</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.DeclareNewSectionCommand">513</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewSectionCommands"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewSectionCommands">\DeclareNewSectionCommands</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.DeclareNewSectionCommands">524</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewTOC"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewTOC">\DeclareNewTOC</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.DeclareNewTOC">431</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.DeclareNoteColumn"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNoteColumn">\DeclareNoteColumn</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.DeclareNoteColumn">492</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.DeclarePageStyleAlias"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclarePageStyleAlias">\DeclarePageStyleAlias</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.DeclarePageStyleAlias">461</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.DeclarePageStyleByLayers"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclarePageStyleByLayers">\DeclarePageStyleByLayers</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.DeclarePageStyleByLayers">462</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.DeclareSectionCommand"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareSectionCommand">\DeclareSectionCommand</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.DeclareSectionCommand">513</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.DeclareSectionCommands"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareSectionCommands">\DeclareSectionCommands</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.DeclareSectionCommands">524</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.DeclareSectionNumberDepth"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareSectionNumberDepth">\DeclareSectionNumberDepth</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.DeclareSectionNumberDepth">447</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.DeclareTOCEntryStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareTOCEntryStyle">\DeclareTOCEntryStyle</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.DeclareTOCEntryStyle">421</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.DeclareTOCStyleEntries"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareTOCStyleEntries">\DeclareTOCStyleEntries</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.DeclareTOCStyleEntries">410</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.DeclareTOCStyleEntry"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareTOCStyleEntry">\DeclareTOCStyleEntry</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.DeclareTOCStyleEntry">410</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.DefineFamily"></a><a href="#cmd.DefineFamily">\DefineFamily</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.DefineFamily">351</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.DefineFamilyKey"></a><a href="#cmd.DefineFamilyKey">\DefineFamilyKey</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.DefineFamilyKey">352</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.DefineFamilyMember"></a><a href="#cmd.DefineFamilyMember">\DefineFamilyMember</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.DefineFamilyMember">351</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.DefineTOCEntryBooleanOption"></a><a href="#cmd.DefineTOCEntryBooleanOption">\DefineTOCEntryBooleanOption</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.DefineTOCEntryBooleanOption">421</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.DefineTOCEntryCommandOption"></a><a href="#cmd.DefineTOCEntryCommandOption">\DefineTOCEntryCommandOption</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.DefineTOCEntryCommandOption">421</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.DefineTOCEntryIfOption"></a><a href="#cmd.DefineTOCEntryIfOption">\DefineTOCEntryIfOption</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.DefineTOCEntryIfOption">421</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.DefineTOCEntryLengthOption"></a><a href="#cmd.DefineTOCEntryLengthOption">\DefineTOCEntryLengthOption</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.DefineTOCEntryLengthOption">421</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.DefineTOCEntryNumberOption"></a><a href="#cmd.DefineTOCEntryNumberOption">\DefineTOCEntryNumberOption</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.DefineTOCEntryNumberOption">421</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.DefineTOCEntryOption"></a><a href="#cmd.DefineTOCEntryOption">\DefineTOCEntryOption</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.DefineTOCEntryOption">421</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.DestroyLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.DestroyLayer">\DestroyLayer</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.DestroyLayer">459</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.DestroyPageStyleAlias"></a><a href="#cmd.DestroyPageStyleAlias">\DestroyPageStyleAlias</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.DestroyPageStyleAlias">462</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.DestroyRealLayerPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.DestroyRealLayerPageStyle">\DestroyRealLayerPageStyle</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.DestroyRealLayerPageStyle">469</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.ExecuteDoHook"></a><a href="#cmd.ExecuteDoHook">\ExecuteDoHook</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.ExecuteDoHook">377</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.FamilyBoolKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyBoolKey">\FamilyBoolKey</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyBoolKey">360</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.FamilyCSKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyCSKey">\FamilyCSKey</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyCSKey">364</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.FamilyCounterKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyCounterKey">\FamilyCounterKey</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyCounterKey">363</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.FamilyCounterMacroKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyCounterMacroKey">\FamilyCounterMacroKey</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyCounterMacroKey">364</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.FamilyExecuteOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyExecuteOptions">\FamilyExecuteOptions</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyExecuteOptions">356</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.FamilyInverseBoolKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyInverseBoolKey">\FamilyInverseBoolKey</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyInverseBoolKey">361</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.FamilyKeyState"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyKeyState">\FamilyKeyState</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyKeyState">352</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.FamilyKeyStateNeedValue"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyKeyStateNeedValue">\FamilyKeyStateNeedValue</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyKeyStateNeedValue">352</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.FamilyKeyStateProcessed"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyKeyStateProcessed">\FamilyKeyStateProcessed</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyKeyStateProcessed">352</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknown"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknown">\FamilyKeyStateUnknown</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknown">352</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue">\FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue">352</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.FamilyLengthKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyLengthKey">\FamilyLengthKey</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyLengthKey">364</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.FamilyLengthMacroKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyLengthMacroKey">\FamilyLengthMacroKey</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyLengthMacroKey">364</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.FamilyNumericalKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyNumericalKey">\FamilyNumericalKey</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyNumericalKey">362</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.FamilyOption"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyOption">\FamilyOption</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyOption">358</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.FamilyOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyOptions">\FamilyOptions</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyOptions">357</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.FamilyProcessOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyProcessOptions">\FamilyProcessOptions</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyProcessOptions">354</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.FamilySetBool"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetBool">\FamilySetBool</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilySetBool">360</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.FamilySetCounter"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetCounter">\FamilySetCounter</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilySetCounter">363</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.FamilySetCounterMacro"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetCounterMacro">\FamilySetCounterMacro</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilySetCounterMacro">364</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.FamilySetInverseBool"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetInverseBool">\FamilySetInverseBool</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilySetInverseBool">361</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.FamilySetLength"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetLength">\FamilySetLength</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilySetLength">364</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.FamilySetLengthMacro"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetLengthMacro">\FamilySetLengthMacro</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilySetLengthMacro">364</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.FamilySetNumerical"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetNumerical">\FamilySetNumerical</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilySetNumerical">362</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.FamilySetUseLengthMacro"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetUseLengthMacro">\FamilySetUseLengthMacro</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilySetUseLengthMacro">364</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.FamilyStringKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyStringKey">\FamilyStringKey</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyStringKey">364</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.FamilyUnknownKeyValue"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyUnknownKeyValue">\FamilyUnknownKeyValue</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyUnknownKeyValue">365</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.FamilyUseLengthMacroKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyUseLengthMacroKey">\FamilyUseLengthMacroKey</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyUseLengthMacroKey">364</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.FirstName"></a><a href="#cmd.FirstName">\FirstName</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scraddr.cmd.FirstName">301</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.ForDoHook"></a><a href="#cmd.ForDoHook">\ForDoHook</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.ForDoHook">379</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.ForEachLayerOfPageStyle*"></a><a href="#cmd.ForEachLayerOfPageStyle*">\ForEachLayerOfPageStyle*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.ForEachLayerOfPageStyle*">466</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.ForEachLayerOfPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.ForEachLayerOfPageStyle">\ForEachLayerOfPageStyle</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.ForEachLayerOfPageStyle">466</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.FreeI"></a><a href="#cmd.FreeI">\FreeI</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scraddr.cmd.FreeI">301</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.FreeII"></a><a href="#cmd.FreeII">\FreeII</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scraddr.cmd.FreeII">301</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.FreeIII"></a><a href="#cmd.FreeIII">\FreeIII</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scraddr.cmd.FreeIII">301</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.FreeIV"></a><a href="#cmd.FreeIV">\FreeIV</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scraddr.cmd.FreeIV">301</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.GenericMarkFormat"></a><a href="#cmd.GenericMarkFormat">\GenericMarkFormat</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.GenericMarkFormat">475</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.GenericMarkFormat">478</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.GetLayerContents"></a><a href="#cmd.GetLayerContents">\GetLayerContents</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.GetLayerContents">459</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.GetRealPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.GetRealPageStyle">\GetRealPageStyle</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.GetRealPageStyle">462</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.ISODayName"></a><a href="#cmd.ISODayName">\ISODayName</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrdate.cmd.ISODayName">294</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.ISODayNumber"></a><a href="#cmd.ISODayNumber">\ISODayNumber</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrdate.cmd.ISODayNumber">293</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.ISOToday"></a><a href="#cmd.ISOToday">\ISOToday</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrdate.cmd.ISOToday">295</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.IfActiveMkBoth"></a><a href="#cmd.IfActiveMkBoth">\IfActiveMkBoth</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.IfActiveMkBoth">369</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.IfChapterUsesPrefixLine"></a><a href="#cmd.IfChapterUsesPrefixLine">\IfChapterUsesPrefixLine</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.IfChapterUsesPrefixLine">101</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.IfExistskomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.IfExistskomafont">\IfExistskomafont</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.IfExistskomafont">511</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.IfIsAliaskomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.IfIsAliaskomafont">\IfIsAliaskomafont</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.IfIsAliaskomafont">511</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.IfLayerAtPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.IfLayerAtPageStyle">\IfLayerAtPageStyle</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.IfLayerAtPageStyle">469</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.IfLayerExists"></a><a href="#cmd.IfLayerExists">\IfLayerExists</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.IfLayerExists">459</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.IfLayerPageStyleExists"></a><a href="#cmd.IfLayerPageStyleExists">\IfLayerPageStyleExists</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.IfLayerPageStyleExists">469</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.IfLayersAtPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.IfLayersAtPageStyle">\IfLayersAtPageStyle</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.IfLayersAtPageStyle">469</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.IfRealLayerPageStyleExists"></a><a href="#cmd.IfRealLayerPageStyleExists">\IfRealLayerPageStyleExists</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.IfRealLayerPageStyleExists">469</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.IfSectionCommandStyleIs"></a><a href="#cmd.IfSectionCommandStyleIs">\IfSectionCommandStyleIs</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.IfSectionCommandStyleIs">525</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.IfSomeLayersAtPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.IfSomeLayersAtPageStyle">\IfSomeLayersAtPageStyle</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.IfSomeLayersAtPageStyle">469</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.IfUseNumber"></a><a href="#cmd.IfUseNumber">\IfUseNumber</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.IfUseNumber">533</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.IfUsePrefixLine"></a><a href="#cmd.IfUsePrefixLine">\IfUsePrefixLine</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.IfUsePrefixLine">116</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.Ifattoclist"></a><a href="#cmd.Ifattoclist">\Ifattoclist</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.Ifattoclist">397</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.Ifdimen"></a><a href="#cmd.Ifdimen">\Ifdimen</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.Ifdimen">368</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.Ifdvioutput"></a><a href="#cmd.Ifdvioutput">\Ifdvioutput</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.Ifdvioutput">368</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.Ifiscount"></a><a href="#cmd.Ifiscount">\Ifiscount</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.Ifiscount">369</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.Ifiscounter"></a><a href="#cmd.Ifiscounter">\Ifiscounter</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.Ifiscounter">369</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.Ifisdimen"></a><a href="#cmd.Ifisdimen">\Ifisdimen</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.Ifisdimen">368</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.Ifisdimension"></a><a href="#cmd.Ifisdimension">\Ifisdimension</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.Ifisdimension">368</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.Ifisdimexpr"></a><a href="#cmd.Ifisdimexpr">\Ifisdimexpr</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.Ifisdimexpr">368</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.Ifisglue"></a><a href="#cmd.Ifisglue">\Ifisglue</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.Ifisglue">368</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.Ifisglueexpr"></a><a href="#cmd.Ifisglueexpr">\Ifisglueexpr</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.Ifisglueexpr">369</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.Ifisinteger"></a><a href="#cmd.Ifisinteger">\Ifisinteger</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.Ifisinteger">369</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.Ifisnumexpr"></a><a href="#cmd.Ifisnumexpr">\Ifisnumexpr</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.Ifisnumexpr">369</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.Ifisskip"></a><a href="#cmd.Ifisskip">\Ifisskip</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.Ifisskip">368</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.Ifkomavar"></a><a href="#cmd.Ifkomavar">\Ifkomavar</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.Ifkomavar">171</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.Ifkomavarempty*"></a><a href="#cmd.Ifkomavarempty*">\Ifkomavarempty*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.Ifkomavarempty*">171</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.Ifkomavarempty*">539</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.Ifkomavarempty"></a><a href="#cmd.Ifkomavarempty">\Ifkomavarempty</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.Ifkomavarempty">171</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.Ifkomavarempty">539</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.Ifnotundefined"></a><a href="#cmd.Ifnotundefined">\Ifnotundefined</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.Ifnotundefined">367</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.Ifnumber"></a><a href="#cmd.Ifnumber">\Ifnumber</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.Ifnumber">369</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.Ifnumbered"></a><a href="#cmd.Ifnumbered">\Ifnumbered</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.Ifnumbered">120</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.Ifpdfoutput"></a><a href="#cmd.Ifpdfoutput">\Ifpdfoutput</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.Ifpdfoutput">367</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.Ifplength"></a><a href="#cmd.Ifplength">\Ifplength</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.Ifplength">176</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.Ifpsoutput"></a><a href="#cmd.Ifpsoutput">\Ifpsoutput</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.Ifpsoutput">367</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.Ifstr"></a><a href="#cmd.Ifstr">\Ifstr</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.Ifstr">367</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.Ifstrstart"></a><a href="#cmd.Ifstrstart">\Ifstrstart</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.Ifstrstart">367</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.Ifthispageodd"></a><a href="#cmd.Ifthispageodd">\Ifthispageodd</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.Ifthispageodd">237</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.Ifthispageodd">316</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.Ifthispageodd">83</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.Iftocfeature"></a><a href="#cmd.Iftocfeature">\Iftocfeature</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.Iftocfeature">409</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.Ifundefinedorrelax"></a><a href="#cmd.Ifundefinedorrelax">\Ifundefinedorrelax</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.Ifundefinedorrelax">367</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.Ifunnumbered"></a><a href="#cmd.Ifunnumbered">\Ifunnumbered</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.Ifunnumbered">120</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.InputAddressFile"></a><a href="#cmd.InputAddressFile">\InputAddressFile</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scraddr.cmd.InputAddressFile">300</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.IsoToday"></a><a href="#cmd.IsoToday">\IsoToday</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrdate.cmd.IsoToday">295</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.KOMAClassName"></a><a href="#cmd.KOMAClassName">\KOMAClassName</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.KOMAClassName">507</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.KOMAScript"></a><a href="#cmd.KOMAScript">\KOMAScript</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.KOMAScript">374</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.KOMAScriptVersion"></a><a href="#cmd.KOMAScriptVersion">\KOMAScriptVersion</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.KOMAScriptVersion">375</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.KOMAoption"></a><a href="#cmd.KOMAoption">\KOMAoption</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.KOMAoption">163</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.KOMAoption">265</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.KOMAoption">306</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:typearea.cmd.KOMAoption">32</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.KOMAoption">326</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrhack.cmd.KOMAoption">439</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.KOMAoption">445</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.KOMAoption">489</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.KOMAoption">57</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.KOMAoptions"></a><a href="#cmd.KOMAoptions">\KOMAoptions</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.KOMAoptions">163</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.KOMAoptions">265</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.KOMAoptions">306</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:typearea.cmd.KOMAoptions">32</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.KOMAoptions">326</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrhack.cmd.KOMAoptions">439</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.KOMAoptions">445</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.KOMAoptions">489</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.KOMAoptions">57</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.LastName"></a><a href="#cmd.LastName">\LastName</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scraddr.cmd.LastName">301</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.LastTOCLevelWasHigher"></a><a href="#cmd.LastTOCLevelWasHigher">\LastTOCLevelWasHigher</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.LastTOCLevelWasHigher">424</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.LastTOCLevelWasLower"></a><a href="#cmd.LastTOCLevelWasLower">\LastTOCLevelWasLower</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.LastTOCLevelWasLower">424</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.LastTOCLevelWasSame"></a><a href="#cmd.LastTOCLevelWasSame">\LastTOCLevelWasSame</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.LastTOCLevelWasSame">424</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.LenToUnit"></a><a href="#cmd.LenToUnit">\LenToUnit</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.LenToUnit">457</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.MakeMarkcase"></a><a href="#cmd.MakeMarkcase">\MakeMarkcase</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.MakeMarkcase">284</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.MakeMarkcase">405</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.MakeMarkcase">472</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.ModifyLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.ModifyLayer">\ModifyLayer</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.ModifyLayer">449</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions">\ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions">468</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.ModifyLayers"></a><a href="#cmd.ModifyLayers">\ModifyLayers</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.ModifyLayers">457</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.Name"></a><a href="#cmd.Name">\Name</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scraddr.cmd.Name">301</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.PackageInfoNoLine"></a><a href="#cmd.PackageInfoNoLine">\PackageInfoNoLine</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.PackageInfoNoLine">375</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading*"></a><a href="#cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading*">\PreventPackageFromLoading*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading*">390</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading"></a><a href="#cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading">\PreventPackageFromLoading</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading">390</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.ProvideLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.ProvideLayer">\ProvideLayer</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.ProvideLayer">449</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.ProvideNoteColumn"></a><a href="#cmd.ProvideNoteColumn">\ProvideNoteColumn</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.ProvideNoteColumn">492</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.ProvidePageStyleAlias"></a><a href="#cmd.ProvidePageStyleAlias">\ProvidePageStyleAlias</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.ProvidePageStyleAlias">461</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.ProvidePageStyleByLayers"></a><a href="#cmd.ProvidePageStyleByLayers">\ProvidePageStyleByLayers</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.ProvidePageStyleByLayers">462</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.ProvideSectionCommand"></a><a href="#cmd.ProvideSectionCommand">\ProvideSectionCommand</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.ProvideSectionCommand">513</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.ProvideSectionCommands"></a><a href="#cmd.ProvideSectionCommands">\ProvideSectionCommands</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.ProvideSectionCommands">524</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.RedeclareLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.RedeclareLayer">\RedeclareLayer</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.RedeclareLayer">449</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.RedeclareNoteColumn"></a><a href="#cmd.RedeclareNoteColumn">\RedeclareNoteColumn</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.RedeclareNoteColumn">492</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.RedeclarePageStyleAlias"></a><a href="#cmd.RedeclarePageStyleAlias">\RedeclarePageStyleAlias</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.RedeclarePageStyleAlias">461</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.RedeclarePageStyleByLayers"></a><a href="#cmd.RedeclarePageStyleByLayers">\RedeclarePageStyleByLayers</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.RedeclarePageStyleByLayers">462</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.RedeclareSectionCommand"></a><a href="#cmd.RedeclareSectionCommand">\RedeclareSectionCommand</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.RedeclareSectionCommand">513</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.RedeclareSectionCommands"></a><a href="#cmd.RedeclareSectionCommands">\RedeclareSectionCommands</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.RedeclareSectionCommands">524</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.RelaxFamilyKey"></a><a href="#cmd.RelaxFamilyKey">\RelaxFamilyKey</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.RelaxFamilyKey">354</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.RemoveLayersFromPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.RemoveLayersFromPageStyle">\RemoveLayersFromPageStyle</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.RemoveLayersFromPageStyle">467</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.ReplaceClass"></a><a href="#cmd.ReplaceClass">\ReplaceClass</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.ReplaceClass">387</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.ReplaceInput"></a><a href="#cmd.ReplaceInput">\ReplaceInput</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.ReplaceInput">387</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.ReplacePackage"></a><a href="#cmd.ReplacePackage">\ReplacePackage</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.ReplacePackage">387</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.ResetPreventPackageFromLoading"></a><a href="#cmd.ResetPreventPackageFromLoading">\ResetPreventPackageFromLoading</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.ResetPreventPackageFromLoading">390</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.SecDef"></a><a href="#cmd.SecDef">\SecDef</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.SecDef">533</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.Sentence"></a><a href="#cmd.Sentence">\Sentence</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.Sentence">336</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.SplitDoHook"></a><a href="#cmd.SplitDoHook">\SplitDoHook</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.SplitDoHook">379</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.StorePreventPackageFromLoading"></a><a href="#cmd.StorePreventPackageFromLoading">\StorePreventPackageFromLoading</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.StorePreventPackageFromLoading">390</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.SubClause"></a><a href="#cmd.SubClause">\SubClause</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.SubClause">330</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.TOCEntryStyleInitCode"></a><a href="#cmd.TOCEntryStyleInitCode">\TOCEntryStyleInitCode</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.TOCEntryStyleInitCode">424</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.TOCEntryStyleStartInitCode"></a><a href="#cmd.TOCEntryStyleStartInitCode">\TOCEntryStyleStartInitCode</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.TOCEntryStyleStartInitCode">424</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.TOCLineLeaderFill"></a><a href="#cmd.TOCLineLeaderFill">\TOCLineLeaderFill</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.TOCLineLeaderFill">425</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.TOCclone"></a><a href="#cmd.TOCclone">\TOCclone</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrwfile.cmd.TOCclone">395</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.Telephone"></a><a href="#cmd.Telephone">\Telephone</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scraddr.cmd.Telephone">301</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading*"></a><a href="#cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading*">\UnPreventPackageFromLoading*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading*">391</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading"></a><a href="#cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading">\UnPreventPackageFromLoading</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading">391</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.UnReplaceClass"></a><a href="#cmd.UnReplaceClass">\UnReplaceClass</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.UnReplaceClass">389</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.UnReplaceInput"></a><a href="#cmd.UnReplaceInput">\UnReplaceInput</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.UnReplaceInput">389</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.UnReplacePackage"></a><a href="#cmd.UnReplacePackage">\UnReplacePackage</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.UnReplacePackage">389</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.UnifyLayersAtPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.UnifyLayersAtPageStyle">\UnifyLayersAtPageStyle</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.UnifyLayersAtPageStyle">468</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.XdivY"></a><a href="#cmd.XdivY">\XdivY</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.XdivY">376</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.XmodY"></a><a href="#cmd.XmodY">\XmodY</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.XmodY">376</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.activateareas"></a><a href="#cmd.activateareas">\activateareas</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:typearea-experts.cmd.activateareas">504</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.addchap*"></a><a href="#cmd.addchap*">\addchap*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.addchap*">112</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.addchap"></a><a href="#cmd.addchap">\addchap</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.addchap">112</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.addchapmark"></a><a href="#cmd.addchapmark">\addchapmark</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.addchapmark">118</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.addchaptertocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addchaptertocentry">\addchaptertocentry</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.addchaptertocentry">509</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.addcontentslinetoeachtocfile"></a><a href="#cmd.addcontentslinetoeachtocfile">\addcontentslinetoeachtocfile</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.addcontentslinetoeachtocfile">403</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.addparagraphtocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addparagraphtocentry">\addparagraphtocentry</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.addparagraphtocentry">509</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.addpart*"></a><a href="#cmd.addpart*">\addpart*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.addpart*">112</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.addpart"></a><a href="#cmd.addpart">\addpart</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.addpart">112</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.addparttocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addparttocentry">\addparttocentry</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.addparttocentry">509</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.addrchar"></a><a href="#cmd.addrchar">\addrchar</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.addrchar">262</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scraddr.cmd.addrchar">300</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.addrentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addrentry">\addrentry</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.addrentry">260</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scraddr.cmd.addrentry">300</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.addsec*"></a><a href="#cmd.addsec*">\addsec*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.addsec*">112</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.addsec"></a><a href="#cmd.addsec">\addsec</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.addsec">112</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.addsecmark"></a><a href="#cmd.addsecmark">\addsecmark</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.addsecmark">118</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.addsectiontocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addsectiontocentry">\addsectiontocentry</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.addsectiontocentry">509</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.addsubparagraphtocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addsubparagraphtocentry">\addsubparagraphtocentry</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.addsubparagraphtocentry">509</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.addsubsectiontocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addsubsectiontocentry">\addsubsectiontocentry</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.addsubsectiontocentry">509</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.addsubsubsectiontocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addsubsubsectiontocentry">\addsubsubsectiontocentry</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.addsubsubsectiontocentry">509</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.addtocentrydefault"></a><a href="#cmd.addtocentrydefault">\addtocentrydefault</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.addtocentrydefault">508</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.addtoeachtocfile"></a><a href="#cmd.addtoeachtocfile">\addtoeachtocfile</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.addtoeachtocfile">402</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.addtokomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.addtokomafont">\addtokomafont</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.addtokomafont">191</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.addtokomafont">267</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.addtokomafont">309</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.addtokomafont">326</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.addtokomafont">490</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.addtokomafont">61</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.addtokomafontgobblelist"></a><a href="#cmd.addtokomafontgobblelist">\addtokomafontgobblelist</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.addtokomafontgobblelist">510</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.addtokomafontonearglist"></a><a href="#cmd.addtokomafontonearglist">\addtokomafontonearglist</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.addtokomafontonearglist">510</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.addtokomafontrelaxlist"></a><a href="#cmd.addtokomafontrelaxlist">\addtokomafontrelaxlist</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.addtokomafontrelaxlist">510</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.addtolengthplength"></a><a href="#cmd.addtolengthplength">\addtolengthplength</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.addtolengthplength">178</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.addtoplength"></a><a href="#cmd.addtoplength">\addtoplength</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.addtoplength">178</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.addtoreffields"></a><a href="#cmd.addtoreffields">\addtoreffields</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.addtoreffields">538</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.addtotoclist"></a><a href="#cmd.addtotoclist">\addtotoclist</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.addtotoclist">398</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.addxcontentsline"></a><a href="#cmd.addxcontentsline">\addxcontentsline</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.addxcontentsline">402</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.addxcontentslinetoeachtocfile"></a><a href="#cmd.addxcontentslinetoeachtocfile">\addxcontentslinetoeachtocfile</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.addxcontentslinetoeachtocfile">403</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.adrchar"></a><a href="#cmd.adrchar">\adrchar</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.adrchar">262</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scraddr.cmd.adrchar">300</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.adrentry"></a><a href="#cmd.adrentry">\adrentry</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.adrentry">259</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scraddr.cmd.adrentry">300</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.aliaskomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.aliaskomafont">\aliaskomafont</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.aliaskomafont">510</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.and"></a><a href="#cmd.and">\and</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.and">313</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.and">70</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.appendix"></a><a href="#cmd.appendix">\appendix</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.appendix">156</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.appendixmore"></a><a href="#cmd.appendixmore">\appendixmore</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.appendixmore">535</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.areaset"></a><a href="#cmd.areaset">\areaset</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:typearea.cmd.areaset">47</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:typearea-experts.cmd.areaset">504</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.author"></a><a href="#cmd.author">\author</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.author">313</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.author">70</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.autodot"></a><a href="#cmd.autodot">\autodot</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.autodot">116</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.automark*"></a><a href="#cmd.automark*">\automark*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.automark*">281</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.automark*">471</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.automark"></a><a href="#cmd.automark">\automark</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.automark">281</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.automark">471</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.backmatter"></a><a href="#cmd.backmatter">\backmatter</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.backmatter">99</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.bankname"></a><a href="#cmd.bankname">\bankname</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.bankname">545</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.bib@beginhook"></a><a href="#cmd.bib@beginhook">\bib@beginhook</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.bib@beginhook">536</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.bib@endhook"></a><a href="#cmd.bib@endhook">\bib@endhook</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.bib@endhook">536</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.caption"></a><a href="#cmd.caption">\caption</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.caption">139</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.captionabove"></a><a href="#cmd.captionabove">\captionabove</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.captionabove">139</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.captionaboveof"></a><a href="#cmd.captionaboveof">\captionaboveof</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.captionaboveof">140</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.captionbelow"></a><a href="#cmd.captionbelow">\captionbelow</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.captionbelow">139</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.captionbelowof"></a><a href="#cmd.captionbelowof">\captionbelowof</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.captionbelowof">140</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.captionformat"></a><a href="#cmd.captionformat">\captionformat</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.captionformat">146</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.captionof"></a><a href="#cmd.captionof">\captionof</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.captionof">140</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.captionsUKenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsUKenglish">\captionsUKenglish</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsUKenglish">546</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.captionsUSenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsUSenglish">\captionsUSenglish</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsUSenglish">546</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.captionsacadian"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsacadian">\captionsacadian</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsacadian">546</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.captionsamerican"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsamerican">\captionsamerican</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsamerican">546</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.captionsaustralien"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsaustralien">\captionsaustralien</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsaustralien">546</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.captionsaustrian"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsaustrian">\captionsaustrian</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsaustrian">546</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.captionsbritish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsbritish">\captionsbritish</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsbritish">546</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.captionscanadian"></a><a href="#cmd.captionscanadian">\captionscanadian</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionscanadian">546</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.captionscanadien"></a><a href="#cmd.captionscanadien">\captionscanadien</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionscanadien">546</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.captionscroatian"></a><a href="#cmd.captionscroatian">\captionscroatian</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionscroatian">546</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.captionsczech"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsczech">\captionsczech</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsczech">546</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.captionsdutch"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsdutch">\captionsdutch</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsdutch">546</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.captionsenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsenglish">\captionsenglish</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsenglish">546</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.captionsfinnish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsfinnish">\captionsfinnish</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsfinnish">546</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.captionsfrancais"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsfrancais">\captionsfrancais</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsfrancais">546</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.captionsfrench"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsfrench">\captionsfrench</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsfrench">546</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.captionsgerman"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsgerman">\captionsgerman</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsgerman">546</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.captionsitalian"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsitalian">\captionsitalian</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsitalian">546</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.captionsnaustrian"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsnaustrian">\captionsnaustrian</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsnaustrian">546</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.captionsnewzealand"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsnewzealand">\captionsnewzealand</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsnewzealand">546</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.captionsngerman"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsngerman">\captionsngerman</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsngerman">546</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.captionsnorsk"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsnorsk">\captionsnorsk</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsnorsk">546</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.captionsnswissgerman"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsnswissgerman">\captionsnswissgerman</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsnswissgerman">546</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.captionspolish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionspolish">\captionspolish</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionspolish">546</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.captionsslovak"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsslovak">\captionsslovak</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsslovak">546</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.captionsspanish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsspanish">\captionsspanish</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsspanish">546</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.captionsswedish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsswedish">\captionsswedish</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsswedish">546</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.captionsswissgerman"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsswissgerman">\captionsswissgerman</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsswissgerman">546</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.cc"></a><a href="#cmd.cc">\cc</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.cc">185</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.ccname"></a><a href="#cmd.ccname">\ccname</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.ccname">545</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.cefoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.cefoot*">\cefoot*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cefoot*">277</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.cefoot"></a><a href="#cmd.cefoot">\cefoot</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cefoot">274</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.cehead*"></a><a href="#cmd.cehead*">\cehead*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cehead*">273</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.cehead"></a><a href="#cmd.cehead">\cehead</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cehead">271</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.cfoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.cfoot*">\cfoot*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cfoot*">279</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.cfoot"></a><a href="#cmd.cfoot">\cfoot</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cfoot">278</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.chapapp"></a><a href="#cmd.chapapp">\chapapp</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.chapapp">118</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.chapappifchapterprefix"></a><a href="#cmd.chapappifchapterprefix">\chapappifchapterprefix</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.chapappifchapterprefix">118</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.chapter*"></a><a href="#cmd.chapter*">\chapter*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.chapter*">111</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.chapter"></a><a href="#cmd.chapter">\chapter</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.chapter">106</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.chapterformat"></a><a href="#cmd.chapterformat">\chapterformat</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.chapterformat">116</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.chapterheadendvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.chapterheadendvskip">\chapterheadendvskip</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.chapterheadendvskip">525</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.chapterheadmidvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.chapterheadmidvskip">\chapterheadmidvskip</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.chapterheadmidvskip">525</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.chapterheadstartvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.chapterheadstartvskip">\chapterheadstartvskip</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.chapterheadstartvskip">525</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.chapterlinesformat"></a><a href="#cmd.chapterlinesformat">\chapterlinesformat</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.chapterlinesformat">528</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.chapterlineswithprefixformat"></a><a href="#cmd.chapterlineswithprefixformat">\chapterlineswithprefixformat</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.chapterlineswithprefixformat">528</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.chaptermark"></a><a href="#cmd.chaptermark">\chaptermark</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.chaptermark">118</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.chaptermark">287</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.chaptermark">474</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.chaptermarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.chaptermarkformat">\chaptermarkformat</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.chaptermarkformat">118</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.chaptermarkformat">286</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.chaptermarkformat">474</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.chapternumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.chapternumdepth">\chapternumdepth</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.chapternumdepth">120</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.chapterpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.chapterpagestyle">\chapterpagestyle</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.chapterpagestyle">87</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.chead*"></a><a href="#cmd.chead*">\chead*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.chead*">279</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.chead"></a><a href="#cmd.chead">\chead</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.chead">278</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleemptypage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleemptypage">\cleardoubleemptypage</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.cleardoubleemptypage">243</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.cleardoubleemptypage">317</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.cleardoubleemptypage">92</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleevenemptypage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleevenemptypage">\cleardoubleevenemptypage</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.cleardoubleevenemptypage">243</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.cleardoubleevenemptypage">317</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.cleardoubleevenemptypage">92</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleevenpage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleevenpage">\cleardoubleevenpage</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.cleardoubleevenpage">243</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.cleardoubleevenpage">317</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.cleardoubleevenpage">92</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleevenpageusingstyle"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleevenpageusingstyle">\cleardoubleevenpageusingstyle</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.cleardoubleevenpageusingstyle">243</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.cleardoubleevenpageusingstyle">317</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.cleardoubleevenpageusingstyle">92</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleevenplainpage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleevenplainpage">\cleardoubleevenplainpage</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.cleardoubleevenplainpage">243</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.cleardoubleevenplainpage">317</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.cleardoubleevenplainpage">92</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleevenstandardpage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleevenstandardpage">\cleardoubleevenstandardpage</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.cleardoubleevenstandardpage">243</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.cleardoubleevenstandardpage">317</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.cleardoubleevenstandardpage">92</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleoddemptypage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleoddemptypage">\cleardoubleoddemptypage</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.cleardoubleoddemptypage">243</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.cleardoubleoddemptypage">317</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.cleardoubleoddemptypage">92</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleoddpage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleoddpage">\cleardoubleoddpage</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.cleardoubleoddpage">243</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.cleardoubleoddpage">317</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.cleardoubleoddpage">92</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleoddpageusingstyle"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleoddpageusingstyle">\cleardoubleoddpageusingstyle</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.cleardoubleoddpageusingstyle">243</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.cleardoubleoddpageusingstyle">317</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.cleardoubleoddpageusingstyle">92</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleoddplainpage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleoddplainpage">\cleardoubleoddplainpage</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.cleardoubleoddplainpage">243</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.cleardoubleoddplainpage">317</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.cleardoubleoddplainpage">92</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleoddstandardpage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleoddstandardpage">\cleardoubleoddstandardpage</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.cleardoubleoddstandardpage">243</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.cleardoubleoddstandardpage">317</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.cleardoubleoddstandardpage">92</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.cleardoublepage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoublepage">\cleardoublepage</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.cleardoublepage">243</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.cleardoublepage">317</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.cleardoublepage">92</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.cleardoublepageusingstyle"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoublepageusingstyle">\cleardoublepageusingstyle</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.cleardoublepageusingstyle">243</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.cleardoublepageusingstyle">317</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.cleardoublepageusingstyle">92</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleplainpage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleplainpage">\cleardoubleplainpage</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.cleardoubleplainpage">243</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.cleardoubleplainpage">317</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.cleardoubleplainpage">92</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.cleardoublestandardpage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoublestandardpage">\cleardoublestandardpage</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.cleardoublestandardpage">243</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.cleardoublestandardpage">317</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.cleardoublestandardpage">92</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.clearmainofpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.clearmainofpairofpagestyles">\clearmainofpairofpagestyles</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.clearmainofpairofpagestyles">482</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.clearnotecolumn"></a><a href="#cmd.clearnotecolumn">\clearnotecolumn</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.clearnotecolumn">500</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.clearnotecolumns"></a><a href="#cmd.clearnotecolumns">\clearnotecolumns</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.clearnotecolumns">501</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.clearpage"></a><a href="#cmd.clearpage">\clearpage</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.clearpage">243</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.clearpage">317</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.clearpage">92</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.clearpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.clearpairofpagestyles">\clearpairofpagestyles</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.clearpairofpagestyles">482</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.clearplainofpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.clearplainofpairofpagestyles">\clearplainofpairofpagestyles</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.clearplainofpairofpagestyles">482</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.closing"></a><a href="#cmd.closing">\closing</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.closing">183</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.cofoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.cofoot*">\cofoot*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cofoot*">277</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.cofoot"></a><a href="#cmd.cofoot">\cofoot</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cofoot">274</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.cohead*"></a><a href="#cmd.cohead*">\cohead*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cohead*">273</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.cohead"></a><a href="#cmd.cohead">\cohead</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cohead">271</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.coverpagebottommargin"></a><a href="#cmd.coverpagebottommargin">\coverpagebottommargin</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.coverpagebottommargin">311</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.coverpagebottommargin">67</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.coverpageleftmargin"></a><a href="#cmd.coverpageleftmargin">\coverpageleftmargin</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.coverpageleftmargin">311</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.coverpageleftmargin">67</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.coverpagerightmargin"></a><a href="#cmd.coverpagerightmargin">\coverpagerightmargin</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.coverpagerightmargin">311</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.coverpagerightmargin">67</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.coverpagetopmargin"></a><a href="#cmd.coverpagetopmargin">\coverpagetopmargin</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.coverpagetopmargin">311</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.coverpagetopmargin">67</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.currentpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.currentpagestyle">\currentpagestyle</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.currentpagestyle">460</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.customername"></a><a href="#cmd.customername">\customername</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.customername">545</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.date"></a><a href="#cmd.date">\date</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.date">313</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.date">70</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.dateUKenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.dateUKenglish">\dateUKenglish</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateUKenglish">547</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.dateUSenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.dateUSenglish">\dateUSenglish</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateUSenglish">547</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.dateacadian"></a><a href="#cmd.dateacadian">\dateacadian</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateacadian">547</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.dateamerican"></a><a href="#cmd.dateamerican">\dateamerican</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateamerican">547</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.dateaustralien"></a><a href="#cmd.dateaustralien">\dateaustralien</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateaustralien">547</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.dateaustrian"></a><a href="#cmd.dateaustrian">\dateaustrian</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateaustrian">547</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.datebritish"></a><a href="#cmd.datebritish">\datebritish</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datebritish">547</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.datecanadian"></a><a href="#cmd.datecanadian">\datecanadian</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datecanadian">547</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.datecanadien"></a><a href="#cmd.datecanadien">\datecanadien</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datecanadien">547</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.datecroatian"></a><a href="#cmd.datecroatian">\datecroatian</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datecroatian">547</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.dateczech"></a><a href="#cmd.dateczech">\dateczech</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateczech">547</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.datedutch"></a><a href="#cmd.datedutch">\datedutch</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datedutch">547</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.dateenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.dateenglish">\dateenglish</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateenglish">547</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.datefinnish"></a><a href="#cmd.datefinnish">\datefinnish</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datefinnish">547</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.datefrancais"></a><a href="#cmd.datefrancais">\datefrancais</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datefrancais">547</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.datefrench"></a><a href="#cmd.datefrench">\datefrench</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datefrench">547</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.dategerman"></a><a href="#cmd.dategerman">\dategerman</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dategerman">547</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.dateitalian"></a><a href="#cmd.dateitalian">\dateitalian</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateitalian">547</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.datename"></a><a href="#cmd.datename">\datename</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datename">545</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.datenaustrian"></a><a href="#cmd.datenaustrian">\datenaustrian</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datenaustrian">547</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.datenewzealand"></a><a href="#cmd.datenewzealand">\datenewzealand</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datenewzealand">547</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.datengerman"></a><a href="#cmd.datengerman">\datengerman</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datengerman">547</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.datenorsk"></a><a href="#cmd.datenorsk">\datenorsk</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datenorsk">547</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.datenswissgerman"></a><a href="#cmd.datenswissgerman">\datenswissgerman</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datenswissgerman">547</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.datepolish"></a><a href="#cmd.datepolish">\datepolish</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datepolish">547</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.dateslovak"></a><a href="#cmd.dateslovak">\dateslovak</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateslovak">547</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.datespanish"></a><a href="#cmd.datespanish">\datespanish</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datespanish">547</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.dateswedish"></a><a href="#cmd.dateswedish">\dateswedish</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateswedish">547</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.dateswissgerman"></a><a href="#cmd.dateswissgerman">\dateswissgerman</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateswissgerman">547</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.dedication"></a><a href="#cmd.dedication">\dedication</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.dedication">315</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.dedication">73</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.defaultreffields"></a><a href="#cmd.defaultreffields">\defaultreffields</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.defaultreffields">538</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.defcaptionname*"></a><a href="#cmd.defcaptionname*">\defcaptionname*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.defcaptionname*">371</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.defcaptionname"></a><a href="#cmd.defcaptionname">\defcaptionname</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.defcaptionname">371</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.deffootnote"></a><a href="#cmd.deffootnote">\deffootnote</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.deffootnote">246</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.deffootnote">320</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.deffootnote">96</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.deffootnotemark"></a><a href="#cmd.deffootnotemark">\deffootnotemark</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.deffootnotemark">246</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.deffootnotemark">320</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.deffootnotemark">96</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.defpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.defpagestyle">\defpagestyle</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.defpagestyle">483</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.defpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.defpairofpagestyles">\defpairofpagestyles</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.defpairofpagestyles">481</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.deftocheading"></a><a href="#cmd.deftocheading">\deftocheading</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.deftocheading">406</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.dictum"></a><a href="#cmd.dictum">\dictum</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.dictum">123</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.dictum">321</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.dictumauthorformat"></a><a href="#cmd.dictumauthorformat">\dictumauthorformat</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.dictumauthorformat">123</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.dictumauthorformat">321</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.dictumrule"></a><a href="#cmd.dictumrule">\dictumrule</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.dictumrule">123</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.dictumrule">321</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.dictumwidth"></a><a href="#cmd.dictumwidth">\dictumwidth</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.dictumwidth">123</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.dictumwidth">321</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.documentclass"></a><a href="#cmd.documentclass">\documentclass</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.documentclass">162</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.documentclass">264</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.documentclass">306</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:typearea.cmd.documentclass">32</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.documentclass">325</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrhack.cmd.documentclass">438</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.documentclass">444</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.documentclass">488</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.documentclass">56</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.doforeachtocfile"></a><a href="#cmd.doforeachtocfile">\doforeachtocfile</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.doforeachtocfile">400</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.ellipsispar"></a><a href="#cmd.ellipsispar">\ellipsispar</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.ellipsispar">335</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.emailname"></a><a href="#cmd.emailname">\emailname</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.emailname">545</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.encl"></a><a href="#cmd.encl">\encl</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.encl">187</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.enclname"></a><a href="#cmd.enclname">\enclname</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.enclname">545</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.extratitle"></a><a href="#cmd.extratitle">\extratitle</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.extratitle">313</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.extratitle">69</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.faxname"></a><a href="#cmd.faxname">\faxname</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.faxname">545</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.figureformat"></a><a href="#cmd.figureformat">\figureformat</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.figureformat">146</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.flushbottom"></a><a href="#cmd.flushbottom">\flushbottom</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.flushbottom">59</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.footnote"></a><a href="#cmd.footnote">\footnote</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.footnote">245</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.footnote">319</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.footnote">94</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.footnotemark"></a><a href="#cmd.footnotemark">\footnotemark</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.footnotemark">245</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.footnotemark">319</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.footnotemark">94</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.footnotetext"></a><a href="#cmd.footnotetext">\footnotetext</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.footnotetext">245</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.footnotetext">319</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.footnotetext">94</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.footref"></a><a href="#cmd.footref">\footref</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.footref">246</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.footref">319</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.footref">96</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.foreachemptykomavar"></a><a href="#cmd.foreachemptykomavar">\foreachemptykomavar</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.foreachemptykomavar">540</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.foreachkomavar"></a><a href="#cmd.foreachkomavar">\foreachkomavar</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.foreachkomavar">540</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.foreachkomavarifempty"></a><a href="#cmd.foreachkomavarifempty">\foreachkomavarifempty</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.foreachkomavarifempty">540</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.foreachnonemptykomavar"></a><a href="#cmd.foreachnonemptykomavar">\foreachnonemptykomavar</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.foreachnonemptykomavar">540</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.frontispiece"></a><a href="#cmd.frontispiece">\frontispiece</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.frontispiece">313</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.frontispiece">69</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.frontmatter"></a><a href="#cmd.frontmatter">\frontmatter</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.frontmatter">99</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.headfromname"></a><a href="#cmd.headfromname">\headfromname</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.headfromname">545</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.headmark"></a><a href="#cmd.headmark">\headmark</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.headmark">285</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.headmark">473</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.headtoname"></a><a href="#cmd.headtoname">\headtoname</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.headtoname">545</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.if@atdocument"></a><a href="#cmd.if@atdocument">\if@atdocument</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.if@atdocument">370</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.if@chapter"></a><a href="#cmd.if@chapter">\if@chapter</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.if@chapter">446</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.if@mainmatter"></a><a href="#cmd.if@mainmatter">\if@mainmatter</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.if@mainmatter">446</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.ifoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.ifoot*">\ifoot*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ifoot*">279</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.ifoot"></a><a href="#cmd.ifoot">\ifoot</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ifoot">278</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.ihead*"></a><a href="#cmd.ihead*">\ihead*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ihead*">279</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.ihead"></a><a href="#cmd.ihead">\ihead</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ihead">278</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.indexpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.indexpagestyle">\indexpagestyle</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.indexpagestyle">87</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.invoicename"></a><a href="#cmd.invoicename">\invoicename</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.invoicename">545</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.item"></a><a href="#cmd.item">\item</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.item">125</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.item">248</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.l@addto@macro"></a><a href="#cmd.l@addto@macro">\l@addto@macro</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.l@addto@macro">375</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.labelenumi"></a><a href="#cmd.labelenumi">\labelenumi</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.labelenumi">127</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.labelenumi">249</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.labelenumii"></a><a href="#cmd.labelenumii">\labelenumii</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.labelenumii">127</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.labelenumii">249</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.labelenumiii"></a><a href="#cmd.labelenumiii">\labelenumiii</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.labelenumiii">127</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.labelenumiii">249</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.labelenumiv"></a><a href="#cmd.labelenumiv">\labelenumiv</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.labelenumiv">127</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.labelenumiv">249</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.labelitemi"></a><a href="#cmd.labelitemi">\labelitemi</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.labelitemi">125</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.labelitemi">248</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.labelitemii"></a><a href="#cmd.labelitemii">\labelitemii</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.labelitemii">125</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.labelitemii">248</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.labelitemiii"></a><a href="#cmd.labelitemiii">\labelitemiii</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.labelitemiii">125</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.labelitemiii">248</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.labelitemiv"></a><a href="#cmd.labelitemiv">\labelitemiv</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.labelitemiv">125</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.labelitemiv">248</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.layercontentsmeasure"></a><a href="#cmd.layercontentsmeasure">\layercontentsmeasure</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.layercontentsmeasure">459</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.layerhalign"></a><a href="#cmd.layerhalign">\layerhalign</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.layerhalign">457</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.layerheight"></a><a href="#cmd.layerheight">\layerheight</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.layerheight">457</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.layervalign"></a><a href="#cmd.layervalign">\layervalign</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.layervalign">457</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.layerwidth"></a><a href="#cmd.layerwidth">\layerwidth</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.layerwidth">457</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.layerxoffset"></a><a href="#cmd.layerxoffset">\layerxoffset</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.layerxoffset">457</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.layeryoffset"></a><a href="#cmd.layeryoffset">\layeryoffset</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.layeryoffset">457</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.lefoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.lefoot*">\lefoot*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lefoot*">277</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.lefoot"></a><a href="#cmd.lefoot">\lefoot</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lefoot">274</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.leftbotmark"></a><a href="#cmd.leftbotmark">\leftbotmark</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.leftbotmark">472</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.leftbotmark">477</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.leftfirstmark"></a><a href="#cmd.leftfirstmark">\leftfirstmark</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.leftfirstmark">472</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.leftfirstmark">477</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.leftmark"></a><a href="#cmd.leftmark">\leftmark</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.leftmark">285</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.leftmark">472</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.leftmark">477</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.lefttopmark"></a><a href="#cmd.lefttopmark">\lefttopmark</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.lefttopmark">472</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.lefttopmark">477</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.lehead*"></a><a href="#cmd.lehead*">\lehead*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lehead*">273</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.lehead"></a><a href="#cmd.lehead">\lehead</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lehead">271</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.letterlastpage"></a><a href="#cmd.letterlastpage">\letterlastpage</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.letterlastpage">182</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.letterpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.letterpagestyle">\letterpagestyle</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.letterpagestyle">238</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.listof/Dateierweiterung/name"></a><a href="#cmd.listof/Dateierweiterung/name">\listof/Dateierweiterung/name</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.listof/Dateierweiterung/name">403</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.listof/Zielendung/"></a><a href="#cmd.listof/Zielendung/">\listof/Zielendung/</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrwfile.cmd.listof/Zielendung/">395</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.listofeachtoc"></a><a href="#cmd.listofeachtoc">\listofeachtoc</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.listofeachtoc">403</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.listoffigures"></a><a href="#cmd.listoffigures">\listoffigures</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.listoffigures">154</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.listoftables"></a><a href="#cmd.listoftables">\listoftables</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.listoftables">154</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.listoftoc*"></a><a href="#cmd.listoftoc*">\listoftoc*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.listoftoc*">403</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.listoftoc"></a><a href="#cmd.listoftoc">\listoftoc</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.listoftoc">403</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.lofoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.lofoot*">\lofoot*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lofoot*">277</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.lofoot"></a><a href="#cmd.lofoot">\lofoot</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lofoot">274</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.lohead*"></a><a href="#cmd.lohead*">\lohead*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lohead*">273</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.lohead"></a><a href="#cmd.lohead">\lohead</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lohead">271</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.lowertitleback"></a><a href="#cmd.lowertitleback">\lowertitleback</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.lowertitleback">315</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.lowertitleback">72</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.mainmatter"></a><a href="#cmd.mainmatter">\mainmatter</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.mainmatter">99</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.makenote*"></a><a href="#cmd.makenote*">\makenote*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.makenote*">496</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.makenote"></a><a href="#cmd.makenote">\makenote</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.makenote">496</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.maketitle"></a><a href="#cmd.maketitle">\maketitle</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.maketitle">312</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.maketitle">68</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.manualmark"></a><a href="#cmd.manualmark">\manualmark</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.manualmark">281</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.manualmark">471</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.marginline"></a><a href="#cmd.marginline">\marginline</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.marginline">155</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.marginline">252</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.marginline">323</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.marginpar"></a><a href="#cmd.marginpar">\marginpar</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.marginpar">155</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.marginpar">252</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.marginpar">323</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.markboth"></a><a href="#cmd.markboth">\markboth</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.markboth">242</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.markboth">287</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.markboth">475</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.markboth">87</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.markdouble"></a><a href="#cmd.markdouble">\markdouble</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.markdouble">287</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.markdouble">475</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.markleft"></a><a href="#cmd.markleft">\markleft</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.markleft">287</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.markleft">475</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.markright"></a><a href="#cmd.markright">\markright</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.markright">242</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.markright">287</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.markright">475</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.markright">87</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.minisec"></a><a href="#cmd.minisec">\minisec</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.minisec">113</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.mobilephonename"></a><a href="#cmd.mobilephonename">\mobilephonename</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.mobilephonename">545</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.multfootsep"></a><a href="#cmd.multfootsep">\multfootsep</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.multfootsep">244</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.multfootsep">318</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.multfootsep">94</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.multiplefootnoteseparator"></a><a href="#cmd.multiplefootnoteseparator">\multiplefootnoteseparator</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.multiplefootnoteseparator">245</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.multiplefootnoteseparator">319</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.multiplefootnoteseparator">94</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.myrefname"></a><a href="#cmd.myrefname">\myrefname</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.myrefname">545</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.nameday"></a><a href="#cmd.nameday">\nameday</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrdate.cmd.nameday">296</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.newbibstyle"></a><a href="#cmd.newbibstyle">\newbibstyle</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.newbibstyle">536</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.newblock"></a><a href="#cmd.newblock">\newblock</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.newblock">536</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.newcaptionname*"></a><a href="#cmd.newcaptionname*">\newcaptionname*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.newcaptionname*">371</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.newcaptionname"></a><a href="#cmd.newcaptionname">\newcaptionname</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.newcaptionname">371</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.newdaylanguage"></a><a href="#cmd.newdaylanguage">\newdaylanguage</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrdate.cmd.newdaylanguage">296</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.newkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.newkomafont">\newkomafont</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.newkomafont">510</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.newkomavar*"></a><a href="#cmd.newkomavar*">\newkomavar*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.newkomavar*">538</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.newkomavar"></a><a href="#cmd.newkomavar">\newkomavar</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.newkomavar">538</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.newpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.newpagestyle">\newpagestyle</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.newpagestyle">483</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.newpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.newpairofpagestyles">\newpairofpagestyles</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.newpairofpagestyles">481</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.newplength"></a><a href="#cmd.newplength">\newplength</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.newplength">176</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.nonumberline"></a><a href="#cmd.nonumberline">\nonumberline</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.nonumberline">427</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.numberline"></a><a href="#cmd.numberline">\numberline</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.numberline">410</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.ofoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.ofoot*">\ofoot*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ofoot*">279</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.ofoot"></a><a href="#cmd.ofoot">\ofoot</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ofoot">278</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.ohead*"></a><a href="#cmd.ohead*">\ohead*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ohead*">279</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.ohead"></a><a href="#cmd.ohead">\ohead</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ohead">278</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.opening"></a><a href="#cmd.opening">\opening</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.opening">182</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.othersectionlevelsformat"></a><a href="#cmd.othersectionlevelsformat">\othersectionlevelsformat</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.othersectionlevelsformat">116</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.pagemark"></a><a href="#cmd.pagemark">\pagemark</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.pagemark">285</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.pagemark">473</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.pagename"></a><a href="#cmd.pagename">\pagename</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.pagename">545</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.pagenumbering"></a><a href="#cmd.pagenumbering">\pagenumbering</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.pagenumbering">89</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.pagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.pagestyle">\pagestyle</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.pagestyle">239</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.pagestyle">84</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.paragraph*"></a><a href="#cmd.paragraph*">\paragraph*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.paragraph*">111</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.paragraph"></a><a href="#cmd.paragraph">\paragraph</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.paragraph">106</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.paragraphformat"></a><a href="#cmd.paragraphformat">\paragraphformat</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.paragraphformat">116</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.paragraphmark"></a><a href="#cmd.paragraphmark">\paragraphmark</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.paragraphmark">287</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.paragraphmark">474</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.paragraphmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.paragraphmarkformat">\paragraphmarkformat</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.paragraphmarkformat">286</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.paragraphmarkformat">474</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.paragraphnumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.paragraphnumdepth">\paragraphnumdepth</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.paragraphnumdepth">120</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.paragraphtocdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.paragraphtocdepth">\paragraphtocdepth</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.paragraphtocdepth">79</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.parellipsis"></a><a href="#cmd.parellipsis">\parellipsis</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.parellipsis">335</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.parformat"></a><a href="#cmd.parformat">\parformat</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.parformat">334</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.parformatseparation"></a><a href="#cmd.parformatseparation">\parformatseparation</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.parformatseparation">334</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.parname"></a><a href="#cmd.parname">\parname</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.parname">342</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.parshortname"></a><a href="#cmd.parshortname">\parshortname</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.parshortname">342</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.part*"></a><a href="#cmd.part*">\part*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.part*">111</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.part"></a><a href="#cmd.part">\part</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.part">106</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.partformat"></a><a href="#cmd.partformat">\partformat</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.partformat">116</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.partheademptypage"></a><a href="#cmd.partheademptypage">\partheademptypage</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.partheademptypage">525</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.partheadendvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.partheadendvskip">\partheadendvskip</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.partheadendvskip">525</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.partheadmidvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.partheadmidvskip">\partheadmidvskip</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.partheadmidvskip">525</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.partheadstartvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.partheadstartvskip">\partheadstartvskip</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.partheadstartvskip">525</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.partlineswithprefixformat"></a><a href="#cmd.partlineswithprefixformat">\partlineswithprefixformat</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.partlineswithprefixformat">527</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.partmark"></a><a href="#cmd.partmark">\partmark</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.partmark">287</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.partmark">474</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.partmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.partmarkformat">\partmarkformat</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.partmarkformat">286</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.partmarkformat">474</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.partnumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.partnumdepth">\partnumdepth</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.partnumdepth">120</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.partpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.partpagestyle">\partpagestyle</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.partpagestyle">87</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.parttocdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.parttocdepth">\parttocdepth</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.parttocdepth">79</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.phonename"></a><a href="#cmd.phonename">\phonename</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.phonename">545</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.providecaptionname*"></a><a href="#cmd.providecaptionname*">\providecaptionname*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.providecaptionname*">371</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.providecaptionname"></a><a href="#cmd.providecaptionname">\providecaptionname</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.providecaptionname">371</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.providepagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.providepagestyle">\providepagestyle</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.providepagestyle">483</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.providepairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.providepairofpagestyles">\providepairofpagestyles</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.providepairofpagestyles">481</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.ps"></a><a href="#cmd.ps">\ps</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.ps">185</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.publishers"></a><a href="#cmd.publishers">\publishers</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.publishers">313</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.publishers">70</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.putC"></a><a href="#cmd.putC">\putC</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.putC">458</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.putLL"></a><a href="#cmd.putLL">\putLL</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.putLL">458</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.putLR"></a><a href="#cmd.putLR">\putLR</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.putLR">458</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.putUL"></a><a href="#cmd.putUL">\putUL</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.putUL">458</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.putUR"></a><a href="#cmd.putUR">\putUR</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.putUR">458</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.raggedbottom"></a><a href="#cmd.raggedbottom">\raggedbottom</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.raggedbottom">59</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.raggedchapter"></a><a href="#cmd.raggedchapter">\raggedchapter</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.raggedchapter">114</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.raggedchapterentry"></a><a href="#cmd.raggedchapterentry">\raggedchapterentry</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.raggedchapterentry">508</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.raggeddictum"></a><a href="#cmd.raggeddictum">\raggeddictum</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.raggeddictum">123</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.raggeddictum">321</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.raggeddictumauthor"></a><a href="#cmd.raggeddictumauthor">\raggeddictumauthor</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.raggeddictumauthor">123</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.raggeddictumauthor">321</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.raggeddictumtext"></a><a href="#cmd.raggeddictumtext">\raggeddictumtext</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.raggeddictumtext">123</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.raggeddictumtext">321</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.raggedfootnote"></a><a href="#cmd.raggedfootnote">\raggedfootnote</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.raggedfootnote">247</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.raggedfootnote">321</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.raggedfootnote">98</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.raggedpart"></a><a href="#cmd.raggedpart">\raggedpart</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.raggedpart">114</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.raggedsection"></a><a href="#cmd.raggedsection">\raggedsection</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.raggedsection">114</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.raggedsignature"></a><a href="#cmd.raggedsignature">\raggedsignature</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.raggedsignature">230</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.recalctypearea"></a><a href="#cmd.recalctypearea">\recalctypearea</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:typearea.cmd.recalctypearea">41</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ref"></a><a href="#cmd.ref">\ref</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.ref">325</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.refClause"></a><a href="#cmd.refClause">\refClause</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.refClause">326</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.refClauseN"></a><a href="#cmd.refClauseN">\refClauseN</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.refClauseN">326</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.refL"></a><a href="#cmd.refL">\refL</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.refL">325</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.refN"></a><a href="#cmd.refN">\refN</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.refN">325</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.refPar"></a><a href="#cmd.refPar">\refPar</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.refPar">326</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.refParL"></a><a href="#cmd.refParL">\refParL</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.refParL">326</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.refParN"></a><a href="#cmd.refParN">\refParN</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.refParN">326</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.refParS"></a><a href="#cmd.refParS">\refParS</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.refParS">326</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.refS"></a><a href="#cmd.refS">\refS</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.refS">325</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.refSentence"></a><a href="#cmd.refSentence">\refSentence</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.refSentence">326</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.refSentenceL"></a><a href="#cmd.refSentenceL">\refSentenceL</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.refSentenceL">326</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.refSentenceN"></a><a href="#cmd.refSentenceN">\refSentenceN</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.refSentenceN">326</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.refSentenceS"></a><a href="#cmd.refSentenceS">\refSentenceS</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.refSentenceS">326</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.refoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.refoot*">\refoot*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.refoot*">265</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.refoot"></a><a href="#cmd.refoot">\refoot</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.refoot">262</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.rehead*"></a><a href="#cmd.rehead*">\rehead*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rehead*">261</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.rehead"></a><a href="#cmd.rehead">\rehead</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rehead">258</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.removefromtoclist"></a><a href="#cmd.removefromtoclist">\removefromtoclist</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.removefromtoclist">391</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.removereffields"></a><a href="#cmd.removereffields">\removereffields</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.removereffields">548</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.renewcaptionname*"></a><a href="#cmd.renewcaptionname*">\renewcaptionname*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.renewcaptionname*">362</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.renewcaptionname"></a><a href="#cmd.renewcaptionname">\renewcaptionname</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.renewcaptionname">362</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.renewpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.renewpagestyle">\renewpagestyle</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.renewpagestyle">477</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.renewpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.renewpairofpagestyles">\renewpairofpagestyles</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.renewpairofpagestyles">475</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.rightbotmark"></a><a href="#cmd.rightbotmark">\rightbotmark</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.rightbotmark">466</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.rightbotmark">473</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.rightfirstmark"></a><a href="#cmd.rightfirstmark">\rightfirstmark</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.rightfirstmark">466</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.rightfirstmark">473</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.rightmark"></a><a href="#cmd.rightmark">\rightmark</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rightmark">273</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.rightmark">464</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.righttopmark"></a><a href="#cmd.righttopmark">\righttopmark</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.righttopmark">466</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.righttopmark">473</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.rofoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.rofoot*">\rofoot*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rofoot*">265</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.rofoot"></a><a href="#cmd.rofoot">\rofoot</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rofoot">262</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.rohead*"></a><a href="#cmd.rohead*">\rohead*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rohead*">261</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.rohead"></a><a href="#cmd.rohead">\rohead</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rohead">258</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.scr@ifVTeX"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@ifVTeX">\scr@ifVTeX</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.scr@ifVTeX">357</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.scr@ifdvioutput"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@ifdvioutput">\scr@ifdvioutput</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.scr@ifdvioutput">357</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.scr@ifluatex"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@ifluatex">\scr@ifluatex</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.scr@ifluatex">356</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.scr@ifpdfoutput"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@ifpdfoutput">\scr@ifpdfoutput</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.scr@ifpdfoutput">357</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.scr@ifpdftex"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@ifpdftex">\scr@ifpdftex</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.scr@ifpdftex">357</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.scr@ifpsoutput"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@ifpsoutput">\scr@ifpsoutput</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.scr@ifpsoutput">357</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.scr@ifundefinedorrelax"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@ifundefinedorrelax">\scr@ifundefinedorrelax</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.scr@ifundefinedorrelax">356</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.scr@startsection"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@startsection">\scr@startsection</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.scr@startsection">527</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.scrlayerAddCsToInterface"></a><a href="#cmd.scrlayerAddCsToInterface">\scrlayerAddCsToInterface</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.scrlayerAddCsToInterface">469</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.scrlayerAddToInterface"></a><a href="#cmd.scrlayerAddToInterface">\scrlayerAddToInterface</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.scrlayerAddToInterface">469</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.scrlayerInitInterface"></a><a href="#cmd.scrlayerInitInterface">\scrlayerInitInterface</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.scrlayerInitInterface">468</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface"></a><a href="#cmd.scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface">\scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface">470</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.section*"></a><a href="#cmd.section*">\section*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.section*">112</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.section"></a><a href="#cmd.section">\section</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.section">107</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.sectioncatchphraseformat"></a><a href="#cmd.sectioncatchphraseformat">\sectioncatchphraseformat</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.sectioncatchphraseformat">524</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.sectionformat"></a><a href="#cmd.sectionformat">\sectionformat</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.sectionformat">117</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.sectionlinesformat"></a><a href="#cmd.sectionlinesformat">\sectionlinesformat</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.sectionlinesformat">524</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.sectionmark"></a><a href="#cmd.sectionmark">\sectionmark</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.sectionmark">120</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.sectionmark">275</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.sectionmark">465</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.sectionmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.sectionmarkformat">\sectionmarkformat</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.sectionmarkformat">120</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.sectionmarkformat">274</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.sectionmarkformat">464</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.sectionnumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.sectionnumdepth">\sectionnumdepth</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.sectionnumdepth">121</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.sectiontocdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.sectiontocdepth">\sectiontocdepth</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.sectiontocdepth">81</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.sentencename"></a><a href="#cmd.sentencename">\sentencename</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.sentencename">331</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.sentencenumberformat"></a><a href="#cmd.sentencenumberformat">\sentencenumberformat</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.sentencenumberformat">325</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.sentenceshortname"></a><a href="#cmd.sentenceshortname">\sentenceshortname</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.sentenceshortname">331</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.setbibpreamble"></a><a href="#cmd.setbibpreamble">\setbibpreamble</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.setbibpreamble">160</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.setcapdynwidth"></a><a href="#cmd.setcapdynwidth">\setcapdynwidth</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.setcapdynwidth">150</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.setcaphanging"></a><a href="#cmd.setcaphanging">\setcaphanging</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.setcaphanging">149</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.setcapindent*"></a><a href="#cmd.setcapindent*">\setcapindent*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.setcapindent*">149</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.setcapindent"></a><a href="#cmd.setcapindent">\setcapindent</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.setcapindent">149</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.setcapmargin*"></a><a href="#cmd.setcapmargin*">\setcapmargin*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.setcapmargin*">150</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.setcapmargin"></a><a href="#cmd.setcapmargin">\setcapmargin</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.setcapmargin">150</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.setcaptionalignment"></a><a href="#cmd.setcaptionalignment">\setcaptionalignment</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.setcaptionalignment">151</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.setcapwidth"></a><a href="#cmd.setcapwidth">\setcapwidth</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.setcapwidth">150</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.setchapterpreamble"></a><a href="#cmd.setchapterpreamble">\setchapterpreamble</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.setchapterpreamble">122</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.setfootnoterule"></a><a href="#cmd.setfootnoterule">\setfootnoterule</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.setfootnoterule">233</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.setfootnoterule">99</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.setindexpreamble"></a><a href="#cmd.setindexpreamble">\setindexpreamble</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.setindexpreamble">162</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.setkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.setkomafont">\setkomafont</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.setkomafont">188</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.setkomafont">255</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.setkomafont">297</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.setkomafont">316</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.setkomafont">484</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.setkomafont">62</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.setkomavar*"></a><a href="#cmd.setkomavar*">\setkomavar*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.setkomavar*">168</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.setkomavar"></a><a href="#cmd.setkomavar">\setkomavar</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.setkomavar">168</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.setlengthtoplength"></a><a href="#cmd.setlengthtoplength">\setlengthtoplength</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.setlengthtoplength">170</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.setparsizes"></a><a href="#cmd.setparsizes">\setparsizes</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.setparsizes">506</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.setpartpreamble"></a><a href="#cmd.setpartpreamble">\setpartpreamble</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.setpartpreamble">122</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.setplength"></a><a href="#cmd.setplength">\setplength</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.setplength">537</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.setplengthtodepth"></a><a href="#cmd.setplengthtodepth">\setplengthtodepth</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.setplengthtodepth">539</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.setplengthtoheight"></a><a href="#cmd.setplengthtoheight">\setplengthtoheight</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.setplengthtoheight">539</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.setplengthtototalheight"></a><a href="#cmd.setplengthtototalheight">\setplengthtototalheight</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.setplengthtototalheight">539</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.setplengthtowidth"></a><a href="#cmd.setplengthtowidth">\setplengthtowidth</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.setplengthtowidth">539</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.settime"></a><a href="#cmd.settime">\settime</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrtime.cmd.settime">286</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.setuptoc"></a><a href="#cmd.setuptoc">\setuptoc</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.setuptoc">397</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.storeareas"></a><a href="#cmd.storeareas">\storeareas</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:typearea-experts.cmd.storeareas">499</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.subject"></a><a href="#cmd.subject">\subject</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.subject">301</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subject">71</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.subjectname"></a><a href="#cmd.subjectname">\subjectname</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.subjectname">556</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.subparagraph*"></a><a href="#cmd.subparagraph*">\subparagraph*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subparagraph*">112</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.subparagraph"></a><a href="#cmd.subparagraph">\subparagraph</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subparagraph">107</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.subparagraphformat"></a><a href="#cmd.subparagraphformat">\subparagraphformat</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subparagraphformat">117</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.subparagraphmark"></a><a href="#cmd.subparagraphmark">\subparagraphmark</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subparagraphmark">275</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.subparagraphmark">465</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.subparagraphmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.subparagraphmarkformat">\subparagraphmarkformat</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subparagraphmarkformat">274</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.subparagraphmarkformat">464</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.subparagraphnumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.subparagraphnumdepth">\subparagraphnumdepth</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subparagraphnumdepth">121</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.subparagraphtocdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.subparagraphtocdepth">\subparagraphtocdepth</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subparagraphtocdepth">81</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.subsection*"></a><a href="#cmd.subsection*">\subsection*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subsection*">112</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.subsection"></a><a href="#cmd.subsection">\subsection</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subsection">107</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.subsectionformat"></a><a href="#cmd.subsectionformat">\subsectionformat</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subsectionformat">117</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.subsectionmark"></a><a href="#cmd.subsectionmark">\subsectionmark</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subsectionmark">120</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subsectionmark">275</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.subsectionmark">465</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.subsectionmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.subsectionmarkformat">\subsectionmarkformat</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subsectionmarkformat">120</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subsectionmarkformat">274</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.subsectionmarkformat">464</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.subsectionnumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.subsectionnumdepth">\subsectionnumdepth</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subsectionnumdepth">121</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.subsectiontocdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.subsectiontocdepth">\subsectiontocdepth</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subsectiontocdepth">81</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.subsubsection*"></a><a href="#cmd.subsubsection*">\subsubsection*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subsubsection*">112</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.subsubsection"></a><a href="#cmd.subsubsection">\subsubsection</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subsubsection">107</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.subsubsectionformat"></a><a href="#cmd.subsubsectionformat">\subsubsectionformat</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subsubsectionformat">117</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.subsubsectionmark"></a><a href="#cmd.subsubsectionmark">\subsubsectionmark</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subsubsectionmark">275</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.subsubsectionmark">465</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.subsubsectionmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.subsubsectionmarkformat">\subsubsectionmarkformat</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subsubsectionmarkformat">274</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.subsubsectionmarkformat">464</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.subsubsectionnumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.subsubsectionnumdepth">\subsubsectionnumdepth</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subsubsectionnumdepth">121</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.subsubsectiontocdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.subsubsectiontocdepth">\subsubsectiontocdepth</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subsubsectiontocdepth">81</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.subtitle"></a><a href="#cmd.subtitle">\subtitle</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.subtitle">301</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subtitle">71</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.syncwithnotecolumn"></a><a href="#cmd.syncwithnotecolumn">\syncwithnotecolumn</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.syncwithnotecolumn">491</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.syncwithnotecolumns"></a><a href="#cmd.syncwithnotecolumns">\syncwithnotecolumns</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.syncwithnotecolumns">493</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.tableformat"></a><a href="#cmd.tableformat">\tableformat</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.tableformat">148</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.tableofcontents"></a><a href="#cmd.tableofcontents">\tableofcontents</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.tableofcontents">80</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.tb@/Dateierweiterung/@after@hook"></a><a href="#cmd.tb@/Dateierweiterung/@after@hook">\tb@/Dateierweiterung/@after@hook</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.tb@/Dateierweiterung/@after@hook">417</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.tb@/Dateierweiterung/@before@hook"></a><a href="#cmd.tb@/Dateierweiterung/@before@hook">\tb@/Dateierweiterung/@before@hook</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.tb@/Dateierweiterung/@before@hook">417</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.textsubscript"></a><a href="#cmd.textsubscript">\textsubscript</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.textsubscript">188</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.textsubscript">297</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.textsubscript">61</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.textsuperscript"></a><a href="#cmd.textsuperscript">\textsuperscript</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.textsuperscript">188</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.textsuperscript">297</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.textsuperscript">61</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.thanks"></a><a href="#cmd.thanks">\thanks</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.thanks">301</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.thanks">71</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.theenumi"></a><a href="#cmd.theenumi">\theenumi</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.theenumi">128</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.theenumi">235</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.theenumii"></a><a href="#cmd.theenumii">\theenumii</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.theenumii">128</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.theenumii">235</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.theenumiii"></a><a href="#cmd.theenumiii">\theenumiii</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.theenumiii">128</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.theenumiii">235</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.theenumiv"></a><a href="#cmd.theenumiv">\theenumiv</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.theenumiv">128</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.theenumiv">235</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.thefootnotemark"></a><a href="#cmd.thefootnotemark">\thefootnotemark</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.thefootnotemark">232</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.thefootnotemark">309</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.thefootnotemark">97</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.thepar"></a><a href="#cmd.thepar">\thepar</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.thepar">323</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.thesentence"></a><a href="#cmd.thesentence">\thesentence</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.thesentence">325</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.thisletter"></a><a href="#cmd.thisletter">\thisletter</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.thisletter">178</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.thispagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.thispagestyle">\thispagestyle</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.thispagestyle">225</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.thispagestyle">86</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.thistime*"></a><a href="#cmd.thistime*">\thistime*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrtime.cmd.thistime*">285</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.thistime"></a><a href="#cmd.thistime">\thistime</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrtime.cmd.thistime">285</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.title"></a><a href="#cmd.title">\title</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.title">301</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.title">71</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.titlehead"></a><a href="#cmd.titlehead">\titlehead</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.titlehead">301</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.titlehead">71</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.titlepagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.titlepagestyle">\titlepagestyle</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.titlepagestyle">304</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.titlepagestyle">88</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@@after@hook"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@@after@hook">\tocbasic@@after@hook</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@@after@hook">417</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@@before@hook"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@@before@hook">\tocbasic@@before@hook</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@@before@hook">417</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@DependOnPenaltyAndTOCLevel"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@DependOnPenaltyAndTOCLevel">\tocbasic@DependOnPenaltyAndTOCLevel</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@DependOnPenaltyAndTOCLevel">418</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@SetPenaltyByTOCLevel"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@SetPenaltyByTOCLevel">\tocbasic@SetPenaltyByTOCLevel</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@SetPenaltyByTOCLevel">418</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@addxcontentsline"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@addxcontentsline">\tocbasic@addxcontentsline</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@addxcontentsline">418</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@extend@babel"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@extend@babel">\tocbasic@extend@babel</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@extend@babel">416</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@listhead"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@listhead">\tocbasic@listhead</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@listhead">417</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@listhead@/Dateierweiterung/"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@listhead@/Dateierweiterung/">\tocbasic@listhead@/Dateierweiterung/</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@listhead@/Dateierweiterung/">418</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@starttoc"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@starttoc">\tocbasic@starttoc</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@starttoc">416</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.tocbasicautomode"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasicautomode">\tocbasicautomode</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.tocbasicautomode">392</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.todaysname"></a><a href="#cmd.todaysname">\todaysname</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrdate.cmd.todaysname">282</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.todaysnumber"></a><a href="#cmd.todaysnumber">\todaysnumber</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrdate.cmd.todaysnumber">282</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.toplevelpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.toplevelpagestyle">\toplevelpagestyle</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.toplevelpagestyle">451</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.ref"></a><a href="#cmd.ref">\ref</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.ref">337</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.refClause"></a><a href="#cmd.refClause">\refClause</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.refClause">337</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.refClauseN"></a><a href="#cmd.refClauseN">\refClauseN</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.refClauseN">337</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.refL"></a><a href="#cmd.refL">\refL</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.refL">337</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.refN"></a><a href="#cmd.refN">\refN</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.refN">337</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.refPar"></a><a href="#cmd.refPar">\refPar</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.refPar">337</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.refParL"></a><a href="#cmd.refParL">\refParL</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.refParL">337</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.refParN"></a><a href="#cmd.refParN">\refParN</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.refParN">337</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.refParS"></a><a href="#cmd.refParS">\refParS</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.refParS">337</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.refS"></a><a href="#cmd.refS">\refS</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.refS">337</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.refSentence"></a><a href="#cmd.refSentence">\refSentence</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.refSentence">337</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.refSentenceL"></a><a href="#cmd.refSentenceL">\refSentenceL</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.refSentenceL">337</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.refSentenceN"></a><a href="#cmd.refSentenceN">\refSentenceN</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.refSentenceN">337</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.refSentenceS"></a><a href="#cmd.refSentenceS">\refSentenceS</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.refSentenceS">337</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.refoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.refoot*">\refoot*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.refoot*">277</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.refoot"></a><a href="#cmd.refoot">\refoot</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.refoot">274</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.rehead*"></a><a href="#cmd.rehead*">\rehead*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rehead*">273</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.rehead"></a><a href="#cmd.rehead">\rehead</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rehead">271</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.removefromtoclist"></a><a href="#cmd.removefromtoclist">\removefromtoclist</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.removefromtoclist">400</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.removereffields"></a><a href="#cmd.removereffields">\removereffields</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.removereffields">538</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.renewcaptionname*"></a><a href="#cmd.renewcaptionname*">\renewcaptionname*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.renewcaptionname*">371</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.renewcaptionname"></a><a href="#cmd.renewcaptionname">\renewcaptionname</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.renewcaptionname">371</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.renewpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.renewpagestyle">\renewpagestyle</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.renewpagestyle">483</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.renewpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.renewpairofpagestyles">\renewpairofpagestyles</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.renewpairofpagestyles">481</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.rightbotmark"></a><a href="#cmd.rightbotmark">\rightbotmark</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.rightbotmark">472</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.rightbotmark">477</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.rightfirstmark"></a><a href="#cmd.rightfirstmark">\rightfirstmark</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.rightfirstmark">472</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.rightfirstmark">477</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.rightmark"></a><a href="#cmd.rightmark">\rightmark</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rightmark">285</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.rightmark">472</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.rightmark">477</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.righttopmark"></a><a href="#cmd.righttopmark">\righttopmark</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.righttopmark">472</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.righttopmark">477</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.rofoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.rofoot*">\rofoot*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rofoot*">277</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.rofoot"></a><a href="#cmd.rofoot">\rofoot</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rofoot">274</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.rohead*"></a><a href="#cmd.rohead*">\rohead*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rohead*">273</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.rohead"></a><a href="#cmd.rohead">\rohead</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rohead">271</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.scr@startsection"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@startsection">\scr@startsection</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.scr@startsection">533</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.section*"></a><a href="#cmd.section*">\section*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.section*">111</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.section"></a><a href="#cmd.section">\section</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.section">106</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.sectioncatchphraseformat"></a><a href="#cmd.sectioncatchphraseformat">\sectioncatchphraseformat</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.sectioncatchphraseformat">531</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.sectionformat"></a><a href="#cmd.sectionformat">\sectionformat</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.sectionformat">116</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.sectionlinesformat"></a><a href="#cmd.sectionlinesformat">\sectionlinesformat</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.sectionlinesformat">531</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.sectionmark"></a><a href="#cmd.sectionmark">\sectionmark</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.sectionmark">118</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.sectionmark">287</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.sectionmark">474</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.sectionmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.sectionmarkformat">\sectionmarkformat</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.sectionmarkformat">118</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.sectionmarkformat">286</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.sectionmarkformat">474</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.sectionnumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.sectionnumdepth">\sectionnumdepth</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.sectionnumdepth">120</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.sectiontocdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.sectiontocdepth">\sectiontocdepth</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.sectiontocdepth">79</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.sentencename"></a><a href="#cmd.sentencename">\sentencename</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.sentencename">342</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.sentencenumberformat"></a><a href="#cmd.sentencenumberformat">\sentencenumberformat</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.sentencenumberformat">336</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.sentenceshortname"></a><a href="#cmd.sentenceshortname">\sentenceshortname</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.sentenceshortname">342</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.setbibpreamble"></a><a href="#cmd.setbibpreamble">\setbibpreamble</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.setbibpreamble">157</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.setcapdynwidth"></a><a href="#cmd.setcapdynwidth">\setcapdynwidth</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.setcapdynwidth">148</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.setcaphanging"></a><a href="#cmd.setcaphanging">\setcaphanging</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.setcaphanging">147</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.setcapindent*"></a><a href="#cmd.setcapindent*">\setcapindent*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.setcapindent*">147</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.setcapindent"></a><a href="#cmd.setcapindent">\setcapindent</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.setcapindent">147</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.setcapmargin*"></a><a href="#cmd.setcapmargin*">\setcapmargin*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.setcapmargin*">148</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.setcapmargin"></a><a href="#cmd.setcapmargin">\setcapmargin</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.setcapmargin">148</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.setcaptionalignment"></a><a href="#cmd.setcaptionalignment">\setcaptionalignment</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.setcaptionalignment">149</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.setcapwidth"></a><a href="#cmd.setcapwidth">\setcapwidth</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.setcapwidth">148</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.setchapterpreamble"></a><a href="#cmd.setchapterpreamble">\setchapterpreamble</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.setchapterpreamble">121</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.setfootnoterule"></a><a href="#cmd.setfootnoterule">\setfootnoterule</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.setfootnoterule">247</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.setfootnoterule">98</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.setindexpreamble"></a><a href="#cmd.setindexpreamble">\setindexpreamble</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.setindexpreamble">161</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.setkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.setkomafont">\setkomafont</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.setkomafont">191</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.setkomafont">267</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.setkomafont">309</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.setkomafont">326</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.setkomafont">490</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.setkomafont">61</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.setkomavar*"></a><a href="#cmd.setkomavar*">\setkomavar*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.setkomavar*">170</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.setkomavar"></a><a href="#cmd.setkomavar">\setkomavar</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.setkomavar">170</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.setlengthtoplength"></a><a href="#cmd.setlengthtoplength">\setlengthtoplength</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.setlengthtoplength">178</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.setparsizes"></a><a href="#cmd.setparsizes">\setparsizes</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.setparsizes">512</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.setpartpreamble"></a><a href="#cmd.setpartpreamble">\setpartpreamble</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.setpartpreamble">121</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.setplength"></a><a href="#cmd.setplength">\setplength</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.setplength">178</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.setplengthtodepth"></a><a href="#cmd.setplengthtodepth">\setplengthtodepth</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.setplengthtodepth">178</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.setplengthtoheight"></a><a href="#cmd.setplengthtoheight">\setplengthtoheight</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.setplengthtoheight">178</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.setplengthtototalheight"></a><a href="#cmd.setplengthtototalheight">\setplengthtototalheight</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.setplengthtototalheight">178</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.setplengthtowidth"></a><a href="#cmd.setplengthtowidth">\setplengthtowidth</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.setplengthtowidth">178</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.settime"></a><a href="#cmd.settime">\settime</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrtime.cmd.settime">299</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.setuptoc"></a><a href="#cmd.setuptoc">\setuptoc</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.setuptoc">406</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.storeareas"></a><a href="#cmd.storeareas">\storeareas</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:typearea-experts.cmd.storeareas">505</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.subject"></a><a href="#cmd.subject">\subject</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.subject">313</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subject">70</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.subjectname"></a><a href="#cmd.subjectname">\subjectname</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.subjectname">545</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.subparagraph*"></a><a href="#cmd.subparagraph*">\subparagraph*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subparagraph*">111</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.subparagraph"></a><a href="#cmd.subparagraph">\subparagraph</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subparagraph">106</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.subparagraphformat"></a><a href="#cmd.subparagraphformat">\subparagraphformat</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subparagraphformat">116</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.subparagraphmark"></a><a href="#cmd.subparagraphmark">\subparagraphmark</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subparagraphmark">287</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.subparagraphmark">474</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.subparagraphmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.subparagraphmarkformat">\subparagraphmarkformat</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subparagraphmarkformat">286</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.subparagraphmarkformat">474</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.subparagraphnumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.subparagraphnumdepth">\subparagraphnumdepth</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subparagraphnumdepth">120</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.subparagraphtocdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.subparagraphtocdepth">\subparagraphtocdepth</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subparagraphtocdepth">79</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.subsection*"></a><a href="#cmd.subsection*">\subsection*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subsection*">111</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.subsection"></a><a href="#cmd.subsection">\subsection</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subsection">106</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.subsectionformat"></a><a href="#cmd.subsectionformat">\subsectionformat</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subsectionformat">116</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.subsectionmark"></a><a href="#cmd.subsectionmark">\subsectionmark</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subsectionmark">118</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subsectionmark">287</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.subsectionmark">474</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.subsectionmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.subsectionmarkformat">\subsectionmarkformat</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subsectionmarkformat">118</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subsectionmarkformat">286</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.subsectionmarkformat">474</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.subsectionnumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.subsectionnumdepth">\subsectionnumdepth</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subsectionnumdepth">120</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.subsectiontocdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.subsectiontocdepth">\subsectiontocdepth</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subsectiontocdepth">79</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.subsubsection*"></a><a href="#cmd.subsubsection*">\subsubsection*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subsubsection*">111</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.subsubsection"></a><a href="#cmd.subsubsection">\subsubsection</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subsubsection">106</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.subsubsectionformat"></a><a href="#cmd.subsubsectionformat">\subsubsectionformat</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subsubsectionformat">116</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.subsubsectionmark"></a><a href="#cmd.subsubsectionmark">\subsubsectionmark</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subsubsectionmark">287</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.subsubsectionmark">474</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.subsubsectionmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.subsubsectionmarkformat">\subsubsectionmarkformat</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subsubsectionmarkformat">286</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.subsubsectionmarkformat">474</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.subsubsectionnumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.subsubsectionnumdepth">\subsubsectionnumdepth</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subsubsectionnumdepth">120</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.subsubsectiontocdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.subsubsectiontocdepth">\subsubsectiontocdepth</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subsubsectiontocdepth">79</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.subtitle"></a><a href="#cmd.subtitle">\subtitle</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.subtitle">313</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subtitle">70</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.syncwithnotecolumn"></a><a href="#cmd.syncwithnotecolumn">\syncwithnotecolumn</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.syncwithnotecolumn">498</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.syncwithnotecolumns"></a><a href="#cmd.syncwithnotecolumns">\syncwithnotecolumns</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.syncwithnotecolumns">500</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.tableformat"></a><a href="#cmd.tableformat">\tableformat</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.tableformat">146</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.tableofcontents"></a><a href="#cmd.tableofcontents">\tableofcontents</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.tableofcontents">78</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.tb@/Dateierweiterung/@after@hook"></a><a href="#cmd.tb@/Dateierweiterung/@after@hook">\tb@/Dateierweiterung/@after@hook</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.tb@/Dateierweiterung/@after@hook">426</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.tb@/Dateierweiterung/@before@hook"></a><a href="#cmd.tb@/Dateierweiterung/@before@hook">\tb@/Dateierweiterung/@before@hook</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.tb@/Dateierweiterung/@before@hook">426</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.thanks"></a><a href="#cmd.thanks">\thanks</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.thanks">313</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.thanks">70</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.theenumi"></a><a href="#cmd.theenumi">\theenumi</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.theenumi">127</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.theenumi">249</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.theenumii"></a><a href="#cmd.theenumii">\theenumii</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.theenumii">127</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.theenumii">249</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.theenumiii"></a><a href="#cmd.theenumiii">\theenumiii</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.theenumiii">127</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.theenumiii">249</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.theenumiv"></a><a href="#cmd.theenumiv">\theenumiv</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.theenumiv">127</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.theenumiv">249</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.thefootnotemark"></a><a href="#cmd.thefootnotemark">\thefootnotemark</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.thefootnotemark">246</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.thefootnotemark">320</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.thefootnotemark">96</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.thepar"></a><a href="#cmd.thepar">\thepar</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.thepar">334</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.thesentence"></a><a href="#cmd.thesentence">\thesentence</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.thesentence">336</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.thisletter"></a><a href="#cmd.thisletter">\thisletter</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.thisletter">182</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.thispagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.thispagestyle">\thispagestyle</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.thispagestyle">239</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.thispagestyle">84</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.thistime*"></a><a href="#cmd.thistime*">\thistime*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrtime.cmd.thistime*">298</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.thistime"></a><a href="#cmd.thistime">\thistime</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrtime.cmd.thistime">298</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.title"></a><a href="#cmd.title">\title</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.title">313</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.title">70</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.titlehead"></a><a href="#cmd.titlehead">\titlehead</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.titlehead">313</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.titlehead">70</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.titlepagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.titlepagestyle">\titlepagestyle</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.titlepagestyle">316</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.titlepagestyle">87</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@@after@hook"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@@after@hook">\tocbasic@@after@hook</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@@after@hook">426</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@@before@hook"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@@before@hook">\tocbasic@@before@hook</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@@before@hook">426</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@DependOnPenaltyAndTOCLevel"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@DependOnPenaltyAndTOCLevel">\tocbasic@DependOnPenaltyAndTOCLevel</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@DependOnPenaltyAndTOCLevel">427</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@SetPenaltyByTOCLevel"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@SetPenaltyByTOCLevel">\tocbasic@SetPenaltyByTOCLevel</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@SetPenaltyByTOCLevel">427</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@addxcontentsline"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@addxcontentsline">\tocbasic@addxcontentsline</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@addxcontentsline">427</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@extend@babel"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@extend@babel">\tocbasic@extend@babel</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@extend@babel">425</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@listhead"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@listhead">\tocbasic@listhead</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@listhead">427</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@listhead@/Dateierweiterung/"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@listhead@/Dateierweiterung/">\tocbasic@listhead@/Dateierweiterung/</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@listhead@/Dateierweiterung/">427</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@starttoc"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@starttoc">\tocbasic@starttoc</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@starttoc">425</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.tocbasicautomode"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasicautomode">\tocbasicautomode</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.tocbasicautomode">401</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.todaysname"></a><a href="#cmd.todaysname">\todaysname</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrdate.cmd.todaysname">295</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.todaysnumber"></a><a href="#cmd.todaysnumber">\todaysnumber</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrdate.cmd.todaysnumber">295</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.toplevelpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.toplevelpagestyle">\toplevelpagestyle</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.toplevelpagestyle">460</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.typearea"></a><a href="#cmd.typearea">\typearea</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:typearea.cmd.typearea">41</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.unsettoc"></a><a href="#cmd.unsettoc">\unsettoc</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.unsettoc">397</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.uppertitleback"></a><a href="#cmd.uppertitleback">\uppertitleback</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.uppertitleback">303</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.uppertitleback">74</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.useencodingofkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.useencodingofkomafont">\useencodingofkomafont</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.useencodingofkomafont">191</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.useencodingofkomafont">257</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.useencodingofkomafont">298</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.useencodingofkomafont">316</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.useencodingofkomafont">484</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.useencodingofkomafont">67</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.usefamilyofkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.usefamilyofkomafont">\usefamilyofkomafont</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.usefamilyofkomafont">191</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.usefamilyofkomafont">257</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.usefamilyofkomafont">298</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.usefamilyofkomafont">316</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.usefamilyofkomafont">484</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.usefamilyofkomafont">67</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.usefontofkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.usefontofkomafont">\usefontofkomafont</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.usefontofkomafont">191</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.usefontofkomafont">257</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.usefontofkomafont">298</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.usefontofkomafont">316</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.usefontofkomafont">484</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.usefontofkomafont">67</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.usekomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.usekomafont">\usekomafont</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.usekomafont">188</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.usekomafont">255</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.usekomafont">297</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.usekomafont">316</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.usekomafont">484</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.usekomafont">62</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.usekomavar*"></a><a href="#cmd.usekomavar*">\usekomavar*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.usekomavar*">169</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.usekomavar*">549</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.usekomavar"></a><a href="#cmd.usekomavar">\usekomavar</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.usekomavar">169</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.usekomavar">549</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.usepackage"></a><a href="#cmd.usepackage">\usepackage</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.usepackage">171</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.usepackage">253</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.usepackage">293</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.usepackage">314</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:typearea.cmd.usepackage">32</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrhack.cmd.usepackage">428</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.usepackage">434</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.usepackage">482</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.usepackage">57</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.useplength"></a><a href="#cmd.useplength">\useplength</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.useplength">170</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.useseriesofkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.useseriesofkomafont">\useseriesofkomafont</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.useseriesofkomafont">191</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.useseriesofkomafont">257</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.useseriesofkomafont">298</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.useseriesofkomafont">316</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.useseriesofkomafont">484</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.useseriesofkomafont">67</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.useshapeofkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.useshapeofkomafont">\useshapeofkomafont</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.useshapeofkomafont">191</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.useshapeofkomafont">257</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.useshapeofkomafont">298</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.useshapeofkomafont">316</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.useshapeofkomafont">484</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.useshapeofkomafont">67</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.usesizeofkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.usesizeofkomafont">\usesizeofkomafont</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.usesizeofkomafont">191</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.usesizeofkomafont">257</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.usesizeofkomafont">298</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.usesizeofkomafont">316</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.usesizeofkomafont">484</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.usesizeofkomafont">67</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.usetocbasicnumberline"></a><a href="#cmd.usetocbasicnumberline">\usetocbasicnumberline</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.usetocbasicnumberline">401</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.withoutparnumber"></a><a href="#cmd.withoutparnumber">\withoutparnumber</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.withoutparnumber">323</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.wwwname"></a><a href="#cmd.wwwname">\wwwname</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.wwwname">556</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.yourmailname"></a><a href="#cmd.yourmailname">\yourmailname</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.yourmailname">556</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.yourrefname"></a><a href="#cmd.yourrefname">\yourrefname</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.yourrefname">556</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.unsettoc"></a><a href="#cmd.unsettoc">\unsettoc</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.unsettoc">406</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.uppertitleback"></a><a href="#cmd.uppertitleback">\uppertitleback</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.uppertitleback">315</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.uppertitleback">72</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.useencodingofkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.useencodingofkomafont">\useencodingofkomafont</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.useencodingofkomafont">194</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.useencodingofkomafont">269</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.useencodingofkomafont">310</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.useencodingofkomafont">327</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.useencodingofkomafont">491</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.useencodingofkomafont">66</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.usefamilyofkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.usefamilyofkomafont">\usefamilyofkomafont</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.usefamilyofkomafont">194</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.usefamilyofkomafont">269</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.usefamilyofkomafont">310</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.usefamilyofkomafont">327</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.usefamilyofkomafont">491</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.usefamilyofkomafont">66</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.usefontofkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.usefontofkomafont">\usefontofkomafont</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.usefontofkomafont">194</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.usefontofkomafont">269</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.usefontofkomafont">310</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.usefontofkomafont">327</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.usefontofkomafont">491</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.usefontofkomafont">66</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.usekomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.usekomafont">\usekomafont</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.usekomafont">191</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.usekomafont">267</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.usekomafont">309</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.usekomafont">326</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.usekomafont">490</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.usekomafont">61</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.usekomavar*"></a><a href="#cmd.usekomavar*">\usekomavar*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.usekomavar*">171</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.usekomavar*">539</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.usekomavar"></a><a href="#cmd.usekomavar">\usekomavar</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.usekomavar">171</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.usekomavar">539</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.usepackage"></a><a href="#cmd.usepackage">\usepackage</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.usepackage">162</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.usepackage">264</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.usepackage">306</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:typearea.cmd.usepackage">32</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.usepackage">325</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrhack.cmd.usepackage">438</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.usepackage">444</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.usepackage">488</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.usepackage">56</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.useplength"></a><a href="#cmd.useplength">\useplength</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.useplength">176</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.useseriesofkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.useseriesofkomafont">\useseriesofkomafont</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.useseriesofkomafont">194</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.useseriesofkomafont">269</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.useseriesofkomafont">310</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.useseriesofkomafont">327</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.useseriesofkomafont">491</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.useseriesofkomafont">66</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.useshapeofkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.useshapeofkomafont">\useshapeofkomafont</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.useshapeofkomafont">194</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.useshapeofkomafont">269</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.useshapeofkomafont">310</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.useshapeofkomafont">327</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.useshapeofkomafont">491</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.useshapeofkomafont">66</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.usesizeofkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.usesizeofkomafont">\usesizeofkomafont</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.usesizeofkomafont">194</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.usesizeofkomafont">269</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.usesizeofkomafont">310</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.usesizeofkomafont">327</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.usesizeofkomafont">491</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.usesizeofkomafont">66</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.usetocbasicnumberline"></a><a href="#cmd.usetocbasicnumberline">\usetocbasicnumberline</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.usetocbasicnumberline">410</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.withoutparnumber"></a><a href="#cmd.withoutparnumber">\withoutparnumber</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.withoutparnumber">335</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.wwwname"></a><a href="#cmd.wwwname">\wwwname</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.wwwname">545</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.yourmailname"></a><a href="#cmd.yourmailname">\yourmailname</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.yourmailname">545</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.yourrefname"></a><a href="#cmd.yourrefname">\yourrefname</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.yourrefname">545</a></li> </ul> <h2><a name="environment">Umgebungen</a></h2> <ul> - <li><a name="env.abstract"></a><a href="#env.abstract">abstract</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.env.abstract">75</a></li> - <li><a name="env.addmargin*"></a><a href="#env.addmargin*">addmargin*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.env.addmargin*">134</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.env.addmargin*">236</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.env.addmargin*">312</a></li> - <li><a name="env.addmargin"></a><a href="#env.addmargin">addmargin</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.env.addmargin">134</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.env.addmargin">236</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.env.addmargin">312</a></li> - <li><a name="env.captionbeside"></a><a href="#env.captionbeside">captionbeside</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.env.captionbeside">144</a></li> - <li><a name="env.captionofbeside"></a><a href="#env.captionofbeside">captionofbeside</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.env.captionofbeside">147</a></li> - <li><a name="env.contract"></a><a href="#env.contract">contract</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.env.contract">318</a></li> - <li><a name="env.description"></a><a href="#env.description">description</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.env.description">129</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.env.description">235</a></li> - <li><a name="env.enumerate"></a><a href="#env.enumerate">enumerate</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.env.enumerate">128</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.env.enumerate">235</a></li> - <li><a name="env.itemize"></a><a href="#env.itemize">itemize</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.env.itemize">126</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.env.itemize">234</a></li> - <li><a name="env.labeling"></a><a href="#env.labeling">labeling</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.env.labeling">130</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.env.labeling">235</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.env.labeling">311</a></li> - <li><a name="env.letter"></a><a href="#env.letter">letter</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.env.letter">176</a></li> - <li><a name="env.quotation"></a><a href="#env.quotation">quotation</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.env.quotation">132</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.env.quotation">236</a></li> - <li><a name="env.quote"></a><a href="#env.quote">quote</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.env.quote">132</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.env.quote">236</a></li> - <li><a name="env.titlepage"></a><a href="#env.titlepage">titlepage</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.env.titlepage">300</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.env.titlepage">69</a></li> - <li><a name="env.verse"></a><a href="#env.verse">verse</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.env.verse">131</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.env.verse">236</a></li> + <li><a name="env.abstract"></a><a href="#env.abstract">abstract</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.env.abstract">74</a></li> + <li><a name="env.addmargin*"></a><a href="#env.addmargin*">addmargin*</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.env.addmargin*">133</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.env.addmargin*">250</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.env.addmargin*">323</a></li> + <li><a name="env.addmargin"></a><a href="#env.addmargin">addmargin</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.env.addmargin">133</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.env.addmargin">250</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.env.addmargin">323</a></li> + <li><a name="env.captionbeside"></a><a href="#env.captionbeside">captionbeside</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.env.captionbeside">142</a></li> + <li><a name="env.captionofbeside"></a><a href="#env.captionofbeside">captionofbeside</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.env.captionofbeside">145</a></li> + <li><a name="env.contract"></a><a href="#env.contract">contract</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.env.contract">329</a></li> + <li><a name="env.description"></a><a href="#env.description">description</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.env.description">128</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.env.description">249</a></li> + <li><a name="env.enumerate"></a><a href="#env.enumerate">enumerate</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.env.enumerate">127</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.env.enumerate">249</a></li> + <li><a name="env.itemize"></a><a href="#env.itemize">itemize</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.env.itemize">125</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.env.itemize">248</a></li> + <li><a name="env.labeling"></a><a href="#env.labeling">labeling</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.env.labeling">129</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.env.labeling">249</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.env.labeling">322</a></li> + <li><a name="env.letter"></a><a href="#env.letter">letter</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.env.letter">180</a></li> + <li><a name="env.quotation"></a><a href="#env.quotation">quotation</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.env.quotation">131</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.env.quotation">250</a></li> + <li><a name="env.quote"></a><a href="#env.quote">quote</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.env.quote">131</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.env.quote">250</a></li> + <li><a name="env.titlepage"></a><a href="#env.titlepage">titlepage</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrextend.env.titlepage">312</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.env.titlepage">67</a></li> + <li><a name="env.verse"></a><a href="#env.verse">verse</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.env.verse">130</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.env.verse">250</a></li> </ul> <h2><a name="length">Längen</a></h2> <ul> - <li><a name="length.footheight"></a><a href="#length.footheight">footheight</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.length.footheight">254</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.length.footheight">461</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:typearea.length.footheight">47</a></li> - <li><a name="length.headheight"></a><a href="#length.headheight">headheight</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.length.headheight">254</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.length.headheight">461</a></li> + <li><a name="length.footheight"></a><a href="#length.footheight">footheight</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.length.footheight">266</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:typearea.length.footheight">46</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.length.footheight">470</a></li> + <li><a name="length.headheight"></a><a href="#length.headheight">headheight</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.length.headheight">266</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.length.headheight">470</a></li> </ul> <h2><a name="plength">Pseudolängen</a></h2> <ul> - <li><a name="plength.PPdatamatrixvskip"></a><a href="#plength.PPdatamatrixvskip">PPdatamatrixvskip</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.PPdatamatrixvskip">544</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.PPheadheight"></a><a href="#plength.PPheadheight">PPheadheight</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.PPheadheight">544</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.PPheadwidth"></a><a href="#plength.PPheadwidth">PPheadwidth</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.PPheadwidth">544</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.backaddrheight"></a><a href="#plength.backaddrheight">backaddrheight</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.backaddrheight">543</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.bfoldmarklength"></a><a href="#plength.bfoldmarklength">bfoldmarklength</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.bfoldmarklength">540</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.bfoldmarkvpos"></a><a href="#plength.bfoldmarkvpos">bfoldmarkvpos</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.bfoldmarkvpos">539</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.firstfoothpos"></a><a href="#plength.firstfoothpos">firstfoothpos</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstfoothpos">548</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.firstfootvpos"></a><a href="#plength.firstfootvpos">firstfootvpos</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstfootvpos">547</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.firstfootwidth"></a><a href="#plength.firstfootwidth">firstfootwidth</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstfootwidth">548</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.firstheadhpos"></a><a href="#plength.firstheadhpos">firstheadhpos</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstheadhpos">541</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.firstheadvpos"></a><a href="#plength.firstheadvpos">firstheadvpos</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstheadvpos">541</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.firstheadwidth"></a><a href="#plength.firstheadwidth">firstheadwidth</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstheadwidth">542</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.foldmarkhpos"></a><a href="#plength.foldmarkhpos">foldmarkhpos</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.foldmarkhpos">540</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.foldmarkthickness"></a><a href="#plength.foldmarkthickness">foldmarkthickness</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.foldmarkthickness">541</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.foldmarkvpos"></a><a href="#plength.foldmarkvpos">foldmarkvpos</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.foldmarkvpos">541</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.fromrulethickness"></a><a href="#plength.fromrulethickness">fromrulethickness</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.fromrulethickness">542</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.fromrulewidth"></a><a href="#plength.fromrulewidth">fromrulewidth</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.fromrulewidth">542</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.lfoldmarkhpos"></a><a href="#plength.lfoldmarkhpos">lfoldmarkhpos</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.lfoldmarkhpos">540</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.lfoldmarklength"></a><a href="#plength.lfoldmarklength">lfoldmarklength</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.lfoldmarklength">540</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.locheight"></a><a href="#plength.locheight">locheight</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.locheight">545</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.lochpos"></a><a href="#plength.lochpos">lochpos</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.lochpos">545</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.locvpos"></a><a href="#plength.locvpos">locvpos</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.locvpos">545</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.locwidth"></a><a href="#plength.locwidth">locwidth</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.locwidth">545</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.mfoldmarklength"></a><a href="#plength.mfoldmarklength">mfoldmarklength</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.mfoldmarklength">540</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.mfoldmarkvpos"></a><a href="#plength.mfoldmarkvpos">mfoldmarkvpos</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.mfoldmarkvpos">539</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.pfoldmarklength"></a><a href="#plength.pfoldmarklength">pfoldmarklength</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.pfoldmarklength">540</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.refaftervskip"></a><a href="#plength.refaftervskip">refaftervskip</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.refaftervskip">546</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.refhpos"></a><a href="#plength.refhpos">refhpos</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.refhpos">545</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.refvpos"></a><a href="#plength.refvpos">refvpos</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.refvpos">545</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.refwidth"></a><a href="#plength.refwidth">refwidth</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.refwidth">545</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.sigbeforevskip"></a><a href="#plength.sigbeforevskip">sigbeforevskip</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.sigbeforevskip">547</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.sigindent"></a><a href="#plength.sigindent">sigindent</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.sigindent">547</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.specialmailindent"></a><a href="#plength.specialmailindent">specialmailindent</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.specialmailindent">544</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.specialmailrightindent"></a><a href="#plength.specialmailrightindent">specialmailrightindent</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.specialmailrightindent">544</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.subjectaftervskip"></a><a href="#plength.subjectaftervskip">subjectaftervskip</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.subjectaftervskip">547</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.subjectbeforevskip"></a><a href="#plength.subjectbeforevskip">subjectbeforevskip</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.subjectbeforevskip">547</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.subjectvpos"></a><a href="#plength.subjectvpos">subjectvpos</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.subjectvpos">546</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.tfoldmarklength"></a><a href="#plength.tfoldmarklength">tfoldmarklength</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.tfoldmarklength">540</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.tfoldmarkvpos"></a><a href="#plength.tfoldmarkvpos">tfoldmarkvpos</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.tfoldmarkvpos">539</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.toaddrheight"></a><a href="#plength.toaddrheight">toaddrheight</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrheight">542</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.toaddrhpos"></a><a href="#plength.toaddrhpos">toaddrhpos</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrhpos">542</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.toaddrindent"></a><a href="#plength.toaddrindent">toaddrindent</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrindent">543</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.toaddrvpos"></a><a href="#plength.toaddrvpos">toaddrvpos</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrvpos">542</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.toaddrwidth"></a><a href="#plength.toaddrwidth">toaddrwidth</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrwidth">543</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.PPdatamatrixvskip"></a><a href="#plength.PPdatamatrixvskip">PPdatamatrixvskip</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.PPdatamatrixvskip">219</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.PPheadheight"></a><a href="#plength.PPheadheight">PPheadheight</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.PPheadheight">219</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.PPheadwidth"></a><a href="#plength.PPheadwidth">PPheadwidth</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.PPheadwidth">219</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.backaddrheight"></a><a href="#plength.backaddrheight">backaddrheight</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.backaddrheight">218</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.bfoldmarklength"></a><a href="#plength.bfoldmarklength">bfoldmarklength</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.bfoldmarklength">199</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.bfoldmarkvpos"></a><a href="#plength.bfoldmarkvpos">bfoldmarkvpos</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.bfoldmarkvpos">198</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.firstfoothpos"></a><a href="#plength.firstfoothpos">firstfoothpos</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.firstfoothpos">235</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.firstfootvpos"></a><a href="#plength.firstfootvpos">firstfootvpos</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.firstfootvpos">235</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.firstfootwidth"></a><a href="#plength.firstfootwidth">firstfootwidth</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.firstfootwidth">235</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.firstheadhpos"></a><a href="#plength.firstheadhpos">firstheadhpos</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.firstheadhpos">201</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.firstheadvpos"></a><a href="#plength.firstheadvpos">firstheadvpos</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.firstheadvpos">201</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.firstheadwidth"></a><a href="#plength.firstheadwidth">firstheadwidth</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.firstheadwidth">202</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.foldmarkhpos"></a><a href="#plength.foldmarkhpos">foldmarkhpos</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.foldmarkhpos">199</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.foldmarkthickness"></a><a href="#plength.foldmarkthickness">foldmarkthickness</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.foldmarkthickness">200</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.foldmarkvpos"></a><a href="#plength.foldmarkvpos">foldmarkvpos</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.foldmarkvpos">200</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.fromrulethickness"></a><a href="#plength.fromrulethickness">fromrulethickness</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.fromrulethickness">206</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.fromrulewidth"></a><a href="#plength.fromrulewidth">fromrulewidth</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.fromrulewidth">206</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.lfoldmarkhpos"></a><a href="#plength.lfoldmarkhpos">lfoldmarkhpos</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.lfoldmarkhpos">199</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.lfoldmarklength"></a><a href="#plength.lfoldmarklength">lfoldmarklength</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.lfoldmarklength">200</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.locheight"></a><a href="#plength.locheight">locheight</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.locheight">221</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.lochpos"></a><a href="#plength.lochpos">lochpos</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.lochpos">221</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.locvpos"></a><a href="#plength.locvpos">locvpos</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.locvpos">221</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.locwidth"></a><a href="#plength.locwidth">locwidth</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.locwidth">221</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.mfoldmarklength"></a><a href="#plength.mfoldmarklength">mfoldmarklength</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.mfoldmarklength">199</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.mfoldmarkvpos"></a><a href="#plength.mfoldmarkvpos">mfoldmarkvpos</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.mfoldmarkvpos">198</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.pfoldmarklength"></a><a href="#plength.pfoldmarklength">pfoldmarklength</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.pfoldmarklength">199</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.refaftervskip"></a><a href="#plength.refaftervskip">refaftervskip</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.refaftervskip">226</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.refhpos"></a><a href="#plength.refhpos">refhpos</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.refhpos">225</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.refvpos"></a><a href="#plength.refvpos">refvpos</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.refvpos">225</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.refwidth"></a><a href="#plength.refwidth">refwidth</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.refwidth">225</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.sigbeforevskip"></a><a href="#plength.sigbeforevskip">sigbeforevskip</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.sigbeforevskip">232</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.sigindent"></a><a href="#plength.sigindent">sigindent</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.sigindent">232</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.specialmailindent"></a><a href="#plength.specialmailindent">specialmailindent</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.specialmailindent">218</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.specialmailrightindent"></a><a href="#plength.specialmailrightindent">specialmailrightindent</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.specialmailrightindent">218</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.subjectaftervskip"></a><a href="#plength.subjectaftervskip">subjectaftervskip</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.subjectaftervskip">230</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.subjectbeforevskip"></a><a href="#plength.subjectbeforevskip">subjectbeforevskip</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.subjectbeforevskip">230</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.subjectvpos"></a><a href="#plength.subjectvpos">subjectvpos</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.subjectvpos">229</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.tfoldmarklength"></a><a href="#plength.tfoldmarklength">tfoldmarklength</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.tfoldmarklength">199</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.tfoldmarkvpos"></a><a href="#plength.tfoldmarkvpos">tfoldmarkvpos</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.tfoldmarkvpos">198</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.toaddrheight"></a><a href="#plength.toaddrheight">toaddrheight</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.toaddrheight">217</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.toaddrhpos"></a><a href="#plength.toaddrhpos">toaddrhpos</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.toaddrhpos">217</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.toaddrindent"></a><a href="#plength.toaddrindent">toaddrindent</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.toaddrindent">218</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.toaddrvpos"></a><a href="#plength.toaddrvpos">toaddrvpos</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.toaddrvpos">217</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.toaddrwidth"></a><a href="#plength.toaddrwidth">toaddrwidth</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.toaddrwidth">217</a></li> </ul> <h2><a name="variable">Variablen</a></h2> <ul> - <li><a name="variable.PPcode"></a><a href="#variable.PPcode">PPcode</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.PPcode">206</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.PPdatamatrix"></a><a href="#variable.PPdatamatrix">PPdatamatrix</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.PPdatamatrix">206</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.addresseeimage"></a><a href="#variable.addresseeimage">addresseeimage</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.addresseeimage">206</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.backaddress"></a><a href="#variable.backaddress">backaddress</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.backaddress">206</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.backaddressseparator"></a><a href="#variable.backaddressseparator">backaddressseparator</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.backaddressseparator">206</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.ccseparator"></a><a href="#variable.ccseparator">ccseparator</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.ccseparator">182</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.customer"></a><a href="#variable.customer">customer</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.customer">214</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.date"></a><a href="#variable.date">date</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.date">212</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.emailseparator"></a><a href="#variable.emailseparator">emailseparator</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.emailseparator">200</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.enclseparator"></a><a href="#variable.enclseparator">enclseparator</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.enclseparator">183</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.faxseparator"></a><a href="#variable.faxseparator">faxseparator</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.faxseparator">200</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.firstfoot"></a><a href="#variable.firstfoot">firstfoot</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.firstfoot">220</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.firsthead"></a><a href="#variable.firsthead">firsthead</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.firsthead">206</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.fromaddress"></a><a href="#variable.fromaddress">fromaddress</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.fromaddress">196</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.frombank"></a><a href="#variable.frombank">frombank</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.frombank">221</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.fromemail"></a><a href="#variable.fromemail">fromemail</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.fromemail">200</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.fromfax"></a><a href="#variable.fromfax">fromfax</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.fromfax">200</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.fromlogo"></a><a href="#variable.fromlogo">fromlogo</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.fromlogo">204</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.frommobilephone"></a><a href="#variable.frommobilephone">frommobilephone</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.frommobilephone">200</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.fromname"></a><a href="#variable.fromname">fromname</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.fromname">196</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.fromphone"></a><a href="#variable.fromphone">fromphone</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.fromphone">200</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.fromurl"></a><a href="#variable.fromurl">fromurl</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.fromurl">200</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.fromzipcode"></a><a href="#variable.fromzipcode">fromzipcode</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.fromzipcode">206</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.invoice"></a><a href="#variable.invoice">invoice</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.invoice">214</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.location"></a><a href="#variable.location">location</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.location">211</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.mobilephoneseparator"></a><a href="#variable.mobilephoneseparator">mobilephoneseparator</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.mobilephoneseparator">200</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.myref"></a><a href="#variable.myref">myref</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.myref">214</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.nextfoot"></a><a href="#variable.nextfoot">nextfoot</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.nextfoot">228</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.nexthead"></a><a href="#variable.nexthead">nexthead</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.nexthead">228</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.phoneseparator"></a><a href="#variable.phoneseparator">phoneseparator</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.phoneseparator">200</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.place"></a><a href="#variable.place">place</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.place">206</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.placeseparator"></a><a href="#variable.placeseparator">placeseparator</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.placeseparator">215</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.signature"></a><a href="#variable.signature">signature</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.signature">238</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.specialmail"></a><a href="#variable.specialmail">specialmail</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.specialmail">206</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.subject"></a><a href="#variable.subject">subject</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.subject">217</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.subjectseparator"></a><a href="#variable.subjectseparator">subjectseparator</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.subjectseparator">217</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.title"></a><a href="#variable.title">title</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.title">216</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.toaddress"></a><a href="#variable.toaddress">toaddress</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.toaddress">206</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.toname"></a><a href="#variable.toname">toname</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.toname">206</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.urlseparator"></a><a href="#variable.urlseparator">urlseparator</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.urlseparator">200</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.yourmail"></a><a href="#variable.yourmail">yourmail</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.yourmail">214</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.yourref"></a><a href="#variable.yourref">yourref</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.yourref">214</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.zipcodeseparator"></a><a href="#variable.zipcodeseparator">zipcodeseparator</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.zipcodeseparator">206</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.PPcode"></a><a href="#variable.PPcode">PPcode</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.PPcode">213</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.PPdatamatrix"></a><a href="#variable.PPdatamatrix">PPdatamatrix</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.PPdatamatrix">213</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.addresseeimage"></a><a href="#variable.addresseeimage">addresseeimage</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.addresseeimage">213</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.backaddress"></a><a href="#variable.backaddress">backaddress</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.backaddress">213</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.backaddressseparator"></a><a href="#variable.backaddressseparator">backaddressseparator</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.backaddressseparator">213</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.ccseparator"></a><a href="#variable.ccseparator">ccseparator</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.ccseparator">185</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.customer"></a><a href="#variable.customer">customer</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.customer">222</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.date"></a><a href="#variable.date">date</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.date">222</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.emailseparator"></a><a href="#variable.emailseparator">emailseparator</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.emailseparator">206</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.enclseparator"></a><a href="#variable.enclseparator">enclseparator</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.enclseparator">187</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.faxseparator"></a><a href="#variable.faxseparator">faxseparator</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.faxseparator">206</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.firstfoot"></a><a href="#variable.firstfoot">firstfoot</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.firstfoot">233</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.firsthead"></a><a href="#variable.firsthead">firsthead</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.firsthead">211</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.fromaddress"></a><a href="#variable.fromaddress">fromaddress</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.fromaddress">202</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.frombank"></a><a href="#variable.frombank">frombank</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.frombank">235</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.fromemail"></a><a href="#variable.fromemail">fromemail</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.fromemail">206</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.fromfax"></a><a href="#variable.fromfax">fromfax</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.fromfax">206</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.fromlogo"></a><a href="#variable.fromlogo">fromlogo</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.fromlogo">210</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.frommobilephone"></a><a href="#variable.frommobilephone">frommobilephone</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.frommobilephone">206</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.fromname"></a><a href="#variable.fromname">fromname</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.fromname">202</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.fromphone"></a><a href="#variable.fromphone">fromphone</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.fromphone">206</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.fromurl"></a><a href="#variable.fromurl">fromurl</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.fromurl">206</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.fromzipcode"></a><a href="#variable.fromzipcode">fromzipcode</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.fromzipcode">213</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.invoice"></a><a href="#variable.invoice">invoice</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.invoice">222</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.location"></a><a href="#variable.location">location</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.location">220</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.mobilephoneseparator"></a><a href="#variable.mobilephoneseparator">mobilephoneseparator</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.mobilephoneseparator">206</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.myref"></a><a href="#variable.myref">myref</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.myref">222</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.nextfoot"></a><a href="#variable.nextfoot">nextfoot</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.nextfoot">242</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.nexthead"></a><a href="#variable.nexthead">nexthead</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.nexthead">242</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.phoneseparator"></a><a href="#variable.phoneseparator">phoneseparator</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.phoneseparator">206</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.place"></a><a href="#variable.place">place</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.place">213</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.placeseparator"></a><a href="#variable.placeseparator">placeseparator</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.placeseparator">223</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.signature"></a><a href="#variable.signature">signature</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.signature">230</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.specialmail"></a><a href="#variable.specialmail">specialmail</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.specialmail">213</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.subject"></a><a href="#variable.subject">subject</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.subject">227</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.subjectseparator"></a><a href="#variable.subjectseparator">subjectseparator</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.subjectseparator">227</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.title"></a><a href="#variable.title">title</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.title">226</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.toaddress"></a><a href="#variable.toaddress">toaddress</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.toaddress">213</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.toname"></a><a href="#variable.toname">toname</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.toname">213</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.urlseparator"></a><a href="#variable.urlseparator">urlseparator</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.urlseparator">206</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.yourmail"></a><a href="#variable.yourmail">yourmail</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.yourmail">222</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.yourref"></a><a href="#variable.yourref">yourref</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.yourref">222</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.zipcodeseparator"></a><a href="#variable.zipcodeseparator">zipcodeseparator</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.zipcodeseparator">213</a></li> </ul> <h2><a name="pagestyle">Seitenstile</a></h2> <ul> - <li><a name="pagestyle.@everystyle@"></a><a href="#pagestyle.@everystyle@">@everystyle@</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.pagestyle.@everystyle@">456</a></li> - <li><a name="pagestyle.empty"></a><a href="#pagestyle.empty">empty</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.pagestyle.empty">225</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.pagestyle.empty">456</a></li> - <li><a name="pagestyle.headings"></a><a href="#pagestyle.headings">headings</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.pagestyle.headings">226</a></li> - <li><a name="pagestyle.letter"></a><a href="#pagestyle.letter">letter</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.pagestyle.letter">227</a></li> - <li><a name="pagestyle.myheadings"></a><a href="#pagestyle.myheadings">myheadings</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.pagestyle.myheadings">227</a></li> - <li><a name="pagestyle.plain"></a><a href="#pagestyle.plain">plain</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.pagestyle.plain">227</a></li> - <li><a name="pagestyle.scrheadings"></a><a href="#pagestyle.scrheadings">scrheadings</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.pagestyle.scrheadings">258</a></li> + <li><a name="pagestyle.@everystyle@"></a><a href="#pagestyle.@everystyle@">@everystyle@</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.pagestyle.@everystyle@">465</a></li> + <li><a name="pagestyle.empty"></a><a href="#pagestyle.empty">empty</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.pagestyle.empty">239</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer.pagestyle.empty">465</a></li> + <li><a name="pagestyle.headings"></a><a href="#pagestyle.headings">headings</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.pagestyle.headings">240</a></li> + <li><a name="pagestyle.letter"></a><a href="#pagestyle.letter">letter</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.pagestyle.letter">241</a></li> + <li><a name="pagestyle.myheadings"></a><a href="#pagestyle.myheadings">myheadings</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.pagestyle.myheadings">241</a></li> + <li><a name="pagestyle.plain"></a><a href="#pagestyle.plain">plain</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.pagestyle.plain">241</a></li> + <li><a name="pagestyle.scrheadings"></a><a href="#pagestyle.scrheadings">scrheadings</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.pagestyle.scrheadings">270</a></li> </ul> <h2><a name="counter">Zähler</a></h2> <ul> - <li><a name="counter.letter"></a><a href="#counter.letter">letter</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.counter.letter">178</a></li> - <li><a name="counter.par"></a><a href="#counter.par">par</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.counter.par">323</a></li> - <li><a name="counter.secnumdepth"></a><a href="#counter.secnumdepth">secnumdepth</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.counter.secnumdepth">121</a></li> - <li><a name="counter.sentence"></a><a href="#counter.sentence">sentence</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.counter.sentence">325</a></li> - <li><a name="counter.tocdepth"></a><a href="#counter.tocdepth">tocdepth</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.counter.tocdepth">401</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.counter.tocdepth">81</a></li> + <li><a name="counter.letter"></a><a href="#counter.letter">letter</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.counter.letter">182</a></li> + <li><a name="counter.par"></a><a href="#counter.par">par</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.counter.par">334</a></li> + <li><a name="counter.secnumdepth"></a><a href="#counter.secnumdepth">secnumdepth</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.counter.secnumdepth">120</a></li> + <li><a name="counter.sentence"></a><a href="#counter.sentence">sentence</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:scrjura.counter.sentence">336</a></li> + <li><a name="counter.tocdepth"></a><a href="#counter.tocdepth">tocdepth</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:tocbasic.counter.tocdepth">410</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.counter.tocdepth">79</a></li> </ul> <h2><a name="floatstyle">Stile für das float-Paket</a></h2> <ul> - <li><a name="floatstyle.komaabove"></a><a href="#floatstyle.komaabove">komaabove</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.floatstyle.komaabove">147</a></li> - <li><a name="floatstyle.komabelow"></a><a href="#floatstyle.komabelow">komabelow</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.floatstyle.komabelow">147</a></li> + <li><a name="floatstyle.komaabove"></a><a href="#floatstyle.komaabove">komaabove</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.floatstyle.komaabove">146</a></li> + <li><a name="floatstyle.komabelow"></a><a href="#floatstyle.komabelow">komabelow</a> → <a href="scrguide.pdf#desc:maincls.floatstyle.komabelow">146</a></li> </ul> <p><a href="http://validator.w3.org/check?uri=referer"><img src="http://www.w3.org/Icons/valid-html40" diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/doc/scrguide.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/doc/scrguide.pdf Binary files differindex 2bfbd8a744..9eea16c3db 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/doc/scrguide.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/doc/scrguide.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/doc/scrguien.html b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/doc/scrguien.html index 81cabe778f..7e3ae17030 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/doc/scrguien.html +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/doc/scrguien.html @@ -19,995 +19,980 @@ </ul> <h2><a name="option">Options</a></h2> <ul> - <li><a name="option.12h"></a><a href="#option.12h">12h</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrtime.option.12h">269</a></li> + <li><a name="option.12h"></a><a href="#option.12h">12h</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrtime.option.12h">283</a></li> <li><a name="option.BCOR"></a><a href="#option.BCOR">BCOR</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:typearea.option.BCOR">34</a></li> <li><a name="option.DIV"></a><a href="#option.DIV">DIV</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:typearea.option.DIV">35</a></li> - <li><a name="option.abstract"></a><a href="#option.abstract">abstract</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.option.abstract">72</a></li> - <li><a name="option.addrfield"></a><a href="#option.addrfield">addrfield</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.addrfield">193</a></li> - <li><a name="option.adrFreeIVempty"></a><a href="#option.adrFreeIVempty">adrFreeIVempty</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scraddr.option.adrFreeIVempty">273</a></li> - <li><a name="option.adrFreeIVshow"></a><a href="#option.adrFreeIVshow">adrFreeIVshow</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scraddr.option.adrFreeIVshow">273</a></li> - <li><a name="option.adrFreeIVstop"></a><a href="#option.adrFreeIVstop">adrFreeIVstop</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scraddr.option.adrFreeIVstop">273</a></li> - <li><a name="option.adrFreeIVwarn"></a><a href="#option.adrFreeIVwarn">adrFreeIVwarn</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scraddr.option.adrFreeIVwarn">273</a></li> - <li><a name="option.appendixprefix"></a><a href="#option.appendixprefix">appendixprefix</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.option.appendixprefix">96</a></li> - <li><a name="option.areasetadvanced"></a><a href="#option.areasetadvanced">areasetadvanced</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:typearea-experts.option.areasetadvanced">459</a></li> - <li><a name="option.autoclearnotecolumns"></a><a href="#option.autoclearnotecolumns">autoclearnotecolumns</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.option.autoclearnotecolumns">456</a></li> - <li><a name="option.autoenlargeheadfoot"></a><a href="#option.autoenlargeheadfoot">autoenlargeheadfoot</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.autoenlargeheadfoot">239</a></li> - <li><a name="option.automark"></a><a href="#option.automark">automark</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.automark">254</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.option.automark">427</a></li> - <li><a name="option.autooneside"></a><a href="#option.autooneside">autooneside</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.autooneside">254</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.option.autooneside">427</a></li> - <li><a name="option.autoremoveinterfaces"></a><a href="#option.autoremoveinterfaces">autoremoveinterfaces</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.option.autoremoveinterfaces">433</a></li> - <li><a name="option.backaddress"></a><a href="#option.backaddress">backaddress</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.backaddress">193</a></li> - <li><a name="option.bibliography"></a><a href="#option.bibliography">bibliography</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.option.bibliography">147</a></li> - <li><a name="option.captions"></a><a href="#option.captions">captions</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.option.captions">127</a></li> - <li><a name="option.chapteratlists"></a><a href="#option.chapteratlists">chapteratlists</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.option.chapteratlists">100</a></li> - <li><a name="option.chapterentrydots"></a><a href="#option.chapterentrydots">chapterentrydots</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.option.chapterentrydots">75</a></li> - <li><a name="option.chapterprefix"></a><a href="#option.chapterprefix">chapterprefix</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.option.chapterprefix">96</a></li> - <li><a name="option.clausemark"></a><a href="#option.clausemark">clausemark</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.option.clausemark">301</a></li> - <li><a name="option.cleardoublepage"></a><a href="#option.cleardoublepage">cleardoublepage</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.cleardoublepage">215</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.option.cleardoublepage">287</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.option.cleardoublepage">87</a></li> - <li><a name="option.clines"></a><a href="#option.clines">clines</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.clines">262</a></li> - <li><a name="option.contract"></a><a href="#option.contract">contract</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.option.contract">299</a></li> - <li><a name="option.deactivatepagestylelayers"></a><a href="#option.deactivatepagestylelayers">deactivatepagestylelayers</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.option.deactivatepagestylelayers">423</a></li> - <li><a name="option.draft"></a><a href="#option.draft">draft</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.draft">161</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.draft">255</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.option.draft">278</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.option.draft">428</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.option.draft">57</a></li> - <li><a name="option.enlargefirstpage"></a><a href="#option.enlargefirstpage">enlargefirstpage</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.enlargefirstpage">182</a></li> - <li><a name="option.extendedfeature"></a><a href="#option.extendedfeature">extendedfeature</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.option.extendedfeature">278</a></li> - <li><a name="option.firstfoot"></a><a href="#option.firstfoot">firstfoot</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.firstfoot">206</a></li> - <li><a name="option.firsthead"></a><a href="#option.firsthead">firsthead</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.firsthead">182</a></li> - <li><a name="option.fleqn"></a><a href="#option.fleqn">fleqn</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.option.fleqn">127</a></li> - <li><a name="option.foldmarks"></a><a href="#option.foldmarks">foldmarks</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.foldmarks">178</a></li> - <li><a name="option.fontsize"></a><a href="#option.fontsize">fontsize</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.fontsize">172</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.option.fontsize">279</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.option.fontsize">58</a></li> - <li><a name="option.footbotline"></a><a href="#option.footbotline">footbotline</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.footbotline">260</a></li> + <li><a name="option.abstract"></a><a href="#option.abstract">abstract</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.option.abstract">71</a></li> + <li><a name="option.addrfield"></a><a href="#option.addrfield">addrfield</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.addrfield">202</a></li> + <li><a name="option.adrFreeIVempty"></a><a href="#option.adrFreeIVempty">adrFreeIVempty</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scraddr.option.adrFreeIVempty">287</a></li> + <li><a name="option.adrFreeIVshow"></a><a href="#option.adrFreeIVshow">adrFreeIVshow</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scraddr.option.adrFreeIVshow">287</a></li> + <li><a name="option.adrFreeIVstop"></a><a href="#option.adrFreeIVstop">adrFreeIVstop</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scraddr.option.adrFreeIVstop">287</a></li> + <li><a name="option.adrFreeIVwarn"></a><a href="#option.adrFreeIVwarn">adrFreeIVwarn</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scraddr.option.adrFreeIVwarn">287</a></li> + <li><a name="option.appendixprefix"></a><a href="#option.appendixprefix">appendixprefix</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.option.appendixprefix">95</a></li> + <li><a name="option.areasetadvanced"></a><a href="#option.areasetadvanced">areasetadvanced</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:typearea-experts.option.areasetadvanced">470</a></li> + <li><a name="option.autoclearnotecolumns"></a><a href="#option.autoclearnotecolumns">autoclearnotecolumns</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.option.autoclearnotecolumns">467</a></li> + <li><a name="option.autoenlargeheadfoot"></a><a href="#option.autoenlargeheadfoot">autoenlargeheadfoot</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.autoenlargeheadfoot">254</a></li> + <li><a name="option.automark"></a><a href="#option.automark">automark</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.automark">269</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.option.automark">440</a></li> + <li><a name="option.autooneside"></a><a href="#option.autooneside">autooneside</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.autooneside">269</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.option.autooneside">440</a></li> + <li><a name="option.backaddress"></a><a href="#option.backaddress">backaddress</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.backaddress">202</a></li> + <li><a name="option.bibliography"></a><a href="#option.bibliography">bibliography</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.option.bibliography">146</a></li> + <li><a name="option.captions"></a><a href="#option.captions">captions</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.option.captions">126</a></li> + <li><a name="option.chapteratlists"></a><a href="#option.chapteratlists">chapteratlists</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.option.chapteratlists">99</a></li> + <li><a name="option.chapterentrydots"></a><a href="#option.chapterentrydots">chapterentrydots</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.option.chapterentrydots">74</a></li> + <li><a name="option.chapterprefix"></a><a href="#option.chapterprefix">chapterprefix</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.option.chapterprefix">95</a></li> + <li><a name="option.clausemark"></a><a href="#option.clausemark">clausemark</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.option.clausemark">314</a></li> + <li><a name="option.cleardoublepage"></a><a href="#option.cleardoublepage">cleardoublepage</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.cleardoublepage">231</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.option.cleardoublepage">300</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.option.cleardoublepage">86</a></li> + <li><a name="option.clines"></a><a href="#option.clines">clines</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.clines">276</a></li> + <li><a name="option.contract"></a><a href="#option.contract">contract</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.option.contract">312</a></li> + <li><a name="option.deactivatepagestylelayers"></a><a href="#option.deactivatepagestylelayers">deactivatepagestylelayers</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.option.deactivatepagestylelayers">435</a></li> + <li><a name="option.draft"></a><a href="#option.draft">draft</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.draft">154</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.draft">270</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.option.draft">292</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.option.draft">429</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.option.draft">57</a></li> + <li><a name="option.enlargefirstpage"></a><a href="#option.enlargefirstpage">enlargefirstpage</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.enlargefirstpage">222</a></li> + <li><a name="option.extendedfeature"></a><a href="#option.extendedfeature">extendedfeature</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.option.extendedfeature">291</a></li> + <li><a name="option.firstfoot"></a><a href="#option.firstfoot">firstfoot</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.firstfoot">222</a></li> + <li><a name="option.firsthead"></a><a href="#option.firsthead">firsthead</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.firsthead">189</a></li> + <li><a name="option.fleqn"></a><a href="#option.fleqn">fleqn</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.option.fleqn">126</a></li> + <li><a name="option.foldmarks"></a><a href="#option.foldmarks">foldmarks</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.foldmarks">184</a></li> + <li><a name="option.fontsize"></a><a href="#option.fontsize">fontsize</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.fontsize">177</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.option.fontsize">292</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.option.fontsize">58</a></li> + <li><a name="option.footbotline"></a><a href="#option.footbotline">footbotline</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.footbotline">276</a></li> <li><a name="option.footheight"></a><a href="#option.footheight">footheight</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:typearea.option.footheight">46</a></li> <li><a name="option.footinclude"></a><a href="#option.footinclude">footinclude</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:typearea.option.footinclude">43</a></li> <li><a name="option.footlines"></a><a href="#option.footlines">footlines</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:typearea.option.footlines">46</a></li> - <li><a name="option.footnotes"></a><a href="#option.footnotes">footnotes</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.footnotes">217</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.option.footnotes">289</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.option.footnotes">90</a></li> - <li><a name="option.footsepline"></a><a href="#option.footsepline">footsepline</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.footsepline">211</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.footsepline">260</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.option.footsepline">81</a></li> - <li><a name="option.footwidth"></a><a href="#option.footwidth">footwidth</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.footwidth">260</a></li> - <li><a name="option.forceoverwrite"></a><a href="#option.forceoverwrite">forceoverwrite</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.option.forceoverwrite">433</a></li> - <li><a name="option.fromalign"></a><a href="#option.fromalign">fromalign</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.fromalign">182</a></li> - <li><a name="option.fromemail"></a><a href="#option.fromemail">fromemail</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.fromemail">187</a></li> - <li><a name="option.fromfax"></a><a href="#option.fromfax">fromfax</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.fromfax">187</a></li> - <li><a name="option.fromlogo"></a><a href="#option.fromlogo">fromlogo</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.fromlogo">191</a></li> - <li><a name="option.frommobilephone"></a><a href="#option.frommobilephone">frommobilephone</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.frommobilephone">187</a></li> - <li><a name="option.fromphone"></a><a href="#option.fromphone">fromphone</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.fromphone">187</a></li> - <li><a name="option.fromrule"></a><a href="#option.fromrule">fromrule</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.fromrule">182</a></li> - <li><a name="option.fromurl"></a><a href="#option.fromurl">fromurl</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.fromurl">187</a></li> + <li><a name="option.footnotes"></a><a href="#option.footnotes">footnotes</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.footnotes">233</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.option.footnotes">301</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.option.footnotes">89</a></li> + <li><a name="option.footsepline"></a><a href="#option.footsepline">footsepline</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.footsepline">227</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.footsepline">276</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.option.footsepline">80</a></li> + <li><a name="option.footwidth"></a><a href="#option.footwidth">footwidth</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.footwidth">274</a></li> + <li><a name="option.fromalign"></a><a href="#option.fromalign">fromalign</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.fromalign">190</a></li> + <li><a name="option.fromemail"></a><a href="#option.fromemail">fromemail</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.fromemail">195</a></li> + <li><a name="option.fromfax"></a><a href="#option.fromfax">fromfax</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.fromfax">195</a></li> + <li><a name="option.fromlogo"></a><a href="#option.fromlogo">fromlogo</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.fromlogo">199</a></li> + <li><a name="option.frommobilephone"></a><a href="#option.frommobilephone">frommobilephone</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.frommobilephone">195</a></li> + <li><a name="option.fromphone"></a><a href="#option.fromphone">fromphone</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.fromphone">195</a></li> + <li><a name="option.fromrule"></a><a href="#option.fromrule">fromrule</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.fromrule">190</a></li> + <li><a name="option.fromurl"></a><a href="#option.fromurl">fromurl</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.fromurl">195</a></li> <li><a name="option.headheight"></a><a href="#option.headheight">headheight</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:typearea.option.headheight">45</a></li> <li><a name="option.headinclude"></a><a href="#option.headinclude">headinclude</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:typearea.option.headinclude">43</a></li> - <li><a name="option.headings"></a><a href="#option.headings">headings</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.option.headings">97</a></li> + <li><a name="option.headings"></a><a href="#option.headings">headings</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.option.headings">96</a></li> <li><a name="option.headlines"></a><a href="#option.headlines">headlines</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:typearea.option.headlines">45</a></li> - <li><a name="option.headsepline"></a><a href="#option.headsepline">headsepline</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.headsepline">211</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.headsepline">260</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.option.headsepline">81</a></li> - <li><a name="option.headtopline"></a><a href="#option.headtopline">headtopline</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.headtopline">260</a></li> - <li><a name="option.headwidth"></a><a href="#option.headwidth">headwidth</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.headwidth">260</a></li> - <li><a name="option.ilines"></a><a href="#option.ilines">ilines</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.ilines">262</a></li> - <li><a name="option.index"></a><a href="#option.index">index</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.option.index">150</a></li> - <li><a name="option.internalonly"></a><a href="#option.internalonly">internalonly</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.option.internalonly">332</a></li> - <li><a name="option.juratitlepagebreak"></a><a href="#option.juratitlepagebreak">juratitlepagebreak</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.option.juratitlepagebreak">301</a></li> - <li><a name="option.juratocindent"></a><a href="#option.juratocindent">juratocindent</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.option.juratocindent">298</a></li> - <li><a name="option.juratocnumberwidth"></a><a href="#option.juratocnumberwidth">juratocnumberwidth</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.option.juratocnumberwidth">298</a></li> - <li><a name="option.juratotoc"></a><a href="#option.juratotoc">juratotoc</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.option.juratotoc">298</a></li> - <li><a name="option.leqno"></a><a href="#option.leqno">leqno</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.option.leqno">127</a></li> - <li><a name="option.listof"></a><a href="#option.listof">listof</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.option.listof">142</a></li> - <li><a name="option.locfield"></a><a href="#option.locfield">locfield</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.locfield">198</a></li> - <li><a name="option.manualmark"></a><a href="#option.manualmark">manualmark</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.manualmark">254</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.option.manualmark">427</a></li> - <li><a name="option.markcase"></a><a href="#option.markcase">markcase</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.markcase">255</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.option.markcase">428</a></li> + <li><a name="option.headsepline"></a><a href="#option.headsepline">headsepline</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.headsepline">227</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.headsepline">276</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.option.headsepline">80</a></li> + <li><a name="option.headtopline"></a><a href="#option.headtopline">headtopline</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.headtopline">276</a></li> + <li><a name="option.headwidth"></a><a href="#option.headwidth">headwidth</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.headwidth">274</a></li> + <li><a name="option.hmode"></a><a href="#option.hmode">hmode</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.option.hmode">454</a></li> + <li><a name="option.ilines"></a><a href="#option.ilines">ilines</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.ilines">276</a></li> + <li><a name="option.index"></a><a href="#option.index">index</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.option.index">149</a></li> + <li><a name="option.internalonly"></a><a href="#option.internalonly">internalonly</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.option.internalonly">358</a></li> + <li><a name="option.juratitlepagebreak"></a><a href="#option.juratitlepagebreak">juratitlepagebreak</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.option.juratitlepagebreak">314</a></li> + <li><a name="option.juratocindent"></a><a href="#option.juratocindent">juratocindent</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.option.juratocindent">311</a></li> + <li><a name="option.juratocnumberwidth"></a><a href="#option.juratocnumberwidth">juratocnumberwidth</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.option.juratocnumberwidth">311</a></li> + <li><a name="option.juratotoc"></a><a href="#option.juratotoc">juratotoc</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.option.juratotoc">311</a></li> + <li><a name="option.leqno"></a><a href="#option.leqno">leqno</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.option.leqno">126</a></li> + <li><a name="option.listof"></a><a href="#option.listof">listof</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.option.listof">141</a></li> + <li><a name="option.locfield"></a><a href="#option.locfield">locfield</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.locfield">208</a></li> + <li><a name="option.manualmark"></a><a href="#option.manualmark">manualmark</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.manualmark">269</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.option.manualmark">440</a></li> + <li><a name="option.markcase"></a><a href="#option.markcase">markcase</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.markcase">270</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.option.markcase">441</a></li> <li><a name="option.mpinclude"></a><a href="#option.mpinclude">mpinclude</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:typearea.option.mpinclude">44</a></li> - <li><a name="option.numbers"></a><a href="#option.numbers">numbers</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.option.numbers">99</a></li> - <li><a name="option.numericaldate"></a><a href="#option.numericaldate">numericaldate</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.numericaldate">199</a></li> - <li><a name="option.olines"></a><a href="#option.olines">olines</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.olines">262</a></li> - <li><a name="option.onpsbackground"></a><a href="#option.onpsbackground">onpsbackground</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.option.onpsbackground">422</a></li> - <li><a name="option.onpsevenpage"></a><a href="#option.onpsevenpage">onpsevenpage</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.option.onpsevenpage">422</a></li> - <li><a name="option.onpsfloatpage"></a><a href="#option.onpsfloatpage">onpsfloatpage</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.option.onpsfloatpage">422</a></li> - <li><a name="option.onpsforeground"></a><a href="#option.onpsforeground">onpsforeground</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.option.onpsforeground">422</a></li> - <li><a name="option.onpsinit"></a><a href="#option.onpsinit">onpsinit</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.option.onpsinit">422</a></li> - <li><a name="option.onpsnonfloatpage"></a><a href="#option.onpsnonfloatpage">onpsnonfloatpage</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.option.onpsnonfloatpage">422</a></li> - <li><a name="option.onpsoddpage"></a><a href="#option.onpsoddpage">onpsoddpage</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.option.onpsoddpage">422</a></li> - <li><a name="option.onpsoneside"></a><a href="#option.onpsoneside">onpsoneside</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.option.onpsoneside">422</a></li> - <li><a name="option.onpsselect"></a><a href="#option.onpsselect">onpsselect</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.option.onpsselect">422</a></li> - <li><a name="option.onpstwoside"></a><a href="#option.onpstwoside">onpstwoside</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.option.onpstwoside">422</a></li> - <li><a name="option.open"></a><a href="#option.open">open</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.option.open">95</a></li> - <li><a name="option.origlongtable"></a><a href="#option.origlongtable">origlongtable</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.option.origlongtable">142</a></li> - <li><a name="option.overfullrule"></a><a href="#option.overfullrule">overfullrule</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.overfullrule">161</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.option.overfullrule">278</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.option.overfullrule">57</a></li> - <li><a name="option.pagenumber"></a><a href="#option.pagenumber">pagenumber</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.pagenumber">211</a></li> + <li><a name="option.numbers"></a><a href="#option.numbers">numbers</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.option.numbers">98</a></li> + <li><a name="option.numericaldate"></a><a href="#option.numericaldate">numericaldate</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.numericaldate">210</a></li> + <li><a name="option.olines"></a><a href="#option.olines">olines</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.olines">276</a></li> + <li><a name="option.onpsbackground"></a><a href="#option.onpsbackground">onpsbackground</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.option.onpsbackground">435</a></li> + <li><a name="option.onpsevenpage"></a><a href="#option.onpsevenpage">onpsevenpage</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.option.onpsevenpage">435</a></li> + <li><a name="option.onpsfloatpage"></a><a href="#option.onpsfloatpage">onpsfloatpage</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.option.onpsfloatpage">435</a></li> + <li><a name="option.onpsforeground"></a><a href="#option.onpsforeground">onpsforeground</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.option.onpsforeground">435</a></li> + <li><a name="option.onpsinit"></a><a href="#option.onpsinit">onpsinit</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.option.onpsinit">435</a></li> + <li><a name="option.onpsnonfloatpage"></a><a href="#option.onpsnonfloatpage">onpsnonfloatpage</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.option.onpsnonfloatpage">435</a></li> + <li><a name="option.onpsoddpage"></a><a href="#option.onpsoddpage">onpsoddpage</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.option.onpsoddpage">435</a></li> + <li><a name="option.onpsoneside"></a><a href="#option.onpsoneside">onpsoneside</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.option.onpsoneside">435</a></li> + <li><a name="option.onpsselect"></a><a href="#option.onpsselect">onpsselect</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.option.onpsselect">435</a></li> + <li><a name="option.onpstwoside"></a><a href="#option.onpstwoside">onpstwoside</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.option.onpstwoside">435</a></li> + <li><a name="option.open"></a><a href="#option.open">open</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.option.open">94</a></li> + <li><a name="option.origlongtable"></a><a href="#option.origlongtable">origlongtable</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.option.origlongtable">141</a></li> + <li><a name="option.overfullrule"></a><a href="#option.overfullrule">overfullrule</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.overfullrule">154</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.option.overfullrule">292</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.option.overfullrule">57</a></li> + <li><a name="option.pagenumber"></a><a href="#option.pagenumber">pagenumber</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.pagenumber">228</a></li> <li><a name="option.pagesize"></a><a href="#option.pagesize">pagesize</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:typearea.option.pagesize">50</a></li> - <li><a name="option.pagestyleset"></a><a href="#option.pagestyleset">pagestyleset</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.pagestyleset">251</a></li> + <li><a name="option.pagestyleset"></a><a href="#option.pagestyleset">pagestyleset</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.pagestyleset">266</a></li> <li><a name="option.paper"></a><a href="#option.paper">paper</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:typearea.option.paper">48</a></li> - <li><a name="option.parnumber"></a><a href="#option.parnumber">parnumber</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.option.parnumber">302</a></li> - <li><a name="option.parskip"></a><a href="#option.parskip">parskip</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.parskip">209</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.option.parskip">78</a></li> - <li><a name="option.plainfootbotline"></a><a href="#option.plainfootbotline">plainfootbotline</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.plainfootbotline">261</a></li> - <li><a name="option.plainfootsepline"></a><a href="#option.plainfootsepline">plainfootsepline</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.plainfootsepline">261</a></li> - <li><a name="option.plainheadsepline"></a><a href="#option.plainheadsepline">plainheadsepline</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.plainheadsepline">261</a></li> - <li><a name="option.plainheadtopline"></a><a href="#option.plainheadtopline">plainheadtopline</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.plainheadtopline">261</a></li> - <li><a name="option.priority"></a><a href="#option.priority">priority</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.priority">193</a></li> - <li><a name="option.ref"></a><a href="#option.ref">ref</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.option.ref">306</a></li> - <li><a name="option.refline"></a><a href="#option.refline">refline</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.refline">200</a></li> - <li><a name="option.sectionentrydots"></a><a href="#option.sectionentrydots">sectionentrydots</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.option.sectionentrydots">75</a></li> - <li><a name="option.singlespacing"></a><a href="#option.singlespacing">singlespacing</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.option.singlespacing">422</a></li> - <li><a name="option.subject"></a><a href="#option.subject">subject</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.subject">204</a></li> - <li><a name="option.symbolicnames"></a><a href="#option.symbolicnames">symbolicnames</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.symbolicnames">187</a></li> - <li><a name="option.titlepage"></a><a href="#option.titlepage">titlepage</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.option.titlepage">282</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.option.titlepage">65</a></li> - <li><a name="option.toc"></a><a href="#option.toc">toc</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.option.toc">73</a></li> + <li><a name="option.parnumber"></a><a href="#option.parnumber">parnumber</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.option.parnumber">315</a></li> + <li><a name="option.parskip"></a><a href="#option.parskip">parskip</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.parskip">225</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.option.parskip">77</a></li> + <li><a name="option.plainfootbotline"></a><a href="#option.plainfootbotline">plainfootbotline</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.plainfootbotline">276</a></li> + <li><a name="option.plainfootsepline"></a><a href="#option.plainfootsepline">plainfootsepline</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.plainfootsepline">276</a></li> + <li><a name="option.plainheadsepline"></a><a href="#option.plainheadsepline">plainheadsepline</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.plainheadsepline">276</a></li> + <li><a name="option.plainheadtopline"></a><a href="#option.plainheadtopline">plainheadtopline</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.plainheadtopline">276</a></li> + <li><a name="option.priority"></a><a href="#option.priority">priority</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.priority">202</a></li> + <li><a name="option.ref"></a><a href="#option.ref">ref</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.option.ref">319</a></li> + <li><a name="option.refline"></a><a href="#option.refline">refline</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.refline">211</a></li> + <li><a name="option.sectionentrydots"></a><a href="#option.sectionentrydots">sectionentrydots</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.option.sectionentrydots">74</a></li> + <li><a name="option.singlespacing"></a><a href="#option.singlespacing">singlespacing</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.option.singlespacing">435</a></li> + <li><a name="option.subject"></a><a href="#option.subject">subject</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.subject">216</a></li> + <li><a name="option.symbolicnames"></a><a href="#option.symbolicnames">symbolicnames</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.symbolicnames">195</a></li> + <li><a name="option.titlepage"></a><a href="#option.titlepage">titlepage</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.option.titlepage">295</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.option.titlepage">64</a></li> + <li><a name="option.toc"></a><a href="#option.toc">toc</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.option.toc">72</a></li> <li><a name="option.twocolumn"></a><a href="#option.twocolumn">twocolumn</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:typearea.option.twocolumn">42</a></li> <li><a name="option.twoside"></a><a href="#option.twoside">twoside</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:typearea.option.twoside">41</a></li> - <li><a name="option.usegeometry"></a><a href="#option.usegeometry">usegeometry</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:typearea-experts.option.usegeometry">458</a></li> - <li><a name="option.version"></a><a href="#option.version">version</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.version">160</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.option.version">277</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:typearea.option.version">33</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.option.version">56</a></li> + <li><a name="option.usegeometry"></a><a href="#option.usegeometry">usegeometry</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:typearea-experts.option.usegeometry">469</a></li> + <li><a name="option.version"></a><a href="#option.version">version</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.option.version">153</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.option.version">291</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:typearea.option.version">33</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.option.version">56</a></li> </ul> <h2><a name="macro">Commands</a></h2> <ul> - <li><a name="cmd.@fontsizefilebase"></a><a href="#cmd.@fontsizefilebase">\@fontsizefilebase</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.@fontsizefilebase">465</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.@mkboth"></a><a href="#cmd.@mkboth">\@mkboth</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.@mkboth">432</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.@mkboth">438</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.@mkdouble"></a><a href="#cmd.@mkdouble">\@mkdouble</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.@mkdouble">432</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.@mkdouble">438</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.@mkleft"></a><a href="#cmd.@mkleft">\@mkleft</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.@mkleft">432</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.@mkleft">438</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.@mkright"></a><a href="#cmd.@mkright">\@mkright</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.@mkright">432</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.@mkright">438</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.@openbib@code"></a><a href="#cmd.@openbib@code">\@openbib@code</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.@openbib@code">489</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.AddLayersAtBeginOfPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.AddLayersAtBeginOfPageStyle">\AddLayersAtBeginOfPageStyle</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.AddLayersAtBeginOfPageStyle">423</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.AddLayersAtEndOfPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.AddLayersAtEndOfPageStyle">\AddLayersAtEndOfPageStyle</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.AddLayersAtEndOfPageStyle">423</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.AddLayersToPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.AddLayersToPageStyle">\AddLayersToPageStyle</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.AddLayersToPageStyle">423</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleAfterLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleAfterLayer">\AddLayersToPageStyleAfterLayer</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleAfterLayer">424</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleBeforeLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleBeforeLayer">\AddLayersToPageStyleBeforeLayer</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleBeforeLayer">424</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.AddToLayerPageStyleOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.AddToLayerPageStyleOptions">\AddToLayerPageStyleOptions</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.AddToLayerPageStyleOptions">424</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.Address"></a><a href="#cmd.Address">\Address</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scraddr.cmd.Address">271</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.AddtoDoHook"></a><a href="#cmd.AddtoDoHook">\AddtoDoHook</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.AddtoDoHook">344</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.AddtoOneTimeDoHook"></a><a href="#cmd.AddtoOneTimeDoHook">\AddtoOneTimeDoHook</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.AddtoOneTimeDoHook">344</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.AfterAtEndOfClass"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterAtEndOfClass">\AfterAtEndOfClass</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.AfterAtEndOfClass">349</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.AfterAtEndOfPackage"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterAtEndOfPackage">\AfterAtEndOfPackage</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.AfterAtEndOfPackage">349</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.AfterBibliographyPreamble"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterBibliographyPreamble">\AfterBibliographyPreamble</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.AfterBibliographyPreamble">149</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.AfterCalculatingTypearea*"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterCalculatingTypearea*">\AfterCalculatingTypearea*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:typearea-experts.cmd.AfterCalculatingTypearea*">460</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.AfterCalculatingTypearea"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterCalculatingTypearea">\AfterCalculatingTypearea</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:typearea-experts.cmd.AfterCalculatingTypearea">460</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.AfterClass!"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterClass!">\AfterClass!</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.AfterClass!">349</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.AfterClass*"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterClass*">\AfterClass*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.AfterClass*">349</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.AfterClass+"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterClass+">\AfterClass+</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.AfterClass+">349</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.AfterClass"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterClass">\AfterClass</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.AfterClass">349</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.AfterFile"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterFile">\AfterFile</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.AfterFile">348</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.AfterPackage!"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterPackage!">\AfterPackage!</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.AfterPackage!">349</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.AfterPackage*"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterPackage*">\AfterPackage*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.AfterPackage*">349</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.AfterPackage+"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterPackage+">\AfterPackage+</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.AfterPackage+">349</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.AfterPackage"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterPackage">\AfterPackage</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.AfterPackage">349</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.AfterReadingMainAux"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterReadingMainAux">\AfterReadingMainAux</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.AfterReadingMainAux">351</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.AfterRestoreareas*"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterRestoreareas*">\AfterRestoreareas*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:typearea-experts.cmd.AfterRestoreareas*">459</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.AfterRestoreareas"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterRestoreareas">\AfterRestoreareas</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:typearea-experts.cmd.AfterRestoreareas">459</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.AfterSelectAnyPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterSelectAnyPageStyle">\AfterSelectAnyPageStyle</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.AfterSelectAnyPageStyle">418</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.AfterSettingArea*"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterSettingArea*">\AfterSettingArea*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:typearea-experts.cmd.AfterSettingArea*">460</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.AfterSettingArea"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterSettingArea">\AfterSettingArea</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:typearea-experts.cmd.AfterSettingArea">460</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.AfterStartingTOC"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterStartingTOC">\AfterStartingTOC</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.AfterStartingTOC">369</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.AfterTOCHead"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterTOCHead">\AfterTOCHead</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.AfterTOCHead">370</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.At@startsection"></a><a href="#cmd.At@startsection">\At@startsection</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.At@startsection">487</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.AtAddToTocList"></a><a href="#cmd.AtAddToTocList">\AtAddToTocList</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.AtAddToTocList">364</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.AtBeginLetter"></a><a href="#cmd.AtBeginLetter">\AtBeginLetter</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.AtBeginLetter">164</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.AtEndBibliography"></a><a href="#cmd.AtEndBibliography">\AtEndBibliography</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.AtEndBibliography">149</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.AtEndLetter"></a><a href="#cmd.AtEndLetter">\AtEndLetter</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.AtEndLetter">164</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.AtEndOfFamilyOptions*"></a><a href="#cmd.AtEndOfFamilyOptions*">\AtEndOfFamilyOptions*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.AtEndOfFamilyOptions*">325</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.AtEndOfFamilyOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.AtEndOfFamilyOptions">\AtEndOfFamilyOptions</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.AtEndOfFamilyOptions">325</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.Before@sect"></a><a href="#cmd.Before@sect">\Before@sect</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.Before@sect">487</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.Before@ssect"></a><a href="#cmd.Before@ssect">\Before@ssect</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.Before@ssect">487</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.BeforeClass"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeClass">\BeforeClass</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.BeforeClass">348</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.BeforeClosingMainAux"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeClosingMainAux">\BeforeClosingMainAux</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.BeforeClosingMainAux">351</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.BeforeFamilyProcessOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeFamilyProcessOptions">\BeforeFamilyProcessOptions</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.BeforeFamilyProcessOptions">322</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.BeforeFile"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeFile">\BeforeFile</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.BeforeFile">348</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.BeforePackage"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforePackage">\BeforePackage</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.BeforePackage">348</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.BeforeRestoreareas*"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeRestoreareas*">\BeforeRestoreareas*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:typearea-experts.cmd.BeforeRestoreareas*">459</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.BeforeRestoreareas"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeRestoreareas">\BeforeRestoreareas</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:typearea-experts.cmd.BeforeRestoreareas">459</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.BeforeSelectAnyPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeSelectAnyPageStyle">\BeforeSelectAnyPageStyle</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.BeforeSelectAnyPageStyle">418</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.BeforeStartingTOC"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeStartingTOC">\BeforeStartingTOC</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.BeforeStartingTOC">369</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.BeforeTOCHead"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeTOCHead">\BeforeTOCHead</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.BeforeTOCHead">370</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.BreakBibliography"></a><a href="#cmd.BreakBibliography">\BreakBibliography</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.BreakBibliography">149</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.CenturyPart"></a><a href="#cmd.CenturyPart">\CenturyPart</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrdate.cmd.CenturyPart">263</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.Clause"></a><a href="#cmd.Clause">\Clause</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.Clause">299</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.Clauseformat"></a><a href="#cmd.Clauseformat">\Clauseformat</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.Clauseformat">301</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.CloneTOCEntryStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.CloneTOCEntryStyle">\CloneTOCEntryStyle</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.CloneTOCEntryStyle">386</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.Comment"></a><a href="#cmd.Comment">\Comment</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scraddr.cmd.Comment">271</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.DayName"></a><a href="#cmd.DayName">\DayName</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrdate.cmd.DayName">264</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.DayNameByNumber"></a><a href="#cmd.DayNameByNumber">\DayNameByNumber</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrdate.cmd.DayNameByNumber">264</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.DayNumber"></a><a href="#cmd.DayNumber">\DayNumber</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrdate.cmd.DayNumber">263</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.DecadePart"></a><a href="#cmd.DecadePart">\DecadePart</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrdate.cmd.DecadePart">263</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.DeclareLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareLayer">\DeclareLayer</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.DeclareLayer">407</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewJuraEnvironment"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewJuraEnvironment">\DeclareNewJuraEnvironment</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.DeclareNewJuraEnvironment">306</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewLayer">\DeclareNewLayer</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.DeclareNewLayer">407</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewNoteColumn"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewNoteColumn">\DeclareNewNoteColumn</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.DeclareNewNoteColumn">448</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleAlias"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleAlias">\DeclareNewPageStyleAlias</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleAlias">418</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleByLayers"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleByLayers">\DeclareNewPageStyleByLayers</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleByLayers">419</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewSectionCommand"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewSectionCommand">\DeclareNewSectionCommand</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.DeclareNewSectionCommand">468</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewSectionCommands"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewSectionCommands">\DeclareNewSectionCommands</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.DeclareNewSectionCommands">478</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewTOC"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewTOC">\DeclareNewTOC</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.DeclareNewTOC">392</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.DeclareNoteColumn"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNoteColumn">\DeclareNoteColumn</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.DeclareNoteColumn">448</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.DeclarePageStyleAlias"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclarePageStyleAlias">\DeclarePageStyleAlias</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.DeclarePageStyleAlias">418</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.DeclarePageStyleByLayers"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclarePageStyleByLayers">\DeclarePageStyleByLayers</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.DeclarePageStyleByLayers">419</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.DeclareSectionCommand"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareSectionCommand">\DeclareSectionCommand</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.DeclareSectionCommand">468</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.DeclareSectionCommands"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareSectionCommands">\DeclareSectionCommands</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.DeclareSectionCommands">478</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.DeclareSectionNumberDepth"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareSectionNumberDepth">\DeclareSectionNumberDepth</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.DeclareSectionNumberDepth">405</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.DeclareTOCEntryStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareTOCEntryStyle">\DeclareTOCEntryStyle</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.DeclareTOCEntryStyle">384</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.DeclareTOCStyleEntries"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareTOCStyleEntries">\DeclareTOCStyleEntries</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.DeclareTOCStyleEntries">374</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.DeclareTOCStyleEntry"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareTOCStyleEntry">\DeclareTOCStyleEntry</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.DeclareTOCStyleEntry">374</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.DefineFamily"></a><a href="#cmd.DefineFamily">\DefineFamily</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.DefineFamily">318</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.DefineFamilyKey"></a><a href="#cmd.DefineFamilyKey">\DefineFamilyKey</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.DefineFamilyKey">319</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.DefineFamilyMember"></a><a href="#cmd.DefineFamilyMember">\DefineFamilyMember</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.DefineFamilyMember">318</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.DefineTOCEntryBooleanOption"></a><a href="#cmd.DefineTOCEntryBooleanOption">\DefineTOCEntryBooleanOption</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.DefineTOCEntryBooleanOption">384</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.DefineTOCEntryCommandOption"></a><a href="#cmd.DefineTOCEntryCommandOption">\DefineTOCEntryCommandOption</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.DefineTOCEntryCommandOption">384</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.DefineTOCEntryIfOption"></a><a href="#cmd.DefineTOCEntryIfOption">\DefineTOCEntryIfOption</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.DefineTOCEntryIfOption">384</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.DefineTOCEntryLengthOption"></a><a href="#cmd.DefineTOCEntryLengthOption">\DefineTOCEntryLengthOption</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.DefineTOCEntryLengthOption">384</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.DefineTOCEntryNumberOption"></a><a href="#cmd.DefineTOCEntryNumberOption">\DefineTOCEntryNumberOption</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.DefineTOCEntryNumberOption">384</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.DefineTOCEntryOption"></a><a href="#cmd.DefineTOCEntryOption">\DefineTOCEntryOption</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.DefineTOCEntryOption">384</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.DestroyLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.DestroyLayer">\DestroyLayer</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.DestroyLayer">416</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.DestroyPageStyleAlias"></a><a href="#cmd.DestroyPageStyleAlias">\DestroyPageStyleAlias</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.DestroyPageStyleAlias">419</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.DestroyRealLayerPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.DestroyRealLayerPageStyle">\DestroyRealLayerPageStyle</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.DestroyRealLayerPageStyle">425</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ExecuteDoHook"></a><a href="#cmd.ExecuteDoHook">\ExecuteDoHook</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.ExecuteDoHook">343</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.FamilyBoolKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyBoolKey">\FamilyBoolKey</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyBoolKey">325</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.FamilyCSKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyCSKey">\FamilyCSKey</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyCSKey">329</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.FamilyCounterKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyCounterKey">\FamilyCounterKey</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyCounterKey">328</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.FamilyCounterMacroKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyCounterMacroKey">\FamilyCounterMacroKey</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyCounterMacroKey">329</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.FamilyElseValues"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyElseValues">\FamilyElseValues</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyElseValues">331</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.FamilyExecuteOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyExecuteOptions">\FamilyExecuteOptions</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyExecuteOptions">322</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.FamilyInverseBoolKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyInverseBoolKey">\FamilyInverseBoolKey</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyInverseBoolKey">327</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.FamilyKeyState"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyKeyState">\FamilyKeyState</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyKeyState">319</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.FamilyKeyStateNeedValue"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyKeyStateNeedValue">\FamilyKeyStateNeedValue</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyKeyStateNeedValue">319</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.FamilyKeyStateProcessed"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyKeyStateProcessed">\FamilyKeyStateProcessed</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyKeyStateProcessed">319</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknown"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknown">\FamilyKeyStateUnknown</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknown">319</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue">\FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue">319</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.FamilyLengthKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyLengthKey">\FamilyLengthKey</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyLengthKey">329</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.FamilyLengthMacroKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyLengthMacroKey">\FamilyLengthMacroKey</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyLengthMacroKey">329</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.FamilyNumericalKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyNumericalKey">\FamilyNumericalKey</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyNumericalKey">327</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.FamilyOption"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyOption">\FamilyOption</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyOption">324</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.FamilyOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyOptions">\FamilyOptions</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyOptions">323</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.FamilyProcessOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyProcessOptions">\FamilyProcessOptions</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyProcessOptions">321</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.FamilySetBool"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetBool">\FamilySetBool</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilySetBool">325</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.FamilySetCounter"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetCounter">\FamilySetCounter</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilySetCounter">328</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.FamilySetCounterMacro"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetCounterMacro">\FamilySetCounterMacro</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilySetCounterMacro">329</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.FamilySetInverseBool"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetInverseBool">\FamilySetInverseBool</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilySetInverseBool">327</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.FamilySetLength"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetLength">\FamilySetLength</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilySetLength">329</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.FamilySetLengthMacro"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetLengthMacro">\FamilySetLengthMacro</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilySetLengthMacro">329</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.FamilySetNumerical"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetNumerical">\FamilySetNumerical</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilySetNumerical">327</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.FamilySetUseLengthMacro"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetUseLengthMacro">\FamilySetUseLengthMacro</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilySetUseLengthMacro">329</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.FamilyStringKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyStringKey">\FamilyStringKey</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyStringKey">329</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.FamilyUnknownKeyValue"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyUnknownKeyValue">\FamilyUnknownKeyValue</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyUnknownKeyValue">330</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.FamilyUseLengthMacroKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyUseLengthMacroKey">\FamilyUseLengthMacroKey</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyUseLengthMacroKey">329</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.FirstName"></a><a href="#cmd.FirstName">\FirstName</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scraddr.cmd.FirstName">271</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ForDoHook"></a><a href="#cmd.ForDoHook">\ForDoHook</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.ForDoHook">345</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ForEachLayerOfPageStyle*"></a><a href="#cmd.ForEachLayerOfPageStyle*">\ForEachLayerOfPageStyle*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.ForEachLayerOfPageStyle*">423</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ForEachLayerOfPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.ForEachLayerOfPageStyle">\ForEachLayerOfPageStyle</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.ForEachLayerOfPageStyle">423</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.FreeI"></a><a href="#cmd.FreeI">\FreeI</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scraddr.cmd.FreeI">271</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.FreeII"></a><a href="#cmd.FreeII">\FreeII</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scraddr.cmd.FreeII">271</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.FreeIII"></a><a href="#cmd.FreeIII">\FreeIII</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scraddr.cmd.FreeIII">271</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.FreeIV"></a><a href="#cmd.FreeIV">\FreeIV</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scraddr.cmd.FreeIV">271</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.GenericMarkFormat"></a><a href="#cmd.GenericMarkFormat">\GenericMarkFormat</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.GenericMarkFormat">431</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.GenericMarkFormat">435</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.GetLayerContents"></a><a href="#cmd.GetLayerContents">\GetLayerContents</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.GetLayerContents">416</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.GetRealPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.GetRealPageStyle">\GetRealPageStyle</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.GetRealPageStyle">419</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ISODayName"></a><a href="#cmd.ISODayName">\ISODayName</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrdate.cmd.ISODayName">264</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ISODayNumber"></a><a href="#cmd.ISODayNumber">\ISODayNumber</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrdate.cmd.ISODayNumber">263</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ISOToday"></a><a href="#cmd.ISOToday">\ISOToday</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrdate.cmd.ISOToday">265</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.IfActiveMkBoth"></a><a href="#cmd.IfActiveMkBoth">\IfActiveMkBoth</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.IfActiveMkBoth">336</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.IfChapterUsesPrefixLine"></a><a href="#cmd.IfChapterUsesPrefixLine">\IfChapterUsesPrefixLine</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.IfChapterUsesPrefixLine">96</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.IfExistskomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.IfExistskomafont">\IfExistskomafont</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.IfExistskomafont">466</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.IfIsAliaskomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.IfIsAliaskomafont">\IfIsAliaskomafont</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.IfIsAliaskomafont">466</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.IfLayerAtPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.IfLayerAtPageStyle">\IfLayerAtPageStyle</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.IfLayerAtPageStyle">425</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.IfLayerExists"></a><a href="#cmd.IfLayerExists">\IfLayerExists</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.IfLayerExists">416</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.IfLayerPageStyleExists"></a><a href="#cmd.IfLayerPageStyleExists">\IfLayerPageStyleExists</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.IfLayerPageStyleExists">425</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.IfLayersAtPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.IfLayersAtPageStyle">\IfLayersAtPageStyle</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.IfLayersAtPageStyle">425</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.IfRealLayerPageStyleExists"></a><a href="#cmd.IfRealLayerPageStyleExists">\IfRealLayerPageStyleExists</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.IfRealLayerPageStyleExists">425</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.IfSectionCommandStyleIs"></a><a href="#cmd.IfSectionCommandStyleIs">\IfSectionCommandStyleIs</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.IfSectionCommandStyleIs">479</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.IfSomeLayerAtPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.IfSomeLayerAtPageStyle">\IfSomeLayerAtPageStyle</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.IfSomeLayerAtPageStyle">425</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.IfUseNumber"></a><a href="#cmd.IfUseNumber">\IfUseNumber</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.IfUseNumber">486</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.IfUsePrefixLine"></a><a href="#cmd.IfUsePrefixLine">\IfUsePrefixLine</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.IfUsePrefixLine">109</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.Ifplength"></a><a href="#cmd.Ifplength">\Ifplength</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.Ifplength">496</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.InputAddressFile"></a><a href="#cmd.InputAddressFile">\InputAddressFile</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scraddr.cmd.InputAddressFile">270</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.IsoToday"></a><a href="#cmd.IsoToday">\IsoToday</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrdate.cmd.IsoToday">265</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.KOMAScript"></a><a href="#cmd.KOMAScript">\KOMAScript</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.KOMAScript">341</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.KOMAScriptVersion"></a><a href="#cmd.KOMAScriptVersion">\KOMAScriptVersion</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.KOMAScriptVersion">341</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.KOMAoption"></a><a href="#cmd.KOMAoption">\KOMAoption</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.KOMAoption">159</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.KOMAoption">238</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.KOMAoption">276</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.KOMAoption">296</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:typearea.cmd.KOMAoption">33</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrhack.cmd.KOMAoption">399</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.KOMAoption">404</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.KOMAoption">445</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.KOMAoption">55</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.KOMAoptions"></a><a href="#cmd.KOMAoptions">\KOMAoptions</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.KOMAoptions">159</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.KOMAoptions">238</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.KOMAoptions">276</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.KOMAoptions">296</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:typearea.cmd.KOMAoptions">33</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrhack.cmd.KOMAoptions">399</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.KOMAoptions">404</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.KOMAoptions">445</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.KOMAoptions">55</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.LastName"></a><a href="#cmd.LastName">\LastName</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scraddr.cmd.LastName">271</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.LastTOCLevelWasHigher"></a><a href="#cmd.LastTOCLevelWasHigher">\LastTOCLevelWasHigher</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.LastTOCLevelWasHigher">387</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.LastTOCLevelWasLower"></a><a href="#cmd.LastTOCLevelWasLower">\LastTOCLevelWasLower</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.LastTOCLevelWasLower">387</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.LastTOCLevelWasSame"></a><a href="#cmd.LastTOCLevelWasSame">\LastTOCLevelWasSame</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.LastTOCLevelWasSame">387</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.LenToUnit"></a><a href="#cmd.LenToUnit">\LenToUnit</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.LenToUnit">415</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.LoadLetterOption"></a><a href="#cmd.LoadLetterOption">\LoadLetterOption</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.LoadLetterOption">227</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.LoadLetterOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.LoadLetterOptions">\LoadLetterOptions</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.LoadLetterOptions">227</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.MakeMarkcase"></a><a href="#cmd.MakeMarkcase">\MakeMarkcase</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.MakeMarkcase">255</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.MakeMarkcase">370</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.MakeMarkcase">428</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ModifyLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.ModifyLayer">\ModifyLayer</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.ModifyLayer">407</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions">\ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions">424</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ModifyLayers"></a><a href="#cmd.ModifyLayers">\ModifyLayers</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.ModifyLayers">414</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.Name"></a><a href="#cmd.Name">\Name</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scraddr.cmd.Name">271</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading*"></a><a href="#cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading*">\PreventPackageFromLoading*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading*">355</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading"></a><a href="#cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading">\PreventPackageFromLoading</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading">355</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ProvideLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.ProvideLayer">\ProvideLayer</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.ProvideLayer">407</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ProvideNoteColumn"></a><a href="#cmd.ProvideNoteColumn">\ProvideNoteColumn</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.ProvideNoteColumn">448</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ProvidePageStyleAlias"></a><a href="#cmd.ProvidePageStyleAlias">\ProvidePageStyleAlias</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.ProvidePageStyleAlias">418</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ProvidePageStyleByLayers"></a><a href="#cmd.ProvidePageStyleByLayers">\ProvidePageStyleByLayers</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.ProvidePageStyleByLayers">419</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ProvideSectionCommand"></a><a href="#cmd.ProvideSectionCommand">\ProvideSectionCommand</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.ProvideSectionCommand">468</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ProvideSectionCommands"></a><a href="#cmd.ProvideSectionCommands">\ProvideSectionCommands</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.ProvideSectionCommands">478</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.RedeclareLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.RedeclareLayer">\RedeclareLayer</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.RedeclareLayer">407</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.RedeclareNoteColumn"></a><a href="#cmd.RedeclareNoteColumn">\RedeclareNoteColumn</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.RedeclareNoteColumn">448</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.RedeclarePageStyleAlias"></a><a href="#cmd.RedeclarePageStyleAlias">\RedeclarePageStyleAlias</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.RedeclarePageStyleAlias">418</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.RedeclarePageStyleByLayers"></a><a href="#cmd.RedeclarePageStyleByLayers">\RedeclarePageStyleByLayers</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.RedeclarePageStyleByLayers">419</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.RedeclareSectionCommand"></a><a href="#cmd.RedeclareSectionCommand">\RedeclareSectionCommand</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.RedeclareSectionCommand">468</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.RedeclareSectionCommands"></a><a href="#cmd.RedeclareSectionCommands">\RedeclareSectionCommands</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.RedeclareSectionCommands">478</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.RelaxFamilyKey"></a><a href="#cmd.RelaxFamilyKey">\RelaxFamilyKey</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.RelaxFamilyKey">321</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.RemoveLayersFromPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.RemoveLayersFromPageStyle">\RemoveLayersFromPageStyle</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.RemoveLayersFromPageStyle">423</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ReplaceClass"></a><a href="#cmd.ReplaceClass">\ReplaceClass</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.ReplaceClass">353</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ReplaceInput"></a><a href="#cmd.ReplaceInput">\ReplaceInput</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.ReplaceInput">352</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ReplacePackage"></a><a href="#cmd.ReplacePackage">\ReplacePackage</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.ReplacePackage">353</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ResetPreventPackageFromLoading"></a><a href="#cmd.ResetPreventPackageFromLoading">\ResetPreventPackageFromLoading</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.ResetPreventPackageFromLoading">356</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.SecDef"></a><a href="#cmd.SecDef">\SecDef</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.SecDef">486</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.Sentence"></a><a href="#cmd.Sentence">\Sentence</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.Sentence">304</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.SplitDoHook"></a><a href="#cmd.SplitDoHook">\SplitDoHook</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.SplitDoHook">345</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.StorePreventPackageFromLoading"></a><a href="#cmd.StorePreventPackageFromLoading">\StorePreventPackageFromLoading</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.StorePreventPackageFromLoading">356</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.SubClause"></a><a href="#cmd.SubClause">\SubClause</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.SubClause">299</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.TOCEntryStyleInitCode"></a><a href="#cmd.TOCEntryStyleInitCode">\TOCEntryStyleInitCode</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.TOCEntryStyleInitCode">386</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.TOCEntryStyleStartInitCode"></a><a href="#cmd.TOCEntryStyleStartInitCode">\TOCEntryStyleStartInitCode</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.TOCEntryStyleStartInitCode">386</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.TOCLineLeaderFill"></a><a href="#cmd.TOCLineLeaderFill">\TOCLineLeaderFill</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.TOCLineLeaderFill">387</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.TOCclone"></a><a href="#cmd.TOCclone">\TOCclone</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrwfile.cmd.TOCclone">359</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.Telephone"></a><a href="#cmd.Telephone">\Telephone</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scraddr.cmd.Telephone">271</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading*"></a><a href="#cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading*">\UnPreventPackageFromLoading*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading*">357</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading"></a><a href="#cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading">\UnPreventPackageFromLoading</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading">357</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.UnReplaceClass"></a><a href="#cmd.UnReplaceClass">\UnReplaceClass</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.UnReplaceClass">355</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.UnReplaceInput"></a><a href="#cmd.UnReplaceInput">\UnReplaceInput</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.UnReplaceInput">355</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.UnReplacePackage"></a><a href="#cmd.UnReplacePackage">\UnReplacePackage</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.UnReplacePackage">355</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.UnifyLayersAtPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.UnifyLayersAtPageStyle">\UnifyLayersAtPageStyle</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.UnifyLayersAtPageStyle">424</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.XdivY"></a><a href="#cmd.XdivY">\XdivY</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.XdivY">342</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.XmodY"></a><a href="#cmd.XmodY">\XmodY</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.XmodY">342</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.activateareas"></a><a href="#cmd.activateareas">\activateareas</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:typearea-experts.cmd.activateareas">459</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.addchap*"></a><a href="#cmd.addchap*">\addchap*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.addchap*">106</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.addchap"></a><a href="#cmd.addchap">\addchap</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.addchap">106</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.addchapmark"></a><a href="#cmd.addchapmark">\addchapmark</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.addchapmark">112</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.addchaptertocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addchaptertocentry">\addchaptertocentry</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.addchaptertocentry">464</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.addcontentslinetoeachtocfile"></a><a href="#cmd.addcontentslinetoeachtocfile">\addcontentslinetoeachtocfile</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.addcontentslinetoeachtocfile">367</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.addparagraphtocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addparagraphtocentry">\addparagraphtocentry</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.addparagraphtocentry">464</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.addpart*"></a><a href="#cmd.addpart*">\addpart*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.addpart*">106</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.addpart"></a><a href="#cmd.addpart">\addpart</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.addpart">106</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.addparttocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addparttocentry">\addparttocentry</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.addparttocentry">464</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.addrchar"></a><a href="#cmd.addrchar">\addrchar</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.addrchar">235</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scraddr.cmd.addrchar">270</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.addrentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addrentry">\addrentry</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.addrentry">233</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scraddr.cmd.addrentry">270</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.addsec*"></a><a href="#cmd.addsec*">\addsec*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.addsec*">106</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.addsec"></a><a href="#cmd.addsec">\addsec</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.addsec">106</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.addsecmark"></a><a href="#cmd.addsecmark">\addsecmark</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.addsecmark">112</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.addsectiontocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addsectiontocentry">\addsectiontocentry</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.addsectiontocentry">464</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.addsubparagraphtocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addsubparagraphtocentry">\addsubparagraphtocentry</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.addsubparagraphtocentry">464</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.addsubsectiontocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addsubsectiontocentry">\addsubsectiontocentry</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.addsubsectiontocentry">464</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.addsubsubsectiontocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addsubsubsectiontocentry">\addsubsubsectiontocentry</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.addsubsubsectiontocentry">464</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.addtocentrydefault"></a><a href="#cmd.addtocentrydefault">\addtocentrydefault</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.addtocentrydefault">463</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.addtoeachtocfile"></a><a href="#cmd.addtoeachtocfile">\addtoeachtocfile</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.addtoeachtocfile">366</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.addtokomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.addtokomafont">\addtokomafont</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.addtokomafont">175</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.addtokomafont">240</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.addtokomafont">280</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.addtokomafont">296</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.addtokomafont">446</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.addtokomafont">60</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.addtokomafontgobblelist"></a><a href="#cmd.addtokomafontgobblelist">\addtokomafontgobblelist</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.addtokomafontgobblelist">465</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.addtokomafontonearglist"></a><a href="#cmd.addtokomafontonearglist">\addtokomafontonearglist</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.addtokomafontonearglist">465</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.addtokomafontrelaxlist"></a><a href="#cmd.addtokomafontrelaxlist">\addtokomafontrelaxlist</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.addtokomafontrelaxlist">465</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.addtolengthplength"></a><a href="#cmd.addtolengthplength">\addtolengthplength</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.addtolengthplength">158</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.addtoplength"></a><a href="#cmd.addtoplength">\addtoplength</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.addtoplength">496</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.addtoreffields"></a><a href="#cmd.addtoreffields">\addtoreffields</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.addtoreffields">507</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.addtotoclist"></a><a href="#cmd.addtotoclist">\addtotoclist</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.addtotoclist">363</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.addxcontentsline"></a><a href="#cmd.addxcontentsline">\addxcontentsline</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.addxcontentsline">367</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.addxcontentslinetoeachtocfile"></a><a href="#cmd.addxcontentslinetoeachtocfile">\addxcontentslinetoeachtocfile</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.addxcontentslinetoeachtocfile">367</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.adrchar"></a><a href="#cmd.adrchar">\adrchar</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.adrchar">235</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scraddr.cmd.adrchar">270</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.adrentry"></a><a href="#cmd.adrentry">\adrentry</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.adrentry">232</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scraddr.cmd.adrentry">270</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.aliaskomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.aliaskomafont">\aliaskomafont</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.aliaskomafont">465</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.and"></a><a href="#cmd.and">\and</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.and">284</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.and">68</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.appendix"></a><a href="#cmd.appendix">\appendix</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.appendix">147</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.appendixmore"></a><a href="#cmd.appendixmore">\appendixmore</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.appendixmore">487</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.areaset"></a><a href="#cmd.areaset">\areaset</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:typearea-experts.cmd.areaset">459</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:typearea.cmd.areaset">47</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.author"></a><a href="#cmd.author">\author</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.author">284</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.author">68</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.autodot"></a><a href="#cmd.autodot">\autodot</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.autodot">109</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.automark*"></a><a href="#cmd.automark*">\automark*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.automark*">252</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.automark*">427</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.automark"></a><a href="#cmd.automark">\automark</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.automark">252</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.automark">427</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.backmatter"></a><a href="#cmd.backmatter">\backmatter</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.backmatter">94</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.bankname"></a><a href="#cmd.bankname">\bankname</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.bankname">514</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.bib@beginhook"></a><a href="#cmd.bib@beginhook">\bib@beginhook</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.bib@beginhook">489</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.bib@endhook"></a><a href="#cmd.bib@endhook">\bib@endhook</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.bib@endhook">489</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.caption"></a><a href="#cmd.caption">\caption</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.caption">130</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.captionabove"></a><a href="#cmd.captionabove">\captionabove</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.captionabove">130</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.captionaboveof"></a><a href="#cmd.captionaboveof">\captionaboveof</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.captionaboveof">132</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.captionbelow"></a><a href="#cmd.captionbelow">\captionbelow</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.captionbelow">130</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.captionbelowof"></a><a href="#cmd.captionbelowof">\captionbelowof</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.captionbelowof">132</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.captionformat"></a><a href="#cmd.captionformat">\captionformat</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.captionformat">137</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.captionof"></a><a href="#cmd.captionof">\captionof</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.captionof">132</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.captionsUKenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsUKenglish">\captionsUKenglish</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsUKenglish">515</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.captionsUSenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsUSenglish">\captionsUSenglish</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsUSenglish">515</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.captionsacadian"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsacadian">\captionsacadian</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsacadian">515</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.captionsamerican"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsamerican">\captionsamerican</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsamerican">515</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.captionsaustralien"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsaustralien">\captionsaustralien</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsaustralien">515</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.captionsaustrian"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsaustrian">\captionsaustrian</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsaustrian">515</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.captionsbritish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsbritish">\captionsbritish</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsbritish">515</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.captionscanadian"></a><a href="#cmd.captionscanadian">\captionscanadian</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionscanadian">515</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.captionscanadien"></a><a href="#cmd.captionscanadien">\captionscanadien</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionscanadien">515</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.captionscroatian"></a><a href="#cmd.captionscroatian">\captionscroatian</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionscroatian">515</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.captionsczech"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsczech">\captionsczech</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsczech">515</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.captionsdutch"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsdutch">\captionsdutch</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsdutch">515</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.captionsenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsenglish">\captionsenglish</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsenglish">515</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.captionsfinnish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsfinnish">\captionsfinnish</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsfinnish">515</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.captionsfrancais"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsfrancais">\captionsfrancais</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsfrancais">515</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.captionsfrench"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsfrench">\captionsfrench</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsfrench">515</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.captionsgerman"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsgerman">\captionsgerman</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsgerman">515</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.captionsitalian"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsitalian">\captionsitalian</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsitalian">515</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.captionsnaustrian"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsnaustrian">\captionsnaustrian</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsnaustrian">515</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.captionsnewzealand"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsnewzealand">\captionsnewzealand</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsnewzealand">515</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.captionsngerman"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsngerman">\captionsngerman</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsngerman">515</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.captionsnorsk"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsnorsk">\captionsnorsk</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsnorsk">515</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.captionsnswissgerman"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsnswissgerman">\captionsnswissgerman</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsnswissgerman">515</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.captionspolish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionspolish">\captionspolish</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionspolish">515</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.captionsslovak"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsslovak">\captionsslovak</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsslovak">515</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.captionsspanish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsspanish">\captionsspanish</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsspanish">515</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.captionsswedish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsswedish">\captionsswedish</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsswedish">515</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.captionsswissgerman"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsswissgerman">\captionsswissgerman</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsswissgerman">515</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.cc"></a><a href="#cmd.cc">\cc</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.cc">169</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ccname"></a><a href="#cmd.ccname">\ccname</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.ccname">514</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.cefoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.cefoot*">\cefoot*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cefoot*">248</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.cefoot"></a><a href="#cmd.cefoot">\cefoot</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cefoot">246</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.cehead*"></a><a href="#cmd.cehead*">\cehead*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cehead*">245</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.cehead"></a><a href="#cmd.cehead">\cehead</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cehead">243</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.cfoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.cfoot*">\cfoot*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cfoot*">250</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.cfoot"></a><a href="#cmd.cfoot">\cfoot</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cfoot">249</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.changefontsizes"></a><a href="#cmd.changefontsizes">\changefontsizes</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.changefontsizes">465</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.chapapp"></a><a href="#cmd.chapapp">\chapapp</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.chapapp">111</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.chapappifchapterprefix"></a><a href="#cmd.chapappifchapterprefix">\chapappifchapterprefix</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.chapappifchapterprefix">111</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.chapter*"></a><a href="#cmd.chapter*">\chapter*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.chapter*">105</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.chapter"></a><a href="#cmd.chapter">\chapter</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.chapter">101</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.chapterformat"></a><a href="#cmd.chapterformat">\chapterformat</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.chapterformat">109</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.chapterheadendvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.chapterheadendvskip">\chapterheadendvskip</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.chapterheadendvskip">479</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.chapterheadmidvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.chapterheadmidvskip">\chapterheadmidvskip</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.chapterheadmidvskip">479</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.chapterheadstartvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.chapterheadstartvskip">\chapterheadstartvskip</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.chapterheadstartvskip">479</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.chapterlinesformat"></a><a href="#cmd.chapterlinesformat">\chapterlinesformat</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.chapterlinesformat">482</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.chapterlineswithprefixformat"></a><a href="#cmd.chapterlineswithprefixformat">\chapterlineswithprefixformat</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.chapterlineswithprefixformat">482</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.chaptermark"></a><a href="#cmd.chaptermark">\chaptermark</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.chaptermark">112</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.chaptermark">258</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.chaptermark">430</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.chaptermarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.chaptermarkformat">\chaptermarkformat</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.chaptermarkformat">112</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.chaptermarkformat">257</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.chaptermarkformat">429</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.chapternumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.chapternumdepth">\chapternumdepth</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.chapternumdepth">113</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.chapterpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.chapterpagestyle">\chapterpagestyle</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.chapterpagestyle">84</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.chead*"></a><a href="#cmd.chead*">\chead*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.chead*">250</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.chead"></a><a href="#cmd.chead">\chead</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.chead">249</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleemptypage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleemptypage">\cleardoubleemptypage</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.cleardoubleemptypage">216</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.cleardoubleemptypage">288</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.cleardoubleemptypage">88</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleevenemptypage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleevenemptypage">\cleardoubleevenemptypage</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.cleardoubleevenemptypage">216</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.cleardoubleevenemptypage">288</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.cleardoubleevenemptypage">88</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleevenpage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleevenpage">\cleardoubleevenpage</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.cleardoubleevenpage">216</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.cleardoubleevenpage">288</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.cleardoubleevenpage">88</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleevenpageusingstyle"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleevenpageusingstyle">\cleardoubleevenpageusingstyle</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.cleardoubleevenpageusingstyle">216</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.cleardoubleevenpageusingstyle">288</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.cleardoubleevenpageusingstyle">88</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleevenplainpage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleevenplainpage">\cleardoubleevenplainpage</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.cleardoubleevenplainpage">216</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.cleardoubleevenplainpage">288</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.cleardoubleevenplainpage">88</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleevenstandardpage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleevenstandardpage">\cleardoubleevenstandardpage</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.cleardoubleevenstandardpage">216</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.cleardoubleevenstandardpage">288</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.cleardoubleevenstandardpage">88</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleoddemptypage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleoddemptypage">\cleardoubleoddemptypage</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.cleardoubleoddemptypage">216</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.cleardoubleoddemptypage">288</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.cleardoubleoddemptypage">88</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleoddpage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleoddpage">\cleardoubleoddpage</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.cleardoubleoddpage">216</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.cleardoubleoddpage">288</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.cleardoubleoddpage">88</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleoddpageusingstyle"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleoddpageusingstyle">\cleardoubleoddpageusingstyle</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.cleardoubleoddpageusingstyle">216</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.cleardoubleoddpageusingstyle">288</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.cleardoubleoddpageusingstyle">88</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleoddplainpage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleoddplainpage">\cleardoubleoddplainpage</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.cleardoubleoddplainpage">216</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.cleardoubleoddplainpage">288</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.cleardoubleoddplainpage">88</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleoddstandardpage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleoddstandardpage">\cleardoubleoddstandardpage</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.cleardoubleoddstandardpage">216</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.cleardoubleoddstandardpage">288</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.cleardoubleoddstandardpage">88</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.cleardoublepage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoublepage">\cleardoublepage</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.cleardoublepage">216</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.cleardoublepage">288</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.cleardoublepage">88</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.cleardoublepageusingstyle"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoublepageusingstyle">\cleardoublepageusingstyle</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.cleardoublepageusingstyle">216</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.cleardoublepageusingstyle">288</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.cleardoublepageusingstyle">88</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleplainpage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleplainpage">\cleardoubleplainpage</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.cleardoubleplainpage">216</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.cleardoubleplainpage">288</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.cleardoubleplainpage">88</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.cleardoublestandardpage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoublestandardpage">\cleardoublestandardpage</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.cleardoublestandardpage">216</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.cleardoublestandardpage">288</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.cleardoublestandardpage">88</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.clearmainofpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.clearmainofpairofpagestyles">\clearmainofpairofpagestyles</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.clearmainofpairofpagestyles">440</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.clearnotecolumn"></a><a href="#cmd.clearnotecolumn">\clearnotecolumn</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.clearnotecolumn">455</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.clearnotecolumns"></a><a href="#cmd.clearnotecolumns">\clearnotecolumns</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.clearnotecolumns">456</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.clearpage"></a><a href="#cmd.clearpage">\clearpage</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.clearpage">216</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.clearpage">288</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.clearpage">88</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.clearpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.clearpairofpagestyles">\clearpairofpagestyles</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.clearpairofpagestyles">440</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.clearplainofpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.clearplainofpairofpagestyles">\clearplainofpairofpagestyles</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.clearplainofpairofpagestyles">440</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.closing"></a><a href="#cmd.closing">\closing</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.closing">166</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.cofoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.cofoot*">\cofoot*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cofoot*">248</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.cofoot"></a><a href="#cmd.cofoot">\cofoot</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cofoot">246</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.cohead*"></a><a href="#cmd.cohead*">\cohead*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cohead*">245</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.cohead"></a><a href="#cmd.cohead">\cohead</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cohead">243</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.coverpagebottommargin"></a><a href="#cmd.coverpagebottommargin">\coverpagebottommargin</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.coverpagebottommargin">282</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.coverpagebottommargin">65</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.coverpageleftmargin"></a><a href="#cmd.coverpageleftmargin">\coverpageleftmargin</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.coverpageleftmargin">282</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.coverpageleftmargin">65</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.coverpagerightmargin"></a><a href="#cmd.coverpagerightmargin">\coverpagerightmargin</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.coverpagerightmargin">282</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.coverpagerightmargin">65</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.coverpagetopmargin"></a><a href="#cmd.coverpagetopmargin">\coverpagetopmargin</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.coverpagetopmargin">282</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.coverpagetopmargin">65</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.currentpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.currentpagestyle">\currentpagestyle</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.currentpagestyle">417</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.customername"></a><a href="#cmd.customername">\customername</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.customername">514</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.date"></a><a href="#cmd.date">\date</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.date">284</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.date">68</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.dateUKenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.dateUKenglish">\dateUKenglish</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateUKenglish">516</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.dateUSenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.dateUSenglish">\dateUSenglish</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateUSenglish">516</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.dateacadian"></a><a href="#cmd.dateacadian">\dateacadian</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateacadian">516</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.dateamerican"></a><a href="#cmd.dateamerican">\dateamerican</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateamerican">516</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.dateaustralien"></a><a href="#cmd.dateaustralien">\dateaustralien</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateaustralien">516</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.dateaustrian"></a><a href="#cmd.dateaustrian">\dateaustrian</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateaustrian">516</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.datebritish"></a><a href="#cmd.datebritish">\datebritish</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datebritish">516</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.datecanadian"></a><a href="#cmd.datecanadian">\datecanadian</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datecanadian">516</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.datecanadien"></a><a href="#cmd.datecanadien">\datecanadien</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datecanadien">516</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.datecroatian"></a><a href="#cmd.datecroatian">\datecroatian</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datecroatian">516</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.dateczech"></a><a href="#cmd.dateczech">\dateczech</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateczech">516</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.datedutch"></a><a href="#cmd.datedutch">\datedutch</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datedutch">516</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.dateenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.dateenglish">\dateenglish</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateenglish">516</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.datefinnish"></a><a href="#cmd.datefinnish">\datefinnish</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datefinnish">516</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.datefrancais"></a><a href="#cmd.datefrancais">\datefrancais</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datefrancais">516</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.datefrench"></a><a href="#cmd.datefrench">\datefrench</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datefrench">516</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.dategerman"></a><a href="#cmd.dategerman">\dategerman</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dategerman">516</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.dateitalian"></a><a href="#cmd.dateitalian">\dateitalian</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateitalian">516</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.datename"></a><a href="#cmd.datename">\datename</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datename">514</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.datenaustrian"></a><a href="#cmd.datenaustrian">\datenaustrian</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datenaustrian">516</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.datenewzealand"></a><a href="#cmd.datenewzealand">\datenewzealand</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datenewzealand">516</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.datengerman"></a><a href="#cmd.datengerman">\datengerman</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datengerman">516</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.datenorsk"></a><a href="#cmd.datenorsk">\datenorsk</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datenorsk">516</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.datenswissgerman"></a><a href="#cmd.datenswissgerman">\datenswissgerman</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datenswissgerman">516</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.datepolish"></a><a href="#cmd.datepolish">\datepolish</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datepolish">516</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.dateslovak"></a><a href="#cmd.dateslovak">\dateslovak</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateslovak">516</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.datespanish"></a><a href="#cmd.datespanish">\datespanish</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datespanish">516</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.dateswedish"></a><a href="#cmd.dateswedish">\dateswedish</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateswedish">516</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.dateswissgerman"></a><a href="#cmd.dateswissgerman">\dateswissgerman</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateswissgerman">516</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.dedication"></a><a href="#cmd.dedication">\dedication</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.dedication">286</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.dedication">71</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.defaultreffields"></a><a href="#cmd.defaultreffields">\defaultreffields</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.defaultreffields">507</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.defcaptionname*"></a><a href="#cmd.defcaptionname*">\defcaptionname*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.defcaptionname*">338</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.defcaptionname"></a><a href="#cmd.defcaptionname">\defcaptionname</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.defcaptionname">338</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.deffootnote"></a><a href="#cmd.deffootnote">\deffootnote</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.deffootnote">218</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.deffootnote">290</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.deffootnote">92</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.deffootnotemark"></a><a href="#cmd.deffootnotemark">\deffootnotemark</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.deffootnotemark">218</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.deffootnotemark">290</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.deffootnotemark">92</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.defpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.defpagestyle">\defpagestyle</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.defpagestyle">440</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.defpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.defpairofpagestyles">\defpairofpagestyles</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.defpairofpagestyles">439</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.deftocheading"></a><a href="#cmd.deftocheading">\deftocheading</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.deftocheading">370</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.dictum"></a><a href="#cmd.dictum">\dictum</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.dictum">116</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.dictum">292</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.dictumauthorformat"></a><a href="#cmd.dictumauthorformat">\dictumauthorformat</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.dictumauthorformat">116</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.dictumauthorformat">292</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.dictumrule"></a><a href="#cmd.dictumrule">\dictumrule</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.dictumrule">116</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.dictumrule">292</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.dictumwidth"></a><a href="#cmd.dictumwidth">\dictumwidth</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.dictumwidth">116</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.dictumwidth">292</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.documentclass"></a><a href="#cmd.documentclass">\documentclass</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.documentclass">158</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.documentclass">238</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.documentclass">276</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.documentclass">295</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:typearea.cmd.documentclass">32</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrhack.cmd.documentclass">398</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.documentclass">403</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.documentclass">445</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.documentclass">55</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.doforeachtocfile"></a><a href="#cmd.doforeachtocfile">\doforeachtocfile</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.doforeachtocfile">365</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ellipsispar"></a><a href="#cmd.ellipsispar">\ellipsispar</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.ellipsispar">303</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.emailname"></a><a href="#cmd.emailname">\emailname</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.emailname">514</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.encl"></a><a href="#cmd.encl">\encl</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.encl">171</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.enclname"></a><a href="#cmd.enclname">\enclname</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.enclname">514</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.extratitle"></a><a href="#cmd.extratitle">\extratitle</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.extratitle">283</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.extratitle">67</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.faxname"></a><a href="#cmd.faxname">\faxname</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.faxname">514</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.figureformat"></a><a href="#cmd.figureformat">\figureformat</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.figureformat">138</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.@fontsizefilebase"></a><a href="#cmd.@fontsizefilebase">\@fontsizefilebase</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.@fontsizefilebase">476</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.@mkboth"></a><a href="#cmd.@mkboth">\@mkboth</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.@mkboth">445</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.@mkboth">449</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.@mkdouble"></a><a href="#cmd.@mkdouble">\@mkdouble</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.@mkdouble">445</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.@mkdouble">449</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.@mkleft"></a><a href="#cmd.@mkleft">\@mkleft</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.@mkleft">445</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.@mkleft">449</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.@mkright"></a><a href="#cmd.@mkright">\@mkright</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.@mkright">445</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.@mkright">449</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.@openbib@code"></a><a href="#cmd.@openbib@code">\@openbib@code</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.@openbib@code">500</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.AddLayersAtBeginOfPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.AddLayersAtBeginOfPageStyle">\AddLayersAtBeginOfPageStyle</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.AddLayersAtBeginOfPageStyle">436</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.AddLayersAtEndOfPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.AddLayersAtEndOfPageStyle">\AddLayersAtEndOfPageStyle</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.AddLayersAtEndOfPageStyle">436</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.AddLayersToPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.AddLayersToPageStyle">\AddLayersToPageStyle</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.AddLayersToPageStyle">436</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleAfterLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleAfterLayer">\AddLayersToPageStyleAfterLayer</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleAfterLayer">437</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleBeforeLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleBeforeLayer">\AddLayersToPageStyleBeforeLayer</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleBeforeLayer">437</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.AddToLayerPageStyleOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.AddToLayerPageStyleOptions">\AddToLayerPageStyleOptions</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.AddToLayerPageStyleOptions">437</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.Address"></a><a href="#cmd.Address">\Address</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scraddr.cmd.Address">285</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.AddtoDoHook"></a><a href="#cmd.AddtoDoHook">\AddtoDoHook</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.AddtoDoHook">356</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.AddtoOneTimeDoHook"></a><a href="#cmd.AddtoOneTimeDoHook">\AddtoOneTimeDoHook</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.AddtoOneTimeDoHook">356</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.AfterAtEndOfClass"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterAtEndOfClass">\AfterAtEndOfClass</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.AfterAtEndOfClass">361</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.AfterAtEndOfPackage"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterAtEndOfPackage">\AfterAtEndOfPackage</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.AfterAtEndOfPackage">361</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.AfterBibliographyPreamble"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterBibliographyPreamble">\AfterBibliographyPreamble</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.AfterBibliographyPreamble">148</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.AfterCalculatingTypearea*"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterCalculatingTypearea*">\AfterCalculatingTypearea*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:typearea-experts.cmd.AfterCalculatingTypearea*">471</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.AfterCalculatingTypearea"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterCalculatingTypearea">\AfterCalculatingTypearea</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:typearea-experts.cmd.AfterCalculatingTypearea">471</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.AfterClass!"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterClass!">\AfterClass!</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.AfterClass!">361</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.AfterClass*"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterClass*">\AfterClass*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.AfterClass*">361</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.AfterClass+"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterClass+">\AfterClass+</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.AfterClass+">361</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.AfterClass"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterClass">\AfterClass</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.AfterClass">361</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.AfterFile"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterFile">\AfterFile</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.AfterFile">360</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.AfterPackage!"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterPackage!">\AfterPackage!</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.AfterPackage!">361</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.AfterPackage*"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterPackage*">\AfterPackage*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.AfterPackage*">361</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.AfterPackage+"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterPackage+">\AfterPackage+</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.AfterPackage+">361</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.AfterPackage"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterPackage">\AfterPackage</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.AfterPackage">361</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.AfterReadingMainAux"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterReadingMainAux">\AfterReadingMainAux</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.AfterReadingMainAux">363</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.AfterRestoreareas*"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterRestoreareas*">\AfterRestoreareas*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:typearea-experts.cmd.AfterRestoreareas*">470</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.AfterRestoreareas"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterRestoreareas">\AfterRestoreareas</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:typearea-experts.cmd.AfterRestoreareas">470</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.AfterSelectAnyPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterSelectAnyPageStyle">\AfterSelectAnyPageStyle</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.AfterSelectAnyPageStyle">431</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.AfterSettingArea*"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterSettingArea*">\AfterSettingArea*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:typearea-experts.cmd.AfterSettingArea*">471</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.AfterSettingArea"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterSettingArea">\AfterSettingArea</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:typearea-experts.cmd.AfterSettingArea">471</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.AfterStartingTOC"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterStartingTOC">\AfterStartingTOC</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.AfterStartingTOC">381</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.AfterTOCHead"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterTOCHead">\AfterTOCHead</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.AfterTOCHead">381</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.At@startsection"></a><a href="#cmd.At@startsection">\At@startsection</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.At@startsection">498</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.AtAddToTocList"></a><a href="#cmd.AtAddToTocList">\AtAddToTocList</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.AtAddToTocList">376</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.AtBeginLetter"></a><a href="#cmd.AtBeginLetter">\AtBeginLetter</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.AtBeginLetter">169</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.AtEndBibliography"></a><a href="#cmd.AtEndBibliography">\AtEndBibliography</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.AtEndBibliography">148</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.AtEndLetter"></a><a href="#cmd.AtEndLetter">\AtEndLetter</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.AtEndLetter">169</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.AtEndOfFamilyOptions*"></a><a href="#cmd.AtEndOfFamilyOptions*">\AtEndOfFamilyOptions*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.AtEndOfFamilyOptions*">338</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.AtEndOfFamilyOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.AtEndOfFamilyOptions">\AtEndOfFamilyOptions</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.AtEndOfFamilyOptions">338</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.Before@sect"></a><a href="#cmd.Before@sect">\Before@sect</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.Before@sect">498</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.Before@ssect"></a><a href="#cmd.Before@ssect">\Before@ssect</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.Before@ssect">498</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.BeforeClass"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeClass">\BeforeClass</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.BeforeClass">360</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.BeforeClosingMainAux"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeClosingMainAux">\BeforeClosingMainAux</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.BeforeClosingMainAux">363</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.BeforeFamilyProcessOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeFamilyProcessOptions">\BeforeFamilyProcessOptions</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.BeforeFamilyProcessOptions">335</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.BeforeFile"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeFile">\BeforeFile</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.BeforeFile">360</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.BeforePackage"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforePackage">\BeforePackage</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.BeforePackage">360</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.BeforeRestoreareas*"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeRestoreareas*">\BeforeRestoreareas*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:typearea-experts.cmd.BeforeRestoreareas*">470</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.BeforeRestoreareas"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeRestoreareas">\BeforeRestoreareas</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:typearea-experts.cmd.BeforeRestoreareas">470</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.BeforeSelectAnyPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeSelectAnyPageStyle">\BeforeSelectAnyPageStyle</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.BeforeSelectAnyPageStyle">431</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.BeforeStartingTOC"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeStartingTOC">\BeforeStartingTOC</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.BeforeStartingTOC">381</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.BeforeTOCHead"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeTOCHead">\BeforeTOCHead</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.BeforeTOCHead">381</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.BreakBibliography"></a><a href="#cmd.BreakBibliography">\BreakBibliography</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.BreakBibliography">148</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.CenturyPart"></a><a href="#cmd.CenturyPart">\CenturyPart</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrdate.cmd.CenturyPart">277</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.Clause"></a><a href="#cmd.Clause">\Clause</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.Clause">312</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.Clauseformat"></a><a href="#cmd.Clauseformat">\Clauseformat</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.Clauseformat">314</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.CloneTOCEntryStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.CloneTOCEntryStyle">\CloneTOCEntryStyle</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.CloneTOCEntryStyle">398</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.Comment"></a><a href="#cmd.Comment">\Comment</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scraddr.cmd.Comment">285</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.DayName"></a><a href="#cmd.DayName">\DayName</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrdate.cmd.DayName">278</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.DayNameByNumber"></a><a href="#cmd.DayNameByNumber">\DayNameByNumber</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrdate.cmd.DayNameByNumber">278</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.DayNumber"></a><a href="#cmd.DayNumber">\DayNumber</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrdate.cmd.DayNumber">277</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.DecadePart"></a><a href="#cmd.DecadePart">\DecadePart</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrdate.cmd.DecadePart">277</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.DeclareLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareLayer">\DeclareLayer</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.DeclareLayer">420</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewJuraEnvironment"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewJuraEnvironment">\DeclareNewJuraEnvironment</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.DeclareNewJuraEnvironment">319</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewLayer">\DeclareNewLayer</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.DeclareNewLayer">420</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewNoteColumn"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewNoteColumn">\DeclareNewNoteColumn</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.DeclareNewNoteColumn">459</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleAlias"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleAlias">\DeclareNewPageStyleAlias</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleAlias">431</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleByLayers"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleByLayers">\DeclareNewPageStyleByLayers</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleByLayers">432</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewSectionCommand"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewSectionCommand">\DeclareNewSectionCommand</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.DeclareNewSectionCommand">479</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewSectionCommands"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewSectionCommands">\DeclareNewSectionCommands</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.DeclareNewSectionCommands">489</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewTOC"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewTOC">\DeclareNewTOC</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.DeclareNewTOC">404</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.DeclareNoteColumn"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNoteColumn">\DeclareNoteColumn</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.DeclareNoteColumn">459</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.DeclarePageStyleAlias"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclarePageStyleAlias">\DeclarePageStyleAlias</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.DeclarePageStyleAlias">431</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.DeclarePageStyleByLayers"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclarePageStyleByLayers">\DeclarePageStyleByLayers</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.DeclarePageStyleByLayers">432</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.DeclareSectionCommand"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareSectionCommand">\DeclareSectionCommand</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.DeclareSectionCommand">479</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.DeclareSectionCommands"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareSectionCommands">\DeclareSectionCommands</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.DeclareSectionCommands">489</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.DeclareSectionNumberDepth"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareSectionNumberDepth">\DeclareSectionNumberDepth</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.DeclareSectionNumberDepth">418</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.DeclareTOCEntryStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareTOCEntryStyle">\DeclareTOCEntryStyle</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.DeclareTOCEntryStyle">396</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.DeclareTOCStyleEntries"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareTOCStyleEntries">\DeclareTOCStyleEntries</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.DeclareTOCStyleEntries">386</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.DeclareTOCStyleEntry"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareTOCStyleEntry">\DeclareTOCStyleEntry</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.DeclareTOCStyleEntry">386</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.DefineFamily"></a><a href="#cmd.DefineFamily">\DefineFamily</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.DefineFamily">331</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.DefineFamilyKey"></a><a href="#cmd.DefineFamilyKey">\DefineFamilyKey</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.DefineFamilyKey">332</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.DefineFamilyMember"></a><a href="#cmd.DefineFamilyMember">\DefineFamilyMember</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.DefineFamilyMember">331</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.DefineTOCEntryBooleanOption"></a><a href="#cmd.DefineTOCEntryBooleanOption">\DefineTOCEntryBooleanOption</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.DefineTOCEntryBooleanOption">396</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.DefineTOCEntryCommandOption"></a><a href="#cmd.DefineTOCEntryCommandOption">\DefineTOCEntryCommandOption</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.DefineTOCEntryCommandOption">396</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.DefineTOCEntryIfOption"></a><a href="#cmd.DefineTOCEntryIfOption">\DefineTOCEntryIfOption</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.DefineTOCEntryIfOption">396</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.DefineTOCEntryLengthOption"></a><a href="#cmd.DefineTOCEntryLengthOption">\DefineTOCEntryLengthOption</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.DefineTOCEntryLengthOption">396</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.DefineTOCEntryNumberOption"></a><a href="#cmd.DefineTOCEntryNumberOption">\DefineTOCEntryNumberOption</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.DefineTOCEntryNumberOption">396</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.DefineTOCEntryOption"></a><a href="#cmd.DefineTOCEntryOption">\DefineTOCEntryOption</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.DefineTOCEntryOption">396</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.DestroyLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.DestroyLayer">\DestroyLayer</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.DestroyLayer">429</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.DestroyPageStyleAlias"></a><a href="#cmd.DestroyPageStyleAlias">\DestroyPageStyleAlias</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.DestroyPageStyleAlias">432</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.DestroyRealLayerPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.DestroyRealLayerPageStyle">\DestroyRealLayerPageStyle</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.DestroyRealLayerPageStyle">438</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.ExecuteDoHook"></a><a href="#cmd.ExecuteDoHook">\ExecuteDoHook</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.ExecuteDoHook">355</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.FamilyBoolKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyBoolKey">\FamilyBoolKey</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyBoolKey">338</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.FamilyCSKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyCSKey">\FamilyCSKey</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyCSKey">342</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.FamilyCounterKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyCounterKey">\FamilyCounterKey</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyCounterKey">341</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.FamilyCounterMacroKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyCounterMacroKey">\FamilyCounterMacroKey</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyCounterMacroKey">342</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.FamilyElseValues"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyElseValues">\FamilyElseValues</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyElseValues">358</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.FamilyExecuteOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyExecuteOptions">\FamilyExecuteOptions</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyExecuteOptions">335</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.FamilyInverseBoolKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyInverseBoolKey">\FamilyInverseBoolKey</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyInverseBoolKey">340</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.FamilyKeyState"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyKeyState">\FamilyKeyState</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyKeyState">332</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.FamilyKeyStateNeedValue"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyKeyStateNeedValue">\FamilyKeyStateNeedValue</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyKeyStateNeedValue">332</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.FamilyKeyStateProcessed"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyKeyStateProcessed">\FamilyKeyStateProcessed</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyKeyStateProcessed">332</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknown"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknown">\FamilyKeyStateUnknown</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknown">332</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue">\FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue">332</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.FamilyLengthKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyLengthKey">\FamilyLengthKey</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyLengthKey">342</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.FamilyLengthMacroKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyLengthMacroKey">\FamilyLengthMacroKey</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyLengthMacroKey">342</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.FamilyNumericalKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyNumericalKey">\FamilyNumericalKey</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyNumericalKey">340</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.FamilyOption"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyOption">\FamilyOption</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyOption">337</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.FamilyOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyOptions">\FamilyOptions</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyOptions">336</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.FamilyProcessOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyProcessOptions">\FamilyProcessOptions</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyProcessOptions">334</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.FamilySetBool"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetBool">\FamilySetBool</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilySetBool">338</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.FamilySetCounter"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetCounter">\FamilySetCounter</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilySetCounter">341</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.FamilySetCounterMacro"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetCounterMacro">\FamilySetCounterMacro</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilySetCounterMacro">342</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.FamilySetInverseBool"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetInverseBool">\FamilySetInverseBool</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilySetInverseBool">340</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.FamilySetLength"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetLength">\FamilySetLength</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilySetLength">342</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.FamilySetLengthMacro"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetLengthMacro">\FamilySetLengthMacro</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilySetLengthMacro">342</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.FamilySetNumerical"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetNumerical">\FamilySetNumerical</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilySetNumerical">340</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.FamilySetUseLengthMacro"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetUseLengthMacro">\FamilySetUseLengthMacro</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilySetUseLengthMacro">342</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.FamilyStringKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyStringKey">\FamilyStringKey</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyStringKey">342</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.FamilyUnknownKeyValue"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyUnknownKeyValue">\FamilyUnknownKeyValue</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyUnknownKeyValue">343</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.FamilyUseLengthMacroKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyUseLengthMacroKey">\FamilyUseLengthMacroKey</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyUseLengthMacroKey">342</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.FirstName"></a><a href="#cmd.FirstName">\FirstName</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scraddr.cmd.FirstName">285</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.ForDoHook"></a><a href="#cmd.ForDoHook">\ForDoHook</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.ForDoHook">357</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.ForEachLayerOfPageStyle*"></a><a href="#cmd.ForEachLayerOfPageStyle*">\ForEachLayerOfPageStyle*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.ForEachLayerOfPageStyle*">435</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.ForEachLayerOfPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.ForEachLayerOfPageStyle">\ForEachLayerOfPageStyle</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.ForEachLayerOfPageStyle">435</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.FreeI"></a><a href="#cmd.FreeI">\FreeI</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scraddr.cmd.FreeI">285</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.FreeII"></a><a href="#cmd.FreeII">\FreeII</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scraddr.cmd.FreeII">285</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.FreeIII"></a><a href="#cmd.FreeIII">\FreeIII</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scraddr.cmd.FreeIII">285</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.FreeIV"></a><a href="#cmd.FreeIV">\FreeIV</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scraddr.cmd.FreeIV">285</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.GenericMarkFormat"></a><a href="#cmd.GenericMarkFormat">\GenericMarkFormat</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.GenericMarkFormat">444</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.GenericMarkFormat">447</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.GetLayerContents"></a><a href="#cmd.GetLayerContents">\GetLayerContents</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.GetLayerContents">429</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.GetRealPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.GetRealPageStyle">\GetRealPageStyle</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.GetRealPageStyle">432</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.ISODayName"></a><a href="#cmd.ISODayName">\ISODayName</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrdate.cmd.ISODayName">278</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.ISODayNumber"></a><a href="#cmd.ISODayNumber">\ISODayNumber</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrdate.cmd.ISODayNumber">277</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.ISOToday"></a><a href="#cmd.ISOToday">\ISOToday</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrdate.cmd.ISOToday">279</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.IfActiveMkBoth"></a><a href="#cmd.IfActiveMkBoth">\IfActiveMkBoth</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.IfActiveMkBoth">348</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.IfChapterUsesPrefixLine"></a><a href="#cmd.IfChapterUsesPrefixLine">\IfChapterUsesPrefixLine</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.IfChapterUsesPrefixLine">95</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.IfExistskomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.IfExistskomafont">\IfExistskomafont</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.IfExistskomafont">477</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.IfIsAliaskomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.IfIsAliaskomafont">\IfIsAliaskomafont</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.IfIsAliaskomafont">477</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.IfLayerAtPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.IfLayerAtPageStyle">\IfLayerAtPageStyle</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.IfLayerAtPageStyle">438</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.IfLayerExists"></a><a href="#cmd.IfLayerExists">\IfLayerExists</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.IfLayerExists">429</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.IfLayerPageStyleExists"></a><a href="#cmd.IfLayerPageStyleExists">\IfLayerPageStyleExists</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.IfLayerPageStyleExists">438</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.IfLayersAtPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.IfLayersAtPageStyle">\IfLayersAtPageStyle</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.IfLayersAtPageStyle">438</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.IfRealLayerPageStyleExists"></a><a href="#cmd.IfRealLayerPageStyleExists">\IfRealLayerPageStyleExists</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.IfRealLayerPageStyleExists">438</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.IfSectionCommandStyleIs"></a><a href="#cmd.IfSectionCommandStyleIs">\IfSectionCommandStyleIs</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.IfSectionCommandStyleIs">490</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.IfSomeLayerAtPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.IfSomeLayerAtPageStyle">\IfSomeLayerAtPageStyle</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.IfSomeLayerAtPageStyle">438</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.IfUseNumber"></a><a href="#cmd.IfUseNumber">\IfUseNumber</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.IfUseNumber">497</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.IfUsePrefixLine"></a><a href="#cmd.IfUsePrefixLine">\IfUsePrefixLine</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.IfUsePrefixLine">108</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.Ifattoclist"></a><a href="#cmd.Ifattoclist">\Ifattoclist</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.Ifattoclist">374</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.Ifdimen"></a><a href="#cmd.Ifdimen">\Ifdimen</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.Ifdimen">347</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.Ifdvioutput"></a><a href="#cmd.Ifdvioutput">\Ifdvioutput</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.Ifdvioutput">346</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.Ifiscount"></a><a href="#cmd.Ifiscount">\Ifiscount</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.Ifiscount">348</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.Ifiscounter"></a><a href="#cmd.Ifiscounter">\Ifiscounter</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.Ifiscounter">347</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.Ifisdimen"></a><a href="#cmd.Ifisdimen">\Ifisdimen</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.Ifisdimen">346</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.Ifisdimension"></a><a href="#cmd.Ifisdimension">\Ifisdimension</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.Ifisdimension">346</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.Ifisdimexpr"></a><a href="#cmd.Ifisdimexpr">\Ifisdimexpr</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.Ifisdimexpr">347</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.Ifisglue"></a><a href="#cmd.Ifisglue">\Ifisglue</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.Ifisglue">347</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.Ifisglueexpr"></a><a href="#cmd.Ifisglueexpr">\Ifisglueexpr</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.Ifisglueexpr">347</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.Ifisinteger"></a><a href="#cmd.Ifisinteger">\Ifisinteger</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.Ifisinteger">348</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.Ifisnumexpr"></a><a href="#cmd.Ifisnumexpr">\Ifisnumexpr</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.Ifisnumexpr">348</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.Ifisskip"></a><a href="#cmd.Ifisskip">\Ifisskip</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.Ifisskip">347</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.Ifkomavar"></a><a href="#cmd.Ifkomavar">\Ifkomavar</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.Ifkomavar">159</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.Ifkomavarempty*"></a><a href="#cmd.Ifkomavarempty*">\Ifkomavarempty*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.Ifkomavarempty*">159</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.Ifkomavarempty*">503</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.Ifkomavarempty"></a><a href="#cmd.Ifkomavarempty">\Ifkomavarempty</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.Ifkomavarempty">159</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.Ifkomavarempty">503</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.Ifnotundefined"></a><a href="#cmd.Ifnotundefined">\Ifnotundefined</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.Ifnotundefined">345</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.Ifnumber"></a><a href="#cmd.Ifnumber">\Ifnumber</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.Ifnumber">348</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.Ifnumbered"></a><a href="#cmd.Ifnumbered">\Ifnumbered</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.Ifnumbered">112</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.Ifpdfoutput"></a><a href="#cmd.Ifpdfoutput">\Ifpdfoutput</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.Ifpdfoutput">345</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.Ifplength"></a><a href="#cmd.Ifplength">\Ifplength</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.Ifplength">166</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.Ifpsoutput"></a><a href="#cmd.Ifpsoutput">\Ifpsoutput</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.Ifpsoutput">345</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.Ifstr"></a><a href="#cmd.Ifstr">\Ifstr</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.Ifstr">346</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.Ifstrstart"></a><a href="#cmd.Ifstrstart">\Ifstrstart</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.Ifstrstart">346</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.Ifthispageodd"></a><a href="#cmd.Ifthispageodd">\Ifthispageodd</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.Ifthispageodd">226</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.Ifthispageodd">299</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.Ifthispageodd">79</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.Iftocfeature"></a><a href="#cmd.Iftocfeature">\Iftocfeature</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.Iftocfeature">385</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.Ifundefinedorrelax"></a><a href="#cmd.Ifundefinedorrelax">\Ifundefinedorrelax</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.Ifundefinedorrelax">345</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.Ifunnumbered"></a><a href="#cmd.Ifunnumbered">\Ifunnumbered</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.Ifunnumbered">112</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.InputAddressFile"></a><a href="#cmd.InputAddressFile">\InputAddressFile</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scraddr.cmd.InputAddressFile">284</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.IsoToday"></a><a href="#cmd.IsoToday">\IsoToday</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrdate.cmd.IsoToday">279</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.KOMAScript"></a><a href="#cmd.KOMAScript">\KOMAScript</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.KOMAScript">353</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.KOMAScriptVersion"></a><a href="#cmd.KOMAScriptVersion">\KOMAScriptVersion</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.KOMAScriptVersion">353</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.KOMAoption"></a><a href="#cmd.KOMAoption">\KOMAoption</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.KOMAoption">152</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.KOMAoption">253</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.KOMAoption">290</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.KOMAoption">309</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:typearea.cmd.KOMAoption">33</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrhack.cmd.KOMAoption">412</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.KOMAoption">417</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.KOMAoption">456</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.KOMAoption">55</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.KOMAoptions"></a><a href="#cmd.KOMAoptions">\KOMAoptions</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.KOMAoptions">152</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.KOMAoptions">253</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.KOMAoptions">290</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.KOMAoptions">309</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:typearea.cmd.KOMAoptions">33</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrhack.cmd.KOMAoptions">412</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.KOMAoptions">417</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.KOMAoptions">456</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.KOMAoptions">55</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.LastName"></a><a href="#cmd.LastName">\LastName</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scraddr.cmd.LastName">285</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.LastTOCLevelWasHigher"></a><a href="#cmd.LastTOCLevelWasHigher">\LastTOCLevelWasHigher</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.LastTOCLevelWasHigher">399</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.LastTOCLevelWasLower"></a><a href="#cmd.LastTOCLevelWasLower">\LastTOCLevelWasLower</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.LastTOCLevelWasLower">399</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.LastTOCLevelWasSame"></a><a href="#cmd.LastTOCLevelWasSame">\LastTOCLevelWasSame</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.LastTOCLevelWasSame">399</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.LenToUnit"></a><a href="#cmd.LenToUnit">\LenToUnit</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.LenToUnit">428</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.LoadLetterOption"></a><a href="#cmd.LoadLetterOption">\LoadLetterOption</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.LoadLetterOption">241</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.LoadLetterOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.LoadLetterOptions">\LoadLetterOptions</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.LoadLetterOptions">241</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.MakeMarkcase"></a><a href="#cmd.MakeMarkcase">\MakeMarkcase</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.MakeMarkcase">270</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.MakeMarkcase">382</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.MakeMarkcase">441</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.ModifyLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.ModifyLayer">\ModifyLayer</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.ModifyLayer">420</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions">\ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions">437</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.ModifyLayers"></a><a href="#cmd.ModifyLayers">\ModifyLayers</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.ModifyLayers">427</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.Name"></a><a href="#cmd.Name">\Name</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scraddr.cmd.Name">285</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading*"></a><a href="#cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading*">\PreventPackageFromLoading*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading*">367</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading"></a><a href="#cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading">\PreventPackageFromLoading</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading">367</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.ProvideLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.ProvideLayer">\ProvideLayer</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.ProvideLayer">420</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.ProvideNoteColumn"></a><a href="#cmd.ProvideNoteColumn">\ProvideNoteColumn</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.ProvideNoteColumn">459</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.ProvidePageStyleAlias"></a><a href="#cmd.ProvidePageStyleAlias">\ProvidePageStyleAlias</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.ProvidePageStyleAlias">431</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.ProvidePageStyleByLayers"></a><a href="#cmd.ProvidePageStyleByLayers">\ProvidePageStyleByLayers</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.ProvidePageStyleByLayers">432</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.ProvideSectionCommand"></a><a href="#cmd.ProvideSectionCommand">\ProvideSectionCommand</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.ProvideSectionCommand">479</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.ProvideSectionCommands"></a><a href="#cmd.ProvideSectionCommands">\ProvideSectionCommands</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.ProvideSectionCommands">489</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.RedeclareLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.RedeclareLayer">\RedeclareLayer</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.RedeclareLayer">420</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.RedeclareNoteColumn"></a><a href="#cmd.RedeclareNoteColumn">\RedeclareNoteColumn</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.RedeclareNoteColumn">459</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.RedeclarePageStyleAlias"></a><a href="#cmd.RedeclarePageStyleAlias">\RedeclarePageStyleAlias</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.RedeclarePageStyleAlias">431</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.RedeclarePageStyleByLayers"></a><a href="#cmd.RedeclarePageStyleByLayers">\RedeclarePageStyleByLayers</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.RedeclarePageStyleByLayers">432</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.RedeclareSectionCommand"></a><a href="#cmd.RedeclareSectionCommand">\RedeclareSectionCommand</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.RedeclareSectionCommand">479</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.RedeclareSectionCommands"></a><a href="#cmd.RedeclareSectionCommands">\RedeclareSectionCommands</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.RedeclareSectionCommands">489</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.RelaxFamilyKey"></a><a href="#cmd.RelaxFamilyKey">\RelaxFamilyKey</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.RelaxFamilyKey">334</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.RemoveLayersFromPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.RemoveLayersFromPageStyle">\RemoveLayersFromPageStyle</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.RemoveLayersFromPageStyle">436</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.ReplaceClass"></a><a href="#cmd.ReplaceClass">\ReplaceClass</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.ReplaceClass">365</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.ReplaceInput"></a><a href="#cmd.ReplaceInput">\ReplaceInput</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.ReplaceInput">364</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.ReplacePackage"></a><a href="#cmd.ReplacePackage">\ReplacePackage</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.ReplacePackage">365</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.ResetPreventPackageFromLoading"></a><a href="#cmd.ResetPreventPackageFromLoading">\ResetPreventPackageFromLoading</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.ResetPreventPackageFromLoading">368</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.SecDef"></a><a href="#cmd.SecDef">\SecDef</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.SecDef">497</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.Sentence"></a><a href="#cmd.Sentence">\Sentence</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.Sentence">317</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.SplitDoHook"></a><a href="#cmd.SplitDoHook">\SplitDoHook</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.SplitDoHook">357</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.StorePreventPackageFromLoading"></a><a href="#cmd.StorePreventPackageFromLoading">\StorePreventPackageFromLoading</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.StorePreventPackageFromLoading">368</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.SubClause"></a><a href="#cmd.SubClause">\SubClause</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.SubClause">312</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.TOCEntryStyleInitCode"></a><a href="#cmd.TOCEntryStyleInitCode">\TOCEntryStyleInitCode</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.TOCEntryStyleInitCode">398</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.TOCEntryStyleStartInitCode"></a><a href="#cmd.TOCEntryStyleStartInitCode">\TOCEntryStyleStartInitCode</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.TOCEntryStyleStartInitCode">398</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.TOCLineLeaderFill"></a><a href="#cmd.TOCLineLeaderFill">\TOCLineLeaderFill</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.TOCLineLeaderFill">399</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.TOCclone"></a><a href="#cmd.TOCclone">\TOCclone</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrwfile.cmd.TOCclone">371</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.Telephone"></a><a href="#cmd.Telephone">\Telephone</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scraddr.cmd.Telephone">285</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading*"></a><a href="#cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading*">\UnPreventPackageFromLoading*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading*">369</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading"></a><a href="#cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading">\UnPreventPackageFromLoading</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading">369</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.UnReplaceClass"></a><a href="#cmd.UnReplaceClass">\UnReplaceClass</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.UnReplaceClass">367</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.UnReplaceInput"></a><a href="#cmd.UnReplaceInput">\UnReplaceInput</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.UnReplaceInput">367</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.UnReplacePackage"></a><a href="#cmd.UnReplacePackage">\UnReplacePackage</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlfile.cmd.UnReplacePackage">367</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.UnifyLayersAtPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.UnifyLayersAtPageStyle">\UnifyLayersAtPageStyle</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.UnifyLayersAtPageStyle">437</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.XdivY"></a><a href="#cmd.XdivY">\XdivY</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.XdivY">354</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.XmodY"></a><a href="#cmd.XmodY">\XmodY</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.XmodY">354</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.activateareas"></a><a href="#cmd.activateareas">\activateareas</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:typearea-experts.cmd.activateareas">470</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.addchap*"></a><a href="#cmd.addchap*">\addchap*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.addchap*">105</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.addchap"></a><a href="#cmd.addchap">\addchap</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.addchap">105</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.addchapmark"></a><a href="#cmd.addchapmark">\addchapmark</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.addchapmark">111</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.addchaptertocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addchaptertocentry">\addchaptertocentry</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.addchaptertocentry">475</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.addcontentslinetoeachtocfile"></a><a href="#cmd.addcontentslinetoeachtocfile">\addcontentslinetoeachtocfile</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.addcontentslinetoeachtocfile">379</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.addparagraphtocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addparagraphtocentry">\addparagraphtocentry</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.addparagraphtocentry">475</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.addpart*"></a><a href="#cmd.addpart*">\addpart*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.addpart*">105</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.addpart"></a><a href="#cmd.addpart">\addpart</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.addpart">105</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.addparttocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addparttocentry">\addparttocentry</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.addparttocentry">475</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.addrchar"></a><a href="#cmd.addrchar">\addrchar</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.addrchar">249</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scraddr.cmd.addrchar">284</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.addrentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addrentry">\addrentry</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.addrentry">248</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scraddr.cmd.addrentry">284</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.addsec*"></a><a href="#cmd.addsec*">\addsec*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.addsec*">105</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.addsec"></a><a href="#cmd.addsec">\addsec</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.addsec">105</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.addsecmark"></a><a href="#cmd.addsecmark">\addsecmark</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.addsecmark">111</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.addsectiontocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addsectiontocentry">\addsectiontocentry</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.addsectiontocentry">475</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.addsubparagraphtocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addsubparagraphtocentry">\addsubparagraphtocentry</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.addsubparagraphtocentry">475</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.addsubsectiontocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addsubsectiontocentry">\addsubsectiontocentry</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.addsubsectiontocentry">475</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.addsubsubsectiontocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addsubsubsectiontocentry">\addsubsubsectiontocentry</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.addsubsubsectiontocentry">475</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.addtocentrydefault"></a><a href="#cmd.addtocentrydefault">\addtocentrydefault</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.addtocentrydefault">474</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.addtoeachtocfile"></a><a href="#cmd.addtoeachtocfile">\addtoeachtocfile</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.addtoeachtocfile">378</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.addtokomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.addtokomafont">\addtokomafont</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.addtokomafont">179</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.addtokomafont">255</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.addtokomafont">293</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.addtokomafont">309</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.addtokomafont">457</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.addtokomafont">59</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.addtokomafontgobblelist"></a><a href="#cmd.addtokomafontgobblelist">\addtokomafontgobblelist</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.addtokomafontgobblelist">476</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.addtokomafontonearglist"></a><a href="#cmd.addtokomafontonearglist">\addtokomafontonearglist</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.addtokomafontonearglist">476</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.addtokomafontrelaxlist"></a><a href="#cmd.addtokomafontrelaxlist">\addtokomafontrelaxlist</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.addtokomafontrelaxlist">476</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.addtolengthplength"></a><a href="#cmd.addtolengthplength">\addtolengthplength</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.addtolengthplength">167</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.addtoplength"></a><a href="#cmd.addtoplength">\addtoplength</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.addtoplength">166</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.addtoreffields"></a><a href="#cmd.addtoreffields">\addtoreffields</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.addtoreffields">502</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.addtotoclist"></a><a href="#cmd.addtotoclist">\addtotoclist</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.addtotoclist">375</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.addxcontentsline"></a><a href="#cmd.addxcontentsline">\addxcontentsline</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.addxcontentsline">378</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.addxcontentslinetoeachtocfile"></a><a href="#cmd.addxcontentslinetoeachtocfile">\addxcontentslinetoeachtocfile</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.addxcontentslinetoeachtocfile">379</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.adrchar"></a><a href="#cmd.adrchar">\adrchar</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.adrchar">249</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scraddr.cmd.adrchar">284</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.adrentry"></a><a href="#cmd.adrentry">\adrentry</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.adrentry">247</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scraddr.cmd.adrentry">284</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.aliaskomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.aliaskomafont">\aliaskomafont</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.aliaskomafont">476</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.and"></a><a href="#cmd.and">\and</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.and">297</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.and">67</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.appendix"></a><a href="#cmd.appendix">\appendix</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.appendix">146</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.appendixmore"></a><a href="#cmd.appendixmore">\appendixmore</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.appendixmore">498</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.areaset"></a><a href="#cmd.areaset">\areaset</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:typearea.cmd.areaset">47</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:typearea-experts.cmd.areaset">470</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.author"></a><a href="#cmd.author">\author</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.author">297</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.author">67</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.autodot"></a><a href="#cmd.autodot">\autodot</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.autodot">108</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.automark*"></a><a href="#cmd.automark*">\automark*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.automark*">267</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.automark*">440</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.automark"></a><a href="#cmd.automark">\automark</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.automark">267</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.automark">440</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.backmatter"></a><a href="#cmd.backmatter">\backmatter</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.backmatter">93</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.bankname"></a><a href="#cmd.bankname">\bankname</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.bankname">509</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.bib@beginhook"></a><a href="#cmd.bib@beginhook">\bib@beginhook</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.bib@beginhook">500</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.bib@endhook"></a><a href="#cmd.bib@endhook">\bib@endhook</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.bib@endhook">500</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.caption"></a><a href="#cmd.caption">\caption</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.caption">129</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.captionabove"></a><a href="#cmd.captionabove">\captionabove</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.captionabove">129</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.captionaboveof"></a><a href="#cmd.captionaboveof">\captionaboveof</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.captionaboveof">131</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.captionbelow"></a><a href="#cmd.captionbelow">\captionbelow</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.captionbelow">129</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.captionbelowof"></a><a href="#cmd.captionbelowof">\captionbelowof</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.captionbelowof">131</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.captionformat"></a><a href="#cmd.captionformat">\captionformat</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.captionformat">136</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.captionof"></a><a href="#cmd.captionof">\captionof</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.captionof">131</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.captionsUKenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsUKenglish">\captionsUKenglish</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsUKenglish">510</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.captionsUSenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsUSenglish">\captionsUSenglish</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsUSenglish">510</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.captionsacadian"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsacadian">\captionsacadian</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsacadian">510</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.captionsamerican"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsamerican">\captionsamerican</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsamerican">510</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.captionsaustralien"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsaustralien">\captionsaustralien</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsaustralien">510</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.captionsaustrian"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsaustrian">\captionsaustrian</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsaustrian">510</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.captionsbritish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsbritish">\captionsbritish</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsbritish">510</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.captionscanadian"></a><a href="#cmd.captionscanadian">\captionscanadian</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionscanadian">510</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.captionscanadien"></a><a href="#cmd.captionscanadien">\captionscanadien</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionscanadien">510</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.captionscroatian"></a><a href="#cmd.captionscroatian">\captionscroatian</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionscroatian">510</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.captionsczech"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsczech">\captionsczech</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsczech">510</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.captionsdutch"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsdutch">\captionsdutch</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsdutch">510</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.captionsenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsenglish">\captionsenglish</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsenglish">510</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.captionsfinnish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsfinnish">\captionsfinnish</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsfinnish">510</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.captionsfrancais"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsfrancais">\captionsfrancais</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsfrancais">510</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.captionsfrench"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsfrench">\captionsfrench</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsfrench">510</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.captionsgerman"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsgerman">\captionsgerman</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsgerman">510</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.captionsitalian"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsitalian">\captionsitalian</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsitalian">510</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.captionsnaustrian"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsnaustrian">\captionsnaustrian</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsnaustrian">510</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.captionsnewzealand"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsnewzealand">\captionsnewzealand</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsnewzealand">510</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.captionsngerman"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsngerman">\captionsngerman</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsngerman">510</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.captionsnorsk"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsnorsk">\captionsnorsk</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsnorsk">510</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.captionsnswissgerman"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsnswissgerman">\captionsnswissgerman</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsnswissgerman">510</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.captionspolish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionspolish">\captionspolish</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionspolish">510</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.captionsslovak"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsslovak">\captionsslovak</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsslovak">510</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.captionsspanish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsspanish">\captionsspanish</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsspanish">510</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.captionsswedish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsswedish">\captionsswedish</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsswedish">510</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.captionsswissgerman"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsswissgerman">\captionsswissgerman</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsswissgerman">510</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.cc"></a><a href="#cmd.cc">\cc</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.cc">175</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.ccname"></a><a href="#cmd.ccname">\ccname</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.ccname">509</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.cefoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.cefoot*">\cefoot*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cefoot*">263</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.cefoot"></a><a href="#cmd.cefoot">\cefoot</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cefoot">261</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.cehead*"></a><a href="#cmd.cehead*">\cehead*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cehead*">260</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.cehead"></a><a href="#cmd.cehead">\cehead</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cehead">258</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.cfoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.cfoot*">\cfoot*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cfoot*">265</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.cfoot"></a><a href="#cmd.cfoot">\cfoot</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cfoot">264</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.changefontsizes"></a><a href="#cmd.changefontsizes">\changefontsizes</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.changefontsizes">476</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.chapapp"></a><a href="#cmd.chapapp">\chapapp</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.chapapp">110</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.chapappifchapterprefix"></a><a href="#cmd.chapappifchapterprefix">\chapappifchapterprefix</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.chapappifchapterprefix">110</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.chapter*"></a><a href="#cmd.chapter*">\chapter*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.chapter*">104</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.chapter"></a><a href="#cmd.chapter">\chapter</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.chapter">100</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.chapterformat"></a><a href="#cmd.chapterformat">\chapterformat</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.chapterformat">108</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.chapterheadendvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.chapterheadendvskip">\chapterheadendvskip</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.chapterheadendvskip">490</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.chapterheadmidvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.chapterheadmidvskip">\chapterheadmidvskip</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.chapterheadmidvskip">490</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.chapterheadstartvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.chapterheadstartvskip">\chapterheadstartvskip</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.chapterheadstartvskip">490</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.chapterlinesformat"></a><a href="#cmd.chapterlinesformat">\chapterlinesformat</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.chapterlinesformat">493</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.chapterlineswithprefixformat"></a><a href="#cmd.chapterlineswithprefixformat">\chapterlineswithprefixformat</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.chapterlineswithprefixformat">493</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.chaptermark"></a><a href="#cmd.chaptermark">\chaptermark</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.chaptermark">111</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.chaptermark">272</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.chaptermark">443</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.chaptermarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.chaptermarkformat">\chaptermarkformat</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.chaptermarkformat">111</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.chaptermarkformat">272</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.chaptermarkformat">443</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.chapternumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.chapternumdepth">\chapternumdepth</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.chapternumdepth">112</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.chapterpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.chapterpagestyle">\chapterpagestyle</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.chapterpagestyle">83</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.chead*"></a><a href="#cmd.chead*">\chead*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.chead*">265</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.chead"></a><a href="#cmd.chead">\chead</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.chead">264</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleemptypage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleemptypage">\cleardoubleemptypage</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.cleardoubleemptypage">232</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.cleardoubleemptypage">300</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.cleardoubleemptypage">87</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleevenemptypage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleevenemptypage">\cleardoubleevenemptypage</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.cleardoubleevenemptypage">232</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.cleardoubleevenemptypage">300</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.cleardoubleevenemptypage">87</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleevenpage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleevenpage">\cleardoubleevenpage</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.cleardoubleevenpage">232</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.cleardoubleevenpage">300</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.cleardoubleevenpage">87</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleevenpageusingstyle"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleevenpageusingstyle">\cleardoubleevenpageusingstyle</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.cleardoubleevenpageusingstyle">232</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.cleardoubleevenpageusingstyle">300</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.cleardoubleevenpageusingstyle">87</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleevenplainpage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleevenplainpage">\cleardoubleevenplainpage</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.cleardoubleevenplainpage">232</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.cleardoubleevenplainpage">300</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.cleardoubleevenplainpage">87</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleevenstandardpage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleevenstandardpage">\cleardoubleevenstandardpage</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.cleardoubleevenstandardpage">232</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.cleardoubleevenstandardpage">300</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.cleardoubleevenstandardpage">87</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleoddemptypage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleoddemptypage">\cleardoubleoddemptypage</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.cleardoubleoddemptypage">232</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.cleardoubleoddemptypage">300</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.cleardoubleoddemptypage">87</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleoddpage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleoddpage">\cleardoubleoddpage</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.cleardoubleoddpage">232</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.cleardoubleoddpage">300</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.cleardoubleoddpage">87</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleoddpageusingstyle"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleoddpageusingstyle">\cleardoubleoddpageusingstyle</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.cleardoubleoddpageusingstyle">232</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.cleardoubleoddpageusingstyle">300</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.cleardoubleoddpageusingstyle">87</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleoddplainpage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleoddplainpage">\cleardoubleoddplainpage</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.cleardoubleoddplainpage">232</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.cleardoubleoddplainpage">300</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.cleardoubleoddplainpage">87</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleoddstandardpage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleoddstandardpage">\cleardoubleoddstandardpage</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.cleardoubleoddstandardpage">232</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.cleardoubleoddstandardpage">300</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.cleardoubleoddstandardpage">87</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.cleardoublepage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoublepage">\cleardoublepage</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.cleardoublepage">232</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.cleardoublepage">300</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.cleardoublepage">87</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.cleardoublepageusingstyle"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoublepageusingstyle">\cleardoublepageusingstyle</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.cleardoublepageusingstyle">232</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.cleardoublepageusingstyle">300</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.cleardoublepageusingstyle">87</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleplainpage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleplainpage">\cleardoubleplainpage</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.cleardoubleplainpage">232</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.cleardoubleplainpage">300</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.cleardoubleplainpage">87</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.cleardoublestandardpage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoublestandardpage">\cleardoublestandardpage</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.cleardoublestandardpage">232</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.cleardoublestandardpage">300</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.cleardoublestandardpage">87</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.clearmainofpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.clearmainofpairofpagestyles">\clearmainofpairofpagestyles</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.clearmainofpairofpagestyles">451</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.clearnotecolumn"></a><a href="#cmd.clearnotecolumn">\clearnotecolumn</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.clearnotecolumn">466</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.clearnotecolumns"></a><a href="#cmd.clearnotecolumns">\clearnotecolumns</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.clearnotecolumns">467</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.clearpage"></a><a href="#cmd.clearpage">\clearpage</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.clearpage">232</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.clearpage">300</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.clearpage">87</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.clearpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.clearpairofpagestyles">\clearpairofpagestyles</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.clearpairofpagestyles">451</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.clearplainofpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.clearplainofpairofpagestyles">\clearplainofpairofpagestyles</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.clearplainofpairofpagestyles">451</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.closing"></a><a href="#cmd.closing">\closing</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.closing">172</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.cofoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.cofoot*">\cofoot*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cofoot*">263</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.cofoot"></a><a href="#cmd.cofoot">\cofoot</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cofoot">261</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.cohead*"></a><a href="#cmd.cohead*">\cohead*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cohead*">260</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.cohead"></a><a href="#cmd.cohead">\cohead</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cohead">258</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.coverpagebottommargin"></a><a href="#cmd.coverpagebottommargin">\coverpagebottommargin</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.coverpagebottommargin">295</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.coverpagebottommargin">64</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.coverpageleftmargin"></a><a href="#cmd.coverpageleftmargin">\coverpageleftmargin</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.coverpageleftmargin">295</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.coverpageleftmargin">64</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.coverpagerightmargin"></a><a href="#cmd.coverpagerightmargin">\coverpagerightmargin</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.coverpagerightmargin">295</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.coverpagerightmargin">64</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.coverpagetopmargin"></a><a href="#cmd.coverpagetopmargin">\coverpagetopmargin</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.coverpagetopmargin">295</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.coverpagetopmargin">64</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.currentpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.currentpagestyle">\currentpagestyle</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.currentpagestyle">430</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.customername"></a><a href="#cmd.customername">\customername</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.customername">509</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.date"></a><a href="#cmd.date">\date</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.date">297</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.date">67</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.dateUKenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.dateUKenglish">\dateUKenglish</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateUKenglish">511</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.dateUSenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.dateUSenglish">\dateUSenglish</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateUSenglish">511</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.dateacadian"></a><a href="#cmd.dateacadian">\dateacadian</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateacadian">511</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.dateamerican"></a><a href="#cmd.dateamerican">\dateamerican</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateamerican">511</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.dateaustralien"></a><a href="#cmd.dateaustralien">\dateaustralien</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateaustralien">511</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.dateaustrian"></a><a href="#cmd.dateaustrian">\dateaustrian</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateaustrian">511</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.datebritish"></a><a href="#cmd.datebritish">\datebritish</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datebritish">511</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.datecanadian"></a><a href="#cmd.datecanadian">\datecanadian</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datecanadian">511</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.datecanadien"></a><a href="#cmd.datecanadien">\datecanadien</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datecanadien">511</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.datecroatian"></a><a href="#cmd.datecroatian">\datecroatian</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datecroatian">511</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.dateczech"></a><a href="#cmd.dateczech">\dateczech</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateczech">511</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.datedutch"></a><a href="#cmd.datedutch">\datedutch</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datedutch">511</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.dateenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.dateenglish">\dateenglish</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateenglish">511</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.datefinnish"></a><a href="#cmd.datefinnish">\datefinnish</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datefinnish">511</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.datefrancais"></a><a href="#cmd.datefrancais">\datefrancais</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datefrancais">511</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.datefrench"></a><a href="#cmd.datefrench">\datefrench</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datefrench">511</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.dategerman"></a><a href="#cmd.dategerman">\dategerman</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dategerman">511</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.dateitalian"></a><a href="#cmd.dateitalian">\dateitalian</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateitalian">511</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.datename"></a><a href="#cmd.datename">\datename</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datename">509</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.datenaustrian"></a><a href="#cmd.datenaustrian">\datenaustrian</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datenaustrian">511</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.datenewzealand"></a><a href="#cmd.datenewzealand">\datenewzealand</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datenewzealand">511</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.datengerman"></a><a href="#cmd.datengerman">\datengerman</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datengerman">511</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.datenorsk"></a><a href="#cmd.datenorsk">\datenorsk</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datenorsk">511</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.datenswissgerman"></a><a href="#cmd.datenswissgerman">\datenswissgerman</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datenswissgerman">511</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.datepolish"></a><a href="#cmd.datepolish">\datepolish</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datepolish">511</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.dateslovak"></a><a href="#cmd.dateslovak">\dateslovak</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateslovak">511</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.datespanish"></a><a href="#cmd.datespanish">\datespanish</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datespanish">511</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.dateswedish"></a><a href="#cmd.dateswedish">\dateswedish</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateswedish">511</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.dateswissgerman"></a><a href="#cmd.dateswissgerman">\dateswissgerman</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateswissgerman">511</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.dedication"></a><a href="#cmd.dedication">\dedication</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.dedication">299</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.dedication">70</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.defaultreffields"></a><a href="#cmd.defaultreffields">\defaultreffields</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.defaultreffields">502</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.defcaptionname*"></a><a href="#cmd.defcaptionname*">\defcaptionname*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.defcaptionname*">350</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.defcaptionname"></a><a href="#cmd.defcaptionname">\defcaptionname</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.defcaptionname">350</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.deffootnote"></a><a href="#cmd.deffootnote">\deffootnote</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.deffootnote">234</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.deffootnote">303</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.deffootnote">91</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.deffootnotemark"></a><a href="#cmd.deffootnotemark">\deffootnotemark</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.deffootnotemark">234</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.deffootnotemark">303</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.deffootnotemark">91</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.defpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.defpagestyle">\defpagestyle</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.defpagestyle">451</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.defpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.defpairofpagestyles">\defpairofpagestyles</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.defpairofpagestyles">450</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.deftocheading"></a><a href="#cmd.deftocheading">\deftocheading</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.deftocheading">382</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.dictum"></a><a href="#cmd.dictum">\dictum</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.dictum">115</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.dictum">304</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.dictumauthorformat"></a><a href="#cmd.dictumauthorformat">\dictumauthorformat</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.dictumauthorformat">115</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.dictumauthorformat">304</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.dictumrule"></a><a href="#cmd.dictumrule">\dictumrule</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.dictumrule">115</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.dictumrule">304</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.dictumwidth"></a><a href="#cmd.dictumwidth">\dictumwidth</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.dictumwidth">115</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.dictumwidth">304</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.documentclass"></a><a href="#cmd.documentclass">\documentclass</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.documentclass">151</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.documentclass">253</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.documentclass">290</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.documentclass">308</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:typearea.cmd.documentclass">32</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrhack.cmd.documentclass">411</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.documentclass">416</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.documentclass">456</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.documentclass">55</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.doforeachtocfile"></a><a href="#cmd.doforeachtocfile">\doforeachtocfile</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.doforeachtocfile">377</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.ellipsispar"></a><a href="#cmd.ellipsispar">\ellipsispar</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.ellipsispar">316</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.emailname"></a><a href="#cmd.emailname">\emailname</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.emailname">509</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.encl"></a><a href="#cmd.encl">\encl</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.encl">175</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.enclname"></a><a href="#cmd.enclname">\enclname</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.enclname">509</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.extratitle"></a><a href="#cmd.extratitle">\extratitle</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.extratitle">296</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.extratitle">66</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.faxname"></a><a href="#cmd.faxname">\faxname</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.faxname">509</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.figureformat"></a><a href="#cmd.figureformat">\figureformat</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.figureformat">137</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.flushbottom"></a><a href="#cmd.flushbottom">\flushbottom</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.flushbottom">57</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.footnote"></a><a href="#cmd.footnote">\footnote</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.footnote">217</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.footnote">290</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.footnote">90</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.footnotemark"></a><a href="#cmd.footnotemark">\footnotemark</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.footnotemark">217</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.footnotemark">290</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.footnotemark">90</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.footnotetext"></a><a href="#cmd.footnotetext">\footnotetext</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.footnotetext">217</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.footnotetext">290</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.footnotetext">90</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.footref"></a><a href="#cmd.footref">\footref</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.footref">218</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.footref">290</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.footref">91</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.foreachemptykomavar"></a><a href="#cmd.foreachemptykomavar">\foreachemptykomavar</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.foreachemptykomavar">509</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.foreachkomavar"></a><a href="#cmd.foreachkomavar">\foreachkomavar</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.foreachkomavar">509</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.foreachkomavarifempty"></a><a href="#cmd.foreachkomavarifempty">\foreachkomavarifempty</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.foreachkomavarifempty">509</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.foreachnonemptykomavar"></a><a href="#cmd.foreachnonemptykomavar">\foreachnonemptykomavar</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.foreachnonemptykomavar">509</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.frontispiece"></a><a href="#cmd.frontispiece">\frontispiece</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.frontispiece">283</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.frontispiece">67</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.frontmatter"></a><a href="#cmd.frontmatter">\frontmatter</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.frontmatter">94</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.headfromname"></a><a href="#cmd.headfromname">\headfromname</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.headfromname">514</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.headmark"></a><a href="#cmd.headmark">\headmark</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.headmark">256</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.headmark">429</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.headtoname"></a><a href="#cmd.headtoname">\headtoname</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.headtoname">514</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.if@atdocument"></a><a href="#cmd.if@atdocument">\if@atdocument</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.if@atdocument">334</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.if@chapter"></a><a href="#cmd.if@chapter">\if@chapter</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.if@chapter">404</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.if@mainmatter"></a><a href="#cmd.if@mainmatter">\if@mainmatter</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.if@mainmatter">405</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ifVTeX"></a><a href="#cmd.ifVTeX">\ifVTeX</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.ifVTeX">333</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ifattoclist"></a><a href="#cmd.ifattoclist">\ifattoclist</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.ifattoclist">362</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ifdimen"></a><a href="#cmd.ifdimen">\ifdimen</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.ifdimen">335</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ifdvioutput"></a><a href="#cmd.ifdvioutput">\ifdvioutput</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.ifdvioutput">334</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ifiscount"></a><a href="#cmd.ifiscount">\ifiscount</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.ifiscount">336</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ifiscounter"></a><a href="#cmd.ifiscounter">\ifiscounter</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.ifiscounter">336</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ifisdimen"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisdimen">\ifisdimen</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.ifisdimen">334</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ifisdimension"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisdimension">\ifisdimension</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.ifisdimension">335</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ifisdimexpr"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisdimexpr">\ifisdimexpr</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.ifisdimexpr">335</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ifisglue"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisglue">\ifisglue</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.ifisglue">335</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ifisglueexpr"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisglueexpr">\ifisglueexpr</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.ifisglueexpr">335</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ifisinteger"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisinteger">\ifisinteger</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.ifisinteger">336</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ifisnumexpr"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisnumexpr">\ifisnumexpr</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.ifisnumexpr">336</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ifisskip"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisskip">\ifisskip</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.ifisskip">335</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ifkomavar"></a><a href="#cmd.ifkomavar">\ifkomavar</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.ifkomavar">157</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ifkomavarempty*"></a><a href="#cmd.ifkomavarempty*">\ifkomavarempty*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.ifkomavarempty*">157</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.ifkomavarempty*">508</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ifkomavarempty"></a><a href="#cmd.ifkomavarempty">\ifkomavarempty</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.ifkomavarempty">157</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.ifkomavarempty">508</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ifnotundefined"></a><a href="#cmd.ifnotundefined">\ifnotundefined</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.ifnotundefined">333</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ifnumber"></a><a href="#cmd.ifnumber">\ifnumber</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.ifnumber">336</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ifnumbered"></a><a href="#cmd.ifnumbered">\ifnumbered</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.ifnumbered">113</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ifoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.ifoot*">\ifoot*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ifoot*">250</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ifoot"></a><a href="#cmd.ifoot">\ifoot</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ifoot">249</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ifpdfoutput"></a><a href="#cmd.ifpdfoutput">\ifpdfoutput</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.ifpdfoutput">333</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ifpdftex"></a><a href="#cmd.ifpdftex">\ifpdftex</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.ifpdftex">333</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ifpsoutput"></a><a href="#cmd.ifpsoutput">\ifpsoutput</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.ifpsoutput">334</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ifstr"></a><a href="#cmd.ifstr">\ifstr</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.ifstr">334</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ifstrstart"></a><a href="#cmd.ifstrstart">\ifstrstart</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.ifstrstart">334</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ifthispageodd"></a><a href="#cmd.ifthispageodd">\ifthispageodd</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.ifthispageodd">210</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.ifthispageodd">286</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.ifthispageodd">80</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.iftocfeature"></a><a href="#cmd.iftocfeature">\iftocfeature</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.iftocfeature">373</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ifundefinedorrelax"></a><a href="#cmd.ifundefinedorrelax">\ifundefinedorrelax</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.ifundefinedorrelax">333</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ifunnumbered"></a><a href="#cmd.ifunnumbered">\ifunnumbered</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.ifunnumbered">113</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ihead*"></a><a href="#cmd.ihead*">\ihead*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ihead*">250</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ihead"></a><a href="#cmd.ihead">\ihead</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ihead">249</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.indexpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.indexpagestyle">\indexpagestyle</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.indexpagestyle">84</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.invoicename"></a><a href="#cmd.invoicename">\invoicename</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.invoicename">514</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.item"></a><a href="#cmd.item">\item</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.item">118</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.item">220</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.labelenumi"></a><a href="#cmd.labelenumi">\labelenumi</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.labelenumi">119</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.labelenumi">221</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.labelenumii"></a><a href="#cmd.labelenumii">\labelenumii</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.labelenumii">119</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.labelenumii">221</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.labelenumiii"></a><a href="#cmd.labelenumiii">\labelenumiii</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.labelenumiii">119</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.labelenumiii">221</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.labelenumiv"></a><a href="#cmd.labelenumiv">\labelenumiv</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.labelenumiv">119</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.labelenumiv">221</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.labelitemi"></a><a href="#cmd.labelitemi">\labelitemi</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.labelitemi">118</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.labelitemi">220</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.labelitemii"></a><a href="#cmd.labelitemii">\labelitemii</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.labelitemii">118</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.labelitemii">220</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.labelitemiii"></a><a href="#cmd.labelitemiii">\labelitemiii</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.labelitemiii">118</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.labelitemiii">220</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.labelitemiv"></a><a href="#cmd.labelitemiv">\labelitemiv</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.labelitemiv">118</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.labelitemiv">220</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.layercontentsmeasure"></a><a href="#cmd.layercontentsmeasure">\layercontentsmeasure</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.layercontentsmeasure">416</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.layerhalign"></a><a href="#cmd.layerhalign">\layerhalign</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.layerhalign">414</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.layerheight"></a><a href="#cmd.layerheight">\layerheight</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.layerheight">414</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.layervalign"></a><a href="#cmd.layervalign">\layervalign</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.layervalign">414</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.layerwidth"></a><a href="#cmd.layerwidth">\layerwidth</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.layerwidth">414</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.layerxoffset"></a><a href="#cmd.layerxoffset">\layerxoffset</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.layerxoffset">414</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.layeryoffset"></a><a href="#cmd.layeryoffset">\layeryoffset</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.layeryoffset">414</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.lefoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.lefoot*">\lefoot*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lefoot*">248</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.lefoot"></a><a href="#cmd.lefoot">\lefoot</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lefoot">246</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.leftbotmark"></a><a href="#cmd.leftbotmark">\leftbotmark</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.leftbotmark">431</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.leftbotmark">437</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.leftfirstmark"></a><a href="#cmd.leftfirstmark">\leftfirstmark</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.leftfirstmark">431</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.leftfirstmark">437</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.leftmark"></a><a href="#cmd.leftmark">\leftmark</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.leftmark">256</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.leftmark">429</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.lefttopmark"></a><a href="#cmd.lefttopmark">\lefttopmark</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.lefttopmark">431</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.lefttopmark">437</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.lehead*"></a><a href="#cmd.lehead*">\lehead*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lehead*">245</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.lehead"></a><a href="#cmd.lehead">\lehead</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lehead">243</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.letterlastpage"></a><a href="#cmd.letterlastpage">\letterlastpage</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.letterlastpage">165</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.letterpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.letterpagestyle">\letterpagestyle</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.letterpagestyle">210</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.listof/extension/name"></a><a href="#cmd.listof/extension/name">\listof/extension/name</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.listof/extension/name">368</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.listofeachtoc"></a><a href="#cmd.listofeachtoc">\listofeachtoc</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.listofeachtoc">368</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.listoffigures"></a><a href="#cmd.listoffigures">\listoffigures</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.listoffigures">145</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.listoftables"></a><a href="#cmd.listoftables">\listoftables</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.listoftables">145</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.listoftoc*"></a><a href="#cmd.listoftoc*">\listoftoc*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.listoftoc*">368</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.listoftoc"></a><a href="#cmd.listoftoc">\listoftoc</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.listoftoc">368</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.lofoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.lofoot*">\lofoot*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lofoot*">248</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.lofoot"></a><a href="#cmd.lofoot">\lofoot</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lofoot">246</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.lohead*"></a><a href="#cmd.lohead*">\lohead*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lohead*">245</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.lohead"></a><a href="#cmd.lohead">\lohead</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lohead">243</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.lowertitleback"></a><a href="#cmd.lowertitleback">\lowertitleback</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.lowertitleback">285</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.lowertitleback">71</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.mainmatter"></a><a href="#cmd.mainmatter">\mainmatter</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.mainmatter">94</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.makenote*"></a><a href="#cmd.makenote*">\makenote*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.makenote*">452</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.makenote"></a><a href="#cmd.makenote">\makenote</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.makenote">452</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.maketitle"></a><a href="#cmd.maketitle">\maketitle</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.maketitle">283</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.maketitle">67</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.manualmark"></a><a href="#cmd.manualmark">\manualmark</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.manualmark">252</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.manualmark">427</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.marginline"></a><a href="#cmd.marginline">\marginline</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.marginline">146</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.marginline">224</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.marginline">294</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.marginpar"></a><a href="#cmd.marginpar">\marginpar</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.marginpar">146</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.marginpar">224</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.marginpar">294</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.markboth"></a><a href="#cmd.markboth">\markboth</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.markboth">214</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.markboth">258</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.markboth">430</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.markboth">83</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.markleft"></a><a href="#cmd.markleft">\markleft</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.markleft">258</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.markleft">430</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.markright"></a><a href="#cmd.markright">\markright</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.markright">214</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.markright">258</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.markright">430</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.markright">83</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.minisec"></a><a href="#cmd.minisec">\minisec</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.minisec">107</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.mobilephonename"></a><a href="#cmd.mobilephonename">\mobilephonename</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.mobilephonename">514</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.multfootsep"></a><a href="#cmd.multfootsep">\multfootsep</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.multfootsep">217</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.multfootsep">289</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.multfootsep">90</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.multiplefootnoteseparator"></a><a href="#cmd.multiplefootnoteseparator">\multiplefootnoteseparator</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.multiplefootnoteseparator">217</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.multiplefootnoteseparator">290</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.multiplefootnoteseparator">90</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.myrefname"></a><a href="#cmd.myrefname">\myrefname</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.myrefname">514</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.nameday"></a><a href="#cmd.nameday">\nameday</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrdate.cmd.nameday">266</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.newbibstyle"></a><a href="#cmd.newbibstyle">\newbibstyle</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.newbibstyle">489</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.newblock"></a><a href="#cmd.newblock">\newblock</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.newblock">489</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.newcaptionname*"></a><a href="#cmd.newcaptionname*">\newcaptionname*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.newcaptionname*">338</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.newcaptionname"></a><a href="#cmd.newcaptionname">\newcaptionname</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.newcaptionname">338</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.newdaylanguage"></a><a href="#cmd.newdaylanguage">\newdaylanguage</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrdate.cmd.newdaylanguage">266</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.newkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.newkomafont">\newkomafont</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.newkomafont">465</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.newkomavar*"></a><a href="#cmd.newkomavar*">\newkomavar*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.newkomavar*">507</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.newkomavar"></a><a href="#cmd.newkomavar">\newkomavar</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.newkomavar">507</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.newpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.newpagestyle">\newpagestyle</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.newpagestyle">440</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.newpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.newpairofpagestyles">\newpairofpagestyles</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.newpairofpagestyles">439</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.newplength"></a><a href="#cmd.newplength">\newplength</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.newplength">496</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.nonumberline"></a><a href="#cmd.nonumberline">\nonumberline</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.nonumberline">389</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.numberline"></a><a href="#cmd.numberline">\numberline</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.numberline">374</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ofoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.ofoot*">\ofoot*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ofoot*">250</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ofoot"></a><a href="#cmd.ofoot">\ofoot</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ofoot">249</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ohead*"></a><a href="#cmd.ohead*">\ohead*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ohead*">250</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ohead"></a><a href="#cmd.ohead">\ohead</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ohead">249</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.opening"></a><a href="#cmd.opening">\opening</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.opening">166</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.othersectionlevelsformat"></a><a href="#cmd.othersectionlevelsformat">\othersectionlevelsformat</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.othersectionlevelsformat">109</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.pagemark"></a><a href="#cmd.pagemark">\pagemark</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.pagemark">256</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.pagemark">429</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.pagename"></a><a href="#cmd.pagename">\pagename</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.pagename">514</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.pagenumbering"></a><a href="#cmd.pagenumbering">\pagenumbering</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.pagenumbering">85</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.pagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.pagestyle">\pagestyle</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.pagestyle">212</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.pagestyle">81</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.paragraph*"></a><a href="#cmd.paragraph*">\paragraph*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.paragraph*">105</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.paragraph"></a><a href="#cmd.paragraph">\paragraph</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.paragraph">101</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.paragraphformat"></a><a href="#cmd.paragraphformat">\paragraphformat</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.paragraphformat">109</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.paragraphmark"></a><a href="#cmd.paragraphmark">\paragraphmark</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.paragraphmark">258</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.paragraphmark">430</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.paragraphmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.paragraphmarkformat">\paragraphmarkformat</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.paragraphmarkformat">257</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.paragraphmarkformat">429</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.paragraphnumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.paragraphnumdepth">\paragraphnumdepth</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.paragraphnumdepth">113</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.paragraphtocdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.paragraphtocdepth">\paragraphtocdepth</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.paragraphtocdepth">77</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.parellipsis"></a><a href="#cmd.parellipsis">\parellipsis</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.parellipsis">303</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.parformat"></a><a href="#cmd.parformat">\parformat</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.parformat">303</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.parformatseparation"></a><a href="#cmd.parformatseparation">\parformatseparation</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.parformatseparation">303</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.parname"></a><a href="#cmd.parname">\parname</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.parname">310</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.parshortname"></a><a href="#cmd.parshortname">\parshortname</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.parshortname">310</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.part*"></a><a href="#cmd.part*">\part*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.part*">105</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.part"></a><a href="#cmd.part">\part</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.part">101</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.partformat"></a><a href="#cmd.partformat">\partformat</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.partformat">109</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.partheademptypage"></a><a href="#cmd.partheademptypage">\partheademptypage</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.partheademptypage">479</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.partheadendvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.partheadendvskip">\partheadendvskip</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.partheadendvskip">479</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.partheadmidvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.partheadmidvskip">\partheadmidvskip</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.partheadmidvskip">479</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.partheadstartvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.partheadstartvskip">\partheadstartvskip</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.partheadstartvskip">479</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.partlineswithprefixformat"></a><a href="#cmd.partlineswithprefixformat">\partlineswithprefixformat</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.partlineswithprefixformat">480</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.partmark"></a><a href="#cmd.partmark">\partmark</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.partmark">258</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.partmark">430</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.partmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.partmarkformat">\partmarkformat</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.partmarkformat">257</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.partmarkformat">429</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.partnumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.partnumdepth">\partnumdepth</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.partnumdepth">113</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.partpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.partpagestyle">\partpagestyle</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.partpagestyle">84</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.parttocdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.parttocdepth">\parttocdepth</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.parttocdepth">77</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.phonename"></a><a href="#cmd.phonename">\phonename</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.phonename">514</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.providecaptionname*"></a><a href="#cmd.providecaptionname*">\providecaptionname*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.providecaptionname*">338</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.providecaptionname"></a><a href="#cmd.providecaptionname">\providecaptionname</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.providecaptionname">338</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.providepagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.providepagestyle">\providepagestyle</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.providepagestyle">440</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.providepairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.providepairofpagestyles">\providepairofpagestyles</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.providepairofpagestyles">439</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ps"></a><a href="#cmd.ps">\ps</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.ps">167</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.publishers"></a><a href="#cmd.publishers">\publishers</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.publishers">284</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.publishers">68</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.putC"></a><a href="#cmd.putC">\putC</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.putC">415</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.putLL"></a><a href="#cmd.putLL">\putLL</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.putLL">415</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.putLR"></a><a href="#cmd.putLR">\putLR</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.putLR">415</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.putUL"></a><a href="#cmd.putUL">\putUL</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.putUL">415</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.putUR"></a><a href="#cmd.putUR">\putUR</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.putUR">415</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.footnote"></a><a href="#cmd.footnote">\footnote</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.footnote">233</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.footnote">302</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.footnote">89</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.footnotemark"></a><a href="#cmd.footnotemark">\footnotemark</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.footnotemark">233</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.footnotemark">302</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.footnotemark">89</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.footnotetext"></a><a href="#cmd.footnotetext">\footnotetext</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.footnotetext">233</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.footnotetext">302</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.footnotetext">89</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.footref"></a><a href="#cmd.footref">\footref</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.footref">234</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.footref">302</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.footref">90</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.foreachemptykomavar"></a><a href="#cmd.foreachemptykomavar">\foreachemptykomavar</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.foreachemptykomavar">504</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.foreachkomavar"></a><a href="#cmd.foreachkomavar">\foreachkomavar</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.foreachkomavar">504</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.foreachkomavarifempty"></a><a href="#cmd.foreachkomavarifempty">\foreachkomavarifempty</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.foreachkomavarifempty">504</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.foreachnonemptykomavar"></a><a href="#cmd.foreachnonemptykomavar">\foreachnonemptykomavar</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.foreachnonemptykomavar">504</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.frontispiece"></a><a href="#cmd.frontispiece">\frontispiece</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.frontispiece">296</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.frontispiece">66</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.frontmatter"></a><a href="#cmd.frontmatter">\frontmatter</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.frontmatter">93</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.headfromname"></a><a href="#cmd.headfromname">\headfromname</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.headfromname">509</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.headmark"></a><a href="#cmd.headmark">\headmark</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.headmark">270</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.headmark">442</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.headtoname"></a><a href="#cmd.headtoname">\headtoname</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.headtoname">509</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.if@atdocument"></a><a href="#cmd.if@atdocument">\if@atdocument</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.if@atdocument">346</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.if@chapter"></a><a href="#cmd.if@chapter">\if@chapter</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.if@chapter">417</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.if@mainmatter"></a><a href="#cmd.if@mainmatter">\if@mainmatter</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.if@mainmatter">418</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.ifoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.ifoot*">\ifoot*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ifoot*">265</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.ifoot"></a><a href="#cmd.ifoot">\ifoot</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ifoot">264</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.ihead*"></a><a href="#cmd.ihead*">\ihead*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ihead*">265</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.ihead"></a><a href="#cmd.ihead">\ihead</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ihead">264</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.indexpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.indexpagestyle">\indexpagestyle</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.indexpagestyle">83</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.invoicename"></a><a href="#cmd.invoicename">\invoicename</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.invoicename">509</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.item"></a><a href="#cmd.item">\item</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.item">117</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.item">236</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.labelenumi"></a><a href="#cmd.labelenumi">\labelenumi</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.labelenumi">118</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.labelenumi">237</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.labelenumii"></a><a href="#cmd.labelenumii">\labelenumii</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.labelenumii">118</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.labelenumii">237</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.labelenumiii"></a><a href="#cmd.labelenumiii">\labelenumiii</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.labelenumiii">118</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.labelenumiii">237</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.labelenumiv"></a><a href="#cmd.labelenumiv">\labelenumiv</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.labelenumiv">118</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.labelenumiv">237</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.labelitemi"></a><a href="#cmd.labelitemi">\labelitemi</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.labelitemi">117</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.labelitemi">236</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.labelitemii"></a><a href="#cmd.labelitemii">\labelitemii</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.labelitemii">117</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.labelitemii">236</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.labelitemiii"></a><a href="#cmd.labelitemiii">\labelitemiii</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.labelitemiii">117</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.labelitemiii">236</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.labelitemiv"></a><a href="#cmd.labelitemiv">\labelitemiv</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.labelitemiv">117</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.labelitemiv">236</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.layercontentsmeasure"></a><a href="#cmd.layercontentsmeasure">\layercontentsmeasure</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.layercontentsmeasure">429</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.layerhalign"></a><a href="#cmd.layerhalign">\layerhalign</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.layerhalign">427</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.layerheight"></a><a href="#cmd.layerheight">\layerheight</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.layerheight">427</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.layervalign"></a><a href="#cmd.layervalign">\layervalign</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.layervalign">427</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.layerwidth"></a><a href="#cmd.layerwidth">\layerwidth</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.layerwidth">427</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.layerxoffset"></a><a href="#cmd.layerxoffset">\layerxoffset</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.layerxoffset">427</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.layeryoffset"></a><a href="#cmd.layeryoffset">\layeryoffset</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.layeryoffset">427</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.lefoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.lefoot*">\lefoot*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lefoot*">263</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.lefoot"></a><a href="#cmd.lefoot">\lefoot</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lefoot">261</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.leftbotmark"></a><a href="#cmd.leftbotmark">\leftbotmark</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.leftbotmark">441</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.leftbotmark">446</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.leftfirstmark"></a><a href="#cmd.leftfirstmark">\leftfirstmark</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.leftfirstmark">441</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.leftfirstmark">446</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.leftmark"></a><a href="#cmd.leftmark">\leftmark</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.leftmark">270</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.leftmark">441</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.leftmark">446</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.lefttopmark"></a><a href="#cmd.lefttopmark">\lefttopmark</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.lefttopmark">441</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.lefttopmark">446</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.lehead*"></a><a href="#cmd.lehead*">\lehead*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lehead*">260</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.lehead"></a><a href="#cmd.lehead">\lehead</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lehead">258</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.letterlastpage"></a><a href="#cmd.letterlastpage">\letterlastpage</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.letterlastpage">170</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.letterpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.letterpagestyle">\letterpagestyle</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.letterpagestyle">226</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.listof/extension/name"></a><a href="#cmd.listof/extension/name">\listof/extension/name</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.listof/extension/name">380</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.listofeachtoc"></a><a href="#cmd.listofeachtoc">\listofeachtoc</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.listofeachtoc">380</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.listoffigures"></a><a href="#cmd.listoffigures">\listoffigures</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.listoffigures">144</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.listoftables"></a><a href="#cmd.listoftables">\listoftables</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.listoftables">144</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.listoftoc*"></a><a href="#cmd.listoftoc*">\listoftoc*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.listoftoc*">380</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.listoftoc"></a><a href="#cmd.listoftoc">\listoftoc</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.listoftoc">380</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.lofoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.lofoot*">\lofoot*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lofoot*">263</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.lofoot"></a><a href="#cmd.lofoot">\lofoot</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lofoot">261</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.lohead*"></a><a href="#cmd.lohead*">\lohead*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lohead*">260</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.lohead"></a><a href="#cmd.lohead">\lohead</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lohead">258</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.lowertitleback"></a><a href="#cmd.lowertitleback">\lowertitleback</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.lowertitleback">298</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.lowertitleback">70</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.mainmatter"></a><a href="#cmd.mainmatter">\mainmatter</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.mainmatter">93</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.makenote*"></a><a href="#cmd.makenote*">\makenote*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.makenote*">463</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.makenote"></a><a href="#cmd.makenote">\makenote</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.makenote">463</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.maketitle"></a><a href="#cmd.maketitle">\maketitle</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.maketitle">296</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.maketitle">66</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.manualmark"></a><a href="#cmd.manualmark">\manualmark</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.manualmark">267</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.manualmark">440</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.marginline"></a><a href="#cmd.marginline">\marginline</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.marginline">145</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.marginline">240</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.marginline">306</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.marginpar"></a><a href="#cmd.marginpar">\marginpar</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.marginpar">145</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.marginpar">240</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.marginpar">306</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.markboth"></a><a href="#cmd.markboth">\markboth</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.markboth">230</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.markboth">273</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.markboth">444</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.markboth">82</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.markdouble"></a><a href="#cmd.markdouble">\markdouble</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.markdouble">273</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.markdouble">444</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.markleft"></a><a href="#cmd.markleft">\markleft</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.markleft">273</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.markleft">444</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.markright"></a><a href="#cmd.markright">\markright</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.markright">230</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.markright">273</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.markright">444</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.markright">82</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.minisec"></a><a href="#cmd.minisec">\minisec</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.minisec">105</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.mobilephonename"></a><a href="#cmd.mobilephonename">\mobilephonename</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.mobilephonename">509</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.multfootsep"></a><a href="#cmd.multfootsep">\multfootsep</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.multfootsep">233</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.multfootsep">301</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.multfootsep">89</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.multiplefootnoteseparator"></a><a href="#cmd.multiplefootnoteseparator">\multiplefootnoteseparator</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.multiplefootnoteseparator">233</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.multiplefootnoteseparator">302</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.multiplefootnoteseparator">89</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.myrefname"></a><a href="#cmd.myrefname">\myrefname</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.myrefname">509</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.nameday"></a><a href="#cmd.nameday">\nameday</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrdate.cmd.nameday">280</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.newbibstyle"></a><a href="#cmd.newbibstyle">\newbibstyle</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.newbibstyle">500</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.newblock"></a><a href="#cmd.newblock">\newblock</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.newblock">500</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.newcaptionname*"></a><a href="#cmd.newcaptionname*">\newcaptionname*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.newcaptionname*">350</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.newcaptionname"></a><a href="#cmd.newcaptionname">\newcaptionname</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.newcaptionname">350</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.newdaylanguage"></a><a href="#cmd.newdaylanguage">\newdaylanguage</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrdate.cmd.newdaylanguage">280</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.newkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.newkomafont">\newkomafont</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.newkomafont">476</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.newkomavar*"></a><a href="#cmd.newkomavar*">\newkomavar*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.newkomavar*">502</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.newkomavar"></a><a href="#cmd.newkomavar">\newkomavar</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.newkomavar">502</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.newpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.newpagestyle">\newpagestyle</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.newpagestyle">451</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.newpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.newpairofpagestyles">\newpairofpagestyles</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.newpairofpagestyles">450</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.newplength"></a><a href="#cmd.newplength">\newplength</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.newplength">164</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.nonumberline"></a><a href="#cmd.nonumberline">\nonumberline</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.nonumberline">401</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.numberline"></a><a href="#cmd.numberline">\numberline</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.numberline">386</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.ofoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.ofoot*">\ofoot*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ofoot*">265</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.ofoot"></a><a href="#cmd.ofoot">\ofoot</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ofoot">264</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.ohead*"></a><a href="#cmd.ohead*">\ohead*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ohead*">265</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.ohead"></a><a href="#cmd.ohead">\ohead</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ohead">264</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.opening"></a><a href="#cmd.opening">\opening</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.opening">171</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.othersectionlevelsformat"></a><a href="#cmd.othersectionlevelsformat">\othersectionlevelsformat</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.othersectionlevelsformat">108</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.pagemark"></a><a href="#cmd.pagemark">\pagemark</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.pagemark">270</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.pagemark">442</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.pagename"></a><a href="#cmd.pagename">\pagename</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.pagename">509</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.pagenumbering"></a><a href="#cmd.pagenumbering">\pagenumbering</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.pagenumbering">84</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.pagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.pagestyle">\pagestyle</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.pagestyle">229</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.pagestyle">80</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.paragraph*"></a><a href="#cmd.paragraph*">\paragraph*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.paragraph*">104</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.paragraph"></a><a href="#cmd.paragraph">\paragraph</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.paragraph">100</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.paragraphformat"></a><a href="#cmd.paragraphformat">\paragraphformat</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.paragraphformat">108</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.paragraphmark"></a><a href="#cmd.paragraphmark">\paragraphmark</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.paragraphmark">272</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.paragraphmark">443</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.paragraphmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.paragraphmarkformat">\paragraphmarkformat</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.paragraphmarkformat">272</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.paragraphmarkformat">443</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.paragraphnumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.paragraphnumdepth">\paragraphnumdepth</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.paragraphnumdepth">112</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.paragraphtocdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.paragraphtocdepth">\paragraphtocdepth</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.paragraphtocdepth">76</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.parellipsis"></a><a href="#cmd.parellipsis">\parellipsis</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.parellipsis">316</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.parformat"></a><a href="#cmd.parformat">\parformat</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.parformat">316</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.parformatseparation"></a><a href="#cmd.parformatseparation">\parformatseparation</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.parformatseparation">316</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.parname"></a><a href="#cmd.parname">\parname</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.parname">323</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.parshortname"></a><a href="#cmd.parshortname">\parshortname</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.parshortname">323</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.part*"></a><a href="#cmd.part*">\part*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.part*">104</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.part"></a><a href="#cmd.part">\part</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.part">100</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.partformat"></a><a href="#cmd.partformat">\partformat</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.partformat">108</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.partheademptypage"></a><a href="#cmd.partheademptypage">\partheademptypage</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.partheademptypage">490</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.partheadendvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.partheadendvskip">\partheadendvskip</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.partheadendvskip">490</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.partheadmidvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.partheadmidvskip">\partheadmidvskip</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.partheadmidvskip">490</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.partheadstartvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.partheadstartvskip">\partheadstartvskip</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.partheadstartvskip">490</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.partlineswithprefixformat"></a><a href="#cmd.partlineswithprefixformat">\partlineswithprefixformat</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.partlineswithprefixformat">491</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.partmark"></a><a href="#cmd.partmark">\partmark</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.partmark">272</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.partmark">443</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.partmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.partmarkformat">\partmarkformat</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.partmarkformat">272</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.partmarkformat">443</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.partnumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.partnumdepth">\partnumdepth</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.partnumdepth">112</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.partpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.partpagestyle">\partpagestyle</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.partpagestyle">83</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.parttocdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.parttocdepth">\parttocdepth</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.parttocdepth">76</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.phonename"></a><a href="#cmd.phonename">\phonename</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.phonename">509</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.providecaptionname*"></a><a href="#cmd.providecaptionname*">\providecaptionname*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.providecaptionname*">350</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.providecaptionname"></a><a href="#cmd.providecaptionname">\providecaptionname</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.providecaptionname">350</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.providepagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.providepagestyle">\providepagestyle</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.providepagestyle">451</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.providepairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.providepairofpagestyles">\providepairofpagestyles</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.providepairofpagestyles">450</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.ps"></a><a href="#cmd.ps">\ps</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.ps">173</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.publishers"></a><a href="#cmd.publishers">\publishers</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.publishers">297</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.publishers">67</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.putC"></a><a href="#cmd.putC">\putC</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.putC">428</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.putLL"></a><a href="#cmd.putLL">\putLL</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.putLL">428</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.putLR"></a><a href="#cmd.putLR">\putLR</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.putLR">428</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.putUL"></a><a href="#cmd.putUL">\putUL</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.putUL">428</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.putUR"></a><a href="#cmd.putUR">\putUR</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.putUR">428</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.raggedbottom"></a><a href="#cmd.raggedbottom">\raggedbottom</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.raggedbottom">57</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.raggedchapter"></a><a href="#cmd.raggedchapter">\raggedchapter</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.raggedchapter">108</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.raggedchapterentry"></a><a href="#cmd.raggedchapterentry">\raggedchapterentry</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.raggedchapterentry">464</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.raggeddictum"></a><a href="#cmd.raggeddictum">\raggeddictum</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.raggeddictum">116</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.raggeddictum">292</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.raggeddictumauthor"></a><a href="#cmd.raggeddictumauthor">\raggeddictumauthor</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.raggeddictumauthor">116</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.raggeddictumauthor">292</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.raggeddictumtext"></a><a href="#cmd.raggeddictumtext">\raggeddictumtext</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.raggeddictumtext">116</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.raggeddictumtext">292</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.raggedfootnote"></a><a href="#cmd.raggedfootnote">\raggedfootnote</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.raggedfootnote">219</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.raggedfootnote">291</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.raggedfootnote">94</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.raggedpart"></a><a href="#cmd.raggedpart">\raggedpart</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.raggedpart">108</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.raggedsection"></a><a href="#cmd.raggedsection">\raggedsection</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.raggedsection">108</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.raggedsignature"></a><a href="#cmd.raggedsignature">\raggedsignature</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.raggedsignature">224</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.raggedchapter"></a><a href="#cmd.raggedchapter">\raggedchapter</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.raggedchapter">107</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.raggedchapterentry"></a><a href="#cmd.raggedchapterentry">\raggedchapterentry</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.raggedchapterentry">474</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.raggeddictum"></a><a href="#cmd.raggeddictum">\raggeddictum</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.raggeddictum">115</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.raggeddictum">304</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.raggeddictumauthor"></a><a href="#cmd.raggeddictumauthor">\raggeddictumauthor</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.raggeddictumauthor">115</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.raggeddictumauthor">304</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.raggeddictumtext"></a><a href="#cmd.raggeddictumtext">\raggeddictumtext</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.raggeddictumtext">115</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.raggeddictumtext">304</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.raggedfootnote"></a><a href="#cmd.raggedfootnote">\raggedfootnote</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.raggedfootnote">235</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.raggedfootnote">304</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.raggedfootnote">93</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.raggedpart"></a><a href="#cmd.raggedpart">\raggedpart</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.raggedpart">107</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.raggedsection"></a><a href="#cmd.raggedsection">\raggedsection</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.raggedsection">107</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.raggedsignature"></a><a href="#cmd.raggedsignature">\raggedsignature</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.raggedsignature">219</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.recalctypearea"></a><a href="#cmd.recalctypearea">\recalctypearea</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:typearea.cmd.recalctypearea">40</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.ref"></a><a href="#cmd.ref">\ref</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.ref">305</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.refClause"></a><a href="#cmd.refClause">\refClause</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.refClause">305</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.refClauseN"></a><a href="#cmd.refClauseN">\refClauseN</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.refClauseN">305</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.refL"></a><a href="#cmd.refL">\refL</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.refL">305</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.refN"></a><a href="#cmd.refN">\refN</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.refN">305</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.refPar"></a><a href="#cmd.refPar">\refPar</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.refPar">305</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.refParL"></a><a href="#cmd.refParL">\refParL</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.refParL">305</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.refParN"></a><a href="#cmd.refParN">\refParN</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.refParN">305</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.refParS"></a><a href="#cmd.refParS">\refParS</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.refParS">305</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.refS"></a><a href="#cmd.refS">\refS</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.refS">305</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.refSentence"></a><a href="#cmd.refSentence">\refSentence</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.refSentence">306</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.refSentenceL"></a><a href="#cmd.refSentenceL">\refSentenceL</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.refSentenceL">306</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.refSentenceN"></a><a href="#cmd.refSentenceN">\refSentenceN</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.refSentenceN">306</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.refSentenceS"></a><a href="#cmd.refSentenceS">\refSentenceS</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.refSentenceS">306</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.refoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.refoot*">\refoot*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.refoot*">248</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.refoot"></a><a href="#cmd.refoot">\refoot</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.refoot">246</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.rehead*"></a><a href="#cmd.rehead*">\rehead*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rehead*">245</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.rehead"></a><a href="#cmd.rehead">\rehead</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rehead">243</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.removefromtoclist"></a><a href="#cmd.removefromtoclist">\removefromtoclist</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.removefromtoclist">365</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.removereffields"></a><a href="#cmd.removereffields">\removereffields</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.removereffields">507</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.renewcaptionname*"></a><a href="#cmd.renewcaptionname*">\renewcaptionname*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.renewcaptionname*">338</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.renewcaptionname"></a><a href="#cmd.renewcaptionname">\renewcaptionname</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.renewcaptionname">338</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.renewpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.renewpagestyle">\renewpagestyle</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.renewpagestyle">440</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.renewpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.renewpairofpagestyles">\renewpairofpagestyles</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.renewpairofpagestyles">439</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.rightbotmark"></a><a href="#cmd.rightbotmark">\rightbotmark</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.rightbotmark">431</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.rightbotmark">437</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.rightfirstmark"></a><a href="#cmd.rightfirstmark">\rightfirstmark</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.rightfirstmark">431</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.rightfirstmark">437</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.rightmark"></a><a href="#cmd.rightmark">\rightmark</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rightmark">256</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.rightmark">429</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.righttopmark"></a><a href="#cmd.righttopmark">\righttopmark</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.righttopmark">431</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.righttopmark">437</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.rofoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.rofoot*">\rofoot*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rofoot*">248</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.rofoot"></a><a href="#cmd.rofoot">\rofoot</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rofoot">246</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.rohead*"></a><a href="#cmd.rohead*">\rohead*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rohead*">245</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.rohead"></a><a href="#cmd.rohead">\rohead</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rohead">243</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.scr@ifVTeX"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@ifVTeX">\scr@ifVTeX</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.scr@ifVTeX">333</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.scr@ifdvioutput"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@ifdvioutput">\scr@ifdvioutput</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.scr@ifdvioutput">334</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.scr@ifluatex"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@ifluatex">\scr@ifluatex</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.scr@ifluatex">333</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.scr@ifpdfoutput"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@ifpdfoutput">\scr@ifpdfoutput</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.scr@ifpdfoutput">333</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.scr@ifpdftex"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@ifpdftex">\scr@ifpdftex</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.scr@ifpdftex">333</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.scr@ifpsoutput"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@ifpsoutput">\scr@ifpsoutput</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.scr@ifpsoutput">334</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.scr@ifundefinedorrelax"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@ifundefinedorrelax">\scr@ifundefinedorrelax</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.scr@ifundefinedorrelax">333</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.scr@startsection"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@startsection">\scr@startsection</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.scr@startsection">486</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.scrlayerAddCsToInterface"></a><a href="#cmd.scrlayerAddCsToInterface">\scrlayerAddCsToInterface</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.scrlayerAddCsToInterface">433</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.scrlayerAddToInterface"></a><a href="#cmd.scrlayerAddToInterface">\scrlayerAddToInterface</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.scrlayerAddToInterface">433</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.scrlayerInitInterface"></a><a href="#cmd.scrlayerInitInterface">\scrlayerInitInterface</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.scrlayerInitInterface">433</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface"></a><a href="#cmd.scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface">\scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface">434</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.section*"></a><a href="#cmd.section*">\section*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.section*">105</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.section"></a><a href="#cmd.section">\section</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.section">101</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.sectioncatchphraseformat"></a><a href="#cmd.sectioncatchphraseformat">\sectioncatchphraseformat</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.sectioncatchphraseformat">484</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.sectionformat"></a><a href="#cmd.sectionformat">\sectionformat</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.sectionformat">109</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.sectionlinesformat"></a><a href="#cmd.sectionlinesformat">\sectionlinesformat</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.sectionlinesformat">484</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.sectionmark"></a><a href="#cmd.sectionmark">\sectionmark</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.sectionmark">112</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.sectionmark">258</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.sectionmark">430</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.sectionmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.sectionmarkformat">\sectionmarkformat</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.sectionmarkformat">112</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.sectionmarkformat">257</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.sectionmarkformat">429</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.sectionnumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.sectionnumdepth">\sectionnumdepth</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.sectionnumdepth">113</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.sectiontocdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.sectiontocdepth">\sectiontocdepth</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.sectiontocdepth">77</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.sentencename"></a><a href="#cmd.sentencename">\sentencename</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.sentencename">310</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.sentencenumberformat"></a><a href="#cmd.sentencenumberformat">\sentencenumberformat</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.sentencenumberformat">304</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.sentenceshortname"></a><a href="#cmd.sentenceshortname">\sentenceshortname</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.sentenceshortname">310</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.ref"></a><a href="#cmd.ref">\ref</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.ref">318</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.refClause"></a><a href="#cmd.refClause">\refClause</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.refClause">318</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.refClauseN"></a><a href="#cmd.refClauseN">\refClauseN</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.refClauseN">318</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.refL"></a><a href="#cmd.refL">\refL</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.refL">318</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.refN"></a><a href="#cmd.refN">\refN</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.refN">318</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.refPar"></a><a href="#cmd.refPar">\refPar</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.refPar">318</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.refParL"></a><a href="#cmd.refParL">\refParL</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.refParL">318</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.refParN"></a><a href="#cmd.refParN">\refParN</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.refParN">318</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.refParS"></a><a href="#cmd.refParS">\refParS</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.refParS">318</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.refS"></a><a href="#cmd.refS">\refS</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.refS">318</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.refSentence"></a><a href="#cmd.refSentence">\refSentence</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.refSentence">319</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.refSentenceL"></a><a href="#cmd.refSentenceL">\refSentenceL</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.refSentenceL">319</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.refSentenceN"></a><a href="#cmd.refSentenceN">\refSentenceN</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.refSentenceN">319</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.refSentenceS"></a><a href="#cmd.refSentenceS">\refSentenceS</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.refSentenceS">319</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.refoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.refoot*">\refoot*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.refoot*">263</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.refoot"></a><a href="#cmd.refoot">\refoot</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.refoot">261</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.rehead*"></a><a href="#cmd.rehead*">\rehead*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rehead*">260</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.rehead"></a><a href="#cmd.rehead">\rehead</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rehead">258</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.removefromtoclist"></a><a href="#cmd.removefromtoclist">\removefromtoclist</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.removefromtoclist">377</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.removereffields"></a><a href="#cmd.removereffields">\removereffields</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.removereffields">502</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.renewcaptionname*"></a><a href="#cmd.renewcaptionname*">\renewcaptionname*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.renewcaptionname*">350</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.renewcaptionname"></a><a href="#cmd.renewcaptionname">\renewcaptionname</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrbase.cmd.renewcaptionname">350</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.renewpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.renewpagestyle">\renewpagestyle</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.renewpagestyle">451</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.renewpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.renewpairofpagestyles">\renewpairofpagestyles</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.renewpairofpagestyles">450</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.rightbotmark"></a><a href="#cmd.rightbotmark">\rightbotmark</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.rightbotmark">441</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.rightbotmark">446</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.rightfirstmark"></a><a href="#cmd.rightfirstmark">\rightfirstmark</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.rightfirstmark">441</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.rightfirstmark">446</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.rightmark"></a><a href="#cmd.rightmark">\rightmark</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rightmark">270</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.rightmark">441</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.rightmark">446</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.righttopmark"></a><a href="#cmd.righttopmark">\righttopmark</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.righttopmark">441</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.righttopmark">446</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.rofoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.rofoot*">\rofoot*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rofoot*">263</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.rofoot"></a><a href="#cmd.rofoot">\rofoot</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rofoot">261</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.rohead*"></a><a href="#cmd.rohead*">\rohead*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rohead*">260</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.rohead"></a><a href="#cmd.rohead">\rohead</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rohead">258</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.scr@startsection"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@startsection">\scr@startsection</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.scr@startsection">497</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.section*"></a><a href="#cmd.section*">\section*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.section*">104</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.section"></a><a href="#cmd.section">\section</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.section">100</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.sectioncatchphraseformat"></a><a href="#cmd.sectioncatchphraseformat">\sectioncatchphraseformat</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.sectioncatchphraseformat">495</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.sectionformat"></a><a href="#cmd.sectionformat">\sectionformat</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.sectionformat">108</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.sectionlinesformat"></a><a href="#cmd.sectionlinesformat">\sectionlinesformat</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.sectionlinesformat">495</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.sectionmark"></a><a href="#cmd.sectionmark">\sectionmark</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.sectionmark">111</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.sectionmark">272</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.sectionmark">443</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.sectionmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.sectionmarkformat">\sectionmarkformat</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.sectionmarkformat">111</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.sectionmarkformat">272</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.sectionmarkformat">443</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.sectionnumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.sectionnumdepth">\sectionnumdepth</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.sectionnumdepth">112</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.sectiontocdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.sectiontocdepth">\sectiontocdepth</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.sectiontocdepth">76</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.sentencename"></a><a href="#cmd.sentencename">\sentencename</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.sentencename">323</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.sentencenumberformat"></a><a href="#cmd.sentencenumberformat">\sentencenumberformat</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.sentencenumberformat">317</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.sentenceshortname"></a><a href="#cmd.sentenceshortname">\sentenceshortname</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.sentenceshortname">323</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.setbibpreamble"></a><a href="#cmd.setbibpreamble">\setbibpreamble</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.setbibpreamble">148</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.setcapdynwidth"></a><a href="#cmd.setcapdynwidth">\setcapdynwidth</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.setcapdynwidth">140</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.setcaphanging"></a><a href="#cmd.setcaphanging">\setcaphanging</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.setcaphanging">138</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.setcapindent*"></a><a href="#cmd.setcapindent*">\setcapindent*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.setcapindent*">138</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.setcapindent"></a><a href="#cmd.setcapindent">\setcapindent</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.setcapindent">138</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.setcapmargin*"></a><a href="#cmd.setcapmargin*">\setcapmargin*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.setcapmargin*">140</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.setcapmargin"></a><a href="#cmd.setcapmargin">\setcapmargin</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.setcapmargin">140</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.setcaptionalignment"></a><a href="#cmd.setcaptionalignment">\setcaptionalignment</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.setcaptionalignment">141</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.setcapwidth"></a><a href="#cmd.setcapwidth">\setcapwidth</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.setcapwidth">140</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.setchapterpreamble"></a><a href="#cmd.setchapterpreamble">\setchapterpreamble</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.setchapterpreamble">114</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.setfootnoterule"></a><a href="#cmd.setfootnoterule">\setfootnoterule</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.setfootnoterule">219</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.setfootnoterule">93</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.setindexpreamble"></a><a href="#cmd.setindexpreamble">\setindexpreamble</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.setindexpreamble">151</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.setkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.setkomafont">\setkomafont</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.setkomafont">175</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.setkomafont">240</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.setkomafont">280</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.setkomafont">296</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.setkomafont">446</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.setkomafont">60</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.setkomavar*"></a><a href="#cmd.setkomavar*">\setkomavar*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.setkomavar*">156</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.setkomavar"></a><a href="#cmd.setkomavar">\setkomavar</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.setkomavar">156</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.setlengthtoplength"></a><a href="#cmd.setlengthtoplength">\setlengthtoplength</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.setlengthtoplength">158</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.setparsizes"></a><a href="#cmd.setparsizes">\setparsizes</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.setparsizes">467</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.setpartpreamble"></a><a href="#cmd.setpartpreamble">\setpartpreamble</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.setpartpreamble">114</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.setplength"></a><a href="#cmd.setplength">\setplength</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.setplength">496</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.setplengthtodepth"></a><a href="#cmd.setplengthtodepth">\setplengthtodepth</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.setplengthtodepth">498</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.setplengthtoheight"></a><a href="#cmd.setplengthtoheight">\setplengthtoheight</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.setplengthtoheight">498</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.setplengthtototalheight"></a><a href="#cmd.setplengthtototalheight">\setplengthtototalheight</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.setplengthtototalheight">498</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.setplengthtowidth"></a><a href="#cmd.setplengthtowidth">\setplengthtowidth</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.setplengthtowidth">498</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.settime"></a><a href="#cmd.settime">\settime</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrtime.cmd.settime">268</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.setuptoc"></a><a href="#cmd.setuptoc">\setuptoc</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.setuptoc">371</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.storeareas"></a><a href="#cmd.storeareas">\storeareas</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:typearea-experts.cmd.storeareas">459</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.subject"></a><a href="#cmd.subject">\subject</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.subject">284</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subject">68</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.subjectname"></a><a href="#cmd.subjectname">\subjectname</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.subjectname">514</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.subparagraph*"></a><a href="#cmd.subparagraph*">\subparagraph*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subparagraph*">105</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.subparagraph"></a><a href="#cmd.subparagraph">\subparagraph</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subparagraph">101</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.subparagraphformat"></a><a href="#cmd.subparagraphformat">\subparagraphformat</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subparagraphformat">109</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.subparagraphmark"></a><a href="#cmd.subparagraphmark">\subparagraphmark</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subparagraphmark">258</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.subparagraphmark">430</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.subparagraphmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.subparagraphmarkformat">\subparagraphmarkformat</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subparagraphmarkformat">257</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.subparagraphmarkformat">429</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.subparagraphnumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.subparagraphnumdepth">\subparagraphnumdepth</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subparagraphnumdepth">113</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.subparagraphtocdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.subparagraphtocdepth">\subparagraphtocdepth</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subparagraphtocdepth">77</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.subsection*"></a><a href="#cmd.subsection*">\subsection*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subsection*">105</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.subsection"></a><a href="#cmd.subsection">\subsection</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subsection">101</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.subsectionformat"></a><a href="#cmd.subsectionformat">\subsectionformat</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subsectionformat">109</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.subsectionmark"></a><a href="#cmd.subsectionmark">\subsectionmark</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subsectionmark">112</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subsectionmark">258</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.subsectionmark">430</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.subsectionmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.subsectionmarkformat">\subsectionmarkformat</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subsectionmarkformat">112</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subsectionmarkformat">257</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.subsectionmarkformat">429</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.subsectionnumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.subsectionnumdepth">\subsectionnumdepth</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subsectionnumdepth">113</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.subsectiontocdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.subsectiontocdepth">\subsectiontocdepth</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subsectiontocdepth">77</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.subsubsection*"></a><a href="#cmd.subsubsection*">\subsubsection*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subsubsection*">105</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.subsubsection"></a><a href="#cmd.subsubsection">\subsubsection</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subsubsection">101</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.subsubsectionformat"></a><a href="#cmd.subsubsectionformat">\subsubsectionformat</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subsubsectionformat">109</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.subsubsectionmark"></a><a href="#cmd.subsubsectionmark">\subsubsectionmark</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subsubsectionmark">258</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.subsubsectionmark">430</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.subsubsectionmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.subsubsectionmarkformat">\subsubsectionmarkformat</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subsubsectionmarkformat">257</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.subsubsectionmarkformat">429</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.subsubsectionnumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.subsubsectionnumdepth">\subsubsectionnumdepth</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subsubsectionnumdepth">113</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.subsubsectiontocdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.subsubsectiontocdepth">\subsubsectiontocdepth</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subsubsectiontocdepth">77</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.subtitle"></a><a href="#cmd.subtitle">\subtitle</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.subtitle">284</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subtitle">68</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.syncwithnotecolumn"></a><a href="#cmd.syncwithnotecolumn">\syncwithnotecolumn</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.syncwithnotecolumn">453</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.syncwithnotecolumns"></a><a href="#cmd.syncwithnotecolumns">\syncwithnotecolumns</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.syncwithnotecolumns">455</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.tableformat"></a><a href="#cmd.tableformat">\tableformat</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.tableformat">138</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.tableofcontents"></a><a href="#cmd.tableofcontents">\tableofcontents</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.tableofcontents">76</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.textsubscript"></a><a href="#cmd.textsubscript">\textsubscript</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.textsubscript">175</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.textsubscript">279</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.textsubscript">59</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.textsuperscript"></a><a href="#cmd.textsuperscript">\textsuperscript</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.textsuperscript">175</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.textsuperscript">279</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.textsuperscript">59</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.thanks"></a><a href="#cmd.thanks">\thanks</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.thanks">284</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.thanks">68</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.theenumi"></a><a href="#cmd.theenumi">\theenumi</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.theenumi">119</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.theenumi">221</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.theenumii"></a><a href="#cmd.theenumii">\theenumii</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.theenumii">119</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.theenumii">221</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.theenumiii"></a><a href="#cmd.theenumiii">\theenumiii</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.theenumiii">119</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.theenumiii">221</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.theenumiv"></a><a href="#cmd.theenumiv">\theenumiv</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.theenumiv">119</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.theenumiv">221</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.thefootnotemark"></a><a href="#cmd.thefootnotemark">\thefootnotemark</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.thefootnotemark">218</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.thefootnotemark">290</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.thefootnotemark">92</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.thepar"></a><a href="#cmd.thepar">\thepar</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.thepar">303</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.thesentence"></a><a href="#cmd.thesentence">\thesentence</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.thesentence">304</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.thisletter"></a><a href="#cmd.thisletter">\thisletter</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.thisletter">165</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.thispagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.thispagestyle">\thispagestyle</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.thispagestyle">212</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.thispagestyle">81</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.thistime*"></a><a href="#cmd.thistime*">\thistime*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrtime.cmd.thistime*">268</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.thistime"></a><a href="#cmd.thistime">\thistime</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrtime.cmd.thistime">268</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.title"></a><a href="#cmd.title">\title</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.title">284</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.title">68</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.titlehead"></a><a href="#cmd.titlehead">\titlehead</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.titlehead">284</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.titlehead">68</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.titlepagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.titlepagestyle">\titlepagestyle</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.titlepagestyle">287</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.titlepagestyle">84</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@/extension/@after@hook"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@/extension/@after@hook">\tocbasic@/extension/@after@hook</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@/extension/@after@hook">389</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@/extension/@before@hook"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@/extension/@before@hook">\tocbasic@/extension/@before@hook</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@/extension/@before@hook">389</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@@after@hook"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@@after@hook">\tocbasic@@after@hook</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@@after@hook">388</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@@before@hook"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@@before@hook">\tocbasic@@before@hook</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@@before@hook">388</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@DependOnPenaltyAndTOCLevel"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@DependOnPenaltyAndTOCLevel">\tocbasic@DependOnPenaltyAndTOCLevel</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@DependOnPenaltyAndTOCLevel">389</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@SetPenaltyByTOCLevel"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@SetPenaltyByTOCLevel">\tocbasic@SetPenaltyByTOCLevel</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@SetPenaltyByTOCLevel">389</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@addxcontentsline"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@addxcontentsline">\tocbasic@addxcontentsline</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@addxcontentsline">389</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@extend@babel"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@extend@babel">\tocbasic@extend@babel</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@extend@babel">387</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@listhead"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@listhead">\tocbasic@listhead</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@listhead">389</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@listhead@/extension/"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@listhead@/extension/">\tocbasic@listhead@/extension/</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@listhead@/extension/">389</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@starttoc"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@starttoc">\tocbasic@starttoc</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@starttoc">388</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.tocbasicautomode"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasicautomode">\tocbasicautomode</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.tocbasicautomode">366</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.todaysname"></a><a href="#cmd.todaysname">\todaysname</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrdate.cmd.todaysname">265</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.todaysnumber"></a><a href="#cmd.todaysnumber">\todaysnumber</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrdate.cmd.todaysnumber">265</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.toplevelpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.toplevelpagestyle">\toplevelpagestyle</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.toplevelpagestyle">417</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.setcapdynwidth"></a><a href="#cmd.setcapdynwidth">\setcapdynwidth</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.setcapdynwidth">139</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.setcaphanging"></a><a href="#cmd.setcaphanging">\setcaphanging</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.setcaphanging">137</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.setcapindent*"></a><a href="#cmd.setcapindent*">\setcapindent*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.setcapindent*">137</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.setcapindent"></a><a href="#cmd.setcapindent">\setcapindent</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.setcapindent">137</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.setcapmargin*"></a><a href="#cmd.setcapmargin*">\setcapmargin*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.setcapmargin*">139</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.setcapmargin"></a><a href="#cmd.setcapmargin">\setcapmargin</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.setcapmargin">139</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.setcaptionalignment"></a><a href="#cmd.setcaptionalignment">\setcaptionalignment</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.setcaptionalignment">140</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.setcapwidth"></a><a href="#cmd.setcapwidth">\setcapwidth</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.setcapwidth">139</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.setchapterpreamble"></a><a href="#cmd.setchapterpreamble">\setchapterpreamble</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.setchapterpreamble">113</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.setfootnoterule"></a><a href="#cmd.setfootnoterule">\setfootnoterule</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.setfootnoterule">235</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.setfootnoterule">92</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.setindexpreamble"></a><a href="#cmd.setindexpreamble">\setindexpreamble</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.setindexpreamble">150</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.setkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.setkomafont">\setkomafont</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.setkomafont">179</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.setkomafont">255</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.setkomafont">293</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.setkomafont">309</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.setkomafont">457</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.setkomafont">59</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.setkomavar*"></a><a href="#cmd.setkomavar*">\setkomavar*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.setkomavar*">158</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.setkomavar"></a><a href="#cmd.setkomavar">\setkomavar</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.setkomavar">158</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.setlengthtoplength"></a><a href="#cmd.setlengthtoplength">\setlengthtoplength</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.setlengthtoplength">167</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.setparsizes"></a><a href="#cmd.setparsizes">\setparsizes</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls-experts.cmd.setparsizes">478</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.setpartpreamble"></a><a href="#cmd.setpartpreamble">\setpartpreamble</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.setpartpreamble">113</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.setplength"></a><a href="#cmd.setplength">\setplength</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.setplength">166</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.setplengthtodepth"></a><a href="#cmd.setplengthtodepth">\setplengthtodepth</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.setplengthtodepth">166</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.setplengthtoheight"></a><a href="#cmd.setplengthtoheight">\setplengthtoheight</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.setplengthtoheight">166</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.setplengthtototalheight"></a><a href="#cmd.setplengthtototalheight">\setplengthtototalheight</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.setplengthtototalheight">166</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.setplengthtowidth"></a><a href="#cmd.setplengthtowidth">\setplengthtowidth</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.setplengthtowidth">166</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.settime"></a><a href="#cmd.settime">\settime</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrtime.cmd.settime">283</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.setuptoc"></a><a href="#cmd.setuptoc">\setuptoc</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.setuptoc">383</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.storeareas"></a><a href="#cmd.storeareas">\storeareas</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:typearea-experts.cmd.storeareas">470</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.subject"></a><a href="#cmd.subject">\subject</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.subject">297</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subject">67</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.subjectname"></a><a href="#cmd.subjectname">\subjectname</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.subjectname">509</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.subparagraph*"></a><a href="#cmd.subparagraph*">\subparagraph*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subparagraph*">104</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.subparagraph"></a><a href="#cmd.subparagraph">\subparagraph</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subparagraph">100</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.subparagraphformat"></a><a href="#cmd.subparagraphformat">\subparagraphformat</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subparagraphformat">108</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.subparagraphmark"></a><a href="#cmd.subparagraphmark">\subparagraphmark</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subparagraphmark">272</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.subparagraphmark">443</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.subparagraphmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.subparagraphmarkformat">\subparagraphmarkformat</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subparagraphmarkformat">272</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.subparagraphmarkformat">443</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.subparagraphnumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.subparagraphnumdepth">\subparagraphnumdepth</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subparagraphnumdepth">112</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.subparagraphtocdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.subparagraphtocdepth">\subparagraphtocdepth</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subparagraphtocdepth">76</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.subsection*"></a><a href="#cmd.subsection*">\subsection*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subsection*">104</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.subsection"></a><a href="#cmd.subsection">\subsection</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subsection">100</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.subsectionformat"></a><a href="#cmd.subsectionformat">\subsectionformat</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subsectionformat">108</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.subsectionmark"></a><a href="#cmd.subsectionmark">\subsectionmark</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subsectionmark">111</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subsectionmark">272</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.subsectionmark">443</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.subsectionmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.subsectionmarkformat">\subsectionmarkformat</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subsectionmarkformat">111</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subsectionmarkformat">272</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.subsectionmarkformat">443</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.subsectionnumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.subsectionnumdepth">\subsectionnumdepth</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subsectionnumdepth">112</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.subsectiontocdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.subsectiontocdepth">\subsectiontocdepth</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subsectiontocdepth">76</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.subsubsection*"></a><a href="#cmd.subsubsection*">\subsubsection*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subsubsection*">104</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.subsubsection"></a><a href="#cmd.subsubsection">\subsubsection</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subsubsection">100</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.subsubsectionformat"></a><a href="#cmd.subsubsectionformat">\subsubsectionformat</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subsubsectionformat">108</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.subsubsectionmark"></a><a href="#cmd.subsubsectionmark">\subsubsectionmark</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subsubsectionmark">272</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.subsubsectionmark">443</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.subsubsectionmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.subsubsectionmarkformat">\subsubsectionmarkformat</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subsubsectionmarkformat">272</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.subsubsectionmarkformat">443</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.subsubsectionnumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.subsubsectionnumdepth">\subsubsectionnumdepth</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subsubsectionnumdepth">112</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.subsubsectiontocdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.subsubsectiontocdepth">\subsubsectiontocdepth</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subsubsectiontocdepth">76</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.subtitle"></a><a href="#cmd.subtitle">\subtitle</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.subtitle">297</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.subtitle">67</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.syncwithnotecolumn"></a><a href="#cmd.syncwithnotecolumn">\syncwithnotecolumn</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.syncwithnotecolumn">464</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.syncwithnotecolumns"></a><a href="#cmd.syncwithnotecolumns">\syncwithnotecolumns</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.syncwithnotecolumns">466</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.tableformat"></a><a href="#cmd.tableformat">\tableformat</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.tableformat">137</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.tableofcontents"></a><a href="#cmd.tableofcontents">\tableofcontents</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.tableofcontents">75</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.thanks"></a><a href="#cmd.thanks">\thanks</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.thanks">297</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.thanks">67</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.theenumi"></a><a href="#cmd.theenumi">\theenumi</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.theenumi">118</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.theenumi">237</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.theenumii"></a><a href="#cmd.theenumii">\theenumii</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.theenumii">118</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.theenumii">237</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.theenumiii"></a><a href="#cmd.theenumiii">\theenumiii</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.theenumiii">118</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.theenumiii">237</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.theenumiv"></a><a href="#cmd.theenumiv">\theenumiv</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.theenumiv">118</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.theenumiv">237</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.thefootnotemark"></a><a href="#cmd.thefootnotemark">\thefootnotemark</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.thefootnotemark">234</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.thefootnotemark">303</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.thefootnotemark">91</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.thepar"></a><a href="#cmd.thepar">\thepar</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.thepar">316</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.thesentence"></a><a href="#cmd.thesentence">\thesentence</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.thesentence">317</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.thisletter"></a><a href="#cmd.thisletter">\thisletter</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.thisletter">170</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.thispagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.thispagestyle">\thispagestyle</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.thispagestyle">229</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.thispagestyle">80</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.thistime*"></a><a href="#cmd.thistime*">\thistime*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrtime.cmd.thistime*">282</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.thistime"></a><a href="#cmd.thistime">\thistime</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrtime.cmd.thistime">282</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.title"></a><a href="#cmd.title">\title</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.title">297</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.title">67</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.titlehead"></a><a href="#cmd.titlehead">\titlehead</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.titlehead">297</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.titlehead">67</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.titlepagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.titlepagestyle">\titlepagestyle</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.titlepagestyle">299</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.titlepagestyle">83</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@/extension/@after@hook"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@/extension/@after@hook">\tocbasic@/extension/@after@hook</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@/extension/@after@hook">401</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@/extension/@before@hook"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@/extension/@before@hook">\tocbasic@/extension/@before@hook</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@/extension/@before@hook">401</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@@after@hook"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@@after@hook">\tocbasic@@after@hook</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@@after@hook">400</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@@before@hook"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@@before@hook">\tocbasic@@before@hook</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@@before@hook">400</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@DependOnPenaltyAndTOCLevel"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@DependOnPenaltyAndTOCLevel">\tocbasic@DependOnPenaltyAndTOCLevel</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@DependOnPenaltyAndTOCLevel">401</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@SetPenaltyByTOCLevel"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@SetPenaltyByTOCLevel">\tocbasic@SetPenaltyByTOCLevel</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@SetPenaltyByTOCLevel">401</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@addxcontentsline"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@addxcontentsline">\tocbasic@addxcontentsline</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@addxcontentsline">401</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@extend@babel"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@extend@babel">\tocbasic@extend@babel</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@extend@babel">399</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@listhead"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@listhead">\tocbasic@listhead</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@listhead">401</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@listhead@/extension/"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@listhead@/extension/">\tocbasic@listhead@/extension/</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@listhead@/extension/">401</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@starttoc"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@starttoc">\tocbasic@starttoc</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@starttoc">400</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.tocbasicautomode"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasicautomode">\tocbasicautomode</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.tocbasicautomode">377</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.todaysname"></a><a href="#cmd.todaysname">\todaysname</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrdate.cmd.todaysname">279</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.todaysnumber"></a><a href="#cmd.todaysnumber">\todaysnumber</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrdate.cmd.todaysnumber">279</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.toplevelpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.toplevelpagestyle">\toplevelpagestyle</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.toplevelpagestyle">430</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.typearea"></a><a href="#cmd.typearea">\typearea</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:typearea.cmd.typearea">40</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.unsettoc"></a><a href="#cmd.unsettoc">\unsettoc</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.unsettoc">371</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.uppertitleback"></a><a href="#cmd.uppertitleback">\uppertitleback</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.uppertitleback">285</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.uppertitleback">71</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.useencodingofkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.useencodingofkomafont">\useencodingofkomafont</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.useencodingofkomafont">178</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.useencodingofkomafont">242</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.useencodingofkomafont">281</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.useencodingofkomafont">297</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.useencodingofkomafont">447</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.useencodingofkomafont">65</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.usefamilyofkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.usefamilyofkomafont">\usefamilyofkomafont</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.usefamilyofkomafont">178</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.usefamilyofkomafont">242</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.usefamilyofkomafont">281</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.usefamilyofkomafont">297</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.usefamilyofkomafont">447</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.usefamilyofkomafont">65</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.usefontofkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.usefontofkomafont">\usefontofkomafont</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.usefontofkomafont">178</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.usefontofkomafont">242</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.usefontofkomafont">281</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.usefontofkomafont">297</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.usefontofkomafont">447</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.usefontofkomafont">65</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.usekomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.usekomafont">\usekomafont</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.usekomafont">175</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.usekomafont">240</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.usekomafont">280</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.usekomafont">296</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.usekomafont">446</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.usekomafont">60</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.usekomavar*"></a><a href="#cmd.usekomavar*">\usekomavar*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.usekomavar*">157</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.usekomavar*">508</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.usekomavar"></a><a href="#cmd.usekomavar">\usekomavar</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.usekomavar">157</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.usekomavar">508</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.usepackage"></a><a href="#cmd.usepackage">\usepackage</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.usepackage">158</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.usepackage">238</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.usepackage">276</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.usepackage">295</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:typearea.cmd.usepackage">32</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrhack.cmd.usepackage">398</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.usepackage">403</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.usepackage">445</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.usepackage">55</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.useplength"></a><a href="#cmd.useplength">\useplength</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.useplength">158</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.useseriesofkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.useseriesofkomafont">\useseriesofkomafont</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.useseriesofkomafont">178</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.useseriesofkomafont">242</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.useseriesofkomafont">281</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.useseriesofkomafont">297</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.useseriesofkomafont">447</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.useseriesofkomafont">65</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.useshapeofkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.useshapeofkomafont">\useshapeofkomafont</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.useshapeofkomafont">178</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.useshapeofkomafont">242</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.useshapeofkomafont">281</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.useshapeofkomafont">297</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.useshapeofkomafont">447</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.useshapeofkomafont">65</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.usesizeofkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.usesizeofkomafont">\usesizeofkomafont</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.usesizeofkomafont">178</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.usesizeofkomafont">242</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.usesizeofkomafont">281</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.usesizeofkomafont">297</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.usesizeofkomafont">447</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.usesizeofkomafont">65</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.usetocbasicnumberline"></a><a href="#cmd.usetocbasicnumberline">\usetocbasicnumberline</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.usetocbasicnumberline">374</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.withoutparnumber"></a><a href="#cmd.withoutparnumber">\withoutparnumber</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.withoutparnumber">303</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.wwwname"></a><a href="#cmd.wwwname">\wwwname</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.wwwname">514</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.yourmailname"></a><a href="#cmd.yourmailname">\yourmailname</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.yourmailname">514</a></li> - <li><a name="cmd.yourrefname"></a><a href="#cmd.yourrefname">\yourrefname</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.yourrefname">514</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.unsettoc"></a><a href="#cmd.unsettoc">\unsettoc</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.unsettoc">383</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.uppertitleback"></a><a href="#cmd.uppertitleback">\uppertitleback</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.uppertitleback">298</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.uppertitleback">70</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.useencodingofkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.useencodingofkomafont">\useencodingofkomafont</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.useencodingofkomafont">183</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.useencodingofkomafont">257</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.useencodingofkomafont">294</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.useencodingofkomafont">310</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.useencodingofkomafont">458</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.useencodingofkomafont">64</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.usefamilyofkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.usefamilyofkomafont">\usefamilyofkomafont</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.usefamilyofkomafont">183</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.usefamilyofkomafont">257</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.usefamilyofkomafont">294</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.usefamilyofkomafont">310</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.usefamilyofkomafont">458</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.usefamilyofkomafont">64</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.usefontofkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.usefontofkomafont">\usefontofkomafont</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.usefontofkomafont">183</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.usefontofkomafont">257</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.usefontofkomafont">294</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.usefontofkomafont">310</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.usefontofkomafont">458</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.usefontofkomafont">64</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.usekomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.usekomafont">\usekomafont</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.usekomafont">179</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.usekomafont">255</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.usekomafont">293</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.usekomafont">309</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.usekomafont">457</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.usekomafont">59</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.usekomavar*"></a><a href="#cmd.usekomavar*">\usekomavar*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.usekomavar*">159</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.usekomavar*">503</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.usekomavar"></a><a href="#cmd.usekomavar">\usekomavar</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.usekomavar">159</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.usekomavar">503</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.usepackage"></a><a href="#cmd.usepackage">\usepackage</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.usepackage">151</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.usepackage">253</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.usepackage">290</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.usepackage">308</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:typearea.cmd.usepackage">32</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrhack.cmd.usepackage">411</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.cmd.usepackage">416</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.usepackage">456</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.usepackage">55</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.useplength"></a><a href="#cmd.useplength">\useplength</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.useplength">166</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.useseriesofkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.useseriesofkomafont">\useseriesofkomafont</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.useseriesofkomafont">183</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.useseriesofkomafont">257</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.useseriesofkomafont">294</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.useseriesofkomafont">310</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.useseriesofkomafont">458</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.useseriesofkomafont">64</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.useshapeofkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.useshapeofkomafont">\useshapeofkomafont</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.useshapeofkomafont">183</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.useshapeofkomafont">257</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.useshapeofkomafont">294</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.useshapeofkomafont">310</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.useshapeofkomafont">458</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.useshapeofkomafont">64</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.usesizeofkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.usesizeofkomafont">\usesizeofkomafont</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.cmd.usesizeofkomafont">183</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.usesizeofkomafont">257</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.cmd.usesizeofkomafont">294</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.usesizeofkomafont">310</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.usesizeofkomafont">458</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.cmd.usesizeofkomafont">64</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.usetocbasicnumberline"></a><a href="#cmd.usetocbasicnumberline">\usetocbasicnumberline</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.cmd.usetocbasicnumberline">386</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.withoutparnumber"></a><a href="#cmd.withoutparnumber">\withoutparnumber</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.cmd.withoutparnumber">316</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.wwwname"></a><a href="#cmd.wwwname">\wwwname</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.wwwname">509</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.yourmailname"></a><a href="#cmd.yourmailname">\yourmailname</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.yourmailname">509</a></li> + <li><a name="cmd.yourrefname"></a><a href="#cmd.yourrefname">\yourrefname</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.yourrefname">509</a></li> </ul> <h2><a name="environment">Environments</a></h2> <ul> - <li><a name="env.abstract"></a><a href="#env.abstract">abstract</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.env.abstract">72</a></li> - <li><a name="env.addmargin*"></a><a href="#env.addmargin*">addmargin*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.env.addmargin*">125</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.env.addmargin*">222</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.env.addmargin*">293</a></li> - <li><a name="env.addmargin"></a><a href="#env.addmargin">addmargin</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.env.addmargin">125</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.env.addmargin">222</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.env.addmargin">293</a></li> - <li><a name="env.captionbeside"></a><a href="#env.captionbeside">captionbeside</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.env.captionbeside">134</a></li> - <li><a name="env.captionofbeside"></a><a href="#env.captionofbeside">captionofbeside</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.env.captionofbeside">137</a></li> - <li><a name="env.contract"></a><a href="#env.contract">contract</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.env.contract">299</a></li> - <li><a name="env.description"></a><a href="#env.description">description</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.env.description">120</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.env.description">221</a></li> - <li><a name="env.enumerate"></a><a href="#env.enumerate">enumerate</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.env.enumerate">119</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.env.enumerate">221</a></li> - <li><a name="env.itemize"></a><a href="#env.itemize">itemize</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.env.itemize">118</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.env.itemize">220</a></li> - <li><a name="env.labeling"></a><a href="#env.labeling">labeling</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.env.labeling">121</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.env.labeling">221</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.env.labeling">293</a></li> - <li><a name="env.letter"></a><a href="#env.letter">letter</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.env.letter">163</a></li> - <li><a name="env.quotation"></a><a href="#env.quotation">quotation</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.env.quotation">124</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.env.quotation">222</a></li> - <li><a name="env.quote"></a><a href="#env.quote">quote</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.env.quote">124</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.env.quote">222</a></li> - <li><a name="env.titlepage"></a><a href="#env.titlepage">titlepage</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.env.titlepage">282</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.env.titlepage">66</a></li> - <li><a name="env.verse"></a><a href="#env.verse">verse</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.env.verse">122</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.env.verse">222</a></li> + <li><a name="env.abstract"></a><a href="#env.abstract">abstract</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.env.abstract">71</a></li> + <li><a name="env.addmargin*"></a><a href="#env.addmargin*">addmargin*</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.env.addmargin*">124</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.env.addmargin*">238</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.env.addmargin*">306</a></li> + <li><a name="env.addmargin"></a><a href="#env.addmargin">addmargin</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.env.addmargin">124</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.env.addmargin">238</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.env.addmargin">306</a></li> + <li><a name="env.captionbeside"></a><a href="#env.captionbeside">captionbeside</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.env.captionbeside">133</a></li> + <li><a name="env.captionofbeside"></a><a href="#env.captionofbeside">captionofbeside</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.env.captionofbeside">136</a></li> + <li><a name="env.contract"></a><a href="#env.contract">contract</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.env.contract">312</a></li> + <li><a name="env.description"></a><a href="#env.description">description</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.env.description">119</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.env.description">237</a></li> + <li><a name="env.enumerate"></a><a href="#env.enumerate">enumerate</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.env.enumerate">118</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.env.enumerate">237</a></li> + <li><a name="env.itemize"></a><a href="#env.itemize">itemize</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.env.itemize">117</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.env.itemize">236</a></li> + <li><a name="env.labeling"></a><a href="#env.labeling">labeling</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.env.labeling">120</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.env.labeling">237</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.env.labeling">305</a></li> + <li><a name="env.letter"></a><a href="#env.letter">letter</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.env.letter">169</a></li> + <li><a name="env.quotation"></a><a href="#env.quotation">quotation</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.env.quotation">123</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.env.quotation">238</a></li> + <li><a name="env.quote"></a><a href="#env.quote">quote</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.env.quote">123</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.env.quote">238</a></li> + <li><a name="env.titlepage"></a><a href="#env.titlepage">titlepage</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrextend.env.titlepage">295</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.env.titlepage">65</a></li> + <li><a name="env.verse"></a><a href="#env.verse">verse</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.env.verse">121</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.env.verse">238</a></li> </ul> <h2><a name="length">Lengths</a></h2> <ul> - <li><a name="length.footheight"></a><a href="#length.footheight">footheight</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.length.footheight">239</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.length.footheight">426</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:typearea.length.footheight">46</a></li> - <li><a name="length.headheight"></a><a href="#length.headheight">headheight</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.length.headheight">239</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.length.headheight">426</a></li> + <li><a name="length.footheight"></a><a href="#length.footheight">footheight</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.length.footheight">254</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.length.footheight">439</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:typearea.length.footheight">46</a></li> + <li><a name="length.headheight"></a><a href="#length.headheight">headheight</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.length.headheight">254</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.length.headheight">439</a></li> </ul> <h2><a name="plength">Pseudolengths</a></h2> <ul> - <li><a name="plength.PPdatamatrixvskip"></a><a href="#plength.PPdatamatrixvskip">PPdatamatrixvskip</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.PPdatamatrixvskip">503</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.PPheadheight"></a><a href="#plength.PPheadheight">PPheadheight</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.PPheadheight">503</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.PPheadwidth"></a><a href="#plength.PPheadwidth">PPheadwidth</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.PPheadwidth">503</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.backaddrheight"></a><a href="#plength.backaddrheight">backaddrheight</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.backaddrheight">502</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.bfoldmarklength"></a><a href="#plength.bfoldmarklength">bfoldmarklength</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.bfoldmarklength">499</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.bfoldmarkvpos"></a><a href="#plength.bfoldmarkvpos">bfoldmarkvpos</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.bfoldmarkvpos">498</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.firstfoothpos"></a><a href="#plength.firstfoothpos">firstfoothpos</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstfoothpos">507</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.firstfootvpos"></a><a href="#plength.firstfootvpos">firstfootvpos</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstfootvpos">506</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.firstfootwidth"></a><a href="#plength.firstfootwidth">firstfootwidth</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstfootwidth">507</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.firstheadhpos"></a><a href="#plength.firstheadhpos">firstheadhpos</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstheadhpos">500</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.firstheadvpos"></a><a href="#plength.firstheadvpos">firstheadvpos</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstheadvpos">500</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.firstheadwidth"></a><a href="#plength.firstheadwidth">firstheadwidth</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstheadwidth">500</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.foldmarkhpos"></a><a href="#plength.foldmarkhpos">foldmarkhpos</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.foldmarkhpos">499</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.foldmarkthickness"></a><a href="#plength.foldmarkthickness">foldmarkthickness</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.foldmarkthickness">500</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.foldmarkvpos"></a><a href="#plength.foldmarkvpos">foldmarkvpos</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.foldmarkvpos">499</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.fromrulethickness"></a><a href="#plength.fromrulethickness">fromrulethickness</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.fromrulethickness">501</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.fromrulewidth"></a><a href="#plength.fromrulewidth">fromrulewidth</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.fromrulewidth">501</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.lfoldmarkhpos"></a><a href="#plength.lfoldmarkhpos">lfoldmarkhpos</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.lfoldmarkhpos">499</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.lfoldmarklength"></a><a href="#plength.lfoldmarklength">lfoldmarklength</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.lfoldmarklength">499</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.locheight"></a><a href="#plength.locheight">locheight</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.locheight">504</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.lochpos"></a><a href="#plength.lochpos">lochpos</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.lochpos">504</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.locvpos"></a><a href="#plength.locvpos">locvpos</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.locvpos">504</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.locwidth"></a><a href="#plength.locwidth">locwidth</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.locwidth">504</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.mfoldmarklength"></a><a href="#plength.mfoldmarklength">mfoldmarklength</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.mfoldmarklength">499</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.mfoldmarkvpos"></a><a href="#plength.mfoldmarkvpos">mfoldmarkvpos</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.mfoldmarkvpos">498</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.pfoldmarklength"></a><a href="#plength.pfoldmarklength">pfoldmarklength</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.pfoldmarklength">499</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.refaftervskip"></a><a href="#plength.refaftervskip">refaftervskip</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.refaftervskip">505</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.refhpos"></a><a href="#plength.refhpos">refhpos</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.refhpos">504</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.refvpos"></a><a href="#plength.refvpos">refvpos</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.refvpos">504</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.refwidth"></a><a href="#plength.refwidth">refwidth</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.refwidth">504</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.sigbeforevskip"></a><a href="#plength.sigbeforevskip">sigbeforevskip</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.sigbeforevskip">506</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.sigindent"></a><a href="#plength.sigindent">sigindent</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.sigindent">506</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.specialmailindent"></a><a href="#plength.specialmailindent">specialmailindent</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.specialmailindent">503</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.specialmailrightindent"></a><a href="#plength.specialmailrightindent">specialmailrightindent</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.specialmailrightindent">503</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.subjectaftervskip"></a><a href="#plength.subjectaftervskip">subjectaftervskip</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.subjectaftervskip">506</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.subjectbeforevskip"></a><a href="#plength.subjectbeforevskip">subjectbeforevskip</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.subjectbeforevskip">506</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.subjectvpos"></a><a href="#plength.subjectvpos">subjectvpos</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.subjectvpos">505</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.tfoldmarklength"></a><a href="#plength.tfoldmarklength">tfoldmarklength</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.tfoldmarklength">499</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.tfoldmarkvpos"></a><a href="#plength.tfoldmarkvpos">tfoldmarkvpos</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.tfoldmarkvpos">498</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.toaddrheight"></a><a href="#plength.toaddrheight">toaddrheight</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrheight">501</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.toaddrhpos"></a><a href="#plength.toaddrhpos">toaddrhpos</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrhpos">501</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.toaddrindent"></a><a href="#plength.toaddrindent">toaddrindent</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrindent">502</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.toaddrvpos"></a><a href="#plength.toaddrvpos">toaddrvpos</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrvpos">501</a></li> - <li><a name="plength.toaddrwidth"></a><a href="#plength.toaddrwidth">toaddrwidth</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrwidth">502</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.PPdatamatrixvskip"></a><a href="#plength.PPdatamatrixvskip">PPdatamatrixvskip</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.PPdatamatrixvskip">207</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.PPheadheight"></a><a href="#plength.PPheadheight">PPheadheight</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.PPheadheight">207</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.PPheadwidth"></a><a href="#plength.PPheadwidth">PPheadwidth</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.PPheadwidth">207</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.backaddrheight"></a><a href="#plength.backaddrheight">backaddrheight</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.backaddrheight">207</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.bfoldmarklength"></a><a href="#plength.bfoldmarklength">bfoldmarklength</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.bfoldmarklength">188</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.bfoldmarkvpos"></a><a href="#plength.bfoldmarkvpos">bfoldmarkvpos</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.bfoldmarkvpos">186</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.firstfoothpos"></a><a href="#plength.firstfoothpos">firstfoothpos</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.firstfoothpos">224</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.firstfootvpos"></a><a href="#plength.firstfootvpos">firstfootvpos</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.firstfootvpos">224</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.firstfootwidth"></a><a href="#plength.firstfootwidth">firstfootwidth</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.firstfootwidth">224</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.firstheadhpos"></a><a href="#plength.firstheadhpos">firstheadhpos</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.firstheadhpos">189</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.firstheadvpos"></a><a href="#plength.firstheadvpos">firstheadvpos</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.firstheadvpos">189</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.firstheadwidth"></a><a href="#plength.firstheadwidth">firstheadwidth</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.firstheadwidth">189</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.foldmarkhpos"></a><a href="#plength.foldmarkhpos">foldmarkhpos</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.foldmarkhpos">188</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.foldmarkthickness"></a><a href="#plength.foldmarkthickness">foldmarkthickness</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.foldmarkthickness">188</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.foldmarkvpos"></a><a href="#plength.foldmarkvpos">foldmarkvpos</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.foldmarkvpos">188</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.fromrulethickness"></a><a href="#plength.fromrulethickness">fromrulethickness</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.fromrulethickness">194</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.fromrulewidth"></a><a href="#plength.fromrulewidth">fromrulewidth</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.fromrulewidth">194</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.lfoldmarkhpos"></a><a href="#plength.lfoldmarkhpos">lfoldmarkhpos</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.lfoldmarkhpos">188</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.lfoldmarklength"></a><a href="#plength.lfoldmarklength">lfoldmarklength</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.lfoldmarklength">188</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.locheight"></a><a href="#plength.locheight">locheight</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.locheight">209</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.lochpos"></a><a href="#plength.lochpos">lochpos</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.lochpos">209</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.locvpos"></a><a href="#plength.locvpos">locvpos</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.locvpos">209</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.locwidth"></a><a href="#plength.locwidth">locwidth</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.locwidth">209</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.mfoldmarklength"></a><a href="#plength.mfoldmarklength">mfoldmarklength</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.mfoldmarklength">188</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.mfoldmarkvpos"></a><a href="#plength.mfoldmarkvpos">mfoldmarkvpos</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.mfoldmarkvpos">186</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.pfoldmarklength"></a><a href="#plength.pfoldmarklength">pfoldmarklength</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.pfoldmarklength">188</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.refaftervskip"></a><a href="#plength.refaftervskip">refaftervskip</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.refaftervskip">215</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.refhpos"></a><a href="#plength.refhpos">refhpos</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.refhpos">214</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.refvpos"></a><a href="#plength.refvpos">refvpos</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.refvpos">214</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.refwidth"></a><a href="#plength.refwidth">refwidth</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.refwidth">214</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.sigbeforevskip"></a><a href="#plength.sigbeforevskip">sigbeforevskip</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.sigbeforevskip">221</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.sigindent"></a><a href="#plength.sigindent">sigindent</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.sigindent">221</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.specialmailindent"></a><a href="#plength.specialmailindent">specialmailindent</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.specialmailindent">207</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.specialmailrightindent"></a><a href="#plength.specialmailrightindent">specialmailrightindent</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.specialmailrightindent">207</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.subjectaftervskip"></a><a href="#plength.subjectaftervskip">subjectaftervskip</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.subjectaftervskip">219</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.subjectbeforevskip"></a><a href="#plength.subjectbeforevskip">subjectbeforevskip</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.subjectbeforevskip">219</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.subjectvpos"></a><a href="#plength.subjectvpos">subjectvpos</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.subjectvpos">218</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.tfoldmarklength"></a><a href="#plength.tfoldmarklength">tfoldmarklength</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.tfoldmarklength">188</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.tfoldmarkvpos"></a><a href="#plength.tfoldmarkvpos">tfoldmarkvpos</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.tfoldmarkvpos">186</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.toaddrheight"></a><a href="#plength.toaddrheight">toaddrheight</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.toaddrheight">206</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.toaddrhpos"></a><a href="#plength.toaddrhpos">toaddrhpos</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.toaddrhpos">205</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.toaddrindent"></a><a href="#plength.toaddrindent">toaddrindent</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.toaddrindent">206</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.toaddrvpos"></a><a href="#plength.toaddrvpos">toaddrvpos</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.toaddrvpos">205</a></li> + <li><a name="plength.toaddrwidth"></a><a href="#plength.toaddrwidth">toaddrwidth</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.plength.toaddrwidth">206</a></li> </ul> <h2><a name="variable">Variables</a></h2> <ul> - <li><a name="variable.PPcode"></a><a href="#variable.PPcode">PPcode</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.PPcode">193</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.PPdatamatrix"></a><a href="#variable.PPdatamatrix">PPdatamatrix</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.PPdatamatrix">193</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.addresseeimage"></a><a href="#variable.addresseeimage">addresseeimage</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.addresseeimage">193</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.backaddress"></a><a href="#variable.backaddress">backaddress</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.backaddress">193</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.backaddressseparator"></a><a href="#variable.backaddressseparator">backaddressseparator</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.backaddressseparator">193</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.ccseparator"></a><a href="#variable.ccseparator">ccseparator</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.ccseparator">169</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.customer"></a><a href="#variable.customer">customer</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.customer">200</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.date"></a><a href="#variable.date">date</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.date">199</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.emailseparator"></a><a href="#variable.emailseparator">emailseparator</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.emailseparator">187</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.enclseparator"></a><a href="#variable.enclseparator">enclseparator</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.enclseparator">171</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.faxseparator"></a><a href="#variable.faxseparator">faxseparator</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.faxseparator">187</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.firstfoot"></a><a href="#variable.firstfoot">firstfoot</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.firstfoot">207</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.firsthead"></a><a href="#variable.firsthead">firsthead</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.firsthead">193</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.fromaddress"></a><a href="#variable.fromaddress">fromaddress</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.fromaddress">182</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.frombank"></a><a href="#variable.frombank">frombank</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.frombank">208</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.fromemail"></a><a href="#variable.fromemail">fromemail</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.fromemail">187</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.fromfax"></a><a href="#variable.fromfax">fromfax</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.fromfax">187</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.fromlogo"></a><a href="#variable.fromlogo">fromlogo</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.fromlogo">191</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.frommobilephone"></a><a href="#variable.frommobilephone">frommobilephone</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.frommobilephone">187</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.fromname"></a><a href="#variable.fromname">fromname</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.fromname">182</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.fromphone"></a><a href="#variable.fromphone">fromphone</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.fromphone">187</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.fromurl"></a><a href="#variable.fromurl">fromurl</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.fromurl">187</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.fromzipcode"></a><a href="#variable.fromzipcode">fromzipcode</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.fromzipcode">193</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.invoice"></a><a href="#variable.invoice">invoice</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.invoice">200</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.location"></a><a href="#variable.location">location</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.location">198</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.mobilephoneseparator"></a><a href="#variable.mobilephoneseparator">mobilephoneseparator</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.mobilephoneseparator">187</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.myref"></a><a href="#variable.myref">myref</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.myref">200</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.nextfoot"></a><a href="#variable.nextfoot">nextfoot</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.nextfoot">214</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.nexthead"></a><a href="#variable.nexthead">nexthead</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.nexthead">214</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.phoneseparator"></a><a href="#variable.phoneseparator">phoneseparator</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.phoneseparator">187</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.place"></a><a href="#variable.place">place</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.place">193</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.placeseparator"></a><a href="#variable.placeseparator">placeseparator</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.placeseparator">201</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.signature"></a><a href="#variable.signature">signature</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.signature">224</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.specialmail"></a><a href="#variable.specialmail">specialmail</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.specialmail">193</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.subject"></a><a href="#variable.subject">subject</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.subject">204</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.subjectseparator"></a><a href="#variable.subjectseparator">subjectseparator</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.subjectseparator">204</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.title"></a><a href="#variable.title">title</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.title">203</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.toaddress"></a><a href="#variable.toaddress">toaddress</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.toaddress">193</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.toname"></a><a href="#variable.toname">toname</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.toname">193</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.urlseparator"></a><a href="#variable.urlseparator">urlseparator</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.urlseparator">187</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.yourmail"></a><a href="#variable.yourmail">yourmail</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.yourmail">200</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.yourref"></a><a href="#variable.yourref">yourref</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.yourref">200</a></li> - <li><a name="variable.zipcodeseparator"></a><a href="#variable.zipcodeseparator">zipcodeseparator</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.zipcodeseparator">193</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.PPcode"></a><a href="#variable.PPcode">PPcode</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.PPcode">202</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.PPdatamatrix"></a><a href="#variable.PPdatamatrix">PPdatamatrix</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.PPdatamatrix">202</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.addresseeimage"></a><a href="#variable.addresseeimage">addresseeimage</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.addresseeimage">202</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.backaddress"></a><a href="#variable.backaddress">backaddress</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.backaddress">202</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.backaddressseparator"></a><a href="#variable.backaddressseparator">backaddressseparator</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.backaddressseparator">202</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.ccseparator"></a><a href="#variable.ccseparator">ccseparator</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.ccseparator">175</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.customer"></a><a href="#variable.customer">customer</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.customer">212</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.date"></a><a href="#variable.date">date</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.date">211</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.emailseparator"></a><a href="#variable.emailseparator">emailseparator</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.emailseparator">195</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.enclseparator"></a><a href="#variable.enclseparator">enclseparator</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.enclseparator">175</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.faxseparator"></a><a href="#variable.faxseparator">faxseparator</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.faxseparator">195</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.firstfoot"></a><a href="#variable.firstfoot">firstfoot</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.firstfoot">222</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.firsthead"></a><a href="#variable.firsthead">firsthead</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.firsthead">200</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.fromaddress"></a><a href="#variable.fromaddress">fromaddress</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.fromaddress">190</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.frombank"></a><a href="#variable.frombank">frombank</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.frombank">223</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.fromemail"></a><a href="#variable.fromemail">fromemail</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.fromemail">195</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.fromfax"></a><a href="#variable.fromfax">fromfax</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.fromfax">195</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.fromlogo"></a><a href="#variable.fromlogo">fromlogo</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.fromlogo">199</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.frommobilephone"></a><a href="#variable.frommobilephone">frommobilephone</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.frommobilephone">195</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.fromname"></a><a href="#variable.fromname">fromname</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.fromname">190</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.fromphone"></a><a href="#variable.fromphone">fromphone</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.fromphone">195</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.fromurl"></a><a href="#variable.fromurl">fromurl</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.fromurl">195</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.fromzipcode"></a><a href="#variable.fromzipcode">fromzipcode</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.fromzipcode">202</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.invoice"></a><a href="#variable.invoice">invoice</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.invoice">212</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.location"></a><a href="#variable.location">location</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.location">208</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.mobilephoneseparator"></a><a href="#variable.mobilephoneseparator">mobilephoneseparator</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.mobilephoneseparator">195</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.myref"></a><a href="#variable.myref">myref</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.myref">212</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.nextfoot"></a><a href="#variable.nextfoot">nextfoot</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.nextfoot">230</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.nexthead"></a><a href="#variable.nexthead">nexthead</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.nexthead">230</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.phoneseparator"></a><a href="#variable.phoneseparator">phoneseparator</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.phoneseparator">195</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.place"></a><a href="#variable.place">place</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.place">202</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.placeseparator"></a><a href="#variable.placeseparator">placeseparator</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.placeseparator">212</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.signature"></a><a href="#variable.signature">signature</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.signature">219</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.specialmail"></a><a href="#variable.specialmail">specialmail</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.specialmail">202</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.subject"></a><a href="#variable.subject">subject</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.subject">216</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.subjectseparator"></a><a href="#variable.subjectseparator">subjectseparator</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.subjectseparator">216</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.title"></a><a href="#variable.title">title</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.title">215</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.toaddress"></a><a href="#variable.toaddress">toaddress</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.toaddress">202</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.toname"></a><a href="#variable.toname">toname</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.toname">202</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.urlseparator"></a><a href="#variable.urlseparator">urlseparator</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.urlseparator">195</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.yourmail"></a><a href="#variable.yourmail">yourmail</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.yourmail">212</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.yourref"></a><a href="#variable.yourref">yourref</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.yourref">212</a></li> + <li><a name="variable.zipcodeseparator"></a><a href="#variable.zipcodeseparator">zipcodeseparator</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.variable.zipcodeseparator">202</a></li> </ul> <h2><a name="pagestyle">Page Styles</a></h2> <ul> - <li><a name="pagestyle.@everystyle@"></a><a href="#pagestyle.@everystyle@">@everystyle@</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.pagestyle.@everystyle@">421</a></li> - <li><a name="pagestyle.empty"></a><a href="#pagestyle.empty">empty</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.pagestyle.empty">212</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.pagestyle.empty">421</a></li> - <li><a name="pagestyle.headings"></a><a href="#pagestyle.headings">headings</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.pagestyle.headings">213</a></li> - <li><a name="pagestyle.letter"></a><a href="#pagestyle.letter">letter</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.pagestyle.letter">213</a></li> - <li><a name="pagestyle.myheadings"></a><a href="#pagestyle.myheadings">myheadings</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.pagestyle.myheadings">213</a></li> - <li><a name="pagestyle.plain"></a><a href="#pagestyle.plain">plain</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.pagestyle.plain">213</a></li> - <li><a name="pagestyle.scrheadings"></a><a href="#pagestyle.scrheadings">scrheadings</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.pagestyle.scrheadings">242</a></li> + <li><a name="pagestyle.@everystyle@"></a><a href="#pagestyle.@everystyle@">@everystyle@</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.pagestyle.@everystyle@">434</a></li> + <li><a name="pagestyle.empty"></a><a href="#pagestyle.empty">empty</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.pagestyle.empty">229</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer.pagestyle.empty">434</a></li> + <li><a name="pagestyle.headings"></a><a href="#pagestyle.headings">headings</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.pagestyle.headings">229</a></li> + <li><a name="pagestyle.letter"></a><a href="#pagestyle.letter">letter</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.pagestyle.letter">229</a></li> + <li><a name="pagestyle.myheadings"></a><a href="#pagestyle.myheadings">myheadings</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.pagestyle.myheadings">229</a></li> + <li><a name="pagestyle.plain"></a><a href="#pagestyle.plain">plain</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.pagestyle.plain">229</a></li> + <li><a name="pagestyle.scrheadings"></a><a href="#pagestyle.scrheadings">scrheadings</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlayer-scrpage.pagestyle.scrheadings">257</a></li> </ul> <h2><a name="counter">Counter</a></h2> <ul> - <li><a name="counter.letter"></a><a href="#counter.letter">letter</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.counter.letter">165</a></li> - <li><a name="counter.par"></a><a href="#counter.par">par</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.counter.par">303</a></li> - <li><a name="counter.secnumdepth"></a><a href="#counter.secnumdepth">secnumdepth</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.counter.secnumdepth">113</a></li> - <li><a name="counter.sentence"></a><a href="#counter.sentence">sentence</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.counter.sentence">304</a></li> - <li><a name="counter.tocdepth"></a><a href="#counter.tocdepth">tocdepth</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.counter.tocdepth">374</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.counter.tocdepth">77</a></li> + <li><a name="counter.letter"></a><a href="#counter.letter">letter</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrlttr2.counter.letter">170</a></li> + <li><a name="counter.par"></a><a href="#counter.par">par</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.counter.par">316</a></li> + <li><a name="counter.secnumdepth"></a><a href="#counter.secnumdepth">secnumdepth</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.counter.secnumdepth">112</a></li> + <li><a name="counter.sentence"></a><a href="#counter.sentence">sentence</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:scrjura.counter.sentence">317</a></li> + <li><a name="counter.tocdepth"></a><a href="#counter.tocdepth">tocdepth</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:tocbasic.counter.tocdepth">386</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.counter.tocdepth">76</a></li> </ul> <h2><a name="floatstyle">Styles for the float Package</a></h2> <ul> - <li><a name="floatstyle.komaabove"></a><a href="#floatstyle.komaabove">komaabove</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.floatstyle.komaabove">137</a></li> - <li><a name="floatstyle.komabelow"></a><a href="#floatstyle.komabelow">komabelow</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.floatstyle.komabelow">137</a></li> + <li><a name="floatstyle.komaabove"></a><a href="#floatstyle.komaabove">komaabove</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.floatstyle.komaabove">136</a></li> + <li><a name="floatstyle.komabelow"></a><a href="#floatstyle.komabelow">komabelow</a> → <a href="scrguien.pdf#desc:maincls.floatstyle.komabelow">136</a></li> </ul> <p><a href="http://validator.w3.org/check?uri=referer"><img src="http://www.w3.org/Icons/valid-html40" diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/doc/scrguien.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/doc/scrguien.pdf Binary files differindex 425803a12c..2b23401e8d 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/doc/scrguien.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/doc/scrguien.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/doc/scrlayer-fancyhdr.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/doc/scrlayer-fancyhdr.pdf Binary files differindex 458ebc9c6a..bed856c3f6 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/doc/scrlayer-fancyhdr.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/doc/scrlayer-fancyhdr.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/doc/scrpage2.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/doc/scrpage2.pdf Binary files differindex 57ba1f7808..8c38697860 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/doc/scrpage2.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/doc/scrpage2.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/doc/tocstyle.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/doc/tocstyle.pdf Binary files differindex 1325378010..87495c67b9 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/doc/tocstyle.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/doc/tocstyle.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/Makefile.guide b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/Makefile.guide index 0956492f51..84345fd1f7 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/Makefile.guide +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/Makefile.guide @@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ $(PLENGTH_DTX_RESULT): $(PLENGTH_DTX) $(PLENGTH_PDF): $(PLENGTH_DTX_RESULT) $(MPOST) $(addsuffix .mp,$(basename $@)) $(MPTOPDF) $(addsuffix .mp,$(basename $@)) - @if [ -r $(addsuffix .pdf,$(basename $@)-1)];\ + @if [ -r $(addsuffix -1.pdf,$(basename $@)) ];\ then $(MV) $(addsuffix .pdf,$(basename $@)-1) $@;\ fi diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/common-compatibility.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/common-compatibility.tex index e1f7d4471c..b630401b71 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/common-compatibility.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/common-compatibility.tex @@ -46,11 +46,11 @@ % ====================================================================== \KOMAProvidesFile{common-compatibility.tex} - [$Date: 2019-10-10 10:04:30 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + [$Date: 2019-10-31 08:38:01 +0100 (Thu, 31 Oct 2019) $ KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs)] \translator{Markus Kohm\and Krickette Murabayashi\and Karl Hagen} -% Date of the translated German file: 2019-10-10 +% Date of the translated German file: 2019-10-31 \section{Compatibility with Earlier Versions of \KOMAScript} \seclabel{compatibilityOptions} @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ \autopageref{sec:\ThisCommonLabelBase.compatibilityOptions.next}.% } -\IfThisCommonLabelBaseOneOf{typearea,maincls,scrlttr2,scrextend}{% +\IfThisCommonLabelBaseOneOf{typearea,maincls,scrlttr2}{% Those who produce their documents from source code typically attach the utmost importance to the fact that future \LaTeX{} runs will yield exactly the same result. In some cases, however, improvements and bug fixes to the @@ -78,20 +78,20 @@ result in changes of behaviour, especially to the layout. This, however, may be undesirable.% }{% - % \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrextend}{% + \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrextend}{% % In some cases, improvements and bug fixes to the package will result % in changes of behaviour, especially to the layout. This, however, % may be undesirable. Those who produce their documents from source code % typically attach the utmost importance to the fact that future % \LaTeX{} runs will yield exactly the same result.% - % }{% + }{% \ThisCommonLabelBaseFailure % \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlttr2}{% % In some cases, improvements and bug fixes to the package will result % in changes of behaviour, especially to the layout. This, however, % may be undesirable. % }{}% - % }% + }% }% diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/common-dictum.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/common-dictum.tex index 682ca39163..969ee9d1b7 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/common-dictum.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/common-dictum.tex @@ -46,12 +46,12 @@ % ====================================================================== \KOMAProvidesFile{common-dictum.tex} - [$Date: 2019-10-10 10:04:30 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + [$Date: 2019-11-20 08:38:35 +0100 (Wed, 20 Nov 2019) $ KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs)] \translator{Gernot Hassenpflug\and Markus Kohm\and Krickette Murabayashi\and Karl Hagen} -% Date of the translated German file: 2019-10-10 +% Date of the translated German file: 2019-11-20 \section{Dicta} \seclabel{dictum}% @@ -196,18 +196,18 @@ listed in \autoref{tab:maincls.dictumfont}. Changes can be made using the \EndIndexGroup \IfThisCommonLabelBase{maincls}{% - If you use \Macro{dictum} within the + If you use \Macro{dictum} within the \DescRef{maincls.cmd.setchapterpreamble} or - \DescRef{maincls.cmd.setpartpreamble} macro, you must ensure that - the horizontal positioning is always done with - \Macro{raggeddictum}. Therefore, the optional argument for horizontal - positioning which is implemented for these two commands has no effect. - \Length{textwidth} is not the width of the whole text body but the - current text width. If \Macro{dictumwidth} is set to - \PValue{.5\Length{textwidth}} and \DescRef{maincls.cmd.setchapterpreamble} - has an optional width of \PValue{.5\Length{textwidth}} too, you will get a - box with a width one quarter of the text width. Therefore, if you use - \Macro{dictum} you should refrain from setting the optional width for + \DescRef{maincls.cmd.setpartpreamble} macro, \Length{textwidth} is not the + width of the whole text body but the current text width. If + \Macro{dictumwidth} is set to \PValue{.5\Length{textwidth}} and + \DescRef{maincls.cmd.setchapterpreamble} has an optional width of + \PValue{.5\Length{textwidth}} too, you will get a box with a width one + quarter of the text width. The horizontal positioning of the dictum inside + the box is always done with \Macro{raggeddictum}. The optional argument for + horizontal positioning which is implemented for these two commands has no + effect to the \Macro{text}. If you use \Macro{dictum} you should + refrain from setting the optional width for \DescRef{maincls.cmd.setchapterpreamble} or \DescRef{maincls.cmd.setpartpreamble}. diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/common-draftmode.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/common-draftmode.tex index e693714e39..bee227da2f 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/common-draftmode.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/common-draftmode.tex @@ -46,12 +46,12 @@ % ====================================================================== \KOMAProvidesFile{common-draftmode.tex} - [$Date: 2019-10-10 10:04:30 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + [$Date: 2019-10-31 08:46:30 +0100 (Thu, 31 Oct 2019) $ KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs)] \translator{Markus Kohm\and Gernot Hassenpflug\and Krickette Murabayashi\and Karl Hagen} -% Date of the translated German file: 2019-10-10 +% Date of the translated German file: 2019-10-31 \section{Draft Mode} \seclabel{draft}% @@ -69,14 +69,16 @@ provide a draft mode itself but relies upon the class you use.}{}% } -Many classes and packages provide a draft mode in addition to the normal -typesetting mode. The differences between these two are as diverse as -the classes and packages that offer this distinction.% -\IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrextend}{% Umbruchkorrekturtext - \ The draft mode of some packages also results in changes to the output - that affect the document's layout. This is not the case with - \Package{scrextend}.% -}{} +\IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrextend}{}{% + Many classes and packages provide a draft mode in addition to the normal + typesetting mode. The differences between these two are as diverse as the + classes and packages that offer this distinction.% + \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrextend}{% Umbruchkorrekturtext + \ The draft mode of some packages also results in changes to the output + that affect the document's layout. This is not the case with + \Package{scrextend}.% + }{}% +} \begin{Declaration} \OptionVName{draft}{simple switch} diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/common-fontsize.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/common-fontsize.tex index ed37da5934..99424b6eea 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/common-fontsize.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/common-fontsize.tex @@ -46,11 +46,11 @@ % ====================================================================== \KOMAProvidesFile{common-fontsize.tex} - [$Date: 2019-10-10 09:50:23 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + [$Date: 2019-12-06 10:52:05 +0100 (Fri, 06 Dec 2019) $ KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs: fontsize)] \translator{Markus Kohm\and Krickette Murabayashi\and Karl Hagen} -% Date of the translated German file: 2019-10-09 +% Date of the translated German file: 2019-12-06 \section{Choosing the Document Font Size} \seclabel{fontOptions}% @@ -161,6 +161,7 @@ main font, from \Macro{tiny} to \Macro{Huge}. \label{fig:scrlttr2.letter-5-6} \end{figure} \end{Example} + \ExampleEndFix }{% \IfThisCommonLabelBase{maincls}{% \par diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/common-footnotes.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/common-footnotes.tex index 3eb44965c1..2a3e8cac1d 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/common-footnotes.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/common-footnotes.tex @@ -46,11 +46,11 @@ % ====================================================================== \KOMAProvidesFile{common-footnotes.tex} - [$Date: 2019-10-10 10:04:30 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + [$Date: 2019-11-20 08:38:35 +0100 (Wed, 20 Nov 2019) $ KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs: Footnotes)] \translator{Markus Kohm\and Krickette Murabayashi\and Karl Hagen} -% Date of the translated German file: 2019-10-10 +% Date of the translated German file: 2019-11-20 \section{Footnotes} \seclabel{footnotes}% @@ -359,7 +359,7 @@ shows the different parameters% } \end{lstcode} \fi% -\DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.cmd.textsuperscript} controls both the +\Macro{textsuperscript} controls both the superscript and the smaller font size. The command \Macro{thefootnotemark} contains the current footnote mark without any formatting.% \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrextend}{ % @@ -470,8 +470,7 @@ in the text and in the footnote itself are identical. You can change the font with the commands \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.cmd.setkomafont} and \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.cmd.addtokomafont} (see \autoref{sec:\ThisCommonLabelBase.textmarkup}, -\DescPageRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.cmd.setkomafont})% -\IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrextend}{ after \Macro{deffootnotemark} is used}{}. +\DescPageRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.cmd.setkomafont}). \IfThisCommonFirstRun{\iftrue}{\csname iffalse\endcsname}% \begin{Example} @@ -590,9 +589,14 @@ By default% }% } % \KOMAScript{} justifies footnotes just as in the standard classes. -But\textnote{\KOMAScript{} vs. standard classes} you can also change the -justification separately from the rest of the document by redefining -\Macro{raggedfootnote}. Valid definitions are +But\IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrextend}{% + \ if you use \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.deffootnote}% + \important{\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.deffootnote}}% + \IndexCmd{deffootnote}% +}{% + \textnote{\KOMAScript{} vs. standard classes}% +} you can also change the justification separately from the rest of the +document by redefining \Macro{raggedfootnote}. Valid definitions are \Macro{raggedright}\IndexCmd{raggedright}, \Macro{raggedleft}\IndexCmd{raggedleft}, \Macro{centering}\IndexCmd{centering}, \Macro{relax}\IndexCmd{relax} or an diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/common-headfootheight.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/common-headfootheight.tex index 2e39697578..1caea9ba29 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/common-headfootheight.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/common-headfootheight.tex @@ -46,11 +46,11 @@ % ============================================================================ \KOMAProvidesFile{common-headfootheight.tex} - [$Date: 2019-10-10 10:04:30 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + [$Date: 2019-11-13 12:33:18 +0100 (Wed, 13 Nov 2019) $ KOMA-Script guide (common paragraph: Head and Foot Height)] \translator{Markus Kohm\and Jana Schubert\and Jens H\"uhne\and Karl Hagen} -% Date of the translated German file: 2019-10-10 +% Date of the translated German file: 2019-11-13 \section{Header and Footer Height} \seclabel{height} diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/common-interleafpage.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/common-interleafpage.tex index 0f1fe6a0d6..24842ac25b 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/common-interleafpage.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/common-interleafpage.tex @@ -46,12 +46,12 @@ % ====================================================================== \KOMAProvidesFile{common-interleafpage.tex}% - [$Date: 2019-10-10 09:50:23 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + [$Date: 2019-11-11 08:22:00 +0100 (Mon, 11 Nov 2019) $ KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs: Interleaf Pages)] \translator{Markus Kohm\and Gernot Hassenpflug\and Krickette Murabayashi\and Karl Hagen} -% Date of the translated German file: 2019-10-09 +% Date of the translated German file: 2019-11-11 \section{Interleaf Pages} \seclabel{emptypage}% @@ -67,30 +67,32 @@ \autopageref{sec:\ThisCommonLabelBase.emptypage.next}.% } -Interleaf pages are pages that are inserted between parts of a document. -Traditionally, these pages are completely blank. \LaTeX{}, however, -sets them by default with the current page style. \KOMAScript{} provides -several extensions to this functionality. +\IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrextend}{}{% + Interleaf pages are pages that are inserted between parts of a document. + Traditionally, these pages are completely blank. \LaTeX{}, however, sets + them by default with the current page style. \KOMAScript{} provides several + extensions to this functionality. -Interleaf pages are mostly found in books. Because book chapters commonly -start on the right (recto) page of a two-page spread, an empty left (verso) -page must be inserted if the previous chapter ends on a recto page. For this -reason, interleaf pages really only exist for two-sided printing. + Interleaf pages are mostly found in books. Because book chapters commonly + start on the right (recto) page of a two-page spread, an empty left (verso) + page must be inserted if the previous chapter ends on a recto page. For this + reason, interleaf pages really only exist for two-sided printing. % -\iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur + \iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur The blank versos in one-sided printing are not true interleaf pages, - although they may appear as such in counting the printed sheets. -\fi% + although they may appear as such in counting the printed sheets.% + \fi% -\IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlttr2}{% - Interleaf pages are unusual in letters. This is not least because two-sided - letters are rare, as letters are usually not bound. Nevertheless, - \KOMAScript{} also supports interleaf pages for two-sided letters. However, - since the commands described here are seldom used in letters, you will not - find any examples here. If necessary, please refer to the examples in - \autoref{sec:maincls.emptypage}, starting on - \autopageref{sec:maincls.emptypage}.% -}{}% + \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlttr2}{% + Interleaf pages are unusual in letters. This is not least because + two-sided letters are rare, as letters are usually not + bound. Nevertheless, \KOMAScript{} also supports interleaf pages for + two-sided letters. However, since the commands described here are seldom + used in letters, you will not find any examples here. If necessary, please + refer to the examples in \autoref{sec:maincls.emptypage}, starting on + \autopageref{sec:maincls.emptypage}.% + }{}% +}% \begin{Declaration} \OptionVName{cleardoublepage}{page style} diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/common-lists.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/common-lists.tex index 9b18e0551e..12bb0ca90c 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/common-lists.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/common-lists.tex @@ -46,12 +46,12 @@ % ====================================================================== \KOMAProvidesFile{common-lists.tex} - [$Date: 2019-10-10 10:04:30 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + [$Date: 2019-11-19 12:56:28 +0100 (Tue, 19 Nov 2019) $ KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs)] \translator{Gernot Hassenpflug\and Markus Kohm\and Krickette Murabayashi\and Karl Hagen} -% Date of the translated German file: 2019-10-10 +% Date of the translated German file: 2019-11-19 \section{Lists} \seclabel{lists}% @@ -70,8 +70,8 @@ define any list environments itself but leaves them to the class used. If this is not a \KOMAScript{} class, it will load \hyperref[cha:scrextend]{\Package{scrextend}}\IndexPackage{scrextend}% - \important{\hyperref[cha:scrextend]{\Package{scrextend}}}.% - }{} % + \important{\hyperref[cha:scrextend]{\Package{scrextend}}}. % + }{}% However, the \Package{scrextend} package only defines the \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.env.labeling}, \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.env.addmargin}, and @@ -554,15 +554,15 @@ defined with the \Environment{labeling} environment.% \end{verse} \end{ShowOutput} in this case \verb|\\*| can not prevent a page break occurring within a - verse at such a line break. To prevent such a page break, a - \Macro{nopagebreak}\IndexCmd{nopagebreak} would have to be inserted - somewhere in the first line: + verse at such a line break. To prevent such a page break, a change of + \Macro{interlinepenalty}\IndexCmd{interlinepenalty} would have to be + inserted at the beginning of the environment: \begin{lstcode} - \begin{verse} - Both the philosopher and the house-owner\nopagebreak{} + \begin{verse}\interlinepenalty 10000 + Both the philosopher and the house-owner always have something to repair.\\ \bigskip - Don't trust a man, my son, who tells you\nopagebreak{} + Don't trust a man, my son, who tells you that he has never lied. \end{verse} \end{lstcode} @@ -597,7 +597,7 @@ defined with the \Environment{labeling} environment.% % \EndIndexGroup - \iftrue% Umbruchkorrekturvarianten + \iffalse% Umbruchkorrekturvarianten \begin{Declaration} \begin{Environment}{quote}\end{Environment} \end{Declaration}% @@ -807,13 +807,13 @@ Both versions of this environment allow negative values for all parameters. Whether a page is going to be on the left or right side of the book cannot be determined reliably on the first {\LaTeX} run. For details please refer to the explanation of the commands -\DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.cmd.ifthispageodd} +\DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.cmd.Ifthispageodd} (\autoref{sec:\ThisCommonLabelBase.oddOrEven}, -\DescPageRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.cmd.ifthispageodd}) and +\DescPageRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.cmd.Ifthispageodd}) and \iffree{\Macro{ifthispagewasodd}}{% \DescRef{maincls-experts.cmd.ifthispagewasodd}} (\autoref{sec:maincls-experts.addInfos}\iffree{}{, -\DescPageRef{maincls-experts.cmd.ifthispageodd}}). +\DescPageRef{maincls-experts.cmd.Ifthispageodd}}). \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlttr2}{}{% \begin{Explain} The interplay of environments such as lists and paragraphs gives rise to diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/common-marginpar.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/common-marginpar.tex index 22669838cb..e47490f2cd 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/common-marginpar.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/common-marginpar.tex @@ -46,11 +46,11 @@ % ====================================================================== \KOMAProvidesFile{common-marginpar.tex} - [$Date: 2019-10-10 10:04:30 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + [$Date: 2019-11-04 08:19:23 +0100 (Mon, 04 Nov 2019) $ KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs)] \translator{Gernot Hassenpflug\and Markus Kohm\and Karl Hagen} -% Date of the translated German file: 2019-10-10 +% Date of the translated German file: 2019-11-04 \section{Marginal Notes} \seclabel{marginNotes}% @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ command. \phantomsection\xmpllabel{cmd.marginline}% In some parts of this \iffree{guide}{book}, the class name \Class{scrartcl} can be found in the margin. You can produce this with:% - \iftrue% Umbruchkorrekturtext + \iffalse% Umbruchkorrekturtext \footnote{Actually, instead of \Macro{texttt}, a semantic markup was used. To avoid confusion, this has been replaced in the example.}% \fi @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ can arise using \Macro{marginpar} in \autoref{sec:maincls-experts.addInfos}% also apply to \Macro{marginline}. In addition, \autoref{cha:scrlayer-notecolumn} introduces a package that you can use to create note columns with their own page breaks.% -\iftrue% Umbruchkorrektur +\iffalse% Umbruchkorrektur \ However, the \hyperref[cha:scrlayer-notecolumn]{\Package{scrlayer-notecolumn}}% \IndexPackage{scrlayer-notecolumn} package is more a proof of concept than a diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/common-oddorevenpage.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/common-oddorevenpage.tex index 8617a74e52..431d9f964b 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/common-oddorevenpage.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/common-oddorevenpage.tex @@ -46,12 +46,12 @@ % ====================================================================== \KOMAProvidesFile{common-oddorevenpage.tex} - [$Date: 2019-10-10 10:04:30 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + [$Date: 2019-11-19 12:56:28 +0100 (Tue, 19 Nov 2019) $ KOMA-Script guide (common paragraph: Detection of Odd and Even Pages)] \translator{Markus Kohm\and Krickette Murabayashi\and Karl Hagen} -% Date of the translated German file: 2019-10-10 +% Date of the translated German file: 2019-11-19 \section{Detecting Odd and Even Pages} \seclabel{oddOrEven}% @@ -91,35 +91,54 @@ have an even page number, and right pages always have an odd page number. % \begin{Declaration} - \Macro{ifthispageodd}\Parameter{true part}\Parameter{false part} + \Macro{Ifthispageodd}\Parameter{true part}\Parameter{false part} \end{Declaration}% -If you want to determine whether text appears on an even or odd page, -\KOMAScript{} provides the \Macro {ifthispageodd} command. The \PName{true +If\IfThisCommonLabelBase{maincls}{% + \ChangedAt{v3.28}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and + \Class{scrartcl}}% +}{% + \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlttr2}{% + \ChangedAt{v3.28}{\Class{scrlttr2}}% + }{% + \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrextend}{% + \ChangedAt{v3.28}{\Package{scrextend}}% + }{}% + }% +} % +you want to determine whether text appears on an even or odd page, +\KOMAScript{} provides the \Macro{Ifthispageodd} command. The \PName{true part} argument is executed only if you are currently on an odd page. Otherwise the \PName{false part} argument is executed. - +% +\IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrextend}{\iffalse}{\csname iftrue\endcsname}% \begin{Example} Suppose you simply want to show whether a text will be placed onto an - even or odd page. You may achieve that using + even or odd page. You may achieve that + using{\phantomsection\xmpllabel{Ifthispageodd}} \begin{lstcode} - This page has an \ifthispageodd{odd}{even} + This page has an \Ifthispageodd{odd}{even} page number. \end{lstcode} This results in the output \begin{quote} - This page has an \ifthispageodd{odd}{even} page number. + This page has an \Ifthispageodd{odd}{even} page number. \end{quote} \end{Example} +\fi -Because the \Macro{ifthispageodd} command uses a mechanism that is very +Because the \Macro{Ifthispageodd} command uses a mechanism that is very similar to a label and a reference to it, at least two {\LaTeX} runs are required after each change to the text. Only then will the decision be correct. In the first run, a heuristic is used to make the initial choice. -\iffree{}{In \autoref{sec:maincls-experts.addInfos}, -\DescPageRef{maincls-experts.cmd.ifthispageodd}, advanced users can find more +In \autoref{sec:maincls-experts.addInfos}, +\DescPageRef{maincls-experts.cmd.Ifthispageodd}, advanced users can find more information about the problems of detecting left and right pages, or even and -odd page numbers.}% +odd page numbers.% +\IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrextend}{% + An example for \Macro{Ifthispageodd} is shown on + \PageRefxmpl{maincls.Ifthispageodd} in \autoref{sec:maincls.oddOrEven}.% +}{}% % \EndIndexGroup % diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/common-options.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/common-options.tex index b8c4d5fb70..a00baa01c8 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/common-options.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/common-options.tex @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs)] \translator{Gernot Hassenpflug\and Krickette Murabayashi\and Karl Hagen} -% Date of the translated German file: 2019-10-09 +% Date of the translated German file: 2019-10-29 \section{Early or Late Selection of Options} \seclabel{options} @@ -118,13 +118,7 @@ but can also take the form \PName{option}\texttt{=}\PName{value}% \important{\PName{option}\texttt{=}\PName{value}}. Except for this difference, \Macro{documentclass} and \Macro{usepackage} in \KOMAScript{} function as described in \cite{latex:usrguide} or any introduction to \LaTeX, for example -\cite{lshort}.% -% -\iffree{}{\IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer-scrpage}{\par - Incidentally, the \Package{scrpage2}\IndexPackage{scrpage2}% - \important{\Package{scrpage2}} package, which is considered obsolete, does - not have this extension. It therefore understands only simple options without - an assigned value.\par}{}}% +\cite{lshort}. \IfThisCommonLabelBaseNotOneOf{% scrjura,scrhack,scrlayer,scrlayer-scrpage,scrlayer-notecolumn,scrextend% diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex index 3814320ed6..1ee59ed003 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ Setting up defined page styles)] \translator{Markus Kohm\and Jana Schubert\and Karl Hagen} -% Date version of the translated file: 2019-10-09 +% Date version of the translated file: 2019-12-06 \section{Manipulating Page Styles} \seclabel{pagestyle.content} @@ -93,6 +93,11 @@ \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer-scrpage-experts}{\iffalse}{% \csname iftrue\endcsname}% \begin{Declaration} + \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer}{% + \Option{automark} + \OptionVName{autooneside}{simple switch} + \Option{manualmark} + }{}% \Macro{automark}\OParameter{section level of the right mark} \Parameter{section level of the left mark} \Macro{automark*}\OParameter{section level of the right mark} @@ -142,20 +147,24 @@ \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.cmd.markright} and \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.cmd.markboth}, which are described later in this section. - \end{Explain}\par + \end{Explain}\par% + This distinction has been eliminated by % + \iffalse \Package{scrpage2} and now also by \fi% + \hyperref[cha:scrlayer]{\Package{scrlayer}}\IndexPackage{scrlayer}. Instead + of distinguishing between automatic\textnote{automatic and manual running + heads} and manual running heads by which page style is selected, there + are two new commands: \Macro{automark} and \Macro{manualmark}.% }{% \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer}{% For most classes, the choice of a page style\,---\,generally \PageStyle{headings} or \PageStyle{myheading}\,---\,determines whether - the running heads are created automatically or manually. % + the running heads are created automatically or manually. +% TODO: Fix new translation + With \Package{scrlayer} the distinction is done with the two commands + \Macro{automark} and \Macro{manualmark}.% +% :ODOT }{\InternalCommonFileUsageError}% }% - This distinction has been eliminated by % - \iffalse \Package{scrpage2} and now also by \fi% - \hyperref[cha:scrlayer]{\Package{scrlayer}}\IndexPackage{scrlayer}. Instead - of distinguishing between automatic\textnote{automatic and manual running - heads} and manual running heads by which page style is selected, there are - two new commands: \Macro{automark} and \Macro{manualmark}. The \Macro{manualmark}\important{\Macro{manualmark}} command switches to manual marks and deactivates the automatic filling of the marks. In contrast, @@ -182,8 +191,10 @@ previous commands to automatically set the mark, while \Macro{automark*} changes only the behaviour of the section levels specified in its arguments.% - \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer-scrpage}{}{ With this feature you can handle - relatively complex cases.}% Umbruchoptimierung + \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer-scrpage}{}{ % + With this feature you can handle + relatively complex cases.% + }% Umbruchoptimierung \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer-scrpage}{\iftrue}{\csname iffalse\endcsname}% \iffalse% Umbruchkorrekturtext @@ -205,7 +216,8 @@ have to load \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer-scrpage}{% \Package{scrlayer-scrpage}% }{% - \hyperref[cha:scrlayer-scrpage]{\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}}} + \hyperref[cha:scrlayer-scrpage]{\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}}% + } and select the \DescRef{\LabelBase.pagestyle.scrheadings} page style, so the document starts with: \begin{lstcode} @@ -254,11 +266,12 @@ \end{Example} \fi + \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer}{}{% \begin{Declaration} - \Option{automark} - \OptionVName{autooneside}{simple switch} - \Option{manualmark} - \end{Declaration} + \Option{automark} + \OptionVName{autooneside}{simple switch} + \Option{manualmark} + \end{Declaration}} Instead of the commands described previously, you can also use the \Option{manualmark}\important{\Option{manualmark}\\\Option{automark}} and \Option{automark} options to switch between automatic and manual running @@ -279,7 +292,7 @@ for other classes. \fi - \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer-scrpage}{% + \IfThisCommonLabelBaseOneOf{scrlayer,scrlayer-scrpage}{% In one-sided printing, you normally want only the higher section levels to provide the running title.% }{% @@ -329,77 +342,56 @@ \Option{automark} or \Option{manualmark}, or the command \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.automark} or \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.manualmark}, will the conditions here be initialized.% - \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer-scrpage}{\par% + \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer}{\par% You can find additional background information and examples of how to use these commands in the documentation for the \Package{scrlayer} package - \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer-scrpage}{% - \Package{scrlayer-scrpage}% - }{% - \hyperref[cha:scrlayer-scrpage]{\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}}% - } in \autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.pagestyle.content}, starting on + \hyperref[cha:scrlayer-scrpage]{\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}}% + in \autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.pagestyle.content}, starting on \DescPageRef{scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.manualmark}.% - }{}% - \EndIndexGroup + }{% + \EndIndexGroup% + }% \EndIndexGroup - \begin{Declaration} - \OptionVName{draft}{simple switch} - \end{Declaration} - This \KOMAScript{} option accepts the values for simple switches - listed in \autoref{tab:truefalseswitch}, \autopageref{tab:truefalseswitch}. - If this option is active, all elements of the page styles will also show - rulers\index{ruler}% - \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer}{ for}{% - . This can sometimes be useful during} - the drafting process.% - \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer-scrpage}{ % - If this option has been set globally (see the optional argument - of \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.documentclass}) but you do not want the - rulers, you can deactivate them for this package alone by using - \OptionValue{draft}{false} as an optional argument of - \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.usepackage} while loading the package.% - }{}% - \EndIndexGroup + \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer}{% already described at \layercontentsmeasure + }{% + \begin{Declaration} + \OptionVName{draft}{simple switch} + \end{Declaration} + This \KOMAScript{} option accepts the values for simple switches + listed in \autoref{tab:truefalseswitch}, \autopageref{tab:truefalseswitch}. + If this option is active, all elements of the page styles will also show + rulers\index{ruler}% + \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer}{ for}{% + . This can sometimes be useful during} + the drafting process.% + \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer-scrpage}{ % + If this option has been set globally (see the optional argument + of \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.documentclass}) but you do not want the + rulers, you can deactivate them for this package alone by using + \OptionValue{draft}{false} as an optional argument of + \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.usepackage} while loading the package.% + }{}% + \EndIndexGroup% + }% \begin{Declaration} \Macro{MakeMarkcase}\Parameter{text} + \OptionVName{markcase}{value} \end{Declaration} - Automatic running heads, but not manual ones, use \Macro{MakeMarkcase} for + Automatic running heads, but not manual ones, use \Macro{MakeMarkcase} for their output. If the command has not been defined, e.\,g., by the class while loading \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer}{% \Package{scrlayer}% }{% \hyperref[cha:scrlayer]{\Package{scrlayer}}% }, it is defined by default to output the argument \PName{text} without - changes. But the default can be changed either by redefining - \Macro{MakeMarkcase} or by using the \DescRef{\LabelBase.option.markcase}% + changes. But the default can be changed either by redefining + \Macro{MakeMarkcase}. Using the \DescRef{\LabelBase.option.markcase}% \IndexOption{markcase}\important{\DescRef{\LabelBase.option.markcase}} - option, which will be described next. Depending on the setting, the - argument can, e.\,g., be converted into upper or lower case.% - \EndIndexGroup - - - \begin{Declaration} - \OptionVName{markcase}{value} - \end{Declaration} - As explained earlier, with \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer}{% - \Package{scrlayer}% - }{% - \hyperref[cha:scrlayer]{\Package{scrlayer}}% - } you can choose between manual and automatic running heads. Using automatic - running heads, the corresponding marks are set using the section heading - commands. In some cultures, in contrast to the typography of German-speaking - countries, it is common practice to set the running heads in upper-case - letters. The \LaTeX{} standard classes do so by default. The - \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer}{% - \Package{scrlayer}% - }{% - \hyperref[cha:scrlayer]{\Package{scrlayer}}% - } package also offers this as an option. To do so, use the - \OptionValue{markcase}{upper}\important{\OptionValue{markcase}{upper}}% - \IndexOption[indexmain]{markcase~=upper} option, which redefines - \DescRef{scrlayer.cmd.MakeMarkcase}\IndexCmd[indexmain]{MakeMarkcase}. + option with one of the values of \autoref{tab:scrlayer-scrpage.markcase} + also redefines \Macro{MakeMarkcase}. \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer}{% Because of the poor typographical quality of the primitive capitalisation @@ -464,25 +456,120 @@ \end{table} }{}% \EndIndexGroup +\fi + - +\IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer-scrpage}{\iffalse}{\csname iftrue\endcsname} \begin{Declaration} - \Macro{leftmark} + \Macro{righttopmark} + \Macro{rightbotmark} + \Macro{rightfirstmark} \Macro{rightmark} + \Macro{lefttopmark} + \Macro{leftbotmark} + \Macro{leftfirstmark} + \Macro{leftmark} + \end{Declaration} + \LaTeX\ChangedAt{v3.16}{\Package{scrlayer}} typically uses a two-part + \TeX{} mark for page styles. Running heads can access the left part of that + mark with \DescRef{scrlayer.cmd.leftmark}% + \important{\DescRef{scrlayer.cmd.leftmark}}\IndexCmd{leftmark} and the right + part with \DescRef{scrlayer.cmd.rightmark}% + \important{\DescRef{scrlayer.cmd.rightmark}}\IndexCmd{rightmark}. In fact, + it was probably intended to use \DescRef{scrlayer.cmd.leftmark} for the + running head of left (even) pages and \DescRef{scrlayer.cmd.rightmark} for + the running head of right (odd) pages of two-sided documents. In + one-sided printing, however, the standard classes do not even set the left + part of the mark. + + \TeX{} itself knows three ways to access a mark. The \Macro{botmark}% + \IndexCmd{botmark}\important{\Macro{botmark}} is the last valid mark of the + most recent page that has been built. If no mark has been set on the page, + it corresponds to the last mark set on the pages that have already been + shipped out. The \LaTeX{} command \DescRef{scrlayer.cmd.leftmark} uses + precisely this mark, so it returns the left part of the last mark of the + page. This corresponds exactly to \Macro{leftbotmark}% + \important{\Macro{leftbotmark}}. By comparison, \Macro{rightbotmark}% + \important{\Macro{rightbotmark}} prints the right part of this mark. + + \Macro{firstmark}\IndexCmd{firstmark}\important{\Macro{firstmark}} is the + first mark of the last page that has been built. This is the first mark that + has been set on the page. If no mark has been set on the page, it + corresponds to the last mark of the pages that have already been shipped + out. The \LaTeX{} command \DescRef{scrlayer.cmd.rightmark} uses precisely + this mark, so it returns the right part of the first mark of the page. This + corresponds exactly to \Macro{rightfirstmark}% + \important{\Macro{rightfirstmark}}. By comparison, \Macro{leftfirstmark}% + \important{\Macro{leftfirstmark}} prints the left part of this mark. + + \Macro{topmark}\IndexCmd{topmark}\important{\Macro{topmark}} is the content + that \Macro{botmark} had before building the current page. \LaTeX{} itself + does not use it. Nevertheless, \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer}{% + \Package{scrlayer}% + }{% + \hyperref[cha:scrlayer]{\Package{scrlayer}}% + } provides \Macro{lefttopmark}\important{\Macro{lefttopmark}} to access the + left part of this mark and \Macro{righttopmark}% + \important{\Macro{righttopmark}} to access the right part. + + Note\textnote{Attention!} that the left and right portions of the mark + can only be set together. Even if you use + \DescRef{scrlayer.cmd.markright}\IndexCmd{markright} to change only the + right part, the left part will set again (unchanged). Accordingly, in + two-sided printing, using the \PageStyle{headings}% + \important{\PageStyle{headings}}\IndexPagestyle{headings} page style, + the higher section levels always make both parts. For example, + \DescRef{scrlayer.cmd.chaptermark} uses \DescRef{scrlayer.cmd.markboth} with + an empty right argument in this case. This is the reason + \DescRef{scrlayer.cmd.rightmark} or \Macro{rightfirstmark} always shows an + empty value on pages which start a chapter, even if there was a + \DescRef{scrlayer.cmd.sectionmark} or \DescRef{maincls.cmd.section} on the + same page to make the right part of the mark. + Please note\textnote{Attention!} that using any of these commands to show + the left or right part of the mark as part of the page content may lead to + unexpected results. They are really meant for use in the header or footer + of a page style only. Therefore, they should always be part of the contents + of a layer when using \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer}{% + \Package{scrlayer}% + }{% + \hyperref[cha:scrlayer]{\Package{scrlayer}}% + }. But it does not matter whether the layer is restricted to the background + or the foreground, since all layers are shipped out after building the + current page. + + If you need more information about the mark mechanism + \iffree{of \TeX{}}{\unskip}, please have a look at + \cite[chapter~23]{knuth:texbook}. The topic is flagged there as an issue for + real experts. \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer}{% Umbruchkorrektur + So if the explanation above confused you, please don't worry about it.}{}% + \EndIndexGroup +\fi + + +\IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer-scrpage-experts}{\iffalse}{% + \csname iftrue\endcsname}% + \begin{Declaration} + \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer-scrpage}{% + \Macro{leftmark} + \Macro{rightmark} + }{}% \Macro{headmark} \Macro{pagemark} \end{Declaration} - If you want to depart from the predefined page styles, you typically need to - decide where to place the marks' contents. With - \Macro{leftmark}\important{\Macro{leftmark}} you can define what will - appear in the left mark when the page is output. + \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer-scrpage}{% + If you want to depart from the predefined page styles, you typically need + to decide where to place the marks' contents. With + \Macro{leftmark}\important{\Macro{leftmark}} you can define what will + appear in the left mark when the page is output. + + Similarly, you can use \Macro{rightmark}\important{\Macro{rightmark}} to + define the contents of the right mark.\iffree{}{ For information about + some subtleties when using these commands, see further + \DescRef{maincls-experts.cmd.rightmark} in + \autoref{sec:maincls-experts.addInfos}, + \DescPageRef{maincls-experts.cmd.rightmark}.} - Similarly, you can use \Macro{rightmark}\important{\Macro{rightmark}} to - define the contents of the right mark.\iffree{}{ For information about some - subtleties when using these commands, see further - \DescRef{maincls-experts.cmd.rightmark} in - \autoref{sec:maincls-experts.addInfos}, - \DescPageRef{maincls-experts.cmd.rightmark}.} + }{}% You can make life easier with \Macro{headmark}\important{\Macro{headmark}}. This extension of \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer}{% @@ -624,10 +711,11 @@ in the running head. This can be accomplished easily with the following: \fi -\begin{lstcode}[belowskip=-\dp\strutbox] +\begin{lstcode} \renewcommand*{\sectionmarkformat}{} \end{lstcode} \end{Example} + \ExampleEndFix \fi% \EndIndexGroup @@ -672,9 +760,10 @@ \begin{Declaration} - \Macro{markleft}\Parameter{left mark}% - \Macro{markright}\Parameter{right mark}% + \Macro{markleft}\Parameter{left mark} + \Macro{markright}\Parameter{right mark} \Macro{markboth}\Parameter{left mark}\Parameter{right mark} + \Macro{markdouble}\Parameter{mark} \end{Declaration} Regardless of whether you are working with manual or automatic running heads, you can always change the contents of the \PName{left mark} or the @@ -775,7 +864,15 @@ \end{document} \end{lstcode} \end{Example} - \fi% + \fi% +% TODO: Fix new translation + The\ChangedAt{v3.28}{\Package{scrlayer}} command + \Macro{markdouble}\important{\Macro{markdouble}} does change the left mark + and the right mark to the same contents. So + \Macro{markdouble}\Parameter{mark} is a shorter form of + \Macro{markboth}\Parameter{mark}\Parameter{mark} with two identical + arguments.% +% :ODOT \EndIndexGroup \fi @@ -875,7 +972,7 @@ \important{\DescRef{scrlayer.cmd.sectionmarkformat}}, because these are not by default defined using \Macro{GenericMarkFormat}: \begin{lstcode} - \documentclass{scrbook} + \documentclass[headheight=19.6pt]{scrbook} \usepackage{blindtext} \usepackage[automark]{scrlayer-scrpage} \pagestyle{scrheadings} @@ -890,95 +987,17 @@ \blinddocument \end{document} \end{lstcode} + % TODO: New translation + Here, option \DescRef{typearea.option.headheight} is used to eliminate + the warning, that also has been reported in the previous example.% + % :ODOT \end{Example} \fi% \EndIndexGroup +\fi - \begin{Declaration} - \Macro{righttopmark}% - \Macro{rightbotmark}% - \Macro{rightfirstmark}% - \Macro{lefttopmark}% - \Macro{leftbotmark}% - \Macro{leftfirstmark} - \end{Declaration} - \LaTeX\ChangedAt{v3.16}{\Package{scrlayer}} typically uses a two-part - \TeX{} mark for page styles. Running heads can access the left part of that - mark with \DescRef{scrlayer.cmd.leftmark}% - \important{\DescRef{scrlayer.cmd.leftmark}}\IndexCmd{leftmark} and the right - part with \DescRef{scrlayer.cmd.rightmark}% - \important{\DescRef{scrlayer.cmd.rightmark}}\IndexCmd{rightmark}. In fact, - it was probably intended to use \DescRef{scrlayer.cmd.leftmark} for the - running head of left (even) pages and \DescRef{scrlayer.cmd.rightmark} for - the running head of right (odd) pages of two-sided documents. In - one-sided printing, however, the standard classes do not even set the left - part of the mark. - - \TeX{} itself knows three ways to access a mark. The \Macro{botmark}% - \IndexCmd{botmark}\important{\Macro{botmark}} is the last valid mark of the - most recent page that has been built. If no mark has been set on the page, - it corresponds to the last mark set on the pages that have already been - shipped out. The \LaTeX{} command \DescRef{scrlayer.cmd.leftmark} uses - precisely this mark, so it returns the left part of the last mark of the - page. This corresponds exactly to \Macro{leftbotmark}% - \important{\Macro{leftbotmark}}. By comparison, \Macro{rightbotmark}% - \important{\Macro{rightbotmark}} prints the right part of this mark. - - \Macro{firstmark}\IndexCmd{firstmark}\important{\Macro{firstmark}} is the - first mark of the last page that has been built. This is the first mark that - has been set on the page. If no mark has been set on the page, it - corresponds to the last mark of the pages that have already been shipped - out. The \LaTeX{} command \DescRef{scrlayer.cmd.rightmark} uses precisely - this mark, so it returns the right part of the first mark of the page. This - corresponds exactly to \Macro{rightfirstmark}% - \important{\Macro{rightfirstmark}}. By comparison, \Macro{leftfirstmark}% - \important{\Macro{leftfirstmark}} prints the left part of this mark. - - \Macro{topmark}\IndexCmd{topmark}\important{\Macro{topmark}} is the content - that \Macro{botmark} had before building the current page. \LaTeX{} itself - does not use it. Nevertheless, \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer}{% - \Package{scrlayer}% - }{% - \hyperref[cha:scrlayer]{\Package{scrlayer}}% - } provides \Macro{lefttopmark}\important{\Macro{lefttopmark}} to access the - left part of this mark and \Macro{righttopmark}% - \important{\Macro{righttopmark}} to access the right part. - - Note\textnote{Attention!} that the left and right portions of the mark - can only be set together. Even if you use - \DescRef{scrlayer.cmd.markright}\IndexCmd{markright} to change only the - right part, the left part will set again (unchanged). Accordingly, in - two-sided printing, using the \PageStyle{headings}% - \important{\PageStyle{headings}}\IndexPagestyle{headings} page style, - the higher section levels always make both parts. For example, - \DescRef{scrlayer.cmd.chaptermark} uses \DescRef{scrlayer.cmd.markboth} with - an empty right argument in this case. This is the reason - \DescRef{scrlayer.cmd.rightmark} or \Macro{rightfirstmark} always shows an - empty value on pages which start a chapter, even if there was a - \DescRef{scrlayer.cmd.sectionmark} or \DescRef{maincls.cmd.section} on the - same page to make the right part of the mark. - - Please note\textnote{Attention!} that using any of these commands to show - the left or right part of the mark as part of the page content may lead to - unexpected results. They are really meant for use in the header or footer - of a page style only. Therefore, they should always be part of the contents - of a layer when using \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer}{% - \Package{scrlayer}% - }{% - \hyperref[cha:scrlayer]{\Package{scrlayer}}% - }. But it does not matter whether the layer is restricted to the background - or the foreground, since all layers are shipped out after building the - current page. - - If you need more information about the mark mechanism - \iffree{of \TeX{}}{\unskip}, please have a look at - \cite[chapter~23]{knuth:texbook}. The topic is flagged there as an issue for - real experts. \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer}{% Umbruchkorrektur - So if the explanation above confused you, please don't worry about it.}{}% - \EndIndexGroup - - +\IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer-scrpage}{\iffalse}{\csname iftrue\endcsname} \begin{Declaration} \Macro{@mkleft}\Parameter{left mark}% \Macro{@mkright}\Parameter{right mark}% @@ -1019,7 +1038,7 @@ heads are activated.% \EndIndexGroup% \fi% -% + \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer}{% \par For more information about manipulating the contents of page styles, see @@ -1035,3 +1054,5 @@ %%% TeX-master: "../guide.tex" %%% TeX-PDF-mode: t %%% End: + +% LocalWords: scrlayer diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/common-parmarkup.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/common-parmarkup.tex index 4f6ca3c703..c3c39e8446 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/common-parmarkup.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/common-parmarkup.tex @@ -46,12 +46,12 @@ % ====================================================================== \KOMAProvidesFile{common-parmarkup.tex} - [$Date: 2019-10-10 10:04:30 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + [$Date: 2019-11-11 08:22:00 +0100 (Mon, 11 Nov 2019) $ KOMA-Script guide (common paragraph: Paragraph Markup)] \translator{Gernot Hassenpflug\and Markus Kohm\and Krickette Murabayashi\and Karl Hagen} -% Date of the translated German file: 2019-10-10 +% Date of the translated German file: 2019-11-11 \section{Marking Paragraphs} \seclabel{parmarkup}% @@ -173,9 +173,6 @@ paragraph spacing. A summary of all possible values for \PName{method} are shown in \autoref{tab:\ThisCommonFirstLabelBase.parskip}% \IfThisCommonFirstRun{.% \begin{desclist} - % Umbruchkorrektur - \vskip-\ht\strutbox - \renewcommand{\abovecaptionskipcorrection}{-\normalbaselineskip}% % \begin{table} \desccaption % \caption diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/common-textmarkup.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/common-textmarkup.tex index 61e26626b1..6662cd551e 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/common-textmarkup.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/common-textmarkup.tex @@ -46,12 +46,12 @@ % ====================================================================== \KOMAProvidesFile{common-textmarkup.tex} - [$Date: 2019-10-10 09:50:23 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + [$Date: 2019-12-02 09:50:10 +0100 (Mon, 02 Dec 2019) $ KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs)] \translator{Gernot Hassenpflug\and Markus Kohm\and Krickette Murabayashi\and Karl Hagen} -% Date of the translated German file: 2019-10-09 +% Date of the translated German file: 2019-12-02 \section{Text Markup} \seclabel{textmarkup}% @@ -81,18 +81,22 @@ } % Umbruchkorrektur -\IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer-scrpage}{}{% +\IfThisCommonLabelBaseOneOf{scrlayer-scrpage,scrextend}{}{% {\LaTeX} offers different possibilities for logical and direct markup\Index{logical markup}\Index{markup} of text. % \IfThisCommonLabelBaseOneOf{scrlttr2}{}{% In addition to the choice of the font, this includes commands for choosing the font size and orientation. % } For more information about the standard font facilities, see - \cite{lshort}, \cite{latex:usrguide}, and \cite{latex:fntguide}.} + \cite{lshort}, \cite{latex:usrguide}, and \cite{latex:fntguide}.% +} -\IfThisCommonLabelBaseOneOf{scrlayer-scrpage,scrjura,scrlayer-notecolumn}{% - \iffalse}{% - \csname iftrue\endcsname}% +% Both commands are in LaTeX for a long time, so I do not describe them any +% longer despite \textsubscript is still defined by KOMA-Script if needed. +%\IfThisCommonLabelBaseOneOf{scrlayer-scrpage,scrjura,scrlayer-notecolumn}{% + \iffalse +%}{% +% \csname iftrue\endcsname}% \begin{Declaration} \Macro{textsuperscript}\Parameter{text}% \Macro{textsubscript}\Parameter{text} @@ -299,9 +303,9 @@ refer to the sections for the respective element.% \ChangedAt{v3.15}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}}% optional points connecting table-of-content entries for the \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.cmd.chapter} level, differing from the - \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.fontelement.chapterentrypagenumber} - element (see \autoref{sec:maincls.toc}, - \DescPageRef{maincls.cmd.tableofcontents})}% + \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.fontelement.chapterentry} element, + \Macro{normalfont} and \Macro{normalsize} (see + \autoref{sec:maincls.toc}, \DescPageRef{maincls.cmd.tableofcontents})}% \feentry{chapterentrypagenumber}{% page number of the table of contents entry for the sectioning command \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.cmd.chapter}, differing from the element @@ -412,12 +416,20 @@ refer to the sections for the respective element.% \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.cmd.section} (only available in \Class{scrartcl}, see \autoref{sec:maincls.toc}, \DescPageRef{maincls.cmd.tableofcontents})}% + \feentry{sectionentrydots}{% + \ChangedAt{v3.15}{\Class{scrartcl}}% + optional points connecting table-of-content entries for the + \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.cmd.section} level, differing from the + \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.fontelement.sectionentry} element, + \Macro{normalfont} and \Macro{normalsize} (only available in + \Class{scrartcl}, see + \autoref{sec:maincls.toc}, \DescPageRef{maincls.cmd.tableofcontents})}% \feentry{sectionentrypagenumber}{% page number of the table of contents entry for the sectioning command \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.cmd.section}; applied in addition to element \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.fontelement.sectionentry} (only - available in \Class{scrartcl, see \autoref{sec:maincls.toc}, - \DescPageRef{maincls.cmd.tableofcontents}})}% + available in \Class{scrartcl}, see \autoref{sec:maincls.toc}, + \DescPageRef{maincls.cmd.tableofcontents})}% \feentry{sectioning}{alternative name for \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.fontelement.disposition}}% \feentry{subject}{% @@ -541,24 +553,23 @@ refer to the sections for the respective element.% (see \autoref{sec:scrlttr2.lists}, \DescPageRef{scrlttr2.env.labeling})}% \feentry{pagefoot}{% - used after the + depending on the page style used after the \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.fontelement.pageheadfoot} element for - the footer defined with the - \DescRef{scrlttr2.variable.nextfoot}\IndexVariable{nextfoot} - variable, or for the footer of the \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} - package (\autoref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage}, - \DescPageRef{scrlayer-scrpage.fontelement.pagefoot})}% + the footer (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.pagestyle}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.fontelement.pagefoot})}% \feentry{pagehead}{% - alternative name for - \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.fontelement.pageheadfoot}}% + depending on the page style used after the + \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.fontelement.pageheadfoot} element for + the header (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.pagestyle}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.fontelement.pagefoot})}% \feentry{pageheadfoot}{% the header and footer of a page for all page styles that have been defined using \KOMAScript{} - (\autoref{sec:maincls.pagestyle}, + (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.pagestyle}, \DescPageRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.fontelement.pageheadfoot})}% \feentry{pagenumber}{% page number in the header or footer % - (\autoref{sec:maincls.pagestyle}, + (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.pagestyle}, \DescPageRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.fontelement.pagenumber})}% \feentry{pagination}{% alternative name for diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/common-titles.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/common-titles.tex index 3baf017cb6..95b1914268 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/common-titles.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/common-titles.tex @@ -46,13 +46,13 @@ % ====================================================================== \KOMAProvidesFile{common-titles.tex} - [$Date: 2019-10-10 10:04:30 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + [$Date: 2019-12-03 09:41:21 +0100 (Tue, 03 Dec 2019) $ KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs)] \translator{Gernot Hassenpflug\and Markus Kohm\and Krickette Murabayashi\and Karl Hagen} -% Date of the translated German file: 2019-10-10 +% Date of the translated German file: 2019-12-03 \section{Document Titles} \seclabel{titlepage}% @@ -89,16 +89,17 @@ try them with \Package{scrextend}. \fi -In general, we distinguish two kinds of document titles. First, there are -title pages. These include title of the document, together with additional -information such as the author, on a separate page. In addition to the main -title page, there may be several other title pages, such as the half-title or -bastard title, publisher data, dedication, and so on. Second, there is the -in-page title. This kind of title appears at the top of a new page, usually -the first, and is specially emphasized. It too may be accompanied by -additional information, but it will be followed by more material on the same -page, for example by an abstract, the table of contents, or even a section. - +\IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrextend}{}{% + In general, we distinguish two kinds of document titles. First, there are + title pages. These include title of the document, together with additional + information such as the author, on a separate page. In addition to the main + title page, there may be several other title pages, such as the half-title + or bastard title, publisher data, dedication, and so on. Second, there is + the in-page title. This kind of title appears at the top of a new page, + usually the first, and is specially emphasized. It too may be accompanied by + additional information, but it will be followed by more material on the same + page, for example by an abstract, the table of contents, or even a section.% +}% \begin{Declaration} \OptionVName{titlepage}{simple switch}% diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/common-typearea.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/common-typearea.tex index 587513ee0d..1a3e62c495 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/common-typearea.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/common-typearea.tex @@ -46,11 +46,11 @@ % ====================================================================== \KOMAProvidesFile{common-typearea.tex} - [$Date: 2019-10-10 10:04:30 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + [$Date: 2019-10-28 10:05:40 +0100 (Mon, 28 Oct 2019) $ KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs: typearea)] \translator{Markus Kohm\and Krickette Murabayashi\and Karl Hagen} -% Date of the translated German file: 2019-10-10 +% Date of the translated German file: 2019-10-228 \section{Page Layout} \seclabel{typearea} @@ -63,11 +63,12 @@ the distances between these elements. \KOMAScript{} additionally distinguishes the entire page, also known as the paper, and the visible page. Without doubt, the separation of the page into these different parts is one of the basic features of a class\IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlttr2}{\OnlyAt{scrlttr2}}{}. -\KOMAScript{} delegates this work to the package \Package{typearea}. This +\KOMAScript{} delegates this work to the package +\hyperref[cha:typearea]{\Package{typearea}}\IndexPackage{typearea}. This package can also be used with other classes. The \KOMAScript{} classes, however, load \Package{typearea} on their own. Therefore, it's neither necessary nor sensible to load the package explicitly with \Macro{usepackage} -while using a \KOMAScript{} class. See also +while using a \KOMAScript{} class. See also \autoref{sec:\ThisCommonLabelBase.options}, \autopageref{sec:\ThisCommonLabelBase.options}. @@ -76,8 +77,10 @@ Those effects are documented at the corresponding settings. For more information about the choice of paper format, the division of the page into margins and type area, and the choice between one- and two-column -typesetting, see the documentation for the \Package{typearea} package. You can -find it in \autoref{cha:typearea}, starting on \autopageref{cha:typearea}. +typesetting, see the documentation for the +\hyperref[cha:typearea]{\Package{typearea}}\IndexPackage{typearea} +package. You can find it in \autoref{cha:typearea}, starting on +\autopageref{cha:typearea}. %%% Local Variables: %%% mode: latex diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/guide-english.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/guide-english.tex index 6e16884217..a0e14c2099 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/guide-english.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/guide-english.tex @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of % the LaTeX Project Public License, version 1.3c of the license. % The latest version of this license is in -% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX % version 2005/12/01 or later and of this work. % @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ % Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, % Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. % Die neuste Version dieser Lizenz ist -% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % und Version 1.3c ist Teil aller Verteilungen von LaTeX % Version 2005/12/01 oder spaeter und dieses Werks. % @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ % ====================================================================== % \KOMAProvidesFile{guide-english.tex} - [$Date: 2019-02-20 12:41:53 +0100 (Wed, 20 Feb 2019) $ + [$Date: 2019-12-01 13:41:51 +0100 (Sun, 01 Dec 2019) $ KOMA-Script guide language dependencies] % % \section{Extra Packages} @@ -429,7 +429,7 @@ a {\LaTeX} package then the URL is written in the form ``\url{CTAN://}\emph{destination}''. The prefix ``\url{CTAN://}'' means the \TeX{} archive on a CTAN server or mirror. For example, you can replace the - prefix with \url{http://mirror.ctan.org/}. For {\LaTeX} packages, it is also + prefix with \url{https://mirror.ctan.org/}. For {\LaTeX} packages, it is also important to mention that we have tried to give a version number appropriate to the text that cites the reference. But for some packages is is very difficult to find a consistent version number and release date. diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/introduction.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/introduction.tex index 610cef80df..2b62215a77 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/introduction.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/introduction.tex @@ -46,12 +46,12 @@ % ====================================================================== \KOMAProvidesFile{introduction.tex} - [$Date: 2019-10-10 10:04:30 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + [$Date: 2019-10-21 10:41:13 +0200 (Mon, 21 Oct 2019) $ KOMA-Script guide introduction] \translator{Kevin Pfeiffer\and Gernot Hassenpflug\and Krickette Murabayashi\and Markus Kohm\and Karl Hagen} -% Date of the translated German file: 2019-10-10 +% Date of the translated German file: 2019-10-21 \chapter{Introduction} \labelbase{introduction} diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/preface.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/preface.tex index 3c83ac1ff1..42bd174a63 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/preface.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/preface.tex @@ -36,82 +36,83 @@ % ====================================================================== \KOMAProvidesFile{preface.tex} - [$Date: 2019-10-10 10:04:30 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + [$Date: 2019-12-19 10:20:31 +0100 (Thu, 19 Dec 2019) $ Preface to version 3.25] -\translator{Markus Kohm\and Karl Hagen} +\translator{Markus Kohm\and Karl Hagen\and DeepL} -% Date of the translated German file: 2019-10-10 +% Date of the translated German file: 2019-12-19 -\addchap{Preface to \KOMAScript~3.25} +\addchap{Preface to \KOMAScript~3.28} -The \KOMAScript~3.25 manual,\---\,especially the German version\,---\,once +The \KOMAScript~3.28 manual,\,---\,not only the German version\,---\,once again benefits from the fact that a new edition of the print version \cite{book:komascript} and the eBook version \cite{ebook:komascript} will be published at almost the same time as this version. This has led to many improvements which also affect the free manual, in both the German and the English version. -One of these improvements is the linking to the explanations of commands, -environments, options, etc., within the manual. To avoid the temptation to -jump to the beginning of the explanation within the explanation itself, and -so to avoid reading recursively, as it were, these links only take effect -if they actually lead away from the current location. +In \KOMAScript~3.28 there are also some significant changes. In some cases, +compatibility with earlier versions has been waived. Thus a recommendation +from the ranks of \emph{The LaTeX Project Team} regarding \Macro{if\dots} +statements is complied with. If you use such statements, you should refer to +the manual again. -Another important improvement to the English guide has been accomplished by -Karl Hagen, who has newly translated the entire manual. Many, many thanks to -him! Additional editors or translators, however, would still be welcome! - -\iffree{Readers of this free, screen version, however, still have to live with - some restrictions. So some information\,---\,mainly intended for advanced - users or capable of turning an ordinary user into an advanced one\,---\,is - reserved for the printed book, which currently exists only in German. As a - result, some links in this manual lead to a page that simply mentions this - fact. In addition, the free version is scarcely suitable for making a - hard-copy. The focus, instead, is on using it on screen, in parallel with - the document you are working on. It still has no optimized wrapping but is - almost a first draft, in which both the paragraph and page breaks are in - some cases quite poor. Corresponding optimizations are reserved for the - German book editions.}{} +It is not just about the manual that I now receive little criticism. I +conclude from this fact that \KOMAScript{} has reached the level that it +fulfils all desires. At the same time, the project has\,---\,not only starting +with the current release\,---\,reached a scale that makes it almost impossible +for a single person to accomplish +\begin{itemize} +\item the search for and elimination of errors, +\item the development and implementation of new functions, +\item the observation of changes in other packages and the \LaTeX{} kernel + with regard to effects on \KOMAScript, +\item the rapid response to such changes, +\item the maintenance of the guides in two languages, +\item help for beginners far beyond the functions of \KOMAScript{} down to the + basic operation of a computer, +\item assistance in the implementation of tricky solutions for advanced users + and experts, +\item moderation and participation in the maintenance of a forum for all kind + of help around \KOMAScript. +\end{itemize} +While I am personally have most fun with the development of new functions, I +consider troubleshooting in existing features, compatibility with new \LaTeX{} +kernel versions, and above all instructing users for the most important +tasks. Therefore I will focus in the future on and new functions will be +available only in exceptional cases. Therefore already in \KOMAScript~3.28 +some experimental functions and packages have been removed. In future releases +this should be continued. -It is not just about the manual that I now receive little criticism. For the -classes and packages as well, there are hardly any requests for new features. -For me, this means that my knowledge about user desires stagnates. So for a -few years, I mostly implemented things that I thought could be useful. -However, the feedback that I have received about these new possibilities was -largely limited to complaints that old \emph{hacks} based on undocumented -\KOMAScript{} features sometimes no longer work. Little was said about the -happiness that such dirty workarounds were no longer necessary. Therefore, I -have decided to limit extensions and improvements to \KOMAScript{} more and -more to those things that are explicitly requested by users. Could it be that -\KOMAScript{}, after only 25 years, has reached the level that it fulfils all -desires? +This, of course, also reduces the effort for the documentation of new +functions. Readers of this free, screen version, however, still have to live +with some restrictions. So some information\,---\,mainly intended for advanced +users or capable of turning an ordinary user into an advanced one\,---\,is +reserved for the printed book, which currently exists only in German. As a +result, some links in this manual lead to a page that simply mentions this +fact. In addition, the free version is scarcely suitable for making a +hard-copy. The focus, instead, is on using it on screen, in parallel with the +document you are working on. It still has no optimized wrapping but is almost +a first draft, in which both the paragraph and page breaks are in some cases +quite poor. Corresponding optimizations are reserved for the German book +editions. -Unfortunately, the declining number of error reports is not purely gratifying. -Over this period, I have often observed that those who discover a problem no -longer report it directly to me but work around it with the help of some -Internet forums. Often, there are more or less ingenious workarounds in these -forums. Although this is generally helpful, it unfortunately, as a rule, -causes the problem to remain unreported and therefore never really eliminated. -It goes without saying that such workarounds can sometimes become a problem -themselves, as mentioned in the previous paragraph. - -Thankfully, there are third parties who occasionally point out such issues. -This applies to individual contributions in a very few forums. Direct contact -with the person for whom the problem occurred is in this case usually not -possible, although it would sometimes be desirable. +Another important improvement to the English guide has been accomplished by +Karl Hagen, who has continued the translation of the entire manual. Many, many +thanks to him! Everything that is fine in this English manual is because of +him. Everything that is not good in this manual\,---\,like the translation of +this preface\,---\,is because of me. Additional editors or translators, +however, would still be welcome! -Therefore, let me please ask again explicitly that you report all suspected -bugs directly, either in German or in English. Linguistic perfection is less -important. The message should be reasonably understandable and the problem -comprehensible. A code example that is as short as possible is generally -independent of the language used. With direct contact, I can ask further -questions, if necessary. Please do not rely on anyone else to report the -problem at some point. Assume that it will only be fixed if you report it -yourself. More about error messages can be found in the first chapter of the -manual. +But the biggest thanks go to my family and above all to my wife. They absorb +all my unpleasant experiences on the Internet. They have also tolerated it for +more than 25~years, when I am again not approachable, because I am completely +lost in \KOMAScript{} or some \LaTeX{} problems. The fact that I can afford to +invest an incredible amount of time in such a project is entirely thanks to my +wife. \bigskip\noindent -Markus Kohm, Neckarhausen in the March rain, 2018. +Markus Kohm, Neckarhausen in the foggy December of 2019. \endinput diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/scraddr.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/scraddr.tex index 50543b2b4b..dc522feb91 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/scraddr.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/scraddr.tex @@ -46,12 +46,12 @@ % ====================================================================== \KOMAProvidesFile{scraddr.tex} - [$Date: 2019-10-10 10:04:30 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + [$Date: 2019-10-30 09:32:39 +0100 (Wed, 30 Oct 2019) $ KOMA-Script guide (chapter: scraddr)] \translator{Jens-Uwe Morawski\and Gernot Hassenpflug\and Markus Kohm\and Karl Hagen} -% Date of the translated German file: 2019-10-10 +% Date of the translated German file: 2019-10-30 \chapter{Accessing Address Files with \Package{scraddr}}% \labelbase{scraddr}% diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/scrbase.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/scrbase.tex index 2b7fadda1a..d90b1ef5e0 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/scrbase.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/scrbase.tex @@ -46,11 +46,11 @@ % ====================================================================== \KOMAProvidesFile{scrbase.tex} - [$Date: 2019-10-10 09:50:23 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + [$Date: 2019-12-03 09:41:21 +0100 (Tue, 03 Dec 2019) $ KOMA-Script package scrbase] \translator{Markus Kohm\and Melvin Hendrix\and Karl Hagen} -% Date of the translated German file: 2019-10-09 +% Date of the translated German file: 2019-12-03 \chapter{Basic Functions in the \Package{scrbase} Package} \labelbase{scrbase} @@ -912,7 +912,7 @@ currently not evaluated by \Package{scrbase}. \ifx\FamilyKeyState\FamilyKeyStateProcessed \@thincutfalse \else - \ifstr{#1}{thin}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{thin}{% \@coltcutstrue \@finecuttrue \FamilyKeyStateProcessed @@ -944,36 +944,18 @@ currently not evaluated by \Package{scrbase}. status of \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.FamilySetBool}. The \Macro{ifstr} command used in the test is explained on - \DescPageRef{scrbase.cmd.ifstr} in \autoref{sec:scrbase.if}. + \DescPageRef{scrbase.cmd.Ifstr} in \autoref{sec:scrbase.if}. \end{Example} % \EndIndexGroup -\begin{Declaration} - \Macro{FamilyElseValues} -\end{Declaration} -In\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrbase}} previous\textnote{Obsolete!} versions -of \Package{scrbase}, you could use the \Macro{FamilyElseValues} command to -define additional values for processing by -\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.FamilyUnknownKeyValue} in the form -%\begin{flushleft}\vskip\dp\strutbox\begin{tabular}{l} - \texttt{,} `\PName{value}'\texttt{,} `\PName{value}' \dots, - %\end{tabular}\vskip\dp\strutbox\end{flushleft} -which were then output in an error message. Since version~3.12, -\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.FamilyUnknownKeyValue} no longer issues error messages -itself but signals them using \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.FamilyKeyState}. -Therefore, \Macro{FamilyElseValues} is now deprecated. Nevertheless, -\Package{scrbase} detects its use and issues a message requesting that you -update the code accordingly.% -\EndIndexGroup - - \section{Conditional Execution} \seclabel{if} The \Package{scrbase} package provides several commands for conditional -execution. It does not rely on the \TeX{} syntax of conditionals such as +execution. Mostly it does not rely on the \TeX{} syntax of conditionals such +as \begin{lstcode} \iftrue ... @@ -983,84 +965,43 @@ execution. It does not rely on the \TeX{} syntax of conditionals such as \end{lstcode} but uses the \LaTeX{} syntax with arguments similar to those used by \LaTeX{} commands like \Macro{IfFileExists}, \Macro{@ifundefined}, -\Macro{@ifpackageloaded}, and many others. Some package authors, however, -prefer to use the syntax of \TeX{} conditionals even for users working at the -\LaTeX{} interface level. Since the \Package{scrbase} conditionals are fairly -low-level instructions, it is possible that such packages could provide -commands with the same names but a different syntax, leading to problems even -if the underlying semantics were actually the same. Therefore, -\Package{scrbase} plays it safe. - -\begin{Declaration} - \OptionVName{internalonly}{value} -\end{Declaration} -The \Package{scrbase} package provides some commands for conditional -execution. It primarily uses names like -\Macro{scr@\PName{name}}\textnote{package authors}, which are internal -commands. \KOMAScript{} also uses these commands internally. Authors of -packages and classes can also use these commands but should not redefine them. -Because some of these commands may also be useful for users, they are provided -as \Macro{\PName{name}}\textnote{users} normally. Since other packages may -provide conflicting commands with the same name but different syntax or -functionality, \Package{scrbase} can suppress the definition of -\Macro{\PName{name}}. Using the \Option{internalonly} option without a -\PName{value} will define only the internal commands and suppress definition -of all the user commands for conditional execution. Alternatively, the user -can list all the commands that should not be defined as the \PName{value}, -replacing ``\Macro{}'' with ``\texttt{/}''. - -Authors of packages and classes normally should not use this option. Users can -specify it with or without the \PName{value} either as a global option with -\DescRef{maincls.cmd.documentclass} or using -\Macro{PassOptionsToPackage}\IndexCmd{PassOptionsToPackage}. -\begin{Example} - The user does not want \Package{scrbase} to define the - \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.ifVTeX} and - \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.ifundefinedorrelax} commands. So to load the class, - the user writes: -\begin{lstcode} - \documentclass% - [internalonly=/ifVTeX/ifundefinedorrelax]% - {foo} -\end{lstcode} - The class name \Class{foo} is used here as a placeholder for any class. The - commands \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.ifVTeX} and - \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.ifundefinedorrelax} are explained later in this - section. -\end{Example} - -Authors of packages and classes should use the same internal names as -\KOMAScript{} itself. For completeness, the user commands are also given in -the following explanations.% -\EndIndexGroup - +\Macro{@ifpackageloaded}, and many others. + +% TODO: Fix translation (note: this text does not really correspond to the +% German manual but there is a similar note at the (not free) German book +From \KOMAScript~3.28, following a recommendation from \LaTeX{} team members, +\Package{scrbase} does not longer use \Macro{if\dots} but \Macro{If\dots} for +commands that expect an argument instead of using the \TeX{} +syntax. Some commands from prior versions of \KOMAScript{} have been +removed. You may use package \Package{iftex} (see \cite{package:iftex}) to +replace the functionality. Others have been renamed. +% :ODOT \begin{Declaration} - \Macro{scr@ifundefinedorrelax}% - \Parameter{name}\Parameter{then code}\Parameter{else code}% - \Macro{ifundefinedorrelax}% + \Macro{Ifundefinedorrelax}% \Parameter{name}\Parameter{then code}\Parameter{else code} \end{Declaration} -This command works like \Macro{@ifundefined} from the \LaTeX{} kernel (see -\cite{latex:source2e}). So the \PName{then code} will be executed if -\PName{name} is the name of a command that is currently either not defined or -\Macro{relax}. Otherwise, the \PName{else code} will be executed. Unlike -\Macro{@ifundefined}, no hash memory is allocated nor is \Macro{\PName{Name}} -set to \Macro{relax} if \Macro{\PName{name}} was previously undefined.% +This\ChangedAt{v3.28}{\Package{scrbase}} command works like +\Macro{@ifundefined} from the \LaTeX{} kernel (see \cite{latex:source2e}). So +the \PName{then code} will be executed if \PName{name} is the name of a +command that is currently either not defined or \Macro{relax}. Otherwise, the +\PName{else code} will be executed. Unlike \Macro{@ifundefined}, no hash +memory is allocated nor is \Macro{\PName{Name}} set to \Macro{relax} if +\Macro{\PName{name}} was previously undefined.% \EndIndexGroup \begin{Declaration} - \Macro{ifnotundefined}\Parameter{name}% + \Macro{Ifnotundefined}\Parameter{name}% \Parameter{then code}\Parameter{else code} \end{Declaration} -If the command with the given name has already been defined, the \PName{then -code} will be executed. Otherwise, the \PName{else code} will be executed. -Since \eTeX{} already has a primitive \Macro{ifdefined}, this somewhat -unwieldy name, unfortunately, had to be chosen. There is no corresponding -internal command.% +If\ChangedAt{v3.28}{\Package{scrbase}} the command with the given name has +already been defined, the \PName{then code} will be executed. Otherwise, the +\PName{else code} will be executed. Since \eTeX{} already has a primitive +\Macro{ifdefined}, this somewhat unwieldy name, unfortunately, had to be +chosen. There is no corresponding internal command.% \EndIndexGroup - +\iffalse % internal \begin{Declaration} \Macro{scr@ifluatex} \Parameter{then code}\Parameter{else code} @@ -1075,7 +1016,7 @@ There\textnote{Attention!} is no user equivalent for this instruction. Use the \Package{ifluatex}\important{\Package{ifluatex}} package instead (see \cite{package:ifluatex}).% \EndIndexGroup - +\fi \iffalse% It makes no sense to document this instruction yet \begin{Declaration} @@ -1092,55 +1033,51 @@ is no user equivalent of this statement.% \EndIndexGroup \fi +\iffalse % internal \begin{Declaration} \Macro{scr@ifpdftex}% \Parameter{then code}\Parameter{else code}% - \Macro{ifpdftex}% - \Parameter{then code}\Parameter{else code} \end{Declaration} If you use pdf\TeX{}, the \PName{then code} will be executed. Otherwise, the \PName{else code} will be executed. It does not matter whether a PDF-file is actually generated or not. This test is rarely useful. As a rule, you should test directly for the command you want instead.% \EndIndexGroup +\fi - +\iffalse % internal \begin{Declaration} \Macro{scr@ifVTeX}% \Parameter{then code}\Parameter{else code}% - \Macro{ifVTeX}% - \Parameter{then code}\Parameter{else code} \end{Declaration} If you use V\TeX{}, the \PName{then code} will be executed. Otherwise, the \PName{else code} will be executed. This test is seldom useful. As a rule, you should test directly for the command you want instead.% % \EndIndexGroup - +\fi \begin{Declaration} - \Macro{scr@ifpdfoutput}% - \Parameter{then code}\Parameter{else code}% - \Macro{ifpdfoutput}% + \Macro{Ifpdfoutput}% \Parameter{then code}\Parameter{else code} \end{Declaration} -If a PDF file is generated, the \PName{then code} will be executed. Otherwise, -the \PName{else code} will be executed. It does not matter whether PDF file is -created using lua\TeX{}, pdf\TeX{}, or V\TeX{}, or \XeTeX{}.% +If\ChangedAt{v3.28}{\Package{scrbase}} a PDF file is generated, the +\PName{then code} will be executed. Otherwise, the \PName{else code} will be +executed. It does not matter whether PDF file is created using lua\TeX{}, +pdf\TeX{}, or V\TeX{}, or \XeTeX{}.% \EndIndexGroup \begin{Declaration} - \Macro{scr@ifpsoutput}% - \Parameter{then code}\Parameter{else code}% - \Macro{ifpsoutput}% + \Macro{Ifpsoutput}% \Parameter{then code}\Parameter{else code} \end{Declaration} -If a PostScript file is generated, the \PName{then code} will be executed. -Otherwise, the \PName{else code} will be executed. V\TeX{} can generate -PostScript directly, which is recognized here. However, if V\TeX{} is not used -but the switch \Macro{if@dvips} has been defined, the decision depends on that -switch. \KOMAScript{} provides \Macro{if@dvips} in +If\ChangedAt{v3.28}{\Package{scrbase}} a PostScript file is generated, the +\PName{then code} will be executed. Otherwise, the \PName{else code} will be +executed. V\TeX{} can generate PostScript directly, which is recognized +here. However, if V\TeX{} is not used but the switch \Macro{if@dvips} has been +defined, the decision depends on that switch. \KOMAScript{} provides +\Macro{if@dvips} in \hyperref[cha:typearea]{\Package{typearea}}\IndexPackage{typearea}% \IndexCmd{if@dvips}. % @@ -1148,15 +1085,13 @@ switch. \KOMAScript{} provides \Macro{if@dvips} in \begin{Declaration} - \Macro{scr@ifdvioutput}% - \Parameter{then code}\Parameter{else code}% - \Macro{ifdvioutput}% + \Macro{Ifdvioutput}% \Parameter{then code}\Parameter{else code} \end{Declaration} -If a DVI-file is generated, the \PName{then code} will be executed. Otherwise, -the \PName{else code} will be executed. A DVI file is always assumed to be -generated if no direct output of a PDF file or a PostScript file can be -detected.% +If\ChangedAt{v3.28}{\Package{scrbase}} a DVI-file is generated, the +\PName{then code} will be executed. Otherwise, the \PName{else code} will be +executed. A DVI file is always assumed to be generated if no direct output of +a PDF file or a PostScript file can be detected.% \EndIndexGroup @@ -1176,167 +1111,175 @@ condition using \TeX{} syntax and not \LaTeX{} syntax! \begin{Declaration} - \Macro{ifstr}\Parameter{string 1}\Parameter{string 2}% + \Macro{Ifstr}\Parameter{string 1}\Parameter{string 2}% \Parameter{then code}\Parameter{else code} \end{Declaration} -Both \PName{string} arguments are expanded and then compared. If the -expansions are the same, the \PName{then code} will be executed. Otherwise the -\PName{else code} will be executed. There is no corresponding internal -command. +Both\ChangedAt{v3.28}{\Package{scrbase}} \PName{string} arguments are expanded +and then compared. If the expansions are the same, the \PName{then code} will +be executed. Otherwise the \PName{else code} will be executed. There is no +corresponding internal command. % \EndIndexGroup \begin{Declaration} - \Macro{ifstrstart}\Parameter{string 1}\Parameter{string 2}% + \Macro{Ifstrstart}\Parameter{string 1}\Parameter{string 2}% \Parameter{then code}\Parameter{else code} \end{Declaration} -Both\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrbase}} \PName{string} arguments are expanded -and then compared. If \PName{string 1}, apart from white space, begins with -\PName{string 2}, the \PName{then code} will be executed. Otherwise, the -\PName{else code} will be executed. There is no corresponding internal -command.% +Both\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrbase}}\ChangedAt{v3.28}{\Package{scrbase}} +\PName{string} arguments are expanded and then compared. If \PName{string 1}, +apart from white space, begins with \PName{string 2}, the \PName{then code} +will be executed. Otherwise, the \PName{else code} will be executed. There is +no corresponding internal command.% \EndIndexGroup \begin{Declaration} - \Macro{ifisdimen}\Parameter{expression}% + \Macro{Ifisdimen}\Parameter{expression}% \Parameter{then code}\Parameter{else code} \end{Declaration} -If\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrbase}} \PName{expression} expands to a -\Macro{dimen}, i.\,e. a \TeX{} length register, the \PName{then code} will be -executed. Otherwise the \PName{else code} will be executed. The command is not -completely expandable, and there is no corresponding internal command.% +If\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrbase}}\ChangedAt{v3.28}{\Package{scrbase}} +\PName{expression} expands to a \Macro{dimen}, i.\,e. a \TeX{} length +register, the \PName{then code} will be executed. Otherwise the \PName{else + code} will be executed. The command is not completely expandable, and there +is no corresponding internal command.% \EndIndexGroup \begin{Declaration} - \Macro{ifisdimension}\Parameter{expression}% + \Macro{Ifisdimension}\Parameter{expression}% \Parameter{then code}\Parameter{else code} \end{Declaration} -If\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrbase}} \PName{expression} expands to something -syntactically equivalent to a length, the \PName{then code} will be executed. -Otherwise the \PName{else code} will be executed. Note\textnote{Attention!} -that unknown units will cause an error message. The command is not completely -expandable, and there is no corresponding internal command.% +If\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrbase}}\ChangedAt{v3.28}{\Package{scrbase}} +\PName{expression} expands to something syntactically equivalent to a length, +the \PName{then code} will be executed. Otherwise the \PName{else code} will +be executed. Note\textnote{Attention!} that unknown units will cause an error +message. The command is not completely expandable, and there is no +corresponding internal command.% \EndIndexGroup \begin{Declaration} - \Macro{ifdimen}\Parameter{string}% + \Macro{Ifdimen}\Parameter{string}% \Parameter{then code}\Parameter{else code} \end{Declaration} -The \PName{then code} will be executed if the first-order expansion of -\PName{string} consists of digits and a valid length unit. Otherwise, the -\PName{else code} will be used. There is no corresponding internal command.% +The \PName{then code}\ChangedAt{v3.28}{\Package{scrbase}} will be executed if +the first-order expansion of \PName{string} consists of digits and a valid +length unit. Otherwise, the \PName{else code} will be used. There is no +corresponding internal command.% \EndIndexGroup \begin{Declaration} - \Macro{ifisdimexpr}\Parameter{expression}% + \Macro{Ifisdimexpr}\Parameter{expression}% \Parameter{then code}\Parameter{else code} \end{Declaration} -If\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrbase}} \PName{expression} expands to an \eTeX{} -\Macro{dimexpr}\IndexCmd{dimexpr}, the \PName{then code} will be executed. -Otherwise, the \PName{else code} will be executed. Note\textnote{Attention!} -that illegal expressions will result in error messages. The command is not -completely expandable, and there is no corresponding internal command.% +If\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrbase}}\ChangedAt{v3.28}{\Package{scrbase}} +\PName{expression} expands to an \eTeX{} \Macro{dimexpr}\IndexCmd{dimexpr}, +the \PName{then code} will be executed. Otherwise, the \PName{else code} will +be executed. Note\textnote{Attention!} that illegal expressions will result +in error messages. The command is not completely expandable, and there is no +corresponding internal command.% \EndIndexGroup \begin{Declaration} - \Macro{ifisskip}\Parameter{expression}% + \Macro{Ifisskip}\Parameter{expression}% \Parameter{then code}\Parameter{else code} \end{Declaration} -If\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrbase}} \PName{expression} expands to a -\Macro{skip}, i.\,e. a \TeX{} distance, the \PName{then code} will be -executed. Otherwise, the \PName{else code} will be executed. The command is not -completely expandable, and there is no corresponding internal command.% +If\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrbase}}\ChangedAt{v3.28}{\Package{scrbase}} +\PName{expression} expands to a \Macro{skip}, i.\,e. a \TeX{} distance, the +\PName{then code} will be executed. Otherwise, the \PName{else code} will be +executed. The command is not completely expandable, and there is no +corresponding internal command.% \EndIndexGroup \begin{Declaration} - \Macro{ifisglue}\Parameter{expression}% + \Macro{Ifisglue}\Parameter{expression}% \Parameter{then code}\Parameter{else code} \end{Declaration} -If\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrbase}} \PName{expression} expands to something -syntactically equivalent of the value of a skip, the \PName{then code} will be -executed. Otherwise, the \PName{else code} will be executed. -Note\textnote{Attention!} that invalid units will result in an error message. -The command is not completely expandable, and there is no corresponding -internal command.% +If\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrbase}}\ChangedAt{v3.28}{\Package{scrbase}} +\PName{expression} expands to something syntactically equivalent of the value +of a skip, the \PName{then code} will be executed. Otherwise, the \PName{else + code} will be executed. Note\textnote{Attention!} that invalid units will +result in an error message. The command is not completely expandable, and +there is no corresponding internal command.% \EndIndexGroup \begin{Declaration} - \Macro{ifisglueexpr}\Parameter{expression}% + \Macro{Ifisglueexpr}\Parameter{expression}% \Parameter{then code}\Parameter{else code} \end{Declaration} -If\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrbase}} \PName{expression} expands to a -\Macro{glueexpr}, i.\,e. an \eTeX{} distance expression, the \PName{then -code} will be executed. Otherwise, the \PName{else code} will be executed. -Note,\textnote{Attention!} that illegal expressions will result in error -messages. The command is not completely expandable, and there is no -corresponding internal command.% +If\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrbase}}\ChangedAt{v3.28}{\Package{scrbase}} +\PName{expression} expands to a \Macro{glueexpr}, i.\,e. an \eTeX{} distance +expression, the \PName{then code} will be executed. Otherwise, the \PName{else + code} will be executed. Note,\textnote{Attention!} that illegal expressions +will result in error messages. The command is not completely expandable, and +there is no corresponding internal command.% \EndIndexGroup \begin{Declaration} - \Macro{ifiscounter}\Parameter{counter}% + \Macro{Ifiscounter}\Parameter{counter}% \Parameter{then code}\Parameter{else code} \end{Declaration} -If\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrbase}} \PName{counter} is defined as a -\LaTeX{} counter, the \PName{then code} will be executed. Otherwise, the -\PName{else code} will be executed. The command is not completely expandable, -and there is no corresponding internal command.% +If\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrbase}}\ChangedAt{v3.28}{\Package{scrbase}} +\PName{counter} is defined as a \LaTeX{} counter, the \PName{then code} will +be executed. Otherwise, the \PName{else code} will be executed. The command is +not completely expandable, and there is no corresponding internal command.% \EndIndexGroup \begin{Declaration} - \Macro{ifiscount}\Parameter{count}% + \Macro{Ifiscount}\Parameter{count}% \Parameter{then code}\Parameter{else code} \end{Declaration} -If\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrbase}} \PName{count} expands to a -\Macro{count}, i.\,e. a \TeX{} counter, the \PName{then code} will be -executed. Otherwise, the \PName{else code} will be executed. The command is -not completely expandable, and there is no corresponding internal command. For -tests of \LaTeX{} counters, see \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.ifiscounter}.% +If\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrbase}}\ChangedAt{v3.28}{\Package{scrbase}} +\PName{count} expands to a \Macro{count}, i.\,e. a \TeX{} counter, the +\PName{then code} will be executed. Otherwise, the \PName{else code} will be +executed. The command is not completely expandable, and there is no +corresponding internal command. For tests of \LaTeX{} counters, see +\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.Ifiscounter}.% \EndIndexGroup \begin{Declaration} - \Macro{ifisinteger}\Parameter{expression}% + \Macro{Ifisinteger}\Parameter{expression}% \Parameter{then code}\Parameter{else code} \end{Declaration} -If\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrbase}} \PName{expression} expands to something -syntactically equivalent to of the value of a counter, i.\,e. a negative or -positive integer, the \PName{then code} will be executed. Otherwise, the -\PName{else code} will be executed. The command is not completely expandable, -and there is no corresponding internal command.% +If\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrbase}}\ChangedAt{v3.28}{\Package{scrbase}} +\PName{expression} expands to something syntactically equivalent to of the +value of a counter, i.\,e. a negative or positive integer, the \PName{then + code} will be executed. Otherwise, the \PName{else code} will be +executed. The command is not completely expandable, and there is no +corresponding internal command.% \EndIndexGroup \begin{Declaration} - \Macro{ifnumber}\Parameter{string}% + \Macro{Ifnumber}\Parameter{string}% \Parameter{then code}\Parameter{else code} \end{Declaration} -The \PName{then code} will be executed if the first-order expansion of -\PName{string} consists only of digits. Otherwise, the \PName{else code} will -be used. There is no corresponding internal command. +The\ChangedAt{v3.28}{\Package{scrbase}} \PName{then code} will be executed if +the first-order expansion of \PName{string} consists only of +digits. Otherwise, the \PName{else code} will be used. There is no +corresponding internal command. % \EndIndexGroup \begin{Declaration} - \Macro{ifisnumexpr}\Parameter{expression}% + \Macro{Ifisnumexpr}\Parameter{expression}% \Parameter{then code}\Parameter{else code} \end{Declaration} -If\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrbase}} \PName{expression} expands to a -\Macro{numexpr}, i.\,e. an \eTeX{} number expression, the \PName{then code} -will be executed. Otherwise, the \PName{else code} will be executed. -Note\textnote{Attention!} that illegal expressions will result in error -messages. The command is not completely expandable, and there is no -corresponding internal command.% +If\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrbase}}\ChangedAt{v3.28}{\Package{scrbase}} +\PName{expression} expands to a \Macro{numexpr}, i.\,e. an \eTeX{} number +expression, the \PName{then code} will be executed. Otherwise, the \PName{else + code} will be executed. Note\textnote{Attention!} that illegal expressions +will result in error messages. The command is not completely expandable, and +there is no corresponding internal command.% \EndIndexGroup @@ -1390,7 +1333,7 @@ used.% Fortunately, both problems are easy to solve with \Package{scrbase}: \begin{lstcode} - \IfActiveMKBoth{\markright{Kolumnentitel}}{} + \IfActiveMkBoth{\markright{Kolumnentitel}}{} \end{lstcode}% \end{Example} By the way, an even simpler solution for the problem in the example @@ -1938,10 +1881,10 @@ empty, a warning is issued and both the \PName{head macro} and the \begin{lstcode} \newcommand*{\changeCounter}[1]{% \SplitDoHook{#1}{\Group}{\Level}% - \ifstr{\Group}{begingroup}{% + \Ifstr{\Group}{begingroup}{% \stepcounter{\Level Counter}% }{% - \ifstr{\Group}{endgroup}{% + \Ifstr{\Group}{endgroup}{% \addtocounter{\Level Counter}{-1}% }{}% }% @@ -1960,6 +1903,36 @@ Strictly speaking, this command is a byproduct of the implementation of \EndIndexGroup % \EndIndexGroup + +\section{Obsolete Options and Commands} +\seclabel{obsolete} + +% TODO: Fix new translation +Prior release of \Package{scrbase} provided some options and commands that has +been removed or replaced meanwhile. Those are documented in this section only +for completeness but shouldn't be used any longer. +% :ODOT + +% \LoadNonFree{scrbase}{0}% not available in English +\begin{Explain} + \begin{Declaration} + \Macro{FamilyElseValues} + \end{Declaration} + Since version 3.12 the command is deprecated. Nevertheless, + \Package{scrbase} detects its use and issues a message requesting that you + update the code accordingly.% + \EndIndexGroup% + + + \begin{Declaration} + \OptionVName{internalonly}{value} + \end{Declaration} + Since version 3.28 this option is deprecated. For compatibility it is + processed (see \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.FamilyKeyStateProcessed}) but + ignored.% + \EndIndexGroup% +\end{Explain}% +% \EndIndexGroup \endinput @@ -1968,6 +1941,6 @@ Strictly speaking, this command is a byproduct of the implementation of %%% mode: latex %%% mode: flyspell %%% ispell-local-dictionary: "en_GB" -%%% coding: us-ascii +%%% coding: utf-8 %%% TeX-master: "../guide.tex" %%% End: diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex index 247aaf6f02..325431cf59 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex @@ -48,13 +48,13 @@ % ============================================================================ \KOMAProvidesFile{scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex} - [$Date: 2019-10-09 16:34:25 +0200 (Wed, 09 Oct 2019) $ + [$Date: 2019-12-06 11:54:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Dec 2019) $ KOMA-Script guide (chapter: scrbook, scrreprt, scrartcl for experts)] \translator{Gernot Hassenpflug\and Markus Kohm\and Karl Hagen} -% Date of the translated German file: 2019-10-09 +% Date of the translated German file: 2019-12-06 \chapter[{Additional Information about the Main Classes and \Package{scrextend}}]{Additional Information about the Main Classes @@ -134,6 +134,36 @@ on \autopageref{sec:tocbasic.tocstyle}). Other are implemented directly in the classes. \begin{Declaration} + \Macro{raggedchapterentry} +\end{Declaration} +In\ChangedAt{v3.21}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}} earlier versions of +\KOMAScript{}, it was possible to define the \Macro{raggedchapterentry} macro +as \Macro{raggedright} to print chapter entries in the table of contents +left-aligned instead of fully justified. Officially, this feature has not +existed in \KOMAScript{} since version~3.21. + +In fact, the \PValue{raggedentrytext} attribute for the \PValue{tocline} +TOC-entry style of the \Package{tocbasic}\IndexPackage{tocbasic} package is +implemented by setting the \Macro{ragged\PName{entry level}entry} macro to +either \Macro{relax} or \Macro{raggedright}. This attribute is evaluated by +checking whether the corresponding macro is defined as \Macro{raggedright}. If +so, the text is printed left-aligned. With any other definition, no ragged +margins are used. + +Since it was previously documented that \Macro{raggedchapterentry} should not +be defined as anything other than \Macro{raggedright}, this behaviour is +compatible with the documented behaviour of earlier versions. As noted in +earlier releases, other definitions of \Macro{raggedchapterentry}\,---\,and +now also of \Macro{raggedsectionentry} and similar macros for other entry +levels\,---\,may lead to unexpected results. + +You should select the desired justification for the all table-of-contents +entries using the \PValue{raggedentrytext} attribute of \PValue{tocline} +rather than attempting to set the attribute for specific entry levels.% +\EndIndexGroup + + +\begin{Declaration} \Macro{addtocentrydefault}\Parameter{level}\Parameter{number}% \Parameter{heading} \end{Declaration} @@ -174,8 +204,8 @@ Package authors and authors of wrapper classes can redefine this command to alter the entries. For example\textnote{Example}, you could use \begin{lstcode} \renewcommand{\addtocentrydefault}[3]{% - \ifstr{#3}{}{% - \ifstr{#2}{}{% + \Ifstr{#3}{}{% + \Ifstr{#2}{}{% \addcontentsline{toc}{#1}{#3}% }{% \addcontentsline{toc}{#1}{\protect\numberline{#2}#3}% @@ -183,7 +213,7 @@ alter the entries. For example\textnote{Example}, you could use }% }% \end{lstcode} -to\IndexCmd{ifstr} omit entries with an empty \PName{heading}. In practice, +to\IndexCmd{Ifstr} omit entries with an empty \PName{heading}. In practice, such a change is not necessary because the \KOMAScript{} classes already use another method to suppress empty entries. See the description of the sectioning commands in \autoref{sec:maincls.structure}, starting on @@ -214,36 +244,6 @@ these commands simply pass their own \PName{level} and arguments directly to \EndIndexGroup -\begin{Declaration} - \Macro{raggedchapterentry} -\end{Declaration} -In\ChangedAt{v3.21}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}} earlier versions of -\KOMAScript{}, it was possible to define the \Macro{raggedchapterentry} macro -as \Macro{raggedright} to print chapter entries in the table of contents -left-aligned instead of fully justified. Officially, this feature has not -existed in \KOMAScript{} since version~3.21. - -In fact, the \PValue{raggedentrytext} attribute for the \PValue{tocline} -TOC-entry style of the \Package{tocbasic}\IndexPackage{tocbasic} package is -implemented by setting the \Macro{ragged\PName{entry level}entry} macro to -either \Macro{relax} or \Macro{raggedright}. This attribute is evaluated by -checking whether the corresponding macro is defined as \Macro{raggedright}. If -so, the text is printed left-aligned. With any other definition, no ragged -margins are used. - -Since it was previously documented that \Macro{raggedchapterentry} should not -be defined as anything other than \Macro{raggedright}, this behaviour is -compatible with the documented behaviour of earlier versions. As noted in -earlier releases, other definitions of \Macro{raggedchapterentry}\,---\,and -now also of \Macro{raggedsectionentry} and similar macros for other entry -levels\,---\,may lead to unexpected results. - -You should select the desired justification for the all table-of-contents -entries using the \PValue{raggedentrytext} attribute of \PValue{tocline} -rather than attempting to set the attribute for specific entry levels.% -\EndIndexGroup - - \section{Font Settings} \seclabel{fonts} @@ -251,6 +251,9 @@ rather than attempting to set the attribute for specific entry levels.% sizes, but they also let you define, manipulate, and apply elements with their own font settings. +% Note: Instead of +% \LoadNonFree{scrbookreportarticle-experts}{5} +% here is the content of that file: \begin{Declaration} \Macro{@fontsizefilebase}% \Macro{changefontsizes}\Parameter{font size} @@ -1534,7 +1537,7 @@ breaks inside heading. \KOMAScript{} itself only changes \makeatletter \renewcommand{\sectionlinesformat}[4]{% \@tempswafalse - \ifstr{#1}{section}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{section}{% \hspace*{#2}% \colorbox{yellow}{% \parbox{\dimexpr\linewidth-2\fboxrule-2\fboxsep-#2}{% diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex index 881f61b7a1..fc074400d2 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex @@ -46,13 +46,13 @@ % ============================================================================ \KOMAProvidesFile{scrbookreportarticle.tex} - [$Date: 2019-10-10 09:50:23 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + [$Date: 2019-12-06 10:40:53 +0100 (Fri, 06 Dec 2019) $ KOMA-Script guide (chapter: scrbook, scrreprt, scrartcl)] \translator{Jens-Uwe Morawski\and Gernot Hassenpflug\and Markus Kohm\and Krickette Murabayashi\and Jana Schubert\and Jens H\"uhne\and Karl Hagen} -% Date of the translated German file: 2019-10-09 +% Date of the translated German file: 2019-12-06 \chapter{The Main Classes: \Class{scrbook}, \Class{scrreprt}, and \Class{scrartcl}} @@ -104,6 +104,25 @@ new possibilities and options that are described in the following sections. \end{captionbeside} \end{table} +% TODO: new translation missing +\iffalse% don't show the not yet translated text +Es sei an dieser Stelle jedoch nicht verschwiegen, dass einige Paketautoren +ihre Pakete auf Basis der Implementierung und sogar von internem Code der +Standardklassen entwickeln und dabei keine Ruecksicht auf komplett unabhaengige +Entwicklungen wie die \KOMAScript-Klassen nehmen. In solchen Faellen kann es +beim ersten \LaTeX-Lauf nach der Umstellung durchaus zu Fehlermeldungen oder +zusaezlichen Warnungen kommen. Meist lassen sich diese auf einfache Weise +beheben. Oftmals koennen dazu die erweiterten Moeglichkeiten von \KOMAScript{} +genutzt werden, wodurch das problematische Paket dann vollstaendig +entfaellt. Manchmal kann auch das in \autoref{cha:scrhack} ab Seite +\autopageref{cha:scrhack} dokumentierte \hyperref[cha:scrhack]{Paket + \Package{scrhack}}\IndexPackage{scrhack} Abhilfe schaffen. Auch der Ersatz +von veralteten Paketen durch aktuelle Nachfolger kann zur Beseitigung +derartiger Probleme beitragen. Teilweise geben sogar die \KOMAScript-Klassen +durch entsprechende Warnungen Hilfestellung bei der Loesung von +Inkompatibilitaeten. +\fi + Let me say something before describing the classes. When beginning to write a document, you are often unsure which specific options to choose. Some settings, for instance the choice of paper size, may be fixed in advance. But @@ -426,7 +445,8 @@ You can find an overview of all available values for the \PName{setting} of \entry{\PValue{index}, \PValue{idx}}{% The index has an unnumbered entry in the table of contents.% \IndexOption{toc~=\textKValue{index}}}% - \entry{\PValue{indexnumbered}}{% + \entry{\PValue{indexnumbered}, \PValue{idxnumbered}, \PValue{numberedindex}, + \PValue{numberedidx}}{% \ChangedAt{v3.18}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and \Class{scrartcl}}% The index has a numbered entry in the table of contents.% @@ -496,8 +516,7 @@ The default is \PValue{false}. It selects an empty gap instead of dots. If a dotted line is used, you can change its font using the element \FontElement{chapterentrydots}% \important[i]{\FontElement{chapterentrydots}\\ - \FontElement{sectionentrydots}} or \FontElement{sectionentrydots}. The font -also depends on the element of the page number of the entry (see also + \FontElement{sectionentrydots}} or \FontElement{sectionentrydots} (see also \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.setkomafont} and \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.addtokomafont}, \autoref{sec:\LabelBase.textmarkup}, \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.cmd.setkomafont}, as well as @@ -505,7 +524,11 @@ also depends on the element of the page number of the entry (see also \autopageref{tab:maincls.fontelements}). The defaults of the elements are shown in \autoref{tab:maincls.tocelements}, from \autopageref{tab:maincls.tocelements}. Note\textnote{Attention!} that the dots -of all entries will be equally spaced only if all dots use the same font.% +of all entries will be equally spaced only if all dots use the same +font. Because of this the base font is always +\Macro{normalfont}\Macro{normalsize} and only the colour of +\DescRef{\LabelBase.fontelement.chapterentry} or +\DescRef{\LabelBase.fontelement.sectionentry} is also used for the dots.% \EndIndexGroup @@ -2637,8 +2660,8 @@ these commands only exist in these classes.% \DescRef{\LabelBase.counter.secnumdepth} counter is set locally to a value that switches off the numbering of chapters or sections. You should consider this, for example, if you redefine \Macro{chaptermark} or - \Macro{sectionmark} (see \Macro{ifnumbered} on - \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.cmd.ifnumbered}). The starred variants + \Macro{sectionmark} (see \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.Ifnumbered} on + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.cmd.Ifnumbered}). The starred variants \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.addchap*} and \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.addsec*} use additional commands \Macro{addchapmark} and \Macro{addsecmark} that are also defined based on \Macro{chaptermark} and \Macro{sectionmark} with local @@ -2732,19 +2755,20 @@ differ for the same section level.% \EndIndexGroup \begin{Declaration} - \Macro{ifnumbered}\Parameter{section level}% + \Macro{Ifnumbered}\Parameter{section level}% \Parameter{then code}\Parameter{else code}% - \Macro{ifunnumbered}\Parameter{section level}% + \Macro{Ifunnumbered}\Parameter{section level}% \Parameter{then code}\Parameter{else code} \end{Declaration} The\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and - \Class{scrartcl}} commands \Macro{ifnumbered} and \Macro{ifunnumbered} + \Class{scrartcl}}\ChangedAt{v3.28}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and + \Class{scrartcl}} commands \Macro{Ifnumbered} and \Macro{Ifunnumbered} determine which section-level headings are numbered, using the technique described above, and execute code depending on whether a \PName{section level} is numbered or not. If a \PName{section level} is numbered with the current -settings, \Macro{ifnumbered} executes the \PName{then code}. If the section +settings, \Macro{Ifnumbered} executes the \PName{then code}. If the section level is unnumbered, the \PName{else code} is executed. The -\Macro{ifunnumbered} command behaves in exactly the opposite manner, executing +\Macro{Ifunnumbered} command behaves in exactly the opposite manner, executing the \PName{then code} if the current level is unnumbered and the \PName{else code} if it is. The \PName{section level} parameter is simply the \LaTeX{} name of a section like \PValue{part}, \PValue{chapter}, \PValue{section}, @@ -4675,7 +4699,6 @@ creating, sorting, and outputting the index.% %%% Local Variables: %%% mode: latex %%% mode: flyspell -%%% coding: us-ascii %%% ispell-local-dictionary: "english" %%% TeX-master: "../guide" %%% End: diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/scrdatetime.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/scrdatetime.tex index e5cd194493..864c97a2af 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/scrdatetime.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/scrdatetime.tex @@ -46,11 +46,11 @@ % ============================================================================ \KOMAProvidesFile{scrdatetime.tex} - [$Date: 2019-10-10 10:04:30 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + [$Date: 2019-11-15 08:07:56 +0100 (Fri, 15 Nov 2019) $ KOMA-Script guide (chapter: scrdate, scrtime)] \translator{Markus Kohm\and Gernot Hassenpflug\and Karl Hagen} -% Date of the translated German file: 2019-10-10 +% Date of the translated German file: 2019-11-15 \chapter{The Day of the Week with \Package{scrdate}} \labelbase{scrdate} @@ -81,10 +81,10 @@ Arabic number, you should prefix it with \Macro{the}\IndexCmd{the}. of the \engord{\numexpr\CenturyPart{\year}+1\relax} century. \end{lstcode} The result would be: - \begin{quote} + \begin{ShowOutput} The year \the\year\ is year \the\DecadePart{\year} of the \engordnumber{\numexpr\CenturyPart{\year}+1\relax} century. - \end{quote} + \end{ShowOutput} This example uses the \Package{engord}\IndexPackage{engord} package. See \cite{package:engord} for more information. \end{Example} @@ -119,10 +119,10 @@ an Arabic number, you should prefix it with \Macro{the}\IndexCmd{the}. as the number of the day of the week. \end{lstcode} The result will be: - \begin{quote} + \begin{ShowOutput} The 1st~May~2027 has \the\ISODayNumber{2027-5-1} as the number of the day of the week. - \end{quote} + \end{ShowOutput} \end{Example} It is particularly worth noting that you can even step a specified number of @@ -137,12 +137,12 @@ days into the future or or the past from a given date. \the\ISODayNumber{2027-12-24-24}. \end{lstcode} The result could be, for example: - \begin{quote} + \begin{ShowOutput} In 12~days, the number of the day of the week will be \the\DayNumber{\year}{\month}{\day+12}, and 24~days before the 24th~December~2027 it will be \the\ISODayNumber{2027-12-24-24}. - \end{quote} + \end{ShowOutput} \end{Example} The days of the week are numbered as follows: Sunday\,=\,0, Monday\,=\,1, @@ -172,10 +172,10 @@ the week of a given date. 24th~December~2027 the amount of \dots. \end{lstcode} The result will be: - \begin{quote} + \begin{ShowOutput} Please pay by \ISODayName{2027-12-24}, 24th~December~2027 the amount of \dots. - \end{quote} + \end{ShowOutput} \end{Example} Once again, it is particularly worth noting that you can perform calculations, @@ -192,14 +192,14 @@ to a certain extent: \DayNameByNumber{3+2*7+3}. \end{lstcode} The result could be, for example: - \begin{quote} + \begin{ShowOutput} In 12~days, the name of the day of the week will be \DayName{\year}{\month}{\day+12}, and 24~days before the 24th~December~2027 it will be \ISODayName{2027-12-24-24}, while two weeks and three days after a Wednesday will be a \DayNameByNumber{3+2*7+3}. - \end{quote} + \end{ShowOutput} \end{Example}% % \EndIndexGroup @@ -230,9 +230,9 @@ in the explanations of \DescRef{scrdate.cmd.DayNumber} and This document was created on a \todaysname. \end{lstlisting} This will result, for example, in: - \begin{quote} + \begin{ShowOutput} This document was created on a \todaysname. - \end{quote} + \end{ShowOutput} \end{Example} For languages that have a case system for nouns, note that the package cannot @@ -275,9 +275,9 @@ Just as you can directly modify the output of \Macro{today} with \nameday{workday} \end{lstlisting} After this, the previous example will result in: - \begin{quote}\nameday{workday} + \begin{ShowOutput}\nameday{workday} This document was created on a \todaysname. - \end{quote} + \end{ShowOutput} \end{Example} There's no corresponding command to change the result of \DescRef{scrdate.cmd.ISOToday}\IndexCmd{ISOToday} or @@ -368,26 +368,26 @@ leading zero to the minute field when its value is less than 10. Thus, with Your train departs at \thistime. \end{lstlisting} results, for example, in: - \begin{quote} + \begin{ShowOutput} Your train departs at \thistime. - \end{quote} + \end{ShowOutput} or: - \begin{quote} + \begin{ShowOutput} Your train departs at 23:09. - \end{quote} + \end{ShowOutput} \bigskip In contrast to the previous example a line like: \begin{lstlisting} This day is already \thistime*[\ hours and\ ] minutes old. \end{lstlisting} results in: - \begin{quote} + \begin{ShowOutput} This day is already \thistime*[\ hours and\ ] minutes old. - \end{quote} + \end{ShowOutput} or: - \begin{quote} + \begin{ShowOutput} This day is already 12 hours and 25 minutes old. - \end{quote} + \end{ShowOutput} \end{Example} \EndIndexGroup diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/scrextend.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/scrextend.tex index 28ba228390..77f6781fe2 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/scrextend.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/scrextend.tex @@ -46,11 +46,11 @@ % ====================================================================== \KOMAProvidesFile{scrextend.tex} - [$Date: 2019-10-10 10:04:30 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + [$Date: 2019-11-18 10:57:08 +0100 (Mon, 18 Nov 2019) $ KOMA-Script package scrextend] \translator{Markus Kohm\and Karl Hagen} -% Date of the translated German file: 2019-10-10 +% Date of the translated German file: 2019-11-18 \chapter[{\KOMAScript{} Features for Other Classes with \Package{scrextend}}] {Using Basic Features of the \KOMAScript{} Classes in Other Classes with the diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/scrhack.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/scrhack.tex index 5a7fc200a1..760052b8cc 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/scrhack.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/scrhack.tex @@ -46,11 +46,11 @@ % ============================================================================ \KOMAProvidesFile{scrhack.tex} - [$Date: 2019-10-10 09:50:23 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + [$Date: 2019-11-26 11:13:57 +0100 (Tue, 26 Nov 2019) $ KOMA-Script guide (chapter: scrhack)] \translator{Markus Kohm\and Karl Hagen} -% Date of the translated German file: 2019-10-09 +% Date of the translated German file: 2019-11-26 \chapter{Improving Third-Party Packages with \Package{scrhack}} \labelbase{scrhack} diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/scrjura.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/scrjura.tex index 34d9d0d4a8..da5cad125c 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/scrjura.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/scrjura.tex @@ -46,12 +46,12 @@ % ====================================================================== \KOMAProvidesFile{scrjura.tex}% - [$Date: 2019-10-10 09:25:44 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + [$Date: 2019-12-03 09:41:21 +0100 (Tue, 03 Dec 2019) $ KOMA-Script guide (chapter: scrjura)] \translator{Alexander Willand\and Markus Kohm\and Karl Hagen} -% Date of the translated German file: 2019-10-09 +% Date of the translated German file: 2019-12-03 \chapter{Support for the Law Office with \Package{scrjura}} \labelbase{scrjura} @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ has to be loaded after \Package{scrjura} as usual. \LoadCommonFile{textmarkup}% \section{Text Markup} \section{Table of Contents} -\label{sec:scrjura.toc} +\seclabel{toc} The headings of clauses can also be added automatically to the table of contents, if desired. @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ respectively \OptionVName{numwidth}{number width} in the \PName{option list}.% \section{Environment for Contracts} -\label{sec:scrjura.contract} +\seclabel{contract} \BeginIndexGroup \BeginIndex{}{contract} @@ -602,7 +602,7 @@ please consult the manual of the \Package{babel} package (see \section{Cross-References} -\label{sec:scrjura.ref} +\seclabel{ref} The conventional mechanism to set cross-references using \Macro{label}\IndexCmd{label}\important{\Macro{label}}, \Macro{ref}, and @@ -793,7 +793,7 @@ You can find examples of results of the basic commands in \section{Additional Environments} -\label{sec:scrjura.newenv} +\seclabel{newenv} Some users do not use \Package{scrjura} to draft contracts or commentaries on individual laws but to examine different types of laws, which may not @@ -881,7 +881,7 @@ supported \PName{options}. To define the environment for articles we mentioned in the preface of this section, it is sufficient to write: \begin{lstcode} - \DeclareNewJuraEnvironment{Article}[ClauseNumberFormat=Art.]{}{} + \DeclareNewJuraEnvironment{Article}[ClauseNumberFormat=Art.~]{}{} \end{lstcode} If we are using a \KOMAScript{} class and want to separate the paragraphs in this environment with space instead of using paragraph indentation, we can @@ -895,7 +895,7 @@ supported \PName{options}. The new environment is used like \DescRef{\LabelBase.env.contract}: \begin{lstcode} \begin{Article} - \Clause + \Clause{} Human dignity is inviolable. To respect and protect people is a duty of all state authority. \end{Article} @@ -905,7 +905,7 @@ supported \PName{options}. \section{Support for Different Languages} -\label{sec:scrjura.babel} +\seclabel{babel} The \Package{scrjura} package has been developed in cooperation with a German lawyer. Therefore it initially supported only the languages \PValue{german}, @@ -963,7 +963,7 @@ package will throw an error.% \section{A Detailed Example} -\label{sec:scrjura.example} +\seclabel{example} You may remember the letter from \autoref{cha:scrlttr2}, in which a club member wanted to remind the board about an overdue meeting that was prescribed @@ -1165,7 +1165,7 @@ Then the \LaTeX{} document ends. You can see first three pages in \end{figure} \section{State of Development} -\label{sec:scrjura.draft} +\seclabel{draft} Since \KOMAScript~3.24, the \Package{scrjura} package has shared the version number of the classes and other important packages of \KOMAScript. diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/scrjuraexample.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/scrjuraexample.tex index 013d1b60bc..d9ef923b49 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/scrjuraexample.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/scrjuraexample.tex @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -\documentclass[fontsize=12pt,pagesize,parskip=half] +\documentclass[fontsize=12pt,parskip=half] {scrartcl} \usepackage[british]{babel} diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex index 20651e4003..90097824f3 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ \translator{Markus Kohm\and Arndt Schubert\and Karl Hagen} -% Date of the translated German file: 2019-10-09 +% Date of the translated German file: 2019-12-03 \chapter{Note Columns with \Package{scrlayer-notecolumn}} \labelbase{scrlayer-notecolumn} diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex index b5684a766e..6e69eb5019 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex @@ -44,11 +44,11 @@ % ============================================================================ \KOMAProvidesFile{scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex}% - [$Date: 2019-10-10 09:50:23 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + [$Date: 2019-12-06 10:44:53 +0100 (Fri, 06 Dec 2019) $ KOMA-Script guide (chapter: scrlayer-scrpage-experts)] \translator{Markus Kohm\and Karl Hagen} -% Date version of the translated file: 2019-10-09 +% Date version of the translated file: 2019-12-06 \chapter[{Additional Features of \Package{scrlayer-scrpage}}] {Additional Features\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}} with @@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ corresponding content layer. You can implement this as an exercise too.% \end{Explain} \begin{Declaration} - \KOption{hmode}\PValue{simple switch} + \OptionVName{hmode}{simple switch} \end{Declaration} The \Package{scrpage2} package always outputs headers and footers in horizontal mode. In contrast, \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} in the default diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex index cffeeffd9b..266fb29065 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex @@ -44,11 +44,11 @@ % ============================================================================ \KOMAProvidesFile{scrlayer-scrpage.tex}% - [$Date: 2019-10-10 09:50:23 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + [$Date: 2019-12-06 11:44:37 +0100 (Fri, 06 Dec 2019) $ KOMA-Script guide (chapter: scrlayer-scrpage)] \translator{Markus Kohm\and Jana Schubert\and Jens H\"uhne\and Karl Hagen} -% Date version of the translated file: 2019-10-09 +% Date version of the translated file: 2019-11-29 \chapter[{Headers and Footers with \Package{scrlayer-scrpage}}] {Headers\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}} and @@ -378,7 +378,6 @@ in \autoref{fig:scrlayer-scrpage.head}.% \usepackage{scrlayer-scrpage} \lohead{John Doe} \rohead{Page style with \KOMAScript} - \pagestyle{scrheadings} \begin{document} \title{Page styles with \KOMAScript} \author{John Doe} @@ -416,7 +415,6 @@ in \autoref{fig:scrlayer-scrpage.head}.% {John Doe} \rohead[Page style with \KOMAScript] {Page style with \KOMAScript} - \pagestyle{scrheadings} \begin{document} \title{Page styles with \KOMAScript} \author{John Doe} @@ -479,7 +477,6 @@ the mandatory argument.% \usepackage{scrlayer-scrpage} \lohead*{John Doe} \rohead*{Page style with \KOMAScript} - \pagestyle{scrheadings} \begin{document} \title{Page styles with \KOMAScript} \author{John Doe} @@ -488,6 +485,7 @@ the mandatory argument.% \end{lstcode}% \end{Example}% \EndIndexGroup +\ExampleEndFix \begin{Declaration} @@ -673,7 +671,6 @@ in \autoref{fig:scrlayer-scrpage.foot}.% \lohead{John Doe} \rohead{Page style with \KOMAScript} \lofoot{Smart Alec Publishing} - \pagestyle{scrheadings} \usepackage{lipsum} \begin{document} \title{Page styles with \KOMAScript} @@ -738,7 +735,6 @@ in \autoref{fig:scrlayer-scrpage.foot}.% \lohead{Page style with \KOMAScript} \refoot[Smart Alec Publishing] {Smart Alec Publishing} - \pagestyle{scrheadings} \usepackage{lipsum} \begin{document} \title{Page styles with \KOMAScript} @@ -798,7 +794,6 @@ mandatory argument.% \rehead{John Doe} \lohead{Page style with \KOMAScript} \refoot*{Smart Alec Publishing} - \pagestyle{scrheadings} \usepackage{lipsum} \begin{document} \title{Page styles with \KOMAScript} @@ -810,6 +805,7 @@ mandatory argument.% \end{Example} % \EndIndexGroup +\ExampleEndFix \begin{Declaration} @@ -855,7 +851,6 @@ and \autoref{fig:scrlayer-scrpage.foot} on \ohead{Page style with \KOMAScript} \ifoot[Smart Alec Publishing] {Smart Alec Publishing} - \pagestyle{scrheadings} \usepackage{lipsum} \begin{document} \title{Page styles with \KOMAScript} @@ -916,7 +911,6 @@ the mandatory argument.% \ihead{John Doe} \ohead{Page style with \KOMAScript} \ifoot*{Smart Alec Publishing} - \pagestyle{scrheadings} \usepackage{lipsum} \begin{document} \title{Page styles with \KOMAScript} diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/scrlayer.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/scrlayer.tex index e56824c156..e21205f8b7 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/scrlayer.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/scrlayer.tex @@ -46,12 +46,12 @@ % ============================================================================ \KOMAProvidesFile{scrlayer.tex} - [$Date: 2019-10-10 09:50:23 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + [$Date: 2019-12-06 12:04:10 +0100 (Fri, 06 Dec 2019) $ KOMA-Script guide (chapter:scrlayer)] \translator{Markus Kohm\and Karl Hagen} -% Date of the translated German file: 2019-10-09 +% Date of the translated German file: 2019-12-03 \chapter[{Defining Layers and Page Styles with \Package{scrlayer}}] {Defining\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrlayer}} Layers and Page Styles with @@ -774,26 +774,29 @@ it will be set to \Macro{relax}. In page styles already defined with redefined using \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.DeclareNewLayer} or \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.ProvideLayer}, but they can no longer be changed using \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.RedeclareLayer} or -\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.ModifyLayer}. - +\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.ModifyLayer}.% +\iffalse % See the note at the beginning of the end user interface section +\par The command is intended to be used inside \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface} (see \autoref{sec:scrlayer.enduserinterfaces}, \DescPageRef{scrlayer.cmd.scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface}) to remove layers defined using removable macros of an interface along with that interface.% +\fi \EndIndexGroup \begin{Declaration} + \OptionVName{draft}{simple switch} \Macro{layercontentsmeasure}% \end{Declaration} -The \Macro{layercontentsmeasure} command prints a ruler at each layer edge, of -which the top and left one is labelled in centimetres and the right and bottom -one in inches. This command is used internally if the -\DescRef{\LabelBase.option.draft}\IndexOption{draft} option is enabled. The -rulers are drawn behind the content of each layer. This command can also be -used as exclusive content of a layer.% +The \KOMAScript{} option \Option{draft} can be used to active the draft mode +of \Package{scrlayer}. The draft mode uses the \Macro{layercontentsmeasure} +command to print a ruler at each layer edge, of which the top and left one is +labelled in centimetres and the right and bottom one in inches. The rulers are +drawn behind the content of each layer. This command can also be used as +exclusive content of a layer.% \EndIndexGroup @@ -875,7 +878,7 @@ If \DescRef{maincls.cmd.pagestyle} activates an alias page style, the real page style. You\ChangedAt{v3.16}{\Package{scrlayer}} can get the alternative name using \Macro{toplevelpagestyle}. However, it is not recommended to define page styles that produce different results depending on -\Macro{toplevelpagestyle}, e.\,g., using \DescRef{scrbase.cmd.ifstr}. If you +\Macro{toplevelpagestyle}, e.\,g., using \DescRef{scrbase.cmd.Ifstr}. If you were to activate such a page style using \DescRef{maincls.cmd.thispagestyle} you could get the wrong result.% \EndIndexGroup @@ -967,12 +970,14 @@ This command renders the page style named \PName{page style name} undefined for \LaTeX{} if it is an alias for another page style. Afterwards, the page style can be newly defined with \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleAlias} or -\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.ProvidePageStyleAlias}. - +\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.ProvidePageStyleAlias}.% +\iffalse % See the note at the beginning of the end user interface section +\par This command is intended to be used inside the argument code of \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface} to remove page styles that have been declared as part of an end-user interface when removing this interface automatically.% +\fi% \EndIndexGroup @@ -1469,13 +1474,15 @@ automatically. If you want to destroy the layers too, you can do this with: \begin{lstcode} \ForEachLayerOfPageStyle{...}{\DestroyLayer{#1}} \end{lstcode} -before destroying the layer page style itself. - +before destroying the layer page style itself.% +\iffalse % See the note at the beginning of the end user interface section +\par The command is intended to be used within the \PName{code} argument of \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface} to remove page styles that are defined as part of an end-user interface. See \autoref{sec:scrlayer.enduserinterfaces} below for more information about auto-removal code.% +\fi% \EndIndexGroup \EndIndexGroup @@ -1486,6 +1493,25 @@ auto-removal code.% \section{Defining and Managing Interfaces for End Users} \seclabel{enduserinterfaces} +\iftrue% The whole mechanism is deprecated and should not be used any + % longer. So the documentation is also deactivated. +% TODO: Fix new translation +Until version 3.27\ChangedAt{v3.28}{\Package{scrlayer}} package +\Package{scrlayer} provided mechanism to manage concurrent end user +interfaces. The mechanism has been marked as experimental and the usability +limited. Only \KOMAScript{} itself has used this mechanism and from version +3.28 it is marked as deprecated. So the commands +\Macro{scrlayerInitInterface}\IndexCmd{scrlayerInitInterface}, +\Macro{scrlayerAddToInterface}\IndexCmd{scrlayerAddToInterface}, +\Macro{scrlayerAddCsToInterface}\IndexCmd{scrlayerAddCsToInterface}, +\Macro{scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface}\IndexCmd{scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface}% +\important{\Macro{scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface}} +and the options +\Option{forceoverwrite}\IndexOption{forceoverwrite}, +\Option{autoremoveinterfaces}\IndexOption{autoremoveinterfaces} +should not be used any longer.% +% :ODOT +\else% The \Package{scrlayer} package provides an experimental interface to define and manage (concurrent) interfaces for end users. \iffree{In the long run, this interface may disappear from \Package{scrlayer} and be taken over by @@ -1589,7 +1615,8 @@ that rely on commands from the end-user interface (see \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.DestroyRealLayerPageStyle}). Regarding the default for the optional argument, please refer to the explanation for \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.scrlayerInitInterface}.% -\EndIndexGroup +\EndIndexGroup% +\fi% % \EndIndexGroup diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/scrlfile.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/scrlfile.tex index 1796a163c4..f3333d3140 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/scrlfile.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/scrlfile.tex @@ -46,11 +46,11 @@ % ============================================================================ \KOMAProvidesFile{scrlfile.tex} - [$Date: 2019-10-10 10:04:30 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + [$Date: 2019-12-03 09:41:21 +0100 (Tue, 03 Dec 2019) $ KOMA-Script guide (chapter: scrlfile)] \translator{Gernot Hassenpflug\and Markus Kohm\and Karl Hagen} -% Date of the translated German file: 2019-10-10 +% Date of the translated German file: 2019-12-03 \chapter{Controlling Package Dependencies with \Package{scrlfile}} \labelbase{scrlfile} @@ -215,25 +215,16 @@ later and outside the context of that class or package, you can use The following example for class and package authors shows how \KOMAScript{} itself makes use of the new commands. The class \Class{scrbook} contains the following: -% CORRECTED MESSAGE: -% You are using an old version of the hyperref -% package!\MessageBreak% -% This version has a buggy hack in many -% drivers,\MessageBreak% -% causing \string\addchap\space to behave -% strangely.\MessageBreak% -% Please update hyperref to at least version -% 6.71b}% \begin{lstcode} \AfterPackage{hyperref}{% \@ifpackagelater{hyperref}{2001/02/19}{}{% \ClassWarningNoLine{scrbook}{% - You are using an old version of hyperref package!% - \MessageBreak% - This version has a buggy hack at many drivers% - \MessageBreak% - causing \string\addchap\space to behave strange.% - \MessageBreak% + You are using an old version of the hyperref + package!\MessageBreak% + This version has a buggy hack in many + drivers,\MessageBreak% + causing \string\addchap\space to behave + strangely.\MessageBreak% Please update hyperref to at least version 6.71b}}} \end{lstcode} diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/scrlttr2-experts.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/scrlttr2-experts.tex index 722183a7bd..23039e48b5 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/scrlttr2-experts.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/scrlttr2-experts.tex @@ -46,14 +46,14 @@ % ============================================================================ \KOMAProvidesFile{scrlttr2-experts.tex} - [$Date: 2019-10-10 09:50:23 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + [$Date: 2019-12-03 09:41:21 +0100 (Tue, 03 Dec 2019) $ KOMA-Script guide (chapter: scrlttr2 for experts)] \translator{Harald Bongartz\and Georg Grandke\and Raimund Kohl\and Jens-Uwe Morawski\and Stephan Hennig\and Gernot Hassenpflug\and Markus Kohm\and Karl Hagen} -% Date of the translated German file: 2019-10-09 +% Date of the translated German file: 2019-12-03 \chapter{Additional Information about the \Class{scrlttr2} Class and the \Package{scrletter} Package} @@ -85,1104 +85,6 @@ nearly all the features of \Class{scrlttr2} for those classes. There are, however, a few differences described later in this chapter.% -\section{Pseudo-Lengths for Experienced Users} -\seclabel{pseudoLengths} -\BeginIndexGroup -\BeginIndex{}{pseudo-lengths} - -\TeX{} works with a fixed number of registers. There are registers for tokens, -for boxes, for counters, for skips, and for dimensions. Overall there are 256 -registers for each of these categories. For \LaTeX{} lengths, which are -defined with \Macro{newlength}, skip registers are used. Once all these -registers are in use, you can not define any more lengths. Both -\Class{scrlttr2} and \Package{scrletter} would normally use more than 20 of -these registers for the first page alone. \LaTeX{} itself already uses 40 of -these registers. The \hyperref[cha:typearea]{\Package{typearea}}% -\IndexPackage{typearea} package needs some of them too; thus, approximately a -quarter of these precious registers would already be in use. For this reason, -\KOMAScript{} stores letter-specific lengths in macros instead of lengths. The -drawback of this approach is that computations with macros are somewhat more -complicated than with real lengths. - -Note\textnote{Attention!} that even though these pseudo-lengths are internally -implemented as macros, the commands for pseudo-length management expect only -the names of the pseudo-lengths not the macros representing the -pseudo-lengths. The names of pseudo-lengths are written without the initial -backslash, like the names of \LaTeX{} counters and unlike macros or \LaTeX{} -lengths. - -Anyone who wants to argue that the recommended \LaTeX{} installation with -\eTeX{}, which is required for \KOMAScript{} anyway, no longer suffers from -the above-mentioned limitation would be right. However, that improvement came -too late for \Class{scrlttr2}. With \Package{scrletter}, the concept of -psuedo-lengths was adopted for reasons of compatibility. - -The pseudo-lengths defined and uses by \KOMAScript{} are listed in -\autoref{tab:scrlttr2-experts.pseudoLength}, which also provides cross -references to the detailed descriptions of each pseudo-lengths in the -following sub-sections. - -A schematic display of the most important distances of the letterhead page is -shown in \autoref{fig:scrlttr2-experts.pseudoLength} on -\autopageref{fig:scrlttr2-experts.pseudoLength}. In addition to the -pseudo-lengths for the configurable distances, some non-configurable lengths -are also shown in light gray. For the sake of clarity, however, some rarely -required pseudo-lengths have been omitted. -% -\begin{desclist} - \renewcommand{\abovecaptionskipcorrection}{-\normalbaselineskip}% - \desccaption{% - Pseudo-lengths provided by \Class{scrlttr2} and \Package{scrletter}% - \label{tab:scrlttr2-experts.pseudoLength}% - }{% - Pseudo-lengths provided by \Class{scrlttr2} and \Package{scrletter} - (\emph{continued})% - }% - \pentry{backaddrheight}{% - the height of the return address at the upper edge of the address field - (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.addressee}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.backaddrheight})% - }% - \pentry{bfoldmarklength}{% - the length of the bottommost fold mark - (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.foldmarks}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.bfoldmarkvpos})% - }% - \pentry{bfoldmarkvpos}{% - the vertical distance of the bottommost fold mark from the top edge of the - paper (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.foldmarks}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.bfoldmarkvpos})% - }% - \pentry{firstfoothpos}{% - the horizontal distance of the letterhead page footer from the left edge - of the paper; values greater than the width of the paper or less than the - negative value of the width of the paper activate special handling % - (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.firstFoot}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstfoothpos})% - }% - \pentry{firstfootvpos}{% - the vertical distance of letterhead page footer from the top edge of the - paper (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.firstFoot}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstfootvpos})% - }% - \pentry{firstfootwidth}{% - the width of the letterhead page footer - (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.firstFoot}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstfootwidth})% - }% - \pentry{firstheadhpos}{% - the horizontal distance of the letterhead from the left edge of the paper; - values greater than the width of the paper or less than the negative value - of the width of the paper activate special handling - (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.firstHead}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstheadhpos})% - }% - \pentry{firstheadvpos}{% - the vertical distance of the letterhead from the top edge of the paper - (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.firstHead}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstheadvpos})% - }% - \pentry{firstheadwidth}{% - the width of the letterhead (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.firstHead}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstheadwidth})% - }% - \pentry{foldmarkhpos}{% - the horizontal distance of the horizontal fold marks from the left edge of - the paper (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.foldmarks}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.foldmarkhpos})% - }% - \pentry{foldmarkvpos}{% - the vertical distance of the vertical fold marks from the top edge of the - paper (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.foldmarks}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.foldmarkvpos})% - }% - \pentry{fromrulethickness}{% - the thickness of an optional horizontal rule in the letterhead - (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.firstHead}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.fromrulethickness})% - }% - \pentry{fromrulewidth}{% - the length of an optional horizontal rule in the letterhead - (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.firstHead}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.fromrulewidth})% - }% - \pentry{lfoldmarkhpos}{% - the horizontal distance of the vertical fold mark from the left edge of - the paper (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.foldmarks}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.lfoldmarkhpos})% - }% - \pentry{lfoldmarklength}{% - the length of the vertical fold mark - (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.foldmarks}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.lfoldmarklength})% - }% - \pentry{locheight}{% - the height of the field containing the additional sender information if - the value is not 0; if it is 0, \PLength{toaddrheight} is used instead - (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.locationField}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.locheight})% - }% - \pentry{lochpos}{% - the horizontal distance of the field containing the additional sender - information; if the value is positive, the distance is measured from the - right paper edge; if negative, from the left paper edge; if 0, the - negative value of \PLength{toaddrhpos} is used instead - (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.locationField}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.lochpos})% - }% - \pentry{locvpos}{% - the vertical distance of the field containing the additional sender - information from the top edge of the paper if the value is not 0; if it is - 0, \PLength{toaddrvpos} is used instead - (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.locationField}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.locvpos})% - }% - \pentry{locwidth}{% - the width of the field containing the additional sender information; if it - is 0, the width is calculated automatically based on the - \DescRef{scrlttr2.option.locfield} option described in - \autoref{sec:scrlttr2.firstpage}, \DescPageRef{scrlttr2.option.locfield} % - (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.locationField}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.locwidth})% - }% - \pentry{mfoldmarklength}{% - the length of the middle horizontal fold mark - (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.foldmarks}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.mfoldmarklength})% - }% - \pentry{mfoldmarkvpos}{% - the vertical distance of the middle horizontal fold mark from the top edge - of the paper (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.foldmarks}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.mfoldmarkvpos})% - }% - \pentry{pfoldmarklength}{% - the length of the hole-punch mark - (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.foldmarks}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.pfoldmarklength})% - }% - \pentry{PPdatamatrixvskip}{% - the vertical distance between the postpaid header and the data array with - \OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{addrfield}{PP} - (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.addressee}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.PPdatamatrixvskip})% - }% - \pentry{PPheadheight}{% - the height of the postpaid header - (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.addressee}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.PPheadheight})% - }% - \pentry{PPheadwidth}{% - the width of the left postpaid field with - \OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{addrfield}{PP} - (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.addressee}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.PPheadwidth})% - }% - \pentry{refaftervskip}{% - vertical skip below reference-field line % - (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.refLine}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.refaftervskip})% - }% - \pentry{refhpos}{% - the horizontal distance of reference-field line from the left - edge of the paper; if the value is 0, the reference-field line is centred - horizontally on the letterhead page - (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.refLine}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.refhpos})% - }% - \pentry{refvpos}{% - the vertical distance of reference-field line from the top - edge of the paper (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.refLine}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.refvpos})% - }% - \pentry{refwidth}{% - the width of the reference-field line - (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.refLine}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.refwidth})% - }% - \pentry{sigbeforevskip}{% - the vertical skip between the closing and the signature - (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.closing}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.sigbeforevskip})% - }% - \pentry{sigindent}{% - the indentation of the signature with respect to the text body - (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.closing}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.sigindent})% - }% - \pentry{specialmailindent}{% - the left indentation of the delivery method within the address field - (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.addressee}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.specialmailindent})% - }% - \pentry{specialmailrightindent}{% - the right indentation of the delivery method within the address field - (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.addressee}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.specialmailrightindent})% - }% - \pentry{subjectaftervskip}{% - the vertical skip after the subject - (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.subject}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.subjectaftervskip})% - }% - \pentry{subjectbeforevskip}{% - additional vertical skip before the subject - (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.subject}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.subjectbeforevskip})% - }% - \pentry{subjectvpos}{% - the vertical distance of the subject from the top edge of the paper; if it - is 0, the position is calculated based on the - \DescRef{scrlttr2.option.subject} option - (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.subject}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.subjectaftervskip})% - }% - \pentry{tfoldmarklength}{% - the length of the topmost horizontal fold mark - (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.foldmarks}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.tfoldmarklength})% - }% - \pentry{tfoldmarkvpos}{% - the vertical distance of the topmost horizontal folding mark from the top - edge of the paper (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.foldmarks}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.tfoldmarkvpos})% - }% - \pentry{toaddrheight}{% - the height of the address field (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.addressee}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrheight})% - }% - \pentry{toaddrhpos}{% - the horizontal distance of the address field from left edge of the paper, - if the value is positive; if it is negative, the negative horizontal - distance of the address field from the right edge of the paper - (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.addressee}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrhpos})% - }% - \pentry{toaddrindent}{% - the left and right indentation of the address within the address field - (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.addressee}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrindent})% - }% - \pentry{toaddrvpos}{% - the vertical distance of the address field from the the top edge of the - paper (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.addressee}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrvpos})% - }% - \pentry{toaddrwidth}{% - the width of the address field % - (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.addressee}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrwidth})% - }% -\end{desclist} - -\begin{figure} - \centering - \includegraphics{plenDIN} - \caption{Schematic of the pseudo-lengths for a letter} - \label{fig:scrlttr2-experts.pseudoLength} -\end{figure} - - -\begin{Declaration} - \Macro{newplength}\Parameter{name} -\end{Declaration} -This\ChangedAt{v3.26}{\Class{scrlttr2}\and \Package{scrletter}} command -defines a new pseudo-length. The new pseudo-length is uniquely identified by -its \PName{name}. Each name can therefore be assigned only once. If you -attempt to redefine an existing pseudo-length, the commands exits with an -error message. - -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{@newplength}% -Since the ordinary user does not normally need to define pseudo-lengths, this -command was not a user instruction until \KOMAScript~3.26. Before then, -\Macro{@newplength} existed with the same functionality. This instruction still -exists for package authors.% -\EndIndexGroup - - -\begin{Declaration} - \Macro{Ifplength}\Parameter{pseudo-length}% - \Parameter{then-code}\Parameter{else-code} -\end{Declaration} -This\ChangedAt{v3.27}{\Class{scrlttr2}\and \Class{scrletter}} command can be -used to determine whether a \PName{pseudo-length} has been defined. The -\PName{then-code} is executed if the \PName{pseudo-length} is defined and not -\Macro{relax}. Otherwise the \PName{else-code} is executed. - -% Note: In the English manual this information is not \iffree{}{...}! -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{if@plength}% -For reasons of consistency only, the internal command \Macro{if@plength}, -with the identical meaning, exists for the use of package authors.% -\EndIndexGroup - - -\begin{Declaration} - \Macro{setplength}% - \OParameter{factor}\Parameter{pseudo-length}\Parameter{value}% - \Macro{addtoplength}% - \OParameter{factor}\Parameter{pseudo-length}\Parameter{value} -\end{Declaration} -Using \Macro{setplength}, you can assign the multiple of a -\PName{value} to a \PName{pseudo-length}. The \PName{factor} is given as an -optional argument (see also \DescRef{scrlttr2.cmd.setlengthtoplength}, -\autoref{sec:scrlttr2.pseudoLength}, -\DescPageRef{scrlttr2.cmd.setlengthtoplength}). - -With \Macro{addtoplength} you can add the multiple of a \PName{value} to a -\PName{pseudo-length}. Again, you can pass a \PName{factor} as an optional -argument. - -To assign or to add the multiple of one \PName{pseudo-length} to another -pseudo-length, use the \Macro{useplength} command (see -\autoref{sec:scrlttr2.pseudoLength}, \DescPageRef{scrlttr2.cmd.useplength}) -within the \PName{value}. To subtract the value of one \PName{pseudo-length} -from another \PName{pseudo-length}, you use should use at the same time a -minus sign or \PValue{-1} as the \PName{factor}. - -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{@setplength}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{@addtoplength}% -Since the ordinary user does not normally need to define pseudo-lengths, these -commands were not user instructions until \KOMAScript~3.26. Before then, -\Macro{@setplength} and \Macro{@addtoplength} existed with the -same functionality. These commands still exist for the use of package authors.% -\EndIndexGroup - -\begin{Declaration} - \Macro{setplengthtowidth} - \OParameter{factor}\Parameter{pseudo-length}\Parameter{content}% - \Macro{setplengthtoheight} - \OParameter{factor}\Parameter{pseudo-length}\Parameter{content}% - \Macro{setplengthtodepth} - \OParameter{factor}\Parameter{pseudo-length}\Parameter{content}% - \Macro{setplengthtototalheight} - \OParameter{factor}\Parameter{pseudo-length}\Parameter{content}% -\end{Declaration} -The\ChangedAt{v3.26}{\Class{scrlttr2}\and \Package{scrletter}} first three -commands essentially correspond with \Macro{settowidth}, -\Macro{settoheight}, and \Macro{settodepth} from the \LaTeX{} kernel, but set -\PName{pseudo-length}s instead of lengths. Like -\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.setplength}, these commands extend their \LaTeX{} -kernel equivalents with an optional \PName{factor}. They set a -\PName{pseudo-length} to the natural width, height or depth of the given -\PName{content}, multiplied by the optional \PName{factor}. The additional -command \Macro{setplengthtototalheight} sets the \PName{pseudo-length} to the -sum of the height and depth of \PName{content} multiplied by the optional -\PName{factor}.% -\EndIndexGroup - - -\subsection{Fold Marks} -\seclabel{foldmarks} -\BeginIndexGroup -\BeginIndex{}{fold marks}% -\index{marks>folding|see{fold marks}} - -Fold marks, or folding marks, are short horizontal lines at the left edge, and -short vertical lines at the upper edge of the paper. \KOMAScript{} currently -supports three configurable horizontal and one configurable vertical fold -marks. In addition, there is support for a hole-punch mark, or centre mark, -which cannot be shifted vertically. - -\begin{Declaration} - \PLength{tfoldmarkvpos}% - \PLength{mfoldmarkvpos}% - \PLength{bfoldmarkvpos} -\end{Declaration} -\KOMAScript{} recognises a total of three fold marks whose vertical position -can be configured. The distance of the top fold mark from the upper edge of -the paper is determined by the \PLength{tfoldmarkvpos} pseudo-length; the -distance of the middle fold mark, by the -\PLength{mfoldmarkvpos}\ChangedAt{v2.97e}{\Class{scrlttr2}} pseudo-length; the -distance of the bottommost fold mark, by \PLength{bfoldmarkvpos} -pseudo-length. With the addition of the hole-punch\Index{hole-punch mark} or -centre\Index{centre mark|see{hole-punch mark}} mark, there is yet a fourth -horizontal mark. This one is however always placed at the vertical centre of -the paper. -\iftrue% Umbruchkorrekturtext -There is no pseudo-length for this last mark because its vertical position is -not configurable. -\fi - -The\textnote{Attention!} top and bottom fold marks do not serve to divide the -paper exactly into equal thirds. Instead, the paper should be folded with -their help such that the address field can be seen in a window envelope. The -settings are therefore different depending on the \File{lco} file chosen. -Several such files are available offering predefined formats. One format -particularly worth noting is \Option{DINmtext}. This format assumes an -envelope format of C6/5 (also known as ``C6 long''). Letters written with this -option are typically not suited for C5 or C4 envelopes. - -The middle fold mark is not normally required for Western letters. In Japan, -however, a larger number of envelope formats exists, requiring one more fold -mark (see the Japanese \File{lco} files). Note that the terms ``top'', -``middle'', and ``bottom'' fold marks only represent a naming convention. In -fact, it is not required that \PLength{tfoldmarkvpos} must be smaller than -\PLength{mfoldmarkvpos}, which in turn must be smaller than -\PLength{bfoldmarkvpos}. If, though, one of the pseudo-lengths is zero, then -the corresponding fold mark will not be set even if the -\DescRef{scrlttr2.option.foldmarks}\IndexOption{foldmarks~=\PName{setting}}% -\important{\DescRef{scrlttr2.option.foldmarks}} option (see -\autoref{sec:scrlttr2.firstpage}, \DescPageRef{scrlttr2.option.foldmarks}) is -explicitly activated. -% -\EndIndexGroup - - -\begin{Declaration} - \PLength{tfoldmarklength}% - \PLength{mfoldmarklength}% - \PLength{bfoldmarklength}% - \PLength{pfoldmarklength} -\end{Declaration} -These\ChangedAt{v2.97e}{\Class{scrlttr2}} four pseudo-lengths determine the -lengths of the four horizontal fold marks. One\textnote{Attention!} feature is -particularly worth noting. If the length is given as zero, then the three -vertically configurable pseudo-lengths \PLength{tfoldmarklength}, -\PLength{mfoldmarklength} and \PLength{bfoldmarklength} are set to 2\Unit{mm}. -The length of the hole-punch mark, \PLength{pfoldmarklength}, however, is set -to 4\Unit{mm}.% -\EndIndexGroup - - -\begin{Declaration} - \PLength{foldmarkhpos} -\end{Declaration} -This pseudo-length gives the distance of all horizontal fold marks from the -left edge of the paper. Normally, this is 3.5\Unit{mm}. You\textnote{Hint!} -can change this value in your own \File{lco} file if you are using a printer -that has a wider unprintable left margin. Whether the fold marks are typeset -at all depends on the option \DescRef{scrlttr2.option.foldmarks}% -\important{\DescRef{scrlttr2.option.foldmarks}}% -\IndexOption{foldmarks~=\PName{setting}} (see -\autoref{sec:scrlttr2.firstpage}, \DescPageRef{scrlttr2.option.foldmarks}). -% -\EndIndexGroup - - -\begin{Declaration} - \PLength{lfoldmarkhpos} -\end{Declaration} -In\ChangedAt{v2.97e}{\Class{scrlttr2}} addition to the horizontal fold marks, -there is also a vertical fold mark. Its distance from the left margin is set -via the \PLength{lfoldmarkhpos} pseudo-length. This fold mark is used, for -example, in Japanese Chou- or You-format envelopes if you want to use them -with A4 paper. It can also be useful for envelopes in C6 format.% -\EndIndexGroup - - -\begin{Declaration} - \PLength{lfoldmarklength} -\end{Declaration} -The\ChangedAt{v2.97e}{\Class{scrlttr2}} \PLength{lfoldmarklength} -pseudo-length determines the length of the vertical fold mark. Once again, a -feature worth noting is that if the length is given as zero, a length of -4\Unit{mm} is actually used.% -\EndIndexGroup - - -\begin{Declaration} - \PLength{foldmarkvpos} -\end{Declaration} -This\ChangedAt{v2.97e}{\Class{scrlttr2}} pseudo-length determines the distance of -all vertical fold marks from the upper edge of the paper. Normally this is -3.5\Unit{mm}, but\textnote{Hint!} you can change the value in your own -\File{lco} file in case your printer has a wider unprintable -top margin. Whether or not the foldmarks are actually typeset depends on the -\DescRef{scrlttr2.option.foldmarks}% -\important{\DescRef{scrlttr2.option.foldmarks}}% -\IndexOption{foldmarks~=\PName{setting}} option (see -\autoref{sec:scrlttr2.firstpage}, \DescPageRef{scrlttr2.option.foldmarks}). -\iffree{At present there is only one vertical fold mark, called the left - vertical fold mark.}{}% -\EndIndexGroup - - -\begin{Declaration} - \PLength{foldmarkthickness} -\end{Declaration} -This\ChangedAt{v2.97c}{\Class{scrlttr2}} pseudo-length determines the -thickness of all fold marks. The default is 0.2\Unit{pt}, in other words a -very thin hairline. In\textnote{Hint!} particular, if the colour of the fold -marks is changed, this may not be enough.% -\EndIndexGroup -% -\EndIndexGroup - - -\subsection{Letterhead} -\seclabel{firstHead} -\BeginIndexGroup -\BeginIndex{}{letterhead}% - -The term letterhead refers here to all of the information concerning the -sender that appears above the recipient's address. Normally you would expect -that this information would be set through the page-style settings. In fact, -this was the case with the old letter class, \Class{scrlettr}. -But\textnote{Attention!} \Class{scrlttr2} and \Package{scrletter} output the -letterhead independently of the page style by means of the -\DescRef{scrlttr2.cmd.opening}\IndexCmd{opening} command. -% Fuellmaterial -\iftrue% - The letterhead is positioned absolutely, so that it is independent of the - type area. In fact, the first page of a letter, the page that holds the - letterhead, is set using the page style - \DescRef{scrlttr2.pagestyle.empty}\IndexPagestyle{empty}.% -\fi -% Ende des Fuellmaterials - - -\begin{Declaration} - \PLength{firstheadvpos} -\end{Declaration} -The \PLength{firstheadvpos} pseudo-length gives the distance between the top -edge of the paper and the start of the letterhead. This value is set -differently in the various predefined -\File{lco} files\textnote{\File{lco} file}\Index{lco file=\File{lco} file}. A -typical value is 8\Unit{mm}.% -\EndIndexGroup - - -\begin{Declaration} - \PLength{firstheadhpos} -\end{Declaration} -A positive value of the -\PLength{firstheadhpos}\ChangedAt{v3.05}{\Class{scrlttr2}} pseudo-length gives -the distance between the left edge of the paper and the start of the -letterhead. If\textnote{Attention!} the value is actually greater than or -equal to the paper width, -\Length{paperwidth}\important{\Length{paperwidth}}\IndexLength{paperwidth}, -the letterhead will be centred horizontally on the letterhead paper. A -negative value gives the distance between the right edge of the paper and the -right edge of the letterhead. If the value actually less than or equal to the -negative value of the width of the paper, the letterhead is placed flush with -the left edge of the type area. - -The default\textnote{Attention!} value is typically -\Length{maxdimen}\IndexLength{maxdimen}, which is the maximum allowed value of -a length. This results in horizontal centring.% -\EndIndexGroup - - -\begin{Declaration} - \PLength{firstheadwidth} -\end{Declaration} -The \PLength{firstheadwidth} pseudo-length gives the width of the letterhead. -This value is set differently in the various predefined \File{lco} -files\textnote{\File{lco} file}\Index{lco file=\File{lco} file}. While this -value usually depends on the paper width and the distance between the left -edge of the paper and the recipient's address field, it was the width of the -type area in \Option{KOMAold} and has a fixed value of 170\Unit{mm} in -\Option{NF}.% -\EndIndexGroup - - -\begin{Declaration} - \PLength{fromrulethickness}% - \PLength{fromrulewidth} -\end{Declaration} -As mentioned in the explanation of the -\DescRef{scrlttr2.option.fromrule}\IndexOption{fromrule} option in -\autoref{sec:scrlttr2.firstpage}, \DescPageRef{scrlttr2.option.fromrule}, you -can put a horizontal rule within or below the sender's address in the -predefined letterheads. If\textnote{Attention!} the \PLength{fromrulewidth} -pseudo-length has a value of 0\Unit{pt}, which is the default in the -predefined \File{lco} files, the length of this rule is calculated -automatically taking into account, for example, letterhead width or an -optional logo. You can adjust rule length manually in your own \File{lco} -files by setting this pseudo-length to positive values using -\Macro{setplength} (see \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.cmd.setplength}). The -default thickness of the line\ChangedAt{v2.97c}{\Class{scrlttr2}}, -\PLength{fromrulethickness}, is 0.4\Unit{pt}.% -\EndIndexGroup -% -\EndIndexGroup - - -\subsection{Addressee} -\seclabel{addressee}% -\BeginIndexGroup -\BeginIndex{}{addressee} -\index{recipient|seealso{addressee}} - -The term \emph{addressee} normally refers only to the recipient's name and -address, which are output in an address field. Additional information, -however, can be placed within this address field, including the delivery -method, for example registered mail or special delivery. For window envelopes, -the return address also counts as part of the address field, as it will be -displayed in the address window. The address field directly follows the -letterhead. - -\begin{Declaration} - \PLength{toaddrvpos}% - \PLength{toaddrhpos} -\end{Declaration} -These pseudo-lengths define the vertical and horizontal distance of the -address field from the top-left corner of the paper. Values are set -differently in the various predefined \File{lco} files\textnote{\File{lco} -file}\Index{lco file=\File{lco} file}, according to standard envelope window -measures. For \PLength{toaddrhpos}, one property worth noting is that with -negative values, the offset is the distance from the right edge of the address -field to the right edge of the paper. You will find this, for instance, in -\Option{SN} or \Option{NF}. The smallest value of \PLength{toaddrvpos} is -found with \Option{DINmtext}. With this setting, the letterhead can easily -protrude into the address window. Whether the address field is output or not -depends on the \Option{addrfield} option (see -\autoref{sec:scrlttr2.firstpage}, \DescPageRef{scrlttr2.option.addrfield}).% -\EndIndexGroup - - -\begin{Declaration} - \PLength{toaddrheight} -\end{Declaration} -This pseudo-length defines the height of the address field, including the -delivery method. Whether the name and address of the recipient are vertically -centred in the address field, taking into account the presence or absence of -the delivery method, depends on the \DescRef{scrlttr2.option.addrfield} -option.% -\EndIndexGroup - - -\begin{Declaration} - \PLength{toaddrwidth} -\end{Declaration} -This pseudo-length defines the width of the address field. The various -predefined \File{lco} files\textnote{\File{lco} files}\Index{lco -file=\File{lco} files} use different settings according to the different -standards for window envelopes. Typical values are between 70\Unit{mm} and -100\Unit{mm}. -\begin{Example} - Suppose your printer has very wide, non-printable left and right margins of 15\Unit{mm}. - This means that the letterhead, the additional sender information, and the address field cannot - be completely printed if you use the \Option{SN} option. You therefore - create a new \File{lco} file with the following content: -\begin{lstcode} - \ProvidesFile{SNmmarg.lco} - [2002/06/04 v0.1 my lco] - \LoadLetterOption{SN} - \addtoplength{toaddrwidth}{% - -\useplength{toaddrhpos}} - \setplength{toaddrhpos}{-15mm} - \addtoplength{toaddrwidth}{% - \useplength{toaddrhpos}} - \endinput -\end{lstcode} - Then, until you can obtain a printer with smaller page margins, you - simply use the option \Option{SNmmarg} instead of \Option{SN}.% -\end{Example}% -% -\EndIndexGroup - - -\begin{Declaration} - \PLength{toaddrindent} -\end{Declaration} -Sometimes you do not want the address field to extend the full width of the -address window but to be indented a bit. You can set the amount of this -indentation with the \PLength{toaddrindent} pseudo-length. Typically, the -default value is 0\Unit{pt}. - -For\textnote{Attention!} the\ChangedAt{v3.03}{\Class{scrlttr2}} -\OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{addrfield}{PP}\important{% - \OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{addrfield}{PP}\\ - \OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{addrfield}{image}\\ - \OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{addrfield}{backgroundimage} -}\IndexOption{addrfield~=\textKValue{PP}}, -\OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{addrfield}{image}% -\IndexOption{addrfield~=\textKValue{image}}, and -\OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{addrfield}{backgroundimage}% -\IndexOption{addrfield~=\textKValue{backgroundimage}} settings (see -\autoref{sec:scrlttr2.firstpage}, \DescPageRef{scrlttr2.option.addrfield}) a -value of 0\Unit{pt} will be replaced by a value of 8\Unit{mm}. If you really -do not want any indentation, you can use a value of 1\Unit{sp} to set a -negligibly small indentation. Furthermore, \PLength{toaddrindent} is also used -for the distance to the right edge of the address window with the these -\Option{addrfield} settings.% -\EndIndexGroup - - -\begin{Declaration} - \PLength{backaddrheight} -\end{Declaration} -For window envelopes, the sender is often printed in a small font on one line -above the addressee. This sender information is called the return -address\textnote{return address}\Index{return address}, because it is visible -in the address window and will be used by the post office to return an -undeliverable letter to the sender. This return address, therefore, requires -only the information necessary for that purpose. - -The height reserved for the return address within the address window is given -by the \PLength{backaddrheight} pseudo-length. This value is typically -5\Unit{mm} in the predefined \File{lco} files\textnote{\File{lco} -file}\Index{}{lco file=\File{lco} file}. Whether to print the return address -at all depends on the \Option{addrfield} (see -\autoref{sec:scrlttr2.firstpage}, \DescPageRef{scrlttr2.option.addrfield}) and -\DescRef{scrlttr2.option.backaddress} options (see -\autoref{sec:scrlttr2.firstpage}, \DescPageRef{scrlttr2.option.backaddress}).% -\EndIndexGroup - - -\begin{Declaration} - \PLength{specialmailindent}% - \PLength{specialmailrightindent} -\end{Declaration} -You can print an optional delivery method between the return address and the -recipient's address. This field is printed only if the -\DescRef{scrlttr2.variable.specialmail} variable has non-empty contents. Its -alignment is determined by the \PLength{specialmailindent} and -\PLength{specialmailrightindent} pseudo-lengths, which specify the left and -right indentation, respectively. In the predefined \File{lco} -files\textnote{\File{lco} file}\Index{lco file=\File{lco} file}, -\PLength{specialmailindent} is set to rubber length \Macro{fill}, while -\PLength{specialmailrightindent} is set to 1\Unit{em}. Thus the delivery -method is set 1\Unit{em} from the address field's right margin.% -\EndIndexGroup - - -\begin{Declaration} - \PLength{PPheadheight}% - \PLength{PPheadwidth} -\end{Declaration} -The \PLength{PPheadheight}\ChangedAt{v3.03}{\Class{scrlttr2}} pseudo-length -specifies the height reserved for the postpaid header at the start of the -address field for the two options -\OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{addrfield}{PP}\important{% - \OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{addrfield}{PP}\\ - \OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{addrfield}{backgroundimage}}% -\IndexOption{addrfield~=\textKValue{PP}} and -\OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{addrfield}{backgroundimage}% -\IndexOption{addrfield~=\textKValue{backgroundimage}}. The -\PLength{PPheadwidth} pseudo-length is used only with -\OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{addrfield}{PP} (see -\autoref{sec:scrlttr2.firstpage}, \DescPageRef{scrlttr2.option.addrfield}) and -gives the width of the left-hand field within the postpaid header, which -contains the postpaid logo, the postal code, and the location. The width of -the right-hand field containing the sender's code and the priority is the -remaining width. - -\KOMAScript{}\textnote{Attention!} automatically changes the default value of -0\Unit{mm} for the \PLength{PPheadheight} pseudo-length to 20.74\Unit{pt}, and -\PLength{PPheadwidth}'s default from 0\Unit{mm} to 42\Unit{mm}.% -% -\EndIndexGroup - - -\begin{Declaration} - \PLength{PPdatamatrixvskip} -\end{Declaration} -This\ChangedAt{v3.03}{\Class{scrlttr2}} pseudo-length specifies the vertical -distance between the postpaid header and the data array used with -\OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{addrfield}{PP}% -\important{\OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{addrfield}{PP}}% -\IndexOption{addrfield~=\PValue{PP}} (see \autoref{sec:scrlttr2.firstpage}, -\DescPageRef{scrlttr2.option.addrfield}). \KOMAScript{}\textnote{Attention!} -automatically changes the default value of 0\Unit{mm} to 9\Unit{mm}. The data -matrix is flush right within the postpaid header.% -\EndIndexGroup -% -\EndIndexGroup - - -\subsection{Extra Sender Information} -\seclabel{locationField} -\BeginIndexGroup -\BeginIndex{}{extra sender information} -\index{sender>extra information|see{extra sender information}} - -Often, especially with business letters, there is not enough space in the -letterhead and footer to accommodate all the information about the sender that -you want to include. For such additional information, you can use the space -next to the addressee. In this manual, this field is called the -\emph{extra sender information}. In earlier versions of this manual, it -was called the \emph{sender's extension} or the \emph{location field}. - -\begin{Declaration} - \PLength{locheight}% - \PLength{lochpos}% - \PLength{locvpos}% - \PLength{locwidth} -\end{Declaration} -The \PLength{locwidth} and -\PLength{locheight}\ChangedAt{v2.97d}{\Class{scrlttr2}} pseudo-lengths set the -width and height of the extra-sender-information field. The \PLength{lochpos} -and \PLength{locvpos} pseudo-lengths determine the distances from the -top-right edge of the paper. These values are typically set to 0\Unit{pt} in -the predefined \File{lco} files. These\textnote{Attention!} zero-length values -have a special meaning. They result in the actual values being set within -\DescRef{scrlttr2.cmd.opening} based on the paper width, the address-window -width, the address window's distance from the top-left edge of the paper, and -the \DescRef{scrlttr2.option.locfield} option (see -\autoref{sec:scrlttr2.firstpage}, \DescPageRef{scrlttr2.option.locfield}). As -is the case for \PLength{toaddrhpos}, negative values of \PLength{lochpos} -also take on a special meaning. Instead of referring to the distance from the -right edge of the paper, \PLength{lochpos} then refers to the distance from -the left edge of the paper. The meaning is thus the opposite of that of -\PLength{toaddrhpos} (see \autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.addressee}, -\DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrhpos}).% -\EndIndexGroup -% -\EndIndexGroup - - -\subsection{Reference Line} -\seclabel{refLine}% -\BeginIndexGroup -\BeginIndex{}{reference line} -\index{business line|see{reference line}} - -The reference line can actually be longer than just one line. It is printed -only if at least one of variables for the reference line is not empty. Only -non-empty fields will be printed. To\textnote{Hint!} set a seemingly empty -field, you can provide content for the variable that appears empty, such as -\Macro{mbox}\Parameter{}. If the reference line is omitted, the description -and contents of the \DescRef{scrlttr2.variable.date} variable are printed in -its place. You can find information about adding variables to or removing them -from the reference line in \autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.variables}, -\DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.cmd.removereffields}. - - -\begin{Declaration} - \PLength{refvpos} -\end{Declaration} -This pseudo-length specifies the distance from the upper edge of the paper to -the reference line. Its value is set differently in the various predefined -\File{lco} files\textnote{\File{lco} file}\Index{lco file=\File{lco} file}. -Typical values are between 80.5\Unit{mm} and 98.5\Unit{mm}.% -\EndIndexGroup - - -\begin{Declaration} - \PLength{refwidth}% - \PLength{refhpos} -\end{Declaration} -The \PLength{refwidth} pseudo-length specifies the width available for the -reference line. Its value is typically set to 0\Unit{pt} in the predefined -\File{lco} files\textnote{\File{lco} file}\Index{lco file=\File{lco} file}. -This\textnote{Attention!} value has a special meaning. In no way does it -indicate that there is no available width for the reference line. Instead, it -indicates that the width will be calculated within the -\DescRef{scrlttr2.cmd.opening}\IndexCmd{opening} command. This calculated -width then depends on the value of the \DescRef{scrlttr2.option.refline}% -\important{\DescRef{scrlttr2.option.refline}}% -\IndexOption{refline~=\PName{setting}} options (see -\autoref{sec:scrlttr2.firstpage}, \DescPageRef{scrlttr2.option.refline}). At -the same time, \PLength{refhpos} will also be set according to this option. -With \OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{refline}{wide}% -\IndexOption{refline~=\textKValue{wide}}, the reference fields line is -centred, while with \OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{refline}{narrow}% -\IndexOption{refline~=\textKValue{narrow}} it is aligned flush left with the -type area. - -If \PLength{refwidth} is not zero, the width of the reference line is not -determined by the \DescRef{scrlttr2.option.refline} option, and so -\PLength{refhpos} specifies the distance of the reference line from the left -edge of the paper. If\textnote{Attention!} this distance is zero, the the -reference line is placed so that the ratio between its distances from the left -and right edges of the paper corresponds to the ratio of distance of the type -area from the left and right edges of the paper. Thus, for a type area -horizontally centred on the paper, the reference line will also be centred. - -As a rule, these special cases are likely of little interest to the normal -user. The\textnote{Attention!} simplest rule is as follows: either -\PLength{refhpos} remains zero, and so the width and alignment of the -reference line are determined with the \DescRef{scrlttr2.option.refline} -option, or the user sets both \PLength{refwidth} and \PLength{refhpos}.% -\EndIndexGroup - - -\begin{Declaration} - \PLength{refaftervskip} -\end{Declaration} -This pseudo-length specifies the vertical skip to be inserted beneath the -reference line. The value is set in the predefined \File{lco} -files\textnote{\File{lco} file}\Index{lco file=\File{lco} file}. It directly -affects the height of the text area on the first page. A typical value is -between one and two lines.% -\EndIndexGroup -% -\EndIndexGroup - - -\subsection{Subject} -\seclabel{subject}% -\BeginIndexGroup -\BeginIndex{}{subject} - -Different countries have different conventions for placing the subject line of -a letter. Some place it before the opening phrase; others place it after. Some -professional groups even want it before the reference line. - -\begin{Declaration} - \PLength{subjectvpos} -\end{Declaration} -\ChangedAt{v3.01}{\Class{scrlttr2}}% -If\textnote{Attention!} the value of this pseudo-length is 0\Unit{pt}, the -\DescRef{scrlttr2.option.subject}\important{\DescRef{scrlttr2.option.subject}}% -\IndexOption{subject~=\PName{Einstellung}} option (see -\autoref{sec:scrlttr2.firstpage}, \DescPageRef{scrlttr2.option.subject}) -determines the position of the subject. Any other value defines the distance -between the top edge of the paper and the subject. In this -case\textnote{Hint!}, you should ensure that there is enough space available -that overlapping with other elements is unlikely. -\begin{Example} - A few professionals prefer to have the subject above the reference line. For - this, you can specify the position as follows, which also changes the - position of the reference line itself: -\begin{lstcode} - \ProvidesFile{lawsubj.lco} - [2008/11/03 lawyers lco file] - \setplength{subjectvpos}{\useplength{refvpos}} - \addtoplength{refvpos}{3\baselineskip} - \endinput -\end{lstcode} - If you want to leave at least one empty line between the subject and the - reference, you have space for a maximum of two lines. -\end{Example} -\EndIndexGroup - - -\begin{Declaration} - \PLength{subjectbeforevskip}% - \PLength{subjectaftervskip} -\end{Declaration} -\ChangedAt{v3.01}{\Class{scrlttr2}}% -If the subject is placed not absolutely but before or after the salutation, -you can insert additional vertical space before and after the subject. The -space before the subject may interfere with other distances, such as the -automatic distance of one line after the title. Therefore the default is to -use no additional space here. The default of the class and the package for the -space after the subject is two lines.% -\EndIndexGroup -% -\EndIndexGroup - - -\subsection{Closing} -\seclabel{closing} -\BeginIndexGroup -\BeginIndex{}{closing} - -The closing of a letter consists of three parts: In addition to the closing -phrase, there is a hand-written signature and a printed text such as a name, -which acts as a kind of explanation of the hand-written signature. - -\begin{Declaration} - \PLength{sigindent}% - \PLength{sigbeforevskip} -\end{Declaration} -The closing phrase\Index{closing>phrase}\Index{signature} and signature -explanation are typeset in a box whose width is determined by the length of -the longest line of the closing phrase or explanation. - -The box will be indented by the distance specified in the \PLength{sigindent} -pseudo-length. In the predefined \File{lco} files\textnote{\File{lco} -file}\Index{lco file=\File{lco} file}, this length is set to 0\Unit{mm}. - -Between the closing phrase and the signature explanation, a vertical skip is -inserted whose height is defined in the \PLength{sigbeforevskip} -pseudo-length. In the predefined \File{lco} files\textnote{\File{lco} -file}\Index{lco file=\File{lco} file} this value is set to two lines. In this -space you can then write your signature.% -\iffalse% Umbruchkorrekturtext -\ If you decide to include a facsimile of your signature in the -\DescRef{scrlttr2.variable.signature}\IndexVariable{signature}% -\important{\DescRef{scrlttr2.variable.signature}} with the -\Package{graphicx}\IndexPackage{graphicx} package, it would be useful -to reduce the value of \PLength{sigbeforevskip} and thus the gap between -the closing phrase and the signature.% -\fi% -\EndIndexGroup -% -\EndIndexGroup - - -\subsection{Letterhead Page Footer} -\seclabel{firstFoot}% -\BeginIndexGroup -\BeginIndex{}{letterhead page>footer}% - -The first page of a letter, the letterhead page, contains not just its own -header, the letterhead, but also its own footer\Index{footer>letterhead -page}\Index{footer}. Just like the letterhead, it will be set not by the page -style but directly within \DescRef{scrlttr2.cmd.opening}\IndexCmd{opening}% -\important{\DescRef{scrlttr2.cmd.opening}}. - -\begin{Declaration} - \PLength{firstfootvpos} -\end{Declaration} -This pseudo-length gives the distance from the top of the paper to the footer -of the letterhead page. It also ensures that the text area does not protrude -into the footer. To do so, the height of the text area on the first page will -be decreased, if necessary, using -\Macro{enlargethispage}\IndexCmd{enlargethispage}% -\important{\Macro{enlargethispage}}. The -\DescRef{scrlttr2.option.enlargefirstpage}% -\important{\DescRef{scrlttr2.option.enlargefirstpage}} option (see -\autoref{sec:scrlttr2.firstpage}, -\DescPageRef{scrlttr2.option.enlargefirstpage}) can also ensure that the -height of the text area is increased, if necessary. Thus, the distance between -text area and the letterhead page footer can be reduced to the value of the -\Length{footskip}\IndexLength{footskip}\important{\Length{footskip}} length. - -With\textnote{Attention!} the compatibility option -set\ChangedAt{v2.9t}{\Class{scrlttr2}} to versions up to -2.9t\IndexOption{version~=\PValue{2.9t}} (see -\DescRef{scrlttr2.option.version} in -\autoref{sec:scrlttr2.compatibilityOptions}, -\DescPageRef{scrlttr2.option.version}) the footer is set independently of the -type area in all predefined \File{lco} files\textnote{\File{lco} -file}\Index{lco file=\File{lco} file} (see \autoref{sec:scrlttr2.lcoFile}) -except for \Option{KOMAold} and \Option{NF}. Thus the -\DescRef{scrlttr2.option.enlargefirstpage}% -\important{\DescRef{scrlttr2.option.enlargefirstpage}} option has no effect. -From version 2.9u on, the footer is placed at the bottom edge of the paper. -Thus, the height of the letterhead page's type area may also depend on the -\DescRef{scrlttr2.option.enlargefirstpage} option. - -If the letter footer is deactivated with the -\OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{firstfoot}{false}% -\important{\OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{firstfoot}{false}}% -\IndexOption{firstfoot~=\PValue{false}}\ChangedAt{v2.97e}{\Class{scrlttr2}} -option (see \autoref{sec:scrlttr2.firstpage}, -\DescPageRef{scrlttr2.option.firstfoot}), the setting of -\PLength{firstfootvpos} is ignored, and instead -\Length{paperheight}\IndexLength{paperheight} is applied. There remains then a -minimum bottom margin of length \Length{footskip}\IndexLength{footskip}.% -\EndIndexGroup - - -\begin{Declaration} - \PLength{firstfoothpos} -\end{Declaration} -\ChangedAt{v3.05}{\Class{scrlttr2}}% -A\textnote{Attention!} positive value of the \PLength{firstfoothpos} -pseudo-length specifies the distance from the left edge of the paper to the -letterhead page footer. If the value is greater than or equal to the paper -width, \Length{paperwidth}\IndexLength{paperwidth}, the footer is centred -horizontally on the letterhead page. But if the value is less than or equal to -the negative width of the paper, the footer is placed flush with the left edge -of the typing area. - -The typical default for this value is \Length{maxdimen}\IndexLength{maxdimen}, -which is the maximum possible value for a length. This results in horizontal -centring.% -\EndIndexGroup - - -\begin{Declaration} - \PLength{firstfootwidth} -\end{Declaration} -This pseudo-length specifies the width of the footer of the first page of the -letter, that is the letterhead page. The value in the predefined \File{lco} -files\textnote{\File{lco} file}\Index{lco file=\File{lco} file} matches -\PLength{firstheadwidth}\important{\PLength{firstheadwidth}}% -\IndexPLength{firstheadwidth}.% -% -\EndIndexGroup -% -\EndIndexGroup -% -\EndIndexGroup - - \section{Variables for Experienced Users} \seclabel{variables} \BeginIndexGroup @@ -1195,9 +97,9 @@ line\Index{reference line}. \begin{Declaration} \Macro{newkomavar}\OParameter{description}\Parameter{name}% \Macro{newkomavar*}\OParameter{description}\Parameter{name}% + \Macro{addtoreffields}\Parameter{name} \Macro{removereffields}% \Macro{defaultreffields}% - \Macro{addtoreffields}\Parameter{name} \end{Declaration} \Macro{newkomavar} defines a new variable. This variable is referenced as \PName{name}. Optionally, you can define a \PName{description} for the @@ -1281,8 +183,8 @@ with \begin{Declaration} - \Macro{ifkomavarempty}\Parameter{name}\Parameter{true}\Parameter{false}% - \Macro{ifkomavarempty*}\Parameter{name}\Parameter{true}\Parameter{false} + \Macro{Ifkomavarempty}\Parameter{name}\Parameter{true}\Parameter{false}% + \Macro{Ifkomavarempty*}\Parameter{name}\Parameter{true}\Parameter{false} \end{Declaration} It is important to know that the content of the variable will be expanded as far as this is possible with \Macro{edef}. If this results in spaces or @@ -1312,12 +214,12 @@ variable is added as parameter to the \PName{command}.% The \Macro{foreachnonemptykomavar} command does the same but only for those variables that are not empty in sense of -\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.ifkomavarempty}. Empty variables in the \PName{list of +\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.Ifkomavarempty}. Empty variables in the \PName{list of variables} are ignored. By contrast, the \Macro{foreachemptykomavar} command executes the \PName{command} only for variables that are empty in sense of -\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.ifkomavarempty}. Accordingly, non-empty variables are +\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.Ifkomavarempty}. Accordingly, non-empty variables are ignored. The \Macro{foreachkomavarifempty} command is a kind of combination of the two @@ -1618,6 +520,8 @@ limitations of \TeX. \BeginIndexGroup \BeginIndex{}{languages}% +% TODO: New translation of the shorter into in German manual should be used. +% :ODOT The \Class{scrlttr2} class and the \Package{scrletter} package support many languages. These include German\Index{language>German} (\PValue{german} for the old German orthography, \PValue{ngerman} for the new orthography; @@ -1652,7 +556,7 @@ There\textnote{Attention!} is one more point to note about language-switching packages. The \Package{french}\IndexPackage{french}\important{\Package{french}} package (see \cite{package:french}) makes changes well beyond redefining the terms in -\autoref{tab:scrlttr2-experts.languageTerms}. For instance, it redefines the +\autoref{tab:\LabelBase.languageTerms}. For instance, it redefines the \DescRef{scrlttr2.cmd.opening} command, since the package simply assumes that \DescRef{scrlttr2.cmd.opening} is always defined as it is in the standard \Class{letter} class. This, however, is not the case with \KOMAScript{}. The @@ -1692,7 +596,7 @@ manner.% \fi \fi -\iftrue +\iffalse It cannot be ruled out that similar problems will not occur with other languages or packages. For German and English, however, there are currently no known problems with the \Package{babel} package. @@ -1729,7 +633,7 @@ described in \Macro{begin}\PParameter{document}. Therefore they are not available in the preamble and cannot be redefined there. The default settings for \Option{english} and \Option{ngerman} are listed in -\autoref{tab:scrlttr2-experts.languageTerms}.% +\autoref{tab:\LabelBase.languageTerms}.% \EndIndexGroup %\iffree{}{\clearpage}% Siehe Kommentar zur Tabelle @@ -1764,8 +668,8 @@ preamble and cannot be redefined there. The default settings for \Macro{captionsUSenglish} \end{Declaration} If you change the language of a letter, the language-dependent terms listed in -\autoref{tab:scrlttr2-experts.languageTerms}, -\autopageref{tab:scrlttr2-experts.languageTerms} are redefined using these +\autoref{tab:\LabelBase.languageTerms}, +\autopageref{tab:\LabelBase.languageTerms} are redefined using these commands. If your language-switching package does not support this, you can also use the above commands directly. % @@ -1780,7 +684,7 @@ also use the above commands directly. Defaults for language-dependent terms for the languages \Option{english} and \Option{ngerman}, if they are not already defined by the packages used for language switching% - \label{tab:scrlttr2-experts.languageTerms}% + \label{tab:\LabelBase.languageTerms}% }[l] \begin{tabular}[t]{lll} \toprule @@ -1901,7 +805,7 @@ The exact format can be found in \autoref{tab:date}.% \label{tab:date} \end{table} % -\section{Obsolete Commands in \Class{scrlttr2}} +\section{Obsolete Commands} \seclabel{obsolete} \BeginIndexGroup diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/scrlttr2.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/scrlttr2.tex index 81923f666c..1c0a82a440 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/scrlttr2.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/scrlttr2.tex @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of % the LaTeX Project Public License, version 1.3c of the license. % The latest version of this license is in -% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX % version 2005/12/01 or later and of this work. % @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ % Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, % Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. % Die neuste Version dieser Lizenz ist -% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % und Version 1.3c ist Teil aller Verteilungen von LaTeX % Version 2005/12/01 oder spaeter und dieses Werks. % @@ -46,14 +46,14 @@ % ============================================================================ \KOMAProvidesFile{scrlttr2.tex}% - [$Date: 2019-10-10 10:25:29 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + [$Date: 2019-12-03 09:41:21 +0100 (Tue, 03 Dec 2019) $ KOMA-Script guide (chapter: scrlttr2)] \translator{Harald Bongartz\and Georg Grandke\and Raimund Kohl\and Jens-Uwe Morawski\and Stephan Hennig\and Gernot Hassenpflug\and Markus Kohm\and Karl Hagen} -% Date of the translated German file: 2019-10-10 +% Date of the translated German file: 2019-12-03 \chapter{Letters with the \Class{scrlttr2} Class or the \Package{scrletter} Package} @@ -97,6 +97,27 @@ affect the page styles and are explicitly documented (see explicitly mentioned, everything that is documented for \Class{scrlttr2} applies without change. +\LoadCommonFile{options} % \section{Early or Late Selection of Options} + +\LoadCommonFile{compatibility} % \section{Compatibility with Earlier Versions of + % \KOMAScript{}} + +\LoadCommonFile{draftmode} % \section{Draft-Mode} + +\LoadCommonFile{typearea} % \section{Page Layout} + +For letters, it is normally not useful to distinguish one-sided and two-sided +printing. Since letters are not usually bound, each page of a letter will be +viewed on its own. This is also true even if both the letter is printed on +both sides of the paper. Vertical adjustment usually does not matter for +letters either. If you nevertheless need it, or want to understand what it is, +please refer to the commands +\DescRef{maincls.cmd.raggedbottom}\IndexCmd{raggedbottom} and +\DescRef{maincls.cmd.flushbottom}\IndexCmd{flushbottom} explained in +\autoref{sec:maincls.typearea} on \DescPageRef{maincls.cmd.flushbottom}.% +% +\EndIndexGroup + \section{Variables} \seclabel{variables}% @@ -373,32 +394,34 @@ about defining your own variables.% \begin{Declaration} - \Macro{ifkomavar}\Parameter{name}\Parameter{then code}\Parameter{else code} + \Macro{Ifkomavar}\Parameter{name}\Parameter{then code}\Parameter{else code} \end{Declaration} -With\ChangedAt{v3.03}{\Class{scrlttr2}} this command, you can determine if a -variable has already been defined. The \PName{then code} will be executed only -if the variable already exists. The variable's contents will not be examined -and so can be empty. The \PName{else code} will be executed if the variable -does not exist. Such tests can be useful, for example, if your own variables -are defined in one \File{lco} file\Index{lco file=\File{lco} file} (see -\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.lcoFile} starting at +With\ChangedAt{v3.03}{\Class{scrlttr2}}% +\ChangedAt{v3.28}{\Class{scrlttr2}\and \Package{scrletter}} this command, you +can determine if a variable has already been defined. The \PName{then code} +will be executed only if the variable already exists. The variable's contents +will not be examined and so can be empty. The \PName{else code} will be +executed if the variable does not exist. Such tests can be useful, for +example, if your own variables are defined in one \File{lco} file\Index{lco + file=\File{lco} file} (see \autoref{sec:\LabelBase.lcoFile} starting at \autopageref{sec:\LabelBase.lcoFile}) but used in another \File{lco} file only if they exist.% \EndIndexGroup \begin{Declaration} - \Macro{ifkomavarempty}\Parameter{name}\Parameter{then code}% + \Macro{Ifkomavarempty}\Parameter{name}\Parameter{then code}% \Parameter{else code}% - \Macro{ifkomavarempty*}\Parameter{name}\Parameter{then code}% + \Macro{Ifkomavarempty*}\Parameter{name}\Parameter{then code}% \Parameter{else code} \end{Declaration} -With\ChangedAt{v2.9i}{\Class{scrlttr2}} these commands, you can determine -whether either the content or the description of a variable is empty. The -\PName{then code} will be executed if the expanded content or the expanded -description of the \PName{name} variable is empty. Otherwise, the \PName{else -code} will be executed. The starred variant tests the variable's description, -while the normal variant tests its contents.% +With\ChangedAt{v2.9i}{\Class{scrlttr2}}% +\ChangedAt{v3.28}{\Class{scrlttr2}\and \Package{scrletter}} these commands, +you can determine whether either the content or the description of a variable +is empty. The \PName{then code} will be executed if the expanded content or +the expanded description of the \PName{name} variable is empty. Otherwise, the +\PName{else code} will be executed. The starred variant tests the variable's +description, while the normal variant tests its contents.% \EndIndexGroup % \EndIndexGroup @@ -417,26 +440,332 @@ the ability to process such lengths stored in macros with commands similar to those used to handle real lengths. \KOMAScript{} calls lengths that are actually stored in macros \emph{pseudo-lengths}. -You can find a list of all pseudo-lengths defined by \Class{scrlttr2} in -\autoref{tab:scrlttr2-experts.pseudoLength}, -\autopageref{tab:scrlttr2-experts.pseudoLength}. A graphical representation of -the main pseudo-lengths for the letterhead page is given in -\autoref{fig:scrlttr2-experts.pseudoLength}. The dimensions used in the figure -correspond to the default settings of \Class{scrlttr2}. More detailed -descriptions of the individual pseudo-lengths are found in the individual -sections of this chapter. +Note\textnote{Attention!} that even though these pseudo-lengths are internally +implemented as macros, the commands for pseudo-length management expect only +the names of the pseudo-lengths not the macros representing the +pseudo-lengths. The names of pseudo-lengths are written without the initial +backslash, like the names of \LaTeX{} counters and unlike macros or \LaTeX{} +lengths. + +\begin{Explain} + Historical \TeX{} works with a fixed number of registers. There are + registers for tokens, for boxes, for counters, for skips, and for + dimensions. Overall there are 256 registers for each of these + categories. For \LaTeX{} lengths, which are defined with \Macro{newlength}, + skip registers are used. Once all these registers are in use, you can not + define any more lengths. Both \Class{scrlttr2} and \Package{scrletter} would + normally use more than 20 of these registers for the first page + alone. \LaTeX{} itself already uses 40 of these registers. The + \hyperref[cha:typearea]{\Package{typearea}}% + \IndexPackage{typearea} package needs some of them too; thus, approximately + a quarter of these precious registers would already be in use. For this + reason, in 2002 \Class{scrlttr2} stores letter-specific lengths in macros + instead of lengths. + + Anyone who wants to argue that the recommended \LaTeX{} installation with + \eTeX{}, which is required for \KOMAScript{} anyway, no longer suffers from + the above-mentioned limitation would be right. However, that improvement + came too late for \Class{scrlttr2}. With \Package{scrletter}, the concept of + psuedo-lengths was adopted for reasons of compatibility. +\end{Explain} + +The pseudo-lengths defined and uses by \KOMAScript{} are listed in +\autoref{tab:\LabelBase.pseudoLength}, which also provides cross +references to the detailed descriptions of each pseudo-lengths in the +following sub-sections. + +A schematic display of the most important distances of the letterhead page is +shown in \autoref{fig:\LabelBase.pseudoLength} on +\autopageref{fig:\LabelBase.pseudoLength}. In addition to the +pseudo-lengths for the configurable distances, some non-configurable lengths +are also shown in light gray. For the sake of clarity, however, some rarely +required pseudo-lengths have been omitted. +% +\begin{desclist} + \renewcommand{\abovecaptionskipcorrection}{-\normalbaselineskip}% + \desccaption{% + Pseudo-lengths provided by \Class{scrlttr2} and \Package{scrletter}% + \label{tab:\LabelBase.pseudoLength}% + }{% + Pseudo-lengths provided by \Class{scrlttr2} and \Package{scrletter} + (\emph{continued})% + }% + \pentry{backaddrheight}{% + the height of the return address at the upper edge of the address field + (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.addressee}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.backaddrheight})% + }% + \pentry{bfoldmarklength}{% + the length of the bottommost fold mark + (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.foldmarks}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.bfoldmarkvpos})% + }% + \pentry{bfoldmarkvpos}{% + the vertical distance of the bottommost fold mark from the top edge of the + paper (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.foldmarks}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.bfoldmarkvpos})% + }% + \pentry{firstfoothpos}{% + the horizontal distance of the letterhead page footer from the left edge + of the paper; values greater than the width of the paper or less than the + negative value of the width of the paper activate special handling % + (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.firstFoot}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.firstfoothpos})% + }% + \pentry{firstfootvpos}{% + the vertical distance of letterhead page footer from the top edge of the + paper (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.firstFoot}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.firstfootvpos})% + }% + \pentry{firstfootwidth}{% + the width of the letterhead page footer + (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.firstFoot}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.firstfootwidth})% + }% + \pentry{firstheadhpos}{% + the horizontal distance of the letterhead from the left edge of the paper; + values greater than the width of the paper or less than the negative value + of the width of the paper activate special handling + (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.firstHead}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.firstheadhpos})% + }% + \pentry{firstheadvpos}{% + the vertical distance of the letterhead from the top edge of the paper + (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.firstHead}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.firstheadvpos})% + }% + \pentry{firstheadwidth}{% + the width of the letterhead (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.firstHead}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.firstheadwidth})% + }% + \pentry{foldmarkhpos}{% + the horizontal distance of the horizontal fold marks from the left edge of + the paper (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.foldmarks}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.foldmarkhpos})% + }% + \pentry{foldmarkvpos}{% + the vertical distance of the vertical fold marks from the top edge of the + paper (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.foldmarks}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.foldmarkvpos})% + }% + \pentry{fromrulethickness}{% + the thickness of an optional horizontal rule in the letterhead + (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.firstHead}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.fromrulethickness})% + }% + \pentry{fromrulewidth}{% + the length of an optional horizontal rule in the letterhead + (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.firstHead}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.fromrulewidth})% + }% + \pentry{lfoldmarkhpos}{% + the horizontal distance of the vertical fold mark from the left edge of + the paper (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.foldmarks}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.lfoldmarkhpos})% + }% + \pentry{lfoldmarklength}{% + the length of the vertical fold mark + (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.foldmarks}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.lfoldmarklength})% + }% + \pentry{locheight}{% + the height of the field containing the additional sender information if + the value is not 0; if it is 0, \PLength{toaddrheight} is used instead + (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.locationField}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.locheight})% + }% + \pentry{lochpos}{% + the horizontal distance of the field containing the additional sender + information; if the value is positive, the distance is measured from the + right paper edge; if negative, from the left paper edge; if 0, the + negative value of \PLength{toaddrhpos} is used instead + (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.locationField}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.lochpos})% + }% + \pentry{locvpos}{% + the vertical distance of the field containing the additional sender + information from the top edge of the paper if the value is not 0; if it is + 0, \PLength{toaddrvpos} is used instead + (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.locationField}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.locvpos})% + }% + \pentry{locwidth}{% + the width of the field containing the additional sender information; if it + is 0, the width is calculated automatically based on the + \DescRef{\LabelBase.option.locfield} option described in + \autoref{sec:\LabelBase.firstpage}, \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.option.locfield} % + (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.locationField}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.locwidth})% + }% + \pentry{mfoldmarklength}{% + the length of the middle horizontal fold mark + (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.foldmarks}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.mfoldmarklength})% + }% + \pentry{mfoldmarkvpos}{% + the vertical distance of the middle horizontal fold mark from the top edge + of the paper (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.foldmarks}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.mfoldmarkvpos})% + }% + \pentry{pfoldmarklength}{% + the length of the hole-punch mark + (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.foldmarks}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.pfoldmarklength})% + }% + \pentry{PPdatamatrixvskip}{% + the vertical distance between the postpaid header and the data array with + \OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{addrfield}{PP} + (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.addressee}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.PPdatamatrixvskip})% + }% + \pentry{PPheadheight}{% + the height of the postpaid header + (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.addressee}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.PPheadheight})% + }% + \pentry{PPheadwidth}{% + the width of the left postpaid field with + \OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{addrfield}{PP} + (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.addressee}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.PPheadwidth})% + }% + \pentry{refaftervskip}{% + vertical skip below reference-field line % + (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.refLine}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.refaftervskip})% + }% + \pentry{refhpos}{% + the horizontal distance of reference-field line from the left + edge of the paper; if the value is 0, the reference-field line is centred + horizontally on the letterhead page + (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.refLine}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.refhpos})% + }% + \pentry{refvpos}{% + the vertical distance of reference-field line from the top + edge of the paper (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.refLine}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.refvpos})% + }% + \pentry{refwidth}{% + the width of the reference-field line + (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.refLine}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.refwidth})% + }% + \pentry{sigbeforevskip}{% + the vertical skip between the closing and the signature + (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.closing}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.sigbeforevskip})% + }% + \pentry{sigindent}{% + the indentation of the signature with respect to the text body + (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.closing}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.sigindent})% + }% + \pentry{specialmailindent}{% + the left indentation of the delivery method within the address field + (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.addressee}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.specialmailindent})% + }% + \pentry{specialmailrightindent}{% + the right indentation of the delivery method within the address field + (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.addressee}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.specialmailrightindent})% + }% + \pentry{subjectaftervskip}{% + the vertical skip after the subject + (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.subject}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.subjectaftervskip})% + }% + \pentry{subjectbeforevskip}{% + additional vertical skip before the subject + (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.subject}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.subjectbeforevskip})% + }% + \pentry{subjectvpos}{% + the vertical distance of the subject from the top edge of the paper; if it + is 0, the position is calculated based on the + \DescRef{\LabelBase.option.subject} option + (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.subject}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.subjectaftervskip})% + }% + \pentry{tfoldmarklength}{% + the length of the topmost horizontal fold mark + (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.foldmarks}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.tfoldmarklength})% + }% + \pentry{tfoldmarkvpos}{% + the vertical distance of the topmost horizontal folding mark from the top + edge of the paper (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.foldmarks}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.tfoldmarkvpos})% + }% + \pentry{toaddrheight}{% + the height of the address field (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.addressee}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.toaddrheight})% + }% + \pentry{toaddrhpos}{% + the horizontal distance of the address field from left edge of the paper, + if the value is positive; if it is negative, the negative horizontal + distance of the address field from the right edge of the paper + (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.addressee}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.toaddrhpos})% + }% + \pentry{toaddrindent}{% + the left and right indentation of the address within the address field + (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.addressee}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.toaddrindent})% + }% + \pentry{toaddrvpos}{% + the vertical distance of the address field from the the top edge of the + paper (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.addressee}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.toaddrvpos})% + }% + \pentry{toaddrwidth}{% + the width of the address field % + (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.addressee}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.toaddrwidth})% + }% +\end{desclist} + +\begin{figure} + \centering + \includegraphics{plenDIN} + \caption{Schematic of the pseudo-lengths for a letter} + \label{fig:\LabelBase.pseudoLength} +\end{figure} -Since users will usually not need to define their own pseudo-lengths, the -method for defining them is described in the part for experts, in -\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.pseudoLengths}, -\DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.cmd.newplength}. Setting pseudo-lengths to new -values should also be a matter for advanced users, so this is also described -in the part for experts, on \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.cmd.setplength}. -Note\textnote{Attention!} that although these pseudo-lengths are internally -implemented as macros, the commands to use pseudo-lengths expect only the the -pseudo-length names. These are written without backslashes, like the names of -\LaTeX{} counters and unlike macros or real lengths. +\begin{Declaration} + \Macro{newplength}\Parameter{name} +\end{Declaration} +This\ChangedAt{v3.26}{\Class{scrlttr2}\and \Package{scrletter}} command +defines a new pseudo-length. The new pseudo-length is uniquely identified by +its \PName{name}. Each name can therefore be assigned only once. If you +attempt to redefine an existing pseudo-length, the commands exits with an +error message. + +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{@newplength}% +Since the ordinary user does not normally need to define pseudo-lengths, this +command was not a user instruction until \KOMAScript~3.26. Before then, +\Macro{@newplength} existed with the same functionality. This instruction still +exists for package authors.% +\EndIndexGroup + + +\begin{Declaration} + \Macro{Ifplength}\Parameter{pseudo-length}% + \Parameter{then-code}\Parameter{else-code} +\end{Declaration} +This\ChangedAt{v3.27}{\Class{scrlttr2}\and \Class{scrletter}} command can be +used to determine whether a \PName{pseudo-length} has been defined. The +\PName{then-code} is executed if the \PName{pseudo-length} is defined and not +\Macro{relax}. Otherwise the \PName{else-code} is executed. + +% Note: In the English manual this information is not \iffree{}{...}! +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{if@plength}% +For reasons of consistency only, the internal command \Macro{if@plength}, +with the identical meaning, exists for the use of package authors.% +\EndIndexGroup + \begin{Declaration} \Macro{useplength}\Parameter{name} @@ -451,6 +780,61 @@ used with an \File{lco} file\Index{lco file=\File{lco} file} (see \begin{Declaration} + \Macro{setplength}% + \OParameter{factor}\Parameter{pseudo-length}\Parameter{value}% + \Macro{addtoplength}% + \OParameter{factor}\Parameter{pseudo-length}\Parameter{value} +\end{Declaration} +Using \Macro{setplength}, you can assign the multiple of a +\PName{value} to a \PName{pseudo-length}. The \PName{factor} is given as an +optional argument (see also \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.setlengthtoplength}, +\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.pseudoLength}, +\DescPageRef{\LabelBase.cmd.setlengthtoplength}). + +With \Macro{addtoplength} you can add the multiple of a \PName{value} to a +\PName{pseudo-length}. Again, you can pass a \PName{factor} as an optional +argument. + +To assign or to add the multiple of one \PName{pseudo-length} to another +pseudo-length, use the \Macro{useplength} command (see +\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.pseudoLength}, \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.cmd.useplength}) +within the \PName{value}. To subtract the value of one \PName{pseudo-length} +from another \PName{pseudo-length}, you use should use at the same time a +minus sign or \PValue{-1} as the \PName{factor}. + +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{@setplength}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{@addtoplength}% +Since the ordinary user does not normally need to define pseudo-lengths, these +commands were not user instructions until \KOMAScript~3.26. Before then, +\Macro{@setplength} and \Macro{@addtoplength} existed with the +same functionality. These commands still exist for the use of package authors.% +\EndIndexGroup + +\begin{Declaration} + \Macro{setplengthtowidth} + \OParameter{factor}\Parameter{pseudo-length}\Parameter{content}% + \Macro{setplengthtoheight} + \OParameter{factor}\Parameter{pseudo-length}\Parameter{content}% + \Macro{setplengthtodepth} + \OParameter{factor}\Parameter{pseudo-length}\Parameter{content}% + \Macro{setplengthtototalheight} + \OParameter{factor}\Parameter{pseudo-length}\Parameter{content}% +\end{Declaration} +The\ChangedAt{v3.26}{\Class{scrlttr2}\and \Package{scrletter}} first three +commands essentially correspond with \Macro{settowidth}, +\Macro{settoheight}, and \Macro{settodepth} from the \LaTeX{} kernel, but set +\PName{pseudo-length}s instead of lengths. Like +\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.setplength}, these commands extend their \LaTeX{} +kernel equivalents with an optional \PName{factor}. They set a +\PName{pseudo-length} to the natural width, height or depth of the given +\PName{content}, multiplied by the optional \PName{factor}. The additional +command \Macro{setplengthtototalheight} sets the \PName{pseudo-length} to the +sum of the height and depth of \PName{content} multiplied by the optional +\PName{factor}.% +\EndIndexGroup + + +\begin{Declaration} \Macro{setlengthtoplength}% \OParameter{factor}\Parameter{length}\Parameter{pseudo-length}% \Macro{addtolengthplength}% @@ -469,27 +853,6 @@ The \Macro{addtolengthplength} command works very similarly. It adds the % \EndIndexGroup -\LoadCommonFile{options} % \section{Early or Late Selection of Options} - -\LoadCommonFile{compatibility} % \section{Compatibility with Earlier Versions of - % \KOMAScript{}} - -\LoadCommonFile{draftmode} % \section{Draft-Mode} - -\LoadCommonFile{typearea} % \section{Page Layout} - -For letters, it is normally not useful to distinguish one-sided and two-sided -printing. Since letters are not usually bound, each page of a letter will be -viewed on its own. This is also true even if both the letter is printed on -both sides of the paper. Vertical adjustment usually does not matter for -letters either. If you nevertheless need it, or want to understand what it is, -please refer to the commands -\DescRef{maincls.cmd.raggedbottom}\IndexCmd{raggedbottom} and -\DescRef{maincls.cmd.flushbottom}\IndexCmd{flushbottom} explained in -\autoref{sec:maincls.typearea} on \DescPageRef{maincls.cmd.flushbottom}.% -% -\EndIndexGroup - \section{General Structure of Letter Documents} \seclabel{document} @@ -976,7 +1339,6 @@ Subsequent pages\Index{page>subsequent}\Index{subsequent pages} should be distinguished from the letterhead page. For the purposes of this manual, subsequent pages are all pages of a letter except the first one. - \begin{figure} \centering \includegraphics[scale=0.99]{varDIN} @@ -986,22 +1348,27 @@ subsequent pages are all pages of a letter except the first one. \end{figure} +\subsection{Fold Marks} +\seclabel{foldmarks} +\BeginIndexGroup +\BeginIndex{}{fold marks}% +\index{marks>folding|see{fold marks}} + +Fold marks, or folding marks, are short horizontal lines at the left edge, and +short vertical lines at the upper edge of the paper. \KOMAScript{} currently +supports three configurable horizontal and one configurable vertical fold +marks. In addition, there is support for a hole-punch mark, or centre mark, +which cannot be shifted vertically. + \begin{Declaration} \OptionVName{foldmarks}{setting} \end{Declaration} -Fold marks\Index{fold mark}, or folding marks, are small horizontal rules in -the left margin and small vertical rules in the top margin. \KOMAScript{} -currently provides three configurable horizontal fold marks and one -configurable vertical fold mark. Additionally it provides a horizontal -hole-punch or page-centre mark. This additional mark cannot be moved -vertically. - The \Option{foldmarks} option activates or deactivates fold marks for two, three, or four vertical divisions and one horizontal division. The individual parts do not have to be of equal size. The positions of three of the four horizontal marks and the single vertical mark are configurable via -pseudo-lengths (see \autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.foldmarks} starting on -\DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.foldmarkvpos}). +pseudo-lengths (see \autoref{sec:\LabelBase.pseudoLength}, +\autopageref{sec:\LabelBase.pseudoLength}). With the \Option{foldmarks} option, you can either use the default values for simple switches described in \autoref{tab:truefalseswitch}, @@ -1081,29 +1448,154 @@ with the \FontElement{foldmark} element. The default is no change.% \begin{Declaration} - \OptionVName{enlargefirstpage}{simple switch} + \PLength{tfoldmarkvpos}% + \PLength{mfoldmarkvpos}% + \PLength{bfoldmarkvpos} \end{Declaration} -\begin{Explain} - The first page of a letter always uses a different page layout because of - the many predefined elements such as the letterhead or the address. The - \Class{scrlttr2} class provides a mechanism to calculate height and vertical - alignment of header and footer of the first page independently of the - subsequent pages. If, as a result, the footer of the first page would - protrude into the text area, this text area of the first page is - automatically reduced using - \Macro{enlargethispage}\IndexCmd{enlargethispage}. -\end{Explain} -If the text area should become larger, assuming the footer on the first page -permits this, you can use this option. At best, a little more text will then -fit on the first page. See also the description of the \PLength{firstfootvpos} -pseudo-length on \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstfootvpos}. This -option takes the standard values for simple switches, as listed in -\autoref{tab:truefalseswitch}, \autopageref{tab:truefalseswitch}. The default -is \PValue{false}.\textnote{default}% +\KOMAScript{} recognises a total of three fold marks whose vertical position +can be configured. The distance of the top fold mark from the upper edge of +the paper is determined by the \PLength{tfoldmarkvpos} pseudo-length; the +distance of the middle fold mark, by the +\PLength{mfoldmarkvpos}\ChangedAt{v2.97e}{\Class{scrlttr2}} pseudo-length; the +distance of the bottommost fold mark, by \PLength{bfoldmarkvpos} +pseudo-length. With the addition of the hole-punch\Index{hole-punch mark} or +centre\Index{centre mark|see{hole-punch mark}} mark, there is yet a fourth +horizontal mark. This one is however always placed at the vertical centre of +the paper. +\iftrue% Umbruchkorrekturtext +There is no pseudo-length for this last mark because its vertical position is +not configurable. +\fi + +The\textnote{Attention!} top and bottom fold marks do not serve to divide the +paper exactly into equal thirds. Instead, the paper should be folded with +their help such that the address field can be seen in a window envelope. The +settings are therefore different depending on the \File{lco} file chosen. +Several such files are available offering predefined formats. One format +particularly worth noting is \Option{DINmtext}. This format assumes an +envelope format of C6/5 (also known as ``C6 long''). Letters written with this +option are typically not suited for C5 or C4 envelopes. + +The middle fold mark is not normally required for Western letters. In Japan, +however, a larger number of envelope formats exists, requiring one more fold +mark (see the Japanese \File{lco} files). Note that the terms ``top'', +``middle'', and ``bottom'' fold marks only represent a naming convention. In +fact, it is not required that \PLength{tfoldmarkvpos} must be smaller than +\PLength{mfoldmarkvpos}, which in turn must be smaller than +\PLength{bfoldmarkvpos}. If, though, one of the pseudo-lengths is zero, then +the corresponding fold mark will not be set even if the +\DescRef{\LabelBase.option.foldmarks}\IndexOption{foldmarks~=\PName{setting}}% +\important{\DescRef{\LabelBase.option.foldmarks}} option (see +\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.firstpage}, \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.option.foldmarks}) is +explicitly activated. +% \EndIndexGroup \begin{Declaration} + \PLength{tfoldmarklength}% + \PLength{mfoldmarklength}% + \PLength{bfoldmarklength}% + \PLength{pfoldmarklength} +\end{Declaration} +These\ChangedAt{v2.97e}{\Class{scrlttr2}} four pseudo-lengths determine the +lengths of the four horizontal fold marks. One\textnote{Attention!} feature is +particularly worth noting. If the length is given as zero, then the three +vertically configurable pseudo-lengths \PLength{tfoldmarklength}, +\PLength{mfoldmarklength} and \PLength{bfoldmarklength} are set to 2\Unit{mm}. +The length of the hole-punch mark, \PLength{pfoldmarklength}, however, is set +to 4\Unit{mm}.% +\EndIndexGroup + + +\begin{Declaration} + \PLength{foldmarkhpos} +\end{Declaration} +This pseudo-length gives the distance of all horizontal fold marks from the +left edge of the paper. Normally, this is 3.5\Unit{mm}. You\textnote{Hint!} +can change this value in your own \File{lco} file if you are using a printer +that has a wider unprintable left margin. Whether the fold marks are typeset +at all depends on the option \DescRef{\LabelBase.option.foldmarks}% +\important{\DescRef{\LabelBase.option.foldmarks}}% +\IndexOption{foldmarks~=\PName{setting}} (see +\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.firstpage}, \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.option.foldmarks}). +% +\EndIndexGroup + + +\begin{Declaration} + \PLength{lfoldmarkhpos} +\end{Declaration} +In\ChangedAt{v2.97e}{\Class{scrlttr2}} addition to the horizontal fold marks, +there is also a vertical fold mark. Its distance from the left margin is set +via the \PLength{lfoldmarkhpos} pseudo-length. This fold mark is used, for +example, in Japanese Chou- or You-format envelopes if you want to use them +with A4 paper. It can also be useful for envelopes in C6 format.% +\EndIndexGroup + + +\begin{Declaration} + \PLength{lfoldmarklength} +\end{Declaration} +The\ChangedAt{v2.97e}{\Class{scrlttr2}} \PLength{lfoldmarklength} +pseudo-length determines the length of the vertical fold mark. Once again, a +feature worth noting is that if the length is given as zero, a length of +4\Unit{mm} is actually used.% +\EndIndexGroup + + +\begin{Declaration} + \PLength{foldmarkvpos} +\end{Declaration} +This\ChangedAt{v2.97e}{\Class{scrlttr2}} pseudo-length determines the distance of +all vertical fold marks from the upper edge of the paper. Normally this is +3.5\Unit{mm}, but\textnote{Hint!} you can change the value in your own +\File{lco} file in case your printer has a wider unprintable +top margin. Whether or not the foldmarks are actually typeset depends on the +\DescRef{\LabelBase.option.foldmarks}% +\important{\DescRef{\LabelBase.option.foldmarks}}% +\IndexOption{foldmarks~=\PName{setting}} option (see +\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.firstpage}, \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.option.foldmarks}). +\iffree{At present there is only one vertical fold mark, called the left + vertical fold mark.}{}% +\EndIndexGroup + + +\begin{Declaration} + \PLength{foldmarkthickness} +\end{Declaration} +This\ChangedAt{v2.97c}{\Class{scrlttr2}} pseudo-length determines the +thickness of all fold marks. The default is 0.2\Unit{pt}, in other words a +very thin hairline. In\textnote{Hint!} particular, if the colour of the fold +marks is changed, this may not be enough.% +\EndIndexGroup +% +\EndIndexGroup + + +\subsection{Letterhead} +\seclabel{firstHead} +\BeginIndexGroup +\BeginIndex{}{letterhead}% + +The term letterhead refers here to all of the information concerning the +sender that appears above the recipient's address. Normally you would expect +that this information would be set through the page-style settings. In fact, +this was the case with the old letter class, \Class{scrlettr}. +But\textnote{Attention!} \Class{scrlttr2} and \Package{scrletter} output the +letterhead independently of the page style by means of the +\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.opening}\IndexCmd{opening} command. +% Fuellmaterial +\iftrue% + The letterhead is positioned absolutely, so that it is independent of the + type area. In fact, the first page of a letter, the page that holds the + letterhead, is set using the page style + \DescRef{\LabelBase.pagestyle.empty}\IndexPagestyle{empty}.% +\fi +% Ende des Fuellmaterials + + +\begin{Declaration} \OptionVName{firsthead}{simple switch} \end{Declaration} \BeginIndex{}{letterhead}% @@ -1118,6 +1610,51 @@ standard values for simple switches given in \autoref{tab:truefalseswitch} on \begin{Declaration} + \PLength{firstheadvpos} +\end{Declaration} +The \PLength{firstheadvpos} pseudo-length gives the distance between the top +edge of the paper and the start of the letterhead. This value is set +differently in the various predefined +\File{lco} files\textnote{\File{lco} file}\Index{lco file=\File{lco} file}. A +typical value is 8\Unit{mm}.% +\EndIndexGroup + + +\begin{Declaration} + \PLength{firstheadhpos} +\end{Declaration} +A positive value of the +\PLength{firstheadhpos}\ChangedAt{v3.05}{\Class{scrlttr2}} pseudo-length gives +the distance between the left edge of the paper and the start of the +letterhead. If\textnote{Attention!} the value is actually greater than or +equal to the paper width, +\Length{paperwidth}\important{\Length{paperwidth}}\IndexLength{paperwidth}, +the letterhead will be centred horizontally on the letterhead paper. A +negative value gives the distance between the right edge of the paper and the +right edge of the letterhead. If the value actually less than or equal to the +negative value of the width of the paper, the letterhead is placed flush with +the left edge of the type area. + +The default\textnote{Attention!} value is typically +\Length{maxdimen}\IndexLength{maxdimen}, which is the maximum allowed value of +a length. This results in horizontal centring.% +\EndIndexGroup + + +\begin{Declaration} + \PLength{firstheadwidth} +\end{Declaration} +The \PLength{firstheadwidth} pseudo-length gives the width of the letterhead. +This value is set differently in the various predefined \File{lco} +files\textnote{\File{lco} file}\Index{lco file=\File{lco} file}. While this +value usually depends on the paper width and the distance between the left +edge of the paper and the recipient's address field, it was the width of the +type area in \Option{KOMAold} and has a fixed value of 170\Unit{mm} in +\Option{NF}.% +\EndIndexGroup + + +\begin{Declaration} \OptionVName{fromalign}{method} \end{Declaration} \BeginIndex{}{letterhead}% @@ -1305,6 +1842,27 @@ definitely set the variables for return address (see % \EndIndexGroup + +\begin{Declaration} + \PLength{fromrulethickness}% + \PLength{fromrulewidth} +\end{Declaration} +As mentioned in the explanation of the +\DescRef{\LabelBase.option.fromrule}\IndexOption{fromrule} option in +\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.firstpage}, \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.option.fromrule}, you +can put a horizontal rule within or below the sender's address in the +predefined letterheads. If\textnote{Attention!} the \PLength{fromrulewidth} +pseudo-length has a value of 0\Unit{pt}, which is the default in the +predefined \File{lco} files, the length of this rule is calculated +automatically taking into account, for example, letterhead width or an +optional logo. You can adjust rule length manually in your own \File{lco} +files by setting this pseudo-length to positive values using +\Macro{setplength} (see \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.cmd.setplength}). The +default thickness of the line\ChangedAt{v2.97c}{\Class{scrlttr2}}, +\PLength{fromrulethickness}, is 0.4\Unit{pt}.% +\EndIndexGroup + + \begin{Declaration} \OptionVName{symbolicnames}{value}% \OptionVName{fromphone}{simple switch}% @@ -1477,8 +2035,7 @@ logo\Index{Logo} in the letterhead. You can use any of the default values from \PName{simple switch}. The default is \PValue{false}, which means no logo. The logo itself is defined by the \PName{content} of the \Variable{fromlogo} variable. The \PName{description} of the logo is empty by default and -\KOMAScript{} does not use it in the default letterhead pages (see also -\autoref{tab:\LabelBase.fromTerm}).% +\KOMAScript{} does not use it in the default letterhead pages.% \begin{Example} Mr Public finds it particularly stylish when he provides his letterhead with a logo. He has saved his logo as a graphics file, which he would like to @@ -1532,7 +2089,23 @@ course you can and should use other variables with a detailed example of a letterhead definition in \autoref{cha:modernletters}.}% \EndIndexGroup +% +\EndIndexGroup + +\subsection{Addressee} +\seclabel{addressee}% +\BeginIndexGroup +\BeginIndex{}{addressee} +\index{recipient|seealso{addressee}} + +The term \emph{addressee} normally refers only to the recipient's name and +address, which are output in an address field. Additional information, +however, can be placed within this address field, including the delivery +method, for example registered mail or special delivery. For window envelopes, +the return address also counts as part of the address field, as it will be +displayed in the address window. The address field directly follows the +letterhead. \begin{Declaration} \OptionVName{addrfield}{format}% @@ -1712,7 +2285,7 @@ selected, which is the default. The \Class{scrlttr2} class itself does not use the \PName{description} of the \Variable{specialmail} variable. The alignment is defined by the \PLength{specialmailindent} and \PLength{specialmailrightindent} pseudo-lengths (see -\DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.specialmailindent}). You can change the +\DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.specialmailindent}). You can change the default font style of the\ChangedAt{v2.97c}{\Class{scrlttr2}} \FontElement{specialmail}\important{\FontElement{specialmail}} element, which is listed in \autoref{tab:\LabelBase.AddresseeElements}, with the @@ -1820,11 +2393,11 @@ be printed with the \OptionValue{addrfield}{backgroundimage} option. The position of the postpaid postmark and that of the postpaid address is defined by the \PLength{toaddrindent} pseudo-length (see -\DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrindent}) as well as +\DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.toaddrindent}) as well as \PLength{PPheadwidth} and \PLength{PPheadheight} (see -\DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.PPheadheight}). The position of +\DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.PPheadheight}). The position of the data array is defined by the \PLength{PPdatamatrixvskip} pseudo-length -(see \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.PPdatamatrixvskip}). +(see \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.PPdatamatrixvskip}). Note\textnote{Attention!} that \KOMAScript{} cannot print any external graphics or pictures by itself. So if you want to put external picture files @@ -1838,13 +2411,196 @@ must load an additional graphics package like \begin{Declaration} + \PLength{toaddrvpos}% + \PLength{toaddrhpos} +\end{Declaration} +These pseudo-lengths define the vertical and horizontal distance of the +address field from the top-left corner of the paper. Values are set +differently in the various predefined \File{lco} files\textnote{\File{lco} +file}\Index{lco file=\File{lco} file}, according to standard envelope window +measures. For \PLength{toaddrhpos}, one property worth noting is that with +negative values, the offset is the distance from the right edge of the address +field to the right edge of the paper. You will find this, for instance, in +\Option{SN} or \Option{NF}. The smallest value of \PLength{toaddrvpos} is +found with \Option{DINmtext}. With this setting, the letterhead can easily +protrude into the address window. Whether the address field is output or not +depends on the \Option{addrfield} option (see +\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.firstpage}, \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.option.addrfield}).% +\EndIndexGroup + + +\begin{Declaration} + \PLength{toaddrheight} +\end{Declaration} +This pseudo-length defines the height of the address field, including the +delivery method. Whether the name and address of the recipient are vertically +centred in the address field, taking into account the presence or absence of +the delivery method, depends on the \DescRef{\LabelBase.option.addrfield} +option.% +\EndIndexGroup + + +\begin{Declaration} + \PLength{toaddrwidth} +\end{Declaration} +This pseudo-length defines the width of the address field. The various +predefined \File{lco} files\textnote{\File{lco} files}\Index{lco +file=\File{lco} files} use different settings according to the different +standards for window envelopes. Typical values are between 70\Unit{mm} and +100\Unit{mm}. +\begin{Example} + Suppose your printer has very wide, non-printable left and right margins of 15\Unit{mm}. + This means that the letterhead, the additional sender information, and the address field cannot + be completely printed if you use the \Option{SN} option. You therefore + create a new \File{lco} file with the following content: +\begin{lstcode} + \ProvidesFile{SNmmarg.lco} + [2002/06/04 v0.1 my lco] + \LoadLetterOption{SN} + \addtoplength{toaddrwidth}{% + -\useplength{toaddrhpos}} + \setplength{toaddrhpos}{-15mm} + \addtoplength{toaddrwidth}{% + \useplength{toaddrhpos}} + \endinput +\end{lstcode} + Then, until you can obtain a printer with smaller page margins, you + simply use the option \Option{SNmmarg} instead of \Option{SN}.% +\end{Example}% +% +\EndIndexGroup + + +\begin{Declaration} + \PLength{toaddrindent} +\end{Declaration} +Sometimes you do not want the address field to extend the full width of the +address window but to be indented a bit. You can set the amount of this +indentation with the \PLength{toaddrindent} pseudo-length. Typically, the +default value is 0\Unit{pt}. + +For\textnote{Attention!} the\ChangedAt{v3.03}{\Class{scrlttr2}} +\OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{addrfield}{PP}\important{% + \OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{addrfield}{PP}\\ + \OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{addrfield}{image}\\ + \OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{addrfield}{backgroundimage} +}\IndexOption{addrfield~=\textKValue{PP}}, +\OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{addrfield}{image}% +\IndexOption{addrfield~=\textKValue{image}}, and +\OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{addrfield}{backgroundimage}% +\IndexOption{addrfield~=\textKValue{backgroundimage}} settings (see +\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.firstpage}, \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.option.addrfield}) a +value of 0\Unit{pt} will be replaced by a value of 8\Unit{mm}. If you really +do not want any indentation, you can use a value of 1\Unit{sp} to set a +negligibly small indentation. Furthermore, \PLength{toaddrindent} is also used +for the distance to the right edge of the address window with the these +\Option{addrfield} settings.% +\EndIndexGroup + + +\begin{Declaration} + \PLength{backaddrheight} +\end{Declaration} +For window envelopes, the sender is often printed in a small font on one line +above the addressee. This sender information is called the return +address\textnote{return address}\Index{return address}, because it is visible +in the address window and will be used by the post office to return an +undeliverable letter to the sender. This return address, therefore, requires +only the information necessary for that purpose. + +The height reserved for the return address within the address window is given +by the \PLength{backaddrheight} pseudo-length. This value is typically +5\Unit{mm} in the predefined \File{lco} files\textnote{\File{lco} +file}\Index{}{lco file=\File{lco} file}. Whether to print the return address +at all depends on the \Option{addrfield} (see +\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.firstpage}, \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.option.addrfield}) and +\DescRef{\LabelBase.option.backaddress} options (see +\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.firstpage}, \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.option.backaddress}).% +\EndIndexGroup + + +\begin{Declaration} + \PLength{specialmailindent}% + \PLength{specialmailrightindent} +\end{Declaration} +You can print an optional delivery method between the return address and the +recipient's address. This field is printed only if the +\DescRef{\LabelBase.variable.specialmail} variable has non-empty contents. Its +alignment is determined by the \PLength{specialmailindent} and +\PLength{specialmailrightindent} pseudo-lengths, which specify the left and +right indentation, respectively. In the predefined \File{lco} +files\textnote{\File{lco} file}\Index{lco file=\File{lco} file}, +\PLength{specialmailindent} is set to rubber length \Macro{fill}, while +\PLength{specialmailrightindent} is set to 1\Unit{em}. Thus the delivery +method is set 1\Unit{em} from the address field's right margin.% +\EndIndexGroup + + +\begin{Declaration} + \PLength{PPheadheight}% + \PLength{PPheadwidth} +\end{Declaration} +The \PLength{PPheadheight}\ChangedAt{v3.03}{\Class{scrlttr2}} pseudo-length +specifies the height reserved for the postpaid header at the start of the +address field for the two options +\OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{addrfield}{PP}\important{% + \OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{addrfield}{PP}\\ + \OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{addrfield}{backgroundimage}}% +\IndexOption{addrfield~=\textKValue{PP}} and +\OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{addrfield}{backgroundimage}% +\IndexOption{addrfield~=\textKValue{backgroundimage}}. The +\PLength{PPheadwidth} pseudo-length is used only with +\OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{addrfield}{PP} (see +\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.firstpage}, \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.option.addrfield}) and +gives the width of the left-hand field within the postpaid header, which +contains the postpaid logo, the postal code, and the location. The width of +the right-hand field containing the sender's code and the priority is the +remaining width. + +\KOMAScript{}\textnote{Attention!} automatically changes the default value of +0\Unit{mm} for the \PLength{PPheadheight} pseudo-length to 20.74\Unit{pt}, and +\PLength{PPheadwidth}'s default from 0\Unit{mm} to 42\Unit{mm}.% +% +\EndIndexGroup + + +\begin{Declaration} + \PLength{PPdatamatrixvskip} +\end{Declaration} +This\ChangedAt{v3.03}{\Class{scrlttr2}} pseudo-length specifies the vertical +distance between the postpaid header and the data array used with +\OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{addrfield}{PP}% +\important{\OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{addrfield}{PP}}% +\IndexOption{addrfield~=\PValue{PP}} (see \autoref{sec:\LabelBase.firstpage}, +\DescPageRef{\LabelBase.option.addrfield}). \KOMAScript{}\textnote{Attention!} +automatically changes the default value of 0\Unit{mm} to 9\Unit{mm}. The data +matrix is flush right within the postpaid header.% +\EndIndexGroup +% +\EndIndexGroup + + +\subsection{Extra Sender Information} +\seclabel{locationField} +\BeginIndexGroup +\BeginIndex{}{extra sender information} +\index{sender>extra information|see{extra sender information}} + +Often, especially with business letters, there is not enough space in the +letterhead and footer to accommodate all the information about the sender that +you want to include. For such additional information, you can use the space +next to the addressee. In this manual, this field is called the +\emph{extra sender information}. In earlier versions of this manual, it +was called the \emph{sender's extension} or the \emph{location field}. + + +\begin{Declaration} \OptionVName{locfield}{setting} \end{Declaration} \BeginIndex{}{extra sender information}% -In addition to the address field, \Class{scrlttr2} can print a field with -extra sender attributes next to the address field. Its content can be -anything you want, for example a location, a bank-account number, or other -information. Depending\important{% +The content ot the field with extra sender attributes next to the address +field can be anything you want, for example a location, a bank-account number, +or other information. Depending\important{% \OptionValueRef{\LabelBase}{fromalign}{locationleft}\\ \OptionValueRef{\LabelBase}{fromalign}{center}\\ \OptionValueRef{\LabelBase}{fromalign}{locationright}} on the @@ -1854,8 +2610,8 @@ sender's logo. The width of this field can be specified in an \File{lco} file \Option{locfield} option can toggle between two defaults for the field width. This is the case for most of the \File{lco} files that come with \KOMAScript{}. See also the explanation on the \PLength{locwidth} -pseudo-length in \autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.locationField}, -\DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.locwidth}. Available values for this +pseudo-length in \autoref{sec:\LabelBase.locationField}, +\DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.locwidth}. Available values for this option are shown in \autoref{tab:\LabelBase.locfield}. The default is \PValue{narrow}.% % @@ -1915,6 +2671,51 @@ not use the \PName{description} of this variable. \begin{Declaration} + \PLength{locheight}% + \PLength{lochpos}% + \PLength{locvpos}% + \PLength{locwidth} +\end{Declaration} +The \PLength{locwidth} and +\PLength{locheight}\ChangedAt{v2.97d}{\Class{scrlttr2}} pseudo-lengths set the +width and height of the extra-sender-information field. The \PLength{lochpos} +and \PLength{locvpos} pseudo-lengths determine the distances from the +top-right edge of the paper. These values are typically set to 0\Unit{pt} in +the predefined \File{lco} files. These\textnote{Attention!} zero-length values +have a special meaning. They result in the actual values being set within +\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.opening} based on the paper width, the address-window +width, the address window's distance from the top-left edge of the paper, and +the \DescRef{\LabelBase.option.locfield} option (see +\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.firstpage}, \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.option.locfield}). As +is the case for \PLength{toaddrhpos}, negative values of \PLength{lochpos} +also take on a special meaning. Instead of referring to the distance from the +right edge of the paper, \PLength{lochpos} then refers to the distance from +the left edge of the paper. The meaning is thus the opposite of that of +\PLength{toaddrhpos} (see \autoref{sec:\LabelBase.addressee}, +\DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.toaddrhpos}).% +\EndIndexGroup +% +\EndIndexGroup + + +\subsection{Reference Line} +\seclabel{refLine}% +\BeginIndexGroup +\BeginIndex{}{reference line} +\index{business line|see{reference line}} + +The reference line can actually be longer than just one line. It is printed +only if at least one of variables for the reference line is not empty. Only +non-empty fields will be printed. To\textnote{Hint!} set a seemingly empty +field, you can provide content for the variable that appears empty, such as +\Macro{mbox}\Parameter{}. If the reference line is omitted, the description +and contents of the \DescRef{\LabelBase.variable.date} variable are printed in +its place. You can find information about adding variables to or removing them +from the reference line in \autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.variables}, +\DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.cmd.removereffields}. + + +\begin{Declaration} \OptionVName{numericaldate}{simple switch} \end{Declaration} This option toggles between the standard, language-dependent @@ -2132,6 +2933,78 @@ usual with the \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.setkomafont} and \begin{Declaration} + \PLength{refvpos} +\end{Declaration} +This pseudo-length specifies the distance from the upper edge of the paper to +the reference line. Its value is set differently in the various predefined +\File{lco} files\textnote{\File{lco} file}\Index{lco file=\File{lco} file}. +Typical values are between 80.5\Unit{mm} and 98.5\Unit{mm}.% +\EndIndexGroup + + +\begin{Declaration} + \PLength{refwidth}% + \PLength{refhpos} +\end{Declaration} +The \PLength{refwidth} pseudo-length specifies the width available for the +reference line. Its value is typically set to 0\Unit{pt} in the predefined +\File{lco} files\textnote{\File{lco} file}\Index{lco file=\File{lco} file}. +This\textnote{Attention!} value has a special meaning. In no way does it +indicate that there is no available width for the reference line. Instead, it +indicates that the width will be calculated within the +\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.opening}\IndexCmd{opening} command. This calculated +width then depends on the value of the \DescRef{\LabelBase.option.refline}% +\important{\DescRef{\LabelBase.option.refline}}% +\IndexOption{refline~=\PName{setting}} options (see +\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.firstpage}, \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.option.refline}). At +the same time, \PLength{refhpos} will also be set according to this option. +With \OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{refline}{wide}% +\IndexOption{refline~=\textKValue{wide}}, the reference fields line is +centred, while with \OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{refline}{narrow}% +\IndexOption{refline~=\textKValue{narrow}} it is aligned flush left with the +type area. + +If \PLength{refwidth} is not zero, the width of the reference line is not +determined by the \DescRef{\LabelBase.option.refline} option, and so +\PLength{refhpos} specifies the distance of the reference line from the left +edge of the paper. If\textnote{Attention!} this distance is zero, the the +reference line is placed so that the ratio between its distances from the left +and right edges of the paper corresponds to the ratio of distance of the type +area from the left and right edges of the paper. Thus, for a type area +horizontally centred on the paper, the reference line will also be centred. + +As a rule, these special cases are likely of little interest to the normal +user. The\textnote{Attention!} simplest rule is as follows: either +\PLength{refhpos} remains zero, and so the width and alignment of the +reference line are determined with the \DescRef{\LabelBase.option.refline} +option, or the user sets both \PLength{refwidth} and \PLength{refhpos}.% +\EndIndexGroup + + +\begin{Declaration} + \PLength{refaftervskip} +\end{Declaration} +This pseudo-length specifies the vertical skip to be inserted beneath the +reference line. The value is set in the predefined \File{lco} +files\textnote{\File{lco} file}\Index{lco file=\File{lco} file}. It directly +affects the height of the text area on the first page. A typical value is +between one and two lines.% +\EndIndexGroup +% +\EndIndexGroup + + +\subsection{Subject} +\seclabel{subject}% +\BeginIndexGroup +\BeginIndex{}{subject} + +Different countries have different conventions for placing the subject line of +a letter. Some place it before the opening phrase; others place it after. Some +professional groups even want it before the reference line. + + +\begin{Declaration} \Variable{title}% \end{Declaration} With \KOMAScript{}, you can also give a letter a title\Index{title}. The title @@ -2292,6 +3165,198 @@ settings.% \begin{Declaration} + \PLength{subjectvpos} +\end{Declaration} +\ChangedAt{v3.01}{\Class{scrlttr2}}% +If\textnote{Attention!} the value of this pseudo-length is 0\Unit{pt}, the +\DescRef{\LabelBase.option.subject}\important{\DescRef{\LabelBase.option.subject}}% +\IndexOption{subject~=\PName{Einstellung}} option (see +\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.firstpage}, \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.option.subject}) +determines the position of the subject. Any other value defines the distance +between the top edge of the paper and the subject. In this +case\textnote{Hint!}, you should ensure that there is enough space available +that overlapping with other elements is unlikely. +\begin{Example} + A few professionals prefer to have the subject above the reference line. For + this, you can specify the position as follows, which also changes the + position of the reference line itself: +\begin{lstcode} + \ProvidesFile{lawsubj.lco} + [2008/11/03 lawyers lco file] + \setplength{subjectvpos}{\useplength{refvpos}} + \addtoplength{refvpos}{3\baselineskip} + \endinput +\end{lstcode} + If you want to leave at least one empty line between the subject and the + reference, you have space for a maximum of two lines. +\end{Example} +\EndIndexGroup + + +\begin{Declaration} + \PLength{subjectbeforevskip}% + \PLength{subjectaftervskip} +\end{Declaration} +\ChangedAt{v3.01}{\Class{scrlttr2}}% +If the subject is placed not absolutely but before or after the salutation, +you can insert additional vertical space before and after the subject. The +space before the subject may interfere with other distances, such as the +automatic distance of one line after the title. Therefore the default is to +use no additional space here. The default of the class and the package for the +space after the subject is two lines.% +\EndIndexGroup +% +\EndIndexGroup + + +\subsection{Closing} +\seclabel{closing} +\BeginIndexGroup +\BeginIndex{}{closing} + +\BeginIndex{}{letter>closing}% +\BeginIndex{}{signature}% +\BeginIndex{}{letter>signature}% + +It has already been mentioned in \autoref{sec:\LabelBase.document}, +\DescPageRef{\LabelBase.cmd.closing} that the letter's closing text is +provided by \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.closing}\IndexCmd{closing}. Beneath the +closing text, there is often a space for a handwritten signature, beneath +which there can be a printed name, which serves as a kind of annotation to the +actual signature. + + +\begin{Declaration} + \Variable{signature}% +\end{Declaration} +The \Variable{signature} variable contains the printed name or annotation for +the handwritten signature. Its default \PName{content} is the +\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.usekomavar}\PParameter{fromname}. This annotation can +consist of multiple lines. In that case, you should separate the individual +lines with double backslashes. Paragraph\textnote{Attention!} breaks in the +signature annotation, however, are not permitted.% +\EndIndexGroup + + +\begin{Declaration} + \Macro{raggedsignature} +\end{Declaration} +The closing phrase and the signature will be typeset in a box. The width of +the box is determined by the length of the longest line in the closing +phrase or signature. + +The \PLength{sigindent}\IndexPLength{sigindent} and +\PLength{sigbeforevskip}\IndexPLength{sigbeforevskip} pseudo-lengths determine +exactly where this box is placed (see \autoref{sec:\LabelBase.closing}, +\DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.sigindent}). The \Macro{raggedsignature} +command defines the alignment inside the box. In the default \File{lco} files, +the command is either defined as \Macro{centering} (all besides +\Option{KOMAold}) or \Macro{raggedright} (\Option{KOMAold}). In order to +obtain flush-right or flush-left alignment inside the box, you can redefine +the command in the same way as \DescRef{maincls.cmd.raggedsection} (see the +example in \autoref{sec:maincls.structure}, +\DescPageRef{maincls.cmd.raggedsection}). + +\begin{Example} + Now Mr Public wants to make himself seem really important, and therefore he uses the + signature to show once again that he was formerly a chairman himself. So + he changes \PName{contents} of the + \DescRef{\LabelBase.variable.signature} variable. He also wants the signature + be aligned flush-left and so he also redefines \Macro{raggedsignature}:% + \lstinputcode[xleftmargin=1em]{letter-22}% + See \autoref{fig:\LabelBase.letter-22} for the result. + \begin{figure} + \setcapindent{0pt}% + \begin{captionbeside}[{Example: letter with extended sender, logo, + recipient, extra sender information, place, date, subject, + opening, text, closing, modified signature, postscript, distribution + list, enclosure, and hole-punch mark}] + {result of a short letter with extended sender, logo, recipient, + extra sender information, place, date, subject opening, text, + closing, modified signature, postscript, distribution list, enclosure + and hole-punch mark}[l] + \frame{\includegraphics[width=.4\textwidth]{letter-22}} + \end{captionbeside} + \label{fig:\LabelBase.letter-22} + \end{figure} +\end{Example} +\iftrue% Umbruchkorrekturtext + The preceding example shows the most important, although not all possible, + elements of a letter. It can, however, serve quite well as a general + template.% +\else + \vskip -1\ht\strutbox plus .75\ht\strutbox% example at end of description +\fi +% +\EndIndexGroup + + +\begin{Declaration} + \PLength{sigindent}% + \PLength{sigbeforevskip} +\end{Declaration} +The closing phrase\Index{closing>phrase}\Index{signature} and signature +explanation are typeset in a box whose width is determined by the length of +the longest line of the closing phrase or explanation. + +The box will be indented by the distance specified in the \PLength{sigindent} +pseudo-length. In the predefined \File{lco} files\textnote{\File{lco} +file}\Index{lco file=\File{lco} file}, this length is set to 0\Unit{mm}. + +Between the closing phrase and the signature explanation, a vertical skip is +inserted whose height is defined in the \PLength{sigbeforevskip} +pseudo-length. In the predefined \File{lco} files\textnote{\File{lco} +file}\Index{lco file=\File{lco} file} this value is set to two lines. In this +space you can then write your signature.% +\iffalse% Umbruchkorrekturtext +\ If you decide to include a facsimile of your signature in the +\DescRef{\LabelBase.variable.signature}\IndexVariable{signature}% +\important{\DescRef{\LabelBase.variable.signature}} with the +\Package{graphicx}\IndexPackage{graphicx} package, it would be useful +to reduce the value of \PLength{sigbeforevskip} and thus the gap between +the closing phrase and the signature.% +\fi% +\EndIndexGroup +% +\EndIndexGroup + + +\subsection{Letterhead Page Footer} +\seclabel{firstFoot}% +\BeginIndexGroup +\BeginIndex{}{letterhead page>footer}% + +The first page of a letter, the letterhead page, contains not just its own +header, the letterhead, but also its own footer\Index{footer>letterhead +page}\Index{footer}. Just like the letterhead, it will be set not by the page +style but directly within \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.opening}\IndexCmd{opening}% +\important{\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.opening}}. + + +\begin{Declaration} + \OptionVName{enlargefirstpage}{simple switch} +\end{Declaration} +\begin{Explain} + The first page of a letter always uses a different page layout because of + the many predefined elements such as the letterhead or the address. The + \Class{scrlttr2} class provides a mechanism to calculate height and vertical + alignment of header and footer of the first page independently of the + subsequent pages. If, as a result, the footer of the first page would + protrude into the text area, this text area of the first page is + automatically reduced using + \Macro{enlargethispage}\IndexCmd{enlargethispage}. +\end{Explain} +If the text area should become larger, assuming the footer on the first page +permits this, you can use this option. At best, a little more text will then +fit on the first page. See also the description of the \PLength{firstfootvpos} +pseudo-length on \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.firstfootvpos}. This +option takes the standard values for simple switches, as listed in +\autoref{tab:truefalseswitch}, \autopageref{tab:truefalseswitch}. The default +is \PValue{false}.\textnote{default}% +\EndIndexGroup + + +\begin{Declaration} \OptionVName{firstfoot}{simple switch} \end{Declaration} \BeginIndex{}{letterhead page>footer}% @@ -2351,7 +3416,7 @@ does not use the \PName{description} of the variable. \multicolumn{1}{@{}l@{}}{Court Jurisdiction:}\\ Great Plains \end{tabular}% - \ifkomavarempty{frombank}{}{% + \Ifkomavarempty{frombank}{}{% \hfill \begin{tabular}[t]{l@{}}% \multicolumn{1}{@{}l@{}}{\usekomavar*{frombank}:}\\ @@ -2381,7 +3446,7 @@ of version 2.9u (see \DescRef{\LabelBase.option.version} in \autoref{sec:\LabelBase.compatibilityOptions}, \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.option.version}) the space is generally insufficient. In this case, you should reduce \PLength{firstfootvpos} (see -\DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstfootvpos}) appropriately.% +\DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.firstfootvpos}) appropriately.% \EndIndexGroup \begin{Declaration} @@ -2396,6 +3461,82 @@ the variable \DescRef{\LabelBase.variable.location}, \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.variable.location}).% % \EndIndexGroup + + +\begin{Declaration} + \PLength{firstfootvpos} +\end{Declaration} +This pseudo-length gives the distance from the top of the paper to the footer +of the letterhead page. It also ensures that the text area does not protrude +into the footer. To do so, the height of the text area on the first page will +be decreased, if necessary, using +\Macro{enlargethispage}\IndexCmd{enlargethispage}% +\important{\Macro{enlargethispage}}. The +\DescRef{\LabelBase.option.enlargefirstpage}% +\important{\DescRef{\LabelBase.option.enlargefirstpage}} option (see +\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.firstpage}, +\DescPageRef{\LabelBase.option.enlargefirstpage}) can also ensure that the +height of the text area is increased, if necessary. Thus, the distance between +text area and the letterhead page footer can be reduced to the value of the +\Length{footskip}\IndexLength{footskip}\important{\Length{footskip}} length. + +With\textnote{Attention!} the compatibility option +set\ChangedAt{v2.9t}{\Class{scrlttr2}} to versions up to +2.9t\IndexOption{version~=\PValue{2.9t}} (see +\DescRef{\LabelBase.option.version} in +\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.compatibilityOptions}, +\DescPageRef{\LabelBase.option.version}) the footer is set independently of the +type area in all predefined \File{lco} files\textnote{\File{lco} +file}\Index{lco file=\File{lco} file} (see \autoref{sec:\LabelBase.lcoFile}) +except for \Option{KOMAold} and \Option{NF}. Thus the +\DescRef{\LabelBase.option.enlargefirstpage}% +\important{\DescRef{\LabelBase.option.enlargefirstpage}} option has no effect. +From version 2.9u on, the footer is placed at the bottom edge of the paper. +Thus, the height of the letterhead page's type area may also depend on the +\DescRef{\LabelBase.option.enlargefirstpage} option. + +If the letter footer is deactivated with the +\OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{firstfoot}{false}% +\important{\OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{firstfoot}{false}}% +\IndexOption{firstfoot~=\PValue{false}}\ChangedAt{v2.97e}{\Class{scrlttr2}} +option (see \autoref{sec:\LabelBase.firstpage}, +\DescPageRef{\LabelBase.option.firstfoot}), the setting of +\PLength{firstfootvpos} is ignored, and instead +\Length{paperheight}\IndexLength{paperheight} is applied. There remains then a +minimum bottom margin of length \Length{footskip}\IndexLength{footskip}.% +\EndIndexGroup + + +\begin{Declaration} + \PLength{firstfoothpos} +\end{Declaration} +\ChangedAt{v3.05}{\Class{scrlttr2}}% +A\textnote{Attention!} positive value of the \PLength{firstfoothpos} +pseudo-length specifies the distance from the left edge of the paper to the +letterhead page footer. If the value is greater than or equal to the paper +width, \Length{paperwidth}\IndexLength{paperwidth}, the footer is centred +horizontally on the letterhead page. But if the value is less than or equal to +the negative width of the paper, the footer is placed flush with the left edge +of the typing area. + +The typical default for this value is \Length{maxdimen}\IndexLength{maxdimen}, +which is the maximum possible value for a length. This results in horizontal +centring.% +\EndIndexGroup + + +\begin{Declaration} + \PLength{firstfootwidth} +\end{Declaration} +This pseudo-length specifies the width of the footer of the first page of the +letter, that is the letterhead page. The value in the predefined \File{lco} +files\textnote{\File{lco} file}\Index{lco file=\File{lco} file} matches +\PLength{firstheadwidth}\important{\PLength{firstheadwidth}}% +\IndexPLength{firstheadwidth}.% +% +\EndIndexGroup +% +\EndIndexGroup % \EndIndexGroup @@ -2720,19 +3861,28 @@ uses \Macro{thispagestyle}\PParameter{empty} within \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.opening}\IndexCmd{opening} for the first page of the letter. -\BeginIndexGroup +\BeginIndexGroup% \BeginIndex[indexother]{}{font>style}% \BeginIndex{FontElement}{pageheadfoot}\LabelFontElement{pageheadfoot}% +\BeginIndex{FontElement}{pagehead}\LabelFontElement{pagehead}% \BeginIndex{FontElement}{pagefoot}\LabelFontElement{pagefoot}% \BeginIndex{FontElement}{pagenumber}\LabelFontElement{pagenumber}% To changing the font style of headers or footers, you should use the user interface described in \autoref{sec:maincls.textmarkup}. The header and footer -use the same element, which you can refer to by either -\FontElement{pageheadfoot}\important{\FontElement{pagehead}} or -\FontElement{pagehead}. The\ChangedAt{v3.00}{\Class{scrlttr2}} -\FontElement{pagefoot}\important{\FontElement{pagefoot}} element -additionally controls the formatting of the footer. This element is applied -after \FontElement{pageheadfoot} in the +use the same element +\FontElement{pageheadfoot}\important{\FontElement{pageheadfoot}}. +% TODO: Fix new translation +With package \hyperref[cha:scrlayer-scrpage]{\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}}% +\IndexPackage{scrlayer-scrpage} and therefore with \Package{scrletter} the +\FontElement{pagehead}\important{\FontElement{pagehead}} element is +additionally responsible for the header. In \Class{scrlttr2} and without +package \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} the element is an alias of +\FontElement{pageheadfoot} only. +% :ODOT +The\ChangedAt{v3.00}{\Class{scrlttr2}} +\FontElement{pagefoot}\important{\FontElement{pagefoot}} element additionally +controls the formatting of the footer. This element is applied after +\FontElement{pageheadfoot} in the \DescRef{\LabelBase.variable.nextfoot}\IndexVariable{nextfoot} variable or when \Package{scrlayer-scrpage}\IndexPackage{scrlayer-scrpage} page styles are used (see \autoref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage}, @@ -2856,87 +4006,6 @@ in letters. You could also define your own floating environments with help of \LoadCommonFile{marginpar} % \section{Margin Notes} -\section{Closing} -\seclabel{closing} -\BeginIndexGroup% -\BeginIndex{}{closing}% -\BeginIndex{}{letter>closing}% -\BeginIndex{}{signature}% -\BeginIndex{}{letter>signature}% - -It has already been mentioned in \autoref{sec:\LabelBase.document}, -\DescPageRef{\LabelBase.cmd.closing} that the letter's closing text is -provided by \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.closing}\IndexCmd{closing}. Beneath the -closing text, there is often a space for a handwritten signature, beneath -which there can be a printed name, which serves as a kind of annotation to the -actual signature. - -\begin{Declaration} - \Variable{signature}% -\end{Declaration} -The \Variable{signature} variable contains the printed name or annotation for -the handwritten signature. Its default \PName{content} is the -\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.usekomavar}\PParameter{fromname}. This annotation can -consist of multiple lines. In that case, you should separate the individual -lines with double backslashes. Paragraph\textnote{Attention!} breaks in the -signature annotation, however, are not permitted.% -\EndIndexGroup - - -\begin{Declaration} - \Macro{raggedsignature} -\end{Declaration} -The closing phrase and the signature will be typeset in a box. The width of -the box is determined by the length of the longest line in the closing -phrase or signature. - -The \PLength{sigindent}\IndexPLength{sigindent} and -\PLength{sigbeforevskip}\IndexPLength{sigbeforevskip} pseudo-lengths determine -exactly where this box is placed (see \autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.closing}, -\DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.sigindent}). The \Macro{raggedsignature} -command defines the alignment inside the box. In the default \File{lco} files, -the command is either defined as \Macro{centering} (all besides -\Option{KOMAold}) or \Macro{raggedright} (\Option{KOMAold}). In order to -obtain flush-right or flush-left alignment inside the box, you can redefine -the command in the same way as \DescRef{maincls.cmd.raggedsection} (see the -example in \autoref{sec:maincls.structure}, -\DescPageRef{maincls.cmd.raggedsection}). - -\begin{Example} - Now Mr Public wants to make himself seem really important, and therefore he uses the - signature to show once again that he was formerly a chairman himself. So - he changes \PName{contents} of the - \DescRef{\LabelBase.variable.signature} variable. He also wants the signature - be aligned flush-left and so he also redefines \Macro{raggedsignature}:% - \lstinputcode[xleftmargin=1em]{letter-22}% - See \autoref{fig:\LabelBase.letter-22} for the result. - \begin{figure} - \setcapindent{0pt}% - \begin{captionbeside}[{Example: letter with extended sender, logo, - recipient, extra sender information, place, date, subject, - opening, text, closing, modified signature, postscript, distribution - list, enclosure, and hole-punch mark}] - {result of a short letter with extended sender, logo, recipient, - extra sender information, place, date, subject opening, text, - closing, modified signature, postscript, distribution list, enclosure - and hole-punch mark}[l] - \frame{\includegraphics[width=.4\textwidth]{letter-22}} - \end{captionbeside} - \label{fig:\LabelBase.letter-22} - \end{figure} -\end{Example} - -\iftrue% Umbruchkorrekturtext - The preceding example shows the most important, although not all possible, - elements of a letter. It can, however, serve quite well as a general - template.% -\fi -% -\EndIndexGroup -% -\EndIndexGroup - - \section{Letter Class Option Files} \seclabel{lcoFile}% \BeginIndexGroup @@ -2955,10 +4024,10 @@ In an \File{lco} file, you can use all commands available to the document at the time the \File{lco} file is loaded. You can also use internal commands available to package writers. For \Class{scrlttr2} and \Package{scrletter}, these are, in particular, the commands -\DescRef{scrlttr2-experts.cmd.newplength}\IndexCmd{newplength}, -\DescRef{scrlttr2-experts.cmd.setplength}\IndexCmd{setplength}, and -\DescRef{scrlttr2-experts.cmd.addtoplength}\IndexCmd{addtoplength} (see -\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.pseudoLengths}). +\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.newplength}\IndexCmd{newplength}, +\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.setplength}\IndexCmd{setplength}, and +\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.addtoplength}\IndexCmd{addtoplength} (see +\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.pseudoLength}). \KOMAScript{} comes provided with some \File{lco} files. The \File{DIN.lco}, \File{DINmtext.lco}, \File{SNleft.lco}, \File{SN.lco}, \File{UScommercial9}, @@ -3084,8 +4153,8 @@ applies to the reference line when using the If\textnote{Hint!} you have this kind of problem, create your own \File{lco} file that loads \Option{SN} first and then changes \PLength{toaddrhpos}\IndexPLength{toaddrhpos} (see -\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.addressee}, -\DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrvpos}) to a smaller value. In +\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.addressee}, +\DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.toaddrvpos}) to a smaller value. In addition, you should also reduce \PLength{toaddrwidth} accordingly.% By\textnote{Hint!} the way, the \File{DIN} \File{lco} file is always loaded @@ -3470,7 +4539,7 @@ versions only recognised the \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.adrentry} and %%% Local Variables: %%% mode: latex %%% mode: flyspell -%%% coding: us-ascii +%%% coding: utf-8 %%% ispell-local-dictionary: "en_GB" %%% TeX-master: "../guide" %%% End: diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/scrwfile.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/scrwfile.tex index a2ae601c86..c92f777f74 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/scrwfile.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/scrwfile.tex @@ -46,10 +46,10 @@ % ============================================================================ \KOMAProvidesFile{scrwfile.tex}% - [$Date: 2019-10-10 10:04:30 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + [$Date: 2019-11-18 10:57:08 +0100 (Mon, 18 Nov 2019) $ KOMA-Script guide (chapter: scrwfile)] -% Date of the translated German file: 2019-10-10 +% Date of the translated German file: 2019-11-18 \translator{Markus Kohm\and Jana Schubert\and Karl Hagen} diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/tocbasic.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/tocbasic.tex index bd34f48969..7222a34c22 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/tocbasic.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/tocbasic.tex @@ -46,10 +46,10 @@ % ====================================================================== \KOMAProvidesFile{tocbasic.tex} - [$Date: 2019-10-10 09:50:23 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + [$Date: 2019-12-03 09:41:21 +0100 (Tue, 03 Dec 2019) $ KOMA-Script guide (package tocbasic)] -% Date of the translated German file: 2019-10-09 +% Date of the translated German file: 2019-12-03 \translator{Markus Kohm\and Arndt Schubert\and Karl Hagen} @@ -105,18 +105,18 @@ figures and list of tables, respectively. For the table of contents, \KOMAScript{} uses the file name of the class. \begin{Declaration} - \Macro{ifattoclist}\Parameter{extension}\Parameter{then code}% + \Macro{Ifattoclist}\Parameter{extension}\Parameter{then code}% \Parameter{else code} \end{Declaration} -This command tests whether or not the \PName{extension} already exists in the -list of known file extensions. If the \PName{extension} is already known, the -\PName{then code} will be executed. Otherwise, the \PName{else code} will be -executed. +This\ChangedAt{v3.28}{\Package{tocbasic}} command tests whether or not the +\PName{extension} already exists in the list of known file extensions. If the +\PName{extension} is already known, the \PName{then code} will be +executed. Otherwise, the \PName{else code} will be executed. \begin{Example} Suppose you want to know if the file name extension ``\File{foo}'' is already in use in order to report an error because it cannot be used: \begin{lstcode} - \ifattoclist{foo}{% + \Ifattoclist{foo}{% \PackageError{bar}{% extension `foo' already in use% }{% @@ -147,12 +147,11 @@ argument, \Package{tocbasic} tries to determine the file name of the class or package currently being processed and saves it as the owner. This\textnote{Attention!} procedure only works if you call \Macro{addtotoclist} while loading a class or package. It will fail if a user -calls \Macro{addtotoclist} afterwards. In this case, the owner is set to -``\PValue{.}''. +calls \Macro{addtotoclist} afterwards. In this case, the owner is empty. Note\textnote{Attention!} that passing an empty \PName{owner} argument is not -the same as completely omitting the optional argument, including the square -brackets. An empty argument would also result in an empty owner. +always the same as completely omitting the optional argument, including the +square brackets. An empty argument would always result in an empty owner. \begin{Example} Suppose you want to add the extension ``\File{foo}'' to the list of known file extensions while loading your package with the file name @@ -202,11 +201,10 @@ specify the category ``\PValue{float}'' instead of ``\PValue{float.sty}'' as the \PName{owner}. In this case, the \KOMAScript{} options\important{\DescRef{maincls.option.listof}}% \IndexOption{listof~=\PName{setting}} for the list of figures and the list of -tables would also affect your content lists because these lists are already -added to the list of known file extensions at the time the option is set, and -\KOMAScript{} associates the file extensions ``\PValue{lof}'' for the list of -figures and ``\PValue{lot}'' for the list of tables with the owner -``\PValue{float}'' and sets the options for this owner. +tables would also affect your content lists because \KOMAScript{} associates +the file extensions ``\PValue{lof}'' for the list of figures and +``\PValue{lot}'' for the list of tables with the owner ``\PValue{float}'' and +sets the options for this owner. By the way, the \hyperref[cha:scrhack]{\Package{scrhack}}% \IndexPackage{scrhack}\important{\hyperref[cha:scrhack]{\Package{scrhack}}} @@ -258,11 +256,13 @@ See the description of \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.tocbasic@extend@babel} in \end{Declaration} This command removes the \PName{extension} from the list of known extensions. If the optional argument, \OParameter{owner}, is given, the \PName{extension} -will only be removed if it was added by this \PName{owner}. See -\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.addtotoclist} for an explanation of how the list owner -is determined if the optional argument is omitted. If you specify an empty -\PName{owner}, the owner is not tested and the \PName{extension} is removed +will only be removed if it was added by this \PName{owner}. +% TODO: Fix new translation +This also applies to the empty \PName{owner}. If, on the other hand, no +\OParameter{owner} is specified at all and the square brackets are also +omitted, the owner is not tested and the \PName{extension} is removed regardless of the owner.% +% :ODOT \EndIndexGroup @@ -777,13 +777,13 @@ The \KOMAScript{} classes recognize an additional feature: top-level structure to use the one-column mode automatically, you can use \begin{lstcode} - \ifundefinedorrelax{chapter}{}{% + \Ifundefinedorrelax{chapter}{}{% \setuptoc{loa}{onecolumn}% } \end{lstcode} - Using \DescRef{scrbase.cmd.ifundefinedorrelax} requires the + Using \DescRef{scrbase.cmd.Ifundefinedorrelax} requires the \Package{scrbase} package (see \autoref{sec:scrbase.if}, - \DescPageRef{scrbase.cmd.ifundefinedorrelax}). + \DescPageRef{scrbase.cmd.Ifundefinedorrelax}). Even\textnote{Hint!} if your package will be used with another class, it does not hurt to set these features. To the contrary, if another class also @@ -797,14 +797,14 @@ of effort to implement and which are therefore missing in many packages.% \begin{Declaration} - \Macro{iftocfeature}\Parameter{extension}\Parameter{feature}% + \Macro{Iftocfeature}\Parameter{extension}\Parameter{feature}% \Parameter{then code}\Parameter{else code} \end{Declaration} -You can use this command to test if a \PName{feature} was set for the given -file \PName{extension}. If so the \PName{then code} will be executed, -otherwise the \PName{else code} will be. This can be useful, for example, if -you define your own heading command using -\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.deftocheading} but want to support the features +You\ChangedAt{v3.28}{\Package{tocbasic}} can use this command to test if a +\PName{feature} was set for the given file \PName{extension}. If so the +\PName{then code} will be executed, otherwise the \PName{else code} will +be. This can be useful, for example, if you define your own heading command +using \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.deftocheading} but want to support the features \PValue{totoc}, \PValue{numbered} or \PValue{leveldown}.% \EndIndexGroup @@ -1576,8 +1576,10 @@ Finally, using \Macro{DeclareTOCStyleEntry} will define the internal command followed by \Macro{normalfont}\Macro{normalsize}. The initial \PName{command} of entry level \PValue{part} prints the - argument in \Macro{large}\Macro{bfseries}. The initial \PName{command} of - all other levels prints the argument in + argument in \Macro{large}\Macro{bfseries} and of entry level + \PValue{chapter} in \Macro{bfseries}. For classes without + \Macro{l@chapter} \PValue{section} also uses \Macro{bfseries}. The initial + \PName{command} of all other levels prints the argument in \Macro{normalfont}\Macro{normalcolor}.% }% \entry{\OptionVName{pagenumberwidth}{length}}{% @@ -2005,10 +2007,12 @@ authors should never change them under any circumstances! If neither\textnote{Attention!} \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.listofeachtoc} nor \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.listoftoc} nor \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.listoftoc*} are used to output a content list, the hooks should nevertheless be called, if -they are defined. These commands can be undefined. For an appropriate test, -see \DescRef{scrbase.cmd.scr@ifundefinedorrelax}% -\IndexCmd{scr@ifundefinedorrelax} in \autoref{sec:scrbase.if}, -\DescPageRef{scrbase.cmd.scr@ifundefinedorrelax}.% +they are defined. These commands can be undefined.% +\iffalse % With current LaTeX you can simply use \@ifundefined +For an appropriate test, see \DescRef{scrbase.cmd.Ifundefinedorrelax}% +\IndexCmd{Ifundefinedorrelax} in \autoref{sec:scrbase.if}, +\DescPageRef{scrbase.cmd.Ifundefinedorrelax}.% +\fi% \EndIndexGroup @@ -2161,8 +2165,8 @@ Now\textnote{extension} we register the file name extension with the \begin{lstcode} \addtotoclist[float]{lor} \end{lstcode} -We use \PValue{float} as the owner so that all subsequent \KOMAScript{} -options that relate to lists of floating environments also apply to the new +We use \PValue{float} as the owner so that all options of \KOMAScript{} +classes that relate to lists of floating environments also apply to the new content list. Next\textnote{title} we define a title or heading for this content list: @@ -2424,7 +2428,7 @@ the styles.% name of the entry level is given by the \Option{type} option. In addition to the options in this table, all attributes of the \PName{TOC-entry style} can be used as options. To do so, you have to prefix the name of - such an attribute with \PValue{toc}. For example, you can change the + such an attribute with \PValue{tocentry}. For example, you can change the numerical level of the entries using the \Option{tocentrylevel} option. For more information about the styles and their attributes see \autoref{sec:tocbasic.tocstyle}, starting on @@ -2564,7 +2568,19 @@ Otherwise they may get an error message because \Package{hyperref} usually has a problem with the \Macro{MakeUppercase}\IndexCmd{MakeUppercase} command that is needed to convert the first letter of \Option{types} to upper case.% \EndIndexGroup -% + + +\section{Obsolete Befehle} +\seclabel{obsolete} + +% TODO: new translation +Prior releases of \Package{tocbasic} provide some commands that has been +renamed, because of a statement of The \LaTeX{} Project Team. Those deprecated +commands should not be used any longer. +% :ODOT + +\LoadNonFree{tocbasic}{0}% +% \EndIndexGroup % \endinput diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/typearea-experts.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/typearea-experts.tex index b72bd75cc5..9444ae4f43 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/typearea-experts.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/typearea-experts.tex @@ -46,11 +46,11 @@ % ====================================================================== \KOMAProvidesFile{typearea-experts.tex} - [$Date: 2019-10-10 10:04:30 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + [$Date: 2019-11-29 10:10:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Nov 2019) $ KOMA-Script guide (chapter: typearea)] \translator{Markus Kohm\and Gernot Hassenpflug\and Karl Hagen} -% Date of the translated German file: 2019-10-10 +% Date of the translated German file: 2019-11-29 \chapter{Additional Information about the \Package{typearea} package} \labelbase{typearea-experts} diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/typearea.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/typearea.tex index 6ae976a096..ba5c6c3894 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/typearea.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/english/typearea.tex @@ -46,12 +46,12 @@ % ====================================================================== \KOMAProvidesFile{typearea.tex}% - [$Date: 2019-10-10 10:04:30 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + [$Date: 2019-10-19 12:04:47 +0200 (Sat, 19 Oct 2019) $ KOMA-Script guide (chapter: typearea)] \translator{Markus Kohm\and Gernot Hassenpflug\and Krickette Murabayashi\and Karl Hagen} -% Date of the translated German file: 2019-10-10 +% Date of the translated German file: 2019-10-18 \chapter{Calculating the Page Layout with \Package{typearea}} \labelbase{typearea} @@ -411,12 +411,8 @@ choices. The \Package{typearea} package offers two different user interfaces to influence the construction of the type area. The most important method is to -specify options when loading the package. For information on how to load -packages and pass options to packages, please refer to the {\LaTeX} -literature, for example \cite{lshort} and \cite{latex:usrguide}, or the -examples given here. Since the \Package{typearea} package is loaded -automatically when using the main {\KOMAScript} classes, the package options -can be given as class options (see \autoref{sec:maincls.options}). +specify options when loading the package. For information on how to setup +options with \KOMAScript, please refer to \autoref{sec:\LabelBase.options}. In\textnote{Note!} this section the classes used in the examples are not existing {\KOMAScript} classes but hypothetical ones. This @@ -502,7 +498,7 @@ with the margin constraints and for choosing a typographically pleasing line length. In \autoref{tab:typearea.typearea}, you will find the sizes of the type areas -for several \Var{DIV} factors for the A4 page with no binding correction. In +for several \Option{DIV} factors for the A4 page with no binding correction. In this case, the other constraints that are dependent on the font size are not taken into account. @@ -512,16 +508,16 @@ taken into account. \setcapindent{0pt}% \begin{captionbeside} % \caption - [{Type area dimensions dependent on \Var{DIV} for A4}] - {\label{tab:typearea.typearea}Type area dimensions dependent on \Var{DIV} - for A4 regardless of \Length{topskip} or \Var{BCOR}} + [{Type area dimensions dependent on \Option{DIV} for A4}] + {\label{tab:typearea.typearea}Type area dimensions dependent on \Option{DIV} + for A4 regardless of \Length{topskip} or \Option{BCOR}} [l] \begin{tabular}[t]{ccccc} \toprule & \multicolumn{2}{c}{Type area} & \multicolumn{2}{c}{Margins}\\ %\raisebox{1.5ex}[0pt]{ - \Var{DIV} + \Option{DIV} %} & width & height & top & inner \\ \midrule @@ -549,7 +545,7 @@ taken into account. PostScript fonts, is enabled in {\LaTeX} with the command \verb|\usepackage{bookman}|. Bookman is a very wide font, meaning that the individual characters are relatively wide compared to their height. - Therefore, the default setting for \Var{DIV} in \Package{typearea} is too + Therefore, the default setting for \Option{DIV} in \Package{typearea} is too small. After thoroughly studying this entire chapter, you conclude that a value of 15, instead of 12, is most suitable. The minutes will not be bound but punched and kept in a folder, and thus no binding correction is @@ -600,13 +596,13 @@ recalculated.% \end{Declaration}% As\ChangedAt{v3.00}{\Package{typearea}} already mentioned in \autoref{sec:typearea.divConstruction}, there are fixed defaults for -\Var{DIV} when using A4 paper. These can be found in \autoref{tab:typearea.div}. +\Option{DIV} when using A4 paper. These can be found in \autoref{tab:typearea.div}. However, such fixed values have the disadvantage that they do not take into account the letter spacing of the font used. With A4 and fairly narrow fonts, this can quickly lead to an unpleasantly high number of characters per line. See the considerations in \autoref{sec:typearea.basics}. If you choose a different paper size, \Package{typearea} will calculate an appropriate -\Var{DIV} value for you. Of course, you can also apply this same calculation +\Option{DIV} value for you. Of course, you can also apply this same calculation to A4. To do so, simply use \OptionValue{DIV}{calc}% \important{\OptionValue{DIV}{calc}} in place of \OptionVNameRef{\LabelBase}{DIV}{factor}. Of course, you can also specify this @@ -628,7 +624,7 @@ configuration settings. \begin{tabular}[t]{lccc} \toprule base font size: & 10\Unit{pt} & 11\Unit{pt} & 12\Unit{pt} \\ - \Var{DIV}: & 8 & 10 & 12 \\ + \Option{DIV}: & 8 & 10 & 12 \\ \bottomrule \end{tabular} \end{captionbeside} @@ -638,13 +634,13 @@ You can also select the traditional page layout mentioned in \autoref{sec:typearea.circleConstruction}, the medieval page canon. Instead of the \OptionVName{\DescRef{\LabelBase.option.DIV}}{factor} or \OptionValue{DIV}{calc} option, simply use the \OptionValue{DIV}{classic} -option. A \Var{DIV} value which is as close as possible to the medieval page +option. A \Option{DIV} value which is as close as possible to the medieval page canon is then chosen. \begin{Example} In the example using the Bookman font and the \OptionVNameRef{\LabelBase}{DIV}{factor} option, the problem was to select a - \Var{DIV} value that better matched the font. Modifying that example, you + \Option{DIV} value that better matched the font. Modifying that example, you can simply leave the calculation of this value to \Package{typearea}: \begin{lstcode} \documentclass[a4paper,twoside]{protocol} @@ -677,7 +673,7 @@ canon is then chosen. \OptionValue{DIV}{last} \end{Declaration}% If\ChangedAt{v3.00}{\Package{typearea}} you've been following the -examples closely, you already know how to calculate a \Var{DIV} value +examples closely, you already know how to calculate a \Option{DIV} value based on the font you chose when using a {\KOMAScript} class together with a font package. @@ -696,7 +692,7 @@ with a font package. \PParameter{\OptionValueRef{\LabelBase}{DIV}{calc}} or \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.KOMAoption}% \PParameter{\DescRef{\LabelBase.option.DIV}}\PParameter{calc}. The option - \PValue{calc} will then request a \Var{DIV} value for an appropriate line + \OptionValue{DIV}{calc} will then request a \Option{DIV} value for an appropriate line length. As it is often more convenient to set the \Option{DIV} option not after @@ -706,10 +702,10 @@ with a font package. \end{Explain} The option \OptionVName{DIV}{current}\ChangedAt{v3.00}{\Package{typearea}} -recalculates the type area and margins using the current \Var{DIV} value. +recalculates the type area and margins using the current \Option{DIV} value. This is less important for recalculating the type area after loading a different font. Instead, it is useful if, for example, you change the -leading while keeping \Var{DIV} the same and want to ensure the +leading while keeping the \Option{DIV} value the same and want to ensure the margin constraint that \Length{textheight} minus \Length{topskip} is a multiple of \Length{baselineskip}. @@ -727,7 +723,7 @@ last calculation. \usepackage{bookman} \KOMAoptions{DIV=last} \end{lstcode} -If you decide later that you need a different \Var{DIV} value, just change the +If you decide later that you need a different \Option{DIV} value, just change the setting of the optional argument to \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.documentclass}. \end{Example} @@ -750,10 +746,10 @@ load a different font. \pventry{areaset}{Recalculate page layout.\IndexOption{DIV~=\textKValue{areaset}}}% \pventry{calc}{Recalculate type area including choice of appropriate - \Var{DIV} value.\IndexOption{DIV~=\textKValue{calc}}}% + \Option{DIV} value.\IndexOption{DIV~=\textKValue{calc}}}% \pventry{classic}{Recalculate type area using medieval book design canon (circle-based calculation).\IndexOption{DIV~=\textKValue{classic}}}% - \pventry{current}{Recalculate type area using current \Var{DIV} + \pventry{current}{Recalculate type area using current \Option{DIV} value.\IndexOption{DIV~=\textKValue{current}}}% \pventry{default}{Recalculate type area using the standard value for the current page format and current font size. If no standard value exists, @@ -877,7 +873,7 @@ recalculated.% \label{tab:symbolicBCOR} \begin{desctabular} \pventry{current}{Recalculate type area with the currently valid - \Var{BCOR} value.\IndexOption{BCOR~=\textKValue{current}}} + \PName{BCOR} value.\IndexOption{BCOR~=\textKValue{current}}} \end{desctabular} \end{table} @@ -1771,7 +1767,7 @@ The \Package{typearea} package, even with option \OptionValueRef{\LabelBase}{DIV}{calc}% \important{\OptionValueRef{\LabelBase}{DIV}{calc}}, calculates a very generous text area. Many conservative typographers will find that the resulting line -length is still excessive. The calculated \Var{DIV} value may be found in the +length is still excessive. The calculated \Option{DIV} value may be found in the \File{log} file for each document. So you can easily choose a smaller value after the first {\LaTeX} run. diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/guide.bib b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/guide.bib index 966d945a4a..3bae90b12a 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/guide.bib +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/guide.bib @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % ====================================================================== % guide.bib -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2018 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2019 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % guide.bib -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2018 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2019 % % Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, % Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. @@ -120,12 +120,12 @@ author = {Kohm, Markus}, title = {{\KOMAScript}}, subtitle= {Eine Sammlung von Klassen und Paketen für {\LaTeXe}}, - year = 2018, - edition = 6, + year = 2020, + edition = 7, publisher={Lehmanns Media}, address = {Berlin}, series = {Edition DANTE}, - isbn = {978-3-86541-951-4}, + isbn = {978-3-96543-097-6}, note = {Print-Ausgabe} } @@ -134,12 +134,12 @@ author = {Kohm, Markus}, title = {{\KOMAScript}}, subtitle= {Eine Sammlung von Klassen und Paketen für {\LaTeXe}}, - year = 2018, - edition = 6, + year = 2020, + edition = 7, publisher={Lehmanns Media}, address = {Berlin}, series = {Edition DANTE}, - isbn = {978-3-86541-952-1}, + isbn = {978-3-96543-103-4}, note = {eBook-Ausgabe} } @@ -548,6 +548,16 @@ Schlegl}, url = {CTAN://macros/latex/base/} } +@Misc{ package:iftex, + language= {english}, + author = {{The \LaTeX{} Project Team}}, + title = {The {\Package{iftex}} package}, + year = 2019, + month = nov, + edition = {1.0c}, + url = {CTAN://macros/latex/contrib/iftex} +} + @Misc{ package:imakeidx, language= {english}, author = {Enrico Gregorio}, diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/linkalias.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/linkalias.tex index e545e6a5a1..f8fc76dab4 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/linkalias.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/linkalias.tex @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ % \KOMAProvidesFile{linkalias.tex} - [$Date: 2019-10-09 17:46:01 +0200 (Wed, 09 Oct 2019) $ + [$Date: 2019-12-06 10:36:13 +0100 (Fri, 06 Dec 2019) $ link aliases for the free version] \makeatletter @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ \makeatother \lalias[\Macro{ifthispageodd}] - {desc:maincls-experts.cmd.ifthispageodd} + {desc:maincls-experts.cmd.Ifthispageodd} {sec:maincls-experts.addInfos} \lalias[\Macro{rightmark}] {desc:maincls-experts.cmd.rightmark} diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/common-compatibility.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/common-compatibility.tex index 76920fa6d7..36876176ef 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/common-compatibility.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/common-compatibility.tex @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ % ====================================================================== \KOMAProvidesFile{common-compatibility.tex} - [$Date: 2019-10-10 10:04:30 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + [$Date: 2019-10-31 08:38:01 +0100 (Thu, 31 Oct 2019) $ KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs)] \section{Kompatibilität zu früheren Versionen von \KOMAScript} @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ fortfahren.% } -\IfThisCommonLabelBaseOneOf{typearea,maincls,scrlttr2,scrextend}{% +\IfThisCommonLabelBaseOneOf{typearea,maincls,scrlttr2}{% Wer seine Dokumente im Quellcode archiviert, legt in der Regel allergrößten Wert darauf, dass bei zukünftigen \LaTeX{}-Läufen immer wieder exakt dasselbe Ergebnis erzielt wird. In einigen Fällen führen aber Verbesserungen @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ Klasse}{am Paket} zu Änderungen im Verhalten, inbesondere beim Umbruch. Dies ist jedoch manchmal eher unerwünscht.% }{% -% \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrextend}{% + \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrextend}{% % In einigen Fällen ist es so, dass Verbesserungen und Korrekturen am Paket % zu Änderungen im Verhalten, inbesondere beim Umbruch, führen. Dies ist % jedoch nicht immer erwünscht.% @@ -85,14 +85,14 @@ % wieder exakt dasselbe Ergebnis erzielt wird. In einigen Fällen ist es aber % so, dass Verbesserungen und Korrekturen an der Klasse zu Änderungen im % Verhalten, inbesondere beim Umbruch, führen.% -% }{% + }{% \ThisCommonLabelBaseFailure % \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlttr2}{% % In einigen Fällen ist es so, dass Verbesserungen und Korrekturen an der % Klasse zu Änderungen im Verhalten, inbesondere beim Umbruch, % führen. Dies ist jedoch nicht immer erwünscht.% % }{}% -% }% + }% }% @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ }% }% die Wahl, ob eine Quelldatei, soweit irgend möglich, auch zukünftig bei einem -\LaTeX{}-Lauf zu exakt demselben Ergebnis führen soll oder ob er jeweils +\LaTeX{}-Lauf zu exakt demselben Ergebnis führen soll oder ob sie jeweils entsprechend der Anpassungen der neusten Version\IfThisCommonLabelBaseOneOf{maincls,scrlttr2}{ der Klasse}{} zu setzen ist. Zu welcher Version Kompatibilität herzustellen ist, wird dabei über die @@ -135,8 +135,9 @@ werden. In diesem Fall wird also auf rückwirkende Kompatibilität verzichtet. Wird die Option ohne Wertangabe verwendet, so wird ebenfalls \PValue{last} angenommen. \ChangedAt{v3.01a}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and \Class{scrartcl}\and \Class{scrlttr2}\and - \Package{scrextend}}Dies entspricht auch der Voreinstellung, solange keine -obsolete Option verwendet wird. + \Package{scrextend}}Dies entspricht auch der +Voreinstellung\IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrextend}{}{, solange keine obsolete + Option verwendet wird}. \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrextend}{% scrextend kennt keine obsoleten Optionen }{% diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/common-dictum.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/common-dictum.tex index 85915257c7..a4b6fa0017 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/common-dictum.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/common-dictum.tex @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ % ====================================================================== \KOMAProvidesFile{common-dictum.tex} - [$Date: 2019-10-10 10:04:30 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + [$Date: 2019-11-20 08:38:35 +0100 (Wed, 20 Nov 2019) $ KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs)] @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ Es gilt sinngemäß, was in \autoref{sec:\ThisCommonFirstLabelBase.dictum} geschrieben wurde. % \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrextend}{% - Allerdings werden von \Package{scrextend} die Anweisungen + Jedoch werden von \Package{scrextend} die Anweisungen \DescRef{maincls.cmd.setchapterpreamble} und \DescRef{maincls.cmd.setpartpreamble} nicht definiert. % \iftrue% Umbruchvariante @@ -77,14 +77,24 @@ \autoref{sec:\ThisCommonLabelBase.dictum.next} fortfahren.% } -\IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrextend}{% Umbruchkorrekturvarianten - Ein häufiger anzutreffendes Element ist eine Redewendung oder Zitat, das - rechtsbündig unter oder über einer Überschrift gesetzt wird. Dabei werden - der Spruch selbst und der Quellennachweis in der Regel speziell formatiert.% +\IfThisCommonLabelBase{maincls}{% + Ein vor allem bei Büchern manchmal anzutreffendes Element sind + Redewendungen oder Zitate, die rechtsbündig unter oder über einer + Überschrift gesetzt werden. Dabei werden der Spruch selbst und der + Quellennachweis in der Regel speziell formatiert.% }{% - Ein häufiger anzutreffendes Element sind Zitate oder eine Redewendungen, die - mit Quellenangabe und eigener Formatierung unter oder über einer Überschrift - gesetzt werden.% + \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrextend}{% Umbruchkorrekturvarianten + \iffalse% Umbruchkorrektur + Ein häufiger anzutreffendes Element ist eine Redewendung oder Zitat, das + rechtsbündig unter oder über einer Überschrift gesetzt wird. Dabei werden + der Spruch selbst und der Quellennachweis in der Regel speziell + formatiert.% + \fi% + }{% + Ein häufiger anzutreffendes Element sind Zitate oder eine Redewendungen, + die mit Quellenangabe und eigener Formatierung unter oder über einer + Überschrift gesetzt werden.% + }% } \begin{Declaration} @@ -96,15 +106,17 @@ \Macro{raggeddictumtext} \Macro{raggeddictumauthor} \end{Declaration}% -Ein solcher Spruch kann mit Hilfe der Anweisung \Macro{dictum} gesetzt werden. +Ein \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrextend}{Spruch oder Zitat}{solcher Spruch} kann +mit Hilfe der Anweisung \Macro{dictum} gesetzt werden. \IfThisCommonLabelBase{maincls}{% Bei\textnote{Tipp!} \KOMAScript-Klassen wird für Kapitel oder Teile empfohlen, \Macro{dictum} als obligatorisches Argument der Anweisung \DescRef{maincls.cmd.setchapterpreamble} beziehungsweise \DescRef{maincls.cmd.setpartpreamble} (siehe \autoref{sec:maincls.structure}, - \DescPageRef{maincls.cmd.setchapterpreamble}) zu verwenden. Dies ist jedoch - nicht zwingend.\par% + \DescPageRef{maincls.cmd.setchapterpreamble}) zu verwenden. \iffalse Dies + ist jedoch nicht zwingend.\fi% Umbruchkorrektur + \par% }{}% Der Spruch wird\IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrextend}{ hierzu}{} zusammen mit einem optional anzugebenden \PName{Urheber} in einer \Macro{parbox}\IndexCmd{parbox} @@ -189,7 +201,7 @@ Ausrichtung für die Linie und den Urheber vorgenommen. Voreingestellt ist \Macro{raggedleft}. Auch diese Anweisung kann mit \Macro{renewcommand} umdefiniert werden. Die Ausgabe erfolgt in der Form, die mit \Macro{dictumauthorformat}\important{\Macro{dictumauthorformat}} festgelegt -ist. Das Makro erwartet schlicht den \PName{Urheber} als Argument. In der +ist. Das Makro erwartet den \PName{Urheber} als Argument. In der Voreinstellung ist \Macro{dictumauthorformat} mit \begin{lstcode} \newcommand*{\dictumauthorformat}[1]{(#1)} @@ -199,13 +211,13 @@ definiert. Der \PName{Urheber} wird also in runde Klammern gesetzt. % \BeginIndex{FontElement}{dictumauthor}\LabelFontElement{dictumauthor}% Für das Element \FontElement{dictumauthor}\important{\FontElement{dictumauthor}} kann dabei -eine Abweichung der Schrift von der des Elementes -\FontElement{dictum}% +eine Abweichung der Schrift von der des Elements \FontElement{dictum}% \IndexFontElement{dictum}% -\important{\FontElement{dictum}} definiert -werden. Die Voreinstellung entnehmen Sie bitte -\autoref{tab:maincls.dictumfont}. Eine Änderung ist mit Hilfe der Anweisungen -\DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.cmd.setkomafont} und +\important{\FontElement{dictum}} definiert werden. Die Voreinstellung +entnehmen Sie bitte +\autoref{tab:maincls.dictumfont}\IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrextend}{, + \autopageref{tab:maincls.dictumfont}}{}. Eine Änderung ist mit Hilfe der +Anweisungen \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.cmd.setkomafont} und \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.cmd.addtokomafont} (siehe \autoref{sec:\ThisCommonLabelBase.textmarkup}, \DescPageRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.cmd.setkomafont}) möglich.% @@ -217,17 +229,18 @@ werden. Die Voreinstellung entnehmen Sie bitte \DescRef{maincls.cmd.setpartpreamble} (siehe \autoref{sec:maincls.structure}, \DescPageRef{maincls.cmd.setchapterpreamble}) verwendet, so ist Folgendes zu - beachten:\textnote{Achtung!} Die horizontale Anordnung erfolgt immer mit - \Macro{raggeddictum}. Das optionale Argument zur horizontalen Anordnung, das - die beiden Anweisungen vorsehen, bleibt daher ohne - Wirkung. \Length{textwidth} ist nicht die Breite des gesamten Textkörpers, - sondern wie bei \Environment{minipage} die aktuelle Textbreite. Ist also die - Breite \Macro{dictumwidth} als \PValue{.5\Length{textwidth}} definiert und - bei \DescRef{maincls.cmd.setchapterpreamble} wird als optionales Argument - für die Breite ebenfalls \PValue{.5\Length{textwidth}} angegeben, so erfolgt - die Ausgabe in einer Box, deren Breite ein Viertel der Breite des - Textkörpers ist. Es wird empfohlen\textnote{Tipp!}, bei Verwendung von - \Macro{dictum} auf die optionale Angabe einer Breite bei + beachten:\textnote{Achtung!} \Length{textwidth} ist nicht die Breite des + gesamten Textkörpers, sondern wie bei \Environment{minipage} die aktuelle + Textbreite. Ist also die Breite \Macro{dictumwidth} als + \PValue{.5\Length{textwidth}} definiert und bei + \DescRef{maincls.cmd.setchapterpreamble} wird als optionales Argument für + die Breite ebenfalls \PValue{.5\Length{textwidth}} angegeben, so erfolgt die + Ausgabe in einer Box, deren Breite ein Viertel der Breite des Textkörpers + ist. Die horizontale Anordnung erfolgt immer mit \Macro{raggeddictum}. Das + optionale Argument zur horizontalen Anordnung, das die beiden Anweisungen + vorsehen, ändert also nicht die Ausrichtung des Spruchs innerhalb der + Box. Es wird empfohlen\textnote{Tipp!}, bei Verwendung von \Macro{dictum} + auf die optionale Angabe einer Breite bei \DescRef{maincls.cmd.setchapterpreamble} oder \DescRef{maincls.cmd.setpartpreamble} zu verzichten. @@ -236,8 +249,8 @@ werden. Die Voreinstellung entnehmen Sie bitte abgesetzt werden. Ein solcher kann leicht mit der Anweisung \Macro{bigskip}\IndexCmd{bigskip} gesetzt werden.% \iftrue% -}{\csname iffalse\endcsname} - +}{\csname iffalse\endcsname}% +% \begin{Example} Sie schreiben ein Kapitel über die moderne Ehe. Dabei wollen Sie in der Präambel zur Kapitelüberschrift einen schlauen Spruch setzen. Dieser soll @@ -263,13 +276,15 @@ werden. Die Voreinstellung entnehmen Sie bitte \renewcommand*{\dictumwidth}{.25\textwidth} \end{lstcode} \end{Example} - -\IfThisCommonLabelBase{maincls}{}{% Umbruchkorrekturtext - An dieser Stelle sei noch auf das Paket~\Package{ragged2e}% - \important{\Package{ragged2e}}\IndexPackage{ragged2e} hingewiesen, mit dem - man Flattersatz mit Trennung erreichen kann (siehe - \cite{package:ragged2e}).% -}% +% + \IfThisCommonLabelBase{maincls}{% Umbruchkorrekturtext + An dieser Stelle sei noch auf das Paket~\Package{ragged2e}% + \important{\Package{ragged2e}}\IndexPackage{ragged2e} hingewiesen, mit dem + man Flattersatz mit Trennung erreichen kann (siehe + \cite{package:ragged2e}).% + }{% + \ExampleEndFix + }% \fi % \EndIndexGroup diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/common-draftmode.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/common-draftmode.tex index 88e5c9d2b2..b8962e18b8 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/common-draftmode.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/common-draftmode.tex @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ % ====================================================================== \KOMAProvidesFile{common-draftmode.tex} - [$Date: 2019-10-10 10:04:30 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + [$Date: 2019-10-31 08:46:30 +0100 (Thu, 31 Oct 2019) $ KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs: draft)] \section{Entwurfsmodus} @@ -67,14 +67,16 @@ auf die verwendete Klasse.}{}% } -Viele Klassen und viele Pakete kennen neben dem normalen Satzmodus auch -einen Entwurfsmodus. Die Unterschiede zwischen diesen beiden sind so -vielfältig wie die Klassen und Pakete, die diese Unterscheidung anbieten.% -\IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrextend}{% Umbruchkorrekturtext - \ So führt der Entwurfsmodus einiger Pakete auch zu Änderungen der Ausgabe, - die sich auf den Umbruch des Dokuments auswirken. Das ist bei - \Package{scrextend} jedoch nicht der Fall.% -}{} +\IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrextend}{}{% + Viele Klassen und viele Pakete kennen neben dem normalen Satzmodus auch + einen Entwurfsmodus. Die Unterschiede zwischen diesen beiden sind so + vielfältig wie die Klassen und Pakete, die diese Unterscheidung anbieten.% + \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrextend}{% Umbruchkorrekturtext + \ So führt der Entwurfsmodus einiger Pakete auch zu Änderungen der + Ausgabe, die sich auf den Umbruch des Dokuments auswirken. Das ist bei + \Package{scrextend} jedoch nicht der Fall.% + }{}% +} \begin{Declaration} \OptionVName{draft}{Ein-Aus-Wert} diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/common-fontsize.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/common-fontsize.tex index 9d07ef553d..aa551f9022 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/common-fontsize.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/common-fontsize.tex @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ % ====================================================================== \KOMAProvidesFile{common-fontsize.tex} - [$Date: 2019-10-09 15:19:04 +0200 (Wed, 09 Oct 2019) $ + [$Date: 2019-12-06 10:52:05 +0100 (Fri, 06 Dec 2019) $ KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs: fontsize)] \section{Wahl der Schriftgröße für das Dokument} @@ -59,9 +59,12 @@ Dokuments. Wie in \autoref{cha:typearea} ausgeführt wurde, hängt die Auf"|teilung zwischen Satzspiegel und Rändern wesentlich davon ab. Die Grundschrift ist dabei die Schrift, die für die Masse des Textes eines - Dokuments verwendet wird. Alle davon abweichenden Einstellungen, sei es in + Dokuments verwendet wird. + \iffalse% Umbruchkorektur + Alle davon abweichenden Einstellungen, sei es in der Form, der Dicke, der Neigung oder der Größe, stehen in einer Beziehung zur Grundschrift.% + \fi% }{% \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlttr2}{Für \Class{scrlttr2}\OnlyAt{scrlttr2}}{Es} gilt sinngemäß, was in \autoref{sec:\ThisCommonFirstLabelBase.fontOptions} @@ -91,14 +94,14 @@ anzugeben. Dabei kann als Einheit für die \PName{Größe} auch jede bekannte \TeX-Einheit verwendet werden. Wird die \PName{Größe} ohne Einheit angegeben, so wird \PValue{pt} als Einheit angenommen. \iffree{}{Das genaue Verfahren, nach dem die Schriftgröße dann eingestellt wird, ist für Experten und - interessierte Anwender in \autoref{sec:maincls-experts.addInfos}, + interessierte Anwender in \autoref{sec:maincls-experts.fonts}, \DescPageRef{maincls-experts.option.fontsize} dokumentiert.} Wird die Option innerhalb des Dokuments gesetzt, so werden ab diesem Punkt die -Grundschriftgröße und die davon abhängigen Schriftgrößen der Befehle -\Macro{tiny}, \Macro{scriptsize}, \Macro{footnotesize}, \Macro{small}, -\Macro{normalsize}, \Macro{large}, \Macro{Large}, \Macro{LARGE}, \Macro{huge} -und \Macro{Huge} geändert. Das kann beispielsweise dann nützlich sein, wenn % +Grundschriftgröße \Macro{normalsize} und die davon abhängigen Schriftgrößen +der Befehle \Macro{tiny}, \Macro{scriptsize}, \Macro{footnotesize}, +\Macro{small}, \Macro{large}, \Macro{Large}, \Macro{LARGE}, \Macro{huge} und +\Macro{Huge} geändert. Das kann beispielsweise dann nützlich sein, wenn % \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlttr2}{ein weiterer Brief }{der Anhang }% insgesamt in einer kleineren Schriftgröße gesetzt werden soll. @@ -117,15 +120,20 @@ zusätzlich geladene Pakete oder die verwendete Klasse sind von diesen Paketen und der Klasse abhängig. % \IfThisCommonLabelBase{maincls}{% Es können also Fehler auf"|treten, die nicht als Fehler von \KOMAScript{} - angesehen werden, und auch die \KOMAScript-Klassen selbst passen nicht alle - Längen an eine nach dem Laden der Klasse vorgenommene Änderung der - Grundschriftgröße an.% + angesehen werden. Auch die \KOMAScript-Klassen passen nicht alle + Längen an eine \iffalse% Umbruchkorrekturtext + nach dem Laden der Klasse % + \else nachträglich \fi% + vorgenommene Anderung der Grundschriftgröße an.% }{% - \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlttr2}{% + \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlttr2auchnicht}{% Umbruchkorrektur Dabei sind Fehler möglich, die nicht als Fehler von \KOMAScript{} betrachtet werden, und auch die Klasse \Class{scrlttr2} selbst passt nicht alle Längen an eine nach dem Laden der Klasse vorgenommene Änderung der - Grundschriftgröße an.% + Grundschriftgröße an. % + \iftrue % Umbruchkorrektur + Das Paket \Package{scrletter} tut dies ohnehin nicht.% + \fi }{% Es können also Fehler auf"|treten, die nicht als Fehler von \KOMAScript{} angesehen werden.% @@ -178,13 +186,14 @@ Schriftgrößenanweisungen, \Macro{tiny} bis \Macro{Huge}, verwendet werden! \label{fig:scrlttr2.letter-5-6} \end{figure} \end{Example}% + \ExampleEndFix }{% \IfThisCommonLabelBase{maincls}{% \par \phantomsection\label{sec:\ThisCommonLabelBase.fontOptions.end}% Voreingestellt ist bei \Class{scrbook}, \Class{scrreprt} und \Class{scrartcl} \OptionValue{fontsize}{11pt}.\textnote{\KOMAScript{} - vs. Standardklassen} Demgegenüber ist übrigens bei den Standardklassen + vs. Standardklassen} Demgegenüber ist bei den Standardklassen \Option{10pt} voreingestellt. Dies ist bei einem Wechsel von den Standardklassen zu den \KOMAScript-Klassen\iffree{}{ oder bei Verwendung von Option \DescRef{maincls-experts.option.emulatestandardclasses}% diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/common-footnotes.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/common-footnotes.tex index 4300665762..a0d7f94bcb 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/common-footnotes.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/common-footnotes.tex @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ % ====================================================================== \KOMAProvidesFile{common-footnotes.tex}% - [$Date: 2019-10-10 10:04:30 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + [$Date: 2019-11-20 08:38:35 +0100 (Wed, 20 Nov 2019) $ KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs)] \section{Fußnoten} @@ -55,12 +55,16 @@ \BeginIndex{}{Fussnoten=Fußnoten}% \IfThisCommonFirstRun{}{% + \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrextendderzeitauchnicht}{% Umbruchkorrektur + Die Fußnoten-Möglichkeiten der \KOMAScript-Klassen werden von + \Package{scrextend} ebenfalls bereitgestellt. % + }{}% Es gilt sinngemäß, was in \autoref{sec:\ThisCommonFirstLabelBase.footnotes} geschrieben wurde. Falls Sie also \autoref{sec:\ThisCommonFirstLabelBase.footnotes} bereits gelesen und verstanden haben, können Sie auf \autopageref{sec:\ThisCommonLabelBase.footnotes.next} mit - \autopageref{sec:\ThisCommonLabelBase.footnotes.next} fortfahren.% + \autoref{sec:\ThisCommonLabelBase.footnotes.next} fortfahren.% \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlttr2}{ % Wird keine \KOMAScript-Klasse verwendet, stützt sich \Package{scrletter}\OnlyAt{\Package{scrletter}} auf das Paket @@ -70,51 +74,61 @@ \autoref{sec:scrextend.footnotes} ab \autopageref{sec:scrextend.footnotes}.% \iffalse% Umbruchkorrekturtext - \ Beachten Sie insbesondere, dass in - diesem Fall einige \KOMAScript-typische Erweiterungen in der - Voreinstellung\textnote{Voreinstellung} nicht aktiv sind. Stattdessen - gelten in der Voreinstellung die Fußnotenmöglichkeiten der verwendeten - Klasse oder des \LaTeX-Kerns.% + \ Beachten Sie insbesondere, dass in diesem Fall einige + \KOMAScript-typische Erweiterungen in der + Voreinstellung\textnote{Voreinstellung} nicht aktiv sind. Stattdessen + gelten in der Voreinstellung die Fußnotenmöglichkeiten der verwendeten + Klasse oder des \LaTeX-Kerns.% \fi% - }{}% + }{% + \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrextend}{% + \ In der Voreinstellung wird die Formatierung der Fußnoten jedoch der + verwendeten Klasse überlassen. Dies ändert sich, sobald die Anweisung + \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.cmd.deffootnote} % + \iftrue % Umbruchkorrektur + (siehe \DescPageRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.cmd.deffootnote}) verwendet + wird. % + \else % + verwendet wird, die auf + \DescPageRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.cmd.deffootnote} näher erläutert + wird. % + \fi % + Die Einstellmöglichkeiten für die Trennlinie über den Fußnoten werden + hingegen von \Package{scrextend} nicht bereitgestellt.% + }{}% + }% } -\IfThisCommonLabelBase{maincls}{% +\IfThisCommonLabelBase{derzeitnichtverwendet}{% Im\textnote{\KOMAScript{} vs. Standardklassen} Unterschied zu den Standardklassen bietet \KOMAScript{} die Möglichkeit, die Form von Fußnoten - in vielfältiger Weise zu konfigurieren.% + \iftrue in vielfältiger Weise \fi % Umbruchkorrektur + zu konfigurieren.% }{% - \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlttr2}{% + \IfThisCommonLabelBaseOneOf{maincls,scrlttr2}{% Die Anweisungen zum Setzen von Fußnoten sind in jeder \LaTeX-Einführung, beispielsweise \cite{l2kurz}, zu finden. \KOMAScript{}\textnote{\KOMAScript{} vs. Standardklassen} bietet darüber hinaus aber auch noch die Möglichkeit, die Form der Fußnoten zu verändern. % - \iffalse % Umbruchoptimierung + \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlttr2}{% + \iffalse % Umbruchoptimierung Ob Fußnoten bei Briefen überhaupt zulässig sind, hängt sehr stark von der Art des Briefs und dessen Layout ab. So sind beispielsweise optische Kollisionen mit dem Fuß des Briefbogens oder Verwechslungen mit der Auf"|listung von Verteilern oder ähnlichen typischen Elementen von Briefen zu vermeiden. Dies liegt in der Verantwortung des Anwenders.% + \fi% Da Fußnoten in Briefen eher selten verwendet werden, wurde auf Beispiele - in diesem Abschnitt verzichtet. Sollten Sie Beispiele benötigen, können - Sie solche in \autoref{sec:\ThisCommonFirstLabelBase.footnotes} ab + in diesem Abschnitt weitgehend verzichtet. Sollten Sie Beispiele + benötigen, können Sie solche in + \autoref{sec:\ThisCommonFirstLabelBase.footnotes} ab \autopageref{sec:\ThisCommonFirstLabelBase.footnotes} finden.% - \fi% + }{}% }{% \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrextend}{% - Die Fußnoten-Möglichkeiten der \KOMAScript-Klassen werden von - \Package{scrextend} ebenfalls bereitgestellt. In der Voreinstellung wird - die Formatierung der Fußnoten jedoch der verwendeten Klasse - überlassen. Dies ändert sich, sobald die Anweisung - \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.cmd.deffootnote} verwendet wird, die auf - \DescPageRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.cmd.deffootnote} näher erläutert - wird. - - Die Einstellmöglichkeiten für die Trennlinie über den Fußnoten werden - hingegen von \Package{scrextend} nicht bereitgestellt.% }{\InternalCommonFileUsageError}% }% }% @@ -124,7 +138,7 @@ \OptionVName{footnotes}{Einstellung} \Macro{multfootsep} \end{Declaration} -\IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrextend}{Bei vielen Klassen werden Fußnoten }{% +\IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrextend}{}{% Fußnoten % \IfThisCommonLabelBase{maincls}{% \ChangedAt{v3.00}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and @@ -134,11 +148,9 @@ \ChangedAt{v3.00}{\Class{scrlttr2}}% }{}% } % - werden % -}% -im Text in der Voreinstellung\textnote{Voreinstellung} mit kleinen, -hochgestellten Ziffern markiert. Werden in der -Voreinstellung\important{\OptionValue{footnotes}{nomultiple}} + werden im Text in der Voreinstellung\textnote{Voreinstellung} mit kleinen, + hochgestellten Ziffern markiert. }% +Werden in der Voreinstellung\important{\OptionValue{footnotes}{nomultiple}} \OptionValue{footnotes}{nomultiple} zu einer Textstelle mehrere Fußnoten hintereinander gesetzt, so entsteht der Eindruck, dass es sich nicht um zwei einzelne Fußnoten, sondern um eine einzige Fußnote mit hoher Nummer handele. @@ -163,13 +175,20 @@ sich sowohl auf Fußnotenmarkierungen aus, die mit als auch auf solche, die direkt mit \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.cmd.footnotemark}\IndexCmd{footnotemark} ausgegeben werden. - -Es ist jederzeit möglich, mit \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.cmd.KOMAoptions} -oder \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.cmd.KOMAoption} auf die Voreinstellung -\OptionValue{footnotes}{nomultiple} zurückzuschalten. Bei Problemen mit -anderen Paketen, die Einfluss auf die Fußnoten nehmen, sollte die Option -jedoch nicht verwendet und die Einstellung auch nicht innerhalb des Dokuments -umgeschaltet werden. +% +\IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrextend}{% + Bei Problemen mit der verwendeten Klasse oder anderen Paketen, die Einfluss + auf die Fußnoten nehmen, sollte Option \Option{footnotes} nicht verwendet + werden.% +}{% + \par + Es ist jederzeit möglich, mit \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.cmd.KOMAoptions} + oder \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.cmd.KOMAoption} auf die Voreinstellung + \OptionValue{footnotes}{nomultiple} zurückzuschalten. Bei Problemen mit + anderen Paketen, die Einfluss auf die Fußnoten nehmen, sollte die Option + jedoch nicht verwendet und die Einstellung auch nicht innerhalb des + Dokuments umgeschaltet werden.% +}% Eine Zusammenfassung möglicher Werte für die \PName{Einstellung} von \Option{footnotes} bietet @@ -274,10 +293,18 @@ Anweisung \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.cmd.multfootsep}% \begin{lstcode} \renewcommand*{\multfootsep}{,\nobreakspace} \end{lstcode} - in Ihre Dokumentpräambel. \Macro{nobreakspace}\IndexCmd{nobreakspace} wurde - hier anstelle eines normalen Leerzeichens gewählt, damit innerhalb der - Reihung der Fußnotenzeichen kein Absatz- oder Seitenumbruch erfolgen kann. + in Ihre Dokumentpräambel. + \iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur + \Macro{nobreakspace}\IndexCmd{nobreakspace} wurde hier anstelle eines + normalen Leerzeichens gewählt, damit innerhalb der Reihung der + Fußnotenzeichen kein Absatz- oder Seitenumbruch erfolgen kann.% + \else % + Mit \Macro{nobreakspace}\IndexCmd{nobreakspace} wurde ein Leerzeichen mit + Verhinderung eines Absatzumbruchs innerhalb der Reihung der + Fußnotenzeichen verwendet.% + \fi% \end{Example}% + \vskip -1\ht\strutbox plus .75\ht\strutbox% Beispiel am Ende der Beschreibung \fi% % \EndIndexGroup @@ -363,12 +390,12 @@ Da die Fußnotenmarken mit Hilfe des \Macro{label}-Mechanismus gesetzt werden, werden nach Änderungen, die sich auf die Fußnotennummerierung auswirken, gegebenenfalls zwei \LaTeX-Durchläufe benötigt, bis die mit \Macro{footref} gesetzten Marken korrekt sind.% -\IfThisCommonLabelBaseOneOf{scrlttr2,scrextend}{\par% - Ein Beispiel zur Verwendung von \Macro{footref} finden Sie in +\IfThisCommonLabelBaseOneOf{scrlttr2,scrextend}{% + \ Ein passendes Beispiel ist in \autoref{sec:\ThisCommonFirstLabelBase.footnotes} auf - \PageRefxmpl{\ThisCommonFirstLabelBase.cmd.footref}.% + \PageRefxmpl{\ThisCommonFirstLabelBase.cmd.footref} zu finden.% }{} -\IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlttr2}{}{% +\IfThisCommonLabelBaseOneOf{scrlttr2,scrextend}{}{% \par Es\textnote{Achtung!} sei darauf hingewiesen, dass die Anweisung genau wie \Macro{ref}\IndexCmd{ref} oder \Macro{pageref}\IndexCmd{pageref} zerbrechlich @@ -393,11 +420,12 @@ die Markierungen auch in der Fußnote selbst wiedergegeben. Sie werden dabei rechtsbündig in einem Feld der Breite \PName{Markenbreite} gesetzt. Die erste Zeile der Fußnote schließt direkt an das Feld der Markierung an. -Alle weiteren Zeilen werden um den Betrag von \PName{Einzug} eingezogen -ausgegeben. Wird der optionale Parameter \PName{Markenbreite} nicht angegeben, -dann entspricht er dem Wert von \PName{Einzug}. Sollte die Fußnote aus -mehreren Absätzen bestehen, dann wird die erste Zeile eines Absatzes -zusätzlich mit dem Einzug der Größe \PName{Absatzeinzug} versehen. +Alle weiteren Zeilen werden um den Betrag von \PName{Einzug} +eingezogen\IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlttr2}{}{ ausgegeben}. Wird der optionale +Parameter \PName{Markenbreite} nicht angegeben, dann entspricht er dem Wert +von \PName{Einzug}. Sollte die Fußnote aus mehreren Absätzen bestehen, dann +wird die erste Zeile eines Absatzes zusätzlich mit dem Einzug der Größe +\PName{Absatzeinzug} versehen. \autoref{fig:\ThisCommonFirstLabelBase.deffootnote} % \IfThisCommonFirstRun{}{auf @@ -418,7 +446,7 @@ Definition: \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrextend}{\iftrue}{\csname } \end{lstcode} \fi% -Dabei wird mit Hilfe von \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.cmd.textsuperscript} +Dabei wird mit Hilfe von \Macro{textsuperscript} sowohl die Hochstellung als auch die Wahl einer kleineren Schrift erreicht. Die Anweisung \Macro{thefootnotemark} liefert die aktuelle Fußnotenmarke ohne jegliche Formatierung.% @@ -427,9 +455,13 @@ Fußnotenmarke ohne jegliche Formatierung.% Setzen der Fußnoten der verwendeten Klasse. Das Laden des Pakets allein sollte daher noch zu keinerlei Änderungen bei der Formatierung der Fußnoten oder der Fußnotenmarken führen. Zur Übernahme der Voreinstellungen der - \KOMAScript-Klassen muss man vielmehr obige Einstellung selbst - vornehmen. Dazu können obige Code-Zeilen beispielsweise unmittelbar nach dem + \KOMAScript-Klassen muss man vielmehr obige Einstellung selbst vornehmen% + \iffalse % + . Dazu können obige Code-Zeilen beispielsweise unmittelbar nach dem Laden von \Package{scrextend} eingefügt werden.% + \else % + , indem man den gezeigten Code in die Dokumentpräambel übernimmt.% + \fi% }{}% \IfThisCommonLabelBase{maincls}{% @@ -516,7 +548,7 @@ jeweils keine Umschaltung der Schrift.% wurde.% }{} Bitte\textnote{Achtung!} missbrauchen Sie das Element nicht für andere Zwecke, beispielsweise zur Verwendung von Flattersatz in den Fußnoten (siehe -dazu auch \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.raggedfootnote}, +\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.raggedfootnote}, \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.cmd.raggedfootnote}). \BeginIndex{FontElement}{footnotereference}% @@ -540,9 +572,9 @@ und in der Fußnote selbst sind also identisch. Die Schriftart kann mit den Anweisungen \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.cmd.setkomafont} und \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.cmd.addtokomafont} (siehe \autoref{sec:\ThisCommonLabelBase.textmarkup}, -\DescPageRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.cmd.setkomafont}) jedoch geändert werden% -\IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrextend}{, sobald die Anweisung - \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.cmd.deffootnotemark} verwendet wird}{}. +\DescPageRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.cmd.setkomafont}) jedoch geändert +werden.\IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrextend}{\ Ohne \Macro{deffootnote} kann sich + diese auch auf die Markierung in der Fußnote auswirken.}{} \IfThisCommonFirstRun{\iftrue}{\csname iffalse\endcsname}% \begin{Example} @@ -570,7 +602,7 @@ Anweisungen \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.cmd.setkomafont} und \end{lstcode} Sollen jedoch die Fußnoten insgesamt lediglich in einer anderen - Schriftart, beispielsweise serifenlos gesetzt werden, so ist dies ganz + Schriftart, beispielsweise serifenlos, gesetzt werden, so ist dies ganz einfach mit Hilfe der Anweisungen \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.cmd.setkomafont} und \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.cmd.addtokomafont} (siehe @@ -580,14 +612,16 @@ Anweisungen \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.cmd.setkomafont} und \setkomafont{footnote}{\sffamily} \end{lstcode}% \end{Example}% - \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrextend}{}{% + \IfThisCommonLabelBaseOneOf{maincls,scrextend}{}{% Wie die Beispiele zeigen, ermöglicht {\KOMAScript} mit dieser einfachen Benutzerschnittstelle eine große Vielfalt unterschiedlicher Fußnotenformatierungen.% }% \fi% -\IfThisCommonFirstRun{}{% - Beispiele finden Sie in +\IfThisCommonFirstRun{% + \vskip -1\ht\strutbox plus .75\strutbox% Beispielende + Codeende +}{% + Beispiele für die Verwendung von \Macro{deffootnote} finden Sie in \autoref{sec:\ThisCommonFirstLabelBase.footnotes}, \PageRefxmpl{\ThisCommonFirstLabelBase.cmd.deffootnote}.% }{}% @@ -647,9 +681,13 @@ werden. Voreingestellt ist hierbei keinerlei Änderung von Schrift oder Farbe. Um die Farbe ändern zu können, muss außerdem ein Farbpaket wie \Package{xcolor}\IndexPackage{xcolor}\important{\Package{xcolor}} geladen sein.% -\EndIndexGroup -\EndIndexGroup -\fi +\IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlttr2}{\par + Verwendet\OnlyAt{scrletter} man das Paket \Package{scrletter} nicht mit + einer \KOMAScript-Klasse, sondern beispielsweise mit einer Standardklasse, + so existieren Anweisung \Macro{setfootnoterule} und Element + \FontElement{footnoterule} nicht.% +}{}% +\EndIndexGroup \EndIndexGroup \fi \begin{Declaration} \Macro{raggedfootnote} @@ -668,9 +706,12 @@ In% }% } % der Voreinstellung werden die Fußnoten bei \KOMAScript{} genau wie bei den -Standardklassen im Blocksatz gesetzt. Es\textnote{\KOMAScript{} - vs. Standardklassen} ist aber auch möglich die Formatierung abweichend vom -restlichen Dokument zu ändern. Dazu ist \Macro{raggedfootnote} +Standardklassen im Blocksatz gesetzt. \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrextend}{Bei + Verwendung von \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.deffootnote}% + \important{\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.deffootnote}}% + \IndexCmd{deffootnote} ist es}{Es\textnote{\KOMAScript{} + vs. Standardklassen} ist aber auch} möglich, die Formatierung abweichend +vom restlichen Dokument zu ändern. Dazu ist \Macro{raggedfootnote} umzudefinieren. Gültige Definitionen wären \Macro{raggedright}\IndexCmd{raggedright}, \Macro{raggedleft}\IndexCmd{raggedleft}, @@ -678,11 +719,11 @@ umzudefinieren. Gültige Definitionen wären entsprechend der Voreinstellung eine leere Definition. Auch die Ausrichtungsbefehle des Pakets \Package{ragged2e}\IndexPackage{ragged2e} sind zulässig (siehe \cite{package:ragged2e}). -\IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrextend}{% - Ein passendes Beispiel ist in +\IfThisCommonLabelBaseOneOf{scrextend,scrlttr2}{% + \ Ein passendes Beispiel ist in \autoref{sec:\ThisCommonFirstLabelBase.footnotes}, \PageRefxmpl{\ThisCommonFirstLabelBase.cmd.raggedfootnote} zu finden.% - \iffalse + \iffalse% }{\csname iftrue\endcsname}% \begin{Example} \phantomsection\xmpllabel{cmd.raggedfootnote}% @@ -694,6 +735,7 @@ zulässig (siehe \cite{package:ragged2e}). \end{lstcode} für die Fußnoten einfach auf linksbündigen Flattersatz umschalten. \end{Example}% +\vskip -1\ht\strutbox plus .75\ht\strutbox% Beispiel am Ende der Erklärung \fi \EndIndexGroup % diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/common-headfootheight.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/common-headfootheight.tex index 0c51854945..59505b4038 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/common-headfootheight.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/common-headfootheight.tex @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ % ============================================================================ \KOMAProvidesFile{common-headfootheight.tex} - [$Date: 2019-10-10 10:04:30 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + [$Date: 2019-11-13 12:33:18 +0100 (Wed, 13 Nov 2019) $ KOMA-Script guide (common paragraph: Head and Foot Height)] @@ -60,38 +60,47 @@ \BeginIndex{}{Fuss=Fuß>Hoehe=Höhe}% \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer-scrpage}{% \begin{Explain}% - Vermutlich, weil der Fuß bei den Standardklassen kaum besetzt ist und - zudem als \Macro{mbox} immer einzeilig ist, gibt es bei \LaTeX{} keine - definierte Höhe des Fußes. Zwar ist der Abstand von der letzten Grundlinie - des Textblocks zur Grundlinie des Fußes mit - \Length{footskip}\IndexLength[indexmain]{footskip} durchaus - definiert. Wenn allerdings der Fuß höher als eine Zeile wird, dann ist - nicht hinreichend festgelegt, wie sich diese Höhe niederschlägt bzw. ob - \Length{footskip} den Abstand zur obersten oder untersten Grundlinie des - Fußes darstellt. + Vermutlich, weil der Fuß bei den Standardklassen kaum besetzt % + \iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur + ist und zudem als \Macro{mbox} % + \else und \fi % + immer einzeilig ist, gibt es bei \LaTeX{} keine definierte Höhe des + Fußes. Zwar ist der Abstand von der letzten Grundlinie des Textblocks zur + Grundlinie des Fußes mit + \Length{footskip}\IndexLength[indexmain]{footskip} % + \iffalse durchaus \fi % Umbruchkorrektur + definiert. Wenn allerdings der Fuß höher als eine Zeile wird, % + \iffalse dann \fi % Umbruchkorrektur + ist nicht hinreichend festgelegt, wie sich diese Höhe niederschlägt + bzw. ob \Length{footskip} den Abstand zur obersten oder untersten + Grundlinie des Fußes darstellt. Obwohl auch der Kopf bei den Seitenstilen der Standardklassen in einer horizontalen Box ausgegeben wird und damit immer einzeilig ist, hat - \LaTeX{} für die Kopfhöhe tatsächlich selbst eine Länge zur Einstellung - ihrer Höhe vorgesehen. Dies erklärt sich vermutlich daraus, dass diese - Höhe zur Bestimmung des Anfangs des Textbereichs benötigt wird.% + \LaTeX{} für die Kopfhöhe \iffalse tatsächlich \fi% Umbruchkorrektur + selbst eine Länge zur Einstellung ihrer Höhe vorgesehen. Dies erklärt sich + vermutlich daraus, dass diese Höhe zur Bestimmung des Anfangs des + Textbereichs benötigt wird.% \end{Explain}% }{% + \iffalse% Umbruchkorrektur \iffree{Der }{}Kopf und \iffree{der }{}Fuß einer Seite sind zentrale Elemente nicht nur des Seitenstils. \iffree{Auch eine Ebene kann bei der Definition über entsprechende Optionen genau darauf beschränkt werden (siehe \autoref{tab:scrlayer.layerkeys} ab \autopageref{tab:scrlayer.layerkeys}). }{}Deshalb muss die Höhe beider Elemente bekannt sein.% + \fi% } \IfThisCommonFirstRun{}{% - Es gilt sinngemäß, was in - \autoref{sec:\ThisCommonFirstLabelBase.height} geschrieben - wurde. Falls Sie also \autoref{sec:\ThisCommonFirstLabelBase.height} - bereits gelesen und verstanden haben, können Sie auf - \autopageref{sec:\ThisCommonLabelBase.height.next} mit - \autoref{sec:\ThisCommonLabelBase.height.next} fortfahren.% + Es gilt sinngemäß, was in \autoref{sec:\ThisCommonFirstLabelBase.height} + geschrieben wurde. Falls Sie also + \autoref{sec:\ThisCommonFirstLabelBase.height} bereits gelesen und + verstanden haben, können Sie % + \iffalse % Umbruch selbe Seite + auf \autopageref{sec:\ThisCommonLabelBase.height.next} \else unten \fi % + mit \autoref{sec:\ThisCommonLabelBase.height.next} fortfahren.% } diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/common-interleafpage.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/common-interleafpage.tex index df1e03f172..b1fffb5776 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/common-interleafpage.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/common-interleafpage.tex @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ % ====================================================================== \KOMAProvidesFile{common-interleafpage.tex} - [$Date: 2019-10-09 15:19:04 +0200 (Wed, 09 Oct 2019) $ + [$Date: 2019-11-11 08:22:00 +0100 (Mon, 11 Nov 2019) $ KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs)] \section{Vakatseiten} @@ -64,31 +64,42 @@ \autoref{sec:\ThisCommonLabelBase.emptypage.next} fortfahren.% } -Vakatseiten sind Seiten, die beim Satz eines Dokuments absichtlich leer -bleiben. Bei \LaTeX{} werden sie jedoch in der Voreinstellung mit dem aktuell -gültigen Seitenstil gesetzt. \KOMAScript{} bietet hier diverse Erweiterungen. +\IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrextend}{}{% + \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlttr2}{% Umbruchkorrektur + }{% + Vakatseiten sind Seiten, die beim Satz eines Dokuments absichtlich leer + bleiben. Bei \LaTeX{} werden sie jedoch in der Voreinstellung mit dem + aktuell gültigen Seitenstil gesetzt. \KOMAScript{} bietet hier diverse + Erweiterungen.% + } -Vakatseiten findet man hauptsächlich in Büchern. Da es bei Büchern üblich ist, -dass Kapitel auf einer rechten Seite beginnen, muss in dem Fall, dass das -vorherige Kapitel ebenfalls auf einer rechten Seite endet, eine leere linke -Seite eingefügt werden. Aus dieser Erklärung ergibt sich auch, dass -Vakatseiten normalerweise nur im doppelseitigen Satz existieren. + \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlttr2}{% + Vakatseiten sind bei Briefen eher unüblich. Das liegt nicht zuletzt daran, + dass wahrhaft doppelseitige Briefe recht selten sind, da Briefe + normalerweise nicht gebunden werden. Trotzdem unterstützt \KOMAScript{} + auch für den Fall von doppelseitigen Briefen Einstellungen für + Vakatseiten. Da die hier vorgestellten Anweisungen aber in Briefen kaum + Verwendung finden, wurde hier auf Beispiele verzichtet. Bei Bedarf + orientieren Sie sich bitte an den Beispielen in + \autoref{sec:maincls.emptypage} ab \autopageref{sec:maincls.emptypage}.% + }{% + Vakatseiten findet man hauptsächlich in Büchern. Da es bei Büchern üblich + ist, dass Kapitel auf einer rechten Seite beginnen, muss in dem Fall, dass + das vorherige Kapitel ebenfalls auf einer rechten Seite endet, eine leere + linke Seite eingefügt werden. % -\iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur - Die leeren Rückseiten im einseitigen Druck werden eher nicht als Vakatseiten - bezeichnet, obwohl sie auf Druckbögen im Ergebnis als solche erscheinen.% -\fi% - -\IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlttr2}{% - Vakatseiten sind bei Briefen eher unüblich. Das liegt nicht zuletzt daran, - dass wahrhaft doppelseitige Briefe recht selten sind, da Briefe - normalerweise nicht gebunden werden. Trotzdem unterstützt \KOMAScript{} auch - für den Fall von doppelseitigen Briefen Einstellungen für - Vakatseiten. Da die hier vorgestellten Anweisungen aber in Briefen kaum - Verwendung finden, finden Sie hier keine Beispiele. Bei Bedarf orientieren - Sie sich bitte an den Beispielen in \autoref{sec:maincls.emptypage} ab - \autopageref{sec:maincls.emptypage}.% -}{}% + \iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur + Aus dieser Erklärung ergibt sich auch, dass Vakatseiten normalerweise nur + im doppelseitigen Satz existieren.% + \fi% +% + \iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur + \ Die leeren Rückseiten im einseitigen Druck werden eher nicht als + Vakatseiten bezeichnet, obwohl sie auf Druckbögen im Ergebnis als solche + erscheinen.% + \fi% + }% +} \begin{Declaration} \OptionVName{cleardoublepage}{Seitenstil}% @@ -113,8 +124,9 @@ definierten Seitenstile (siehe \autoref{sec:\ThisCommonLabelBase.pagestyle} ab \autoref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage} ab \autopageref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage}) verwendbar. Daneben ist auch \OptionValue{cleardoublepage}{current} möglich. Dieser Fall entspricht der Voreinstellung von \KOMAScript{} bis -Version~2.98c und führt dazu, dass die Vakatseite mit dem Seitenstil erzeugt -wird, der beim Einfügen gerade aktuell ist. Ab Version~3.00% +Version~2.98c\important{\OptionValueRef{\LabelBase}{version}{2.98c}} und führt +dazu, dass die Vakatseite mit dem Seitenstil erzeugt wird, der beim Einfügen +gerade aktuell ist. Ab Version~3.00% \IfThisCommonLabelBase{maincls}{% \ChangedAt{v3.00}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and \Class{scrartcl}}% @@ -127,11 +139,13 @@ werden in der Voreinstellung\textnote{Voreinstellung} entsprechend der typografischen Gepflogenheiten Vakatseiten mit dem Seitenstil \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrextend}{\DescRef{maincls.pagestyle.empty}}{% \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.pagestyle.empty}}\IndexPagestyle{empty} -erzeugt, wenn man nicht Kompatibilität zu früheren \KOMAScript-Versionen -eingestellt hat (siehe Option \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.option.version}% -\important{\OptionValueRef{\LabelBase}{version}{2.98c}}, +erzeugt% +\iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur (Text überflüssig) +, wenn man nicht Kompatibilität zu früheren \KOMAScript-Versionen +eingestellt hat (siehe Option \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.option.version}, \autoref{sec:\ThisCommonLabelBase.compatibilityOptions}, -\DescPageRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.option.version}). +\DescPageRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.option.version})% +\fi.% Der Punkt ist hier wichtig! \IfThisCommonLabelBase{maincls}{\iftrue}{\csname iffalse\endcsname} \begin{Example} \phantomsection\xmpllabel{option.cleardoublepage}% @@ -154,8 +168,8 @@ eingestellt hat (siehe Option \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.option.version}% \end{Example} \else \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrextend}{% - Ein Beispiel für die Bestimmung des Seitenstils von Vakatseiten finden Sie - in \autoref{sec:\ThisCommonFirstLabelBase.emptypage}, + \ Ein Beispiel für die Bestimmung des Seitenstils von Vakatseiten finden + Sie in \autoref{sec:\ThisCommonFirstLabelBase.emptypage}, \PageRefxmpl{\ThisCommonFirstLabelBase.option.cleardoublepage}.% \iffalse% Umbruchvariante ohne Beispiel }{\csname iffalse\endcsname} @@ -334,10 +348,11 @@ Argument erwartenden Anweisung \Macro{cleardoublepageusingstyle} % \fi Im doppelseitigen Satz führt \Macro{cleardoubleoddpage} immer zur nächsten -linken Seite, \Macro{cleardoubleevenpage} zur nächsten -rechten Seite. Eine gegebenenfalls einzufügenden Vakatseite wird mit dem -über Option \DescRef{\LabelBase.option.cleardoublepage} festgelegten -Seitenstil ausgegeben.% +ungeraden Seite\IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlttr2}{ und }{, }% Umbruchoptimierung +\Macro{cleardoubleevenpage} zur nächsten geraden Seite. Eine gegebenenfalls +einzufügende Vakatseite wird mit dem über Option +\DescRef{\LabelBase.option.cleardoublepage} festgelegten Seitenstil +ausgegeben.% \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrextend}{\par% Ein Beispiel für die Verwendung von \Macro{cleardoubleevenemptypage} finden Sie in \autoref{sec:maincls.emptypage}, diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/common-lists.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/common-lists.tex index 723b115d24..0591053c4a 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/common-lists.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/common-lists.tex @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ % ====================================================================== \KOMAProvidesFile{common-lists.tex}% - [$Date: 2019-10-10 10:04:30 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + [$Date: 2019-11-19 12:56:28 +0100 (Tue, 19 Nov 2019) $ KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs)] \section{Listen} @@ -66,8 +66,8 @@ selbst keine Listenumgebungen, sondern überlässt diese der verwendeten Klasse. Ist dies keine \KOMAScript-Klasse, so lädt es \hyperref[cha:scrextend]{\Package{scrextend}}\IndexPackage{scrextend}% - \important{\hyperref[cha:scrextend]{\Package{scrextend}}}.% - }{} % + \important{\hyperref[cha:scrextend]{\Package{scrextend}}}. % + }{}% Allerdings werden vom Paket \Package{scrextend} nur die Umgebungen \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.env.labeling}, \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.env.addmargin} und @@ -90,11 +90,17 @@ } \IfThisCommonFirstRun{}{% + \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrextend}{}{% Umbruchkorrektur + \iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur Da Listen zu den Standardelementen von \LaTeX{} gehören, wurde in diesem - Abschnitt auf Beispiele verzichtet. Sie finden solche in - \autoref{sec:\ThisCommonFirstLabelBase.lists} ab + Abschnitt auf Beispiele verzichtet. % + \else% + Auf Beispiele wurde in diesem Abschnitt verzichtet. % + \fi% + Sie finden solche in \autoref{sec:\ThisCommonFirstLabelBase.lists} ab \autopageref{sec:\ThisCommonFirstLabelBase.lists} oder in jeder \LaTeX-Einführung.% + }% } @@ -127,7 +133,10 @@ \Macro{labelitemii}, \Macro{labelitemiii} und \Macro{labelitemiv} abgelegt. Sie können diese leicht mit \Macro{renewcommand} umdefinieren. Die einzelnen Stichpunkte werden mit \Macro{item} eingeleitet.% - \IfThisCommonFirstRun{\iftrue}{\csname iffalse\endcsname} + \IfThisCommonFirstRun{\iftrue}{% + \ In \autoref{sec:maincls.lists} auf \PageRefxmpl{maincls.env.itemize} + finden Sie ein Beispiel für die Anwendung.% + \csname iffalse\endcsname} \begin{Example} \phantomsection\xmpllabel{env.itemize}% Sie haben eine einfache Aufzählung, die in mehreren Ebenen geschachtelt @@ -135,43 +144,44 @@ \begin{lstcode} \minisec{Die Fahrzeuge im Spiel} \begin{itemize} - \item Flugzeuge + \item Flugzeuge \begin{itemize} - \item Doppeldecker - \item Transportmaschinen + \item Doppeldecker + \item Jets + \item Transportmaschinen \begin{itemize} - \item einmotorig + \item einmotorig \begin{itemize} - \item{düsengetrieben} - \item{propellergetrieben} + \item{düsengetrieben} + \item{propellergetrieben} \end{itemize} - \item zweimotorig + \item zweimotorig \begin{itemize} - \item{düsengetrieben} - \item{propellergetrieben} + \item{düsengetrieben} + \item{propellergetrieben} \end{itemize} \end{itemize} - \item Drehflügler + \item Drehflügler \end{itemize} - \item Motorräder - \item Automobile - \begin{itemize} - \item Rennwagen - \item Personenwagen - \item Lastwagen - \end{itemize} - \item Fahrräder + \item Motorräder + \item Automobile + \begin{itemize} + \item Rennwagen + \item Personenwagen + \item Lastwagen \end{itemize} + \item Fahrräder \end{itemize} -\end{lstcode} - Anschließend erhalten Sie: - \begin{ShowOutput}[\baselineskip] + \end{lstcode} + Anschließend erhalten Sie:% + \iffree{}{\vskip 0pt plus \baselineskip}% Umbruchkorrektur + \begin{ShowOutput}[.5\baselineskip] \minisec{Die Fahrzeuge im Spiel} \begin{itemize} \item Flugzeuge \begin{itemize} \item Doppeldecker - % \item Jets + \item Jets \item Transportmaschinen \begin{itemize} \item einmotorig @@ -235,7 +245,10 @@ Klammer, während die Werte aller anderen Ebenen von einem Punkt gefolgt werden. Die einzelnen Stichpunkte werden wieder mit \Macro{item} eingeleitet.% - \IfThisCommonFirstRun{\iftrue}{\csname iffalse\endcsname} + \IfThisCommonFirstRun{\iftrue}{% + \ In \autoref{sec:maincls.lists} auf \PageRefxmpl{maincls.env.enumerate} + finden Sie ein Beispiel für die Anwendung.% + \csname iffalse\endcsname} \begin{Example} \phantomsection\xmpllabel{env.enumerate}% Verkürzen wir das vorherige Beispiel und verwenden statt der @@ -251,7 +264,7 @@ \item Flugzeuge \begin{enumerate} \item Doppeldecker - % \item Jets + % \item Jets \item Transportmaschinen \begin{enumerate} \item einmotorig @@ -261,32 +274,33 @@ \end{enumerate} \item mehrmotorig \end{enumerate} - % \item Drehflügler + % \item Drehflügler \end{enumerate} - \item Motorräder + %\item Motorräder + % \begin{enumerate} + % \item historisch korrekt + % \item futurisch nicht real + % \end{enumerate} + \item Automobile \begin{enumerate} - \item historisch korrekt - \item futurisch nicht real + \item Rennwagen + \item Personenwagen + % \item Lastwagen \end{enumerate} - % \item Automobile - % \begin{enumerate} - % \item Rennwagen - % \item Personenwagen - % \item Lastwagen - % \end{enumerate} - % \item Fahrräder + % \item Fahrräder \end{enumerate} \end{ShowOutput} Innerhalb der Aufzählung können ganz normal mit \Macro{label} Marken gesetzt werden, auf die dann mit \Macro{ref} zugegriffen werden kann. So wurde oben hinter den düsengetriebenen, einmotorigen Flugzeugen mit »\Macro{label}\PParameter{bsp:duesen}« ein Label - gesetzt. Der \Macro{ref}-Wert ist dann »\ref{xmp:maincls.jets}«. + gesetzt. Der \Macro{ref}-Wert ist dann »\ref*{xmp:maincls.jets}«. \end{Example}% + \ExampleEndFix \fi % \EndIndexGroup - + \begin{Declaration} \begin{Environment}{description}\labelsuffix[description] @@ -313,7 +327,10 @@ (siehe \autoref{tab:\ThisCommonLabelBase.fontelements}, \autopageref{tab:\ThisCommonLabelBase.fontelements}) geändert werden. In der Voreinstellung wird \Macro{sffamily}""\Macro{bfseries} verwendet.% - \IfThisCommonFirstRun{\iftrue}{\csname iffalse\endcsname} + \IfThisCommonFirstRun{\iftrue}{% + \ In \autoref{sec:maincls.lists} auf \PageRefxmpl{maincls.env.description} + finden Sie ein Beispiel für die Anwendung.% + \csname iffalse\endcsname} \begin{Example} \phantomsection\xmpllabel{env.description}% Sie wollen, dass die Stichworte statt serifenlos und fett lediglich @@ -372,22 +389,23 @@ Eine andere Form der % in vielen Klassen als \DescRef{\ThisCommonFirstLabelBase.env.description}-Umgebung vorhandenen % }{}% -Stichwortliste\textnote{alternative Stichwortliste} ist nur bei den -{\KOMAScript}-Klassen % +Stichwortliste\textnote{alternative Stichwortliste} ist nur +bei\IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrextend}{}{ den} {\KOMAScript}-Klassen% \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrextend}{ und \Package{scrextend} }{% \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlttr2}{ und \hyperref[cha:scrextend]{\Package{scrextend}} }{}% }% vorhanden: die \Environment{labeling}-Umgebung. Im Unterschied -\IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrextend}{zu}{zur zuvor vorgestellten Umgebung} % +\IfThisCommonLabelBaseOneOf{maincls,scrextend}{zu}{zur zuvor vorgestellten + Umgebung} % \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrextend}{% \DescRef{\ThisCommonFirstLabelBase.env.description}% }{% \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.env.description}% } kann bei \Environment{labeling} ein Muster angegeben werden, dessen Länge -die Einrücktiefe bei allen Stichpunkten ergibt. Darüber hinaus kann zwischen -Stichpunkt und Beschreibungstext ein optionales \PName{Trennzeichen} -festgelegt werden. % +die Einrücktiefe aller Stichpunkte ergibt. Zwischen Stichpunkt und +Beschreibungstext kann ein optionales \PName{Trennzeichen} festgelegt +werden. % \BeginIndexGroup \BeginIndex{FontElement}{labelinglabel}\LabelFontElement{labelinglabel}% \BeginIndex{FontElement}{labelingseparator}% @@ -406,7 +424,8 @@ Die Schriftart\Index{Schrift>Art}% }% }% , die für die Hervorhebung des Schlüsselworts verwendet wird, kann mit Hilfe -der Anweisungen \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.cmd.setkomafont} und +\IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrextend}{von}{der Anweisungen} +\DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.cmd.setkomafont} und \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.cmd.addtokomafont} (siehe \autoref{sec:\ThisCommonLabelBase.textmarkup}, \DescPageRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.cmd.setkomafont}) für das Element @@ -416,8 +435,10 @@ der Anweisungen \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.cmd.setkomafont} und davon abweichende Schriftart der Trennzeichen ist das Element \FontElement{labelingseparator}\IndexFontElement{labelingseparator} (siehe ebenfalls \autoref{tab:\ThisCommonLabelBase.fontelements}, -\autopageref{tab:\ThisCommonLabelBase.fontelements}) zuständig. -\IfThisCommonFirstRun{\iftrue}{\par\csname iffalse\endcsname} +\autopageref{tab:\ThisCommonLabelBase.fontelements}) zuständig. Beide sind in +der Voreinstellung\textnote{Voreinstellung} leer, es findet also keine +Schriftumschaltung statt.% +\IfThisCommonFirstRun{\iftrue}{\csname iffalse\endcsname} \begin{Example} \phantomsection\xmpllabel{env.labeling}% \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrextend}{% @@ -463,13 +484,18 @@ ebenfalls \autoref{tab:\ThisCommonLabelBase.fontelements}, die Trennzeichen auswirkt, kann es eventuell erforderlich sein, die Schriftumschaltung dafür explizit aufzuheben. \end{Example} -\fi -\EndIndexGroup -Gedacht war die Umgebung ursprünglich für Strukturen wie »Voraussetzung, -Aussage, Beweis« oder »Gegeben, Gesucht, Lösung«, wie man sie in -Vorlesungsskripten häufiger findet. Inzwischen findet die Umgebung aber ganz -unterschiedliche Anwendungen. So wurde die Umgebung für Beispiele in dieser -Anleitung mit Hilfe der \Environment{labeling}-Umgebung definiert.% +\fi% +\EndIndexGroup% +\IfThisCommonFirstRun{% + Gedacht war die Umgebung ursprünglich für Strukturen wie »Voraussetzung, + Aussage, Beweis« oder »Gegeben, Gesucht, Lösung«, wie man sie in + Vorlesungsskripten häufiger findet. Inzwischen findet die Umgebung aber ganz + unterschiedliche Anwendungen. So wurde die Umgebung für Beispiele in dieser + Anleitung mit Hilfe der \Environment{labeling}-Umgebung definiert.% +}{% + \ In \autoref{sec:maincls.lists} auf \PageRefxmpl{maincls.env.labeling} + finden Sie ein Beispiel für die Anwendung der Umgebung.% +}% \EndIndexGroup @@ -495,7 +521,10 @@ Anleitung mit Hilfe der \Environment{labeling}-Umgebung definiert.% Ende eines Verses ein Seitenumbruch\textnote{Seitenumbruch} erfolgt, so verwendet man ganz normal \verb|\\*|\IndexCmd{\textbackslash*} anstelle von \verb|\\|.% - \IfThisCommonFirstRun{\iftrue}{\csname iffalse\endcsname} + \IfThisCommonFirstRun{\iftrue}{% + \par In \autoref{sec:maincls.lists} auf \PageRefxmpl{maincls.env.verse} + finden Sie ein Beispiel für die Anwendung.% + \csname iffalse\endcsname} \begin{Example} \phantomsection\xmpllabel{env.verse}% Als Beispiel ein kurzes Gedicht von Wilhelm Busch: @@ -538,15 +567,15 @@ Anleitung mit Hilfe der \Environment{labeling}-Umgebung definiert.% \end{verse} \end{ShowOutput} kann mit \verb|\\*| allerdings nicht verhindert werden, dass am - Zeilenumbruch auch ein Seitenumbruch erfolgt. Um dies zu erreichen, - müsste innerhalb der ersten Zeile zusätzlich ein - \Macro{nopagebreak}\IndexCmd{nopagebreak} eingefügt werden: + Zeilenumbruch auch ein Seitenumbruch erfolgt. Um dies zu erreichen, kann + man zusätzlich \Macro{interlinepenalty}\IndexCmd{interlinepenalty} auf + 10000 setzen: \begin{lstcode} - \begin{verse} - Der Philosoph wie der Hausbesitzer\nopagebreak{} + \begin{verse}\interlinepenalty 10000 + Der Philosoph wie der Hausbesitzer hat immer Reparaturen.\\ \bigskip - Wer dir sagt, er hätte noch nie\nopagebreak{} + Wer dir sagt, er hätte noch nie gelogen, dem traue nicht, mein Sohn. \end{verse} \end{lstcode} @@ -573,16 +602,19 @@ Anleitung mit Hilfe der \Environment{labeling}-Umgebung definiert.% Wenn man's mit seinem Dünkel misst. \end{verse} \end{ShowOutput} - \fi - In diesen Beispielen wurde übrigens jeweils \Macro{bigskip} verwendet, - um zwei Sprüche voneinander zu trennen. + \fi % + \iffalse % + In diesen Beispielen wurde übrigens jeweils \Macro{bigskip} verwendet, + um zwei Sprüche voneinander zu trennen.% + \fi % \end{Example}% + \vskip -1\ht\strutbox plus .75\strutbox% Ende Beispiel + Beschreibung \fi % \EndIndexGroup - \iftrue% Umbruchkorrekturvarianten + \iffalse% Umbruchkorrekturvarianten \begin{Declaration} \begin{Environment}{quote}\end{Environment} \end{Declaration}% @@ -607,7 +639,7 @@ Anleitung mit Hilfe der \Environment{labeling}-Umgebung definiert.% ersten Absatz einer \Environment{quotation}-Umgebung. Wollen Sie dort den Einzug verhindern, müssen Sie die \Macro{noindent}-Anweisung\IndexCmd{noindent} voranstellen.% - \else + \else % \begin{Declaration} \begin{Environment}{quote}\end{Environment} \begin{Environment}{quotation}\end{Environment} @@ -632,15 +664,16 @@ Anleitung mit Hilfe der \Environment{labeling}-Umgebung definiert.% }{\InternalCommonFileUsageError}% }% \fi % Umbruchkorrekturvarianten - \IfThisCommonFirstRun{\iftrue}{\csname iffalse\endcsname} + \IfThisCommonFirstRun{\iftrue}{% + \ In \autoref{sec:maincls.lists} auf \PageRefxmpl{maincls.env.quote} + finden Sie ein Beispiel für die Anwendung.% + \csname iffalse\endcsname} \begin{Example} \phantomsection\xmpllabel{env.quote}% Sie wollen eine kleine Anekdote hervorheben. Also schreiben Sie unter Verwendung der Umgebung \Environment{quotation}:% \begin{lstcode} \documentclass[paper=a5,pagesize]{scrartcl} - \usepackage{selinput} - \SelectInputMappings{adieresis={ä},germandbls={ß}} \usepackage[ngerman]{babel} \begin{document} Ein kleines Beispiel für eine Anekdote, die sich @@ -767,7 +800,10 @@ erlaubt. % Umbruchkorrektur }{% Damit kann man erreichen, dass die Umgebung in den Rand hineinragt.% }% -\IfThisCommonFirstRun{\iftrue}{\csname iffalse\endcsname} +\IfThisCommonFirstRun{\iftrue}{% + \ Im Beispiel in \autoref{sec:maincls.lists} auf + \PageRefxmpl{maincls.env.addmargin} wird dies gezeigt.% + \csname iffalse\endcsname}% \begin{Example} \phantomsection\xmpllabel{env.addmargin}% Angenommen, Sie schreiben eine Anleitung mit kurzen @@ -824,13 +860,13 @@ erlaubt. % Umbruchkorrektur Ob eine Seite eine linke oder eine rechte Seite ist, kann übrigens beim ersten \LaTeX-Durchlauf nicht zuverlässig festgestellt werden. Siehe dazu die Erklärungen zu den Anweisungen -\DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.cmd.ifthispageodd} +\DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.cmd.Ifthispageodd} (\autoref{sec:\ThisCommonLabelBase.oddOrEven}, -\DescPageRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.cmd.ifthispageodd}) und +\DescPageRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.cmd.Ifthispageodd}) und \iffree{\Macro{ifthispagewasodd}}{% \DescRef{maincls-experts.cmd.ifthispagewasodd}} (\autoref{sec:maincls-experts.addInfos}, -\DescPageRef{maincls-experts.cmd.ifthispageodd}).% +\DescPageRef{maincls-experts.cmd.Ifthispageodd}).% \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlttr2}{}{% \begin{Explain} Im Zusammenspiel von % Umgebungen wie diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/common-marginpar.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/common-marginpar.tex index 17d51db46b..169a77403a 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/common-marginpar.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/common-marginpar.tex @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ % ====================================================================== \KOMAProvidesFile{common-marginpar.tex} - [$Date: 2019-10-10 10:04:30 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + [$Date: 2019-11-04 08:19:23 +0100 (Mon, 04 Nov 2019) $ KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs)] @@ -66,14 +66,16 @@ \autoref{sec:\ThisCommonLabelBase.marginNotes.next} fortfahren.% } -Außer dem eigentlichen Textbereich, der normalerweise den Satzspiegel -ausfüllt, existiert in Dokumenten noch die sogenannte Marginalienspalte. In -dieser können Randnotizen gesetzt werden. % -\IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlttr2}{% - Bei Briefen sind Randnotizen allerdings eher unüblich und sollten äußerst - sparsam eingesetzt werden.% -}{% - In diesem \iffree{Dokument}{Buch} wird davon ebenfalls Gebrauch gemacht.% +\IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrextend}{}{% + Außer dem eigentlichen Textbereich, der normalerweise den Satzspiegel + ausfüllt, existiert in Dokumenten noch die sogenannte Marginalienspalte. In + dieser können Randnotizen gesetzt werden. % + \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlttr2}{% + Bei Briefen sind Randnotizen allerdings eher unüblich und sollten äußerst + sparsam eingesetzt werden.% + }{% + In diesem \iffree{Dokument}{Buch} wird davon ebenfalls Gebrauch gemacht.% + }% }% @@ -108,7 +110,7 @@ die Anweisung \Macro{marginline}. \marginline{\texttt{scrartcl}} \end{lstcode} erreicht werden.% - \iftrue % Umbruchkorrekturtext + \iffalse % Umbruchkorrekturtext \footnote{Tatsächlich wurde nicht \Macro{texttt}, sondern eine semantische Auszeichnung verwendet. Um nicht unnötig zu verwirren, wurde diese im Beispiel ersetzt.}% @@ -132,7 +134,7 @@ Für\textnote{Achtung!} Experten sind in Darüber hinaus wird in \autoref{cha:scrlayer-notecolumn} ein Paket vorgestellt, mit dem sich auch Notizspalten mit eigenem Seitenumbruch realisieren lassen.% -\iftrue% Umbruchkorrektur +\iffalse% Umbruchkorrektur \ Allerdings ist das Paket \hyperref[cha:scrlayer-notecolumn]{\Package{scrlayer-notecolumn}}% \IndexPackage{scrlayer-notecolumn} eher als diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/common-oddorevenpage.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/common-oddorevenpage.tex index 702f5b9a36..544af3a50a 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/common-oddorevenpage.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/common-oddorevenpage.tex @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ % ====================================================================== \KOMAProvidesFile{common-oddorevenpage.tex} - [$Date: 2019-10-10 10:04:30 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + [$Date: 2019-11-19 12:56:28 +0100 (Tue, 19 Nov 2019) $ KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs)] \section{Erkennung von rechten und linken Seiten} @@ -64,59 +64,75 @@ \autopageref{sec:\ThisCommonLabelBase.oddOrEven.next} fortfahren.% } -Bei doppelseitigen Dokumenten wird zwischen linken und rechten Seiten -unterschieden. Dabei hat eine linke Seite immer eine gerade Nummer und eine -rechte Seite immer eine ungerade Nummer. % -\IfThisCommonLabelBase{maincls}{% - Die Erkennung von rechten und linken Seiten ist damit - gleichbedeutend mit der Erkennung von Seiten mit gerader oder ungerader - Nummer. In \iffree{dieser Anleitung}{diesem Buch} ist vereinfachend von - ungeraden und geraden Seiten die Rede.% +\IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrextend}{}{% Umbruchkorrektur + Bei doppelseitigen Dokumenten wird zwischen linken und rechten Seiten + unterschieden. Dabei hat eine linke Seite immer eine gerade Nummer und eine + rechte Seite immer eine ungerade Nummer. % + \IfThisCommonLabelBase{maincls}{% + Die Erkennung von rechten und linken Seiten ist damit gleichbedeutend mit + der Erkennung von Seiten mit ungerader oder gerader Nummer. In + \iffree{dieser Anleitung}{diesem Buch} ist vereinfachend auch von + ungeraden und geraden Seiten die Rede.% % Umbruchkorrekturtext - \iftrue% + \iftrue% Bei einseitigen Dokumenten existiert die Unterscheidung zwischen linken und rechten Seiten nicht. Dennoch gibt es natürlich auch bei einseitigen Dokumenten sowohl Seiten mit gerader als auch Seiten mit ungerader Nummer.% - \fi% -}{% - \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlttr2}{% - In der Regel werden Briefe einseitig gesetzt. Sollen Briefe mit - einseitigem Layout jedoch auf Vorder- und Rückseite gedruckt oder - ausnahmsweise tatsächlich doppelseitige Briefe erstellt werden, kann unter - Umständen das Wissen, ob man sich auf einer Vorder- oder einer Rückseite - befindet, nützlich sein.% - }{}% + \fi% + }{% + \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlttr2}{% + In der Regel werden Briefe einseitig gesetzt. Sollen Briefe mit + einseitigem Layout jedoch auf Vorder- und Rückseite gedruckt oder + ausnahmsweise tatsächlich doppelseitige Briefe erstellt werden, kann + unter Umständen das Wissen, ob man sich auf einer Vorder- oder einer + Rückseite befindet, nützlich sein.% + }{}% + }% } \begin{Declaration} - \Macro{ifthispageodd}\Parameter{Dann-Teil}\Parameter{Sonst-Teil} + \Macro{Ifthispageodd}\Parameter{Dann-Teil}\Parameter{Sonst-Teil} \end{Declaration}% -Will man bei \KOMAScript{} feststellen, ob ein Text auf einer geraden oder -einer ungeraden Seite ausgegeben wird, so verwendet man die Anweisung -\Macro{ifthispageodd}. Dabei wird das Argument \PName{Dann-Teil} nur dann +Will\IfThisCommonLabelBase{maincls}{% + \ChangedAt{v3.28}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and + \Class{scrartcl}}% +}{% + \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlttr2}{% + \ChangedAt{v3.28}{\Class{scrlttr2}}% + }{% + \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrextend}{% + \ChangedAt{v3.28}{\Package{scrextend}}% + }{}% + }% +} % +man bei \KOMAScript{} feststellen, ob ein Text auf einer geraden oder einer +ungeraden Seite ausgegeben wird, so verwendet man die Anweisung +\Macro{Ifthispageodd}. Dabei wird das Argument \PName{Dann-Teil} nur dann ausgeführt, wenn man sich aktuell auf einer ungeraden Seite befindet. Anderenfalls kommt das Argument \PName{Sonst-Teil} zur Anwendung. - +% +\IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrextend}{\iffalse}{\csname iftrue\endcsname}% \begin{Example} Angenommen, Sie wollen einfach nur ausgeben, ob ein Text auf einer geraden oder ungeraden Seite ausgegeben wird. Sie könnten dann beispielsweise mit - der Eingabe + der Eingabe{\phantomsection\xmpllabel{Ifthispageodd}} \begin{lstcode} Dies ist eine Seite mit - \ifthispageodd{un}{}gerader Seitenzahl. + \Ifthispageodd{un}{}gerader Seitenzahl. \end{lstcode} \iffree{}{mit leerem \PName{Sonst-Teil} }% Umbruchkorrekturtext!!! die Ausgabe \begin{quote} - Dies ist eine Seite mit \ifthispageodd{un}{}gerader Seitenzahl. + Dies ist eine Seite mit \Ifthispageodd{un}{}gerader Seitenzahl. \end{quote} erhalten.\iffree{ Beachten Sie, dass in diesem Beispiel das Argument \PName{Sonst-Teil} leer geblieben ist.}{}% Umbruchkorrekturtext!!! \end{Example} +\fi -Da die Anweisung \Macro{ifthispageodd} mit einem Mechanismus arbeitet, der +Da die Anweisung \Macro{Ifthispageodd} mit einem Mechanismus arbeitet, der einem Label und einer Referenz darauf sehr ähnlich ist, werden nach jeder Textänderung mindestens zwei \LaTeX-Durchläufe benötigt. Erst dann ist die Entscheidung korrekt. Im ersten Durchlauf wird für die @@ -125,8 +141,11 @@ Entscheidung eine Heuristik verwendet. Näheres zur Problematik der Erkennung von linken und rechten Seiten oder geraden und ungeraden Seitennummern ist für Experten in \autoref{sec:maincls-experts.addInfos}, -\DescPageRef{maincls-experts.cmd.ifthispageodd} zu finden.% -% +\DescPageRef{maincls-experts.cmd.Ifthispageodd} zu finden.% +\IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrextend}{% + \ Ein Beispiel zur Verwendung von \Macro{Ifthispageodd} ist in + \autoref{sec:maincls.oddOrEven} auf \PageRefxmpl{maincls.Ifthispageodd} + angegeben.}{}% \EndIndexGroup % \EndIndexGroup diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/common-options.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/common-options.tex index 17a009d2f3..8dc2d89048 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/common-options.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/common-options.tex @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ % ====================================================================== \KOMAProvidesFile{common-options.tex} - [$Date: 2019-10-09 15:19:04 +0200 (Wed, 09 Oct 2019) $ + [$Date: 2019-10-29 09:18:21 +0100 (Tue, 29 Oct 2019) $ KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs)] \section{Frühe oder späte Optionenwahl} @@ -81,10 +81,9 @@ \InternalCommonFileUsageError}}}}}}}}}%% betrifft. % % Umbruchvarianten: - \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlttr2}{Im Sinne der Abgeschlossenheit der Kapitel - ist dieser Abschnitt nahezu identisch in mehreren Kapiteln zu finden, - braucht aber beim Studium des gesamten von \KOMAScript{} natürlich nur in - einem gelesen werden.% + \IfThisCommonLabelBase{typearea}{Im Sinne der + Abgeschlossenheit der Kapitel ist dieser Abschnitt nahezu identisch in + mehreren Kapiteln zu finden.% }{Damit die Anwender alle Informationen zu einem Paket oder einer Klasse im jeweiligen Kapitel finden, ist dieser Abschnitt nahezu gleichlautend in mehreren Kapiteln zu finden. Anwender, die nicht nur an der Anleitung zu @@ -129,25 +128,25 @@ die Form \PName{Option}, sondern kann auch die Form \important{\PName{Option}\texttt{=}\PName{Wert}} haben. Bis auf diesen Unterschied arbeiten \Macro{documentclass} und \Macro{usepackage} bei \KOMAScript{} wie in \cite{latex:usrguide} oder jeder \LaTeX-Einführung, -beispielsweise \cite{l2kurz}, beschrieben.% -% -\iffree{}{\IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer-scrpage}{\par - Das als veraltet zu betrachtende Paket - \Package{scrpage2}\IndexPackage{scrpage2}\important{\Package{scrpage2}} - besitzt diese Erweiterung übrigens nicht. Es versteht daher nur einfache - Optionen ohne Wertzuweisung.\par}{}}% +beispielsweise \cite{l2kurz}, beschrieben. \IfThisCommonLabelBaseNotOneOf{% scrjura,scrhack,scrlayer,scrlayer-scrpage,scrlayer-notecolumn,scrextend% }{% - Bei Verwendung einer \KOMAScript-Klasse\textnote{Achtung!} sollten im - Übrigen beim Laden des Pakets \Package{typearea} oder \Package{scrbase} - keine Optionen angegeben werden. Das ist darin begründet, dass die Klasse - diese Pakete bereits ohne Optionen lädt und \LaTeX{} das mehrmalige Laden - eines Pakets mit unterschiedlicher Angabe von Optionen verweigert.% + Bei Verwendung einer \KOMAScript-Klasse\textnote{Achtung!} sollten + \IfThisCommonLabelBase{typearea}{beim dann ohnehin überflüssigen}{im Übrigen + beim} Laden des Pakets \Package{typearea} oder \Package{scrbase} keine + Optionen angegeben werden. \IfThisCommonLabelBase{typearea}{Diese Klassen + laden die beiden Pakete nämlich bereits ohne Optionen und \LaTeX{} meldet + einen Fehler, wenn eines der Pakete anschließend mit Optionen geladen + wird.}{Das ist darin begründet, dass die Klassen diese Pakete bereits ohne + Optionen laden und \LaTeX{} das mehrmalige Laden eines Pakets mit + unterschiedlicher Angabe von Optionen verweigert.}% + \iffalse % Umbruchoptimierung \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlttr2}{ Überhaupt ist es bei Verwendung einer \KOMAScript-Klasse nicht notwendig, eines dieser Pakete auch noch explizit zu laden.}{}% + \fi % \par }{} @@ -169,7 +168,8 @@ Anweisung bei vielen Nicht-\KOMAScript-Klassen zu einer Fehlermeldung% . Wertzuweisungen mit \LaTeX-Längen oder \LaTeX-Zählern sollten daher nie per \Macro{documentclass}, sondern mit den nachfolgend dokumentierten Anweisungen \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.KOMAoptions} oder \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.KOMAoption} -vorgenommen werden. \EndIndexGroup +vorgenommen werden.% +\EndIndexGroup \begin{Declaration} diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex index f4ba72ed71..b1338f5c47 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ % ============================================================================ \KOMAProvidesFile{common-pagestylemanipulation.tex} - [$Date: 2019-10-10 10:04:30 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + [$Date: 2019-12-06 11:43:30 +0100 (Fri, 06 Dec 2019) $ KOMA-Script guide (common paragraph: Setting up defined page styles)] @@ -72,20 +72,23 @@ und wie man Linien über oder unter Kopf oder Fuß setzen kann. Obwohl dies eigentlich Fähigkeiten des Pakets \hyperref[cha:scrlayer]{\Package{scrlayer}}% - \important{\hyperref[cha:scrlayer]{\Package{scrlayer}}} - sind, werden sie nachfolgend - erläutert, da diese grundlegenden Eigenschaften von + \important{\hyperref[cha:scrlayer]{\Package{scrlayer}}} sind, werden sie + nachfolgend erläutert, da diese grundlegenden Eigenschaften von \hyperref[cha:scrlayer]{\Package{scrlayer}} einen wichtigen Teil der Möglichkeiten von \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer-scrpage}{% - \Package{scrlayer-scrpage}% - }{% - \hyperref[cha:scrlayer-scrpage]{\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}}% - } ausmachen.% + \Package{scrlayer-scrpage}% + }{% + \hyperref[cha:scrlayer-scrpage]{\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}}% + } ausmachen.% }{% \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer-scrpage-experts}{% Dieser Abschnitt ist als Ergänzung zu \autoref{sec:scrlayer.pagestyle.content} zu verstehen und beschreibt - Dinge, die sich dem Anfänger nicht unbedingt sofort erschließen.% + Dinge, die sich dem Anfänger nicht unbedingt sofort erschließen. Wenn + Sie jenen Abschnitt bereits gelesen und verstanden haben, können Sie + natürlich auch direkt mit + \autoref{sec:\LabelBase.pagestyle.content.next} auf + \autopageref{sec:\LabelBase.pagestyle.content.next} forfahren.% }{\InternalCommonFileUsageError}% }% } @@ -93,6 +96,11 @@ \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer-scrpage-experts}{\iffalse}{% \csname iftrue\endcsname}% \begin{Declaration} + \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer}{% + \Option{automark} + \OptionVName{autooneside}{Ein-Aus-Wert} + \Option{manualmark} + }{}% \Macro{automark}\OParameter{Gliederungsebene der rechten Marke} \Parameter{\mbox{Gliederungsebene der linken Marke}} \Macro{automark*}\OParameter{Gliederungsebene der rechten Marke} @@ -137,37 +145,40 @@ Verwendet man hingegen als Seitenstil \DescRef{maincls.pagestyle.myheadings}\IndexPagestyle{myheadings}% \important{\DescRef{maincls.pagestyle.myheadings}}% - \textnote{manuelle Kolumnentitel}, so - existieren zwar die Marken im Kopf genauso und auch die Seitenzahlen - werden gleich platziert, allerdings werden die Marken nicht automatisch - durch die Überschriften gesetzt. Man kann sie dann nur - manuell\important{% + \textnote{manuelle Kolumnentitel}, so existieren zwar die Marken im Kopf + genauso und auch die Seitenzahlen werden gleich platziert, allerdings + werden die Marken nicht automatisch durch die Überschriften gesetzt. Man + kann sie dann nur manuell über die später in diesem Abschnitt + dokumentierten Anweisungen\important{% \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.cmd.markright}\\ \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.cmd.markboth}} - über die später in diesem Abschnitt dokumentierten Anweisungen \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.cmd.markright} und \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.cmd.markboth} befüllen. \end{Explain}\par% + Genau diese Unterscheidung wurde bei % + \iffalse \Package{scrpage2} und nun auch bei \fi% + \hyperref[cha:scrlayer]{\Package{scrlayer}}\IndexPackage{scrlayer}% + \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer-scrpage}{% + \important{\hyperref[cha:scrlayer]{\Package{scrlayer}}}}{} + aufgehoben. Statt die Unterscheidung zwischen + automatischen\textnote{lebende und manuelle Kolumnentitel} und manuellen + Kolumnentiteln über den Seitenstil vorzunehmen, gibt es die beiden + Anweisungen \Macro{automark} und \Macro{manualmark}.% }{% \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer}{% Bei den meisten Klassen bestimmt die Wahl des Seitenstils, meist \PageStyle{headings} und \PageStyle{myheadings}, darüber, ob die - Kolumnentitel automatisch oder manuell erzeugt werden. % + Kolumnentitel automatisch oder manuell erzeugt werden. Bei + \Package{scrlayer} erfolgt die Unterscheidung stattdessen über die + beiden Anweisungen \Macro{automark} und \Macro{manualmark}.% }{\InternalCommonFileUsageError}% }% - Genau diese Unterscheidung wurde bei % - \iffalse \Package{scrpage2} und nun auch bei \fi% - \hyperref[cha:scrlayer]{\Package{scrlayer}}\IndexPackage{scrlayer} - aufgehoben. Statt die Unterscheidung zwischen - automatischen\textnote{lebende und manuelle Kolumnentitel} und manuellen - Kolumnentiteln über den Seitenstil vorzunehmen, gibt es die beiden - Anweisungen \Macro{automark} und \Macro{manualmark}. Mit \Macro{manualmark}\important{\Macro{manualmark}} wird dabei auf manuelle Marken umgeschaltet. Es deaktiviert also das automatische Setzen der Marken. Demgegenüber kann mit \Macro{automark}\important{\Macro{automark}} und \Macro{automark*} festgelegt werden, welche Gliederungsebenen für das - automatische Setzen der Marke verwendet werden sollen. Das optionale + automatische Setzen der Marken verwendet werden sollen. Das optionale Argument gibt dabei die \PName{Gliederungsebene der rechten Marke} an, während das obligatorische Argument die \PName{Gliederungsebene der linken Marke} ist. Als Argument werden jeweils die Namen der Gliederungsebenen @@ -190,19 +201,28 @@ \Macro{automark} alle vorherigen Befehle zum automatischen Setzen der Marken aufhebt, während die Stern-Version \Macro{automark*} lediglich die Aktionen für die angegebenen Gliederungsebenen ändert.% - \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer-scrpage}{}{ Man kann so auch relativ - komplexe Fälle abdecken.}% Umbruchoptimierung + \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer-scrpage}{}{ % + \iffalse% Umbruchoptimierung + Man kann so, wie in \autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.pagestyle.content} ab + \PageRefxmpl{scrlayer-scrpage.mark} gezeigt, auch relativ komplexe Fälle + abdecken. % + %\else% + Beispiele für die Verwendung finden Sie in + \autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.pagestyle.content} ab + \PageRefxmpl{scrlayer-scrpage.mark}. % + \fi% + }% Umbruchoptimierung \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer-scrpage}{\iftrue}{\csname iffalse\endcsname}% - \iffalse% Umbruchkorrekturtext - \iffree{}{\par - Das veraltete Paket - \Package{scrpage2}\IndexPackage{scrpage2}\important{\Package{scrpage2}} - kennt sowohl \Macro{manualmark} als auch \Macro{automark}, jedoch nicht - \Macro{automark*}. Daher sind die nachfolgenden Beispielen nicht - vollständig auf die Verwendung von \Package{scrpage2} übertragbar.% - }% - \fi + \iffalse% Umbruchkorrekturtext + \iffree{}{\par + Das veraltete Paket + \Package{scrpage2}\IndexPackage{scrpage2}\important{\Package{scrpage2}} + kennt sowohl \Macro{manualmark} als auch \Macro{automark}, jedoch nicht + \Macro{automark*}. Daher sind die nachfolgenden Beispielen nicht + vollständig auf die Verwendung von \Package{scrpage2} übertragbar.% + }% + \fi % \begin{Example} \phantomsection\xmpllabel{mark}% @@ -216,12 +236,12 @@ \Package{scrlayer-scrpage}% }{% \hyperref[cha:scrlayer-scrpage]{\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}}% - } geladen und der Seitenstil \DescRef{\LabelBase.pagestyle.scrheadings} - aktiviert. Das Dokument beginnt also mit: + } geladen. Dadurch ist auch bereits automatisch der Seitenstil + \DescRef{\LabelBase.pagestyle.scrheadings} aktiviert. Das Dokument + beginnt also mit: \begin{lstcode} \documentclass{scrbook} \usepackage{scrlayer-scrpage} - \pagestyle{scrheadings} \end{lstcode} Als nächstes wird dafür gesorgt, dass die Kapitelüberschriften sowohl die linke als auch die rechte Marke setzen: @@ -248,8 +268,9 @@ \lipsum[21-40] \end{document} \end{lstcode} + \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer-scrpage}{}{% Umbruchkorrektur Dabei ist das Paket \Package{lipsum}\IndexPackage{lipsum} mit seiner - Anweisung \Macro{lipsum}\IndexCmd{lipsum} sehr nützlich. + Anweisung \Macro{lipsum}\IndexCmd{lipsum} sehr nützlich.}% Wenn Sie dieses Beispiel einmal testen, werden Sie sehen, dass die Kapitelanfangsseite wie üblich ohne Kolumnentitel ist, da sie @@ -265,13 +286,14 @@ \end{Example} \fi + \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer}{}{% \begin{Declaration} \Option{automark} \OptionVName{autooneside}{Ein-Aus-Wert} \Option{manualmark} - \end{Declaration} - Außer mit den zuvor erklärten Befehlen kann auch direkt mit den beiden - Optionen + \end{Declaration}} + Außer mit den \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer}{}{zuvor erklärten }Befehlen + kann auch direkt mit den beiden Optionen \Option{manualmark}\important{\Option{manualmark}\\\Option{automark}} und \Option{automark} zwischen automatischen und manuellen Kolumnentiteln hin- und hergeschaltet werden. Dabei verwendet \Option{automark} bei Klassen mit @@ -291,7 +313,7 @@ \end{lstcode} \fi - \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer-scrpage}{% + \IfThisCommonLabelBaseOneOf{scrlayer,scrlayer-scrpage}{% Umbruchkorrektur Im einseitigen Modus\textnote{einseitiger Satz} will man in der Regel, dass nur die höheren Ebenen den Kolumnentitel vorgeben.% }{% @@ -311,16 +333,24 @@ iffalse\endcsname}% \begin{Example} \phantomsection\xmpllabel{mark.oneside}% - Angenommen, Sie wollen im einseitigen Modus eines Berichts eine ganz - ähnliche Verwendung des Kolumnentitels erreichen wie im vorherigen - Beispiel. Konkret soll so lange die Kapitelüberschrift verwendet werden, + Angenommen, Sie wollen im einseitigen Modus eines Berichts % + \iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur + eine ganz ähnliche Verwendung des Kolumnentitels erreichen wie im + vorherigen Beispiel. Konkret soll so lange die Kapitelüberschrift + verwendet werden, % + \else % + so lange die Kapitelüberschriften für den Kolumnentitel verwenden, % + \fi % bis ein Abschnitt gesetzt wird. Ab dann soll nur noch die - Abschnittsüberschrift verwendet werden. Dazu wird das Beispiel wie folgt - abgewandelt: + Abschnittsüberschrift verwendet werden. % + \iftrue % Umbruchkorrektur + Dazu wird das % + \iftrue vorherige \fi % Umbruchkorrektur + Beispiel wie folgt abgewandelt:% + \fi % \begin{lstcode} \documentclass{scrreprt} \usepackage[autooneside=false]{scrlayer-scrpage} - \pagestyle{scrheadings} \automark[section]{chapter} \usepackage{lipsum} \begin{document} @@ -330,11 +360,20 @@ \lipsum[21-40] \end{document} \end{lstcode} - Wie zu sehen ist, wird in diesem Fall keine ergänzende + \iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur + Wie zu sehen ist, wird in diesem Fall keine % + \else % + In diesem Fall wird keine % + \fi + \iffalse ergänzende \fi % Umbruchkorrektur \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.automark*}-Anweisung benötigt. Sie sollten zum - Vergleich die Option \Option{autooneside} auch einmal auf \PValue{true} - setzen oder sie entfernen. Ein Unterschied ist dann ab Seite~4 im - Kolumnentitel im Kopf der Seiten zu sehen. + Vergleich die Option \Option{autooneside} % + \iffalse auch \fi % Umbruchkorrektur + einmal % + \iffalse auf \PValue{true} setzen oder sie \fi % Umbruchkorrektur + entfernen. Ein Unterschied ist dann ab Seite~4 % + \iffalse im Kolumnentitel im Kopf der Seiten \fi % Umbruchkorrektur + zu sehen. \end{Example} \fi @@ -344,43 +383,51 @@ oder \Option{manualmark} oder einer der beiden Anweisungen \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.automark} oder \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.manualmark} schafft hier klare Verhältnisse.% - \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer-scrpage}{\par% - Bei Bedarf finden Sie weitere Hintergründe und Beispiele zur Verwendung - dieser Befehle und Optionen mit dem auf \Package{scrlayer} basierenden - Paket \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer-scrpage}{% - \Package{scrlayer-scrpage}% - }{% - \hyperref[cha:scrlayer-scrpage]{\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}}% - } in - \autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.pagestyle.content}, ab + \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer}{\par% + \iffalse% Umbruchkorrektur + Bei Bedarf finden Sie weitere Beispiele zur Verwendung dieser Befehle und + Optionen mit dem auf \Package{scrlayer} basierenden Paket + \hyperref[cha:scrlayer-scrpage]{\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}} + \else + Beispiele finden Sie + \fi + in \autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.pagestyle.content}, ab \DescPageRef{scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.manualmark}.% - }{}% - \EndIndexGroup + }{% + \EndIndexGroup% + }% \EndIndexGroup - \begin{Declaration} - \OptionVName{draft}{Ein-Aus-Wert} - \end{Declaration} - Die \KOMAScript-Option versteht die Standardwerte für einfache Schalter, die - in \autoref{tab:truefalseswitch} auf \autopageref{tab:truefalseswitch} - angegeben sind. Ist die Option aktiviert, so werden - \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer}{für die Entwurfsphase}{\unskip} alle - Elemente der Seitenstile zusätzlich mit - Maßlinien\Index{Masslinien=Maßlinien} - versehen. \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer}{\unskip}{Dies kann während der - Entwurfsphase manchmal nützlich sein.}% - \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer-scrpage}{ % - Falls diese Option global gesetzt wurde, die Maßlinien aber nicht - gewünscht sind, kann die Option auch nur für das Paket deaktiviert werden, - indem man \OptionValue{draft}{false} als optionales Argument von - \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.usepackage} beim Laden des Pakets angibt.% - }{}% - \EndIndexGroup + \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer}{% Bereits bei \layercontentsmeasure erklärt. + }{% + \begin{Declaration} + \OptionVName{draft}{Ein-Aus-Wert} + \end{Declaration} + Die \KOMAScript-Option versteht die Standardwerte für einfache Schalter, + die in \autoref{tab:truefalseswitch} auf \autopageref{tab:truefalseswitch} + angegeben sind. Ist die Option aktiviert, so werden + \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer}{für die Entwurfsphase}{\unskip} alle + Elemente der Seitenstile zusätzlich mit + Maßlinien\Index{Masslinien=Maßlinien} versehen.% + \IfThisCommonLabelBaseOneOf{scrlayer,scrlayer-scrpage}{}{ % Umbruchkorrektur + Dies kann während der Entwurfsphase manchmal nützlich sein.}% + \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer-scrpage}{ % + Falls diese Option global gesetzt wurde, die Maßlinien aber nicht + gewünscht sind, kann die Option auch nur für das Paket deaktiviert + werden, indem man \OptionValue{draft}{false} % + \iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur + als optionales Argument von \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.usepackage} % + \fi % + beim Laden des Pakets angibt.% + }{}% + \EndIndexGroup% + }% \begin{Declaration} \Macro{MakeMarkcase}\Parameter{Text} + \OptionVName{markcase}{Wert} \end{Declaration} Die automatischen, nicht jedoch die manuellen Kolumnentitel verwenden \Macro{MakeMarkcase} für ihre Ausgabe. Ist die Anweisung beim Laden von @@ -388,74 +435,17 @@ \Package{scrlayer}% }{% \hyperref[cha:scrlayer]{\Package{scrlayer}}% - } nicht\textnote{bedingte Voreinstellung} definiert, so wird sie in der - Voreinstellung derart definiert, dass sie ihr Argument \PName{Text} - unverändert ausgibt. Diese Voreinstellung kann jedoch entweder durch - Umdefinierung von \Macro{MakeMarkcase} oder durch die nachfolgend - dokumentierte Option \DescRef{\LabelBase.option.markcase}% - \IndexOption{markcase}\important{\DescRef{\LabelBase.option.markcase}} - geändert werden. Je nach Einstellung wird das Argument dann beispielsweise - in Groß- oder Kleinbuchstaben umgewandelt. - % - \EndIndexGroup - - - \begin{Declaration} - \OptionVName{markcase}{Wert} - \end{Declaration} - Wie bereits früher erläutert, kann man bei - \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer}{% - \Package{scrlayer}% - }{% - \hyperref[cha:scrlayer]{\Package{scrlayer}}% - } zwischen manuellen und automatischen Kolumnentiteln wählen. Bei den - automatischen Kolumnentiteln werden dabei die entsprechenden Marken über die - Gliederungsbefehle gesetzt. In manchen Kulturkreisen ist es im Gegensatz zur - Typografie des deutschsprachigen Raums üblich, die Kolumnentitel in - Großbuchstaben zu setzen. Die Standardklassen machen genau dies in der - Voreinstellung. Das Paket \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer}{% - \Package{scrlayer}% - }{% - \hyperref[cha:scrlayer]{\Package{scrlayer}}% - } unterstützt das optional ebenfalls. Hierzu gibt man als Option - \OptionValue{markcase}{upper}\important{\OptionValue{markcase}{upper}}% - \IndexOption[indexmain]{markcase~=upper} an. Im Endeffekt führt das zu einer - Umdefinierung von - \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.cmd.MakeMarkcase}% - \IndexCmd[indexmain]{MakeMarkcase}. - - \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer}{% - Aufgrund der mangelnden typografischen Qualität der primitiven Umwandlung - in Großbuchstaben (siehe die Erklärung zu - \DescRef{scrlayer-scrpage.option.markcase} in - \autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.pagestyle.content} auf - \autopageref{expl:scrlayer-scrpage.MakeUppercase}) empfiehlt der - \KOMAScript-Autor den Verzicht auf Versalsatz.% - }{% - Leider\phantomsection\label{expl:\ThisCommonLabelBase.MakeUppercase} - führt die von \LaTeX{} für Versalsatz\Index{Versalsatz} vorgesehene - Anweisung \Macro{MakeUppercase}\IndexCmd{MakeUppercase} zu keinem guten - Ergebnis, da weder gesperrt noch ausgeglichen wird. Dies liegt teilweise - sicher daran, dass für typografisch korrekten Versalsatz eine - Glyphenanalyse notwendig ist, um die konkrete Form der Buchstaben\iffree{ - und ihrer Kombinationen}{} in den Ausgleich der Sperrung einfließen zu - lassen. Der \KOMAScript-Autor empfiehlt daher, auf Versalsatz für die - Kolumnentitel zu verzichten.% - } Dies ist normalerweise mit - \OptionValue{markcase}{used}\important{\OptionValue{markcase}{used}}% - \IndexOption[indexmain]{markcase~=used} möglich. Allerdings fügen einige - Klassen selbst beispielsweise bei den Kolumnentitel für Verzeichnisse ein - \Macro{MakeUppercase} oder sogar die \TeX-Anweisung \Macro{uppercase} - ein. Für diese Fälle gibt es auch noch die Einstellung - \OptionValue{markcase}{noupper}\important{\OptionValue{markcase}{noupper}}% - \IndexOption[indexmain]{markcase~=noupper}, mit deren Hilfe - \Macro{MakeUppercase} und \Macro{uppercase} für die Kolumnentitel lokal - deaktiviert werden können. - - Alle für \Option{markcase} möglichen Werte sind noch einmal in - \autoref{tab:scrlayer-scrpage.markcase}% + } nicht\textnote{bedingte Voreinstellung} definiert, so + \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer}{gibt sie in der Voreinstellung ihr Argument + \PName{Text} unverändert aus}{wird sie in der Voreinstellung derart + definiert, dass sie ihr Argument \PName{Text} unverändert + ausgibt}. \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer}{Die}{Diese} Voreinstellung kann + jedoch durch Umdefinierung von \Macro{MakeMarkcase} geändert + werden. \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer}{Dies}{Die Umdefinierung} kann auch + automatisch durch Verwendung von Option \Option{markcase} mit einem der + Werte aus \autoref{tab:scrlayer-scrpage.markcase}% \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer-scrpage}{}{, - \autopageref{tab:scrlayer-scrpage.markcase}} zusammengefasst.% + \autopageref{tab:scrlayer-scrpage.markcase}} erfolgen.% \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer-scrpage}{% \begin{table} \centering @@ -468,17 +458,17 @@ definiert \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.MakeMarkcase} so um, dass automatische Kolumnentitel mit Hilfe von \Macro{MakeLowercase} in Kleinbuchstaben gewandelt werden (Minuskelsatz).% - }% + }\\[-1.7ex] \pventry{upper}{\IndexOption[indexmain]{markcase~=upper}% definiert \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.MakeMarkcase} so um, dass automatische Kolumnentitel mit Hilfe von \Macro{MakeUppercase} in Großbuchstaben gewandelt werden (Versalsatz).% - }% + }\\[-1.7ex] \pventry{used}{\IndexOption[indexmain]{markcase~=used}% definiert \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.MakeMarkcase} so um, dass für automatische Kolumnentitel keine automatische Veränderung der Groß-/Kleinschreibung durchgeführt wird.% - }% + }\\[-1.7ex] \entry{\PValue{ignoreuppercase}, \PValue{nouppercase}, \PValue{ignoreupper}, \PValue{noupper}}{\IndexOption[indexmain]{markcase~=noupper}% @@ -491,37 +481,173 @@ \end{desctabular} \end{table} }{}% + + \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer}{% + Aufgrund der mangelnden typografischen Qualität der primitiven Umwandlung + in Großbuchstaben (siehe die Erklärung zu + \DescRef{scrlayer-scrpage.option.markcase} in + \autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.pagestyle.content} auf + \autopageref{expl:scrlayer-scrpage.MakeUppercase}) empfiehlt der + \KOMAScript-Autor den Verzicht auf Versalsatz.% + }{% + Leider\phantomsection\label{expl:\ThisCommonLabelBase.MakeUppercase} + führt die von \LaTeX{} für Versalsatz\Index{Versalsatz} vorgesehene + Anweisung \Macro{MakeUppercase}\IndexCmd{MakeUppercase} zu keinem guten + Ergebnis, da weder gesperrt noch ausgeglichen wird. Dies liegt teilweise + sicher daran, dass für typografisch korrekten Versalsatz eine + Glyphenanalyse notwendig ist, um die konkrete Form der Buchstaben\iffree{ + und ihrer Kombinationen}{} in den Ausgleich der Sperrung einfließen zu + lassen. Der \KOMAScript-Autor empfiehlt daher, auf Versalsatz für die + Kolumnentitel zu verzichten.% + } Dies ist normalerweise mit + \OptionValue{markcase}{used}\important{\OptionValue{markcase}{used}}% + \IndexOption[indexmain]{markcase~=used} möglich. Allerdings fügen einige + Klassen selbst beispielsweise bei den Kolumnentitel für Verzeichnisse ein + \Macro{MakeUppercase} oder sogar die \TeX-Anweisung \Macro{uppercase} + ein. Für diese Fälle gibt es auch noch die Einstellung + \OptionValue{markcase}{noupper}\important{\OptionValue{markcase}{noupper}}% + \IndexOption[indexmain]{markcase~=noupper}, mit deren Hilfe + \Macro{MakeUppercase} und \Macro{uppercase} für die Kolumnentitel lokal + deaktiviert werden können. \EndIndexGroup +\fi + + +\IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer-scrpage}{\iffalse}{\csname iftrue\endcsname} + \iffree{\begin{Declaration}}{\begin{Declaration}[0]}% + \Macro{righttopmark} + \Macro{rightbotmark} + \Macro{rightfirstmark} + \Macro{rightmark} + \Macro{lefttopmark} + \Macro{leftbotmark} + \Macro{leftfirstmark} + \Macro{leftmark} + \end{Declaration} + \LaTeX\ChangedAt{v3.16}{\Package{scrlayer}} verwendet für die Seitenstile + normalerweise eine zweiteilige \TeX-Marke. Im Kolumnentitel kann auf den + linken Teil der Marke mit \Macro{leftmark}\important{\Macro{leftmark}} + zugegriffen werden, während der rechte Teil der Marke über + \Macro{rightmark}\important{\Macro{rightmark}} verfügbar ist. Tatsächlich + ist es wohl auch so gedacht, dass \Macro{leftmark} für linke Seiten und + \Macro{rightmark} für rechte Seiten im doppelseitigen Druck verwendet + wird\IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer-scrpage-experts}{, während im + einseitigen Layout nur rechte Marken gesetzt werden}{. Im einseitigen + Layout setzen die Gliederungsbefehle der Standardklassen den linken Teil + der Marke hingegen gar nicht erst.}% Umbruchkorrektur + + \TeX{} selbst kennt drei Möglichkeiten, auf eine Marke zuzugreifen. + \Macro{botmark}\IndexCmd{botmark}\important{\Macro{botmark}} ist die auf der + zuletzt zusammengestellten Seite zuletzt gültige Marke. Das entspricht der + letzten gesetzten Marke der Seite. Wurde auf der Seite keine Marke gesetzt, + so entspricht es der zuletzt gesetzten Marke auf den bereits ausgegebenen + Seiten. Die \LaTeX-Anweisung \Macro{leftmark}\important{\Macro{leftmark}} + verwendet genau diese Marke, gibt also den linken Teil der letzten Marke der + Seite aus. Dies entspricht ebenfalls + \Macro{leftbotmark}\important{\Macro{leftbotmark}}. Im Vergleich dazu gibt + \Macro{rightbotmark}\important{\Macro{rightbotmark}} den rechten Teil dieser + Marke aus. + + \Macro{firstmark}\IndexCmd{firstmark}\important{\Macro{firstmark}} ist die + erste Marke der zuletzt zusammengestellten Seite. Das entspricht der ersten + Marke, die auf der Seite gesetzt wurde. Wurde auf der Seite keine Marke + gesetzt, so entspricht es der zuletzt gesetzten Marke auf den bereits + ausgegebenen Seiten. Die \LaTeX-Anweisung + \Macro{rightmark}\important{\Macro{rightmark}} verwendet genau diese Marke, + gibt also den rechten Teil der ersten Marke der Seite aus. Dies entspricht + ebenfalls \Macro{rightfirstmark}\important{\Macro{rightfirstmark}}. Im + Vergleich dazu gibt \Macro{leftfirstmark}\important{\Macro{leftfirstmark}} + den linken Teil dieser Marke aus. + \Macro{topmark}\IndexCmd{topmark}\important{\Macro{topmark}} ist der Inhalt, + den \Macro{botmark} hatte, bevor die aktuelle Seite zusammengestellt + wurde. \LaTeX{} verwendet dies selbst nie. + \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer}{% + \Package{scrlayer}% + }{% + \hyperref[cha:scrlayer]{\Package{scrlayer}}% + } bietet die Möglichkeit, mit + \Macro{lefttopmark}\important{\Macro{lefttopmark}} den linken Teil + dieser Marke und mit \Macro{righttopmark}\important{\Macro{righttopmark}} + den rechten Teil auszugeben. + Es\textnote{Achtung!} ist zu beachten, dass der linke und rechte Teil der + Marke immer nur gemeinsam gesetzt werden kann. Selbst wenn man mit + \DescRef{scrlayer.cmd.markright}\IndexCmd{markright} nur den rechten Teil + verändert, wird der linke Teil (unverändert) mitgesetzt. Entsprechend + setzen im doppelseitigen Layout die höheren Gliederungsebenen beim + Seitenstil + \PageStyle{headings}\important{\PageStyle{headings}}\IndexPagestyle{headings} + immer beide Teile. Beispielsweise verwendet + \DescRef{scrlayer.cmd.chaptermark} dann + \DescRef{scrlayer.cmd.markboth} mit einem leeren rechten Argument. Das ist + auch der Grund, warum \Macro{rightmark} beziehungsweise + \Macro{rightfirstmark} auf der Seite einer Kapitelüberschrift immer einen + leeren Wert zurückgibt, selbst wenn danach beispielsweise über + \DescRef{scrlayer.cmd.sectionmark} oder indirekt über + \DescRef{maincls.cmd.section} ein neuer rechter Teil + \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer-scrpage}{der Marke}{\unskip} gesetzt + wurde. + + Bitte\textnote{Achtung!} beachten Sie, dass die Verwendung einer der hier + erklärten Anweisungen zur Ausgabe des linken oder rechten Teils der Marke + innerhalb einer Seite zu unerwarteten Ergebnissen führen kann. Sie sind + wirklich nur zur Verwendung im Kopf oder Fuß eines Seitenstils + gedacht. Daher sollten sie bei \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer}{% + \Package{scrlayer}% + }{% + \hyperref[cha:scrlayer]{\Package{scrlayer}}% + } immer Teil des Inhalts + einer Ebene sein. Dagegen spielt es keine Rolle, ob sie auf den Hintergrund + oder den Vordergrund beschränkt werden, da alle Ebenen erst nach der + Zusammenstellung der aktuellen Seite ausgegeben werden. + + Näheres zum Mark-Mechanismus \iffree{von \TeX{}}{\unskip} ist beispielsweise + \cite[Kapitel~23]{knuth:texbook} zu entnehmen. Das Thema ist dort als + absolutes Expertenwissen markiert.\IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayeralsonot}{ + % Umbruchkorrektur + Sollte Sie obige Erklärung also eher + verwirrt haben, machen Sie sich bitte nichts daraus.}{}% + \EndIndexGroup +\fi + + +\IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer-scrpage-experts}{\iffalse}{% + \csname iftrue\endcsname}% \begin{Declaration} - \Macro{leftmark} - \Macro{rightmark} + \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer-scrpage}{% + \Macro{leftmark} + \Macro{rightmark} + }{}% \Macro{headmark} \Macro{pagemark} \end{Declaration} - Will man von den vordefinierten Seitenstilen abweichen, so muss man in der - Regel auch selbst entscheiden können, wo die Marken gesetzt werden - sollen. Mit \Macro{leftmark}\important{\Macro{leftmark}} platziert man die - linke Marke. Diese wird dann bei der Ausgabe der Seite durch den - entsprechenden Inhalt ersetzt. + \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer-scrpage}{% + Will man von den vordefinierten Seitenstilen abweichen, so muss man in der + Regel auch selbst entscheiden können, wo die Marken gesetzt werden + sollen. Mit \Macro{leftmark}\important{\Macro{leftmark}} platziert man die + linke Marke. Diese wird dann bei der Ausgabe der Seite durch den + entsprechenden Inhalt ersetzt. + + Dementsprechend kann man mit + \Macro{rightmark}\important{\Macro{rightmark}} die rechte Marke + platzieren, die dann bei der Ausgabe der Seite durch den entsprechenden + Inhalt ersetzt wird. Für einige Feinheiten dabei sei auch auf die + weiterführenden Erklärungen zu \DescRef{maincls-experts.cmd.rightmark} in + \autoref{sec:maincls-experts.addInfos}, + \DescPageRef{maincls-experts.cmd.rightmark} verwiesen. - Dementsprechend kann man mit \Macro{rightmark}\important{\Macro{rightmark}} - die rechte Marke platzieren, die dann bei der Ausgabe der Seite durch den - entsprechenden Inhalt ersetzt wird. Für einige Feinheiten dabei sei auch - auf die weiterführenden Erklärungen zu - \DescRef{maincls-experts.cmd.rightmark} in - \autoref{sec:maincls-experts.addInfos}, - \DescPageRef{maincls-experts.cmd.rightmark} verwiesen. + }{}% Mit \Macro{headmark}\important{\Macro{headmark}} kann man sich das Leben - erleichtern. Diese Erweiterung von - \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer}{% + erleichtern. Diese Erweiterung von \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer}{% \Package{scrlayer}% }{% \hyperref[cha:scrlayer]{\Package{scrlayer}}% } entspricht je nachdem, ob die aktuelle Seite eine linke oder rechte ist, - \Macro{leftmark} oder \Macro{rightmark}. + \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer-scrpage}{\Macro{leftmark} oder + \Macro{rightmark}}{\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.leftmark} oder + \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.rightmark}}. Die Anweisung \Macro{pagemark}\important{\Macro{pagemark}} hat genau genommen nichts mit den Marken von \TeX{} zu tun. Sie dient dazu, eine @@ -536,20 +662,13 @@ \EndIndex{FontElement}{pagenumber}% \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer-scrpage}{\iftrue}{% \par% - Bei Bedarf finden Sie ein Beispiel zur Verwendung der Anweisungen - \Macro{headmark} und \Macro{pagemark} mit dem auf - \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer-scrpage}{% - \hyperref[cha:scrlayer]{\Package{scrlayer}}% - }{% - \Package{scrlayer}% - } basierenden Paket \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer-scrpage}{% - \Package{scrlayer-scrpage}% - }{% - \hyperref[cha:scrlayer-scrpage]{\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}}% - } in - \autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.pagestyle.content}, ab + Für ein Beispiel \iffalse zur Verwendung von + \Macro{headmark} und \Macro{pagemark} \fi % Umbruchkorrektur + siehe + \autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.pagestyle.content}, \PageRefxmpl{scrlayer-scrpage.headmark}.% - \csname iffalse\endcsname}% + \csname iffalse\endcsname% + }% \begin{Example} \phantomsection\xmpllabel{headmark}% Angenommen, Sie wollen, dass auch im einseitigen Modus der Kolumnentitel @@ -560,7 +679,6 @@ \documentclass{scrreprt} \usepackage{blindtext} \usepackage[automark]{scrlayer-scrpage} - \pagestyle{scrheadings} \ihead{\headmark} \ohead*{\pagemark} \chead{} @@ -615,19 +733,13 @@ \DescPageRef{scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.righttopmark}}{% \DescPageRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.cmd.righttopmark}} weitere Marken-Anweisungen.% - }{% - Sollten die hier vorgestellten Möglichkeiten für Marken einmal nicht - ausreichen, so sind für fortgeschrittene Anwender ab - \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer-scrpage}{% - \DescPageRef{scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.righttopmark}}{% - \DescPageRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.cmd.righttopmark}} weitere Anweisungen - dokumentiert.% - }% + }{}% \iffalse% Umbruchkorrektur \ Beispielsweise ist für lexikonartige Dokumente das dort erklärte \DescRef{scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.leftfirstmark} und \DescRef{scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.rightbotmark} recht nützlich.% - \fi \EndIndexGroup + \fi % + \EndIndexGroup \begin{Declaration} @@ -657,25 +769,28 @@ }% \begin{Example} \phantomsection\xmpllabel{cmd.sectionmarkformat}% - \iftrue + \iffalse Wollen Sie auf Abschnittsebene Kolumnentitel ohne Gliederungsnummer, geht das beispielsweise so: \else Angenommen, Sie wollen, dass Abschnittsüberschriften im Kolumnentitel - ohne Gliederungsnummer gesetzt werden, \iffree{so}{dann} ist das ganz - einfach \iffree{mit:}{so zu erreichen:} + ohne Gliederungsnummer gesetzt werden, so ist das ganz + einfach mit \fi -\begin{lstcode}[belowskip=-\dp\strutbox] +\begin{lstcode} \renewcommand*{\sectionmarkformat}{} \end{lstcode} - \iffree{zu erreichen.}{}% + zu erreichen.% \end{Example}% + \ExampleEndFix \fi % \EndIndexGroup - \begin{Declaration} + \iffree{% + \begin{Declaration}% + }{\begin{Declaration}[0]}% Umbruchkorrektur \Macro{partmark}\Parameter{Text} \Macro{chaptermark}\Parameter{Text} \Macro{sectionmark}\Parameter{Text} @@ -725,6 +840,7 @@ \Macro{markleft}\Parameter{linke Marke} \Macro{markright}\Parameter{rechte Marke} \Macro{markboth}\Parameter{linke Marke}\Parameter{rechte Marke} + \Macro{markdouble}\Parameter{Marke} \end{Declaration} Unabhängig davon, ob gerade mit manuellen oder automatischen Kolumnentiteln gearbeitet wird, kann man jederzeit die \PName{linke Marke} oder @@ -774,7 +890,6 @@ \begin{lstcode} \documentclass[headsepline]{book} \usepackage[automark]{scrlayer-scrpage} - \pagestyle{scrheadings} \usepackage{blindtext} \begin{document} \chapter*{Vorwort} @@ -791,11 +906,10 @@ \begin{lstcode} \documentclass[headsepline]{book} \usepackage[automark]{scrlayer-scrpage} - \pagestyle{scrheadings} \usepackage{blindtext} \begin{document} \chapter*{Vorwort} - \markboth{\MakeMarkcase{Vorwort}} + \markboth{\MakeMarkcase{Vorwort}}% {\MakeMarkcase{Vorwort}} \blindtext[20] \tableofcontents @@ -822,7 +936,6 @@ \begin{lstcode} \documentclass[headsepline]{book} \usepackage[automark]{scrlayer-scrpage} - \pagestyle{scrheadings} \usepackage{blindtext} \begin{document} \tableofcontents @@ -834,7 +947,12 @@ \end{lstcode} \end{Example} \fi% - % + Die\ChangedAt{v3.28}{\Package{scrlayer}} Anweisung + \Macro{markdouble}\important{\Macro{markdouble}} setzt sowohl die linke als + auch rechte Marke auf denselben Inhalt. Damit ist + \Macro{markdouble}\Parameter{Marke} eine abkürzende Schreibweise für + \Macro{markboth}\Parameter{Marke}\Parameter{Marke} mit zwei identischen + Argumenten.% \EndIndexGroup \fi @@ -887,8 +1005,8 @@ \xmpllabel{cmd.GenericMarkFormat}% Angenommen, Sie wollen, dass bei allen Gliederungsnummern im Kolumnentitel eines Artikels die Nummer als weiße Schrift auf einem - schwarzen Kasten ausgegeben wird. Da bei Artikeln mit \Class{article} - die Anweisungen \DescRef{scrlayer.cmd.sectionmarkformat}% + schwarzen Kasten ausgegeben wird. Da bei Artikeln mit Klasse + \Class{article} die Anweisungen \DescRef{scrlayer.cmd.sectionmarkformat}% \IndexCmd{sectionmarkformat}% \important{% \DescRef{scrlayer.cmd.sectionmarkformat}\\ @@ -905,11 +1023,9 @@ \documentclass{article} \usepackage{blindtext} \usepackage[automark]{scrlayer-scrpage} - \pagestyle{scrheadings} \usepackage{xcolor} \newcommand*{\numberbox}[1]{% - \colorbox{black}{% - \strut~\textcolor{white}{#1}~}% + \colorbox{black}{\strut~\textcolor{white}{#1}~}% } \renewcommand*{\GenericMarkFormat}[1]{% \protect\numberbox{\csname the#1\endcsname}% @@ -919,12 +1035,16 @@ \blinddocument \end{document} \end{lstcode} + % Umbruchkorrektur (mit Ausgleich zur linken Seite): + \iffree{}{\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}\pagebreak}% Für die Farbumschaltungen werden Anweisungen des Pakets \Package{xcolor}\IndexPackage{xcolor} verwendet. Näheres dazu ist der Anleitung zum Paket zu entnehmen (siehe \cite{package:xcolor}). - - Außerdem wird eine unsichtbare Stütze mit \Macro{strut} eingefügt. Diese - Anweisung sollte in keiner ausführlichen \LaTeX-Einführung fehlen. + \iffalse \par\fi % Umbruchkorrektur (zusammen mit nachfolgender) + Außerdem wird eine unsichtbare Stütze mit \Macro{strut} + eingefügt.% + \iffalse Diese Anweisung sollte in keiner ausführlichen + \LaTeX-Einführung fehlen. \fi % siehe oben Für den Kasten mit der Nummer wird eine eigene Hilfsanweisung \Macro{numberbox} definiert. Diese wird in der Umdefinierung von @@ -955,14 +1075,12 @@ umdefinieren, da diese bei Verwendung der genannten Klassen \Macro{GenericMarkFormat} nicht verwenden: \begin{lstcode}[moretexcs={colorbox,textcolor}] - \documentclass{scrbook} + \documentclass[headheight=19.6pt]{scrbook} \usepackage{blindtext} \usepackage[automark]{scrlayer-scrpage} - \pagestyle{scrheadings} \usepackage{xcolor} \newcommand*{\numberbox}[1]{% - \colorbox{black}{% - \strut~\textcolor{white}{#1}~}% + \colorbox{black}{\strut~\textcolor{white}{#1}~}% } \renewcommand*{\GenericMarkFormat}[1]{% \protect\numberbox{\csname the#1\endcsname}% @@ -978,106 +1096,15 @@ \blinddocument \end{document} \end{lstcode} + Über Option \DescRef{typearea.option.headheight} wird dabei auch die + Warnung beseitigt, die im vorherigen Beispiel noch erzeugt wurde.% \end{Example} \fi% \EndIndexGroup +\fi + - - \begin{Declaration} - \Macro{righttopmark} - \Macro{rightbotmark} - \Macro{rightfirstmark} - \Macro{lefttopmark} - \Macro{leftbotmark} - \Macro{leftfirstmark} - \end{Declaration} - \LaTeX\ChangedAt{v3.16}{\Package{scrlayer}} verwendet für die Seitenstile - normalerweise eine zweiteilige \TeX-Marke. Im Kolumnentitel kann auf den - linken Teil der Marke mit \DescRef{scrlayer.cmd.leftmark}% - \important{\DescRef{scrlayer.cmd.leftmark}}\IndexCmd{leftmark} zugegriffen - werden, während der rechte Teil der Marke über - \DescRef{scrlayer.cmd.rightmark}% - \important{\DescRef{scrlayer.cmd.rightmark}}\IndexCmd{rightmark} verfügbar - ist. Tatsächlich ist es wohl auch so gedacht, dass - \DescRef{scrlayer.cmd.leftmark} für linke Seiten und - \DescRef{scrlayer.cmd.rightmark} für rechte Seiten im doppelseitigen Druck - verwendet wird. Im einseitigen Layout setzen die Gliederungsbefehle der - Standardklassen den linken Teil der Marke hingegen gar nicht erst. - - \TeX{} selbst kennt drei Möglichkeiten, auf eine Marke zuzugreifen. Die - \Macro{botmark}\IndexCmd{botmark}\important{\Macro{botmark}} ist die auf der - zuletzt zusammengestellten Seite zuletzt gültige Marke. Das entspricht der - zuletzt gesetzten Marke der Seite. Wurde auf der Seite keine Marke gesetzt, - so entspricht es der zuletzt gesetzten Marke auf den bereits ausgegebenen - Seiten. Die \LaTeX-Anweisung \DescRef{scrlayer.cmd.leftmark} verwendet genau - diese Marke, gibt also den linken Teil der letzten Marke der Seite aus. Dies - entspricht auch genau \Macro{leftbotmark}\important{\Macro{leftbotmark}}. Im - Vergleich dazu gibt \Macro{rightbotmark}\important{\Macro{rightbotmark}} den - rechten Teil dieser Marke aus. - - \Macro{firstmark}\IndexCmd{firstmark}\important{\Macro{firstmark}} ist die - erste Marke der zuletzt zusammengestellten Seite. Das entspricht der ersten - Marke, die auf der Seite gesetzt wurde. Wurde auf der Seite keine Marke - gesetzt, so entspricht es der zuletzt gesetzten Marke auf den bereits - ausgegebenen Seiten. Die \LaTeX-Anweisung \DescRef{scrlayer.cmd.rightmark} - verwendet genau diese Marke, gibt also den rechten Teil der ersten Marke der - Seite aus. Dies entspricht auch genau - \Macro{rightfirstmark}\important{\Macro{rightfirstmark}}. Im Vergleich dazu - gibt \Macro{leftfirstmark}\important{\Macro{leftfirstmark}} den linken Teil - dieser Marke aus. - - \Macro{topmark}\IndexCmd{topmark}\important{\Macro{topmark}} ist der Inhalt, - den \Macro{botmark} hatte, bevor die aktuelle Seite zusammengestellt - wurde. \LaTeX{} verwendet dies selbst nie. Trotzdem bietet - \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer}{% - \Package{scrlayer}% - }{% - \hyperref[cha:scrlayer]{\Package{scrlayer}}% - } die Möglichkeit mit \Macro{lefttopmark}\important{\Macro{lefttopmark}} auf - den linken Teil dieser Marke und mit - \Macro{righttopmark}\important{\Macro{righttopmark}} auf den rechten Teil - zuzugreifen. - - Es\textnote{Achtung!} ist zu beachten, dass der linke und rechte Teil der - Marke immer nur gemeinsam gesetzt werden kann. Selbst wenn man mit - \DescRef{scrlayer.cmd.markright}\IndexCmd{markright} nur den rechten Teil - verändert, wird der linke Teil (unverändert) mit gesetzt. Entsprechend - setzen im doppelseitigen Layout die höheren Gliederungsebenen beim - Seitenstil - \PageStyle{headings}\important{\PageStyle{headings}}\IndexPagestyle{headings} - immer beide Teile. Beispielsweise verwendet - \DescRef{scrlayer.cmd.chaptermark} dann - \DescRef{scrlayer.cmd.markboth} mit einem leeren rechten Argument. Das ist - auch der Grund, warum \DescRef{scrlayer.cmd.rightmark} beziehungsweise - \Macro{rightfirstmark} auf der Seite einer Kapitelüberschrift immer einen - leeren Wert zurück gibt, selbst wenn danach beispielsweise über - \DescRef{scrlayer.cmd.sectionmark} oder indirekt über - \DescRef{maincls.cmd.section} ein neuer rechter Teil - \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer-scrpage}{der Marke}{\unskip} gesetzt - wurde. - - Bitte\textnote{Achtung!} beachten Sie, dass die Verwendung einer der hier - erklärten Anweisungen zur Ausgabe des linken oder rechten Teils der Marke - innerhalb einer Seite zu unerwarteten Ergebnissen führen kann. Sie sind - wirklich nur zur Verwendung im Kopf oder Fuß eines Seitenstils - gedacht. Daher sollten sie bei \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer}{% - \Package{scrlayer}% - }{% - \hyperref[cha:scrlayer]{\Package{scrlayer}}% - } immer Teil des Inhalts - einer Ebene sein. Dagegen spielt es keine Rolle, ob sie auf den Hintergrund - oder den Vordergrund beschränkt werden, da alle Ebenen erst nach der - Zusammenstellung der aktuellen Seite ausgegeben werden. - - Näheres zum Mark-Mechanismus \iffree{von \TeX{}}{\unskip} ist beispielsweise - \cite[Kapitel~23]{knuth:texbook} zu entnehmen. Das Thema ist dort als - absolutes Expertenwissen markiert.\IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer}{ - % Umbruchkorrektur - Sollte Sie obige Erklärung also eher - verwirrt haben, machen Sie sich bitte nichts daraus.}{}% - \EndIndexGroup - - +\IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer-scrpage}{\iffalse}{\csname iftrue\endcsname} \begin{Declaration} \Macro{@mkleft}\Parameter{linke Marke}% \Macro{@mkright}\Parameter{rechte Marke}% @@ -1121,7 +1148,8 @@ Anweisungen zurückgreifen, wenn sie linke oder rechte Marken setzen und dies auf den Fall beschränken wollen, dass mit automatischen Kolumnentiteln gearbeitet wird.% - \EndIndexGroup \fi + \EndIndexGroup% +\fi \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer}{% Zu weiteren Möglichkeiten zur Beeinflussung der Inhalte von Seitenstilen diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/common-parmarkup.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/common-parmarkup.tex index 1a9aabce11..6b89f09736 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/common-parmarkup.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/common-parmarkup.tex @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ % ====================================================================== \KOMAProvidesFile{common-parmarkup.tex} - [$Date: 2019-10-10 10:04:30 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + [$Date: 2019-11-11 08:22:00 +0100 (Mon, 11 Nov 2019) $ KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs)] \section{Absatzauszeichnung} @@ -89,17 +89,18 @@ Grund dafür sein, dass der Absatzabstand bei Briefen eher gebräuchlich ist. Es bleiben damit für Standardbriefe im Wesentlichen zwei Vorteile des Absatzeinzugs. Zum einen hebt sich ein solcher Brief aus der Masse hervor - und zum anderen durchbricht man damit nicht nur für Briefe das - einheitliche Erscheinungsbild aller Dokumente aus einer Quelle, die so - genannte \emph{Corporate Identity}.% + und zum anderen durchbricht man damit nicht für Briefe das einheitliche + Erscheinungsbild aller Dokumente aus einer Quelle, die so genannte + \emph{Corporate Identity}.\par% }{\InternalCommonFileUsageError}% } % \IfThisCommonFirstRun{}{% - Über diese Überlegungen hinaus gilt sinngemäß, was in - \autoref{sec:\ThisCommonFirstLabelBase.parmarkup} geschrieben wurde. - Falls Sie also \autoref{sec:\ThisCommonFirstLabelBase.parmarkup} bereits - gelesen und verstanden haben, können Sie nach dem Ende dieses Abschnitts auf - \autopageref{sec:\ThisCommonLabelBase.parmarkup.next} mit + Über diese Überlegungen hinaus gilt \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlttr2}{% + \autoref{sec:\ThisCommonFirstLabelBase.parmarkup} sinngemäß.}{sinngemäß, + was in \autoref{sec:\ThisCommonFirstLabelBase.parmarkup} geschrieben + wurde.} Falls Sie also \autoref{sec:\ThisCommonFirstLabelBase.parmarkup} + bereits gelesen und verstanden haben, können Sie nach dem Ende dieses + Abschnitts auf \autopageref{sec:\ThisCommonLabelBase.parmarkup.next} mit \autoref{sec:\ThisCommonLabelBase.parmarkup.next} fortfahren.% \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlttr2}{ % Dies gilt ebenso, wenn Sie nicht mit Klasse @@ -136,11 +137,11 @@ von einer halben Zeile steht. Der zweite Teil ist eines der Zeichen »\PValue{*}«, »\PValue{+}«, »\PValue{-}« und kann auch entfallen. Lässt man das Zeichen\important{\OptionVName{parskip}{Abstand}} weg, so wird in der letzten Zeile des Absatzes am Ende mindestens ein Geviert, das ist 1\Unit{em}, -frei gelassen. Mit dem +freigelassen. Mit dem Pluszeichen\important{\OptionValue{parskip}{\PName{Abstand}+}} wird am Zeilenende mindestens ein Drittel und mit dem Stern\important{\OptionValue{parskip}{\PName{Abstand}*}} mindestens ein -Viertel einer normalen Zeile frei gelassen. Mit der +Viertel einer normalen Zeile freigelassen. Mit der Minus-Variante\important{\OptionValue{parskip}{\PName{Abstand}-}} werden keine Vorkehrungen für die letzte Zeile eines Absatzes getroffen. @@ -173,10 +174,8 @@ letzte Zeile eines Absatzes auch bis zum rechten Rand reichen. Einen Überblick über alle möglichen Werte für \PName{Methode} bietet \autoref{tab:\ThisCommonFirstLabelBase.parskip}% \IfThisCommonFirstRun{.% + \iffree{}{\pagebreak}% Umbruchkorrektur \begin{desclist} - % Umbruchkorrektur - \vskip-\ht\strutbox - \renewcommand{\abovecaptionskipcorrection}{-\normalbaselineskip}% % \begin{table} \desccaption % \caption @@ -215,9 +214,9 @@ letzte Zeile eines Absatzes auch bis zum rechten Rand reichen. Einen Überblick gekennzeichnet.\IndexOption{parskip~=\textKValue{full*}}}% \pventry{half}{% Absätze werden durch einen vertikalen Abstand von einer halben Zeile - gekennzeichnet. Absatzenden durch einen Leerraum von mind. einem Geviert + gekennzeichnet, Absatzenden durch einen Leerraum von mind. einem Geviert (1\Unit{em}) der normalen Schrift am Ende - gekennzeichnet.\IndexOption{parskip~=\textKValue{half}}}% + der letzten Zeile.\IndexOption{parskip~=\textKValue{half}}}% \pventry{half-}{% Absätze werden durch einen vertikalen Abstand von einer halben Zeile gekennzeichnet. Absatzenden werden nicht diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/common-textmarkup.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/common-textmarkup.tex index 158b932b05..b3272f66b1 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/common-textmarkup.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/common-textmarkup.tex @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ % ====================================================================== \KOMAProvidesFile{common-textmarkup.tex} - [$Date: 2019-10-09 15:19:04 +0200 (Wed, 09 Oct 2019) $ + [$Date: 2019-12-02 09:50:10 +0100 (Mon, 02 Dec 2019) $ KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs)] \section{Textauszeichnungen} @@ -54,44 +54,54 @@ \BeginIndexGroup \BeginIndex{}{Text>Auszeichnung}% \BeginIndex{}{Schrift>Art}% +%\BeginIndex{}{Element=\UseIndex {gen}\protect\GuideFontElement}% \IfThisCommonFirstRun{}{% Es gilt sinngemäß, was in \autoref{sec:\ThisCommonFirstLabelBase.textmarkup} geschrieben wurde. Falls Sie also \autoref{sec:\ThisCommonFirstLabelBase.textmarkup} bereits gelesen und verstanden haben, können Sie - \IfThisCommonLabelBaseOneOf{scrextend,scrjura,scrlayer-notecolumn}{}{% - sich auf \autoref{tab:\ThisCommonLabelBase.fontelements}, - \autopageref{tab:\ThisCommonLabelBase.fontelements} beschränken und - ansonsten }% + \IfThisCommonLabelBaseOneOf{scrextend,scrlayer-notecolumn}{% + }{% + \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrjura}{% Umbruchkorrektur + % unter Beachtung von \autoref{tab:\ThisCommonLabelBase.fontelements}% + }{% + sich auf \autoref{tab:\ThisCommonLabelBase.fontelements}, + \autopageref{tab:\ThisCommonLabelBase.fontelements} beschränken und + ansonsten % + }% + }% auf \autopageref{sec:\ThisCommonLabelBase.textmarkup.next} mit \autoref{sec:\ThisCommonLabelBase.textmarkup.next} fortfahren.% - \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrextend}{\ Für diesen Fall sei jedoch darauf - hingewiesen\textnote{Einschränkung} dass von \Package{scrextend} aus + \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrextend}{\ Es sei jedoch darauf + hingewiesen\textnote{Einschränkung} dass aus \autoref{tab:maincls.fontelements}, \autopageref{tab:maincls.fontelements} nur die Elemente für den Dokumenttitel, den schlauen Spruch, die Fußnoten und die \DescRef{maincls.env.labeling}-Umgebung unterstützt werden. Das Element \DescRef{maincls.fontelement.disposition} ist zwar auch vorhanden, - wird jedoch von \Package{scrextend} ebenfalls nur für den Dokumenttitel - verwendet.% + wird jedoch nur für den Dokumenttitel verwendet.% }{}% } % Umbruchkorrektur -\IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer-scrpage}{}{% +\IfThisCommonLabelBaseOneOf{scrlayer-scrpage,scrextend,scrjura}{}{% \LaTeX{} verfügt über eine ganze Reihe von Anweisungen zur Textauszeichnung. % \IfThisCommonLabelBaseOneOf{scrlttr2}{}{% Neben der Wahl der Schriftart gehören dazu auch Befehle zur Wahl einer Textgröße oder der Textausrichtung. % }% -Näheres zu den normalerweise definierten Möglichkeiten ist \cite{l2kurz}, -\cite{latex:usrguide} und \cite{latex:fntguide} zu entnehmen.}% + Näheres zu den normalerweise definierten Möglichkeiten ist \cite{l2kurz}, + \cite{latex:usrguide} und \cite{latex:fntguide} zu entnehmen.% +}% -\IfThisCommonLabelBaseOneOf{scrlayer-scrpage,scrjura,scrlayer-notecolumn}{% +% Die beiden Anweisungen sind schon so lange in LaTeX, dass ich sie hier nicht +% mehr dokumentiere, obwohl KOMA-Script ggf. noch immer \textsubscript selbst +% definiert. +%\IfThisCommonLabelBaseOneOf{scrlayer-scrpage,scrjura,scrlayer-notecolumn}{% \iffalse% -}{% - \csname iftrue\endcsname}% +%}{% +% \csname iftrue\endcsname}% \begin{Declaration} \Macro{textsuperscript}\Parameter{Text} \Macro{textsubscript}\Parameter{Text} @@ -203,12 +213,14 @@ vornehmen oder zu Ausgaben führen, ist nicht vorgesehen. Seltsames Verhalten ist in diesen Fällen möglich und stellt keinen Fehler dar.% \fi -Mit \Macro{setkomafont} wird die Schriftumschaltung eines Elements mit einer -völlig neuen Definition versehen. Demgegenüber wird mit \Macro{addtokomafont} -die existierende Definition lediglich erweitert. Es wird empfohlen, beide -Anweisungen nicht innerhalb des Dokuments, sondern nur in der Dokumentpräambel -zu verwenden. Beispiele für die Verwendung entnehmen Sie bitte den Abschnitten -zu den jeweiligen Elementen.% +Mit \Macro{setkomafont}\important{\Macro{setkomafont}} wird die +Schriftumschaltung eines Elements mit einer völlig neuen Definition +versehen. Demgegenüber wird mit +\Macro{addtokomafont}\important{\Macro{addtokomafont}} die existierende +Definition lediglich erweitert. Es wird empfohlen, beide Anweisungen nicht +innerhalb des Dokuments, sondern nur in der Dokumentpräambel zu +verwenden. Beispiele für die Verwendung entnehmen Sie bitte den Abschnitten zu +den jeweiligen Elementen.% \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer-notecolumn}{}{% \ Namen und Bedeutung der einzelnen Elemente \IfThisCommonLabelBaseOneOf{scrlayer-scrpage,scrjura}{und deren @@ -242,13 +254,15 @@ zu den jeweiligen Elementen.% }% }% -\IfThisCommonLabelBaseOneOf{scrlttr2,scrextend}{% Umbruchvarianten - Mit der Anweisung \Macro{usekomafont} kann die aktuelle Schriftart auf die - für das angegebene \PName{Element} umgeschaltet werden.% +\IfThisCommonLabelBaseOneOf{scrlttr2,scrextend,scrlayer-notecolumn}{% Umbruchvarianten + \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlayer-notecolumn}{\pagebreak}{}% Umbruchkorrektur + Mit der Anweisung \Macro{usekomafont}\important{\Macro{usekomafont}} kann + die aktuelle Schriftart auf die für das angegebene \PName{Element} + umgeschaltet werden.% }{% - Mit der Anweisung \Macro{usekomafont} kann die aktuelle Schriftart auf - diejenige umgeschaltet werden, die für das angegebene \PName{Element} - definiert ist.% + Mit der Anweisung \Macro{usekomafont}\important{\Macro{usekomafont}} kann + die aktuelle Schriftart auf diejenige umgeschaltet werden, die für das + angegebene \PName{Element} definiert ist.% } \IfThisCommonLabelBase{maincls}{\iftrue}{\csname iffalse\endcsname} \begin{Example} @@ -301,9 +315,10 @@ zu den jeweiligen Elementen.% \autoref{sec:maincls.toc}, \DescPageRef{maincls.cmd.tableofcontents})}% \feentry{chapterentrydots}{% \ChangedAt{v3.15}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}}% - Optionale Verbindungspunkte in Inhaltsverzeichniseinträgen der Ebene - \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.cmd.chapter} abweichend vom Element - \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.fontelement.chapterentrypagenumber} (siehe + optionale Verbindungspunkte in Inhaltsverzeichniseinträgen der Ebene + \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.cmd.chapter} abweichend von Element + \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.fontelement.chapterentry}, + \Macro{normalfont} und \Macro{normalsize} (siehe \autoref{sec:maincls.toc}, \DescPageRef{maincls.cmd.tableofcontents})}% \feentry{chapterentrypagenumber}{% Seitenzahl des Inhaltsverzeichniseintrags der Ebene @@ -392,14 +407,19 @@ zu den jeweiligen Elementen.% \DescPageRef{scrlayer-scrpage.fontelement.pagefoot})}% \feentry{pagehead}{% alternative Bezeichnung für - \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.fontelement.pageheadfoot}}% + \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.fontelement.pageheadfoot}, solange + \hyperref[cha:scrlayer-scrpage]{\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}} nicht + geladen ist (siehe auch + \autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.predefined.pagestyles}, + \DescPageRef{scrlayer-scrpage.fontelement.pageheadfoot})}% \feentry{pageheadfoot}{% Seitenkopf und Seitenfuß bei allen von \KOMAScript{} definierten Seitenstilen (siehe \autoref{sec:maincls.pagestyle} ab \autopageref{sec:maincls.pagestyle})}% \feentry{pagenumber}{% Seitenzahl im Kopf oder Fuß der Seite (siehe - \autoref{sec:maincls.pagestyle})}% + \autoref{sec:maincls.pagestyle}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.fontelement.pagenumber})}% \feentry{pagination}{% alternative Bezeichnung für \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.fontelement.pagenumber}}% @@ -441,10 +461,11 @@ zu den jeweiligen Elementen.% \DescPageRef{maincls.cmd.tableofcontents})}% \feentry{sectionentrydots}{% \ChangedAt{v3.15}{\Class{scrartcl}}% - Optionale Verbindungspunkte in Inhaltsverzeichniseinträgen der Ebene + optionale Verbindungspunkte in Inhaltsverzeichniseinträgen der Ebene \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.cmd.section} abweichend vom Element - \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.fontelement.sectionentrypagenumber} (nur - bei \Class{scrartcl} verfügbar, siehe \autoref{sec:maincls.toc}, + \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.fontelement.sectionentry}, + \Macro{normalfont} und \Macro{normalsize} (nur bei \Class{scrartcl} + verfügbar, siehe \autoref{sec:maincls.toc}, \DescPageRef{maincls.cmd.tableofcontents})}% \feentry{sectionentrypagenumber}{% Seitenzahl des Inhaltsverzeichniseintrags der Ebene @@ -496,17 +517,27 @@ zu den jeweiligen Elementen.% \begin{Example} Angenommen, Sie wollen, dass der Titel in Serifenschrift und rot gesetzt wird. Das erreichen Sie einfach mit: + \iffalse% Umbruchkorrektur \begin{lstcode}[moretexcs=color] \setkomafont{title}{% \color{red}% } \end{lstcode} + \else% +\begin{lstcode}[moretexcs=color] + \setkomafont{title}{\color{red}} +\end{lstcode} + \fi% Für die Anweisung \Macro{color}\PParameter{red} wird das Paket - \Package{color} oder \Package{xcolor} benötigt. Die zusätzliche Angabe - von \Macro{normalfont} ist in diesem Beispiel deshalb nicht notwendig, - weil diese Anweisung bereits in der Definition des Titels enthalten - ist. Das\textnote{Achtung!} Beispiel setzt voraus, dass - \OptionValueRef{scrextend}{extendedfeature}{title} gesetzt ist + \Package{color}\IndexPackage{color} oder + \Package{xcolor}\IndexPackage{xcolor} benötigt. % + \iffalse% Umbruchkorrektur + Die zusätzliche Angabe von \Macro{normalfont} ist in diesem Beispiel + deshalb nicht notwendig, weil diese Anweisung bereits in der Definition + des Titels enthalten ist. % + \fi % + Das\textnote{Achtung!} Beispiel setzt voraus, dass + Option \OptionValueRef{scrextend}{extendedfeature}{title} gesetzt ist (siehe \autoref{sec:scrextend.optionalFeatures}, \DescPageRef{scrextend.option.extendedfeature}). \end{Example} @@ -518,9 +549,13 @@ zu den jeweiligen Elementen.% \PageRefxmpl{maincls.cmd.setkomafont}. \begin{desclist} - \desccaption{% - Elemente, deren Schrift bei der Klasse \Class{scrlttr2} oder - dem Paket \Package{scrletter} mit \Macro{setkomafont} und + \desccaption[{% + Elemente, deren Schrift bei Briefen mit \Macro{setkomafont} und + \Macro{addtokomafont} verändert werden kann% + }]% + {% + Elemente, deren Schrift bei der Klasse \Class{scrlttr2} oder dem + Paket \Package{scrletter} mit \Macro{setkomafont} und \Macro{addtokomafont} verändert werden kann\label{tab:scrlttr2.fontelements}% }{% @@ -570,34 +605,34 @@ zu den jeweiligen Elementen.% \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.cmd.item.labeling}-Anweisung, und Trennzeichen, also das optionale Argument der \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.env.labeling}-Umgebung, in einer - \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.env.labeling}-Umgebung (siehe - \autoref{sec:scrlttr2.lists}, \DescPageRef{scrlttr2.env.labeling})}% + \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.env.labeling}-Umgebung + (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2.lists}, + \DescPageRef{scrlttr2.env.labeling})}% \feentry{labelingseparator}{% Trennzeichen, also das optionale Argument der \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.env.labeling}-Umgebung, in einer \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.env.labeling}-Umgebung; Anwendung erfolgt nach dem Element - \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.fontelement.labelinglabel} (siehe - \autoref{sec:scrlttr2.lists}, \DescPageRef{scrlttr2.env.labeling})}% + \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.fontelement.labelinglabel} + (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2.lists}, + \DescPageRef{scrlttr2.env.labeling})}% \feentry{pagefoot}{% - wird nach dem Element - \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.fontelement.pageheadfoot} - für den mit Variable - \DescRef{scrlttr2.variable.nextfoot}\IndexVariable{nextfoot} - definierten Seitenfuß verwendet oder wenn das Paket - \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} geladen ist - (\autoref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage}, - \DescPageRef{scrlayer-scrpage.fontelement.pagefoot})}% + wird je nach Seitenstil nach + \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.fontelement.pageheadfoot} auf den + Seitenfuß angewendet (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.pagestyle}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.fontelement.pagefoot})}% \feentry{pagehead}{% - alternative Bezeichnung für - \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.fontelement.pageheadfoot}}% + wird je nach Seitenstil nach + \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.fontelement.pageheadfoot} auf den + Seitenkopf angewendet (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.pagestyle}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.fontelement.pagehead})}% \feentry{pageheadfoot}{% Seitenkopf und Seitenfuß bei allen von \KOMAScript{} definierten - Seitenstilen (\autoref{sec:maincls.pagestyle}, + Seitenstilen (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.pagestyle}, \DescPageRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.fontelement.pageheadfoot})}% \feentry{pagenumber}{% Seitenzahl im Kopf oder Fuß der Seite - (\autoref{sec:maincls.pagestyle}, + (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.pagestyle}, \DescPageRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.fontelement.pagenumber})}% \feentry{pagination}{% alternative Bezeichnung für @@ -708,7 +743,7 @@ zu den jeweiligen Elementen.% \mbox{Voreinstellung: \emph{leer}}% }% \feentry{pagefoot}{% - Inhalt eines Fußes eines mit \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} + Inhalt des Fußes eines mit \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} definierten Seitenstils (siehe \autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.predefined.pagestyles}, \DescPageRef{scrlayer-scrpage.fontelement.pagefoot}). Das Element @@ -718,7 +753,7 @@ zu den jeweiligen Elementen.% \mbox{Voreinstellung: \emph{leer}}% }% \feentry{pagehead}{% - Inhalt eines Kopfes eines mit \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} + Inhalt des Kopfes eines mit \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} definierten Seitenstils (siehe \autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.predefined.pagestyles}, \DescPageRef{scrlayer-scrpage.fontelement.pagehead}). Das Element @@ -728,7 +763,7 @@ zu den jeweiligen Elementen.% \mbox{Voreinstellung: \emph{leer}}% }% \feentry{pageheadfoot}{% - Inhalt eines Kopfes oder Fußes eines mit + Inhalt des Kopfes oder Fußes eines mit \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} definierten Seitenstils (siehe \autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.predefined.pagestyles}, \DescPageRef{scrlayer-scrpage.fontelement.pageheadfoot}). Das @@ -741,16 +776,27 @@ zu den jeweiligen Elementen.% Die mit \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.cmd.pagemark} gesetzte Paginierung (siehe \autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.predefined.pagestyles}, - \DescPageRef{scrlayer-scrpage.fontelement.pagenumber}). Bei einer + \DescPageRef{scrlayer-scrpage.fontelement.pagenumber})% + \iftrue % Umbruchkorrektur + . Bei einer etwaigen Umdefinierung von \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.cmd.pagemark} ist dafür zu sorgen, dass die Umdefinierung auch ein - \Macro{usekomafont}\PParameter{pagenumber} enthält!\par + \Macro{usekomafont}\PParameter{pagenumber} enthält!% + \else % + , solange \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.cmd.pagemark} nicht + unsachgemäß umdefiniert wird.% + \fi % + \par \mbox{Voreinstellung: \Macro{normalfont}}% }% \end{desclist} }{% \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrjura}{% + \par Ein allgemeines Beispiel für die Anwendung von + \Macro{setkomafont} und \Macro{usekomafont} finden Sie in + \autoref{sec:maincls.textmarkup}, + \PageRefxmpl{maincls.cmd.setkomafont}.% \begin{table} \caption{Elemente, deren Schrift bei \Package{scrjura} mit \Macro{setkomafont} und \Macro{addtokomafont} verändert werden @@ -764,7 +810,7 @@ zu den jeweiligen Elementen.% \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.env.contract}; ist kein entsprechendes Element definiert, so wird auf \FontElement{contract.Clause} zurückgegriffen% - }% + }\\[-1.7ex] \feentry{contract.Clause}{% Überschrift eines Paragraphen innerhalb von \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.env.contract} (siehe @@ -773,7 +819,7 @@ zu den jeweiligen Elementen.% \par \mbox{Voreinstellung: \Macro{sffamily}\Macro{bfseries}\Macro{large}}% - }% + }\\[-1.7ex] \entry{\DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.fontelement./Name/.Clause}}{% \IndexFontElement[indexmain]{\PName{Name}.Clause}% Überschrift eines Paragraphen innerhalb einer Umgebung @@ -786,13 +832,13 @@ zu den jeweiligen Elementen.% \DescPageRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.fontelement./Name/.Clause}); \par \mbox{Voreinstellung: \emph{keine}}% - }% + }\\[-1.7ex] \feentry{parnumber}{% Absatznummern innerhalb einer Vertragsumgebung (siehe \autoref{sec:\ThisCommonLabelBase.par}, \DescPageRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.fontelement.parnumber});\par \mbox{Voreinstellung: \emph{leer}}% - }% + }\\[-1.7ex] \feentry{sentencenumber}{% \ChangedAt{v3.26}{\Package{scrjura}}% Satznummer der Anweisung @@ -813,6 +859,7 @@ zu den jeweiligen Elementen.% \fi% \fi \EndIndexGroup +\IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrextend}{\ExampleEndFix}{}% \begin{Declaration} @@ -842,7 +889,7 @@ Schriftgröße als auch den Grundlinienabstand.% % \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrextend}{% Umbruchvariante! }{% - \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrjura}{% + \IfThisCommonLabelBaseOneOf{scrjura,scrlttr2,scrlayer-scrpage}{% \par% Vor dem Missbrauch der Schrifteinstellungen wird dennoch dringend gewarnt (siehe \autoref{sec:maincls-experts.fonts}, diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/common-titles.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/common-titles.tex index af55da723d..e6ddc580fb 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/common-titles.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/common-titles.tex @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ % ====================================================================== \KOMAProvidesFile{common-titles.tex} - [$Date: 2019-10-10 10:04:30 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + [$Date: 2019-12-03 09:41:21 +0100 (Tue, 03 Dec 2019) $ KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs)] @@ -89,18 +89,21 @@ durch ersetzt werden. \fi -Bei Dokumenten wird zwischen zwei Arten von Titeln -\IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrextend}{}{für das gesamte Dokument -}unterschieden. Zum einen gibt es die Titelseiten. Hierbei steht der -Dokumenttitel zusammen mit einigen zusätzlichen Informationen wie dem Autor -auf einer eigenen Seite. Neben der Haupttitelseite kann es weitere -Titelseiten, etwa Schmutztitel, Verlagsinformationen, Widmung oder ähnliche, -geben. Zum anderen gibt es den Titelkopf. Dabei erscheint der Titel lediglich -am Anfang einer neuen \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrextend}{}{-- in der Regel der - ersten -- }Seite. Unterhalb dieser Titelzeilen\Index{Titel>Zeilen} wird -\IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrextend}{}{das Dokument }beispielsweise mit der -Zusammenfassung, einem Vorwort oder dem Inhaltsverzeichnis -\IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrextend}{fortgefahren}{fortgesetzt}. +\IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrextend}{}{% Umbruchkorrektur + Bei Dokumenten wird zwischen zwei Arten von Titeln + \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrextend}{}{für das gesamte Dokument + }unterschieden. Zum einen gibt es die Titelseiten. Hierbei steht der + Dokumenttitel zusammen mit einigen zusätzlichen Informationen wie dem Autor + auf einer eigenen Seite. Neben der Haupttitelseite kann es weitere + Titelseiten, etwa Schmutztitel, Verlagsinformationen, Widmung oder ähnliche, + geben. Zum anderen gibt es den Titelkopf. Dabei erscheint der Titel + lediglich am Anfang einer neuen \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrextend}{}{-- in + der Regel der ersten -- }Seite. Unterhalb dieser + Titelzeilen\Index{Titel>Zeilen} wird \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrextend}{}{das + Dokument }beispielsweise mit der Zusammenfassung, einem Vorwort oder dem + Inhaltsverzeichnis + \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrextend}{fortgefahren}{fortgesetzt}.% +} \begin{Declaration} @@ -120,8 +123,9 @@ Mit dieser Option% \DescPageRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.cmd.maketitle}) gesetzte Titelei eigene Seiten\Index{Titel>Seite} verwendet werden oder stattdessen die Titelei von \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.cmd.maketitle} als Titelkopf\Index{Titel>Kopf} -gesetzt wird. Als \PName{Ein-Aus-Wert} kann einer der Standardwerte für -einfache Schalter aus \autoref{tab:truefalseswitch}, +\IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrextend}{am Anfang einer neuen Seite gesetzt + wird.}{gesetzt wird.} Als \PName{Ein-Aus-Wert} kann einer der Standardwerte +für einfache Schalter aus \autoref{tab:truefalseswitch}, \autopageref{tab:truefalseswitch} verwendet werden. Mit \OptionValue{titlepage}{true}\important{\OptionValue{titlepage}{true}} @@ -196,7 +200,7 @@ Ende der Umgebung wird die Seite automatisch beendet. Sollten Sie nicht das automatische Layout der Titelei, wie es das nachfolgend beschriebene \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.cmd.maketitle} bietet, verwenden können, ist zu empfehlen, eine eigene Titelei mit Hilfe dieser Umgebung zu entwerfen. - +% \IfThisCommonFirstRun{\iftrue}{% Ein Beispiel für eine einfache Titelseite mit \Environment{titlepage} finden Sie in \autoref{sec:\ThisCommonFirstLabelBase.titlepage}, @@ -217,6 +221,8 @@ empfehlen, eine eigene Titelei mit Hilfe dieser Umgebung zu entwerfen. \end{document} \end{lstcode} \end{Example} + % Beispiel am Ende der Beschreibung + \vskip -1\ht\strutbox plus .75\ht\strutbox% \fi% \EndIndexGroup @@ -227,22 +233,29 @@ empfehlen, eine eigene Titelei mit Hilfe dieser Umgebung zu entwerfen. Während\textnote{\KOMAScript{} vs. Standardklassen} bei den Standardklassen nur maximal eine Titelseite mit den \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrextend}{}{drei }Angaben Titel, Autor und Datum existiert, können bei {\KOMAScript} mit -\Macro{maketitle} bis zu sechs Titelseiten gesetzt werden. Im Gegensatz zu -den Standardklassen kennt \Macro{maketitle} bei {\KOMAScript} außerdem noch -ein optionales nummerisches Argument. Findet es Verwendung, so wird die -Nummer als Seitenzahl der ersten Titelseite benutzt. Diese Seitenzahl wird +\Macro{maketitle} bis zu sechs Titelseiten gesetzt werden. +\iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur +Im Gegensatz zu den Standardklassen % +\else % +Außerdem % +\fi % +kennt \Macro{maketitle} bei {\KOMAScript} +\iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur (von obiger abhängig) +außerdem % +\fi % +noch ein optionales numerisches Argument. Findet es Verwendung, so wird die +Nummer als Seitenzahl der ersten Titelseite benutzt. Diese Seitenzahl wird jedoch nicht ausgegeben, sondern beeinflusst lediglich die Zählung. Sie sollten hier unbedingt eine ungerade Zahl wählen, da sonst die gesamte Zählung durcheinander gerät. Meiner Auf"|fassung nach gibt es nur zwei sinnvolle Anwendungen für das optionale Argument. Zum einen könnte man dem -Schmutztitel\Index[indexmain]{Schmutztitel} die logische Seitenzahl -1 -geben, um so die Seitenzählung erst ab der Haupttitelseite mit 1 zu -beginnen. Zum anderen könnte man mit einer höheren Seitenzahl beginnen, -beispielsweise 3, 5 oder 7, um so weitere Titelseiten zu berücksichtigen, die -erst vom Verlag hinzugefügt werden. Wird ein Titelkopf verwendet, wird das -optionale Argument ignoriert. Dafür kann der Seitenstil einer solchen Titelei -durch Umdefinierung des Makros -\DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.cmd.titlepagestyle}% +Schmutztitel\Index[indexmain]{Schmutztitel} die logische Seitenzahl -1 geben, +um so die Seitenzählung erst ab der Haupttitelseite mit 1 zu beginnen. Zum +anderen könnte man mit einer höheren Seitenzahl beginnen, beispielsweise 3, 5 +oder 7, um so weitere Titelseiten zu berücksichtigen, die erst vom Verlag +hinzugefügt werden. Wird ein Titelkopf verwendet, wird das optionale Argument +ignoriert. Dafür kann der Seitenstil einer solchen Titelei durch Umdefinierung +des Makros \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.cmd.titlepagestyle}% \important{\DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.cmd.titlepagestyle}} (siehe \autoref{sec:maincls.pagestyle}, \DescPageRef{maincls.cmd.titlepagestyle}) verändert werden. @@ -251,7 +264,9 @@ Die folgenden Anweisungen führen nicht unmittelbar zum Setzen der Titelei. Das Setzen der Titelei erfolgt immer mit \Macro{maketitle}. Es sei an dieser Stelle auch darauf hingewiesen, dass \Macro{maketitle} nicht innerhalb einer \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.env.titlepage}-Umgebung zu verwenden -ist. Wie\textnote{Achtung!} in den Beispielen angegeben, sollte man nur +ist. Wie\textnote{Achtung!} in den +Beispielen\IfThisCommonLabelBase{maincls}{}{ in + \autoref{sec:\ThisCommonFirstLabelBase.titlepage}} angegeben, sollte man nur entweder \Macro{maketitle} oder \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.env.titlepage} verwenden. @@ -605,12 +620,14 @@ horizontal zentriert. % Wie beim Schmutztitel handelt es sich also auch bei der Haupttitelseite um eine Seite innerhalb des Buchblocks, die deshalb dem Satzspiegel des gesamten Dokuments gehorcht. Überhaupt ist ein Buchdeckel, das \emph{Cover}, - etwas, das man in einem getrennten Dokument erstellt. Schließlich hat er oft - eine sehr individuelle Gestalt. Es spricht auch nichts dagegen, hierfür ein - Grafik- oder DTP-Programm zu Hilfe zu nehmen. Ein getrenntes Dokument sollte - auch deshalb verwendet werden, weil es später auf ein anderes Druckmedium, - etwa Karton, und möglicherweise mit einem anderen Drucker ausgegeben werden - soll. + etwas, das man in einem getrennten Dokument erstellt.% + \IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrextend}{}{% Umbruchkorrektur + \ Schließlich hat er oft eine sehr individuelle Gestalt. Es spricht auch + nichts dagegen, hierfür ein Grafik- oder DTP-Programm zu Hilfe zu + nehmen. Ein getrenntes Dokument sollte auch deshalb verwendet werden, weil + es später auf ein anderes Druckmedium, etwa Karton, und möglicherweise mit + einem anderen Drucker ausgegeben werden soll.% + }% Seit \KOMAScript~3.12 kann man die erste von \DescRef{\ThisCommonLabelBase.cmd.maketitle} ausgegebene Titelseite @@ -706,8 +723,13 @@ und muss daher vor dieser Anweisung definiert sein. \maketitle \end{document} \end{lstcode} +\iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur Ich bitte, die Kosenamen nach eigenen Vorlieben zu ersetzen und zu personalisieren. +\else + % Zusammentreffen von Beispielende und Beschreibung + \vskip -1\ht\strutbox plus .75\ht\strutbox +\fi \end{Example}% \fi% \EndIndexGroup diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/common-typearea.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/common-typearea.tex index b3fa31fc35..a5863e3fdc 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/common-typearea.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/common-typearea.tex @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ % ====================================================================== \KOMAProvidesFile{common-typearea.tex} - [$Date: 2019-10-10 10:04:30 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + [$Date: 2019-10-28 10:05:40 +0100 (Mon, 28 Oct 2019) $ KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs: typearea)] @@ -62,22 +62,26 @@ zwischen der Gesamtseite oder dem Papier und der sichtbaren Seite. Ohne Zweifel gehört die Auf"|teilung der Seite in diese unterschiedlichen Teile zu den Grundfähigkeiten einer Klasse\IfThisCommonLabelBase{scrlttr2}{\OnlyAt{scrlttr2}}{}. Bei \KOMAScript{} -wird diese Arbeit an das Paket \Package{typearea} delegiert. Dieses Paket kann -auch zusammen mit anderen Klassen verwendet werden. Die \KOMAScript-Klassen -laden \Package{typearea} jedoch selbstständig. Es ist daher weder notwendig -noch sinnvoll, das Paket bei Verwendung einer \KOMAScript-Klasse auch noch -explizit per \Macro{usepackage} zu laden. Siehe hierzu auch -\autoref{sec:\ThisCommonLabelBase.options}, ab +wird diese Arbeit an das Paket +\hyperref[cha:typearea]{\Package{typearea}}\IndexPackage{typearea} +delegiert. Dieses Paket kann auch zusammen mit anderen Klassen verwendet +werden. Die \KOMAScript-Klassen laden +\hyperref[cha:typearea]{\Package{typearea}} jedoch selbstständig. Es ist daher +weder notwendig noch sinnvoll, das Paket bei Verwendung einer +\KOMAScript-Klasse auch noch explizit per \Macro{usepackage} zu laden. Siehe +hierzu auch \autoref{sec:\ThisCommonLabelBase.options}, ab \autopageref{sec:\ThisCommonLabelBase.options}. Einige Einstellungen der \KOMAScript{}-Klassen haben Auswirkungen auf die Seitenauf"|teilung und umgekehrt. Diese Auswirkungen werden bei den entsprechenden Einstellungen dokumentiert. -Für die weitere Erklärung zur Wahl des Papierformats, der Auf"|teilung der Seite -in Ränder und Satzspiegel und die Wahl von ein- oder zweispaltigem Satz sei -auf die Anleitung des Pakets \Package{typearea} verwiesen. Diese ist in -\autoref{cha:typearea} ab \autopageref{cha:typearea} zu finden. +Für die weitere Erklärung zur Wahl des Papierformats, der Auf"|teilung der +Seite in Ränder und Satzspiegel und die Wahl von ein- oder zweispaltigem Satz +sei auf die Anleitung des Pakets +\hyperref[cha:typearea]{\Package{typearea}}\IndexPackage{typearea} +verwiesen. Diese ist in \autoref{cha:typearea} ab \autopageref{cha:typearea} +zu finden. diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/guide-ngerman.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/guide-ngerman.tex index 777b4f1686..a58803663c 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/guide-ngerman.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/guide-ngerman.tex @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of % the LaTeX Project Public License, version 1.3c of the license. % The latest version of this license is in -% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX % version 2005/12/01 or later and of this work. % @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ % Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, % Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. % Die neuste Version dieser Lizenz ist -% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % und Version 1.3c ist Teil aller Verteilungen von LaTeX % Version 2005/12/01 oder spaeter und dieses Werks. % @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ % ====================================================================== % \KOMAProvidesFile{guide-ngerman.tex} - [$Date: 2019-10-09 15:19:04 +0200 (Wed, 09 Oct 2019) $ + [$Date: 2019-12-01 13:41:51 +0100 (Sun, 01 Dec 2019) $ KOMA-Script guide language dependencies] % % \section{Title} @@ -441,7 +441,7 @@ Der Pr\"afix \glqq \url{CTAN://}\grqq{} steht dabei f\"ur das \TeX-Archiv eines jeden CTAN-Servers oder -Spiegels. Sie k\"onnen den Pr\"afix beispielsweise durch - \url{http://mirror.ctan.org/} ersetzen. Bei + \url{https://mirror.ctan.org/} ersetzen. Bei \LaTeX-Paketen ist au\ss erdem zu beachten, dass versucht wurde, die Version anzugeben, auf die im Text Bezug genommen wurde. Bei einigen Paketen war es mehr ein Ratespiel, eine einheitliche diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/introduction.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/introduction.tex index 5c99194e26..21259e88bc 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/introduction.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/introduction.tex @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ % ====================================================================== \KOMAProvidesFile{introduction.tex} - [$Date: 2019-10-10 10:04:30 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + [$Date: 2019-10-21 10:41:13 +0200 (Mon, 21 Oct 2019) $ KOMA-Script guide introduction] \chapter{Einleitung} @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ einen groben Überblick darüber zu verschaffen und es bei Problemen ebenso wie auskennen oder schon einige Zeit mit \KOMAScript{} gearbeitet haben und jetzt etwas besser verstehen wollen, wie \KOMAScript{} funktioniert, wie es mit anderen Paketen interagiert und wie man speziellere Aufgaben mit \KOMAScript{} -lösen kann. Dazu werden die Klassenbeschreibungen aus +lösen kann. Hierzu werden die Klassenbeschreibungen aus \autoref{part:forAuthors} in einigen Aspekten nochmals aufgegriffen und näher erläutert. Dazu kommt die Dokumentation von Anweisungen, die speziell für fortgeschrittene Anwender und Experten vorgesehen sind. Ergänzt wird dies diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/preface.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/preface.tex index a80375159c..94a192f254 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/preface.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/preface.tex @@ -36,84 +36,85 @@ % ====================================================================== \KOMAProvidesFile{typearea.tex} - [$Date: 2019-10-10 10:04:30 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + [$Date: 2019-12-19 10:20:31 +0100 (Thu, 19 Dec 2019) $ Vorwort zu Version 3.25] -\addchap{Vorwort zu \KOMAScript~3.25} +\addchap{Vorwort zu \KOMAScript~3.28} -Die Anleitung zu \KOMAScript~3.25 profitiert wieder einmal davon, dass nahezu +Die Anleitung zu \KOMAScript~3.28 profitiert wieder einmal davon, dass nahezu zeitgleich mit dieser Version auch eine überarbeitete Neuauflage der Print-Ausgabe \cite{book:komascript} und der eBook-Ausgabe \cite{ebook:komascript} erscheinen wird. Das führte zu vielen Verbesserungen, die sich auch auf die freie Anleitung auswirken. -Eine dieser Verbesserungen ist die Verlinkung von Befehlen, Umgebungen, -Optionen etc. jeweils auf die entsprechende Erklärung innerhalb dieser -Anleitung. Um innerhalb der Erklärung selbst nicht dazu verleitet zu werden, -erneut an den Anfang der Erklärung zu springen, und so quasi Leserekursionen -zu vermeiden, wurde die Verlinkung allerdings nur dann durchgeführt, wenn sie -tatsächlich von der aktuellen Stelle weg führt. +In \KOMAScript~3.28 gibt es darüber hinaus einige tiefgreifende +Änderungen. Teilweise wurde dabei auch auf Kompatibilität zu früheren +Versionen verzichtet. Damit wurde einer Empfehlung aus den Reihen von +\emph{The \LaTeX{} Project Team} bezüglich \Macro{if\dots}-Anweisungen +entsprochen. Wer solche verwendet, sollte die Anweisungen also in der +Anleitung erneut nachschlagen. -Viele der Verbesserungen gehen auch auf die fleißigen, freiwilligen -Korrekturleser zurück. Ihnen sei an dieser Stelle ausdrücklich gedankt. +Nicht nur zur Anleitung erfahre ich inzwischen eher wenig Kritik. Ich schließe +daraus, dass \KOMAScript{} mittlerweile alles bietet, was Anwender sich +wünschen. Gleichzeitig hat das Projekt nicht erst mit der vorliegenden Version +einen Umfang erreicht, der es fast unmöglich macht, dass eine einzige Person +\begin{itemize} +\item die Suche nach und Beseitigung von Fehlern, +\item die Entwicklung und Realisierung neuer Funktionen, +\item die Beobachtung von Veränderungen bei anderen Paketen und dem + \LaTeX-Kern im Hinblick auf Auswirkungen auf \KOMAScript, +\item die rasche Reaktion auf solche Veränderungen, +\item die Pflege der Anleitung in zwei Sprachen, +\item Hilfestellung für Anfänger weit über die Funktionen von \KOMAScript{} + hinaus bis hin zur grundlegenden Bedienung eines Computers, +\item Hilfe bei der Umsetzung trickreicher Lösungen für fortgeschrittene + Anwender und Experten, +\item Moderation und Mitwirkung bei der Pflege eines Forums für alle Arten der + Hilfestellung rund um \KOMAScript +\end{itemize} +leisten kann. Während mir persönlich die Entwicklung neuer Funktionen am +meisten Spaß bereitet, halte ich die Fehlerbehebung in vorhandenen Funktionen, +Kompatibilität mit neuen \LaTeX-Kernel-Versionen, aber vor allem die Anleitung +von Anwendern für die wichtigsten Aufgaben. Daher werde ich mich künftig auf +diese Bereiche konzentrieren und neue Funktionen nur noch in Ausnahmefällen in +\KOMAScript{} integrieren. Bereits in \KOMAScript~3.28 wurden daher einige +experimentelle Funktionen und Pakete wieder entfernt. In zukünftigen Versionen +soll dies fortgesetzt werden. -\iffree{Leser dieser freien Bildschirm-Version müssen allerdings weiterhin mit - gewissen Einschränkungen leben. So sind einige Informationen -- - hauptsächliche solche für fortgeschrittene Anwender oder die dazu geeignet - sind, aus einem Anwender einen fortgeschrittenen Anwender zu machen -- der - Buchfassung vorbehalten. Das führt auch dazu, dass weiterhin einige Links in - dieser Anleitung lediglich zu einer Seite führen, auf der genau diese - Tatsache erwähnt ist. Darüber hinaus ist die freie Version nur eingeschränkt - zum Ausdruck geeignet. Der Fokus liegt vielmehr auf der Verwendung am - Bildschirm parallel zur Arbeit an einem Dokument. Sie hat auch weiterhin - keinen optimierten Umbruch, sondern ist quasi ein erster Entwurf, bei dem - sowohl der Absatz- als auch der Seitenumbruch in einigen Fällen durchaus - dürftig ist. Entsprechende Optimierungen sind den Buchausgaben - vorbehalten.}{} +Damit schwindet natürlich auch der Aufwand für die Dokumentation immer neuer +Funktionen. Leser dieser freien Bildschirm-Version der Anleitung müssen aber +auch weiterhin mit gewissen Einschränkungen leben. So sind einige +Informationen -- hauptsächliche solche für fortgeschrittene Anwender oder die +dazu geeignet sind, aus einem Anwender einen fortgeschrittenen Anwender zu +machen -- der Buchfassung vorbehalten. Das führt auch dazu, dass weiterhin +einige Links in dieser Anleitung lediglich zu einer Seite führen, auf der +genau diese Tatsache erwähnt ist. Darüber hinaus ist die freie Version nur +eingeschränkt zum Ausdruck geeignet. Der Fokus liegt vielmehr auf der +Verwendung am Bildschirm parallel zur Arbeit an einem Dokument. Sie hat auch +weiterhin keinen optimierten Umbruch, sondern ist quasi ein erster Entwurf, +bei dem Absatz- und Seitenumbruch in einigen Fällen durchaus dürftig +sind. Entsprechende Optimierungen bleiben den Buchausgaben vorbehalten. -Nicht nur zur Anleitung erfahre ich inzwischen eher wenig Kritik. Auch zu den -Klassen und Paketen gibt es kaum noch Nachfragen nach neuen Möglichkeiten. Für -mich selbst bedeutet das, dass das Wissen um die Wünsche der Anwender -stagniert. Schon seit einigen Jahren habe ich daher hauptsächlich Dinge -implementiert, von denen ich annahm, dass sie nützlich sein könnten. Die -Rückmeldungen, die ich zu diesen neuen Möglichkeiten erhalten habe, -beschränken sich aber überwiegend auf Kritik daran, dass uralte \emph{Hacks}, -die sich auf undokumentierte Eigenschaften von \KOMAScript{} stützen, in -einigen Fällen nicht mehr funktionieren. Freude darüber, dass derart unsaubere -Notlösungen nicht mehr notwendig sind, wurde hingegen kaum geäußert. Daher -habe ich beschlossen, Erweiterungen und Verbesserungen an \KOMAScript{} mehr -und mehr auf solche Dinge zu beschränken, die von Anwendern explizit -nachgefragt werden. Oder sollte es gar sein, dass \KOMAScript{} nach bald -25~Jahren schlicht einen Stand erreicht hat, in dem es alle Wünsche erfüllt? +Ganz besonders gedankt sei an dieser Stelle Elke Schubert. Elke ist seit +Jahren eine unverzichtbare Helferin. Sie nimmt nahezu jede Änderung an +\KOMAScript{} kritisch unter die Lupe. Sie meldet Probleme, die in +irgendwelchen Internetforen auftauchen, wenn sie vermuten muss, dass der +jeweilige Fragesteller dies wiedereinmal versäumt. Sie liest die Anleitung und +den Buchentwurf viele Dutzend Mal, probiert dabei jedes Beispiel aus und +diskutiert mit mir über sprachliche Grauzonen. Sie baut mich wieder auf, wenn +ich allzu oft aus unterschiedlichsten Gründen frustriert bin. Und sie +erträgt auch meine weniger liebenswerten Schrullen mit sehr viel Geduld. -Die rückläufige Entwicklung bei Fehlermeldungen ist leider ebenfalls nicht nur -erfreulich. Inzwischen ist häufig zu beobachten, dass diejenigen, die ein -Problem entdecken, dieses nicht mehr unmittelbar an mich melden, sondern sich -lediglich in irgendwelchen Internet-Foren darüber auslassen. Oftmals finden -sich in diesen Foren dann mehr oder weniger geschickte Notlösungen. Das ist -zwar grundsätzlich erfreulich, führt aber leider in der Regel dazu, dass das -Problem nie gemeldet und daher auch nie wirklich beseitigt wird. Dass solche -Notlösungen irgendwann selbst zu einem Problem werden können, versteht sich -von selbst und wurde bereits im vorherigen Absatz erwähnt. - -Vereinzelt finden sich dankenswerter Weise Dritte, die mich auf solche Themen -hinweisen. Dies betrifft aber nur einzelne Beiträge in sehr wenigen Foren. Ein -direkter Kontakt zu demjenigen, bei dem das Problem aufgetreten ist, ist dann -meist nicht möglich, obwohl er teilweise wünschenswert wäre. - -Daher sei noch einmal ausdrücklich darum gebeten, mir vermeintliche Bugs -wahlweise in Deutsch oder Englisch unmittelbar zu melden. Dabei ist -sprachliche Perfektion weniger wichtig. Die Meldung sollte halbwegs -verständlich und das Problem nachvollziehbar sein. Ein möglichst kurzes -Code-Beispiel ist in der Regel unabhängig von der darin verwendeten Sprache zu -verstehen. Im direkten Kontakt sind mir bei Bedarf auch Rückfragen -möglich. Bitte verlassen Sie sich nicht darauf, dass irgendwer das Problem -schon irgendwann melden wird. Gehen Sie davon aus, dass es nur behoben wird, -wenn Sie es selbst melden. Näheres zu Fehlermeldungen ist im ersten Kapitel -\iffree{der Anleitung}{des Buches} zu finden. +Der größte Dank aber geht an meine Familie und allen voran meine Frau. Sie +federn all meine unschönen Erfahrungen im Internet ab. Ebenso erdulden sie +seit teilweise mehr als 25~Jahren, wenn ich wieder einmal nicht ansprechbar +bin, weil ich ganz und gar in \KOMAScript{} oder irgendwelche \LaTeX-Probleme +vertieft bin. Dass ich es mir leisten kann, überhaupt geradezu wahnsinnig viel +Zeit in ein derartiges Projekt zu investieren, ist allein meiner Frau zu +verdanken. \bigskip\noindent -Markus Kohm, Neckarhausen bei Regen im März 2018 +Markus Kohm, Neckarhausen im Dezembernebel 2019 \endinput %%% Local Variables: diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/scraddr.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/scraddr.tex index 82281a5697..a37a0d478a 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/scraddr.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/scraddr.tex @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ % ====================================================================== \KOMAProvidesFile{scraddr.tex} - [$Date: 2019-10-10 10:04:30 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + [$Date: 2019-10-30 09:32:39 +0100 (Wed, 30 Oct 2019) $ KOMA-Script guide (chapter: scraddr)] \chapter{Adressdateien mit \Package{scraddr} erschließen}% @@ -62,8 +62,10 @@ vereinfachen und ihre Anwendung flexibler zu gestalten. \seclabel{overview} Im Grunde stellt das Paket nur einen Lademechanismus für Adressdateien bereit, -die aus \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.adrentry}- und neueren -\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.addrentry}-Einträgen bestehen, wie sie in +die aus \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.adrentry}- und +\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.adrchar}- oder den neueren +\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.addrentry}- und +\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.addrchar}-Einträgen bestehen, wie sie in \autoref{cha:scrlttr2} ab \DescPageRef{scrlttr2.cmd.adrentry} beschrieben sind. @@ -155,20 +157,21 @@ folgendermaßen aussehen: {Goldbeere}{trällern von Nonsensliedern}% {Meister von Wald, Wasser und Berg}{TOM} \end{lstcode} +% +Das vierte Argument, die Telefonnummer, wurde hier leer gelassen, da es in +Auenland keine Telefone gibt. % +\iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur +Wie zu sehen ist, sind also auch leere Angaben möglich. Dagegen ist % +\else% +Dagegen wäre % +\fi% +es nicht erlaubt,\nopagebreak{} ein Argument einfach komplett weg zu lassen. -Das vierte Argument, die Telefonnummer, wurde hier leer gelassen, -da es in Auenland keine Telefone gibt. Wie zu sehen ist, sind also auch leere -Angaben möglich. Dagegen ist es nicht erlaubt, ein Argument einfach komplett -weg zu lassen. - -\BeginIndexGroup -\BeginIndex[indexother]{Cmd}{InputAddressFile} -Mit dem oben beschriebenen Ladebefehl lesen wir die Adressdatei -in unser Briefdokument ein: +Mit dem oben beschriebenen Ladebefehl lesen wir die Adressdatei in unser +Briefdokument ein:\IndexCmd{InputAddressFile} \begin{lstcode} \InputAddressFile{lotr} \end{lstcode} -\EndIndexGroup \BeginIndexGroup \BeginIndex[indexother]{Cmd}{Name}% @@ -186,6 +189,7 @@ fragen, ob er sich noch an zwei Gefährten aus alter Zeit erinnern kann. \begin{lstcode} \begin{letter}{\Name{TOM}\\\Address{TOM}} + \opening{Lieber \FirstName{TOM} \LastName{TOM},} oder \FreeIII{TOM}, wie Dich Deine geliebte \FreeI{TOM} @@ -201,6 +205,7 @@ erinnern kann. Weißt du noch? Mithrandir hat Dir bestimmt viel von ihnen erzählt. + \closing{"`O Frühling und Sommerzeit und danach wieder Frühling!\\ O Wind auf dem Wasserfall @@ -209,7 +214,8 @@ erinnern kann. \end{lstcode} Die in diesem Beispiel in \DescRef{scrlttr2.cmd.opening} verwendete Zusammensetzung aus \Macro{FirstName}\Parameter{Kürzel} und -\Macro{LastName}\Parameter{Kürzel} kann auch direkt mittels +\Macro{LastName}\Parameter{Kürzel} kann, wie bei +\Macro{begin}\PParameter{letter} gezeigt, auch direkt mittels \Macro{Name}\Parameter{Kürzel} erhalten werden. Das fünf"|te und sechste Argument von \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.adrentry} und @@ -227,7 +233,6 @@ zulässig. Näheres hierzu findet sich im nächsten Abschnitt. \EndIndexGroup \EndIndexGroup - \section{Paketoptionen für Warnungen} Wie im vorherigen Abschnitt erwähnt, ist die Benutzung des Zugriffsbefehls diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex index b311b53be2..435588f9b5 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ % ====================================================================== \KOMAProvidesFile{scrbase.tex} - [$Date: 2019-10-09 15:19:04 +0200 (Wed, 09 Oct 2019) $ + [$Date: 2019-12-03 09:41:21 +0100 (Tue, 03 Dec 2019) $ KOMA-Script package scrbase] \chapter{Grundlegende Funktionen im Paket \Package{scrbase}} @@ -77,10 +77,11 @@ diesen Anweisungen ist \cite{latex:clsguide} zu entnehmen. Das Paket \Package{scrbase} benötigt intern die Funktionalität des Pakets \Package{keyval}\IndexPackage{keyval}\important{\Package{keyval}}. Diese kann auch vom Paket \Package{xkeyval} zur Verfügung gestellt werden. Bei Bedarf -lädt \Package{scrbase} selbst \Package{keyval}. +lädt \Package{scrbase} selbst \Package{keyval}. Näheres zu dem Paket is +\cite{package:keyval} zu entnehmen. Das Paket \Package{keyval} erlaubt es, Schlüssel zu definieren und diesen -Werten zuzuweisen. Auch die Optionen, die \Package{scrbase} bereitstellt, +Werte zuzuweisen. Auch die Optionen, die \Package{scrbase} bereitstellt, verwenden die \Package{keyval}-Syntax: \OptionVName{\PName{Schlüssel}}{Wert}% \important{\OptionVName{\PName{Schlüssel}}{Wert}}. @@ -135,8 +136,7 @@ den Namen einzelner Pakete im Gesamtpaket als Mitglied zu verwenden. befinden sich die Pakete \File{Salami.sty}, \File{Mettwurst.sty} und \File{Krakauer.sty}. Daher entscheiden Sie sich für den Familienname »\PValue{Fleischermeister}« und fügen in jedem der Pakete die Zeilen -% Umbruchoptimierung: listings -\begin{lstcode}[aboveskip=0pt plus \dp\strutbox] +\begin{lstcode} \DefineFamily{Fleischermeister} \DefineFamilyMember{Fleischermeister} \end{lstcode} @@ -148,6 +148,7 @@ den Namen einzelner Pakete im Gesamtpaket als Mitglied zu verwenden. \end{Example} % \EndIndexGroup +\ExampleEndFix \begin{Declaration} @@ -190,34 +191,29 @@ eingesetzt. Falls kein \PName{Säumniswert} angegeben wird, kann später der wobei \Macro{define@key} im \Package{keyval}-Paket\IndexPackage{keyval} definiert ist (siehe \cite{package:keyval}). Allerdings kommen zu dem Aufruf von \Macro{define@key} noch einige zusätzliche Vorkehrungen und auch die - \PName{Aktion} wird um zusätzliche Vorkehrungen erweitert. + \PName{Aktion} wird automatisch um einige interne Aktionen erweitert. %\end{Explain} -Erfolg\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrbase}} oder Misserfolg der Ausführung der -\PName{Aktion} werden über -\Macro{FamilyKeyState} %\important{\Macro{FamilyKeyState}} % einige davon sind - % schlicht zu breit! -an \Package{scrbase} zurückgemeldet, damit dieses je nach Bedarf und -Verwendung des Schlüssels weitere Maßnahmen ergreifen kann. Dies kann -beispielsweise eine Fehlermeldung aber auch nur die Signalisierung einer -unbekannten Option sein. - -Der Zustand \Macro{FamilyKeyState} ist in der Voreinstellung identisch mit dem -Zustand \Macro{FamilyKeyStateUnknown}. Das bedeutet, dass es nicht sicher ist, -ob der Schlüssel korrekt verarbeitet werden konnte. Findet \Package{scrbase} -nach Ausführung der \PName{Aktion} noch immer diesen Zustand vor, so wird ein -Hinweis in die \File{log}-Datei geschrieben und im weiteren der Zustand -\Macro{FamilyKeyStateProcessed} angenommen. - -Der Zustand -\Macro{FamilyKeyStateProcessed} %\important{\Macro{FamilyKeyStateProcessed}} -signalisiert, dass der Schlüssel und die Wertzuweisung an den Schlüssel -vollständig abgeschlossen wurde und alles in Ordnung ist. Auf den Zustand kann -einfach durch Aufruf von \Macro{FamilyKeyStateProcessed} selbst umgeschaltet -werden. - -Der Zustand -\Macro{FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue} %\important{\Macro{FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue}} +Erfolg\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrbase}} oder Misserfolg der Ausführung +der \PName{Aktion} werden über \Macro{FamilyKeyState} an \Package{scrbase} +zurückgemeldet, damit dieses je nach Bedarf und Verwendung des Schlüssels +weitere Maßnahmen ergreifen kann. Das kann beispielsweise eine Fehlermeldung +aber auch nur die Signalisierung einer unbekannten Option sein. + +Der Zustand\textnote{unbekannt} \Macro{FamilyKeyState} ist in der +Voreinstellung identisch mit dem Zustand \Macro{FamilyKeyStateUnknown}. Das +bedeutet, dass es nicht sicher ist, ob der Schlüssel korrekt verarbeitet +werden konnte. Findet \Package{scrbase} nach Ausführung der \PName{Aktion} +noch immer diesen Zustand vor, so wird ein Hinweis in die \File{log}-Datei +geschrieben und im weiteren der Zustand \Macro{FamilyKeyStateProcessed} +angenommen. + +Der Zustand\textnote{Erfolg} \Macro{FamilyKeyStateProcessed} signalisiert, +dass der Schlüssel und die Wertzuweisung an den Schlüssel vollständig +abgeschlossen wurde und alles in Ordnung ist. Auf den Zustand kann einfach +durch Aufruf von \Macro{FamilyKeyStateProcessed} selbst umgeschaltet werden. + +Der Zustand\textnote{unbekannter Wert} \Macro{FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue} signalisiert, dass der Schlüssel zwar verarbeitet wurde, ihm jedoch ein Wert zugewiesen werden sollte, der nicht erlaubt ist. Diesen Zustand meldet beispielsweise \hyperref[cha:typearea]{\Package{typearea}}, wenn versucht @@ -225,8 +221,8 @@ wird, an Option \DescRef{typearea.option.twoside} den Wert \PValue{unbekannt} zuzuweisen. Die Umschaltung auf den Zustand erfolgt einfach durch Aufruf von \Macro{FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue} selbst. -Der Zustand -\Macro{FamilyKeyStateNeedValue} %\important{\Macro{FamilyKeyStateNeedValue}} +Der Zustand\textnote{fehlender Wert} +\Macro{FamilyKeyStateNeedValue} signalisiert, dass der Schlüssel nicht verarbeitet werden konnte, weil er zwingend einen Wert erwartet, er aber ohne Wertzuweisung aufgerufen wurde. Dieser Zustand wird automatisch gesetzt, wenn ein Schlüssel, der keinen @@ -234,9 +230,10 @@ wurde. Dieser Zustand wird automatisch gesetzt, wenn ein Schlüssel, der keinen wäre aber auch eine explizite Umschaltung darauf durch Aufruf von \Macro{FamilyKeyStateNeedValue} selbst möglich. -Des Weiteren können zusätzliche Fehlerzustände definiert werden, indem man -\Macro{FamilyKeyState} auf eine kurze Meldung umdefiniert. In der Regel -sollten jedoch die vier vordefinierten Zustände verwendet werden. +Des Weiteren können zusätzliche\textnote{Fehler} Fehlerzustände definiert +werden, indem man \Macro{FamilyKeyState} auf eine kurze Meldung +umdefiniert. In der Regel sollten jedoch die vier vordefinierten Zustände +verwendet werden. \begin{Example} Nehmen wir an, jedes der drei Pakete aus dem letzten Beispiel soll einen @@ -268,18 +265,19 @@ sollten jedoch die vier vordefinierten Zustände verwendet werden. \end{Example} % \EndIndexGroup +\ExampleEndFix \begin{Declaration} \Macro{RelaxFamilyKey}\OParameter{Mitglied}\Parameter{Familie} \Parameter{Schlüssel} \end{Declaration} -Wurde\ChangedAt{v3.15}{\Package{scrbase}} \PName{Schlüssel} zuvor als +Wurde\ChangedAt{v3.15}{\Package{scrbase}} zuvor \PName{Schlüssel} für das \PName{Mitglied} der \PName{Familie} definiert, so wird diese Definition quasi aufgehoben. Der \PName{Schlüssel} ist dann für dieses \PName{Mitglied} der \PName{Familie} nicht mehr definiert. Die Verwendung für einen \PName{Schlüssel}, der für dieses \PName{Mitglied} der \PName{Familie} gar -nicht definiert ist, ist ebenfalls zulässig. +nicht definiert ist, ist ebenfalls zulässig und bleibt wirkungslos. Ist kein \PName{Mitglied} angegeben, so wird genau wie bei Anweisung \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.DefineFamilyKey} wieder das Mitglied @@ -318,9 +316,9 @@ Mitglieds gesetzt wird. \end{lstcode} ergänzt wird, so kann der Anwender bereits beim Laden der Pakete mit \Macro{usepackage} die Eigenschaft \Option{Aufschnitt} als Option - angeben. Wird die Option global, also bei \Macro{documentclass}, angegeben, - so wird die Eigenschaft automatisch bei allen drei Paketen gesetzt, wenn - alle drei Pakete einzeln geladen werden. + angeben. Wird die Option bei \Macro{documentclass} und damit global + angegeben, so wird die Eigenschaft automatisch bei allen drei Paketen + gesetzt, wenn alle drei Pakete einzeln geladen werden. \end{Example} Es\textnote{Achtung!} wird darauf hingewiesen, dass bei Paketen globale Optionen vor den lokal dem Paket zugewiesenen Optionen ausgeführt @@ -392,6 +390,7 @@ ausgeführt und bleibt auch über die Ausführung hinaus erhalten. \Macro{BeforeFamilyProcessOptions} in \Package{Mettwurst} einschleusen.% \end{Example} \EndIndexGroup +\ExampleEndFix \begin{Declaration} @@ -447,7 +446,7 @@ des Pakets gesetzt werden. Dazu verwendet der Anwender \Macro{FamilyOptions}. Die \PName{Optionenliste} hat dabei die Form: %\begin{flushleft}\begin{tabular}{l} \PName{Schlüssel}\texttt{=}\PName{Wert}\texttt{,}\linebreak[1]% - \PName{Schlüssel}\texttt{=}\PName{Wert} \dots{} + \PName{Schlüssel}\texttt{=}\PName{Wert} \dots{}, %\end{tabular}\vskip\dp\strutbox\end{flushleft} wobei für \PName{Schlüssel}, für die ein Säumniswert definiert ist, die Wertzuweisung natürlich auch entfallen kann. @@ -518,15 +517,15 @@ zurückmeldet. Rekursion vermieden.% \end{Example}% -Wie\ChangedAt{v3.27}{\Package{scrbase}} schon bei -\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.FamilyExecuteOptions} gibt es auch bei -\Macro{FamilyOptions} eine Sonderbehandlung für eine Option Namens -\Option{@else@}\important{\Option{@else@}}. Ist eine solche für ein Mitglied -definiert, so wird sie immer dann ausgeführt, wenn das Mitglied eine -angegebene Option nicht kennt. Ist für die Familie selbst eine Option -\Option{@else@} definiert, so wird sie nur aufgerufen, wenn weder die Familie -noch eines ihrer Mitglieder eine angegebene Option vollständig verarbeiten -konnte und mit \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.FamilyKeyStateProcessed} quitiert hat.% +Für\ChangedAt{v3.27}{\Package{scrbase}} die Option Namens +\Option{@else@}\important{\Option{@else}} existiert ähnlich wie bei Anweisung +\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.FamilyExecuteOptions} eine Sonderbehandlung. Ist eine +solche für ein Mitglied definiert, so wird sie immer dann ausgeführt, wenn das +Mitglied eine angegebene Option nicht kennt. Ist für die Familie selbst eine +Option \Option{@else@} definiert, so wird sie nur aufgerufen, wenn weder die +Familie noch eines ihrer Mitglieder eine angegebene Option vollständig +verarbeiten konnte und mit \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.FamilyKeyStateProcessed} +quitiert hat.% \EndIndexGroup @@ -577,9 +576,16 @@ setzt. Die weitere Funktionsweise ist der vorhergehenden Erklärung zu verwenden. \end{Example} +\iffalse% Umbruchkorrektur Die\ChangedAt{v3.27}{\Package{scrbase}} Verarbeitung einer Option \Option{@else@} findet in derselben Weise statt wie bei \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.FamilyOptions}.% +\else% +Intern basiert \Macro{FamilyOption} auf +\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.FamilyOptions}. +Die\ChangedAt{v3.27}{\Package{scrbase}} Verarbeitung einer Option +\Option{@else@} findet daher in gleicher Weise statt.% +\fi% \EndIndexGroup @@ -594,17 +600,17 @@ von \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.FamilyProcessOptions}\IndexCmd{FamilyProcessOptions} oder \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.FamilyExecuteOptions}\IndexCmd{FamilyExecuteOptions} -beziehungsweise \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.FamilyOptions}\IndexCmd{FamilyOptions} -oder \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.FamilyOption}\IndexCmd{FamilyOptions} -abgeschlossen sind. Genau das ist mit Hilfe von \Macro{AtEndOfFamilyOptions} -und dessen Sternvariante\ChangedAt{v3.23}{\Package{scrbase}} möglich. Die -Rückmeldung von Fehlerzuständen ist über diese Anweisung jedoch ebenso wenig -möglich wie die Verwendung dieser Anweisung außerhalb der Ausführung von +respektive \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.FamilyOptions}\IndexCmd{FamilyOptions} oder +\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.FamilyOption}\IndexCmd{FamilyOptions} abgeschlossen +sind. Genau das ist mit Hilfe von \Macro{AtEndOfFamilyOptions} und der +zugehörigen Sternvariante\ChangedAt{v3.23}{\Package{scrbase}} möglich. Die +Rückmeldung von Fehlerzuständen ist über die Anweisungen jedoch ebenso wenig +möglich wie die Verwendung der Anweisungen außerhalb der Ausführung von Optionen. -Die beiden Variante unterscheiden sich im Falle von verschachtelt definierten +Die beiden Varianten unterscheiden sich im Falle von verschachtelt definierten Optionen, wenn also die Ausführung einer Option den Aufruf einer oder mehrerer -anderen Option bedingt. In diesem Fall werden alle per +anderer Optionen bedingt. In diesem Fall werden alle per \Macro{AtEndOfFamilyOptions} festgelegten Aktionen ausgeführt, sobald der innerste Optionenaufruf endet. Dagegen werden die per \Macro{AtEndOfFamilyOptions*} festgelegten Aktionen erst mit dem Ende des @@ -641,16 +647,17 @@ Option ist immer \PValue{true}. \Macro{FamilySetBool} wiederum versteht als \PName{Wert} neben \PValue{true} auch die Werte \PValue{on} und \PValue{yes} zum Einschalten und neben \PValue{false} auch die Werte \PValue{off} und \PValue{no} zum -Ausschalten. Wird ein unbekannter Wert übergeben, so wird die Anweisung -\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.FamilyUnknownKeyValue} mit den Argumenten -\PName{Familie}, \PName{Schlüssel} und \PName{Wert} aufgerufen und so -\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.FamilyKeyState} entsprechend gesetzt. Dadurch wird -dann gegebenenfalls eine Meldung über eine unbekannte Wertzuweisung ausgegeben -(siehe auch \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.cmd.FamilyUnknownKeyValue} und -\DescPageRef{\LabelBase.cmd.FamilyKeyState}). +Ausschalten. Wird ein unbekannter Wert übergeben, so wird die auf +\DescPageRef{\LabelBase.cmd.FamilyUnknownKeyValue} erklärte Anweisung +\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.FamilyUnknownKeyValue} aufgerufen und so +\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.FamilyKeyState} (siehe +\DescPageRef{\LabelBase.cmd.FamilyKeyState}) entsprechend gesetzt. Dadurch +kann dann gegebenenfalls eine Meldung über eine unbekannte Wertzuweisung +ausgegeben werden.% \begin{Example} Der Schlüssel \Option{Aufschnitt} soll in den Wurstpaketen etwas robuster - definiert werden. Außerdem sollen alle Wurstpakete denselben Schalter + definiert werden, so dass Fehleingaben erkannt und behandelt + werden. Außerdem sollen alle Wurstpakete denselben Schalter verwenden, so dass entweder alle Wurstpakete Aufschnitt produzieren oder keines. \begin{lstcode} @@ -711,11 +718,13 @@ dann gegebenenfalls eine Meldung über eine unbekannte Wertzuweisung ausgegeben \Macro{FamilySetBool} erfolgreich war oder nicht, auszuführen. Es\textnote{Achtung!} ist zu beachten, dass an dieser Stelle unbedingt ein Test mit Hilfe von \Macro{ifx} vorzunehmen ist. Expandierende - Tests wie \Macro{ifstr} sind hier zu vermeiden. Sie können abhängig vom - aktuellen Status und dem Vergleichszustand zu unterschiedlichen + Tests wie \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.Ifstr} sind hier zu vermeiden. Sie können + abhängig vom aktuellen Status und dem Vergleichszustand zu unterschiedlichen Fehlermeldungen und auch zu falschen Ergebnissen führen.% \end{Example}% \EndIndexGroup +\ExampleEndFix + \begin{Declaration} \Macro{FamilyInverseBoolKey}\OParameter{Mitglied}\Parameter{Familie} @@ -747,7 +756,7 @@ mehrere Werte kennen. So kann beispielsweise eine Ausrichtung nicht nur entweder links oder nicht links, sondern auch links, mittig oder rechts sein. Intern unterscheidet man solche Einstellungen dann gerne mit Hilfe von \Macro{ifcase}\IndexCmd{ifcase}. Diese \TeX-Anweisung erwartet wiederum einen -nummerischen Wert. Daher heißt bei \Package{scrbase} die Anweisung, mit der +numerischen Wert. Daher heißt bei \Package{scrbase} die Anweisung, mit der man via \PName{Schlüssel} einem Makro eine Definition zuweisen kann, entsprechend \Macro{FamilyNumericalKey}. @@ -818,11 +827,12 @@ Intern wird von \Macro{FamilyNumericalKey} dann \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.DefineFamilyKey} mit der Anweisung \Macro{FamilySetNumerical} verwendet. Wird an einen solchen Schlüssel ein unbekannter Wert übergeben, so wird von \Macro{FamilySetNumerical} Anweisung -\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.FamilyUnknownKeyValue} mit den Argumenten -\PName{Familie}, \PName{Schlüssel} und \PName{Wert} aufgerufen. Dies führt zu -einer Fehlersignalisierung in \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.FamilyKeyState} mit -Hilfe des Status \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue} und -beispielsweise bei der Verwendung als lokale Option zu einer +\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.FamilyUnknownKeyValue} (siehe +\DescPageRef{\LabelBase.cmd.FamilyUnknownKeyValue}) aufgerufen. Dies führt zu +einer Fehlersignalisierung, indem \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.FamilyKeyState} den +Status \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue} annimmt (siehe +\DescPageRef{\LabelBase.cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue}). Daraus resultiert +beispielsweise bei der Verwendung als lokale Option dann eine Fehlermeldung. Ebenso wird beim Aufruf von \Macro{FamilySetNumerical} auch der Erfolg via \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.FamilyKeyStateProcessed} in \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.FamilyKeyState} signalisiert.% @@ -840,10 +850,10 @@ Erfolg via \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.FamilyKeyStateProcessed} in \end{Declaration} Während\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrbase}} bei \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.FamilyNumericalKey} ein Makro aufgrund eines -symbolischen Wertes auf einen korrespondierenden nummerischen Wert +symbolischen Wertes auf einen korrespondierenden numerischen Wert gesetzt wurde, gibt es natürlich auch Fälle, in denen ein \PName{Schlüssel} direkt einen \PName{\LaTeX-Zähler} repräsentiert, dem unmittelbar ein -nummerischer \PName{Wert} zugewiesen werden soll. Dazu dient die Anweisung +numerischer \PName{Wert} zugewiesen werden soll. Dazu dient die Anweisung \Macro{FamilyCounterKey}, von der intern dann \Macro{FamilySetCounter} aufgerufen wird. Dabei finden einige grundlegende Prüfungen des \PName{Wert}-Arguments statt um festzustellen, ob dieses Argument für eine @@ -922,13 +932,13 @@ stattdessen der \PName{Säumniswert} eingesetzt. Falls kein \PName{Säumniswert} angegeben wird, kann später der \PName{Schlüssel} nur mit Wertübergabe verwendet werden. -Bei Verwendung der Anweisungen \Macro{FamilyLengthMacroKey} und -\Macro{FamilyUseLengthMacroKey} beziehungsweise \Macro{FamilySetLengthMacro} -und \Macro{FamilySetUseLengthMacro} findet die Speicherung des Wertes nicht in -einer \PName{Länge}, sondern in einem \PName{Makro} statt. Dabei wird bei -\Macro{FamilyLengthMacroKey} und \Macro{FamilySetLengthMacro} vergleichbar zu -\Macro{setlength} der aktuelle \PName{Wert} zum Zeitpunkt des Aufrufs der -beiden Anweisungen in \PName{Makro} gespeichert. Dagegen wird bei +\Macro{FamilyLengthMacroKey} und \Macro{FamilySetLengthMacroKey} sowie +\Macro{FamilyUseLengthMacro} und \Macro{FamilySetUseLengthMacro} verwenden für +die Speicherung des Wertes keine \PName{Länge}, sondern ein \PName{Makro}. Bei +\Macro{FamilyLengthMacroKey} und \Macro{FamilySetLengthMacro} wird wie im +Falle einer \PName{Länge} der aktuelle \PName{Wert} zum Zeitpunkt der +Verwendung des Schlüssels beziehungsweise der Anweisung in \PName{Makro} +gespeichert. Dagegen wird bei \Macro{FamilyUseLengthMacroKey}\ChangedAt{v3.20}{\Package{scrbase}} und \Macro{FamilySetUseLengthMacro} \PName{Wert} selbst gespeichert. Damit wird \PName{Wert} dann bei jeder Verwendung von \PName{Makro} neu ausgewertet.% @@ -941,7 +951,7 @@ beiden Anweisungen in \PName{Makro} gespeichert. Dagegen wird bei \OParameter{Säumniswert}\Parameter{Makro} \Macro{FamilyCSKey}\OParameter{Mitglied}\Parameter{Familie} \Parameter{Schlüssel} - \OParameter{Säumniswert}\Parameter{Makronamen} + \OParameter{Säumniswert}\Parameter{Makroname} \end{Declaration} Hier wird nun\ChangedAt{v3.08}{\Package{scrbase}} ein Schlüssel definiert, der jeden beliebigen Wert annehmen kann. Der Wert wird in dem angegebenen @@ -963,7 +973,7 @@ das optionale Argument für den \PName{Säumniswert} so entspricht die Anweisung In der Voreinstellung sollen 250\,g Wurstsalat erzeugt werden. Die Menge soll jedoch einfach per Option geändert werden können. Dazu wird die zu erstellende Menge im Makro \Macro{Salatgewicht} gespeichert. Die Option, - über die das Gewicht geändert werden kann, soll ebenfalls + über die das Gewicht geändert werden kann, soll \iffalse ebenfalls \fi \PValue{Salatgewicht} heißen: \begin{lstcode} \newcommand*{\Salatgewicht}{250g} @@ -972,7 +982,7 @@ das optionale Argument für den \PName{Säumniswert} so entspricht die Anweisung {\Salatgewicht} \end{lstcode} Soll nach einer Änderung - \iffalse% Umbruchkorrekturtext + \iftrue% Umbruchkorrekturtext wie \begin{lstcode} \FamilyOptions{Fleichermeister}{Salatgewicht=100g} @@ -987,9 +997,9 @@ das optionale Argument für den \PName{Säumniswert} so entspricht die Anweisung Das ist möglich, weil die Standardmenge bei der Definition auch als Säumniswert angegeben wurde. \end{Example} -In diesem Fall existieren keine unbekannten Werte, da alle Werte schlicht für -eine Makrodefinition verwendet werden. Es ist jedoch zu beachten, dass in der -Wertzuweisung an den Schlüssel keine Absätze enthalten sein dürfen. +Da alle Werte unmittelbar für eine Makrodefinition verwendet werden, gibt es +keine unbekannten Werte. In der Wertzuweisung an den \PName{Schlüssel} dürfen +jedoch keine Absätze enthalten sein. Im\ChangedAt{v3.25}{\Package{scrbase}} Unterschied zu \Macro{FamilyStringKey} erwartet \Macro{FamilyCSKey} kein Makro als letztes Argument, sondern @@ -1033,7 +1043,7 @@ erwartet. Allerdings\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrbase}} wird die \ifx\FamilyKeyState\FamilyKeyStateProcessed \@Feinschnittfalse \else - \ifstr{#1}{fein}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{fein}{% \@Aufschnitttrue \@Feinschnittrue \FamilyKeyStateProcessed @@ -1068,488 +1078,360 @@ erwartet. Allerdings\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrbase}} wird die einfach verzichten und damit den Fehlerstatus von \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.FamilySetBool} übernehmen können. - Die bei den Tests verwendete Anweisung \Macro{ifstr}\IndexCmd{ifstr} ist auf - \DescPageRef{scrbase.cmd.ifstr} in \autoref{sec:scrbase.if} erklärt. + Die bei den Tests verwendete Anweisung + \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.Ifstr}\IndexCmd{Ifstr} ist auf + \DescPageRef{scrbase.cmd.Ifstr} in \autoref{sec:scrbase.if} erklärt. \end{Example} % \EndIndexGroup - - -\begin{Declaration} - \Macro{FamilyElseValues} -\end{Declaration} -In\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrbase}} früheren\textnote{Veraltet!} Versionen -von \Package{scrbase} konnte man über die Anweisung \Macro{FamilyElseValues} -weitere erlaubte Werte für die Bearbeitung durch -\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.FamilyUnknownKeyValue} -\iffalse% Umbruchkorrekturtext -in der Form -\begin{flushleft}\vskip\dp\strutbox\begin{tabular}{l} - \texttt{,} `\PName{Wert}'\texttt{,} `\PName{Wert}' \dots -\end{tabular}\vskip\dp\strutbox\end{flushleft} -\fi% -ablegen, die dann ebenfalls in einer Fehlermeldung mit ausgegeben wurden. Seit -Version~3.12 gibt \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.FamilyUnknownKeyValue} keine -Fehlermeldungen mehr aus, sondern setzt nur noch -\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.FamilyKeyState} entsprechend. Damit ist die Verwendung -von \Macro{FamilyElseValue} ebenfalls überholt. Ihre Verwendung wird jedoch -erkannt und führt dann zu einer Aufforderung, den Code entsprechend -anzupassen.% -\EndIndexGroup +\ExampleEndFix \section{Verzweigungen} \seclabel{if} -Das Paket \Package{scrbase} stellt eine ganze Reihe von -Verzweigungsanweisungen zur Verfügung. Dabei wird nicht auf die \TeX-Syntax -von Verzweigungen wie beispielsweise -\begin{lstcode} - \iftrue - ... - \else - ... - \fi -\end{lstcode} -gebaut, sondern es wird die \LaTeX-Syntax mit Argumenten eingesetzt, wie man -sie auch von \LaTeX-Anweisungen wie \Macro{IfFileExists}, -\Macro{@ifundefined}, \Macro{@ifpackageloaded} und vielen weiteren -kennt. Einige Paketautoren ziehen es allerdings vor, die \TeX-Syntax auch für -Anwender in die \LaTeX-Ebene zu bringen. Da es sich bei den Verzweigungen von -\Package{scrbase} um recht grundlegende Möglichkeiten handelt, ist die -Wahrscheinlichkeit gegeben, dass dabei gleichnamige Anwenderanweisungen -verwendet würden. Dies könnte selbst bei eigentlich gleicher Semantik -zu einem Problem aufgrund unterschiedlichen Syntax -führen. \Package{scrbase} geht daher auf Nummer sicher. +Das Paket \Package{scrbase} stellt diverse Verzweigungsanweisungen zur +Verfügung. Dabei wird überwiegend die \LaTeX-Syntax mit Argumenten eingesetzt, +die man von Anweisungen wie \Macro{IfFileExists}\iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur +, \Macro{@ifundefined}, \Macro{@ifpackageloaded} und vielen weiteren\fi % +\ kennt. \begin{Declaration} - \OptionVName{internalonly}{Wert} -\end{Declaration} -Von \Package{scrbase} werden einige Verzweigungsanweisungen -bereitgestellt. Dabei verwendet es primär die Bezeichnungen -\Macro{scr@\PName{Name}}\textnote{Paketautoren}. Es handelt sich somit -um interne Anweisungen. Diese werden auch intern von \KOMAScript{} -verwendet. Paket- und Klassenautoren können diese Anweisungen ebenfalls -verwenden, sollten sie aber nicht umdefinieren. Da einige dieser Anweisungen -auch für Benutzer nützlich sein können, werden die gleichen Anweisungen -normalerweise auch als \Macro{\PName{Name}}\textnote{Anwender} -bereitgestellt. Da eventuell andere Pakete gleichnamige Anweisungen mit -anderer Syntax bereitstellen könnten und es so zu Konflikten kommen könnte, -kann der Anwender die Definition von \Macro{\PName{Name}} verhindern. Dazu -gibt er entweder die Option ohne Wertangabe an. In diesem Fall werden nur die -internen Verzweigungsanweisungen definiert. Oder er gibt genau die -Anweisungen, die nicht definiert werden sollen, als Wert an, wobei er -»\Macro{}« durch »\texttt{/}« ersetzt. - -Paket- und Klassenautoren sollten diese Option normalerweise nicht verwenden. -Anwender können sie mit oder ohne Wertangabe entweder als globale Option bei -\DescRef{maincls.cmd.documentclass} oder per -\Macro{PassOptionsToPackage}\IndexCmd{PassOptionsToPackage} angeben. -\begin{Example} - Der Anwender will nicht, dass die Anweisungen - \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.ifVTeX} und - \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.ifundefinedorrelax} von \Package{scrbase} definiert - werden. Also verwendet er beim Laden der Klasse: -\begin{lstcode} - \documentclass[% - internalonly=/ifVTeX/ifundefinedorrelax% - ]{foo} -\end{lstcode} - Der Klassenname \Class{foo} wird hier als Platzhalter für irgendeine Klasse - verwendet. Die Anweisungen \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.ifVTeX} - und \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.ifundefinedorrelax} werden im weiteren Verlauf - dieses Abschnittes erklärt.% -\end{Example} - -Paket- und Klassenautoren sollten wie \KOMAScript{} selbst auch die internen -Namen verwenden. Zur Vollständigkeit sind in den nachfolgenden Erklärungen -aber auch die Anwenderanweisungen angegeben.% -\EndIndexGroup - - -\begin{Declaration} - \Macro{scr@ifundefinedorrelax} - \Parameter{Name}\Parameter{Dann-Teil}\Parameter{Sonst-Teil} - \Macro{ifundefinedorrelax} + \Macro{Ifundefinedorrelax} \Parameter{Name}\Parameter{Dann-Teil}\Parameter{Sonst-Teil} \end{Declaration} -Diese Anweisung funktioniert prinzipiell wie \Macro{@ifundefined} aus dem -\LaTeX-Kern (siehe \cite{latex:source2e}). Es wird also der \PName{Dann-Teil} -ausgeführt, wenn \PName{Name} der Name einer undefinierten Anweisung oder -\Macro{\PName{Name}} derzeit \Macro{relax} ist. Im Unterschied zu -\Macro{@ifundefined} wird % +Diese\ChangedAt{v3.28}{\Package{scrbase}} Anweisung funktioniert +prinzipiell wie \Macro{@ifundefined} aus dem \LaTeX-Kern (siehe +\cite{latex:source2e}). Es wird also der \PName{Dann-Teil} ausgeführt, wenn +\PName{Name} der Name einer undefinierten Anweisung oder \Macro{\PName{Name}} +derzeit \Macro{relax} ist. Im Unterschied zu \Macro{@ifundefined} wird auch +bei älteren \LaTeX-Versionen % \iftrue% Umbruchvarianten weder Hash-Speicher belegt noch \Macro{\PName{Name}} % \else% \Macro{\PName{Name}} nicht % \fi% -zu \Macro{relax}, wenn \Macro{\PName{Name}} zuvor undefiniert war.% +zu \Macro{relax}, wenn \Macro{\PName{Name}} zuvor undefiniert +war. \EndIndexGroup \begin{Declaration} - \Macro{ifnotundefined}\Parameter{Name}% + \Macro{Ifnotundefined}\Parameter{Name}% \Parameter{Dann-Teil}\Parameter{Sonst-Teil} \end{Declaration} -Ist die Anweisung mit dem angegebenen Namen bereits definiert wird der -\PName{Dann-Teil} ausgeführt, anderenfalls der \PName{Sonst-Teil}. Da es bei -\eTeX{} bereits ein Primitiv \Macro{ifdefined} gibt, musste leider diese -etwas unhandliche Bezeichnung gewählt werden. % -\iftrue% Umbruchvaritanten -Von dieser Anweisung gibt es keine interne Variante.% +Ist\ChangedAt{v3.28}{\Package{scrbase}} die Anweisung mit dem angegebenen +Namen bereits definiert wird der \PName{Dann-Teil} ausgeführt, anderenfalls +der \PName{Sonst-Teil}.\iftrue % Umbruchkorrektur +\ Da es bereits ein Paket mit einer inkompatiblen +Anweisung \Macro{Ifdefined} gibt, musste leider diese etwas unhandliche +Bezeichnung gewählt werden.% +\iffalse% +\iftrue% Umbruchvarianten +\ Von dieser Anweisung gibt es keine interne Variante.% \else% -Es gibt keine interne Variante.% +\ Es gibt keine interne Variante.% +\fi% \fi% -\EndIndexGroup - - -\begin{Declaration} - \Macro{scr@ifluatex} - \Parameter{Dann-Teil}\Parameter{Sonst-Teil} -\end{Declaration} -Wird\ChangedAt{v3.21}{\Package{scrbase}} mit lua\TeX{} gearbeitet, wird der -\PName{Dann-Teil} ausgeführt, anderenfalls der \PName{Sonst-Teil}. -\iftrue% Umbruchkorrekturtext -Diese Unterscheidung ist nur sehr selten wirklich von Nutzen. % \fi% -In der Regel sollte man besser auf die gewünschte Anweisung -testen. Von\textnote{Achtung!} dieser Anweisung gibt es kein -Benutzeräquivalent. Verwenden Sie stattdessen bei Bedarf das Paket -\Package{ifluatex}\important{\Package{ifluatex}} (siehe -\cite{package:ifluatex}).% -\EndIndexGroup - - -\iffalse% Es ergibt keinen Sinn, diese Anweisung noch zu dokumentieren -\begin{Declaration} - \Macro{scr@ifpdforluatex} - \Parameter{Dann-Teil}\Parameter{Sonst-Teil} -\end{Declaration} -Bis lua\TeX~0.85 war es meist unerheblich, ob mit pdf\TeX{} oder lua\TeX{} -gearbeitet wurde. Von daher stammt diese Anweisung, die in beiden Fällen den -\PName{Dann-Teil} ausführt. Wird weder mit pdf\TeX{} noch mit lua\TeX{} -gearbeitet, so wird der \PName{Sonst-Teil} ausgeführt. -Seit Version 0.85 wurde bei lua\TeX{} die Kompatibilität bei vielen der -zusätzlichen Befehle jedoch aufgegeben. Daher ist diese Unterscheidung in der -Praxis nicht mehr von Nutzen und wird von \KOMAScript{} selbst auch nicht mehr -verwendet. Von dieser Anweisung gibt es auch kein Benutzeräquivalent.% \EndIndexGroup -\fi \begin{Declaration} - \Macro{scr@ifpdftex} - \Parameter{Dann-Teil}\Parameter{Sonst-Teil} - \Macro{ifpdftex} + \Macro{Ifstr}\Parameter{Zeichenfolge}\Parameter{Zeichenfolge}% \Parameter{Dann-Teil}\Parameter{Sonst-Teil} \end{Declaration} -Wird mit pdf\TeX{} gearbeitet, wird der \PName{Dann-Teil} ausgeführt, -anderenfalls der \PName{Sonst-Teil}. Dabei ist es unerheblich, ob tatsächlich -eine PDF-Datei ausgegeben werden soll oder nicht. -\iftrue% Umbruchkorrekturtext -Diese Unterscheidung ist nur sehr selten wirklich von Nutzen. % +Die\ChangedAt{v3.28}{\Package{scrbase}} beiden Argumente \PName{Zeichenfolge} +werden expandiert und dann verglichen. Sind sie gleich, so wird der +\PName{Dann-Teil} ausgeführt, anderenfalls der \PName{Sonst-Teil}.% +\iffalse% Umbruchkorrektur +\iftrue% Umbruchvarianten +\ Von dieser Anweisung gibt es keine interne Variante.% +\else% +\ Es gibt keine interne Variante.% +\fi% \fi% -In der Regel sollte man besser auf die gewünschte Anweisung testen.% \EndIndexGroup \begin{Declaration} - \Macro{scr@ifVTeX} - \Parameter{Dann-Teil}\Parameter{Sonst-Teil} - \Macro{ifVTeX} - \Parameter{Dann-Teil}\Parameter{Sonst-Teil} + \Macro{Ifstrstart}\Parameter{Zeichenfolge}\Parameter{Zeichenfolge} + \Parameter{Dann-Teil}\Parameter{Sonst-Teil} \end{Declaration} -Wird mit V\TeX{} gearbeitet, wird der \PName{Dann-Teil} ausgeführt, -anderenfalls der \PName{Sonst-Teil}. -\iftrue% Umbruchkorrekturtext -Diese Unterscheidung ist nur sehr selten wirklich von Nutzen. % +Die\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrbase}}\ChangedAt{v3.28}{\Package{scrbase}} +beiden Argumente \PName{Zeichenfolge} werden expandiert und dann +verglichen. Beginnt die erste Zeichenfolge, von Leerzeichen abgesehen, mit der +zweiten Zeichenfolge, so wird der \PName{Dann-Teil} ausgeführt, anderenfalls +der \PName{Sonst-Teil}.% +\iffalse% Umbruchkorrektur +\iftrue% Umbruchvarianten +\ Von dieser Anweisung gibt es keine interne Variante.% +\else% +\ Es gibt keine interne Variante.% +\fi% \fi% -In der Regel sollte man besser auf die gewünschte Anweisung testen.% \EndIndexGroup \begin{Declaration} - \Macro{scr@ifpdfoutput} - \Parameter{Dann-Teil}\Parameter{Sonst-Teil} - \Macro{ifpdfoutput} + \Macro{Ifpdfoutput} \Parameter{Dann-Teil}\Parameter{Sonst-Teil} \end{Declaration} -Wird eine PDF-Datei erzeugt, wird der \PName{Dann-Teil} ausgeführt, -anderenfalls der \PName{Sonst-Teil}. Dabei ist es unerheblich, ob die -PDF-Datei mit Hilfe von lua\TeX{}, pdf\TeX{}, V\TeX{} oder \XeTeX{} erzeugt -wird.% +Wird\ChangedAt{v3.28}{\Package{scrbase}} eine PDF-Datei erzeugt, wird der +\PName{Dann-Teil} ausgeführt, anderenfalls der \PName{Sonst-Teil}. Dabei ist +es unerheblich, ob die PDF-Datei mit Hilfe von lua\TeX{}, pdf\TeX{}, V\TeX{} +oder \XeTeX{} erzeugt wird.% \EndIndexGroup \begin{Declaration} - \Macro{scr@ifpsoutput} - \Parameter{Dann-Teil}\Parameter{Sonst-Teil} - \Macro{ifpsoutput} + \Macro{Ifpsoutput} \Parameter{Dann-Teil}\Parameter{Sonst-Teil} \end{Declaration} -Wird eine PostScript-Datei erzeugt, wird der \PName{Dann-Teil} ausgeführt, -anderenfalls der \PName{Sonst-Teil}. V\TeX{} kann PostScript direkt erzeugen, -was hier erkannt wird. Wird hingegen kein V\TeX{} verwendet, ist aber ein -Schalter \Macro{if@dvips} definiert, so wird die Entscheidung darüber -getroffen. \KOMAScript{} stellt \Macro{if@dvips} in +Wird\ChangedAt{v3.28}{\Package{scrbase}} eine PostScript-Datei erzeugt, wird +der \PName{Dann-Teil} ausgeführt, anderenfalls der \PName{Sonst-Teil}. V\TeX{} +kann PostScript direkt erzeugen, was hier erkannt wird. Wird hingegen kein +V\TeX{} verwendet, ist aber ein Schalter \Macro{if@dvips} definiert, so wird +die Entscheidung darüber getroffen. \KOMAScript{} stellt \Macro{if@dvips} in \hyperref[cha:typearea]{\Package{typearea}}\IndexPackage{typearea}% \IndexCmd{if@dvips} bereit.% \EndIndexGroup -\begin{Declaration} - \Macro{scr@ifdvioutput} - \Parameter{Dann-Teil}\Parameter{Sonst-Teil} - \Macro{ifdvioutput} - \Parameter{Dann-Teil}\Parameter{Sonst-Teil} -\end{Declaration} -Wird eine DVI-Datei erzeugt, so wird der \PName{Dann-Teil} ausgeführt, -anderenfalls der \PName{Sonst-Teil}. Es wird immer dann davon ausgegangen, -dass eine DVI-Datei erzeugt wird, wenn keine direkte Ausgabe einer PDF- oder -Postscript-Datei erkannt werden kann.% -\EndIndexGroup - - -\begin{Declaration} - \Macro{if@atdocument}\ \PName{Dann-Teil}\ % - \textMacro{else}\ \PName{Sonst-Teil} \textMacro{fi} -\end{Declaration} -Diese Verzweigung existiert ganz bewusst nur als interne Anweisung. Dabei -entspricht \Macro{if@atdocument} in der Dokumentpräambel \Macro{iffalse}, nach -\Macro{begin}\PParameter{document} entspricht \Macro{if@atdocument} hingegen -\Macro{iftrue}. Klassen und Paketautoren können dieses Anweisung manchmal -sinnvoll nutzen, wenn sich Anweisungen in der Dokumentpräambel anders -verhalten sollen als innerhalb des Dokuments. Es\textnote{Achtung!} ist zu -beachten, dass es sich bei dieser Anweisung um eine Verzweigung in \TeX-Syntax -und nicht in \LaTeX-Syntax handelt! -% -\EndIndexGroup - - -\begin{Declaration} - \Macro{ifstr}\Parameter{Zeichenfolge}\Parameter{Zeichenfolge}% +\begin{Declaration}[0] + \Macro{Ifdvioutput} \Parameter{Dann-Teil}\Parameter{Sonst-Teil} \end{Declaration} -Die beiden Argumente \PName{Zeichenfolge} werden expandiert und dann -verglichen. Sind sie dabei gleich, so wird der \PName{Dann-Teil} ausgeführt, -anderenfalls der \PName{Sonst-Teil}. % -\iftrue% Umbruchvaritanten -Von dieser Anweisung gibt es keine interne Variante.% -\else% -Es gibt keine interne Variante.% -\fi% +Wird \ChangedAt{v3.28}{\Package{scrbase}}eine DVI-Datei erzeugt, so wird der +\PName{Dann-Teil} ausgeführt, anderenfalls der \PName{Sonst-Teil}. Es wird +immer dann davon \iffree{}{\pagebreak}% Umbruchkorrektur +ausgegangen, dass eine DVI-Datei erzeugt wird, wenn keine +direkte Ausgabe einer PDF- oder Postscript-Datei erkannt werden kann.% \EndIndexGroup \begin{Declaration} - \Macro{ifstrstart}\Parameter{Zeichenfolge}\Parameter{Zeichenfolge} - \Parameter{Dann-Teil}\Parameter{Sonst-Teil} + \Macro{Ifisdimen}\Parameter{Code}\Parameter{Dann-Teil}\Parameter{Sonst-Teil} \end{Declaration} -Die\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrbase}} beiden Argumente \PName{Zeichenfolge} -werden expandiert und dann verglichen. Beginnt die erste Zeichenfolge, von -Leerzeichen abgesehen, mit der zweiten Zeichenfolge, so wird der -\PName{Dann-Teil} ausgeführt, anderenfalls der \PName{Sonst-Teil}. % -\iftrue% Umbruchvaritanten -Von dieser Anweisung gibt es keine interne Variante.% +Wenn\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrbase}}\ChangedAt{v3.28}{\Package{scrbase}} +die Expansion von \PName{Code} in einem \Macro{dimen}, also einem +\TeX-Längenregister, resultiert, wird der \PName{Dann-Teil} ausgeführt, +anderenfalls der \PName{Sonst-Teil}. Die Anweisung ist nicht voll +expandierbar.% +\iffalse% Umbruchkorrektur +\iftrue% Umbruchvarianten +\ Von dieser Anweisung gibt es keine interne Variante.% \else% -Es gibt keine interne Variante.% +\ Es gibt keine interne Variante.% \fi% -\EndIndexGroup - - -\begin{Declaration} - \Macro{ifisdimen}\Parameter{Code}\Parameter{Dann-Teil}\Parameter{Sonst-Teil} -\end{Declaration} -Wenn\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrbase}} die Expansion von \PName{Code} in -einem \Macro{dimen}, also einem \TeX-Längenregister, resultiert, wird der -\PName{Dann-Teil} ausgeführt, anderenfalls der \PName{Sonst-Teil}. Die -Anweisung ist nicht voll expandierbar. % -\iftrue% Umbruchvaritanten -Von dieser Anweisung gibt es keine interne Variante.% -\else% -Es gibt keine interne Variante.% \fi% \EndIndexGroup \begin{Declaration} - \Macro{ifisdimension}\Parameter{Code}% + \Macro{Ifisdimension}\Parameter{Code}% \Parameter{Dann-Teil}\Parameter{Sonst-Teil} \end{Declaration} -Wenn\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrbase}} die Expansion von \PName{Code} in -etwas resultiert, das syntaktisch dem Wert einer Länge entspricht, wird der -\PName{Dann-Teil} ausgeführt, anderenfalls der \PName{Sonst-Teil}. Es ist zu -beachten,\textnote{Achtung!} dass derzeit unbekannte Einheiten zu einer -Fehlermeldung führen. Die Anweisung ist nicht voll expandierbar. % -\iftrue% Umbruchvaritanten -Von dieser Anweisung gibt es keine interne Variante.% +Wenn\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrbase}}\ChangedAt{v3.28}{\Package{scrbase}} +die Expansion von \PName{Code} in etwas resultiert, das syntaktisch dem Wert +einer Länge entspricht, wird der \PName{Dann-Teil} ausgeführt, anderenfalls +der \PName{Sonst-Teil}. Es ist zu beachten,\textnote{Achtung!} dass derzeit +unbekannte Einheiten zu einer Fehlermeldung führen. Die Anweisung ist nicht +voll expandierbar.% +\iffalse% Umbruchkorrektur +\iftrue% Umbruchvarianten +\ Von dieser Anweisung gibt es keine interne Variante.% \else% -Es gibt keine interne Variante.% +\ Es gibt keine interne Variante.% +\fi% \fi% \EndIndexGroup \begin{Declaration} - \Macro{ifdimen}\Parameter{Zeichenfolge}% + \Macro{Ifdimen}\Parameter{Zeichenfolge}% \Parameter{Dann-Teil}\Parameter{Sonst-Teil} \end{Declaration} -Der \PName{Dann-Teil} wird ausgeführt, wenn die einfache Expansion der +Der\ChangedAt{v3.28}{\Package{scrbase}}\ChangedAt{v3.28}{\Package{scrbase}} +\PName{Dann-Teil} wird ausgeführt, wenn die einfache Expansion der \PName{Zeichenfolge} eine gültige Länge mit einer gültigen Längeneinheit -ist. Anderenfalls wird der \PName{Sonst-Teil} verwendet. % -\iftrue% Umbruchvaritanten -Von dieser Anweisung gibt es keine interne Variante.% +ergibt. Anderenfalls wird der \PName{Sonst-Teil} verwendet.% +\iffalse% Umbruchkorrektur +\iftrue% Umbruchvarianten +\ Von dieser Anweisung gibt es keine interne Variante.% \else% -Es gibt keine interne Variante.% +\ Es gibt keine interne Variante.% +\fi% \fi% -% \EndIndexGroup \begin{Declaration} - \Macro{ifisdimexpr}\Parameter{Code} + \Macro{Ifisdimexpr}\Parameter{Code} \Parameter{Dann-Teil}\Parameter{Sonst-Teil} \end{Declaration} -Wenn\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrbase}} die Expansion von \PName{Code} in -einer \Macro{dimexpr}\IndexCmd{dimexpr}, also einem \eTeX-Längenausdruck -resultiert, wird der \PName{Dann-Teil} ausgeführt, anderenfalls der -\PName{Sonst-Teil}. Es ist zu beachten,\textnote{Achtung!} dass fehlerhafte -Ausdrücke zu Fehlermeldungen führen! Die Anweisung ist nicht voll -expandierbar. % -\iftrue% Umbruchvaritanten -Von dieser Anweisung gibt es keine interne Variante.% +Wenn\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrbase}}\ChangedAt{v3.28}{\Package{scrbase}} +die Expansion von \PName{Code} in einer \Macro{dimexpr}\IndexCmd{dimexpr}, +also einem \eTeX-Längenausdruck resultiert, wird der \PName{Dann-Teil} +ausgeführt, anderenfalls der \PName{Sonst-Teil}. Es ist zu +beachten,\textnote{Achtung!} dass fehlerhafte Ausdrücke zu Fehlermeldungen +führen. Die Anweisung ist nicht voll expandierbar.% +\iffalse% Umbruchkorrektur +\iftrue% Umbruchvarianten +\ Von dieser Anweisung gibt es keine interne Variante.% \else% -Es gibt keine interne Variante.% +\ Es gibt keine interne Variante.% +\fi% \fi% \EndIndexGroup \begin{Declaration} - \Macro{ifisskip}\Parameter{Code}\Parameter{Dann-Teil}\Parameter{Sonst-Teil} + \Macro{Ifisskip}\Parameter{Code}\Parameter{Dann-Teil}\Parameter{Sonst-Teil} \end{Declaration} -Wenn\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrbase}} die Expansion von \PName{Code} in -einem \Macro{skip}, also einem \TeX-Abstand, resultiert, wird der -\PName{Dann-Teil} ausgeführt, anderenfalls der \PName{Sonst-Teil}. Die -Anweisung ist nicht voll expandierbar. % -\iftrue% Umbruchvaritanten -Von dieser Anweisung gibt es keine interne Variante.% +Wenn\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrbase}}\ChangedAt{v3.28}{\Package{scrbase}} +die Expansion von \PName{Code} in einem \Macro{skip}, also einem \TeX-Abstand, +resultiert, wird der \PName{Dann-Teil} ausgeführt, anderenfalls der +\PName{Sonst-Teil}. Die Anweisung ist nicht voll expandierbar.% +\iffalse% Umbruchkorrektur +\iftrue% Umbruchvarianten +\ Von dieser Anweisung gibt es keine interne Variante.% \else% -Es gibt keine interne Variante.% +\ Es gibt keine interne Variante.% +\fi% \fi% \EndIndexGroup \begin{Declaration} - \Macro{ifisglue}\Parameter{Code}% + \Macro{Ifisglue}\Parameter{Code}% \Parameter{Dann-Teil}\Parameter{Sonst-Teil} \end{Declaration} -Wenn\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrbase}} die Expansion von \PName{Code} in -etwas resultiert, das syntaktisch dem Wert eines Abstandes entspricht, wird der -\PName{Dann-Teil} ausgeführt, anderenfalls der \PName{Sonst-Teil}. Es ist zu -beachten,\textnote{Achtung!} dass derzeit unbekannte Einheiten zu einer -Fehlermeldung führen. Die Anweisung ist nicht voll expandierbar. % -\iffalse% Umbruchvaritanten -Von dieser Anweisung gibt es keine interne Variante.% +Wenn\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrbase}}\ChangedAt{v3.28}{\Package{scrbase}} +die Expansion von \PName{Code} in etwas resultiert, das syntaktisch dem Wert +eines Abstandes entspricht, wird der \PName{Dann-Teil} ausgeführt, +anderenfalls der \PName{Sonst-Teil}. Es ist zu beachten,\textnote{Achtung!} +dass derzeit unbekannte Einheiten zu einer Fehlermeldung führen. Die Anweisung +ist nicht voll expandierbar.% +\iffalse% Umbruchkorrektur +\iftrue% Umbruchvarianten +\ Von dieser Anweisung gibt es keine interne Variante.% \else% -Es gibt keine interne Variante.% +\ Es gibt keine interne Variante.% +\fi% \fi% \EndIndexGroup -\begin{Declaration} - \Macro{ifisglueexpr}\Parameter{Code}% +\iffree{\begin{Declaration}}{\begin{Declaration}[0]}% Umbruchkorrektur + \Macro{Ifisglueexpr}\Parameter{Code}% \Parameter{Dann-Teil}\Parameter{Sonst-Teil} \end{Declaration} -Wenn\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrbase}} die Expansion von \PName{Code} in -einer \Macro{glueexpr}\IndexCmd{glueexpr}, also einem -\mbox{\eTeX}-Abstandsausdruck resultiert, wird der \PName{Dann-Teil} -ausgeführt, anderenfalls der \PName{Sonst-Teil}. Es ist zu -beachten,\textnote{Achtung!} dass fehlerhafte Ausdrücke zu Fehlermeldungen -führen! Die Anweisung ist nicht voll expandierbar. % -\iftrue% Umbruchvaritanten -Von dieser Anweisung gibt es keine interne Variante.% +Wenn\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrbase}}\ChangedAt{v3.28}{\Package{scrbase}} +die Expansion von \PName{Code} in einer \Macro{glueexpr}\IndexCmd{glueexpr}, +also einem \mbox{\eTeX}-Abstandsausdruck resultiert, wird der +\PName{Dann-Teil} ausgeführt, \iffree{}{\pagebreak}% Umbruchkorrektur +anderenfalls der \PName{Sonst-Teil}. Es ist zu beachten,\textnote{Achtung!} +dass fehlerhafte Ausdrücke zu Fehlermeldungen führen. Die Anweisung ist nicht +voll expandierbar.% +\iffalse% Umbruchkorrektur +\iftrue% Umbruchvarianten +\ Von dieser Anweisung gibt es keine interne Variante.% \else% -Es gibt keine interne Variante.% +\ Es gibt keine interne Variante.% +\fi% \fi% \EndIndexGroup \begin{Declaration} - \Macro{ifiscounter}\Parameter{Zähler}% + \Macro{Ifiscounter}\Parameter{Zähler}% \Parameter{Dann-Teil}\Parameter{Sonst-Teil} \end{Declaration} -Wenn\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrbase}} \PName{Zähler} ein definierter -\LaTeX-Zähler ist, wird der \PName{Dann-Teil} ausgeführt, anderenfalls der -\PName{Sonst-Teil}. Die Anweisung ist nicht voll expandierbar. % -\iftrue% Umbruchvaritanten -Von dieser Anweisung gibt es keine interne Variante.% +Wenn\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrbase}}\ChangedAt{v3.28}{\Package{scrbase}} +\PName{Zähler} ein definierter \LaTeX-Zähler ist, wird der \PName{Dann-Teil} +ausgeführt, anderenfalls der \PName{Sonst-Teil}. Die Anweisung ist nicht voll +expandierbar.% +\iffalse% Umbruchkorrektur +\iftrue% Umbruchvarianten +\ Von dieser Anweisung gibt es keine interne Variante.% \else% -Es gibt keine interne Variante.% +\ Es gibt keine interne Variante.% +\fi% \fi% \EndIndexGroup \begin{Declaration} - \Macro{ifiscount}\Parameter{Code}\Parameter{Dann-Teil}\Parameter{Sonst-Teil} + \Macro{Ifiscount}\Parameter{Code}\Parameter{Dann-Teil}\Parameter{Sonst-Teil} \end{Declaration} -Wenn\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrbase}} die Expansion von \PName{Code} in -einem \Macro{count}, also einem \TeX-Zähler, resultiert, wird der -\PName{Dann-Teil} ausgeführt, anderenfalls der \PName{Sonst-Teil}. Die -Anweisung ist nicht voll expandierbar. Für einen Test auf einen \LaTeX-Zähler -siehe \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.ifiscounter}. % -\iftrue% Umbruchvaritanten -Von dieser Anweisung gibt es keine interne Variante.% +Wenn\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrbase}}\ChangedAt{v3.28}{\Package{scrbase}} +die Expansion von \PName{Code} in einem \Macro{count}, also einem \TeX-Zähler, +resultiert, wird der \PName{Dann-Teil} ausgeführt, anderenfalls der +\PName{Sonst-Teil}. Die Anweisung ist nicht voll expandierbar. Für einen Test +auf einen \LaTeX-Zähler siehe \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.Ifiscounter}.% +\iffalse% Umbruchkorrektur +\iftrue% Umbruchvarianten +\ Von dieser Anweisung gibt es keine interne Variante.% \else% -Es gibt keine interne Variante.% +\ Es gibt keine interne Variante.% +\fi% \fi% \EndIndexGroup \begin{Declaration} - \Macro{ifisinteger}\Parameter{Code}% + \Macro{Ifisinteger}\Parameter{Code}% \Parameter{Dann-Teil}\Parameter{Sonst-Teil} \end{Declaration} -Wenn\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrbase}} die Expansion von \PName{Code} in -etwas resultiert, das syntaktisch dem Wert eines Zählers entspricht, also eine -negative oder positive ganze Zahl ist, wird der \PName{Dann-Teil} ausgeführt, -anderenfalls der \PName{Sonst-Teil}. Die Anweisung ist nicht voll -expandierbar. % -\iftrue% Umbruchvaritanten -Von dieser Anweisung gibt es keine interne Variante.% +Wenn\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrbase}}\ChangedAt{v3.28}{\Package{scrbase}} +die Expansion von \PName{Code} in etwas resultiert, das syntaktisch dem Wert +eines Zählers entspricht, also eine negative oder positive ganze Zahl ist, +wird der \PName{Dann-Teil} ausgeführt, anderenfalls der +\PName{Sonst-Teil}. Die Anweisung ist nicht voll expandierbar.% +\iffalse% Umbruchkorrektur +\iftrue% Umbruchvarianten +\ Von dieser Anweisung gibt es keine interne Variante.% \else% -Es gibt keine interne Variante.% +\ Es gibt keine interne Variante.% +\fi% \fi% \EndIndexGroup \begin{Declaration} - \Macro{ifnumber}\Parameter{Zeichenfolge}% + \Macro{Ifnumber}\Parameter{Zeichenfolge}% \Parameter{Dann-Teil}\Parameter{Sonst-Teil} \end{Declaration} -Der \PName{Dann-Teil} wird ausgeführt, wenn die einfache Expansion der -\PName{Zeichenfolge} nur aus Ziffern besteht. In allen anderen Fällen wird der -\PName{Sonst-Teil} verwendet. % -\iftrue% Umbruchvaritanten -Von dieser Anweisung gibt es keine interne Variante.% +Der\ChangedAt{v3.28}{\Package{scrbase}} \PName{Dann-Teil} wird ausgeführt, +wenn die einfache Expansion der \PName{Zeichenfolge} nur aus Ziffern +besteht. In allen anderen Fällen wird der \PName{Sonst-Teil} verwendet.% +\iffalse% Umbruchkorrektur +\iftrue% Umbruchvarianten +\ Von dieser Anweisung gibt es keine interne Variante.% \else% -Es gibt keine interne Variante.% +\ Es gibt keine interne Variante.% +\fi% \fi% \EndIndexGroup \begin{Declaration} - \Macro{ifisnumexpr}\Parameter{Code}% + \Macro{Ifisnumexpr}\Parameter{Code}% \Parameter{Dann-Teil}\Parameter{Sonst-Teil} \end{Declaration} -Wenn\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrbase}} die Expansion von \PName{Code} in -einer \Macro{numexpr}\IndexCmd{numexpr}, also einem \eTeX-Zahlenausdruck -resultiert, wird der \PName{Dann-Teil} ausgeführt, anderenfalls der -\PName{Sonst-Teil}. Es ist zu beachten,\textnote{Achtung!} dass fehlerhafte -Ausdrücke zu Fehlermeldungen führen! Die Anweisung ist nicht voll -expandierbar. % -\iftrue% Umbruchvaritanten -Von dieser Anweisung gibt es keine interne Variante.% +Wenn\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrbase}}\ChangedAt{v3.28}{\Package{scrbase}} +die Expansion von \PName{Code} in einer \Macro{numexpr}\IndexCmd{numexpr}, +also einem \eTeX-Zahlenausdruck resultiert, wird der \PName{Dann-Teil} +ausgeführt, anderenfalls der \PName{Sonst-Teil}. Es ist zu +beachten,\textnote{Achtung!} dass fehlerhafte Ausdrücke zu Fehlermeldungen +führen. Die Anweisung ist nicht voll expandierbar.% +\iffalse% Umbruchkorrektur +\iftrue% Umbruchvarianten +\ Von dieser Anweisung gibt es keine interne Variante.% \else% -Es gibt keine interne Variante.% +\ Es gibt keine interne Variante.% +\fi% \fi% \EndIndexGroup @@ -1570,16 +1452,16 @@ Umdefinierungen von \DescRef{scrlayer.cmd.@mkboth} ab. Daher testet \Macro{IfActiveMkBoth}, ob \DescRef{scrlayer.cmd.@mkboth} tatsächlich zum Setzen einer Marke führen würde und deckt dabei sogar die Verwendung von \Macro{marks} für die Definition von \DescRef{scrlayer.cmd.@mkboth} ab. Wird -eine solches aktives \DescRef{scrlayer.cmd.@mkboth} entdeckt, so wird der +ein solches aktives \DescRef{scrlayer.cmd.@mkboth} entdeckt, so wird der \PName{Dann-Teil} ausgeführt. In allen anderen Fällen wird der \PName{Sonst-Teil} ausgeführt.% \begin{Example} Angenommen, Sie wollen in einem Paket im Fall der Verwendung automatischer - Kolumnentitel, beispielsweise durch den Seitenstil - \PageStyle{headings}\IndexPagestyle{headings} nur die rechte Marke setzen - und die linke unverändert lassen, wohingegen bei Verwendung manueller - Kolumentitel die Marken unverändert bleiben sollen. In einem ersten Ansatz - verwenden Sie dafür: + Kolumnentitel, wie sie beispielsweise der Seitenstil + \PageStyle{headings}\IndexPagestyle{headings} aktiviert, nur die rechte + Marke setzen und die linke unverändert lassen, wohingegen bei Verwendung + manueller Kolumentitel die Marken unverändert bleiben sollen. In einem + ersten Ansatz verwenden Sie dafür: \begin{lstcode} \ifx\@mkboth\markboth \markright{Kolumnentitel}\fi \end{lstcode} @@ -1595,7 +1477,8 @@ eine solches aktives \DescRef{scrlayer.cmd.@mkboth} entdeckt, so wird der Vergleich niemals die \DescRef{maincls.cmd.markright}-Anweisung auf. Daher ändern Sie den Vergleich oben zu \begin{lstcode} - \ifx\@mkboth\@gobbletwo\else \markright{Kolumnentitel}\fi + \ifx\@mkboth\@gobbletwo + \else \markright{Kolumnentitel}\fi \end{lstcode} Leider wird nun \DescRef{maincls.cmd.markright} auch bei manuellen Kolumentiteln aufgerufen, weil irgend jemand für diesen Fall @@ -1608,23 +1491,46 @@ eine solches aktives \DescRef{scrlayer.cmd.@mkboth} entdeckt, so wird der Beide Probleme sind jedoch mit Hilfe von \Package{scrbase} einfach zu lösen: \begin{lstcode} - \IfActiveMKBoth{\markright{Kolumnentitel}}{} + \IfActiveMkBoth{\markright{Kolumnentitel}}{} \end{lstcode}% \end{Example} -Noch einfacher lässt sich das Problem aus dem Beispiel übrigens mit Hilfe von -\DescRef{scrlayer.cmd.@mkright} aus Paket +Noch einfacher lässt sich das Problem aus dem Beispiel % +\iffalse übrigens \fi % Umbruchkorrektur +mit Hilfe von \DescRef{scrlayer.cmd.@mkright} aus Paket \hyperref[cha:scrlayer]{\Package{scrlayer}} lösen (siehe \autoref{sec:scrlayer.pagestyle.content}, \DescPageRef{scrlayer.cmd.@mkright}).% \EndIndexGroup +\begin{Declaration}[0] + \Macro{if@atdocument}\ \PName{Dann-Teil}\ % + \textMacro{else}\ \PName{Sonst-Teil} \textMacro{fi} +\end{Declaration} +\iftrue% Umbruchvarianten +Diese Verzweigung in \TeX-Syntax existiert bewusst nur als interne +Anweisung. In der Dokumentpräambel ist \Macro{if@atdocument} +\Macro{iffalse}, nach \Macro{begin}\PParameter{document} entspricht +\Macro{if@atdocument} dann \Macro{iftrue}. Klassen- und Paketautoren +können dieses Anweisung manchmal sinnvoll nutzen, % +\else% +In der Dokumentpräambel enspricht \Macro{if@atdocument} \iftrue dem Schalter +\fi \Macro{iffalse}, nach \Macro{begin}\PParameter{document} hingegen +\Macro{iftrue}. Klassen- und Paketautoren können dieses Anweisung nutzen, % +\fi% +wenn sich Anweisungen in der Dokumentpräambel anders verhalten sollen als +innerhalb des Dokuments. Es\textnote{Achtung!} ist zu beachten, dass es sich +bei dieser Anweisung um eine Verzweigung in \TeX-Syntax und nicht in +\LaTeX-Syntax handelt.% +\EndIndexGroup + + \section{Definition sprachabhängiger Bezeichner} \seclabel{languageSupport} \BeginIndexGroup \BeginIndex{}{Sprachdefinition} -\iftrue +\iffalse% Umbruchkorrektur Anfänger haben häufig Probleme damit, sprachabhängige Begriffe wie \Macro{listfigurename}\IndexCmd{listfigurename}, in der Voreinstellung meist »List of Figures« beziehungsweise in Deutsch: »Abbildungsverzeichnis«, zu @@ -1639,18 +1545,13 @@ Normalerweise muss man zur Definition oder zur Änderung sprachabhängiger Begriffe Anweisungen wie \Macro{captionsngerman} so umdefinieren, dass zusätzlich zu den bisherigen Begriffen auch die neuen oder geänderten definiert werden. Erschwert wird dieses Vorhaben dadurch, dass beim Laden -eines Pakets wie \Package{german}\IndexPackage{german} oder -\Package{ngerman}\IndexPackage{ngerman} diese Anweisungen von den Paketen -erneut definiert werden. Bei den genannten Paketen geschieht dies leider in -einer Form, die alle zuvor gemachten Änderungen zunichte macht. Aus diesem -Grund ist es sinnvoll, die Änderungen mit Hilfe von \Macro{AtBeginDocument} bis -\Macro{begin}\PParameter{document}, also bis nach dem Laden aller Pakete, zu -verzögern. -\iftrue -Auch der Anwender muss entweder von \Macro{AtBeginDocument} -Gebrauch machen oder aber seine Änderungen nicht in die Dokumentpräambel, -sondern hinter \Macro{begin}\PParameter{document} einfügen. -\fi +eines Pakets wie \Package{babel}\IndexPackage{babel} oder +\Package{polyglossia}\IndexPackage{polyglossia} diese Anweisungen von den +Paketen erneut definiert werden. Bei den genannten Paketen geschieht dies, +indem alle zuvor gemachten Änderungen überschrieben werden. Aus diesem Grund +ist es sinnvoll, eigene Änderungen bis nach dem Laden entsprechender Pakete +oder mit Hilfe von \Macro{AtBeginDocument} bis +\Macro{begin}\PParameter{document} zu verzögern. Darüber hinaus kommt erschwerend hinzu, dass einige Pakete zusätzliche, sprachabhängige Begriffe in \Macro{captions\PName{Sprache}} definieren, @@ -1660,7 +1561,7 @@ richtige Weise zu ergänzen. Das Paket \Package{scrbase} bietet dem Anwender daher für die Definition und Änderung selbst einige zusätzliche Anweisungen, die ihn von vielen dieser -Überlegungen entlasten. Gleichzeitig erlauben diese Befehle, die +Überlegungen befreit. Gleichzeitig erlauben die Befehle, die sprachabhängigen Begriffe mehrerer Dialekte oder Ausprägungen einer Sprache gleichzeitig zu definieren oder zu ändern. @@ -1682,23 +1583,22 @@ gleichzeitig zu definieren oder zu ändern. \Macro{renewcaptionname*}% \Parameter{Sprachliste}\Parameter{Begriff}\Parameter{Inhalt} \end{Declaration} -Mit Hilfe dieser vier Anweisungen und ihrer Sternvarianten ist es möglich, -einem \PName{Begriff} in Abhängigkeit der Sprache einen \PName{Inhalt} -zuzuweisen. Mehrere Sprachen können durch Komma voneinander getrennt als +Mit Hilfe dieser Anweisungen ist es möglich, einem \PName{Begriff} in +Abhängigkeit der Sprache einen \PName{Inhalt} zuzuweisen. Mehrere Sprachen +können durch Komma voneinander getrennt als \PName{Sprachliste}\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrbase}} angegeben werden. - Der \PName{Begriff} ist immer ein Makro. Die Arbeitsweise der Anweisungen unterscheidet sich je nachdem, ob eine Sprache und ein \PName{Begriff} innerhalb der Sprache zum Zeitpunkt des Aufrufs bereits definiert ist. -Ist eine Sprache nicht definiert, so tut \Macro{providecaptionname} nichts -weiter, als dies in der \File{log}-Datei zu vermerken. Dabei wird für jede -Sprache nur einmal eine entsprechende Information in die \File{log}-Datei -geschrieben. Ist die Sprache definiert, enthält aber bisher keinen -entsprechenden \PName{Begriff}, so wird er mit dem angegebenen \PName{Inhalt} -definiert. Ist der \PName{Begriff} hingegen in der Sprache bereits definiert, -so wird er nicht umdefiniert, sondern ebenfalls ein entsprechender Hinweis in -die \File{log}-Datei geschrieben. +Ist eine Sprache nicht definiert, vermerkt \Macro{providecaptionname} das +lediglich in \File{log}-Datei. Dabei wird für jede Sprache nur einmal eine +entsprechende Information in die \File{log}-Datei geschrieben. Ist die Sprache +definiert, enthält aber bisher keinen entsprechenden \PName{Begriff}, so wird +er mit dem angegebenen \PName{Inhalt} definiert. Ist der \PName{Begriff} +hingegen in der Sprache bereits definiert, so wird er nicht umdefiniert, +sondern ebenfalls ein entsprechender Hinweis in die \File{log}-Datei +geschrieben. Ist dagegen bei \Macro{newcaptionname} eine Sprache nicht definiert, dann wird diese neu definiert, indem eine @@ -1710,20 +1610,19 @@ vorhanden, so wird er mit dem gewünschten \PName{Inhalt} definiert. Ist der \PName{Begriff} in der Sprache bereits vorhanden, so wird eine Fehlermeldung ausgegeben. -Die Anweisung \Macro{renewcaptionname} verhält sich noch einmal anders. Ist -eine Sprache nicht definiert, so wird eine Fehlermeldung -ausgegeben. Ist die Sprache definiert, der \PName{Begriff} in dieser -Sprache jedoch nicht, so wird ebenfalls eine Fehlermeldung -ausgegeben. Ist der \PName{Begriff} in der Sprache definiert, so wird -er auf den gewünschten \PName{Inhalt} umdefiniert. +Ist bei Anweisung \Macro{renewcaptionname} eine Sprache nicht definiert, so +wird eine Fehlermeldung ausgegeben. Ist die Sprache definiert, der +\PName{Begriff} in dieser Sprache jedoch nicht, so wird ebenfalls eine +Fehlermeldung ausgegeben. Ist der \PName{Begriff} in der Sprache definiert, so +wird er auf den gewünschten \PName{Inhalt} umdefiniert. Die\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrbase}} Anweisung \Macro{defcaptionname} definiert einen \PName{Begriff} immer, überschreibt also eventuell vorhandene Definitionen. Wie bei \Macro{providecaptionname} braucht eine angegebene Sprache nicht definiert zu sein. -\KOMAScript{} selbst verwendet \Macro{providecaptionname} um die Begriffe aus -\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.languages}, +\KOMAScript{} selbst verwendet \Macro{providecaptionname} um beispielsweise +die Begriffe aus \autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.languages}, \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.cmd.yourrefname} zu definieren. \begin{Example} @@ -1751,6 +1650,7 @@ Sprache nicht definiert zu sein. \PValue{swissgerman}, also Deutsch, Österreichisch und Schweizer Deutsch nach der veralteten Rechtschreibung, hinzugefügt werden. \end{Example} +\iffalse % Das ist 6 Jahre her und damit nicht mehr von Belang! \begin{Explain} Die Sprachen \PValue{swissgerman} und \PValue{nswissgerman} werden übrigens von älteren Versionen von \Package{babel} noch nicht unterstützt. Sie sind @@ -1763,27 +1663,29 @@ Sprache nicht definiert zu sein. Umdefinierung für \Option{nswissgerman} und \Option{swissgerman} bei Verwendung einer älteren Version von \Package{babel} in einer entsprechenden Fehlermeldung. -\end{Explain} - -Seit \KOMAScript~3.12\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrbase}} ist es auch nicht -mehr erforderlich, die Definierung oder Umdefinierung mit Hilfe von -\Macro{AtBeginDocument} bis \Macro{begin}\PParameter{document} zu -verzögern. Stattdessen erledigt \Package{scrbase} dies selbst, falls die -Anweisungen in der Dokumentpräambel aufgerufen werden. Außerdem prüft -\Package{scrbase} nun auch, ob ein umzudefinierender Begriff statt in -\Macro{captions\PName{Sprache}} in \Macro{extras\PName{Sprache}} zu definieren -ist. Die neuen Sternvarianten der Befehle verwenden grundsätzlich -\Macro{extras\PName{Sprache}}, da dessen Definitionen in der Regel nach -\Macro{captions\PName{Sprache}} Anwendung finden. Damit funktioniert nun in -der Regel auch das Umdefinieren von sprachabhängigen Bezeichnern von Paketen -wie \Package{hyperref}, die dafür \Macro{extras\PName{Sprache}} verwenden. +\end{Explain}% +\fi + +Es\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrbase}} ist nicht erforderlich, die Definierung +oder Umdefinierung via \Macro{AtBeginDocument} bis +\Macro{begin}\PParameter{document} zu verzögern. Stattdessen erledigt +\Package{scrbase} das selbst, falls die Anweisungen in der Dokumentpräambel +aufgerufen werden. Außerdem prüft \Package{scrbase} auch, ob ein +umzudefinierender Begriff statt in \Macro{captions\PName{Sprache}} in +\Macro{extras\PName{Sprache}} zu definieren ist. Die Sternvarianten der +Befehle verwenden grundsätzlich \Macro{extras\PName{Sprache}}, da dessen +Definitionen in der Regel nach \Macro{captions\PName{Sprache}} Anwendung +finden. Damit funktioniert auch das Umdefinieren von sprachabhängigen +Bezeichnern von Paketen\iffalse\ wie \Package{hyperref}\fi, die dafür +\Macro{extras\PName{Sprache}} verwenden. In \autoref{tab:scrbase.commonNames} ist ein Überblick über die üblicherweise von Klassen und Sprachpaketen definierten Begriffe und deren Verwendung zu finden.\iffree{}{ \KOMAScript{} selbst definiert noch einige weitere Begriffe. Siehe dazu \autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.languages} ab \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.cmd.yourrefname}.} - +% +%\iffree{}{\enlargethispage{4pt}}% Umbruchkorrektur \begin{desclist} \renewcommand*{\abovecaptionskipcorrection}{-\normalbaselineskip}% \desccaption[{% @@ -1800,7 +1702,7 @@ finden.\iffree{}{ \KOMAScript{} selbst definiert noch einige weitere \IndexCmd{abstractname}% }% \entry{\Macro{alsoname}}{% - »Siehe auch« bei ergänzenden Verweisen im Stichwortverzeichnis% + »siehe auch« bei ergänzenden Verweisen im Stichwortverzeichnis% \IndexCmd{alsoname}% }% \entry{\Macro{appendixname}}{% @@ -1872,7 +1774,7 @@ finden.\iffree{}{ \KOMAScript{} selbst definiert noch einige weitere \IndexCmd{refname}% }% \entry{\Macro{seename}}{% - »Siehe« bei Verweisen im Stichwortverzeichnis% + »siehe« bei Verweisen im Stichwortverzeichnis% \IndexCmd{seename}% }% \entry{\Macro{tablename}}{% @@ -1899,9 +1801,9 @@ grundlegenden \KOMAScript-Paketen vorhanden sind. \begin{Declaration} \Macro{KOMAScript} \end{Declaration} -Diese Anweisung setzt schlicht die Wortmarke »\KOMAScript« in serifenloser +Diese Anweisung gibt die Wortmarke »\KOMAScript« in serifenloser Schrift und mit leichter Sperrung des in Versalien gesetzten -Teils. \Macro{KOMAScript} wird übrigens bei Bedarf von allen +Teils aus. \Macro{KOMAScript} wird übrigens bei Bedarf von allen \KOMAScript-Klassen und "~Paketen definiert. Die Definition erfolgt mit \Macro{DeclareRobustCommand}. Da auch Pakete, die nicht zu \KOMAScript{} gehören, diese Wortmarke definieren können, sollte man die Anweisung jedoch @@ -1918,7 +1820,7 @@ abgelegt. Diese Hauptversion ist für alle \KOMAScript-Klassen und alle \KOMAScript-Pakete, die von den Klassen verwendet werden, gleich. Daher kann sie auch nach dem Laden von \Package{scrbase} abgefragt werden. Diese Anleitung wurde beispielsweise mit der \KOMAScript-Version -»\KOMAScriptVersion« erstellt. Das Vorhandensein dieser Anweisung ist ein +»\KOMAScriptVersion« erstellt. Das Vorhandensein der Anweisung ist ein starkes Indiz dafür, dass zumindest ein \KOMAScript-Paket verwendet wird.% \EndIndexGroup @@ -1944,7 +1846,7 @@ Zeilennummer ausgeben, auch die beiden Anweisungen Zeilennummer auszugeben. Die naheliegenden Anweisungen \Macro{ClassInfoNoLine} und \Macro{PackageInfoNoLine}, um auch Informationen ohne Zeilennummer in die Log-Datei zu schreiben, fehlen jedoch. Diese werden -von \Package{scrbase} bereit gestellt. +von \Package{scrbase} bereitgestellt. % \EndIndexGroup @@ -1955,14 +1857,14 @@ von \Package{scrbase} bereit gestellt. Der \LaTeX-Kern bietet mit \Macro{g@addto@macro} eine interne Anweisung, um die Definition eines Makro \PName{Anweisung} global um den Code \PName{Erweiterung} zu erweitern. Das funktioniert in dieser Form nur für -Makros ohne Argumente. Dennoch könnte man diese Anweisung in einigen Fällen +Makros ohne Argumente. Dennoch könnte man die Anweisung in einigen Fällen auch in einer Form benötigen, die lokal zur aktuellen Gruppe arbeitet. Diese -wird mit \Macro{l@addto@macro} von \Package{scrbase} bereit gestellt. Eine +wird mit \Macro{l@addto@macro} von \Package{scrbase} bereitgestellt. Eine Alternative stellt hier die Verwendung des Pakets \Package{etoolbox}\IndexPackage{etoolbox} oder -\Package{xpatch}\IndexPackage{xpatch} dar, das eine ganze Reihe solcher -Anweisungen für unterschiedliche Zwecke bietet (siehe -\cite{package:etoolbox} beziehungsweise \cite{package:xpatch}). +\Package{xpatch}\IndexPackage{xpatch} dar, die eine ganze Reihe solcher +Anweisungen für unterschiedliche Zwecke bieten (siehe +\cite{package:etoolbox} oder \cite{package:xpatch}). % \EndIndexGroup @@ -1974,8 +1876,8 @@ Das für \LaTeX{} inzwischen verwendete und von \KOMAScript{} vorausgesetzte \eTeX{} besitzt mit \Macro{numexpr}\IndexCmd{numexpr} erweiterte Möglichkeiten zur Berechnung einfacher Ausdrücke mit \TeX-Zählern und ganzen Zahlen. Als Operationen werden dabei die vier Grundrechenarten und Klammern -unterstützt. Bei der Division wird korrekt gerundet. Manchmal sind weitere -Operationen nützlich. +unterstützt. Bei der Division wird korrekt gerundet. +\iffalse Manchmal sind weitere Operationen nützlich.\fi% Umbruchkorrektur \begin{Declaration} \Macro{XdivY}\Parameter{Dividend}\Parameter{Divisor} @@ -2003,9 +1905,9 @@ Ausgabe als arabische Zahl ist \Macro{the} voranzustellen.% \EndIndexGroup -\section[{Allgemeiner Mechanismus für mehrstufige Haken}] -{Allgemeiner Mechanismus für mehrstufige - Haken\ChangedAt[2019/01]{v3.27}{\Package{scrbase}}} +\section[{Mechanismus für mehrstufige Haken}] +{Mechanismus für mehrstufige + Haken\ChangedAt{v3.27}{\Package{scrbase}}} \seclabel{hooks} \BeginIndexGroup @@ -2025,19 +1927,18 @@ Jahre zeigten sich dabei zwei Probleme: Durchlaufen des Hakens auszuführen ist, also dauerhaft auf dem Haken bleibt. \end{itemize} Üblicherweise muss man zur Definition eines einzelnen Hakens eine Anweisung -definieren, mit der Code für den jeweiligen Haken aufgesammelt wird. Dieser -Code wird dann in einem weiteren internen Makro abgelegt, das man an der -Stelle einfügen muss, an der der aufgesammelte Code auszuführen ist. Je mehr -Haken man einfügt, desto mehr solcher Anweisungen gibt es. Um sowohl -Einmalcode als auch dauerhaften Code zu ermöglichen, benötigt es gegebenfalls -sogar zwei Haken und damit die doppelte Anzahl an zu definierenden -Anweisungen. +definieren, mit der Code für den jeweiligen Haken aufgesammelt wird. Der Code +wird dazu in einem weiteren internen Makro abgelegt, das man an der Stelle +einfügen muss, an der der aufgesammelte Code auszuführen ist. Je mehr Haken +man einfügt, desto mehr solcher Anweisungen gibt es. Um sowohl Einmalcode als +auch dauerhaften Code zu ermöglichen, bedarf es sogar zweier Haken und damit +der doppelten Anzahl an zu definierenden Anweisungen. Das Beispiel der Gliederungsbefehle zeigt, dass sich das erste Problem -teilweise an einem einzigen Codeausführungspunkt noch verschärfen kann. Hier -benötigt der eine Paketautor lediglich eine Möglichkeit für alle +an einem einzigen Codeausführungspunkt noch verschärfen kann. Der +eine Paketautor benötigt nur eine Möglichkeit, für alle Gliederungsbefehle denselben Code auszuführen. Ein anderer Paketautor hätte -lieber, dass er nur bei bestimmten Gliederungsbefehlen unterschiedlichen Code +lieber, dass er bei bestimmten Gliederungsbefehlen unterschiedlichen Code ausführen kann. Es würde also sowohl ein allgemeiner Haken als auch ein Haken je Gliederungsbefehl benötigt. Das ganze dann wieder wegen des zweiten Problems verdoppelt. @@ -2058,9 +1959,9 @@ expandiert. Der \PName{Spezifikator} besteht allgemein aus durch Querstrichen, »\texttt{/}«, voneinander getrennten Zeichenfolgen. Von \Macro{ExecuteDoHook} -wird dann zunächst die Zeichenfolge vor dem ersten Querstrich -abgetrennt. Diese ist der Name. Der verbleibende Rest (ohne den Querstrich) -ist das Argument. Dann wird der Code für den Haken mit diesem Namen +wird zunächst die Zeichenfolge vor dem ersten Querstrich abgetrennt. Diese ist +der Name. Der verbleibende Rest ohne den führenden Querstrich ist das +Argument. Dann wird der Code für den Haken mit diesem Namen ausgeführt. Anschließend wird erneut die vordere Zeichenfolge vom Rest abgetrennt und mit einem Querstrich hinten an den Namen angefügt und der Code für den so neu gebildeten Namen ausgeführt. Das geht so lange, bis der Code @@ -2076,9 +1977,9 @@ zusätzlich Einmalcode ausgeführt, bevor der Einmalcode global vom Haken genommen wird. \begin{Example} - Durch Einfügen von \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.ExecuteDoHook}% - \PParameter{heading/begingroup/\PName{Name}} in die Ausführung eines jeden - mit \DescRef{maincls-experts.cmd.DeclareSectionCommand} definierten + Mit \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.ExecuteDoHook}% + \PParameter{heading/begingroup/\PName{Name}} in der Ausführung jedes + durch \DescRef{maincls-experts.cmd.DeclareSectionCommand} definierten Gliederungbefehls wurden in den \KOMAScript-Klassen letztlich sechs Haken an diesem Codepunkt eingefügt, die in dieser Reihenfolge ausgeführt werden: \begin{enumerate} @@ -2095,28 +1996,31 @@ genommen wird. \item \PValue{heading/begingroup/}\PName{Name} mit leerem Argument für Einmalcode. \end{enumerate} - \PName{Name} ist dabei der bei + Der Platzhalter \PName{Name} ist dabei indentisch mit dem bei \DescRef{maincls-experts.cmd.DeclareSectionCommand}, \DescRef{maincls-experts.cmd.DeclareNewSectionCommand} oder - \DescRef{maincls-experts.cmd.ProvideSectionCommand} angegebene \PName{Name} + \DescRef{maincls-experts.cmd.ProvideSectionCommand} + angegebenen Namen der Gliederungsebene beziehungsweise des dadurch bestimmten - Gliederungsbefehls, also beispielsweise \PValue{chapter} oder - \PValue{subparagraph}. Betrachtet man obige Auflistung unter - Berücksichtigung der Tatsache, dass es diverse Gliederungsbefehle gibt, + Gliederungsbefehls, also beispielsweise \PValue{subparagraph} oder + \PValue{chapter}. Betrachtet man obige Auf"|listung unter + Berücksichtigung der Vielzahl an Gliederungsbefehlen, wird klar, dass die Haken \PValue{heading} und \PValue{heading/begingroup} mehrfach, nämlich für jeden Gliederungsbefehl existieren.% \end{Example}% % \EndIndexGroup +\ExampleEndFix + \begin{Declaration} \Macro{AddtoDoHook}\Parameter{Name}\Parameter{Befehl} \Macro{AddtoOneTimeDoHook}\Parameter{Name}\Parameter{Befehl} \end{Declaration} Mit\ChangedAt[2019/01]{v3.27}{\Package{scrbase}} \Macro{AddtoDoHook} wird an -dem Haken mit dem Namen \PName{Name} dauerhafter Code aufgehängt. Als Code -dient dabei der \PName{Befehl}, dem das in der Erklärung zu -\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.ExecuteDoHook} erwähnte Argument als Parameter +dem Haken mit dem Namen \PName{Name} dauerhafter\textnote{dauerhaft} Code +aufgehängt. Als Code dient dabei der \PName{Befehl}, dem das in der Erklärung +zu \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.ExecuteDoHook} erwähnte Argument als Parameter angehängt wird. \begin{Example} Angenommen, es soll innerhalb von \Macro{section} mitgezählt werden, wie oft @@ -2131,7 +2035,7 @@ angehängt wird. \Macro{stepcounter}\PParameter{sectionZaehler}\PParameter{} ausgeführt. Wir erinnern uns daran, dass immer ein Argument als Parameter angehängt wird. Im Falle des Hakens mit dem Namen \PValue{heading/begingroup/section} ist - dieses Argument leer. Da ein solcher leerer Parameter hier zur einer leeren + dieses Argument leer. Da ein solcher leerer Parameter hier zu einer leeren Gruppe wird, ist es besser, diesen leeren Parameter quasi aufzubrauchen: \begin{lstcode} \newcommand*{\stepcountergobble}[2]{% @@ -2140,8 +2044,8 @@ angehängt wird. \AddtoDoHook{heading/begingroup/section} {\stepcountergobble{sectionZaehler}} \end{lstcode} - Hier wird der angehängte, leere Parameter von \Macro{stepcountergobble} - gelesen, aber nicht verwendet. + Somit wird der angehängte, leere Parameter von der neuen Anweisung + \Macro{stepcountergobble} gelesen, aber nicht verwendet. Sollen nun statt \Macro{section} alle Gliederungsbefehle gezählt werden, so muss nur ein anderer Hakenname eingesetzt werden: @@ -2164,9 +2068,9 @@ angehängt wird. definiert werden. \end{Example} -Die Anweisung \Macro{AddtoOneTimeDoHook} arbeitet vergleichbar, fügt den -\PName{Befehl} aber dem Einmalcode hinzu. Dieser Code wird dann nach der -ersten Ausführung global vom Haken genommen.% +Die Anweisung \Macro{AddtoOneTimeDoHook}\textnote{einmalig} arbeitet +vergleichbar, fügt den \PName{Befehl} aber dem Einmalcode hinzu. Dieser Code +wird dann nach der ersten Ausführung global vom Haken genommen.% \EndIndexGroup \begin{Declaration} @@ -2220,10 +2124,10 @@ kein Rest bleibt, wird das \PName{Rest-Makro} leer definiert. Falls bereits der \begin{lstcode} \newcommand*{\changeZaehler}[1]{% \SplitDoHook{#1}{\Gruppe}{\Ebene}% - \ifstr{\Gruppe}{begingroup}{% + \Ifstr{\Gruppe}{begingroup}{% \stepcounter{\Ebene Zaehler}% }{% - \ifstr{\Gruppe}{endgroup}{% + \Ifstr{\Gruppe}{endgroup}{% \addtocounter{\Ebene Zaehler}{-1}% }{}% }% @@ -2237,11 +2141,21 @@ kein Rest bleibt, wird das \PName{Rest-Makro} leer definiert. Falls bereits der \PValue{heading} aber abweichendem Argument geben kann. \end{Example} -Genau genommen ist diese Anweisung ein Abfallprodukt aus der Implementierung +Genau genommen ist diese Anweisung ein Abfallprodukt der Implementierung von \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.ForDoHook}.% \EndIndexGroup % \EndIndexGroup + +\section{Obsolete Optionen und Anweisungen} +\seclabel{obsolete} + +Frühere Versionen von \Package{scrbase} verfügten über Optionen und +Anweisungen, die inzwischen entfernt oder ersetzt wurden. Diese sind hier nur +aus Gründen der Vollständigkeit aufgeführt und sollten nicht mehr verwendet +werden. + +\LoadNonFree{scrbase}{0}% \EndIndexGroup \endinput diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex index b947969971..a6da498258 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ % ============================================================================ \KOMAProvidesFile{scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex}% - [$Date: 2019-10-09 16:34:25 +0200 (Wed, 09 Oct 2019) $ + [$Date: 2019-12-03 09:41:21 +0100 (Tue, 03 Dec 2019) $ KOMA-Script guide (chapter: scrbook, scrreprt, scrartcl for experts)] @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ einigen Anweisungen, die auch in \Package{scrextend} vorhanden sind. diese Informationen eher selten benötigen. Ein Teil der Informationen richtet sich an Anwender, die ausgefallene Aufgaben lösen oder eigene Klassen schreiben wollen, die auf einer \KOMAScript-Klasse basieren. Da sich die -entsprechenden Erklärungen ausdrücklich nicht an \LaTeX-Anfänger richtet, sind +entsprechenden Erklärungen ausdrücklich nicht an \LaTeX-Anfänger richten, sind sie teilweise deutlich kürzer gefasst und setzen ein vertieftes Wissen über \LaTeX{} voraus. Anderes existiert nur aus Gründen der Kompatibilität zu den Standardklassen\iffree{ oder früheren Versionen von \KOMAScript}{}.\iffree{}{ @@ -110,11 +110,14 @@ nicht. Bezüglich der verwendeten \KOMAScript-Version sei auf \Macro{ClassName} \end{Declaration} In \Macro{KOMAClassName} ist der Name der aktuell verwendeten -\KOMAScript-Klasse abgelegt. Will man also wissen, ob eine oder welche -\KOMAScript-Klasse verwendet wird, so kann man einfach auf diese Anweisung -testen. Demgegenüber gibt \Macro{ClassName} Auskunft, welche Standardklasse -durch diese \KOMAScript-Klasse ersetzt wird. - +\KOMAScript-Klasse abgelegt. Will man also wissen, ob eine \KOMAScript-Klasse +verwendet wird, so kann man einfach mit \Macro{@ifundefined} auf diese +Anweisung testen. Tests auf eine konkrete \KOMAScript-Klasse, beispielsweise +mit \DescRef{scrbase.cmd.Ifstr}, sind ebenfalls möglich. Demgegenüber gibt +\Macro{ClassName} Auskunft, welche Standardklasse durch diese +\KOMAScript-Klasse ersetzt wird.% +\iffalse% Umbruchkorrektur +\par Es\textnote{Achtung!} sei in diesem Zusammenhang darauf hingewiesen, dass dagegen die Existenz von \DescRef{scrbase.cmd.KOMAScript}\IndexCmd{KOMAScript} nicht als Indiz für die @@ -122,6 +125,7 @@ Verwendung einer \KOMAScript-Klasse dienen kann. Zum einen definieren alle \KOMAScript-Pakete diese Anweisung, zum anderen können auch andere Pakete es für sinnvoll erachten, das \KOMAScript-Piktogramm unter diesem Namen zu definieren.% +\fi% \EndIndexGroup @@ -135,6 +139,40 @@ auf der Verwendung von \Package{tocbasic} (siehe \autopageref{sec:tocbasic.tocstyle}). Andere sind direkt in den Klassen implementiert. + +\begin{Declaration} + \Macro{raggedchapterentry} +\end{Declaration} +Bei früheren\ChangedAt{v3.21}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}} Version +von \KOMAScript{} gab es die Möglichkeit, das Makro \Macro{raggedchapterentry} +als \Macro{raggedright} zu definieren, um den Text der Kapiteleinträge ins +Inhaltsverzeichnis im linksbündigen Flattersatz zu setzen. Offiziell existiert +diese Möglichkeit seit \KOMAScript-Version~3.21 nicht mehr. + +Tatsächlich ist aber die Eigenschaft \PValue{raggedentrytext} für den +Eintrags-Stil \PValue{tocline} im Paket +\hyperref[cha:tocbasic]{\Package{tocbasic}}\IndexPackage{tocbasic} so +implementiert, dass sie das Makro \Macro{ragged\PName{Eintragsebene}entry} +entweder auf \Macro{relax} oder auf \Macro{raggedright} setzt. Bei der +Auswertung der Eigenschaft wird dann getestet, ob das entsprechende Makro +entweder \Macro{raggedright} ist oder als \Macro{raggedright} definiert +ist. In beiden Fällen wird Flattersatz verwendet. In allen anderen Fällen wird +kein Flattersatz verwendet. + +Da schon früher dokumentiert war, dass \Macro{raggedchapterentry} nicht +als etwas anderes als \Macro{raggedright} definiert werden sollte, ist damit +Kompatibilität zum dokumentierten Verhalten früherer Versionen erreicht. Wie +in früheren Versionen gewarnt, führen andere Definitionen von +\Macro{raggedchapterentry} -- nun aber auch von \Macro{raggedsectionentry} und +entsprechend für die anderen Eintragsebenen -- möglicherweise zu unerwarteten +Ergebnissen. + +Empfohlen wird, eventuell gewünschten Flattersatz für Verzeichniseinträge +stattdessen über die genannte Eigenschaft des Verzeichniseintragsstils +\PValue{tocline} zu wählen.% +\EndIndexGroup + + \begin{Declaration} \Macro{addtocentrydefault}\Parameter{Ebene}\Parameter{Nummer}% \Parameter{Überschrift} @@ -182,9 +220,9 @@ umdefinieren, um Einfluss auf die Einträge zu nehmen. So\textnote{Beispiel} wäre beispielsweise denkbar, mit \begin{lstcode} \renewcommand{\addtocentrydefault}[3]{% - \ifstr{#3}{}{% + \Ifstr{#3}{}{% }{% - \ifstr{#2}{}{% + \Ifstr{#2}{}{% \addcontentsline{toc}{#1}{\protect\nonumberline#3}% }{% \addcontentsline{toc}{#1}{\protect\numberline{#2}#3}% @@ -192,7 +230,7 @@ wäre beispielsweise denkbar, mit }% }% \end{lstcode} -dafür\IndexCmd{ifstr} zu sorgen, dass Einträge mit leerer \PName{Überschrift} +dafür\IndexCmd{Ifstr} zu sorgen, dass Einträge mit leerer \PName{Überschrift} erst gar nicht vorgenommen werden. Eine solche Änderung ist in der Praxis jedoch nicht notwendig, da die Unterdrückung leerer Einträge bereits auf andere Weise in die \KOMAScript-Klassen eingebaut ist. Siehe hierzu auch die @@ -225,39 +263,6 @@ ihre \PName{Ebene} und die Argumente direkt an \EndIndexGroup -\begin{Declaration} - \Macro{raggedchapterentry} -\end{Declaration} -Bei früheren\ChangedAt{v3.21}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}} Version -von \KOMAScript{} gab es die Möglichkeit, das Makro \Macro{raggedchapterentry} -als \Macro{raggedright} zu definieren, um den Text der Kapiteleinträge ins -Inhaltsverzeichnis im linksbündigen Flattersatz zu setzen. Offiziell existiert -diese Möglichkeit seit \KOMAScript-Version~3.21 nicht mehr. - -Tatsächlich ist aber die Eigenschaft \PValue{raggedentrytext} für den -Eintrags-Stil \PValue{tocline} im Paket -\hyperref[cha:tocbasic]{\Package{tocbasic}}\IndexPackage{tocbasic} so -implementiert, dass sie das Makro \Macro{ragged\PName{Eintragsebene}entry} -entweder auf \Macro{relax} oder auf \Macro{raggedright} setzt. Bei der -Auswertung der Eigenschaft wird dann getestet, ob das entsprechende Makro -entweder \Macro{raggedright} ist oder als \Macro{raggedright} definiert -ist. In beiden Fällen wird Flattersatz verwendet. In allen anderen Fällen wird -kein Flattersatz verwendet. - -Da schon früher dokumentiert war, dass \Macro{raggedchapterentry} nicht -als etwas anderes als \Macro{raggedright} definiert werden sollte, ist damit -Kompatibilität zum dokumentierten Verhalten früherer Versionen erreicht. Wie -in früheren Versionen gewarnt, führen andere Definitionen von -\Macro{raggedchapterentry} -- nun aber auch von \Macro{raggedsectionentry} und -entsprechend für die anderen Eintragsebenen -- möglicherweise zu unerwarteten -Ergebnissen. - -Empfohlen wird, eventuell gewünschten Flattersatz für Verzeichniseinträge -stattdessen über die genannte Eigenschaft des Verzeichniseintragsstils -\PValue{tocline} zu wählen.% -\EndIndexGroup - - \section{Schrifteinstellungen} \seclabel{fonts} @@ -266,26 +271,7 @@ Auswahl der Grundschriftgröße. Sie erlauben auch die Definition von Elementen mit eigenen Schrifteinstellungen, sowie deren Manipulation und dedizierter Anwendung. -\begin{Declaration} - \Macro{@fontsizefilebase} - \Macro{changefontsizes}\Parameter{Schriftgröße} -\end{Declaration} -Der\iffree{ in \autoref{sec:maincls-experts.addInfos}}{} auf -\DescPageRef{maincls-experts.option.fontsize} für die Schriftgrößendateien -angegebene Präfix \File{scrsize}, ist lediglich die Voreinstellung für das -interne Makro \Macro{@fontsizefilebase}\IndexCmd{@fontsizefilebase}, die -verwendet wird, wenn das Makro beim Laden der Klasse oder des Pakets -\Package{scrextend} noch nicht definiert ist. Autoren von Wrapper-Klassen -können dieses Makro abweichend definieren, um andere Schriftgrößendateien zu -verwenden. Ebenso\textnote{Tipp!} können Autoren von Wrapper-Klassen die -\emph{fallback}-Lösung der berechneten Schriftgrößen dadurch ändern oder -abschalten, dass sie das Makro -\Macro{changefontsizes}\important{\Macro{changefontsizes}}, das als Argument -die gewünschte \PName{Schriftgröße} erwartet, umdefinieren. Das -Makro\textnote{Achtung!} \Macro{changefontsizes} ist jedoch nicht als -Anweisung für den Aufruf durch Anwender konzipiert.% -\EndIndexGroup - +\LoadNonFree{scrbookreportarticle-experts}{5} \begin{Declaration} \Macro{newkomafont}\OParameter{Warnung}\Parameter{Element} @@ -301,7 +287,7 @@ Schrift damit noch lange nicht verwendet. Der Experte muss selbst Sorge dafür tragen, dass er an den entsprechenden Stellen die Anweisung \DescRef{maincls.cmd.usekomafont}% \important{\DescRef{maincls.cmd.usekomafont}}\IndexCmd{usekomafont} (siehe -\DescPageRef{maincls.cmd.usekomafont}) für dieses Element in seinen +\DescPageRef{maincls.cmd.usekomafont}) für dieses Element in seine Definitionen einbaut. Der Aufruf von \Macro{newkomafont} für ein bereits existierendes Element führt zu Fehlermeldungen. @@ -360,7 +346,7 @@ beispielsweise mit \DescPageRef{maincls.cmd.usefontofkomafont}). Die Anweisung \DescRef{maincls.cmd.usefontofkomafont} und ihre Geschwister -haben allerdings ihre Grenzen. Daher darf die vermeintliche Schrifteinstellung +haben allerdings ihre Grenzen. Deshalb darf die vermeintliche Schrifteinstellung eines Elements keinesfalls ein voll expandierbares Argument erwarten. Genau das ist aber beispielsweise bei \Macro{MakeUppercase} der Fall. Daher\ChangedAt{v3.17}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and @@ -397,7 +383,7 @@ werden muss und deshalb bereits in der Voreinstellung Teil dieser Liste ist. Es ist zu beachten, dass sich die hier genannten Voreinstellungen in zukünftigen Versionen ändern können. Wenn Sie bestimmte Befehle in einer der -Liste zwingend benötigen, sollte Sie diese also selbst explizit hinzufügen.% +Listen zwingend benötigen, sollten Sie diese also selbst explizit hinzufügen.% \EndIndexGroup @@ -433,7 +419,7 @@ definiert wurde. Sowohl für nicht definierte Elemente als auch für mit \section{Absatzmarkierung} \seclabel{parskip} -Nicht nur aber insbesondere aufgrund der erweiterten Möglichkeiten der +Nicht nur, aber insbesondere aufgrund der erweiterten Möglichkeiten der Absatzmarkierung bei den \KOMAScript-Klassen sollte auf die direkte Änderung der Standardlängen \Length{parskip}\IndexLength{parskip}, \Length{parindent}\IndexLength{parskip} und @@ -483,8 +469,11 @@ deaktiviert.% \section{Zähler} \seclabel{counter} -% TODO: Die entsprechenden Erklärungen für die Buchfassung an die Verwendung -% eines eigenen Abschnitts anpassen. +Zähler sind bei \LaTeX{} eine durchaus komplexere Angelegenheit, als dies auf +den ersten Blick erscheinen mag. Das gilt insbesondere, wenn die +Referenzierung von Zählern über \Macro{refstepcounter}, \Macro{label} und +\Macro{ref} mit betrachtet wird. + \LoadNonFree{scrbookreportarticle-experts}{3} \section{Gliederung} @@ -513,6 +502,22 @@ unabhängigen Eigenschaften, die es auch Eigenschaften, die vom jeweiligen Stil abhängig sind. Derzeit stehen die folgenden Stile zur Verfügung: \begin{description}\setkomafont{descriptionlabel}{} +\item[\PValue{part}] \ChangedAt{v3.18}{\Class{scrbook}\and + \Class{scrreprt}\and \Class{scrartcl}}ist der + Stil\textnote{Gliederungsstil + \PValue{part}}\Index{Gliederung>Stil>~\PValue{part}} für + Teileüberschriften. Dieser Stil wird in der Voreinstellung für + \DescRef{maincls.cmd.part}\IndexCmd{part} und indirekt für + \DescRef{maincls.cmd.addpart}\IndexCmd{addpart} verwendet. Neue + Überschriften in diesem Stil können definiert werden, haben dann aber nicht + automatisch auch eine \Macro{add\dots}-Variante. Für die Konfiguration der + vorhandenen oder neuer Überschriften stehen zusätzlich die Eigenschaften aus + \autoref{tab:maincls-experts.declarepartstyle.keys}, + \autopageref{tab:maincls-experts.declarepartstyle.keys} zur + Verfügung. Die\textnote{Achtung!} Anweisung \DescRef{maincls.cmd.addpart} + wird ebenso wie die Sternformen automatisch zusammen mit + \DescRef{maincls.cmd.part} umkonfiguriert und kann nicht unabhängig davon + verändert werden. \item[\PValue{chapter}] \ChangedAt{v3.18}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}}ist der Stil\textnote{Gliederungsstil \PValue{chapter}}\Index{Gliederung>Stil>~\PValue{chapter}} für @@ -530,22 +535,6 @@ die folgenden Stile zur Verfügung: verändert werden. Es ist zu beachten, dass dieser Stil von \Class{scrartcl}\OnlyAt{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}} nicht bereitgestellt wird. -\item[\PValue{part}] \ChangedAt{v3.18}{\Class{scrbook}\and - \Class{scrreprt}\and \Class{scrartcl}}ist der - Stil\textnote{Gliederungsstil - \PValue{part}}\Index{Gliederung>Stil>~\PValue{part}} für - Teileüberschriften. Dieser Stil wird in der Voreinstellung für - \DescRef{maincls.cmd.part}\IndexCmd{part} und indirekt für - \DescRef{maincls.cmd.addpart}\IndexCmd{addpart} verwendet. Neue - Überschriften in diesem Stil können definiert werden, haben dann aber nicht - automatisch auch eine \Macro{add\dots}-Variante. Für die Konfiguration der - vorhandenen oder neuer Überschriften stehen zusätzlich die Eigenschaften aus - \autoref{tab:maincls-experts.declarepartstyle.keys}, - \autopageref{tab:maincls-experts.declarepartstyle.keys} zur - Verfügung. Die\textnote{Achtung!} Anweisung \DescRef{maincls.cmd.addpart} - wird ebenso wie die Sternformen automatisch zusammen mit - \DescRef{maincls.cmd.part} umkonfiguriert und kann nicht unabhängig davon - verändert werden. \item[\PValue{section}] ist der Stil\textnote{Gliederungsstil \PValue{section}}\Index{Gliederung>Stil>~\PValue{section}} für Abschnittsüberschriften und tieferer Ebenen. Dieser Stil wird derzeit sowohl @@ -572,18 +561,26 @@ die folgenden Stile zur Verfügung: Sternformen zusammen mit \DescRef{maincls.cmd.section} umkonfiguriert und kann nicht unabhängig davon verändert werden. \end{description} -Bei der Definition eines Gliederungsbefehls wird ein gleichnamiges Element + +\BeginIndexGroup% +\BeginIndex{FontElement}{\PName{Gliederungsebene}}% +\BeginIndex{FontElement}{\PName{Gliederungsebene}prefix}% +Bei der Definition eines Gliederungsbefehls wird ein gleichnamiges +Element\textnote{Elemente}% +\Index{Element=\UseIndex {gen}\protect\GuideFontElement} % Getrickst! angelegt, falls es noch nicht existiert. Bei \PValue{chapter} und \PValue{part} werden ebenso Elemente für die Präfixzeile erzeugt. Die Schrifteinstellung der Elemente kann mit \DescRef{maincls.cmd.setkomafont} und \DescRef{maincls.cmd.addtokomafont} (siehe \autoref{sec:maincls.textmarkup}, -\DescPageRef{maincls.cmd.setkomafont}) geändert werden. +\DescPageRef{maincls.cmd.setkomafont}) geändert werden.% +\EndIndexGroup \begin{table} - \caption[{Stil unabhängige Eigenschaften bei der Deklaration von - Gliederungsbefehlen}]{Mögliche vom Stil der Überschrift unabhängige + \caption[{Stil unabhängige Eigenschaften bei der Konfiguration von + Gliederungsbefehlen}]% + {Mögliche vom Stil der Überschrift unabhängige \PName{Schlüssel} und \PName{Werte} für die \PName{Eigenschaften} bei der - Deklaration von Gliederungsbefehlen}% + Konfiguration von Gliederungsbefehlen}% \label{tab:maincls-experts.declaresection.keys}% \begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{llX} \toprule @@ -617,7 +614,7 @@ Schrifteinstellung der Elemente kann mit \DescRef{maincls.cmd.setkomafont} und \autopageref{tab:truefalseswitch} verstanden.\\ \PValue{level} & \PName{Ganzzahl} - & Nummerischer Wert der Gliederungsebene (siehe Zähler + & Numerischer Wert der Gliederungsebene (siehe Zähler \DescRef{maincls.counter.secnumdepth}, \autoref{sec:maincls.structure}, \DescPageRef{maincls.counter.secnumdepth}); der Wert sollte eindeutig sein und ist für neue Ebenen zwingend.\\ @@ -665,71 +662,72 @@ Schrifteinstellung der Elemente kann mit \DescRef{maincls.cmd.setkomafont} und \end{table} \begin{table} - \caption[{Eigenschaften des Stils \PValue{section} bei der Deklaration von + \caption[{Eigenschaften des Stils \PValue{part} bei der Konfiguration von Gliederungsbefehlen}]{Zusätzliche \PName{Schlüssel} und \PName{Werte} für - die \PName{Eigenschaften} bei der Deklaration von Gliederungsbefehlen des - Stils \PValue{section}\Index{Gliederung>Stil>~\PValue{section}}}% - \label{tab:maincls-experts.declaresectionstyle.keys}% + die \PName{Eigenschaften} bei der Konfiguration von Gliederungsbefehlen des + Stils \PValue{part}\Index{Gliederung>Stil>~\PValue{part}}}% + \label{tab:maincls-experts.declarepartstyle.keys}% \begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{llX} \toprule - \PName{Schlüssel} & \PName{Wert} & Bedeutung \\ + \PName{Schlüssel} + & \PName{Wert} + & Bedeutung \\ \midrule \PValue{afterindent}% \ChangedAt{v3.26}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and \Class{scrartcl}}% & \PName{Schalter} - & Es wird bestimmt, ob auf die erste Zeile nach einer freistehenden - Überschrift (siehe \PValue{runin}) der aktuelle Absatzeinzug angewendet - wird. Bei der Voreinstellung \PValue{bysign} bestimmt das Vorzeichen von + & Es wird bestimmt, ob auf die erste Zeile nach der + Überschrift der aktuelle Absatzeinzug angewendet + wird. Bei der Einstellung \PValue{bysign} bestimmt das Vorzeichen von \PValue{beforeskip} das Verhalten. Ein negativer Wert für \PValue{beforeskip} bewirkt dann, dass der Absatzeinzug entfällt. Mit den Werten für einfache Schalter (siehe \autoref{tab:truefalseswitch}, \autopageref{tab:truefalseswitch}) kann die Anwendung des aktuellen - Absatzeinzugs explizit aktiviert oder deaktiviert werden.\\ + Absatzeinzugs explizit aktiviert oder deaktiviert werden. Aus + Kompatibilitätsgründen ist die Voreinstellung + für \Class{scrartcl} \PValue{false}, für \Class{scrbook} und + \Class{scrreprt} \PValue{true}.\\ \PValue{afterskip} & \PName{Länge} - & Im Fall einer Spitzmarke (siehe \PValue{runin}) ist der Betrag der - \PName{Länge} der horizontale Abstand nach der Überschrift. Es - wird in diesem Fall also immer ein positiver Abstand eingefügt. Im Fall - einer freistehenden Überschrift ist \PName{Länge} der vertikale Abstand - nach der Überschrift. Ist \OptionValue{runin}{bysign}, so - führt ein positiver Wert zu einer freistehenden Überschrift, während - ein negativer Wert oder Null zu einer Spitzmarke führt.\\ + & Der Betrag gibt den vertikalen Abstand nach der Überschrift an.\\ \PValue{beforeskip} & \PName{Länge} & Gibt den vertikalen Abstand vor der Überschrift an. Ist \OptionValue{afterindent}{bysign}, so wird für den Abstand der Betrag - von \PName{Länge} verwendet, es wird also trotzdem ein positiver + von \PName{Länge} verwendet. Es wird also trotzdem ein positiver Abstand eingefügt. Negative Werte bedeuten in diesem Fall, dass ein Absatzeinzug nach der Überschrift entfällt.\\ \PValue{font} & \PName{Befehle} & Die Schrifteinstellungen, die zusätzlich zum Element - \DescRef{maincls.fontelement.disposition} bei der Ausgabe der - Überschrift verwendet werden sollen. Hier sind alle \PName{Befehle} - erlaubt, die auch über \DescRef{maincls.cmd.setkomafont} und - \DescRef{maincls.cmd.addtokomafont} für das Element des + \DescRef{maincls.fontelement.disposition} bei der Ausgabe des + Textes der Überschrift verwendet werden sollen. Hier sind alle + \PName{Befehle} erlaubt, die auch über \DescRef{maincls.cmd.setkomafont} + und \DescRef{maincls.cmd.addtokomafont} für das Element des Gliederungsbefehls erlaubt sind.\\ - \PValue{indent} + \PValue{innerskip} & \PName{Länge} - & Einzug vom linken Rand vor der Ausgabe der Nummer und des Textes - der Überschrift.\\ - \PValue{runin}% - \ChangedAt{v3.26}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and - \Class{scrartcl}}% - & \PName{Schalter} - & Es wird bestimmt, ob die Überschrift als Spitzmarke\iffree{ (am - Zeilenanfang)}{} oder freistehend gesetzt wird. \iffree{}{Bei einer - Spitzmarke schließt sich der nachfolgende Text direkt an die - Überschrift an, während bei einer freistehenden Überschrift erst noch - ein Absatz und ein vertikaler Abstand (siehe \PValue{afterskip}) - folgt. }% - Bei der Voreinstellung \PValue{bysign} bestimmt das Vorzeichen von - \PValue{afterskip} das Verhalten. Ein positiver Wert für - \PValue{afterskip} bewirkt dann eine freistehende Überschrift. - Darüber hinaus kann mit den Werten für einfache Schalter (siehe - \autoref{tab:truefalseswitch}, \autopageref{tab:truefalseswitch}) - eine Spitzmarke explizit aktiviert oder deaktiviert werden.\\ + & %\OnlyAt{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}}% + Der vertikale Abstand zwischen Präfixzeile und Text der Überschrift bei + \Class{scrbook} und \Class{scrreprt}.\\ + \PValue{pagestyle} + & \PName{Seitenstil} + & %\OnlyAt{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}}% + Der Name des Seitenstils, der für die Seite mit der Überschrift + verwendet werden soll. Es findet keine Überprüfung statt, ob der + angegebene \PName{Seitenstil} gültig ist. Fehlerhafte Angaben führen + daher zu Fehlermeldungen bei Verwendung des Gliederungsbefehls. Diese + Möglichkeit existiert nur bei \Class{scrbook} und \Class{scrreprt}. \\ + \PValue{prefixfont} + & \PName{Befehle} + & Die Schrifteinstellungen, die zusätzlich zum Element + \DescRef{maincls.fontelement.disposition} ab der Ausgabe einer + Präfixzeile oder Nummer in der Überschrift verwendet werden sollen. Hier + sind alle \PName{Befehle} erlaubt, die + auch über \DescRef{maincls.cmd.setkomafont} und + \DescRef{maincls.cmd.addtokomafont} für das Element der Präfixzeile des + Gliederungsbefehls erlaubt sind.\\ \bottomrule \end{tabularx} \end{table} @@ -763,7 +761,7 @@ Schrifteinstellung der Elemente kann mit \DescRef{maincls.cmd.setkomafont} und & \PName{Länge} & Gibt den vertikalen Abstand vor der Überschrift an. Ist \OptionValue{afterindent}{bysign}, so wird für den Abstand der Betrag - von \PName{Länge} verwendet, es wird also trotzdem ein positiver + von \PName{Länge} verwendet. Es wird also trotzdem ein positiver Abstand eingefügt. Negative Werte bedeuten in diesem Fall, dass ein Absatzeinzug nach der Überschrift entfällt.\\ \PValue{font} @@ -798,40 +796,41 @@ Schrifteinstellung der Elemente kann mit \DescRef{maincls.cmd.setkomafont} und \end{table} \begin{table} - \caption[{Eigenschaften des Stils \PValue{part} bei der Konfiguration von + \caption[{Eigenschaften des Stils \PValue{section} bei der Konfiguration von Gliederungsbefehlen}]{Zusätzliche \PName{Schlüssel} und \PName{Werte} für die \PName{Eigenschaften} bei der Konfiguration von Gliederungsbefehlen des - Stils \PValue{part}\Index{Gliederung>Stil>~\PValue{part}}}% - \label{tab:maincls-experts.declarepartstyle.keys}% + Stils \PValue{section}\Index{Gliederung>Stil>~\PValue{section}}}% + \label{tab:maincls-experts.declaresectionstyle.keys}% \begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{llX} \toprule - \PName{Schlüssel} - & \PName{Wert} - & Bedeutung \\ + \PName{Schlüssel} & \PName{Wert} & Bedeutung \\ \midrule \PValue{afterindent}% \ChangedAt{v3.26}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and \Class{scrartcl}}% & \PName{Schalter} - & Es wird bestimmt, ob auf die erste Zeile nach der - Überschrift der aktuelle Absatzeinzug angewendet - wird. Bei der Einstellung \PValue{bysign} bestimmt das Vorzeichen von + & Es wird bestimmt, ob auf die erste Zeile nach einer frei stehenden + Überschrift (siehe \PValue{runin}) der aktuelle Absatzeinzug angewendet + wird. Bei der Voreinstellung \PValue{bysign} bestimmt das Vorzeichen von \PValue{beforeskip} das Verhalten. Ein negativer Wert für \PValue{beforeskip} bewirkt dann, dass der Absatzeinzug entfällt. Mit den Werten für einfache Schalter (siehe \autoref{tab:truefalseswitch}, \autopageref{tab:truefalseswitch}) kann die Anwendung des aktuellen - Absatzeinzugs explizit aktiviert oder deaktiviert werden. Aus - Kompatibilitätsgründen ist die Voreinstellung - für \Class{scrartcl} \PValue{false}, für \Class{scrbook} und - \Class{scrreprt} \PValue{true}.\\ + Absatzeinzugs explizit aktiviert oder deaktiviert werden.\\ \PValue{afterskip} & \PName{Länge} - & Der Betrag gibt den vertikalen Abstand nach der Überschrift an.\\ + & Im Fall einer Spitzmarke (siehe \PValue{runin}) ist der Betrag der + \PName{Länge} der horizontale Abstand nach der Überschrift. Es + wird in diesem Fall also immer ein positiver Abstand eingefügt. Im Fall + einer frei stehenden Überschrift ist \PName{Länge} der vertikale Abstand + nach der Überschrift. Ist \OptionValue{runin}{bysign}, so + führt ein positiver Wert zu einer frei stehenden Überschrift, während + ein negativer Wert oder Null zu einer Spitzmarke führt.\\ \PValue{beforeskip} & \PName{Länge} & Gibt den vertikalen Abstand vor der Überschrift an. Ist \OptionValue{afterindent}{bysign}, so wird für den Abstand der Betrag - von \PName{Länge} verwendet, es wird also trotzdem ein positiver + von \PName{Länge} verwendet. Es wird also trotzdem ein positiver Abstand eingefügt. Negative Werte bedeuten in diesem Fall, dass ein Absatzeinzug nach der Überschrift entfällt.\\ \PValue{font} @@ -839,53 +838,52 @@ Schrifteinstellung der Elemente kann mit \DescRef{maincls.cmd.setkomafont} und & Die Schrifteinstellungen, die zusätzlich zum Element \DescRef{maincls.fontelement.disposition} bei der Ausgabe der Überschrift verwendet werden sollen. Hier sind alle \PName{Befehle} - erlaubt, die auch über \DescRef{maincls.cmd.setkomafont} und + erlaubt, die auch über \DescRef{maincls.cmd.setkomafont} und \DescRef{maincls.cmd.addtokomafont} für das Element des Gliederungsbefehls erlaubt sind.\\ - \PValue{innerskip} + \PValue{indent} & \PName{Länge} - & %\OnlyAt{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}}% - Der vertikale Abstand zwischen Präfixzeile und Text der Überschrift bei - \Class{scrbook} und \Class{scrreprt}.\\ - \PValue{pagestyle} - & \PName{Seitenstil} - & %\OnlyAt{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}}% - Der Name des Seitenstils, der für die Seite mit der Überschrift - verwendet werden soll. Es findet keine Überprüfung statt, ob der - angegebene \PName{Seitenstil} gültig ist. Fehlerhafte Angaben führen - daher zu Fehlermeldungen bei Verwendung des Gliederungsbefehls. Diese - Möglichkeit existiert nur bei \Class{scrbook} und \Class{scrreprt}. \\ - \PValue{prefixfont} - & \PName{Befehle} - & Die Schrifteinstellungen, die zusätzlich zum Element - \DescRef{maincls.fontelement.disposition} und dem Element des - Gliederungsbefehls bei der Ausgabe einer Präfixzeile in der Überschrift - verwendet werden sollen. Hier sind alle \PName{Befehle} erlaubt, die - auch über \DescRef{maincls.cmd.setkomafont} und - \DescRef{maincls.cmd.addtokomafont} für das Element der Präfixzeile des - Gliederungsbefehls erlaubt sind.\\ + & Einzug vom linken Rand vor der Ausgabe der Nummer und des Textes + der Überschrift.\\ + \PValue{runin}% + \ChangedAt{v3.26}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and + \Class{scrartcl}}% + & \PName{Schalter} + & Es wird bestimmt, ob die Überschrift als Spitzmarke\iffree{ (am + Zeilenanfang)}{} oder frei stehend gesetzt wird. \iffree{}{Bei einer + Spitzmarke schließt sich der nachfolgende Text direkt an die + Überschrift an, während bei einer frei stehenden Überschrift erst noch + ein Absatz und ein vertikaler Abstand (siehe \PValue{afterskip}) + folgen. }% + Bei der Voreinstellung \PValue{bysign} bestimmt das Vorzeichen von + \PValue{afterskip} das Verhalten. Ein positiver Wert für + \PValue{afterskip} bewirkt dann eine frei stehende Überschrift. + Darüber hinaus kann mit den Werten für einfache Schalter (siehe + \autoref{tab:truefalseswitch}, \autopageref{tab:truefalseswitch}) + eine Spitzmarke explizit aktiviert oder deaktiviert werden.\\ \bottomrule \end{tabularx} \end{table} -\Macro{DeclareNewSectionCommand} dient der Definition eines neuen -Gliederungsbefehls. Ist derselbe \PName{Name} von \TeX{} bereits anderweitig -belegt, so wird ein Fehler ausgegeben und es findet keine Umdefinierung -statt. +\Macro{DeclareNewSectionCommand}\textnote{Neudefinition} dient der Definition +eines neuen Gliederungsbefehls. Ist derselbe \PName{Name} von \TeX{} bereits +anderweitig belegt, so wird ein Fehler ausgegeben und es findet keine +Umdefinierung statt. -\Macro{ProvideSectionSommand} verhält sich ähnlich, gibt aber keine -Fehlermeldung aus. +\Macro{ProvideSectionCommand}\textnote{bedingte Definition} verhält sich +ähnlich, gibt aber keine Fehlermeldung aus, wenn der Gliederungsbefehl bereits +existiert. Es findet dann nur keine Umdefinierung statt. -\Macro{RedeclareSectionCommand} kann hingegen nur verwendet werden, um eine -existierende Anweisung zu einem Gliederungsbefehl mit den angegebenen -\PName{Eigenschaften} zu ändern. Dabei wird nicht überprüft, ob +\Macro{RedeclareSectionCommand}\textnote{Änderung} kann hingegen nur verwendet +werden, um eine existierende Anweisung zu einem Gliederungsbefehl mit den +angegebenen \PName{Eigenschaften} zu ändern. Dabei wird nicht überprüft, ob \Macro{\PName{Name}} bereits zuvor ein Gliederungsbefehl war. Es muss nur ein von \TeX{} bereits belegter \PName{Name} sein. -Bei \Macro{DeclareSectionCommand} findet keinerlei Überprüfung statt, ob -\PName{Name} von \TeX{} bereits anderweitig belegt ist. Stattdessen wird der -Gliederungsbefehl \Macro{\PName{Name}} unbedingt entsprechend der angegebenen -\PName{Eigenschaften} definiert. +Bei \Macro{DeclareSectionCommand}\textnote{unbedingte Definition} findet +keinerlei Überprüfung statt, ob \PName{Name} von \TeX{} bereits anderweitig +belegt ist. Stattdessen wird der Gliederungsbefehl \Macro{\PName{Name}} +unbedingt entsprechend der angegebenen \PName{Eigenschaften} definiert. Zu jeder Gliederungsanweisung gehört außerdem ein Zähler: \PName{Name}, der bei Bedarf von allen vier Befehlen mit \Macro{newcounter} neu angelegt @@ -894,10 +892,10 @@ Formatierung des Zählers: \Macro{\PName{Name}format}, die Anweisung zur Erstellung eines Kolumnentitels: \Macro{\PName{Name}mark}, die dabei verwendete Formatierung des Zählers: \Macro{\PName{Name}markformat}, die oben erwähnten Elemente: \FontElement{\PName{Name}} und gegebenenfalls -\FontElement{\PName{Name}prefix}, die nummerische Gliederungsebene: +\FontElement{\PName{Name}prefix}, die numerische Gliederungsebene: \Macro{\PName{Name}numdepth}. Die Anweisung \Macro{\PName{Name}mark} wird gegebenenfalls so vordefiniert, dass kein Kolumnentitel erzeugt wird. Die -Ausgabe des Zählers, \Macro{\PName{the}mark}, wird als arabische Zahl +Ausgabe des Zählers, \Macro{the\PName{Name}}, wird als arabische Zahl vordefiniert. Wird über den \PName{Schlüssel} \PValue{counterwithin} der Zähler als von einem anderen Zähler abhängig definiert, so wird in der Ausgabe dieser andere Zähler mit einem Punkt getrennt vorangestellt. @@ -945,9 +943,18 @@ Seite \autopageref{sec:tocbasic.tocstyle}. Abschnitts nach der Überschrift abgeschaltet. Obwohl eigentlich nach der Überschrift kein vertikaler Abstand gewünscht wird, wurde als Wert hier 1\,sp angegeben. Der Grund ist einfach: Einen Wert von 0\,pt betrachtet - \LaTeX{} an dieser Stelle nicht als positiven Wert und erzeugt damit eine - Überschrift in der Form einer Spitzmarke. Der kleinste positive Wert ist - 1\,sp. + \TeX{} nicht als positiven Wert und \Macro{RedeclareSectionCommand} erzeugt + damit unter Berücksichtigung der Voreinstellung \OptionValue{runin}{bysign} + eine Überschrift in Form einer Spitzmarke. Der kleinste positive Wert + ist 1\,sp. Natürlich könnte man stattdessen auch explizit die Verwendung von + Spitzmarken aktivieren und dann wirklich einen Wert von 0\,pt einstellen: +\begin{lstcode} + \RedeclareSectionCommand[% + beforeskip=-10pt,% + runin=true,% + afterskip=0pt% + ]{paragraph} +\end{lstcode} In der Regel ist es für den vertikalen Ausgleich (siehe \DescRef{maincls.cmd.flushbottom}, \autoref{sec:maincls.typearea}, @@ -956,26 +963,38 @@ Seite \autopageref{sec:tocbasic.tocstyle}. \begin{lstcode} \RedeclareSectionCommand[% beforeskip=-10pt plus -2pt minus -1pt,% - afterskip=1sp plus -1sp minus 1sp% + runin=true,% + afterskip=0pt% ]{paragraph} \end{lstcode} Dabei ist zu beachten, dass natürlich auch der Leim bei der Anwendung als vertikaler Abstand das Vorzeichen wechselt, also bei \PValue{beforeskip} im - Beispiel negativ angegeben wird. Gleichzeitig wurde die Gelegenheit genutzt, - über den Leim bei \PValue{afterskip} dafür zu sorgen, dass der Abstand dort - gegebenenfalls tatsächlich bis auf 0 schrumpft. + Beispiel negativ angegeben wird. Auch diese Überlegung kann man sich jedoch + sparen, indem man den Erstzeileneinzug nach der Überschrift nicht über das + Vorzeichen von \Option{beforeskip} steuert, sondern über + \Option{afterindent}: +\begin{lstcode} + \RedeclareSectionCommand[% + afterindent=false,% + beforeskip=10pt plus 2pt minus 1pt,% + runin=true,% + afterskip=0pt% + ]{paragraph} +\end{lstcode} \end{Example} -Dass im Beispiel nur die Schlüssel \PValue{beforeskip} und \PValue{afterskip} -verwendet werden mussten, liegt daran, dass seit \KOMAScript{} 3.15 +Dass im Beispiel nur die Schlüssel verwendet werden mussten, deren Einstellung +geändert werden soll, liegt daran, dass seit \KOMAScript{} 3.15 \DescRef{maincls.cmd.paragraph} intern bereits mit -\Macro{DeclareSectionCommand} definiert wird und daher die übrigen -Einstellungen unverändert übernommen werden können. Die Originaldefinition von -\DescRef{maincls.cmd.paragraph} entspricht bei \Class{scrartcl}: +\Macro{DeclareSectionCommand} definiert wird. Alle anderen Einstellungen +aus der Originaldefinition bleiben so enthalten. Bei +\Class{scrartcl}\OnlyAt{scrartcl} entspräche dies der Definition: \begin{lstcode} \DeclareSectionCommand[% level=4, indent=0pt, + afterindent=bysign, + runin=bysign, beforeskip=3.25ex plus 1ex minus .2ex, afterskip=-1em, font={}, @@ -984,24 +1003,8 @@ Einstellungen unverändert übernommen werden können. Die Originaldefinition vo counterwithin=subsubsection ]{paragraph} \end{lstcode} -Bei \Class{scrreprt} und \Class{scrbook} werden teilweise abweichende Werte -verwendet. - -Für \DescRef{maincls.cmd.chapter} sind einige Einstellungen für die -Überschriften von Option \DescRef{maincls.option.headings} (siehe -\autoref{sec:maincls.structure}, \DescPageRef{maincls.option.headings}) -abhängig. Diese abhängigen Einstellungen sind in -\autoref{tab:maincls.chapter.skips} zu finden. Eine Übersicht über alle -Voreinstellungen bietet \autoref{tab:maincls.section.defaults}. Es ist zu -beachten, dass dabei \PValue{1ex} und \Length{baselineskip} von der -voreingestellten Größe der Überschrift beziehungsweise des -Inhaltsverzeichniseintrags abhängig sind. Weitere -Voreinstellungen\ChangedAt[2016/03]{v3.20}{\Class{scrbook}\and - \Class{scrreprt}\and \Class{scrartcl}} für die Stile der Verzeichniseinträge -sind \autoref{sec:tocbasic.tocstyle}% -\important{\hyperref[cha:tocbasic]{\Package{tocbasic}}} ab -\autopageref{sec:tocbasic.tocstyle} zu entnehmen. +% Umbruchkorrektur: Tabelle verschoben \begin{table} %\centering \KOMAoptions{captions=topbeside}% @@ -1058,7 +1061,28 @@ sind \autoref{sec:tocbasic.tocstyle}% \end{captionbeside} \end{table} -%begin{table} +Die Werte für \Class{scrreprt} und \Class{scrbook}\OnlyAt{\Class{scrbook}\and + \Class{scrreprt}} weichen teilweise ab. Für \DescRef{maincls.cmd.chapter} +sind einige Einstellungen für die Überschriften von Option +\DescRef{maincls.option.headings} (siehe \autoref{sec:maincls.structure}, +\DescPageRef{maincls.option.headings}) abhängig. Diese abhängigen +Einstellungen sind in \autoref{tab:maincls.chapter.skips} zu finden. Eine +Übersicht über alle Voreinstellungen bietet +\autoref{tab:maincls.section.defaults}. Es ist zu beachten, dass dabei +\PValue{1ex} und \Length{baselineskip} von der voreingestellten Größe der +Überschrift beziehungsweise des Inhaltsverzeichniseintrags abhängig +sind. Weitere Voreinstellungen\ChangedAt[2016/03]{v3.20}{\Class{scrbook}\and + \Class{scrreprt}\and \Class{scrartcl}} für die Stile der Verzeichniseinträge +sind \autoref{sec:tocbasic.tocstyle}% +\important{\hyperref[cha:tocbasic]{\Package{tocbasic}}} ab +\autopageref{sec:tocbasic.tocstyle} zu entnehmen. + +Das in den Einstellungen für \DescRef{maincls.cmd.subparagraph} verwendete +interne Makro \Macro{scr@parindent} ist übrigens, der per Option +\DescRef{maincls.option.parskip} oder Befehl +\DescRef{maincls-experts.cmd.setparsizes} eingestellte Absatzeinzug.% +% Umbruchkorrektur: longtable verschoben +% begin{table} % \centering \begin{longtable}{@{}p{\columnwidth}@{}} \caption{Voreinstellungen für die Formatierung der Überschriften von @@ -1217,10 +1241,6 @@ sind \autoref{sec:tocbasic.tocstyle}% \end{tabularx} \end{longtable} %end{table} -Das in den Einstellungen für \DescRef{maincls.cmd.subparagraph} verwendete -interne Makro \Macro{scr@parindent} ist übrigens, der per Option -\DescRef{maincls.option.parskip} oder Befehl -\DescRef{maincls-experts.cmd.setparsizes} eingestellte Absatzeinzug.% \EndIndexGroup @@ -1239,27 +1259,26 @@ Diese\ChangedAt{v3.15}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and Gliederungsbefehlen definieren oder ändern. Dabei ist \PName{Namensliste} eine durch Komma separierte Liste von Namen der Gliederungsbefehle. -Diese Anweisungen unterscheiden sich in zwei weiteren Punkten von den zuvor +Die Befehle unterscheiden sich in zwei weiteren Punkten von den zuvor erklärten Anweisungen zur Definition oder Änderung eines einzelnen -Gliederungsbefehls. Zum einen wird im Fehlerfall, also wenn eine Anweisung bei -\Macro{DeclareNewSectionCommands} bereits zuvor existierte oder bei -\Macro{RedeclareSectionCommands} noch nicht existierte, die Definition dennoch -vorgenommen. Ein entsprechender Fehler wird natürlich trotzdem gemeldet. - -Zum anderen gibt es eine weitere Einstellung, +Gliederungsbefehls. Zum einen wird im Fehlerfall\textnote{Fehlerbehandlung}, +also wenn eine Anweisung bei \Macro{DeclareNewSectionCommands} bereits zuvor +existierte oder bei \Macro{RedeclareSectionCommands} noch nicht existierte, +die Definition dennoch vorgenommen. Ein entsprechender Fehler wird natürlich +trotzdem gemeldet. Zum anderen gibt es eine weitere Einstellung: \important{\PValue{increaselevel}}\OptionVName{increaselevel}{Ganzzahl}. Damit ändert sich die Bedeutung von \PValue{level} und \PValue{toclevel} (siehe \autoref{tab:maincls-experts.declaresection.keys}, \autopageref{tab:maincls-experts.declaresection.keys}) dahingehend, dass deren Werte lediglich als \PName{Einstellungen} des ersten Gliederungsbefehls aus -der \PName{Namensliste} dienen. Für alle weiteren Gliederungsbefehle werden die -Werte von \PValue{level} und \PValue{toclevel} um den Wert von +der \PName{Namensliste} dienen. Für alle weiteren Gliederungsbefehle werden +die Werte von \PValue{level} und \PValue{toclevel} um den Wert von \PValue{increaselevel} erhöht. Wurde die Einstellung \PValue{increaselevel} ohne Wertzuweisung verwendet, so wird der Wert 1 angenommen.% \EndIndexGroup -\begin{Declaration} +\begin{Declaration}[0] \Macro{IfSectionCommandStyleIs}\Parameter{Name}\Parameter{Stil} \Parameter{Dann-Code}\Parameter{Sonst-Code} \end{Declaration} @@ -1366,8 +1385,7 @@ definiert. Ihre\ChangedAt{v3.17}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and \null\vskip-\baselineskip\vskip\@tempskipa } \newcommand*{\partheadmidvskip}{% - \par\nobreak - \vskip\@tempskipa + \par\nobreak\vskip\@tempskipa } \newcommand*{\partheadendvskip}{% \vskip\@tempskipa\newpage @@ -1427,11 +1445,9 @@ enthält also auch keine Formatierungsanweisungen. Vordefiniert ist die Anweisung mit: \begin{lstcode} - \newcommand{\partlineswithprefixformat}[3]{% - #2#3% - } + \newcommand{\partlineswithprefixformat}[3]{#2#3} \end{lstcode} -bisher eher spartanisch. +\iffalse bisher eher spartanisch.\fi% Umbruchkorrektur \begin{Example} Sie wollen die Teile-Überschriften in eine hellblaue Box mit blauer @@ -1527,16 +1543,12 @@ ein komplett leeres Argument, enthält also auch keine Formatierungsanweisungen. Vordefiniert\textnote{Voreinstellung} sind die beiden Anweisungen mit: -% Umbruchkorrektur bei Aufeinanderfolgen von Code und Beispiel -\begin{lstcode}[belowskip=-1\dp\strutbox plus \dp\strutbox] +\begin{lstcode} \newcommand{\chapterlinesformat}[3]{% \@hangfrom{#2}{#3}% } - \newcommand{\chapterlineswithprefixformat}[3]{% - #2#3% - } + \newcommand{\chapterlineswithprefixformat}[3]{#2#3} \end{lstcode} -%bisher eher spartanisch. \begin{Example} Sie wollen Überschriften im Kapitelstil gelb hinterlegen. Für @@ -1665,9 +1677,7 @@ Vordefiniert sind die beiden Anweisungen als: \newcommand{\sectionlinesformat}[4]{% \@hangfrom{\hskip #2#3}{#4}% } -\newcommand{\sectioncatchphraseformat}[4]{% - \hskip #2#3#4% -} +\newcommand{\sectioncatchphraseformat}[4]{\hskip #2#3#4} \end{lstcode} Bei Umdefinierung einer der beiden Anweisungen ist wiederum der Anwender @@ -1677,13 +1687,13 @@ verhindern. \KOMAScript{} hilft hier lediglich mit entsprechend gesetztem \begin{Example} Wie schon im Beispiel der Kapitelüberschriften sollen nun die frei stehenden - Überschriften der Ebenen \PValue{section} mit einer Farbe hinterlegt + Überschriften der Ebene \PValue{section} mit einer Farbe hinterlegt werden. Die frei stehenden Überschriften tieferer Ebenen sollen nicht verändert werden: \begin{lstcode}[moretexcs={colorbox}] \makeatletter \renewcommand{\sectionlinesformat}[4]{% - \ifstr{#1}{section}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{section}{% \hspace*{#2}% \colorbox{yellow}{% \parbox{\dimexpr\linewidth @@ -1733,17 +1743,17 @@ Stil \PValue{section} zu unterscheiden.% \DoHook{heading/endgroup/\PName{Name}}% \end{Declaration} \BeginIndex{}{Haken}% -Neben\ChangedAt[2019/01]{v3.27}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and - \Class{scrartcl}} den übrigen Einstellmöglichkeiten bieten sämtliche mit +Abgesehen\ChangedAt[2019/01]{v3.27}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and + \Class{scrartcl}} von den übrigen Einstellmöglichkeiten bieten sämtliche mit \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.DeclareSectionCommand}, \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.DeclareNewSectionCommand} und -\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.ProvideSectionCommand} definierten oder mit -\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.RedeclareSectionCommand} umdefinierten +\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.ProvideSectionCommand} definierten und ebenso auch die +mit \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.RedeclareSectionCommand} umdefinierten Gliederungsanweisungen eine ganze Reihe an Haken, die per \DescRef{scrbase.cmd.AddtoDoHook} manipuliert werden können. Zur Funktionsweise dieser \emph{do-hook} genannten Haken sei auf -\autoref{sec:scrbase.hooks} ab \autopageref{sec:scrbase.hooks} -verwiesen. Der letzte Teil des Spezifikators ist dabei der \PName{Name} der +\autoref{sec:scrbase.hooks} ab \autopageref{sec:scrbase.hooks} verwiesen. Der +letzte Teil des Spezifikators ist dabei der \PName{Name} der Gliederungsanweisung, wie er auch bei den oben genannten Befehlen als letztes Argument anzugeben ist. @@ -1752,34 +1762,34 @@ verwendet werden sollte, die Auswirkungen auf den Seitenumbruch oder die Positionierung der Überschriften haben. Daher sollten nur wirklich erfahrene Anwender Gebrauch von diesen Haken machen. Im Zweifelsfall ist außerdem der Quellcode der Klasse bezüglich des genauen Ausführungszeitpunktes des -jeweiligen Haken zu konsultieren. Diese Haken dienen als letzter Notanker vor +jeweiligen Hakens zu konsultieren. Diese Haken dienen als letzter Notanker vor einer tatsächlichen Umdefinierung von Gliederungsbefehlen außerhalb der von \KOMAScript{} gebotenen Mittel. Der\textnote{\DoHook{\dots/preinit/\dots}} Haken \DoHook{heading/preinit/\PName{Name}} wird unmittelbar vor der -Initialisierung der Anweisungen ausgeführt. Zu diesem Zeitpunkt wurden noch +Ini"-tialisierung der Anweisungen ausgeführt. Zu diesem Zeitpunkt wurden noch keine Einstellungen vorgenommen. Selbst der Absatz, der einer Überschrift -voraus geht, ist noch nicht zwingend beendet. +vorausgeht, ist noch nicht zwingend beendet. Der\textnote{\DoHook{\dots/postinit/\dots}} Haken \DoHook{heading/postinit/\PName{Name}} wird etwas später ausgeführt. Zu diesem Zeitpunkt wurden einige Einstellungen bereits vorgenommen und auch ein vorausgehender Absatz wurde bereits beendet. -Von\textnote{\DoHook{\dots/branch/\dots}} den Haken -\DoHook{heading/branch/nostar/\PName{Name}} oder -\DoHook{heading/branch/star/\PName{Name}} wird jeweils nur einer ausgeführt, -sobald feststeht, ob die Sternform oder die Normalform der -Gliederungsanweisung ausgeführt wird. Zu diesem Zeitpunkt sind auch bereits -vertikale Abstände über der jeweiligen Überschrift ausgeführt. +Der Haken \textnote{\DoHook{\dots/branch/\dots}} +\DoHook{heading/branch/nostar/\PName{Name}} wird ausgeführt, sobald feststeht, +dass keine Sternform der Gliederungsanweisung vorliegt. Für die Sternform wird +hingegen \DoHook{heading/branch/star/\PName{Name}} ausgeführt. Zu diesem +Zeitpunkt sind gegebenenfalls auch bereits vertikale Abstände über der +jeweiligen Überschrift eingefügt. Der\textnote{\DoHook{\dots/begingroup/\dots}} Haken \DoHook{heading/begingroup/\PName{Name}} wird am Anfang der Gruppe ausgeführt, in der schließlich die Überschrift gesetzt wird. Das ist also die letzte Eingriffsmöglichkeit vor der Ausgabe der Überschrift. -Entsprechend\textnote{\DoHook{\dots/begingroup/\dots}} wird +Entsprechend\textnote{\DoHook{\dots/endgroup/\dots}} wird \DoHook{heading/endgroup/\PName{Name}} vor dem Ende der Gruppe ausgeführt, in der die Überschrift gesetzt wurde. Derzeit ist das auch der letzte Haken innerhalb einer Gliederungsanweisung. @@ -1795,12 +1805,12 @@ genannten Haken daher auf diese Anweisung keine Anwendung finden.% \end{Declaration} Streng\ChangedAt{v3.27}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and \Class{scrartcl}} genommen handelt es sich hier um eine interne -Anweisung. Sie ist nur innerhalb von Überschriften von Haken -\DoHook{\dots/begingroup/\dots} bis \DoHook{\dots/endgroup/\dots} +Anweisung. Sie ist nur innerhalb von Überschriften zwischen den beiden Haken +\DoHook{\dots/begingroup/\dots} und \DoHook{\dots/endgroup/\dots} spezifiziert. In diesem Fall wird der \PName{Dann-Code} ausgeführt, wenn die aktuelle Überschrift gemäß Einstellung von -\DescRef{maincls.counter.secnumdepth} und Aufgrund der Nichtverwendung einer -Sternform nummeriert werden soll. Soll die Überschrift aufgrund der Verwenudng +\DescRef{maincls.counter.secnumdepth} und aufgrund der Nichtverwendung einer +Sternform nummeriert werden soll. Soll die Überschrift aufgrund der Verwendung einer Sternform oder der Einstellung von \DescRef{maincls.counter.secnumdepth} nicht nummeriert werden, so wird der \PName{Sonst-Code} ausgeführt. Bei Überschriften im Stil \PValue{chapter} wird für die Entscheidung außerdem @@ -1837,23 +1847,24 @@ des \LaTeX-Kerns zu ersetzen: \begin{itemize} \item Statt \Macro{@startsection}\IndexCmd{@startsection}\important{\Macro{@startsection}} - wird von \KOMAScript{} \Macro{scr@startsection} verwendet. Die Definition + wird \Macro{scr@startsection} verwendet. Die Definition von \Macro{@startsection} wird jedoch geprüft. Entspricht diese beim Laden - der Klasse nicht den Erwartungen, so wird eine Warnung ausgegeben, diverse + der Klasse nicht den Erwartungen, so wird eine Warnung + ausgegeben, diverse Möglichkeiten von \KOMAScript{} werden deaktiviert und \Macro{scr@startsection} stützt sich auf eine Kopie von - \Macro{@startsection}, während \Macro{@startsection} selbst dann + \Macro{@startsection}, während \Macro{@startsection} selbst \Macro{scr@startsection} aufruft. \item Statt \Macro{@dblarg}\IndexCmd{@dblarg}\important{\Macro{@dblarg}} wird - in \KOMAScript{} von den Gliederungsbefehlen eine eigene, interne Anweisung + von den Gliederungsbefehlen eine eigene, interne Anweisung verwendet. \item Statt \Macro{secdef}\IndexCmd{secdef}\important{\Macro{secdef}} wird - von \KOMAScript{} \Macro{SecDef} verwendet, um die erwähnte Änderung + \Macro{SecDef} verwendet, um die erwähnte Änderung bezüglich \Macro{@dblarg} zu erreichen. Sollte die Definition von \Macro{secdef} nicht den Erwartungen entsprechen, wird eine Warnung ausgegeben. \item \Macro{@sect}\IndexCmd{@sect}\important{\Macro{@sect}} wird umdefiniert, - um diverse Erweiterungen von \KOMAScript{} zu realisieren. + um diverse Erweiterungen durch \KOMAScript{} zu realisieren. \item \Macro{@ssect}\IndexCmd{@ssect}\important{\Macro{@ssect}} wird umdefiniert, um diverse Erweiterungen von \KOMAScript{} zu realisieren. \item \Macro{@xsect}\IndexCmd{@xsect}\important{\Macro{@xsect}} wird @@ -1886,20 +1897,20 @@ Als\ChangedAt[2019/01]{v3.27}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and \Macro{Before@sect}\Parameter{Code} \end{Declaration} Bis\ChangedAt[2019/01]{v3.27}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and - \Class{scrartcl}} \KOMAScript{}~v3.26b dienten diese Anweisungen ebenfalls + \Class{scrartcl}} \KOMAScript{}~3.26b dienten diese Anweisungen ebenfalls als Ersatz für die Umdefinierung von \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.scr@startsection} und \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.SecDef}. Seit\textnote{veraltete - \KOMAScript-Anweisungen} \KOMAScript~v3.27 gelten sie jedoch als veraltet. + \KOMAScript-Anweisungen} \KOMAScript~3.27 gelten sie jedoch als veraltet. - Intern wird \Macro{At@startsection} nun über den Haken + Intern wird \Macro{At@startsection} seit \KOMAScript~3.27 über den Haken \DescRef{\LabelBase.dohook.heading/postinit} realisiert. \Macro{Before@ssect} ist mit Hilfe von - \DescRef{\LabelBase.dohook.heading/branch/star} und \Macro{Before@sect} über - \DescRef{\LabelBase.dohook.heading/branch/nostar} implementiert. Der + \DescRef{\LabelBase.dohook.heading/branch/star} implementiert und + \Macro{Before@sect} über \DescRef{\LabelBase.dohook.heading/branch/nostar}. \PName{Code} wird den Haken per \DescRef{scrbase.cmd.AddtoDoHook} - hinzugefügt. Es ist nicht vorgesehen, einmal eingefügten Code wieder zu - entfernen.% + hinzugefügt. Es ist nicht vorgesehen, einmal eingefügten \PName{Code} wieder + zu entfernen.% \EndIndexGroup \end{Explain} @@ -1920,9 +1931,9 @@ Besonderheit. Ist \Macro{appendixmore} definiert, so wird diese Anweisung von \autoref{sec:maincls.structure}, \DescPageRef{maincls.option.appendixprefix}). Dies\textnote{Achtung!} sollten Sie unbedingt beachten, falls Sie selbst das Makro \Macro{appendixmore} -definieren oder umdefinieren wollen. Ist diese Option bereits verwendet, so +definieren oder umdefinieren wollen. Wurde diese Option bereits verwendet, so erhalten Sie bei \verb|\newcommand{\appendixmore}{|\dots\verb|}| eine -Fehlermeldung. Dadurch wird verhindert, dass Sie die Optionen außer +Fehlermeldung. Dadurch wird verhindert, dass Sie die Option außer Kraft setzen, ohne es zu merken. \begin{Example} @@ -1954,7 +1965,7 @@ Kraft setzen, ohne es zu merken. Wenn Sie ein vergleichbares Verhalten des Anhangs für die Klasse \Class{scrartcl} erreichen wollen, so ist dies ebenfalls möglich. Schreiben Sie dazu beispielsweise Folgendes in die Präambel Ihres Dokuments: -\begin{lstcode}[moretexcs={ifthenelse,equal}] +\begin{lstcode} \newcommand*{\appendixmore}{% \renewcommand*{\sectionformat}{% \appendixname~\thesection\autodot\enskip}% @@ -1969,6 +1980,8 @@ Kraft setzen, ohne es zu merken. \end{Example}% % \EndIndexGroup +\ExampleEndFix + \section{Literaturverzeichnis} \seclabel{bibliography} @@ -2025,16 +2038,24 @@ Literaturverzeichnisses werden diese Anweisungen außerdem am Anfang und Ende jedes Teils, also unmittelbar vor und nach \DescRef{maincls.cmd.BreakBibliography} ausgeführt. -Die Anweisungen \Macro{newblock}, \Macro{@openbib@code}, -\Macro{bib@beginhook} und \Macro{bib@endhook} werden bei der Verwendung eines -neuen Literaturverzeichnisstils zunächst als leer definiert. Danach werden die +Die Anweisungen \Macro{newblock}, \Macro{@openbib@code}, \Macro{bib@beginhook} +und \Macro{bib@endhook} werden bei der Verwendung eines neuen +Literaturverzeichnisstils zunächst als leer definiert. Danach werden die \PName{Anweisungen} des bei der Definition des Stils optional angegebenen Elternstils ausgeführt und dann erst die \PName{Anweisungen}, die bei -Definition des neuen Stils angegeben wurden. Daraus ergibt sich auch, dass -jede der vier Anweisungen innerhalb von \PName{Anweisung} bei Bedarf +Definition des neuen Stils angegeben wurden. Daraus ergibt sich auch, % +\iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur +dass jede der vier Anweisungen innerhalb von \PName{Anweisung} bei Bedarf keinesfalls mit \Macro{newcommand}, sondern mit \Macro{renewcommand}\IndexCmd{renewcommand}\important{\Macro{renewcommand}} -definiert werden sollte. +definiert werden sollte.% +\else% +\enlargethispage{3pt}% Umbruchkorrektur (im Paar) +dass die vier Anweisungen innerhalb von \PName{Anweisung} bei Bedarf mit +\Macro{renewcommand}\IndexCmd{renewcommand}\important{\Macro{renewcommand}} +umzudefinieren sind.% +\par\enlargethispage{3pt}% Umbruchkorrektur (im Paar) +\fi% Setzt der Anwender mit den Anweisungen \DescRef{maincls.cmd.AtEndBibliography}%\important[i]{\DescRef{maincls.cmd.AtEndBibliography}\\ diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex index 12b493c5f7..4f1d16802a 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ % ============================================================================ \KOMAProvidesFile{scrbookreportarticle.tex} - [$Date: 2019-10-09 17:14:53 +0200 (Wed, 09 Oct 2019) $ + [$Date: 2019-12-06 10:38:10 +0100 (Fri, 06 Dec 2019) $ KOMA-Script guide (chapter: scrbook, scrreprt, scrartcl)] \chapter{Die Hauptklassen \Class{scrbook}, \Class{scrreprt}, \Class{scrartcl}} @@ -72,8 +72,8 @@ Die einfachste Möglichkeit, anstelle einer Standardklasse eine \KOMAScript-Klasse zu verwenden, ist das Ersetzen des Klassennamens in der Anweisung \verb|\documentclass| entsprechend \autoref{tab:maincls.overview}. Man tauscht -also beispielsweise \Macro{documentclass}\PParameter{book} gegen -\Macro{documentclass}\PParameter{scrbook}. Der anschließende \LaTeX-Lauf +also beispielsweise \Macro{documentclass}\PParameter{article} gegen +\Macro{documentclass}\PParameter{scrartcl}. Der anschließende \LaTeX-Lauf sollte lediglich einige Layoutänderungen mit sich bringen. Ein großer Teil der in den nachfolgenden Abschnitten beschriebenen vielfältigen Möglichkeiten und Optionen werden von den \KOMAScript-Klassen zusätzlich geboten. @@ -100,6 +100,22 @@ Optionen werden von den \KOMAScript-Klassen zusätzlich geboten. \end{captionbeside} \end{table} +Es sei an dieser Stelle jedoch nicht verschwiegen, dass einige Paketautoren +ihre Pakete auf Basis der Implementierung und sogar von internem Code der +Standardklassen entwickeln und dabei keine Rücksicht auf komplett unabhängige +Entwicklungen wie die \KOMAScript-Klassen nehmen. In solchen Fällen kann es +beim ersten \LaTeX-Lauf nach der Umstellung durchaus zu Fehlermeldungen oder +zusäzlichen Warnungen kommen. Meist lassen sich diese auf einfache Weise +beheben. Oftmals können dazu die erweiterten Möglichkeiten von \KOMAScript{} +genutzt werden, wodurch das problematische Paket dann vollständig +entfällt. Manchmal kann auch das in \autoref{cha:scrhack} ab Seite +\autopageref{cha:scrhack} dokumentierte \hyperref[cha:scrhack]{Paket + \Package{scrhack}}\IndexPackage{scrhack} Abhilfe schaffen. Auch der Ersatz +von veralteten Paketen durch aktuelle Nachfolger kann zur Beseitigung +derartiger Probleme beitragen. Teilweise geben sogar die \KOMAScript-Klassen +durch entsprechende Warnungen Hilfestellung bei der Lösung von +Inkompatibilitäten. + Lassen Sie mich der Erläuterung der Klassen noch eine Bemerkung vorausschicken. Oft ist man sich am Anfang eines Dokuments unsicher, welche Einstellungen konkret zu wählen sind. Bei einigen Einstellungen, wie der @@ -191,11 +207,26 @@ vertikalen Ausgleich. \iffree{}{Näheres dazu ist in \BeginIndexGroup \BeginIndex{}{Zusammenfassung}% -Insbesondere bei Artikeln, seltener bei Berichten findet man unmittelbar unter -der Titelei und noch vor dem Inhaltsverzeichnis eine Zusammenfassung. Bei -Verwendung eines Titelkopfes ist die Zusammenfassung in der Regel ein rechts -und links eingezogener Block. Im Vergleich dazu wird bei Verwendung von -Titelseiten die Zusammenfassung eher als Kapitel oder Abschnitt gesetzt. +Insbesondere bei Artikeln% +\iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur +, seltener bei Berichten findet man unmittelbar unter der Titelei und noch vor +dem Inhaltsverzeichnis % +\else % +\ findet man zwischen Titel und Inhaltsverzeichnis oft % +\fi % +eine Zusammenfassung. Bei Verwendung eines Titelkopfes ist die +Zusammenfassung in der Regel % +\iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur +ein rechts und links eingezogener Block. % +\else % +rechts und links eingezogen. % +\fi % +\iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur +Im Vergleich dazu wird bei Verwendung von Titelseiten % +\else % +Bei Verwendung von Titelseiten wird % +\fi % +die Zusammenfassung eher als Kapitel oder Abschnitt gesetzt. \begin{Declaration} \OptionVName{abstract}{Ein-Aus-Wert} @@ -453,7 +484,8 @@ Einen Überblick über alle möglichen Werte für die \PName{Einstellung} von Das Stichwortverzeichnis erhält einen Eintrag im Inhaltsverzeichnis, ohne dass es nummeriert wird.% \IndexOption{toc~=\textKValue{index}}}% - \entry{\PValue{indexnumbered}}{% + \entry{\PValue{indexnumbered}, \PValue{idxnumbered}, \PValue{numberedindex}, + \PValue{numberedidx}}{% \ChangedAt{v3.18}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and \Class{scrartcl}}% Das Stichwortverzeichnis erhält einen Eintrag im Inhaltsverzeichnis und @@ -526,12 +558,11 @@ einer punktierten Linie lediglich ein Abstand verwendet wird. \BeginIndex{FontElement}{chapterentrydots}\LabelFontElement{chapterentrydots}% \BeginIndex{FontElement}{sectionentrydots}\LabelFontElement{sectionentrydots}% -Wird die punktierte Linie verwendet, so kann deren Schrift über die Elemente +Wird die punktierte Linie verwendet, so kann deren Schrift über das Element \FontElement{chapterentrydots}% \important{\FontElement{chapterentrydots}\\ - \FontElement{sectionentrydots}} und \FontElement{sectionentrydots} gegenüber -den Einstellungen für die Seitenzahlen in den Einträgen verändert werden -(siehe auch \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.setkomafont} und + \FontElement{sectionentrydots}} oder \FontElement{sectionentrydots} +verändert werden (siehe \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.setkomafont} und \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.addtokomafont}, \autoref{sec:\LabelBase.textmarkup}, \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.cmd.setkomafont}, sowie \autoref{tab:maincls.fontelements}, @@ -539,7 +570,11 @@ den Einstellungen für die Seitenzahlen in den Einträgen verändert werden sind \autoref{tab:maincls.tocelements} auf \autopageref{tab:maincls.tocelements} zu entnehmen. Es ist zu beachten\textnote{Achtung!}, dass die Pünktchen nur sauber untereinander -stehen, wenn die Schrift aller Pünktchen identisch ist.% +stehen, wenn die Schrift aller Pünktchen identisch ist. Aus diesen Grund ist +die Ausgangschrift immer \Macro{normalfont}\Macro{normalsize}. Von +\DescRef{\LabelBase.fontelement.chapterentry} oder +\DescRef{\LabelBase.fontelement.sectionentry} bleibt für die Pünktchen daher +nur die Farbe erhalten.% \EndIndexGroup @@ -573,13 +608,10 @@ Beispiel. Die\ChangedAt{v2.97c}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and \Class{scrartcl}}\important{\FontElement{partentry}\\ \FontElement{chapterentry}\\ - \FontElement{sectionentry}} Schrift der oberen -Inhaltsverzeichniseinträge ist über die Elemente -\FontElement{partentry} und für \Class{scrbook} -und \Class{scrreprt} über -\FontElement{chapterentry} beziehungsweise -\FontElement{sectionentry} für \Class{scrartcl} -einstellbar. + \FontElement{sectionentry}} Schrift der oberen Inhaltsverzeichniseinträge +ist über die Elemente \FontElement{partentry} und für \Class{scrbook} und +\Class{scrreprt} über \FontElement{chapterentry} beziehungsweise +\FontElement{sectionentry} für \Class{scrartcl} einstellbar. \BeginIndex{FontElement}{partentrypagenumber}% \LabelFontElement{partentrypagenumber}% \LabelFontElement{pagination}% @@ -613,9 +645,8 @@ Schrift über die Elemente \DescRef{\LabelBase.fontelement.chapterentrydots}% \important{\DescRef{\LabelBase.fontelement.chapterentrydots}\\ \DescRef{\LabelBase.fontelement.sectionentrydots}} und \DescRef{\LabelBase.fontelement.sectionentrydots}% -\IndexFontElement{sectionentrydots} gegenüber den Einstellungen für die -Seitenzahlen verändert werden. Die Voreinstellungen der Elemente sind -\autoref{tab:maincls.tocelements} zu entnehmen. +\IndexFontElement{sectionentrydots} verändert werden. Die Voreinstellungen der +Elemente sind \autoref{tab:maincls.tocelements} zu entnehmen. \begin{table} % \centering % \caption @@ -637,10 +668,10 @@ Seitenzahlen verändert werden. Die Voreinstellungen der Elemente sind \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.usekomafont}\PParameter{disposition}\Macro{large} \\ \FontElement{partentrypagenumber} & \\ \FontElement{chapterentry} & \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.usekomafont}\PParameter{disposition}\\ - \FontElement{chapterentrydots} & \Macro{normalfont} \\ + \FontElement{chapterentrydots} & \\ \FontElement{chapterentrypagenumber} & \\ \FontElement{sectionentry} & \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.usekomafont}\PParameter{disposition} \\ - \FontElement{sectionentrydots} & \Macro{normalfont} \\ + \FontElement{sectionentrydots} & \\ \FontElement{sectionentrypagenumber} & \\ \bottomrule \end{tabular} @@ -677,8 +708,9 @@ merken. \KOMAScript{} definiert für jede Gliederungsebene eine Anweisung \Macro{\PName{Ebene}tocdepth} mit dem entsprechenden Wert, die für Zuweisungen an \Counter{tocdepth} verwendet werden kann. -Bitten beachten Sie\textnote{Achtung!}, dass die Werte für \Counter{tocdepth} -und \DescRef{\LabelBase.counter.secnumdepth}\IndexCounter{secnumdepth} (siehe +Bitten beachten Sie\textnote{Achtung!}, dass die Werte für die Zähler +\Counter{tocdepth} und +\DescRef{\LabelBase.counter.secnumdepth}\IndexCounter{secnumdepth} (siehe \autoref{sec:\LabelBase.structure}, \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.counter.secnumdepth}) bei \Class{scrartcl}\OnlyAt{\Class{scrartcl}} für \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.part} @@ -985,7 +1017,7 @@ so bleiben Schriftänderungen wie in den vorangehenden Beispielen unbeachtet. Das Paket \hyperref[cha:scrlayer-scrpage]{\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}}% \IndexPackage{scrlayer-scrpage} sorgt selbst für maximale -Kompatibilität. Solange beispielsweise für die Seitenzahl nicht direkt +Kompatibilität, solange beispielsweise für die Seitenzahl nicht direkt \DescRef{\LabelBase-experts.cmd.thepage}\IndexCmd{thepage}, sondern das dafür vorgesehene \DescRef{\LabelBase-experts.cmd.pagemark}\IndexCmd{pagemark} verwendet @@ -1013,11 +1045,20 @@ außerdem die Anweisung \DescRef{scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.markleft}% \IndexCmd{markleft}\important{\DescRef{scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.markleft}} zur Verfügung. -Die Anweisungen können auch zusammen mit anderen Seitenstilen verwendet -werden. Bei Kombination mit automatischen Kolumnentiteln, etwa dem Seitenstil +Die Anweisungen können % +\iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur +auch zusammen mit anderen % +\else % +mit beliebigen % +\fi % +Seitenstilen verwendet werden. Bei Kombination mit automatischen +Kolumnentiteln, etwa dem Seitenstil \DescRef{\LabelBase.pagestyle.headings}\IndexPagestyle{headings}, ist der -Wirkungsbereich allerdings bis zum nächsten automatischen Setzen der -entsprechenden Marke begrenzt.% +Wirkungsbereich % +\iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur +allerdings % +\fi % +bis zum nächsten automatischen Setzen der entsprechenden Marke begrenzt.% % \EndIndexGroup @@ -1069,17 +1110,23 @@ werden. \end{lstcode} Wie Sie auf \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.pagestyle.empty} erfahren haben, ist der Seitenstil \DescRef{\LabelBase.pagestyle.empty}\IndexPagestyle{empty} - genau das, was in diesem Beispiel verlangt wird. Natürlich können Sie auch - einen selbst definierten Seitenstil verwenden. + genau das, was in diesem Beispiel verlangt wird.% + \iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur + \ Natürlich können Sie auch einen selbst definierten Seitenstil verwenden.% + \fi % - Angenommen, Sie haben mit dem Paket - \hyperref[cha:scrlayer]{\Package{scrlayer}} (siehe + Angenommen, Sie haben mit einem der Pakete + \hyperref[cha:scrlayer]{\Package{scrlayer}}\IndexPackage{scrlayer} (siehe \autoref{sec:scrlayer.pagestyles}) oder Paket - \hyperref[cha:scrlayer-scrpage]{\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}} (siehe + \hyperref[cha:scrlayer-scrpage]{\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}}% + \IndexPackage{scrlayer-scrpage} (siehe \autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.pagestyle.pairs}) einen eigenen - Seitenstil für Kapitelanfangsseiten\Index{Kapitel>Seitenstil}% - \textnote{Kapitel\-anfangs\-seiten} definiert. Diesem Seitenstil haben Sie - den passenden Namen \PValue{chapter} gegeben. Um ihn auch tatsächlich zu + Seitenstil \iftrue mit Namen \PValue{chapter} \fi% Umbruchkorrektur + für Kapitelanfangsseiten\Index{Kapitel>Seitenstil}% + \textnote{Kapitel\-anfangs\-seiten} erstellt. % + \iffalse Diesem Seitenstil haben Sie den passenden Namen \PValue{chapter} + gegeben. \fi% Umbruchkorrektur (abhängig von oben) + Um ihn auch tatsächlich zu verwenden, definieren Sie \Macro{chapterpagestyle} entsprechend um: \begin{lstcode} \renewcommand*{\chapterpagestyle}{chapter} @@ -1118,14 +1165,19 @@ werden. Anweisungen wie \Macro{label} rasch zu unvorhergesehenen Ergebnissen führen. + \iffalse % Umbruchoptimierung Auf \DescPageRef{tocbasic.cmd.AfterTOCHead} in \autoref{sec:tocbasic.toc} werden Sie die Anweisung \DescRef{tocbasic.cmd.AfterTOCHead} kennenlernen, - mit der eine Lösung noch einfacher ist: + mit der eine Lösung noch einfacher ist:% + \else % + Mit der Anweisung \DescRef{tocbasic.cmd.AfterTOCHead} aus + \autoref{sec:tocbasic.toc}, \DescPageRef{tocbasic.cmd.AfterTOCHead} wird die + Lösung noch einfacher:% + \fi % \begin{lstcode} \AfterTOCHead[toc]{% \thispagestyle{empty}% - \pagestyle{empty}% - } + \pagestyle{empty}} \end{lstcode}% Hierbei wird die Tatsache ausgenutzt. dass bei mehreren \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.thispagestyle}-Anweisungen auf derselben Seite immer @@ -1153,10 +1205,11 @@ werden. \begin{Declaration} \Macro{pagenumbering}\Parameter{Nummerierungsstil} \end{Declaration} -Diese Anweisung funktioniert bei \KOMAScript{} in der gleichen Weise wie -bei den Standardklassen. Genau genommen handelt es sich dabei weder um eine -Fähigkeit der Standardklassen noch der \KOMAScript-Klassen, sondern um eine -Anweisung des \LaTeX-Kerns. Sie wird verwendet, um den +Diese Anweisung funktioniert bei \KOMAScript{} in der gleichen Weise wie bei +den Standardklassen. Genau genommen handelt es sich dabei % +\iffalse weder um eine Fähigkeit der Standardklassen noch der +\KOMAScript-Klassen, sondern \fi % Umbruchkorrektur +um eine Anweisung des \LaTeX-Kerns. Sie wird verwendet, um den \PName{Nummerierungsstil} für die Seitenzahlen umzuschalten. Die Umschaltung gilt ab sofort, also ab der Seite, auf der diese Anweisung @@ -1235,13 +1288,11 @@ eingefügten Vakatseite erfahren Sie im nächsten Abschnitt. \end{lstcode} Hier hat der Ersteller versucht, das Problem mit der letzten Seite des Inhaltsverzeichnisses mit Hilfe von \Macro{pagebreak}\IndexCmd{pagebreak} zu - lösen. - - Diese Lösung ist aber leider auch nicht viel besser. Hier wird die letzte - Seite des Inhaltsverzeichnisses auf die nächste Seite umbrochen. Damit - werden bei einem doppelseitigen Dokument unter Umständen die Einträge auf - der letzten Seite mit einem erhöhten vertikalen Abstand gesetzt (siehe - \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.flushbottom} auf + lösen. Diese Lösung ist aber leider auch nicht viel besser. Hier wird die + letzte Seite des Inhaltsverzeichnisses auf die nächste Seite + umbrochen. Damit werden bei einem doppelseitigen Dokument unter Umständen + die Einträge auf der letzten Seite mit einem erhöhten vertikalen Abstand + gesetzt (siehe \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.flushbottom} auf \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.cmd.flushbottom}). \Macro{pagebreak} ist hier eindeutig die falsche Anweisung. @@ -1267,7 +1318,7 @@ eingefügten Vakatseite erfahren Sie im nächsten Abschnitt. Umschaltung nicht, so sollten Sie den Nummerierungsstil der Seiten über das gesamte Dokument konsequent durchhalten, ohne ihn zwischendurch zu ändern. -\iffalse% Umbruchkorrekturtext +\iftrue% Umbruchkorrekturtext Bei Artikeln oder anderen kurzen Dokumenten ist das generell zu empfehlen. \fi @@ -1296,8 +1347,12 @@ eingefügten Vakatseite erfahren Sie im nächsten Abschnitt. Bei Büchern gibt es teilweise die Grobauf"|teilung in \emph{Vorspann}\Index{Vorspann}, \emph{Hauptteil}\Index{Hauptteil} und -\emph{Nachspann}\Index{Nachspann}. Auch \KOMAScript{} bietet für -\Class{scrbook} diese Möglichkeit. +\emph{Nachspann}\Index{Nachspann}% +\iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur +. Auch \KOMAScript{} bietet für \Class{scrbook} diese Möglichkeit.% +\else +, die auch von \Class{scrbook} unterstützt wird. +\fi \begin{Declaration} @@ -1306,7 +1361,7 @@ Bei Büchern gibt es teilweise die Grobauf"|teilung in \Macro{backmatter} \end{Declaration}% Mit \Macro{frontmatter}\important{\Macro{frontmatter}} wird der Vorspann -eingeleitet. Im Vorspann werden die nummerierten Seiten mit römischen +eingeleitet. Dadurch werden die nummerierten Seiten mit römischen Seitenzahlen versehen. Kapitelüberschriften sind im Vorspann nicht nummeriert. Abschnittsüberschriften wären jedoch nummeriert, gingen von Kapitelnummer~0 aus und wären außerdem über Kapitelgrenzen hinweg durchgehend @@ -1474,7 +1529,7 @@ außerdem auf das Aussehen der automatischen Kolumnentitel für Kapitel aus (siehe \autoref{sec:\LabelBase.pagestyle}, \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.pagestyle.headings}). -Zuweilen kommt es vor, dass man die Kapitelüberschriften im Hauptteil durchaus +Zuweilen kommt es vor, dass man die Kapitelüberschriften im Hauptteil in der einfachen Form von \OptionValue{chapterprefix}{false} setzen möchte. Gleichzeitig\important{\Option{appendixprefix}} sollen die Überschriften im Anhang\Index{Anhang} jedoch davon abweichend mit einer @@ -1555,7 +1610,8 @@ es zusätzlich Auswirkungen durch die Einstellungen \PValue{onelineappendix} und \PValue{twolineappendix} für Option \Option{headings}, was dann \OptionValueRef{\LabelBase}{appendixprefix}{false} und \OptionValueRef{\LabelBase}{appendixprefix}{true} entspricht (siehe ebenfalls -oben). \else% +oben). % +\else% Auf Kapitelüberschriften\OnlyAt{\Class{scrbook}\and\Class{scrreprt}} wirken sich\important{% \OptionValue{headings}{twolinechapter}\\ @@ -1583,7 +1639,7 @@ ebenfalls oben). \fi Diese existieren natürlich nicht bei \Class{scrartcl}% Option\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and \Class{scrartcl}} \OptionValue{headings}{standardclasses}% -\important{\OptionValue{headings}{standardclasses}} passt zum Einen die +\important{\OptionValue{headings}{standardclasses}} passt zum einen die Schriftgrößen der Überschriften an die der Standardklassen an. Des Weiteren wird die Schrift für Element \DescRef{\LabelBase.fontelement.disposition}\IndexFontElement{disposition} auf @@ -1632,24 +1688,23 @@ der Gliederungsbefehle enthalten. Mögliche Werte für Option \Option{headings} (\emph{Fortsetzung})% }% \pventry{big}{% - Setzt die Schrifteinstellung für die einzelnen Standard-Gliederungsebenen + setzt die Schrifteinstellung für die einzelnen Standard-Gliederungsebenen zurück und verwendet große Überschriften mit großen Abständen darüber und darunter.% \IndexOption{headings~=\textKValue{big}}}% \pventry{normal}{% - Setzt die Schrifteinstellung für die einzelnen Standard-Gliederungsebenen + setzt die Schrifteinstellung für die einzelnen Standard-Gliederungsebenen zurück und verwendet mittelgroße Überschriften mit mittelgroßen Abständen darüber und darunter.% \IndexOption{headings~=\textKValue{normal}}}% \entry{\PValue{onelineappendix}, \PValue{noappendixprefix}, \PValue{appendixwithoutprefix}, \PValue{appendixwithoutprefixline}% \IndexOption{headings~=\textKValue{onelineappendix}}}{% - Kapitelüberschriften im Anhang werden wie andere Überschriften auch - gesetzt.}% + Kapitelüberschriften im Anhang werden ohne Präfixzeile gesetzt.}% \entry{\PValue{onelinechapter}, \PValue{nochapterprefix}, \PValue{chapterwithoutprefix}, \PValue{chapterwithoutprefixline}% \IndexOption{headings~=\textKValue{onelinechapter}}}{% - Kapitelüberschriften werden wie andere Überschriften auch gesetzt.}% + Kapitelüberschriften werden ohne Präfixzeile gesetzt.}% \pventry{openany}{% Die Anweisungen \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.cleardoublepageusingstyle}, \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.cleardoublestandardpage}, @@ -1668,9 +1723,10 @@ der Gliederungsbefehle enthalten. \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.cleardoubleplainpage}, \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.cleardoubleemptypage} und \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.cleardoublepage} erzeugen einen Seitenumbruch und - fügen gegebenenfalls eine Vakatseite\Index{Vakatseite} ein, um im doppelseitigen - Satz auf die nächste linke Seite zu gelangen. Teile, Kapitel, Index und - Nachspann verwenden \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.cleardoublepage}.% + fügen gegebenenfalls eine Vakatseite\Index{Vakatseite} ein, um im + doppelseitigen Satz auf die nächste linke Seite zu gelangen. Teile, + Kapitel, Index und Nachspann verwenden + \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.cleardoublepage}.% \IndexOption{headings~=\textKValue{openleft}}}% \pventry{openright}{% Die Anweisungen \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.cleardoublepageusingstyle}, @@ -1678,9 +1734,10 @@ der Gliederungsbefehle enthalten. \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.cleardoubleplainpage}, \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.cleardoubleemptypage} und \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.cleardoublepage} erzeugen einen Seitenumbruch und - fügen gegebenenfalls eine Vakatseite\Index{Vakatseite} ein, um im doppelseitigen - Satz auf die nächste rechte Seite zu gelangen. Teile, Kapitel, Index und - Nachspann verwenden \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.cleardoublepage}.% + fügen gegebenenfalls eine Vakatseite\Index{Vakatseite} ein, um im + doppelseitigen Satz auf die nächste rechte Seite zu gelangen. Teile, + Kapitel, Index und Nachspann verwenden + \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.cleardoublepage}.% \IndexOption{headings~=\textKValue{openright}}}% \pventry{optiontohead}{% Die\ChangedAt{v3.10}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and @@ -1706,13 +1763,13 @@ der Gliederungsbefehle enthalten. \IndexOption{headings~=\textKValue{optiontohead}}% }% \pventry{small}{% - Setzt die Schrifteinstellung für die einzelnen Standard-Gliederungsebenen + setzt die Schrifteinstellung für die einzelnen Standard-Gliederungsebenen zurück und verwendet kleine Überschriften mit kleinen Abständen darüber und darunter.% \IndexOption{headings~=\textKValue{small}}}% \pventry{standardclasses}{% \ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Class{scrbook}\and\Class{scrreprt}\and\Class{scrartcl}}% - Setzt die Schrifteinstellung für die einzelnen Standard-Gliederungsebenen + setzt die Schrifteinstellung für die einzelnen Standard-Gliederungsebenen zurück und verwendet Überschriften in den Größen der Standardklassen. Für Kapitelüberschriften wird bei \Class{scrbook} und \Class{scrreprt} \OptionValue{headings}{twolinechapter} gesetzt.% @@ -1720,14 +1777,13 @@ der Gliederungsbefehle enthalten. \entry{\PValue{twolineappendix}, \PValue{appendixprefix}, \PValue{appendixwithprefix}, \PValue{appendixwithprefixline}% \IndexOption{headings~=\textKValue{twolineappendix}}}{% - Kapitelüberschriften im Anhang werden mit einer Vorsatzzeile gesetzt, - deren Inhalt von - \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.chapterformat}\IndexCmd{chapterformat} bestimmt - wird.}% + Kapitelüberschriften im Anhang werden mit einer Präfixzeile gesetzt, deren + Inhalt von \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.chapterformat}\IndexCmd{chapterformat} + bestimmt wird.}% \entry{\PValue{twolinechapter}, \PValue{chapterprefix}, \PValue{chapterwithprefix}, \PValue{chapterwithprefixline}% \IndexOption{headings~=\textKValue{twolinechapter}}}{% - Kapitelüberschriften werden mit einer Vorsatzzeile gesetzt, deren Inhalt + Kapitelüberschriften werden mit einer Präfixzeile gesetzt, deren Inhalt von \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.chapterformat}\IndexCmd{chapterformat} bestimmt wird.}% \end{desclist} @@ -1746,15 +1802,16 @@ römischen Zahlen oder Groß- oder Kleinbuchstaben gearbeitet, so steht am Ende aller Gliederungsnummern ein abschließender Punkt (siehe \cite[R\,4]{DUDEN}). In {\KOMAScript} ist ein Automatismus eingebaut, der diese etwas komplexe Regel zu erfüllen versucht. Der Automatismus wirkt sich -so aus, dass normalerweise bei Verwendung des Gliederungsbefehls \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.part} -oder eines Anhangs (\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.appendix}) auf Gliederungsnummer mit abschließendem +so aus, dass normalerweise bei Verwendung des Gliederungsbefehls +\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.part} oder eines Anhangs +(\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.appendix}) auf Gliederungsnummer mit abschließendem Punkt umgeschaltet wird. Diese Information wird in der \File{aux}-Datei gespeichert und wirkt sich dann beim nächsten \LaTeX-Lauf auf das gesamte Dokument aus. Manchmal versagt der mit \OptionValue{numbers}{autoendperiod}% -\IndexOption{numbers~=\textKValue{autoendperiod}} voreingestellte Automatismus zum -Setzen oder Weglassen des abschließenden Punktes in der +\IndexOption{numbers~=\textKValue{autoendperiod}} voreingestellte Automatismus +zum Setzen oder Weglassen des abschließenden Punktes in der Gliederungsnummer. Teilweise sehen andere Sprachen auch andere Regeln vor. Deshalb ist es beispielsweise mit der Einstellung \OptionValue{numbers}{endperiod}\IndexOption{numbers~=\textKValue{endperiod}}% @@ -1770,9 +1827,11 @@ Verwendung einer der Optionen zu erzwingen, sollte grundsätzlich ein weiterer Eine Zusammenfassung der möglichen Werte für die \PName{Einstellung} von \PName{numbers} bietet \autoref{tab:maincls.numbers}. Im Unterschied zu den -meisten anderen Einstellungen, kann diese Option nur in der Dokumentpräambel, -also vor \Macro{begin}\PParameter{document} vorgenommen werden. - +meisten anderen Einstellungen kann diese Option nur in der Dokumentpräambel, +also vor \Macro{begin}\PParameter{document} vorgenommen werden.% +\iftrue% Umbruchkorrektur +\ Spätere Änderungen der Option führen zu einer Fehlermeldung.% +\fi% \begin{table} \caption[{Mögliche Werte für Option \Option{numbers}}]{Mögliche Werte für Option \Option{numbers} zur Konfigurierung des Abschlusspunktes in @@ -1787,12 +1846,12 @@ also vor \Macro{begin}\PParameter{document} vorgenommen werden. ein Buchstabe oder eine römische Zahl entdeckt, so wird der Punkt bei allen Nummern gesetzt. Referenzen auf diese Nummern werden jedoch ohne abschließenden Punkt gesetzt.% - \IndexOption{numbers~=\textKValue{autoendperiod}}}% + \IndexOption{numbers~=\textKValue{autoendperiod}}}\\[-1.4ex] \entry{\PValue{endperiod}, \PValue{withendperiod}, \PValue{periodatend}, \PValue{enddot}, \PValue{withenddot}, \PValue{dotatend}}{% Bei sämtlichen Gliederungsnummern und davon abhängigen Nummern wird am Ende ein Punkt gesetzt, der bei der Referenzierung entfällt.% - \IndexOption{numbers~=\textKValue{endperiod}}}% + \IndexOption{numbers~=\textKValue{endperiod}}}\\[-1.4ex] \entry{\PValue{noendperiod}, \PValue{noperiodatend}, \PValue{noenddot}, \PValue{nodotatend}}{% Gliederungsnummern und davon abhängige Nummern werden ohne @@ -1892,10 +1951,9 @@ wird geprüft, ob sich ein Gleichheitszeichen in \PName{Kurzform} befindet. Ist dies der Fall, so wird das optionale Argument der Gliederungsbefehle selbst statt als \PName{Kurzform} als \PName{Optionenliste} interpretiert. Dabei werden die vier Optionen -\OptionVName{head}{Kolumnentitel}\important{\Option{head}\\ - \Option{tocentry}\\ - \Option{reference}\\ - \Option{nonumber}}, \OptionVName{tocentry}{Inhaltsverzeichniseintrag}, +\OptionVName{head}{Kolumnentitel}\important{\Option{head}, \Option{tocentry}}, +\OptionVName{tocentry}{Inhaltsverzeichniseintrag}, +\important{\Option{reference}, \Option{nonumber}}% \OptionVName{reference}{Querverweistitel}\ChangedAt{v3.22}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and \Class{scrartcl}} und \OptionVName{nonumber}{Ein-Aus-Wert}\ChangedAt{v3.27}{\Class{scrbook}\and @@ -2008,7 +2066,12 @@ Querverweise durch die Pakete \Package{titleref}\IndexPackage{zref-titleref}-Modul von \Package{zref}\IndexPackage{zref} explizit vorgegeben werden. Die Unterstützung für \Package{titleref} ist dabei eher rudimentär, da das Paket -mit der Leistungsfähigkeit der anderen beiden nur schlecht mithalten kann und +mit % +\iffalse % Umbruchoptimierung +der Leistungsfähigkeit der % +\else den % +\fi % +anderen beiden nur schlecht mithalten kann und auch nicht mit \Package{hyperref}\IndexPackage{hyperref}\important{\Package{hyperref}} kompatibel ist. @@ -2242,9 +2305,13 @@ die folgende Erklärung. Verträglichkeit der serifenlosen und serifenbehafteten Schrift einen Experten zu Rate ziehen oder die Schrift für das Element \FontElement{disposition}\IndexFontElement{disposition} vorsichtshalber wie - in obigem Beispiel umdefinieren. Die häufig anzutreffenden Kombinationen - Times mit Helvetica oder Palatino mit Helvetica werden vom Autor als - ungünstig betrachtet. + in obigem Beispiel umdefinieren. \iffree{}{Auch der komplette Verzicht auf + die Voreinstellung einer serifenlosen Schrift mit Option + \DescRef{maincls-experts.option.egregdoesnotlikesansseriftitles} (siehe + \DescPageRef{maincls-experts.option.egregdoesnotlikesansseriftitles}) + kommt in solchen Fällen in Frage. }% Umbruchkorrektur + Die häufig anzutreffenden Kombinationen Times mit Helvetica oder Palatino + mit Helvetica werden vom Autor als ungünstig betrachtet. \end{Explain} \EndIndexGroup % @@ -2319,8 +2386,8 @@ die Anweisungen \Macro{addpart}, \Macro{addchap} und \Macro{addsec}. Diese \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.section}\IndexCmd{section}. Sie erzeugen sowohl einen automatischen Kolumnentitel als auch einen Eintrag im Inhaltsverzeichnis, wobei auch die Einstellungen von Option \DescRef{\LabelBase.option.headings}% -\important{\DescRef{\LabelBase.option.headings}} beachtet werden, insbesondere -auch die entsprechende Erweiterung des optionalen Arguments verfügbar ist. Das +\important{\DescRef{\LabelBase.option.headings}} einschließlich +der Erweiterung für das optionale Argument beachtet werden. Das Aktivieren oder Deaktivieren des in der Erklärung zu \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.part}, \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.chapter}\IndexCmd{chapter} und @@ -2335,7 +2402,7 @@ Effekt veralteter Kolumnentitel ausgeschlossen. Stattdessen bleibt der Kolumnentitel auf Folgeseiten leer. \OnlyAt{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}}\Macro{addchap} und \Macro{addchap*} existieren \iffree{% - selbstverständlich nur bei Buch- und Berichtklassen, also bei + selbstverständlich nur bei der Buch- und Berichtklasse, also bei \Class{scrbook} und \Class{scrreprt}, nicht jedoch bei der Artikelklasse \Class{scrartcl}.% }{% @@ -2426,15 +2493,31 @@ umschalten. Der jeweilige Seitenstil ist in den Makros Der Kolumnentitel wird von \OptionValue{tocentry}{\{\}} nicht verändert. Da \Class{scrbook} leere Einträge ins Inhaltsverzeichnis automatisch unterdrückt, ist nun auch der Verlag zufriedengestellt. + + Aufmerksame Leser der Erklärung zu \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.chapter} werden + bereits wissen, dass dasselbe Ergebnis auch mit +\begin{lstcode} + \documentclass[headings=optiontotocandhead] + {scrbook} + \usepackage[ngerman]{babel} + \usepackage{blindtext} + \begin{document} + \tableofcontents + \blinddocument + \chapter[tocentry={},nonumber=true]{Nachwort} + \Blindtext[10] + \end{document} +\end{lstcode} + erreicht werden kann. \end{Example}% \fi Bezüglich der Möglichkeiten der Schriftumschaltung\ChangedAt{v2.8p}{% \Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and \Class{scrartcl}} % -gilt das Gleiche, wie zuvor in der Erklärung zu \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.part*}, -\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.chapter*} und \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.section*} -geschrieben. Die Elemente tragen die gleichen Namen, da sie nicht Varianten, -sondern Gliederungsebenen bezeichnen.% +gilt das Gleiche, wie zuvor in der Erklärung zu +\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.section*}, \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.chapter*} und +\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.part*} geschrieben. Die Elemente tragen die gleichen +Namen, da sie nicht Varianten, sondern Gliederungsebenen bezeichnen.% % \EndIndexGroup @@ -2472,11 +2555,6 @@ werden (siehe \autoref{tab:maincls.fontelements}, \begin{lstcode} \documentclass{scrartcl} \usepackage[ngerman]{babel} - \usepackage{selinput} - \SelectInputMappings{ - adieresis={ä}, - germandbls={ß} - } \begin{document} @@ -2552,25 +2630,15 @@ werden (siehe \autoref{tab:maincls.fontelements}, selbstverständlich auch ein Schraubendreher verwendet werden. Die Kugelschreiberfeder ist dem Tierschutz zum - Opfer gefallen. + Opfer gefallen.% % Mit der Kugelschreiberfeder hat es eine besondere % Bewandtnis. Sie stammt noch aus dem Selbstbauprojekt % »Mauseschnappfalle«, das dem Tierschutz zum Opfer gefallen ist. - \end{ShowOutput} - Zum Verständnis der Verwendung des Pakets - \Package{selinput}\IndexPackage{selinput}\important{\Package{selinput}} und - % - \iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur - der darin definierten Anweisung % - \else % - von % - \fi % - \Macro{SelectInputMappings} sei auf \cite{package:selinput} - verwiesen. -\end{Example} -% -\EndIndexGroup - + \end{ShowOutput}% +\end{Example}% +\EndIndexGroup% +% Zusammentreffen von Ausgabeende, Beispielende und Beschreibungsende: +\vskip -1\baselineskip plus .75\ht\strutbox \begin{Declaration} \Macro{raggedsection} @@ -2854,19 +2922,22 @@ gibt, existieren die beiden Anweisungen auch nur bei diesen Klassen.% mit dem die Nummerierung von Kapiteln beziehungsweise Abschnitten abgeschaltet wird. Dies sollte man beispielsweise bei der Umdefinierung von \Macro{chaptermark} und \Macro{sectionmark} berücksichtigen (siehe - \Macro{ifnumbered} auf \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.cmd.ifnumbered}). Für die - Sternformen \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.addchap*} und - \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.addsec*} existieren außerdem die Anweisungen - \Macro{addchapmark} und \Macro{addsecmark}, die in der Voreinstellung - ebenfalls in der genannten Weise definiert sind. + \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.Ifnumbered} auf + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.cmd.Ifnumbered}). Für die Sternformen + \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.addchap*} und \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.addsec*} + existieren außerdem die Anweisungen \Macro{addchapmark} und + \Macro{addsecmark}, die in der Voreinstellung ebenfalls in der genannten + Weise definiert sind. Während\OnlyAt{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}} bei \Class{scrartcl} weder \Macro{chaptermark} noch \Macro{addchapmark} oder \Macro{chaptermarkformat} existieren, gibt es die beiden Anweisungen - \OnlyAt{\Class{scrartcl}}\Macro{subsectionmark} und - \Macro{subsectionmarkformat} nur bei \Class{scrartcl}. Bei Verwendung des - Pakets \hyperref[cha:scrlayer-scrpage]{\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}}% - \IndexPackage{scrlayer-scrpage} ändert sich dies jedoch (siehe + \Macro{subsectionmark} und \Macro{subsectionmarkformat} nicht nur bei + \Class{scrartcl}. Bei \Class{scrbook} und \Class{scrreprt} ist + \Macro{subsectionmark} aber als Leeranweisung definiert, hat also keine + Auswirkung. Bei Verwendung des Pakets + \hyperref[cha:scrlayer-scrpage]{\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}}% + \IndexPackage{scrlayer-scrpage} kann sich dies ändern (siehe \autoref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage}). \end{Explain} So wie mit \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.partformat} bis @@ -2949,21 +3020,22 @@ sind die Werte je nach Klasse nicht eins zu eins übertragbar.% \EndIndexGroup \begin{Declaration} - \Macro{ifnumbered}\Parameter{Gliederungsebene}% + \Macro{Ifnumbered}\Parameter{Gliederungsebene}% \Parameter{Dann-Teil}\Parameter{Else-Teil} - \Macro{ifunnumbered}\Parameter{Gliederungsebene}% + \Macro{Ifunnumbered}\Parameter{Gliederungsebene}% \Parameter{Dann-Teil}\Parameter{Else-Teil} \end{Declaration} Nachdem\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and + \Class{scrartcl}}\ChangedAt{v3.28}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and \Class{scrartcl}} zuvor erklärt wurde, wie man bestimmen kann, welche Gliederungsebenen nummeriert werden sollen, kann mit diesen Anweisungen nun Code abhängig davon, ob eine \PName{Gliederungsebene} nummeriert wird oder nicht, ausgeführt werden. Wird mit den aktuellen Einstellungen eine -\PName{Gliederungsebene} nummeriert, so führt \Macro{ifnumbered} den -\PName{Dann-Teil} aus, während \Macro{ifunnumbered} den \PName{Else-Teil} +\PName{Gliederungsebene} nummeriert, so führt \Macro{Ifnumbered} den +\PName{Dann-Teil} aus, während \Macro{Ifunnumbered} den \PName{Else-Teil} ausführt. Wird mit den aktuellen Einstellungen eine \PName{Gliederungsebene} -nicht nummeriert, dann führt \Macro{ifnumbered} den \PName{Else-Teil} aus, -wohingegen \Macro{ifunnumbered} den \PName{Dann-Teil} ausführt. Als +nicht nummeriert, dann führt \Macro{Ifnumbered} den \PName{Else-Teil} aus, +wohingegen \Macro{Ifunnumbered} den \PName{Dann-Teil} ausführt. Als \PName{Gliederungsebene} wird der englische Name der Ebene angegeben, also \PValue{part}, \PValue{chapter}, \PValue{section}, \PValue{subsection}, \PValue{subsubsection}, \PValue{paragraph} oder \PValue{subparagraph}. @@ -3176,7 +3248,6 @@ Gleitobjekt das gleiche optionale Argument zur Platzierung des Objekts. Auch dies ist nicht sinnvoll. In solchen Fällen sollte man besser den Standardwert global ändern. Näheres dazu ist \cite{DANTE:FAQ} zu entnehmen. -\iffree{}{\pagebreak[3]}% Umbruchoptimierung!!! Ein\textnote{Achtung!} wichtiger Hinweis sei diesem Abschnitt noch vorangestellt: Die meisten Mechanismen, die hier vorgestellt werden und über die Fähigkeiten der Standardklassen hinaus gehen, funktionieren nicht mehr, @@ -3207,11 +3278,14 @@ versehen. \KOMAScript{} bietet daher mit der Einstellung \IndexOption{captions~=\textKValue{tableheading}} die Möglichkeit, bei Tabellen die Formatierung auf Überschriften zu ändern. -Es\textnote{Achtung!} sei an dieser Stelle darauf hingewiesen, dass -mehrseitige Tabellen nicht als Gleitumgebungen gesetzt werden können. Für den -automatischen Seitenumbruch von Tabellen werden außerdem Zusatzpakete wie -\Package{longtable}\IndexPackage{longtable} (siehe \cite{package:longtable}) -oder \Package{supertabular}\IndexPackage{supertabular} (siehe +Es\textnote{Achtung!} sei % +\iffalse an dieser Stelle \fi % Umbruchkorrektur +darauf hingewiesen, dass mehrseitige Tabellen nicht als Gleitumgebungen +gesetzt werden können. Für den automatischen Seitenumbruch von Tabellen werden +\iffalse außerdem \fi % Umbruchkorrektur +Zusatzpakete wie \Package{longtable}\IndexPackage{longtable} (siehe +\cite{package:longtable}) oder +\Package{supertabular}\IndexPackage{supertabular} (siehe \cite{package:supertabular}) benötigt. Mit\important{\OptionValue{captions}{tablesignature}} @@ -3294,8 +3368,6 @@ diese Umgebung können ebenfalls mit der Option \Option{captions} geändert werden. Die dabei möglichen Werte für die jeweilige \PName{Einstellung} sind \autoref{tab:maincls.captions} zu entnehmen. % -\iffree{}{% Umbruchoptimierung!!!! - \enlargethispage*{\dp\strutbox}}% \begin{desclist} \desccaption[{Mögliche Werte für Option \Option{captions}}]{M% ögliche Werte für Option \Option{captions} zur Einstellung der @@ -3434,7 +3506,7 @@ voreingestellt, dass sich \Macro{caption} bei allen Gleitumgebungen wie \Macro{captionbelow} verhält. Es wird jedoch empfohlen\textnote{Tipp!}, Tabellenüberschriften zu verwenden und auf die Formatierung mit \OptionValueRef{\LabelBase}{captions}{tableheading} entsprechend umzustellen -oder bei Tabellen auf \Macro{captionabove} zurück zu greifen. +oder bei Tabellen auf \Macro{captionabove} zurückzugreifen. % \begin{Example} Sie wollen mit @@ -3548,10 +3620,13 @@ entnehmen. \begin{lstcode} \setkomafont{captionlabel}{\sffamily\bfseries} \end{lstcode} - Das Ergebnis wäre bei Verwendung von \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.addtokomafont} - in diesem Fall übrigens gleich. + \iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur + Das Ergebnis wäre bei Verwendung von + \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.addtokomafont} in diesem Fall übrigens gleich. + \fi \end{Example}% \EndIndexGroup +\vskip -1\ht\strutbox plus .75\strutbox% Beispiel am Beschreibungsende \begin{Declaration} @@ -3612,16 +3687,25 @@ jedoch eventuell durch das Laden von Paketen wie \end{figure} \end{lstcode} Um Abbildung und Tabelle nebeneinander zu setzen, wurden zwei - \Environment{minipage}-Umgebungen verwendet. Wichtig\textnote{Achtung!} ist - hier das Prozentzeichen nach der ersten \Environment{minipage}, ohne das ein - zusätzlicher Wortabstand zwischen die beiden - \Environment{minipage}-Umgebungen gesetzt würde. + \Environment{minipage}-Umgebungen verwendet. % + \iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur + Wichtig\textnote{Achtung!} ist hier das Prozentzeichen nach der ersten + \Environment{minipage}, ohne das ein zusätzlicher Wortabstand zwischen die + beiden \Environment{minipage}-Umgebungen gesetzt würde.% + \else % + Wichtig\textnote{Achtung!} ist das Prozentzeichen nach der ersten + \Environment{minipage} zur Unterdrückung des Wortabstands zwischen den + Umgebungen.% + \fi % + \iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur Die Abbildungsunterschrift wurde mit \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.caption} - gesetzt. Für die Tabellenüberschrift wurde \Macro{captionaboveof} - verwendet. Als erstes Argument wurde \PValue{table} angegeben. Dadurch weiß - \KOMAScript{}, dass es sich trotz \Environment{figure}-Umgebung um eine - Tabellenüberschrift handelt. + gesetzt. % + \fi % + Für die Tabellenüberschrift wurde \Macro{captionaboveof} verwendet. Als + erstes Argument wurde \PValue{table} angegeben. Dadurch weiß \KOMAScript{}, + dass es sich trotz \Environment{figure}-Umgebung um eine Tabellenüberschrift + handelt. Das optionale Argument von \Macro{captionaboveof} setzt den Eintrag in das Tabellenverzeichnis. Ohne das optionale Argument würde der als letztes @@ -3777,18 +3861,23 @@ normalerweise die Grundlinie unten haben. Dies kann beispielsweise mit der Anweisung \Macro{raisebox}\IndexCmd{raisebox} verändert werden. \begin{Example} - Ein Beispiel für die Verwendung der - \Environment{captionbeside}-""Umgebung ist in - \autoref{fig:maincls.captionbeside} zu finden. Gesetzt wurde - diese Abbildung mit: + \iffalse % Umbruchvarianten + Ein Beispiel für die Verwendung der \Environment{captionbeside}-""Umgebung + ist in \autoref{fig:maincls.captionbeside} zu finden. Gesetzt wurde diese + Abbildung mit:% + \else % + \autoref{fig:maincls.captionbeside} veranschaulicht die folgende Verwendung + der \Environment{captionbeside}-Umgebung:% + \fi + \begin{lstcode} \begin{figure} \begin{captionbeside}% [Beispiel: Bildbeschreibung daneben, unten]% {Eine Bildbeschreibung weder über noch unter der Abbildung, sondern unten daneben}% - [i][\linewidth][% - \dimexpr\marginparwidth+\marginparsep\relax]* + [i][\dimexpr \linewidth + +\marginparwidth+\marginparsep\relax][0pt]* \fbox{% \parbox[b][5\baselineskip][c]{.25\textwidth} {% @@ -3810,11 +3899,14 @@ Anweisung \Macro{raisebox}\IndexCmd{raisebox} verändert werden. \label{fig:maincls.captionbeside} \end{figure} Die Gesamtbreite ist also die aktuell verfügbare Breite - \PValue{\Macro{linewidth}}. Diese wird jedoch um $\Length{marginparwidth} + \PValue{\Macro{linewidth}} um $\Length{marginparwidth} + \Length{marginparsep}$ nach - außen verschoben. Der Titel oder die Beschreibung steht innen neben - der Abbildung. Damit erscheint die Abbildung selbst bis in die - Marginalienspalte in den Rand gerückt. + außen erweitert. Der Titel % + \iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur + oder die Beschreibung % + \fi % + steht innen neben der Abbildung. Damit erscheint die Abbildung selbst bis in + die Marginalienspalte in den Rand gerückt. \iffalse% Umbruchkorrekturtext Mit \Macro{dimexpr} wird hier eine \eTeX-Anweisung verwendet, da @@ -3822,6 +3914,7 @@ Anweisung \Macro{raisebox}\IndexCmd{raisebox} verändert werden. \LaTeX-Distribution ohnehin \eTeX{} verwendet wird.% \fi +\iffalse % Umrbuchalternativen Die Zentrierung der Bildbeschreibung mit \begin{lstcode} \KOMAoption{captions}{centeredbeside} @@ -3833,6 +3926,13 @@ Anweisung \Macro{raisebox}\IndexCmd{raisebox} verändert werden. \else Das ist jedoch sicher keine empfehlswerte Lösung.% \fi +\else + \autoref{fig:maincls.captionbesidecentered} zeigt die wenig empfehlenswerte + Zentrierung der Bildbeschreibung mit: +\begin{lstcode} + \KOMAoption{captions}{centeredbeside} +\end{lstcode} +\fi \begin{figure} \KOMAoption{captions}{centeredbeside} @@ -3845,12 +3945,14 @@ Anweisung \Macro{raisebox}\IndexCmd{raisebox} verändert werden. \label{fig:maincls.captionbesidecentered} \end{figure} - Demgegenüber kann die Ausrichtung oben, die bei + Demgegenüber kann die Ausrichtung oben, die in \autoref{fig:maincls.captionbesidetop} zu sehen ist, durchaus verwendet - werden. Zur Verdeutlichung, wie man \Macro{raisebox} zur Verschiebung der - Grundlinie nutzen kann, sei hier ein komplettes Beispiel angegeben. Eine - solche Verschiebung kann man nicht nur bei einer Ersatzgrafik wie zuvor - angegeben, sondern auch beispielsweise auf \Macro{includegraphics} (siehe + werden. + + Zur Verdeutlichung, wie man \Macro{raisebox} zur Verschiebung der Grundlinie + nutzen kann, sei hier ein komplettes Beispiel angegeben. Eine solche + Verschiebung kann man nicht nur bei einer Ersatzgrafik wie zuvor angegeben, + sondern auch beispielsweise auf \Macro{includegraphics} (siehe \cite{package:graphics}) anwenden: \begin{lstcode} \documentclass[captions=topbeside]{scrbook} @@ -3863,9 +3965,9 @@ Anweisung \Macro{raisebox}\IndexCmd{raisebox} verändert werden. [Beispiel: Bildbeschreibung daneben, oben]% {Eine Bildbeschreibung oben, neben einem Beispielbild aus Paket \texttt{mwe}}% - [i][\linewidth][% - \dimexpr\marginparwidth+\marginparsep\relax - ]* + [i][\dimexpr\linewidth + \dimexpr\marginparwidth+\marginparsep\relax] + [0pt]* \raisebox{% \dimexpr\baselineskip-\totalheight\relax }{% @@ -3890,6 +3992,7 @@ Anweisung \Macro{raisebox}\IndexCmd{raisebox} verändert werden. \label{fig:maincls.captionbesidetop} \end{figure} \end{Example} +\vskip -1\ht\strutbox plus .75\strutbox% Beispiel am Ende der Erklärung % \EndIndexGroup @@ -3978,7 +4081,7 @@ Auch diese kann mit \Macro{renewcommand} geändert werden. \end{Example} % \EndIndexGroup - +\vskip -1\ht\strutbox plus .75\ht\strutbox% Beispiel am Ende \begin{Declaration} \Macro{figureformat} @@ -3989,19 +4092,31 @@ keine Formatierung für das Label selbst enthält. Dieses sollte nun keineswegs über Umdefinierung der Anweisungen für die Zählerausgabe, \Macro{thefigure} oder \Macro{thetable}, verändert werden. Eine solche Umdefinierung hätte nämlich auch Auswirkungen auf die Ausgabe von \Macro{ref} oder der -Verzeichnisse. Stattdessen bietet {\KOMAScript} auch hier zwei \Macro{\dots +Verzeichnisse. Stattdessen bietet {\KOMAScript} zwei weitere \Macro{\dots format}-Anweisungen. Diese sind wie folgt vordefiniert: -% Umbruchkorrektur: listings \begin{lstcode} \newcommand*{\figureformat}{\figurename~\thefigure\autodot} \newcommand*{\tableformat}{\tablename~\thetable\autodot} \end{lstcode} +\iffalse % Umbruchvarianten Sie können ebenfalls mit \Macro{renewcommand} eigenen Anforderungen -angepasst werden. +angepasst werden.% +\else % +Mit \Macro{renewcommand} können diese leicht umdefiniert werden.% +\fi % \begin{Example} - Hin und wieder wird gewünscht, dass die Beschreibungstexte ganz ohne - Label und natürlich auch ohne Trennzeichen ausgegeben werden. Bei - {\KOMAScript} genügen folgende Definitionen, um dies zu erreichen: + Hin und wieder wird gewünscht, dass die Beschreibungstexte % + \iffalse % Umbruchvarianten + ganz ohne Label und natürlich auch ohne % + \else % + ohne Label und % + \fi % + Trennzeichen ausgegeben werden. Bei {\KOMAScript} genügen % + \iffalse % Umbruchvarianten + folgende Definitionen, um dies zu erreichen:% + \else % + dafür folgende Definitionen:% + \fi % \begin{lstcode} \renewcommand*{\figureformat}{} \renewcommand*{\tableformat}{} @@ -4015,11 +4130,11 @@ angepasst werden. \end{Example} % \EndIndexGroup - +\vskip -1\ht\strutbox plus .75\ht\strutbox% Beispiel am Ende der Erklärung \begin{Declaration} \Macro{setcapindent}\Parameter{Einzug} - \Macro{setcapindent*}\Parameter{XEinzug} + \Macro{setcapindent*}\Parameter{Einzug} \Macro{setcaphanging} \end{Declaration}% Wie bereits erwähnt wurde, werden in den @@ -4032,15 +4147,14 @@ zweiten so weit eingerückt, dass diese nicht mehr unter dem Label, »Abbildung~\dots:« oder »Tabelle~\dots:«, sondern unter dem eigentlichen Text der ersten Zeile beginnen. -Dieses Verhalten, das der Verwendung von \Macro{setcaphanging} -entspricht, kann bei {\KOMAScript} jederzeit durch Verwendung der Anweisung -\Macro{setcapindent} oder \Macro{setcapindent*} geändert werden. Dabei gibt -der Parameter \PName{Einzug} an, wie weit ab der zweiten Zeile eingerückt -werden soll. Soll nach dem Label und vor dem Beschreibungstext noch ein -Zeilenumbruch erfolgen, so definieren Sie die Einrücktiefe \PName{XEinzug} der -Beschreibung stattdessen mit der Sternvariante der Anweisung: -\Macro{setcapindent*}. -Mit einem negativen \PName{Einzug} erreicht man hingegen, dass vor der +Dieses Verhalten, das der Verwendung von \Macro{setcaphanging} entspricht, +kann bei {\KOMAScript} jederzeit durch \Macro{setcapindent} oder +\Macro{setcapindent*} geändert werden. Dabei gibt der Parameter \PName{Einzug} +an, wie weit ab der zweiten Zeile eingerückt werden soll. Soll nach dem Label +und vor dem Beschreibungstext noch ein Zeilenumbruch erfolgen, so definieren +Sie die Einrücktiefe \PName{Einzug} der Beschreibung stattdessen mit der +Sternvariante der Anweisung: \Macro{setcapindent*}. Mit einem negativen +\PName{Einzug} bei \Macro{setcapindent} erreicht man hingegen, dass vor der Beschreibung ebenfalls ein Umbruch erfolgt und nur die erste Zeile der Beschreibung, nicht jedoch die folgenden, um den Betrag von \PName{Einzug} eingerückt werden. @@ -4052,11 +4166,12 @@ den Werten \PValue{oneline} und \PValue{nooneline} dieser Option auf \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.option.captions.oneline}. \begin{Example} - Die Abbildungen~\ref{fig:maincls.caption.first} bis + Die \hyperref[fig:maincls.caption.first]{% + Abbildungen~\ref*{fig:maincls.caption.first}} bis \ref{fig:maincls.caption.last} zeigen die Auswirkungen unterschiedlicher - Einstellungen. Dabei wird deutlich, dass bei geringer Spaltenbreite der + Einstellungen. Es wird deutlich, dass bei geringer Spaltenbreite der komplett hängende Einzug unvorteilhaft ist. Der Quelltext der zweiten - Abbildung sei hier mit abgewandelter Unterschrift beispielhaft + Abbildung sei hier mit gekürzter Unterschrift beispielhaft wiedergegeben: \begin{lstcode} \begin{figure} @@ -4067,12 +4182,6 @@ den Werten \PValue{oneline} und \PValue{nooneline} dieser Option auf ab der zweiten Zeile} \end{figure} \end{lstcode} - Wie zu sehen ist, kann die Formatierung also auch lokal innerhalb - der \Environment{figure}-Umgebung\IndexEnv{figure} geändert werden. Die - Änderung gilt dann nur für die eine Abbildung. Nachfolgende Abbildungen - werden wieder mit den Grundeinstellungen oder den globalen Einstellungen, - die Sie beispielsweise in der Dokumentpräambel vorgenommen haben, - gesetzt. Das gilt für Tabellen natürlich genauso. \begin{figure} \typeout{^^J--- Ignore underfull and overfull \string\hbox:} \addtokomafont{caption}{\small} @@ -4095,8 +4204,12 @@ den Werten \PValue{oneline} und \PValue{nooneline} dieser Option auf Verwendung von \Macro{setcapindent}\PParameter{1em}} \end{minipage} \end{minipage} - - \vspace*{2ex}\noindent% + %\end{figure} + \par\bigskip\noindent% + %\begin{figure} + %\addtokomafont{caption}{\small} + %\addtokomafont{captionlabel}{\bfseries} + %\centering \begin{minipage}{.9\linewidth} \begin{minipage}[t]{.48\linewidth}\sloppy \setcapindent*{1em} @@ -4121,37 +4234,35 @@ den Werten \PValue{oneline} und \PValue{nooneline} dieser Option auf \string\hbox:^^J} \end{figure} \end{Example} -% +Wie im Beispiel zu sehen ist, kann die Formatierung auch lokal innerhalb einer +Gleitumgebung geändert werden. Die Änderung gilt dann nur für die eine +Umgebung. Nachfolgende Abbildungen und Tabellen werden wieder mit den +Grundeinstellungen oder den globalen Einstellungen, die Sie beispielsweise in +der Dokumentpräambel vorgenommen haben, gesetzt.% \EndIndexGroup - \begin{Declaration} \Macro{setcapwidth}\OParameter{Ausrichtung}\Parameter{Breite} \Macro{setcapdynwidth}\OParameter{Ausrichtung}\Parameter{Breite} \Macro{setcapmargin}\OParameter{Rand \kern-.25em links}\Parameter{Rand} \Macro{setcapmargin*}\OParameter{Rand \kern-.25em innen}\Parameter{Rand} \end{Declaration} -Mit \ChangedAt{v2.8q}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and - \Class{scrartcl}} Hilfe dieser drei Befehle kann die Breite und Anordnung -der Beschreibung beeinflusst werden. Normalerweise steht die gesamte Text- -oder Spaltenbreite für den Text der Beschreibung zur Verfügung. - -Mit\important{\Macro{setcapwidth}} der Anweisung \Macro{setcapwidth} kann -diese \PName{Breite} reduziert werden. Dabei gibt das obligatorische Argument -die maximale für die Beschreibung verwendete \PName{Breite} an. Als optionales -Argument kann genau ein Buchstabe übergeben werden, der die horizontale -Ausrichtung der Beschreibung angibt. Die möglichen Ausrichtungen finden Sie in -der folgenden Liste. -\begin{labeling}[~--]{\quad\PValue{o}}% - \itemsep=.5\topsep plus .5\topsep minus .5\topsep - \rightskip=1em -\item[\quad\PValue{l}] linksbündig -\item[\quad\PValue{c}] zentriert -\item[\quad\PValue{r}] rechtsbündig -\item[\quad\PValue{i}] innen: auf rechten Seiten linksbündig, auf - linken Seiten rechtsbündig -\item[\quad\PValue{o}] außen: auf rechten Seiten rechtsbündig, auf - linken Seiten linksbündig +Mit\ChangedAt{v2.8q}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and + \Class{scrartcl}} Hilfe dieser Befehle kann die Breite und Anordnung der +Beschreibung beeinflusst werden. Normalerweise steht die gesamte Text- oder +Spaltenbreite zur Verfügung. Mit\important{\Macro{setcapwidth}} der Anweisung +\Macro{setcapwidth} kann diese \PName{Breite} reduziert werden. Dabei gibt das +obligatorische Argument die maximale für die Beschreibung verwendete +\PName{Breite} an. Als optionales Argument kann genau ein Buchstabe übergeben +werden, der die horizontale Ausrichtung der Beschreibung bestimmt. Die +möglichen Ausrichtungen finden Sie in der folgenden Liste. +\begin{labeling}[~--]{\quad\PValue{o}}\setlength{\itemsep}{-1\parsep plus 1ex}% +\item[\quad\PValue{l}] links +\item[\quad\PValue{r}] rechts +\item[\quad\PValue{i}] innen: auf rechten Seiten links, auf + linken Seiten rechts +\item[\quad\PValue{o}] außen: auf rechten Seiten rechts, auf + linken Seiten links \end{labeling} Die Ausrichtung innen und außen entspricht im einseitigen Satz linksbündig und rechtsbündig. Innerhalb\textnote{Achtung!} von @@ -4167,10 +4278,10 @@ Zu\ChangedAt{v3.20}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and \Macro{setcapwidth} übergebene \PName{Breite} wie bei \Macro{setlength} zum Zeitpunkt der Zuweisung ausgewertet wird. Will\important{\Macro{setcapdynwidth}} man hingegen, dass \PName{Breite} -erst bei der Verwendung ausgewertet wird, dann sollte man stattdessen -\Macro{setcapdynwidth} verwenden. Entscheidende Unterschiede gibt es -beispielsweise, wenn Längen wie \Length{linewidth} oder andere Anweisungen als -Argument verwendet werden. +erst bei der Verwendung ausgewertet wird, kann man stattdessen +\Macro{setcapdynwidth} verwenden. Unterschiede gibt es beispielsweise, wenn +Längen wie \Length{linewidth} oder andere Anweisungen als Argument verwendet +werden. Mit\important{\Macro{setcapmargin}} der Anweisung \Macro{setcapmargin} kann statt der Breite der Beschreibung ein \PName{Rand} angegeben werden, der neben @@ -4190,10 +4301,15 @@ außen oder innen bei der Anweisung \Macro{setcapwidth}. Die Verwendung von \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.option.captions.nooneline}) für die Beschreibungen, die mit dieser Randeinstellung gesetzt werden. +\iffalse% Umbruchkorrektur Man\textnote{Tipp!} kann übrigens auch negative Werte für \PName{Rand} und \PName{Rand \kern-.25em rechts} oder \PName{Rand \kern-.25em außen} angeben. Dadurch erreicht man, dass die Beschreibung in den entsprechenden Rand hineinragt.% +\else % +Soll\textnote{Tipp!} die Beschreibung in einen Rand ragen, gibt man übrigens +für das entsprechende Argument einfach einen negativen Wert an.% +\fi % \iffalse\par% Anhang wurde entfernt. Für\textnote{Tipp!} Experten und versierte Anwender ist eine etwas trickreiche Anwendung für \Macro{setcapwidth} in @@ -4222,9 +4338,9 @@ Fehlermeldung. \KOMAoptions{captions=topbeside}% \setcapindent{0pt}% \begin{captionbeside} - [{Ausrichtungen für mehrzeilige Beschreibungen von Gleitumgebungen}] + [{Ausrichtungen für mehrzeilige Beschreibungen in Gleitumgebungen}] {\label{tab:maincls.captionalignment}% - Ausrichtungen für mehrzeilige Beschreibungen von Gleitumgebungen} + Ausrichtungen für mehrzeilige Beschreibungen in Gleitumgebungen} [l] \begin{tabular}[t]{ll} \toprule @@ -4326,11 +4442,15 @@ gibt man den Typ der Gleitumgebung, beispielsweise \PValue{figure} oder \BeginIndex{Package}{longtable}% Falls die Tabellenüberschriften des \Package{longtable}-Pakets (siehe \cite{package:longtable}) von den \KOMAScript-Klassen nicht umdefiniert werden -sollen, kann die Option \Option{origlongtable} gesetzt werden. Diese -Option\textnote{Achtung!} ist als optionales Argument von -\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.documentclass} zu verwenden. Eine Einstellung per -\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.KOMAoptions} oder \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.KOMAoption} -wird nicht unterstützt. +sollen, kann die Option \Option{origlongtable} % +\iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur +gesetzt werden. Diese Option\textnote{Achtung!} ist als optionales Argument +von \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.documentclass} zu verwenden. % +\else % +beim Laden der Klasse gesetzt werden. \textnote{Achtung!}% +\fi % +Eine Einstellung per \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.KOMAoptions} oder +\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.KOMAoption} wird nicht unterstützt. % \EndIndexGroup % @@ -4355,14 +4475,14 @@ Sicht der Verzeichnisse selbst gesehen werden. Daher kann man die gleichen Ergebnisse auch mit den Einstellungen \OptionValue{listof}{notoc}, \OptionValue{listof}{totoc} und \OptionValue{listof}{numbered} erreichen. -Dabei werden in der Voreinstellung für die Überschriften der Verzeichnisse die +Dabei wird in der Voreinstellung für die Überschriften der Verzeichnisse die oberste verfügbare Gliederungsebene unterhalb von \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.part} verwendet. Bei \Class{scrbook} und \Class{scrreprt} ist das die Kapitelebene, bei \Class{scrartcl} die Abschnittsebene. Mit\important{\OptionValue{listof}{leveldown}}% \ChangedAt{v3.06}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and \Class{scrartcl}} -Hilfe der Einstellung \OptionValue{listof}{leveldown} kann hingegen die nächst -tiefere Gliederungsebene verwendet +Hilfe der Einstellung \OptionValue{listof}{leveldown} kann hingegen die +nächsttiefere Gliederungsebene verwendet werden. \important{\OptionValue{listof}{standardlevel}}% \ChangedAt{v3.15}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and \Class{scrartcl}}% \OptionValue{listof}{standardlevel} schaltet bei Bedarf wieder zurück auf die @@ -4396,8 +4516,8 @@ entspricht der Verwendung der Einstellung Werden die Nummern sehr breit, weil beispielsweise sehr viele Tabellen verwendet werden, so reicht der vorgesehene Platz irgendwann nicht mehr aus. Vergleichbar\important{\OptionValue{listof}{flat}} zur Einstellung -\OptionValueRef{\LabelBase}{toc}{flat}\IndexOption{toc~=\textKValue{flat}} für das -Inhaltsverzeichnis bietet \KOMAScript{} daher die Einstellung +\OptionValueRef{\LabelBase}{toc}{flat}\IndexOption{toc~=\textKValue{flat}} für +das Inhaltsverzeichnis bietet \KOMAScript{} daher die Einstellung \OptionValue{listof}{flat}\IndexOption{listof~=\textKValue{flat}} für die Verzeichnisse der Gleitumgebungen. Dabei wird die Breite der Nummern automatisch ermittelt und der Platz entsprechend angepasst. Bezüglich der @@ -4414,7 +4534,7 @@ die Einstellung \Class{scrreprt}\and \Class{scrartcl}} verwendet wird. Normalerweise\important{\OptionValue{listof}{entryprefix}} ist es nicht sinnvoll jeden Eintrag in eines der Verzeichnisse der Gleitumgebungen mit -einem Präfix wie »Abbildung« oder »Tabelle« zu versenden, da natürlich im +einem Präfix wie »Abbildung« oder »Tabelle« zu versehen, da natürlich im Abbildungsverzeichnis nur Abbildungen und im Tabellenverzeichnis nur Tabellen zu finden sind. Damit hat ein solcher Präfix keinen zusätzlichen Informationswert und wird in der Voreinstellung auch weggelassen. Mit der @@ -4443,24 +4563,24 @@ verwendet. Mit\important{\OptionValue{listof}{chaptergapline}} der Einstellung \IndexOption{listof~=\textKValue{chaptergapline}} kann man stattdessen einen vertikalen Abstand von einer Zeile erreichen. Mit\important{\OptionValue{listof}{nochaptergap}} -\OptionValue{listof}{nochaptergap}\IndexOption{listof~=\textKValue{nochaptergap}} -kann man den vertikalen Abstand komplett +\OptionValue{listof}{nochaptergap}% +\IndexOption{listof~=\textKValue{nochaptergap}} kann man den vertikalen +Abstand komplett abschalten. Eine\important{\OptionValue{listof}{chapterentry}} Besonderheit -stellt die Einstellung -\OptionValue{listof}{chapterentry}\IndexOption{listof~=\textKValue{chapterentry}} -dar. Dabei wird statt des Abstandes der Inhaltsverzeichniseintrag für das -Kapitel in das Verzeichnis der Gleitumgebungen -eingefügt. Es\textnote{Achtung!} wird darauf hingewiesen, dass ein solcher -Eintrag auch dann erfolgt, wenn das Kapitel keine Gleitumgebung enthält. Eine -Lösung, bei der nur Kapitel mit Gleitumgebungen im jeweiligen Verzeichnis -angezeigt werden, finden Sie unter +stellt die Einstellung \OptionValue{listof}{chapterentry}% +\IndexOption{listof~=\textKValue{chapterentry}} dar. Dabei wird statt des +Abstandes der Inhaltsverzeichniseintrag für das Kapitel in das Verzeichnis der +Gleitumgebungen eingefügt. Es\textnote{Achtung!} wird darauf hingewiesen, dass +ein solcher Eintrag auch dann erfolgt, wenn das Kapitel keine Gleitumgebung +enthält. Eine Lösung, bei der nur Kapitel mit Gleitumgebungen im jeweiligen +Verzeichnis angezeigt werden, finden Sie unter \cite{https://komascript.de/comment/5070}. Eine noch direktere Beeinflussung, was in den Verzeichnissen der Gleitumgebungen bei neuen Kapiteln geschehen soll, ist mit der Option \DescRef{\LabelBase.option.chapteratlists} zu erreichen, die in \autoref{sec:\LabelBase.structure} auf \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.option.chapteratlists} erläutert wird. -Einen Überblick über alle möglichen Werte für die \PName{Einstellung} von +Ein Überblick über alle möglichen Werte für die \PName{Einstellung} von \Option{listof} ist in \autoref{tab:maincls.listof} zu finden. \begin{desclist} @@ -4578,7 +4698,7 @@ mit den Werten \PValue{graduated} und \PValue{flat} beeinflusst werden (siehe \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.option.listof}). Darüber hinaus wirken sich indirekt die Werte \PValue{listof} und \PValue{listofnumbered} für die Option \DescRef{\LabelBase.option.toc}\important{\DescRef{\LabelBase.option.toc}} -(siehe \autoref{sec:\LabelBase.toc}, \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.option.toc}), +(siehe \autoref{sec:\LabelBase.toc}, \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.option.toc}) sowie die Werte \PValue{totoc} und \PValue{numbered} der oben erläuterten Option \DescRef{\LabelBase.option.listof} auf die Verzeichnisse aus. @@ -4710,10 +4830,10 @@ allenfalls einen nicht nummerierten Eintrag im Inhaltsverzeichnis, was mit der Einstellung \OptionValue{bibliography}{totoc}\IndexOption{bibliography~=\textKValue{totoc}} erreicht wird. Die Voreinstellung, bei der das Literaturverzeichnis als nicht -nummeriertes Kapitel ohne eigenen Inhaltsverzeichniseintrag gesetzt wird, -entspricht \OptionValue{bibliography}{nottotoc}% -\important{\OptionValue{bibliography}{nottotoc}}% -\IndexOption{bibliography~=\textKValue{nottotoc}}. Siehe hierzu auch Option +nummeriertes Kapitel\important{\OptionValue{bibliography}{nottotoc}}% +\IndexOption{bibliography~=\textKValue{nottotoc}} ohne eigenen +Inhaltsverzeichniseintrag gesetzt wird, entspricht +\OptionValue{bibliography}{nottotoc}. Siehe hierzu auch Option \DescRef{\LabelBase.option.toc} in \autoref{sec:\LabelBase.toc}, insbesondere die Werte \PValue{bibliographynumbered}, \PValue{bibliography} und \PValue{nobibliography} ab \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.option.toc.bibliography}. @@ -4724,10 +4844,10 @@ Literaturverzeichnis versehen, sondern jedes Kapitel eines mit \Class{scrbook} oder \Class{scrreprt} gesetzten Dokuments erhält sein eigenes Literaturverzeichnis. In diesem Fall ist es sinnvoll, wenn\important{\OptionValue{bibliography}{leveldown}} das Literaturverzeichnis -selbst nicht auf Kapitel, sondern etwas tiefer auf Abschnittsebene angesiedelt -wird. Dies ist mit Option \OptionValue{bibliography}{leveldown}% -\IndexOption{bibliography~=\textKValue{leveldown}} zu erreichen. Diese kann -beispielsweise auch verwendet werden, wenn das Literaturverzeichnis zusammen +selbst nicht auf Kapitelebene, sondern etwas tiefer auf Abschnittsebene +angesiedelt wird. Dies ist mit Option \OptionValue{bibliography}{leveldown}% +\IndexOption{bibliography~=\textKValue{leveldown}} zu erreichen. Die +Einstellung kann auch verwendet werden, wenn das Literaturverzeichnis zusammen mit anderen Verzeichnissen unter einer gemeinsamen Überschrift erscheinen soll. Daher ist diese Option auch in \Class{scrartcl} verfügbar. @@ -4747,31 +4867,31 @@ weitere Werte definiert werden können. \Class{scrartcl}}% Das Literaturverzeichnis wird um eine Gliederungsebene nach unten verschoben.% - \IndexOption{bibliography~=\textKValue{leveldown}}}% + \IndexOption{bibliography~=\textKValue{leveldown}}}\\[-1.7ex] \entry{\PValue{notoc}, \PValue{nottotoc}, \PValue{plainheading}}{% Das Literaturverzeichnis erhält keinen Eintrag im Inhaltsverzeichnis und wird auch nicht nummeriert.% - \IndexOption{bibliography~=\textKValue{nottotoc}}}% + \IndexOption{bibliography~=\textKValue{nottotoc}}}\\[-1.7ex] \entry{\PValue{numbered}, \PValue{tocnumbered}, \PValue{totocnumbered}, \PValue{numberedtoc}, \PValue{numberedtotoc}}{% Das Literaturverzeichnis erhält einen Eintrag im Inhaltsverzeichnis und wird nummeriert.% - \IndexOption{bibliography~=\textKValue{numbered}}}% + \IndexOption{bibliography~=\textKValue{numbered}}}\\[-1.7ex] \pventry{oldstyle}{% Es wird die klassische, kompakte Formatierung gewählt, bei der \DescRef{maincls-experts.cmd.newblock}\IndexCmd{newblock} nur einen dehnbaren horizontalen Abstand darstellt.% - \IndexOption{bibliography~=\textKValue{oldstyle}}}% + \IndexOption{bibliography~=\textKValue{oldstyle}}}\\[-1.7ex] \pventry{openstyle}{% Es wird eine untergliederte, offene Formatierung gewählt, bei der \DescRef{maincls-experts.cmd.newblock}\IndexCmd{newblock} einen Absatz darstellt.% - \IndexOption{bibliography~=\textKValue{openstyle}}}% + \IndexOption{bibliography~=\textKValue{openstyle}}}\\[-1.7ex] \pventry{standardlevel}{% \ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and \Class{scrartcl}}% Das Literaturverzeichnis liegt auf der üblichen Gliederungsebene.% - \IndexOption{bibliography~=\textKValue{standardlevel}}}% + \IndexOption{bibliography~=\textKValue{standardlevel}}}\\[-1.7ex] \entry{\PValue{toc}, \PValue{totoc}, \PValue{notnumbered}}{% Das Literaturverzeichnis erhält einen Eintrag im Inhaltsverzeichnis, ohne dass es nummeriert wird.% @@ -4808,12 +4928,11 @@ funktioniert (siehe \cite{package:natbib}). sortiert. Bei mehreren Autoren wird nach dem ersten Autor sortiert.\par\bigskip} \end{lstcode} - Die Anweisung \Macro{bigskip}\IndexCmd{bigskip} sorgt dafür, dass - zwischen der Präambel und der ersten Literaturangabe ein großer - Zwischenraum gesetzt wird.% + Mit \Macro{bigskip} wird der Abstand nach der Präambel sichergestellt.% \end{Example} % \EndIndexGroup +\ExampleEndFix \begin{Declaration} @@ -4905,8 +5024,9 @@ Option \OptionValue{index}{numbered}. Siehe hierzu auch Option Werden beispielsweise mit Hilfe von \Package{splitidx}\IndexPackage{splitidx} (siehe \cite{package:splitindex}) mehrere Stichwortverzeichnisse erstellt, so -kann es sinnvoll sein, diese unter einer gemeinsamen Überschrift zusammen zu -fassen. Um dies zu ermöglichen, kann mit \OptionValue{index}{leveldown}% +kann es sinnvoll sein, diese unter einer gemeinsamen Überschrift +zusammenzufassen. Um dies zu ermöglichen, kann mit +\OptionValue{index}{leveldown}% \ChangedAt{v3.18}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and \Class{scrartcl}}\important{\OptionValue{index}{leveldown}} das Verzeichnis eine Gliederungsebene tiefer als üblich angesiedelt werden. Bei @@ -4931,26 +5051,26 @@ Eine Zusammenfassung der möglichen Werte für die \PName{Einstellung} von \Class{scrartcl}}% Der Index wird um eine Gliederungsebene nach unten verschoben.% \IndexOption{index~=\textKValue{leveldown}}% - }% + }\\[-1.7ex] \entry{\PValue{notoc}, \PValue{nottotoc}, \PValue{plainheading}}{% Das Stichwortverzeichnis erhält keinen Eintrag im Inhaltsverzeichnis.% - \IndexOption{index~=\textKValue{nottotoc}}}% + \IndexOption{index~=\textKValue{nottotoc}}}\\[-1.7ex] \entry{\PValue{numbered}, \PValue{tocnumbered}, \PValue{totocnumbered}, \PValue{numberedtoc}, \PValue{numberedtotoc}}{% \ChangedAt{v3.18}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and \Class{scrartcl}}% Das Stichwortverzeichnis erhält einen Eintrag im Inhaltsverzeichnis und wird nummeriert.% - \IndexOption{index~=\textKValue{numbered}}}% + \IndexOption{index~=\textKValue{numbered}}}\\[-1.7ex] \pventry{standardlevel}{% \ChangedAt{v3.18}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and \Class{scrartcl}}% Der Index liegt auf der üblichen Gliederungsebene.% \IndexOption{index~=\textKValue{standardlevel}}% - }% + }\\[-1.7ex] \entry{\PValue{toc}, \PValue{totoc}, \PValue{notnumbered}}{% Das Stichwortverzeichnis erhält einen Eintrag im Inhaltsverzeichnis, - ohne dass er nummeriert wird.% + ohne dass es nummeriert wird.% \IndexOption{index~=\textKValue{totoc}}}% \end{desctabular} \end{table} @@ -4980,12 +5100,18 @@ Hervorhebung der Seitenzahlen markiert werden. Verwendung des jeweiligen Begriffs wieder.\par \bigskip} \end{lstcode} +\iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur + Die Anweisung \Macro{bigskip}\IndexCmd{bigskip} sorgt dafür, dass + zwischen der Präambel und den Indexeinträgen ein großer + Zwischenraum gesetzt wird.% +\fi% \end{Example} Bitte\textnote{Achtung!} beachten Sie, dass für die erste Seite des Index der Seitenstil umgeschaltet wird. Welcher Seitenstil hierbei Verwendung findet, -ist im Makro \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.indexpagestyle} abgelegt (siehe -\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.pagestyle}, +ist im Makro \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.indexpagestyle}% +\important{\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.indexpagestyle}}\IndexCmd{indexpagestyle} +abgelegt (siehe \autoref{sec:\LabelBase.pagestyle}, \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.cmd.indexpagestyle}). Für die Erstellung, Sortierung und Ausgabe des Stichwortverzeichnisses diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/scrdatetime.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/scrdatetime.tex index ab623a7286..3143fad658 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/scrdatetime.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/scrdatetime.tex @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ % ====================================================================== \KOMAProvidesFile{scrdatetime.tex} - [$Date: 2019-10-10 10:04:30 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + [$Date: 2019-11-15 08:07:56 +0100 (Fri, 15 Nov 2019) $ KOMA-Script guide (chapter: scrdate, scrtime)] \chapter{Der Wochentag mit \Package{scrdate}} @@ -54,9 +54,14 @@ \BeginIndexGroup \BeginIndex{Package}{scrdate} +\iffalse% Varianten Ursprünglich sollte das Paket \Package{scrdate} lediglich den Wochentag zum aktuellen Datum liefern. Inzwischen bietet es dies und etwas mehr für jedes -beliebige Datum im Gregorianischen Kalender. +beliebige Datum im Gregorianischen Kalender.% +\else% +Vor \the\numexpr\year-1995\relax{} Jahren nur für die Ausgabe des aktuellen +Wochentags entwickelt, bietet \Package{scrdate} inzwischen einiges mehr. +\fi \begin{Declaration} \Macro{CenturyPart}\Parameter{Jahr} @@ -69,8 +74,8 @@ Einer und Zehner. Dabei darf die Jahreszahl beliebig viele Stellen aufweisen. Der Wert kann direkt zur Zuweisung an einen Zähler oder für Berechnungen mit Hilfe von \Macro{numexpr}\IndexCmd{numexpr} verwendet werden. Für die Ausgabe\textnote{Achtung!} als arabische Zahl ist \Macro{the}\IndexCmd{the} -voran zu stellen. - +voranzustellen. +% \begin{Example} Sie wollen berechnen, in welchem Jahrhundert das aktuelle Jahr liegt und dies ausgeben. @@ -81,18 +86,15 @@ voran zu stellen. Jahrhunderts. \end{lstcode} Als Ergebnis erhalten Sie: - \begin{quote} + \begin{ShowOutput} Das Jahr \the\year\ ist das Jahr \the\DecadePart{\year} des \the\numexpr \CenturyPart{\year}+1\relax. Jahrhunderts. - \end{quote} + \end{ShowOutput} + Durch die Korrektur der Ordnungszahl mit \Macro{numexpr} wäre 2000 + übrigens das Jahr 0 des 21.~Jahrhunderts. \end{Example}% - -Bitte\textnote{Achtung!} beachten Sie, dass hier die Zählweise verwendet -wird, bei der das Jahr 2000 das Jahr~0 -- also das erste Jahr -- des -21.~Jahrhunderts ist. Bei Bedarf kann aber, wie im Beispiel für die -Ordnungszahl gezeigt, mit \Macro{numexpr} eine Korrektur herbeigeführt -werden.% -\EndIndexGroup +\EndIndexGroup% +\ExampleEndFix \begin{Declaration} @@ -103,7 +105,7 @@ Diese\ChangedAt{v3.05a}{\Package{scrdate}} beiden Anweisungen geben den Wert der Nummer des Wochentags\Index{Wochentag} zu einem Datum zurück. Sie unterscheiden sich nur in der Art der Angabe des Datums. Während bei \Macro{DayNumber} Jahr, Monat und Tag des gewünschten Datums eigene Parameter -sind, wird bei \Macro{ISODayNumber} das Datum in ISO-Schreibweise, +sind, wird bei \Macro{ISODayNumber} das Datum in ISO-Schreibweise \PName{Jahr}\texttt{-}\PName{Monat}\texttt{-}\PName{Tag} angegeben. Dabei spielt es keine Rolle, ob Monat und Tag ein- oder zweistellig angegeben werden. Der Wert kann direkt zur Zuweisung an einen Zähler oder für @@ -118,10 +120,10 @@ werden. Für die Ausgabe\textnote{Achtung!} als arabische Zahl ist \the\ISODayNumber{2027-5-1}. \end{lstcode} Als Ergebnis erhalten Sie: - \begin{quote} + \begin{ShowOutput} Der 1.~Mai~2027 hat die Wochentagsnummer \the\ISODayNumber{2027-5-1}. - \end{quote} + \end{ShowOutput} \end{Example} Als Besonderheit ist es sogar möglich, von einem vorgegebenen Datum eine @@ -137,13 +139,13 @@ gewünschte Anzahl an Tagen in die Zukunft oder Vergangenheit zu gehen. gewesen sein. \end{lstcode} Als Ergebnis erhalten Sie beispielsweise: - \begin{quote} + \begin{ShowOutput} In 12~Tagen haben wir die Wochentagsnummer \the\DayNumber{\year}{\month}{\day+12} und 24~Tage vor dem 24.~Dezember~2027 wird es die Nummer \the\ISODayNumber{2027-12-24-24} gewesen sein. - \end{quote} + \end{ShowOutput} \end{Example} Die Wochentage werden dabei wie folgt nummeriert: Sonntag\,=\,0, Montag\,=\,1, @@ -174,18 +176,18 @@ einem bestimmten Datum. den 24.\,12.~2027, die Summe von \dots \end{lstcode} Als Ergebnis erhalten Sie: - \begin{quote} + \begin{ShowOutput} Bitte zahlen Sie bis zum \ISODayName{2027-12-24}, den 24.\,12.~2027, die Summe von \dots - \end{quote} + \end{ShowOutput} \end{Example} Als Besonderheit ist es auch hier möglich, in gewissem Umfang Berechnungen anzustellen: \begin{Example} Sie wollen den Wochentag wissen, den wir in 12~Tagen haben und - den wir 24~Tage vor dem 24.~Dezember~2027 hatten. + den wir 24~Tage vor dem 24.~Dezember~2027 gehabt haben werden. \begin{lstcode} In 12~Tagen haben wir einen \DayName{\year}{\month}{\day+12} und @@ -195,7 +197,7 @@ anzustellen: \DayNameByNumber{3+2*7+3} folgt. \end{lstcode} Als Ergebnis erhalten Sie beispielsweise: - \begin{quote} + \begin{ShowOutput} In 12~Tagen haben wir einen \DayName{\year}{\month}{\day+12} und 24~Tage vor dem 24.~Dezember~2027 ist ein @@ -203,10 +205,11 @@ anzustellen: zwei Wochen und drei Tage nach einem Mittwoch ein \DayNameByNumber{3+2*7+3} folgt. - \end{quote} + \end{ShowOutput} \end{Example}% % \EndIndexGroup +\ExampleEndFix \begin{Declaration} @@ -225,8 +228,8 @@ zweistellig ausgibt, während \Macro{IsoToday} Monat und Tag bei Werten kleiner 10 einstellig ausgibt. Die Anweisung \Macro{todaysname} bietet direkt den aktuellen Wochentag, während \Macro{todaysnumber} den Wert des aktuellen Wochentags liefert. Näheres zur Verwendung dieses Wertes ist den obigen -Erklärungen zu den Anweisungen \DescRef{scrdate.cmd.DayNumber} und \DescRef{scrdate.cmd.ISODayNumber} zu -entnehmen. +Erklärungen zu den Anweisungen \DescRef{scrdate.cmd.DayNumber} und +\DescRef{scrdate.cmd.ISODayNumber} zu entnehmen. \begin{Example} Ich will Ihnen zeigen, an was für einem Wochentag dieses Dokument gesetzt @@ -235,9 +238,9 @@ entnehmen. Dieses Dokument entstand an einem \todaysname. \end{lstcode} Das Ergebnis lautet: - \begin{quote} + \begin{ShowOutput} Dieses Dokument entstand an einem \todaysname. - \end{quote} + \end{ShowOutput} \end{Example} \begin{Explain} @@ -245,7 +248,6 @@ entnehmen. weil das in der entsprechenden Sprache innerhalb des Satzes so üblich ist, können Sie das erreichen, obwohl die Namen der Wochentage in \Package{scrdate} alle groß geschrieben sind. Greifen Sie mit - % Umbruchkorrektur: listings \begin{lstcode} \MakeLowercase{\todaysname} \end{lstcode} @@ -253,7 +255,8 @@ entnehmen. \Macro{MakeLowercase}\IndexCmd{MakeLowercase}% \important{\Macro{MakeLowercase}} zurück. Diese wandelt ihr Argument komplett in Kleinbuchstaben. Natürlich funktioniert dieser Tipp auch für - obige Anweisungen \DescRef{scrdate.cmd.DayNameByNumber}\IndexCmd{DayNameByNumber}, + obige Anweisungen + \DescRef{scrdate.cmd.DayNameByNumber}\IndexCmd{DayNameByNumber}, \DescRef{scrdate.cmd.DayName}\IndexCmd{DayName} und \DescRef{scrdate.cmd.ISODayName}\IndexCmd{ISODayName}.% \end{Explain}% @@ -275,13 +278,13 @@ von \DescRef{scrdate.cmd.todaysname} auf den Wert \PName{Name}. \end{lstcode} und erhalten so mit dem Satz aus dem vorherigen Beispiel zu \DescRef{scrdate.cmd.todaysname}: - \begin{quote}\nameday{Werktag} + \begin{ShowOutput}\nameday{Werktag} Dieses Dokument entstand an einem {\todaysname}. - \end{quote} + \end{ShowOutput} \end{Example} Für \DescRef{scrdate.cmd.ISOToday}\IndexCmd{ISOToday} und -\DescRef{scrdate.cmd.IsoToday}\IndexCmd{IsoToday} existieren keine entsprechenden -Anweisungen.% +\DescRef{scrdate.cmd.IsoToday}\IndexCmd{IsoToday} existieren keine +entsprechenden Anweisungen.% \EndIndexGroup @@ -346,10 +349,13 @@ werden.% \BeginIndex{Package}{scrtime} Mit Hilfe dieses Pakets kann die Frage nach der aktuellen Zeit beantwortet -werden. Seit Version~3.05 unterstützt das Paket auch die von den +werden.% +\iffalse % Umbruchkorektur +\ Seit Version~3.05 unterstützt das Paket auch die von den \KOMAScript-Klassen und diversen anderen \KOMAScript-Paketen bekannten Möglichkeiten zur Angabe von Optionen. Siehe dazu beispielsweise -\autoref{sec:typearea.options}. +\autoref{sec:typearea.options}.% +\fi \begin{Declaration}% \Macro{thistime}\OParameter{Trennung} @@ -371,43 +377,45 @@ erweitert wird. Ihr Zug geht um \thistime\ Uhr. \end{lstcode} liefert als Ergebnis beispielsweise eine Zeile wie - \begin{quote} + \begin{ShowOutput} Ihr Zug geht um \thistime\ Uhr. - \end{quote} + \end{ShowOutput} oder - \begin{quote} + \begin{ShowOutput} Ihr Zug geht um 23:09 Uhr. - \end{quote} - \bigskip + \end{ShowOutput} Demgegenüber liefert die Zeile \begin{lstcode} Beim nächsten Ton ist es \thistime*[\ Uhr,\ ] Minuten und 42 Sekunden. \end{lstcode} als mögliches Ergebnis etwas wie - \begin{quote} + \begin{ShowOutput} Beim nächsten Ton ist es 8\ Uhr,\ 41 Minuten und 42 Sekunden. - \end{quote} + \end{ShowOutput} oder - \begin{quote} + \begin{ShowOutput} Beim nächsten Ton ist es 23\ Uhr,\ 9 Minuten und 42 Sekunden. - \end{quote} + \end{ShowOutput} \end{Example} \EndIndexGroup +\ExampleEndFix \begin{Declaration}% \Macro{settime}\Parameter{Wert} \end{Declaration}% -\DescRef{scrtime.cmd.settime} setzt die Ausgabe von \DescRef{scrtime.cmd.thistime} und -\DescRef{scrtime.cmd.thistime*} auf einen festen \PName{Wert}% +\DescRef{scrtime.cmd.settime} setzt die Ausgabe von +\DescRef{scrtime.cmd.thistime} und \DescRef{scrtime.cmd.thistime*} auf einen +festen \PName{Wert}% %\footnote{Allerdings darf man nicht erwarten, dass nun die Zeit % stillsteht!} . % -Anschließend wird das optionale Argument von \DescRef{scrtime.cmd.thistime} bzw. -\DescRef{scrtime.cmd.thistime*} ignoriert, da ja die komplette Zeichenkette, die -\DescRef{scrtime.cmd.thistime} bzw. \DescRef{scrtime.cmd.thistime*} nun liefert, hiermit explizit -festgelegt wurde.% +Anschließend wird das optionale Argument von \DescRef{scrtime.cmd.thistime} +bzw. \DescRef{scrtime.cmd.thistime*} ignoriert, da ja die komplette +Zeichenkette, die \DescRef{scrtime.cmd.thistime} +bzw. \DescRef{scrtime.cmd.thistime*} nun liefert, hiermit explizit festgelegt +wurde.% \EndIndexGroup @@ -416,20 +424,21 @@ festgelegt wurde.% \end{Declaration}% \BeginIndex{Option}{24h}% Mit der Option \Option{12h}\ChangedAt{v3.05a}{\Package{scrtime}} kann gewählt -werden, ob die Zeit bei \DescRef{scrtime.cmd.thistime} und \DescRef{scrtime.cmd.thistime*} im 12-Stunden- -oder 24-Stunden-Format ausgegeben werden soll. Als \PName{Ein-Aus-Wert} kann -dabei einer der Standardwerte für einfache Schalter aus -\autoref{tab:truefalseswitch}, \autopageref{tab:truefalseswitch} verwendet -werden. Wird die Option ohne Wert-Angabe verwendet, so wird der Wert -\PValue{true} angenommen, also auf das 12-Stunden-Format geschaltet. -Voreingestellt\textnote{Voreinstellung} ist hingegen das 24-Stunden-Format.% +werden, ob die Zeit bei \DescRef{scrtime.cmd.thistime} und +\DescRef{scrtime.cmd.thistime*} im 12-Stunden- oder 24-Stunden-Format +ausgegeben werden soll. Als \PName{Ein-Aus-Wert} kann dabei einer der +Standardwerte für einfache Schalter aus \autoref{tab:truefalseswitch}, +\autopageref{tab:truefalseswitch} verwendet werden. Wird die Option ohne +Wert-Angabe verwendet, so wird der Wert \PValue{true} angenommen, also auf das +12-Stunden-Format geschaltet. Voreingestellt\textnote{Voreinstellung} ist +hingegen das 24-Stunden-Format.% %\footnote{Leider beherrscht das \Package{scrtime}-Paket noch nicht die % Sternzeit nach \textsc{StarTrek}\Index{StarTrek}, ein echter % Mangel!} -Die Option kann wahlweise als Klassenoption bei +Die Option kann wahlweise global per \DescRef{typearea.cmd.documentclass}, als Paketoption bei -\DescRef{typearea.cmd.usepackage} oder auch nach dem Laden von +\DescRef{typearea.cmd.usepackage} oder nach dem Laden von \Package{scrtime} per \DescRef{typearea.cmd.KOMAoptions} oder \DescRef{typearea.cmd.KOMAoption} (siehe beispielsweise \autoref{sec:typearea.options}, \DescPageRef{typearea.cmd.KOMAoptions}) diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/scrextend.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/scrextend.tex index ae00fd978d..ac4b8a298f 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/scrextend.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/scrextend.tex @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ % ====================================================================== \KOMAProvidesFile{scrextend.tex} - [$Date: 2019-10-10 10:04:30 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + [$Date: 2019-11-18 10:57:08 +0100 (Mon, 18 Nov 2019) $ KOMA-Script package scrextend] \chapter[tocentry={Grundlegende Fähigkeiten der @@ -64,54 +64,67 @@ sind. Dies betrifft in der Regel nicht nur die Klassen \Class{scrbook}, \Class{scrreprt} und \Class{scrartcl}, die als Ersatz für die Standardklassen \Class{book}, \Class{report} und \Class{article} für Bücher, Berichte und Artikel gedacht sind, sondern in weiten Teilen auch die \KOMAScript-Klasse -\Class{scrlttr2}, die als Nachfolger von \Class{scrlettr} für Briefe gedacht -ist. Diese grundlegenden Möglichkeiten, die in den genannten Klassen zu finden -sind, werden von \KOMAScript{} ab Version~3.00 auch vom Paket -\Package{scrextend} bereitgestellt. Dieses Paket sollte -nicht\textnote{Achtung!} mit \KOMAScript-Klassen verwendet werden. Es ist -ausschließlich zur Verwendung mit anderen Klassen gedacht. Der Versuch, das -Paket mit einer \KOMAScript-Klasse zu laden, wird von \Package{scrextend} -erkannt und mit einer Warnung abgelehnt. - -Dass \hyperref[cha:scrlttr2]{\Package{scrletter}}\IndexPackage{scrletter} -nicht nur mit \KOMAScript-Klassen, sondern auch mit den Standardklassen -verwendet werden kann, liegt übrigens teilweise an \Package{scrextend}. Stellt +\Class{scrlttr2} für Briefe. Diese grundlegenden Möglichkeiten werden von +\KOMAScript{} teilweise auch durch Paket \Package{scrextend} +angeboten. Dieses Paket sollte nicht\textnote{Achtung!} mit +\KOMAScript-Klassen verwendet werden. Es ist ausschließlich zur Verwendung mit +anderen Klassen gedacht. Der Versuch, das Paket mit einer \KOMAScript-Klasse +zu laden, wird von \Package{scrextend} erkannt und mit einer Warnung +abgebrochen. + +Dass \hyperref[cha:scrlttr2]{\Package{scrletter}}\IndexPackage{scrletter}% +\important{\hyperref[cha:scrlttr2]{\Package{scrletter}}} nicht nur mit +\KOMAScript-Klassen, sondern auch mit den Standardklassen verwendet werden +kann, liegt übrigens teilweise an \Package{scrextend}. Stellt \hyperref[cha:scrlttr2]{\Package{scrletter}} nämlich fest, dass es nicht mit einer \KOMAScript-Klasse verwendet wird, so lädt es automatisch -\Package{scrextend}. Damit stehen dann alle unbedingt benötigten Möglichkeiten -der \KOMAScript-Klassen zur Verfügung. +\Package{scrextend}. Damit stehen dann alle von +\hyperref[cha:scrlttr2]{\Package{scrletter}} aktiv genutzten Möglichkeiten der +\KOMAScript-Klassen zur Verfügung. Es gibt natürlich keine Garantie, dass \Package{scrextend} mit jeder -beliebigen Klasse zusammenarbeitet. Es ist primär für die Erweiterung der -Standardklassen und davon abgeleiteten Klassen gedacht. In jedem Fall sollten -Benutzer zunächst prüfen, ob die verwendete Klasse nicht selbst entsprechende -Möglichkeiten bereitstellt. +beliebigen Klasse zusammenarbeitet. Das Paket ist primär für die Erweiterung +der Standardklassen und davon abgeleiteter Klassen gedacht. In jedem Fall +sollten Benutzer zunächst prüfen, ob die verwendete Klasse nicht selbst +entsprechende Möglichkeiten bereitstellt. +\iffalse% Umruchkorrektur Neben den in diesem Kapitel beschriebenen Möglichkeiten gibt es einige -weitere, die jedoch hauptsächlich für Klassen- und Paketautoren gedacht -sind. Diese sind in \autoref{cha:scrbase}, ab \autopageref{cha:scrbase} zu +weitere, die hauptsächlich für Klassen- und Paketautoren gedacht sind. % +Diese sind in \autoref{cha:scrbase}, ab \autopageref{cha:scrbase} zu finden. Das dort dokumentierte Paket \hyperref[cha:scrbase]{\Package{scrbase}}% \important{\hyperref[cha:scrbase]{\Package{scrbase}}}\IndexPackage{scrbase} wird von allen \KOMAScript-Klassen und dem Paket \Package{scrextend} -verwendet. +verwendet.% +\else% +Einige grundlegende Möglichkeiten, die hauptsächlich für Klassen- und +Paketautoren interessant sind, werden bei \KOMAScript{} von +\hyperref[cha:scrbase]{\Package{scrbase}}% +\important{\hyperref[cha:scrbase]{\Package{scrbase}}}\IndexPackage{scrbase} +bereitgestellt. Das Paket wird von allen \KOMAScript-Klassen und den meisten +\KOMAScript-Paketen geladen. Dadurch sind dessen in \autoref{cha:scrbase}, ab +\autopageref{cha:scrbase} dokumentierte Möglichkeiten bei Verwendung von +\Package{scrextend} ebenfalls verfügbar.% +\fi Auch das Paket \hyperref[cha:scrlfile]{\Package{scrlfile}}% \important{\hyperref[cha:scrlfile]{\Package{scrlfile}}}\IndexPackage{scrlfile} aus \autoref{cha:scrlfile} ab \autopageref{cha:scrlfile} wird von allen -\KOMAScript-Klassen und dem Paket \Package{scrextend} geladen. Daher stehen +\KOMAScript-Klassen und dem Paket \Package{scrextend} geladen. Somit stehen auch dessen Möglichkeiten bei Verwendung von \Package{scrextend} zur Verfügung. \iftrue % Umbruchkorrekturtext Im Unterschied dazu wird das ebenfalls für Klassen- und Paketautoren gedachte -Paket \hyperref[cha:tocbasic]{\Package{tocbasic}} (siehe +Paket \hyperref[cha:tocbasic]{\Package{tocbasic}}% +\important{\hyperref[cha:tocbasic]{\Package{tocbasic}}} (siehe \autoref{cha:tocbasic} ab \autopageref{cha:tocbasic}) nur von den Klassen \Class{scrbook}, \Class{scrreprt} und \Class{scrartcl} geladen, so dass die dort definierten Möglichkeiten auch nur in diesen Klassen und nicht in -\Package{scrextend} zu finden sind. Natürlich kann -\hyperref[cha:tocbasic]{\Package{tocbasic}} aber auch zusammen mit -\Package{scrextend} verwendet werden.% +\Package{scrextend} zu finden sind. Natürlich spricht nichts dagegen, +\hyperref[cha:tocbasic]{\Package{tocbasic}} zusätzlich zu +\Package{scrextend} zu laden.% \fi \LoadCommonFile{options}% \section{Frühe oder späte Optionenwahl bei \KOMAScript} @@ -182,10 +195,12 @@ optionales Argument von \section{Wahl eines vordefinierten Seitenstils} \seclabel{pagestyle} +\iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur Eine der allgemeinen Eigenschaften eines Dokuments ist der Seitenstil\Index[indexmain]{Seiten>Stil}. Bei {\LaTeX} versteht man unter dem -Seitenstil in erster Linie den Inhalt der Kopf- und Fußzeilen. Das Paket -\Package{scrextend} definiert selbst keine Seitenstile, nutzt aber +Seitenstil in erster Linie den Inhalt der Kopf- und Fußzeilen. % +\fi% +Das Paket \Package{scrextend} definiert selbst keine Seitenstile, nutzt aber Seitenstile des \LaTeX-Kerns. diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/scrhack.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/scrhack.tex index 38f281f3b6..2164484b87 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/scrhack.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/scrhack.tex @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ % ============================================================================ \KOMAProvidesFile{scrhack.tex} - [$Date: 2019-10-09 15:19:04 +0200 (Wed, 09 Oct 2019) $ + [$Date: 2019-11-26 11:13:57 +0100 (Tue, 26 Nov 2019) $ KOMA-Script guide (chapter: scrhack)] \chapter{Fremdpakete verbessern mit \Package{scrhack}} @@ -116,11 +116,14 @@ dieser Schnittstelle von \KOMAScript{} gewarnt. Gleichzeitig wurde in \Package{tocbasic}\IndexPackage{tocbasic}\important{\Package{tocbasic}} (siehe \autoref{cha:tocbasic}) als zentrale Schnittstelle für die Verwaltung von Verzeichnissen entworfen und realisiert. Die Verwendung dieses Pakets bietet -weit mehr Vorteile und Möglichkeiten als die beiden alten Anweisungen. - -Obwohl der Aufwand zur Verwendung dieses Pakets sehr gering ist, haben bisher -die Autoren der Pakete, die auf die beiden alten Anweisungen gesetzt haben, -keine Anpassung vorgenommen. Daher enthält \Package{scrhack} selbst +\iffalse weit \fi % Umbruchkorrektur +mehr Vorteile und Möglichkeiten als die +\iffalse beiden \fi % Umbruchkorrektur +alten Anweisungen. + +Obwohl der Aufwand zur Verwendung dieses Pakets gering ist, haben bisher +die Autoren der Pakete, die auf die veralteten Anweisungen gesetzt haben, +keine Anpassung vorgenommen. Daher bietet \Package{scrhack} entsprechende Anpassungen für die Pakete \Package{float}\IndexPackage{float}\important{\Package{float}, \Package{floatrow}, \Package{listings}}, @@ -129,31 +132,33 @@ entsprechende Anpassungen für die Pakete \Package{scrhack} reagieren diese Pakete dann nicht nur auf die Einstellungen von Option \DescRef{maincls.option.listof}\IndexOption{listof~=\PName{Einstellung}}, -sondern beachten auch Sprachumschaltungen durch das -\Package{babel}-Paket\IndexPackage{babel}. Näheres zu den Möglichkeiten, die -durch die Umstellung der Pakete auf \Package{tocbasic} nun zur Verfügung +sondern beachten auch Sprachumschaltungen durch +\Package{babel}\IndexPackage{babel}. Näheres zu den Möglichkeiten, die +durch die Umstellung der Pakete auf \Package{tocbasic} zur Verfügung stehen, ist \autoref{sec:tocbasic.toc} zu entnehmen. Sollte diese Änderung für eines der Pakete nicht erwünscht sein oder zu Problemen führen, so kann sie selektiv mit den Einstellungen \OptionValue{float}{false}\IndexOption[indexmain]{float~=\textKValue{false}}, -\OptionValue{floatrow}{false}\IndexOption[indexmain]{floatrow~=\textKValue{false}} -und -\OptionValue{listings}{false}\IndexOption[indexmain]{listings~=\textKValue{false}} -abgeschaltet werden. Wichtig\textnote{Achtung!} dabei ist, dass eine Änderung -der Optionen nach dem Laden des zugehörigen Pakets keinen Einfluss mehr hat! +\OptionValue{floatrow}{false}% +\IndexOption[indexmain]{floatrow~=\textKValue{false}} und +\OptionValue{listings}{false}% +\IndexOption[indexmain]{listings~=\textKValue{false}} abgeschaltet +werden. Wichtig\textnote{Achtung!} dabei ist, dass eine Änderung der Optionen +nach dem Laden des zugehörigen Pakets keinen Einfluss mehr hat! \section{Falsche Erwartungen an \Macro{@ptsize}} \seclabel{ptsize} -Einige Pakete gehen grundsätzlich davon aus, dass das klasseninterne Makro -\Macro{@ptsize}\IndexCmd{@ptsize} sowohl definiert ist als auch zu einer -ganzen Zahl expandiert. Aus Kompatibilitätsgründen definiert \KOMAScript{} -\Macro{@ptsize} auch bei anderen Grundschriftgrößen als 10\Unit{pt}, -11\Unit{pt} oder 12\Unit{pt}. Da \KOMAScript{} außerdem auch gebrochene -Schriftgrößen erlaubt, kann dabei \Macro{@ptsize} natürlich auch zu einem -Dezimalbruch expandieren. +Einige Pakete gehen \iffalse grundsätzlich \fi % Umbruchkorrektur +davon aus, dass das klasseninterne Makro \Macro{@ptsize}\IndexCmd{@ptsize} +sowohl definiert ist als auch zu einer ganzen Zahl expandiert. Aus +Kompatibilitätsgründen definiert \KOMAScript{} \Macro{@ptsize} auch bei +anderen Grundschriftgrößen als 10\Unit{pt}, 11\Unit{pt} oder 12\Unit{pt}. Da +\KOMAScript{} außerdem auch gebrochene Schriftgrößen erlaubt, kann +\iffalse dabei \fi % Umbruchkorrektur +\Macro{@ptsize} natürlich auch zu einem Dezimalbruch expandieren. Eines\ChangedAt{v3.17}{\Package{scrhack}} der Pakete, die damit nicht zurecht kommen, ist das Paket \Package{setspace}\IndexPackage[indexmain]{setspace}% @@ -203,7 +208,7 @@ nicht deren Kopf und Fuß quer zu setzen. Innerhalb dieser Umgebung wird den vorherigen Wert von \Length{textheight} gesetzt. Das ist inkonsistent. Meines Wissens wird \Length{textwidth} nicht entsprechend geändert, weil andere Pakete oder Anwenderanweisungen gestört werden -könnten. Jedoch hat auch die Änderung von \Length{textwidth} dieses Potential +könnten. Jedoch hat auch die Änderung von \Length{textheight} dieses Potential und in der Tat beschädigt sie die Funktion beispielsweise der Pakete \Package{showframe}\IndexPackage{showframe} und \Package{scrlayer}\IndexPackage{scrlayer}. Daher wäre es am besten, wenn @@ -251,7 +256,7 @@ diverse Attribute für die Endung \File{nls} über \important{\DescRef{tocbasic.cmd.setuptoc}} gesetzt werden. So ist es beispielsweise möglich, mit \DescRef{tocbasic.cmd.setuptoc}\PParameter{nls}\PParameter{numbered} die -Nomenklatur nicht nur ins Inhaltsverzeichnis einzutragen sondern auch gleich +Nomenklatur nicht nur ins Inhaltsverzeichnis einzutragen, sondern auch gleich zu nummerieren. Näheres zu \DescRef{tocbasic.cmd.setuptoc} und den damit möglichen Einstellungen ist in \autoref{sec:tocbasic.toc}, ab \DescPageRef{tocbasic.cmd.setuptoc} zu finden. Als kleiner aber wichtiger @@ -268,7 +273,7 @@ deaktiviert werden. Entscheidend\textnote{Achtung!} ist dabei die Einstellung der Option zum Zeitpunkt, zu dem \Package{nomencl} geladen wird! Spätere Änderungen der Option mit \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.KOMAoption} oder \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.KOMAoptions} haben also keinen Einfluss und führen zu -einer entsprechenen Warnung.% +einer entsprechenden Warnung.% \section{Sonderfall Überschriften} diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/scrjura.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/scrjura.tex index d9727ff1f5..eeb86ad1e6 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/scrjura.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/scrjura.tex @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ % ====================================================================== \KOMAProvidesFile{scrjura.tex}% - [$Date: 2019-10-09 15:19:04 +0200 (Wed, 09 Oct 2019) $ + [$Date: 2019-12-03 09:41:21 +0100 (Tue, 03 Dec 2019) $ KOMA-Script guide (chapter: scrjura)] \chapter{Unterstützung für die Anwaltspraxis durch \Package{scrjura}} @@ -70,19 +70,26 @@ Das Paket ist in Zusammenarbeit mit Rechtsanwalt Dr.\,Alexander Willand, Karlsruhe, entstanden. Viele der Möglichkeiten gehen außerdem auf konstruktive Nachfragen von Prof.\,Heiner Richter von der Hochschule Stalsund zurück. -Es ist zu beachten\textnote{Achtung!}, dass das Paket mit -\Package{hyperref}\IndexPackage{hyperref} zusammenarbeitet. Es ist dabei -jedoch wichtig, dass \Package{hyperref} wie üblich nach \Package{scrjura} -geladen wird! +\iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur +Es ist zu beachten, dass das Paket mit +\Package{hyperref}\IndexPackage{hyperref}\important{\Package{hyperref}} +zusammenarbeitet. % +\else% +Das Paket arbeitet auch mit +\Package{hyperref}\IndexPackage{hyperref}\important{\Package{hyperref}} +zusammen. % +\fi% +Es ist dabei jedoch wichtig, dass \Package{hyperref} wie üblich nach +\Package{scrjura} geladen wird! \LoadCommonFile{options}% \section{Frühe oder späte Optionenwahl} \LoadCommonFile{textmarkup}% \section{Textauszeichnungen} \section{Verzeichnisse} -\label{sec:scrjura.toc} +\seclabel{toc} -Die Überschriften juristischer Paragraphen können auf Wunsch auch automatisch +Die Überschriften juristischer Paragraphen können auf Wunsch automatisch ins Inhaltsverzeichnis eingetragen werden. Dazu\ChangedAt{v3.27}{\Package{scrjura}} definiert das Paket mit Hilfe von \DescRef{tocbasic.cmd.DeclareTOCStyleEntry} (siehe @@ -135,10 +142,11 @@ Inhaltsverzeichnis sowohl der Einzug als auch die Breite, die für Nummern reserviert wird, festgelegt werden. Voreingestellt\textnote{Voreinstellung} sind dieselben Werte wie für \DescRef{maincls.cmd.subsection}-Einträge\IndexCmd{subsection}% -\important{\DescRef{maincls.cmd.subsection}} bei \Class{scrartcl}. +\important{\DescRef{maincls.cmd.subsection}} bei \Class{scrartcl}, also +\OptionValue{juratocindent}{1.5em} und \OptionValue{juratocnumberwidth}{2em}. Intern\ChangedAt{v3.27}{\Package{scrjura}} führt die Verwendung der Optionen -zu erneuten Aufrufen von +zu einem erneuten Aufruf von \DescRef{tocbasic.cmd.DeclareTOCStyleEntry}\IndexCmd{DeclareTOCStyleEntry} mit dem \PName{Stil} \PValue{default} und \OptionVName{indent}{Einzug} beziehungsweise \OptionVName{numwidth}{Nummernbreite} in der @@ -147,7 +155,7 @@ beziehungsweise \OptionVName{numwidth}{Nummernbreite} in der \section{Umgebung für Verträge} -\label{sec:scrjura.contract} +\seclabel{contract} \BeginIndexGroup \BeginIndex{}{Vertraege=Verträge} @@ -170,26 +178,34 @@ dieser Umgebungen so behandelt, als stünden sie innerhalb einer einzigen Umgebung. Durch das Beenden der Umgebung wird diese also quasi unterbrochen und durch den Beginn einer neuen Umgebung wird sozusagen die alte Umgebung fortgesetzt. Dabei sind allerdings keine Unterbrechungen innerhalb -eines Paragraphen möglich.% +eines Paragraphen möglich. + +Sollten Sie stattdessen Umgebungen für voneinander unabhängigen Verträgen +innerhalb desselben Dokuments benötigen, so sei auf die Möglichkeit der +Definition weiterer Vertragsumgebungen mit +\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.DeclareNewJuraEnvironment} in +\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.newenv}, +\DescPageRef{\LabelBase.cmd.DeclareNewJuraEnvironment}) verwiesen.% \EndIndexGroup \begin{Declaration} \Option{contract} \end{Declaration} -Bei Angabe dieser Option beim Laden des Pakets beispielsweise mit +Durch Angabe dieser Option beim Laden des Pakets, beispielsweise mit \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.usepackage}% \important{\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.usepackage}} oder als globale Option bei \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.documentclass}% -\important{\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.documentclass}} wird das gesamte Dokument +\important{\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.documentclass}}, wird das gesamte Dokument zu einem Vertrag. Das Dokument verhält sich dann also genauso, als würde es genau eine \DescRef{\LabelBase.env.contract}-Umgebung enthalten. Es\textnote{Achtung!} wird darauf hingewiesen, dass Option \Option{contract} weder mit \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.KOMAoption} noch \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.KOMAoptions} gesetzt werden kann! Damit ist es auch -nicht möglich die Option wieder abzuschalten. Verwenden Sie in einem solchen -Fall stattdessen direkt eine \DescRef{\LabelBase.env.contract}-Umgebung. -% +nicht möglich die Option wieder abzuschalten. Außerdem würde mit der Option +beispielsweise ein Dokumenttitel innerhalb der Vertragsumgebung +gesetzt werden, was zu vermeiden ist. Verwenden Sie in solchen Fällen +besser eine explizite \DescRef{\LabelBase.env.contract}-Umgebung.% \EndIndexGroup @@ -198,17 +214,16 @@ Fall stattdessen direkt eine \DescRef{\LabelBase.env.contract}-Umgebung. \BeginIndexGroup \BeginIndex{}{Paragraphen>juristische} -Paragraphen\footnote{Obwohl der korrekte Begriff für juristische Paragraphen - im Englischen »\emph{section}« wäre, sind die Bezeichnungen in - \Package{scrjura} von »\emph{clause}« abgeleitet. Dadurch sollen - Verwechslungen sowohl mit \DescRef{maincls.cmd.section} als auch mit - \DescRef{maincls.cmd.paragraph} vermieden werden.} im juristischen Sinn -sind bei \Package{scrjura} nur innerhalb von Verträgen, also innerhalb der -Umgebung \DescRef{\LabelBase.env.contract} oder weiteren mit -\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.DeclareNewJuraEnvironment} (siehe +Paragraphen im juristischen Sinn sind bei \Package{scrjura} nur innerhalb von +Verträgen, also innerhalb der Umgebung \DescRef{\LabelBase.env.contract} oder +weiteren mit \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.DeclareNewJuraEnvironment} (siehe \autoref{sec:\LabelBase.newenv}, \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.cmd.DeclareNewJuraEnvironment}) erstellten Umgebungen, -definiert. +definiert. Um Verwechslungen\textnote{Hinweis!} von juristischen Paragraphen +mit Gliederungsbefehlen für typografische Paragraphen oder Abschnitte zu +vermeiden, leiten sich die Bezeichnungen von \Package{scrjura} nicht vom dem +eigentlich korrekten englischen Begriff »\emph{section}«, sondern von +»\emph{clause}« ab. \begin{Declaration} \phantomsection\label{desc:scrjura.contract.macro.Clause}% @@ -225,13 +240,14 @@ Nummer noch ein fortlaufender Kleinbuchstabe angehängt wird. Gedacht ist \Macro{SubClause} vor allem für den Fall, dass bei der Novellierung von Gesetzen oder Verträgen nicht nur Paragraphen umformuliert oder gestrichen werden, sondern zwischen existierenden Paragraphen neue eingefügt werden, ohne -dass eine komplett neue Nummerierung erfolgt. +dass eine komplett neue Nummerierung erfolgt. Bezüglich der generellen +Formatierung oder beispielsweise der Erzeugung von Inhaltsverzeichniseinträgen +wird jedoch nicht zwischen \Macro{Clause} und \Macro{SubClause} unterschieden. Als \PName{Einstellungen} kann bei beiden Anweisungen eine durch Komma separierte Liste von Eigenschaften angegeben werden. Eine Übersicht über die möglichen Eigenschaften bietet \autoref{tab:scrjura.Clause.options}. Auf die -wichtigsten soll noch näher eingegangen werden. - +wichtigsten soll noch näher eingegangen werden.% \begin{table} \caption{Mögliche Eigenschaften für die optionalen Argumente der Anweisungen \Macro{Clause} und \Macro{SubClause}} @@ -239,31 +255,31 @@ wichtigsten soll noch näher eingegangen werden. \begin{desctabular} \entry{\Option{dummy}}{% Die Überschrift wird nicht gesetzt, aber gezählt.% - }% + }\\[-1.7ex] \entry{\OptionVName{head}{Kolumnentitel}}{% Sind Kolumnentitel aktiviert, wird unabhängig von einem Titel für den Paragraphen dieser Kolumnentitel verwendet.% - }% + }\\[-1.7ex] \entry{\Option{nohead}}{% Es wird kein neuer Kolumnentitel gesetzt.% - }% + }\\[-1.7ex] \entry{\Option{notocentry}}{% Es wird kein Eintrag ins Inhaltsverzeichnis vorgenommen.% - }% + }\\[-1.7ex] \entry{\OptionVName{number}{Nummer}}{% Die Nummer für den Paragraphen wird direkt angegeben.% - }% + }\\[-1.7ex] \entry{\OptionVName{preskip}{Abstand}}{% Neuer Abstand vor den Überschriften der Paragraphen.% - }% + }\\[-1.7ex] \entry{\OptionVName{postskip}{Abstand}}{% Neuer Abstand nach den Überschrift der Paragraphen.% - }% + }\\[-1.7ex] \entry{\OptionVName{title}{Überschrift}}{% Der Paragraph wird zusätzlich zur Nummer mit einem Titel versehen. Dies ist gleichzeitig die Grundeinstellung für die Einträge in den Kolumnentitel und das Inhaltsverzeichnis.% - }% + }\\[-1.7ex] \entry{\OptionVName{tocentry}{Inhaltsverzeichniseintrag}}{% Unabhängig von einem Titel für den Paragraphen wird dieser Eintrag ins Inhaltsverzeichnis vorgenommen.% @@ -279,13 +295,10 @@ werden. Die neue Einstellung gilt dann aber nicht nur für den aktuellen Paragraphen, sondern ab dem aktuellen Paragraphen bis zum Ende der aktuellen Umgebung. Es ist auch möglich, die entsprechende Einstellung bereits vorab mit Hilfe von -\begin{flushleft}\quad\small - \textbf{\Macro{setkeys}}\PParameter{contract}% - \PParameter{preskip=\PName{Abstand},\\ - \normalsize\quad\small - \hspace{11.5em}postskip=\PName{Abstand}} -\end{flushleft} -unabhängig von einem konkreten Paragraphen und auch außerhalb einer +\begin{lstcode}[escapeinside=><] + \setkeys{contract}{preskip=>\PName{Abstand}<,postskip=>\PName{Abstand}<} +\end{lstcode} +unabhängig von einem konkreten Paragraphen, außerhalb einer \DescRef{\LabelBase.env.contract}-Umgebung vorzunehmen. Auch das Setzen innerhalb der Präambel nach dem Laden von \Package{scrjura} ist so möglich. Dagegen ist es nicht möglich, diese beiden Optionen bereits beim @@ -340,10 +353,9 @@ einen Paragraphen in der automatischen Zählung überspringen, falls der entsprechende Paragraph in einer späteren Fassung eines Vertrags gestrichen wurde. -Es\textnote{Achtung!} ist zu beachten, dass Eigenschaft \Option{dummy} als -Wert allenfalls \PValue{true} und \PValue{false} versteht. Alle anderen Werte -werden normalerweise ignoriert, können im ungünstigsten Fall aber auch zu -einer Fehlermeldung führen.% +Es\textnote{Achtung!} ist zu beachten, dass die Eigenschaft \Option{dummy} als +Wert allenfalls \PValue{true} und \PValue{false} versteht. Andere Werte +können zu einer Fehlermeldung führen.% \EndIndexGroup @@ -374,7 +386,14 @@ Paragraphentiteln. Daher kann ein solcher Umbruch mit \Option{juratitlepagebreak}\important{\Option{juratitlepagebreak}} erlaubt werden. Die möglichen Einstellungen für \PName{Ein-Aus-Wert} sind \autoref{tab:truefalseswitch}, \autopageref{tab:truefalseswitch} zu -entnehmen.% +entnehmen. + +Bitte beachten Sie\textnote{Achtung!}, dass es sich hier nicht um eine Option +für \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.Clause} oder \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.SubClause}, +sondern um eine \KOMAScript-Option handelt. Außer beim Laden des Pakets kann +sie auch jederzeit mit \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.KOMAoptions} oder +\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.KOMAoption} geändert werden und gilt dann bis zum Ende +der aktuellen Umgebung.% \EndIndexGroup @@ -396,24 +415,24 @@ erzeugt werden. Die möglichen Werte und ihre Bedeutung sind Paragraphen erzeugen linke und rechte Marken für Kolumnentitel, wenn das Dokument die Verwendung von lebenden Kolumnentiteln vorsieht.% \IndexOption{clausemark~=\textKValue{both}}% - }% + }\\[-1.7ex] \entry{\PValue{false}, \PValue{off}, \PValue{no}}{% Paragraphen erzeugen keine Kolumnentitel.% \IndexOption{clausemark~=\textKValue{false}}% - }% + }\\[-1.7ex] \entry{\PValue{forceboth}}{% Paragraphen erzeugen mit \DescRef{maincls.cmd.markboth} linke und rechte Marken für Kolumnentitel unabhängig davon, ob das Dokument beispielsweise über den Seitenstil überhaupt lebende Kolumnentitel verwendet.% \IndexOption{clausemark~=\textKValue{forceboth}}% - }% + }\\[-1.7ex] \entry{\PValue{forceright}}{% Paragraphen erzeugen mit \DescRef{maincls.cmd.markright} rechte Marken für Kolumnentitel unabhängig davon, ob das Dokument beispielsweise über den Seitenstil überhaupt lebende Kolumnentitel verwendet.% \IndexOption{clausemark~=\textKValue{forceright}}% - }% + }\\[-1.7ex] \entry{\PValue{right}}{% Paragraphen erzeugen rechte Marken für Kolumnentitel, wenn das Dokument die Verwendung von lebenden Kolumnentiteln vorsieht.% @@ -421,9 +440,14 @@ erzeugt werden. Die möglichen Werte und ihre Bedeutung sind }% \end{desctabular} \end{table} -% -\EndIndexGroup -\EndIndexGroup + +Bitte beachten Sie\textnote{Achtung!}, dass es sich hier nicht um eine Option +für \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.Clause} oder \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.SubClause}, +sondern um eine \KOMAScript-Option handelt. Außer beim Laden des Pakets kann +sie auch jederzeit mit \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.KOMAoptions} oder +\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.KOMAoption} geändert werden und gilt dann bis zum Ende +der aktuellen Umgebung.% +\EndIndexGroup \EndIndexGroup \subsection{Absätze} \label{sec:scrjura.par} @@ -449,14 +473,14 @@ den beiden Einstellungen \OptionValue{parnumber}{auto} und Nummerierung abzuschalten. Das ist mit \OptionValue{parnumber}{false}% \important{\OptionValue{parnumber}{false}}% \IndexOption{parnumber~=\textKValue{false}} möglich. In diesem Fall wird nur die -Satznummer automatisch zurück gesetzt. +Satznummer automatisch zurückgesetzt. Zur Realisierung dieser Option war es notwendig, in den Absatzmechanismus von \LaTeX{} einzugreifen. In einigen seltenen Fällen kann sich das negativ auswirken. Dann bleibt nur, diese Änderung mit \OptionValue{parnumber}{manual}% \important{\OptionValue{parnumber}{manual}}% -\IndexOption{parnumber~=\textKValue{manual}} zurück zu nehmen. Umgekehrt hebt +\IndexOption{parnumber~=\textKValue{manual}} zurückzunehmen. Umgekehrt hebt \LaTeX{} selbst den Eingriff manchmal auf. In diesem Fällen kann er mit \OptionValue{parnumber}{auto}% \important{\OptionValue{parnumber}{auto}}% @@ -482,7 +506,7 @@ korrekt erfolgt.% \Macro{parformatseparation} \end{Declaration}% Für die Nummerierung der Absätze wird der Zähler \Counter{par} -verwendet. Seine Darstellung, \Macro{thepar} ist mit +verwendet. Seine Darstellung \Macro{thepar} ist mit \Macro{arabic}\PParameter{par} als arabische Zahl voreingestellt. Die\textnote{Voreinstellung} Ausgabe als automatische Absatznummer erfolgt mit \Macro{parformat}. Dabei wird \Macro{thepar} in runde @@ -544,7 +568,7 @@ auch mehrere Absätze ausgelassen werden. In jedem Fall erscheint in der Ausgabe stattdessen genau ein nicht nummerierter Absatz, der nur die Auslassungszeichen \Macro{parellipsis} enthält. Bei der Entscheidung für eine automatische Nummerierung der übrigen Absätze eines juristischen Paragraphen -werden die ausgelassenen Absätze jedoch mit gezählt. Dies gilt ebenso für die +werden die ausgelassenen Absätze jedoch mitgezählt. Dies gilt ebenso für die Nummern etwaiger nachfolgender Absätze. \begin{Example} Angenommen, Sie kommentieren das Strafgesetzbuch, wollen aber in \S~2 nur @@ -553,10 +577,6 @@ Nummern etwaiger nachfolgender Absätze. \begin{lstcode} \documentclass[parskip=half]{scrartcl} \usepackage{scrjura} - \usepackage{selinput} - \SelectInputMappings{ - adieresis={ä},germandbls={ß}, - } \begin{document} \begin{contract} \Clause{title={Zeitliche Geltung},number=2} @@ -570,7 +590,13 @@ Nummern etwaiger nachfolgender Absätze. \end{contract} \end{document} \end{lstcode} - Um das Ergebnis zu sehen, sollten Sie das einfach einmal ausprobieren. + Wenn\textnote{Achtung!} Sie dieses Beispiel ausprobieren wollen, verwenden + Sie bitte eine \LaTeX-Version ab 2018-04-01 und einen Editor mit der + Codierungseinstellung UTF-8. Dies ist bei aktuellen \TeX-Distributionen und + aktuellen \LaTeX-Editoren die Voreinstellung. Bei Verwendung einer + veralteten \TeX-Distribution oder einer anderen Einstellung des Editor, + müssen Sie die verwendete Codierung mit Hilfe des Pakets + \Package{inputenc}\IndexPackage{inputenc} deklarieren.% \end{Example} Die Auslassungszeichen sind so vordefiniert\textnote{Voreinstellung}, dass @@ -584,12 +610,12 @@ verwendet. Eine Umdefinierung von \Macro{parellipsis} ist mit \subsection{Sätze} \label{sec:scrjura.sentence} -\BeginIndexGroup +\BeginIndexGroup% \BeginIndex{}{Satz>Nummerierung}% Absätze in Verträgen bestehen aus einem oder mehreren Sätzen, die teilweise -ebenfalls nummeriert werden. Da eine automatische Nummerierung jedoch -problematisch und fehleranfällig ist, wurde eine solche bisher nicht -implementiert. Eine halbautomatische Nummerierung wird jedoch unterstützt. +ebenfalls nummeriert werden. Da eine automatische Nummerierung problematisch +und fehleranfällig ist, wird nur eine halbautomatische Nummerierung +unterstützt. \begin{Declaration} \Counter{sentence} @@ -606,7 +632,7 @@ Zahl von \Macro{thesentence} hochgestellt ausgegeben. \BeginIndex{FontElement}{sentencenumber}\LabelFontElement{sentencenumber}% Die\ChangedAt{v3.26}{\Package{scrjura}} Satznummer wird normalerweise\textnote{Voreinstellung} in der aktuellen Schrift gesetzt. Diese -Voreinstellung für das Element \FontElement{sentencenumber} kann jederzeit mit +Voreinstellung für das Element \FontElement{sentencenumber} kann mit Hilfe der Anweisungen \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.setkomafont}% \important[i]{\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.setkomafont}, \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.addtokomafont}} und @@ -615,7 +641,7 @@ Hilfe der Anweisungen \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.setkomafont}% geändert werden.% \EndIndex{FontElement}{sentencenumber} -Bei\textnote{Tipp!} Verwendung von +Bei\textnote{Tipp!} Verwendung von Paket \Package{babel}\IndexPackage{babel}\important{\Package{babel}} ist es einfach möglich, eine Abkürzung für \Macro{Sentence} zu definieren:% \phantomsection\label{sec:scrjura.shorthandexample}% @@ -644,7 +670,7 @@ Anwendungsbeispiel finden Sie in \autoref{sec:scrjura.example} ab \section{Querverweise} -\label{sec:scrjura.ref} +\seclabel{ref} Für Paragraphen, Absätze und Sätze reicht der normale Mechanismus für Querverweise mit \Macro{label}\IndexCmd{label}\important{\Macro{label}}, @@ -660,18 +686,22 @@ Querverweise mit \Macro{label}\IndexCmd{label}\important{\Macro{label}}, Die Anweisungen \Macro{refL}, \Macro{refS} und \Macro{refN} referenzieren Paragraph, Absatz und Satz immer vollständig. \Macro{refL} verwendet dabei eine textuelle Langform, während \Macro{refS} eine textuelle -Kurzform bietet. \Macro{refN} ist eine rein nummerische Kurzform. \Macro{ref} -entspricht in der Voreinstellung \Macro{refL}.% +Kurzform bietet. \Macro{refN} ist eine rein numerische Kurzform. \Macro{ref} +entspricht in der Voreinstellung\textnote{Voreinstellung} \Macro{refL}.% \EndIndexGroup \begin{Declaration} - \Macro{refClause}\Parameter{Label} - \Macro{refClauseN}\Parameter{Label} + \Macro{refSentence}\Parameter{Label} + \Macro{refSentenceL}\Parameter{Label} + \Macro{refSentenceS}\Parameter{Label} + \Macro{refSentenceN}\Parameter{Label} \end{Declaration} -Für die Referenzierung von Paragraphen ohne Absatz und Satz, unterscheiden -sich \Macro{refClause} und \Macro{refClauseN} nur darin, dass ersteres -automatisch ein Paragraphenzeichen voran stellt.% +Der Satz ohne Paragraph und Absatz kann mit \Macro{refSentenceL}, +\Macro{refSentenceS} oder \Macro{refSentenceN} referenziert werden. Auch hier +gibt es wieder eine textuelle Langform, eine textuelle Kurzform und eine rein +numerische Form. \Macro{refSentence} entspricht in der +Voreinstellung\textnote{Voreinstellung} \Macro{refSentenceL}.% \EndIndexGroup @@ -686,25 +716,21 @@ Nur den Absatz kann man mit \Macro{refParL}, \Macro{refParS} und für \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.refL}, \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.refN} und \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.refS} angegeben. Eine Besonderheit stellt das optionale Argument von \Macro{refParN} dar. Normalerweise werden Absätze in -rein nummerischer Form als römische Zahlen referenziert. Über das optionale +rein numerischer Form als römische Zahlen referenziert. Über das optionale Argument kann jedoch auch ein anderes Format vorgegeben werden. Sinnvoll ist hier in erster Linie das \PValue{Zahlenformat} \PValue{arabic} für eine -arabische Absatznummer. \Macro{refPar} entspricht in der Voreinstellung -\Macro{refParL}. +arabische Absatznummer. \Macro{refPar} entspricht in der +Voreinstellung\textnote{Voreinstellung} \Macro{refParL}.% \EndIndexGroup \begin{Declaration} - \Macro{refSentence}\Parameter{Label} - \Macro{refSentenceL}\Parameter{Label} - \Macro{refSentenceS}\Parameter{Label} - \Macro{refSentenceN}\Parameter{Label} + \Macro{refClause}\Parameter{Label} + \Macro{refClauseN}\Parameter{Label} \end{Declaration} -Der Satz ohne Paragraph und Absatz kann mit \Macro{refSentenceL}, -\Macro{refSentenceS} oder \Macro{refSentenceN} referenziert werden. Auch hier -gibt es wieder eine textuelle Langform, eine textuelle Kurzform und eine rein -nummerische Form. \Macro{refSentence} entspricht in der Voreinstellung -\Macro{refSentenceL}.% +Für die Referenzierung von Paragraphen ohne Absatz und Satz, unterscheiden +sich \Macro{refClause} und \Macro{refClauseN} nur darin, dass ersteres +automatisch ein Paragraphenzeichen voran stellt.% \EndIndexGroup @@ -714,8 +740,8 @@ nummerische Form. \Macro{refSentence} entspricht in der Voreinstellung Die Ergebnisse von \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.ref}, \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.refPar} und \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.refSentence} sind von der \PName{Einstellung} für Option \Option{ref} abhängig. In der -Voreinstellung entsprechen diese \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.refL}, -\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.refParL} und +Voreinstellung\textnote{Voreinstellung} entsprechen diese +\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.refL}, \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.refParL} und \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.refSentenceL}. Mögliche Werte und ihre Bedeutung sind \autoref{tab:scrjura.ref} zu entnehmen.% % @@ -739,12 +765,12 @@ Voreinstellung entsprechen diese \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.refL}, Die Einstellungen \PValue{parlong} und \PValue{sentencelong} werden kombiniert.% \IndexOption{ref~=\textKValue{long}}% - }% + }\\[-1.7ex] \entry{\PValue{numeric}}{% Die Einstellungen \PValue{parnumeric} und \PValue{sentencenumeric} werden kombiniert.% \IndexOption{ref~=\textKValue{numeric}}% - }% + }\\[-1.7ex] \entry{\PValue{clauseonly}, \PValue{onlyclause}, \PValue{ClauseOnly}, \PValue{OnlyClause}}{% Die Einstellungen \PValue{paroff} und \PValue{sentenceoff} werden @@ -752,44 +778,44 @@ Voreinstellung entsprechen diese \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.refL}, \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.refPar} als auch \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.refSentence} ein leeres Ergebnis erzeugen!% \IndexOption{ref~=\textKValue{long}}% - }% + }\\[-1.7ex] \entry{\PValue{parlong}, \PValue{longpar}, \PValue{ParL}}{% Der Absatz wird in der textuellen Langform referenziert.% \IndexOption{ref~=\textKValue{parlong}}% - }% + }\\[-1.7ex] \entry{\PValue{parnumeric}, \PValue{numericpar}, \PValue{ParN}}{% - Der Absatz wird in der rein nummerischen Form referenziert.% + Der Absatz wird in der rein numerischen Form referenziert.% \IndexOption{ref~=\textKValue{parnumeric}}% - }% + }\\[-1.7ex] \entry{\PValue{paroff}, \PValue{nopar}}{% Der Absatz wird nicht mit referenziert. Es ist zu beachten, dass dadurch \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.refPar} ein leeres Ergebnis erzeugt!% \IndexOption{ref~=\textKValue{paroff}}% - }% + }\\[-1.7ex] \entry{\PValue{parshort}, \PValue{shortpar}, \PValue{ParS}}{% Der Absatz wird in der textuellen Kurzform referenziert.% \IndexOption{ref~=\textKValue{parshort}}% - }% + }\\[-1.7ex] \entry{\PValue{sentencelong}, \PValue{longsentence}, \PValue{SentenceL}}{% Der Satz wird in der textuellen Langform referenziert.% \IndexOption{ref~=\textKValue{parlong}}% - }% + }\\[-1.7ex] \entry{\PValue{sentencenumeric}, \PValue{numericsentence}, \PValue{SentenceN}}{% - Der Satz wird in der rein nummerischen Form referenziert.% + Der Satz wird in der rein numerischen Form referenziert.% \IndexOption{ref~=\textKValue{sentencenumeric}}% - }% + }\\[-1.7ex] \entry{\PValue{sentenceoff}, \PValue{nosentence}}{% Der Satz wird nicht mit referenziert. Es ist zu beachten, dass dadurch von \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.refSentence} ein leeres Ergebnis erzeugt wird!% \IndexOption{ref~=\textKValue{sentenceoff}}% - }% + }\\[-1.7ex] \entry{\PValue{sentenceshort}, \PValue{shortsentence}, \PValue{SentenceS}}{% Der Satz wird in der textuellen Kurzform referenziert.% \IndexOption{ref~=\textKValue{sentenceshort}}% - }% + }\\[-1.7ex] \entry{\PValue{short}}{% Die Einstellungen \PValue{parshort} und \PValue{sentenceshort} werden kombiniert.% @@ -847,7 +873,7 @@ Anweisungen finden sich in \autoref{tab:scrjura.refexamples}. \section{Zusätzliche Vertragsumgebungen} -\label{sec:scrjura.newenv} +\seclabel{newenv} Einige Anwender setzen mit \Package{scrjura} keine Verträge oder Kommentare zu einzelnen Gesetzen, sondern Werke, in denen unterschiedliche Arten von @@ -874,8 +900,36 @@ sie jedes Mal unmittelbar vor \Macro{end}\Parameter{Name} einfügen würde. Ohne jedoch die Möglichkeit über eine mit Komma separierte Liste an \PName{Optionen} darauf Einfluss zu nehmen. \autoref{tab:\LabelBase.DeclareNewJuraEnvironment} führt die derzeit -unterstützen \PName{Optionen} auf. +unterstützen \PName{Optionen} auf.% +\begin{Example} + Um beispielsweise die in der Einleitung zu diesem Abschnitt erwähnte + Umgebung für Artikel zu definieren, genügt: +\begin{lstcode} + \DeclareNewJuraEnvironment{Artikel} + [ClauseNumberFormat=Art.~]{}{} +\end{lstcode} + Sollen die Artikel unter Verwendung einer \KOMAScript-Klasse mit + Absatzabstand statt Absatzeinzug gesetzt werden, kann +\begin{lstcode} + \DeclareNewJuraEnvironment{Artikel} + [ClauseNumberFormat=Art.~] + {\KOMAoptions{parskip}}{} +\end{lstcode} + verwendet werden. Natürlich wird dann auch bei der Referenzierung + automatisch »Art.« anstelle von »\S« vorangestellt.% + Angewendet wird die neue Umgebung wie + \DescRef{\LabelBase.env.contract}: +\begin{lstcode} + \begin{Artikel} + \Clause{} + Die Würde des Menschen ist unantastbar. Sie zu + achten und zu schützen ist Verpflichtung aller + staatlichen Gewalt. + \end{Artikel} +\end{lstcode} +\end{Example}% +% \begin{desclist} \desccaption{Von \Macro{DeclareNewJuraEnvironment} unterstützte Optionen zur Konfigurierung neuer @@ -901,8 +955,8 @@ unterstützen \PName{Optionen} auf. Element bisher als Alias definiert gewesen sein (siehe \DescRef{maincls-experts.cmd.aliaskomafont} in \autoref{sec:maincls-experts.fonts}, - \DescPageRef{maincls-experts.cmd.aliaskomafont}) so wird es stattdessen zu - einem selbstständigen Element. Sollte das Element bereits definiert + \DescPageRef{maincls-experts.cmd.aliaskomafont}), so wird es stattdessen + zu einem selbstständigen Element. Sollte das Element bereits definiert gewesen sein, so werden lediglich die \PName{Anweisungen} mit \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.setkomafont} als neue Einstellung gesetzt. Bitte beachten Sie die in \autoref{sec:\LabelBase.textmarkup}, @@ -937,47 +991,19 @@ unterstützen \PName{Optionen} auf. Anweisungen auch direkt angegeben werden.% }% \end{desclist} -\begin{Example} - Um beispielsweise die in der Einleitung zu diesem Abschnitt erwähnte - Umgebung für Artikel zu definieren, genügt: -\begin{lstcode} - \DeclareNewJuraEnvironment{Artikel} - [ClauseNumberFormat=Art.]{}{} -\end{lstcode} - Sollen die Artikel unter Verwendung einer \KOMAScript-Klasse mit - Absatzabstand statt Absatzeinzug gesetzt werden, kann -\begin{lstcode} - \DeclareNewJuraEnvironment{Artikel} - [ClauseNumberFormat=Art.~] - {\KOMAoptions{parskip}}{} -\end{lstcode} - verwendet werden. Natürlich wird dann auch bei der Referenzierung - automatisch »Art.« anstelle von »\S« vorangestellt.% - - Angewendet wird die neue Umgebung wie - \DescRef{\LabelBase.env.contract}: -\begin{lstcode} - \begin{Artikel} - \Clause - Die Würde des Menschen ist unantastbar. Sie zu - achten und zu schützen ist Verpflichtung aller - staatlichen Gewalt. - \end{Artikel} -\end{lstcode} -\end{Example}% \EndIndexGroup \section{Unterstützung verschiedener Sprachen} -\label{sec:scrjura.babel} +\seclabel{babel} Das Paket \Package{scrjura} wurde in Zusammenarbeit mit einem Anwalt für -Deutsches Recht entwickelt. Daher unterstützte es zunächst auch nur die Sprachen -\PValue{german}, \PValue{ngerman}, \PValue{austrian} und +Deutsches Recht entwickelt. Daher unterstützte es zunächst auch nur die +Sprachen \PValue{german}, \PValue{ngerman}, \PValue{austrian} und \PValue{naustrian}. Das Paket wurde aber so entworfen, dass es mit üblichen Sprachpaketen wie -\Package{babel}\important{\Package{babel}}\IndexPackage{babel} zusammen -arbeitet. Anwender können solche Anpassungen einfach mit +\Package{babel}\important{\Package{babel}}\IndexPackage{babel} +zusammenarbeitet. Anwender können solche Anpassungen einfach mit \DescRef{scrbase.cmd.providecaptionname} (siehe \autoref{sec:scrbase.languageSupport}, \DescPageRef{scrbase.cmd.providecaptionname}) vornehmen. Sollten Sie über @@ -985,7 +1011,7 @@ gesicherte Informationen zu den im juristischen Umfeld gebräuchlichen Begriffen in anderen Sprachen verfügen, würde sich der Autor über entsprechende Rückmeldungen freuen. Auf diesem Weg ist inzwischen auch Unterstützung für \PValue{english}, \PValue{american}, \PValue{british}, -\PValue{canadian}, \PValue{USenglish} und \PValue{UKenglish} hinzu gekommen. +\PValue{canadian}, \PValue{USenglish} und \PValue{UKenglish} hinzugekommen. \begin{Declaration} \Macro{parname} @@ -1030,7 +1056,7 @@ verwendet, so wird eine entsprechende Fehlermeldung ausgegeben.% \section{Ein ausführliches Beispiel} -\label{sec:scrjura.example} +\seclabel{example} Erinnern wir uns an den Brief aus \autoref{cha:scrlttr2}, in dem ein Vereinsmitglied die überfällige Mitgliederversammlung in Erinnerung bringen @@ -1056,22 +1082,20 @@ Es werden einige Standardeinstellungen für die Schrift vorgenommen. Dazu kommt das Paket \Package{textcomp}, das neben einem brauchbaren Euro-Zeichen für einige Schriften auch ein verbessertes Paragraphenzeichen bereitstellt. -\lstinputcode[{moretexcs=SelectInputMappings,xleftmargin=2em,% - linerange=11-15}]{scrjuraexample.tex}% -Damit Sonderzeichen und Umlaute direkt eingegeben werden können, wird die -Eingabecodierung ermittelt. Alternativ könnte hier auch das Paket -\Package{inputenc} zum Einsatz kommen. - +Wie Sie am Laden von \Package{fontenc} erkennen können, wird für das Beispiel +PDF\LaTeX{} verwendet. Soll stattdessen Lua\LaTeX{} oder \XeLaTeX{} verwendet +werden, entfallen alle drei Zeilen. Wahlweise kann dann \Package{fontspec} +geladen oder einfach mit den Voreinstellungen gearbeitet werden. \lstinputcode[{xleftmargin=2em,% - linerange=17-17}]{scrjuraexample.tex}% + linerange=11-11}]{scrjuraexample.tex}% Später sollen Listen nicht mit arabischen Zahlen, sondern mit Kleinbuchstaben nummeriert werden. Dies ist beispielsweise mit dem Paket \Package{enumerate} möglich. \lstinputcode[{moretexcs={useshorthands,defineshorthand},% xleftmargin=2em,% - linerange=19-27}]{scrjuraexample.tex}% + linerange=13-20}]{scrjuraexample.tex}% Nun ist es Zeit für \Package{scrjura}. Mit Option \OptionValueRef{\LabelBase}{clausemark}{forceboth} wird für Paragraphen das Setzen von linken und rechten Marken für Kolumnentitel erzwungen. Da @@ -1092,38 +1116,38 @@ Die Definition der Abkürzungen wurde bereits in übernommen, um später die Eingabe zu vereinfachen. \lstinputcode[{xleftmargin=2em,% - linerange=29-29}]{scrjuraexample.tex}% + linerange=22-22}]{scrjuraexample.tex}% Es ist Zeit, das eigentliche Dokument zu beginnen. \lstinputcode[{xleftmargin=2em,% - linerange=31-35}]{scrjuraexample.tex}% + linerange=24-28}]{scrjuraexample.tex}% Wie jedes Dokument hat auch eine Satzung einen Titel. Dieser wird mit den gewohnten \KOMAScript-Mitteln (siehe \autoref{sec:maincls.titlepage}, ab \autopageref{sec:maincls.titlepage}) erstellt. \lstinputcode[{xleftmargin=2em,% - linerange=37-37}]{scrjuraexample.tex}% + linerange=30-30}]{scrjuraexample.tex}% Wie bereits erwähnt, soll ein Inhaltsverzeichnis erstellt werden. \lstinputcode[{xleftmargin=2em,% - linerange=39-43}]{scrjuraexample.tex}% + linerange=32-36}]{scrjuraexample.tex}% Präambeln sind in Satzungen nicht ungewöhnlich. Hier wird sie mit \DescRef{maincls.cmd.addsec} gesetzt, damit sie auch einen Eintrag ins Inhaltsverzeichnis erhält. \lstinputcode[{xleftmargin=2em,% - linerange=45-45}]{scrjuraexample.tex}% + linerange=38-38}]{scrjuraexample.tex}% Hier wird ein kleiner Trick angewendet. Die einzelnen Artikel der Satzung sollen nicht mit arabischen Zahlen, sondern mit Großbuchstaben nummeriert werden -- genau wie dies auch im Anhang eines Artikels mit \Class{scrartcl} der Fall ist. \lstinputcode[{xleftmargin=2em,% - linerange=47-49}]{scrjuraexample.tex}% + linerange=40-42}]{scrjuraexample.tex}% Mit dem ersten Artikel beginnt auch der Vertrag. \lstinputcode[{xleftmargin=2em,% - linerange=50-59}]{scrjuraexample.tex}% + linerange=43-52}]{scrjuraexample.tex}% Der erste Paragraph erhält neben der Nummer auch einen Titel. Dies wird auch bei den nachfolgenden Paragraphen so sein. @@ -1141,21 +1165,21 @@ erzeugt. Mit der zweiten wird nicht nur ein Punkt, sondern nachfolgend auch eine Satznummer erzeugt. Beide Sätze des Absatzes sind somit nummeriert. \lstinputcode[{xleftmargin=2em,% - linerange=60-75}]{scrjuraexample.tex}% + linerange=53-68}]{scrjuraexample.tex}% Der zweite Paragraph: Auch dieser enthält wieder mehrere Absätze, die teilweise auch mehrere Sätze umfassen. Im zweiten Absatz ist darüber hinaus eine Aufzählung zu finden. Beim letzten Absatz wurde ein Label gesetzt, da auf diesen später noch verwiesen werden soll. \lstinputcode[{xleftmargin=2em,% - linerange=77-84}]{scrjuraexample.tex}% + linerange=70-77}]{scrjuraexample.tex}% Der dritte Paragraph enthält als Besonderheit einen Querverweis. In diesem Fall wird in der Langform mit Paragraph, Absatz und Satz referenziert. Soll der Satz später doch entfallen, so kann dies global durch Setzen der Option \OptionValueRef{\LabelBase}{ref}{nosentence} erreicht werden. \lstinputcode[{xleftmargin=2em,% - linerange=86-87}]{scrjuraexample.tex}% + linerange=79-80}]{scrjuraexample.tex}% Hier gibt es nun einen ersten Spezialfall eines Paragraphen. Dieser Paragraph war in einer früheren Fassung der Satzung noch enthalten, wurde dann aber entfernt. Dabei sollen jedoch die nachfolgenden Paragraphen nicht neu @@ -1166,23 +1190,23 @@ Label für diesen Paragraphen gesetzt werden, obwohl der Paragraph selbst nicht angezeigt wird. \lstinputcode[{xleftmargin=2em,% - linerange=88-92}]{scrjuraexample.tex}% + linerange=81-85}]{scrjuraexample.tex}% Es wird ein weiterer Artikel begonnen. Damit Probleme mit der Absatznummerierung ausgeschlossen sind, wird dazu kurzzeitig die \DescRef{\LabelBase.env.contract}-Umgebung unterbrochen. \lstinputcode[{xleftmargin=2em,% - linerange=93-93}]{scrjuraexample.tex}% + linerange=86-86}]{scrjuraexample.tex}% Auch der erste Paragraph im nächsten Artikel wurde gestrichen. \lstinputcode[{xleftmargin=2em,% - linerange=95-104}]{scrjuraexample.tex}% + linerange=88-98}]{scrjuraexample.tex}% Hier haben wir wieder einen echten Paragraphen. Darin wird zum einen auf einen der gestrichenen Paragraphen verwiesen. Zum anderen wird auch wieder ein Label gesetzt. \lstinputcode[{xleftmargin=2em,% - linerange=107-112}]{scrjuraexample.tex}% + linerange=100-105}]{scrjuraexample.tex}% Hier haben wir den zweiten Spezialfall eines Paragraphen. In diesem Fall wurde kein Paragraph gestrichen, sondern ein neuer Paragraph eingefügt, ohne dass nachfolgend Paragraphen neu nummeriert werden. Dazu wurde @@ -1191,16 +1215,16 @@ die Nummer des vorherigen Paragraphen, die zur Unterscheidung um ein kleines »a« erweitert wurde. \lstinputcode[{xleftmargin=2em,% - linerange=114-134}]{scrjuraexample.tex}% + linerange=107-127}]{scrjuraexample.tex}% Die übrigen Paragraphen dieses Artikels enthalten nur bereits bekannte Anweisungen und keine neuen Besonderheiten. \lstinputcode[{xleftmargin=2em,% - linerange=136-150}]{scrjuraexample.tex}% + linerange=129-143}]{scrjuraexample.tex}% Es folgt noch ein weiterer Artikel ohne Besonderheiten. \lstinputcode[{xleftmargin=2em,% - linerange=152-152}]{scrjuraexample.tex}% + linerange=145-145}]{scrjuraexample.tex}% Danach endet das \LaTeX-Dokument, dessen vordere drei Seiten \autoref{fig:scrjura.example} zeigt.% % @@ -1214,9 +1238,7 @@ Danach endet das \LaTeX-Dokument, dessen vordere drei Seiten height=.49\textheight,keepaspectratio]{scrjuraexample}}\par \smallskip} \begin{captionbeside}[{% - Beispiel: Die ersten drei Seiten der Beispielsatzung - aus\protect\linebreak - \protect\autoref{sec:scrjura.example}% + Beispiel: Drei Seiten einer Beispielsatzung% }]{% Die ersten drei Seiten der Beispielsatzung aus \protect\autoref{sec:scrjura.example}% @@ -1232,9 +1254,7 @@ Danach endet das \LaTeX-Dokument, dessen vordere drei Seiten \frame{\includegraphics[page=2,width=.482\textwidth]{scrjuraexample}}\par \smallskip} \begin{captionbeside}[{% - Beispiel: Die ersten drei Seiten der Beispielsatzung - aus\protect\linebreak - \protect\autoref{sec:scrjura.example}% + Beispiel: Drei Seiten einer Beispielsatzung% }]{% Die ersten drei Seiten der Beispielsatzung aus \protect\autoref{sec:scrjura.example}% @@ -1249,7 +1269,7 @@ Danach endet das \LaTeX-Dokument, dessen vordere drei Seiten \section{Entwicklungsstand} -\label{sec:scrjura.draft} +\seclabel{draft} Seit \KOMAScript~3.24 teilt \Package{scrjura} die Versionsnummer der Klassen und anderer wichtiger Pakete. Dennoch sei auf einen wichtigen Punkt diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/scrjuraexample.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/scrjuraexample.tex index 27141726ee..971c30c8fc 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/scrjuraexample.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/scrjuraexample.tex @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -\documentclass[fontsize=12pt,pagesize,parskip=half] +\documentclass[fontsize=12pt,parskip=half] {scrartcl} \usepackage[ngerman]{babel} @@ -8,17 +8,10 @@ \usepackage{charter,helvet} \usepackage{textcomp} -\usepackage{selinput} -\SelectInputMappings{ - adieresis={ä}, - germandbls={ß}, -} - \usepackage{enumerate} \usepackage[clausemark=forceboth, - juratotoc, - juratocnumberwidth=2.5em] + juratotoc, juratocnumberwidth=2.5em] {scrjura} \useshorthands{'} \defineshorthand{'S}{\Sentence\ignorespaces} diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn-example.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn-example.tex index 512e36dab0..6a8d5c7326 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn-example.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn-example.tex @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % ====================================================================== % scrlayer-notecolumn-example.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2013-2017 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2013-2019 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % scrlayer-notecolumn-example.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2013-2017 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2013-2019 % % Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, % Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. @@ -48,11 +48,6 @@ % ============================================================================ \documentclass{scrartcl} \usepackage[ngerman]{babel} -\usepackage{selinput} -\SelectInputMappings{ - adieresis={ä}, - germandbls={ß}, -} \usepackage[T1]{fontenc} \usepackage{lmodern} \usepackage{xcolor} @@ -122,7 +117,7 @@ urkomischen, am 9.\,9.\,1999 war der Weg für dieses Gesetz endlich frei. } Die kulturelle Komponente eines Witzes ist tatsächlich nicht zu vernachlässigen. Über die politische Korrektheit der Nutzung des kulturellen - Umfeldes kann zwar trefflich gestritten werden, nichtsdestotrotz ist die + Umfeldes kann zwar treff"|lich gestritten werden, nichtsdestotrotz ist die Treffsicherheit einer solchen Komik im entsprechenden Umfeld frappierend. Auf der anderen Seite kann ein vermeintlicher Witz im falschen kulturellen Umfeld auch zu einer echten Gefahr für den Witzeerzähler werden. diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex index 46451d4706..2388c238b8 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ % ============================================================================ \KOMAProvidesFile{scrlayer-notecolumn.tex} - [$Date: 2019-10-09 15:19:04 +0200 (Wed, 09 Oct 2019) $ + [$Date: 2019-12-03 09:41:21 +0100 (Tue, 03 Dec 2019) $ KOMA-Script guide (chapter:scrlayer-notecolumn)] \chapter{Notizspalten mit \Package{scrlayer-notecolumn}} @@ -83,21 +83,21 @@ können. Jene Art der Randnotizen hat allerdings einige Nachteile: Die Verwendung von \Package{marginnote}\IndexPackage{marginnote} führt zu einem weiteren Problem. Da das Paket keine Kollisionserkennung besitzt, können sich Randnotizen, die in unmittelbarer Nähe veranlasst wurden, gegenseitig -ganz oder teilweise überdecken. Darüber hinaus führt \Macro{marginnote} je -nach den gewählten Einstellungen von \Package{marginnote} manchmal zu +ganz oder teilweise überdecken. Darüber hinaus führt \Macro{marginnote}, je +nach den gewählten Einstellungen von \Package{marginnote}, manchmal zu Veränderungen beim Zeilenabstand des normalen Textes. Das Paket \Package{scrlayer-notecolumn} tritt an, all diese Probleme zu lösen. Dazu stützt es sich auf die Grundfunktionalität von \hyperref[cha:scrlayer]{\Package{scrlayer}}\IndexPackage{scrlayer}% -\important{\hyperref[cha:scrlayer]{\Package{scrlayer}}}. Damit einher geht -jedoch auch ein Nachteil:\textnote{Achtung!} Notizen können nur auf den Seiten +\important{\hyperref[cha:scrlayer]{\Package{scrlayer}}}. Damit geht aber +auch ein Nachteil einher:\textnote{Achtung!} Notizen können nur auf den Seiten ausgegeben werden, die einen auf \hyperref[cha:scrlayer]{\Package{scrlayer}} basierenden Seitenstil besitzen. Dieser Nachteil lässt sich mit Hilfe von \hyperref[cha:scrlayer-scrpage]{\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}}% \important{\hyperref[cha:scrlayer-scrpage]{\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}}}% -\IndexPackage{scrlayer-scrpage} jedoch leicht -auf"|lösen oder sogar in einen Vorteil verwandeln. +\IndexPackage{scrlayer-scrpage} jedoch leicht auf"|lösen oder sogar in einen +Vorteil verwandeln. \section{Hinweise zum Entwicklungsstand} @@ -149,13 +149,14 @@ im Bereich der normalen Marginalienspalte von \DescRef{maincls.cmd.marginpar} und \DescRef{maincls.cmd.marginline}. Dabei werden auch die Einstellungen \Macro{reversemarginpar} und \Macro{normalmarginpar} beachtet, allerdings nicht für die einzelnen Notizen, sondern nur für die gesamten Notizen einer -Seite. Maßgeblich ist dabei die Einstellung, die am Ende der Seite, nämlich +Seite. Maßgeblich ist die Einstellung, die am Ende der Seite, nämlich bei der Ausgabe der Notizspalte, gilt. Will man hingegen innerhalb einer Seite sowohl Notizen links als auch rechts neben dem Haupttext haben, so sollte man sich eine zweite Notizspalte definieren. Die Voreinstellungen für alle neu deklarierten Notizspalten entsprechen im -Übrigen den erwähnten Einstellungen für die vordefinierte +Übrigen \iffree{}{\pagebreak}% Umbruchkorrektur +den erwähnten Einstellungen für die vordefinierte \PValue{marginpar}. % \iftrue% Umbruchoptimierung Diese können bei der Deklaration jedoch leicht geändert werden.% @@ -189,7 +190,7 @@ Mit Hilfe dieser Anweisungen können Notizspalten angelegt werden. Dabei erzeugt \Macro{DeclareNoteColumn} die Notizspalte ungeachtet der Tatsache, ob sie bereits existiert, während \Macro{DeclareNewNoteColumn} einen Fehler ausgibt, falls der \PName{Name der Notizspalte} bereits für eine andere -Notizspalte vergeben ist und \Macro{ProvideNoteColumn} in eben diesem Fall +Notizspalte vergeben ist, und \Macro{ProvideNoteColumn} in eben diesem Fall schlicht nichts tut. Mit \Macro{RedeclareNoteColumn} wiederum kann nur eine bereits existierende Notiz-Spalte neu konfiguriert werden. @@ -214,11 +215,79 @@ angegeben werden.% Die \PName{Liste der Einstellungen} ist eine durch Komma separierte Liste von Einstellungen oder Optionen. Die verfügbaren Optionen sind in -\autoref{tab:scrlayer-notecolumn.note.column.options}, -\autopageref{tab:scrlayer-notecolumn.note.column.options} zu -finden. Als\textnote{Voreinstellung: Option \Option{marginpar}} Voreinstellung -ist \Option{marginpar} immer gesetzt, kann aber durch individuelle -Einstellungen überschrieben werden. +\autoref{tab:scrlayer-notecolumn.note.column.options} % +\iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur +\unskip, \autopageref{tab:scrlayer-notecolumn.note.column.options} % +\fi% +zu finden. Als\textnote{Voreinstellung: Option \Option{marginpar}} +Voreinstellung ist \Option{marginpar} immer gesetzt, kann aber durch +individuelle Einstellungen überschrieben werden. + +% +%\begin{table}% Umbruchoptimierung: Tabelle hinter das Beispiel verschoben +\begin{desclist} + \desccaption{% +% \caption[Mögliche Einstellungen für die Deklaration von Notizspalten]{% + Mögliche Einstellungen für die Deklaration von Notizspalten% +% }% + \label{tab:scrlayer-notecolumn.note.column.options}% + }{% + Mögliche Einstellungen für die Deklaration von Notizspalten + (\emph{Fortsetzung})% + }% +% \begin{desctabular} + \entry{\OptionVName{font}{Schriftattribute}}{% + Einstellung der \PName{Schriftattribute} der Notizspalte mit Hilfe von + \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.setkomafont}. Für erlaubte Werte sei auf + \autoref{sec:\LabelBase.textmarkup}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.cmd.setkomafont} verwiesen.\par% + Voreinstellung: \emph{leer}% + }% + \entry{\Option{marginpar}}{% + Position und Breite der Notizspalte werden so eingestellt, dass sie der + Marginalienspalte von \DescRef{maincls.cmd.marginpar} entsprechen. Eine + Umschaltung zwischen \Macro{reversemarginpar}\IndexCmd{reversemarginpar} + und \Macro{normalmarginpar}\IndexCmd{normalmarginpar} wird immer nur am + Ende der Seite bei der Ausgabe der Notizspalte beachtet. Es wird darauf + hingewiesen, dass diese Option kein Argument erwartet oder erlaubt.\par% + Voreinstellung: \emph{ja}% + }% + \entry{\Option{normalmarginpar}}{% + Position und Breite der Notizspalte werden so eingestellt, dass sie der + Marginalienspalte von \DescRef{maincls.cmd.marginpar} bei Einstellung + \Macro{normalmarginpar} entsprechen. Es wird darauf hingewiesen, dass + diese Option kein Argument erwartet oder erlaubt.\par% + Voreinstellung: \emph{nein}% + }% + \entry{\OptionVName{position}{Abstand}}{% + Die Notizspalte wird mit \PName{Abstand} vom linken Rand des Papiers + gesetzt. Dabei sind für \PName{Abstand} auch komplexe Ausdrücke + gestattet, solange diese voll expandierbar sind und zum Zeitpunkt der + Ausgabe der Notizspalte zu einer Länge oder zu einem Längenwert oder + einem Längenausdruck expandieren. Siehe + \cite[Abschnitt~3.5]{manual:eTeX} für weitere Informationen zu + Längenausdrücken.\par% + Voreinstellung: \emph{durch Option \Option{marginpar}}% + }% + \entry{\Option{reversemarginpar}}{% + Position und Breite der Notizspalte werden so eingestellt, dass sie der + Marginalienspalte von \DescRef{maincls.cmd.marginpar} bei Einstellung + \Macro{reversemarginpar} entsprechen. Es wird darauf hingewiesen, dass + diese Option kein Argument erwartet oder erlaubt.\par% + Voreinstellung: \emph{nein}% + }% + \entry{\OptionVName{width}{Breite}}{% + Die Notizspalte wird mit der angegebenen Breite gesetzt. Dabei sind für + \PName{Breite} auch komplexe Ausdrücke gestattet, solange diese voll + expandierbar sind und zum Zeitpunkt der Ausgabe der Notizspalte zu einer + Länge oder einem Längenwert oder einem Längenausdruck expandieren. Siehe + \cite[Abschnitt~3.5]{manual:eTeX} für weitere Informationen zu + Längenausdrücken.\par% + Voreinstellung: \emph{durch Option \Option{marginpar}}% + }% +% \end{desctabular} +%\end{table} +\end{desclist} Da die Notizspalten mit Hilfe von \hyperref[cha:scrlayer]{\Package{scrlayer}}% \important{\hyperref[cha:scrlayer]{\Package{scrlayer}}} definiert werden, wird @@ -239,11 +308,7 @@ entnehmen. \begin{lstcode} \documentclass{scrartcl} \usepackage[ngerman]{babel} - \usepackage{selinput} - \SelectInputMappings{ - adieresis={ä}, - germandbls={ß}, - } + \usepackage[T1]{fontenc} \usepackage{lmodern} \usepackage{xcolor} @@ -275,8 +340,8 @@ entnehmen. Es wird ein einseitiger Artikel verfasst. Dazu wird die Sprache\textnote{Sprache mit \Package{babel}} mit Hilfe des \Package{babel}\IndexPackage{babel}-Pakets auf Deutsch (neue - Rechtschreibung) festgelegt. Die Eingabecodierung wird mit Hilfe von - \Package{selinput}\IndexPackage{selinput} automatisch bestimmt. Als Schrift + Rechtschreibung) festgelegt. Bezüglich der Eingabecodierung wird von UTF-8 + und einer \LaTeX-Version ab 2018-04-01 ausgegangen. Als Schrift wird Latin Modern in 8-Bit-Codierung verwendet.\iffree{ Für die Farbeinstellungen wird das Paket \Package{xcolor}\IndexPackage{xcolor} genutzt.}{} @@ -352,71 +417,6 @@ testen, können Sie vorübergehend Offen blieb in dem Beispiel die Frage, wie der Text für den Kommentar schmaler gesetzt werden kann. Dies werden Sie bei der Fortsetzung des Beispiels erfahren.% -% -%\begin{table}% Umbruchoptimierung: Tabelle hinter das Beispiel verschoben -\begin{desclist} - \desccaption{% -% \caption[Mögliche Einstellungen für die Deklaration von Notizspalten]{% - Mögliche Einstellungen für die Deklaration von Notizspalten% -% }% - \label{tab:scrlayer-notecolumn.note.column.options}% - }{% - Mögliche Einstellungen für die Deklaration von Notizspalten - (\emph{Fortsetzung})% - }% -% \begin{desctabular} - \entry{\OptionVName{font}{Schriftattribute}}{% - Einstellung der \PName{Schriftattribute} der Notizspalte mit Hilfe von - \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.setkomafont}. Für erlaubte Werte sei auf - \autoref{sec:\LabelBase.textmarkup}, - \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.cmd.setkomafont} verwiesen.\par% - Voreinstellung: \emph{leer}% - }% - \entry{\Option{marginpar}}{% - Position und Breite der Notizspalte werden so eingestellt, dass sie der - Marginalienspalte von \DescRef{maincls.cmd.marginpar} entsprechen. Eine - Umschaltung zwischen \Macro{reversemarginpar}\IndexCmd{reversemarginpar} - und \Macro{normalmarginpar}\IndexCmd{normalmarginpar} wird immer nur am - Ende der Seite bei der Ausgabe der Notizspalte beachtet. Es wird darauf - hingewiesen, dass diese Option kein Argument erwartet oder erlaubt.\par% - Voreinstellung: \emph{ja}% - }% - \entry{\Option{normalmarginpar}}{% - Position und Breite der Notizspalte werden so eingestellt, dass sie der - Marginalienspalte von \DescRef{maincls.cmd.marginpar} bei Einstellung - \Macro{normalmarginpar} entsprechen. Es wird darauf hingewiesen, dass - diese Option kein Argument erwartet oder erlaubt.\par% - Voreinstellung: \emph{nein}% - }% - \entry{\OptionVName{position}{Abstand}}{% - Die Notizspalte wird mit \PName{Abstand} vom linken Rand des Papiers - gesetzt. Dabei sind für \PName{Abstand} auch komplexe Ausdrücke - gestattet, solange diese voll expandierbar sind und zum Zeitpunkt der - Ausgabe der Notizspalte zu einer Länge oder zu einem Längenwert oder - einem Längenausdruck expandieren. Siehe - \cite[Abschnitt~3.5]{manual:eTeX} für weitere Informationen zu - Längenausdrücken.\par% - Voreinstellung: \emph{durch Option \Option{marginpar}}% - }% - \entry{\Option{reversemarginpar}}{% - Position und Breite der Notizspalte werden so eingestellt, dass sie der - Marginalienspalte von \DescRef{maincls.cmd.marginpar} bei Einstellung - \Macro{reversemarginpar} entsprechen. Es wird darauf hingewiesen, dass - diese Option kein Argument erwartet oder erlaubt.\par% - Voreinstellung: \emph{nein}% - }% - \entry{\OptionVName{width}{Breite}}{% - Die Notizspalte wird mit der angegebenen Breite gesetzt. Dabei sind für - \PName{Breite} auch komplexe Ausdrücke gestattet, solange diese voll - expandierbar sind und zum Zeitpunkt der Ausgabe der Notizspalte zu einer - Länge oder einem Längenwert oder einem Längenausdruck expandieren. Siehe - \cite[Abschnitt~3.5]{manual:eTeX} für weitere Informationen zu - Längenausdrücken.\par% - Voreinstellung: \emph{durch Option \Option{marginpar}}% - }% -% \end{desctabular} -%\end{table} -\end{desclist} \EndIndexGroup @@ -435,7 +435,6 @@ diese Hilfsdatei dann Stück für Stück je nach Fortschritt des Dokuments wiede eingelesen und am Ende der Seite werden die Notizen für die jeweilige Seite ausgegeben. -\iffree{}{\pagebreak}% Umbruchoptimierung Es ist jedoch zu beachten\textnote{Achtung!}, dass Notizspalten nur auf Seiten ausgegeben werden, deren Seitenstil auf dem Paket \hyperref[cha:scrlayer]{\Package{scrlayer}}\IndexPackage{scrlayer}% @@ -463,9 +462,11 @@ das Paket dabei auf \Macro{pdfsavepos}\IndexCmd{pdfsavepos}, \Macro{pdflastypos}\IndexCmd{pdflastypos} und \Macro{pdfpageheight}\IndexLength{pdfpageheight} beziehungsweise deren Entsprechungen bei neueren Lua\TeX-Versionen angewiesen. Ohne diese Befehle -funktioniert \Package{scrlayer-notecolumn} nicht. Dabei wird außerdem davon -ausgegangen, dass die genannten Primitiven exakt die Ergebnisse von PDF\TeX{} -liefern. +funktioniert \Package{scrlayer-notecolumn} nicht. % +\iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur +Dabei wird außerdem davon ausgegangen, dass die genannten Primitiven exakt +die Ergebnisse von PDF\TeX{} liefern.% +\fi Wird allerdings bei der Ausgabe der \PName{Notiz} eine Kollision\textnote{Kollisionsauf"|lösung} mit einer früheren Notiz in derselben @@ -520,12 +521,13 @@ verwendet.% \end{lstcode} beenden, wenn Sie ein Ergebnis sehen wollen. \end{Example}% + Beim Testen des Beispiels, werden Sie feststellen, dass die Gesetzes\-spalte tiefer hinunter reicht als der Kommentartext. Wenn\textnote{Achtung!} Sie zwecks Übung einen weiteren Abschnitt mit einem weiteren Paragraphen hinzufügen, ergibt sich eventuell das Problem, dass der Kommentar nicht unterhalb des Gesetzestextes, sondern direkt im Anschluss an den bisherigen -Kommentar fortgesetzt wird. Eine Lösung für dieses Problem, werden Sie gleich +Kommentar fortgesetzt wird. Eine Lösung für dieses Problem werden Sie gleich kennenlernen. Das\ChangedAt{v0.1.2583}{\Package{scrlayer-notecolumn}} im Beispiel erwähnte @@ -552,7 +554,7 @@ Hilfsdatei mit den Informationen zum Inhalt der Notizspalte während der Verarbeitung der Kopfzeile einer Seite eingelesen wird. Das hat vor allem dann Auswirkungen, wenn dies geschieht, während eine Umgebung wie \Environment{verbatim} aktiv ist. In diesem Fall wären während des Einlesens -der Hilfsdatei die \Macro{catcode}-Einstellungen dieser Umgebung aktiv. Dies +der Hilfsdatei die \Macro{catcode}-Einstellungen dieser Umgebung aktiv. Das würde zwangsläufig zu Fehlern in der Verarbeitung und Ausgabe führen. Um dies abzumildern, werden während \Macro{begin}\PParameter{document} die \Macro{catcode}-Einstellungen der in \Macro{dospecials}\IndexCmd{dospecials} @@ -608,7 +610,7 @@ einer Notiz selbst, also im obligatorischen Argument von nicht abgefangen werden und führt dazu, dass mit jedem \LaTeX-Lauf neue Verschiebungen auf"|treten, so dass nie ein endgültiger Zustand erreicht wird. Um zwei oder mehrere Notizspalten miteinander zu synchronisieren, sind -diese stattdessen mit dem Haupttext zu synchronisieren, da dabei auch die +sie stattdessen mit dem Haupttext zu synchronisieren, da dabei auch die Spalten miteinander synchronisiert werden. Die hierzu empfohlene Anweisung wird nachfolgend beschrieben.% % @@ -634,7 +636,7 @@ wird nachfolgend beschrieben.% Die kulturelle Komponente eines Witzes ist tatsächlich nicht zu vernachlässigen. Über die politische Korrektheit der Nutzung des - kulturellen Umfeldes kann zwar trefflich + kulturellen Umfeldes kann zwar treff"|lich gestritten werden, nichtsdestotrotz ist die Treffsicherheit einer solchen Komik im entsprechenden Umfeld frappierend. Auf der @@ -673,27 +675,32 @@ Frage wird im nächsten Abschnitt beantwortet werden. \Macro{syncwithnotecolumns}\OParameter{Liste von Notizspalte} \end{Declaration} Diese Anweisung führt eine Synchronisierung des Haupttextes mit allen in der -mit Komma separierten \PName{Liste von Notizspalten} durch. Dabei wird der -Haupttext mit der Notizspalte synchronisiert, deren Marke am weitesten hinten -im Dokument steht. Somit werden als Nebeneffekt auch die Notizspalten -untereinander synchronisiert. - -Wird das optionale Argument nicht angegeben oder ist es leer (oder beginnt es -mit \Macro{relax}), so wird mit allen deklarierten Notizspalten -synchronisiert.% +mit Komma separierten \PName{Liste von Notizspalten} angegebenen Notitzspalten +durch. Dabei wird der Haupttext mit der Notizspalte synchronisiert, deren +Marke am weitesten hinten im Dokument steht. Somit werden als Nebeneffekt auch +die Notizspalten untereinander synchronisiert. + +Wird das optionale Argument nicht angegeben oder ist es leer, so wird mit +allen deklarierten Notizspalten synchronisiert.% \EndIndexGroup \section{Erzwungene Ausgabe von Notizspalten} \seclabel{clearnotes} +\iftrue % Umbruchkorrektur +Im vorherigen Abschnitt wurde dokumentiert, wie die Ausgabe der Notitzspalten +normalerweise erfolgt. Manchmal ist es aber % +\else% Neben der normalen Ausgabe der Notizspalten, wie sie im vorherigen Abschnitt -beschrieben ist, ist es manchmal auch erforderlich, alle aufgesammelten -Notizen, die noch nicht ausgegeben wurden, auszugeben. Das ist insbesondere -dann sinnvoll, wenn längere Notizen dazu führen, dass immer mehr Notizen nach -unten und auf neue Seiten verschoben werden. Ein guter Zeitpunkt für eine -solche erzwungene Ausgabe\Index{Ausgabe>erzwungene} ist beispielsweise das -Ende eines Kapitels oder das Ende des Dokuments. +beschrieben ist, ist es manchmal % +\fi % +auch erforderlich, alle aufgesammelten Notizen, die noch nicht ausgegeben +wurden, unmittelbar auszugeben. Das ist insbesondere dann sinnvoll, wenn +längere Notizen dazu führen, dass immer mehr Notizen nach unten und auf neue +Seiten verschoben werden. Ein guter Zeitpunkt für eine solche erzwungene +Ausgabe\Index{Ausgabe>erzwungene} ist beispielsweise das Ende eines Kapitels +oder das Ende des Dokuments. \begin{Declaration} \Macro{clearnotecolumn}\OParameter{Name der Notizspalte} @@ -717,17 +724,17 @@ der Meldung: »\LaTeX{} Warning: Label(s) may have changed. Rerun to get cross-references right.« Die Notizspalte, deren anhängige Notizen ausgegeben werden soll, ist über das -optionale Argument, \PName{Name der Notizspalte}, angegeben. Ist kein solches +optionale Argument \PName{Name der Notizspalte} angegeben. Ist kein solches Argument angegeben, so wird die vordefinierte Notizspalte \PValue{marginpar} verwendet. -Dem aufmerksamen Leser\textnote{erzwungene Ausgabe vs. Synchronisation} wird -nicht entgangen sein, dass die erzwungene Ausgabe einer Notizspalte der -Synchronisierung nicht unähnlich ist. Allerdings befindet man sich nach der -erzwungenen Ausgabe im Fall, dass tatsächlich eine Ausgabe stattfindet, am -Anfang der Seite nach der letzten Ausgabe und nicht unmittelbar unterhalb der -letzten Ausgabe. Dafür terminiert die erzwungene Ausgabe in der Regel mit -weniger \LaTeX-Läufen.% +Dem aufmerksamen Leser wird nicht entgangen sein, dass die +erzwungene\textnote{erzwungene Ausgabe vs. Synchronisation} Ausgabe einer +Notizspalte der Synchronisierung nicht unähnlich ist. Allerdings befindet man +sich nach der erzwungenen Ausgabe im Fall, dass tatsächlich eine Ausgabe +stattfindet, am Anfang der Seite nach der letzten Ausgabe und nicht +unmittelbar unterhalb der letzten Ausgabe. Dafür terminiert die erzwungene +Ausgabe in der Regel mit weniger \LaTeX-Läufen.% \EndIndexGroup @@ -756,16 +763,14 @@ ausgeführt wird. Dies ist auch am Ende eines Dokuments innerhalb von \Option{autoclearnotecolumns} kann daher gesteuert werden, ob bei Ausführung von \DescRef{maincls.cmd.clearpage} automatisch auch \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.clearnotecolumns} ohne Argument ausgeführt werden -soll. - -Da davon ausgegangen wird, dass dies in der Regel erwünscht ist, ist die +soll. Da davon ausgegangen wird, dass dies in der Regel erwünscht ist, ist die Option in der Voreinstellung aktiv. Man kann sie jedoch über die entsprechenden Werte für einfache Schalter (siehe \autoref{tab:truefalseswitch} auf \autopageref{tab:truefalseswitch}) jederzeit aus- und auch wieder einschalten. Es ist zu beachten\textnote{Achtung!}, dass im Falle der Deaktivierung der -automatischen Ausgabe anhängiger Notizen am Ende des Dokument Notizen ganz +automatischen Ausgabe anhängiger Notizen am Ende des Dokuments Notizen ganz oder teilweise verloren gehen können. Daher sollte man in diesem Fall vor \Macro{end}\PParameter{document} sicherheitshalber ein \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.clearnotecolumns} einfügen. @@ -787,9 +792,9 @@ Das Ergebnis des Beispiels ist übrigens in \begin{figure} \KOMAoptions{captions=bottombeside}% \setcapindent{0pt}% - \begin{captionbeside}[{Eine Ergebnisseite zu dem Beispiel in - \autoref{cha:scrlayer-notecolumn}}]{Eine Ergebnisseite zu dem Beispiel - aus diesem Kapitel\label{fig:scrlayer-notecolumn.example}}[l] + \begin{captionbeside}[{Eine Ergebnisseite zu dem Beispiel aus dem Kapitel}]% + {Eine Ergebnisseite zu dem Beispiel aus diesem + Kapitel\label{fig:scrlayer-notecolumn.example}}[l] \frame{\includegraphics[width=.667\textwidth,keepaspectratio]% {scrlayer-notecolumn-example}} \end{captionbeside} diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex index 6e8741f6f3..741f98daad 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ % ============================================================================ \KOMAProvidesFile{scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex}% - [$Date: 2019-10-10 10:04:30 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + [$Date: 2019-11-29 09:11:10 +0100 (Fri, 29 Nov 2019) $ KOMA-Script guide (chapter: scrlayer-scrpage for experts)] \chapter[{Zusätzliche Möglichkeiten von \Package{scrlayer-scrpage}}] @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ Seitenstile \PageStyle{scrheadings} und \PageStyle{plain.scrheadings} vorgestellt. Diese bilden quasi ein Paar, bei dem \PageStyle{scrheadings} als Haupt-Seitenstil mit Kolumnentitel vorgesehen ist, während \PageStyle{plain.scrheadings} ein dazu passender \PageStyle{plain}-Seitenstil -ohne Kolumnentitel aber üblicherweise mit Paginierung, also mit Seitenzahl +ohne Kolumnentitel, aber üblicherweise mit Paginierung, also mit Seitenzahl ist. Neben der Konfiguration dieses vordefinierten Paares bietet \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} auch die Möglichkeit, zusätzliche Paare zu definieren. Der Name des Haupt-Seitenstils, beispielsweise @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ Paares ist. Ist das optionale Argument \PName{Eltern-Paar} angegeben, so ist dies der Name eines Seitenstil-Paares, mit dessen Einstellungen das neue Paar initialisiert werden soll. Das neue Paar erbt also quasi die Konfiguration des -\PName{Eltern-Paar}s. +Eltern-Paares. {\setlength{\emergencystretch}{1em}% Während in \autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.predefined.pagestyles} der Eindruck @@ -161,6 +161,16 @@ Definition bei \Macro{providepairofpagestyles} ignoriert, wohingegen sie bei bereits existierender Paare kann \Macro{renewpairofpagestyles} verwendet werden. Hier wird ein Fehler gemeldet, wenn einer der beiden Seitenstile oder beide Seitenstile des Paares noch nicht existieren.% + +An dieser Stelle sei auch noch darauf hingewiesen, dass jedes Paar aus einer +Reihe von mit \hyperref[cha:scrlayer]{\Package{scrlayer}} definierten Ebenen +besteht. Interessierte Anwender werden die Namen\textnote{Ebenennamen} der +Ebenen im nachfolgenden Abschnitt in +\autoref{tab:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.layersperstyle} auf +\autopageref{tab:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.layersperstyle} kennenlernen. Die +dort angebenen Ebenen werden für ein Seitenstilpaar durch die Tatsache +verdoppelt, dass sie sowohl für \PName{Name} als auch +für \PValue{plain.}\PName{Name} definiert werden.% \EndIndexGroup @@ -169,12 +179,12 @@ beide Seitenstile des Paares noch nicht existieren.% \Macro{clearplainofpairofpagestyles} \Macro{clearpairofpagestyles} \end{Declaration} -Mit \Macro{clearmainofpairofpagestyles} wird der Hauptseitenstil -des zuletzt aktivierten Seitenstil-Paares leer konfiguriert. Dagegen wird mit -der Anweisung \Macro{clearplainofpairofpagestyles} der +Mit \Macro{clearmainofpairofpagestyles} wird der Hauptseitenstil des zuletzt +aktivierten Seitenstil-Paares leer konfiguriert. Dagegen wird mit der +Anweisung \Macro{clearplainofpairofpagestyles} der \PageStyle{plain}-Seitenstil des entsprechenden Seitenstil-Paares leer -konfiguriert. Anweisung \Macro{clearpairofpagestyles} konfiguriert schließlich -beide Seitenstile des entsprechenden Paares als leer. +konfiguriert. Die Anweisung \Macro{clearpairofpagestyles} konfiguriert +schließlich beide Seitenstile des entsprechenden Paares als leer. Es ist jedoch zu beachten\textnote{Achtung!}, dass keine dieser Anweisungen die Definitionen aus dem Parameter \PName{Definition}, der bei der Definition @@ -193,14 +203,20 @@ Paar.% \section{Definition komplexer Seitenstile} \seclabel{pagestyle.experts} +\iffree{}{\enlargethispage{-.8\baselineskip}}% Umbruchkorrektur Doppelseite Neben den vordefinierten Seitenstilen bietet \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} auch noch eine eher grundlegende Schnittstelle zur Definition von Seitenstilen. Die -bisher erläuterten Konzepte greifen bei der Implementierung ebenso wie die von -\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.pagestyle.triple} auf diese Möglichkeit -zurück. Aufgrund ihrer hohen Komplexität wird sie jedoch nur erfahrenen -Anwendern empfohlen. Weniger erfahrene Anwender können mit den vorgenannten +bisher erläuterten Konzepte greifen bei der Implementierung % +\iftrue ebenso wie die von \autoref{sec:\LabelBase.pagestyle.triple} \fi % +auf diese Möglichkeit zurück. % +\iftrue % Umbruchkorrektur +Aufgrund ihrer hohen Komplexität wird sie jedoch nur erfahrenen Anwendern +empfohlen. Weniger erfahrene Anwender können mit den vorgenannten Möglichkeiten bereits nahezu alles erreichen, was auch mit dieser -grundlegenden Schnittstelle möglich ist. +grundlegenden Schnittstelle möglich ist. % +\else % +Sie ist jedoch hoch komplex und wird von Anwender nur sehr selten benötigt. +\fi \begin{Declaration} \Macro{defpagestyle}\Parameter{Name} @@ -252,10 +268,10 @@ wählbar. Für Seitenstile mit Kolumnentitel wird jedoch die Verwendung von \DescRef{scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.headmark}, \DescRef{scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.leftmark} oder \DescRef{scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rightmark} innerhalb der Definitionen -empfohlen. Keinesfalls sollte man hier direkt eine Gliederungsnummer oder -einen Überschriftentext als Kolumnentitel angeben. Aufgrund des asynchronen -Seitenaufbaus von \LaTeX{} kann sonst die falsche Nummer oder der falsche Text -im Seitenkopf oder Seitenfuß erscheinen. +empfohlen. Keinesfalls\textnote{Achtung!} sollte man hier direkt eine +Gliederungsnummer oder einen Überschriftentext als Kolumnentitel +angeben. Aufgrund des asynchronen Seitenaufbaus von \LaTeX{} können sonst die +falsche Nummer oder der falsche Text im Seitenkopf oder Seitenfuß erscheinen. Bei\textnote{Unterschiede} \Macro{defpagestyle} wird der Seitenstil unabhängig davon, ob er bereits existiert oder nicht, neu definiert. Demgegenüber meldet @@ -363,13 +379,14 @@ Ebenen und Ebenen-Seitenstilen ist \autoref{cha:scrlayer} ab dynamisch zu bestimmen. Der farbige Hintergrund selbst wurde in diesem Beispiel mit einer - \Macro{rule}-Anweisung gesetzt. Für die Größe wurde dabei mit + \Macro{rule}-Anweisung gesetzt. Für die Größe wurden dabei mit \DescRef{scrlayer.cmd.layerwidth}\IndexCmd{layerwidth}% \important[i]{\DescRef{scrlayer.cmd.layerwidth}\\ \DescRef{scrlayer.cmd.layerheight}} und \DescRef{scrlayer.cmd.layerheight}\IndexCmd{layerheight} die aktuelle Breite - und Höhe der Ebene verwendet. Diese wurde per optionalem Argument um die - Höhe der Unterlängen \Macro{dp}\Macro{strutbox} nach unten verschoben. + und Höhe der Ebene verwendet. Per optionalem Argument von \Macro{rule} wurde + der Hintergrund um die Höhe der Unterlängen, \Macro{dp}\Macro{strutbox}, + nach unten verschoben. \end{Example} % Statt wie im Beispiel für die Hintergrundfarbe neue Ebenen hinzuzufügen, hätte diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex index dd968107e3..12b822affe 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ % ============================================================================ \KOMAProvidesFile{scrlayer-scrpage.tex}% - [$Date: 2019-10-10 10:04:30 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + [$Date: 2019-11-29 08:38:59 +0100 (Fri, 29 Nov 2019) $ KOMA-Script guide (chapter:scrlayer-scrpage)] \chapter[{Kopf- und Fußzeilen mit \Package{scrlayer-scrpage}}] @@ -52,62 +52,38 @@ \Package{scrlayer-scrpage}} \labelbase{scrlayer-scrpage} % -\BeginIndexGroup +\BeginIndexGroup% \BeginIndex{Package}{scrlayer-scrpage}% -\begin{Explain} - Bis \KOMAScript~3.11b war das Paket - \Package{scrpage2}\IndexPackage[indexmain]{scrpage2}% - \important{\Package{scrpage2}} das Mittel der Wahl, wenn es darum ging, den - Kopf und den Fuß der Seite über das hinaus zu verändern, was die - \KOMAScript-Klassen mit den Seitenstilen \PageStyle{headings}, - \PageStyle{myheadings}, \PageStyle{plain} und \PageStyle{empty} boten. - \iffalse% - Bis 2001 gab es dafür auch noch das Paket - \Package{scrpage}\IndexPackage{scrpage}, das aber seit 2013 nicht mehr mit - \KOMAScript{} zusammen verteilt wird.\par - \fi% - Seit 2013 ist das Paket \hyperref[cha:scrlayer]{\Package{scrlayer}}% - \important{\hyperref[cha:scrlayer]{\Package{scrlayer}}}% - \IndexPackage{scrlayer} als neuer, grundlegender Baustein in \KOMAScript{} - enthalten. Dieses Paket bietet ein Ebenenmodell sowie ein darauf basierendes - Seitenstil-Modell an. Für die direkte Verwendung durch den - durchschnittlichen Anwender ist die Schnittstelle dieses Pakets jedoch fast - schon zu flexibel und damit einhergehend auch nicht leicht zu - durchschauen. Näheres zu dieser Schnittstelle ist \autoref{cha:scrlayer} in - \autoref{part:forExperts} zu entnehmen. Einige wenige Möglichkeiten, die - eigentlich zu \Package{scrlayer} gehören und deshalb in jenem Kapitel noch - einmal aufgegriffen werden, sind jedoch auch in diesem Kapitel dokumentiert, - da sie für die Verwendung von \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} ebenfalls benötigt - werden. - - Viele Anwender sind bereits mit den Anweisungen aus \Package{scrpage2} - vertraut. Deshalb wurde mit \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} ein Paket geschaffen, - das basierend auf \Package{scrlayer} eine mit \Package{scrpage2} weitgehend - kompatible und gleichzeitig stark erweiterte Anwender-Schnittstelle - bereitstellt. Wer bereits mit \Package{scrpage2} vertraut ist und dort keine - unsauberen Rückgriffe auf interne Anweisungen getätigt hat, kann daher in - der Regel \Package{scrpage2} recht einfach durch \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} - ersetzen. Das gilt mit der genannten Einschränkung auch für die meisten - Beispiele in \LaTeX-Büchern oder im Internet.% -\iffalse -\iffree{}{\par Mit Erscheinen dieses Buches wird \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} für - \KOMAScript{} das empfohlene Mittel der Wahl, wenn es um Änderungen der - vordefinierten Seitenstile geht. Die Verwendung des als veraltet - anzusehenden Pakets \Package{scrpage2}\IndexPackage[indexmain]{scrpage2}% - \important{\Package{scrpage2}} wird hingegen nicht mehr empfohlen. Daher ist - die Anleitung zu diesem veralteten Paket auch nicht mehr Bestandteil dieses - Buches. Wenn Sie auf ältere Dokumente stoßen, die noch \Package{scrpage2} - verwenden, sollten Sie eine Umstellung auf \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} - erwägen. Für alle Fälle finden Sie in diesem Kapitel auch einige Hinweise - zur Verwendung von \Package{scrpage2}.} -\fi -\end{Explain} - -Neben \Package{scrlayer-scrpage}\iffree{ oder \Package{scrpage2}}{} wäre auch -\Package{fancyhdr} (siehe \cite{package:fancyhdr}) grundsätzlich geeignet, um -Kopf und Fuß der Seiten zu konfigurieren. Allerdings unterstützt dieses Paket -diverse Möglichkeiten von \KOMAScript{}, angefangen von Änderungen der Schrift -über das Elemente-Modell (siehe \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.setkomafont}, +Das Paket \hyperref[cha:scrlayer]{\Package{scrlayer}}% +\important{\hyperref[cha:scrlayer]{\Package{scrlayer}}}% +\IndexPackage{scrlayer} ist einer der grundlegenden Bausteine in +\KOMAScript{}. Es bietet ein Ebenenmodell und darauf basierend ein +Seitenstil-Modell. Für die direkte Verwendung durch den durchschnittlichen +Anwender ist die Schnittstelle dieses Pakets in seiner Mächtigkeit jedoch +nicht leicht zu durchschauen. Aufbauend auf +\hyperref[cha:scrlayer]{\Package{scrlayer}} bietet +\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}\important{\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}} eine +Benutzerschnittstelle, die einigen Anwendern teilweise vielleicht noch vom +veralteten Paket +\Package{scrpage2}\important{\Package{scrpage2}}\IndexPackage{scrpage2} +vertraut ist. Allerdings wurde jene Schnittstelle stark erweitert, +vereinheitlicht und auf allgemeine Neuerungen in \KOMAScript~3 angepasst. +Einige wenige Möglichkeiten, die eigentlich zu +\hyperref[cha:scrlayer]{\Package{scrlayer}} und daher in +\autoref{cha:scrlayer} gehören, sind auch in diesem Kapitel dokumentiert, da +sie für die Verwendung von \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} ebenfalls wichtig +sind. Wer bereits mit \Package{scrpage2} vertraut ist und dort keine +unsauberen Rückgriffe auf interne Anweisungen getätigt hat, kann % +\iffalse in der Regel \fi% Umbruchkorrektur +\Package{scrpage2} recht einfach durch \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} ersetzen. + +Neben \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} ist auch beispielsweise +\Package{fancyhdr}\important{\Package{fancyhdr}}% +\IndexPackage[indexmain]{\Package{fancyhdr}} (siehe \cite{package:fancyhdr}) +grundsätzlich geeignet, um Kopf und Fuß der Seiten zu +konfigurieren. Allerdings\textnote{Achtung!} unterstützt dieses Paket diverse +Möglichkeiten von \KOMAScript{}, angefangen von Änderungen der Schrift über +das Elemente-Modell (siehe \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.setkomafont}, \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.addtokomafont} und \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.usekomafont} in \autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.textmarkup}, ab @@ -116,15 +92,14 @@ der Gliederungsnummern in Kolumnentiteln (siehe Option \DescRef{maincls.option.numbers} und beispielsweise Anweisung \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.chaptermarkformat} in \autoref{sec:maincls.structure}, \DescPageRef{maincls.option.numbers} und -\DescPageRef{maincls.cmd.chaptermarkformat}), nicht. Daher wird für die -Verwendung mit den \KOMAScript-Klassen das neue Paket -\Package{scrlayer-scrpage} empfohlen. \iffree{Bei Problemen damit kann auch - auf \Package{scrpage2} zurückgegriffen werden.}{\ignorespaces} Natürlich -kann \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} auch mit anderen Klassen, beispielsweise den -Standardklassen verwendet werden. +\DescPageRef{maincls.cmd.chaptermarkformat}), +nicht. Daher\textnote{Empfehlung!} wird für die Verwendung mit den +\KOMAScript-Klassen \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} empfohlen. Natürlich ist +\Package{scrlayer-scrpage} auch mit anderen Klassen, beispielsweise den +Standardklassen, eine gute Wahl. Über die in diesem Kapitel erklärten Möglichkeiten hinaus bietet das Paket -\Package{scrlayer-scrpage} weiteres, das jedoch nur für einige, wenige +\Package{scrlayer-scrpage} weiteres, das jedoch nur für einige wenige Anwender von Interesse sein dürfte und daher in \autoref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage-experts} von \autoref{part:forExperts} ab \autopageref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage-experts} ausgeführt wird. Dennoch: Falls die @@ -144,8 +119,8 @@ Die einfachste Möglichkeit, mit \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} zu seinem Wunschdesign für Kopf und Fuß der Seite zu gelangen, ist die Verwendung eines vorgefertigten Seitenstils. % -\iffalse % Umbruchoptimierung - In diesem Abschnitt werden die vom Paket \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} bereits +\iftrue % Umbruchoptimierung + In diesem Abschnitt werden diese vom Paket \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} bereits beim Laden definierten Seitenstile vorgestellt. Darüber hinaus werden diejenigen Befehle erklärt, mit denen grundlegende Einstellungen bei diesen Seitenstilen vorgenommen werden können. Weitere Optionen, Befehle und @@ -159,21 +134,22 @@ vorgefertigten Seitenstils. \PageStyle{plain.scrheadings} \end{Declaration} Das Paket \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} stellt zwei Seitenstile zur Verfügung, -die nach eigenen Wünschen umgestaltet werden können. Als erstes wäre der +die nach eigenen Wünschen umgestaltet werden +können. Als\textnote{Voreinstellung} erstes wäre der voreingestellte Seitenstil \PageStyle{scrheadings}\important{\PageStyle{scrheadings}} zu nennen. Dieser ist als Seitenstil mit Kolumnentitel vorgesehen. Er ähnelt in der Voreinstellung dem Seitenstil -\PageStyle{headings}\IndexPagestyle{headings} der Standard- oder der -\KOMAScript-Klassen. Was genau im Kopf und Fuß ausgegeben wird, ist über die -nachfolgend beschriebenen Befehle und Optionen einstellbar. +\DescRef{maincls.pagestyle.headings}\IndexPagestyle{headings} der Standard- +oder der \KOMAScript-Klassen. Was genau im Kopf und Fuß ausgegeben wird, ist +über die nachfolgend beschriebenen Befehle und Optionen einstellbar. Als zweites ist der Seitenstil \PageStyle{plain.scrheadings}\important{\PageStyle{plain.scrheadings}} zu nennen. Dieser ist als Seitenstil ohne Kolumnentitel vorgesehen. Er ähnelt in -der Voreinstellung dem Seitenstil \PageStyle{plain}\IndexPagestyle{plain} der -Standard- oder der \KOMAScript-Klassen. Was genau im Kopf und Fuß ausgegeben -wird, ist auch hier über die nachfolgend beschriebenen Befehle und Optionen -einstellbar. +der Voreinstellung dem Seitenstil +\DescRef{maincls.pagestyle.plain}\IndexPagestyle{plain} der Standard- oder der +\KOMAScript-Klassen. Was genau im Kopf und Fuß ausgegeben wird, ist auch hier +über die nachfolgend beschriebenen Befehle und Optionen einstellbar. Natürlich kann auch \PageStyle{scrheadings} als Seitenstil ohne Kolumnentitel und \PageStyle{plain.scrheadings} als Seitenstil mit Kolumnentitel @@ -181,17 +157,19 @@ konfiguriert werden. Es ist jedoch zweckmäßig, sich an die vorgenannte Konvention zu halten. Die beiden Seitenstile beeinflussen sich nämlich in gewisser Weise gegenseitig. Sobald einer der Seitenstile einmal ausgewählt wurde, ist \PageStyle{scrheadings} auch unter dem Namen -\PageStyle{headings}\important{\PageStyle{headings}}\IndexPagestyle{headings} -und der Seitenstil \PageStyle{plain.scrheadings} auch unter dem Namen -\PageStyle{plain}\important{\PageStyle{plain}}\IndexPagestyle{plain} -aktivierbar. Das hat den Vorteil, dass bei Klassen, die automatisch zwischen -\PageStyle{headings} und \PageStyle{plain} umschalten, durch einmalige Auswahl -von \PageStyle{scrheadings} oder \PageStyle{plain.scrheadings} nun zwischen -diesen beiden Stilen umgeschaltet wird. Direkte Anpassungen der entsprechenden -Klassen sind nicht erforderlich. Die beiden Seitenstile stellen also quasi ein -Paar dar, das als Ersatz für \PageStyle{headings} und \PageStyle{plain} -verwendet werden kann. Sollten weitere solche Paare benötigt werden, so sei -auf \autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.pagestyle.pairs} in +\PageStyle{headings}\important{\PageStyle{headings}}% +\IndexPagestyle[indexmain]{headings} und der Seitenstil +\PageStyle{plain.scrheadings} auch unter dem Namen +\PageStyle{plain}\important{\PageStyle{plain}}% +\IndexPagestyle[indexmain]{plain} aktivierbar. Das hat den Vorteil, dass bei +Klassen, die automatisch zwischen \PageStyle{headings} und \PageStyle{plain} +umschalten, durch einmalige Auswahl von \PageStyle{scrheadings} oder +\PageStyle{plain.scrheadings} nun zwischen diesen beiden Stilen umgeschaltet +wird. Direkte Anpassungen der entsprechenden Klassen sind nicht +erforderlich. Die beiden Seitenstile stellen also quasi ein Paar dar, das als +Ersatz für \PageStyle{headings} und \PageStyle{plain} verwendet werden +kann. Sollten weitere solche Paare benötigt werden, so sei auf +\autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.pagestyle.pairs} in \autoref{part:forExperts} verwiesen.% \EndIndexGroup @@ -228,13 +206,15 @@ obligatorische Argument jeweils einen Inhalt in Die Inhalte für gerade, also linke Seiten\textnote{linke Seite} werden mit den Befehlen \Macro{lehead}, \Macro{cehead} und \Macro{rehead} gesetzt. Das -»\texttt{e}« an zweiter Stelle des Befehlsnamens steht dabei für »\emph{even}« -(engl. für »gerade«). +»\texttt{e}« an zweiter Stelle des Befehlsnamens steht % +\iffalse dabei \fi % Umbruchkorrektur (analog im nächsten Absatz!) +für »\emph{even}« (engl. für »gerade«). Die Inhalte für ungerade, also rechte Seiten\textnote{rechte Seite} werden mit den Befehlen \Macro{lohead}, \Macro{cohead} und \Macro{rohead} gesetzt. Das -»\texttt{o}« an zweiter Stelle des Befehlsnamens steht dabei für »\emph{odd}« -(engl. für »ungerade«). +»\texttt{o}« an zweiter Stelle des Befehlsnamens steht % +\iffalse dabei \fi % Umbruchkorrektur (analog im vorherigen Absatz!) +für »\emph{odd}« (engl. für »ungerade«). Es\textnote{Achtung!} sei an dieser Stelle noch einmal darauf hingewiesen, dass im einseitigen Satz nur rechte Seiten existieren und diese von \LaTeX{} @@ -250,21 +230,27 @@ gesetztes Element, das mit \Macro{cehead} respektive \Macro{cohead} gesetzt werden kann. Das »\texttt{c}« am Anfang des Befehlsnamens steht hier für »\emph{centered}« (engl. für »zentriert«). -Entsprechend besitzt jeder Kopf eines Seitenstil auch ein +Entsprechend besitzt jeder Kopf eines Seitenstils auch ein rechtsbündiges\textnote{rechtsbündig} Element, das mit \Macro{rehead} respektive \Macro{rohead} gesetzt werden kann. Das »\texttt{r}« am Anfang des Befehlsnamens steht hier für »\emph{right aligned}« (engl. für »rechtsbündig«). +Die\textnote{Achtung!} drei vorgenannten Elemente nehmen im Kopf denselben +Raum ein. Sie sind lediglich unterschiedlich ausgerichtet. Werden also mehrere +dieser Elemente verwendet, so muss der Anwender selbst Sorge tragen, dass sie +sich nicht gegenseitig überdecken. + \BeginIndexGroup \BeginIndex{FontElement}{pagehead}\LabelFontElement{pagehead}% \BeginIndex{FontElement}{pageheadfoot}\LabelFontElement{pageheadfoot}% -Diese Elemente besitzen jedoch nicht jedes für sich eine Schriftzuordnung mit -Hilfe der Befehle \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.setkomafont} und \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.addtokomafont} (siehe +Diese Elemente besitzen auch nicht jedes für sich eine Schriftzuordnung mit +Hilfe der Befehle \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.setkomafont} und +\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.addtokomafont} (siehe \autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.textmarkup}, -\DescPageRef{\LabelBase.cmd.setkomafont}), sondern alle zusammen -über das Element \FontElement{pagehead}\important{\FontElement{pagehead}}. Vor -diesem wird außerdem noch das Element +\DescPageRef{\LabelBase.cmd.setkomafont}), sondern alle zusammen über das +Element \FontElement{pagehead}\important{\FontElement{pagehead}}. Vor diesem +wird außerdem noch das Element \FontElement{pageheadfoot}\important{\FontElement{pageheadfoot}} angewandt. Die Voreinstellungen für diese beiden Elemente sind \autoref{tab:scrlayer-scrpage.fontelements}, @@ -392,7 +378,8 @@ für den Kopf der Seiten im doppelseitigen Modus noch einmal skizziert.% \begin{Example} Angenommen, Sie verfassen einen kurzen Artikel und wollen, dass im Kopf der Seiten links der Name des Autors und rechts der Titel des Artikels - steht. Sie schreiben daher beispielsweise: + steht. Sie schreiben daher beispielsweise:% + {\phantomsection\xmpllabel{loheadrohead}}% \begin{lstcode} \documentclass{scrartcl} \usepackage{scrlayer-scrpage} @@ -512,8 +499,7 @@ Sternvariante mit nur einem Argument verwenden.% Mit der Sternform von \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.lohead} und \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.rohead} lässt sich das Beispiel aus der vorherigen Erklärung etwas verkürzen: - % Umbruchoptimierung durch Abstandsänderung -\begin{lstcode}[belowskip=-\dp\strutbox] +\begin{lstcode} \documentclass{scrartcl} \usepackage{scrlayer-scrpage} \lohead*{Peter Musterheinzel} @@ -529,6 +515,7 @@ Sternvariante mit nur einem Argument verwenden.% \end{lstcode}% \end{Example}% \EndIndexGroup +\ExampleEndFix \begin{Declaration} @@ -555,17 +542,19 @@ setzt. Die Inhalte für gerade, also linke Seiten\textnote{linke Seite} werden mit den Befehlen \Macro{lefoot}, \Macro{cefoot} und \Macro{refoot} gesetzt. Das -»\texttt{e}« an zweiter Stelle des Befehlsnamens steht dabei für »\emph{even}« -(engl. für »gerade«). +»\texttt{e}« an zweiter Stelle des Befehlsnamens steht % +\iffalse dabei \fi % Umbruchkorrektur (enstprechend im nächsten Absatz) +für »\emph{even}« (engl. für »gerade«). Die Inhalte für ungerade, also rechte Seiten\textnote{rechte Seite} werden mit den Befehlen \Macro{lofoot}, \Macro{cofoot} und \Macro{rofoot} gesetzt. Das -»\texttt{o}« an zweiter Stelle des Befehlsnamens steht dabei für »\emph{odd}« -(engl. für »ungerade«). +»\texttt{o}« an zweiter Stelle des Befehlsnamens steht % +\iffalse dabei \fi % Umbruchkorrektur (enstprechend im vorherigen Absatz) +für »\emph{odd}« (engl. für »ungerade«). Es\textnote{Achtung!} sei an dieser Stelle noch einmal darauf hingewiesen, dass im einseitigen Satz nur rechte Seiten existieren und diese von \LaTeX{} -unabhängig von ihrer Nummer als ungerade Seiten gezeichnet werden. +unabhängig von ihrer Nummer als ungerade Seiten bezeichnet werden. Jeder Fuß eines Seitenstils besitzt ein linksbündiges\textnote{linksbündig} Element, das mit \Macro{lefoot} respektive \Macro{lofoot} gesetzt werden @@ -583,10 +572,15 @@ respektive \Macro{rofoot} gesetzt werden kann. Das »\texttt{r}« am Anfang des Befehlsnamens steht hier für »\emph{right aligned}« (engl. für »rechtsbündig«). +Die\textnote{Achtung!} drei vorgenannten Elemente nehmen im Fuß denselben +Raum ein. Sie sind lediglich unterschiedlich ausgerichtet. Werden also mehrere +dieser Elemente verwendet, so muss der Anwender selbst Sorge tragen, dass sie +sich nicht gegenseitig überdecken. + \BeginIndexGroup \BeginIndex{FontElement}{pagefoot}\LabelFontElement{pagefoot}% \BeginIndex{FontElement}{pageheadfoot}\LabelFontElement[.foot]{pageheadfoot}% -Diese Elemente besitzen jedoch nicht jedes für sich eine Schriftzuordnung mit +Diese Elemente besitzen auch nicht jedes für sich eine Schriftzuordnung mit Hilfe der Befehle \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.setkomafont} und \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.addtokomafont} (siehe \autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.textmarkup}, @@ -712,7 +706,8 @@ für den Fuß der Seiten im doppelseitigen Modus noch einmal skizziert. \begin{Example} Kommen wir zu dem Beispiel des kurzen Artikels zurück. Angenommen Sie wollen nun links im Fuß \iffree{zusätzlich}{\unskip} den Verlag angegeben - haben. Daher ergänzen Sie das Beispiel zu: + haben. Daher ergänzen Sie das Beispiel von + \PageRefxmpl{\LabelBase.loheadrohead} zu: \begin{lstcode} \documentclass{scrartcl} \usepackage{scrlayer-scrpage} @@ -728,7 +723,7 @@ für den Fuß der Seiten im doppelseitigen Modus noch einmal skizziert. \lipsum \end{document} \end{lstcode} - Der Verlag wird Ihnen aber nicht auf der Seite mit dem + Der Verlag wird dabei aber nicht auf der Seite mit dem Titelkopf ausgegeben. Die Begründung ist dieselbe wie beim Beispiel zu \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.lohead}. Ebenso ist die Lösung, um den Verlag auch auf diese Seite zu bekommen, entsprechend: @@ -753,15 +748,15 @@ für den Fuß der Seiten im doppelseitigen Modus noch einmal skizziert. Sie, indem Sie in der Dokumentpräambel die folgende Codezeile ergänzen}% \fi% \iftrue% - \iffree{}{. Dies erreichen Sie mit folgender Ergänzung:}% - \fi + \iffree{}{. Dies erreichen Sie mit folgender Ergänzung}% + \fi% : \begin{lstcode} \setkomafont{pageheadfoot}{\small} \end{lstcode} - Darüber hinaus, soll - \iftrue% Umbruchvarianten + Darüber hinaus soll + \iffalse% Umbruchvarianten der Kopf\important{\FontElement{pagehead}}\IndexFontElement{pagehead}, nicht jedoch der Fuß \else% @@ -831,7 +826,7 @@ für den Fuß der Seiten im doppelseitigen Modus noch einmal skizziert. Da es etwas umständlich ist, die Angaben bei doppelseitigen Dokumenten wie im letzten Beispiel immer getrennt für linke und rechte Seiten zu machen, wird -nachfolgend eine schönere Lösung für diesen Standardfall eingeführt. +später noch eine schönere Lösung für diesen Standardfall eingeführt. \iftrue% Umbruchoptimierung \leavevmode\textnote{Achtung!}% @@ -881,8 +876,7 @@ Sternvariante mit nur einem Argument verwenden.% Mit der Sternform von \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.lofoot} und \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.rofoot} lässt sich das Beispiel aus der vorherigen Erklärung etwas verkürzen: -% Umbruchoptimierung durch Abstandsänderung -\begin{lstcode}[belowskip=-\dp\strutbox] +\begin{lstcode} \documentclass[twoside]{scrartcl} \usepackage{scrlayer-scrpage} \lohead{Peter Musterheinzel} @@ -905,6 +899,7 @@ Sternvariante mit nur einem Argument verwenden.% \end{Example}% % \EndIndexGroup +\ExampleEndFix \begin{Declaration} @@ -949,7 +944,7 @@ Fußes. In \autoref{fig:scrlayer-scrpage.head} auf skizziert. % \begin{Example} - \iftrue% Umbruchvarianten + \iffalse% Umbruchvarianten Das letzte Beispiel lässt sich so vereinfachen: \else Mit Hilfe der neuen Befehle, lässt sich das letzte Beispiel wie folgt @@ -979,7 +974,7 @@ skizziert. \fi \end{Example}% -\iffalse% Umbruchoptimierung +\iftrue% Umbruchoptimierung Da im einseitigen Layout alle Seiten als ungerade oder rechte Seiten behandelt werden, können \iffree{im einseitigen Layout}{dann} diese Befehle auch als Synonyme für die entsprechenden Befehle für rechte Seiten verwendet werden.% @@ -1114,11 +1109,10 @@ im einseitigen Satz mittig im Fuß. Im Unterschied\textnote{\KOMAScript{} vs. Standardklassen} zum Seitenstil \PageStyle{plain} der Standardklassen entfällt die Seitenzahl im doppelseitigen Modus. Die Standardklassen setzen die Seitenzahl stattdessen mittig im Fuß, was im doppelseitigen Satz nicht zum -übrigen Stil der Seiten passt. -\iffalse % Umbruchkorrekturtext -Wer die Seitenzahl zurück haben will, kann dies -mit -\begin{lstcode} +übrigen Stil der Seiten passt.% +\iftrue % Umbruchkorrekturtext +Wer die Seitenzahl zurück haben will, kann dies mit +\begin{lstcode}[belowskip=-1\baselineskip plus \dp\strutbox] \cfoot[\pagemark]{} \end{lstcode} erreichen. % @@ -1130,7 +1124,7 @@ Es ist zu beachten\textnote{Achtung!}, dass mit der Verwendung dieser Option gleichzeitig der Seitenstil \DescRef{\LabelBase.pagestyle.scrheadings}\IndexPagestyle{scrheadings}% \important{\DescRef{\LabelBase.pagestyle.scrheadings}} aktiviert wird. -\iffalse% Umbruchkorrektur +\iftrue% Umbruchkorrektur Dies gilt auch, wenn die Option innerhalb eines Dokuments verwendet wird.% \fi % @@ -1168,17 +1162,6 @@ runden Klammern erlaubt. Näheres zu solchen Längenausdrücken ist \cite[Abschnitt~3.5]{manual:eTeX} zu entnehmen. Für \PName{Breite} sind außerdem einige symbolische Werte zulässig. Diese sind \autoref{tab:scrlayer-scrpage.symbolic.values} zu entnehmen. - -Die Voreinstellung für \PName{Breite} ist die Breite des Textbereichs. Die -Voreinstellung für \PName{Offset} hängt von der gewählten \PName{Breite} -ab. In der Regel wird im einseitigen Satz die Hälfte des Unterschieds zwischen -\PName{Breite} und der Breite des Textbereichs verwendet. Damit wird der Kopf -über dem Textbereich zentriert. Im doppelseitigen Satz wird hingegen nur ein -Drittel des Unterschieds zwischen \PName{Breite} und der Breite des -Textbereichs verwendet. Ist \PName{Breite} jedoch die Breite des Textbereichs -zuzüglich der Marginalienspalte, so ist die Voreinstellung von \PName{Offset} -immer Null. Falls Ihnen das zu kompliziert ist, sollten Sie den gewünschten -\PName{Offset} einfach selbst angeben.% % \begin{table} \centering @@ -1189,40 +1172,40 @@ immer Null. Falls Ihnen das zu kompliziert ist, sollten Sie den gewünschten \begin{desctabular} \entry{\PValue{foot}}{% die aktuelle Breite des Fußes% - }% + }\\[-1.7ex] \entry{\PValue{footbotline}}{% die aktuelle Länge der horizontalen Linie unterhalb des Fußes% - }% + }\\[-1.7ex] \entry{\PValue{footsepline}}{% die aktuelle Länge der horizontalen Linie zwischen dem Textbereich und dem Fuß% } \entry{\PValue{head}}{% die aktuelle Breite des Kopfes% - }% + }\\[-1.7ex] \entry{\PValue{headsepline}}{% die aktuelle Länge der horizontalen Linie zwischen dem Kopf und dem Textbereich% - }% + }\\[-1.7ex] \entry{\PValue{headtopline}}{% die aktuelle Länge der horizontalen Linie über dem Kopf% - }% + }\\[-1.7ex] \entry{\PValue{marginpar}}{% die Breite der Marginalienspalte einschließlich des Abstandes zwischen dem Textbereich und der Marginalienspalte% - }% + }\\[-1.7ex] \entry{\PValue{page}}{% die Breite der Seite unter Berücksichtigung einer eventuell mit Hilfe des Pakets \Package{typearea} definierten Bindekorrektur (siehe Option \DescRef{typearea.option.BCOR} in \autoref{sec:typearea.typearea}, \DescPageRef{typearea.option.BCOR})% - }% + }\\[-1.7ex] \entry{\PValue{paper}}{% die Breite des Papiers ohne Berücksichtigung einer etwaigen Bindekorrektur% - }% + }\\[-1.7ex] \entry{\PValue{text}}{% die Breite des Textbereichs% - }% + }\\[-1.7ex] \entry{\PValue{textwithmarginpar}}{% die Breite des Textbereichs einschließlich der Marginalienspalte und natürlich des Abstandes zwischen den beiden (Achtung: Nur in diesem Fall @@ -1230,9 +1213,21 @@ immer Null. Falls Ihnen das zu kompliziert ist, sollten Sie den gewünschten }% \end{desctabular} \end{table} -% + +Die Voreinstellung für \PName{Breite} ist die Breite des Textbereichs. Die +Voreinstellung für \PName{Offset} hängt von der gewählten \PName{Breite} +ab. In der Regel wird im einseitigen Satz die Hälfte des Unterschieds zwischen +\PName{Breite} und der Breite des Textbereichs verwendet. Damit wird der Kopf +über dem Textbereich zentriert. Im doppelseitigen Satz wird hingegen nur ein +Drittel des Unterschieds zwischen \PName{Breite} und der Breite des +Textbereichs verwendet. Ist \PName{Breite} jedoch die Breite des Textbereichs +zuzüglich der Marginalienspalte, so ist die Voreinstellung von \PName{Offset} +immer Null. Falls Ihnen das zu kompliziert ist, sollten Sie den gewünschten +\PName{Offset} einfach selbst angeben.% \EndIndexGroup +\iffree{}{\clearpage}% Umbruchkorrektur (brutal aber effektiv) + \begin{Declaration} \OptionVName{headtopline}{Dicke\textup{:}Länge} @@ -1247,18 +1242,18 @@ immer Null. Falls Ihnen das zu kompliziert ist, sollten Sie den gewünschten Während die \KOMAScript-Klassen nur eine Trennlinie unter dem Kopf und eine weitere über dem Fuß unterstützen und man diese nur wahlweise ein- und ausschalten kann, erlaubt das Paket \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} auch noch eine -Linie über dem Kopf und unter dem Fuß, und man kann bei diesen beiden sowohl -die \PName{Länge} als auch die \PName{Dicke} konfigurieren. +Linie über dem Kopf und unter dem Fuß und man kann sowohl +die \PName{Länge} als auch die \PName{Dicke} einstellen. Beide Werte sind optional. Lässt man die \PName{Dicke} weg, so wird 0,4\Unit{pt} angenommen, also eine Haarlinie produziert. Verzichtet man auf -eine Angabe der \PName{Länge}, so wird die Breite des Kopfes respektive des +eine Angabe der \PName{Länge}, so wird die Breite des Kopfes respektive Fußes als gewünschter Wert angenommen. Wird beides weggelassen, so kann auch der Doppelpunkt entfallen. Wird nur ein Wert ohne Doppelpunkt angegeben, so ist dies die \PName{Dicke}. Natürlich darf die \PName{Länge} nicht nur kürzer als die aktuelle Breite des -Kopfes respektive des Fußes sein. Sie darf auch länger sein. Siehe dazu auch +Kopfes respektive Fußes sein. Sie darf auch länger sein. Siehe dazu auch die Optionen \DescRef{\LabelBase.option.ilines}\IndexOption{ilines}% \important{\DescRef{\LabelBase.option.ilines}, \DescRef{\LabelBase.option.clines}, \DescRef{\LabelBase.option.olines}}, diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex index 18a1c91b59..f887b84b5d 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ % ============================================================================ \KOMAProvidesFile{scrlayer.tex}% - [$Date: 2019-10-09 15:19:04 +0200 (Wed, 09 Oct 2019) $ + [$Date: 2019-12-03 09:41:21 +0100 (Tue, 03 Dec 2019) $ KOMA-Script guide (chapter:scrlayer)] \chapter[{Definition von Ebenen und Seitenstilen mit \Package{scrlayer}}] @@ -60,29 +60,29 @@ Anwender von Grafikprogrammen sind mit dem Modell der Ebenen für eine Seite bereits vertraut. \LaTeX{} selbst ist ein solches Modell jedoch eher fremd. Dennoch gibt es bereits einige Pakete wie \Package{eso-pic} oder -\Package{textpos}, mit denen bereits eine Art Hintergrund- oder +\Package{textpos}, mit denen eine Art Hintergrund- oder Vor\-der\-grund\-ebe\-ne in \LaTeX{} verfügbar gemacht wurden. Das Paket \Package{scrlayer} ist ein weiteres Paket, das solche Hintergrund- und Vordergrundebenen zur Verfügung stellt. Im Unterschied zu den anderen genannten Paketen sind die Ebenen bei \Package{scrlayer} jedoch Teil des -Seitenstils. Dadurch ist eine einfache Umschaltung zwischen der Verwendung -unterschiedlicher Ebenen durch die Umschaltung des Seitenstils möglich. - -Um dies zu erreichen, stellt das Paket auf unterer Stufe zusätzlich eine -Schnittstelle zur Definition von Seitenstilen, die auf einem Stapel oder einer -Liste von Ebenen beruhen, zum Hinzufügen von Ebenen wahlweise am Anfang oder -Ende einer solchen Liste von Ebenen oder unmittelbar vor oder hinter einer -anderen Ebene in einer solchen Liste, zum Löschen einer Ebene aus einer -solchen Liste und zum Löschen aller Dubletten einer Ebene aus einer solchen -Liste bereit. Oder kurz und verständlich gesagt: Die Seitenstil-Schnittstelle -von \Package{scrlayer} stellt Befehle bereit, um einen Seitenstil, der auf -einer Liste von Ebenen basiert, zu definieren und diese Ebenenliste zu -verwalten. +Seitenstils. Dadurch ist eine Umschaltung zwischen der Verwendung +unterschiedlicher Ebenen einfach durch die Umschaltung des Seitenstils möglich. + +Um dies zu erreichen, stellt das Paket eine Schnittstelle für die Verwaltung +Seitenstilen bereit, die auf Ebenen basieren. Über diese können neue +Seitenstil als Stapel oder Listen von Ebenen definiert werden. Ebenen können +wahlweise am Anfang oder Ende dieser Listen eingefügt werden. Das Einfügen ist +ebenfalls vor oder nach einer anderen Ebene in einer solchen Liste +möglich. Ebenen können auch wieder aus den Listen entfernt oder Listen von +Dupletten bereinigt werden. Natürlich gibt es außerdem Schnittstellen zur +Definition und Manipulation der Ebenen selbst. Nichtsdestoweniger wird die direkte Verwendung der Ebenen nur erfahrenen Anwendern empfohlen. Schnittstellen für Anfänger und durchschnittliche -Anwender werden als zusätzliche Pakete angeboten, die dann ihrerseits -\Package{scrlayer} laden. Siehe hierzu \autoref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage} in +Anwender werden als zusätzliche Pakete wie +\hyperref[cha:scrlayer-scrpage]{\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}} angeboten, die +dann ihrerseits \Package{scrlayer} laden. Siehe hierzu +\autoref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage} ab \autopageref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage} in \autoref{part:forAuthors} diese\iffree{r Anleitung}{s Buches}. @@ -98,10 +98,10 @@ sie entsprechende Angaben machen. Anderenfalls versucht das Paket diese Informationen selbst zu ermitteln. Das funktioniert beispielsweise für die Standardklassen oder für die \KOMAScript-Klassen. Mit anderen Klassen kann es funktionieren oder auch ganz oder teilweise fehlschlagen. - +\iffalse \par\fi% Umbruchkorrektur Dieser Abschnitt beschreibt einige der Informationen, die Autoren von Klassen -bereitstellen können. Anwender sollten sich im Normalfall nicht darum zu -kümmern brauchen. +bereitstellen können.\iffalse Anwender sollten sich im Normalfall nicht darum zu +kümmern brauchen.\fi \begin{Declaration} \Macro{if@chapter}\ \PName{Dann-Code}\ % @@ -171,24 +171,24 @@ Klassenautors angewiesen.% \Macro{DeclareSectionNumberDepth}\Parameter{Name~der~Gliederungsebene} \Parameter{Tiefe~der~Gliederungsebene} \end{Declaration} -Jeder Gliederungsebene ist normalerweise eine nummerische Tiefe +Jeder Gliederungsebene ist normalerweise eine numerische Tiefe zugeordnet. Das ist notwendig, damit \LaTeX{} die Hierarchie der Gliederungsebenen verwalten kann. Allerdings sind die Werte nur der jeweiligen Klasse bekannt, in der die Gliederungsbefehle definiert sind. Diese setzt dann in den entsprechenden \LaTeX-Befehlen selbst die zugehörigen Nummern ein. -{\setlength{\emergencystretch}{1em}% +{\setlength{\emergencystretch}{1em}% Umbruchkorrektur Das Paket \Package{scrlayer} benötigt ebenfalls Informationen über die Hierarchie. Mit Hilfe von \Macro{DeclareSectionNumberDepth} kann -\Package{scrlayer} zum Namen einer Gliederungsebene die zugehörige nummerische +\Package{scrlayer} zum Namen einer Gliederungsebene die zugehörige numerische Tiefe bekannt gemacht werden. Für die Standardklassen wäre \PName{Name der Gliederungsebene} beispielsweise \PValue{part}, \PValue{chapter}, \PValue{section}, \PValue{subsection}, \PValue{subsubsection}, -\PValue{paragraph} oder \PValue{subparagraph} und die jeweils zugehörige -\PName{Tiefe der Gliederungsebene} wäre -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 oder 5.\par} +\PValue{paragraph}, \PValue{subparagraph} und die jeweilige +\PName{Tiefe der Gliederungsebene} -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5.\par} -Das Paket \Package{scrlayer} versucht, diese nummerischen Werte zunächst beim +Das Paket \Package{scrlayer} versucht, diese numerischen Werte zunächst beim Laden des Pakets und noch einmal während \Macro{begin}\PParameter{document} selbst zu ermitteln. Aber für den Fall, dass dies einmal nicht zu einem korrekten Ergebnis führt, beispielsweise falls es vollkommen andere @@ -229,31 +229,37 @@ Fragen verstanden werden können: Inhalt anschließend ausgegeben. Optisch erscheinen sie daher \emph{vor}, \emph{auf} oder \emph{über} dem normalen Inhalt der Seite. In der Voreinstellung ist eine Ebene sowohl eine Hintergrundebene als auch eine - Vordergrundebene und wird daher zweimal ausgegeben. Normalerweise ist es - daher sinnvoll, dies explizit einzuschränken. -\item[An welcher Position soll die Ebene ausgegeben - werden?]% - \leavevmode\textnote{horizontale und vertikale Position}\hskip 0pt - Zur Beantwortung dieser Frage dienen Eigenschaften zur Festlegung der - horizontalen und der vertikalen Position. + Vordergrundebene und wird daher zweimal ausgegeben. In der Regel ist es + deshalb sinnvoll, dies explizit einzuschränken. \item[Wie groß ist die Ebene?]% \leavevmode\textnote{horizontale und vertikale Größe}\hskip 0pt - Ebenso wie für die Position gibt es auch für die horizontale und vertikale - Ausdehnung der Ebene Eigenschaften. Damit kann eine Ebene auch kleiner oder - größer als das Papier sein und an unterschiedlichen Positionen auf dem - Papier liegen. + Eine Ebene kann auch kleiner oder größer als das Papier sein. Damit werden + Eigenschaften für die horizontale und vertikale Ausdehnung der Ebene + benötigt. +\item[An welcher Position soll die Ebene ausgegeben werden?]% + \leavevmode\textnote{horizontale und vertikale Position}\hskip 0pt + Diese Frage stellt sich nicht nur aufgrund der von der Papiergröße + möglichweise abweichenden Ausdehnung der Ebene. Auch gleich große Ebenen + können gegeneinander verschoben sein. Ihre Beantwortung führt zu + Eigenschaften für die Festlegung der horizontalen und vertikalen Position + der Ebene. \item[Wie werden die horizontale und die vertikale Position gemessen?]% \leavevmode\textnote{Ausrichtung}\hskip 0pt - Die Antwort auf diese Frage ist die Eigenschaft der Ausrichtung. Man kann - von der linken Papierkante zur linken Kante der Ebene, zur Mitte der Ebene - oder zur rechten Kante der Ebene messen. Entsprechend kann man von der - oberen Kante des Papiers zur oberen Kante der Ebene, zur Mitte der Ebene - oder zur unteren Kante der Ebene messen. + \iftrue% Umbruchkorrektur + Diese Frage ergibt sich unmittelbar aus der vorherigen. Die Antwort darauf + \else% + Die Antwort auf diese Frage % + \fi% + ist die Eigenschaft der Ausrichtung. Man kann von der linken Papierkante zur + linken Kante der Ebene, zur Mitte der Ebene oder zur rechten Kante der Ebene + messen. Entsprechend kann man von der oberen Kante des Papiers zur oberen + Kante der Ebene, zur Mitte der Ebene oder zur unteren Kante der Ebene + messen. \item[Ist die Ebene für Textausgabe oder für Grafik vorgesehen?]% \leavevmode\textnote{Text oder Grafik}\hskip 0pt Auch diese Frage ist eng mit der Position verknüpft. Während der Anwender - bei der Grafikausgabe beispielsweise davon ausgeht, dass der Ursprung in der + bei der Grafikausgabe davon ausgeht, dass der Ursprung in der linken unteren Ecke der Ebene liegt, wäre dies bei der Textausgabe eher ungünstig. Daher liegt der Ursprung für Textebenen um die Höhe einer Standardtextzeile unterhalb der oberen, linken Ecke der Ebene. Grafikebenen @@ -264,12 +270,14 @@ Fragen verstanden werden können: werden?]% \leavevmode\textnote{linke oder rechte Seite}\hskip 0pt In der Voreinstellung wird eine Ebene auf allen Seiten gedruckt. Es ist zu - beachten, dass \LaTeX{} Seiten mit geraden Seitenzahlen als linke Seiten und - Seiten mit ungeraden Seitenzahlen als rechte Seiten behandelt, dass es - jedoch im einseitigen Modus unabhängig von der Nummer nur rechte Seiten - gibt. \LaTeX{} bezeichnet, den Gepflogenheiten in der englischen Sprache - entsprechend, linke Seiten auch als gerade Seiten und rechte Seiten als - ungerade Seiten. + beachten, dass \LaTeX{} im doppelseitigen Satz Seiten mit geraden + Seitenzahlen als linke Seiten und Seiten mit ungeraden Seitenzahlen als + rechte Seiten behandelt, dass es jedoch im einseitigen Modus unabhängig von + der Nummer nur rechte Seiten gibt. \LaTeX{} bezeichnet, den Gepflogenheiten + der englischen Sprache entsprechend, linke Seiten auch als gerade Seiten + und rechte Seiten als ungerade Seiten. Dies erfolgt ungeachtet der Tatsache, + dass im einseitigen Satz ungerade Seiten dann auch gerade Nummern tragen + können. \item[Soll die Ebene in einseitigen oder in doppelseitigen Dokumenten verwendet werden?]% \leavevmode\textnote{einseitig oder doppelseitig}\hskip 0pt @@ -312,10 +320,11 @@ Eigenschaften abgebildet werden können. \Macro{RedeclareLayer}\OParameter{Optionenliste}\Parameter{Name der Ebene} \Macro{ModifyLayer}\OParameter{Optionenliste}\Parameter{Name der Ebene} \end{Declaration} -Diese Anweisungen können verwendet werden, um Ebenen zu definieren. Der -\PName{Name der Ebene} muss voll expandierbar sein. Die Expansion sollte in -ASCII-Buchstaben resultieren. Einige zusätzliche Zeichen werden ebenfalls -akzeptiert, ihre Verwendung wird jedoch nur erfahrenden Anwendern empfohlen. +Diese Anweisungen können verwendet werden, um Ebenen zu definieren oder zu +verändern. Der \PName{Name der Ebene} muss voll expandierbar sein. Die +Expansion sollte in ASCII-Buchstaben resultieren. Einige zusätzliche Zeichen +werden ebenfalls akzeptiert, ihre Verwendung wird jedoch nur erfahrenen +Anwendern empfohlen. Bei Verwendung von \Macro{DeclareLayer}\important{\Macro{DeclareLayer}} spielt es keine Rolle, ob eine Ebene \PName{Name der Ebene} bereits existiert oder @@ -327,36 +336,14 @@ getrennt. Um innerhalb der Werte einer Option ein Komma oder ein Leerzeichen verwenden zu können, muss der entsprechende Wert in geschweifte Klammern gesetzt werden. Eine Übersicht über die Optionen und die Eigenschaften, die sie repräsentieren, findet sich in \autoref{tab:scrlayer.layerkeys}. - -Im Unterschied zu \Macro{DeclareLayer} meldet -\Macro{DeclareNewLayer}\important{\Macro{DeclareNewLayer}} einen Fehler, falls -eine Ebene mit dem angegebenen Namen bereits existiert. Damit wird der -Anwender davor bewahrt, versehentlich mehrmals denselben Namen zu -verwenden. Dies ist insbesondere auch dann nützlich, wenn Klassen oder Pakete -intern ebenfalls Ebenen definieren. - -Dagegen definiert \Macro{ProvideLayer}\important{\Macro{ProvideLayer}} die -Ebene nur, wenn nicht bereits eine Ebene mit dem angegebenen Namen -existiert. Wird der Name hingegen bereits für eine andere Ebene verwendet, so -wird die neuerliche Definition ignoriert. Die Anweisung hat also die -Bedeutung: \emph{Definiere die Ebene, falls sie noch nicht existiert.} - -Soll eine bereits existierende Ebene umdefiniert werden, so kann wahlweise -\Macro{RedeclareLayer} oder \Macro{ModifyLayer} verwendet werden. Während mit -\Macro{RedeclareLayer}\important{\Macro{RedeclareLayer}} die Ebene zunächst -auf die Grundeinstellungen zurückgesetzt und damit über die angegebene -\PName{Optionenliste} komplett neu definiert wird, unterbleibt bei -\Macro{ModifyLayer}\important{\Macro{ModifyLayer}} das Zurücksetzen. Es werden -dann nur die Eigenschaften geändert, für die in der \PName{Optionenliste} auch -Angaben vorhanden sind. Die Anwendung auf eine zuvor noch nicht definierte -Ebene stellt bei beiden Anweisungen einen Fehler dar. - +% +% Umbruchkorrektur: Tabelle verschoben \begin{desclist} \desccaption{% - Optionen für die Definition von Seiten-Ebenen mit ihrer jeweiligen + Optionen für die Beschreibung von Seiten-Ebenen mit ihrer jeweiligen Bedeutung als Ebenen-Eigenschaft\label{tab:scrlayer.layerkeys}% }{% - Optionen für die Definition von Ebenen (\emph{Fortsetzung})% + Optionen für die Beschreibung von Ebenen (\emph{Fortsetzung})% }% \entry{% \ChangedAt{v3.16}{\Package{scrlayer}}% @@ -428,7 +415,7 @@ Ebene stellt bei beiden Anweisungen einen Fehler dar. \Option{backandforeground}}{% Mit dieser Option wird die Einschränkung der Ebene auf den Vorder- oder Hintergrund wieder aufgehoben und diesbezüglich die Grundeinstellung - wieder hergestellt. In der Regel ist dies wenig sinnvoll, daher existiert + wiederhergestellt. In der Regel ist dies wenig sinnvoll, daher existiert die Option nur aus Gründen der Vollständigkeit. Diese Option erwartet und erlaubt keinen Wert.% }% @@ -486,7 +473,7 @@ Ebene stellt bei beiden Anweisungen einen Fehler dar. \Option{floatornonfloatpage}}{% Mit dieser Option wird die Einschränkung der Ebene auf Gleitseiten oder Seiten, die keine Gleitseiten sind, aufgehoben und diesbezüglich die - Voreinstellung wieder hergestellt. Diese Option erwartet und erlaubt + Voreinstellung wiederhergestellt. Diese Option erwartet und erlaubt keinen Wert.% }% \entry{\Option{floatpage}}{% @@ -684,17 +671,40 @@ Ebene stellt bei beiden Anweisungen einen Fehler dar. Längenausdrucks ist \cite[Abschnitt~3.5]{manual:eTeX} zu entnehmen.% }% \end{desclist} -% + +\iffree{}{\clearpage}% Umbruchkorrektur +Im Unterschied zu \Macro{DeclareLayer} meldet +\Macro{DeclareNewLayer}\important{\Macro{DeclareNewLayer}} einen Fehler, falls +eine Ebene mit dem angegebenen Namen bereits existiert. Damit wird der +Anwender davor bewahrt, versehentlich mehrmals denselben Namen zu +verwenden. Dies ist insbesondere auch dann nützlich, wenn Klassen oder Pakete +intern ebenfalls Ebenen definieren. + +Dagegen definiert \Macro{ProvideLayer}\important{\Macro{ProvideLayer}} die +Ebene nur, wenn nicht bereits eine Ebene mit dem angegebenen Namen +existiert. Wird der Name hingegen bereits für eine andere Ebene verwendet, so +wird die neuerliche Definition ignoriert. Die Anweisung hat also die +Bedeutung: \emph{Definiere die Ebene, falls sie noch nicht existiert.} + +Soll eine bereits existierende Ebene umdefiniert werden, so kann wahlweise +\Macro{RedeclareLayer} oder \Macro{ModifyLayer} verwendet werden. Während mit +\Macro{RedeclareLayer}\important{\Macro{RedeclareLayer}} die Ebene zunächst +auf die Grundeinstellungen zurückgesetzt und damit über die angegebene +\PName{Optionenliste} komplett neu definiert wird, unterbleibt bei +\Macro{ModifyLayer}\important{\Macro{ModifyLayer}} das Zurücksetzen. Es werden +dann nur die Eigenschaften geändert, für die in der \PName{Optionenliste} auch +Angaben vorhanden sind. Die Anwendung auf eine zuvor noch nicht definierte +Ebene stellt bei beiden Anweisungen einen Fehler dar.% \EndIndexGroup \begin{Declaration} \Macro{ModifyLayers}\OParameter{Optionenliste}\Parameter{Ebenenliste} \end{Declaration} Diese\ChangedAt{v3.26}{\Package{scrlayer}} Anweisung führt -\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.ModifyLayer} mit der angebenen \PName{Optionenliste} -für alle Ebenen aus, die in der durch Komma separierten \PName{Ebenenliste} -angegeben sind. Sie dient also dazu, die Eigenschaften einer ganzen Reihe von -Ebenen gleichzeitig zu ändern.% +\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.ModifyLayer}\Parameter{Optionenliste}\Parameter{Ebene} +für jede \PName{Ebene} aus, die in der durch Komma separierten +\PName{Ebenenliste} angegeben ist. Sie dient also dazu, die Eigenschaften +einer ganzen Reihe von Ebenen gleichzeitig auf gleiche Weise zu ändern.% \EndIndexGroup \begin{Declaration} @@ -739,10 +749,10 @@ Diese\ChangedAt{v3.19}{\Package{scrlayer}} Anweisung stammt ursprünglich von . Sie rechnet Längen-Werte in Vielfache von \Length{unitlength} um und kann daher anstelle von Koordinaten oder anderen von \Length{unitlength} abhängigen Werten einer \Environment{picture}-Umgebung verwendet werden. Siehe dazu auch -\cite{package:eso-pic} und die nachfolgende Erklärung zu \Macro{putUR}, -\Macro{putLL} und \Macro{putLR}. Die Anweisung wird nur definiert, wenn sie -nicht bereits beispielsweise durch das Laden von \Package{eso-pic} definiert -ist.% +\cite{package:eso-pic} und die nachfolgende Erklärung zu +\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.putUL} bis \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.putC}. Die +Anweisung wird nur definiert, wenn sie nicht bereits, beispielsweise durch das +Laden von \Package{eso-pic}, definiert ist.% \iffalse% Umbruchkorrekturtext \par Es sei an dieser Stelle darauf hingewiesen, dass man bei Verwendung von Paket @@ -871,8 +881,9 @@ derart zerstörte Ebenen ignoriert. Zerstörte Ebenen können mit \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.ProvideLayer} neu definiert werden. Sie können jedoch vor einer neuerlichen Definition nicht länger mit \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.RedeclareLayer} oder -\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.ModifyLayer} verändert werden. - +\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.ModifyLayer} verändert werden.% +\iffalse % Siehe Hinweis zur Interface-Schnittstelle +\par Die Anweisung ist dazu bestimmt, innerhalb des Arguments \PName{Code} von \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface} (siehe \autoref{sec:scrlayer.enduserinterfaces}, @@ -880,19 +891,20 @@ Die Anweisung ist dazu bestimmt, innerhalb des Arguments \PName{Code} von werden. Damit können Ebenen, die unter Verwendung von entfernbaren Anweisungen einer entfernbaren Benutzerschnittstelle definiert wurden, zusammen mit dieser Benutzerschnittstelle entfernt werden.% +\fi% \EndIndexGroup \begin{Declaration} + \OptionVName{draft}{Ein-Aus-Wert} \Macro{layercontentsmeasure} \end{Declaration} -Mit Hilfe der \KOMAScript-Option -\DescRef{\LabelBase.option.draft}\IndexOption{draft~=\PName{Ein-Aus-Wert}} -kann für das Paket \Package{scrlayer} ein Entwurfsmodus aktiviert werden. In -diesem Entwurfsmodus wird hinter jeder Ebene zunächst eine Bemaßung der Ebene -ausgegeben. Diese Bemaßung erfolgt mit \Macro{layercontentsmeasure}. Diese -Anweisung zeigt am oberen und linken Rand der Ebene ein Maßband in Zentimeter -und am rechten und unteren Rand der Ebene ein Maßband in Zoll. Die Anweisung +Mit Hilfe der \KOMAScript-Option \Option{draft} kann für das Paket +\Package{scrlayer} ein Entwurfsmodus aktiviert werden. In diesem Entwurfsmodus +wird hinter jeder Ebene zunächst eine Bemaßung der Ebene ausgegeben. Diese +Bemaßung erfolgt mit \Macro{layercontentsmeasure}. Diese Anweisung zeigt am +oberen und linken Rand der Ebene ein Maßband in Zentimeter und am rechten und +unteren Rand der Ebene ein Maßband in Zoll. Die Anweisung \Macro{layercontentsmeasure} kann statt über die Option auch schlicht als alleiniger \PName{Code} für die Eigenschaft \Option{contents} einer Ebene verwendet werden.% @@ -903,10 +915,10 @@ verwendet werden.% \section{Deklaration und Verwaltung von Seitenstilen} \seclabel{pagestyles} -\BeginIndexGroup +\BeginIndexGroup% \BeginIndex{}{Seiten>Stil}% Wir kennen nun Ebenen und wissen, wie diese definiert und verwaltet -werden. Aber bisher wissen wir noch nicht, wie sie verwendet werden. Die +werden. Aber bisher wissen wir kaum, wie sie verwendet werden. Die möglicherweise überraschende Antwort lautet: mit Hilfe von Seitenstilen. Üblicherweise werden Seitenstile in \LaTeX{} zur Definition von Kopf und Fuß der Seite verwendet. @@ -925,7 +937,7 @@ Optionen\important[i]{\Option{background}\\\Option{foreground}} \Option{background} und \Option{foreground} für Ebenen. Daher liegt es nahe, Seitenstile als Listen von Ebenen zu definieren. Aber -statt nur die genannten vier Optionen können dabei alle Eigenschaften +statt nur den genannten vier Optionen können dabei alle Eigenschaften verwendet werden, die in \autoref{sec:scrlayer.layers}, \autoref{tab:scrlayer.layerkeys}, ab \autopageref{tab:scrlayer.layerkeys} erklärt wurden. @@ -994,7 +1006,7 @@ liefert \Macro{currentpagestyle} nicht den Alias-Namen, sondern den des originären Seitenstils. Den\ChangedAt{v3.16}{\Package{scrlayer}} Alias-Namen kann man in diesem Fall mit \Macro{toplevelpagestyle} erhalten. Es wird davon abgeraten, Seitenstile zu definieren, die beispielsweise per -\DescRef{scrbase.cmd.ifstr} abhängig von \Macro{toplevelpagestyle} +\DescRef{scrbase.cmd.Ifstr} abhängig von \Macro{toplevelpagestyle} unterschiedliche Ergebnisse liefern, da dies bei Aktivierung per \DescRef{maincls.cmd.thispagestyle} zu falschen Resultaten führen kann.% \EndIndexGroup @@ -1082,6 +1094,7 @@ eine Fehlermeldung. \RedeclarePageStyleAlias{chapter}{empty} \end{lstcode}% \end{Example}% +\ExampleEndFix% \fi \EndIndexGroup @@ -1095,14 +1108,16 @@ Mit dieser Anweisung wird der Seitenstil-Alias mit dem angegebenen Namen \PName{Seitenstil-Alias-Name} für \LaTeX{} wieder undefiniert, wenn es tatsächlich einen Alias-Seitenstil dieses Namens gibt. Anschließend kann der Seitenstil auch mit \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleAlias} oder -\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.ProvidePageStyleAlias} neu definiert werden. - +\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.ProvidePageStyleAlias} neu definiert werden.% +\iffalse % Siehe Hinweis zur Interface-Schnittstelle +\par Die Anweisung ist dazu bestimmt, innerhalb des Arguments \PName{Code} von \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface} (siehe \autoref{sec:scrlayer.enduserinterfaces}, \DescPageRef{scrlayer.cmd.scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface}) verwendet zu werden, um Seitenstile, die als Teil eines Endanwender-Interfaces definiert wurden, beim automatischen Entfernen dieses Interfaces mit zu entfernen.% +\fi% \EndIndexGroup @@ -1143,7 +1158,7 @@ die in der mit Komma separierten \PName{Ebenenliste} angegeben sind. Es ist zu beachten\textnote{Achtung!}, dass sowohl \PName{Seitenstil-Name} als auch \PName{Ebenenliste} voll expandierbar sein müssen und die Expansion zu einer Reihe von Buchstaben führen sollte. Einige zusätzliche Zeichen werden -ebenfalls akzeptiert, ihre Verwendung wird jedoch nur erfahrenden Anwendern +ebenfalls akzeptiert, ihre Verwendung wird jedoch nur erfahrenen Anwendern empfohlen. Die \PName{Optionenliste} ist eine mit Komma separierte Liste von Optionen der @@ -1153,7 +1168,11 @@ zu nutzen. Derzeit werden sie verwendet, um \mbox{Code} an bestimmten Stellen der Aktivierung oder Verwendung eines Seitenstils über Haken\Index{Haken} (engl. \emph{hooks}) auszuführen. Für allgemeine Informationen zu Haken sei auf die Einleitung zu diesem Abschnitt verwiesen. Details zu den Haken und -ihrer Bedeutung sind \autoref{tab:scrlayer.pagestyle.hooks} zu entnehmen. +ihrer Bedeutung sind \autoref{tab:scrlayer.pagestyle.hooks} zu entnehmen. Es +ist zu beachten, dass die Haken auch für den nachfolgend erklärten +Pseudo-Seitenstil +\DescRef{\LabelBase.pagestyle.@everystyle@}\IndexPagestyle{@everystyle@}% +\important{\DescRef{\LabelBase.pagestyle.@everystyle@}} ausgeführt werden. \begin{desclist} \desccaption{% @@ -1164,7 +1183,7 @@ ihrer Bedeutung sind \autoref{tab:scrlayer.pagestyle.hooks} zu entnehmen. }% \entry{\OptionVName{onselect}{Code}}{% Der \PName{Code} dieses Hakens\Index{Haken} wird immer dann ausgeführt, - wenn der Seitenstil beispielsweise mit \DescRef{maincls.cmd.pagestyle} + wenn der Seitenstil, beispielsweise mit \DescRef{maincls.cmd.pagestyle}, ausgewählt wird. Es ist zu beachten, dass \DescRef{maincls.cmd.thispagestyle} selbst keinen Seitenstil unmittelbar auswählt, sondern der Seitenstil in diesem Fall erst innerhalb der @@ -1273,10 +1292,12 @@ er wie bei \Macro{DeclarePageStyleByLayers} definiert. Die Anweisung \Macro{RedeclarePageStyleByLayers} wiederum erwartet, dass bereits ein Seitenstil des Namens \PName{Seitenstil-Name} existiert und definiert dessen realen Seitenstil dann um. Existiert jedoch noch kein -Seitenstil des angegebenen Namens, so resultiert daraus eine Fehlermeldung. - +Seitenstil des angegebenen Namens, so resultiert daraus eine Fehlermeldung.% +\iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur +\par Beachten Sie des Weiteren die nachfolgenden Anmerkungen zum Pseudo-Seitenstil \PageStyle{@everystyle@}.% +\fi% \EndIndexGroup @@ -1312,11 +1333,13 @@ Der zweite etwas andere Ebenen-Seitenstil ist \PageStyle{empty}\important{\PageStyle{empty}}. Bereits vom \LaTeX-Kern wird ein Seitenstil dieses Namens definiert, der einen leeren Kopf und Fuß hat. Das Paket \Package{scrlayer} definiert diesen Seitenstil als Ebenen-Seitenstil -ohne Ebenen um. Nichtsdestotrotz kann er wie jeder andere Ebenen-Seitenstil -verwendet werden. Der Hauptvorteil dieses Ebenen-Seitenstils gegenüber dem -ursprünglichen Seitenstil aus dem \LaTeX-Kern ist, dass er ebenfalls die -Haken\Index{Haken} und Ebenen des Pseudo-Seitenstils \PageStyle{@everystyle@} -ausführt.% +ohne Ebenen um. \iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur +Nichtsdestotrotz kann er wie jeder andere Ebenen-Seitenstil verwendet +werden. % +\fi% +Der Hauptvorteil dieses Ebenen-Seitenstils gegenüber dem ursprünglichen +Seitenstil aus dem \LaTeX-Kern ist, dass er ebenfalls die Haken\Index{Haken} +und Ebenen des Pseudo-Seitenstils \PageStyle{@everystyle@} ausführt.% \EndIndexGroup @@ -1336,7 +1359,7 @@ ausführt.% \BeginIndex{}{Ebenen>Seitenstil}% Für jeden der Haken\Index{Haken} aus \autoref{tab:scrlayer.pagestyle.hooks} existiert außerdem eine \KOMAScript-Option% -\iftrue% +\iffalse% . Die Namen der \KOMAScript-Optionen ähneln den Namen der Optionen für die Befehle zur Deklaration von Ebenen-Seitenstilen. Es wird lediglich ein »\texttt{ps}« nach dem »\texttt{on}« am Anfang des Namens eingefügt% @@ -1356,8 +1379,8 @@ später in diesem Abschnitt erklärt wird, entfernt werden.% \OptionVName{singlespacing}{Ein-Aus-Wert} \end{Declaration} Wird\ChangedAt{v3.24}{\Package{scrlayer}\and \Package{scrlayer-scrpage}} ein -Dokument beispielsweise mit Hilfe von Paket -\Package{setspace}\IndexPackage{setspace}\important{\Package{setspace}} mit +Dokument, beispielsweise mit Hilfe von Paket +\Package{setspace}\IndexPackage{setspace}\important{\Package{setspace}}, mit erhöhtem Zeilenabstand gesetzt, ist es oft dennoch nicht erwünscht, dass Kopf und Fuß der Seite ebenfalls mit diesem erhöhten Zeilenabstand gesetzt werden. Das gilt umso mehr, wenn Kopf und Fuß nur aus jeweils einer Zeile @@ -1451,7 +1474,10 @@ Ende von \PName{Ebenenliste} steht, nach dem Einfügen die erste und damit die unterste oder hinterste Ebene (jeweils entweder der Vordergrund- oder der Hintergrundebenen) sein. -\iffalse% Umbruchkorrekturtext (beim Aktiveren muss unten \textnot{entfernen} +Werden\textnote{unbekannte Ebenen} nicht existente Ebenen zu einem Seitenstil +hinzugefügt, werden diese bei der Anwendung des Stils ignoriert. + +\iffalse% Umbruchkorrekturtext (beim Aktiveren muss unten \textnote{entfernen} % entfernt werden!) Die Anweisung \Macro{RemoveLayersFromPageStyle} dient dem genauen Gegenteil. Sie entfernt\textnote{entfernen} die angegebenen Ebenen von @@ -1548,7 +1574,7 @@ die einzige Möglichkeit, die globalen Voreinstellungen der \KOMAScript-Optionen von einem Seitenstil zu entfernen. Die Anweisung \Macro{AddToLayerPageStyleOptions}\textnote{Seitenstil-Optionen - erweitern} dagegen überschreibt die bisher vorhandenen Werte nicht, sondern + erweitern} überschreibt dagegen die bisher vorhandenen Werte nicht, sondern fügt die neuen zu den bisherigen hinzu oder -- genauer gesagt -- hängt die neuen Werte an die alten an.% \EndIndexGroup @@ -1599,7 +1625,7 @@ aus, wenn dieser Alias-Seitenstil zu einem Ebenen-Seitenstil führt.% \BeginIndex{}{Ebenen>Seitenstil}% Mit diesen Anweisungen kann überprüft werden, ob ein oder mehrere Ebenen Bestandteil eines Seitenstils sind. \Macro{IfLayerAtPageStyle} erwartet dabei -nach dem \PName{Seitenstil-Name} im ersten Argument im zweiten Argument +den \PName{Seitenstil-Name} im ersten Argument und im zweiten Argument genau\textnote{genau eine Ebene} einen \PName{Ebenen-Name}. Ist die entsprechende Ebene Bestandteil des Seitenstils, so wird der \PName{Dann-Code} ausgeführt, anderenfalls der \PName{Sonst-Code}. @@ -1626,7 +1652,7 @@ so sind alle drei Anweisungen gleichbedeutend.% \end{Declaration} \BeginIndex{}{Seitenstil>Ebenen-}% \BeginIndex{}{Ebenen>Seitenstil}% -\iftrue% +\iffalse% Umbruchkorrektur Mit der Anweisung wird ein Ebenen-Seitenstil aus \LaTeX-Sicht undefiniert. Wurde statt eines Ebenen-Seitenstils ein Alias-Seitenstil, ein anderer Seitenstil oder ein unbekannter Seitenstil angegeben, so wird die Anweisung @@ -1654,14 +1680,16 @@ möchten, so können Sie dies beispielsweise mit \begin{lstcode} \ForEachLayerOfPageStyle{...}{\DestroyLayer{#1}} \end{lstcode} -vor der Vernichtung des Seitenstils selbst erreichen. - +vor der Vernichtung des Seitenstils selbst erreichen.% +\iffalse % Siehe Hinweis zur Interface-Schnittstelle +\par Die Anweisung ist dazu bestimmt, innerhalb des Arguments \PName{Code} von \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface} (siehe \autoref{sec:scrlayer.enduserinterfaces}, \DescPageRef{scrlayer.cmd.scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface}) verwendet zu werden, um Seitenstile, die als Teil eines Endanwender-Interfaces definiert wurden, beim automatischen Entfernen dieses Interfaces mit zu entfernen.% +\fi % \EndIndexGroup \EndIndexGroup @@ -1672,6 +1700,23 @@ wurden, beim automatischen Entfernen dieses Interfaces mit zu entfernen.% \section{Definition und Verwaltung von Schnittstellen für Endanwender} \seclabel{enduserinterfaces} +\iftrue% Der komplette Mechanismus ist überholt und sollte nicht mehr + % verwendet werden. Daher wird die Doku dazu deaktiviert. +%\begin{sloppypar} +Bis Version 3.27\ChangedAt{v3.28}{\Package{scrlayer}} stellte das Paket +\Package{scrlayer} noch einen als experimentell dokumentierten Mechanismus zur +Verwaltung konkurrierender Benutzerschnittstellen zur Verfügung. Da der Nutzen +dieses lediglich von \KOMAScript{} selbst eingesetzten Mechanismus sehr +begrenzt war, ist er inzwischen als überholt gekennzeichnet. Die Befehle +\Macro{scrlayerInitInterface}\IndexCmd{scrlayerInitInterface}, +\Macro{scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface}\IndexCmd{scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface}, +\Macro{scrlayerAddToInterface}\IndexCmd{scrlayerAddToInterface} und +\Macro{scrlayerAddCsToInterface}\IndexCmd{scrlayerAddCsToInterface} und die +Optionen \Option{forceoverwrite}\IndexOption{forceoverwrite} und +\Option{autoremoveinterfaces}\IndexOption{autoremoveinterfaces} sollten daher +nicht mehr verwendet werden.% +%\end{sloppypar}% +\else% Das Paket \Package{scrlayer} stellt eine experimentelle Benutzerschnittstelle zur Verfügung um (konkurrierende) Schnittstellen für Endanwender definieren und verwalten zu können. \iffree{% Umbruchvarianten @@ -1791,7 +1836,8 @@ vernichten (siehe \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.DestroyLayer}, Endanwender-Schnittstelle beruhen. Bezüglich der Voreinstellung für das optionale Argument sei auf die Erklärung zu \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.scrlayerInitInterface} verwiesen.% -\EndIndexGroup +\EndIndexGroup% +\fi% % \EndIndexGroup diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex index 3f1b293a7d..13aab4afc1 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ % ============================================================================ \KOMAProvidesFile{scrlfile.tex}% - [$Date: 2019-10-10 10:04:30 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + [$Date: 2019-12-03 09:41:21 +0100 (Tue, 03 Dec 2019) $ KOMA-Script guide (chapter: scrlfile)] \chapter{Paketabhängigkeiten mit \Package{scrlfile} @@ -66,60 +66,62 @@ bestand daher die Hoffnung, dass es künftig unerheblich wäre, in welcher Reihenfolge Pakete geladen werden. Diese Hoffnung hat sich leider nicht erfüllt. -\section{Die Sache mit den Paketabhängigkeiten} -\seclabel{dependency} +%\section{Die Sache mit den Paketabhängigkeiten} +%\seclabel{dependency} %\begin{Explain} - Immer häufiger definieren unterschiedliche Pakete den gleichen - Befehl neu oder um. Dabei ist es dann sehr entscheidend, in welcher - Reihenfolge die Pakete geladen werden. Manchmal ist das für den - Anwender kaum zu überschauen. Teilweise ist es auch - notwendig, in irgendeiner Form auf das Laden eines - anderen Pakets zu reagieren. - - Nehmen wir als einfaches Beispiel das Laden des - \Package{longtable}-Pakets bei Verwendung von \KOMAScript{}. Das - \Package{longtable}-Paket definiert seine eigene Form von - Tabellenüberschriften. Diese passen perfekt zu den - Standardklassen. Sie passen aber überhaupt - nicht zu den Voreinstellungen für die Tabellenüberschriften von - \KOMAScript{} und reagieren auch nicht auf die entsprechenden - Möglichkeiten der Konfiguration. Um dieses Problem zu lösen, müssen - die Befehle von \Package{longtable}, die für die - Tabellenüberschriften zuständig sind, von \KOMAScript{} umdefiniert - werden. Allerdings sind die \KOMAScript{}-Klassen bereits - abgearbeitet, wenn das Paket geladen wird. - - Bisher bestand die einzige Möglichkeit, dieses Problem zu lösen - darin, die Umdefinierung mit Hilfe von \Macro{AtBeginDocument} auf - einen späteren Zeitpunkt zu verschieben. Will der Anwender die - entsprechende Anweisung jedoch selbst umdefinieren, so sollte er - dies eigentlich ebenfalls in der Präambel tun. Das kann er jedoch - nicht, weil \KOMAScript{} ihm dabei in die Quere kommt. Er müsste - die Umdefinierung also ebenfalls mit Hilfe von - \Macro{AtBeginDocument} durchführen. - - Aber eigentlich müsste \KOMAScript{} die Abarbeitung gar nicht auf - den Zeitpunkt von \Macro{begin}\PParameter{document} verschieben. Es - würde genügen, wenn sie bis unmittelbar nach dem Laden von - \Package{longtable} verzögert werden könnte. Leider fehlen - entsprechende Anweisungen im \LaTeX-Kern. Das Paket - \Package{scrlfile} bringt hier Abhilfe. - - Ebenso wäre es denkbar, dass man vor dem Laden eines bestimmten - Pakets gerne die Bedeutung eines Makros in einem Hilfsmakro retten - und nach dem Laden des Pakets wieder restaurieren will. Auch das - geht mit \Package{scrlfile}. - - Die Anwendung von \Package{scrlfile} ist nicht auf die Abhängigkeit - von Paketen beschränkt. Auch Abhängigkeiten von anderen Dateien - können berücksichtigt werden. So kann beispielsweise dafür gesorgt - werden, dass das nicht unkritische Laden einer Datei wie - \File{french.ldf} automatisch zu einer Warnung führt. - - Obwohl das Paket in erster Linie für andere Paketautoren interessant - sein dürfte, gibt es durchaus auch Anwendungen für normale - \LaTeX-Benutzer. Deshalb sind in diesem Kapitel auch für beide - Gruppen Beispiele aufgeführt. +Immer\textnote{Problem} häufiger definieren unterschiedliche Pakete den +gleichen Befehl neu oder um. Dabei ist es dann sehr entscheidend, in welcher +Reihenfolge die Pakete geladen werden. Manchmal ist das für den Anwender kaum +zu überschauen. Teilweise ist es auch notwendig, in irgendeiner Form auf das +Laden eines anderen Pakets zu reagieren. + +Nehmen\textnote{Beispiel} wir als einfaches Beispiel das Laden des +\Package{longtable}-Pakets bei Verwendung von \KOMAScript{}. Das +\Package{longtable}-Paket definiert seine eigene Form von +Tabellenüberschriften. Diese passen perfekt zu den Standardklassen. Sie passen +aber überhaupt nicht zu den Voreinstellungen für die Tabellenüberschriften von +\KOMAScript{} und reagieren auch nicht auf die entsprechenden Möglichkeiten +der Konfiguration. Um dieses Problem zu lösen, müssen die Befehle von +\Package{longtable}, die für die Tabellenüberschriften zuständig sind, von +\KOMAScript{} umdefiniert werden. Allerdings sind die \KOMAScript{}-Klassen +bereits abgearbeitet, wenn das Paket geladen wird. + +Ursprünglich\textnote{ursprünglicher Ansatz} bestand die einzige % +\iffalse% Umbruchkorrektur +Möglichkeit, dieses Problem zu lösen % +\else% +Lösungsmöglichkeit % +\fi% +darin, die Umdefinierung mit Hilfe von \Macro{AtBeginDocument} auf einen +späteren Zeitpunkt zu verschieben. Will der Anwender die entsprechende +Anweisung jedoch selbst umdefinieren, so sollte er dies eigentlich ebenfalls +in der Präambel tun. Das kann er jedoch nicht, weil \KOMAScript{} ihm dabei in +die Quere kommt. Er müsste die Umdefinierung also ebenfalls mit Hilfe von +\Macro{AtBeginDocument} durchführen. + +Aber\textnote{Potential} eigentlich müsste \KOMAScript{} die Abarbeitung gar +nicht auf den Zeitpunkt von \Macro{begin}\PParameter{document} verschieben. Es +würde genügen, wenn sie bis unmittelbar nach dem Laden von \Package{longtable} +verzögert werden könnte. Leider fehlen entsprechende Anweisungen im +\LaTeX-Kern. Das Paket \Package{scrlfile} bringt hier Abhilfe. + +Ebenso\textnote{weitere Anwendungen} wäre es denkbar, dass man vor dem Laden +eines bestimmten Pakets gerne die Bedeutung eines Makros in einem Hilfsmakro +retten und nach dem Laden des Pakets wieder restaurieren will. Auch das geht +mit \Package{scrlfile}. + +Die Anwendung von \Package{scrlfile} ist nicht auf die Abhängigkeit von +Paketen beschränkt. Auch Abhängigkeiten von anderen Dateien, die mit +\Macro{input} oder \Macro{InputIfFileExists} geladen werden, können +berücksichtigt werden.% +\iffalse% Stimmt so nur noch bedingt +So kann beispielsweise dafür gesorgt werden, dass das nicht unkritische Laden +einer Datei wie \File{french.ldf} automatisch zu einer Warnung führt.% +\fi + +Obwohl das Paket in erster Linie für andere Paketautoren interessant sein +dürfte, gibt es durchaus auch Anwendungen für normale \LaTeX-Benutzer. Deshalb +sind in diesem Kapitel auch für beide Gruppen Beispiele aufgeführt. %\end{Explain} @@ -175,10 +177,11 @@ verwenden. Beachten Sie die Klammern um den Dateinamen!% \Macro{BeforeClass}\Parameter{Klasse}\Parameter{Anweisungen} \Macro{BeforePackage}\Parameter{Paket}\Parameter{Anweisungen} \end{Declaration}% -Diese beiden Befehle arbeiten vergleichbar zu \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.BeforeFile} mit dem einen -Unterschied, dass die \PName{Klasse} beziehungsweise das \PName{Paket} mit -seinem Namen und nicht mit seinem Dateinamen angegeben wird. Die Endungen -»\File{.cls}« und »\File{.sty}« entfallen hier also.% +Diese beiden Befehle arbeiten vergleichbar zu +\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.BeforeFile} mit dem einen Unterschied, dass die +\PName{Klasse} beziehungsweise das \PName{Paket} mit seinem Namen und nicht +mit seinem Dateinamen angegeben wird. Die Endungen »\File{.cls}« und +»\File{.sty}« entfallen hier also.% % \EndIndexGroup @@ -242,12 +245,12 @@ und für Pakete \Macro{AfterAtEndOfPackage}.% \AfterPackage{hyperref}{% \@ifpackagelater{hyperref}{2001/02/19}{}{% \ClassWarningNoLine{scrbook}{% - You are using an old version of hyperref + You are using an old version of the hyperref package!\MessageBreak% - This version has a buggy hack at many - drivers\MessageBreak% + This version has a buggy hack in many + drivers,\MessageBreak% causing \string\addchap\space to behave - strange.\MessageBreak% + strangely.\MessageBreak% Please update hyperref to at least version 6.71b}% }% @@ -275,8 +278,8 @@ und für Pakete \Macro{AfterAtEndOfPackage}.% \Package{caption2} die Kontrolle über die \DescRef{maincls.cmd.caption}-Anweisung übernimmt und daher die normale Definition von \DescRef{maincls.cmd.setcapindent} keinerlei Wirkung mehr - hätte. Die Umdefinierung verbessert dann die Zusammenarbeit mit - \Package{caption2}. + hätte. Die Umdefinierung verbessert dann die Zusammenarbeit mit dem + veralteten \Package{caption2}. Es gibt aber auch Beispiele für den sinnvollen Einsatz der neuen Anweisungen durch normale Anwender. Angenommen, Sie erstellen ein @@ -314,7 +317,7 @@ und für Pakete \Macro{AfterAtEndOfPackage}.% \end{document} \end{lstcode} Egal, ob nun der \Package{hyperref}-Treiber \Option{hypertex} oder - \Option{dvips} zu Anwendung kommt, wird die dann nützliche Einstellung + \Option{dvips} zur Anwendung kommt, wird die dann nützliche Einstellung \Option{linktocpage} verwendet. Wenn Sie jedoch mit \mbox{pdf\LaTeX} eine PDF-Datei erstellen, wird darauf verzichtet, da dann der \Package{hyperref}-Treiber \File{hpdftex.def} verwendet wird. Das bedeutet, @@ -343,19 +346,19 @@ anstelle von \DescRef{maincls.cmd.usepackage} zu verwenden (siehe \Macro{BeforeClosingMainAux}\Parameter{Anweisungen} \Macro{AfterReadingMainAux}\Parameter{Anweisungen} \end{Declaration} +\iffalse% Umbruchkorrektur Diese Anweisungen unterscheiden sich in einem Detail von den zuvor erklärten -Anweisungen. Jene ermöglichen Aktionen vor und nach dem Laden von -Dateien. Das ist hier nicht der Fall. Paketautoren haben des Öfteren das -Problem, dass sie Anweisungen in die \File{aux}-Datei schreiben wollen, -nachdem die letzte Seite des Dokuments ausgegeben wurde. Dazu wird -- in -Unkenntnis der dadurch verursachten Probleme -- häufig Code -wie der folgende eingesetzt: +Anweisungen. Jene ermöglichen Aktionen vor und nach dem Laden von Dateien. Das +ist hier nicht der Fall. % +\fi% +Paketautoren haben des Öfteren das Problem, dass sie Anweisungen in die +\File{aux}-Datei schreiben wollen, nachdem die letzte Seite des Dokuments +ausgegeben wurde. Dazu wird -- in Unkenntnis der dadurch verursachten Probleme +-- häufig Code wie der folgende eingesetzt: \begin{lstcode}[escapechar=\$] \AtEndDocument{%$\textnote{Nicht nachmachen!}$ \if@filesw - \write\@auxout{% - \protect\writethistoaux% - }% + \write\@auxout{\protect\writethistoaux}% \fi } \end{lstcode} @@ -371,9 +374,7 @@ daher häufig auch Lösungsversuche wie: \AtEndDocument{%$\textnote{Nicht nachmachen!}$ \if@filesw \clearpage - \immediate\write\@auxout{% - \protect\writethistoaux% - }% + \immediate\write\@auxout{\protect\writethistoaux}% \fi } \end{lstcode} @@ -400,9 +401,7 @@ Ziel von \Macro{BeforeClosingMainAux}: \begin{lstcode} \BeforeClosingMainAux{% \if@filesw - \immediate\write\@auxout{% - \protect\writethistoaux% - }% + \immediate\write\@auxout{\protect\writethistoaux}% \fi } \end{lstcode} @@ -416,7 +415,7 @@ Es gibt jedoch für \Macro{BeforeClosingMainAux} eine Einschränkung: Im Argument \PName{Anweisungen} sollte keine Satzanweisung verwendet werden. Es darf also mit \Macro{BeforeClosingMainAux} kein zusätzliches Material gesetzt werden! Wird diese Einschränkung nicht beachtet, so ist das -Ergebnis ebenso unvorhersehbarer wie bei den gezeigten Problemen mit +Ergebnis ebenso unvorhersehbar wie bei den gezeigten Problemen mit \Macro{AtEndDocument}. Die Anweisung \Macro{AfterReadingMainAux}\ChangedAt{v3.03}{\Package{scrlfile}} @@ -425,9 +424,9 @@ führt sogar \PName{Anweisungen} nach dem Schließen und Einlesen der nur in einigen wenigen, sehr seltenen Fällen sinnvoll, beispielsweise, wenn man statistische Informationen in die \File{log}-Datei schreiben will, die erst nach dem Einlesen der \File{aux}-Datei gültig sind, oder zur -Implementierung zusätzlicher \emph{Rerun}-Aufforderungen. Satzanweisungen sind -an dieser Stelle noch kritischer zu betrachten als bei -\Macro{BeforeClosingMainAux}.% +Implementierung zusätzlicher +\mbox{\emph{Rerun}}-\mbox{Auf"|forderungen}. Satzanweisungen sind an dieser +Stelle noch kritischer zu betrachten als bei \Macro{BeforeClosingMainAux}.% % \EndIndexGroup @@ -440,7 +439,7 @@ ist, vor oder nach dem Einlesen einer bestimmten Datei, eines bestimmten Pakets oder einer Klasse Aktionen auszuführen. Es ist mit \Package{scrlfile} aber auch möglich, eine ganz andere Datei als die angeforderte einzulesen. -\begin{Declaration} +\begin{Declaration}[0] \Macro{ReplaceInput}\Parameter{Dateiname}\Parameter{Ersatzdatei} \end{Declaration} Mit\ChangedAt{v2.96}{\Package{scrlfile}} dieser Anweisung wird eine Ersetzung @@ -543,9 +542,7 @@ ersetzt, die eine geforderte Option nicht unterstützt, würde das zu den \BeforePackage{newfoo}{% \DeclareOption{oldopt}{% \PackageInfo{newfoo}% - {option `oldopt' not supported}% - }% - }% + {option `oldopt' not supported}}}% \end{lstcode} wird diese Option nun für das Paket \Package{newfoo} nachdefiniert. Dadurch wird vermieden, dass beim Laden des Pakets \Package{oldfoo} ein Fehler über @@ -556,18 +553,13 @@ ersetzt, die eine geforderte Option nicht unterstützt, würde das zu den werden: \begin{lstcode} \BeforePackage{newfoo}{% - \DeclareOption{oldopt}{% - \ExecuteOptions{newopt}% - }% - }% + \DeclareOption{oldopt}{\ExecuteOptions{newopt}}}% \end{lstcode} Es ist sogar möglich, festzulegen, dass beim Laden des neuen Pakets andere Voreinstellung gelten sollen: \begin{lstcode} \BeforePackage{newfoo}{% - \DeclareOption{oldopt}{% - \ExecuteOptions{newopt}% - }% + \DeclareOption{oldopt}{\ExecuteOptions{newopt}}% \PassOptionsToPackage{newdefoptA,newdefoptB}% {newfoo}% } @@ -575,27 +567,27 @@ ersetzt, die eine geforderte Option nicht unterstützt, würde das zu den oder auch direkt: \begin{lstcode} \BeforePackage{newfoo}{% - \DeclareOption{oldopt}{% - \ExecuteOptions{newopt}% - }% + \DeclareOption{oldopt}{\ExecuteOptions{newopt}}% }% \PassOptionsToPackage{newdefoptA,newdefoptB}% {newfoo}% \end{lstcode} + \iffalse% Umbruchkorrektur Man beachte, dass im letzten Beispiel der Aufruf von - \Macro{PassOptionsToPackage} nicht innerhalb, sondern erst nach - \Macro{BeforePackage} erfolgt. + \Macro{PassOptionsToPackage} nicht innerhalb, sondern nach + \Macro{BeforePackage} erfolgt.% + \fi% \end{Example} -Damit Klassen ersetzt werden können, ist es natürlich erforderlich -\Package{scrlfile} vor der Klasse zu laden. Dazu ist +Damit Klassen mit \Macro{ReplaceClass} ersetzt werden können, ist es natürlich +erforderlich \Package{scrlfile} vor der Klasse zu laden. Dazu ist \Macro{RequirePackage}\IndexCmd{RequirePackage} anstelle von \DescRef{maincls.cmd.usepackage} zu verwenden (siehe \cite{latex:clsguide}).% \EndIndexGroup \begin{Declaration} - \Macro{UnReplaceInput}\Parameter{Dateinamen} + \Macro{UnReplaceInput}\Parameter{Datei} \Macro{UnReplacePackage}\Parameter{Paket} \Macro{UnReplaceClass}\Parameter{Klasse} \end{Declaration} @@ -603,11 +595,11 @@ Eine\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrlfile}} Ersetzung kann auch wieder aufgehoben werden. Dabei sollten Ersetzungen von Dateien immer mit \Macro{UnReplaceInput}, Ersetzungen von Paketen mit \Macro{UnReplacePackage} und Ersetzungen von Klassen mit \Macro{UnReplaceClass} aufgehoben werden. Nach -der Aufhebung der Ersetzung führen Ladebefehle für den entsprechenden -\PName{Dateiname}, das entsprechende \PName{Paket} oder die entsprechende -\PName{Klasse} dann wieder dazu, dass die Datei, das Paket oder die Klasse -selbst anstelle der Ersatzdatei, des Ersatzpakets oder der Ersatzklasse -geladen wird.% +der Aufhebung der Ersetzung führen Ladebefehle für die entsprechende +\PName{Datei}, das entsprechende \PName{Paket} oder die entsprechende +\PName{Klasse} dann wieder dazu, dass die \PName{Datei}, das \PName{Paket} +oder die \PName{Klasse} selbst anstelle der Ersatzdatei, des Ersatzpakets oder +der Ersatzklasse geladen wird.% \EndIndexGroup @@ -617,7 +609,7 @@ geladen wird.% Gerade\ChangedAt{v3.08}{\Package{scrlfile}} in Klassen und Paketen, die innerhalb von Firmen oder Instituten verwendet werden, findet man häufig, dass sehr viele Pakete nur deshalb geladen werden, weil die Anwender diese Pakete -oft verwenden. Wenn es dann mit einem dieser automatisch geladenen Paketen zu +oft verwenden. Wenn es dann mit einem dieser automatisch geladenen Pakete zu einem Problem kommt, muss man irgendwie das Laden des problematischen Pakets verhindern. Auch hier bietet \Package{scrlfile} eine einfache Lösung. @@ -628,7 +620,7 @@ verhindern. Auch hier bietet \Package{scrlfile} eine einfache Lösung. \Parameter{Paketliste} \end{Declaration} Wird diese Anweisung\ChangedAt{v3.08}{\Package{scrlfile}} vor dem -Laden eines Paket mit \Macro{usepackage}\IndexCmd{usepackage}, +Laden eines Pakets mit \Macro{usepackage}\IndexCmd{usepackage}, \Macro{RequirePackage}\IndexCmd{RequirePackage} oder \Macro{RequirePackageWithOptions}\IndexCmd{RequirePackageWithOptions} aufgerufen, so wird das Laden des Pakets effektiv verhindert, falls es in @@ -736,7 +728,7 @@ erfolgt.% \Macro{UnPreventPackageFromLoading*}\Parameter{Paketliste} \end{Declaration} Statt\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrlfile}} die Liste der Pakete, für die das -Laden verhindert werden soll, komplett zurück zu setzen, kann man auch +Laden verhindert werden soll, komplett zurückzusetzen, kann man auch einzelne oder mehrere Pakete gezielt von dieser Liste entfernen. Die Sternvariante des Befehls löscht außerdem den \PName{Stattdessencode}, der für das Paket gespeichert ist. Falls die Verhinderungsliste beispielsweise aus @@ -769,6 +761,7 @@ einer gespeicherten Liste wiederhergestellt wird, wird dann der ausgeführt.% \end{Example}% \EndIndexGroup +%\ExampleEndFix % Am Ende des Kapitels nicht ausführen % \EndIndexGroup diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex index 82f6060104..988360e8bc 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex @@ -48,1226 +48,40 @@ % ============================================================================ \KOMAProvidesFile{scrlttr2-experts.tex}% - [$Date: 2019-10-09 15:19:04 +0200 (Wed, 09 Oct 2019) $ + [$Date: 2019-12-03 09:41:21 +0100 (Tue, 03 Dec 2019) $ KOMA-Script guide (chapter: scrlttr2 for experts)] \chapter{Zusätzliche Informationen zur Klasse \Class{scrlttr2} und Paket \Package{scrletter}} \labelbase{scrlttr2-experts} -\BeginIndexGroup \BeginIndex{Class}{scrlttr2} In diesem Kapitel finden Sie -zusätzliche Informationen zu der \KOMAScript-Klasse \Class{scrlttr2}. % +\BeginIndexGroup% +\BeginIndex{Class}{scrlttr2}% +In diesem Kapitel finden Sie zusätzliche Informationen zu der +\KOMAScript-Klasse \Class{scrlttr2}\important{\Class{scrlttr2}}. % \iffree{Einige Teile des Kapitels sind dabei dem \KOMAScript-Buch \cite{book:komascript} vorbehalten. Dies sollte kein Problem sein, denn der}{Der} % Anwender, der die Klasse einfach nur verwenden will, wird diese Informationen normalerweise nicht benötigen. Ein Teil der Informationen richtet sich an -Anwender, denen die vordefinierten Möglichkeiten nicht mehr genügen. So -befasst sich beispielsweise der erste Abschnitt ausführlich mit den -Pseudolängen, die den Briefbogen bestimmen und die für Anpassungen an eigene -Briefbogenlayouts abweichend zu setzen sind.% +Anwender, denen die vordefinierten Möglichkeiten nicht genügen. So +befasst sich beispielsweise der erste Abschnitt ausführlich mit der Definition +und Verwendung von Variablen.% \iffalse% Es wird Zeit das komplett rauszuwerfen! -\ Darüber hinaus finden - sich in diesem Kapitel auch Informationen über Möglichkeiten, die aus - Gründen der Verbesserung der Kompatibilität zur obsoleten \KOMAScript-Klasse - \Class{scrlettr} geschaffen wurden. Es wird auch ausführlich erklärt, wie - man einen Brief dieser veralteten Klasse auf die aktuelle Briefklasse - übertragen kann. -\fi +\ Darüber hinaus finden sich in diesem Kapitel auch Informationen über +Möglichkeiten, die aus Gründen der Verbesserung der Kompatibilität zur +obsoleten \KOMAScript-Klasse \Class{scrlettr} geschaffen wurden. Es wird auch +ausführlich erklärt, wie man einen Brief dieser veralteten Klasse auf die +aktuelle Briefklasse übertragen kann. \fi \BeginIndex{Package}{scrletter}% Darüber hinaus gibt es seit \KOMAScript~3.15\ChangedAt[2014/11]{v3.15}{\Package{scrletter}} das Paket -\Package{scrletter}, das zusammen mit einer der \KOMAScript-Klassen -\Class{scrartcl}, \Class{scrreprt} oder \Class{scrbook} verwendet werden -kann. Es stellt nahezu die komplette Funktionalität von \Class{scrlttr2} für -die drei genannten Klassen zur Verfügung. Einige wenige Unterschiede gibt es -jedoch, die ebenfalls in diesem Kapitel genannt werden.% - - -\section{Pseudolängen für fortgeschrittene Anwender} -\seclabel{pseudoLengths} -\BeginIndexGroup -\BeginIndex{}{Pseudolängen} - -\TeX{} arbeitet mit einem festen Satz an Registern. Es gibt Register für -Token, für Boxen, für Zähler, für Abstände (englisch: \emph{skip}) und für -Größen (englisch: \emph{dimension}). Von all diesen Registern gibt es jeweils -256~Stück. Für \LaTeX{}-Längen, die mit \Macro{newlength} angefordert werden, -werden Abstandsregister belegt. Sind alle diese Register verbraucht, kann man -keine weiteren Längen definieren. Sowohl \Class{scrlttr2} als auch -\Package{scrletter} würden normalerweise allein für die erste Seite mehr als -20 solche Register verbrauchen. \LaTeX{} selbst belegt bereits 40 dieser -Register. Das \hyperref[cha:typearea]{\Package{typearea}}% -\IndexPackage{typearea}-Paket benötigt ebenfalls einige, so dass ein Viertel -der kostbaren Register verbraucht wäre. Aus diesem Grund werden -briefspezifische Längen bei \KOMAScript{} eben nicht in Längen, sondern in -Makros abgelegt, den Pseudolängen. Der Nachteil dieses Vorgehens besteht -darin, dass man mit diesen Makros nicht so einfach rechnen kann wie mit echten -Längen. - -Bitte beachten\textnote{Achtung!} Sie unbedingt, dass die Pseudolängen zwar -intern als Makros implementiert sind, bei den Befehlen zur Nutzung der -Pseudolängen jedoch nur die Namen anzugeben sind. Diese werden wie die Namen -von \LaTeX-Zählern und im Gegensatz zu Makros oder echten Längen ohne -umgekehrten Schrägstrich geschrieben! - -Wer nun einwenden will, dass \LaTeX{} in der empfohlenen und für \KOMAScript{} -benötigten Installation mit \eTeX{} inzwischen das oben genannte -Beschränkungsproblem nicht mehr besitzt, hat Recht. Allerdings kam diese -Entscheidung für \Class{scrlttr2} ein wenig zu spät. Bei \Package{scrletter} -wurde das Konzept der Pseudolängen aus Gründen der Kompatibilität übernommen. - -Eine Auf"|listung aller von \KOMAScript{} definierten und verwendeten -Pseudolängen ist \autoref{tab:scrlttr2-experts.pseudoLengths} zu -entnehmen. Dabei ist auch angegeben, wo in den nachfolgenden Unterabschnitten -nähere Erklärungen zu der jeweiligen Pseudolänge zu finden -sind.%| - -\autoref{fig:scrlttr2-experts.pseudoLengths} auf -\autopageref{fig:scrlttr2-experts.pseudoLengths} zeigt eine schematische -Darstellung der wichtigsten Abstände auf dem Briefbogen. Dabei sind neben den -Pseudolängen für die veränderbaren Abstände zusätzlich in heller Schrift auch -die Längen angegeben, die für einige, wenige fest programmierte Abstände -verwendet werden. Aus Gründen der Übersichtlichkeit wurde in der Darstellung -auf einige weniger häufig benötigte Pseudolängen jedoch auch verzichtet. -% -\iffree{}{\enlargethispage*{\baselineskip}}% Umbruchkorrektur!!! -\begin{desclist} - \renewcommand{\abovecaptionskipcorrection}{-\normalbaselineskip}% - \desccaption{% - Von \Class{scrlttr2} und \Package{scrletter} verwendete Pseudolängen% - \label{tab:scrlttr2-experts.pseudoLengths}% - }{% - Von \Class{scrlttr2} und \Package{scrletter} verwendete Pseudolängen - (\emph{Fortsetzung})% - }% - \pentry{backaddrheight}{% - Höhe der Rücksendeadresse am oberen Rand des Anschriftfeldes - (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.addressee}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.backaddrheight})% - }% - \pentry{bfoldmarklength}{% - Länge der unteren horizontalen Faltmarke - (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.foldmarks}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.bfoldmarkvpos})% - }% - \pentry{bfoldmarkvpos}{% - Abstand der unteren horizontalen Faltmarke von der oberen Kante des - Papiers - (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.foldmarks}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.bfoldmarkvpos})% - }% - \pentry{firstfoothpos}{% - Abstand des Brief"|fußes von der linken Kante des Papiers; Werte - größer der Breite oder kleiner der negativen Breite des Papiers werden - gesondert behandelt (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.firstFoot}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstfoothpos})%| - }% - \pentry{firstfootvpos}{% - Abstand des Brief"|fußes von der oberen Kante des Papiers - (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.firstFoot}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstfootvpos})%| - }% - \pentry{firstfootwidth}{% - Breite des Brief"|fußes - (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.firstFoot}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstfootwidth})%| - }% - \pentry{firstheadhpos}{% - Abstand des Briefkopfes von der linken Kante des Papiers; Werte - größer der Breite oder kleiner der negativen Breite des Papiers werden - gesondert behandelt (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.firstHead}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstheadhpos})% - }%\iffree{}{\enlargethispage*{\baselineskip}}% Umbruchkorrektur!!! - \pentry{firstheadvpos}{% - Abstand des Briefkopfes von der oberen Kante des Papiers - (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.firstHead}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstheadvpos})% - }% - \pentry{firstheadwidth}{% - Breite des Briefkopfes - (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.firstHead}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstheadwidth})% - }% - \pentry{foldmarkhpos}{% - Abstand der horizontalen Faltmarken von der linken Kante des Papiers - (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.foldmarks}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.foldmarkhpos})% - }% - \pentry{foldmarkvpos}{% - Abstand der vertikalen Faltmarken von der oberen Kante des Papiers - (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.foldmarks}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.foldmarkvpos})% - }% - \pentry{fromrulethickness}{% - Dicke einer optionalen - \iffalse horizontalen \fi% Umbruchkorrektur - Linie im Briefkopf - (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.firstHead}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.fromrulethickness})% - }% - \pentry{fromrulewidth}{% - Länge einer optionalen - \iffalse horizontalen \fi% Umbruchkorrektur - Linie im Briefkopf - (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.firstHead}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.fromrulewidth})% - }% - \pentry{lfoldmarkhpos}{% - Abstand der vertikalen Faltmarke von der linken Kante des Papiers - (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.foldmarks}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.lfoldmarkhpos})% - }% - \pentry{lfoldmarklength}{% - Länge der vertikalen Faltmarke - (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.foldmarks}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.lfoldmarklength})% - }% - \pentry{locheight}{% - Höhe der Absenderergänzung, falls der Wert nicht 0 ist; bei 0 wird - stattdessen \PLength{toaddrheight} verwendet - (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.locationField}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.locheight})% - }% - \pentry{lochpos}{% - Abstand der Absenderergänzung von der rechten Papierkante, falls der Wert - positiv ist, oder negativer Abstand der Absenderergänzung von der linken - Papierkante, falls der Wert negativ ist; bei 0 wird stattdessen der - negative Wert von \PLength{toaddrhpos} verwendet - (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.locationField}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.lochpos})% - }% - \pentry{locvpos}{% - Abstand der Absenderergänzung von der oberen Papierkante, falls der Wert - nicht 0 ist; bei 0 wird stattdessen \PLength{toaddrvpos} verwendet - (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.locationField}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.locvpos})% - }% - \pentry{locwidth}{% - Breite des Feldes für die Absenderergänzung, wobei bei einem Wert von 0 - die Breite automatisch aufgrund der in \autoref{sec:scrlttr2.firstpage}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2.option.locfield} beschriebenen Option - \DescRef{scrlttr2.option.locfield} berechnet wird - (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.locationField}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.locwidth})% - }\iffree{}{\enlargethispage*{\baselineskip}}% Umbruchkorrektur!!!% - \pentry{mfoldmarklength}{% - Länge der mittleren horizontalen Faltmarke - (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.foldmarks}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.mfoldmarklength})% - }% - \pentry{mfoldmarkvpos}{% - Abstand der mittleren horizontalen Faltmarke von der oberen Kante des - Papiers - (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.foldmarks}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.mfoldmarkvpos})% - }% - \pentry{pfoldmarklength}{% - Länge der Lochermarke - (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.foldmarks}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.pfoldmarklength})% - }% - \pentry{PPdatamatrixvskip}{% - vertikaler Abstand zwischen Port-Payé-Kopf und Data-Matrix bei - \OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{addrfield}{PP} - (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.addressee}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.PPdatamatrixvskip})% - }% - \pentry{PPheadheight}{% - Höhe für den Port-Payé-Kopf - (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.addressee}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.PPheadheight})% - }% - \pentry{PPheadwidth}{% - Breite des linken Port-Payé-Feldes bei - \OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{addrfield}{PP} - (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.addressee}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.PPheadwidth})% - }% - \pentry{refaftervskip}{% - vertikaler Abstand nach der Geschäftszeile - (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.refLine}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.refaftervskip})% - }% - \pentry{refhpos}{% - Abstand der Geschäftszeile von der linken Papierkante, wobei bei einem - Wert von 0 automatisch relativ zur Papierbreite zentriert wird - (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.refLine}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.refhpos})% - }% - \pentry{refvpos}{% - Abstand der Geschäftszeile von der oberen Kante des Papiers - (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.refLine}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.refvpos})% - }% - \pentry{refwidth}{% - Breite der Geschäftszeile - (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.refLine}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.refwidth})% - }% - \pentry{sigbeforevskip}{% - vertikaler Abstand zwischen Gruß und Signatur - (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.closing}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.sigbeforevskip})% - }% - \pentry{sigindent}{% - Einzug der Signatur gegenüber dem Textkörper - (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.closing}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.sigindent})% - }% - \pentry{specialmailindent}{% - linker Einzug der Versandart innerhalb des Anschriftfeldes - (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.addressee}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.specialmailindent})% - }% - \pentry{specialmailrightindent}{% - rechter Einzug der Versandart innerhalb des Anschriftfeldes - (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.addressee}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.specialmailrightindent})% - }% - \pentry{subjectaftervskip}{% - vertikaler Abstand nach dem Betreff - (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.subject}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.subjectaftervskip})% - }% - \pentry{subjectbeforevskip}{% - zusätzlicher vertikaler Abstand vor dem Betreff - (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.subject}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.subjectbeforevskip})% - }% - \pentry{subjectvpos}{% - Abstand des Betreffs von der oberen Kante des Papiers, wobei ein Wert von - 0 stattdessen den Betreff gemäß Option \DescRef{scrlttr2.option.subject} setzt - (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.subject}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.subjectaftervskip})% - }% - \pentry{tfoldmarklength}{% - Länge der oberen horizontalen Faltmarke - (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.foldmarks}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.tfoldmarklength})% - }% - \pentry{tfoldmarkvpos}{% - Abstand der oberen horizontalen Faltmarke von der oberen Kante des Papiers - (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.foldmarks}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.tfoldmarkvpos})% - }% - \pentry{toaddrheight}{% - Höhe des Anschriftfeldes - (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.addressee}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrheight})% - }% - \pentry{toaddrhpos}{% - Abstand des Anschriftfeldes von der linken Papierkante, falls der Wert - positiv ist, oder negativer Abstand des Anschriftfeldes von der rechten - Papierkante, falls der Wert negativ ist - (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.addressee}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrhpos})% - }% - \pentry{toaddrindent}{% - linker und rechter Einzug der Anschrift innerhalb des Anschrift\-feldes - (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.addressee}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrindent})% - }% - \iffree{}{\enlargethispage*{\baselineskip}}% Umbruchoptimierung!!! - \pentry{toaddrvpos}{% - Abstand des Anschriftfeldes von der oberen Kante des Papiers - (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.addressee}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrvpos})% - }% - \pentry{toaddrwidth}{% - Breite des Anschriftfeldes - (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.addressee}, - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrwidth})% - }% -\end{desclist} - -\begin{figure} - \centering - \includegraphics{plenDIN} - \caption{Schematische Darstellung der wichtigsten Pseudolängen für den - Briefbogen} - \label{fig:scrlttr2-experts.pseudoLengths} -\end{figure} - -\begin{Declaration} - \Macro{newplength}\Parameter{Name} -\end{Declaration} -Mit\ChangedAt{v3.26}{\Class{scrlttr2}\and \Package{scrletter}} Hilfe dieser -Anweisung wird eine neue Pseudolänge definiert. Die neue Pseudolänge ist dann -über ihren \PName{Namen} eindeutig identifiziert. Jeder Name kann also nur -einmal vergeben werden. -% -\iffalse % Umbruchoptimierungstext -Es wird sichergestellt, dass jeder \PName{Name} nur -einmal vergeben wird.% -\else -\iffalse -Wird versucht, eine bereits vorhandene Pseudolänge erneut -zu definieren, so wird dies mit einer Fehlermeldung quittiert.% -\fi -% -\fi - -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{@newplength}% -Da der Anwender selbst normalerweise keine eigenen Pseudolängen definieren -muss, handelte es sich bei diesem Befehl bis \KOMAScript~3.25 um keine -Benutzeranweisung. Stattdessen existierte bis dahin nur \Macro{@newplength} -mit derselben Funktionalität. Für Paketautoren existieren diese Anweisungen -noch immer.% -\EndIndexGroup - - -\begin{Declaration} - \Macro{Ifplength}\Parameter{Pseudolänge}% - \Parameter{Dann-Code}\Parameter{Sonst-Code} -\end{Declaration} -Mit\ChangedAt{v3.27}{\Class{scrlttr2}\and \Class{scrletter}} dieser Anweisung -kann geprüft werden, ob eine \PName{Pseudolänge} definiert ist. Ist dies der -Fall, so wird der \PName{Dann-Code} ausgeführt, anderenfalls wird der -\PName{Sonst-Code} ausgeführt.% -\iffree{}{\par% - \BeginIndex{Cmd}{if@plength}% - Ausschließlich aus Konsistenzgründen existiert für Paketautoren auch die - interne Anweisung \Macro{if@plength} mit identischer Bedeutung.% -}% -\EndIndexGroup - - -\begin{Declaration} - \Macro{setplength}% - \OParameter{Faktor}\Parameter{Pseudolänge}\Parameter{Wert} - \Macro{addtoplength}% - \OParameter{Faktor}\Parameter{Pseudolänge}\Parameter{Wert} -\end{Declaration} -Mit\ChangedAt{v3.26}{\Class{scrlttr2}\and \Package{scrletter}} Hilfe von -\Macro{setplength} kann einer \PName{Pseudolänge} das Vielfache eines -\PName{Wertes} zugewiesen werden. Der \PName{Faktor} wird dabei als optionales -Argument übergeben (siehe auch \DescRef{scrlttr2.cmd.setlengthtoplength}, -\autoref{sec:scrlttr2.pseudoLength}, -\DescPageRef{scrlttr2.cmd.setlengthtoplength}). - -Mit \Macro{addtoplength} kann man zu einer \PName{Pseudolänge} das Vielfache -eines \PName{Wertes} addieren. Auch dabei wird der \PName{Faktor} als -optionales Argument übergeben. - -Um einer \PName{Pseudolänge} das Vielfache einer anderen Pseudolänge -zuzuweisen oder zu ihr zu addieren, verwendet man innerhalb von -\PName{Wert} die Anweisung \Macro{useplength} (siehe -\autoref{sec:scrlttr2.pseudoLength}, -\DescPageRef{scrlttr2.cmd.useplength}). Um von einer \PName{Pseudolänge} -den Wert einer anderen \PName{Pseudolänge} zu subtrahieren, verwendet man -gleichzeitig als \PName{Faktor} ein Minuszeichen oder \PValue{-1} oder einen -anderen negativen Faktor. - -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{@setplength}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{@addtoplength}% -Da der Anwender selbst normalerweise keine Pseudolängen ändern muss, handelte -es sich bis \KOMAScript~3.25 bei diesen Befehlen um keine -Benutzeranweisungen. Stattdessen existierten bis dahin nur -\Macro{@setplength} und \Macro{@addtoplength} mit derselben -Funktionalität. Für Paketautoren existieren diese Anweisungen noch immer.% -\EndIndexGroup - - -\begin{Declaration} - \Macro{setplengthtowidth} - \OParameter{Faktor}\Parameter{Pseudolänge}\Parameter{Inhalt} - \Macro{setplengthtoheight} - \OParameter{Faktor}\Parameter{Pseudolänge}\Parameter{Inhalt} - \Macro{setplengthtodepth} - \OParameter{Faktor}\Parameter{Pseudolänge}\Parameter{Inhalt} - \Macro{setplengthtototalheight} - \OParameter{Faktor}\Parameter{Pseudolänge}\Parameter{Inhalt} -\end{Declaration} -Die\ChangedAt{v3.26}{\Class{scrlttr2}\and \Package{scrletter}} ersten drei -Anweisungen entsprechen im Wesentlichen \Macro{settowidth}, -\Macro{settoheight} und \Macro{settodepth} aus dem \LaTeX-Kern, setzen aber -keine Länge, sondern eine \PName{Pseudolänge}. Entsprechend -\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.setplength} sind sie ebenfalls um einen optionalen -\PName{Faktor} erweitert. Sie setzen also eine \PName{Pseudolänge} auf die -Breite, Höhe oder Tiefe von \PName{Inhalt} multipliziert mit dem optional -angegebenen \PName{Faktor}. Die zusätzliche Anweisung -\Macro{setplengthtototalheight} setzt die \PName{Pseudolänge} auf die Summe -der Höhe und Tiefe von \PName{Inhalt} multipliziert mit dem optionalen -\PName{Faktor}.% -\EndIndexGroup - - -\subsection{Faltmarken} -\seclabel{foldmarks} -\BeginIndexGroup -\BeginIndex{}{Faltmarke}% - -Falt- oder Falzmarken sind kleine horizontale Striche am linken und kleine -vertikale Striche am oberen Rand. \KOMAScript{} unterstützt für den Briefbogen -derzeit drei konfigurierbare horizontale und eine konfigurierbare vertikale -Faltmarke. Dazu wird noch eine horizontale Loch- oder Seitenmittenmarke -unterstützt, die nicht in der Vertikalen verschoben werden kann. - - -\begin{Declaration} - \PLength{tfoldmarkvpos} - \PLength{mfoldmarkvpos} - \PLength{bfoldmarkvpos} -\end{Declaration} -\KOMAScript{} kennt für Briefe \Class{scrlttr2} insgesamt drei in der vertikalen -Platzierung konfigurierbare Faltmarken. Die Position der oberen Faltmarke vom -oberen Papierrand wird von der Pseudolänge \PLength{tfoldmarkvpos} -bestimmt. Für die Position der mittleren Faltmarke ist Pseudolänge -\PLength{mfoldmarkvpos}\ChangedAt{v2.97e}{\Class{scrlttr2}}, für die unteren -Faltmarke \PLength{bfoldmarkvpos} zuständig. Mit der -Locher-\Index{Lochermarke} oder Seitenmittenmarke kommt noch eine weitere -horizontale Marke dazu. Diese wird jedoch immer in der vertikalen Seitenmitte -platziert. -\iftrue% Umbruchkorrekturtext! -Da ihre vertikale Position also nicht konfigurierbar ist, existiert -auch keine Pseudolänge dafür. -\fi - -Die\important{Achtung!} obere und untere Faltmarke dienen nicht der exakten -Drittelung des Papiers beim Falten. Stattdessen soll das Papier mit ihrer -Hilfe so geknickt werden können, dass das Feld für die Anschrift in einem -Fensterbriefumschlag zu sehen ist. Die Einstellungen sind daher in den -vordefinierten \File{lco}-Dateien\textnote{\File{lco}-Datei}% -\Index{lco-Datei=\File{lco}-Datei} unterschiedlich gewählt. Eine -Besonderheit\textnote{Achtung!} stellt \Option{DINmtext} dar. Hier wird -zwingend von einem Briefumschlag im Format C6/5 (auch »C6 lang« genannt) -ausgegangen. Briefe, die mit dieser Option erstellt wurden, sind normalerweise -weder für Umschläge im Format C5 noch für Umschläge im Format C4 geeignet. - -Die mittlere Faltmarke wird für abendländische Briefe normalerweise nicht -benötigt. Beispielsweise in Japan gibt es jedoch so unterschiedliche -Briefumschläge, dass eine weitere Faltmarke benötigt wurde (siehe die -japanischen \File{lco}-Dateien). An dieser Stelle sei darauf hingewiesen, dass -die Bezeichnungen »obere«, »mittlere« und »untere« Faltmarke lediglich eine -Sprachkonvention darstellen. Tatsächlich ist nicht festgelegt, dass -\PLength{tfoldmarkvpos} kleiner als \PLength{mfoldmarkvpos} und dieses kleiner -als \PLength{bfoldmarkvpos} sein muss. Ist\textnote{Achtung!} eine der -Pseudolängen hingegen Null, so wird die entsprechende Faltmarke auch dann -nicht gesetzt, wenn sie per Option \DescRef{scrlttr2.option.foldmarks}% -\IndexOption{foldmarks~=\PName{Einstellung}}% -\important{\DescRef{scrlttr2.option.foldmarks}} (siehe -\autoref{sec:scrlttr2.firstpage}, \DescPageRef{scrlttr2.option.foldmarks}) -explizit aktiviert wurde.% -% -\EndIndexGroup - - -\begin{Declaration} - \PLength{tfoldmarklength} - \PLength{mfoldmarklength} - \PLength{bfoldmarklength} - \PLength{pfoldmarklength} -\end{Declaration} -Diese\ChangedAt{v2.97e}{\Class{scrlttr2}} vier Pseudolängen bestimmen die -Länge der vier horizontalen Marken. Dabei gilt eine -Besonderheit. Ist\textnote{Achtung!} die Länge nämlich mit Null angegeben, so -werden bei den Pseudolängen \PLength{tfoldmarklength}, -\PLength{mfoldmarklength} und \PLength{bfoldmarklength} für die drei in der -vertikalen Position konfigurierbaren Faltmarken stattdessen 2\Unit{mm} als -Länge verwendet. Die Länge der Lochermarke, \PLength{pfoldmarklength}, wird -hingegen auf 4\Unit{mm} gesetzt.% -\EndIndexGroup - - -\begin{Declaration} - \PLength{foldmarkhpos} -\end{Declaration} -Diese Pseudolänge gibt den Abstand aller horizontalen Faltmarken vom linken -Papier\-rand an. Normalerweise sind das 3{,}5\Unit{mm}. Sie\textnote{Tipp!} -können den Wert aber auch in Ihrer eigenen \File{lco}-Datei ändern, falls Sie -einen Drucker verwenden, der einen breiteren unbedruckbaren linken Rand -hat. Ob die Faltmarken überhaupt gesetzt werden, hängt außerdem von der Option -\DescRef{scrlttr2.option.foldmarks}\important{\DescRef{scrlttr2.option.foldmarks}}% -\IndexOption{foldmarks~=\PName{Einstellung}} ab (siehe -\autoref{sec:scrlttr2.firstpage}, \DescPageRef{scrlttr2.option.foldmarks}).% -% -\EndIndexGroup - - -\begin{Declaration} - \PLength{lfoldmarkhpos} -\end{Declaration} -Neben\ChangedAt{v2.97e}{\Class{scrlttr2}} den horizontalen Faltmarken gibt es -auch noch eine vertikale Faltmarke. Deren Abstand von der linken Papierkante -wird über die Pseudolänge \PLength{lfoldmarkhpos} bestimmt. Diese Faltmarke -wird beispielsweise bei Briefen für einige japanische Chou- oder You-Umschläge -benötigt, wenn man diese für A4-Papier verwenden will. Auch für Umschläge im -C6-Format kann sie nützlich sein.% -\EndIndexGroup - - -\begin{Declaration} - \PLength{lfoldmarklength} -\end{Declaration} -Die Pseudolänge \PLength{lfoldmarklength} bestimmt -die\ChangedAt{v2.97e}{\Class{scrlttr2}} Länge der vertikalen -Faltmarke. Auch\textnote{Achtung!} hier gibt es die Besonderheit, dass bei -einer angegebenen Länge von Null stattdessen 4\Unit{mm} verwendet werden.% -\EndIndexGroup - - -\begin{Declaration} - \PLength{foldmarkvpos} -\end{Declaration} -Die\ChangedAt{v2.97e}{\Class{scrlttr2}} Pseudolänge gibt den Abstand -\iffree{aller}{der} vertikalen Faltmarke\iffree{n}{} vom oberen Papier\-rand -an. Normalerweise sind das 3{,}5\Unit{mm}. Sie\textnote{Tipp!} können den -Wert aber auch in Ihrer eigenen \File{lco}-Datei ändern, falls Sie einen -Drucker verwenden, der einen breiteren unbedruckbaren oberen Rand hat. Ob die -Faltmarke\iffree{n}{} überhaupt gesetzt \iffree{werden}{wird}, hängt außerdem -von der Option \DescRef{scrlttr2.option.foldmarks}% -\important{\DescRef{scrlttr2.option.foldmarks}}% -\IndexOption{foldmarks~=\PName{Einstellung}} ab (siehe -\autoref{sec:scrlttr2.firstpage}, -\DescPageRef{scrlttr2.option.foldmarks}).\iffree{ Derzeit gibt es nur eine - einzige vertikale Faltmarke, die als linke vertikale Faltmarke bezeichnet - wird.}{}% -\EndIndexGroup - - -\begin{Declaration} - \PLength{foldmarkthickness} -\end{Declaration} -Diese\ChangedAt{v2.97c}{\Class{scrlttr2}} Pseudolänge gibt die Dicke aller -Faltmarken an. Voreingestellt sind 0,2\Unit{pt}, also eine sehr dünne -Haarlinie. Insbesondere\textnote{Tipp!}, wenn die Farbe der Faltmarken -geändert wird, kann dies zu wenig sein!% -\EndIndexGroup -% -\EndIndexGroup - - -\subsection{Briefkopf} -\seclabel{firstHead} -\BeginIndexGroup -\BeginIndex{}{Briefkopf}% - -Unter dem Briefkopf verstehen wir alle Angaben, die den Absender betreffen und -die über der Anschrift stehen. Normalerweise würde man erwarten, dass diese -über den Seitenstil gesetzt werden. Bei der alten Briefklasse \Class{scrlettr} -war dies auch so. Bei\textnote{Achtung!} \Class{scrlttr2} und -\Package{scrletter} wird der Briefkopf jedoch unabhängig vom Seitenstil von -der Anweisung \DescRef{scrlttr2.cmd.opening}\IndexCmd{opening} ausgegeben. -% Fuellmaterial -\iftrue% -Dabei wird der Briefkopf absolut positioniert, ist also vom Satzspiegel -unabhängig. Die erste Seite eines Briefes, also die Seite mit dem Briefkopf, -wird tatsächlich mit dem Seitenstil -\DescRef{scrlttr2.pagestyle.empty}\IndexPagestyle{empty} gesetzt.% -\fi -% Ende des Fuellmaterials - - -\begin{Declaration} - \PLength{firstheadvpos} -\end{Declaration} -Die Pseudolänge \PLength{firstheadvpos} gibt den Abstand des Briefkopfes von -der oberen Papierkante an. Der Wert wird in den vordefinierten -\File{lco}-Dateien\textnote{\File{lco}-Datei}\Index{lco-Datei=\File{lco}-Datei} -unterschiedlich gesetzt. Ein typischer Wert ist 8\Unit{mm}.% -\EndIndexGroup - - -\begin{Declaration} - \PLength{firstheadhpos} -\end{Declaration} -Die Pseudolänge \PLength{firstheadhpos}\ChangedAt{v3.05}{\Class{scrlttr2}} -gibt bei einem positiven Wert den Abstand des Briefkopfes von der linken -Papierkante an. Ist\textnote{Achtung!} der Wert sogar größer oder gleich der -Breite des Papiers, -\Length{paperwidth}\important{\Length{paperwidth}}\IndexLength{paperwidth}, so -wird der Briefkopf horizontal zentriert auf dem Briefbogen platziert. Ein -negativer Wert gibt den Abstand des Briefkopfes von der rechten Papierkante -an. Ist der Wert jedoch kleiner oder gleich der negativen Breite des Papiers, -so wird der Briefkopf bündig zum linken Rand des Satzspiegels platziert. - -Voreingestellt\textnote{Achtung!} ist typischerweise ein Wert von -\Length{maxdimen}\IndexLength{maxdimen}, also der größtmögliche Wert für eine -Länge. Die Folge ist eine horizontale Zentrierung.% -\EndIndexGroup - - -\begin{Declaration} - \PLength{firstheadwidth} -\end{Declaration} -Die Pseudolänge \PLength{firstheadwidth} gibt die Breite des Briefkopfes -an. Der Wert wird in den vordefinierten -\File{lco}-Dateien\textnote{\File{lco}-Datei}\Index{lco-Datei=\File{lco}-Datei} -unterschiedlich gesetzt. Während er normalerweise von der Papierbreite und dem -horizontalen Abstand der Empfängeradresse vom linken Papierrand abhängt, -entspricht er bei \Option{KOMAold} der Breite des Satzspiegels und ist bei -\Option{NF} fest auf 170\Unit{mm} eingestellt.% -\EndIndexGroup - - -\begin{Declaration} - \PLength{fromrulethickness} - \PLength{fromrulewidth} -\end{Declaration} -Wie bereits bei Option -\DescRef{scrlttr2.option.fromrule}\IndexOption{fromrule} in -\autoref{sec:scrlttr2.firstpage}, \DescPageRef{scrlttr2.option.fromrule} -erwähnt wurde, kann in den vordefinierten Briefköpfen eine Linie im oder unter -dem Absender gesetzt werden. Hat\textnote{Achtung!} die Pseudolänge -\PLength{fromrulewidth} die Länge 0, so wird dabei die Länge dieser Linie -automatisch bestimmt. Dies ist die Voreinstellung bei den vordefinierten -\File{lco}-Dateien. % -\iffalse % Umbruchkorrekturtext -Der Wert kann mit \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.setplength} (siehe -\DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.cmd.setplength}) in eigenen \File{lco}-Dateien -aber auch abweichend gesetzt werden. % -\fi% -Die voreingestellte Dicke\ChangedAt{v2.97c}{\Class{scrlttr2}}, -\PLength{fromrulethickness}, der Linie beträgt 0,4\Unit{pt}.% -\EndIndexGroup -% -\EndIndexGroup - - -\subsection{Anschrift} -\seclabel{addressee}% -\BeginIndexGroup -\BeginIndex{}{Anschrift}% - -% Verschiedene Umbruchvarianten -Unter der Anschrift versteht man normalerweise nur den Namen und die Adresse -des Empfängers. % -\iffalse% -Als \iffree{erste }{}Erweiterung zur Anschrift kann die -Versandart betrachtet werden, die etwa bei \iffree{Einschreiben oder -}{}Infobriefen zur Anwendung kommt. Bei Fensterbriefumschlägen wird auch die -sogenannte Rücksendeadresse \iffree{zur Anschrift}{dazu} gezählt, da sie im -Anschriftfenster zu sehen \iffree{sein wird}{ist}. Die Anschrift folgt -unmittelbar auf den Briefkopf.% -\else% -Aber auch die Versandart, beispielsweise bei Infobriefen, oder die -Rücksendeadresse werden als Teil des Anschriftfeldes gesetzt.% -\fi - - -\begin{Declaration} - \PLength{toaddrvpos} - \PLength{toaddrhpos} -\end{Declaration} -Diese Pseudolängen geben den Abstand des Anschriftfensters eines -Fensterbriefumschlags vom oberen und vom linken Rand des Papiers an. Sie -werden in den vordefinierten -\File{lco}-Dateien\textnote{\File{lco}-Datei}\Index{lco-Datei=\File{lco}-Datei} -unterschiedlich eingestellt. Für \PLength{toaddrhpos} gilt außerdem eine -Besonderheit. Ist\textnote{Achtung!} der Wert \iffree{}{wie bei \Option{SN} - oder \Option{NF} }negativ, so ist sein Betrag der Abstand des -Anschriftfeldes vom rechten Rand des Papiers. % -\iffree{% - Sie\textnote{Beispiele!} finden dies beispielsweise bei \Option{SN} oder - \Option{NF}. Am kleinsten ist der Wert \PLength{toaddrvpos} bei - \Option{DINmtext}. Hier kann es schnell passieren, dass der Briefkopf in das - Anschriftfenster ragt.% -}{% - Große Briefköpfe\textnote{Achtung!} können bei kleinem \PLength{toaddrvpos}, - beispielsweise bei \Option{DINmtext}, bis in das Anschriftfeld ragen.% -} Ob das Anschriftfenster überhaupt gesetzt wird, hängt von der Option -\Option{addrfield} ab (siehe \autoref{sec:scrlttr2.firstpage}, -\DescPageRef{scrlttr2.option.addrfield}).% -\EndIndexGroup - - -\begin{Declaration} - \PLength{toaddrheight} -\end{Declaration} -Diese Pseudolänge gibt die Höhe des Anschriftfeldes einschließlich der -Versandart an. Ob Name und Adresse des Empfängers unter Berücksichtigung der -Versandart im Anschriftfeld vertikal zentriert werden hängt von Option -\DescRef{scrlttr2.option.addrfield} ab.% -\EndIndexGroup - - -\begin{Declaration} - \PLength{toaddrwidth} -\end{Declaration} -Diese Pseudolänge gibt die Breite des Anschriftfensters an. Diese wird in den -vordefinierten -\File{lco}-Dateien\textnote{\File{lco}-Datei}\Index{lco-Datei=\File{lco}-Datei} -entsprechend der unterschiedlichen Normen unterschiedlich -eingestellt. Typische Werte liegen zwischen 70\Unit{mm} und 100\Unit{mm}. - -\begin{Example} - Angenommen, Sie haben das Problem, dass Ihr Drucker einen \iffree{sehr - breiten }{}unbedruckbaren rechten \iffree{oder linken }{}Rand von - 15\Unit{mm} besitzt. Dadurch kann bei Option \Option{SN} der Briefkopf, die - Absenderergänzung und die Anschrift nicht komplett gedruckt werden. Sie - erstellen daher eine neue \iffree{\File{lco}-Datei mit folgendem Inhalt}{Datei - \File{SNmmarg.lco}, die Sie anstelle von \Option{SN} verwenden}: -\begin{lstcode} - \ProvidesFile{SNmmarg.lco} - [2002/06/04 v0.1 my own lco] - \LoadLetterOption{SN} - \addtoplength{toaddrwidth}{% - -\useplength{toaddrhpos}} - \setplength{toaddrhpos}{-15mm} - \addtoplength{toaddrwidth}{% - \useplength{toaddrhpos}} - \endinput -\end{lstcode}% - \iffree{ Bis Sie sich einen Drucker mit kleineren Rändern zugelegt haben, - verwenden Sie \Option{SNmmarg} anstelle von - \Option{SN}.}{}% Umbruchoptimierung -\end{Example}\vskip-\ht\strutbox% Wegen Beispiel am Ende der Erklärung -% -\EndIndexGroup - - -\begin{Declaration} - \PLength{toaddrindent} -\end{Declaration} -Manchmal will man, dass die Anschrift nicht am linken Rand des -Anschriftfensters beginnt und bis zum rechten Rand des Fensters reicht, -sondern ein wenig eingezogen wird. Der Wert dieses Einzugs kann über die -Pseudolänge \PLength{toaddrindent} festgelegt werden. Typischerweise ist -dieser Wert jedoch 0\Unit{pt}. - -Bei\textnote{Achtung!} jeder der -Einstellungen\ChangedAt{v3.03}{\Class{scrlttr2}} -\OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{addrfield}{PP}\important{% - \OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{addrfield}{PP}\\ - \OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{addrfield}{image}\\ - \OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{addrfield}{backgroundimage} -}\IndexOption{addrfield~=\textKValue{PP}}, -\OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{addrfield}{image}% -\IndexOption{addrfield~=\textKValue{image}} und -\OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{addrfield}{backgroundimage}% -\IndexOption{addrfield~=\textKValue{backgroundimage}} (siehe -\autoref{sec:scrlttr2.firstpage}, -\DescPageRef{scrlttr2.option.addrfield}) wird beim Wert 0\Unit{pt} -stattdessen ein Einzug von 8\Unit{mm} verwendet. Soll hier tatsächlich kein -Einzug verwendet werden, so kann mit 1\Unit{sp} ein vernachlässigbar kleiner -Einzug gesetzt werden. Des Weiteren wird \PLength{toaddrindent} bei den -genannten Einstellungen für \Option{addrfield} auch für den Abstand zum -rechten Rand des Anschriftfensters verwendet.% -\EndIndexGroup - - -\begin{Declaration} - \PLength{backaddrheight} -\end{Declaration} -Bei Fensterbriefumschlägen wird der Absender häufig in einer kleinen Schrift -einzeilig über der Empfängeradresse ausgegeben. Diese Absenderangabe nennt man -Rücksendeadresse\textnote{Rücksendeadresse}% -\Index{Ruecksendeadresse=Rücksendeadresse}, da sie \iffree{im Anschriftfenster - sichtbar ist und }{}der Post bei unzustellbaren Briefen für die Rücksendung -an den Absender dient. In dieser Adresse muss daher auch nur die Information -enthalten sein, die zur Rücksendung notwendig ist. - -Die Höhe, die innerhalb des Anschriftfensters für die Rücksendeadresse zur -Verfügung steht, ist in der Pseudolänge \PLength{backaddrheight} abgelegt. Der -Wert wird in den vordefinierten \File{lco}-Dateien typischerweise auf -5\Unit{mm} eingestellt. Ob die Rücksendeadresse überhaupt gesetzt wird, -bestimmt der Anwender mit den Optionen \Option{addrfield} (siehe -\autoref{sec:scrlttr2.firstpage}, \DescPageRef{scrlttr2.option.addrfield}) und -\DescRef{scrlttr2.option.backaddress} (siehe \autoref{sec:scrlttr2.firstpage}, -\DescPageRef{scrlttr2.option.backaddress}).% -\EndIndexGroup - - -\begin{Declaration} - \PLength{specialmailindent} - \PLength{specialmailrightindent} -\end{Declaration} -Zwischen Rücksendeadresse und Empfängeradresse kann noch eine optionale -Versandart\Index{Versandart} gesetzt werden\iffree{. Diese wird genau dann - gesetzt}{}, wenn die Variable \DescRef{scrlttr2.variable.specialmail} einen -Inhalt hat. Die Ausrichtung wird mit Hilfe der Pseudolängen -\PLength{specialmailindent} und \PLength{specialmailrightindent} -festgelegt. Diese geben den linken und rechten Einzug der Zeile an. In den -vordefinierten \File{lco}-Dateien ist \PLength{specialmailindent} auf den -dehnbaren Wert \Macro{fill} gesetzt, während \PLength{specialmailrightindent} -auf 1\Unit{em} eingestellt ist. Damit wird die Versandart 1\Unit{em} vom -rechten Rand des Anschriftfensters gesetzt.% -\EndIndexGroup - - -\begin{Declaration} - \PLength{PPheadheight} - \PLength{PPheadwidth} -\end{Declaration} -Die Pseudolänge \PLength{PPheadheight} gibt bei den beiden -Einstellungen\ChangedAt{v3.03}{\Class{scrlttr2}} -\OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{addrfield}{PP}\important{% - \OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{addrfield}{PP}\\ - \OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{addrfield}{backgroundimage}}% -\IndexOption{addrfield~=\textKValue{PP}} und -\OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{addrfield}{backgroundimage}% -\IndexOption{addrfield~=\textKValue{backgroundimage}} die Höhe an, die am Anfang -des Adressfeldes für den Port-Payé-Kopf reserviert wird. Die Pseudolänge -\PLength{PPheadwidth} wird nur bei \OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{addrfield}{PP} -(siehe \autoref{sec:scrlttr2.firstpage}, -\DescPageRef{scrlttr2.option.addrfield}) verwendet und gibt die Breite des -linken Feldes des Port-Payé-Kopf mit dem P.\,P.-Logo, der Postleitzahl und dem -Ort an. Die Breite des rechten Feldes mit dem Code für den Absender und der -Priorität ist durch die Restbreite bestimmt. - -Den\textnote{Achtung!} normalerweise voreingestellten Wert von 0\Unit{mm} für -Pseudolänge \PLength{PPheadheight} ändert \KOMAScript{} selbstständig in -20,74\Unit{pt}. Den normalerweise voreingestellten Wert von 0\Unit{mm} für -\PLength{PPheadwidth} ändert \KOMAScript{} selbstständig in 42\Unit{mm}.% -% -\EndIndexGroup - - -\begin{Declaration} - \PLength{PPdatamatrixvskip} -\end{Declaration} -Durch\ChangedAt{v3.03}{\Class{scrlttr2}} diese Pseudolänge wird der vertikale -Abstand zwischen dem Port-Payé-Kopf und der Data-Matrix bei -\OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{addrfield}{PP}% -\important{\OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{addrfield}{PP}}% -\IndexOption{addrfield~=\textKValue{PP}} (siehe -\autoref{sec:scrlttr2.firstpage}, \DescPageRef{scrlttr2.option.addrfield}) -festgelegt. Den\textnote{Achtung!} normalerweise voreingestellten Wert von -0\Unit{mm} ändert \KOMAScript{} selbstständig in 9\Unit{mm}. Die Data-Matrix -wird rechtsbündig zum Port-Payé-Kopf gesetzt.% -\EndIndexGroup -% -\EndIndexGroup - - -\subsection{Absenderergänzungen} -\seclabel{locationField} -\BeginIndexGroup -\BeginIndex{}{Absenderergaenzung=Absenderergänzung}% - -\iffalse% Umbruchvarianten -Insbesondere bei Geschäftsbriefen reicht der Platz im Briefkopf und im -Seitenfuß oftmals nicht aus, um alle Angaben des Absenders unterzubringen. Für -die zusätzlichen Informationen kann der Platz neben der Anschrift -genutzt werden. In dieser Anleitung wird dieses Feld \emph{Absenderergänzung} -genannt.% -\else% -Reicht der Raum in Briefkopf und Seitenfuß nicht aus, um alle Angaben zum -Absender unterzubringen, kann der Platz neben der Anschrift als -\emph{Absenderergänzung} genutzt werden.% -\fi - - -\begin{Declaration} - \PLength{locheight} - \PLength{lochpos} - \PLength{locvpos} - \PLength{locwidth} -\end{Declaration} -Die Pseudolängen \PLength{locwidth} und -\PLength{locheight}\ChangedAt{v2.97d}{\Class{scrlttr2}} geben die Breite und -Höhe der Absenderergänzung an. Die Pseudolängen \PLength{lochpos} und -\PLength{locvpos} geben die Abstände von der rechten, oberen -Papierkante an. Die Werte werden in den vordefinierten \File{lco}-Dateien -typischerweise auf 0\Unit{pt} gesetzt. Dieser\textnote{Achtung!} Wert nimmt -eine Sonderstellung ein. Er bedeutet, dass die Werte erst bei -\DescRef{scrlttr2.cmd.opening}\IndexCmd{opening} anhand der Breite des -Papiers, der Breite des Anschriftfensters, des Abstandes des -Anschriftfensters von der linken, oberen Papierkante und -Option \DescRef{scrlttr2.option.locfield} (siehe -\autoref{sec:scrlttr2.firstpage}, \DescPageRef{scrlttr2.option.locfield}) -gesetzt werden. Wie\textnote{Achtung!} bei \PLength{toaddrhpos} nehmen -negative Werte für \PLength{lochpos} eine Sonderstellung ein. Es wird dann -statt des Abstandes vom rechten Papierrand der Betrag von \PLength{lochpos} -als Abstand vom linken Papierrand verwendet. Die Bedeutung ist also genau -umgekehrt zu der bei \PLength{toaddrhpos} (siehe -\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.addressee}, -\DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrhpos}).% -\EndIndexGroup -% -\EndIndexGroup - - -\subsection{Geschäftszeile} -\seclabel{refLine}% -\BeginIndexGroup -\BeginIndex{}{Geschaeftszeile=Geschäftszeile}% - -Die Geschäftszeile kann auch länger als eine Zeile sein. Sie wird nur gesetzt, -wenn mindestens eine der Variablen für die Geschäftszeile nicht leer ist. Es -werden nur nicht leere Felder gesetzt. Um\textnote{Tipp!} ein scheinbar leeres -Feld zu setzen, kann man einen scheinbar leeren Variableninhalt wie -\Macro{mbox}\Parameter{} verwenden. Wird auf die Geschäftszeile verzichtet, so -werden an ihrer Stelle Bezeichnung und Inhalt der Variablen -\DescRef{scrlttr2.variable.date} ausgegeben. % -\iffalse% Umbruchoptimierung -Informationen, wie Variablen zur Geschäftszeile hinzugefügt oder entfernt -werden, sind in \autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.variables}, -\DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.cmd.removereffields} zu finden.% -\fi - - -\begin{Declaration} - \PLength{refvpos} -\end{Declaration} -Diese Pseudolänge gibt den Abstand der Geschäftszeile von der Oberkante des -Papiers an. Ihr Wert wird in den vordefinierten \File{lco}-Dateien\textnote{\File{lco}-Datei}\Index{lco-Datei=\File{lco}-Datei} -unterschiedlich eingestellt. % -\iffalse% -Typische Werte liegen zwischen 80{,}5\Unit{mm} und 98{,}5\Unit{mm}.% -\fi% -\EndIndexGroup - - -\begin{Declaration} - \PLength{refwidth} - \PLength{refhpos} -\end{Declaration} -Die Pseudolänge \PLength{refwidth} gibt die Breite an, die für die -Geschäftszeile zur Verfügung steht. Ihr Wert wird in den vordefinierten -\File{lco}-Dateien typischerweise auf 0\Unit{pt} -gesetzt. Dieser\textnote{Achtung!} Wert hat eine besondere Bedeutung. % -\iffalse% Umbruchoptimierung -Es wird damit keineswegs festgelegt, dass für die Geschäftszeile keine Breite -zur Verfügung steht. Vielmehr bedeutet der Wert% -\else% -Damit wird festgelegt% -\fi% -, dass die verfügbare Breite erst innerhalb von -\DescRef{scrlttr2.cmd.opening}\IndexCmd{opening} ermittelt wird. Die% -\iffalse% Umbruchoptimierung -\ dort ermittelte % -\else% -se % -\fi% -Breite richtet sich \iffree{dann }{}nach der Einstellung der Option -\DescRef{scrlttr2.option.refline}\important{\DescRef{scrlttr2.option.refline}}% -\IndexOption{refline~=\PName{Einstellung}} (siehe -\autoref{sec:scrlttr2.firstpage}, -\DescPageRef{scrlttr2.option.refline}). Gleichzeitig wird dann auch -\PLength{refhpos} entsprechend der Option gesetzt. Bei -\OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{refline}{wide}% -\IndexOption{refline~=\textKValue{wide}} wird die Geschäftszeile zentriert, -wohingegen sie bei \OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{refline}{narrow}% -\IndexOption{refline~=\textKValue{narrow}} am Satzspiegel links ausgerichtet -wird. - -Ist \PLength{refwidth} von Null verschieden, wird die Breite der -Geschäftszeile also nicht von der Option \DescRef{scrlttr2.option.refline} -bestimmt, so gibt \PLength{refhpos} den Abstand der Geschäftszeile von der -linken Papierkante an. Ist\textnote{Achtung!} dieser Abstand Null, so wird die -Geschäftszeile so ausgerichtet, dass das Verhältnis zwischen ihrem Abstand von -der linken Papierkante zu ihrem Abstand von der rechten Papierkante dem -Verhältnis zwischen dem Abstand des Satzspiegels von der linken Papierkante zu -seinem Abstand von der rechten Papierkante entspricht. Bei auf dem Papier -horizontal zentriertem Satzspiegel wird also auch die Geschäftszeile -zentriert. - -In der Regel werden diese Sonderfälle für die häufigsten Anwendungen von -geringem Interesse sein. Die\textnote{Tipp!} einfachste Regel lautet hier: -Entweder wird \PLength{refwidth} auf Null belassen und die Breite und -Ausrichtung der Geschäftszeile über die Option -\DescRef{scrlttr2.option.refline} bestimmt oder sowohl \PLength{refwidth} als -auch \PLength{refhpos} werden vom Anwender vorgegeben.% -\EndIndexGroup - - -\begin{Declaration} - \PLength{refaftervskip} -\end{Declaration} -Diese Pseudolänge gibt den vertikalen Abstand an, der nach der Geschäftszeile -eingefügt werden soll. Der Wert wird in den vordefinierten -\File{lco}-Dateien\textnote{\File{lco}-Datei}\Index{lco-Datei=\File{lco}-Datei} -eingestellt. Er wirkt sich unmittelbar auf die Höhe des Textbereichs der -ersten Seite aus. Der typische Wert liegt zwischen einer und zwei Zeilen.% -\EndIndexGroup -% -\EndIndexGroup - - -\subsection{Betreff} -\seclabel{subject}% -\BeginIndexGroup -\BeginIndex{}{Betreff} - -Der Betreff eine Briefes wird in unterschiedlichen Ländern unterschiedlich -gesetzt. Die einen haben ihn gerne vor der Anrede, die anderen setzen ihn -danach. Einige Berufsgruppen wollen ihn teilweise sogar vor der Geschäftszeile -haben. - -\begin{Declaration} - \PLength{subjectvpos} -\end{Declaration} -\ChangedAt{v3.01}{\Class{scrlttr2}}% -Ist\textnote{Achtung!} der Wert dieser Pseudolänge 0\Unit{pt}, so bestimmt die -Option -\DescRef{scrlttr2.option.subject}\important{\DescRef{scrlttr2.option.subject}}% -\IndexOption{subject~=\PName{Einstellung}} (siehe -\autoref{sec:scrlttr2.firstpage}, \DescPageRef{scrlttr2.option.subject}) die -Position des Betreffs. Dabei spielen dann auch die nachfolgend erklärten -Pseudolängen \PLength{subjectbeforevskip} und \PLength{subjectaftervskip} ihre -Rolle. Bei allen anderen Werten wird der Betreff mit dem entsprechenden -Abstand von der oberen Papierkante platziert. Es\textnote{Tipp!} wird -empfohlen in diesem Fall darauf zu achten, dass genügend Platz zur Verfügung -steht, damit Überschneidungen mit anderen Elementen unwahrscheinlich sind. -\begin{Example} - Einige wenige Berufsgruppen ziehen es vor, wenn der Betreff noch vor der - Geschäftszeile steht. Hierzu kann man die Position wie folgt wählen, wobei - auch die Position der Geschäftszeile angepasst wird: -\begin{lstcode} - \ProvidesFile{lawsubj.lco} - [2008/11/03 lawyers lco file] - \setplength{subjectvpos}{\useplength{refvpos}} - \addtoplength{refvpos}{3\baselineskip} - \endinput -\end{lstcode} - Will man, dass zwischen Betreff und Geschäftszeile noch mindestens eine - Zeile frei bleibt, hat man so Platz für maximal zwei Zeilen Betreff. -\end{Example} -\EndIndexGroup - - -\begin{Declaration} - \PLength{subjectbeforevskip} - \PLength{subjectaftervskip} -\end{Declaration} -\ChangedAt{v3.01}{\Class{scrlttr2}}% -Wird der Betreff nicht absolut platziert, sondern vor oder nach der Anrede, so -kann vor und nach dem Betreff ein zusätzlicher Abstand eingefügt werden. Der -Abstand vor dem Betreff trifft dabei gegebenenfalls mit anderen Abständen, -etwa dem automatischen Abstand von einer Zeile nach dem Titel, zusammen. In -der Voreinstellung wird daher in der Regel kein weiterer Abstand an dieser -Stelle eingefügt. Der Abstand nach dem Betreff beträgt in der Voreinstellung -von Klasse und Paket zwei Zeilen.% -\EndIndexGroup \EndIndexGroup - - -\subsection{Schlussgruß} -\seclabel{closing} -\BeginIndexGroup -\BeginIndex{}{Schlussgruss=Schlussgruß} - -Der Schlussgruß\Index{Gruss=Gruß} eines Briefes besteht aus mehreren Teilen. -Neben der Grußformel selbst gibt es noch die Unterschrift und die Signatur, -eine Art Erläuterung zur Unterschrift. - - -\begin{Declaration} - \PLength{sigindent} - \PLength{sigbeforevskip} -\end{Declaration} -Grußfloskel\Index{Gruss=Gruß}\Index{Signatur} und Erläuterung der -Unterschrift\Index{Unterschrift} werden innerhalb einer Box gesetzt. Die -Breite dieser Box wird durch die längste Zeile innerhalb von Grußfloskel und -Erläuterung bestimmt. - -Die Box wird mit dem durch die Pseudolänge \PLength{sigindent} bestimmten -Einzug gesetzt. In den vordefinierten \File{lco}-Dateien ist der Einzug auf -0\Unit{mm} gesetzt. - -Zwischen Grußfloskel und Erläuterung wird ein vertikaler Abstand eingefügt, -der mit der Pseudolänge \PLength{sigbeforevskip} festgelegt ist. In den -vordefinierten \File{lco}-Dateien ist der Wert auf zwei Zeilen eingestellt. In -diese Lücke setzen Sie dann Ihre Unterschrift.% -\iffalse% Umbruchkorrekturtext -\ Sollten\textnote{Tipp!} Sie sich dazu entschließen in die Variable -\DescRef{scrlttr2.variable.signature}\IndexVariable{signature}% -\important{\DescRef{scrlttr2.variable.signature}} mit Paket -\Package{graphicx}\IndexPackage{graphicx} ein Faksimile Ihrer Unterschrift -einzufügen, wäre es also sinnvoll den Wert von \PLength{sigbeforevskip} und -damit die Lücke zwischen Schlussgruß und Signatur zu verringern.% -\fi% -\EndIndexGroup -% -\EndIndexGroup - - -\subsection{Briefbogenfuß} -\seclabel{firstFoot}% -\BeginIndexGroup -\BeginIndex{}{Briefbogenfuss=Briefbogenfuß}% - -Die erste Seite eines Briefes, der Briefbogen, enthält nicht nur einen eigenen -Kopf, den Briefkopf. Diese Seite enthält auch einen eigenen -Fuß\Index{Fuss=Fuß}, den Briefbogenfuß. % -\iftrue% Umbruchvarianten -Auch dieser wird nicht über den Seitenstil% -\else% -Genau wie der Briefkopf wird der Briefbogenfuß nicht über den Seitenstil% -\fi% -, sondern unmittelbar von \DescRef{scrlttr2.cmd.opening}\IndexCmd{opening}% -\important{\DescRef{scrlttr2.cmd.opening}} ausgegeben. - - -\begin{Declaration} - \PLength{firstfootvpos} -\end{Declaration} -Diese Pseudolänge gibt den Abstand des Fußes der ersten Briefseite von der -Oberkante des Papiers an. Es wird außerdem dafür gesorgt, dass der Textbereich -nicht in den Fuß hineinragt. Hierzu wird auf der ersten Seite gegebenenfalls -die Höhe des Textbereichs mit Hilfe von -\Macro{enlargethispage}\IndexCmd{enlargethispage}% -\important{\Macro{enlargethispage}} verkleinert. Mit Hilfe der Option -\DescRef{scrlttr2.option.enlargefirstpage}% -\important{\DescRef{scrlttr2.option.enlargefirstpage}} (siehe -\autoref{sec:scrlttr2.firstpage}, -\DescPageRef{scrlttr2.option.enlargefirstpage}) kann dafür gesorgt werden, -dass die Höhe des Textbereichs umgekehrt gegebenenfalls auch vergrößert -wird. Damit kann dann der Abstand zwischen Textbereich und Fuß der ersten -Seite auf den Wert der Länge -\Length{footskip}\IndexLength{footskip}\important{\Length{footskip}} -verringert werden. - -Bei\textnote{Achtung!} -Kompatibilitätseinstellungen\ChangedAt{v2.9t}{\Class{scrlttr2}} bis -Version~2.9t (siehe \DescRef{scrlttr2.option.version} in -\autoref{sec:scrlttr2.compatibilityOptions}, -\DescPageRef{scrlttr2.option.version}) wird außer bei \Option{KOMAold} und -\Option{NF} in allen vordefinierten -\File{lco}-Dateien\textnote{\File{lco}-Datei}\Index{lco-Datei=\File{lco}-Datei} -(siehe \autoref{sec:scrlttr2.lcoFile}) der Fuß abhängig vom Satzspiegel -gesetzt. Damit hat dann auch \DescRef{scrlttr2.option.enlargefirstpage}% -\important{\DescRef{scrlttr2.option.enlargefirstpage}} keine Wirkung. Ab -Version 2.9u bekommt der Fuß eine Position am unteren Ende des Papiers. Damit -ist dann die Höhe des Satzspiegels des Briefbogens eventuell auch von der -Option \DescRef{scrlttr2.option.enlargefirstpage} abhängig. - -Sollte der Briefbogenfuß mittels Option -\OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{firstfoot}{false}% -\important{\OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{firstfoot}{false}}% -\IndexOption{firstfoot~=\textKValue{false}}\ChangedAt{v2.97e}{\Class{scrlttr2}} -(siehe \autoref{sec:scrlttr2.firstpage}, -\DescPageRef{scrlttr2.option.firstfoot}) abgeschaltet sein, so wird die -Einstellung von \PLength{firstfootvpos} ignoriert und stattdessen -\Length{paperheight}\IndexLength{paperheight} angenommen. Es bleibt damit dann -ein minimaler unterer Rand von \Length{footskip}\IndexLength{footskip}.% -\EndIndexGroup - - -\begin{Declaration} - \PLength{firstfoothpos} -\end{Declaration} -Die\textnote{Achtung!} Pseudolänge -\PLength{firstfoothpos}\ChangedAt{v3.05}{\Class{scrlttr2}} gibt bei einem -positiven Wert den Abstand des Briefbogenfußes von der linken Papierkante -an. Ist der Wert sogar größer oder gleich der Breite des Papiers, -\Length{paperwidth}\IndexLength{paperwidth}, so wird der Fuß horizontal -zentriert auf dem Briefbogen platziert. Ein negativer Wert gibt den Abstand -des Fußes von der rechten Papierkante an. Ist der Wert jedoch kleiner oder -gleich der negativen Breite des Papiers, so wird der Fuß bündig zum linken -Rand des Satzspiegels platziert. - -Voreingestellt ist typischerweise ein Wert von -\Length{maxdimen}\IndexLength{maxdimen}, also der größtmögliche Wert für eine -Länge. Die Folge ist eine horizontale Zentrierung.% -\EndIndexGroup - - -\begin{Declaration} - \PLength{firstfootwidth} -\end{Declaration} -Diese Pseudolänge gibt die Breite des Fußes der ersten Briefseite, also des -Briefbogens, an. Der Wert stimmt in den vordefinierten \File{lco}-Dateien mit -\PLength{firstheadwidth}\important{\PLength{firstheadwidth}}% -\IndexPLength{firstheadwidth} überein.% -% -\EndIndexGroup -% -\EndIndexGroup -% -\EndIndexGroup +\Package{scrletter}\important{\Package{scrletter}}, das zusammen mit einer der +\KOMAScript-Klassen \Class{scrartcl}, \Class{scrreprt} oder \Class{scrbook} +verwendet werden kann. Es stellt nahezu die komplette Funktionalität von +\Class{scrlttr2} für die drei genannten Klassen zur Verfügung. Einige wenige +Unterschiede gibt es jedoch, die ebenfalls in diesem Kapitel genannt werden.% \section{Variablen für fortgeschrittene Anwender} @@ -1283,14 +97,14 @@ automatische Verwendung innerhalb der Geschäftszeile zu beeinflussen. \begin{Declaration} \Macro{newkomavar}\OParameter{Bezeichnung}\Parameter{Name} \Macro{newkomavar*}\OParameter{Bezeichnung}\Parameter{Name} + \Macro{addtoreffields}\Parameter{Name} \Macro{removereffields} \Macro{defaultreffields} - \Macro{addtoreffields}\Parameter{Name} \end{Declaration} Mit \Macro{newkomavar} wird eine neue Variable definiert. Diese Variable wird über \PName{Name} angesprochen. Optional kann eine \PName{Bezeichnung} für die Variable \PName{Name} angegeben werden. Eine \PName{Bezeichnung} wird dabei im -Unterschied zum \PName{Name} nicht verwendet, um auf eine Variable +Unterschied zu \PName{Name} nicht verwendet, um auf eine Variable zuzugreifen. Vielmehr ist die \PName{Bezeichnung} eine Ergänzung zum Inhalt einer Variable, die ähnlich ihrem Inhalt ausgegeben werden kann. @@ -1376,8 +190,8 @@ Großbuchstaben mit: \begin{Declaration} - \Macro{ifkomavarempty}\Parameter{Name}\Parameter{Wahr}\Parameter{Falsch} - \Macro{ifkomavarempty*}\Parameter{Name}\Parameter{Wahr}\Parameter{Falsch} + \Macro{Ifkomavarempty}\Parameter{Name}\Parameter{Wahr}\Parameter{Falsch} + \Macro{Ifkomavarempty*}\Parameter{Name}\Parameter{Wahr}\Parameter{Falsch} \end{Declaration} Für die exakte Funktion ist wichtig, dass der Inhalt der Variablen soweit expandiert wird, wie dies mit \Macro{edef} möglich ist. Bleiben dabei @@ -1407,12 +221,12 @@ der Name der jeweiligen Variablen als Argument an den \PName{Befehl} angehängt. Die Anweisung \Macro{foreachnonemptykomavar} führt im Unterschied dazu -\PName{Befehl} nur aus, wenn die Variable im Sinne von -\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.ifkomavarempty} nicht leer ist. Leere Variablen in der -\PName{Variablenliste} haben dagegen keine Auswirkungen. +\PName{Befehl} nur aus, wenn \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.Ifkomavarempty} sie als +nicht leer erkennt. Leere Variablen in der \PName{Variablenliste} haben +dagegen keine Auswirkungen. Dagegen führt \Macro{foreachemptykomavar} den \PName{Befehl} aus, wenn die -Variable im Sinne von \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.ifkomavarempty} leer ist. Nicht +Variable im Sinne von \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.Ifkomavarempty} leer ist. Nicht leere Variablen in der \PName{Variablenliste} haben entsprechend keine Auswirkungen. @@ -1502,7 +316,8 @@ wird dabei der Name der \File{lco}-Datei ohne die Endung »\File{.lco}« übergeben. Als zweites Argument wird die Papiergröße übergeben, für die diese \File{lco}-Datei gedacht ist. -Werden nacheinander mehrere \File{lco}-Dateien geladen, so kann jede dieser +Werden \iffalse nacheinander \fi % Umbruchoptimierung +mehrere \File{lco}-Dateien geladen, so kann jede dieser \File{lco}-Dateien eine Anweisung \Macro{LetterOptionNeedsPapersize} enthalten. Innerhalb von \DescRef{scrlttr2.cmd.opening}\IndexCmd{opening} wird jedoch nur auf die jeweils letzte angegebene \PName{Papiergröße} geprüft. Wie @@ -1515,11 +330,18 @@ der kann die Erklärung zu dieser Anweisung gleich wieder vergessen und auch das Beispiel überspringen.% \fi \begin{Example} + \iffalse% Umbruchkorrektur Nehmen wir einmal an, dass Sie A5-Papier in normaler Ausrichtung, also hochkant oder portrait, für Ihre Briefe verwenden. Nehmen wir weiter an, - dass Sie diese in normale Fensterbriefumschläge im Format C6 stecken. Damit - wäre prinzipiell die Position des Adressfeldes die gleiche wie bei einem - normalen Brief in A4 nach DIN. Der Unterschied besteht im Wesentlichen + dass Sie diese in normale Fensterbriefumschläge im Format C6 stecken. % + \else% + Angenommen, Sie schreiben Briefe auf A5-Papier und stecken diese in + Fensterbriefumschläge im Format C6. % + \fi% + Damit wäre prinzipiell die Position des Adressfeldes die gleiche wie bei + einem % + \iffalse normalen Brief in A4 nach DIN\else Brief in A4\fi % Umbruchkorrektur + . Der Unterschied besteht \iffalse im Wesentlichen \fi% Umbruchkorrektur darin, dass das A5-Papier nur einmal gefaltet werden muss. Sie wollen deshalb verhindern, dass die obere und die untere Faltmarke gesetzt wird. Dies erreichen Sie beispielsweise, indem Sie die Marken außerhalb des @@ -1534,7 +356,8 @@ das Beispiel überspringen.% \end{lstcode} Eleganter wäre es natürlich, die Marken mit Hilfe der Option \DescRef{scrlttr2.option.foldmarks} abzuschalten. Außerdem muss auch noch - die Position des Seitenfußes, also die Pseudolänge \PLength{firstfootvpos}, + die Position des Seitenfußes, also die Pseudolänge + \DescRef{scrlttr2.plength.firstfootvpos}, angepasst werden. Ich überlasse es dem Leser, dafür einen geeigneten Wert zu ermitteln. Mit einer solchen \File{lco}-Datei ist es lediglich wichtig, dass andere \File{lco}-Dateioptionen wie \File{SN} vor dem Laden von @@ -1543,7 +366,7 @@ das Beispiel überspringen.% % \EndIndexGroup% \EndIndexGroup% -\vskip-\ht\strutbox% Wegen Beispiel am Ende der Erklärung +\ExampleEndFix %\subsection{Positionen sichtbar machen} @@ -1553,29 +376,39 @@ das Beispiel überspringen.% \File{visualize.lco} \end{Declaration} \BeginIndex{Option}{visualize}% -Wenn man selbst \File{lco}-Dateien entwickelt, beispielsweise um die -Positionen von verschiedenen Feldern des Briefbogens an eigene Wünsche oder -Notwendigkeiten anzupassen, ist es hilfreich, wenn zumindest einige Elemente -direkt sichtbar gemacht werden können. Zu diesem Zweck existiert die -\File{lco}-Datei -\File{visualize.lco}\ChangedAt{v3.04}{\Class{scrlttr2}}. Diese kann wie jede -\File{lco}-Datei geladen werden. Allerdings ist das Laden dieser \emph{Letter - Class Option} auf die Dokumentpräambel beschränkt und seine Auswirkungen -können nicht wieder rückgängig gemacht werden. Die \File{lco}-Datei bedient -sich der Pakete -\Package{eso-pic}\IndexPackage{eso-pic}% -\important[i]{\Package{eso-pic}\\\Package{graphicx}} -und \Package{graphicx}\IndexPackage{graphicx}, die nicht zu \KOMAScript{} -gehören. +Wenn man selbst \File{lco}-Dateien entwickelt, % +\iffalse beispielsweise \fi % Umbruchkorrektur +um die Positionen von % +\iffalse verschiedenen \fi % Umbruchkorrektur +Feldern des Briefbogens an eigene Wünsche % +\iffalse oder Notwendigkeiten \fi % Umbruchkorrektur +anzupassen, ist es hilfreich, wenn % +\iffalse zumindest \fi % Umbruchkorrektur +einige Elemente % +\iffalse direkt \fi % Umbruchkorrektur +sichtbar gemacht werden können. Zu diesem Zweck existiert die \File{lco}-Datei +\File{visualize.lco}\ChangedAt{v3.04}{\Class{scrlttr2}}% +\iffalse , die wie jede \File{lco}-Datei geladen werden +kann\fi % Umbruchkorrektur +. Allerdings ist das Laden dieser % +\iffalse \emph{Letter Class Option} \else \File{lco}-Datei +\fi% Umbruchkorrektur +auf die Dokumentpräambel beschränkt und seine Auswirkungen können nicht wieder +rückgängig gemacht werden. Die \File{lco}-Datei % +\iffalse bedient sich der \else benötigt die \fi % Umbruchkorrektur +Pakete \Package{eso-pic}\IndexPackage{eso-pic}% +\important[i]{\Package{eso-pic}, \Package{graphicx}} und +\Package{graphicx}\IndexPackage{graphicx}, die nicht zu \KOMAScript{} gehören. \begin{Declaration} \Macro{showfields}\Parameter{Feldliste} \end{Declaration} Mit dieser Anweisung kann bei Verwendung von \File{visualize.lco} die Visualisierung von Feldern des Briefbogens aktiviert werden. Das Argument -\PName{Feldliste} ist dabei eine durch Komma separierte Liste der Feldern, die +\PName{Feldliste} ist dabei eine durch Komma separierte Liste der Felder, die visualisiert werden sollen. Folgende Felder werden derzeit unterstützt: -\begin{labeling}[~--]{\PValue{location}} +% \begin{labeling}[~--]{\PValue{location}} +\begin{description}\setkomafont{descriptionlabel}{} \item[\PValue{test}] ist ein Testfeld der Größe 10\Unit{cm} auf 15\Unit{cm}, das jeweils 1\Unit{cm} vom oberen und linken Papierrand entfernt ist. Dieses Testfeld existiert zu Debuggingzwecken. Es dient als Vergleichsmaß für den @@ -1588,7 +421,8 @@ visualisiert werden sollen. Folgende Felder werden derzeit unterstützt: \item[\PValue{location}] ist das Feld der Absenderergänzung. \item[\PValue{refline}] ist die Geschäftszeile. Es handelt sich hier um ein nach unten offenes Feld. -\end{labeling}% +\end{description} +%\end{labeling}% \BeginIndex{FontElement}{field}\LabelFontElement{field}% Mit den Anweisungen \DescRef{scrlttr2.cmd.setkomafont} und \DescRef{scrlttr2.cmd.addtokomafont} (siehe \autoref{sec:scrlttr2.textmarkup}, @@ -1600,23 +434,23 @@ Visualisierung geändert werden. Voreingestellt ist \Macro{normalcolor}.% \EndIndexGroup -\begin{Declaration} +\iffree{\begin{Declaration}}{\begin{Declaration}[0]}% Umbruchkorrektur \Macro{setshowstyle}\Parameter{Stil} \Macro{edgesize} \end{Declaration} In der Voreinstellung werden von \File{visualize.lco} die einzelnen Felder durch Rahmen\important{\PValue{frame}} markiert. Dies entspricht dem -\PName{Stil} \PValue{frame}. Nach unten offene Felder werden dabei nicht -komplett umrahmt, sondern unten offen mit kleinen Pfeilen nach unten -dargestellt. Als Alternative\important{\PValue{rule}} hierzu steht auch der -\PName{Stil} \PValue{rule} zur Verfügung. Dabei wird das Feld farbig -hinterlegt. Hierbei kann nicht zwischen geschlossenen und nach unten offenen -Feldern unterschieden werden. Stattdessen werden nach unten offene Felder mit -einer Mindesthöhe dargestellt. Der dritte\important{\PValue{edges}} verfügbare -\PName{Stil} ist \PValue{edges}. Dabei werden die Ecken der Felder -markiert. Bei nach unten offenen Feldern entfallen dabei die unteren -Eckmarkierungen. Die Größe der Eckmarkierungen ist im Makro \Macro{edgesize} -abgelegt und mit 1\Unit{ex} voreingestellt.% +\PName{Stil} \PValue{frame}. Nach unten offene Felder werden nicht komplett +umrahmt, sondern unten offen mit kleinen Pfeilen dargestellt. Als Alternative +hierzu steht auch der \PName{Stil} \PValue{rule}\important{\PValue{rule}} zur +Verfügung. Dabei wird das Feld farbig hinterlegt. Hierbei kann nicht zwischen +geschlossenen und nach unten offenen Feldern unterschieden werden. Stattdessen +werden nach unten offene Felder mit einer Mindesthöhe dargestellt. Der +dritte\important{\PValue{edges}} verfügbare \PName{Stil} ist +\PValue{edges}. Dabei werden die Ecken der Felder markiert. Bei nach unten +offenen Feldern entfallen die unteren Eckmarkierungen. Die Größe der +Eckmarkierungen ist im Makro \Macro{edgesize} abgelegt und mit 1\Unit{ex} +voreingestellt.% \EndIndexGroup @@ -1629,17 +463,34 @@ abgelegt und mit 1\Unit{ex} voreingestellt.% \Macro{showUScheck}\OParameter{Zusatz} \Macro{unitfactor} \end{Declaration} +\iffalse% Umbruchkorrektur Diese Anweisungen dienen bei Verwendung von \File{visualize.lco} dazu, eine Seite mit einer Zeichnung eines Umschlags auszugeben. Der Umschlag wird dabei immer um 90° gedreht auf einer eigenen Seite im Maßstab~1:1 ausgegeben. Das Anschriftfenster wird automatisch aus den aktuellen Daten für die -Anschriftposition auf dem Briefbogen: \PLength{toaddrvpos}, -\PLength{toaddrheight}, \PLength{toaddrwidth} und \PLength{toaddrhpos}, -erzeugt. Hierfür ist es notwendig zu wissen, um welchen Wert der gefaltete -Briefbogen auf jeder Seite kleiner als die \PName{Breite} und \PName{Höhe} des -Briefbogens ist. Sind diese beiden Werte, \PName{HOffset} und \PName{VOffset}, -bei \Macro{showenvelope} nicht angegeben, so wird versucht, sie aus den -Faltmarken und der Papiergröße selbst zu berechnen. +Anschriftposition auf dem Briefbogen: \DescRef{scrlttr2.plength.toaddrvpos}, +\DescRef{scrlttr2.plength.toaddrheight}, +\DescRef{scrlttr2.plength.toaddrwidth} und +\DescRef{scrlttr2.plength.toaddrhpos}, erzeugt. Hierfür ist es notwendig zu +wissen, um welchen Wert der gefaltete Briefbogen auf jeder Seite kleiner als +die \PName{Breite} und \PName{Höhe} des Briefbogens ist. Sind diese beiden +Werte, \PName{HOffset} und \PName{VOffset}, bei \Macro{showenvelope} nicht +angegeben, so wird versucht, sie aus den Faltmarken und der Papiergröße selbst +zu berechnen.% +\else% +Diese Anweisungen von \File{visualize.lco} dienen dazu, eine Seite mit einer +um 90° gedrehten Zeichnung eines Umschlags im Maßstab~1:1 auszugeben. Das +Anschriftfenster wird automatisch aus den aktuellen Daten für die +Anschriftposition auf dem Briefbogen: \DescRef{scrlttr2.plength.toaddrvpos}, +\DescRef{scrlttr2.plength.toaddrheight}, +\DescRef{scrlttr2.plength.toaddrwidth} und +\DescRef{scrlttr2.plength.toaddrhpos}, erzeugt. Hierfür ist es notwendig zu +wissen, um welchen Wert der gefaltete Briefbogen auf jeder Seite kleiner als +die \PName{Breite} und \PName{Höhe} des Briefbogens ist. Sind diese beiden +Werte, \PName{HOffset} und \PName{VOffset}, bei \Macro{showenvelope} nicht +angegeben, so wird versucht, sie aus den Faltmarken und der Papiergröße zu +berechnen.% +\fi% Die Anweisungen \Macro{showISOenvelope}, \Macro{showUScommercial} und \Macro{showUScheck} basieren auf \Macro{showenvelope}. Mit @@ -1661,7 +512,7 @@ werden. Voreingestellt ist \Macro{normalcolor}.% \BeginIndex{FontElement}{measure}\LabelFontElement{measure}% Die Umschlagzeichnung wird automatisch bemaßt. Die Farbe der Bemaßung und die -Größe deren Beschriftung kann mit Hilfe der Anweisungen +Größe von deren Beschriftung kann mit Hilfe der Anweisungen \DescRef{scrlttr2.cmd.setkomafont} und \DescRef{scrlttr2.cmd.addtokomafont} (siehe \autoref{sec:scrlttr2.textmarkup}, \DescPageRef{scrlttr2.cmd.setkomafont}) für das Element @@ -1731,6 +582,7 @@ Implementierungsgrenzen. \seclabel{languages}% \BeginIndexGroup% \BeginIndex{}{Sprachen}% +\iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur Die Klasse \Class{scrlttr2} und das Paket \Package{scrletter} unterstützen viele Sprachen. Dazu zählen Deutsch (\PValue{german} für alte deutsche Rechtschreibung, \PValue{ngerman} für neue deutsche Rechtschreibung, @@ -1756,26 +608,47 @@ und \Package{ngerman}\IndexPackage{ngerman} (siehe \cite{package:ngerman}) besitzen diese Anweisung ebenfalls. In der Regel erfolgt eine Sprachumschaltung jedoch bereits aufgrund des Ladens eines solchen Pakets. \iffalse% Umbruchkorrekturtext!!! -Näheres entnehmen Sie bitte der jeweiligen Anleitung. -\fi +Näheres entnehmen Sie bitte der jeweiligen Anleitung.% +\fi% +\else% Diese neue Einleitung ist vorzuziehen! +Die Klasse \Class{scrlttr2} und das Paket \Package{scrletter} sind +multilingual angelegt. Sie unterstützen also die Verwendung von Paketen wie +\Package{babel} oder \Package{polyglossia}. Derzeit verfügbar sind Deutsch, +Englisch, Finnisch, Französisch, Italienisch, Kroatisch, Niederländisch, +Norwegisch\ChangedAt{v3.02}{\Class{scrlttr2}}, +Polnisch\ChangedAt{v3.13}{\Class{scrlttr2}}, +Schwedisch\ChangedAt{v3.08}{\Class{scrlttr2}}, Slowakisch, Spanisch und +Tschechisch\ChangedAt{v3.13}{\Class{scrlttr2}} in den Varianten, die durch die +auf \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.cmd.captionsenglish} und +\DescPageRef{\LabelBase.cmd.dateenglish} dokumentieren Befehle bestimmt sind.% +\fi% +\iffalse% Umbruchkorrektur Erlauben\textnote{Achtung!} Sie mir noch einen Hinweis zu den Sprachumschaltpaketen. Das Paket \Package{french}\IndexPackage{french}\important{\Package{french}} (siehe \cite{package:french}) nimmt neben der Umdefinierung der Begriffe aus -\autoref{tab:scrlttr2-experts.languageTerms}, -\autopageref{tab:scrlttr2-experts.languageTerms} weitere Änderungen vor. So +\autoref{tab:\LabelBase.languageTerms}, +\autopageref{tab:\LabelBase.languageTerms} weitere Änderungen vor. So definiert es etwa die Anweisung \DescRef{scrlttr2.cmd.opening} um. Dabei geht es einfach davon aus, dass \DescRef{scrlttr2.cmd.opening} immer wie in der Standardbriefklasse \Class{letter} definiert ist. Dies ist bei \KOMAScript{} jedoch nicht der Fall. Das Paket \Package{french} zerstört deshalb die Definition und arbeitet nicht korrekt mir \KOMAScript{} zusammen. Ich betrachte dies als Fehler des Pakets \Package{french}, der obwohl schon vor -Jahrzehnten gemeldet, leider nie beseitigt wurde. - +Jahrzehnten gemeldet, leider nie beseitigt wurde.% +\else% Diese neue Einleitung ist vorzuziehen! +Es gibt leider auch inkompatible Sprachpakete wie +\Package{french}\IndexPackage{french}\important{\Package{french}} (siehe +\cite{package:french}). Dieses definiert beispielsweise +\DescRef{scrlttr2.cmd.opening} in einer Weise um, die nicht für +\Class{scrlttr2} oder \Package{scrletter} geeignet ist. Das ist ein vor +Jahrzehnten gemeldeter Fehler von \Package{french}.% +\fi + Wird das Paket \Package{babel}\IndexPackage{babel} für die Umschaltung auf die Sprache verwendet, können vereinzelt ebenfalls -Probleme auftreten. Bei \Package{babel} lassen sich problematisch Änderungen +Probleme auftreten. Bei \Package{babel} lassen sich problematische Änderungen einer Sprache jedoch meist gezielt abschalten.% \iffalse% Das ist eigentlich überholt! \ Ist das Paket \Package{french} nicht installiert, ergibt sich das Problem @@ -1810,7 +683,7 @@ Option explizit angegeben wird, dass \Package{babel} das \fi \fi -\iftrue +\iffalse %\enlargethispage*{\baselineskip}% Es ist nicht auszuschließen, dass mit anderen Sprachen und Paketen ähnliche Probleme auf"|treten. @@ -1855,68 +728,30 @@ Begriffe. Diese\important[i]{% \DescRef{scrbase.cmd.newcaptionname}\\ \DescRef{scrbase.cmd.renewcaptionname}\\ \DescRef{scrbase.cmd.providecaptionname}} können für die Realisierung einer -weiteren Sprache oder aber auch zur eigenen freien Gestaltung wie in -\autoref{sec:scrbase.languageSupport} erklärt angepasst werden. Von +weiteren Sprache oder aber auch zur eigenen freien Gestaltung, wie in +\autoref{sec:scrbase.languageSupport} erklärt, angepasst werden. Von \KOMAScript{} werden die Begriffe erst nach der Präambel, also bei \Macro{begin}\PParameter{document} gesetzt. Sie sind daher vorher nicht verfügbar und können vorher auch nicht geändert werden. In -\autoref{tab:scrlttr2-experts.languageTerms}, -\autopageref{tab:scrlttr2-experts.languageTerms} sind die Voreinstellungen +\autoref{tab:\LabelBase.languageTerms}, +\autopageref{tab:\LabelBase.languageTerms} sind die Voreinstellungen für \Option{english} und \Option{ngerman} zu finden.% -\EndIndexGroup -%\iffree{}{\clearpage}% Siehe Kommentar zur Tabelle - -\begin{Declaration} - \Macro{captionsacadian} - \Macro{captionsamerican} - \Macro{captionsaustralien} - \Macro{captionsaustrian} - \Macro{captionsbritish} - \Macro{captionscanadian} - \Macro{captionscanadien} - \Macro{captionscroatian} - \Macro{captionsczech} - \Macro{captionsdutch} - \Macro{captionsenglish} - \Macro{captionsfinnish} - \Macro{captionsfrancais} - \Macro{captionsfrench} - \Macro{captionsgerman} - \Macro{captionsitalian} - \Macro{captionsnaustrian} - \Macro{captionsnewzealand} - \Macro{captionsngerman} - \Macro{captionsnorsk} - \Macro{captionsnswissgerman} - \Macro{captionspolish} - \Macro{captionsslovak} - \Macro{captionsspanish} - \Macro{captionsswedish} - \Macro{captionsswissgerman} - \Macro{captionsUKenglish} - \Macro{captionsUSenglish} -\end{Declaration} -Wird die Sprache eines Briefes gewechselt, so werden über diese -Anweisungen die Begriffe aus \autoref{tab:scrlttr2-experts.languageTerms}, -\autopageref{tab:scrlttr2-experts.languageTerms} umdefiniert. Sollte das -verwendete Sprachumschaltpaket dies nicht unterstützen, so können obige -Anweisungen notfalls auch direkt verwendet werden.% -% -\begin{table}% +\begin{table}[p]% Umbruchkorrektur \begin{minipage}{\textwidth} % \centering \KOMAoptions{captions=topbeside}% \setcapindent{0pt}% %\caption \begin{captionbeside}[{% - Voreinstellungen für die sprachabhängigen Begriffe% + Voreinstellungen für die sprachabhängigen Begriffe in Briefen% }]{% - Voreinstellungen + \hskip 0pt plus 1ex + Voreinstellung für die sprachabhängigen Begriffe bei \iffalse Verwendung der \else den \fi Sprachen \Option{english} und \Option{ngerman} soweit nicht durch die Pakete zur Sprachumschaltung bereits definiert% - \label{tab:scrlttr2-experts.languageTerms}% + \label{tab:\LabelBase.languageTerms}% }[l] \begin{tabular}[t]{lll} \toprule @@ -1950,10 +785,48 @@ Anweisungen notfalls auch direkt verwendet werden.% entnehmen.} \end{captionbeside} \end{minipage} -\end{table} +\end{table}% +\EndIndexGroup + + +\begin{Declaration} + \Macro{captionsacadian} + \Macro{captionsamerican} + \Macro{captionsaustralien} + \Macro{captionsaustrian} + \Macro{captionsbritish} + \Macro{captionscanadian} + \Macro{captionscanadien} + \Macro{captionscroatian} + \Macro{captionsczech} + \Macro{captionsdutch} + \Macro{captionsenglish} + \Macro{captionsfinnish} + \Macro{captionsfrancais} + \Macro{captionsfrench} + \Macro{captionsgerman} + \Macro{captionsitalian} + \Macro{captionsnaustrian} + \Macro{captionsnewzealand} + \Macro{captionsngerman} + \Macro{captionsnorsk} + \Macro{captionsnswissgerman} + \Macro{captionspolish} + \Macro{captionsslovak} + \Macro{captionsspanish} + \Macro{captionsswedish} + \Macro{captionsswissgerman} + \Macro{captionsUKenglish} + \Macro{captionsUSenglish} +\end{Declaration} +Wird die Sprache eines Briefes gewechselt, so werden über diese +Anweisungen die Begriffe aus \autoref{tab:\LabelBase.languageTerms}, +\autopageref{tab:\LabelBase.languageTerms} umdefiniert. Sollte das +verwendete Sprachumschaltpaket dies nicht unterstützen, so können die +Anweisungen notfalls auch direkt verwendet werden.% % \EndIndexGroup -\iffree{}{\clearpage}% Umbruchkorrektur +%\iffree{}{\clearpage}% Umbruchkorrektur \begin{Declaration} @@ -1986,17 +859,12 @@ Anweisungen notfalls auch direkt verwendet werden.% \Macro{dateUKenglish} \Macro{dateUSenglish} \end{Declaration} -Je nach verwendeter Sprache werden auch die Datumsangaben\Index{Datum} des -nummerischen Datums (siehe Option \DescRef{scrlttr2.option.numericaldate} in +Je nach verwendeter Sprache werden die Datumsangaben\Index{Datum} des +numerischen Datums (siehe Option \DescRef{scrlttr2.option.numericaldate}, \autoref{sec:scrlttr2.firstpage}, \DescPageRef{scrlttr2.option.numericaldate}) -in unterschiedlicher Form umgesetzt. Die genauen Angaben können -\autoref{tab:date}, \autopageref{tab:date} entnommen werden.% -\EndIndexGroup -% -\EndIndexGroup -\iffree{}{\clearpage}% Umbruchkorrektur zwecks Ausgabe der Tabellen - -\begin{table}[!tp]% Umbruchoptimierung +in unterschiedlicher Form umgesetzt. Die genauen Angaben sind +\autoref{tab:date}, \autopageref{tab:date} zu entnehmen.% +\begin{table}[p]% Umbruchoptimierung % \centering \KOMAoptions{captions=topbeside}% \setcapindent{0pt}% @@ -2038,9 +906,14 @@ in unterschiedlicher Form umgesetzt. Die genauen Angaben können \end{tabular} \end{captionbeside} \label{tab:date} -\end{table} +\end{table}% +\EndIndexGroup% % -\section{Obsolete Anweisungen von \Class{scrlttr2}} +\EndIndexGroup + +\iffree{}{\clearpage}% Umbruchkorrektur zwecks Ausgabe der Tabellen + +\section{Obsolete Anweisungen} \seclabel{obsolete} \BeginIndexGroup diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex index 0e558f33bb..3486cf407b 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of % the LaTeX Project Public License, version 1.3c of the license. % The latest version of this license is in -% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX % version 2005/12/01 or later and of this work. % @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ % Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, % Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. % Die neuste Version dieser Lizenz ist -% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt % und Version 1.3c ist Teil aller Verteilungen von LaTeX % Version 2005/12/01 oder spaeter und dieses Werks. % @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ % ============================================================================ \KOMAProvidesFile{scrlttr2.tex}% - [$Date: 2019-10-10 10:25:29 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + [$Date: 2019-12-03 09:41:21 +0100 (Tue, 03 Dec 2019) $ KOMA-Script guide (chapter: scrlttr2)] \chapter{Briefe mit Klasse \Class{scrlttr2} oder Paket \Package{scrletter}} @@ -55,27 +55,39 @@ \BeginIndexGroup \BeginIndex{Class}{scrlttr2}\BeginIndex{Package}{scrletter}% \BeginIndex{}{Briefe}% +\iffalse% Wird eigentlich nicht mehr als Einleitung benötigt Briefe sind in vielerlei Hinsicht etwas ganz anderes als Artikel, Berichte, Bücher oder Ähnliches. Schon allein deshalb gibt es für Briefe ein eigenes -Kapitel. Aber auch aus weiteren Gründen ist ein eigenes Kapitel für -\Class{scrlttr2} und \Package{scrletter} gerechtfertigt. +Kapitel.% +\iffalse% Umbruchkorrektur +Aber auch aus weiteren Gründen ist ein eigenes Kapitel für +\Class{scrlttr2} und \Package{scrletter} gerechtfertigt.% +\fi% +\fi% +\iffalse% Braucht nach 17 Jahren kein Mensch mehr Die Klasse \Class{scrlttr2}\important{\Class{scrlttr2}} wurde 2002 von Grund auf neu entwickelt. Sie hat daher auch ein komplett anderes Bedienkonzept als alle übrigen mir bekannten Klassen. Die neue Art der Bedienung ist möglicherweise etwas ungewohnt, bietet jedoch nicht nur dem geübten Anwender -einige Vorteile. +einige Vorteile.% +\fi% Das Paket \Package{scrletter}\important{\Package{scrletter}}% -\ChangedAt{v3.15}{\Package{scrletter}} wiederum verstärkt \KOMAScript{} seit -Version 3.15. Es stellt die gesamte auf Briefe ausgelegte Funktionalität von -\Class{scrlttr2} auch für andere Klassen bereit. Empfohlen wird die Verwendung -mit einer der \KOMAScript-Klassen \Class{scrbook}, \Class{scrreprt} oder -\Class{scrartcl}, die im vorherigen Kapitel erklärt sind. Mit geringfügigen -Einschränkungen funktioniert \Package{scrletter} aber auch mit den -Standardklassen. - -Ausgangspunkt für die Entwicklung von \Package{scrletter} waren einerseits +\ChangedAt{v3.15}{\Package{scrletter}} verstärkt \KOMAScript{} seit Version +3.15. Es stellt die auf Briefe ausgelegte Funktionalität von \Class{scrlttr2} +auch für andere Klassen bereit. Empfohlen wird die Verwendung mit einer der +\KOMAScript-Klassen \Class{scrbook}, \Class{scrreprt} oder \Class{scrartcl}, +die im vorherigen Kapitel erklärt sind. % +\iffalse % +Mit geringfügigen Einschränkungen funktioniert \Package{scrletter}% +\else % +Auf Anwenderwunsch funktioniert \Package{scrletter} mit geringfügigen +Einschränkungen % +\fi % +aber auch mit den Standardklassen. + +Ausgangspunkt für die Entwicklung von \Package{scrletter} waren Nachfragen von Anwendern, die Elemente wie Gliederungsüberschriften,\textnote{Überschriften, Gleitumgebungen, Verzeichnisse} Gleitumgebungen oder ein Literaturverzeichnis auch in Briefen @@ -88,9 +100,38 @@ Gegenüber der Briefklasse hat das Briefpaket einige, kleine Änderungen, die notwendig waren, um Konflikte mit den anderen Klassen zu vermeiden. Diese betreffen vor allem die Seitenstile und sind explizit dokumentiert (siehe \autoref{sec:\LabelBase.pagestyle}, ab -\autopageref{sec:\LabelBase.pagestyle}). Wo \Package{scrletter} nicht explizit -erwähnt ist, gilt dafür alles, was für \Class{scrlttr2} dokumentiert ist, ohne -Änderung. +\autopageref{sec:\LabelBase.pagestyle}). % +\iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur +Wo \Package{scrletter} nicht explizit erwähnt ist, gilt dafür alles, was für +\Class{scrlttr2} dokumentiert ist, ohne Änderung. % +\fi% + +\LoadCommonFile{options} % \section{Frühe oder späte Optionenwahl} + +\LoadCommonFile{compatibility} % \section{Kompatibilität zu früheren Versionen von \KOMAScript} + +%\iffree{}{\vfill}% Umbruchoptimierung! + +\LoadCommonFile{draftmode} % \section{Entwurfsmodus} + +\LoadCommonFile{typearea} % \section{Seitenauf"|teilung} + +Die Unterscheidung zwischen ein- und doppelseitigem Satz ist bei Briefen +jedoch in der Regel nicht sinnvoll. Da Briefe normalerweise nicht gebunden +werden, betrachtet man bei Briefen jede Seite für sich. Das gilt auch dann, +wenn ausnahmsweise Vorder- und Rückseite bedruckt werden. Daher spielt bei +Briefen normalerweise auch der vertikale Ausgleich keine Rolle. Sollten Sie +diesen trotzdem benötigen +\iffalse% +% Umbruchkorrekturtext +oder wissen wollen, was das ist, % +\fi% +sei auf die in \autoref{sec:maincls.typearea}, +\DescPageRef{maincls.cmd.flushbottom} erklärten Anweisungen +\DescRef{maincls.cmd.raggedbottom}\IndexCmd{raggedbottom} und +\DescRef{maincls.cmd.flushbottom}\IndexCmd{flushbottom} verwiesen.% +% +\EndIndexGroup \section{Variablen} @@ -108,19 +149,21 @@ Namen\Index{Variablen>Name}\textnote{Namen}, über den sie angesprochen werden, und einen Inhalt\Index{Variablen>Inhalt}\textnote{Inhalt}. Der Inhalt einer Variablen kann zeitlich bzw. räumlich getrennt von ihrer Verwendung gesetzt werden, so wie der Inhalt einer Anweisung getrennt von ihrer Ausführung -definiert werden kann. Ein Hauptunterschied einer Variablen zu einer Anweisung -besteht darin, dass eine Anweisung normalerweise eine Aktion auslöst, während -der Inhalt einer Variablen normalerweise aus einem Text besteht, der dann von -einer Anweisung ausgegeben wird. Außerdem kann eine Variable zusätzlich eine +definiert werden kann. Hauptunterschied zwischen Variablen und Anweisungen +ist, dass Anweisungen üblicherweise Aktionen auslösen, während der Inhalt +einer Variablen normalerweise aus einem Text besteht, der dann von einer +Anweisung ausgegeben wird. Er kann aber auch von mehreren Anweisungen an +unterschiedlichen Stellen verwendet und so mehrfach ausgegeben +werden. Außerdem kann eine Variable zusätzlich eine Bezeichnung\Index{Variablen>Bezeichnung}\textnote{Bezeichnung} besitzen, die ebenfalls gesetzt und ausgegeben werden kann. Dieser Abschnitt beschränkt sich bewusst auf die Einführung des Begriffs der Variablen. Die zur Verdeutlichung verwendeten Beispiele sind ohne tiefere Bedeutung. Konkretere Anwendungsbeispiele gibt es bei der Erläuterung der in -der Klasse und Paket bereits definierten und von ihnen verwendeten Variablen in -den nachfolgenden Abschnitten. \autoref{tab:\LabelBase.variables} gibt eine -Übersicht über alle definierten Variablen. +der Klasse und dem Paket bereits definierten und von ihnen verwendeten +Variablen in den nachfolgenden Abschnitten. \autoref{tab:\LabelBase.variables} +gibt eine Übersicht über alle definierten Variablen. % \begin{desclist} \desccaption{Von \Class{scrlttr2} und \Package{scrletter} unterstützte @@ -209,13 +252,13 @@ den nachfolgenden Abschnitten. \autoref{tab:\LabelBase.variables} gibt eine (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.firstpage}, \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.variable.myref})}% \ventry{nextfoot}{Seitenfuß\ChangedAt{v3.08}{\Class{scrlttr2}} im Seitenstil - \PageStyle{headings}\IndexPagestyle{headings} oder - \PageStyle{myheadings}\IndexPagestyle{myheadings} + \DescRef{\LabelBase.pagestyle.headings}\IndexPagestyle{headings} oder + \DescRef{\LabelBase.pagestyle.myheadings}\IndexPagestyle{myheadings} (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.pagestyle}, \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.variable.nextfoot})}% \ventry{nexthead}{Kopf\ChangedAt{v3.08}{\Class{scrlttr2}} im Seitenstil - \PageStyle{headings}\IndexPagestyle{headings} oder - \PageStyle{myheadings}\IndexPagestyle{myheadings} + \DescRef{\LabelBase.pagestyle.headings}\IndexPagestyle{headings} oder + \DescRef{\LabelBase.pagestyle.myheadings}\IndexPagestyle{myheadings} (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.pagestyle}, \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.variable.nexthead})}% \ventry{phoneseparator}{Trennzeichen zwischen Telefonbezeichner und @@ -272,8 +315,8 @@ den nachfolgenden Abschnitten. \autoref{tab:\LabelBase.variables} gibt eine \end{Declaration} Mit der Anweisung \Macro{setkomavar} wird der \PName{Inhalt} der Variablen \PName{Name} gesetzt. Dabei kann per optionalem Argument gleichzeitig auch die -\PName{Bezeichnung} der Variablen geändert werden. Demgegenüber kann mit der -Sternvariante \Macro{setkomavar*} auch nur die \PName{Bezeichnung} der +\PName{Bezeichnung} der Variablen mit geändert werden. Mit der +Sternvariante \Macro{setkomavar*} kann auch nur die \PName{Bezeichnung} der Variablen \PName{Name} gesetzt werden. \begin{Example} In Briefen ist es üblich, den Absender im Briefkopf stehen zu haben. Dazu @@ -283,9 +326,10 @@ Variablen \PName{Name} gesetzt werden. \setkomavar{fromname}{Peter Musterfrau} \end{lstcode} Die voreingestellte Bezeichnung für den Namen des Absenders ist - »Von«. Angenommen, Herr Musterfrau will aber an den Stellen, an denen - \KOMAScript{} diese Bezeichnung verwendet, lieber »Absender« haben, so - müsste er zusätzlich + »Von«. Angenommen, Herr Musterfrau will % + \iffalse aber \fi % Umbruchkorrektur + an den Stellen, an denen \KOMAScript{} diese Bezeichnung verwendet, lieber + »Absender« haben, so müsste er zusätzlich \begin{lstcode} \setkomavar*{fromname}{Absender} \end{lstcode} @@ -311,12 +355,16 @@ Bezeichnung der Variablen gelöscht werden. \setkomavar{fromname}[]{Peter Musterfrau} \end{lstcode} verwenden. Dadurch wird gleichzeitig der Inhalt der Variablen gesetzt und - ihre Bezeichnung gelöscht. -\end{Example} -% + ihre Bezeichnung gelöscht.% +\end{Example}% +\iftrue% Umbruchkorrektur +Ein\textnote{Achtung!} leeres optionales Argument ist also nicht +gleichbedeutend mit dem Weglassen des optionalen Arguments.% +\else % +\vskip -1\ht\strutbox plus .75\strutbox% Beispiel am Ende der Bechreibung +\fi% \EndIndexGroup - \begin{Declaration} \Macro{usekomavar}\OParameter{Anweisung}\Parameter{Name} \Macro{usekomavar*}\OParameter{Anweisung}\Parameter{Name} @@ -334,35 +382,35 @@ Variablen ist \autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.variables}, \begin{Declaration} - \Macro{ifkomavar}\Parameter{Name}\Parameter{Dann-Teil}\Parameter{Sonst-Teil} + \Macro{Ifkomavar}\Parameter{Name}\Parameter{Dann-Teil}\Parameter{Sonst-Teil} \end{Declaration} -Mit\ChangedAt{v3.03}{\Class{scrlttr2}} dieser Anweisung kann man feststellen, -ob eine Variable definiert ist. Der \PName{Dann-Teil} wird nur dann -ausgeführt, wenn die Variable existiert. Dabei wird der Inhalt der Variablen -nicht getestet, kann also auch leer sein. Der \PName{Sonst-Teil} wird hingegen -ausgeführt, wenn die Variable nicht existiert. Solche Tests können -beispielsweise dann sinnvoll sein, wenn eigene Variablen in einer +Mit\ChangedAt{v3.03}{\Class{scrlttr2}}% +\ChangedAt{v3.28}{\Class{scrlttr2}\and \Package{scrletter}} dieser Anweisung +kann man feststellen, ob eine Variable definiert ist. Der \PName{Dann-Teil} +wird nur dann ausgeführt, wenn die Variable existiert. Dabei wird der Inhalt +der Variablen nicht getestet, kann also auch leer sein. Der \PName{Sonst-Teil} +wird hingegen ausgeführt, wenn die Variable nicht existiert. Solche Tests +können beispielsweise dann sinnvoll sein, wenn eigene Variablen in einer \File{lco}-Datei\Index{lco-Datei=\File{lco}-Datei} (siehe \autoref{sec:\LabelBase.lcoFile} ab \autopageref{sec:\LabelBase.lcoFile}) definiert werden und in einer anderen \File{lco}-Datei diese Variable nur dann -verwendet werden soll, wenn sie existiert. -\EndIndexGroup +verwendet werden soll, wenn sie existiert. \EndIndexGroup \begin{Declaration} - \Macro{ifkomavarempty} + \Macro{Ifkomavarempty} \Parameter{Name}\Parameter{Dann-Teil}\Parameter{Sonst-Teil} - \Macro{ifkomavarempty*} + \Macro{Ifkomavarempty*} \Parameter{Name}\Parameter{Dann-Teil}\Parameter{Sonst-Teil} \end{Declaration} -Mit\ChangedAt{v2.9i}{\Class{scrlttr2}} Hilfe dieser Anweisungen kann man -feststellen, ob der Inhalt oder die Bezeichnung einer Variablen leer -ist oder nicht. Der \PName{Dann-Teil} wird nur dann ausgeführt, -wenn der expandierte Inhalt oder die expandierte Bezeichnung der -Variablen \PName{Name} leer ist. Anderenfalls wird der -\PName{Sonst-Teil} ausgeführt. Die Sternvariante der Anweisung -bezieht sich dabei auf die Bezeichnung der Variablen, während die -normale Variante den Inhalt behandelt.% +Mit\ChangedAt{v2.9i}{\Class{scrlttr2}}% +\ChangedAt{v3.28}{\Class{scrlttr2}\and \Package{scrletter}} Hilfe dieser +Anweisungen kann man feststellen, ob der Inhalt oder die Bezeichnung einer +Variablen leer ist oder nicht. Der \PName{Dann-Teil} wird nur dann ausgeführt, +wenn der expandierte Inhalt oder die expandierte Bezeichnung der Variablen +\PName{Name} leer ist. Anderenfalls wird der \PName{Sonst-Teil} ausgeführt. +Die Sternvariante der Anweisung bezieht sich dabei auf die Bezeichnung der +Variablen, während die normale Variante den Inhalt behandelt.% \EndIndexGroup % \EndIndexGroup @@ -382,44 +430,441 @@ in Makros gespeicherten Längen mit ähnlichen Anweisungen zu verarbeiten wie echte Längen. Diese eigentlich in Makros abgelegten Längen heißen bei \KOMAScript{} daher Pseudolängen. -Eine Liste aller in \Class{scrlttr2} definierten Pseudolängen findet sich in -\autoref{tab:scrlttr2-experts.pseudoLengths}, -\autopageref{tab:scrlttr2-experts.pseudoLengths}. Eine grafische Darstellung -der Bedeutungen der wichtigsten Pseudolängen des Briefbogens ist -\autoref{fig:scrlttr2-experts.pseudoLengths}, -\autopageref{fig:scrlttr2-experts.pseudoLengths} zu entnehmen. Die verwendeten -Maße sind dabei an die Voreinstellungen von \Class{scrlttr2} angelehnt. Nähere -Beschreibungen zu den einzelnen Pseudolängen finden sich in den einzelnen -Abschnitten dieses Kapitels. - -Da der Anwender normalerweise keine eigenen Pseudolängen definieren muss, wird -dieser Teil nicht hier, sondern im Expertenteil in -\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.pseudoLengths}, -\DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.cmd.newplength} behandelt. Ebenso ist das -Setzen von Pseudolängen eher dem fortgeschrittenen Anwender vorbehalten. Also -wird auch dies im Abschnitt für Experten ab -\DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.cmd.setplength} erklärt. - Bitte beachten\textnote{Achtung!} Sie unbedingt, dass die Pseudolängen zwar intern als Makros implementiert sind, bei den Befehlen zur Nutzung der Pseudolängen jedoch nur die Namen anzugeben sind. Diese werden wie die Namen von \LaTeX-Zählern und im Gegensatz zu Makros oder echten Längen ohne umgekehrten Schrägstrich geschrieben! +\begin{Explain} + Historisch gesehen arbeitet \TeX{} mit einem festen Satz an Registern. Es + gibt jeweils 256~Register für Token, Boxen, Zähler, Abstände (englisch: + \emph{skip}) und Größen (englisch: \emph{dimension}). Für \LaTeX{}-Längen, + die mit \Macro{newlength} angefordert werden, werden Abstandsregister + belegt. Sind alle diese Register verbraucht, kann man keine weiteren Längen + definieren. Sowohl \Class{scrlttr2} als auch \Package{scrletter} würden + normalerweise allein für die erste Seite mehr als 20 solche Register + verbrauchen. \LaTeX{} selbst belegt bereits 40 dieser Register. Das + \hyperref[cha:typearea]{\Package{typearea}}% + \IndexPackage{typearea}-Paket benötigt ebenfalls einige, so dass ein Viertel + der kostbaren Register verbraucht wäre. Dies war 2002 der Hauptgrund für die + Einführung der Pseudolängen bei \Class{scrlttr2}. + + Wer nun einwenden will, dass \LaTeX{} in der empfohlenen und für + \KOMAScript{} benötigten Installation mit \eTeX{} inzwischen das oben + genannte Beschränkungsproblem nicht mehr besitzt, hat recht. Allerdings kam + diese Entscheidung für \Class{scrlttr2} ein wenig zu spät. Bei + \Package{scrletter} wurde das Konzept der Pseudolängen aus Gründen der + Kompatibilität übernommen. +\end{Explain} + +Eine Auf"|listung aller von \KOMAScript{} definierten und verwendeten +Pseudolängen ist \autoref{tab:\LabelBase.pseudoLengths} zu +entnehmen. Dabei ist auch angegeben, wo in den nachfolgenden Abschnitten +nähere Erklärungen zu der jeweiligen Pseudolänge zu finden +sind.% + +\autoref{fig:\LabelBase.pseudoLengths} auf +\autopageref{fig:\LabelBase.pseudoLengths} zeigt eine schematische +Darstellung der wichtigsten Abstände auf dem Briefbogen. Dabei sind neben den +Pseudolängen für die veränderbaren Abstände zusätzlich in heller Schrift +die Längen angegeben, die für einige wenige fest programmierte Abstände +verwendet werden. Aus Gründen der Übersichtlichkeit wurde in der Darstellung +auf einige weniger häufig benötigte Pseudolängen jedoch verzichtet. +% +\begin{desclist} + \renewcommand{\abovecaptionskipcorrection}{-\normalbaselineskip}% + \desccaption{% + Von \Class{scrlttr2} und \Package{scrletter} verwendete Pseudolängen% + \label{tab:\LabelBase.pseudoLengths}% + }{% + Von \Class{scrlttr2} und \Package{scrletter} verwendete Pseudolängen + (\emph{Fortsetzung})% + }% + \pentry{backaddrheight}{% + Höhe der Rücksendeadresse am oberen Rand des Anschriftfeldes + (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.addressee}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.backaddrheight})% + }% + \pentry{bfoldmarklength}{% + Länge der unteren horizontalen Faltmarke + (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.foldmarks}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.bfoldmarkvpos})% + }% + \pentry{bfoldmarkvpos}{% + Abstand der unteren horizontalen Faltmarke von der oberen Kante des + Papiers (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.foldmarks}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.bfoldmarkvpos})% + }% + \pentry{firstfoothpos}{% + Abstand des Brief"|fußes von der linken Kante des Papiers; Werte größer + der Breite oder kleiner der negativen Breite des Papiers werden gesondert + behandelt (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.firstFoot}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.firstfoothpos})%| + }% + \pentry{firstfootvpos}{% + Abstand des Brief"|fußes von der oberen Kante des Papiers + (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.firstFoot}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.firstfootvpos})%| + }% + \pentry{firstfootwidth}{% + Breite des Brief"|fußes (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.firstFoot}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.firstfootwidth})%| + }% + \pentry{firstheadhpos}{% + Abstand des Briefkopfes von der linken Kante des Papiers; Werte größer der + Breite oder kleiner der negativen Breite des Papiers werden gesondert + behandelt (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.firstHead}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.firstheadhpos})% + }%\iffree{}{\enlargethispage*{\baselineskip}}% Umbruchkorrektur!!! + \pentry{firstheadvpos}{% + Abstand des Briefkopfes von der oberen Kante des Papiers + (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.firstHead}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.firstheadvpos})% + }% + \pentry{firstheadwidth}{% + Breite des Briefkopfes (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.firstHead}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.firstheadwidth})% + }% + \pentry{foldmarkhpos}{% + Abstand der horizontalen Faltmarken von der linken Kante des Papiers + (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.foldmarks}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.foldmarkhpos})% + }% + \pentry{foldmarkvpos}{% + Abstand der vertikalen Faltmarken von der oberen Kante des Papiers + (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.foldmarks}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.foldmarkvpos})% + }% + \pentry{fromrulethickness}{% + Dicke einer optionalen \iftrue horizontalen \fi% Umbruchkorrektur + Linie im Briefkopf (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.firstHead}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.fromrulethickness})% + }% + \pentry{fromrulewidth}{% + Länge einer optionalen \iftrue horizontalen \fi% Umbruchkorrektur + Linie im Briefkopf (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.firstHead}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.fromrulewidth})% + }% + \pentry{lfoldmarkhpos}{% + Abstand der vertikalen Faltmarke von der linken Kante des Papiers + (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.foldmarks}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.lfoldmarkhpos})% + }% + \pentry{lfoldmarklength}{% + Länge der vertikalen Faltmarke (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.foldmarks}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.lfoldmarklength})% + }% + \pentry{locheight}{% + Höhe der Absenderergänzung, falls der Wert nicht 0 ist; bei 0 wird + stattdessen \DescRef{\LabelBase.plength.toaddrheight} verwendet + (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.locationField}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.locheight})% + }% + \pentry{lochpos}{% + Abstand der Absenderergänzung von der rechten Papierkante, falls der Wert + positiv ist, oder negativer Abstand der Absenderergänzung von der linken + Papierkante, falls der Wert negativ ist; bei 0 wird stattdessen der + negative Wert von \DescRef{\LabelBase.plength.toaddrhpos} verwendet + (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.locationField}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.lochpos})% + }% + \pentry{locvpos}{% + Abstand der Absenderergänzung von der oberen Papierkante, falls der Wert + nicht 0 ist; bei 0 wird stattdessen + \DescRef{\LabelBase.plength.toaddrvpos} verwendet + (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.locationField}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.locvpos})% + }% + \pentry{locwidth}{% + Breite des Feldes für die Absenderergänzung, wobei bei einem Wert von 0 + die Breite automatisch aufgrund der in \autoref{sec:\LabelBase.firstpage}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.option.locfield} beschriebenen Option + \DescRef{\LabelBase.option.locfield} berechnet wird + (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.locationField}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.locwidth})% + }%\iffree{}{\enlargethispage*{\baselineskip}}% Umbruchkorrektur!!!% + \pentry{mfoldmarklength}{% + Länge der mittleren horizontalen Faltmarke + (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.foldmarks}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.mfoldmarklength})% + }% + \pentry{mfoldmarkvpos}{% + Abstand der mittleren horizontalen Faltmarke von der oberen Kante des + Papiers (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.foldmarks}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.mfoldmarkvpos})% + }% + \pentry{pfoldmarklength}{% + Länge der Lochermarke (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.foldmarks}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.pfoldmarklength})% + }% + \pentry{PPdatamatrixvskip}{% + vertikaler Abstand zwischen Port-Payé-Kopf und Data-Matrix bei + \OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{addrfield}{PP} + (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.addressee}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.PPdatamatrixvskip})% + }% + \pentry{PPheadheight}{% + Höhe für den Port-Payé-Kopf (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.addressee}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.PPheadheight})% + }% + \pentry{PPheadwidth}{% + Breite des linken Port-Payé-Feldes bei + \OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{addrfield}{PP} + (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.addressee}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.PPheadwidth})% + }% + \pentry{refaftervskip}{% + vertikaler Abstand nach der Geschäftszeile + (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.refLine}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.refaftervskip})% + }% + \pentry{refhpos}{% + Abstand der Geschäftszeile von der linken Papierkante, wobei bei einem + Wert von 0 automatisch relativ zur Papierbreite zentriert wird + (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.refLine}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.refhpos})% + }% + \pentry{refvpos}{% + Abstand der Geschäftszeile von der oberen Kante des Papiers + (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.refLine}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.refvpos})% + }% + \pentry{refwidth}{% + Breite der Geschäftszeile (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.refLine}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.refwidth})% + }% + \pentry{sigbeforevskip}{% + vertikaler Abstand zwischen Gruß und Signatur + (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.closing}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.sigbeforevskip})% + }% + \pentry{sigindent}{% + Einzug der Signatur gegenüber dem Textkörper + (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.closing}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.sigindent})% + }% + \pentry{specialmailindent}{% + linker Einzug der Versandart innerhalb des Anschriftfeldes + (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.addressee}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.specialmailindent})% + }% + \pentry{specialmailrightindent}{% + rechter Einzug der Versandart innerhalb des Anschriftfeldes + (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.addressee}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.specialmailrightindent})% + }% + \pentry{subjectaftervskip}{% + vertikaler Abstand nach dem Betreff (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.subject}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.subjectaftervskip})% + }% + \pentry{subjectbeforevskip}{% + zusätzlicher vertikaler Abstand vor dem Betreff + (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.subject}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.subjectbeforevskip})% + }% + \pentry{subjectvpos}{% + Abstand des Betreffs von der oberen Kante des Papiers, wobei ein Wert von + 0 stattdessen den Betreff gemäß Option \DescRef{\LabelBase.option.subject} + setzt (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.subject}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.subjectaftervskip})% + }% + \pentry{tfoldmarklength}{% + Länge der oberen horizontalen Faltmarke + (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.foldmarks}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.tfoldmarklength})% + }% + \pentry{tfoldmarkvpos}{% + Abstand der oberen horizontalen Faltmarke von der oberen Kante des Papiers + (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.foldmarks}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.tfoldmarkvpos})% + }% + \pentry{toaddrheight}{% + Höhe des Anschriftfeldes (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.addressee}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.toaddrheight})% + }% + \pentry{toaddrhpos}{% + Abstand des Anschriftfeldes von der linken Papierkante, falls der Wert + positiv ist, oder negativer Abstand des Anschriftfeldes von der rechten + Papierkante, falls der Wert negativ ist + (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.addressee}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.toaddrhpos})% + }% + \pentry{toaddrindent}{% + linker und rechter Einzug der Anschrift innerhalb des Anschrift\-feldes + (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.addressee}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.toaddrindent})% + }%\iffree{}{\enlargethispage*{\baselineskip}}% Umbruchoptimierung!!! + \pentry{toaddrvpos}{% + Abstand des Anschriftfeldes von der oberen Kante des Papiers + (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.addressee}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.toaddrvpos})% + }% + \pentry{toaddrwidth}{% + Breite des Anschriftfeldes (\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.addressee}, + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.toaddrwidth})% + }% +\end{desclist} + +\begin{figure} + \centering + \includegraphics{plenDIN} + \caption[{Schematische Darstellung der wichtigsten Pseudolängen für den + Briefbogen}]{Schematische Darstellung der wichtigsten Pseudolängen für den + Briefbogen angelehnt an das Ergebnis bei Verwendung von \File{DIN.lco}} + \label{fig:\LabelBase.pseudoLengths} +\end{figure} + +%\iffree{}{\clearpage}% Im Buch erst Tabelle und Abbildung vollständig ausgeben. + +\begin{Declaration} + \Macro{newplength}\Parameter{Name} +\end{Declaration} +Mit\ChangedAt{v3.26}{\Class{scrlttr2}\and \Package{scrletter}} Hilfe dieser +Anweisung wird eine neue Pseudolänge definiert. Die neue Pseudolänge ist dann +über ihren \PName{Namen} eindeutig identifiziert. Jeder Name kann also nur +einmal vergeben werden. +% +\iffalse % Umbruchoptimierungstext +Es wird sichergestellt, dass jeder \PName{Name} nur +einmal vergeben wird.% +\else +\iffalse +Wird versucht, eine bereits vorhandene Pseudolänge erneut +zu definieren, so wird dies mit einer Fehlermeldung quittiert.% +\fi +% +\fi + +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{@newplength}% +\iffree{% + Da der Anwender selbst normalerweise keine eigenen Pseudolängen definieren + muss, handelte es sich bei diesem Befehl bis \KOMAScript~3.25 um keine + Benutzeranweisung. Stattdessen existierte bis dahin nur \Macro{@newplength} + mit derselben Funktionalität. Diese sollte nicht mehr verwendet werden. }{% + \iffalse% Umbruchkorrektur + Ausschließlich aus Gründen der Kompatibilität zu älteren + \KOMAScript-Versionen existiert für Paketautoren auch die interne Anweisung + \Macro{@newplength} mit identischer Bedeutung.% + \else% + \begin{Explain}% + Die\textnote{obsolete} interne Anweisung \Macro{@newplength} sollte nicht + mehr verwendet werden.% + \end{Explain}% + \fi% +}% +\EndIndexGroup + + +\begin{Declaration} + \Macro{Ifplength}\Parameter{Pseudolänge}% + \Parameter{Dann-Code}\Parameter{Sonst-Code} +\end{Declaration} +Mit\ChangedAt{v3.27}{\Class{scrlttr2}\and \Class{scrletter}} dieser Anweisung +kann geprüft werden, ob eine \PName{Pseudolänge} definiert ist. Ist dies der +Fall, so wird der \PName{Dann-Code} ausgeführt, anderenfalls wird der +\PName{Sonst-Code} ausgeführt.% +\iffree{}{\par% + \BeginIndex{Cmd}{if@plength}% + \iffalse% Umbruchkorrektur + Ausschließlich aus Konsistenzgründen existiert für Paketautoren auch die + interne Anweisung \Macro{if@plength} mit identischer Bedeutung.% + \else% + \begin{Explain}% + Die\textnote{obsolete} interne Anweisung \Macro{if@plength} sollte nicht + mehr verwendet werden.% + \end{Explain}% + \fi% +}% +\EndIndexGroup + + \begin{Declaration} \Macro{useplength}\Parameter{Name} \end{Declaration} Mit Hilfe dieser Anweisung wird auf den Wert der Pseudolänge mit dem -angegebenen \PName{Namen} zugegriffen. Dies ist eine der wenigen -Benutzeranweisung rund um Pseudolängen. Natürlich kann diese Anweisung dennoch -auch innerhalb einer \File{lco}-Datei\Index{lco-Datei=\File{lco}-Datei} (siehe -\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.lcoFile} ab \autopageref{sec:\LabelBase.lcoFile}) -verwendet werden.% +angegebenen \PName{Namen} zugegriffen. Anwender benötigen dies eher +selten. Innerhalb von \File{lco}-Dateien\Index{lco-Datei=\File{lco}-Datei} +(siehe \autoref{sec:\LabelBase.lcoFile} ab +\autopageref{sec:\LabelBase.lcoFile}) wird die Anweisung häufig bei der +Berechnung abhängiger Pseudolängen verwendet.% % \EndIndexGroup \begin{Declaration} + \Macro{setplength}% + \OParameter{Faktor}\Parameter{Pseudolänge}\Parameter{Wert} + \Macro{addtoplength}% + \OParameter{Faktor}\Parameter{Pseudolänge}\Parameter{Wert} +\end{Declaration} +Mit\ChangedAt{v3.26}{\Class{scrlttr2}\and \Package{scrletter}} Hilfe von +\Macro{setplength} kann einer \PName{Pseudolänge} das Vielfache eines +\PName{Wertes} zugewiesen werden. Der \PName{Faktor} wird dabei als optionales +Argument übergeben (siehe auch \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.setlengthtoplength}, +\DescPageRef{\LabelBase.cmd.setlengthtoplength}). + +Mit \Macro{addtoplength} kann man zu einer \PName{Pseudolänge} das Vielfache +eines \PName{Wertes} addieren. Auch dabei wird der \PName{Faktor} als +optionales Argument übergeben. + +Um einer \PName{Pseudolänge} das Vielfache einer anderen Pseudolänge +zuzuweisen oder zu ihr zu addieren, verwendet man innerhalb von \PName{Wert} +die Anweisung \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.useplength}. Um von einer +\PName{Pseudolänge} den Wert einer anderen \PName{Pseudolänge} zu +subtrahieren, verwendet man gleichzeitig als \PName{Faktor} ein Minuszeichen +oder \PValue{-1} oder einen anderen negativen Faktor. + +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{@setplength}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{@addtoplength}% +\iffree{% + Da der Anwender selbst normalerweise keine Pseudolängen ändern muss, + handelte es sich bis \KOMAScript~3.25 bei diesen Befehlen um keine + Benutzeranweisungen. Stattdessen existierten bis dahin nur + \Macro{@setplength} und \Macro{@addtoplength} mit derselben + Funktionalität. Diese sollten nicht mehr verwendet werden. +}{% + \iffalse% Umbruchkorrektur + Ausschließlich aus Gründen der Kompatibilität zu älteren + \KOMAScript-Versionen existieren für Paketautoren auch die internen + Anweisungen \Macro{@setplength} und \Macro{@addtoplength} mit identischen + Bedeutungen.% + \else% + \begin{Explain}% + Die\textnote{obsolete} internen Anweisungen + \Macro{@setplength} und \Macro{@addtoplength} sollten nicht mehr verwendet + werden.% + \end{Explain}% + \fi% +}% +\EndIndexGroup + + +\begin{Declaration} + \Macro{setplengthtowidth} + \OParameter{Faktor}\Parameter{Pseudolänge}\Parameter{Inhalt} + \Macro{setplengthtoheight} + \OParameter{Faktor}\Parameter{Pseudolänge}\Parameter{Inhalt} + \Macro{setplengthtodepth} + \OParameter{Faktor}\Parameter{Pseudolänge}\Parameter{Inhalt} + \Macro{setplengthtototalheight} + \OParameter{Faktor}\Parameter{Pseudolänge}\Parameter{Inhalt} +\end{Declaration} +Die\ChangedAt{v3.26}{\Class{scrlttr2}\and \Package{scrletter}} ersten drei +Anweisungen sind vergleichbar mit \Macro{settowidth}, +\Macro{settoheight} und \Macro{settodepth} aus dem \LaTeX-Kern, setzen aber +keine Länge, sondern eine \PName{Pseudolänge}. Entsprechend +\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.setplength} sind sie ebenfalls um einen optionalen +\PName{Faktor} erweitert. Sie setzen also eine \PName{Pseudolänge} auf die +Breite, Höhe oder Tiefe von \PName{Inhalt} multipliziert mit dem optional +angegebenen \PName{Faktor}. Die zusätzliche Anweisung +\Macro{setplengthtototalheight} setzt die \PName{Pseudolänge} auf die Summe +der Höhe und Tiefe von \PName{Inhalt} multipliziert mit dem optionalen +\PName{Faktor}.% +\EndIndexGroup + + +\begin{Declaration} \Macro{setlengthtoplength} \OParameter{Faktor}\Parameter{Länge}\Parameter{Pseudolänge} \Macro{addtolengthplength} @@ -427,9 +872,11 @@ verwendet werden.% \end{Declaration} Mit der Anweisung \Macro{setlengthtoplength}\important{\Macro{setlengthtoplength}} kann man -einer echten \PName{Länge} das Vielfache einer \PName{Pseudolänge} zuweisen. -Allerdings wird hier ein \PName{Faktor} nicht direkt der \PName{Pseudolänge} -vorangestellt, sondern als optionales Argument übergeben. Man sollte diese +einer \LaTeX-\PName{Länge} das Vielfache einer \PName{Pseudolänge} zuweisen. +Auch hier wird ein \PName{Faktor} nicht direkt der \PName{Pseudolänge} +vorangestellt, sondern als optionales Argument übergeben. +\iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur +Man sollte diese Anweisung auch verwenden, wenn man einer \PName{Länge} den negativen Wert einer \PName{Pseudolänge} zuweisen will. % \iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur @@ -439,43 +886,23 @@ einer \PName{Pseudolänge} zuweisen will. % \else % \PName{Faktor} ist dann \PValue{-1}. % -\fi +\fi % +\fi % % +\iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur Die Anweisung\important{\Macro{addtolengthplength}} \Macro{addtolengthplength} arbeitet ähnlich. Nur wird die mit \PName{Faktor} multiplizierte \PName{Pseudolänge} zur \PName{Länge} addiert.% +\else % +Mit \Macro{addtolengthplength}\important{\Macro{addtolengthplength}} wird die +mit \PName{Faktor} multiplizierte \PName{Pseudolänge} zur \PName{Länge} +addiert.% +\fi % % \EndIndexGroup % \EndIndexGroup -\LoadCommonFile{options} % \section{Frühe oder späte Optionenwahl} - -\LoadCommonFile{compatibility} % \section{Kompatibilität zu früheren Versionen von \KOMAScript} - -%\iffree{}{\vfill}% Umbruchoptimierung! - -\LoadCommonFile{draftmode} % \section{Entwurfsmodus} - -\LoadCommonFile{typearea} % \section{Seitenauf"|teilung} - -Die Unterscheidung zwischen ein- und doppelseitigem Satz ist bei Briefen -jedoch in der Regel nicht sinnvoll. Da Briefe normalerweise nicht gebunden -werden, betrachtet man bei Briefen jede Seite für sich. Das gilt auch dann, -wenn ausnahmsweise Vorder- oder Rückseite bedruckt werden. Daher spielt bei -Briefen normalerweise auch der vertikale Ausgleich keine Rolle. Sollten Sie -diesen trotzdem benötigen -\iffalse% -% Umbruchkorrekturtext -oder wissen wollen, was das ist, % -\fi% -sei auf die in \autoref{sec:maincls.typearea}, -\DescPageRef{maincls.cmd.flushbottom} erklärten Anweisungen -\DescRef{maincls.cmd.raggedbottom}\IndexCmd{raggedbottom} und -\DescRef{maincls.cmd.flushbottom}\IndexCmd{flushbottom} verwiesen.% -% -\EndIndexGroup - \section{Genereller Aufbau eines Briefdokuments} \seclabel{document} @@ -484,8 +911,8 @@ sei auf die in \autoref{sec:maincls.typearea}, Der generelle Aufbau eines Briefdokuments weicht etwas vom Aufbau eines normalen Dokuments ab. Während ein Buchdokument normalerweise nur ein Buch -enthält, kann ein einzelnes Briefdokument mehrere Briefe enthalten. Wie in -\autoref{fig:\LabelBase.document} veranschaulicht wird, besteht ein +enthält, kann ein Briefdokument mehrere Briefe enthalten. Wie in +\autoref{fig:\LabelBase.document} veranschaulicht, besteht ein Briefdokument aus einem Vorspann, den einzelnen Briefen und dem Abschluss. \begin{figure} @@ -500,26 +927,27 @@ Briefdokument aus einem Vorspann, den einzelnen Briefen und dem Abschluss. \begin{minipage}[b]{.667\linewidth} \centering\small\setlength{\fboxsep}{1.5ex}% \addtolength{\linewidth}{-\dimexpr2\fboxrule+2\fboxsep\relax}% + \setlength{\topsep}{.5\topsep}% \fbox{\parbox{\linewidth}{\raggedright% \Macro{documentclass}\OParameter{\dots}\PParameter{scrlttr2}\\ - \dots\\ - {\centering\emph{Einstellungen für alle Briefe}\\} - \dots\\ - \Macro{begin}\PParameter{document}\\ - \dots\\ - {\centering\emph{Einstellungen für alle Briefe}\\} - \dots\\ - }}\\ + \begin{center} + \emph{Einstellungen für alle Briefe} + \end{center} + \Macro{begin}\PParameter{document} + }}\\[1pt] \fbox{\parbox{\linewidth}{\raggedright% + \begin{center} + \emph{Einstellungen ab dem nächsten Brief} + \end{center} \Macro{begin}\PParameter{letter}\Parameter{Empfänger}\\ - \dots\\ - {\centering\emph{Inhalt eines einzelnen Briefes}\\} - \dots\\ + \begin{center} + \emph{Inhalt eines einzelnen Briefs} + \end{center} \Macro{end}\PParameter{letter}\\ }}\\[2pt] \parbox{\linewidth}{\raggedright\vspace{-.5ex}\vdots\vspace{1ex}}\\ \fbox{\parbox{\linewidth}{\raggedright% - \Macro{end}\PParameter{document}\\ + \Macro{end}\PParameter{document} }}\\[\dimexpr\fboxsep+\fboxrule\relax] \end{minipage} \end{captionbeside} @@ -527,12 +955,7 @@ Briefdokument aus einem Vorspann, den einzelnen Briefen und dem Abschluss. Der Vorspann beinhaltet dabei alle Einstellungen, die generell alle Briefe betreffen. Diese können in den Einstellungen der einzelnen Briefe jedoch -zumindest teilweise überschrieben werden. Die einzige Einstellung, die derzeit -nicht innerhalb eines einzelnen Briefes überschrieben werden kann, ist die -Version von \Class{scrlttr2}\OnlyAt{\Class{scrlttr2}}, zu der Kompatibilität -erreicht werden soll (siehe Option \DescRef{\LabelBase.option.version} in -\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.compatibilityOptions}, -\DescPageRef{\LabelBase.option.version}). +zumindest teilweise überschrieben werden. Bei Verwendung von \Package{scrletter}\important{scrletter} ändert sich lediglich, dass eine andere Klasse geladen und dafür zusätzlich @@ -565,28 +988,32 @@ zusätzliche Kommentare einfügen. \begin{minipage}[b]{.667\linewidth}% \centering\small\setlength{\fboxsep}{1.5ex}% \addtolength{\linewidth}{-\dimexpr2\fboxrule+2\fboxsep\relax}% + \setlength{\topskip}{.5\topskip}% \fbox{\parbox{\linewidth}{\raggedright% + \begin{center} + \emph{Einstellungen ab diesem Brief} + \end{center} \Macro{begin}\PParameter{letter}% - \OParameter{Optionen}\Parameter{Empfänger}\\ - \dots\\[\dp\strutbox] - {\centering\emph{Einstellungen für diesen Brief}\\} - \dots\\ - \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.opening}\Parameter{Anrede}\\ + \OParameter{Optionen}\Parameter{Empfänger} + \begin{center} + \emph{(Einstellungen für diesen Brief)} + \end{center} + \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.opening}\Parameter{Anrede} }}\\[1pt] \fbox{\parbox{\linewidth}{\raggedright% - \dots\\[\dp\strutbox] - {\centering\emph{Brief"|text}\\} - \dots\\ + \begin{center} + \emph{Brief"|text} + \end{center} }}\\[1pt] \fbox{\parbox{\linewidth}{\raggedright% \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.closing}\Parameter{Grußformel}\\ - \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.ps}\\ - \dots\\[\dp\strutbox] - {\centering\emph{Postscriptum}\\} - \dots\\ + \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.ps} + \begin{center} + \emph{Postscriptum} + \end{center} \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.encl}\Parameter{Anlagen}\\ \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.cc}\Parameter{Verteiler}\\ - \Macro{end}\PParameter{letter}\\ + \Macro{end}\PParameter{letter} }}\\[\dimexpr\fboxsep+\fboxrule\relax] \end{minipage} \end{captionbeside} @@ -595,8 +1022,10 @@ zusätzliche Kommentare einfügen. Wie in \autoref{fig:\LabelBase.letter} verdeutlicht wird, bestehen die einzelnen Briefe wiederum aus einer Einleitung, dem eigentlichen Brief"|text und einem Schlussteil. In der Einleitung werden alle Einstellungen -vorgenommen, die nur für diesen einen Brief gelten sollen. Entscheidend ist -hierbei, dass diese Einleitung immer mit +vorgenommen, die ab diesem oder nur für diesen einen Brief gelten sollen. Es +sei ausdrücklich darauf hingewiesen, dass Einstellungen, die vor oder zwischen +den einzelnen Briefen getroffen werden, für alle nachfolgenden Briefe +gelten. Entscheidend ist hierbei, dass diese Einleitung immer mit \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.opening}\IndexCmd{opening} endet. Ebenso beginnt der Schlussteil immer mit \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.closing}\IndexCmd{closing}. Gegebenenfalls können die @@ -604,19 +1033,7 @@ Argumente \PName{Anrede} und \PName{Grußformel} der beiden Anweisungen leer bleiben, die Anweisungen müssen jedoch gesetzt werden und haben immer ein Argument. -Es soll an dieser Stelle nicht verschwiegen werden, dass zwischen den -einzelnen Briefen weitere Einstellungen getroffen werden können. Diese -gelten dann für alle nachfolgenden Briefe. Um Briefdokumente -übersichtlich und wartbar zu halten, sollte man sich jedoch gut -überlegen, ob man zwischen die Briefe tatsächlich weitere generelle -Einstellungen mit beschränkter Gültigkeit setzen will. Ich kann dies -nicht empfehlen% -\iffalse -% Umbruchergänzungstext -, da die Suche nach Einstellungen dadurch erschwert wird% -\fi -% -. Dagegen spricht bei Verwendung von \Package{scrletter2} nichts dagegen, vor, +Bei Verwendung von \Package{scrletter} spricht nichts dagegen, vor, zwischen oder nach Briefen weitere Dokumentteile einzufügen, die nicht im Briefkontext stehen sollen. So kann man beispielsweise Anschreiben und Lebenslauf in einem Dokument zusammenfassen. @@ -626,16 +1043,25 @@ Lebenslauf in einem Dokument zusammenfassen. \end{Environment} \end{Declaration} \BeginIndex{}{Anschrift}% +\iffalse% Umbruchkorrektur Die Briefumgebung \Environment{letter} ist einer der zentralen Dreh- und Angelpunkte der Briefklasse und des Briefpakets. Als Besonderheit\textnote{\KOMAScript{} vs. Standardklassen} kann man bei \Class{scrlttr2} und \Package{scrletter} der Briefumgebung zusätzliche \PName{Optionen} mit auf den Weg geben. Diese werden dann intern per -\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.KOMAoptions}-Anweisung ausgeführt. +\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.KOMAoptions}-Anweisung ausgeführt.% +\else% +Die Briefumgebung \Environment{letter} ist der Hauptzweck der Briefklasse und +des Briefpakets. Bei\textnote{\KOMAScript{} vs. Standardklassen} +\Class{scrlttr2} und \Package{scrletter} kann man der Briefumgebung +\PName{Optionen} mit auf den Weg geben, die dann per +\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.KOMAoptions} nur für diese Umgebung ausgeführt +werden.% +\fi% Der \PName{Empfänger} wird als obligatorischer Parameter an die Umgebung übergeben. Dabei\textnote{Achtung!} dient der doppelte Backslash als -Trennzeichen zwischen einzelnen Teilen der Anschrift. Diese einzelnen Teile +Trennzeichen zwischen einzelnen Teilen der Anschrift. Diese Teile werden im Anschriftfeld als einzelne Zeilen ausgegeben. Dennoch sollte der doppelte Backslash hier nicht als fester Zeilenumbruch verstanden werden. Absätze, vertikaler Leerraum und Ähnliches sind in der Anschrift nicht @@ -675,7 +1101,7 @@ erklärten Anweisungen \DescRef{maincls.cmd.flushbottom}\IndexCmd{flushbottom} \Macro{AtBeginLetter}\Parameter{Anweisungen} \Macro{AtEndLetter}\Parameter{Anweisungen} \end{Declaration} -\iftrue% Umbruchvarianten +\iffalse% Umbruchvarianten Wie\textnote{Haken}\Index[indexmain]{Haken} in \cite{latex:clsguide} erwähnt, gibt es bei \LaTeX{} die Möglichkeit, zu bestimmten Gelegenheiten während des \LaTeX-Laufs eines Dokuments zusätzliche \PName{Anweisungen} ausführen zu @@ -764,6 +1190,7 @@ geben.\Index[indexmain]{Haken} Das folgende Beispiel zeigt dies.% \fi % \EndIndexGroup +\ExampleEndFix% Beispiel am Ende der Beschreibung \begin{Declaration} @@ -782,6 +1209,7 @@ referenzierbar um eins erhöht wird. \Macro{begin}\PParameter{letter} zurückzusetzen, kann dies auch implizit erfolgen, indem der Zähler \Counter{Frage} abhängig von \Counter{letter} definiert wird: +\iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur entsprechende der Beispielauswahl oben! \begin{lstcode} \newcounter{Frage}[letter] \newcommand{\Frage}[1]{% @@ -793,8 +1221,19 @@ referenzierbar um eins erhöht wird. \end{tabularx}% }% \end{lstcode} +\else % +\begin{lstcode} + \newcounter{Frage}[letter] + \newcommand{\Frage}[1]{% + \refstepcounter{Frage}\par + \noindent\begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{l@{}X} + \theFrage:~ & #1\\ + \end{tabularx}% + }% +\end{lstcode} +\fi % Damit wird der Zähler automatisch zu Beginn jedes Briefs wieder auf Null - zurück gesetzt, so dass die erste Frage in jedem Brief wieder mit der Nummer + zurückgesetzt, so dass die erste Frage in jedem Brief wieder mit der Nummer Eins beginnt. \end{Example} @@ -858,6 +1297,8 @@ gesetzt werden, so muss eben das Argument von \Macro{opening} leer bleiben. eine Anrede verzichtet, da individualisierte Serienbriefe kaum möglich waren. Heute sind persönliche Anreden auch bei Massensendungen üblich.% \end{Explain}% +\else +\ExampleEndFix% Beispiel am Ende der Beschreibung \fi \EndIndexGroup @@ -871,9 +1312,13 @@ gesetzt. Diese kann auch mehrzeilig sein. Die einzelnen Zeilen sollten dann mit doppeltem Backslash voneinander getrennt werden. Absätze innerhalb der \PName{Grußfloskel} sind jedoch nicht gestattet. -Darüber hinaus setzt diese Anweisung aber auch noch gleich den Inhalt der -Variablen \DescRef{\LabelBase.variable.signature} als Signatur. Näheres zur -Signatur und deren Konfiguration ist \autoref{sec:\LabelBase.closing} ab +Darüber hinaus setzt diese Anweisung % +\iffalse% Umbruchkorrekturgelabler +aber auch noch gleich % +\fi% +den Inhalt der Variablen \DescRef{\LabelBase.variable.signature} als +Signatur. Näheres zur Signatur und deren Konfiguration ist +\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.closing} ab \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.variable.signature} zu entnehmen. \begin{Example} @@ -894,12 +1339,13 @@ Signatur und deren Konfiguration ist \autoref{sec:\LabelBase.closing} ab \end{Example} % \EndIndexGroup +\ExampleEndFix% Beispiel am Ende der Beschreibung \begin{Declaration} \Macro{ps} \end{Declaration}% -Diese Anweisung schaltet lediglich auf das +Diese Anweisung schaltet auf das Postskriptum\Index{Postskriptum} um. Dazu wird ein neuer Absatz begonnen und ein vertikaler Abstand -- in der Regel zur Signatur -- eingefügt. Auf die Anweisung \Macro{ps} kann beliebiger Text folgen. @@ -923,24 +1369,27 @@ automatisch noch optional. \end{captionbeside} \label{fig:\LabelBase.letter-2} \end{figure} -\end{Example} - +\end{Example}% +\iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur \begin{Explain}% Als Briefe noch von Hand geschrieben wurden, war das Postskriptum sehr beliebt. Es handelte sich bei diesen Nachsätzen ursprünglich um Angaben, die im eigentlichen Brief vergessen wurden. Bei Briefen, die mit \LaTeX{} geschrieben werden, ist es natürlich einfach, Vergessenes nachträglich in den Brief einzuarbeiten. % -\iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur +\iftrue % Umbruchkorrektur Trotzdem ist das Postskriptum noch immer sehr beliebt, kann man damit doch sehr schön noch einmal auf ganz andere äußerst wichtige oder eigentlich ganz unwichtige Dinge hinweisen.% -\fi -\iftrue % Umbruchkorrektur +\fi% +\iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur Heutzutage verwendet man das Postskriptum dagegen eher für Hinweise, die mit dem eigentlichen Briefinhalt wenig zu tun haben. -\fi -\end{Explain} +\fi% +\end{Explain}% +\else% +\ExampleEndFix% Beispiel am Ende +\fi% % \EndIndexGroup @@ -950,8 +1399,11 @@ automatisch noch optional. \Variable{ccseparator} \end{Declaration} Ein \PName{Verteiler}\Index{Verteiler} kann mit der Anweisung \Macro{cc} -gesetzt werden. Der \PName{Verteiler} wird der Anweisung dabei als Argument -übergeben. Wenn der \PName{Inhalt} der Variablen +gesetzt werden. % +\iftrue% Umbruchkorrektur +Der \PName{Verteiler} wird der Anweisung dabei als Argument übergeben. % +\fi% +Wenn der \PName{Inhalt} der Variablen \Variable{ccseparator}\Index{Trennzeichen} nicht leer ist, wird dem \PName{Verteiler} die \PName{Bezeichnung} und der \PName{Inhalt} dieser Variablen vorangestellt. Der \PName{Verteiler} selbst wird dann um die @@ -963,7 +1415,9 @@ trennen. Der Beispielbrief soll dieses Mal nicht nur an die Vorsitzende, sondern mit Verteiler auch an alle Mitglieder des Vereins gehen: \lstinputcode[xleftmargin=1em]{letter-3.tex}% - Das Ergebnis ist in \autoref{fig:\LabelBase.letter-3} zu sehen. + \iftrue % Umbruchkorrektur (siehe auch unten) + Das Ergebnis ist in \autoref{fig:\LabelBase.letter-3} zu sehen.% + \fi% \begin{figure} \setcapindent{0pt}% \begin{captionbeside}[{Beispiel: Brief mit Anschrift, @@ -976,7 +1430,12 @@ trennen. \label{fig:\LabelBase.letter-3} \end{figure} \end{Example} +\iftrue% Umbruchkorrektur in Korrelation zu der im Beispiel Vor dem Verteiler wird automatisch ein Abstand eingefügt.% +\else% +Wie in \autoref{fig:\LabelBase.letter-3} zu sehen, wird vor dem Verteiler +automatisch ein Abstand eingefügt.% +\fi% % \EndIndexGroup @@ -1012,7 +1471,6 @@ hier von der \PName{Bezeichnung} und dem \PName{Inhalt} der Variablen % \EndIndexGroup - \LoadCommonFile{fontsize} % \section{Wahl der Schriftgröße für das Dokument} \LoadCommonFile{textmarkup} % \section{Textauszeichnungen} @@ -1050,23 +1508,27 @@ Briefseiten abgesehen von der ersten. \end{figure} +\subsection{Faltmarken} +\seclabel{foldmarks} +\BeginIndexGroup +\BeginIndex{}{Faltmarke}% + +Falt- oder Falzmarken sind kleine horizontale Striche am linken und kleine +vertikale Striche am oberen Rand. \KOMAScript{} unterstützt für den Briefbogen +derzeit drei konfigurierbare horizontale und eine konfigurierbare vertikale +Faltmarke. Dazu wird noch eine horizontale Loch- oder Seitenmittenmarke +unterstützt, die nicht in der Vertikalen verschoben werden kann. + \begin{Declaration} \OptionVName{foldmarks}{Einstellung} \end{Declaration} -Falt- oder Falzmarken\Index{Faltmarken}\textnote{Faltmarken} sind kleine -horizontale Striche am linken und kleine vertikale Striche am oberen -Rand. \KOMAScript{} unterstützt für den Briefbogen derzeit drei -konfigurierbare horizontale und eine konfigurierbare vertikale Faltmarke. Dazu -wird noch eine horizontale Loch- oder Seitenmittenmarke unterstützt, die nicht -in der Vertikalen verschoben werden kann. - Mit der Option \Option{foldmarks} können Faltmarken\Index{Faltmarke} für eine vertikale Zwei"~, Drei- oder Vierteilung und eine horizontale Zweiteilung aktiviert oder deaktiviert werden. Die einzelnen Teile müssen dabei nicht äquidistant sein. Die Positionen von drei der vier horizontalen und der vertikalen Marke sind über Pseudolängen konfigurierbar (siehe -\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.foldmarks} ab -\DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.foldmarkvpos}). +\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.pseudoLength}, +\autopageref{sec:\LabelBase.pseudoLength}). Über die Option \Option{foldmarks} können entweder mit den Standardwerten für einfache Schalter, die in \autoref{tab:truefalseswitch}, @@ -1143,44 +1605,177 @@ abhängig. Voreingestellt sind \PValue{true} und \BeginIndex{FontElement}{foldmark}\LabelFontElement{foldmark}% Über\ChangedAt{v2.97c}{\Class{scrlttr2}} das Element \FontElement{foldmark} kann die Farbe der Faltmarken geändert werden. Dazu werden die Anweisungen -\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.setkomafont} und \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.addtokomafont} (siehe -\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.textmarkup}, -\DescPageRef{\LabelBase.cmd.setkomafont}) verwendet. Voreingestellt ist -keine Änderung.% +\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.setkomafont} und +\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.addtokomafont} (siehe +\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.textmarkup}, \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.cmd.setkomafont}) +verwendet. Voreingestellt ist keine Änderung.% \EndIndexGroup \begin{Declaration} - \OptionVName{enlargefirstpage}{Ein-Aus-Wert} + \PLength{tfoldmarkvpos} + \PLength{mfoldmarkvpos} + \PLength{bfoldmarkvpos} \end{Declaration} -\begin{Explain} - Die erste Seite eines Briefes fällt % - \iftrue % Umbruchkorrektur - aufgrund der vielen Konsultationselemente, wie dem Briefkopf oder der - Anschrift, - % - \fi % - immer aus dem normalen Satzspiegel. Von \Class{scrlttr2} werden Mechanismen - bereitgestellt, um die Höhe und vertikale Ausrichtung von Kopf und Fuß der - ersten Seite unabhängig von den Folgeseiten zu bestimmen. Würde dadurch der - Fuß der ersten Seite in den Textbereich\Index{Text>Bereich} ragen, so wird - der Textbereich der ersten Seite automatisch mit Hilfe von - \Macro{enlargethispage}\IndexCmd{enlargethispage} verkleinert. -\end{Explain} -Soll der Textbereich auch automatisch mit \Macro{enlargethispage} vergrößert -werden, falls der Fuß der ersten Seite dies erlaubt, so kann das mit dieser -Option erreicht werden. Es passt dann bestenfalls etwas mehr Text auf die -erste Seite. Siehe hierzu auch die Erklärung zur Pseudolänge -\PLength{firstfootvpos} auf -\DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstfootvpos}. Als -\PName{Ein-Aus-Wert} kann dabei einer der Standardwerte für einfache Schalter -aus \autoref{tab:truefalseswitch}, \autopageref{tab:truefalseswitch} verwendet -werden. Voreingestellt ist \PValue{false}.\textnote{Voreinstellung}% +\KOMAScript{} kennt für Briefe \Class{scrlttr2} insgesamt drei in der vertikalen +Platzierung konfigurierbare Faltmarken. Die Position der oberen Faltmarke vom +oberen Papierrand wird von der Pseudolänge \PLength{tfoldmarkvpos} +bestimmt. Für die Position der mittleren Faltmarke ist Pseudolänge +\PLength{mfoldmarkvpos}\ChangedAt{v2.97e}{\Class{scrlttr2}}, für die untere +Faltmarke \PLength{bfoldmarkvpos} zuständig. Mit der +Locher-\Index{Lochermarke} oder Seitenmittenmarke kommt noch eine weitere +horizontale Marke dazu. Diese wird jedoch immer in der vertikalen Seitenmitte +platziert. +\iffalse% Umbruchkorrekturtext! +Da ihre vertikale Position also nicht konfigurierbar ist, existiert +auch keine Pseudolänge dafür. +\fi + +Die\important{Achtung!} obere und untere Faltmarke dienen nicht der exakten +Drittelung des Papiers beim Falten. Vielmehr soll das Papier mit ihrer Hilfe +so geknickt werden können, dass das Feld für die Anschrift in einem +Fensterbriefumschlag zu sehen ist. Die Einstellungen sind daher von den +\File{lco}-Dateien\textnote{\File{lco}-Datei}% +\Index{lco-Datei=\File{lco}-Datei} abhängig. Eine +Besonderheit\textnote{Achtung!} stellt \Option{DINmtext} dar. Hier wird +von einem Briefumschlag im Format C6/5 (auch »C6 lang« genannt) +ausgegangen. Briefe, die mit dieser Option erstellt wurden, sind normalerweise +nicht für Fensterbriefumschläge im Format C5 oder C4 geeignet. + +Die mittlere Faltmarke wird für abendländische Briefe normalerweise nicht +benötigt. Beispielsweise in Japan gibt es jedoch so unterschiedliche +Briefumschläge, dass eine weitere Faltmarke benötigt wurde (siehe die +japanischen \File{lco}-Dateien). An dieser Stelle sei darauf hingewiesen, dass +die Bezeichnungen »obere«, »mittlere« und »untere« Faltmarke lediglich eine +Sprachkonvention darstellen. Tatsächlich ist nicht festgelegt, dass +\PLength{tfoldmarkvpos} kleiner als \PLength{mfoldmarkvpos} und dieses kleiner +als \PLength{bfoldmarkvpos} sein muss. Ist\textnote{Achtung!} eine der +Pseudolängen hingegen Null, so wird die entsprechende Faltmarke auch dann +nicht gesetzt, wenn sie per Option \DescRef{\LabelBase.option.foldmarks}% +\IndexOption{foldmarks~=\PName{Einstellung}}% +\important{\DescRef{\LabelBase.option.foldmarks}} (siehe +\DescPageRef{\LabelBase.option.foldmarks}) explizit aktiviert wurde.% +\EndIndexGroup + + +\begin{Declaration} + \PLength{tfoldmarklength} + \PLength{mfoldmarklength} + \PLength{bfoldmarklength} + \PLength{pfoldmarklength} +\end{Declaration} +Diese\ChangedAt{v2.97e}{\Class{scrlttr2}} vier Pseudolängen bestimmen die +Länge der vier horizontalen Marken. Dabei gilt eine +Besonderheit. Ist\textnote{Achtung!} die Länge nämlich mit Null angegeben, so +werden bei den Pseudolängen \PLength{tfoldmarklength}, +\PLength{mfoldmarklength} und \PLength{bfoldmarklength} für die drei in der +vertikalen Position konfigurierbaren Faltmarken stattdessen 2\Unit{mm} als +Länge verwendet. Die Länge der Lochermarke, \PLength{pfoldmarklength}, wird +hingegen auf 4\Unit{mm} gesetzt.% +\EndIndexGroup + + +\begin{Declaration} + \PLength{foldmarkhpos} +\end{Declaration} +Diese Pseudolänge gibt den Abstand aller horizontalen Faltmarken vom linken +Papier\-rand an. Normalerweise sind das 3{,}5\Unit{mm}. Sie\textnote{Tipp!} +können den Wert aber auch in Ihrer eigenen \File{lco}-Datei ändern, falls Sie +einen Drucker verwenden, der einen breiteren unbedruckbaren linken Rand +hat. Ob die Faltmarken überhaupt gesetzt werden, hängt außerdem von der Option +\DescRef{\LabelBase.option.foldmarks}% +\important{\DescRef{\LabelBase.option.foldmarks}}% +\IndexOption{foldmarks~=\PName{Einstellung}} ab (siehe +\DescPageRef{\LabelBase.option.foldmarks}).% % \EndIndexGroup \begin{Declaration} + \PLength{lfoldmarkhpos} +\end{Declaration} +Neben\ChangedAt{v2.97e}{\Class{scrlttr2}} den horizontalen Faltmarken gibt es +auch noch eine vertikale Faltmarke. Deren Abstand von der linken Papierkante +wird über die Pseudolänge \PLength{lfoldmarkhpos} bestimmt. Diese Faltmarke +wird beispielsweise bei Briefen für einige japanische Chou- oder You-Umschläge +benötigt, wenn man diese für A4-Papier verwenden +will. In\textnote{Voreinstellung} den japanischen +\File{lco}-Dateien\Index{lco-Datei=\File{lco}-Datei} (siehe +\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.lcoFile} ab \autopageref{sec:\LabelBase.lcoFile}) ist +daher ein Wert von 202\Unit{mm} voreingestellt. Mit der Voreinstellung Null +der übrigen \File{lco}-Dateien wird auch dann keine Marke ausgegeben, wenn sie +per Option \DescRef{\LabelBase.option.foldmarks}% +\important{\DescRef{\LabelBase.option.foldmarks}}% +\IndexOption{foldmarks~=\PName{Einstellung}} (siehe +\DescPageRef{\LabelBase.option.foldmarks}) aktiviert wird.% +\EndIndexGroup + + +\begin{Declaration} + \PLength{lfoldmarklength} +\end{Declaration} +Die Pseudolänge \PLength{lfoldmarklength} bestimmt +die\ChangedAt{v2.97e}{\Class{scrlttr2}} Länge der vertikalen +Faltmarke. Auch\textnote{Achtung!} hier gibt es die Besonderheit, dass bei +einer angegebenen Länge von Null stattdessen 4\Unit{mm} verwendet werden.% +\EndIndexGroup + + +\begin{Declaration} + \PLength{foldmarkvpos} +\end{Declaration} +Die\ChangedAt{v2.97e}{\Class{scrlttr2}} Pseudolänge gibt den Abstand +\iffree{aller}{der} vertikalen Faltmarke\iffree{n}{} vom oberen Papier\-rand +an. Normalerweise\textnote{Voreinstellung} sind das 3{,}5\Unit{mm}. % +\iffalse% Umbruchkorrektur +Sie\textnote{Tipp!} können den Wert aber auch in Ihrer eigenen +\File{lco}-Datei ändern, falls Sie einen Drucker verwenden, der einen +breiteren unbedruckbaren oberen Rand hat. % +\fi% +Ob die Faltmarke\iffree{n}{} überhaupt gesetzt \iffree{werden}{wird}, hängt +außerdem von der Option \DescRef{\LabelBase.option.foldmarks}% +\important{\DescRef{\LabelBase.option.foldmarks}}% +\IndexOption{foldmarks~=\PName{Einstellung}} ab (siehe +\DescPageRef{\LabelBase.option.foldmarks}).\iffree{ Derzeit gibt es nur eine + einzige vertikale Faltmarke, die als linke vertikale Faltmarke bezeichnet + wird.}{}% +\EndIndexGroup + + +\begin{Declaration} + \PLength{foldmarkthickness} +\end{Declaration} +Diese\ChangedAt{v2.97c}{\Class{scrlttr2}} Pseudolänge gibt die Dicke aller +Faltmarken an. Voreingestellt\textnote{Voreinstellung} sind 0,2\Unit{pt}, also +eine sehr dünne Haarlinie. Insbesondere wenn die Farbe der Faltmarken +geändert wird, kann dies zu wenig sein!% +\EndIndexGroup +% +\EndIndexGroup + + +\subsection{Briefkopf} +\seclabel{firstHead} +\BeginIndexGroup +\BeginIndex{}{Briefkopf}% + +Unter dem Briefkopf verstehen wir alle Angaben, die den Absender betreffen und +die über der Anschrift stehen. Normalerweise würde man erwarten, dass diese +über den Seitenstil gesetzt werden. % +\iffalse% Umruchkorrektur +Bei der alten Briefklasse \Class{scrlettr} war dies auch so. % +\fi% +Bei\textnote{Achtung!} \Class{scrlttr2} und \Package{scrletter} wird der +Briefkopf jedoch unabhängig vom Seitenstil von der Anweisung +\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.opening}\IndexCmd{opening} ausgegeben. +\iffalse% Umbruchkorrektur +Dabei wird der Briefkopf absolut positioniert, ist also vom Satzspiegel +unabhängig. Die erste Seite eines Briefes, also die Seite mit dem Briefkopf, +wird tatsächlich mit dem Seitenstil +\DescRef{\LabelBase.pagestyle.empty}\IndexPagestyle{empty} gesetzt.% +\fi + +\begin{Declaration} \OptionVName{firsthead}{Ein-Aus-Wert} \end{Declaration} \iffalse% Umbruchkorrekturtext @@ -1211,12 +1806,21 @@ Absenderergänzung\Index{Absenderergaenzung=Absenderergänzung} unterzubringen. Gleichzeitig\textnote{Achtung!} dient diese Option als zentraler Schalter, um die Erweiterungen der Briefkopfgestaltung überhaupt zu aktivieren oder zu deaktivieren. Sind die Erweiterungen deaktiviert, so -bleiben die übrigen nachfolgend angegebenen Optionen ohne Wirkung. Mögliche -Werte für \Option{fromalign} sind \autoref{tab:\LabelBase.fromalign} zu -entnehmen. Voreingestellt ist der Wert \PValue{left}.\textnote{Voreinstellung}% -% +bleiben % +\iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur +die Optionen \DescRef{\LabelBase.option.fromrule}, +\DescRef{\LabelBase.option.fromphone}, +\DescRef{\LabelBase.option.frommobilephone}, +\DescRef{\LabelBase.option.fromemail}, \DescRef{\LabelBase.option.fromurl} und +\DescRef{\LabelBase.option.fromlogo} % +\else% +diverse Optionen für den Absender % +\fi % +ohne Wirkung. Mögliche Werte für \Option{fromalign} sind +\autoref{tab:\LabelBase.fromalign} zu entnehmen. Voreingestellt ist der Wert +\PValue{left}.\textnote{Voreinstellung}% \EndIndexGroup - +% \begin{table} \Index{Briefkopf}% \caption[{Mögliche Werte für Option @@ -1226,36 +1830,89 @@ entnehmen. Voreingestellt ist der Wert \PValue{left}.\textnote{Voreinstellung}% \label{tab:\LabelBase.fromalign} \begin{desctabular} \entry{\PValue{center}, \PValue{centered}, \PValue{middle}}{% - Absender wird innerhalb des Briefkopfes zentriert; ein Logo wird + Der Absender wird innerhalb des Briefkopfes zentriert; ein Logo wird gegebenenfalls am Anfang der erweiterten Absenderangabe platziert; die - Erweiterungen der Briefkopfgestaltung werden aktiviert.}% + Erweiterungen der Briefkopfgestaltung werden + aktiviert.}\\[-1.7ex] \entry{\PValue{false}, \PValue{no}, \PValue{off}}{% - Standardgestalt für den Absender wird verwendet; die Erweiterungen der - Briefkopfgestaltung werden deaktiviert.}% + Die einfache Form des Absender wird verwendet; die Erweiterungen der + Briefkopfgestaltung werden deaktiviert; die Optionen + \DescRef{\LabelBase.option.fromrule}, + \DescRef{\LabelBase.option.fromphone}, + \DescRef{\LabelBase.option.frommobilephone}, + \DescRef{\LabelBase.option.fromemail}, + \DescRef{\LabelBase.option.fromurl} und + \DescRef{\LabelBase.option.fromlogo} werden + wirkungslose.}\\[-1.7ex] \entry{\PValue{left}}{% - Absender steht linksbündig im Briefkopf; ein Logo wird gegebenenfalls - rechtsbündig platziert; die Erweiterungen der Briefkopfgestaltung werden - aktiviert.}% + Der Absender steht linksbündig im Briefkopf; ein Logo wird + gegebenenfalls rechtsbündig platziert; die Erweiterungen der + Briefkopfgestaltung werden + aktiviert.}\\[-1.7ex] \entry{\PValue{locationleft}, \PValue{leftlocation}}{% - Absender steht linksbündig in der Absenderergänzung; ein Logo wird + Der Absender steht linksbündig in der Absenderergänzung; ein Logo wird gegebenenfalls darüber platziert; der Briefkopf wird automatisch deaktiviert, kann aber über Option \DescRef{\LabelBase.option.firsthead} - wieder aktiviert werden.}% + wieder aktiviert werden.}\\[-1.7ex] \entry{\PValue{locationright}, \PValue{rightlocation}, \PValue{location}}{% - Absender steht rechtsbündig in der Absenderergänzung; ein Logo wird + Der Absender steht rechtsbündig in der Absenderergänzung; ein Logo wird gegebenenfalls darüber platziert; der Briefkopf wird automatisch deaktiviert, kann aber über Option \DescRef{\LabelBase.option.firsthead} - wieder aktiviert werden.}% + wieder aktiviert werden.}\\[-1.7ex] \entry{\PValue{right}}{% - Absender steht rechtsbündig im Briefkopf; ein Logo wird gegebenenfalls - linksbündig platziert; die Erweiterungen der Briefkopfgestaltung werden - aktiviert.}% + Der Absender steht rechtsbündig im Briefkopf; ein Logo wird + gegebenenfalls linksbündig platziert; die Erweiterungen der + Briefkopfgestaltung werden aktiviert.}% \end{desctabular} \end{table} \begin{Declaration} + \PLength{firstheadvpos} +\end{Declaration} +Die Pseudolänge \PLength{firstheadvpos} gibt den Abstand des Briefkopfes von +der oberen Papierkante an. Der Wert wird in den vordefinierten +\File{lco}-Dateien\textnote{\File{lco}-Datei}\Index{lco-Datei=\File{lco}-Datei} +unterschiedlich gesetzt. Ein typischer Wert ist 8\Unit{mm}.% +\EndIndexGroup + + +\begin{Declaration} + \PLength{firstheadhpos} +\end{Declaration} +Die Pseudolänge \PLength{firstheadhpos}\ChangedAt{v3.05}{\Class{scrlttr2}} +gibt bei einem positiven Wert den Abstand des Briefkopfes von der linken +Papierkante an. Ist\textnote{Achtung!} der Wert sogar größer oder gleich der +Breite des Papiers, +\Length{paperwidth}\important{\Length{paperwidth}}\IndexLength{paperwidth}, so +wird der Briefkopf horizontal zentriert auf dem Briefbogen platziert. Ein +negativer Wert gibt den Abstand des Briefkopfes von der rechten Papierkante +an. Ist der Wert jedoch kleiner oder gleich der negativen Breite des Papiers, +so wird der Briefkopf bündig zum linken Rand des Satzspiegels platziert. +Voreingestellt\textnote{Voreinstellung} ist typischerweise ein Wert von +\Length{maxdimen}\IndexLength{maxdimen}% +\iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur +, also der größtmögliche Wert für eine Länge% +\fi% +\ und infolge dessen horizontale Zentrierung.% +\EndIndexGroup + + +\begin{Declaration} + \PLength{firstheadwidth} +\end{Declaration} +Die Pseudolänge \PLength{firstheadwidth} gibt die Breite des Briefkopfes +an. Der Wert wird in den vordefinierten +\File{lco}-Dateien\textnote{\File{lco}-Datei}\Index{lco-Datei=\File{lco}-Datei} +unterschiedlich gesetzt. Während er normalerweise\textnote{Voreinstellung} von +der Papierbreite und dem horizontalen Abstand der Empfängeradresse vom linken +Papierrand abhängt, entspricht er bei \Option{KOMAold} der Breite des +Satzspiegels und ist bei \Option{NF} fest auf 170\Unit{mm} eingestellt.% +\EndIndexGroup + + +\begin{Declaration} \OptionVName{fromrule}{Position} \Variable{fromname} \Variable{fromaddress} @@ -1272,8 +1929,9 @@ folgen. Alternativ\important{\OptionValue{fromrule}{afteraddress}} kann die Linie mit \OptionValue{fromrule}{afteraddress} auch unterhalb des kompletten Absenders gesetzt werden. Eine Übersicht über alle möglichen Einstellungen für die Linie bietet \autoref{tab:\LabelBase.fromrule}. Die Länge der Linie wird -über die Pseudolänge \PLength{fromrulewidth}\IndexPLength{fromrulewidth} -bestimmt. +über die Pseudolänge +\DescRef{\LabelBase.plength.fromrulewidth}\IndexPLength{fromrulewidth} +bestimmt (siehe \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.fromrulewidth}). \begin{table} \KOMAoptions{captions=topbeside}% @@ -1281,8 +1939,7 @@ bestimmt. % \caption \begin{captionbeside} [{% - Mögliche Werte für Option \Option{fromrule} bei - \Class{scrlttr2} und \Package{scrletter}% + Mögliche Werte für Option \Option{fromrule}% }]{% \label{tab:\LabelBase.fromrule}% Mögliche Werte für Option \Option{fromrule} zur @@ -1307,8 +1964,8 @@ bestimmt. \end{table} In der Voreinstellung\textnote{Voreinstellung} ist die Linie im erweiterten -Briefkopf nicht aktiviert. Im Standardbriefkopf wird die Linie immer nach dem -Namen gesetzt. +Briefkopf nicht aktiviert. Im einfachen Briefkopf wird die Linie immer nach +dem Namen gesetzt. Unter\important{\Variable{fromaddress}} dem Namen folgt die Anschrift des Absenders. Diese wird über die Variable \Variable{fromaddress} bestimmt. Im @@ -1320,24 +1977,35 @@ gesetzt. \BeginIndex{FontElement}{fromaddress}\LabelFontElement{fromaddress}% \BeginIndex{FontElement}{fromname}\LabelFontElement{fromname}% \BeginIndex{FontElement}{fromrule}\LabelFontElement{fromrule}% -Die Schrift, die für den kompletten Absender verwendet wird, kann über das -Element \FontElement{fromaddress}\IndexFontElement{fromaddress}% +Die Schrift, die für den Absender verwendet wird, kann über das Element +\FontElement{fromaddress}\IndexFontElement{fromaddress}% \important{\FontElement{fromaddress}} eingestellt werden. Abweichungen davon können für den Absendernamen über das Element \FontElement{fromname}\IndexFontElement{fromname}% -\important{\FontElement{fromname}} und für die mit \Option{fromrule} gesetzte +\important{\FontElement{fromname}} und für die % +\iffalse% Umbruchkorrektur +mit \Option{fromrule} gesetzte % +\else % +optionale % +\fi% Linie über das Element \FontElement{fromrule}\IndexFontElement{fromrule}% \important{\FontElement{fromrule}} eingestellt werden. In der Voreinstellung erfolgt keinerlei Schriftumschaltung. Bei der Linie ist die Möglichkeit der -Schriftumschaltung hauptsächlich dazu gedacht, die Farbe der Linie ändern zu -können, um etwa Grau anstelle von Schwarz zu verwenden. Siehe hierzu -\cite{package:xcolor}.% +Schriftumschaltung hauptsächlich dazu gedacht, die Farbe % +\iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur +der Linie % +\fi +ändern zu können% +\iffalse% Umbruchkorrektur +, um etwa Grau anstelle von Schwarz zu verwenden% +\fi% +. Siehe hierzu \cite{package:xcolor}.% % \EndIndexGroup - +% \begin{Example} Geben wir nun dem Absender - \iftrue % Umbruchkorrektur + \iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur aus den bisherigen Beispielen \fi % einen Namen. @@ -1351,18 +2019,21 @@ können, um etwa Grau anstelle von Schwarz zu verwenden. Siehe hierzu {Ergebnis eines kleinen Briefes mit Absender, Anschrift, Anrede, Text, Grußfloskel, Signatur, Postskriptum, Anlagen und Verteiler (Datum und Faltmarken entstammen den Voreinstellungen für DIN-Briefe); links der - Standardbriefkopf mit \OptionValueRef{\LabelBase}{fromalign}{false}, + einfache Briefkopf mit \OptionValueRef{\LabelBase}{fromalign}{false}, rechts der erweiterte Briefkopf mit \OptionValueRef{\LabelBase}{fromalign}{center}} \label{fig:\LabelBase.letter-8-9} \end{figure} - Dabei wird zunächst einmal nicht der erweiterte Briefkopf, sondern nur der - Standardbriefkopf verwendet. Das Ergebnis ist in + Dabei wird zunächst % + \iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur + einmal nicht der erweiterte Briefkopf, sondern % + \fi % + nur der einfache Briefkopf verwendet. Das Ergebnis ist in \autoref{fig:\LabelBase.letter-8-9} links zu sehen. Im Vergleich dazu ist rechts daneben das gleiche Beispiel, jedoch mit Option \OptionValueRef{\LabelBase}{fromalign}{center}, also mit den aktivierten Erweiterungen für den Briefkopf, abgebildet. Wie zu sehen ist, hat diese - Variante zunächst einmal keine Linie. + Variante zunächst einmal keine Linie. In \autoref{fig:\LabelBase.letter-8-9} taucht nun auch erstmals eine Signatur unter dem Gruß auf. Diese wird automatisch aus dem Absendername @@ -1374,12 +2045,12 @@ können, um etwa Grau anstelle von Schwarz zu verwenden. Siehe hierzu der Option \Option{fromrule} auch noch eine Linie unter dem Namen erhalten:% \lstinputcode[xleftmargin=1em]{letter-11.tex}% Das Ergebnis ist in \autoref{fig:\LabelBase.letter-10-11} rechts zu sehen. % - \iftrue % Umbruchkorrektur + \iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur Im Vergleich dazu ist links daneben das gleiche Beispiel noch einmal mit dem - Standardbriefkopf und ohne Reaktion auf die zusätzliche Option. + einfachen Briefkopf und ohne Reaktion auf die zusätzliche Option. % \else % - Links steht zum Vergleich ein Beispiel mit Standardbriefkopf. + Links steht zum Vergleich ein Beispiel mit dem einfachen Briefkopf. % \fi % @@ -1392,7 +2063,7 @@ können, um etwa Grau anstelle von Schwarz zu verwenden. Siehe hierzu Lochermarke}]{Ergebnis eines kleinen Briefes mit Absender, Trennlinie, Anschrift, Anrede, Text, Grußfloskel, Signatur, Postskriptum, Anlagen, Verteiler und Lochermarke (das Datum entstammt den Voreinstellungen für - DIN-Briefe); links der Standardbriefkopf mit + DIN-Briefe); links der einfache Briefkopf mit \OptionValueRef{\LabelBase}{fromalign}{false}, rechts der erweiterte Briefkopf mit \OptionValueRef{\LabelBase}{fromalign}{center}} \label{fig:\LabelBase.letter-10-11} @@ -1407,7 +2078,7 @@ Länderangabe. Dieser doppelte Backslash wird je nach Verwendung der Absenderadresse unterschiedlich interpretiert und ist nicht zwangsläufig als Zeilenumbruch zu verstehen. Absätze, vertikale Abstände und Ähnliches sind innerhalb der Absenderangaben normalerweise nicht gestattet% -\iftrue % Umbruchkorrektur +\iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur . Man muss \KOMAScript{} schon sehr genau kennen, um solche Mittel gegebenenfalls sinnvoll im Absender einsetzen zu können. Außerdem sollte man in dem Fall unbedingt die Variablen für Rücksendeadresse (siehe Variable @@ -1427,6 +2098,28 @@ in dem Fall unbedingt die Variablen für Rücksendeadresse (siehe Variable \begin{Declaration} + \PLength{fromrulethickness} + \PLength{fromrulewidth} +\end{Declaration} +Wie bereits bei Option +\DescRef{\LabelBase.option.fromrule}\IndexOption{fromrule} auf +\DescPageRef{\LabelBase.option.fromrule} erwähnt wurde, kann in den +vordefinierten Briefköpfen eine Linie im oder unter dem Absender gesetzt +werden. Hat\textnote{Achtung!} die Pseudolänge \PLength{fromrulewidth} die +Länge 0, so wird dabei die Länge dieser Linie automatisch bestimmt. Dies ist +die Voreinstellung\textnote{Voreinstellung} bei den vordefinierten +\File{lco}-Dateien. % +\iffalse % Umbruchkorrekturtext +Der Wert kann mit \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.setplength} (siehe +\DescPageRef{\LabelBase.cmd.setplength}) in eigenen \File{lco}-Dateien aber +auch abweichend gesetzt werden. % +\fi% +Die voreingestellte Dicke\ChangedAt{v2.97c}{\Class{scrlttr2}}, +\PLength{fromrulethickness}, der Linie beträgt 0,4\Unit{pt}.% +\EndIndexGroup + + +\begin{Declaration} \OptionVName{symbolicnames}{Wert} \OptionVName{fromphone}{Ein-Aus-Wert} \OptionVName{frommobilephone}{Ein-Aus-Wert} @@ -1461,8 +2154,8 @@ eingefügt werden, \autoref{tab:\LabelBase.fromSeparator}. Mit\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Class{scrlttr2}}\important{\Option{symbolicnames}} Option \Option{symbolicnames} kann diese Voreinstellung auf einen Schlag -geändert werden. Die Option versteht als \PName{Wert} die -\PName{Ein-Aus-Werte} für einfache Schalter, wie sie in +geändert werden. Die Option versteht die +Ein-Aus-Werte für einfache Schalter, wie sie in \autoref{tab:truefalseswitch}, \autopageref{tab:truefalseswitch} angegeben sind. Die\ChangedAt{v3.27}{\Class{scrlttr2}\and \Package{scrletter}} Aktivierung der Option entspricht dabei dem \PName{Wert} \PValue{marvosym}, @@ -1474,7 +2167,7 @@ wodurch statt der sprachabhängigen Bezeichner \Package{marvosym}\IndexPackage{marvosym}-Paket verwendet werden. Gleichzeitig entfällt der Doppelpunkt bei der Definition der Trennzeichen. Für die URL entfallen in diesem Fall sowohl der sprachabhängige Bezeichner als auch das -Trennzeichen. Mit \OptionValue{symbolicnames}{fontawsome} oder +Trennzeichen. Mit \OptionValue{symbolicnames}{fontawesome} oder \OptionValue{symbolicnames}{awesome} werden stattdessen Symbole von Paket \Package{fontawesome}\IndexPackage{fontawesome} verwendet. Dabei wird auch für die URL ein passendes Symbol aktiviert. Es ist zu beachten\textnote{Achtung!}, @@ -1488,7 +2181,7 @@ aktiviert wird. \caption[{Vordefinierte Bezeichnungen der Variablen für die\newline Absenderangaben im Briefkopf}]{Vordefinierte Bezeichnungen der Variablen für die Absenderangaben im Briefkopf (die Bezeichnungen und Inhalte der - verwendeten Variablen für Trennzeichen ist + verwendeten Variablen für Trennzeichen sind \autoref{tab:\LabelBase.fromSeparator} zu entnehmen)} \begin{desctabular}[1.8em] \ventry{fromemail}{% @@ -1544,10 +2237,16 @@ aktiviert wird. entsprechenden Optionen an und setzt auch die zugehörigen Variablen:% \lstinputcode[xleftmargin=1em]{letter-12.tex}% Das Ergebnis aus \autoref{fig:\LabelBase.letter-12-13} links ist jedoch - ernüchternd. Die Optionen werden ignoriert. Das liegt daran, dass diese - zusätzlichen Variablen und Optionen nur im erweiterten Briefkopf verwendet - werden. Es muss also, wie in \autoref{fig:\LabelBase.letter-12-13}, rechts die - Option \DescRef{\LabelBase.option.fromalign} verwendet werden: + ernüchternd. Die Optionen werden ignoriert. Das liegt % + \iffalse% Umbruchkorrektur + daran, dass diese zusätzlichen Variablen und Optionen nur im erweiterten + Briefkopf verwendet werden. % + \else% + an Option \OptionValueRef{\LabelBase}{fromalign}{false}. % + \fi% + Es muss also, wie in \autoref{fig:\LabelBase.letter-12-13}, rechts + beispielsweise Option \OptionValueRef{\LabelBase}{fromalign}{center} + verwendet werden:% \begin{figure} \centering \frame{\includegraphics[width=.4\textwidth]{letter-12}}\quad @@ -1558,7 +2257,7 @@ aktiviert wird. kleinen Briefes mit erweitertem Absender, Trennlinie, Anschrift, Anrede, Text, Grußfloskel, Signatur, Postskriptum, Anlagen, Verteiler und Lochermarke (das Datum entstammt den Voreinstellungen für DIN-Briefe); - links der Standardbriefkopf mit + links der einfache Briefkopf mit \OptionValueRef{\LabelBase}{fromalign}{false}, rechts der erweiterte Briefkopf mit \OptionValueRef{\LabelBase}{fromalign}{center}} \label{fig:\LabelBase.letter-12-13} @@ -1588,6 +2287,7 @@ aktiviert wird. \end{Example} % \EndIndexGroup +\ExampleEndFix% Beispiel am Ende \begin{Declaration} @@ -1603,8 +2303,7 @@ der Standardwerte für einfache Schalter aus \autoref{tab:truefalseswitch}, werden. Voreingestellt\textnote{Voreinstellung} ist \PValue{false}, also kein Logo. Das Logo selbst wird über die Variable \Variable{fromlogo} definiert. Die \PName{Bezeichnung} für das Logo ist in der Voreinstellung leer -und wird von \KOMAScript{} auch nicht verwendet (siehe auch -\autoref{tab:\LabelBase.fromTerm}, \autopageref{tab:\LabelBase.fromTerm}).% +und wird von \KOMAScript{} auch nicht verwendet.% \begin{Example} Herr Musterfrau findet es besonders schick, wenn er seine Briefe mit einem Logo versieht. Sein Logo hat er als Grafikdatei gespeichert, die er gerne @@ -1612,10 +2311,10 @@ und wird von \KOMAScript{} auch nicht verwendet (siehe auch zusätzlich das Paket \Package{graphics}\IndexPackage{graphics} (siehe \cite{package:graphics}) ein.% \lstinputcode[xleftmargin=1em]{letter-16}% - Das Ergebnis ist in \autoref{fig:\LabelBase.letter-16-18}, - \autopageref{fig:\LabelBase.letter-16-18} links oben zu sehen. Die beiden - anderen Bilder in dieser Abbildung zeigen das Ergebnis bei rechtsbündigem - und bei zentriertem Absender. + Das Ergebnis ist in \autoref{fig:\LabelBase.letter-16-18} + % ,\autopageref{fig:\LabelBase.letter-16-18} + links oben zu sehen. Die beiden anderen Bilder in dieser Abbildung zeigen + das Ergebnis bei rechtsbündigem und bei zentriertem Absender. \begin{figure} \setcapindent{0pt}% {\hfill @@ -1637,6 +2336,7 @@ und wird von \KOMAScript{} auch nicht verwendet (siehe auch \end{Example}% % \EndIndexGroup +\ExampleEndFix% Beispiel am Ende \begin{Declaration} @@ -1653,12 +2353,38 @@ definiert man den gewünschten Aufbau über den \PName{Inhalt} der Variablen \Macro{parbox}-Anweisung (siehe \cite{latex:usrguide}) mehrere Boxen neben- und untereinander gesetzt werden. Einem versierten Anwender sollte es so möglich sein, seinen eigenen Briefkopf zu gestalten. Natürlich kann und sollte -man dabei auch Zugriffe auf andere Variablen mit Hilfe von +man dabei auch Zugriff auf andere Variablen mit Hilfe von \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.usekomavar} nehmen. Die \PName{Bezeichnung} der Variablen \Variable{firsthead} wird von \KOMAScript{} nicht verwendet. -\iffree{}{Ein ausführliches Beispiel für Definition eines Briefkopfes wird in +\iffree{Ein ausführliches Beispiel für die Definition eines Briefkopfes ist + beispielsweise im Anhang von \cite{book:komascript} und + \cite{ebook:komascript} zu finden.% +}{Ein ausführliches Beispiel für die Definition eines Briefkopfes wird in \autoref{cha:modernletters} behandelt.}% \EndIndexGroup +% +\EndIndexGroup + + +\subsection{Anschrift} +\seclabel{addressee}% +\BeginIndexGroup +\BeginIndex{}{Anschrift}% + +% Verschiedene Umbruchvarianten +Unter der Anschrift versteht man normalerweise nur den Namen und die Adresse +des Empfängers. % +\iffalse% +Als \iffree{erste }{}Erweiterung zur Anschrift kann die +Versandart betrachtet werden, die etwa bei \iffree{Einschreiben oder +}{}Infobriefen zur Anwendung kommt. Bei Fensterbriefumschlägen wird auch die +sogenannte Rücksendeadresse \iffree{zur Anschrift}{dazu} gezählt, da sie im +Anschriftfenster zu sehen \iffree{sein wird}{ist}. Die Anschrift folgt +unmittelbar auf den Briefkopf.% +\else% +Aber auch die Versandart, beispielsweise bei Infobriefen, oder die +Rücksendeadresse werden als Teil des Anschriftfeldes gesetzt.% +\fi \begin{Declaration} @@ -1714,8 +2440,7 @@ Adresse des Empfängers beziehen. Für \FontElement{toname} und \EndIndexGroup % \begin{table} - \caption[{Mögliche Werte für Option \Option{addrfield} bei - \Class{scrlttr2} und \Package{scrletter}}] + \caption[{Mögliche Werte für Option \Option{addrfield}}]% {Mögliche Werte für Option \Option{addrfield} zur Auswahl der Art der Anschrift% \label{tab:\LabelBase.addrfield}}% @@ -1726,26 +2451,26 @@ Adresse des Empfängers beziehen. Für \FontElement{toname} und \PValue{ppBackGroundImage}}{% Es wird eine Anschrift mit einer in Variable \Variable{addresseeimage} abgelegten Hintergrundgrafik als Port-Payé-Kopf (P.\,P.-Kopf), aber ohne - Rücksendeadresse und Versandart gesetzt.}% + Rücksendeadresse und Versandart gesetzt.}\\[-1.7ex] \entry{\PValue{false}, \PValue{off}, \PValue{no}}{% - Es wird keine Anschrift gesetzt.}% + Es wird keine Anschrift gesetzt.}\\[-1.7ex] \entry{\PValue{image}, \PValue{Image}, \PValue{PPimage}, \PValue{PPImage}, \PValue{ppimage}, \PValue{ppImage}}{% Eine in Variable \Variable{addresseeimage} abgelegte Abbildung wird als Anschrift mit Port-Payé gesetzt. Adressinformationen und Angaben für - Rücksendeadresse, Versandart oder Priorität werden ignoriert.}% + Rücksendeadresse, Versandart oder Priorität werden ignoriert.}\\[-1.7ex] \entry{\PValue{PP}, \PValue{pp}, \PValue{PPexplicite}, \PValue{PPExplicite}, \PValue{ppexplicite}, \PValue{ppExplicite}}{% Es wird eine Anschrift mit explizit über die Variablen \Variable{fromzipcode}, \Variable{place} und \Variable{PPcode} ausgefülltem Port-Payé-Kopf (P.\,P.-Kopf), gegebenenfalls mit Priorität und über Variable \Variable{PPdatamatrix} gesetzter Data-Matrix, aber - ohne Rücksendeadresse und Versandart gesetzt.}% + ohne Rücksendeadresse und Versandart gesetzt.}\\[-1.7ex] \entry{\PValue{topaligned}, \PValue{alignedtop}% \ChangedAt{v3.17}{\Class{scrlttr2}\and \Package{scrletter}}}{% Es wird eine Anschrift mit Rücksendeadresse und Versandart oder Priorität gesetzt. Die Anschrift wird dabei unter der Versandart nicht - vertikal zentriert.}% + vertikal zentriert.}\\[-1.7ex] \entry{\PValue{true}, \PValue{on}, \PValue{yes}}{% Es wird eine Anschrift mit Rücksendeadresse und Versandart oder Priorität gesetzt.}% @@ -1842,17 +2567,19 @@ verfügbaren Platz gesetzt. \end{table} \BeginIndexGroup -\BeginIndex{FontElement}{specialmail}\LabelFontElement{specialmail} -Zwischen Rücksendeadresse und Empfängeradresse kann bei \iffree{der -}{}Standardeinstellung \OptionValue{addrfield}{true} noch eine optionale -Versandart\Index{Versandart} gesetzt werden. Diese wird genau dann gesetzt, -wenn die Variable \Variable{specialmail} einen \PName{Inhalt} hat und -\OptionValue{priority}{manual}\ChangedAt{v3.03}{\Class{scrlttr2}} gewählt -wird, was der Voreinstellung entspricht. Die \PName{Bezeichnung} von -\Variable{specialmail} wird durch \Class{scrlttr2} nicht genutzt. Die -Ausrichtung wird mit Hilfe der Pseudolängen \PLength{specialmailindent} und -\PLength{specialmailrightindent} (siehe -\DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.specialmailindent}) festgelegt. Die +\BeginIndex{FontElement}{specialmail}\LabelFontElement{specialmail} Zwischen +Rücksendeadresse und Empfängeradresse kann bei der Standardeinstellung +\OptionValue{addrfield}{true}\important{\OptionValue{addrfield}{true}} noch +eine optionale Versandart\Index{Versandart} gesetzt werden. Diese wird genau +dann gesetzt, wenn die Variable \Variable{specialmail} einen \PName{Inhalt} +hat und +\OptionValue{priority}{manual}\important{\OptionValue{priority}{manual}}% +\ChangedAt{v3.03}{\Class{scrlttr2}} gewählt wird, was der Voreinstellung +entspricht. Die \PName{Bezeichnung} von \Variable{specialmail} wird durch +\Class{scrlttr2} nicht genutzt. Die Ausrichtung wird mit Hilfe der +Pseudolängen \DescRef{\LabelBase.plength.specialmailindent} und +\DescRef{\LabelBase.plength.specialmailrightindent} (siehe +\DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.specialmailindent}) festgelegt. Die voreingestellte Schriftart des Elements\ChangedAt{v2.97c}{\Class{scrlttr2}} \FontElement{specialmail}\important{\FontElement{specialmail}}, die Sie \autoref{tab:\LabelBase.AddresseeElements} entnehmen können, kann mit Hilfe @@ -1865,42 +2592,42 @@ verändert werden.% \BeginIndexGroup \BeginIndex{FontElement}{priority}\LabelFontElement{priority}% \BeginIndex{FontElement}{prioritykey}\LabelFontElement{prioritykey}% -Wird\ChangedAt{v3.03}{\Class{scrlttr2}}\important{\normalcolor - \OptionValue{priority}{A}\\ +Wird\ChangedAt{v3.03}{\Class{scrlttr2}}% +\important[i]{\normalcolor\OptionValue{priority}{A}\\ \normalcolor\OptionValue{priority}{B}} hingegen mit \OptionValue{priority}{A} oder \OptionValue{priority}{B} (siehe \autoref{tab:\LabelBase.priority}) eine internationale Priorität ausgewählt, so wird diese bei \OptionValue{addrfield}{true} als Versandart und bei -\OptionValue{addrfield}{PP}\important{\OptionValue{addrfield}{PP}} an -entsprechender Stelle im Port-Payé-Kopf gesetzt. Dabei wird die +\OptionValue{addrfield}{PP} an entsprechender Stelle im Port-Payé-Kopf +gesetzt. Dabei wird die Grundschrift\important{\FontElement{priority}\\ \FontElement{prioritykey}} über das Element \FontElement{priority} und die davon abweichende Schrift für den Prioritätsschlüssel, »A« oder »B«, über das Element \FontElement{prioritykey} bestimmt. Die voreingestellten Schriftarten der beiden Elemente, die Sie \autoref{tab:\LabelBase.AddresseeElements} -entnehmen können, kann mit Hilfe der Anweisungen +entnehmen können, lassen sich mit den Anweisungen \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.setkomafont} und \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.addtokomafont} (siehe \autoref{sec:\LabelBase.textmarkup}, \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.cmd.setkomafont}) -verändert werden.% +ändern.% \EndIndexGroup \begin{table} - \caption[{Mögliche Werte für Option \Option{priority} bei - \Class{scrlttr2} und \Class{scrletter}}] + \caption[{Mögliche Werte für Option \Option{priority}}] {Mögliche Werte für Option \Option{priority} zur Auswahl einer internationalen Priorität im Adressfeld} \label{tab:\LabelBase.priority} \begin{desctabular} \entry{\PValue{false}, \PValue{off}, \PValue{no}, \PValue{manual}}{% - Es wird keine Priorität gesetzt.}% + Es wird keine Priorität gesetzt.}\\[-1.7ex] \entry{\PValue{B}, \PValue{b}, \PValue{economy}, \PValue{Economy}, - \PValue{ECONOMY}, \PValue{B-ECONOMY}, \PValue{B-Economy}, + \PValue{ECONOMY}, \PValue{B-ECONOMY}, \PValue{B-Economy}, \PValue{b-economy}}{% Es wird die internationale Priorität B-Economy gesetzt. Bei - \OptionValue{addrfield}{true} erfolgt dies anstelle der Versandart.}% + \OptionValue{addrfield}{true} erfolgt dies anstelle der + Versandart.}\\[-1.7ex] \entry{\PValue{A}, \PValue{a}, \PValue{priority}, \PValue{Priority}, - \PValue{PRIORITY}, \PValue{A-PRIORITY}, \PValue{A-Priority}, + \PValue{PRIORITY}, \PValue{A-PRIORITY}, \PValue{A-Priority}, \PValue{a-priority}}{% Es wird die internationale Priorität A-Priority gesetzt. Bei \OptionValue{addrfield}{true} erfolgt dies anstelle der Versandart.}% @@ -1913,10 +2640,11 @@ Variablen \Variable{fromzipcode} und der Ort aus der Variablen \Variable{place} gesetzt. Dabei wird der Postleitzahl, also dem \PName{Inhalt} von \Variable{fromzipcode}, die \PName{Bezeichnung} der Variablen \Variable{fromzipcode}, gefolgt vom \PName{Inhalt} von -\Variable{zipcodeseparator} vorangestellt. Für diese \PName{Bezeichnung} hängt -die Voreinstellung von der verwendeten \File{lco}-Datei (siehe -\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.lcoFile} ab \autopageref{sec:\LabelBase.lcoFile}) -ab. Für den \PName{Inhalt} von \Variable{zipcodeseparator} ist hingegen +\Variable{zipcodeseparator} vorangestellt. Für diese +\PName{Bezeichnung}\textnote{Voreinstellung} hängt die Voreinstellung von der +verwendeten \File{lco}-Datei (siehe \autoref{sec:\LabelBase.lcoFile} ab +\autopageref{sec:\LabelBase.lcoFile}) ab. Für den \PName{Inhalt} von +\Variable{zipcodeseparator} ist hingegen % \iffalse % Umbruchvarianten ein kleiner Abstand, gefolgt von einem Streckenstrich, gefolgt von einem kleinen Abstand (\Macro{,}\texttt{-{}-}\Macro{,}) % @@ -1966,34 +2694,257 @@ obligatorischen Argument der \DescRef{\LabelBase.env.letter}-Umgebung ausgegeben. Die Anordnung des Port-Payé-Kopfes wird ebenso wie die Anordnung der -Port-Payé-Anschrift über die Pseudolängen \PLength{toaddrindent} (siehe -\DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrindent}) sowie -\PLength{PPheadwidth} und \PLength{PPheadheight} (siehe -\DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.PPheadheight}) bestimmt. Für die -Anordnung der Data-Matrix ist die Pseudolänge \PLength{PPdatamatrixvskip} -(siehe \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.PPdatamatrixvskip}) -zuständig. +Port-Payé-Anschrift über die Pseudolängen +\DescRef{\LabelBase.plength.toaddrindent} (siehe +\DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.toaddrindent}) sowie +\DescRef{\LabelBase.plength.PPheadwidth} und +\DescRef{\LabelBase.plength.PPheadheight} (siehe +\DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.PPheadheight}) bestimmt. Für die Anordnung der +Data-Matrix ist die Pseudolänge \DescRef{\LabelBase.plength.PPdatamatrixvskip} +(siehe \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.PPdatamatrixvskip}) zuständig. Es\textnote{Achtung!} wird an dieser Stelle ausdrücklich darauf hingewiesen, -dass \KOMAScript{} selbst keine externen Abbildungen setzen kann, sollen also -über die Variablen \Variable{addresseeimage} oder \Variable{PPdatamatrix} -externe Abbildungen gesetzt werden, so ist beispielsweise das Grafikpaket -\Package{graphics}\IndexPackage{graphics} oder +dass \KOMAScript{} selbst keine externen Abbildungen setzen kann. % +\iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur +Verwenden Sie für solche Abbildungen beispielsweise das Paket +\Package{graphicx}\IndexPackage{graphicx} und dessen Anweisung +\Macro{includegraphics}.% +\else% +Sollen also über die Variablen \Variable{addresseeimage} oder +\Variable{PPdatamatrix} externe Abbildungen gesetzt werden, so ist +beispielsweise das Grafikpaket \Package{graphics}\IndexPackage{graphics} oder \Package{graphicx}\IndexPackage{graphicx} zu laden und in den Variablen dessen Anweisung \Macro{includegraphics} zu verwenden.% +\fi% +\EndIndexGroup + + +\begin{Declaration} + \PLength{toaddrvpos} + \PLength{toaddrhpos} +\end{Declaration} +Diese Pseudolängen geben den Abstand des Anschriftfensters eines +Fensterbriefumschlags vom oberen und vom linken Rand des Papiers an. Sie +werden in den vordefinierten +\File{lco}-Dateien\textnote{\File{lco}-Datei}\Index{lco-Datei=\File{lco}-Datei} +unterschiedlich eingestellt. Für \PLength{toaddrhpos} gilt außerdem eine +Besonderheit. Ist\textnote{Achtung!} der Wert \iffree{}{wie bei \Option{SN} + oder \Option{NF} }negativ, so ist sein Betrag der Abstand des +Anschriftfeldes vom rechten Rand des Papiers. % +\iffree{% + Sie\textnote{Beispiele!} finden dies beispielsweise bei \Option{SN} oder + \Option{NF}. Am kleinsten ist der Wert \PLength{toaddrvpos} bei + \Option{DINmtext}. Hier kann es schnell passieren, dass der Briefkopf in das + Anschriftfenster ragt.% +}{% + Große Briefköpfe\textnote{Achtung!} können bei kleinem \PLength{toaddrvpos}, + beispielsweise bei \Option{DINmtext}, bis in das Anschriftfeld ragen.% +} Ob das Anschriftfenster überhaupt gesetzt wird, hängt von der Option +\DescRef{\LabelBase.option.addrfield}\IndexOption{addrfield} ab (siehe +\DescPageRef{\LabelBase.option.addrfield}).% +\EndIndexGroup + + +\begin{Declaration} + \PLength{toaddrheight} +\end{Declaration} +Diese Pseudolänge gibt die Höhe des Anschriftfeldes einschließlich der +Versandart an. Ob Name und Adresse des Empfängers unter Berücksichtigung der +Versandart im Anschriftfeld vertikal zentriert werden, hängt von Option +\DescRef{\LabelBase.option.addrfield}\IndexOption{addrfield} ab.% +\EndIndexGroup + + +\begin{Declaration} + \PLength{toaddrwidth} +\end{Declaration} +Diese Pseudolänge gibt die Breite des Anschriftfensters an. Sie wird in den +vordefinierten +\File{lco}-Dateien\textnote{\File{lco}-Datei}\Index{lco-Datei=\File{lco}-Datei} +entsprechend der unterschiedlichen Normen unterschiedlich +eingestellt. Typische Werte liegen zwischen 70\Unit{mm} und 100\Unit{mm}. + +\begin{Example} + Angenommen, Sie haben das Problem, dass Ihr Drucker einen \iffree{sehr + breiten }{}unbedruckbaren rechten \iffree{oder linken }{}Rand von + 15\Unit{mm} besitzt. Dadurch kann bei Option \Option{SN} der Briefkopf, die + Absenderergänzung und die Anschrift nicht komplett gedruckt werden. Sie + erstellen daher eine neue \iffree{\File{lco}-Datei mit folgendem Inhalt}{Datei + \File{SNmmarg.lco}, die Sie anstelle von \Option{SN} verwenden}: +\begin{lstcode} + \ProvidesFile{SNmmarg.lco} + [2002/06/04 v0.1 my own lco] + \LoadLetterOption{SN} + \addtoplength{toaddrwidth}{% + -\useplength{toaddrhpos}} + \setplength{toaddrhpos}{-15mm} + \addtoplength{toaddrwidth}{% + \useplength{toaddrhpos}} + \endinput +\end{lstcode}% + \iffree{ Bis Sie sich einen Drucker mit kleineren Rändern zugelegt haben, + verwenden Sie \Option{SNmmarg} anstelle von + \Option{SN}.}{}% Umbruchoptimierung +\end{Example} +% +\EndIndexGroup +\ExampleEndFix + + +\begin{Declaration} + \PLength{toaddrindent} +\end{Declaration} +Manchmal will man, dass die Anschrift nicht am linken Rand des +Anschriftfensters beginnt und bis zum rechten Rand des Fensters reicht, +sondern ein wenig eingezogen wird. Der Wert dieses Einzugs kann über die +Pseudolänge \PLength{toaddrindent} festgelegt +werden. Typischerweise\textnote{Voreinstellung} ist dieser Wert jedoch +0\Unit{pt}. + +Bei\textnote{Achtung!} jeder der +Einstellungen\ChangedAt{v3.03}{\Class{scrlttr2}} +\OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{addrfield}{PP}\important{% + \OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{addrfield}{PP}\\ + \OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{addrfield}{image}\\ + \OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{addrfield}{backgroundimage} +}\IndexOption{addrfield~=\textKValue{PP}}, +\OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{addrfield}{image}% +\IndexOption{addrfield~=\textKValue{image}} und +\OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{addrfield}{backgroundimage}% +\IndexOption{addrfield~=\textKValue{backgroundimage}} (siehe +\DescPageRef{\LabelBase.option.addrfield}) wird beim Wert 0\Unit{pt} +stattdessen ein Einzug von 8\Unit{mm} verwendet. Soll hier tatsächlich kein +Einzug verwendet werden, so kann mit 1\Unit{sp} ein vernachlässigbar kleiner +Einzug gesetzt werden. Des Weiteren wird \PLength{toaddrindent} bei den +genannten Einstellungen für +\DescRef{\LabelBase.option.addrfield}\IndexOption{addrfield} auch für den +Abstand zum rechten Rand des Anschriftfensters verwendet.% +\EndIndexGroup + + +\begin{Declaration} + \PLength{backaddrheight} +\end{Declaration} +Bei Fensterbriefumschlägen wird der Absender häufig in einer kleinen Schrift +einzeilig über der Empfängeradresse ausgegeben. Diese Absenderangabe nennt man +Rücksendeadresse\textnote{Rücksendeadresse}% +\Index{Ruecksendeadresse=Rücksendeadresse}, da sie \iffree{im Anschriftfenster + sichtbar ist und }{}der Post bei unzustellbaren Briefen für die Rücksendung +an den Absender dient. In dieser Adresse muss daher auch nur die Information +enthalten sein, die zur Rücksendung notwendig ist. + +Die Höhe, die innerhalb des Anschriftfensters für die Rücksendeadresse zur +Verfügung steht, ist in der Pseudolänge \PLength{backaddrheight} abgelegt. Der +Wert\textnote{Voreinstellung} wird in den vordefinierten \File{lco}-Dateien +typischerweise auf 5\Unit{mm} eingestellt. Ob die Rücksendeadresse überhaupt +gesetzt wird, bestimmt der Anwender mit den Optionen +\DescRef{\LabelBase.option.addrfield}\IndexOption{addrfield} (siehe +\DescPageRef{\LabelBase.option.addrfield}) und +\DescRef{\LabelBase.option.backaddress} (siehe +\DescPageRef{\LabelBase.option.backaddress}).% +\iftrue% Umbruchkorrektur +\ Ein Abschalten der Rücksendeadresse ist beispielsweise sinnvoll, wenn gar +keine Fensterbriefumschläge verwendet werden.% +\fi% +\EndIndexGroup + + +\begin{Declaration} + \PLength{specialmailindent} + \PLength{specialmailrightindent} +\end{Declaration} +Zwischen Rücksendeadresse und Empfängeradresse kann noch eine optionale +Versandart\Index{Versandart} gesetzt werden\iffree{. Diese wird genau dann + gesetzt}{}, wenn die Variable \DescRef{\LabelBase.variable.specialmail} +einen Inhalt hat. Die Ausrichtung wird mit Hilfe der Pseudolängen +\PLength{specialmailindent} und \PLength{specialmailrightindent} +festgelegt. Diese geben den linken und rechten Einzug der Zeile an. In den +vordefinierten\textnote{Voreinstellung} \File{lco}-Dateien ist +\PLength{specialmailindent} auf den dehnbaren Wert \Macro{fill} gesetzt, +während \PLength{specialmailrightindent} auf 1\Unit{em} eingestellt ist. Damit +wird die Versandart 1\Unit{em} vom rechten Rand des Anschriftfensters +gesetzt.% +\EndIndexGroup + + +\begin{Declaration} + \PLength{PPheadheight} + \PLength{PPheadwidth} +\end{Declaration} +Die Pseudolänge \PLength{PPheadheight} gibt bei den beiden +Einstellungen\ChangedAt{v3.03}{\Class{scrlttr2}} +\OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{addrfield}{PP}\important{% + \OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{addrfield}{PP}\\ + \OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{addrfield}{backgroundimage}}% +\IndexOption{addrfield~=\textKValue{PP}} und +\OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{addrfield}{backgroundimage}% +\IndexOption{addrfield~=\textKValue{backgroundimage}} die Höhe an, die am +Anfang des Adressfeldes für den Port-Payé-Kopf reserviert wird. Die +Pseudolänge \PLength{PPheadwidth} wird nur bei +\OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{addrfield}{PP} (siehe +\DescPageRef{\LabelBase.option.addrfield}) verwendet und gibt die Breite des +linken Feldes des Port-Payé-Kopf mit dem P.\,P.-Logo, der Postleitzahl und dem +Ort an. Die Breite des rechten Feldes mit dem Code für den Absender und der +Priorität ist durch die Restbreite bestimmt. + +Den\textnote{Achtung!\\Voreinstellung} normalerweise voreingestellten Wert von +0\Unit{mm} für Pseudolänge \PLength{PPheadheight} ändert \KOMAScript{} +selbstständig in 20,74\Unit{pt}. Den normalerweise voreingestellten Wert von +0\Unit{mm} für \PLength{PPheadwidth} ändert \KOMAScript{} selbstständig in +42\Unit{mm}.% +% \EndIndexGroup \begin{Declaration} + \PLength{PPdatamatrixvskip} +\end{Declaration} +Durch\ChangedAt{v3.03}{\Class{scrlttr2}} diese Pseudolänge wird der vertikale +Abstand zwischen dem Port-Payé-Kopf und der Data-Matrix bei +\OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{addrfield}{PP}% +\important{\OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{addrfield}{PP}}% +\IndexOption{addrfield~=\textKValue{PP}} (siehe +\DescPageRef{\LabelBase.option.addrfield}) +festgelegt. Den\textnote{Achtung!\\Voreinstellung} normalerweise +voreingestellten Wert von 0\Unit{mm} ändert \KOMAScript{} selbstständig in +9\Unit{mm}. Die Data-Matrix wird rechtsbündig zum Port-Payé-Kopf gesetzt.% +\EndIndexGroup +% +\EndIndexGroup + + +\subsection{Absenderergänzung} +\seclabel{locationField} +\BeginIndexGroup +\BeginIndex{}{Absenderergaenzung=Absenderergänzung}% + +\iffalse% Umbruchvarianten +Insbesondere bei Geschäftsbriefen reicht der Platz im Briefkopf und im +Seitenfuß oftmals nicht aus, um alle Angaben des Absenders unterzubringen. Für +die zusätzlichen Informationen kann der Platz neben der Anschrift +genutzt werden. In dieser Anleitung wird dieses Feld \emph{Absenderergänzung} +genannt.% +\else% +\iffalse% +Reicht der Raum in Briefkopf und Seitenfuß nicht aus, um alle Angaben zum +Absender unterzubringen, kann der Platz neben der Anschrift als +\emph{Absenderergänzung} genutzt werden.% +\else% +Der freie Platz neben der Anschrift kann für zusätzliche Angaben zum Absender +genutzt werden.% +\fi% +\fi + +\begin{Declaration} \OptionVName{locfield}{Einstellung} \end{Declaration} \BeginIndex{}{Absenderergaenzung=Absenderergänzung}% -Neben dem Anschriftfeld setzt \Class{scrlttr2} noch ein Feld mit erweiterter -Absenderangabe. Der Inhalt ist frei wählbar. Je\important{% +Der Inhalt der Absenderergänzung neben der Anschrift ist frei wählbar. +Je\important{% \OptionValueRef{\LabelBase}{fromalign}{locationleft}\\ \OptionValueRef{\LabelBase}{fromalign}{center}\\ \OptionValueRef{\LabelBase}{fromalign}{locationright}} nach Einstellung der -oben erklärten Option \DescRef{\LabelBase.option.fromalign} wird es außerdem +oben erklärten Option \DescRef{\LabelBase.option.fromalign} wird sie außerdem für das Logo des Absenders oder den Absender selbst mitverwendet. Die Breite dieses Feldes kann beispielsweise in einer \File{lco}-Datei (siehe \autoref{sec:\LabelBase.lcoFile}) gesetzt werden. Wird dort die Breite 0 @@ -2001,8 +2952,8 @@ gesetzt, so kann über die Option \Option{locfield} zwischen zwei unterschiedlichen Voreinstellungen für die Breite dieses Feldes gewählt werden. Dies ist bei der Mehrzahl der \File{lco}-Dateien der Fall, die \KOMAScript{} beiliegen. Siehe hierzu auch die Erklärungen zur Pseudolänge -\PLength{locwidth} in \autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.locationField}, -\DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.locwidth}. Mögliche Werte für die Option +\DescRef{\LabelBase.plength.locwidth}, +\DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.locwidth}. Mögliche Werte für die Option sind \autoref{tab:\LabelBase.locfield} zu entnehmen. Voreingestellt\textnote{Voreinstellung} ist \PValue{narrow}. % @@ -2011,28 +2962,28 @@ entnehmen. Voreingestellt\textnote{Voreinstellung} ist \PValue{narrow}. \KOMAoptions{captions=topbeside}% \setcapindent{0pt}% \begin{captionbeside} - [{Mögliche Werte für Option \Option{locfield} bei - \Class{scrlttr2}}] + [{Mögliche Werte für Option \Option{locfield}}] {Mögliche Werte für Option \Option{locfield} zur Wahl der Breite des - Feldes für die Absenderergänzung bei \Class{scrlttr2}% + Feldes für die Absenderergänzung (Erklärung im Text beachten!)% \label{tab:\LabelBase.locfield}}% [l] - \begin{minipage}[t]{.55\linewidth} + \begin{minipage}[t]{.58\linewidth} \begin{desctabular}[t] - \pventry{narrow}{schmales Feld für Absenderergänzungen}% - \pventry{wide}{breites Feld für Absenderergänzungen}% + \pventry{narrow}{schmales Feld für die Absenderergänzung}% + \pventry{wide}{breites Feld für die Absenderergänzung}% \end{desctabular} \end{minipage} \end{captionbeside} \end{table} + \begin{Declaration} \Variable{location} \end{Declaration} Der Inhalt der Absenderergänzung, soweit er nicht durch Logo oder den Absender selbst belegt ist, wird mit der Variablen \Variable{location} festgelegt. Für -den \PName{Inhalt} dieser Variablen dürfen auch Formatierungsanweisungen, wie -\Macro{raggedright}, verwendet werden. Die \PName{Bezeichnung} dieser Variablen +den \PName{Inhalt} dieser Variablen dürfen auch Formatierungsanweisungen wie +\Macro{raggedright} verwendet werden. Die \PName{Bezeichnung} dieser Variablen wird von \KOMAScript{} nicht genutzt. \begin{Example} @@ -2058,19 +3009,74 @@ wird von \KOMAScript{} nicht genutzt. % \EndIndexGroup \EndIndexGroup +\ExampleEndFix % Beispiel am Ende der Beschreibung \begin{Declaration} + \PLength{locheight} + \PLength{lochpos} + \PLength{locvpos} + \PLength{locwidth} +\end{Declaration} +Die Pseudolängen \PLength{locwidth} und +\PLength{locheight}\ChangedAt{v2.97d}{\Class{scrlttr2}} geben die Breite und +Höhe der Absenderergänzung an. Die Pseudolängen \PLength{lochpos} und +\PLength{locvpos} geben die Abstände von der rechten, oberen +Papierecke an. Die Werte werden in den vordefinierten \File{lco}-Dateien +typischerweise auf 0\Unit{pt} gesetzt. Dieser\textnote{Achtung!} Wert nimmt +eine Sonderstellung ein. Er bedeutet, dass die Werte erst bei +\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.opening}\IndexCmd{opening} anhand der Breite des +Papiers, der Breite des Anschriftfensters, des Abstandes des +Anschriftfensters von der linken, oberen Papierecke und +Option \DescRef{\LabelBase.option.locfield} (siehe +\DescPageRef{\LabelBase.option.locfield}) +gesetzt werden. Wie\textnote{Achtung!} bei \PLength{toaddrhpos} nehmen +negative Werte für \PLength{lochpos} eine Sonderstellung ein. Es wird dann +statt des Abstandes vom rechten Papierrand der Betrag von \PLength{lochpos} +als Abstand vom linken Papierrand verwendet. Die Bedeutung ist also genau +umgekehrt zu der bei \PLength{toaddrhpos} (siehe +\DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.toaddrhpos}).% +\EndIndexGroup +% +\EndIndexGroup + + +\subsection{Geschäftszeilen} +\seclabel{refLine}% +\BeginIndexGroup +\BeginIndex{}{Geschaeftszeile=Geschäftszeile}% + +\iftrue % Umbruchkorrektur +Die Geschäftszeilen enthalten typischerweise Angaben wie Namenskürzel oder +Durchwahlnummern. \KOMAScript{} setzt automatisch nur nicht leere Felder. Ist +nur das Datum nicht leer, wird die Geschäftzeile zur Datumszeile. +\else% +Die Geschäftszeile kann auch länger als eine Zeile sein. Sie wird nur gesetzt, +wenn mindestens eine der Variablen für die Geschäftszeile nicht leer ist. Es +werden nur nicht leere Felder gesetzt. Um\textnote{Tipp!} ein scheinbar leeres +Feld zu setzen, kann man einen scheinbar leeren Variableninhalt wie +\Macro{mbox}\Parameter{} verwenden. Wird auf die Geschäftszeile verzichtet, so +werden an ihrer Stelle Bezeichnung und Inhalt der Variablen +\DescRef{\LabelBase.variable.date} ausgegeben. % +\iffalse% Umbruchoptimierung +Informationen, wie Variablen zur Geschäftszeile hinzugefügt oder entfernt +werden, sind in \autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.variables}, +\DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.cmd.removereffields} zu finden.% +\fi% +\fi + +\begin{Declaration} \OptionVName{numericaldate}{Ein-Aus-Wert} \end{Declaration} Mit dieser Option kann zwischen der sprachabhängigen Standarddarstellung des -Datums\Index{Datum}\Index{Geschaeftszeile=Geschäftszeile} und einem ebenfalls -sprachabhängigen, kurzen, rein nummerischen Datum umgeschaltet werden. Die +Datums\Index{Datum} in +\Macro{today}\IndexCmd[indexmain]{today}\important{\Macro{today}} und einem +ebenfalls sprachabhängigen rein numerischen Datum umgeschaltet werden. Die Standarddarstellung wird nicht von \KOMAScript{} bereitgestellt. Sie kann -wahlweise von einem Paket wie \Package{ngerman}\IndexPackage{ngerman}, -\Package{babel}\IndexPackage{babel} oder auch +wahlweise vom \LaTeX-Kern oder einem Paket wie +\Package{babel}\IndexPackage{babel} oder \Package{isodate}\IndexPackage{isodate} -stammen. Das\important{\OptionValue{numericaldate}{true}} kurze nummerische +stammen. Das\important{\OptionValue{numericaldate}{true}} kurze numerische Datum wird hingegen von \Class{scrlttr2} selbst erzeugt. Die Option versteht die Standardwerte für einfache Schalter, die in \autoref{tab:truefalseswitch}, \autopageref{tab:truefalseswitch} angegeben @@ -2080,12 +3086,19 @@ Verwendung der Standarddarstellung. \begin{Declaration} \Variable{date} \end{Declaration} -Das Datum in der gewählten Darstellung wird im \PName{Inhalt} der Variablen -\Variable{date} abgelegt. Die Einstellung von -\DescRef{\LabelBase.option.numericaldate}% -\important{\DescRef{\LabelBase.option.numericaldate}} hat keine Auswirkung, -wenn diese Variable überschrieben wird. Gesetzt wird das Datum normalerweise -als Teil der Geschäftszeile. Wenn die Geschäftszeile ansonsten leer bleibt +Das Datum \iffalse % Umbruchkorektur (stimmt das so?) +in der gewählten Darstellung % +\fi % +wird im \PName{Inhalt} der Variablen \Variable{date} +abgelegt. Voreingestellt\textnote{Voreinstellung} ist das mit +\Macro{date}\IndexCmd{date} gesetzte Datum, das selbst mit +\Macro{today}\important{\Macro{date}, \Macro{today}}\IndexCmd{today} +voreingestellt ist. Damit ist der \PName{Inhalt} der Variablen nur indirekt +von Option \DescRef{\LabelBase.option.numericaldate}% +\important{\DescRef{\LabelBase.option.numericaldate}} abhängig. + +Gesetzt wird das Datum normalerweise +als Teil der Geschäftszeile. Wenn die Geschäftszeile ansonsten leer bleibt, wird allerdings nur eine Datumszeile, bestehend aus dem Ort und dem Datum, gesetzt. Trotzdem haben auch in diesem Fall die Einstellungen der nachfolgend beschriebenen Option \DescRef{\LabelBase.option.refline} Auswirkungen auf @@ -2102,26 +3115,29 @@ Beschreibung zur Variablen \OptionVName{refline}{Einstellung} \end{Declaration} \BeginIndex{}{Geschaeftszeile=Geschäftszeile}% +\iffalse% Überflüssig Insbesondere bei Geschäftsbriefen findet sich häufig eine Zeile mit Angaben wie Namenskürzeln\Index{Kuerzel=Kürzel}, Durchwahl\Index{Durchwahl}, Kunden-\Index{Kundennummer} und Rechnungsnummer\Index{Rechnungsnummer} oder zur Bezugnahme auf ein früheres Schreiben. Diese Zeile wird in dieser Anleitung \emph{Geschäftszeile}\textnote{Geschäftszeile} genannt. +\fi% Bei \Class{scrlttr2} und \Package{scrletter} können Kopf, Fuß, Anschrift und das Feld mit der Absenderergänzung links und rechts aus dem normalen Satzspiegel herausragen. Über \OptionValue{refline}{wide}\important{\OptionValue{refline}{wide}} kann -gewählt werden, dass dies auch für die Geschäftszeile gelten soll. Die -Geschäftszeile enthält normalerweise zumindest das Datum, kann aber auch -weitere Angaben aufnehmen. Mögliche Werte für diese Option sind -\autoref{tab:\LabelBase.refline} zu +gewählt werden, dass dies auch für die Geschäftszeile gelten soll. % +\iffalse% Hier überflüssig +Die Geschäftszeile enthält normalerweise zumindest das Datum, kann aber auch +weitere Angaben aufnehmen. % +\fi% +Mögliche Werte für diese Option sind \autoref{tab:\LabelBase.refline} zu entnehmen. Voreingestellt\textnote{Voreinstellung} sind \PValue{narrow} und \PValue{dateright}\ChangedAt{v3.09}{\Class{scrlttr2}}.% % \begin{table} - \caption[{Mögliche Werte für Option \Option{refline} bei - \Class{scrlttr2} und \Package{scrletter}}] + \caption[{Mögliche Werte für Option \Option{refline}}] {Mögliche Werte für Option \Option{refline} zur Konfiguration der Geschäftszeile} \label{tab:\LabelBase.refline} @@ -2139,6 +3155,7 @@ entnehmen. Voreingestellt\textnote{Voreinstellung} sind \PValue{narrow} und \end{desctabular} \end{table} + \begin{Declaration} \Variable{yourref} \Variable{yourmail} @@ -2230,53 +3247,68 @@ verwendet. Die Voreinstellungen der \iffree{beiden }{}Elemente sind \end{Declaration}% Sind bis auf \DescRef{\LabelBase.variable.date}% \important{\DescRef{\LabelBase.variable.date}}\IndexVariable{date} alle -Variablen der Geschäftszeile leer, so wird keine eigentliche Geschäftszeile -gesetzt. Stattdessen werden dann nur Ort\Index{Ort} und Datum\Index{Datum} -ausgegeben. Dabei bestimmt der \PName{Inhalt} der Variablen -\DescRef{\LabelBase.variable.place} den Ort. Für das Trennzeichen, das in -diesem Fall nach dem Ort gesetzt wird, ist der \PName{Inhalt} der Variablen -\Variable{placeseparator} zuständig. Der +Variablen der Geschäftszeile leer, so wird keine echte Geschäftszeile +gesetzt. Stattdessen\textnote{Datumszeile} werden dann nur Ort\Index{Ort} und +Datum\Index{Datum} ausgegeben. Dabei bestimmt der \PName{Inhalt} der Variablen +\DescRef{\LabelBase.variable.place}\IndexVariable{place}% +\important{\DescRef{\LabelBase.variable.place}} den Ort. Für das Trennzeichen, +das in diesem Fall nach dem Ort gesetzt wird, ist der \PName{Inhalt} der +Variablen \Variable{placeseparator} zuständig. Der vordefinierte\textnote{Voreinstellung} \PName{Inhalt} des Trennzeichens ist dabei ein Komma, gefolgt von einem nicht umbrechbaren Leerzeichen. Ist der Ort -leer, so wird auch das Trennzeichen nicht gesetzt. Der vordefinierte -\PName{Inhalt} der Variablen \DescRef{\LabelBase.variable.date} ist -\Macro{today}\IndexCmd{today}\important{\Macro{today}} und hängt von der -Einstellung der Option \DescRef{\LabelBase.option.numericaldate}% +leer, so wird auch das Trennzeichen nicht gesetzt.% +\iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur +\ Der vordefinierte \PName{Inhalt} der Variablen +\DescRef{\LabelBase.variable.date} ist +\Macro{today}\IndexCmd{today}\important{\Macro{today}} und hängt indirekt von +der Einstellung der Option \DescRef{\LabelBase.option.numericaldate}% \important{\DescRef{\LabelBase.option.numericaldate}}% \IndexOption{numericaldate} ab (siehe -\DescPageRef{\LabelBase.option.numericaldate}). - -Seit Version~3.09\ChangedAt{v3.09}{\Class{scrlttr2}} werden Ort und Datum -nicht mehr zwingend rechtsbündig ausgegeben. Stattdessen findet auch im Falle -der Datumszeile die Datumseinstellung von Option -\DescRef{\LabelBase.option.refline}\IndexOption{refline}% -\important{\DescRef{\LabelBase.option.refline}}, wie sie in -\autoref{tab:\LabelBase.refline} angegeben ist, Anwendung. +\DescPageRef{\LabelBase.option.numericaldate}).% +\fi % \BeginIndexGroup \BeginIndex{FontElement}{placeanddate}\LabelFontElement{placeanddate}% -Falls\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Class{scrlttr2}} statt der Geschäftszeile eine solche -Datumszeile mit Ort gesetzt wird, so findet nicht die Schrifteinstellung des -Elements \DescRef{\LabelBase.fontelement.refvalue} Anwendung. Stattdessen wird -in diesem Fall das Element -\FontElement{placeanddate}\important{\FontElement{placeanddate}} verwendet, -dessen leere Voreinstellung wie gewohnt mit Hilfe der Anweisungen +Für\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Class{scrlttr2}} eine solche Datumszeile mit Ort findet +nicht die Schrifteinstellung des Elements +\DescRef{\LabelBase.fontelement.refvalue} Anwendung. Stattdessen wird das +Element \FontElement{placeanddate}\important{\FontElement{placeanddate}} +verwendet, dessen leere Voreinstellung mit Hilfe der Anweisungen \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.setkomafont} und \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.addtokomafont} (siehe \autoref{sec:\LabelBase.textmarkup}, \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.cmd.setkomafont}) geändert werden kann.% \EndIndexGroup +\iffalse% Umbruchkorrektur +Seit Version~3.09\ChangedAt{v3.09}{\Class{scrlttr2}} werden Ort und Datum +nicht mehr zwingend rechtsbündig ausgegeben. Stattdessen findet auch im Falle +der Datumszeile die Datumseinstellung von Option +\DescRef{\LabelBase.option.refline}\IndexOption{refline}% +\important{\DescRef{\LabelBase.option.refline}}, wie sie in +\autoref{tab:\LabelBase.refline} angegeben ist, Anwendung.% +\else% +Die in \autoref{tab:\LabelBase.refline} angegebenen Datumseinstellungen +\iffree{für \DescRef{\LabelBase.option.refline}\IndexOption{refline}% + \important{\DescRef{\LabelBase.option.refline}} }{}% Umbruchkorrektur +werden auch von der Datumszeile +beachtet. Voreingestellt\textnote{Voreinstellung} ist rechtsbündig.% +\fi + \begin{Example} Herr Musterfrau setzt nun auch die Variable für den Ort: \lstinputcode[xleftmargin=1em]{letter-20.tex}% - Damit erscheint vor dem Datum, wie in \autoref{fig:\LabelBase.letter-20}, - \autopageref{fig:\LabelBase.letter-20} zu sehen, der Ort, gefolgt von den - automatischen Trennzeichen vor dem Datum. Dieses Datum wurde im Beispielcode - über Variable \DescRef{\LabelBase.variable.date} ebenfalls explizit gesetzt, - damit bei einem späteren \LaTeX-Durchlauf des Briefes das ursprüngliche - Datum erhalten bleibt und nicht etwa automatisch das Datum des \LaTeX-Laufs - verwendet wird. + \iffalse% Umbruchkorrektur + Damit erscheint vor dem Datum, wie in \autoref{fig:\LabelBase.letter-20} zu + sehen, % + \else% + In \autoref{fig:\LabelBase.letter-20} erscheint damit % + \fi % + der Ort, gefolgt von den automatischen Trennzeichen vor dem Datum. Dieses + Datum wurde im Beispielcode über Variable \DescRef{\LabelBase.variable.date} + explizit gesetzt, damit bei einem späteren \LaTeX-Durchlauf des Briefes das + ursprüngliche Datum erhalten bleibt und nicht automatisch das Datum des + \LaTeX-Laufs verwendet wird. \begin{figure} \setcapindent{0pt}% \begin{captionbeside}[{Beispiel: Brief mit erweitertem Absender, Logo, @@ -2290,13 +3322,109 @@ geändert werden kann.% \end{captionbeside} \label{fig:\LabelBase.letter-20} \end{figure} -\end{Example} -% +\end{Example}% +\EndIndexGroup +\EndIndexGroup \EndIndexGroup +\ExampleEndFix% Beispiel am Ende der Beschreibung + + +\begin{Declaration} + \PLength{refvpos} +\end{Declaration} +Diese Pseudolänge gibt den Abstand der Geschäftszeile von der Oberkante des +Papiers an. Ihr Wert wird in den vordefinierten +\File{lco}-Dateien\textnote{\File{lco}-Datei}\Index{lco-Datei=\File{lco}-Datei} +unterschiedlich eingestellt. % +\iffalse% +Typische Werte liegen zwischen 80{,}5\Unit{mm} und 98{,}5\Unit{mm}.% +\fi% +\EndIndexGroup + + +\begin{Declaration} + \PLength{refwidth} + \PLength{refhpos} +\end{Declaration} +Die Pseudolänge \PLength{refwidth} gibt die Breite an, die für die +Geschäftszeile zur Verfügung steht. Ihr Wert wird in den vordefinierten +\File{lco}-Dateien typischerweise auf 0\Unit{pt} +gesetzt. Dieser\textnote{Achtung!} Wert hat eine besondere Bedeutung. % +\iffalse% Umbruchoptimierung +Es wird damit keineswegs festgelegt, dass für die Geschäftszeile keine Breite +zur Verfügung steht. Vielmehr bedeutet der Wert% +\else% +Damit wird festgelegt% +\fi% +, dass die verfügbare Breite erst innerhalb von +\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.opening}\IndexCmd{opening} ermittelt wird. Die% +\iffalse% Umbruchoptimierung +\ dort ermittelte % +\else% +se % +\fi% +Breite richtet sich \iffree{dann }{}nach der Einstellung der Option +\DescRef{\LabelBase.option.refline}\important{\DescRef{\LabelBase.option.refline}}% +\IndexOption{refline~=\PName{Einstellung}} (siehe +\DescPageRef{\LabelBase.option.refline}). Gleichzeitig wird +\PLength{refhpos} entsprechend der Option gesetzt. Bei +\OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{refline}{wide}% +\IndexOption{refline~=\textKValue{wide}} wird die Geschäftszeile zentriert, +wohingegen sie bei \OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{refline}{narrow}% +\IndexOption{refline~=\textKValue{narrow}} am Satzspiegel links ausgerichtet +wird. + +Ist \PLength{refwidth} von Null verschieden, wird die Breite der +Geschäftszeile nicht von der Option \DescRef{\LabelBase.option.refline} +bestimmt, sondern \PLength{refhpos} ist der Abstand der Geschäftszeile von der +linken Papierkante. Ist\textnote{Achtung!} dieser Abstand Null, so wird die +Geschäftszeile so ausgerichtet, dass das Verhältnis zwischen ihrem Abstand von +der linken Papierkante zu ihrem Abstand von der rechten Papierkante dem +Verhältnis zwischen den Abständen des Satzspiegels von der linken und rechten +Papierkante entspricht. Bei auf dem Papier horizontal zentriertem Satzspiegel +wird also auch die Geschäftszeile zentriert. + +In der Regel werden diese Sonderfälle für die % +\iffalse% Umbruchkorrektur +häufigsten Anwendungen % +\else % +meisten Anwender % +\fi % +von geringem Interesse sein. Die\textnote{Tipp!} einfachste Regel lautet hier: +Entweder wird \PLength{refwidth} auf Null belassen und die Breite und +Ausrichtung der Geschäftszeile über die Option +\DescRef{\LabelBase.option.refline} bestimmt oder sowohl \PLength{refwidth} als +auch \PLength{refhpos} werden vom Anwender vorgegeben.% +\EndIndexGroup + + +\begin{Declaration} + \PLength{refaftervskip} +\end{Declaration} +Diese Pseudolänge gibt den vertikalen Abstand an, der nach der Geschäftszeile +eingefügt werden soll. Der Wert wird in den vordefinierten +\File{lco}-Dateien\textnote{\File{lco}-Datei}\Index{lco-Datei=\File{lco}-Datei} +eingestellt. Er wirkt sich unmittelbar auf die Höhe des Textbereichs der +ersten Seite aus.% +\iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur +\ Der typische Wert liegt zwischen einer und zwei Zeilen.% +\fi % \EndIndexGroup +% \EndIndexGroup +\subsection{Titel und Betreff} +\seclabel{subject}% +\BeginIndexGroup +\BeginIndex{}{Betreff} + +Der Betreff eine Briefes wird in unterschiedlichen Ländern unterschiedlich +gesetzt. Die einen haben ihn gerne vor der Anrede, die anderen setzen ihn +danach. Einige Berufsgruppen wollen ihn teilweise sogar vor der Geschäftszeile +haben. + + \begin{Declaration} \Variable{title} \end{Declaration} @@ -2355,7 +3483,20 @@ werden soll oder nicht. Der Titel wird über die Bezeichnung der Variablen \Variable{subject} bestimmt (siehe \autoref{tab:\LabelBase.subjectTerm}). Der\textnote{Voreinstellung} vordefinierte Inhalt des Trennzeichens\Index{Trennzeichen} \Variable{subjectseparator} besteht aus -einem Doppelpunkt, gefolgt von einem Leerzeichen. +einem Doppelpunkt, gefolgt von einem Leerzeichen. Zum% +\important{\OptionValue{subject}{afteropening}\\ + \OptionValue{subject}{beforeopening}} +anderen kann über +\OptionValue{subject}{afteropening} +gewählt werden, dass der Betreff +abweichend von der Voreinstellung \OptionValue{subject}{beforeopening} erst +nach der Anrede gesetzt werden soll. Eine% +\important{\OptionValue{subject}{underlined}\\ + \OptionValue{subject}{centered}\\ + \OptionValue{subject}{right}} andere Formatierung kann mit +\OptionValue{subject}{underlined} und \OptionValue{subject}{centered} oder +\OptionValue{subject}{right}\ChangedAt{v2.97c}{\Class{scrlttr2}} eingestellt +werden. \begin{table} % \centering @@ -2382,48 +3523,40 @@ einem Doppelpunkt, gefolgt von einem Leerzeichen. \label{tab:\LabelBase.subjectTerm} \end{table} -Zum anderen kann über \OptionValue{subject}{afteropening}% -\important{\OptionValue{subject}{afteropening}\\ - \OptionValue{subject}{beforeopening}} gewählt werden, dass der Betreff -abweichend von der Voreinstellung -\OptionValue{subject}{beforeopening} erst nach der Anrede gesetzt werden -soll. Eine andere Formatierung% -\important{\OptionValue{subject}{underlined}\\ - \OptionValue{subject}{centered}\\ - \OptionValue{subject}{right}} kann mit \OptionValue{subject}{underlined} und -\OptionValue{subject}{centered} oder -\OptionValue{subject}{right}\ChangedAt{v2.97c}{\Class{scrlttr2}} eingestellt -werden. Mögliche Werte für Option \Option{subject} sind -\autoref{tab:\LabelBase.subject} zu entnehmen. Es\textnote{Achtung!} wird -ausdrücklich darauf hingewiesen, dass bei der Einstellung -\OptionValue{subject}{underlined} der Betreff komplett in eine Zeile passen -muss! Voreingestellt\textnote{Voreinstellung} sind -\OptionValue{subject}{left}, \OptionValue{subject}{beforeopening} und -\OptionValue{subject}{untitled}.% -% +Mögliche Werte für Option \Option{subject} sind +\autoref{tab:\LabelBase.subject} zu entnehmen. % +\iffalse% Umbruchkorrektur +Es wird ausdrücklich\textnote{Achtung!} darauf hingewiesen, dass bei der +Einstellung \OptionValue{subject}{underlined} der Betreff komplett in eine +Zeile passen muss!% +\else% +Es wird\textnote{Achtung!} darauf hingewiesen, dass bei Einstellung +\OptionValue{subject}{underlined} der Betreff in eine Zeile passen muss!% +\fi% \begin{table} % \centering \KOMAoptions{captions=topbeside}% \setcapindent{0pt}% % \caption \begin{captionbeside} - [{Mögliche Werte für Option \Option{subject} bei \Class{scrlttr2}}] + [{Mögliche Werte für Option \Option{subject}}] {\hspace{0pt plus 1ex}% Mögliche Werte für Option \Option{subject} zur Platzierung und - Formatierung eines Betreffs bei \Class{scrlttr2}% + Formatierung eines Betreffs% \label{tab:\LabelBase.subject}} [l] \begin{minipage}[t]{.667\linewidth} \begin{desctabular}[t] - \pventry{afteropening}{Betreff nach der Anrede setzen}% - \pventry{beforeopening}{Betreff vor der Anrede setzen}% - \pventry{centered}{Betreff zentrieren}% - \pventry{left}{Betreff linksbündig setzen}% - \pventry{right}{Betreff rechtsbündig setzen}% - \pventry{titled}{Betreff mit Titel versehen}% - \pventry{underlined}{Betreff unterstreichen (Hinweis im - Text beachten!)}% - \pventry{untitled}{Betreff nicht mit Titel versehen}% + \pventry{afteropening}{Betreff nach der Anrede setzen.}\\[-1.7ex] + \pventry{beforeopening}{Betreff vor der Anrede setzen + (Voreinstellung).}\\[-1.7ex] + \pventry{centered}{Betreff zentrieren.}\\[-1.7ex] + \pventry{left}{Betreff linksbündig setzen (Voreinstellung).}\\[-1.7ex] + \pventry{right}{Betreff rechtsbündig setzen.}\\[-1.7ex] + \pventry{titled}{Betreff mit Titel versehen.}\\[-1.7ex] + \pventry{underlined}{Betreff unterstreichen. (Hinweis im Text + beachten!)}\\[-1.7ex] + \pventry{untitled}{Betreff nicht mit Titel versehen (Voreinstellung).}% \end{desctabular} \end{minipage} \end{captionbeside} @@ -2451,10 +3584,17 @@ existiert. \EndIndexGroup \begin{Example} - Herr Musterfrau setzt nun auch den Betreff. Als eher traditioneller - veranlagter Mensch möchte er außerdem, dass der Betreff mit einer - entsprechenden Spitzmarke versehen wird, und setzt deshalb auch die - zugehörige Option:% + Herr Musterfrau setzt nun auch den Betreff. % + \iftrue % Umbruchkorrektur + Als eher traditioneller veranlagter Mensch möchte er % + \else % + Er möchte % + \fi % + außerdem, dass der Betreff mit einer % + \iftrue % Umbruchkorrektur + entsprechenden % + \fi % + Spitzmarke versehen wird, und setzt deshalb auch die zugehörige Option:% \lstinputcode[xleftmargin=1em]{letter-21.tex}% Das Ergebnis ist in \autoref{fig:\LabelBase.letter-21} zu sehen. \begin{figure} @@ -2471,20 +3611,245 @@ existiert. \label{fig:\LabelBase.letter-21} \end{figure} \end{Example} +Voreingestellt\textnote{Voreinstellung} sind +\OptionValue{subject}{beforeopening}, \OptionValue{subject}{left} sowie +\OptionValue{subject}{untitled}.% +\EndIndexGroup + +\begin{Declaration} + \PLength{subjectvpos} +\end{Declaration} +\ChangedAt{v3.01}{\Class{scrlttr2}}% +Ist\textnote{Achtung!} der Wert dieser Pseudolänge 0\Unit{pt}, so bestimmt die +Option +\DescRef{\LabelBase.option.subject}\important{\DescRef{\LabelBase.option.subject}}% +\IndexOption{subject~=\PName{Einstellung}} (siehe +\DescPageRef{\LabelBase.option.subject}) die +Position des Betreffs. Dabei spielen dann auch die nachfolgend erklärten +Pseudolängen \DescRef{\LabelBase.plength.subjectbeforevskip} und \DescRef{\LabelBase.plength.subjectaftervskip} ihre +Rolle. Bei allen anderen Werten wird der Betreff mit dem entsprechenden +Abstand von der oberen Papierkante platziert. Es\textnote{Tipp!} wird +empfohlen in diesem Fall darauf zu achten, dass genügend Platz zur Verfügung +steht, damit Überschneidungen mit anderen Elementen unwahrscheinlich sind. +\begin{Example} + Einige wenige Berufsgruppen ziehen es vor, wenn der Betreff noch vor der + Geschäftszeile steht. Hierzu kann man die Position wie folgt wählen, wobei + auch die Position der Geschäftszeile angepasst wird: +\begin{lstcode} + \ProvidesFile{lawsubj.lco} + [2008/11/03 lawyers lco file] + \setplength{subjectvpos}{\useplength{refvpos}} + \addtoplength{refvpos}{3\baselineskip} + \endinput +\end{lstcode} + Will man, dass zwischen Betreff und Geschäftszeile noch mindestens eine + Zeile frei bleibt, hat man so Platz für maximal zwei Zeilen Betreff.% + \iftrue % Umbruchkorrektur + \ Das sollte in den allermeisten Fällen genügen.% + \fi% +\end{Example} +\EndIndexGroup +\ExampleEndFix + + +\begin{Declaration} + \PLength{subjectbeforevskip} + \PLength{subjectaftervskip} +\end{Declaration} +\ChangedAt{v3.01}{\Class{scrlttr2}}% +Wird der Betreff nicht absolut platziert, sondern vor oder nach der Anrede, so +kann vor und nach dem Betreff ein zusätzlicher Abstand eingefügt werden. Der +Abstand vor dem Betreff trifft dabei gegebenenfalls mit anderen Abständen, +etwa dem automatischen Abstand von einer Zeile nach dem Titel, zusammen. In +der Voreinstellung\textnote{Voreinstellung} wird daher in der Regel kein +weiterer Abstand an dieser Stelle eingefügt. Der Abstand nach dem Betreff +beträgt in der Voreinstellung von Klasse und Paket zwei Zeilen.% +\EndIndexGroup +% +\EndIndexGroup + + +\subsection{Schlussgruß} +\seclabel{closing} +\BeginIndexGroup +\BeginIndex{}{Schlussgruss=Schlussgruß}% +\BeginIndex{}{Gruss=Gruß} + +Dass der Schlussgruß mit \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.closing}\IndexCmd{closing} +gesetzt wird, wurde bereits in \autoref{sec:\LabelBase.document}, +\DescPageRef{\LabelBase.cmd.closing} erklärt. % +\iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur +Unter dem Schlussgruß wird häufig noch eine Signatur, eine Art Erläuterung zur +Unterschrift, gesetzt. Die Unterschrift wiederum findet Platz zwischen dem +Schlussgruß und der Signatur.% +\else% +Unter Schlussgruß und Unterschrift wird häufig noch eine Signatur als eine Art +Erläuterung oder Klartext der Unterschrift gesetzt.% +\fi% + +\begin{Declaration} + \Variable{signature} +\end{Declaration} +Die Variable \Variable{signature}\Index{Signatur} nimmt eine Art Erläuterung +zur Unterschrift\Index{Unterschrift} auf. Ihr \PName{Inhalt} ist mit +\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.usekomavar}\PParameter{fromname} vordefiniert. Eine +solche Erläuterung kann auch mehrzeilig sein. Die einzelnen Zeilen sollten +dann mit doppeltem Backslash voneinander getrennt +werden. Absätze\textnote{Achtung!} innerhalb der Erläuterung sind jedoch nicht +gestattet.% +% +\EndIndexGroup + + +\begin{Declaration} + \Macro{raggedsignature} +\end{Declaration} +Grußfloskel\Index{Gruss=Gruß}\Index{Signatur} und Erläuterung der +Unterschrift\Index{Unterschrift} werden innerhalb einer gemeinsamen Box +gesetzt. Die Breite dieser Box wird durch die längste Zeile innerhalb von +Grußfloskel und Erläuterung bestimmt. + +Wo genau diese Box platziert wird, ist durch die Pseudolängen +\DescRef{\LabelBase.plength.sigindent}\IndexPLength{sigindent} und +\DescRef{\LabelBase.plength.sigbeforevskip}\IndexPLength{sigbeforevskip} +(siehe \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.sigindent}) bestimmt. Durch den Befehl +\Macro{raggedsignature} wird die Ausrichtung innerhalb der Box bestimmt. In +den vordefinierten\textnote{Voreinstellung} \File{lco}-Dateien ist die +Anweisung entweder auf \Macro{centering} oder +auf \Macro{raggedright} (nur \Option{KOMAold}) gesetzt. Um innerhalb der Box +beispielsweise eine linksbündige oder rechtsbündige Ausrichtung zu erhalten, +kann der Befehl in gleicher Weise umdefiniert werden wie +\DescRef{maincls.cmd.raggedsection} (siehe % +\iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur +das entsprechende Beispiel in % +\fi % +\autoref{sec:maincls.structure}, \DescPageRef{maincls.cmd.raggedsection}). + +\begin{Example} + Herr Musterfrau will sich nun wirklich wichtig machen und deshalb in der + Signatur nochmals darauf hinweisen, dass er selbst schon Vereinsvorsitzender + war. Deshalb ändert er die Variable + \DescRef{\LabelBase.variable.signature}. Außerdem will er, dass die Signatur + linksbündig unter dem Schlussgruß steht, und definiert dazu + \Macro{raggedsignature} um:% + {\phantomsection\xmpllabel{letterwithoutlco}}% + \lstinputcode[xleftmargin=1em]{letter-22}% + Das Ergebnis ist in \autoref{fig:\LabelBase.letter-22} zu sehen.% + \iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur (Achtung wegen unten!) + Dieses Beispiel zeigt die wichtigsten Elemente des Briefbogens und kann so + als Muster für eigene Briefe dienen.% + \fi % + \begin{figure} + \setcapindent{0pt}% + \begin{captionbeside}[{Beispiel: Brief mit erweitertem Absender, Logo, + Anschrift, Absenderergänzung, Ort, Datum, Betreff, Anrede, Text, + Grußfloskel, geänderter Signatur, Postskriptum, Anlagen, Verteiler und + Lochermarke}]{Ergebnis eines kleinen Briefes mit erweitertem Absender, + Logo, Anschrift, Absenderergänzung, Ort, Datum, Betreff, + Anrede, Text, Grußfloskel, geänderter Signatur, Postskriptum, Anlagen, + Verteiler und Lochermarke}[l] + \frame{\includegraphics[width=.4\textwidth]{letter-22}} + \end{captionbeside} + \label{fig:\LabelBase.letter-22} + \end{figure} +\end{Example} +\iffalse% Umbruchkorrekturtext (Achtung wegen oben!) + Das vorausgehende Beispiel zeigt die wichtigsten, aber nicht alle möglichen + Elemente eines Briefes. Es kann jedoch sehr gut als allgemeines Muster + dienen.% +\else + \ExampleEndFix% Beispiel am Ende der Erklärung +\fi % \EndIndexGroup \begin{Declaration} + \PLength{sigindent} + \PLength{sigbeforevskip} +\end{Declaration} +Grußfloskel\Index{Gruss=Gruß}\Index{Signatur} und Erläuterung der +Unterschrift\Index{Unterschrift} werden innerhalb einer Box gesetzt. Die +Breite dieser Box wird durch die längste Zeile innerhalb von Grußfloskel und +Erläuterung bestimmt. + +Die Box wird mit dem durch die Pseudolänge \PLength{sigindent} festgelegten +Einzug gesetzt. In den vordefinierten\textnote{Voreinstellung} +\File{lco}-Dateien ist der Einzug auf 0\Unit{mm} gesetzt. + +Zwischen Grußfloskel und Erläuterung wird ein vertikaler Abstand eingefügt, +der mit der Pseudolänge \PLength{sigbeforevskip} festgelegt ist. In den +vordefinierten\textnote{Voreinstellung} \File{lco}-Dateien ist der Wert auf +zwei Zeilen eingestellt. In diese Lücke setzen Sie dann Ihre Unterschrift.% +\iffalse% Umbruchkorrekturtext +\ Sollten\textnote{Tipp!} Sie sich dazu entschließen in die Variable +\DescRef{\LabelBase.variable.signature}\IndexVariable{signature}% +\important{\DescRef{\LabelBase.variable.signature}} mit Paket +\Package{graphicx}\IndexPackage{graphicx} ein Faksimile Ihrer Unterschrift +einzufügen, wäre es also sinnvoll den Wert von \PLength{sigbeforevskip} und +damit die Lücke zwischen Schlussgruß und Signatur zu verringern.% +\fi% +\EndIndexGroup +% +\EndIndexGroup + + +\subsection{Briefbogenfuß} +\seclabel{firstFoot}% +\BeginIndexGroup +\BeginIndex{}{Briefbogenfuss=Briefbogenfuß}% + +Die erste Seite eines Briefes, der Briefbogen, enthält nicht nur einen eigenen +Kopf, den Briefkopf. Diese Seite enthält auch einen eigenen +Fuß\Index{Fuss=Fuß}, den Briefbogenfuß. % +\iftrue% Umbruchvarianten +Dieser wird ebenfalls nicht über den Seitenstil% +\else% +Genau wie der Briefkopf wird der Briefbogenfuß nicht über den Seitenstil% +\fi% +, sondern unmittelbar von \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.opening}\IndexCmd{opening}% +\important{\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.opening}} ausgegeben. + + +\begin{Declaration} + \OptionVName{enlargefirstpage}{Ein-Aus-Wert} +\end{Declaration} +\begin{Explain} + Die erste Seite eines Briefes fällt % + \iftrue % Umbruchkorrektur + aufgrund der vielen Konsultationselemente, wie dem Briefkopf oder der + Anschrift, + % + \fi % + immer aus dem normalen Satzspiegel. Von \KOMAScript{} werden Mechanismen + bereitgestellt, um die Höhe und vertikale Ausrichtung von Kopf und Fuß der + ersten Seite unabhängig von den Folgeseiten zu bestimmen. Würde dadurch der + Fuß der ersten Seite in den Textbereich\Index{Text>Bereich} ragen, so wird + der Textbereich der ersten Seite automatisch mit Hilfe von + \Macro{enlargethispage}\IndexCmd{enlargethispage} verkleinert. +\end{Explain} +Soll der Textbereich auch automatisch mit \Macro{enlargethispage} vergrößert +werden, falls der Fuß der ersten Seite dies erlaubt, so kann das mit dieser +Option erreicht werden. Es passt dann bestenfalls etwas mehr Text auf die +erste Seite. Siehe hierzu auch die Erklärung zur Pseudolänge +\DescRef{\LabelBase.plength.firstfootvpos} auf +\DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.firstfootvpos}. Als \PName{Ein-Aus-Wert} kann +einer der Standardwerte für einfache Schalter aus +\autoref{tab:truefalseswitch}, \autopageref{tab:truefalseswitch} verwendet +werden. Voreingestellt\textnote{Voreinstellung} ist +\PValue{false}.% +\EndIndexGroup + + +\begin{Declaration} \OptionVName{firstfoot}{Ein-Aus-Wert} \end{Declaration} \BeginIndex{}{Briefbogenfuss=Briefbogenfuß}% Diese\ChangedAt{v2.97e}{\Class{scrlttr2}} Option bestimmt, ob der Briefbogenfuß überhaupt gesetzt wird. Das Abschalten mit \OptionValue{firstfoot}{false}\important{\OptionValue{firstfoot}{false}} hat -Auswirkungen wenn gleichzeitig Option -\DescRef{\LabelBase.option.enlargefirstpage} (siehe -\DescPageRef{\LabelBase.option.enlargefirstpage}) verwendet wird, da sich +Auswirkungen wenn gleichzeitig die zuvor dokumentierte Option +\DescRef{\LabelBase.option.enlargefirstpage} verwendet wird, da sich dadurch die Seite logisch nach unten verlängert. Zwischen dem Ende des Satzspiegels und dem Seitenende bleibt dann nur der normale Abstand zwischen Satzspiegel und Seitenfuß. @@ -2493,7 +3858,6 @@ Die Option versteht die Standardwerte für einfache Schalter, die in \autoref{tab:truefalseswitch}, \autopageref{tab:truefalseswitch} angegeben sind. Voreingestellt\textnote{Voreinstellung} ist das Setzen des Briefbogenfußes.% -% \EndIndexGroup @@ -2501,16 +3865,22 @@ Briefbogenfußes.% \Variable{firstfoot} \end{Declaration}% \BeginIndex{}{Briefbogenfuss=Briefbogenfuß}% -Der Fuß der ersten Seite ist in der Voreinstellung leer. Es besteht jedoch die -Möglichkeit, über den \PName{Inhalt} der -Variablen\ChangedAt{v3.08}{\Class{scrlttr2}} \Variable{firstfoot} einen -neue Festlegung zu treffen. Die \PName{Bezeichnung} der Variablen wird von -\KOMAScript{} nicht genutzt. +\iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur +Der Fuß der ersten Seite ist in der Voreinstellung\textnote{Voreinstellung} +leer. Es besteht jedoch die Möglichkeit, über den \PName{Inhalt} der +Variablen\ChangedAt{v3.08}{\Class{scrlttr2}} \Variable{firstfoot} einen neue +Festlegung zu treffen. % +\else % +Der Inhalt der Variablen\ChangedAt{v3.08}{\Class{scrlttr2}} +\Variable{firstfoot} und damit des Fußes der ersten Seite ist in der +Voreinstellung\textnote{Voreinstellung} leer. % +\fi % +Die \PName{Bezeichnung} der Variablen wird von \KOMAScript{} nicht genutzt. \BeginIndex{Variable}{frombank}% \begin{Example} - Sie wollen den Inhalt der Variablen \DescRef{\LabelBase.variable.frombank}, also die - Bankverbindung im Fuß der ersten Seite ausgeben. Der doppelte + Sie wollen den Inhalt der Variablen \DescRef{\LabelBase.variable.frombank}, + also die Bankverbindung, im Fuß der ersten Seite ausgeben. Der doppelte Backslash soll dabei durch ein Komma ersetzt werden: \begin{lstcode} \setkomavar{firstfoot}{% @@ -2520,7 +3890,10 @@ neue Festlegung zu treffen. Die \PName{Bezeichnung} der Variablen wird von } \end{lstcode} Natürlich können Sie für das Trennzeichen auch eine eigene Variable - definieren. Ich überlasse dem Leser dies als Übung. + definieren.% + \iffalse % Umbruchkorrektunr + Ich überlasse dem Leser dies als Übung.% + \fi% Will man eine Art Brief"|fuß als Gegengewicht zum Briefkopf verwenden, so kann dieser beispielsweise wie folgt definiert werden: @@ -2539,7 +3912,7 @@ neue Festlegung zu treffen. Die \PName{Bezeichnung} der Variablen wird von \multicolumn{1}{@{}l@{}}{Gerichtsstand:}\\ Hinterdupfeldingen \end{tabular}% - \ifkomavarempty{frombank}{}{% + \Ifkomavarempty{frombank}{}{% \hfill \begin{tabular}[t]{l@{}}% \multicolumn{1}{@{}l@{}}{% @@ -2564,10 +3937,10 @@ neue Festlegung zu treffen. Die \PName{Bezeichnung} der Variablen wird von \ Abhängig\textnote{Achtung!} von den Voreinstellungen ist ein solch hoher Fuß jedoch eventuell nicht vorgesehen und wird deshalb möglicherweise zu tief platziert. In einem solchen Fall kann die vertikale Position über die - Pseudolänge \DescRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstfootvpos}% - \important{\DescRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstfootvpos}}% + Pseudolänge \DescRef{\LabelBase.plength.firstfootvpos}% + \important{\DescRef{\LabelBase.plength.firstfootvpos}}% \IndexPLength{firstfootvpos} angepasst werden (siehe - \DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstfootvpos}).% + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.firstfootvpos}).% \fi \end{Example} @@ -2577,8 +3950,8 @@ Kompatibilitätseinstellung ab Version \DescRef{\LabelBase.option.version} in \autoref{sec:\LabelBase.compatibilityOptions}, \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.option.version}) reicht der Platz dafür in der Regel -nicht aus. Sie sollten dann \PLength{firstfootvpos} (siehe -\DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstfootvpos}) entsprechend +nicht aus. Sie sollten dann \DescRef{\LabelBase.plength.firstfootvpos} (siehe +\DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.firstfootvpos}) entsprechend verringern.% \EndIndexGroup @@ -2594,9 +3967,94 @@ Absenderergänzungsfeld (siehe Variable \DescRef{\LabelBase.variable.location}, setzen.% % \EndIndexGroup + +\begin{Declaration} + \PLength{firstfootvpos} +\end{Declaration} +Diese Pseudolänge gibt den Abstand des Fußes der ersten Briefseite von der +Oberkante des Papiers an. Es wird außerdem dafür gesorgt, dass der Textbereich +nicht in den Fuß hineinragt. Hierzu wird auf der ersten Seite gegebenenfalls +die Höhe des Textbereichs mit Hilfe von +\Macro{enlargethispage}\IndexCmd{enlargethispage}% +\important{\Macro{enlargethispage}} verkleinert. Mit Hilfe der Option +\DescRef{\LabelBase.option.enlargefirstpage}% +\important{\DescRef{\LabelBase.option.enlargefirstpage}} (siehe +\DescPageRef{\LabelBase.option.enlargefirstpage}) kann dafür gesorgt werden, +dass die Höhe des Textbereichs umgekehrt gegebenenfalls auch vergrößert +wird. Damit kann dann der Abstand zwischen Textbereich und Fuß der ersten +Seite auf den Wert der Länge +\Length{footskip}\IndexLength{footskip}\important{\Length{footskip}} +verringert werden. + +Bei\textnote{\OptionValueRef{\LabelBase}{version}{2.9t}} +Kompatibilitätseinstellungen\ChangedAt{v2.9t}{\Class{scrlttr2}} bis +Version~2.9t (siehe \DescRef{\LabelBase.option.version} in +\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.compatibilityOptions}, +\DescPageRef{\LabelBase.option.version}) wird außer bei \Option{KOMAold} und +\Option{NF} in allen vordefinierten +\File{lco}-Dateien\textnote{\File{lco}-Datei}\Index{lco-Datei=\File{lco}-Datei} +(siehe \autoref{sec:\LabelBase.lcoFile}) der Fuß abhängig vom Satzspiegel +gesetzt% +\iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur +. Damit hat dann auch \DescRef{\LabelBase.option.enlargefirstpage}% +\important{\DescRef{\LabelBase.option.enlargefirstpage}} keine Wirkung. % +\else % +\ und \DescRef{\LabelBase.option.enlargefirstpage}% +\important{\DescRef{\LabelBase.option.enlargefirstpage}} ignoriert. % +\fi % +Ab +Version 2.9u bekommt der Fuß eine Position am unteren Ende des Papiers. Damit +ist dann die Höhe des Satzspiegels des Briefbogens eventuell auch von der +Option \DescRef{\LabelBase.option.enlargefirstpage} abhängig. + +Wird der Briefbogenfuß mit Option +\OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{firstfoot}{false}% +\important{\OptionValueRef{scrlttr2}{firstfoot}{false}}% +\IndexOption{firstfoot~=\textKValue{false}}\ChangedAt{v2.97e}{\Class{scrlttr2}} +(siehe \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.option.firstfoot}) abgeschaltet, so wird +\PLength{firstfootvpos} ignoriert und stattdessen +\Length{paperheight}\IndexLength{paperheight} angenommen. Es bleibt dann +ein minimaler unterer Rand von \Length{footskip}\IndexLength{footskip}.% +\EndIndexGroup + + +\begin{Declaration} + \PLength{firstfoothpos} +\end{Declaration} +Die\textnote{Achtung!} Pseudolänge +\PLength{firstfoothpos}\ChangedAt{v3.05}{\Class{scrlttr2}} gibt bei einem +positiven Wert den Abstand des Briefbogenfußes von der linken Papierkante +an. Ist der Wert sogar größer oder gleich der Breite des Papiers, +\Length{paperwidth}\IndexLength{paperwidth}, so wird der Fuß horizontal +zentriert auf dem Briefbogen platziert. Ein negativer Wert gibt den Abstand +des Fußes von der rechten Papierkante an. Ist der Wert jedoch kleiner oder +gleich der negativen Breite des Papiers, so wird der Fuß bündig zum linken +Rand des Satzspiegels platziert. + +Voreingestellt\textnote{Voreinstellung} ist typischerweise ein Wert von +\Length{maxdimen}\IndexLength{maxdimen}% +\iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur +, also der größtmögliche Wert für eine Länge% +\fi% +\ und infolge dessen horizontale Zentrierung.% +\EndIndexGroup + + +\begin{Declaration} + \PLength{firstfootwidth} +\end{Declaration} +Diese Pseudolänge gibt die Breite des Fußes der ersten Briefseite, also des +Briefbogens, an. Der Wert stimmt in den vordefinierten \File{lco}-Dateien mit +\DescRef{\LabelBase.plength.firstheadwidth}\important{\DescRef{\LabelBase.plength.firstheadwidth}}% +\IndexPLength{firstheadwidth} überein.% +% +\EndIndexGroup % \EndIndexGroup +% +\EndIndexGroup +\iffree{}{\clearpage}% Umbruchkorrektur \LoadCommonFile{parmarkup}% \section{Absatzauszeichnung} \LoadCommonFile{oddorevenpage}% \section{Erkennung von rechten und linken Seiten} @@ -2651,7 +4109,7 @@ eingestellt ist. \begin{lstcode} \renewcommand*{\letterpagestyle}{} \end{lstcode} - in die Dokumentpräambel. Dabei ist übrigens der Stern bei + in die Dokumentpräambel. Dabei\textnote{Achtung!} ist übrigens der Stern bei \Macro{renewcommand*} wichtig!% \end{Example} Natürlich haben die Anweisung \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.pagestyle} und @@ -2678,8 +4136,9 @@ ein. Ein\important{\OptionValue{footsepline}{true}} Aktivieren der Option der Optionen schaltet die jeweilige Linie aus. Beim Seitenstil \DescRef{\LabelBase.pagestyle.empty}% -\important{\DescRef{\LabelBase.pagestyle.empty}} (siehe später in -diesem Abschnitt) haben die Optionen \Option{headsepline} und +\important{\DescRef{\LabelBase.pagestyle.empty}} (siehe +\DescPageRef{\LabelBase.pagestyle.empty}) % später in diesem Abschnitt) +haben die beiden Optionen \Option{headsepline} und \Option{footsepline} selbstverständlich keine Auswirkung. Bei diesem Seitenstil soll ja auf Seitenkopf\Index{Seiten>Kopf} und Seitenfuß\Index{Seiten>Fuss=Fuß} ausdrücklich verzichtet werden. @@ -2688,9 +4147,9 @@ Typografisch\important{\DescRef{\LabelBase.pagestyle.headings}\\ \DescRef{\LabelBase.pagestyle.myheadings}\\ \DescRef{\LabelBase.pagestyle.plain}} betrachtet hat eine solche Linie immer die Auswirkung, dass der Kopf oder Fuß optisch näher an den Text heranrückt. -Dies bedeutet nun nicht, dass Kopf oder Fuß räumlich weiter vom +Dies bedeutet aber nicht, dass Kopf oder Fuß räumlich weiter vom Textkörper\Index{Text>Bereich} weggerückt werden müssten. Stattdessen sollten -sie dann bei der Berechnung des Satzspiegels als zum Textkörper gehörend +sie bei der Berechnung des Satzspiegels als zum Textkörper gehörend betrachtet werden. Dies wird bei \Class{scrlttr2} dadurch erreicht, dass bei Verwendung der Klassenoption \Option{headsepline} automatisch die Paketoption \DescRef{typearea.option.headinclude}% @@ -2703,9 +4162,9 @@ wird. Entsprechendes gilt bei \DescRef{\LabelBase.option.footsepline} für Die Optionen führen selbst keine automatische Neuberechnung des Satzspiegels aus. Zur Neuberechnung des Satzspiegels siehe Option \DescRef{typearea.option.DIV} mit den Werten \PValue{last} oder -\PValue{current} (siehe \DescPageRef{typearea.option.DIV.last}) oder die -Anweisung \DescRef{typearea.cmd.recalctypearea} (siehe -\DescPageRef{typearea.cmd.recalctypearea}) in \autoref{cha:typearea}. +\PValue{current} (\DescPageRef{typearea.option.DIV.last}) oder Anweisung +\DescRef{typearea.cmd.recalctypearea} +(\DescPageRef{typearea.cmd.recalctypearea}) in \autoref{cha:typearea}. Das Paket \hyperref[cha:scrlayer-scrpage]{\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}}% \IndexPackage{scrlayer-scrpage}% @@ -2713,16 +4172,13 @@ Das Paket \hyperref[cha:scrlayer-scrpage]{\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}}% \autoref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage}) bietet weitere Einflussmöglichkeiten für Linien im Kopf und Fuß und kann auch mit \Class{scrlttr2} kombiniert werden. Das Paket \Package{scrletter} verwendet hingegen automatisch -\important{\hyperref[cha:scrlayer-scrpage]{\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}}} zur -Definition der Seitenstile \DescRef{\LabelBase.pagestyle.letter} und -\DescRef{\LabelBase.pagestyle.plain.letter}. - -Die von \Package{scrletter}\OnlyAt{\Package{scrletter}} definierten Seitenstile -\DescRef{\LabelBase.pagestyle.letter} und -\DescRef{\LabelBase.pagestyle.plain.letter} unterliegen den Regeln von -\hyperref[cha:scrlayer-scrpage]{\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}}. Dies betrifft -insbesondere das Setzen der Linien in Kopf und Fuß des -\PageStyle{plain}-Seitenstils +\hyperref[cha:scrlayer-scrpage]{\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}} zur Definition der +Seitenstile \DescRef{\LabelBase.pagestyle.letter} und +\DescRef{\LabelBase.pagestyle.plain.letter}. Die von +\Package{scrletter}\OnlyAt{\Package{scrletter}} definierten Seitenstile +unterliegen damit den Regeln jenes Pakets. Dies betrifft insbesondere das +Setzen der Linien in Kopf und Fuß des +\hyperref[desc:\LabelBase.pagestyle.plain.letter]{\PageStyle{plain}}-Seitenstils \DescRef{\LabelBase.pagestyle.plain.letter}. Siehe dazu in \autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.pagestyle.content}, \DescPageRef{scrlayer-scrpage.option.headsepline} und @@ -2758,37 +4214,38 @@ wird (siehe \autoref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage}). Es gibt Werte, die sich nur auf die horizontale Position auswirken, Werte, die nur die vertikale Position beeinflussen, und Werte, die zugleich die vertikale und die horizontale Position festlegen. Mögliche Werte sind \autoref{tab:\LabelBase.pagenumber} zu -entnehmen. Voreingestellt\textnote{Voreinstellung} ist \PValue{botcenter}. - +entnehmen. Voreingestellt\textnote{Voreinstellung} ist \PValue{botcenter}.% +% \begin{table}[t!]% Umbruchkorrektur - \caption[{Mögliche Werte für Option \Option{pagenumber} bei \Class{scrlttr2} - und \Package{scrletter}}]{Mögliche Werte für Option \Option{pagenumber} - zur Positionierung der Paginierung innerhalb der Seitenstile} + \caption[{Mögliche Werte für Option \Option{pagenumber}}]% + {Mögliche Werte für Option \Option{pagenumber} zur Positionierung der + Paginierung innerhalb der Seitenstile} \label{tab:\LabelBase.pagenumber} \begin{desctabular} \entry{\PValue{bot}, \PValue{foot}}{% - Seitenzahl im Fuß ohne Änderung der horizontalen Position}% + Seitenzahl im Fuß ohne Änderung der horizontalen Position}\\[-1.7ex] \entry{\PValue{botcenter}, \PValue{botcentered}, \PValue{botmittle}, \PValue{footcenter}, \PValue{footcentered}, \PValue{footmiddle}}{% - Seitenzahl zentriert innerhalb des Fußes}% + Seitenzahl zentriert innerhalb des Fußes}\\[-1.7ex] \entry{\PValue{botleft}, \PValue{footleft}}{% - Seitenzahl links im Fuß}% - \entry{\PValue{botright}, \PValue{footright}}{ Seitenzahl rechts im Fuß}% + Seitenzahl links im Fuß}\\[-1.7ex] + \entry{\PValue{botright}, \PValue{footright}}{% + Seitenzahl rechts im Fuß}\\[-1.7ex] \entry{\PValue{center}, \PValue{centered}, \PValue{middle}}{% - Seitenzahl zentriert ohne Änderung der vertikalen Position}% + Seitenzahl zentriert ohne Änderung der vertikalen Position}\\[-1.7ex] \entry{\PValue{false}, \PValue{no}, \PValue{off}}{% - keine Seitenzahl}% + keine Seitenzahl}\\[-1.7ex] \entry{\PValue{head}, \PValue{top}}{% - Seitenzahl im Kopf ohne Änderung der horizontalen Position}% + Seitenzahl im Kopf ohne Änderung der horizontalen Position}\\[-1.7ex] \entry{\PValue{headcenter}, \PValue{headcentered}, \PValue{headmiddle}, \PValue{topcenter}, \PValue{topcentered}, \PValue{topmiddle}}{% - Seitenzahl zentriert innerhalb des Kopfes}% + Seitenzahl zentriert innerhalb des Kopfes}\\[-1.7ex] \entry{\PValue{headleft}, \PValue{topleft}}{% - Seitenzahl links im Kopf}% + Seitenzahl links im Kopf}\\[-1.7ex] \entry{\PValue{headright}, \PValue{topright}}{% - Seitenzahl rechts im Kopf}% + Seitenzahl rechts im Kopf}\\[-1.7ex] \entry{\PValue{left}}{% - Seitenzahl links ohne Änderung der vertikalen Position}% + Seitenzahl links ohne Änderung der vertikalen Position}\\[-1.7ex] \entry{\PValue{right}}{% Seitenzahl rechts ohne Änderung der vertikalen Position}% \end{desctabular} @@ -2809,16 +4266,18 @@ Bei Briefen mit \Class{scrlttr2}\OnlyAt{\Class{scrlttr2}} wird zwischen vier verschiedenen Seitenstilen unterschieden. Dagegen definiert \Package{scrletter}\OnlyAt{\Package{scrletter}} nur zwei eigene Seitenstile. \begin{description}\setkomafont{descriptionlabel}{} -\item[{\PageStyle{empty}}] - \LabelPageStyle{empty}% - ist der Seitenstil, bei dem Kopf- und Fußzeile von - Folgeseiten vollständig leer bleiben. Dieser Seitenstil wird auch - automatisch für die erste Briefseite verwendet, da auf dieser Seite Kopf und - Fuß über \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.opening}\IndexCmd{opening} (siehe +\item[{\PageStyle{empty}}] \LabelPageStyle{empty}% + ist der Seitenstil, bei dem Kopf- und Fußzeile von Folgeseiten vollständig + leer bleiben. Dieser Seitenstil wird auch automatisch für die erste + Briefseite verwendet, da auf dieser Seite Kopf und Fuß über + \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.opening}\IndexCmd{opening}% + \important{\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.opening}} (siehe \autoref{sec:\LabelBase.firstpage}, \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.cmd.opening}) - mit anderen Mitteln gesetzt werden. -\item[{\PageStyle{headings}}] - \LabelPageStyle{headings}% + mit anderen Mitteln gesetzt werden. Die Klasse \Class{scrlttr2} verlässt + sich bei diesem Seitenstil auf den \LaTeX-Kern, während bei + \Package{scrletter} der Stil von \hyperref[cha:scrlayer]{\Package{scrlayer}} + bereitgestellt wird. +\item[{\PageStyle{headings}}] \LabelPageStyle{headings}% ist bei \Class{scrlttr2}\OnlyAt{\Class{scrlttr2}} der Seitenstil für automatische Kolumnentitel auf Folgeseiten. Dabei werden als automatisch gesetzte Marken der Absendername aus der Variablen @@ -2830,16 +4289,19 @@ verschiedenen Seitenstilen unterschieden. Dagegen definiert \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.variable.subject}). Wo genau diese Marken und die Seitenangabe ausgegeben werden, hängt von der oben erklärten Option \DescRef{\LabelBase.option.pagenumber} und dem Inhalt der Variablen - \DescRef{\LabelBase.variable.nexthead}\IndexVariable{nexthead} und - \DescRef{\LabelBase.variable.nextfoot}\IndexVariable{nextfoot} ab. Der Autor - kann die Marken aber auch noch nach \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.opening} manuell + \DescRef{\LabelBase.variable.nexthead}\IndexVariable{nexthead}% + \important{\DescRef{\LabelBase.variable.nexthead}} und + \DescRef{\LabelBase.variable.nextfoot}\IndexVariable{nextfoot}% + \important{\DescRef{\LabelBase.variable.nextfoot}} ab. Der Autor kann die + Marken aber auch noch nach \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.opening} manuell beeinflussen. Hierzu stehen wie üblich die Anweisungen \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.markboth} und \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.markright}, bei Verwendung von \hyperref[cha:scrlayer-scrpage]{\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}}% \IndexPackage{scrlayer-scrpage}% - \important{\hyperref[cha:scrlayer-scrpage]{\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}}} - auch \DescRef{scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.markleft} (siehe + \important{\hyperref[cha:scrlayer-scrpage]{\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}}} auch + \DescRef{scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.markleft} und + \DescRef{scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.markdouble} (siehe \autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.pagestyle.content}, \DescPageRef{scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.markleft}), zur Verfügung. @@ -2850,41 +4312,40 @@ verschiedenen Seitenstilen unterschieden. Dagegen definiert \DescRef{scrlayer-scrpage.pagestyle.scrheadings} umdefiniert. Näheres zu diesem Seitenstil ist in \autoref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage} auf \DescPageRef{scrlayer-scrpage.pagestyle.scrheadings} zu erfahren. -\item[{\PageStyle{letter}}] - \LabelPageStyle{letter}% - Da der Seitenstil \PageStyle{headings} im allgemeinen bereits von den - Klassen belegt ist, definiert das Paket - \Package{scrletter}\OnlyAt{scrletter} stattdessen einen Seitenstil - \PageStyle{letter}. Dies geschieht mit Hilfe von +\item[{\PageStyle{letter}}] \LabelPageStyle{letter}% + wird nur von \Package{scrletter}\OnlyAt{scrletter} definiert, da der + Seitenstil \PageStyle{headings} im allgemeinen bereits von den Klassen + belegt ist. Dies geschieht mit Hilfe von \hyperref[cha:scrlayer-scrpage]{\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}} aus \autoref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage}, \autopageref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage}. Bei der Einstellung \OptionValueRef{scrlayer-scrpage}{automark}{true}% \important{\OptionValueRef{scrlayer-scrpage}{automark}{true}}% \IndexOption{automark} übernimmt \PageStyle{letter} dann die Rolle, die bei - \Class{scrlttr2} von \PageStyle{headings} ausgefüllt wird. Bei - \OptionValueRef{scrlayer-scrpage}{automark}{false}% + \Class{scrlttr2} von \DescRef{\LabelBase.pagestyle.headings} ausgefüllt + wird. Bei \OptionValueRef{scrlayer-scrpage}{automark}{false}% \important{\OptionValueRef{scrlayer-scrpage}{automark}{false}}% \IndexOption{automark} übernimmt \PageStyle{letter} dagegen die Rolle von - \PageStyle{myheadings}. + \DescRef{\LabelBase.pagestyle.myheadings}. Durch\textnote{Achtung!} die Verwendung von \hyperref[cha:scrlayer-scrpage]{\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}} kann das - veraltete Paket \Package{scrpage2}\IndexPackage{scrpage2} - oder das mit \KOMAScript{} wenig kompatible Paket + veraltete Paket \Package{scrpage2}\IndexPackage{scrpage2} oder das mit + \KOMAScript{} wenig kompatible \iffalse Paket \fi% Umbruchkorrektur \Package{fancyhdr}\IndexPackage{fancyhdr} nicht zusammen mit \Package{scrletter} verwendet werden. -\item[{\PageStyle{myheadings}}] - \LabelPageStyle{myheadings}% +\item[{\PageStyle{myheadings}}] \LabelPageStyle{myheadings}% ist bei \Class{scrlttr2}\OnlyAt{\Class{scrlttr2}} der Seitenstil für manuelle Kolumnentitel auf Folgeseiten. Im Unterschied zu \PValue{headings} müssen die Marken vom Anwender gesetzt werden. Er verwendet dazu die Anweisungen \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.markboth}\IndexCmd{markboth} und \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.markright}\IndexCmd{markright}. Bei Verwendung von - \hyperref[cha:scrlayer-scrpage]{\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}} steht außerdem - \DescRef{scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.markleft}\IndexCmd{markleft} zur Verfügung. + \hyperref[cha:scrlayer-scrpage]{\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}} stehen außerdem + \DescRef{scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.markleft}\IndexCmd{markleft} und + \DescRef{scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.markdouble}\IndexCmd{markdouble} zur + Verfügung. - Beim Paket \Package{scrletter}\OnlyAt{\Package{scrletter}} übernimmt der - Seitenstil \PageStyle{letter} ebenfalls die Rolle von + Bei \Package{scrletter}\OnlyAt{\Package{scrletter}} übernimmt der + Seitenstil \DescRef{\LabelBase.pagestyle.letter} ebenfalls die Rolle von \PageStyle{myheadings}. \item[{\PageStyle{plain}}] \LabelPageStyle{plain}% @@ -2900,18 +4361,23 @@ verschiedenen Seitenstilen unterschieden. Dagegen definiert \DescRef{scrlayer-scrpage.pagestyle.plain.scrheadings} umdefiniert. Näheres zu diesem Seitenstil ist in \autoref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage} auf \DescPageRef{scrlayer-scrpage.pagestyle.scrheadings} zu erfahren. -\item[{\PageStyle{plain.letter}}] +\item[{\PageStyle{plain.letter}}]% \LabelPageStyle{plain.letter}% - Da der Seitenstil \PageStyle{plain} im allgemeinen bereits von den Klassen - belegt ist, definiert das Paket \Package{scrletter}\OnlyAt{scrletter} - stattdessen einen Seitenstil \PageStyle{plain.letter}. Dies geschieht mit - Hilfe von \hyperref[cha:scrlayer-scrpage]{\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}}. - Durch\textnote{Achtung!} diese Verwendung von - \hyperref[cha:scrlayer-scrpage]{\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}} kann das - veraltete Pakete \Package{scrpage2}\IndexPackage{scrpage2} oder das mit - \KOMAScript{} wenig kompatible Paket + wird von \Package{scrletter}\OnlyAt{scrletter} zusammen mit + \DescRef{\LabelBase.pagestyle.letter} definiert. Dies geschieht mit Hilfe + von \hyperref[cha:scrlayer-scrpage]{\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}}. Nach der + Aktivierung von \DescRef{\LabelBase.pagestyle.letter} bis zum Ende des + Briefes ist \PageStyle{plain} dann ein Alias für diesen Stil. + \iffalse% Umbruchkorrektur (steht auch schon oben bei letter) + + Durch\textnote{Achtung!} die Verwendung von + \hyperref[cha:scrlayer-scrpage]{\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}}% + \IndexPackage{scrlayer-scrpage} kann das veraltete Pakete + \Package{scrpage2}\IndexPackage{scrpage2} oder das mit \KOMAScript{} wenig + kompatible \iffalse Paket \fi% Umbruchkorrektur \Package{fancyhdr}\IndexPackage{fancyhdr} nicht zusammen mit - \Package{scrletter} verwendet werden. + \Package{scrletter} verwendet werden.% + \fi% \end{description} Die Form der Seitenstile wird außerdem durch die oben erklärten @@ -2925,18 +4391,30 @@ der aktuellen Seite. \KOMAScript\textnote{Achtung!} verwendet \Macro{thispagestyle}\PParameter{empty} selbst innerhalb von \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.opening}\IndexCmd{opening} für die erste Briefseite. -\BeginIndexGroup -\BeginIndex[indexother]{}{Schrift>Art}% +\BeginIndexGroup \BeginIndex[indexother]{}{Schrift>Art}% \BeginIndex{FontElement}{pageheadfoot}\LabelFontElement{pageheadfoot}% +\BeginIndex{FontElement}{pagehead}\LabelFontElement{pagehead}% \BeginIndex{FontElement}{pagefoot}\LabelFontElement{pagefoot}% \BeginIndex{FontElement}{pagenumber}\LabelFontElement{pagenumber}% +\iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur Um die Schriftart von Kopf und Fuß der Seite oder der Seitenangabe zu ändern, verwenden Sie die Benutzerschnittstelle, die in -\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.textmarkup} beschrieben ist. Für den Kopf und den Fuß -ist dabei das gleiche Element zuständig, das Sie wahlweise mit -\FontElement{pageheadfoot}\important{\FontElement{pagehead}} oder -\FontElement{pagehead} benennen können. Für den -Fuß\ChangedAt{v3.00}{\Class{scrlttr2}} ist zusätzlich auch noch das Element +\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.textmarkup} beschrieben ist. Für den Kopf und den +Fuß % +\else % +Für die Schriftart von Kopf und Fuß der Seite % +\fi % +gibt es das gemeinsame Element +\FontElement{pagehheadfoot}\important{\iffree{}{\normalcolor}% Linkfarbe + % blutet in die Marginalienspalte aus + \FontElement{pageheadfoot}}. Bei +Verwendung von \hyperref[cha:scrlayer-scrpage]{scrlayer-scrpage} und damit +auch bei Verwendung von \Package{scrletter} wird im Kopf zusätzlich das +Element \FontElement{pagehead}\important{\FontElement{pagehead}} +verwendet. Ohne das Paket ist bei \Class{scrlttr2} hingegen +\FontElement{pagehead} eine alternative Bezeichnung für +\FontElement{pageheadfoot}. Für den Fuß\ChangedAt{v3.00}{\Class{scrlttr2}} ist +zusätzlich das Element \FontElement{pagefoot}\important{\FontElement{pagefoot}} zuständig, das nach \FontElement{pageheadfoot} in mit Variable \DescRef{\LabelBase.variable.nextfoot}\IndexVariable{nextfoot} oder per Paket @@ -2966,29 +4444,36 @@ Optionen und Variablen für die Gestaltung des Seitenkopfes\Index{Kopf} und -fußes\Index{Fuss=Fuß} auf Folgeseiten\Index{Folgeseite} zur Verfügung stellt, vollkommen ausreichen. Dies gilt umso mehr, als man zusätzlich mit \Macro{markboth} und \Macro{markright} die Möglichkeit hat, die Angaben zu -ändern, die \Class{scrlttr2} oder \Package{scrletter} in den Kopf setzt. Die -Anweisungen \Macro{markboth}\IndexCmd{markboth} und -\Macro{markright}\IndexCmd{markright} können insbesondere mit dem Seitenstil -\PageStyle{myheadings}% -\IndexPagestyle{myheadings}\important{\PageStyle{myheadings}} verwendet -werden. Bei Verwendung des Pakets +ändern, die \KOMAScript{} in den Kopf setzt. Die Anweisungen +\Macro{markboth}\IndexCmd{markboth} und \Macro{markright}\IndexCmd{markright} +können insbesondere mit dem Seitenstil +\DescRef{\LabelBase.pagestyle.myheadings}\IndexPagestyle{myheadings}% +\important{\DescRef{\LabelBase.pagestyle.myheadings}, + \DescRef{\LabelBase.pagestyle.letter}} beziehungsweise +\DescRef{\LabelBase.pagestyle.letter}\IndexPagestyle{letter} genutzt +werden. Bei Verwendung des Pakets% +\important{\hyperref[cha:scrlayer-scrpage]{\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}}\\ + \DescRef{scrlayer-scrpage.pagestyle.scrheadings}} \hyperref[cha:scrlayer-scrpage]{\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}}% -\IndexPackage{scrlayer-scrpage}% -\important{\hyperref[cha:scrlayer-scrpage]{\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}}} gilt -dies natürlich auch für den Seitenstil \PageStyle{scrheadings}% -\IndexPagestyle{scrheadings}\important{\PageStyle{scrheadings}}. Dort steht -außerdem die Anweisung \DescRef{scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.markleft}% -\IndexCmd{markleft}\important{\DescRef{scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.markleft}} zur -Verfügung (siehe \autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.pagestyle.content}, +\IndexPackage{scrlayer-scrpage} +gilt dies auch für den +Seitenstil \DescRef{scrlayer-scrpage.pagestyle.scrheadings}% +\IndexPagestyle{scrheadings}. Außerdem stehen dann die Anweisungen +\DescRef{scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.markleft}% +\IndexCmd{markleft}\important{\DescRef{scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.markleft}\\ + \DescRef{scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.markdouble}} und +\DescRef{scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.markdouble}% +\IndexCmd{markdouble} zur Verfügung (siehe +\autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.pagestyle.content}, \DescPageRef{scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.markleft}). \begin{Declaration} \Variable{nexthead} \Variable{nextfoot} \end{Declaration} -In einigen wenigen Fällen will man jedoch den Kopf oder Fuß der Folgeseiten -ähnlich dem Briefbogen freier gestalten. In\textnote{Achtung!} diesen Fällen -muss auf die vordefinierten Möglichkeiten, die per oben erklärter Option +In einigen wenigen Fällen will man den Kopf oder Fuß der Folgeseiten ähnlich +dem Briefbogen freier gestalten. In\textnote{Achtung!} diesen Fällen muss auf +die vordefinierten Möglichkeiten, die per oben erklärter Option \DescRef{\LabelBase.option.pagenumber}\IndexOption{pagenumber} auswählbar sind, verzichtet werden. Stattdessen gestaltet man sich den Kopf und Fuß der Folgeseiten bei \Class{scrlttr2}\OnlyAt{\Class{scrlttr2}} im Seitenstil @@ -3006,11 +4491,10 @@ beziehungsweise \Variable{nextfoot}. Innerhalb des Inhalts von der \Macro{parbox}-Anweisung (siehe \cite{latex:usrguide}) mehrere Boxen neben- und untereinander gesetzt werden. Einem versierten Anwender sollte es so möglich sein, eigene Seitenköpfe und "~füße zu gestalten. Natürlich kann -und sollte im Wert mit Hilfe von \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.usekomavar} auch auf -weitere Variablen zugegriffen werden. Die \PName{Bezeichnung} wird von -\KOMAScript{} bei beiden Variablen nicht genutzt.% -\EndIndexGroup -\EndIndexGroup +und sollte im \PName{Inhalt} mit Hilfe von \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.usekomavar} +auch auf weitere Variablen zugegriffen werden. Die \PName{Bezeichnung} wird +von \KOMAScript{} bei beiden Variablen nicht genutzt.% +\EndIndexGroup \EndIndexGroup % \EndIndexGroup @@ -3029,26 +4513,44 @@ weitere Variablen zugegriffen werden. Die \PName{Bezeichnung} wird von \BeginIndex{}{Formeln}% \BeginIndex{}{Gleichungen}% -Die \KOMAScript-Klassen stellen keine eigenen Umgebungen für mathematische -Formeln, Gleichungssysteme oder ähnliche Elemente der Mathematik -bereit. Stattdessen stützt sich \KOMAScript{} im Bereich der Mathematik voll -und ganz auf den \LaTeX-Kern. Da\textnote{Achtung!} jedoch Mathematik in Form -von nummerierten Gleichungen und Formeln in Briefen eher ungewöhnlich ist, -unterstützt \KOMAScript{} dies nicht aktiv. Daher gibt es auch nicht die -Optionen \DescRef{maincls.option.leqno} und \DescRef{maincls.option.fleqn}, -die in \autoref{sec:maincls.math}, \autopageref{sec:maincls.math} für -\Class{scrbook}, \Class{scrreprt} und \Class{scrartcl} dokumentiert sind.% -\iffalse% Umbruchkorrekturtext - \par - Auf eine Beschreibung der Mathematikumgebungen des \LaTeX-Kerns, also - \Environment{displaymath}\IndexEnv{displaymath}, - \Environment{equation}\IndexEnv{equation} und - \Environment{eqnarray}\IndexEnv{eqnarray}, wird an dieser Stelle - verzichtet. Wer diese verwenden möchte, sei auf \cite{l2kurz} verwiesen. Für - mehr als nur einfachste mathematische Formeln und Gleichungen sei jedoch die - Verwendung von \Package{amsmath}\IndexPackage{amsmath} empfohlen (siehe - \cite{package:amsmath}).% -\fi +\iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur + Die \KOMAScript-Klassen stellen keine eigenen Umgebungen für mathematische + Formeln, Gleichungssysteme oder ähnliche Elemente der Mathematik + bereit. Stattdessen stützt sich \KOMAScript{} im Bereich der Mathematik voll + und ganz auf den \LaTeX-Kern. Da\textnote{Achtung!} jedoch Mathematik in Form + von nummerierten Gleichungen und Formeln in Briefen eher ungewöhnlich ist, % + \iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur + unterstützt \Class{scrlttr2} dies nicht aktiv. Daher gibt es auch % + \else% + gibt es bei \Class{scrlttr2} % + \fi% + nicht die Optionen \DescRef{maincls.option.leqno} und + \DescRef{maincls.option.fleqn}, die in \autoref{sec:maincls.math}, + \autopageref{sec:maincls.math} für \Class{scrbook}, \Class{scrreprt} und + \Class{scrartcl} dokumentiert sind.% + \iffalse% Umbruchkorrekturtext + \ Bei \Package{scrletter} ist für dergleichen ohnehin die verwendete + Klasse zuständig.% + \par + Auf eine Beschreibung der Mathematikumgebungen des \LaTeX-Kerns, also + \Environment{displaymath}\IndexEnv{displaymath}, + \Environment{equation}\IndexEnv{equation} und + \Environment{eqnarray}\IndexEnv{eqnarray}, wird an dieser Stelle + verzichtet. Wer diese verwenden möchte, sei auf \cite{l2kurz} verwiesen. Für + mehr als nur einfachste mathematische Formeln und Gleichungen sei jedoch die + Verwendung von \Package{amsmath}\IndexPackage{amsmath} empfohlen (siehe + \cite{package:amsmath}).% + \fi% +\else% + Da in Briefen ausladende Mathematik in Form nummerierter Gleichungen und + Formeln eher ungewöhnlich ist, gibt es bei \Class{scrlttr2} die Optionen + \DescRef{maincls.option.leqno} und \DescRef{maincls.option.fleqn}, die in + \autoref{sec:maincls.math}, \autopageref{sec:maincls.math} für + \Class{scrbook}, \Class{scrreprt} und \Class{scrartcl} dokumentiert sind, + nicht. Dennoch können die vom \LaTeX-Kern oder von Zusatzpaketen wie + \Package{amsmath}\IndexPackage{amsmath} bereitgestellten + Mathematikumgebungen verwendet werden.% +\fi% % \EndIndexGroup @@ -3068,89 +4570,9 @@ Hilfe von \hyperref[cha:tocbasic]{\Package{tocbasic}}\IndexPackage{tocbasic}% \important{\hyperref[cha:tocbasic]{\Package{tocbasic}}}, wie sie in \autoref{cha:tocbasic} dokumentiert sind, können ebenfalls genutzt werden. -\LoadCommonFile{marginpar}% \section{Randnotizen} - - -\section{Schlussgruß} -\seclabel{closing} -\BeginIndexGroup -\BeginIndex{}{Schlussgruss=Schlussgruß} - -Dass der Schlussgruß mit \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.closing}\IndexCmd{closing} -gesetzt wird, wurde bereits in \autoref{sec:\LabelBase.document}, -\DescPageRef{\LabelBase.cmd.closing} erklärt. Unter dem Schlussgruß wird häufig -noch eine Signatur, eine Art Erläuterung zur Unterschrift, gesetzt. Die -Unterschrift wiederum findet Platz zwischen dem Schlussgruß und der Signatur. -\begin{Declaration} - \Variable{signature} -\end{Declaration} -Die Variable \Variable{signature}\Index{Signatur} nimmt eine Art Erläuterung -zur Unterschrift\Index{Unterschrift} auf. Ihr \PName{Inhalt} ist mit -\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.usekomavar}\PParameter{fromname} vordefiniert. Eine -solche Erläuterung kann auch mehrzeilig sein. Die einzelnen Zeilen sollten -dann mit doppeltem Backslash voneinander getrennt -werden. Absätze\textnote{Achtung!} innerhalb der Erläuterung sind jedoch nicht -gestattet.% -% -\EndIndexGroup - - -\begin{Declaration} - \Macro{raggedsignature} -\end{Declaration} -Grußfloskel\Index{Gruss=Gruß}\Index{Signatur} und Erläuterung der -Unterschrift\Index{Unterschrift} werden innerhalb einer Box gesetzt. Die -Breite dieser Box wird durch die längste Zeile innerhalb von Grußfloskel und -Erläuterung bestimmt. - -Wo genau diese Box platziert wird, ist durch die Pseudolängen -\PLength{sigindent}\IndexPLength{sigindent} und -\PLength{sigbeforevskip}\IndexPLength{sigbeforevskip} (siehe -\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.closing}, -\DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.sigindent}) bestimmt. Durch den Befehl -\Macro{raggedsignature} wird die Ausrichtung innerhalb der Box bestimmt. In -den vordefinierten \File{lco}-Dateien ist die Anweisung entweder auf -\Macro{centering} (alle außer \Option{KOMAold}) oder auf \Macro{raggedright} -(\Option{KOMAold}) gesetzt. Um innerhalb der Box beispielsweise eine -linksbündige oder rechtsbündige Ausrichtung zu erhalten, kann der Befehl in -gleicher Weise umdefiniert werden wie \DescRef{maincls.cmd.raggedsection} -(siehe das entsprechende Beispiel in \autoref{sec:maincls.structure}, -\DescPageRef{maincls.cmd.raggedsection}). - -\begin{Example} - Herr Musterfrau will sich nun wirklich wichtig machen und deshalb in der - Signatur nochmals darauf hinweisen, dass er selbst auch mal - Vereinsvorsitzender war. Deshalb ändert er die Variable - \DescRef{\LabelBase.variable.signature}. Außerdem will er, dass die Signatur - linksbündig unter dem Schlussgruß steht, und definiert daher auch noch - \Macro{raggedsignature} um:% - \lstinputcode[xleftmargin=1em]{letter-22}% - Das Ergebnis ist in \autoref{fig:\LabelBase.letter-22} zu sehen. - \begin{figure} - \setcapindent{0pt}% - \begin{captionbeside}[{Beispiel: Brief mit erweitertem Absender, Logo, - Anschrift, Absenderergänzung, Ort, Datum, Betreff, Anrede, Text, - Grußfloskel, geänderter Signatur, Postskriptum, Anlagen, Verteiler und - Lochermarke}]{Ergebnis eines kleinen Briefes mit erweitertem Absender, - Logo, Anschrift, Absenderergänzung, Ort, Datum, Betreff, - Anrede, Text, Grußfloskel, geänderter Signatur, Postskriptum, Anlagen, - Verteiler und Lochermarke}[l] - \frame{\includegraphics[width=.4\textwidth]{letter-22}} - \end{captionbeside} - \label{fig:\LabelBase.letter-22} - \end{figure} -\end{Example} +\LoadCommonFile{marginpar}% \section{Randnotizen} -\iftrue% Umbruchkorrekturtext - Das vorausgehende Beispiel zeigt die wichtigsten, aber nicht alle möglichen - Elemente eines Briefes. Es kann jedoch sehr gut als allgemeines Muster - dienen.% -\fi -% -\EndIndexGroup -% -\EndIndexGroup \section{\emph{Letter-Class-Option}-Dateien} \seclabel{lcoFile}% @@ -3169,37 +4591,44 @@ Briefklassenoption. Dennoch finden diese Dateien für \Package{scrletter} ebenso Anwendung. In \File{lco}-Dateien können alle Anweisungen verwendet werden, die auch an -der Stelle im Dokument verwendet werden könnten, an der %die \File{lco}-Datei +der Stelle im Dokument verwendet werden könnten, an der sie mit \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.LoadLetterOption} geladen werden. Außerdem können interne Anweisungen verwendet werden, die für -Paketautoren freigegeben sind. Bei \Class{scrlttr2} und \Package{scrletter} +Paketautoren freigegeben sind.% +\iffalse % Das ist hier Unfug, der durch die Umwandlung interner Anweisungen + % entstanden ist. +Bei \Class{scrlttr2} und \Package{scrletter} sind dies insbesondere die Anweisungen -\DescRef{scrlttr2-experts.cmd.newplength}\IndexCmd{newplength}, -\DescRef{scrlttr2-experts.cmd.setplength}\IndexCmd{setplength} und -\DescRef{scrlttr2-experts.cmd.addtoplength}\IndexCmd{addtoplength} (siehe -\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.pseudoLengths}). +\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.newplength}\IndexCmd{newplength}, +\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.setplength}\IndexCmd{setplength} und +\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.addtoplength}\IndexCmd{addtoplength} (siehe +\autoref{sec:\LabelBase.pseudoLength}).% +\fi \KOMAScript{} liegen bereits einige \File{lco}-Dateien bei. Die Dateien -\File{DIN.lco}, \File{DINmtext.lco}, \File{SNleft.lco}, \File{SN.lco}, -\File{UScommercial9}, \File{UScommercial9DW} und +\File{DIN.lco}, \File{DINmtext.lco}, +\File{DIN5008A.lco}\ChangedAt{v3.26}{\File{DIN5008A.lco}}, +\File{DIN5008B.lco}\ChangedAt{v3.26}{\File{DIN5008B.clo}}, \File{SN.lco}, +\File{SNleft.lco}, \File{UScommercial9}, \File{UScommercial9DW} und \File{NF.lco}\ChangedAt{v3.04}{\Class{scrlttr2}} dienen dazu, \Class{scrlttr2} und \Package{scrletter} an verschiedene Normen\Index{Norm} anzupassen. Sie können von angehenden Experten sehr gut als Vorlage für eigene Parametersätze verwendet werden. Die Datei \File{KOMAold.lco} dient hingegen dazu, die Kompatibilität zu \Class{scrlettr}\IndexClass{scrlettr} zu verbessern. Diese -Klasse wurde schon vor über 15~Jahren aus \KOMAScript{} entfernt. Es wird -daher nicht mehr näher darauf eingegangen. Da hierbei auch auf Anweisungen -zurückgegriffen wird, die nicht für Paketautoren freigegeben sind, sollte man -sie nicht als Vorlage für eigene \File{lco}-Dateien verwenden. Eine Liste -aller vordefinierten \File{lco}-Dateien ist in \autoref{tab:lcoFiles}, -\autopageref{tab:lcoFiles} zu finden. +Klasse wurde schon vor über \the\numexpr \year-2002\relax~Jahren aus +\KOMAScript{} entfernt. Es wird daher nicht mehr näher darauf eingegangen. Da +hierbei auch auf Anweisungen zurückgegriffen wird, die nicht für Paketautoren +freigegeben sind, sollte man sie nicht als Vorlage für eigene +\File{lco}-Dateien verwenden. Eine Liste aller vordefinierten +\File{lco}-Dateien ist in \autoref{tab:lcoFiles}, \autopageref{tab:lcoFiles} +zu finden. Wenn Sie einen Parametersatz für eine Briefnorm, die bisher nicht von \KOMAScript{} unterstützt wird, erstellt haben, so sind Sie ausdrücklich gebeten, diesen Parametersatz an die Supportadresse von \KOMAScript{} zu schicken. Bitte geben Sie dabei auch die Erlaubnis zur Weiterverbreitung unter den Lizenzbedingungen von \KOMAScript{} (siehe dazu die Datei -\href{http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/doc/lppl-de.txt}% +\href{https://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/doc/lppl-de.txt}% {\File{lppl-de.txt}} im \KOMAScript-Paket). Wenn Sie zwar über die notwendigen Maße aus einer bisher nicht unterstützen Briefnorm verfügen, sich jedoch nicht in der Lage sehen, selbst eine passende \File{lco}-Datei zu erstellen, so @@ -3242,8 +4671,8 @@ Reihenfolge der Angabe in der Liste geladen. \File{DINmtext} verwendet werden. Bei dieser steht das Adressfeld weiter oben, damit mehr Text auf die erste Seite passt. Dafür ist die Faltung so angepasst, dass das Adressfeld bei - DIN~C6/5-Umschlägen trotzdem in das Adressfenster passt. Sie - erreichen das so: + DIN~C6/5-Umschlägen trotzdem in das Adressfenster passt. Er + erreicht das so: \begin{lstcode} \begin{letter}{% Petra Mustermann\\ @@ -3270,10 +4699,12 @@ haben. neuen Brief kopieren zu müssen. Zu seiner Erleichterung schreibt er deshalb eine \File{lco}-Datei, die ihm die Arbeit erleichtert:% \lstinputcode[xleftmargin=1em]{ich.lco}% - Damit schrumpft sein Brief aus dem letzten Beispiel erheblich zusammen: + Damit schrumpft sein Brief aus dem Beispiel von + \PageRefxmpl{\LabelBase.letterwithoutlco} erheblich zusammen: \lstinputcode[xleftmargin=1em]{letter-23.tex}% - Das Ergebnis ändert sich jedoch nicht, wie \autoref{fig:\LabelBase.letter-23} - zeigt. + Das Ergebnis ändert sich dabei natürlich nicht, wie ein Vergleich von + \autoref{fig:\LabelBase.letter-22}, \autopageref{fig:\LabelBase.letter-22} + mit \autoref{fig:\LabelBase.letter-23} zeigt. \begin{figure} \setcapindent{0pt}% \begin{captionbeside}[{Beispiel: Brief mit erweitertem Absender, Logo, @@ -3297,7 +4728,9 @@ ein Paket zur Sprachumschaltung, beispielsweise für die neue, deutsche Rechtschreibung mit \Macro{usepackage}\POParameter{ngerman}\PParameter{babel}, noch bei älteren \LaTeX-Versionen ein Paket für die Eingabecodierung, beispielsweise mit \Macro{usepackage}\POParameter{utf8}\PParameter{inputenc} -für moderne Editoren, geladen ist. +für moderne Editoren, geladen ist. Wird mit Sicherheit eine \LaTeX-Version ab +April~2018 verwendet und wird die \File{lco}-Datei UTF-8 codiert, so können +Umlaute und Sonderzeichen natürlich auch direkt eingegeben werden. In \autoref{tab:lcoFiles} finden Sie eine Liste aller vordefinierten \File{lco}-Dateien. Falls\textnote{Achtung!} Sie einen Drucker verwenden, der @@ -3314,12 +4747,11 @@ der Einstellung \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.option.refline}). Sollten\textnote{Tipp!} Sie damit ein Problem haben, erstellen Sie sich eine eigene \File{lco}-Datei, die zunächst \Option{SN} lädt und in der -\DescRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrhpos}\IndexPLength{toaddrhpos} (siehe -\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.addressee}, -\DescPageRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrvpos}) dann auf einen kleineren +\DescRef{\LabelBase.plength.toaddrhpos}\IndexPLength{toaddrhpos} (siehe +\DescPageRef{\LabelBase.plength.toaddrvpos}) dann auf einen kleineren Wert gesetzt wird. Verringern Sie dann außerdem -\DescRef{scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrwidth}\IndexPLength{toaddrwidth} -entsprechend.% +\DescRef{\LabelBase.plength.toaddrwidth}\IndexPLength{toaddrwidth} +entsprechend. Die\textnote{Tipp!}\phantomsection\label{tipp:\LabelBase.DIN} \File{lco}-Datei \File{DIN}\important{\Option{DIN}} wird übrigens immer als erste @@ -3327,6 +4759,16 @@ Die\textnote{Tipp!}\phantomsection\label{tipp:\LabelBase.DIN} \File{lco}-Datei weniger sinnvoll vordefiniert sind. Es ist daher nicht notwendig diese voreingestellte Datei selbst zu laden. +Zu den \File{lco}-Dateien \File{DIN5008A}\important{\File{DIN5008A}, + \File{DIN5008B}} und \File{DIN5008B} sei angemerkt, dass die entsprechenden +Vorschriften gewisse Spielräume aufweisen und, wie diversen Anfragen beim +Autor zu entnehmen ist, viele Anwender diese nicht nur auszureizen wünschen, +sondern auch die eine oder andere Abweichung von der Norm bevorzugen. Die +beiden Dateien implementieren jedoch jeweils nur eine einzige Interpretation +der Norm. Der Leser sei daher daran erinnert, dass diese Dateien lediglich als +Vorlagen zu begreifen sind, um das Erstellen eigener angepasster +\File{lco}-Dateien zu erleichtern.% +% \begin{desclist} \renewcommand*{\abovecaptionskipcorrection}{-\normalbaselineskip}% \desccaption{% @@ -3337,8 +4779,21 @@ voreingestellte Datei selbst zu laden. \oentry{DIN}{% \leavevmode% \IndexOption[indexmain]{DIN}\IndexFile[indexmain]{DIN.lco}% - Parametersatz für Briefe im Format A4 nach DIN~676; geeignet für - Fensterbriefumschläge in den Formaten C4, C5, C6 und C6/5 (C6 lang)}% + voreingestellter Parametersatz für Briefe im Format A4 nach DIN~676; + geeignet für Fensterbriefumschläge in den Formaten C4, C5, C6 und C6/5 (C6 + lang)}% + \oentry{DIN5008A}{% + \leavevmode% + \IndexOption[indexmain]{DIN5008A}\IndexFile[indexmain]{DIN5008A.lco}% + experimenteller Parametersatz für Briefe angelehnt an Variante~A im Format + A4 nach DIN~5008; geeignet für Fensterbriefumschläge in den Formaten C4, + C5, C6 und C6/5 (C6 lang)}% + \oentry{DIN5008B}{% + \leavevmode% + \IndexOption[indexmain]{DIN5008B}\IndexFile[indexmain]{DIN5008B.lco}% + experimenteller Parametersatz für Briefe angelehnt an Variante~B im Format + A4 nach DIN~5008; geeignet für Fensterbriefumschläge in den Formaten C6 + und C6/5 (C6 lang)}% \oentry{DINmtext}{% \leavevmode% \IndexOption[indexmain]{DINmtext}\IndexFile[indexmain]{DINmtext.lco}% @@ -3356,10 +4811,10 @@ voreingestellte Datei selbst zu laden. \oentry{KOMAold}{% \leavevmode% \IndexOption[indexmain]{KOMAold}\IndexFile[indexmain]{KOMAold.lco}% - \iffalse + \iftrue% existiert nur noch aus Kompatibilitätsgründen; die Verwendung wird nicht mehr empfohlen% - \else + \else% Parametersatz für Briefe im Format A4 mit Annäherung an das Aussehen von Briefen der obsoleten Briefklasse \Class{scrlettr}; geeignet für Fensterbriefumschläge in den Formaten C4, C5, C6 und C6/5 (C6 lang); es @@ -3368,8 +4823,7 @@ voreingestellte Datei selbst zu laden. definiert; \Class{scrlttr2} verhält sich mit dieser \File{lco}-Datei möglicherweise nicht genau wie bei Verwendung der übrigen \File{lco}-Dateien% - \fi - }% + \fi }% \oentry{NF}{% \leavevmode% \IndexOption[indexmain]{NF}\IndexFile[indexmain]{NF.lco}% @@ -3440,38 +4894,28 @@ voreingestellte Datei selbst zu laden. \leavevmode% \IndexOption[indexmain]{UScommercial9}% \IndexFile[indexmain]{UScommercial9.lco}% - Parametersatz für US-amerikanische Briefe im Format letter; - geeignet für US-amerikanische Fensterbriefumschläge der Größe - \emph{commercial~No.\,9} mit einem - Anschriftfenster der Breite 4\,1/2\Unit{in} und Höhe 1\,1/8\Unit{in} an - einer Position 7/8\Unit{in} von links und 1/2\Unit{in} von unten ohne - Rücksendeadresse im Fenster; bei Faltung zunächst an der Mittelmarke und - dann an der oberen Faltmarke kann auch Papier im Format legal verwendet - werden, führt dann jedoch zu einer Papiergrößen-Warnung}% + Parametersatz für US-amerikanische Briefe im Format letter; geeignet für + US-amerikanische Fensterbriefumschläge der Größe \emph{commercial~No.\,9} + mit einem Anschriftfenster der Breite 4\,1/2\Unit{in} und Höhe + 1\,1/8\Unit{in} an einer Position 7/8\Unit{in} von links und 1/2\Unit{in} + von unten ohne Rücksendeadresse im Fenster; bei Faltung zunächst an der + Mittelmarke und dann an der oberen Faltmarke kann auch Papier im Format + legal verwendet werden, führt dann jedoch zu einer Papiergrößen-Warnung}% \oentry{UScommercial9DW}{% \leavevmode% \IndexOption[indexmain]{UScommercial9DW}% \IndexFile[indexmain]{UScommercial9DW.lco}% - Parametersatz für US-amerikanische Briefe im Format letter; - geeignet für US-amerikanische Fensterbriefumschläge der Größe - \emph{commercial~No.\,9} mit einem - Anschriftfenster der Breite 3\,5/8\Unit{in} und Höhe 1\,1/8\Unit{in} an - einer Position 3/4\Unit{in} von links und 1/2\Unit{in} von unten mit - einem Absenderfenster der Breite 3\,1/2\Unit{in} und Höhe 7/8\Unit{in} an - einer Position 5/16\Unit{in} von links und 2\,1/2\Unit{in} von unten, - jedoch ohne Rücksendeadresse im Fenster; bei Faltung zunächst an der - Mittelmarke und dann an der oberen Faltmarke kann auch Papier im Format - legal verwendet werden, führt dann jedoch zu einer Papiergrößen-Warnung}% + Parametersatz für US-amerikanische Briefe im Format letter; geeignet für + US-amerikanische Fensterbriefumschläge der Größe \emph{commercial~No.\,9} + mit einem Anschriftfenster der Breite 3\,5/8\Unit{in} und Höhe + 1\,1/8\Unit{in} an einer Position 3/4\Unit{in} von links und 1/2\Unit{in} + von unten mit einem Absenderfenster der Breite 3\,1/2\Unit{in} und Höhe + 7/8\Unit{in} an einer Position 5/16\Unit{in} von links und 2\,1/2\Unit{in} + von unten, jedoch ohne Rücksendeadresse im Fenster; bei Faltung zunächst + an der Mittelmarke und dann an der oberen Faltmarke kann auch Papier im + Format legal verwendet werden, führt dann jedoch zu einer + Papiergrößen-Warnung}% \end{desclist} - -Beachten\textnote{Achtung!} Sie bitte noch, dass es nicht möglich ist, -innerhalb einer \File{lco}-Datei mittels \Macro{PassOptionsToPackage} Optionen -an Pakete zu übergeben, die von der Klasse bereits geladen sind. Normalerweise -betrifft dies nur die Pakete -\hyperref[cha:typearea]{\Package{typearea}}\IndexPackage{typearea}, -\hyperref[cha:scrlfile]{\Package{scrlfile}}\IndexPackage{scrlfile}, -\hyperref[cha:scrbase]{\Package{scrbase}}\IndexPackage{scrbase} und -\Package{keyval}\IndexPackage{keyval}.% % \EndIndexGroup % @@ -3582,7 +5026,6 @@ Datenbanksysteme möglich, solche Massenpostsendungen zu erstellen. \begin{lstcode} \documentclass{scrlttr2} \usepackage[ngerman]{babel} - \usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} \begin{document} \renewcommand*{\adrentry}[8]{% @@ -3673,7 +5116,7 @@ Argument einzufügen. \Class{scrlttr2} und \Package{scrletter} selbst ignorieren diese Anweisung ebenso wie \Macro{addrchar}. % \begin{Example} - Angenommen Sie haben folgende, eher winzige Adressdatei für die ein + Angenommen Sie haben folgende, eher winzige Adressdatei, für die ein Adressbuch erstellt werden soll: % In der folgenden lstcode-Umgebung je nach Umbruchbedarf einzelne % Elemente löschen oder hinzufügen. MICHAEL und GABRIEL sollten jedoch diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/scrwfile.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/scrwfile.tex index 4dfd43f8a6..34400d50a3 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/scrwfile.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/scrwfile.tex @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ % ============================================================================ \KOMAProvidesFile{scrwfile.tex} - [$Date: 2019-10-10 10:04:30 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + [$Date: 2019-11-18 10:57:08 +0100 (Mon, 18 Nov 2019) $ KOMA-Script guide (chapter: scrwfile)] \chapter{Dateien mit \Package{scrwfile} sparen und ersetzen} @@ -91,8 +91,8 @@ Verwendung von PDF\LaTeX{} oder \XeLaTeX{} gelöst werden können. \section{Grundsätzliche Änderungen am \LaTeX-Kern} \seclabel{kernelpatches} -\LaTeX-Klassen verwenden zum Öffnen eines Verzeichnisses beispielsweise mit -\Macro{tableofcontents} oder \Macro{listoffigure} die \LaTeX-Kern-Anweisung +\LaTeX-Klassen verwenden zum Öffnen eines Verzeichnisses, beispielsweise mit +\Macro{tableofcontents} oder \Macro{listoffigures}, die \LaTeX-Kern-Anweisung \Macro{@starttoc}\IndexCmd{@starttoc}. \LaTeX{} selbst lädt bei dieser Anweisung nicht nur die zugehörige Hilfsdatei, sondern öffnet diese Hilfsdatei auch neu zum Schreiben. Werden anschließend mit \Macro{addtocontents} oder @@ -115,9 +115,11 @@ Natürlich\textnote{Achtung!} besitzen Änderungen am \LaTeX-Kern immer das Potential, dass es zu Unverträglichkeiten mit anderen Paketen kommen kann. Betroffen können in erster Linie Pakete sein, die ebenfalls \Macro{@starttoc} oder \Macro{@writefile} umdefinieren. In einigen Fällen kann -es helfen, die Reihenfolge der Pakete zu ändern. Wenn Sie auf -ein solches Problem stoßen, sollten Sie sich an den \KOMAScript-Autor wenden. - +es helfen, die Reihenfolge der Pakete zu ändern.% +\iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur +\ Wenn Sie auf ein solches Problem stoßen, sollten Sie sich an den +\KOMAScript-Autor wenden.5 +\fi \section{Das Eindateiensystem} \seclabel{singlefilefeature} @@ -177,7 +179,7 @@ Die \PName{Zielendung} der Zieldatei wird mit Hilfe von Kontrolle von \hyperref[cha:tocbasic]{\Package{tocbasic}} wird eine Warnung ausgegeben. Anderenfalls wird mit Hilfe von \hyperref[cha:tocbasic]{\Package{tocbasic}} ein neues Verzeichnis für diese -Endung angelegt. Die Überschrift dieses Verzeichnisses kann man über das +Endung angelegt. Die Überschrift des neuen Verzeichnisses kann man über das optionale Argument \PName{Verzeichnisüberschrift} bestimmen. Ausgeben kann man dieses neue Verzeichnis dann beispielsweise über die @@ -248,27 +250,24 @@ werden. \hyperref[cha:tocbasic]{\Package{tocbasic}} steht. Dies ist bei allen \KOMAScript-Klassen der Fall. Näheres zur Anweisung \DescRef{tocbasic.cmd.BeforeStartingTOC} ist in \autoref{sec:tocbasic.toc} - auf \DescPageRef{tocbasic.cmd.BeforeStartingTOC} zu finden.% + auf \DescPageRef{tocbasic.cmd.BeforeStartingTOC} zu finden. Die Erklärung zu + \DescRef{tocbasic.cmd.addxcontentsline} findet sich in demselben Abschnitt + auf \DescPageRef{tocbasic.cmd.addxcontentsline}.% \end{Example}% -% -Die in den Beispielen verwendete Anweisung -\DescRef{tocbasic.cmd.addxcontentsline} ist übrigens ebenfalls in -\autoref{cha:tocbasic}, \DescPageRef{tocbasic.cmd.addxcontentsline} -dokumentiert.% -\EndIndexGroup +\EndIndexGroup% +\ExampleEndFix \section{Hinweis zum Entwicklungsstand} \seclabel{draft} Obwohl das Paket bereits von mehreren Anwendern getestet wurde und vielfach im -Einsatz ist, ist seine Entwicklung noch nicht abgeschlossen. Deshalb ist es +Einsatz ist, ist es vom Autor als experimentell eingestuft. Deshalb ist es theoretisch möglich, dass insbesondere an der internen Funktionsweise des -Pakets noch Änderungen vorgenommen werden. Sehr wahrscheinlich sind auch -künftige Erweiterungen. Teilweise befindet sich bereits Code für solche -Erweiterungen im Paket. Da jedoch noch keine Benutzeranweisungen existieren, -mit denen diese Möglichkeiten genutzt werden könnten, wurde hier auf eine -Dokumentation derselben verzichtet. +Pakets noch Änderungen vorgenommen werden. Teilweise befindet sich auch Code +für zusätzliche Erweiterungen im Paket. Da jedoch keine Benutzeranweisungen +existieren, mit denen diese Möglichkeiten genutzt werden könnten, wurde auf +eine Dokumentation derselben verzichtet. \section{Bekannte Paketunverträglichkeiten} @@ -279,9 +278,9 @@ Wie in \autoref{sec:scrwfile.kernelpatches} bereits erwähnt, muss umdefinieren. Dies geschieht nicht allein während des Ladens des Pakets, sondern vielmehr zu verschiedenen Zeitpunkten während der Abarbeitung eines Dokuments, beispielsweise vor dem Einlesen der -\File{aux}-Datei. Dies\textnote{Achtung!} führt dazu, dass \Package{scrwfile} -sich nicht mit anderen Paketen verträgt, die diese Anweisungen ebenfalls zur -Laufzeit umdefinieren. +\File{aux}-Datei. Das\textnote{Achtung!} führt dazu, dass \Package{scrwfile} +sich nicht mit anderen Paketen verträgt, die dieselben Anweisungen ebenfalls +zur Laufzeit umdefinieren. Ein Beispiel für eine solche Unverträglichkeit ist \Package{titletoc}\important{\Package{titletoc}}\IndexPackage{titletoc}. Das diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex index da1b344524..843d345f9d 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ % ====================================================================== \KOMAProvidesFile{tocbasic.tex} - [$Date: 2019-10-09 15:19:04 +0200 (Wed, 09 Oct 2019) $ + [$Date: 2019-12-03 09:41:21 +0100 (Tue, 03 Dec 2019) $ KOMA-Script guide (package tocbasic)] \chapter{Verzeichnisse verwalten mit Hilfe von \Package{tocbasic}} @@ -102,20 +102,20 @@ Tabellenverzeichnis stehen. Für das Inhaltsverzeichnis verwendet \KOMAScript{} als Besitzer den Dateinamen der Klasse. \begin{Declaration} - \Macro{ifattoclist}\Parameter{Dateierweiterung} + \Macro{Ifattoclist}\Parameter{Dateierweiterung} \Parameter{Dann-Teil}\Parameter{Sonst-Teil} \end{Declaration} -Mit dieser Anweisung wird überprüft, ob die \PName{Dateierweiterung} bereits -in der Liste der bekannten Dateierweiterungen vorhanden ist oder nicht. Ist -die \PName{Dateierweiterung} bereits über diese Liste bekannt, so wird der -\PName{Dann-Teil} ausgeführt. Anderenfalls wird der \PName{Sonst-Teil} -ausgeführt. +Mit\ChangedAt{v3.28}{\Package{tocbasic}} dieser Anweisung wird überprüft, ob +die \PName{Dateierweiterung} bereits in der Liste der bekannten +Dateierweiterungen vorhanden ist oder nicht. Ist die \PName{Dateierweiterung} +bereits über diese Liste bekannt, so wird der \PName{Dann-Teil} +ausgeführt. Anderenfalls wird der \PName{Sonst-Teil} ausgeführt. \begin{Example} Angenommen, Sie wollen wissen, ob die Dateierweiterung »\File{foo}« bereits verwendet wird, um in diesem Fall eine Fehlermeldung auszugeben, weil diese damit nicht mehr verwendet werden kann: \begin{lstcode} - \ifattoclist{foo}{% + \Ifattoclist{foo}{% \PackageError{bar}{% extension `foo' already in use% }{% @@ -130,7 +130,8 @@ ausgeführt. } \end{lstcode} \end{Example} -\EndIndexGroup +\EndIndexGroup% +\ExampleEndFix \begin{Declaration} @@ -149,12 +150,12 @@ und als \PName{Besitzer} zu speichern. Dies\textnote{Achtung!} funktioniert nur, wenn \Macro{addtotoclist} während des Ladens der Klasse oder des Pakets aufgerufen wird. Es funktioniert nicht, wenn \Macro{addtotoclist} erst später aufgrund der Verwendung einer Anweisung durch den Benutzer aufgerufen wird. In -diesem Fall wird als \PName{Besitzer} »\PValue{.}« eingetragen. +diesem Fall wird ein leerer \PName{Besitzer} eingetragen. Beachten\textnote{Achtung!} Sie, dass ein leeres Argument \PName{Besitzer} -nicht das Gleiche ist wie das Weglassen des kompletten optionalen Arguments -einschließlich der eckigen Klammern. Ein leeres Argument würde auch einen -leeren \PName{Besitzer} ergeben. +nicht immer das Gleiche ist wie das Weglassen des kompletten optionalen +Arguments einschließlich der eckigen Klammern. Ein leeres Argument würde immer +einen leeren \PName{Besitzer} ergeben. \begin{Example} Angenommen, Sie wollen die Dateierweiterung »\File{foo}« der Liste der bekannten Dateierweiterungen hinzufügen, während Ihr Paket mit dem @@ -167,15 +168,15 @@ leeren \PName{Besitzer} ergeben. Erweiterung nicht bereits in der Liste ist. Wenn die verwendete Klasse oder ein anderes Paket diese Dateierweiterung schon angemeldet hat, erhalten Sie den Fehler: -\begin{lstoutput} +\begin{lstoutput}[breakatwhitespace] Package tocbasic Error: file extension `foo' cannot be used twice See the tocbasic package documentation for explanation. Type H <return> for immediate help. \end{lstoutput} Wenn Sie dann tatsächlich die Taste »\texttt{H}«, gefolgt von der - Return-Taste drücken, erhalten Sie als Hilfe: -\begin{lstoutput} + Eingabe-Taste drücken, erhalten Sie als Hilfe: +\begin{lstoutput}[breakatwhitespace] File extension `foo' is already used by a toc-file, while bar.sty tried to use it again for a toc-file. This may be either an incompatibility of packages, an error at a package, @@ -209,23 +210,22 @@ wären, könnten Sie als \PName{Besitzer} auch die Kategorie »\PValue{float}« anstelle von »\PValue{float.sty}« angeben. In diesem Fall würden die \KOMAScript-Optionen\important{\DescRef{maincls.option.listof}}% \IndexOption{listof~=\PName{Einstellung}} für das Verzeichnis der Abbildungen -und das Verzeichnis der Tabellen auch Ihre Verzeichnisse betreffen, die zum -Zeitpunkt der Verwendung der jeweiligen Option bereits zur Liste der bekannten -Dateierweiterungen hinzugefügt sind. Das liegt daran, dass \KOMAScript{} die -Dateierweiterungen »\PValue{lof}« für das Abbildungsverzeichnis und -»\PValue{lot}« für das Tabellenverzeichnis mit der Kategorie »\PValue{float}« -als \PName{Besitzer} anmeldet und die Optionen für diesen Besitzer setzt. +und das Verzeichnis der Tabellen auch Ihre Verzeichnisse betreffen. Das liegt +daran, dass \KOMAScript{} die Dateierweiterungen »\PValue{lof}« für das +Abbildungsverzeichnis und »\PValue{lot}« für das Tabellenverzeichnis mit der +Kategorie »\PValue{float}« als \PName{Besitzer} anmeldet und die Optionen für +diesen Besitzer setzt. Das Paket \hyperref[cha:scrhack]{\Package{scrhack}}\IndexPackage{scrhack}% \important{ \hyperref[cha:scrhack]{\Package{scrhack}}} enthält übrigens Patches für mehrere Pakete wie \Package{float} oder \Package{listings}, die eigene Verzeichnisse bereitstellen. Bei Verwendung von -\hyperref[cha:scrhack]{\Package{scrhack}} wird dann unter anderem die -jeweilige Dateierweiterung der Liste der bekannten Dateierweiterungen -hinzugefügt. Dabei wird als \PName{Besitzer} ebenfalls »\PValue{float}« -verwendet. Dies ist sozusagen der grundlegende Baustein, um die Möglichkeiten -von \Package{tocbasic} und der \KOMAScript-Klassen auch für diese -Verzeichnisse nutzen zu können.% +\hyperref[cha:scrhack]{\Package{scrhack}} wird unter anderem die jeweilige +Dateierweiterung der Liste der bekannten Dateierweiterungen hinzugefügt. Dabei +wird als \PName{Besitzer} »\PValue{float}« verwendet. Dies ist sozusagen der +grundlegende Baustein, um die Möglichkeiten von \Package{tocbasic} und der +\KOMAScript-Klassen auch für diese Verzeichnisse automatisch nutzen zu +können.% \EndIndexGroup @@ -272,11 +272,10 @@ sein muss. Siehe dazu auch die Erklärung zu Man kann eine \PName{Dateierweiterung} auch wieder aus der Liste der bekannten Dateierweiterungen entfernen. Ist das optionale Argument \OParameter{Besitzer} angegeben, so wird die Dateierweiterung nur entfernt, wenn sie für den -angegebenen \PName{Besitzer} angemeldet wurde. Wie der Besitzer beim Weglassen -des optionalen Argument bestimmt wird, ist der Erklärung zu -\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.addtotoclist} zu entnehmen. Wird ein leerer -\PName{Besitzer} angegeben, findet kein Besitzertest statt, sondern die -\PName{Dateierweiterung} wird unabhängig vom Besitzer entfernt.% +angegebenen \PName{Besitzer} angemeldet wurde. Das gilt auch für den leeren +\PName{Besitzer}. Wird dagegen gar kein \OParameter{Besitzer} angegeben, +entfallen also auch die eckigen Klammern, findet kein Besitzertest statt, +sondern die \PName{Dateierweiterung} wird unabhängig vom Besitzer entfernt.% \EndIndexGroup @@ -286,7 +285,7 @@ des optionalen Argument bestimmt wird, ist der Erklärung zu Bisher haben Sie nur Anweisungen kennengelernt, die für Klassen- und Paketautoren zwar zusätzliche Sicherheit, aber auch eher zusätzlichen Aufwand bedeuten. Mit \Macro{doforeachtocfile} kann man die erste Ernte dafür -einfahren. Diese Anweisung erlaubt es die angegebenen \PName{Anweisungen} für +einfahren. Diese Anweisung erlaubt es, die angegebenen \PName{Anweisungen} für jede mit dem \PName{Besitzer} angemeldete Dateierweiterung auszuführen. Während der Ausführung der \PName{Anweisungen} ist \Macro{@currext}\IndexCmd{@currext}\important{\Macro{@currext}} die aktuell @@ -300,7 +299,7 @@ hingegen nur die Dateierweiterungen mit leerem Besitzer verarbeiten. \begin{lstcode} \doforeachtocfile{\typeout{\@currext}} \end{lstcode} - möglich. Sollen hingegen nur die Dateierweiterungen des Besitzer + möglich. Sollen hingegen nur die Dateierweiterungen des Besitzers »\PValue{foo}« ausgegeben werden, geht das einfach mit: \begin{lstcode} \doforeachtocfile[foo]{\typeout{\@currext}} @@ -385,7 +384,7 @@ Dateierweiterung der Datei, in die aktuell geschrieben wird. \end{Example}% \iffree{Anweisungen, die nicht bereits beim Schreiben expandiert werden sollen, sind wie bei \Macro{addtocontents} mit \Macro{protect} zu - schützen.}{}% + schützen.}{\ExampleEndFix}% \EndIndexGroup @@ -415,7 +414,7 @@ Anweisung, die von den \KOMAScript-Klassen bereitgestellt wird, wäre Anweisung nicht definiert, wird stattdessen die interne Anweisung \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.tocbasic@addxcontentsline} verwendet. Diese erhält alle vier Argumente als obligatorische Argumente und verwendet dann -seinerseits \Macro{addcontentsline}, um den gewünschten Eintrag +ihrerseits \Macro{addcontentsline}, um den gewünschten Eintrag vorzunehmen. Näheres zu \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.tocbasic@addxcontentsline} ist \autoref{sec:tocbasic.internals}, \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.cmd.tocbasic@addxcontentsline} zu entnehmen. @@ -464,11 +463,12 @@ Während des Schreibens von \PName{Inhalt} ist auch hier, wie schon bei Dateierweiterung der Datei, in die aktuell geschrieben wird.% Die Anweisung\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{tocbasic}} -\Macro{addxcontentslinetoeachtocfile} ist wann immer möglich gegenüber -\Macro{addcontentslinetoeachtocfile} vorzuziehen, da die Erweiterungen von -\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.addxcontentsline} nur damit Anwendung finden. Näheres -zu diesen Erweiterungen und Vorteilen ist in der vorausgehenden Erklärung von -\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.addxcontentsline} zu finden.% +\Macro{addxcontentslinetoeachtocfile} ist gegenüber +\Macro{addcontentslinetoeachtocfile} möglichst vorzuziehen, da die +Erweiterungen von \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.addxcontentsline} nur damit +Anwendung finden. Näheres zu diesen Erweiterungen und Vorteilen ist in der +vorausgehenden Erklärung von \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.addxcontentsline} zu +finden.% % \EndIndexGroup @@ -505,14 +505,12 @@ und eine Warnung ausgegeben. Die\important{\Macro{listofeachtoc}} Anweisung \Macro{listofeachtoc} gibt alle Verzeichnisse mit dem angegebenen Besitzer oder alle Verzeichnisse aller -bekannten Dateinamenerweiterungen aus. Dabei\textnote{Achtung!} sollte -\Macro{listof\PName{Dateierweiterung}name} definiert sein, damit der korrekte -Titel ausgegeben werden kann. - -Da\textnote{Tipp!} eventuell auch der Anwender selbst -\Macro{listoftoc} ohne optionales Argument oder \Macro{listofeachtoc} verwenden -könnte, wird empfohlen \Macro{listof\PName{Dateierweiterung}name} immer -passend zu definieren. +bekannten Dateinamenerweiterungen aus. Damit\textnote{Achtung!} dabei der +korrekte Titel ausgegeben werden kann, sollte +\Macro{listof\PName{Dateierweiterung}name} passend definiert sein. +Da\textnote{Tipp!} eventuell auch der Anwender selbst \Macro{listoftoc} ohne +optionales Argument oder \Macro{listofeachtoc} verwenden könnte, wird dies +ohnehin empfohlen. \begin{Example} Angenommen, Sie haben ein neues »Verzeichnis der Algorithmen« mit der Dateierweiterung »\PValue{loa}« und wollen dieses anzeigen lassen: @@ -559,7 +557,7 @@ dieser Anweisungen zu einer Fehlermeldung der Art führen, wenn keine Schreibdateien mehr zur Verfügung stehen. Abhilfe kann in diesem Fall das Laden des in \autoref{cha:scrwfile} beschriebenen Pakets \Package{scrwfile}\important{\Package{scrwfile}}\IndexPackage{scrwfile} -bieten. +oder die Verwendung von Lua\LaTeX{} bieten. Das Paket \hyperref[cha:scrhack]{\Package{scrhack}}\IndexPackage{scrhack}% \important{ \hyperref[cha:scrhack]{\Package{scrhack}}} enthält übrigens @@ -623,7 +621,7 @@ das unveränderte Argument selbst. Bei Verwendung einer anderen Klasse ist Die Anweisung wird von \Package{tocbasic} jedoch nur definiert, wenn sie nicht bereits definiert ist. Sie kann also in einer Klasse in der gewünschten Weise vorbelegt werden und wird dann von \Package{tocbasic} nicht umdefiniert, -sondern verwendet wie vorgefunden. +sondern wie vorgefunden verwendet. \begin{Example} Sie wollen aus unerfindlichen Gründen, dass die Kolumnentitel in Ihrer Klasse in Kleinbuchstaben ausgegeben werden. Damit dies auch für die @@ -668,8 +666,8 @@ diese Möglichkeit einmal nicht ausreichen, so besteht die Möglichkeit, mit Verzeichnis mit einer bestimmten \PName{Dateierweiterung} zu definieren. Die Definition kann als einzigen Parameter \PValue{\#1} enthalten. Beim Aufruf der Anweisung innerhalb von \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.listoftoc} oder -\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.listofeachtoc} wird für dieses Argument dann der Titel -für das Verzeichnis übergeben. +\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.listofeachtoc} wird für dieses Argument der Titel +des Verzeichnisses übergeben. Die \PName{Definition} ist dann selbstverständlich auch für die Auswertung weiterer Eigenschaften, die sich auf die Überschrift beziehen, @@ -693,7 +691,7 @@ Komma getrennte Folge von \PName{Eigenschaften}. Das Paket \item[\PValue{leveldown}] bedeutet, dass das Verzeichnis nicht mit der obersten Gliederungsebene unterhalb von \DescRef{maincls.cmd.part} -- wenn vorhanden \DescRef{maincls.cmd.chapter}, sonst \DescRef{maincls.cmd.section} - -- erstellt wird, sondern mit einer Überschrift der nächst tieferen + -- erstellt wird, sondern mit einer Überschrift der nächsttieferen Gliederungsebene. Diese Eigenschaft wird von der internen Überschriftenanweisung ausgewertet. Wird\textnote{Achtung!} hingegen eine eigene Überschriftenanweisung mit \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.deftocheading} @@ -719,7 +717,7 @@ Komma getrennte Folge von \PName{Eigenschaften}. Das Paket Hinzufügen der Dateierweiterung zu der Liste der bekannten Dateierweiterungen gesetzt sein muss, damit sie eine Wirkung hat. \item[\PValue{noindent}]\ChangedAt{v3.27}{\Package{tocbasic}} veranlasst alle - von \KOMAScript{} bereitgestellten Verzeichniseintragsstile die Eigenschaft + von \KOMAScript{} bereitgestellten Verzeichniseintragsstile ihre Eigenschaft \PValue{indent} (siehe \autoref{tab:tocbasic.tocstyle.attributes}, \autopageref{tab:tocbasic.tocstyle.attributes.indent}) zu ignorieren und stattdessen den Einzug zu deaktivieren. @@ -727,9 +725,14 @@ Komma getrennte Folge von \PName{Eigenschaften}. Das Paket dass vor dem Abschalten des Absatzabstandes für die Verzeichnisse ein letztes Mal ein expliziter Absatzabstand eingefügt wird. Dies führt in der Regel dazu, dass bei Dokumenten mit Absatzabstand der Abstand zwischen - Überschrift und ersten Verzeichniseintrag\index{Verzeichnis>Eintrag} kleiner - wird als zwischen Überschriften und normalem Text. Normalerweise erhält man - daher ohne diese Eigenschaft eine einheitlichere Formatierung. + Überschrift und erstem Verzeichniseintrag\index{Verzeichnis>Eintrag} kleiner + wird als zwischen Überschriften und normalem Text. % + \iffalse% Umbruchkorrektur + Normalerweise erhält man daher ohne diese Eigenschaft eine einheitlichere + Formatierung.% + \else% + Ohne diese Eigenschaft wirkt die Formatierung daher meist einheitlicher.% + \fi% \item[\PValue{noprotrusion}] verhindert\ChangedAt{v3.10}{\Package{tocbasic}} das Abschalten des optischen Randausgleichs in den Verzeichnissen. Optischer Randausgleich wird standardmäßig abgeschaltet, wenn das Paket @@ -768,27 +771,30 @@ Komma getrennte Folge von \PName{Eigenschaften}. Das Paket Die \KOMAScript-Klassen setzen diese Eigenschaft bei Verwendung der Option \OptionValueRef{maincls}{listof}{numberline}% - \important{\OptionValueRef{maincls}{listof}{numberline}}% + \important{\OptionValueRef{maincls}{listof}{numberline}\\ + \OptionValueRef{maincls}{toc}{numberline}% + }% \IndexOption{listof~=\textKValue{numberline}} für die Dateierweiterungen mit dem Besitzer \PValue{float} und bei Verwendung der Option \OptionValueRef{maincls}{toc}{numberline}% - \important{\OptionValueRef{maincls}{toc}{numberline}}% \IndexOption{toc~=\textKValue{numberline}} für die Dateierweiterung - \PValue{toc}. Entsprechend wird die Eigenschaft bei Verwendung von Option + \PValue{toc}. Entsprechend + wird die Eigenschaft bei Verwendung von Option \OptionValueRef{maincls}{listof}{nonumberline}% - \important{\OptionValueRef{maincls}{listof}{nonumberline}}% - \IndexOption{listof~=\textKValue{nonumberline}} oder + \important{% + \OptionValueRef{maincls}{listof}{nonumberline}\\ + \OptionValueRef{maincls}{toc}{nonumberline}% + }\IndexOption{listof~=\textKValue{nonumberline}} oder \OptionValueRef{maincls}{toc}{nonumberline}% - \important{\OptionValueRef{maincls}{toc}{nonumberline}}% \IndexOption{toc~=\textKValue{nonumberline}} wieder zurückgesetzt. \item[\PValue{onecolumn}] \leavevmode\ChangedAt{v3.01}{\Package{tocbasic}}% bedeutet, dass für dieses Verzeichnis automatisch der \LaTeX-interne Einspaltenmodus mit \Macro{onecolumn}\IndexCmd{onecolumn} verwendet - wird. Dies\textnote{Achtung!} gilt jedoch nur, falls dieses Verzeichnis + wird. Das\textnote{Achtung!} gilt jedoch nur, falls dieses Verzeichnis nicht mit der oben beschriebenen Eigenschaft \PValue{leveldown}\important{\PValue{leveldown}} um eine Gliederungsebene nach unten verschoben wurde. Die \KOMAScript-Klassen \Class{scrbook} und - \Class{scrreprt} setzen diese Eigenschaft per + \Class{scrreprt} setzen die Eigenschaft per \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.AtAddToTocList} (siehe \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.cmd.AtAddToTocList}) für alle Verzeichnisse mit dem Besitzer \PValue{float} oder mit sich selbst als Besitzer. Damit werden @@ -823,6 +829,7 @@ Die \KOMAScript-Klassen kennen eine weitere Eigenschaft: entnehmen. \end{description} \begin{Example} + \iffalse% Umbruchkorrektur Da \KOMAScript{} für das Abbildungs- und das Tabellenverzeichnis auf \Package{tocbasic} aufbaut, gibt es nun eine weitere Möglichkeit, jegliche Kapiteluntergliederung dieser Verzeichnisse zu verhindern: @@ -831,9 +838,11 @@ Die \KOMAScript-Klassen kennen eine weitere Eigenschaft: \unsettoc{lot}{chapteratlist} \end{lstcode} - Wollen Sie hingegen, dass das von Ihnen definierte Verzeichnis mit der - Dateierweiterung »\PValue{loa}« ebenfalls von der Kapiteluntergliederung der - \KOMAScript-Klassen betroffen ist, so verwenden Sie + \fi% + Wollen Sie\iffalse hingegen\fi, dass das von Ihnen definierte Verzeichnis + mit der Dateierweiterung »\PValue{loa}« ebenfalls von der + Kapiteluntergliederung der \KOMAScript-Klassen betroffen ist, so verwenden + Sie \begin{lstcode} \setuptoc{loa}{chapteratlist} \end{lstcode} @@ -841,14 +850,14 @@ Wollen Sie außerdem, dass bei Klassen, die \DescRef{maincls.cmd.chapter} als oberste Gliederungsebene verwenden, das Verzeichnis automatisch einspaltig gesetzt wird, so verwenden Sie zusätzlich \begin{lstcode} - \ifundefinedorrelax{chapter}{}{% + \Ifundefinedorrelax{chapter}{}{% \setuptoc{loa}{onecolumn}% } \end{lstcode} - Die Verwendung von \DescRef{scrbase.cmd.ifundefinedorrelax} + Die Verwendung von \DescRef{scrbase.cmd.Ifundefinedorrelax} setzt das Paket \Package{scrbase} voraus (siehe \autoref{sec:scrbase.if}, - \DescPageRef{scrbase.cmd.ifundefinedorrelax}). + \DescPageRef{scrbase.cmd.Ifundefinedorrelax}). Sollte\textnote{Tipp!} Ihr Paket mit einer anderen Klasse verwendet werden, so schadet es trotzdem nicht, dass Sie diese Eigenschaften setzen, im @@ -863,13 +872,14 @@ bedeuten würden und deshalb in vielen Paketen leider fehlen.% \begin{Declaration} - \Macro{iftocfeature}\Parameter{Dateierweiterung}\Parameter{Eigenschaft} + \Macro{Iftocfeature}\Parameter{Dateierweiterung}\Parameter{Eigenschaft} \Parameter{Dann-Teil}\Parameter{Sonst-Teil} \end{Declaration} -Hiermit kann man für jede \PName{Eigenschaft} feststellen, ob sie für eine -\PName{Dateierweiterung} gesetzt ist. Ist dies der Fall, wird der -\PName{Dann-Teil} ausgeführt, anderenfalls der \PName{Sonst-Teil}. Das kann -beispielsweise nützlich sein, wenn Sie eigene Überschriftenanweisungen mit +Hiermit\ChangedAt{v3.28}{\Package{tocbasic}} kann man für jede +\PName{Eigenschaft} feststellen, ob sie für eine \PName{Dateierweiterung} +gesetzt ist. Ist dies der Fall, wird der \PName{Dann-Teil} ausgeführt, +anderenfalls der \PName{Sonst-Teil}. Das kann beispielsweise nützlich sein, +wenn Sie eigene Überschriftenanweisungen mit \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.deftocheading} definieren, aber die oben beschriebenen Eigenschaften \PValue{totoc}, \PValue{numbered} oder \PValue{leveldown} unterstützen wollen. @@ -886,7 +896,7 @@ Neben\ChangedAt{v3.20}{\Package{tocbasic}} den eigentlichen Verzeichnissen und den zugehörigen Hilfsdateien kann man mit dem Paket \Package{tocbasic} ab Version~3.20 auch Einfluss auf die Verzeichniseinträge nehmen. Dazu können neue Stile definiert werden. Es stehen aber auch mehrere -vordefinierte Stile zur Verfügung. Mittelfristig wird \Package{tocbasic} das +vordefinierte Stile zur Verfügung. Damit soll \Package{tocbasic} auch das nie offiziell gewordene \KOMAScript-Paket \Package{tocstyle} ablösen. Die \KOMAScript-Klassen selbst bauen seit Version~3.20 ebenfalls vollständig auf die von \Package{tocbasic} bereitgestellten Stile für Verzeichniseinträge. @@ -895,7 +905,7 @@ die von \Package{tocbasic} bereitgestellten Stile für Verzeichniseinträge. \Counter{tocdepth} \end{Declaration} Verzeichniseinträge sind normalerweise hierarchisch geordnet. Dazu wird jeder -Eintragsebene ein nummerischer Wert zu geordnet. Je höher dieser Wert, desto +Eintragsebene ein numerischer Wert zugeordnet. Je höher dieser Wert, desto tiefer in der Hierarchie liegt die Ebene. Bei den Standardklassen hat die Ebene für Teile beispielsweise den Wert -1 und die Ebene für Kapitel den Wert 0. Über den \LaTeX-Zähler \Counter{tocdepth} wird bestimmt, bis zu welcher @@ -904,7 +914,7 @@ Ebene Einträge im Verzeichnis ausgegeben werden. Bei \Class{book} ist \Counter{tocdepth} beispielsweise mit 2 voreingestellt, es werden also die Einträge der Ebenen \PValue{part}, \PValue{chapter}, \PValue{section} und \PValue{subsection} ausgeben. Tiefere Ebenen wie -\PValue{subsubsection}, deren nummerischer Wert 3 ist, werden nicht +\PValue{subsubsection}, deren numerischer Wert 3 ist, werden nicht ausgegeben. Trotzdem sind die Einträge in der Hilfsdatei für das Inhaltsverzeichnis vorhanden. @@ -1034,7 +1044,7 @@ Derzeit werden von \Package{tocbasic} die folgenden Eintragsstile definiert: Stil werden unabhängig von allen Einstellungen für \DescRef{\LabelBase.counter.tocdepth}% \IndexCounter{tocdepth}\important{\DescRef{\LabelBase.counter.tocdepth}} - nicht ausgegeben sondern sozusagen verschluckt. Dennoch verfügt er über die + nicht ausgegeben, sondern sozusagen verschluckt. Dennoch verfügt er über die Standardeigenschaft \PValue{level}, die jedoch nie ausgewertet wird. \item[\PValue{largetocline}] entspricht dem Stil, der von den Standardklassen für die Ebene \PValue{part} bekannt ist. Er kennt @@ -1056,7 +1066,7 @@ Derzeit werden von \Package{tocbasic} die folgenden Eintragsstile definiert: \autoref{fig:tocbasic.largetocline} illustriert die Eigenschaften des Stils. Dabei wird auch auf"|fällig, dass der Stil einige Ungereimtheiten - der Standardklassen übernommen hat, beispielsweise der fehlende Einzug ab + der Standardklassen übernommen hat, beispielsweise den fehlenden Einzug ab der zweiten Zeile bei mehrzeiligen Einträgen und zwei unterschiedliche Werte für \Macro{@pnumwidth}, die aus einer Abhängigkeit von der Schriftgröße resultieren. Daraus resultiert auch der Umstand, dass im Extremfall der Text @@ -1136,7 +1146,7 @@ Derzeit werden von \Package{tocbasic} die folgenden Eintragsstile definiert: \autopageref{tab:tocbasic.tocstyle.attributes} erklärt. \begin{figure} \centering - \resizebox{.8\linewidth}{!}{% + \resizebox{.8\linewidth}{!}{\hspace{-2em}% Leicht nach links schieben \begin{tikzpicture} \coordinate (subsection) at (0,0); \coordinate (section) at ($(subsection)+(0,2\baselineskip)$); @@ -1174,13 +1184,13 @@ Derzeit werden von \Package{tocbasic} die folgenden Eintragsstile definiert: \draw[|-|,color=gray,overlay] ($(part)+(\linewidth,\ht\strutbox)$) node [anchor=north,font=\small] { - \Macro{@tocrmarg} + ~\PValue{rightindent} } -- ($(part)+(\linewidth-2.55em,\ht\strutbox)$); \draw[|-|,color=gray,overlay] ($(part)+(\linewidth,-\baselineskip)$) -- node [anchor=north,font=\small] { - \Macro{@pnumwidth} + \PValue{pagenumberwidth} } ($(part)+(\linewidth-1.55em,-\baselineskip)$); \node at (chapter) [anchor=west,inner sep=0,outer sep=0] @@ -1211,13 +1221,13 @@ Derzeit werden von \Package{tocbasic} die folgenden Eintragsstile definiert: \draw[|-|,color=gray,overlay] ($(chapter)+(\linewidth,\ht\strutbox)$) node [anchor=north,font=\small] { - \Macro{@tocrmarg} + ~\PValue{rightindent} } -- ($(chapter)+(\linewidth-2.55em,\ht\strutbox)$); \draw[|-|,color=gray,overlay] ($(chapter)+(\linewidth,-\baselineskip)$) - node [anchor=north,font=\small] { - \Macro{@pnumwidth} + node [anchor=north west,font=\small] { + \hspace*{-3.1em}\PValue{pagenumberwidth} } -- ($(chapter)+(\linewidth-1.55em,-\baselineskip)$); \node at (section) [anchor=west,inner sep=0,outer sep=0] @@ -1263,13 +1273,13 @@ Derzeit werden von \Package{tocbasic} die folgenden Eintragsstile definiert: \draw[|-|,color=gray,overlay] ($(subsection)+(\linewidth,\ht\strutbox)$) node [anchor=north,font=\small] { - \Macro{@tocrmarg} + ~\PValue{rightindent} } -- ($(subsection)+(\linewidth-2.55em,\ht\strutbox)$); \draw[|-|,color=gray,overlay] ($(subsection)+(\linewidth,-\baselineskip)$) -- node [anchor=north,font=\small] { - \Macro{@pnumwidth} + \PValue{pagenumberwidth} } ($(subsection)+(\linewidth-1.55em,-\baselineskip)$); \end{tikzpicture}% @@ -1280,18 +1290,18 @@ Derzeit werden von \Package{tocbasic} die folgenden Eintragsstile definiert: \end{figure} \item[\PValue{toctext}]\ChangedAt{v3.27}{\Package{tocbasic}}% stellt eine Besonderheit dar. Während alle anderen Stile je Eintrag einen - Absatz erzeugen, wird hier für alle aufeinanderfolgenden Einträge dieses - Stils nur ein einziger Absatz erzeugt. Für die Konfigurierung stehen neben - der Standardeigenschaft \PValue{level} mit 13\important{\PValue{afterpar}, - \PValue{entryformat}, \PValue{entrynumberformat}, \PValue{indent}, - \PValue{numsep}, \PValue{onendentry}, \PValue{onendlastentry}, - \PValue{onstartentry}, \PValue{onstartfirstentry}, - \PValue{pagenumberformat}, \PValue{prepagenumber}, \PValue{raggedright}, - \PValue{rightindent}} weiteren Eigenschaften fast so viele Möglichkeiten - wie bei \PValue{tocline} zur Verfügung. Dieser Stil ist aber zwingend darauf - angewiesen, dass am Anfang aller anderen Stile und auch am Ende des - Verzeichnisses ein noch nicht beendeter Absatz tasächlich beendet - wird. Daher sollten Einträge dieses Stils nicht mit Einträgen oder + Absatz\important{\PValue{level}, \PValue{afterpar}, \PValue{entryformat}, + \PValue{entrynumberformat}, \PValue{indent}, \PValue{numsep}, + \PValue{onendentry}, \PValue{onendlastentry}, \PValue{onstartentry}, + \PValue{onstartfirstentry}, \PValue{pagenumberformat}, + \PValue{prepagenumber}, \PValue{raggedright}, \PValue{rightindent}} + erzeugen, wird hier für alle aufeinanderfolgenden Einträge dieses Stils nur + ein einziger Absatz erzeugt. Für die Konfigurierung stehen neben der + Standardeigenschaft \PValue{level} mit 13 weiteren Eigenschaften fast so + viele Möglichkeiten wie bei \PValue{tocline} zur Verfügung. Dieser Stil ist + aber zwingend darauf angewiesen, dass am Anfang aller anderen Stile und auch + am Ende des Verzeichnisses ein noch nicht beendeter Absatz tasächlich + beendet wird. Daher sollten Einträge dieses Stils nicht mit Einträgen oder Verzeichnissen kombiniert werden, die an \Package{tocbasic} vorbei erzeugt werden. \item[\PValue{undottedtocline}] entspricht dem Stil, der von den @@ -1351,7 +1361,7 @@ Eine Erklärung zu den Eigenschaften der von \Package{tocbasic} definierten Stile findet sich in \autoref{tab:tocbasic.tocstyle.attributes}. Neben\ChangedAt{v3.27}{\Package{tocbasic}} der normalen Zuweisung eines Wertes in der Form \Option{\PName{Schlüssel}=\PName{Wert}} verstehen beide Befehle für -die durch \KOMAScript{} definierten Stile für alle Optionen auch die +alle Optionen der durch \KOMAScript{} definierten Stile auch die Zuweisungen in der Form \Option{\PName{Schlüssel}:=\PName{Eintragsebene}}. In diesem Fall wird die aktuell gültige Einstellung für \PName{Eintragsebene} kopiert, soweit diese verfügbar ist. Es kann also beispielsweise mit @@ -1364,13 +1374,13 @@ verwendet werden. Mit \OptionValue{indent+}{1cm} könnte so beispielsweise der Einzug um 1\Unit{cm} erhöht werden. Bei\ChangedAt{v3.21}{\Package{tocbasic}} Verwendung der Eigenschaften als -Optionen für \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.DeclareNewTOC}\IndexCmd{DeclareNewTOC} -(siehe \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.cmd.DeclareNewTOC}) sind die Namen der -Eigenschaften mit dem Präfix \PValue{tocentry}, also beispielsweise -\Option{tocentrylevel} anstelle von \PValue{level}, zu verwenden. Die zuvor -beschriebene Kopiermöglichkeit mit \Option{:=} ist hierbei ebenfalls -verfügbar. Die Addition mit Hilfe von \Option{+=} wird derzeit jedoch nicht -unterstützt. +Optionen für Anweisung +\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.DeclareNewTOC}\IndexCmd{DeclareNewTOC} (siehe +\DescPageRef{\LabelBase.cmd.DeclareNewTOC}) sind die Namen der Eigenschaften +mit dem Präfix \PValue{tocentry} zu verwenden, also beispielsweise +\Option{tocentrylevel} anstelle von \PValue{level}. Die zuvor beschriebene +Kopiermöglichkeit mit \Option{:=} ist hierbei ebenfalls verfügbar. Die +Addition mit Hilfe von \Option{+=} wird derzeit jedoch nicht unterstützt. Bei\ChangedAt{v3.20}{\Package{tocbasic}} Verwendung als Optionen für \DescRef{maincls-experts.cmd.DeclareSectionCommand}% @@ -1378,13 +1388,20 @@ für \DescRef{maincls-experts.cmd.DeclareSectionCommand}% \IndexCmd{RedeclareSectionCommand}\IndexCmd{ProvideSectionCommand} (siehe \DescPageRef{maincls-experts.cmd.DeclareSectionCommand}) und verwandten Anweisungen sind die Namen der Eigenschaften mit dem Präfix \PValue{toc} zu -versehen, also beispielsweise \Option{toclevel} anstelle von \PValue{level} zu -verwenden. Hierbei existiert derzeit weder die Kopiermöglichkeit mit +versehen, also beispielsweise \Option{toclevel} anstelle von \PValue{level}. Hierbei existiert derzeit weder die Kopiermöglichkeit mit \Option{:=} noch die Addition mit \Option{+=}. Letztlich führt der Aufruf von \Macro{DeclareTOCStyleEntry} zur Definition der Anweisung \Macro{l@\PName{Eintragsebene}}. +Während \Macro{DeclareTOCStyleEntry} nur eine \PName{Eintragsebene} +definiert, kann über +\Macro{DeclareTOCStyeEntries}\ChangedAt{v3.26}{\Package{tocbasic}} auf einen +Schlag eine ganze \PName{Liste von Eintragsebenen} definiert werden. Die durch +Komma voneinander getrennt angegebenen Eintragsebenen der Liste werden dabei +alle mit demselben \PName{Stil} und den über \PName{Optionenliste} +angegebenen Einstellungen definiert.% +% \begin{desclist} \desccaption{% Attribute für die vordefinierten Verzeichniseintragsstile von @@ -1412,7 +1429,8 @@ Anweisung \Macro{l@\PName{Eintragsebene}}. \texttt{2.25em plus 1pt} initialisiert, bei \PValue{chapter} mit \texttt{1em plus 1pt}. Ist noch keine \PName{Eintragsebene} \PValue{chapter} bekannt, wird stattdessen für \PValue{section} - \texttt{1em plus 1pt} verwendet. Ansonsten wird \PValue{section} wie alle + \texttt{1em plus 1pt} verwendet. Ansonsten wird es für \PValue{section} + wie für alle anderen Ebenen mit \texttt{0pt plus .2pt} initialisiert.% }% \entry{\OptionVName{breakafternumber}{Schalter}}{% @@ -1428,7 +1446,7 @@ Anweisung \Macro{l@\PName{Eintragsebene}}. Ist %\textnote{Achtung!} für ein Verzeichnis mit \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.setuptoc} die Eigenschaft \Option{numberline} gesetzt (siehe \autoref{sec:tocbasic.toc}, - \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.cmd.setuptoc}), wie dies bei den + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.cmd.setuptoc}), wie das bei den \KOMAScript-Klassen und Verwendung deren Option \OptionValueRef{maincls}{toc}{numberline}% \IndexOption{toc~=\textKValue{numberline}} der Fall ist, führt dies auch @@ -1454,7 +1472,7 @@ Anweisung \Macro{l@\PName{Eintragsebene}}. verwendet werden. Font-Änderungen über \Option{entryformat} erfolgen ausgehend von \Macro{normalfont}\Macro{normalsize}. Es wird darauf hingewiesen, dass die Ausgabe von \Option{linefill} und der Seitenzahl - unabhängig von \Option{entryformat} sind. Siehe dazu auch die Eigenschaft + unabhängig von \Option{entryformat} ist. Siehe dazu auch die Eigenschaft \Option{pagenumberformat}. Initialisiert wird die Eigenschaft für die \PName{Eintragsebene} @@ -1472,7 +1490,7 @@ Anweisung \Macro{l@\PName{Eintragsebene}}. Argument zu erwarten. Font-Änderungen erfolgen ausgehend von der Eigenschaft \Option{entryformat}. - Initialisiert wird die Eigenschaft mit Ausgabe des übergebenen + Initialisiert wird die Eigenschaft mit der Ausgabe des übergebenen Arguments. Die Eintragsnummer wird also unverändert ausgegeben. Ist %\textnote{Achtung!} @@ -1515,8 +1533,8 @@ Anweisung \Macro{l@\PName{Eintragsebene}}. stattdessen 0\Unit{pt}. Der Einzug wird also deaktiviert.% }% \entry{\OptionVName{level}{Integer}}{% - Nummerischer Wert der \PName{Eintragsebene}. Tatsächlich angezeigt werden - nur Einträge, deren nummerische Ebene nicht größer als Zähler + Numerischer Wert der \PName{Eintragsebene}. Tatsächlich angezeigt werden + nur Einträge, deren numerische Ebene nicht größer als Zähler \DescRef{\LabelBase.counter.tocdepth}% %\important{\DescRef{\LabelBase.counter.tocdepth}} \IndexCounter{tocdepth} @@ -1525,7 +1543,7 @@ Anweisung \Macro{l@\PName{Eintragsebene}}. Diese Eigenschaft ist für alle Stile zwingend und wird bei der Definition eines Stils automatisch definiert. - Beim Stil \PValue{tocline} und \PValue{toctext} findet für alle + Bei den Stilen \PValue{tocline} und \PValue{toctext} findet für alle Eintragsebenen, deren Name mit »\texttt{sub}« beginnt, eine Initialisierung entsprechend dem um eins erhöhten Wert einer gleichnamigen Eintragsebene ohne diesen Präfix statt, falls eine solche Ebene @@ -1685,8 +1703,11 @@ Anweisung \Macro{l@\PName{Eintragsebene}}. Initialisiert wird die Eigenschaft für die \PName{Eintragsebene} \PValue{part} mit der Ausgabe des übergebenen Arguments in - \Macro{large}\Macro{bfseries}. Für alle anderen Ebenen erfolgt die Ausgabe - in \Macro{normalfont}\Macro{normalcolor}.% + \Macro{large}\Macro{bfseries}. Für die \PName{Eintragsebene} + \PValue{chapter} wird nur \Macro{bfseries} verwendet. Bei Klassen + ohne vordefiniertes \Macro{l@chapter} geschieht dies auch für die + \PName{Eintragsebene} \PValue{section}. Für alle anderen Ebenen erfolgt + die Ausgabe in \Macro{normalfont}\Macro{normalcolor}.% }% \entry{\OptionVName{pagenumberwidth}{Länge}}{% \ChangedAt{v3.27}{\Package{tocbasic}}% @@ -1735,7 +1756,7 @@ Anweisung \Macro{l@\PName{Eintragsebene}}. \ChangedAt{v3.27}{\Package{tocbasic}}% \PName{Schalter} ist einer der Werte für einfache Schalter aus \autoref{tab:truefalseswitch}, \autopageref{tab:truefalseswitch}. - Ist der Schalter innerhalb eines Absatzes bei irgend einem Eintrag im Stil + Ist der Schalter innerhalb eines Absatzes bei irgendeinem Eintrag im Stil \PValue{toctext} gesetzt, so wird der komplette Absatz in linksbündigem Flattersatz gesetzt.% }% @@ -1747,14 +1768,6 @@ Anweisung \Macro{l@\PName{Eintragsebene}}. entsprechend der rechte Rand für den kompletten Absatz eingestellt.% }% \end{desclist} - -Während \Macro{DeclareTOCStyleEntry} nur genau eine \PName{Eintragsebene} -definiert, kann über -\Macro{DeclareTOCStyeEntries}\ChangedAt{v3.26}{\Package{tocbasic}} auf einen -Schlag eine ganze \PName{Liste von Eintragsebenen} definiert werden. Die durch -Komma voneinander getrennt angegebenen Eintragsebenen der Liste werden dabei -alle mit demselben \PName{Stil} und den über \PName{Optionenliste} -angegebenen Einstellungen definiert.% \EndIndexGroup \begin{Declaration} @@ -1805,18 +1818,19 @@ definieren. Üblicherweise werden Verzeichniseinträge mit \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.addxcontentsline}\IndexCmd{addxcontentsline} (siehe \autoref{sec:tocbasic.basics}, \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.cmd.addxcontentsline}) erzeugt. Dabei schreibt \LaTeX{} eine zugehörige Anweisung -\Macro{contentsline}\IndexCmd{contentsline} in die jeweilige Hilfsdatei. Bei +\Macro{contentsline}\IndexCmd{contentsline} in die jeweilige Hilfsdatei. Beim Einlesen dieser Hilfsdatei führt \LaTeX{} dann für jedes \Macro{contentsline} eine Anweisung \Macro{l@\PName{Eintragsebene}} aus. Wird später einer \PName{Eintragsebene} über \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.DeclareTOCStyleEntry} ein \PName{Stil} zugewiesen, so -wird zunächst \PName{Initialisierungscode} ausgeführt falls angegeben und dann -\PName{Befehlscode} für die Definition von \Macro{l@\PName{Eintragsebene}} -verwendet. \PName{Befehlscode} ist also letztlich der Code, der bei -\Macro{l@\PName{Eintragsebene}} ausgeführt wird. Dabei ist \texttt{\#1} der -Name der Eintragsebene, während \texttt{\#\#1} und \texttt{\#\#2} Platzhalter -für die beiden Argumente von \Macro{l@\PName{Eintragsebene}} sind. +wird zunächst \PName{Initialisierungscode} ausgeführt, falls angegeben, und +dann \PName{Befehlscode} für die Definition von +\Macro{l@\PName{Eintragsebene}} verwendet. \PName{Befehlscode} ist also +letztlich der Code, der bei \Macro{l@\PName{Eintragsebene}} ausgeführt +wird. Dabei ist \texttt{\#1} der Name der Eintragsebene, während +\texttt{\#\#1} und \texttt{\#\#2} Platzhalter für die beiden Argumente von +\Macro{l@\PName{Eintragsebene}} sind. Der \PName{Initialisierungscode} dient einerseits dazu, die Einstellungen eines Stils zu initialisieren. Entwickler\textnote{Empfehlung!} sollten darauf @@ -1856,18 +1870,19 @@ Neben\ChangedAt{v3.27}{\Package{tocbasic}} den normalen Optionen der Form dazu, den Wert einer anderen \PName{Eintragsebene} zu kopieren, sofern der Wert in einem Makro mit gleichem \PName{Präfix} und \PName{Postfix} gespeichert ist. Bei den von \Package{tocbasic} vordefinierten Stilen ist das -für gleichnamige Optionen über Stilgrenzen hinweg der Fall. Von -\Macro{DefineTOCEntryLengthOption} und \Macro{DefineTOCEntryNumberOption} -werden außerdem Optionen der Form \Option{\PName{Schlüssel}+=\PName{Wert}} mit -definiert, die dazu dienen, zu dem in -\Macro{\PName{Präfix}\PName{Eintragsebene}\PName{Postfix}} bereits +für gleichnamige Optionen über Stilgrenzen hinweg der Fall. + +Vergleichbar dazu werden von \Macro{DefineTOCEntryLengthOption} und +\Macro{DefineTOCEntryNumberOption} jeweils zusätzliche Optionen der Form +\Option{\PName{Schlüssel}+=\PName{Wert}} mitdefiniert, die dazu dienen, zu +dem in \Macro{\PName{Präfix}\PName{Eintragsebene}\PName{Postfix}} bereits gespeicherten Wert den neuen \PName{Wert} zu addieren. Die \PName{Erklärung} sollte ein möglichst kurzer Text sein, der den Sinn der Option mit wenigen Schlagworten beschreibt. Er wird von \Package{tocbasic} bei Fehlermeldungen, Warnungen und Informationen auf dem Terminal und in der \File{log}-Datei ausgegeben. - +\begin{Example} Der einfachste Stil von \Package{tocbasic}, \PValue{gobble}, wurde mit \begin{lstcode} \DeclareTOCEntryStyle{gobble}{}% @@ -1876,8 +1891,8 @@ definiert. Würde man nun mit \begin{lstcode} \DeclareTOCStyleEntry[level=1]{gobble}{dummy} \end{lstcode} -eine Eintragsebene \PValue{dummy} in diesem Stil definieren, so würde das -unter anderem +eine Eintragsebene \PValue{dummy} in diesem Stil definieren, so würde das% +\iffalse unter anderem\fi% Umbruchkorrektur \begin{lstcode} \def\dummytocdepth{1} \def\l@dummy#1#2{} @@ -1901,7 +1916,7 @@ unter anderem die Definition \def\scr@tso@part@linefill{\TOCLineLeaderFill} \end{lstcode} vornehmen. - +\end{Example} Wer\textnote{Tipp!} sich selbst einen Stil definieren möchte, dem sei empfohlen, zunächst die Definition des Stils \PValue{dottedtocline} zu studieren. Nachdem dessen Definition verstanden wurde, gibt dann die deutlich @@ -1966,8 +1981,10 @@ erweitert werden. Dabei fügt \Macro{TOCEntryStyleStartInitCode} den neuen \PName{Initialisierungscode} hinten an den vorhandenen Code anfügt. Dies wird beispielsweise von den \KOMAScript-Klassen verwendet, um für den von \PValue{tocline} geklonten Stil \PValue{part} Füllung, Schrift und vertikalen -Abstand passend zu initialisieren. Die Klassen \Class{scrbook} und -\Class{scrreprt} verwenden beispielsweise +Abstand passend zu initialisieren. +\begin{Example} +Die Klassen \Class{scrbook} und +\Class{scrreprt} verwenden \begin{lstcode} \CloneTOCEntryStyle{tocline}{section} \TOCEntryStyleStartInitCode{section}{% @@ -1978,7 +1995,9 @@ Abstand passend zu initialisieren. Die Klassen \Class{scrbook} und \end{lstcode} um den Stil \PValue{section} als abgewandelten Klon von \PValue{tocline} zu definieren.% +\end{Example}% \EndIndexGroup +\ExampleEndFix \begin{Declaration} @@ -2007,8 +2026,8 @@ die Eigenschaften \PValue{onstartlowerlevel}, \PValue{onstartsamelevel} und \begin{Declaration} \Macro{TOCLineLeaderFill}\OParameter{Füllzeichen} \end{Declaration} -Die\ChangedAt{v3.20}{\Package{tocbasic}} Anweisung ist dazu gedacht -als Wert für die Eigenschaft \Option{linefill} des Verzeichniseintragsstils +Die\ChangedAt{v3.20}{\Package{tocbasic}} Anweisung ist dazu gedacht, +als Wert für Eigenschaft \Option{linefill} des Verzeichniseintragsstils \PName{tocline} verwendet zu werden. Sie erzeugt dann eine Verbindung zwischen dem Ende des Textes eines Eintrags und der zugehörigen Seitenzahl. Das \PName{Füllzeichen}, das dazu in regelmäßigem Abstand wiederholt wird, kann @@ -2030,10 +2049,10 @@ Wie der Name schon vermuten lässt, werden die Füllzeichen mit Hilfe von Das Paket \Package{tocbasic} bietet einige interne Anweisungen, deren Benutzung durch Klassen- und Paketautoren freigegeben ist. Diese Anweisungen beginnen alle mit \Macro{tocbasic@}. Aber\textnote{Achtung!} auch Klassen- und -Paketautoren sollten diese Anweisungen nur verwenden und nicht etwa -umdefinieren! Ihre interne Funktion kann jederzeit geändert oder erweitert -werden, so dass jede Umdefinierung der Anweisungen die Funktion von -\Package{tocbasic} erheblich beschädigen könnte! +Paketautoren sollten diese Anweisungen \iffalse nur verwenden und \fi nicht +etwa umdefinieren!\iffalse Ihre interne Funktion kann jederzeit geändert oder +erweitert werden, so dass jede Umdefinierung der Anweisungen die Funktion von +\Package{tocbasic} erheblich beschädigen könnte!\fi% Umbruchkorrektur \begin{Declaration} @@ -2056,7 +2075,7 @@ In der Voreinstellung wird diese Anweisung normalerweise für alle Liste der bekannten Dateierweiterungen hinzugefügt werden, aufgerufen. Über die Eigenschaft \PValue{nobabel}\important{\PValue{nobabel}} (siehe \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.setuptoc}, \autoref{sec:tocbasic.toc}, -\DescPageRef{\LabelBase.cmd.setuptoc}) kann dies unterdrückt werden. Für die +\DescPageRef{\LabelBase.cmd.setuptoc}) kann das unterdrückt werden. Für die Dateinamenerweiterungen \File{toc}, \File{lof} und \File{lot} unterdrückt \Package{tocbasic} dies bereits selbst, % \iftrue% Umbruchvarianten @@ -2065,7 +2084,7 @@ da \Package{babel} sie von sich aus vornimmt.% damit die Umschaltung nicht mehrfach in die zugehörigen Dateien eingetragen wird.% \fi - +\iffalse% Umbruchkorrektur Normalerweise gibt es keinen Grund, diese Anweisung selbst aufzurufen. Es sind allerdings Verzeichnisse denkbar, die nicht unter der Kontrolle von \Package{tocbasic} stehen, also nicht in der Liste der bekannten @@ -2073,6 +2092,7 @@ Dateierweiterungen geführt werden, aber trotzdem die Spracherweiterung für \Package{babel} nutzen sollen. Für derartige Verzeichnisse wäre die Anweisung explizit aufzurufen. Bitte\textnote{Achtung!} achten Sie jedoch darauf, dass dies für jede Dateierweiterung nur einmal geschieht!% +\fi \EndIndexGroup @@ -2157,10 +2177,13 @@ Anweisungen \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.listoftoc}, \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.listoftoc*} und \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.listofeachtoc} nicht verwendet, sollten die beiden Anweisungen für die Haken\Index{Haken} trotzdem aufgerufen werden, soweit sie definiert sind. Die Anweisungen können -auch undefiniert sein. Für einen entsprechenden Test siehe +auch undefiniert sein.% +\iffalse% Umbruchkorrektur / inzwischen passt auch \@ifundefined +\ Für einen entsprechenden Test siehe \DescRef{scrbase.cmd.scr@ifundefinedorrelax}\IndexCmd{scr@ifundefinedorrelax} in \autoref{sec:scrbase.if}, \DescPageRef{scrbase.cmd.scr@ifundefinedorrelax}.% +\fi% \EndIndexGroup @@ -2230,21 +2253,18 @@ nach einem Eintrag kein Seitenumbruch erfolgen darf. Der genaue Wert wird dabei abhängig von der \PName{Eintragsebene} gewählt. % \begin{sloppypar} -\begingroup -\emergencystretch=2em +\begingroup% +\emergencystretch=2em\relax% Über \Macro{tocbasic@DependOnPenaltyAndTOCLevel} wird am Anfang eines -Eintrags, abhängig von \Macro{lastpenalty} und der \PName{Eintragsebene} die -über die Eigenschaft \Option{onstartlowerlevel} im internen Makro +Eintrags, abhängig von \Macro{lastpenalty} und \PName{Eintragsebene}, die über +die Eigenschaft \Option{onstartlowerlevel} im internen Makro \Macro{scr@tso@\PName{Eintragsebene}@LastTOCLevelWasHigher}, über die -\iffree{Eigenschaft}{Ei\-genschaft} -\Option{onstartsamelevel} im zugehörigen, internen -Makro\iffree{ -}{\linebreak}\Macro{scr@tso@\PName{Eintragsebene}@LastTOCLevelWasSame} oder -über die Eigenschaft \Option{onstarthigherlevel} im zugehörigen, internen -Makro \Macro{scr@tso@\PName{Eintragsebene}@LastTOCLevelWasLower} gespeicherte -Aktion ausgeführt. In der Voreinstellung\textnote{Voreinstellung} erlauben die -ersten beiden einen Umbruch, wenn sie im vertikalen Modus ausgeführt -werden.\par +Eigenschaft \Option{onstartsamelevel} im zugehörigen, internen Makro +\Macro{scr@tso@\PName{Eintragsebene}@LastTOCLevelWasSame} oder über die +Eigenschaft \Option{onstarthigherlevel} im zugehörigen, internen Makro +\Macro{scr@tso@\PName{Eintragsebene}@LastTOCLevelWasLower} gespeicherte Aktion +ausgeführt. In der Voreinstellung\textnote{Voreinstellung} erlauben die ersten +beiden einen Umbruch, wenn sie im vertikalen Modus ausgeführt werden.\par% \endgroup %\end{sloppypar} @@ -2268,13 +2288,17 @@ einem eigenen Paket, einer Klasse oder zwischen verwendet werden müssen. Als\textnote{Umgebung} erstes wird eine Umgebung benötigt, die diese neue -Gleitumgebung bereitstellt. Das geht ganz einfach mit: +Gleitumgebung \iftrue% Umbruchkorrektur (siehe auch nach dem Code) +namens \Environment{remarkbox} bereitstellt:% +\else% +bereitstellt. Das geht ganz einfach mit:% +\fi% \begin{lstcode} \newenvironment{remarkbox}% {\@float{remarkbox}}% {\end@float} \end{lstcode} -Die neue Umgebung heißt also \Environment{remarkbox}. +\iffalse Die neue Umgebung heißt also \Environment{remarkbox}.\fi % siehe oben Jede\textnote{Platzierung} Gleitumgebung hat eine Standardplatzierung. Diese setzt sich aus einer oder mehreren der bekannten Platzierungsoptionen @@ -2285,7 +2309,7 @@ setzt sich aus einer oder mehreren der bekannten Platzierungsoptionen Die neue Gleitumgebung soll also in der Voreinstellung nur oben, unten oder auf einer eigenen Seite platziert werden dürfen. -Gleitumgebungen\textnote{Gleittyp} haben außerdem einen nummerischen Gleittyp +Gleitumgebungen\textnote{Gleittyp} haben außerdem einen numerischen Gleittyp zwischen 1 und 31. Umgebungen, bei denen das gleiche Bit im Gleittyp gesetzt ist, dürfen sich nicht gegenseitig überholen. Abbildungen und Tabellen haben normalerweise den Typ~1 und 2. Abbildungen dürfen also @@ -2336,9 +2360,9 @@ Nun\textnote{Dateierweiterung} machen wir die neue Dateierweiterung dem Paket \begin{lstcode} \addtotoclist[float]{lor} \end{lstcode} -Dabei verwenden wir als Besitzer \PValue{float}, damit sich alle -anschließend aufgerufenen Optionen von \KOMAScript, die sich auf Verzeichnisse -von Gleitumgebungen beziehen, auch auf das neue Verzeichnis beziehen. +Dabei verwenden wir als Besitzer \PValue{float}. Damit beziehen sich +automatisch alle Optionen, die von den \KOMAScript-Klassen für Verzeichnisse +von Gleitumgebungen angeboten werden, auch auf das neue Verzeichnis. Jetzt\textnote{Verzeichnistitel} definieren wir noch einen Titel für dieses Verzeichnis: @@ -2358,12 +2382,21 @@ noch definieren, wie ein einzelner Eintrag in dem Verzeichnis aussehen soll: \end{lstcode} Weil das die einfachste Lösung ist, wurde hier festgelegt, dass Einträge in das Verzeichnis der Merksätze genau wie Einträge in das Abbildungsverzeichnis -aussehen sollen. Man hätte auch eine explizite Festlegung wie +aussehen sollen. Man hätte stattdessen auch die Einstellungen selbst kopieren +können: +\begin{lstcode} + \DeclareTOCStyleEntry[level:=figure,% + indent:=figure,% + numwidth:=figure]% + {tocline}{remarkbox} +\end{lstcode} +Selbstverständlich wären auch explizite Festlegungen möglich: \begin{lstcode} - \DeclareTOCStyleEntry[level=1,indent=1em,numwidth=1.5em]% + \DeclareTOCStyleEntry[level=1,% + indent=1.5em,% + numwidth=2.3em]% {tocline}{remarkbox} \end{lstcode} -verwenden können. Außerdem\textnote{Kapiteleintrag} wollen Sie, dass sich Kapiteleinträge auf das Verzeichnis auswirken. @@ -2409,7 +2442,7 @@ verwendet wird, so genügt \begin{lstcode} \newcommand*{\setupremarkboxes}{\setuptoc{lor}} \end{lstcode} -\iffalse% +\iftrue% Umbruchkorrektur um eine als Argument an \Macro{setupremarkboxes} übergebene Liste von Eigenschaften direkt als Liste von % \else% @@ -2522,12 +2555,12 @@ möglich. Siehe dazu \autoref{sec:tocbasic.tocstyle}, über das optionale Argument der Gleitumgebung geändert werden kann. Mit dieser Option wird das \PName{Gleitverhalten} für die optional erstellbare Gleitumgebung (siehe Option \Option{float}) festgelegt. Die Syntax und - Semantik ist dabei mit der des optionalen Arguments für die Gleitumgebung + Semantik sind dabei mit der des optionalen Arguments für die Gleitumgebung identisch. Wird die Option nicht verwendet, so ist das voreingestellte Gleitverhalten \texttt{tbp}, also \emph{top}, \emph{bottom}, \emph{page}.}% \entry{\OptionVName{floattype}{Gleittyp}}{% - Jede Gleitumgebung hat einen nummerischen Typ. Gleitumgebungen, bei denen + Jede Gleitumgebung hat einen numerischen Typ. Gleitumgebungen, bei denen in diesem \PName{Gleittyp} nur unterschiedliche Bits gesetzt sind, können sich gegenseitig überholen. Die Gleitumgebungen \Environment{figure} und \Environment{table} haben normalerweise die Typen 1 und 2, können sich @@ -2548,9 +2581,9 @@ möglich. Siehe dazu \autoref{sec:tocbasic.tocstyle}, und damit Option \Option{tocentrynumwidth}. Besitzt ein Stil diese Eigenschaft, so wird sie von \Macro{DeclareNewTOC} mit 1,5\Unit{em} voreingestellt. Diese Voreinstellung kann durch explizite Angabe von - \OptionVName{tocentrynumwidth}{Wert} leicht mit einem anderen - \PName{Wert} überschrieben werden. Für Abbildungen verwenden die - \KOMAScript-Klassen beispielsweise den \PName{Wert} \PValue{2.3em}.}% + \OptionVName{tocentrynumwidth}{Wert} leicht mit einem anderen \PName{Wert} + überschrieben werden. Für Abbildungen verwenden die \KOMAScript-Klassen + beispielsweise den \PName{Wert} \PValue{2.3em}.}% \entry{\OptionVName{indent}{Einzug}}{% \ChangedAt{v3.20}{\Package{tocbasic}}% \ChangedAt{v3.21}{\Package{tocbasic}}% @@ -2568,10 +2601,10 @@ möglich. Siehe dazu \autoref{sec:tocbasic.tocstyle}, \entry{\OptionVName{level}{Gliederungsebene}}{% \ChangedAt{v3.20}{\Package{tocbasic}}% \ChangedAt{v3.21}{\Package{tocbasic}}% - Diese Option gilt seit \KOMAScript~3.20 als überholt. Der nummerische Wert + Diese Option gilt seit \KOMAScript~3.20 als überholt. Der numerische Wert der Ebene des Verzeichniseintrags\index{Verzeichnis>Eintrag} ist nun stattdessen als Eigenschaft in Abhängigkeit des Verzeichniseintragsstils - von Option \Option{tocentrystyle} anzugeben. Nichts desto trotz haben alle + von Option \Option{tocentrystyle} anzugeben. Nichtsdestotrotz haben alle Stile die Eigenschaft \PValue{level} und damit Option \Option{tocentrylevel}. Die Eigenschaft wird von \Macro{DeclareNewTOC} mit 1 voreingestellt. Diese Voreinstellung kann durch explizite Angabe von @@ -2591,14 +2624,13 @@ möglich. Siehe dazu \autoref{sec:tocbasic.tocstyle}, Sowohl als optionaler Präfix für die Einträge im Verzeichnis als auch für die Beschriftung in einer Gleitumgebung (siehe Option \Option{float}) oder einer nicht gleitenden Umgebung (siehe Option \Option{nonfloat}) wird ein - Name für einen Eintrag in das Verzeichnis benötigt. Ohne diese Option wird - als \PName{Eintragsname} der \PName{Eintragstyp} (siehe Option - \Option{type}) verwendet, bei dem das erste Zeichen in einen - Großbuchstaben gewandelt wird. Es wird auch ein Makro - \Macro{\PName{Eintragstyp}name} mit diesem Wert definiert, der jederzeit - geändert werden kann. Dieses Makro wird jedoch nur definiert, wenn es - nicht bereits definiert ist oder zusätzlich Option \Option{forcenames} - gesetzt ist.}% + Name benötigt. Ohne diese Option wird als \PName{Eintragsname} der + \PName{Eintragstyp} (siehe Option \Option{type}) verwendet, bei dem das + erste Zeichen in einen Großbuchstaben gewandelt wird. Es wird auch ein + Makro \Macro{\PName{Eintragstyp}name} mit diesem Wert definiert, der + jederzeit geändert werden kann. Dieses Makro wird jedoch nur definiert, + wenn es nicht bereits definiert ist oder zusätzlich Option + \Option{forcenames} gesetzt ist.}% \entry{\Option{nonfloat}}{% Es wird nicht nur ein neuer Verzeichnistyp definiert, sondern auch eine nicht gleitende Umgebungen \Environment{\PName{Eintragstyp}-} (siehe @@ -2608,9 +2640,9 @@ möglich. Siehe dazu \autoref{sec:tocbasic.tocstyle}, \entry{\OptionVName{owner}{Besitzer}}{% Jedes neue Verzeichnis hat bei \Package{tocbasic} einen Besitzer (siehe \autoref{sec:tocbasic.basics}). Dieser kann hier angegeben werden. Ist - kein Besitzer angegeben, so wird der Besitzer »\PValue{float}« verwendet, - den auch die \KOMAScript-Klassen für das Abbildungs- und das - Tabellenverzeichnis verwenden.}% + kein \PName{Besitzer} angegeben, so wird als \PName{Besitzer} die + Kategorie »\PValue{float}« verwendet, die auch von den \KOMAScript-Klassen + für das Abbildungs- und das Tabellenverzeichnis verwendet wird.}% \entry{\OptionVName{setup}{Liste von Eigenschaften}}{% \ChangedAt{v3.25}{\Package{tocbasic}}% Die \PName{Liste von Eigenschaften} wird via @@ -2625,11 +2657,12 @@ möglich. Siehe dazu \autoref{sec:tocbasic.tocstyle}, Verzeichnis haben sollen. Der Name der Eintragsebene wird dabei über Option \Option{type} bestimmt. Zusätzlich zu den Optionen dieser Tabelle können auch alle Eigenschaften des Stils als Optionen angegeben werden, - indem die Namen der Eigenschaften mit dem Präfix \PValue{toc} ergänzt - werden. So kann der nummerische Wert der Ebene beispielsweise als + indem die Namen der Eigenschaften mit dem Präfix \PValue{tocentry} ergänzt + werden. So kann der numerische Wert der Ebene beispielsweise als \Option{tocentrylevel} angegeben werden. Näheres zu den Stilen ist \autoref{sec:tocbasic.tocstyle} ab \autopageref{sec:tocbasic.tocstyle} zu - entnehmen.}% + entnehmen.% + }% \entry{\OptionVName{tocentry\PName{Stiloption}}{Wert}}{% \ChangedAt{v3.20}{\Package{tocbasic}}% Weitere Optionen in Abhängigkeit vom via \Option{tocentrystyle} gewählten @@ -2651,8 +2684,8 @@ möglich. Siehe dazu \autoref{sec:tocbasic.tocstyle}, An verschiedenen Stellen wird auch die Mehrzahlform des Eintragstyps verwendet, beispielsweise um eine Anweisung \Macro{listof\PName{Mehrzahl des Eintragstyps}} zu definieren. Wird diese Option nicht verwendet, - so wird als \PName{Mehrzahl des Eintragstyps} der Wert von - \Option{type} mit angehängtem »s« verwendet.}% + so wird als \PName{Mehrzahl des Eintragstyps} der Wert von \Option{type} + mit angehängtem »s« verwendet.}% \entry{\OptionVName{unset}{Liste von Eigenschaften}}{% \ChangedAt{v3.25}{\Package{tocbasic}}% Die \PName{Liste von Eigenschaften} wird via @@ -2681,13 +2714,18 @@ möglich. Siehe dazu \autoref{sec:tocbasic.tocstyle}, sind damit auch der Zähler \Counter{remarkbox}, die zur Ausgabe gehörenden Anweisungen \Macro{theremarkbox}, \Macro{remarkboxname} und \Macro{remarkboxformat}, die für das Verzeichnis benötigten - \Macro{listremarkboxname} und \Macro{listofremarkboxes} sowie einige intern - verwendete Anweisungen mit Bezug auf die Dateiendung \File{lor} - definiert. Soll der Gleitumgebungstyp dem Paket überlassen werden, so kann - Option \Option{floattype} im Beispiel entfallen. Wird zusätzlich - die Option \Option{nonfloat} angegeben, wird außerdem eine nicht gleitende - Umgebung \Environment{remarkbox-} definiert, in der ebenfalls - \DescRef{maincls.cmd.caption}\IndexCmd{caption} verwendet werden kann. + \Macro{listremarkboxname} und \Macro{listofremarkboxes} % + \iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur + sowie einige intern verwendete Anweisungen mit Bezug auf % + \else% + und einige interne Anweisunen für % + \fi% + die Dateiendung \File{lor} definiert. Soll der Gleitumgebungstyp dem Paket + überlassen werden, so kann Option \Option{floattype} \iffalse im Beispiel \fi + entfallen. Wird zusätzlich die Option \Option{nonfloat} angegeben, wird + außerdem eine nicht gleitende Umgebung \Environment{remarkbox-} definiert, + in der ebenfalls \DescRef{maincls.cmd.caption}\IndexCmd{caption} verwendet + werden kann. Zum besseren Verständnis zeigt \autoref{tab:tocbasic.comparison} eine Gegenüberstellung der Anweisungen und Umgebungen für die neu erstellte @@ -2738,7 +2776,7 @@ möglich. Siehe dazu \autoref{sec:tocbasic.tocstyle}, & Überschrift des jeweiligen Verzeichnisses \\[1ex] \Macro{fps@remarkbox} & \Macro{fps@figure} & \Option{type}, \Option{float}, \Option{floattype} - & nummerischer Gleitumge\-bungstyp zwecks + & numerischer Gleitumgebungstyp zwecks Reihen\-fol\-gen\-erhalts\\[1ex] \File{lor} & \File{lof} & @@ -2785,8 +2823,17 @@ in der Regel zu einer Fehlermeldung, weil \Package{hyperref} nicht mit dem \Macro{MakeUppercase}\IndexCmd{MakeUppercase} im Namen des Verzeichnisses zurecht kommt, das benötigt wird, um den ersten Buchstaben des Wertes von \Option{types} in Großbuchstaben zu wandeln.% -\EndIndexGroup -% +\EndIndexGroup% + +\section{Obsolete Befehle} +\seclabel{obsolete} + +Frühere Versionen von \Package{tocbasic} verfügten über Befehle, +die aufgrund von Äußerungen von Mitgliedern des \LaTeX-Project-Teams umbenannt +wurden. Diese veralteten Befehle sollten nicht mehr verwendet werden. + +\LoadNonFree{tocbasic}{0}% +% \EndIndexGroup \endinput diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/typearea-experts.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/typearea-experts.tex index abd6a81675..7ef98de64f 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/typearea-experts.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/typearea-experts.tex @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ % ====================================================================== \KOMAProvidesFile{typearea-experts.tex} - [$Date: 2019-10-10 10:04:30 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + [$Date: 2019-12-19 11:27:10 +0100 (Thu, 19 Dec 2019) $ KOMA-Script guide (chapter: typearea for experts)] \chapter{Zusätzliche Informationen zum Paket \Package{typearea.sty}} @@ -73,11 +73,14 @@ nicht mehr verwendet werden. In diesem Abschnitt werden experimentelle Möglichkeiten beschrieben. Experimentell bedeutet in diesem Zusammenhang, dass die Funktion -nicht garantiert werden kann. Dafür kann es zwei Gründe geben. Zum einen +nicht garantiert werden kann. +\iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur +Dafür kann es zwei Gründe geben. Zum einen steht die endgültige Funktion oder Implementierung eventuell noch nicht abschließend fest. Zum anderen hängen die Möglichkeiten teilweise von Interna anderer Pakete ab und können deshalb in ihrer Funktion nur so lange garantiert werden, wie diese anderen Pakete nicht geändert werden. +\fi \begin{Declaration} \OptionVName{usegeometry}{Ein-Aus-Wert} @@ -109,8 +112,8 @@ Kopf, Fuß etc. benötigt werden -- man spricht von \emph{Überbestimmung} -- un gleichzeitig bei neuen Aufrufen von \Macro{newgeometry} fehlende Angaben aus bereits bekannten ableitet -- man spricht von \emph{Werterhalt} --, muss man gegebenenfalls durch vollständige Bestimmung neuer Werte -bei einem eigenen Aufruf von \Macro{newgeometry} alle gewünschten -Einstellungen explizit vornehmen. Nichts desto Trotz kann die Berücksichtigung +mit einem eigenen Aufruf von \Macro{newgeometry} alle gewünschten +Einstellungen explizit vornehmen. Nichtsdestotrotz kann die Berücksichtigung von \Package{geometry} durch \Package{typearea} zusätzliche Möglichkeiten eröffnen. @@ -139,21 +142,31 @@ eingestellt werden, dass sich \DescRef{typearea.cmd.areaset} diesbezüglich mehr wie \DescRef{typearea.cmd.typearea} verhalten soll. Trotzdem unterscheiden sich Einstellungen, die zu gleich großen Textbereichen führen zwischen den beiden Befehlen weiterhin, da \DescRef{typearea.cmd.typearea} -immer auf ganze Zeile rundet und dabei gegebenenfalls den unteren Rand um bis +immer auf ganze Zeilen rundet und dabei gegebenenfalls den unteren Rand um bis zu eine Zeile kleiner wählt, während \DescRef{typearea.cmd.areaset} den oberen -und unteren Rand immer im Verhältnis 1:2 einstellt. Die Textbereiche der +und unteren Rand immer im Verhältnis 1:2 einstellt. Die Textbereiche der unterschiedlichen Befehle können also bei gleicher Größe vertikal leicht -verschoben sein.% +verschoben sein. + +Nach Aktivierung von \Option{areasetadvanced} kann jedoch mit einer +Kombination wie +\begin{lstcode}[escapeinside=><] + \typearea{>\PName{BCOR}<}{>\PName{DIV}<} + \areaset[current]{\textwidth}{\textheight} +\end{lstcode} +das unterschiedliche Verhalten ausgeglichen werden, ohne dass dabei die +eingangs erwähnten Abstriche in der Arbeitsweise von \Macro{areaset} in Kauf +genommen werden müssen. Siehe dazu auch das Beispiel im nächsten Abschnitt.% \EndIndexGroup \section{Anweisungen für Experten} \seclabel{experts} + In diesem Abschnitt werden Anweisungen beschrieben, die für den normalen Anwender kaum oder gar nicht von Interesse sind. Experten bieten diese -Anweisungen zusätzliche Möglichkeiten.\iffree{ Da die Beschreibungen für - Experten gedacht sind, sind sie kürzer gefasst.}{} +Anweisungen zusätzliche Möglichkeiten. \begin{Declaration} \Macro{activateareas} @@ -172,7 +185,6 @@ Dokuments manuell geändert haben. Der Experte ist dabei für eventuell notwendige Seitenumbrüche vor oder nach der Verwendung jedoch selbst verantwortlich! Darüber hinaus sind alle von \Macro{activateareas} durchgeführten Änderungen lokal!% -% \EndIndexGroup @@ -184,22 +196,30 @@ durchgeführten Änderungen lokal!% \Macro{AfterRestoreareas*}\Parameter{Code} \end{Declaration} Mit Hilfe von \Macro{storeareas} wird eine \PName{Anweisung} definiert, über -die alle aktuellen Seitenspiegeleinstellungen wieder hergestellt werden +die alle aktuellen Seitenspiegeleinstellungen wiederhergestellt werden können. So ist es möglich, die aktuellen Einstellungen zu speichern, anschließend die Einstellungen zu ändern und dann die gespeicherten Einstellungen wieder zu reaktivieren. \begin{Example} - Sie wollen in einem Dokument im Hochformat eine Seite im Querformat - unterbringen. Mit \Macro{storeareas} kein Problem: + Immer wieder fragen Anwender nach der Möglichkeit, in einem A4-Dokument + unter Beibehaltung der Randeinstellungen eine A3-Seite im Querformat + einfügen zu können. Der Textbereich soll also lediglich um die gewonnene + Papierbreite verbreitert werden. Mit \Macro{storeareas}, + \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.areaset} und der zuvor bereits erklärten Option + \DescRef{\LabelBase.option.areasetadvanced} ist das sehr einfach möglich: \begin{lstcode} - \documentclass{scrartcl} + \documentclass[areasetadvanced]{scrartcl} + \areaset[current]{\textwidth}{\textheight} \begin{document} \noindent\rule{\textwidth}{\textheight} \storeareas\meinegespeichertenWerte - \KOMAoptions{paper=landscape,DIV=current} + \KOMAoption{paper}{a3,landscape} + \areaset[current] + {\dimexpr\textwidth+.5\paperwidth\relax} + {\textheight} \noindent\rule{\textwidth}{\textheight} \clearpage @@ -207,7 +227,19 @@ Einstellungen wieder zu reaktivieren. \noindent\rule{\textwidth}{\textheight} \end{document} \end{lstcode} - Wichtig\textnote{Achtung!} ist dabei die Anweisung + Die \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.areaset}-Anweisung\IndexCmd{areaset} in der + Dokumentpräambel dient dabei zusammen mit Option + \DescRef{\LabelBase.option.areasetadvanced}\IndexOption{areasetadvanced} + dazu, die Unterschiede zwischen der + \DescRef{typearea.cmd.typearea}-Voreinstellung und der späteren Verwendung + von \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.areaset} auszugeleichen, wie dies bereits auf + \DescPageRef{\LabelBase.option.areasetadvanced} erklärt wurde. Ohne diese + Maßnahme könnte es insbesondere bei Verwendung von Optionen wie + \DescRef{typearea.option.headinclude} und + \DescRef{typearea.option.headheight} zu deutlichen Abweichungen bei den + Randeinstellungen kommen. + + Wichtig\textnote{Achtung!} ist auch die Anweisung \DescRef{maincls.cmd.clearpage} vor dem Aufruf von \Macro{meinegespeichertenWerte}, damit die Wiederherstellung erst auf der nächsten Seite erfolgt. Bei doppelseitigen Dokumenten sollte bei Änderungen diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/typearea.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/typearea.tex index fd8019b904..b70c83fb6e 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/typearea.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/ngerman/typearea.tex @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ \KOMAProvidesFile{typearea.tex} - [$Date: 2019-10-10 10:04:30 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + [$Date: 2019-10-24 17:23:38 +0200 (Thu, 24 Oct 2019) $ KOMA-Script guide (chapter: typearea)] \chapter{Satzspiegelberechnung mit \Package{typearea.sty}} \labelbase{typearea} @@ -177,20 +177,20 @@ Anwender erleichtern, eine gute Wahl zu treffen. \vskip -.5\baselineskip plus .25\baselineskip \begin{align*} \Var{Satzspiegelhöhe}\Index{Satzspiegel} : \Var{Satzspiegelbreite} &= - \Var{Seitenhöhe}\Index{Seite} : \Var{Seitenbreite} \\ + \Var{Seitenhöhe}\Index{Seite} : \Var{Seitenbreite} \\[-2pt] \Var{oberer~Rand}\Index{Rand} : \Var{unterer~Rand} &= - \text{1} : \text{2} \\ - \Var{linker~Rand} : \Var{rechter~Rand} &= \text{1} : \text{1} \\ + \text{1} : \text{2} \\[-2pt] + \Var{linker~Rand} : \Var{rechter~Rand} &= \text{1} : \text{1} \\[-2pt] \Var{innerer~Randanteil} : \Var{äußerer~Rand} &= - \text{1} : \text{2}\\ + \text{1} : \text{2}\\[-2pt] \Var{Seitenbreite} &= \Var{Papierbreite}\Index{Papier} - - \Var{Bindekorrektur}\Index{Bindekorrektur} \\ + \Var{Bindekorrektur}\Index{Bindekorrektur} \\[-2pt] \Var{oberer~Rand} + \Var{unterer~Rand} &= - \Var{Seitenhöhe} - \Var{Satzspiegelhöhe} \\ + \Var{Seitenhöhe} - \Var{Satzspiegelhöhe} \\[-2pt] % \Var{linker~Rand} + \Var{rechter Rand} &= - \Var{Seitenbreite} - \Var{Satzspiegelbreite} \\ + \Var{Seitenbreite} - \Var{Satzspiegelbreite} \\[-2pt] % \Var{innerer Randanteil} + \Var{äußerer Rand} &= \Var{Seitenbreite} - \Var{Satzspiegelbreite} \\ @@ -427,9 +427,11 @@ Anwender erleichtern, eine gute Wahl zu treffen. \Var{DIV}-Wert automatisch zu bestimmen. Dieser ist von der Schrift und dem Durchschuss abhängig, der zum Zeitpunkt der Satzspiegelberechnung eingestellt ist% - \iftrue% Umbruchoptimierung!!!! - . Siehe hierzu ebenfalls \autoref{sec:typearea.typearea}, \else\ - (\fi\DescPageRef{typearea.option.DIV.calc}\iftrue)\fi.% + \iffalse% Umbruchoptimierung!!!! + . Siehe hierzu ebenfalls \autoref{sec:typearea.typearea}, % + \else\ (siehe ebenfalls \autoref{sec:typearea.typearea}, % + \fi% + \DescPageRef{typearea.option.DIV.calc}\iffalse\else)\fi.% \end{Explain}% @@ -451,7 +453,7 @@ Anwender erleichtern, eine gute Wahl zu treffen. muss der Autor oder Setzer unbedingt die zum Textbereich passende Schrift wählen. % -\iftrue +\iffalse % Umbruchkorrekturtext Dies ist als zwingend zu betrachten. \fi @@ -482,7 +484,7 @@ Anwender erleichtern, eine gute Wahl zu treffen. Das Paket \Package{typearea} bietet zwei unterschiedliche Benutzerschnittstellen, um auf die Satzspiegelkonstruktion Einfluss zu nehmen. Die wichtigste Möglichkeit ist die Angabe von Optionen. Wie -im vorherigen Abschnitt erwähnt, können die Optionen dabei auf +in \autoref{sec:\LabelBase.options} erwähnt, können die Optionen dabei auf unterschiedlichen Wegen gesetzt werden. In\textnote{Hinweis!} diesem Abschnitt wird die Klasse \Class{protokol} @@ -523,7 +525,7 @@ verstandene Maßeinheit angeben. \end{lstcode} zur Angabe von \OptionValue{BCOR}{8.25mm} als globale Option. - Bei Verwendung einer \KOMAScript-Klasse kann das explizite Laden von + Bei Verwendung einer \KOMAScript-Klasse sollte das explizite Laden von \Package{typearea} entfallen: \begin{lstcode} \documentclass[BCOR=8.25mm]{scrreprt} @@ -577,9 +579,9 @@ außerhalb der Seite liegen. Bei Verwendung der Option sowie eine nach typografischen Gesichtspunkten günstige Zeilenlänge selbst verantwortlich. -In \autoref{tab:typearea.typearea} finden Sie für das Seitenformat A4 -ohne Bindekorrektur die aus einigen \Var{DIV}-Faktoren -resultierenden Satzspiegelgrößen. Dabei werden die weiteren von der +In \autoref{tab:typearea.typearea} finden Sie für das Seitenformat A4 ohne +Bindekorrektur die aus einigen \Option{DIV}-Faktoren resultierenden, +theoretischen Satzspiegelgrößen. Dabei werden die weiteren von der Schriftgröße abhängigen Nebenbedingungen nicht berücksichtigt. \begin{table} @@ -588,16 +590,16 @@ Schriftgröße abhängigen Nebenbedingungen nicht berücksichtigt. \setcapindent{0pt}% \begin{captionbeside} % \caption - [{Satzspiegelma"se in Abh"angigkeit von \Var{DIV} bei A4}] - {\label{tab:typearea.typearea}Satzspiegelma"se in Abh"angigkeit von \Var{DIV} - bei A4 ohne Berücksichtigung von \Length{topskip} oder \Var{BCOR}} + [{Satzspiegelma"se in Abh"angigkeit von \Option{DIV} bei A4}] + {\label{tab:typearea.typearea}Satzspiegelma"se in Abh"angigkeit von \Option{DIV} + bei A4 ohne Berücksichtigung von \Length{topskip} oder \Option{BCOR}} [l] \begin{tabular}[t]{ccccc} \toprule & \multicolumn{2}{c}{Satzspiegel} & \multicolumn{2}{c}{R"ander}\\ %\raisebox{1.5ex}[0pt]{ - \Var{DIV} + \Option{DIV} %} & Breite & H"ohe & oben & innen \\ \midrule @@ -620,13 +622,19 @@ Schriftgröße abhängigen Nebenbedingungen nicht berücksichtigt. \begin{Example} Angenommen, Sie schreiben ein Sitzungsprotokoll. Sie verwenden dafür die Klasse \Class{protokol}. Das Ganze soll doppelseitig werden. In Ihrer Firma - wird die Schriftart Bookman in 12\Unit{pt} verwendet. Diese Schriftart, die - zu den Standard-PostScript-Schriften gehört, wird in {\LaTeX} mit der - Anweisung \verb|\usepackage{bookman}| aktiviert. Die Schriftart Bookman - läuft sehr weit, das heißt, die einzelnen Zeichen sind im Verhältnis zur + wird die Schriftart Bookman in 12\Unit{pt} verwendet. Diese Schriftart% + \iffalse % Umbruchkorrekturtext + , die zu den Standard-PostScript-Schriften gehört,% + \fi\ wird in {\LaTeX} mit der + Anweisung \verb|\usepackage{bookman}| aktiviert % + \iffalse % Umbruchkorrekturtext + . Die Schriftart Bookman % + \else + und % + \fi läuft sehr weit, das heißt, die einzelnen Zeichen sind im Verhältnis zur Höhe relativ breit. Deshalb ist Ihnen die Voreinstellung für den - \Var{DIV}-Wert in \Package{typearea} zu gering. Statt einem Wert von 12 sind - Sie nach gründlichem Studium dieses Kapitels einschließlich der + \Option{DIV}-Wert in \Package{typearea} zu gering. Statt eines Werts von 12 + sind Sie nach gründlichem Studium dieses Kapitels einschließlich der weiterführenden Abschnitte überzeugt, dass der Wert 15 angebracht ist. Das Protokoll wird nicht gebunden, sondern gelocht und in einen Ordner abgeheftet. Eine Bindekorrektur ist deshalb nicht notwendig. Sie schreiben @@ -639,12 +647,17 @@ Schriftgröße abhängigen Nebenbedingungen nicht berücksichtigt. Als Sie fertig sind, macht man Sie darauf aufmerksam, dass die Protokolle neuerdings gesammelt und am Quartalsende alle zusammen als Buch gebunden werden. Die Bindung erfolgt als - einfache Leimbindung, weil den Band ohnehin nie wieder jemand + einfache Leimbindung% + \iffalse% Umbruchkorrektur + , weil den Band ohnehin nie wieder jemand anschaut und er nur wegen ISO\,9000 angefertigt wird. Für die Bindung - einschließlich Biegefalz werden durchschnittlich 12\Unit{mm} - benötigt. Sie ändern die Optionen von \Package{typearea} also - entsprechend ab und verwenden die Klasse für Protokolle nach - ISO\,9000: + einschließlich Biegefalz werden % + \else% + . Einschließlich Biegefalz werden dafür % + \fi + durchschnittlich 12\Unit{mm} benötigt. Sie ändern die Optionen von + \Package{typearea} also entsprechend ab und verwenden die Klasse für + Protokolle nach ISO\,9000: \begin{lstcode} \documentclass[a4paper,twoside]{iso9000p} \usepackage{bookman} @@ -657,8 +670,12 @@ Schriftgröße abhängigen Nebenbedingungen nicht berücksichtigt. \usepackage{bookman} \end{lstcode} \iftrue% Umbruchoptimierung!!!! +\iftrue + Die voreingestellte Option \Option{a4paper} konnte dabei entfallen. +\else Option \Option{a4paper} entspricht der Voreinstellung und konnte daher entfallen. +\fi \else Die Option \Option{a4paper} konnte bei der Klasse \Class{scrartcl} entfallen, da diese der Voreinstellung bei allen \KOMAScript-Klassen entspricht. @@ -683,18 +700,18 @@ automatisch neu berechnet. \end{Declaration} Wie\ChangedAt{v3.00}{\Package{typearea}} bereits in \autoref{sec:typearea.divConstruction} erwähnt, gibt es nur für das -Papierformat A4 feste Voreinstellungen für den \Var{DIV}-Wert. Diese sind +Papierformat A4 feste Voreinstellungen für den \Option{DIV}-Wert. Diese sind \autoref{tab:typearea.div} zu entnehmen. Solche festen Werte haben allerdings den Nachteil\textnote{Achtung!}, dass sie die Laufweite der verwendeten Schrift nicht berücksichtigen. Das kann bei A4 und recht schmalen Schriften sehr rasch zu unangenehm hoher Zeichenzahl je Zeile führen. Siehe hierzu die Überlegungen in \autoref{sec:typearea.basics}. Wird ein anderes Papierformat -gewählt, so berechnet \Package{typearea} selbst einen guten \Var{DIV}-Wert. +gewählt, so berechnet \Package{typearea} selbst einen guten \Option{DIV}-Wert. Natürlich können Sie diese Berechnung auch für A4 wählen. Hierzu verwenden Sie \OptionValue{DIV}{calc}\important{\OptionValue{DIV}{calc}} anstelle von -\OptionVNameRef{\LabelBase}{DIV}{Faktor}. Selbstverständlich können Sie -diese Option auch explizit bei allen anderen Papierformaten angeben. Wenn Sie -die automatische Berechnung wünschen, ist diese Angabe sogar sinnvoll, da die +\OptionVNameRef{\LabelBase}{DIV}{Faktor}. Selbstverständlich können Sie diese +Option auch explizit bei allen anderen Papierformaten angeben. Wenn Sie die +automatische Berechnung wünschen, ist diese Angabe sogar sinnvoll, da die Möglichkeit besteht, in einer Konfigurationsdatei andere Voreinstellungen zu setzen (siehe \autoref{sec:typearea-experts.cfg}). Eine explizit angegebene Option \OptionValue{DIV}{calc} überschreibt diese Vorkonfiguration aber. @@ -705,13 +722,13 @@ Option \OptionValue{DIV}{calc} überschreibt diese Vorkonfiguration aber. \setcapindent{0pt}% \begin{captionbeside} %\caption - [{\PName{DIV}-Voreinstellungen f"ur A4}] - {\label{tab:typearea.div}\PName{DIV}-Voreinstellungen f"ur A4} + [{\Option{DIV}-Voreinstellungen f"ur A4}] + {\label{tab:typearea.div}\Option{DIV}-Voreinstellungen f"ur A4} [l] \begin{tabular}[t]{lccc} \toprule Grundschriftgr"o"se: & 10\Unit{pt} & 11\Unit{pt} & 12\Unit{pt} \\ - \Var{DIV}: & 8 & 10 & 12 \\ + \Option{DIV}: & 8 & 10 & 12 \\ \bottomrule \end{tabular} \end{captionbeside} @@ -722,13 +739,13 @@ Konstruktion, der mittelalterliche Buchseitenkanon, ist ebenfalls auswählbar. Verwenden Sie in diesem Fall anstelle von \OptionVNameRef{\LabelBase}{DIV}{Faktor} oder \OptionValue{DIV}{calc} einfach \OptionValue{DIV}{classic}\important{\OptionValue{DIV}{classic}}. Es wird dann -ein \Var{DIV}-Wert ermittelt, der eine möglichst gute Näherung an den +ein \Option{DIV}-Wert ermittelt, der eine möglichst gute Näherung an den mittelalterlichen Buchseitenkanon darstellt. \begin{Example} In dem bei der Option \OptionVNameRef{\LabelBase}{DIV}{Faktor} aufgeführten Beispiel mit der Schriftart Bookman gab es ja genau das Problem, dass man - einen zur Schriftart besser passenden \Var{DIV}-Wert haben wollte. Man + einen zur Schriftart besser passenden \Option{DIV}-Wert haben wollte. Man könnte also in Abwandlung des ersten Beispiels auch einfach die Ermittlung dieses Wertes \Package{typearea} überlassen: \begin{lstcode} @@ -751,7 +768,7 @@ mittelalterlichen Buchseitenkanon darstellt. \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.KOMAoption} nach dem Laden des Pakets geändert, so werden Satzspiegel und Ränder automatisch neu berechnet.% }{% - \vskip-\dp\strutbox% Wegen Code im Beispiel am Ende + \vskip-1\ht\strutbox plus .75\ht\strutbox% Wegen Code im Beispiel am Ende }% % \EndIndexGroup @@ -762,7 +779,7 @@ mittelalterlichen Buchseitenkanon darstellt. \end{Declaration} Wenn\ChangedAt{v3.00}{\Package{typearea}} Sie bis hier die Beispiele aufmerksam verfolgt haben, wissen Sie eigentlich bereits, wie man die Berechnung eines -\Var{DIV}-Wertes in Abhängigkeit von der gewählten Schrift erreicht, wenn eine +\Option{DIV}-Wertes in Abhängigkeit von der gewählten Schrift erreicht, wenn eine \KOMAScript-Klasse zusammen mit einem Schriftpaket verwendet wird. \begin{Explain} @@ -780,7 +797,7 @@ verfolgt haben, wissen Sie eigentlich bereits, wie man die Berechnung eines \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.KOMAoption}% \PParameter{\DescRef{\LabelBase.option.DIV}}\PParameter{calc} nach dem Laden des Schriftpakets Satzspiegel und Ränder neu berechnen zu lassen. Dabei wird - dann über den Wert \PValue{calc} direkt ein \Var{DIV}-Wert für eine gute + dann über den Wert \PValue{calc} direkt ein \Option{DIV}-Wert für eine gute Zeilenlänge eingefordert. Da es aber häufig praktischer ist, die Einstellung für die Option @@ -791,10 +808,10 @@ verfolgt haben, wissen Sie eigentlich bereits, wie man die Berechnung eines Mit \OptionValue{DIV}{current}\ChangedAt{v3.00}{\Package{typearea}}% \important{\OptionValue{DIV}{current}} wird eine Neuberechnung von Satzspiegel -und Rändern angestoßen, wobei genau der \Var{DIV}-Wert verwendet wird, der +und Rändern angestoßen, wobei genau der \Option{DIV}-Wert verwendet wird, der aktuell eingestellt ist. Dies ist weniger für die Neuberechnung des Satzspiegels nach Wahl einer anderen Grundschrift von Interesse. Vielmehr ist -das dann nützlich, wenn man etwa nach Änderung des Durchschusses bei +das dann nützlich, wenn man etwa nach Änderung des Durchschusses unter Beibehaltung des Teilers \Var{DIV} die Randbedingung sicherstellen will, dass \Length{textheight} abzüglich \Length{topskip} ein Vielfaches von \Length{baselineskip} sein sollte. @@ -816,7 +833,7 @@ Berechnung verwendet wird. \usepackage{bookman} \KOMAoptions{DIV=last} \end{lstcode} - Wird später entschieden, dass ein anderer \Var{DIV}-Wert + Wird später entschieden, dass ein anderer \Option{DIV}-Wert verwendet werden soll, so muss nur die Einstellung im optionalen Argument von \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.documentclass} geändert werden. \end{Example} @@ -841,13 +858,13 @@ andere Schrift lädt. \pventry{areaset}{Satzspiegel neu anordnen.\IndexOption{DIV~=\textKValue{areaset}}}% \pventry{calc}{Satzspiegelberechnung einschließlich Ermittlung eines guten - \Var{DIV}-Wertes erneut + \Option{DIV}-Wertes erneut durchführen.\IndexOption{DIV~=\textKValue{calc}}}% \pventry{classic}{Satzspiegelberechnung nach dem mittelalterlichen Buchseitenkanon (Kreisberechnung) erneut durchführen.\IndexOption{DIV~=\textKValue{classic}}}% \pventry{current}{Satzspiegelberechnung mit dem aktuell gültigen - \Var{DIV}-Wert erneut + \Option{DIV}-Wert erneut durchführen.\IndexOption{DIV~=\textKValue{current}}}% \pventry{default}{Satzspiegelberechnung mit dem Standardwert für das aktuelle Seitenformat und die aktuelle Schriftgröße erneut durchführen. @@ -868,7 +885,8 @@ normalen der Satzspiegel für diesen Zeilenabstand neu berechnet werden. \begin{Example} Angenommen, für eine Diplomarbeit wird die Schriftgröße - 10\Unit{pt} bei eineinhalbzeiligem Satz zwingend gefordert. {\LaTeX} + 10\Unit{pt} bei eineinhalbzeiligem Satz \iffalse% Umbruchkorrektur + zwingend \fi gefordert. {\LaTeX} setzt normalerweise bei 10\Unit{pt} mit 2\Unit{pt} Durchschuss, also 1,2-zeilig. Deshalb muss als zusätzlicher Dehnfaktor der Wert 1,25 verwendet werden. Gehen wir außerdem davon aus, dass eine @@ -906,7 +924,7 @@ Wie\textnote{Tipp!} man an dem Beispiel sieht, spart man sich mit dem allerdings nur für die Standardschriftgrößen 10\Unit{pt}, 11\Unit{pt} und 12\Unit{pt}. Für alle anderen Schriftgrößen verwendet das Paket % -\iftrue % Umbruchkorrektur +\iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur einen näherungsweise passenden Dehnungswert. % \else % @@ -950,11 +968,14 @@ den veränderten haben will. Siehe dazu auch Option \IndexPackage{scrlayer}\IndexOption{singlespacing} auf \DescPageRef{scrlayer.option.singlespacing}. -Bitte beachten Sie unbedingt\textnote{Achtung!}, dass diese Optionen auch zur -Verwendung mit \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.KOMAoptions} oder -\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.KOMAoption} nach dem Laden des Pakets vorgesehen sind -und dann eine\textnote{automatische Neuberechnung} automatische Neuberechnung -von Satzspiegel und Rändern auslösen.% +Bitte beachten Sie\iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur +\ unbedingt\fi\textnote{Achtung!}, dass diese Optionen +\iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur +auch zur \else bei \fi Verwendung mit \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.KOMAoptions} +oder \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.KOMAoption} \iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur +nach dem Laden des Pakets vorgesehen sind und dann \fi eine +automatische\textnote{automatische Neuberechnung} Neuberechnung von +Satzspiegel und Rändern auslösen.% % \EndIndexGroup \EndIndexGroup @@ -970,13 +991,14 @@ von Satzspiegel und Rändern auslösen.% \Package{typearea} gesetzt, so wird intern die Anweisung \Macro{typearea} aufgerufen. Dabei wird beim Setzen der Option \DescRef{\LabelBase.option.DIV} für \PName{BCOR} intern der symbolische Wert - \PValue{current} verwendet, der aus Gründen der Vollständigkeit auch in - \autoref{tab:symbolicBCOR} zu finden ist. Beim Setzen der Option - \DescRef{\LabelBase.option.BCOR} wird für \PName{DIV} hingegen der + \PValue{current} verwendet\iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur + , der aus Gründen der Vollständigkeit auch in \autoref{tab:symbolicBCOR} zu + finden ist\else\ (siehe \autoref{tab:symbolicBCOR})\fi. Beim Setzen der + Option \DescRef{\LabelBase.option.BCOR} wird für \PName{DIV} hingegen der symbolische Wert \PValue{last} verwendet. Wollen Sie, dass Satzspiegel und Ränder stattdessen mit dem symbolischen Wert \PValue{current} für \PName{DIV} neu berechnet werden, so können Sie direkt - \Macro{typearea}\POParameter{current}\PParameter{current} verwenden. + \Macro{typearea}\OParameter{BCOR}\PParameter{current} verwenden. \end{Explain} \begin{table} @@ -989,7 +1011,7 @@ von Satzspiegel und Rändern auslösen.% \label{tab:symbolicBCOR} \begin{desctabular} \pventry{current}{Satzspiegelberechnung mit dem aktuell gültigen - \Var{BCOR}-Wert erneut + \Option{BCOR}-Wert erneut durchführen.\IndexOption{BCOR~=\textKValue{current}}} \end{desctabular} \end{table} @@ -1007,8 +1029,13 @@ dann zusätzlich durch Option \DescRef{\LabelBase.option.BCOR} neu berechnet. Der Befehl \Macro{typearea} ist derzeit so definiert, dass es auch möglich ist, mitten in einem Dokument den Satzspiegel zu wechseln. Dabei werden allerdings Annahmen über den Aufbau des \LaTeX-Kerns gemacht und interne - Definitionen und Größen des \LaTeX-Kerns verändert. Da am \LaTeX-Kern nur - noch zur Beseitigung von Fehlern notwendige Änderungen vorgenommen werden, + Definitionen und Größen des \LaTeX-Kerns verändert. % + \iffalse% Stimmt so nicht mehr wirklich. + Da am \LaTeX-Kern nur noch zur Beseitigung von Fehlern notwendige % + \else % + Auch wenn am \LaTeX-Kern inzwischen wieder mehr % + \fi % + Änderungen vorgenommen werden, ist die Wahrscheinlichkeit hoch, dass dies in zukünftigen Versionen von \LaTeXe{} noch funktionieren wird. Eine Garantie dafür gibt es jedoch nicht. Die Verwendung innerhalb des Dokuments führt außerdem immer zu einem @@ -1024,6 +1051,7 @@ Da\important{\Macro{recalctypearea}} \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.KOMAoption}% des Satzspiegels und der Ränder recht häufig benötigt werden, gibt es dafür die abkürzende Anweisung \Macro{recalctypearea}\ChangedAt{v3.00}{\Package{typearea}}. +\iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur \begin{Example} Wenn Ihnen die Schreibweisen \begin{lstcode} @@ -1040,6 +1068,8 @@ die abkürzende Anweisung \end{lstcode} verwenden. \end{Example}% +\vskip -1\ht\strutbox plus .75\ht\strutbox% Ende Beispiel+Ende Erklärung +\fi \EndIndexGroup @@ -1085,7 +1115,7 @@ Option\important{\OptionValue{twoside}{false}} führt zu einseitigem Satz. \end{captionbeside} \end{table} -Außer den Werten aus \autoref{tab:truefalseswitch} kann jedoch auch noch der +Außer den Werten aus \autoref{tab:truefalseswitch} kann auch noch der Wert \PValue{semi}\ChangedAt{v3.00}{\Package{typearea}}% \important{\OptionValue{twoside}{semi}} angegeben werden. Dieser Wert \PValue{semi} führt zu doppelseitigem Satz mit einseitigen Rändern und @@ -1099,13 +1129,16 @@ Kompatibilität zu einer früheren Version\important{\OptionValueRef{\LabelBase}{version}{3.12}} zurückgeschaltet (siehe \autoref{sec:typearea.compatibilityOptions}, \autopageref{sec:typearea.compatibilityOptions}), so ist die Bindekorrektur -jedoch auch bei \OptionValue{twoside}{semi} immer Teil des linken Randes. +dagegen auch bei \OptionValue{twoside}{semi} immer Teil des linken Randes. Die Option kann % -\iftrue % Umbruchkorrektur +\iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur wahlweise \fi % als Klassenoption bei \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.documentclass}, als Paketoption -bei \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.usepackage} oder auch nach dem Laden von +bei \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.usepackage} oder % +\iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur +auch \fi % +nach dem Laden von \Package{typearea} per \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.KOMAoptions} oder \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.KOMAoption} gesetzt werden. Eine Verwendung dieser Option nach dem Laden von \Package{typearea} führt\textnote{automatische @@ -1139,12 +1172,14 @@ Deaktivieren der Option führt wieder zum voreingestellten einspaltigen Satz. Die Option kann als Klassenoption bei \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.documentclass}, -als Paketoption bei \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.usepackage} oder auch nach dem -Laden von \Package{typearea} per \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.KOMAoptions} oder -\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.KOMAoption} gesetzt werden. Eine Verwendung dieser -Option nach dem Laden von \Package{typearea} führt\textnote{automatische - Neuberechnung} automatisch zur Neuberechnung des Satzspiegels mittels -\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.recalctypearea} (siehe +als Paketoption bei \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.usepackage} oder nach dem Laden +von \Package{typearea} per \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.KOMAoptions} oder +\DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.KOMAoption} gesetzt werden. Eine Verwendung % +\iffalse % Umbruchoptimierung +dieser Option \fi% +nach dem Laden von \Package{typearea} +führt\textnote{automatische Neuberechnung} automatisch zur Neuberechnung des +Satzspiegels mittels \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.recalctypearea} (siehe \DescPageRef{typearea.cmd.recalctypearea}).% % \EndIndexGroup @@ -1163,17 +1198,12 @@ Option nach dem Laden von \Package{typearea} führt\textnote{automatische Auf den ersten Blick wirkt diese Frage trivial: Der Rand ist der Teil der Seite, der oben, unten, links und rechts frei bleibt. Doch das ist nur die - halbe Wahrheit. Der äußere Rand ist keineswegs immer leer. Teilweise findet - man darin noch gesetzte Randnotizen (siehe den Befehl - \DescRef{maincls.cmd.marginpar} beispielsweise in \cite{l2kurz} - bzw. \autoref{sec:maincls.marginNotes}). - - Beim oberen und unteren Rand stellt sich die Frage, wie Kopf- und - Fußzeile\Index{Seiten>Kopf}\Index{Seiten>Fuss=Fuß} zu behandeln sind. - Gehören diese beiden zum Textkörper oder zum jeweiligen Rand? Die Frage ist - nicht einfach zu beantworten. Eindeutig ist, dass ein leerer Fuß und ein - leerer Kopf zum Rand zu rechnen sind. Schließlich können sie nicht vom - restlichen Rand unterschieden werden. Ein Fuß, der nur die + halbe Wahrheit. Beim oberen und unteren Rand stellt sich die Frage, wie + Kopf- und Fußzeile\Index{Seiten>Kopf}\Index{Seiten>Fuss=Fuß} zu behandeln + sind. Gehören diese beiden zum Textkörper oder zum jeweiligen Rand? Die + Frage ist nicht einfach zu beantworten. Eindeutig ist, dass ein leerer Fuß + und ein leerer Kopf zum Rand zu rechnen sind. Schließlich können sie nicht + vom restlichen Rand unterschieden werden. Ein Fuß, der nur die Paginierung\Index{Paginierung}\textnote{Paginierung} \iffalse % Beseitigung von Fußnoten \unskip\footnote{Unter der Paginierung versteht man die Angabe der @@ -1263,17 +1293,17 @@ des Satzspiegels siehe Option % \EndIndexGroup - \begin{Declaration} \OptionVName{mpinclude}{Ein-Aus-Wert} \end{Declaration} Neben\ChangedAt{v2.8q}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and \Class{scrartcl}} Dokumenten, bei denen der Kopf und der Fuß der Seite eher zum Textbereich als zum Rand gehört, gibt es auch Dokumente, bei denen dies -für Randnotizen zutrifft. Mit der Option \Option{mpinclude} kann genau dies -erreicht werden. Die Option versteht dabei als -\PName{Ein-Aus-Wert}\ChangedAt{v3.00}{\Package{typearea}} die Standardwerte -für einfache Schalter, die in \autoref{tab:truefalseswitch}, +für Randnotizen (siehe beispielsweise Befehl \DescRef{maincls.cmd.marginpar} +in \cite{l2kurz} oder \autoref{sec:maincls.marginNotes}) zutrifft. Mit der +Option \Option{mpinclude} kann genau dies erreicht werden. Die Option +versteht dabei als \PName{Ein-Aus-Wert}\ChangedAt{v3.00}{\Package{typearea}} +die Standardwerte für einfache Schalter, die in \autoref{tab:truefalseswitch}, \autopageref{tab:truefalseswitch} angegeben sind. Man kann die Option auch ohne Wertzuweisung verwenden. In diesem Fall wird \PValue{true} als \PName{Ein-Aus-Wert} verwendet. @@ -1576,15 +1606,20 @@ eingestellte Bindekorrektur erhalten bleiben, sollte man den symbolischen Wert darauf ankommt, dass der Textbereich genau quadratisch mit einer Seitenlänge von 15\Unit{cm} ist, wobei ein Binderand von 1\Unit{cm} zu berücksichtigen ist, so kann dies wie folgt - erreicht werden: -% + erreicht werden:% +\else % +\iffalse % + Ein quadratischer Gedichtband im Format 15\Unit{cm}\,:\,15\Unit{cm} mit + mit 1\Unit{cm} Binderand gesetzt werden, ginge so:% \else % Soll stattdessen ein Gedichtband mit quadratischem Textbereich der - Seitenlänge 15\Unit{cm} und einem Binderand von 1\Unit{cm} gesetzt - werden, so ist Folgendes möglich: -% -\fi -\begin{lstcode} + Seitenlänge 15\Unit{cm} und + einem Binderand von 1\Unit{cm} gesetzt + werden, so ist Folgendes möglich:% +\fi % +\fi % +% Korrektur von Code am Ende eines Beispiels am Ende einer Erklärung +\begin{lstcode}[belowskip=-1.5\baselineskip] \documentclass{gedichte} \usepackage{typearea} \areaset[1cm]{15cm}{15cm} @@ -1605,26 +1640,24 @@ Anweisung \begin{lstcode} \areaset[current]{\textwidth}{\textheight} \end{lstcode} -entspricht. Dasselbe Ergebnis erhält man auch, wenn -\OptionValueRef{\LabelBase}{DIV}{last} verwendet wird und der Satzspiegel -zuletzt per \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.areaset} eingestellt wurde.% +entspricht. Dasselbe Ergebnis erhält man% +\iffalse auch\fi% Umbruchkorrekturtext! +, wenn \OptionValueRef{\LabelBase}{DIV}{last} verwendet wird und der +Satzspiegel zuletzt per \DescRef{\LabelBase.cmd.areaset} eingestellt wurde.% % \EndIndexGroup -\iftrue% Umbruchkorrekturtext: Alternativen +\iffalse% Umbruchkorrekturtext: Alternativen +\iftrue% Wenn Sie konkrete Vorgaben bezüglich der Ränder zu erfüllen haben, ist \Package{typearea} nicht geeignet. In diesem Fall ist die Verwendung des -Pakets -\Package{geometry}\IndexPackage{geometry}\important{\Package{geometry}} (siehe -\cite{package:geometry}) empfehlenswert. -% -\fi -\iffalse -% +Pakets \Package{geometry}\IndexPackage{geometry}\important{\Package{geometry}} +(siehe \cite{package:geometry}) empfehlenswert.% +\else% Das Paket \Package{typearea} ist nicht dafür gedacht, bestimmte Randbreiten einzustellen. Dafür ist das Paket \Package{geometry}\IndexPackage{geometry} -(siehe \cite{package:geometry}) empfehlenswert. -% +(siehe \cite{package:geometry}) empfehlenswert.% +\fi% \fi @@ -1632,8 +1665,10 @@ einzustellen. Dafür ist das Paket \Package{geometry}\IndexPackage{geometry} \seclabel{paperTypes}% \BeginIndexGroup -Das Papierformat ist ein entscheidendes Grundmerkmal eines Dokuments. Wie -bereits bei der Vorstellung der unterstützten Satzspiegelkonstruktionen (siehe +Das Papierformat ist ein \iffalse entscheidendes \fi% Umbruchkorrekturtext +Grundmerkmal eines Dokuments. Wie +bereits bei der Vorstellung der \iffalse unterstützten \fi% Umbruchkorrekturtext +Satzspiegelkonstruktionen (siehe \autoref{sec:typearea.basics} bis \autoref{sec:typearea.circleConstruction} ab \autopageref{sec:typearea.basics}) aufgezeigt, steht und fällt die Auf"|teilung der Seite und damit das gesamte @@ -1650,8 +1685,7 @@ Seitengrößen. Die Option \Option{paper}\ChangedAt{v3.00}{\Package{typearea}} ist das zentrale Element der Formatauswahl\important[i]{% \begin{tabular}[t]{@{}l@{}l@{}} - \KOption{paper} & \PValue{letter}, \\ - & \PValue{legal}, \\ + \KOption{paper} & \PValue{letter}, \PValue{legal}, \\ & \PValue{executive}, \\ & \PValue{A0}, \PValue{A1}, \PValue{A2} \dots\\ & \PValue{B0}, \PValue{B1}, \PValue{B2} \dots\\ @@ -1764,10 +1798,11 @@ Option \hyperref[desc:\LabelBase.option.DIV.last]{\Option{DIV}} mit den Werten \OptionVName{pagesize}{Ausgabetreiber} \end{Declaration}% \begin{Explain}% - Die oben genannten Mechanismen zur Auswahl des Papierformats haben nur - insofern einen Einfluss auf die Ausgabe, als interne {\LaTeX}-Maße gesetzt - werden. Das Paket \Package{typearea} verwendet diese dann bei der - Auf"|teilung der Seite in Ränder und Textbereich. Die Spezifikation des + Die oben genannten Mechanismen zur Auswahl des Papierformats \iffree{haben + nur insofern einen Einfluss auf die Ausgabe, als interne {\LaTeX}-Maße + gesetzt werden}{führen nur zum Setzen interner {\LaTeX}-Maße}. Das Paket + \Package{typearea} verwendet diese \iffree{dann }{}bei der Auf"|teilung der + Seite in Ränder und Textbereich. Die Spezifikation des DVI-Formats\Index{DVI} sieht aber an keiner Stelle Angaben zum Papierformat vor. % \iffree{% @@ -1789,21 +1824,22 @@ Option \hyperref[desc:\LabelBase.option.DIV.last]{\Option{DIV}} mit den Werten Low-Level-Druckersprachen übertragen wurde, spielte dies keine Rolle% }, da auch bei diesen Ausgaben der 0-Bezugspunkt wie bei DVI links oben liegt. \iffree{Wird aber}{Heutzutage wird aber meist} in Sprachen wie - PostScript\Index{PostScript} oder PDF\Index{PDF} übersetzt, bei denen der - 0-Bezugspunkt an anderer Stelle liegt und außerdem das Papierformat in der - Ausgabedatei angegeben werden sollte\iffree{, so}{. Dabei} fehlt diese - Information. Als Lösung des Problems verwendet der entsprechende Treiber - eine voreingestellte Papiergröße, die der Anwender entweder per Option oder - durch entsprechende Angabe in der {\TeX}-Quelldatei verändern kann. Bei - Verwendung des DVI-Treibers \File{dvips} oder \File{dvipdfm} kann diese - Angabe in Form einer \Macro{special}-Anweisung erfolgen. Bei Verwendung von - {pdf\TeX}, {lua\TeX}, {\XeTeX} oder {V\TeX} werden deren - Papierformat-Längen entsprechend gesetzt.% + \iffree{PostScript\Index{PostScript} oder }{}% Umbruchkorrekturtext + PDF\Index{PDF} übersetzt, bei denen der 0-Bezugspunkt an anderer Stelle + liegt und außerdem das Papierformat in der Ausgabedatei angegeben werden + sollte\iffree{, so}{. Dabei} fehlt diese Information. Als Lösung des + Problems verwendet der entsprechende Treiber eine voreingestellte + Papiergröße, die der Anwender entweder per Option oder durch entsprechende + Angabe in der {\TeX}-Quelldatei verändern kann. Bei Verwendung des + DVI-Treibers \File{dvips} oder \File{dvipdfm} kann diese Angabe in Form + einer \Macro{special}-Anweisung erfolgen. Bei Verwendung von {pdf\TeX}, + {lua\TeX}, {\XeTeX} oder {V\TeX} werden deren Papierformat-Längen + entsprechend gesetzt.% \end{Explain} Mit der Option \Option{pagesize} kann eingestellt werden, für welchen -Ausgabetreiber die Papiergröße in das Ausgabedokument geschrieben wird. Die -unterstützten Ausgabetreiber sind \autoref{tab:typearea.outputdriver} \iffalse -auf \autopageref{tab:typearea.outputdriver}\fi zu +\PName{Ausgabetreiber} die Papiergröße in das Dokument geschrieben wird. Die +unterstützten \PName{Ausgabetreiber} sind \autoref{tab:typearea.outputdriver} +\iffalse auf \autopageref{tab:typearea.outputdriver}\fi zu entnehmen. Voreingestellt\ChangedAt{v3.17}{\Package{typearea}} ist \Option{pagesize}. Diese Verwendung der Option ohne Angabe eines Wertes entspricht \OptionValue{pagesize}{auto}. @@ -1882,16 +1918,9 @@ entspricht \OptionValue{pagesize}{auto}. {pdf\LaTeX} --, so wird ein \Macro{special} an den Anfang dieser Datei geschrieben. \end{Example}% -\iffree{% Die Empfehlung ist eigentlich überholt. Wer derart alte Versionen - % von typearea verwendet, ist selbst schuld. -Es wird empfohlen\textnote{Achtung!}, die Option \Option{pagesize} immer -anzugeben, weil frühere Versionen von \Package{typearea} sie noch nicht als -Voreinstellung gesetzt haben. In der Regel ist dabei die Methode ohne -\PName{Ausgabetreiber} oder mit \PValue{auto} oder \PValue{automedia} -günstig.% -}{% +\iffree{}{% \vskip-1\ht\strutbox plus .75\ht\strutbox% Wegen Beispiel am Ende der Erklärung -} +}% \EndIndexGroup % \EndIndexGroup @@ -1943,19 +1972,18 @@ auch außerordentlich schwierig umzusetzen. So kann eine feste Anzahl von »Anschlägen« nur dann eingehalten werden, wenn keine proportionale Schrift verwendet wird. Es gibt nur wenige gute nichtproportionale Schriften. \iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur -Kaum ein Text, der mit einer derartigen Schrift gesetzt ist, wirkt wirklich -gut. So wird häufig % -\else -Häufig wird % +Kaum ein Text, der mit einer derartigen Schrift gesetzt ist, wirkt +gleichmäßig. So wird häufig % +\else Häufig wird % \fi % -versucht, durch ausladende Serifen beispielsweise beim kleinen -»i« oder »l« die unterschiedliche Breite der Zeichen auszugleichen. Dies kann -nicht funktionieren. Im Ergebnis wirkt der Text unruhig und -zerrissen. Außerdem verträgt sich eine solche Schrift kaum mit dem im -deutschen Sprachraum üblichen und allgemein vorzuziehenden Blocksatz. Gewisse -Vorgaben können daher bei Verwendung von {\LaTeX} nur ignoriert oder großzügig -ausgelegt werden, etwa indem man »60~Anschläge pro Zeile« nicht als feste, -sondern als durchschnittliche oder maximale Angabe interpretiert. +versucht, durch ausladende Serifen beispielsweise beim kleinen »i« oder »l« +die unterschiedliche Breite der Zeichen auszugleichen. Dies kann nicht +funktionieren. Im Ergebnis wirkt der Text unruhig und zerrissen. Außerdem +verträgt sich eine solche Schrift kaum mit dem im deutschen Sprachraum +üblichen und allgemein vorzuziehenden Blocksatz. Gewisse Vorgaben können daher +bei Verwendung von {\LaTeX} nur ignoriert oder großzügig ausgelegt werden, +etwa indem man »60~Anschläge pro Zeile« nicht als feste, sondern als +durchschnittliche oder maximale Angabe interpretiert. Wie ausgeführt, sind Satzvorschriften meist dazu gedacht, ein brauchbares Ergebnis zu erhalten, auch wenn der Ausführende selbst nicht weiß, was dabei @@ -2001,9 +2029,10 @@ Das \Package{typearea}-Paket berechnet auch bei der Option \OptionValueRef{\LabelBase}{DIV}{calc}% \important{\OptionValueRef{\LabelBase}{DIV}{calc}} einen sehr großzügigen Textbereich. Viele konservative Typografen werden feststellen, dass die -resultierende Zeilenlänge noch zu groß ist. Der berechnete \Var{DIV}-Wert ist -ebenfalls in der \File{log}-Datei zum jeweiligen Dokument zu finden. Sie -können also leicht nach dem ersten \LaTeX-Lauf einen kleineren Wert wählen. +resultierende Zeilenlänge noch zu groß ist. Der berechnete +\DescRef{\LabelBase.option.DIV}-Wert ist ebenfalls in der \File{log}-Datei zum +jeweiligen Dokument zu finden. Sie können also leicht nach dem ersten +\LaTeX-Lauf einen kleineren Wert wählen. Nicht\textnote{Was ist besser?} selten wird mir die Frage gestellt, warum ich eigentlich kapitelweise auf einer Satzspiegelberechnung herumreite, während es diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/scrguide.cls b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/scrguide.cls index d4c2bbb23d..ca8fca3640 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/scrguide.cls +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source-doc/scrguide.cls @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ % \section{Identification} % % \begin{macrocode} -\ProvidesClass{scrguide}[2019/10/10 v1.15 internal KOMA-Script guide class] +\ProvidesClass{scrguide}[2019/12/06 v1.22d internal KOMA-Script guide class] % \end{macrocode} % % @@ -94,6 +94,7 @@ % % \begin{macro}{\KOMAProvidesFile} % \begin{macro}{\@KOMAProvidesFile} +% \changes{v1.22b}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A % Extended version of |\ProvidesFile|, that uses the date from the % repository. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -104,7 +105,7 @@ } \newcommand*{\@KOMAProvidesFile}{} \def\@KOMAProvidesFile#1[$#2: #3-#4-#5 #6$#7]{% - \ifstr{#2}{Date}{% + \Ifstr{#2}{Date}{% \ProvidesFile{#1}[#3/#4/#5 \detokenize{#6 #7}]\relax }{% \ClassError{scrguide}{missmatch repository date string}{% @@ -210,7 +211,7 @@ {headbackground}% \AddLayersAtBeginOfPageStyle{scrheadings}{headbackground}% \renewcommand*{\chaptermark}[1]{% - \@mkdouble{\ifnumbered{chapter}{\chaptermarkformat}{}##1}% + \@mkdouble{\Ifnumbered{chapter}{\chaptermarkformat}{}##1}% }% \renewcommand*{\chaptermarkformat}{% \makebox[\dimexpr \oddsidemargin+1in-.5em][r]{% @@ -255,7 +256,7 @@ \newcommand*{\ThisCommonFile}{}% \newcommand*{\ThisCommonLabelBase}{} \newcommand*{\IfThisCommonLabelBase}[1]{% - \expandafter\ifstr\expandafter{\ThisCommonLabelBase}{#1}% + \expandafter\Ifstr\expandafter{\ThisCommonLabelBase}{#1}% \@firstoftwo\@secondoftwo } \newcommand*{\IfThisCommonLabelBaseOneOf}[1]{% @@ -295,7 +296,7 @@ \else \expandafter\@secondoftwo \fi } \newcommand*{\LoadCommonFile}[1]{% - \ifstr{\ThisCommonFile}{}{% + \Ifstr{\ThisCommonFile}{}{% \def\ThisCommonFile{#1}% \let\ThisCommonLabelBase\label@base \@ifundefined{CommonFile@\ThisCommonFile @LabelBase}{% @@ -652,12 +653,13 @@ % \begin{macro}{\Counter} % \begin{macro}{\Length} % \begin{macro}{\PLength} +% \changes{v1.17}{2019/10/24}{\cs{setplength} verschoben}%^^A % \begin{macro}{\FloatStyle} % \begin{macro}{\PageStyle} % \begin{macro}{\Variable} % \begin{macro}{\FontElement} % \begin{macro}{\DoHook} -% \changes{v1.14}{2019/02/20}{neu}^^A +% \changes{v1.14}{2019/02/20}{neu}%^^A % \begin{macro}{\PName} % \begin{macro}{\PValue} % \begin{macro}{\Parameter} @@ -1002,12 +1004,12 @@ \BeginIndex{PLength}{#1}% \LabelPLength{#1}% \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{% - r@\label@desc@prefix scrlttr2-experts.cmd.setplength}{% + r@\label@desc@prefix scrlttr2.cmd.setplength}{% \textMacro{setplength}% }{% \begingroup \let\Macro\textMacro - \DescRef{scrlttr2-experts.cmd.setplength}% + \DescRef{scrlttr2.cmd.setplength}% \endgroup }% \PParameter{#1}\Parameter{\lengthname}% @@ -1235,9 +1237,10 @@ % % \begin{macro}{\LabelBase} % \begin{macro}{\labelbase} +% \changes{v1.22b}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\labelbase}[1]{% - \ifstr{\label@base@sec}{unknown}{}{% + \Ifstr{\label@base@sec}{unknown}{}{% \labelofbase[sec]{\label@base@sec.next}% \gdef\label@base@sec{}% }% @@ -1324,7 +1327,8 @@ \newcommand*{\Declaration@UseBox}[1]{% \colorbox{Declaration}{\usebox\Declaration@Box}% } -\newenvironment{Declaration}{% +\newenvironment{Declaration}[1][2]{% + \def\Declare@Lines{#1\baselineskip}% % Als erstes wird eine neue Index-Gruppe begonnen. Dagegen darf die % vorherige Index-Gruppe hier nicht automatisch geschlossen werden, weil % beispielsweise ein Abschnitt oder ein Kapitel ebenfalls eine Index-Gruppe @@ -1395,10 +1399,10 @@ \end{lrbox} \vskip 1\baselineskip \@plus .75\baselineskip \@minus .25\baselineskip % Hier darf ein Seitenumbruch ohne vertikalen Ausgleich erfolgen, wenn nicht - % mindestens für die Deklaration und zwei Zeilen Platz ist. - \vskip \dimexpr\ht\Declaration@Box+\dp\Declaration@Box+2\baselineskip\relax + % mindestens für die Deklaration und einige Zeilen Platz ist. + \vskip \dimexpr\ht\Declaration@Box+\dp\Declaration@Box+\Declare@Lines\relax \penalty-\@medpenalty - \vskip -\dimexpr\ht\Declaration@Box+\dp\Declaration@Box+2\baselineskip\relax + \vskip -\dimexpr\ht\Declaration@Box+\dp\Declaration@Box+\Declare@Lines\relax \begingroup% Dann wird die erzeugte Box farbig hinterlegt leicht im linken % Rand ausgegeben. \parfillskip\@flushglue @@ -1425,17 +1429,27 @@ % \end{environment} % % \begin{environment}{Example} -% This environment is used for all examples at the \KOMAScript{} guide. +% \changes{v1.15a}{2019/10/17}{Space removed}% +% This environment is used for all examples at the \KOMAScript{} guide. % \begin{macrocode} \newenvironment{Example}{% \lstset{belowskip=0pt plus 1pt minus .5pt}% - \labeling{{\usekomafont{disposition}\GuideExample:\ }} - \item[{\usekomafont{disposition}\GuideExample:\ }]% + \labeling{{\usekomafont{disposition}\GuideExample:}} + \item[{\usekomafont{disposition}\GuideExample:}]% }{% \endlabeling } % \end{macrocode} % \end{environment} +% \begin{macro}{\ExampleEndFix} +% \changes{v1.18}{2019/10/25}{New}%^^A +% If an example is at the end of a description and before a new description +% the vertical spacing is suboptimal. Sorry, but this cannot be fixed +% automatically currently. But here is a manual fix: +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\ExampleEndFix}{\vskip -1\ht\strutbox plus .75\strutbox} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \begin{environment}{ShowOutput} % This environment is used for the output of examples. It shows the middle @@ -1595,11 +1609,12 @@ % will be marked and these marks are referenced at a kind of index. % % \begin{macro}{\ChangedAt} +% \changes{v1.22b}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A % Set the margin note and write an entry to the change log.\footnote{TODO: % Don't use the glossary, use a file by my own.} % \begin{macrocode} \providecommand*{\ChangedAt}[3][]{% - \ifstr{#1}{}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{}{% \marginnote{\tiny\fbox{\strut#2}}% }{% \def\reserved@a##1/##2\@nil{% @@ -1617,8 +1632,8 @@ }% \begingroup \let\@tempa\@empty - \ifstr{#2}{v2.9i}{\def\@tempa{v2.90i=}}{}% - \ifstr{#2}{v2.9t}{\def\@tempa{v2.90t=}}{}% + \Ifstr{#2}{v2.9i}{\def\@tempa{v2.90i=}}{}% + \Ifstr{#2}{v2.9t}{\def\@tempa{v2.90t=}}{}% \let\and\ignorespaces \def\Package##1{% \glossary{##1=\string\Package{##1}>\@tempa#2|indexrm}% @@ -1733,11 +1748,13 @@ % \end{environment} % % \begin{macro}{\start@desctab} -% \changes{v1.7c}{2013/10/13}{\cs{leavevmode}\cs{ignorespaces} added to -% \cs{nentry}} -% This is the \emph{worker} macro of \texttt{desctable} and -% \texttt{desctabular}. It does the complete calculations and definition of -% the entry (something like |\item|) commands. +% \changes{v1.7c}{2013/10/13}{\cs{leavevmode}\cs{ignorespaces} added to +% \cs{nentry}}%^^A +% \changes{v1.16}{2019/10/23}{links for plengths added}%^^A +% \changes{v1.17}{2019/10/23}{links for variables added}%^^A +% This is the \emph{worker} macro of \texttt{desctable} and +% \texttt{desctabular}. It does the complete calculations and definition of +% the entry (something like |\item|) commands. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\start@desctab}[1]{% \setlength{\descwidth}{\linewidth}% @@ -1751,11 +1768,28 @@ }% \newcommand{\entry}[2]{\nentry{##1}{##2}[.5\baselineskip]}% \newcommand*{\pentry}[1]{% - \entry{\PLength{##1}\IndexPLength[indexmain]{##1}}}% + \entry{% + \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{r@\label@desc@prefix\LabelBase.plength.##1}{% + \ClassWarning{scrguide}{% + Reference `\label@desc@prefix\LabelBase.plength.##1' undefined}% + \PLength{##1}% + }{% + \DescRef{\LabelBase.plength.##1}% + }% + \IndexPLength[indexmain]{##1}}}% \newcommand*{\pventry}[1]{\entry{\PValue{##1}}}% \newcommand*{\mentry}[1]{\entry{\Macro{##1}}}% \newcommand*{\ventry}[1]{% - \entry{\Variable{##1}\IndexVariable[indexmain]{##1}}% + \entry{% + \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{r@\label@desc@prefix\LabelBase.variable.##1}{% + \ClassWarning{scrguide}{% + Reference `\label@desc@prefix\LabelBase.variable.##1 undefined}% + \Variable{##1}% + }{% + \DescRef{\LabelBase.variable.##1}% + }% + \IndexVariable[indexmain]{##1}% + }% }% \newcommand*{\feentry}[1]{% \entry{% @@ -1884,7 +1918,7 @@ \fi \endgroup \ifx\desccaptionb@xnext\desccaptionb@xfirst - \ifthispageodd{\descpage@ddtrue}{\descpage@ddfalse}% + \Ifthispageodd{\descpage@ddtrue}{\descpage@ddfalse}% \fi \csname @desclistentryhook\endcsname {\copy\descentryb@x}% @@ -1935,8 +1969,10 @@ \lstdefinestyle{code}{% language=[LaTeX]TeX,% moretexcs={% - @auxout,@currext,@dottedtocline,@empty,@float,@hangfrom,@ifpackagelater, - @ifundefined, + @auxout,@currext,@dottedtocline,@empty,@float, + @gobble,@gobbletwo, + @hangfrom,@ifpackagelater, + @ifundefined,@mkboth, @rightmark,@secondoftwo, @tempskipa,@tempdima,@tempswafalse,@tempswatrue, @undefined, @@ -1945,6 +1981,7 @@ DeclareOption,DeclareRobustCommand,dimexpr,end@float,ExecuteOptions, gluexpr, if@filesw,if@tempswa,if@twoside,includegraphics, + labelformat, MessageBreak, numexpr, onehalfspacing, @@ -1966,7 +2003,8 @@ addchap,addrentry,Address,addcontentslinetoeachtocfile, addxcontentslinetoeachtocfile,addsec, addtoeachtocfile, - addtokomafont,addtolengthplength,addtoreffields,addtotoclist, + addtokomafont,addtolengthplength,addtoplength,addtoreffields,addtotoclist, + addxcontentsline, adrchar,adrentry, AddLayersAtBeginOfPageStyle,AddLayersToPageStyle, AddtoDoHook,AddtoOneTimeDoHook, @@ -1976,7 +2014,8 @@ AtBeginLetter,At@startsection, Before@sect,Before@ssect, BeforeFamilyProcessOptions, - BeforeClosingMainAux,BeforePackage,bib@beginhook,bib@endhook, + BeforeClosingMainAux,BeforePackage,BeforeStartingTOC, + bib@beginhook,bib@endhook, blinddocument,blindtext,Blinddocument,Blindtext, cc,captionabove,captionaboveof,captionbelow,captionbelowof,captionformat, captionof,cefoot,cfoot,chapapp, chapappifchapterprefix, @@ -2014,15 +2053,19 @@ FreeI,FreeII,FreeIII,FreeIV, GenericMarkFormat, headfont,headmark, + Ifattoclist,Ifkomavar,Ifkomavarempty,Ifstr,Ifstrstart,Ifthispageodd, + Ifundefinedorrelax,IfUsePrefixLine, ifundefinedorrelax, - ifattoclist,ifoot,ihead,ifkomavarempty,ifstr,ifthispageodd,InputAddressFile, + ifattoclist,ifoot,ihead,ifkomavarempty,ifstr,ifthispageodd, + IfActiveMkBoth,InputAddressFile, KOMAoption,KOMAoptions,KOMAScript, l@addto@macro, LastName,layerwidth,layerheight,lefoot,lefttopmark,leftbotmark, leftfirstmark,lehead,LetterOptionNeedsPapersize, LenToUnit, lipsum,listoffigures, listoftables,listoftoc,LoadLetterOption,lofoot,lohead,lowertitleback, - MakeMarkcase,makenote,maketitle,manualmark,marginline,minisec, + MakeMarkcase,makenote,maketitle,manualmark,marginline,markleft,markdouble, + minisec, multfootsep,multiplefootnoteseparator, Name,nameday,newbibstyle,newcaptionname,newkomavar,nexthead, ofoot,ohead,opening,othersectionlevelsformat, @@ -2057,7 +2100,8 @@ setbibpreamble,setcapindent,setcapwidth,setcaptionalignment, setchapterpreamble,setfootbotline,setfootsepline,setfootwidth, setheadsepline,setheadtopline,setheadwidth,setindexpreamble,setkomafont, - setkomavar,setlengthtoplength,setparsizes,setpartpreamble,setuptoc, + setkomavar,setlengthtoplength,setparsizes,setpartpreamble, + setplength,setuptoc, showfields,showenvelope,showISOenvelope,showUScommercial,showUScheck, SplitDoHook, storeareas,StorePreventPackageFromLoading, @@ -2073,14 +2117,15 @@ }% }% \lstnewenvironment{lstoutput}[1][]{% - \lstset{style=output,basicstyle=\ttfamily\small,#1}% + \lstset{style=output,basicstyle=\ttfamily\codesize,#1}% }{}% \lstnewenvironment{lstcode}[1][]{% - \lstset{style=KOMA,basicstyle=\ttfamily\small,#1}% + \lstset{style=KOMA,basicstyle=\ttfamily\codesize,#1}% }{}% \newcommand*{\lstinputcode}[1][]{% - \lstinputlisting[style=KOMA,basicstyle=\ttfamily\small,#1]% + \lstinputlisting[style=KOMA,basicstyle=\ttfamily\codesize,#1]% } +\newcommand*{\codesize}{\small} % \end{macrocode} % % @@ -2101,14 +2146,15 @@ KOMAScript \endcsname % \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\url@} -% \changes{v1.9b}{2015/09/30}{\cs{GuideCTANserver} not needed and removed}^^A -% Redefine to make \texttt{CTAN://} be an alias for -% \texttt{http://mirror.ctan.org/}. +% \changes{v1.9b}{2015/09/30}{\cs{GuideCTANserver} not needed and removed}%^^A +% \changes{v1.22a}{2019/11/18}{https instead of http}%^^A +% Redefine to make \texttt{CTAN://} be an alias for +% \texttt{https://mirror.ctan.org/}. % \begin{macrocode} \def\url@#1{\expandafter\url@@#1\@nil} \def\url@@#1://#2\@nil{% \def\@tempa{#1}\def\@tempb{CTAN}\ifx\@tempa\@tempb - \hyper@linkurl{\Hurl{#1://#2}}{http://mirror.ctan.org/#2}% + \hyper@linkurl{\Hurl{#1://#2}}{https://mirror.ctan.org/#2}% \else \hyper@linkurl{\Hurl{#1://#2}}{#1://#2}% \fi @@ -2505,6 +2551,7 @@ KOMAScript \endcsname % % \begin{macro}{\BeginIndex} % \begin{macro}{\EndIndex} +% \changes{v1.22b}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A % Its also usefull to define index range entries. These have three % arguments. First (optiona) argument is the page number style. Default of % this parameter is \texttt{indexmain}. See |\Index| for more information @@ -2589,9 +2636,9 @@ KOMAScript \endcsname \begingroup \@tempswatrue \def\do##1##2##3{% - \ifstr{#1}{##1}{% - \ifstr{#2}{##2}{% - \ifstr{\detokenize{#3}}{\detokenize{##3}}{}{\@tempswafalse}% + \Ifstr{#1}{##1}{% + \Ifstr{#2}{##2}{% + \Ifstr{\detokenize{#3}}{\detokenize{##3}}{}{\@tempswafalse}% }{\@tempswafalse}% }{\@tempswafalse}% \if@tempswa @@ -2674,7 +2721,8 @@ KOMAScript \endcsname % index with reference to that index at another index. And there are even % entries that will be added to one index with reference to that index from % another index and from the main index. -% \begin{macro}{\DefineSingeIndex} +% \begin{macro}{\DefineSingleIndex} +% \changes{v1.22}{2019/11/14}{support \cs{PName} in second argument}%^^A % This defines a single index entry, e.g. of commands. A macro will be % defined that addes the entry only to one index. First (optional) % agrument is a not, which shows the kind of entry (e.g. |\GuideMacro|). The @@ -2687,12 +2735,24 @@ KOMAScript \endcsname \ifx\relax#1\relax \expandafter\newcommand\expandafter*% \csname Index#2\endcsname[2][indexother]{% - \Index[##1]{##2=\UseIndex{#3}#4{##2}}% + \begingroup + \let\PName\@firstofone + \protected@edef\reserved@a{% + \unexpanded{\endgroup\Index[##1]}% + {##2\unexpanded{=\UseIndex{#3}#4{##2}}}% + }% + \reserved@a }% \else \expandafter\newcommand\expandafter*% \csname Index#2\endcsname[2][indexother]{% - \Index[##1]{##2 (#1)=\UseIndex{#3}#4{##2} (\protect #1)}% + \begingroup + \let\PName\@firstofone + \protected@edef\reserved@a{% + \unexpanded{\endgroup\Index[##1]}% + {##2 \unexpanded{(#1)=\UseIndex{#3}#4{##2} (\protect #1)}}% + }% + \reserved@a }% \fi } diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/ChangeLog b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/ChangeLog deleted file mode 100644 index d83939b491..0000000000 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/ChangeLog +++ /dev/null @@ -1,17160 +0,0 @@ -r3264 2019-10-12 16:50:27 +0200 kohm: - - * releaselist.txt: release 2019/10/12 v3.27 - -r3263 2019-10-12 16:50:03 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx: prepared for 3.27 - -r3262 2019-10-10 10:25:29 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx, - scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, scrkernel-title.dtx, - scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, - scrkernel-floats.dtx, scrkernel-language.dtx, scrsource.tex, - scrkernel-variables.dtx, scrkernel-footnotes.dtx, - scrkernel-index.dtx, scrkernel-circularletters.dtx, - scrkernel-bibliography.dtx, scrkernel-typearea.dtx, - scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx, - scrjura.dtx, scrkernel-listsof.dtx, scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, - scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx, scrhack.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx, - scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scrextend.dtx, - scraddr.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx, doc/, doc/plength.dtx, - doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrlttr2.tex: \usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} removed, so - LaTeX >= 2018-04-1 required - -r3261 2019-10-10 10:04:30 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-marginpar.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-parmarkup.tex, doc/ngerman/expertpart.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-headfootheight.tex, doc/ngerman/scrdatetime.tex, - doc/ngerman/adrconvnote.tex, doc/ngerman/common-dictum.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-footnotes.tex, doc/ngerman/scrextend.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-lists.tex, doc/ngerman/common-draftmode.tex, - doc/ngerman/typearea-experts.tex, doc/ngerman/typearea.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-oddorevenpage.tex, doc/ngerman/authorpart.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex, doc/ngerman/common-titles.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-compatibility.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-typearea.tex, doc/ngerman/introduction.tex, - doc/ngerman/preface.tex, doc/ngerman/scrwfile.tex, - doc/ngerman/scraddr.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/common-marginpar.tex, doc/english/common-parmarkup.tex, - doc/english/common-headfootheight.tex, doc/english/scrdatetime.tex, - doc/english/common-dictum.tex, doc/english/common-footnotes.tex, - doc/english/scrextend.tex, doc/english/common-lists.tex, - doc/english/common-draftmode.tex, doc/english/typearea-experts.tex, - doc/english/typearea.tex, doc/english/common-oddorevenpage.tex, - doc/english/scrlfile.tex, doc/english/common-titles.tex, - doc/english/common-compatibility.tex, - doc/english/common-typearea.tex, doc/english/introduction.tex, - doc/english/preface.tex, doc/english/scrwfile.tex, - doc/english/scraddr.tex: Copyright date of German files changed - -r3260 2019-10-10 09:50:23 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/english/scrbase.tex, doc/english/common-marginpar.tex, - doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex, - doc/english/common-parmarkup.tex, doc/english/common-fontsize.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex, - doc/english/common-interleafpage.tex, - doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, - doc/english/common-headfootheight.tex, doc/english/scrdatetime.tex, - doc/english/adrconvnote.tex, doc/english/common-dictum.tex, - doc/english/japanlco.tex, doc/english/common-options.tex, - doc/english/common-footnotes.tex, doc/english/scrextend.tex, - doc/english/common-lists.tex, doc/english/tocbasic.tex, - doc/english/common-draftmode.tex, doc/english/scrlttr2-experts.tex, - doc/english/typearea-experts.tex, doc/english/common-textmarkup.tex, - doc/english/scrhack.tex, doc/english/scrlayer.tex, - doc/english/typearea.tex, doc/english/common-oddorevenpage.tex, - doc/english/scrlfile.tex, doc/english/common-titles.tex, - doc/english/common-compatibility.tex, - doc/english/common-typearea.tex, doc/english/introduction.tex, - doc/english/preface.tex, doc/english/scrwfile.tex, - doc/english/scraddr.tex: fix of reference date - -r3259 2019-10-10 09:26:54 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/adrconvnote.tex: fixed coding - information - -r3258 2019-10-10 09:25:44 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex, - doc/english/japanlco.tex, doc/english/scrjura.tex, - doc/english/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex: all English manual files - in us-ascii - -r3257 2019-10-10 09:10:04 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: do not longer load inputenc but expect LaTeX - >= 2018-04-01 - -r3256 2019-10-10 09:06:49 +0200 kohm: - - * scrpage.dtx, japanlco.dtx, scrtime.dtx, tocbasic.dtx: - \usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} removed, because it was wrong and - current LaTeX does not need \usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} - -r3255 2019-10-09 17:57:37 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/Makefile.guide: one again the if - -r3254 2019-10-09 17:46:01 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/linkalias.tex: one alias removed two added - -r3253 2019-10-09 17:45:42 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/Makefile.guide: usage if $(if …) replaced - -r3252 2019-10-09 17:14:53 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex: LaTeX - labels with UTF-8 characters - -r3251 2019-10-09 16:34:25 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: ophan - backslash removed - -r3250 2019-10-09 15:19:04 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx, - scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, scrkernel-title.dtx, - scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, - scrkernel-floats.dtx, scrkernel-language.dtx, scrsource.tex, - scrkernel-variables.dtx, scrkernel-footnotes.dtx, - scrkernel-index.dtx, scrkernel-circularletters.dtx, - scrkernel-bibliography.dtx, scrkernel-typearea.dtx, - scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx, - scrjura.dtx, scrkernel-listsof.dtx, scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, - scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx, scrhack.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx, - scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scrextend.dtx, - scraddr.dtx, tocbasic.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx, doc/, doc/guide.bib, - doc/scrguide.cls, doc/scrpage2.tex, doc/plength.dtx, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-marginpar.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-parmarkup.tex, doc/ngerman/guide-ngerman.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-fontsize.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/ngerman/expertpart.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrjuraexample.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-interleafpage.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-headfootheight.tex, doc/ngerman/scrdatetime.tex, - doc/ngerman/adrconvnote.tex, doc/ngerman/common-dictum.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-options.tex, doc/ngerman/common-footnotes.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrextend.tex, doc/ngerman/common-lists.tex, - doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex, doc/ngerman/common-draftmode.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex, doc/ngerman/typearea-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-textmarkup.tex, doc/ngerman/scrhack.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex, doc/ngerman/scrjura.tex, - doc/ngerman/typearea.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-oddorevenpage.tex, doc/ngerman/authorpart.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex, doc/ngerman/common-titles.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-compatibility.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-typearea.tex, doc/ngerman/introduction.tex, - doc/ngerman/preface.tex, doc/ngerman/scrwfile.tex, - doc/ngerman/scraddr.tex, doc/english/, doc/english/japanlco.tex, - doc/english/scrjura.tex: everything converted von ISO-8859-1 to UTF-8 - -r3249 2019-10-09 13:35:26 +0200 kohm: - - * tocstyle.dtx: fixed one LaTeX compatibility issue and changed - several notes about - the package status - -r3248 2019-10-09 12:49:59 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/Makefile.guide: replaced usage of ifneq by $(if …) - -r3247 2019-10-09 12:32:11 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/Makefile.guide: fix usage of ifneq - -r3246 2019-10-09 12:17:08 +0200 kohm: - - * scrjura.dtx: fix for LaTeX 2019-10-01 has broken \p@sentence - -r3245 2019-10-09 12:13:55 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/Makefile.guide: mptopdf does not longer add "-1" to the - basename - -r3244 2019-10-09 08:34:34 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/english/scrbase.tex, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex, doc/english/tocbasic.tex, - doc/english/scrlttr2-experts.tex, doc/english/scrhack.tex, - doc/english/scrlayer.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: several translation - improvements by Karl Hagen - -r3243 2019-10-07 15:32:53 +0200 kohm: - - * scrlfile.dtx: missing space added and \renewcommand <-> \def - -r3242 2019-10-07 10:16:42 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/tocbasic.tex: missing change log entries added - -r3241 2019-10-07 10:07:37 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/tocbasic.tex: removed dates from - \ChangedAt - -r3240 2019-10-07 10:00:14 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/tocbasic.tex: one additional removed - -r3239 2019-10-07 09:59:21 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/tocbasic.tex: missing "you" added - -r3238 2019-10-07 09:49:14 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex: typofixes by Elke - -r3237 2019-10-07 09:05:14 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/english/scrbase.tex, doc/english/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: text of some fixme notes - changed - -r3236 2019-10-07 08:44:20 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/tocbasic.tex: docu of := and += in \DeclareTOCStyleEntry - and \DeclareTOCEntryStyle - -r3235 2019-10-06 14:49:59 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx, doc/, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex, doc/english/, doc/english/tocbasic.tex: docu - of ToC style toctext extended and improved - -r3234 2019-10-06 13:31:09 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/tocbasic.tex: typofix for onendlastentry - -r3233 2019-10-06 13:30:33 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx: typofix for \scr@dte@toctext@parend - -r3232 2019-10-06 13:01:16 +0200 kohm: - - * scrlfile.dtx: \InputIfFileExists is robust since LaTeX 2019/10/01 - -r3231 2019-10-04 13:18:26 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, TODO: several - scrletter changes have been deactivated by docstrip switch "willbe" - -r3230 2019-10-03 12:38:22 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx: \DeclareTOCStyleEntry provides += for length - and number options - -r3229 2019-10-03 11:16:42 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: orphan `l' (added by last update) removed - -r3228 2019-10-02 17:12:06 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: improved error messages - -r3227 2019-10-02 16:55:32 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO, tocbasic.dtx: copied copy options of \DeclareTOCStyleEntry - also for \DeclareNewTOC - -r3226 2019-10-02 13:19:59 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx, TODO: new copy options for the ToC style - entries - -r3225 2019-10-02 12:10:26 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx: don't use \scr@tso@#1@pagenumberwidth in - definitionn of \scr@tso@#1@pagenumberbox - -r3224 2019-10-02 11:47:13 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx: prefix for the style - storage of a ToC entry style changed - -r3223 2019-10-02 09:46:35 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2-experts.tex: docu of - \foreachkomavar, \foreachkomavarifempty, \foreachemptykomavar, - \foreachnonemptykomavar - -r3222 2019-10-02 09:13:59 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2-experts.tex: docu of \Ifplength - -r3221 2019-10-02 08:53:18 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrlttr2.tex: docu of options symbolicnames=marvosym, - symbolicnames=awesome/fontawesome - -r3220 2019-10-02 08:17:56 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/tocbasic.tex: docu of ToC feature noindent - -r3219 2019-10-02 07:30:59 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex: Korrekturen von Elke - -r3218 2019-10-01 11:40:11 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/tocbasic.tex: docu of ToC entry style toctext added - -r3217 2019-10-01 09:04:08 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/tocbasic.tex: translation reference - date - -r3216 2019-10-01 09:02:54 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/tocbasic.tex: note about "category" synonym of "owner" - -r3215 2019-09-26 17:12:12 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex: - Korrekturen von Elke - -r3214 2019-09-26 10:05:43 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrhack.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrhack.tex: docu of new standardsections hack - -r3213 2019-09-26 09:09:25 +0200 kohm: - - * scrhack.dtx: typofix in implementation docu - -r3212 2019-09-26 09:08:04 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO: cleanup - -r3211 2019-09-26 09:05:56 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO: cleanup - -r3210 2019-09-26 09:04:37 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO: need for translation fix added - -r3209 2019-09-26 09:02:41 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO: nonumber docu issue removed - -r3208 2019-09-26 09:01:16 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: docu of extended - optional argument of the sectioning commands extended by new option - "nonumber" - -r3207 2019-09-26 08:07:09 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-variables.dtx: typofix in implementation docu - -r3206 2019-09-19 18:33:20 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrlayer.tex: docu of \ModifyLayers - -r3203 2019-08-26 12:57:42 +0200 kohm: - - * manifest.txt: new file - -r3202 2019-08-26 12:44:58 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: \ifnumber{}{…}{…} (with empty first - argument) fixed - -r3201 2019-08-26 12:27:41 +0200 kohm: - - * scrlfile.dtx: checksum fixed - -r3200 2019-08-26 12:26:59 +0200 kohm: - - * scrlfile.dtx: usage of \AfterClass or \AfterPackage inside class or - package fixed - -r3199 2019-08-26 12:04:56 +0200 kohm: - - * komamarks.dtx: keyword replacement activated - -r3198 2019-08-26 11:45:23 +0200 kohm: - - * Makefile, komamarks.dtx, README.in/: new package komamarks - -r3197 2019-08-26 11:31:28 +0200 kohm: - - * scrstrip.inc: may → can - -r3196 2019-08-26 11:20:16 +0200 kohm: - - * scrlayer.dtx: activation of flyspell mode changed - -r3195 2019-08-26 11:13:13 +0200 kohm: - - * README.in/: state changed from unstable to experimantal and - deprecated - -r3194 2019-08-07 11:19:00 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: docu of - \IfSectionCommandStyle - -r3193 2019-07-29 07:38:43 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: \IfUseNumber docu added - -r3192 2019-07-26 10:35:55 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO: need for docu item removed - -r3191 2019-07-26 10:34:49 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrbase.tex: docu of \IfActiveMkBoth - -r3190 2019-07-26 09:35:34 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: \IfActiveMkBoth recognizes \marks - -r3189 2019-07-26 09:10:41 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrbase.tex: docu of @else@ option handling in - \FamilyOptions and \FamilyOption - -r3188 2019-07-26 08:27:20 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrbase.tex: docu of \FamilyInverseBoolKey and - \FamilySetInverseBool - -r3187 2019-07-25 08:40:31 +0200 kohm: - - * scrlayer.dtx: workaround for a babel issue with \@empty instead of - {} - -r3186 2019-07-24 15:05:32 +0200 kohm: - - * scrlfile.dtx: spurious blank removed - -r3185 2019-07-24 13:27:01 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx: message improved - -r3184 2019-07-24 13:23:07 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx: messages improved - -r3183 2019-07-24 13:19:03 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx: information about sectsty issue - -r3182 2019-07-24 13:00:55 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: unified two warning messages - -r3181 2019-07-24 12:37:42 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: fix of \@ssect check - -r3180 2019-07-24 12:27:03 +0200 kohm: - - * scrhack.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx: more changes for and to - standardsections.hak - -r3179 2019-07-24 11:27:49 +0200 kohm: - - * scrhack.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx: standardsections.hak respects - hyperref - -r3178 2019-07-24 10:35:45 +0200 kohm: - - * scrhack.dtx: standardsections.hak extended - -r3177 2019-07-24 09:21:26 +0200 kohm: - - * scrhack.dtx: typofix [Elke] - -r3176 2019-07-24 08:10:57 +0200 kohm: - - * scrhack.dtx: only cosmetic change of source generation - -r3175 2019-07-23 15:48:15 +0200 kohm: - - * Makefile: standardsections.hak added - -r3174 2019-07-23 13:22:56 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: some trace information removed - -r3173 2019-07-23 12:29:07 +0200 kohm: - - * scrhack.dtx, TODO, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx: titlesec hack - removed from the classes, but standardsections hack added to scrhack - -r3172 2019-07-23 10:08:37 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx: removed titlesec hack - -r3171 2019-07-20 12:54:40 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: fix of not @else@ option case in - \FamilyOptions - -r3170 2019-07-19 12:18:03 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO, scrkernel-basics.dtx: @else@ options handling for - \FamilyOptions and \FamilyOption; fixed family option handling with - empty members in \FamilyOptions and \DefineFamilyKey - -r3169 2019-07-10 13:09:32 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-language.dtx: avoid incompatiblities by the last change - -r3168 2019-07-10 13:00:03 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-language.dtx: define terms/names in preamble immediately - -r3167 2019-07-10 09:53:02 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO: new option "afterpar" for tocbasic style "toctext" - -r3166 2019-07-10 09:51:50 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx: new option "afterpar" for style "toctext" - -r3165 2019-07-10 09:50:56 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/tocbasic.tex: information about features to \deftocheading - added - -r3164 2019-07-08 14:15:06 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO, scrkernel-sections.dtx: new option "nonumber" for all section - command (extended version only) - -r3163 2019-07-08 14:13:47 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: new \FamilyInverseBoolKey and - \FamilySetInverseBool - -r3162 2019-07-08 11:46:14 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx, TODO, tocbasic.dtx: new TOC entry style - "toctext" - -r3161 2019-06-27 08:41:04 +0200 kohm: - - * scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx: two orphan spaces removed - -r3160 2019-06-26 10:52:55 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-floats.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx, - scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx: make usage of \thechapter more expandable - -r3159 2019-06-26 09:30:24 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: try to load bookmark with suitable default - driver depending on loaded - hyperref driver - -r3158 2019-06-09 12:31:58 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-language.dtx: keyword replacement fixed - -r3157 2019-06-09 12:05:12 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-language.dtx: fix \dateaustralien → \dateaustralian - -r3156 2019-05-27 23:06:15 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-language.dtx: workaround for a biblatex issue added - -r3155 2019-05-27 22:56:48 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-listsof.dtx: language list fixed - -r3154 2019-05-24 19:15:45 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx: several \color@begingroup and - \color@endgroup added - -r3153 2019-05-24 09:50:33 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx, TODO: new TOC entry options - "pagenumberwidth" and "rightindent" for style "tocline" - -r3152 2019-05-23 07:52:41 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx: some docu added - -r3151 2019-05-22 09:00:33 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx: fix of recipience address in scrlttr2 - -r3150 2019-05-12 12:04:47 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx, TODO: new toc feature noindent - -r3149 2019-05-12 11:34:55 +0200 kohm: - - * tocbasic.dtx: "category" is a synonym for "owner" - -r3148 2019-05-12 11:26:00 +0200 kohm: - - * tocbasic.dtx: only spaces in documentation - -r3147 2019-05-11 13:03:41 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx, scrkernel-listsof.dtx, scrmain.ins, - tocbasic.dtx: code reorganisation - -r3146 2019-05-11 13:02:59 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO: \if@dynlist issue - -r3145 2019-05-04 21:07:35 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx: glossary error fixed - -r3144 2019-05-03 12:36:20 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx: reference line by page style notepaper, new - pseudo length refheight, - new option refline=false - -r3143 2019-04-16 10:52:03 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx: moved code from - scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx to scrkernel-notepaper.dtx - -r3142 2019-04-16 10:50:54 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: new \scr@ForEachTrimmedListElement - -r3141 2019-04-05 09:52:27 +0200 kohm: - - * scrlayer-scrpage.dtx: made several commands long - -r3140 2019-04-05 08:56:22 +0200 kohm: - - * scrlayer-scrpage.dtx: replaced usage of \centering, \raggedleft and - \raggedright by - - \LaTeXcentering, \LaTeXraggedleft and \LaTeXraggedright and added definition - of these commands if not yet defined - -r3138 2019-04-04 08:24:53 +0200 kohm: - - * scrlayer-fancyhdr.dtx, scrkernel-version.dtx, - scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, - scrkernel-title.dtx, scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, - scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, scrkernel-floats.dtx, - scrkernel-language.dtx, scrkernel-variables.dtx, - scrkernel-footnotes.dtx, scrkernel-index.dtx, scrlayer.dtx, - scrkernel-circularletters.dtx, scrkernel-bibliography.dtx, - scrkernel-typearea.dtx, scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, - scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx, scrjura.dtx, scrkernel-listsof.dtx, - scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, tocstyle.dtx, - scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx, scrhack.dtx, scrpage.dtx, - scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx, japanlco.dtx, - scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, scrtime.dtx, scrlayer-scrpage.dtx, - scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scrextend.dtx, scrlfile.dtx, tocbasic.dtx, - scrkernel-basics.dtx: workaround for doctex ^^A-comment brace check - failure - -r3137 2019-04-04 08:07:07 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx, - scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, scrkernel-title.dtx, - scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, - scrkernel-floats.dtx, scrkernel-language.dtx, - scrkernel-variables.dtx, scrkernel-footnotes.dtx, - scrkernel-index.dtx, scrlayer.dtx, scrkernel-circularletters.dtx, - scrkernel-bibliography.dtx, scrkernel-typearea.dtx, - scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx, - scrjura.dtx, scrkernel-listsof.dtx, scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, - tocstyle.dtx, scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx, scrhack.dtx, scrpage.dtx, - scrwfile.dtx, scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx, - scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, scrtime.dtx, scrlayer-scrpage.dtx, - scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scrextend.dtx, scraddr.dtx, scrlfile.dtx, - tocbasic.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx: indent of \changes changed - -r3136 2019-04-02 18:22:40 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: Warning message fixed (reported by Elke) - -r3135 2019-04-02 10:39:15 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx: defect - hook removed - -r3134 2019-04-01 08:04:47 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: \ForDoHook does not redefine \reserved@a and - cascaded \ExecuteDoHook - are ignored - -r3133 2019-03-31 11:02:20 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx: \@gen@firsthead moved (but this is only - temporary) - -r3132 2019-03-29 19:41:06 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrbase.tex: fix of \AddtoDoHook description [Elke] - -r3131 2019-03-29 19:18:54 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx: checksum fixed - -r3130 2019-03-29 09:45:51 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, TODO: scrletter - uses layer foldmarks for foldmarks - -r3129 2019-03-29 09:27:46 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx: typofix - -r3128 2019-03-29 08:42:39 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx: new \Ifplength/\if@plength - -r3127 2019-03-28 13:16:30 +0100 kohm: - - * scrlfile.dtx: fix for \InputIfFileExists change of upcomming LaTeX - -r3126 2019-03-27 14:46:09 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx: scrletter uses - page style "notepaper" and layer "notepaper" for the first page - -r3125 2019-03-25 09:57:11 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-fonts.dtx: scrletter.cls is - scrartcl.cls + scrletter.sty instead of scrlttr2.cls - -r3124 2019-03-25 09:20:06 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx: only spacing in source code changed - -r3123 2019-03-22 09:16:05 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx: code indention - -r3122 2019-03-22 08:25:51 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/htmlsetup, doc/english/, - doc/english/htmlsetup, doc/bin/, doc/bin/genhtmlidx.pl: improved html - index file generation - -r3121 2019-03-22 07:50:24 +0100 kohm: - - * scrmain.ins: do not generate compatibility information for - scrletter.sty - -r3120 2019-03-21 09:51:38 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, TODO: new values for option symbolicnames - -r3119 2019-03-18 09:37:04 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-title.dtx, TODO: \thanks issue with in-page titles and - titlepages fixed - -r3118 2019-03-18 07:49:05 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO: new issue related to in-page titles - -r3117 2019-03-13 15:14:17 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-title.dtx: options abstracton and abstractoff are not - standard but deprecated - -r3116 2019-03-13 12:11:23 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-variables.dtx, TODO: new commands \foreachkomavar, - \foreachkomavarifempty, \foreachemptykomavar, - \foreachnonemptykomavar - -r3115 2019-03-11 16:01:54 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: \IfArgIsEmpty is long - -r3114 2019-03-10 16:14:43 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: fix: spurious space by missing percent - -r3113 2019-03-09 18:38:13 +0100 kohm: - - * scrlayer-fancyhdr.dtx: same beta handling as for scrlayer-notecolumn - -r3112 2019-03-09 18:33:31 +0100 kohm: - - * scrlayer-fancyhdr.dtx: made a true part of KOMA-Script - -r3111 2019-03-05 12:10:42 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, scrkernel-typearea.dtx, doc/, - doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrlttr2.tex: letter environment uses \raggedbottom - -r3110 2019-03-05 11:44:36 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx: fix of \flushbottom and twocolumn - -r3109 2019-03-02 15:22:10 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex: changed docu about - verbatim problem - -r3108 2019-03-02 14:35:24 +0100 kohm: - - * scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx: more robust against page breaks within - special catcode settings, - e.g., verbatim environments - -r3107 2019-02-25 10:51:26 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrjura.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrjura.tex: note about usage of \DeclareTOCStyleEntry - added - -r3106 2019-02-25 10:06:55 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO, scrkernel-sections.dtx: \bprot@dottedtocline is deprecated - -r3105 2019-02-25 09:37:34 +0100 kohm: - - * scrstrip.inc: copyright end date changed to 2019 - -r3104 2019-02-25 09:35:38 +0100 kohm: - - * scrjura.dtx: copyright year - -r3103 2019-02-25 09:26:15 +0100 kohm: - - * scrjura.dtx, TODO: scrjura uses tocbasic for the optional ToC - entries - -r3102 2019-02-21 13:10:29 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: kind of translation of - changed or new parts of the German manual - -r3101 2019-02-21 11:00:57 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: - typofixes - -r3100 2019-02-21 10:53:23 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: - \ChangedAt korrigiert - -r3099 2019-02-21 10:46:58 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: - changed description of \scr@startsection, \SecDef, \At@startsection, - \Before@sect, \Before@ssect - -r3098 2019-02-21 10:45:09 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: - fix names of hooks - -r3097 2019-02-21 10:44:13 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: recursive hook labels - -r3096 2019-02-21 10:42:29 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: docu change: note about redefining kernel - macros issue - -r3095 2019-02-20 15:56:13 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex: Korrekturen von Elke - -r3094 2019-02-20 12:41:53 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/scrguide.cls, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/guide-ngerman.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/guide-english.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: do-hooks der Klassen - -r3093 2019-02-20 10:35:02 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex, doc/ngerman/common-textmarkup.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrjura.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/english/tocbasic.tex, - doc/english/common-textmarkup.tex, doc/english/scrjura.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: splitted - maincls-experts.experts in several sections - -r3092 2019-02-20 10:26:22 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbase.tex: double declaration - removed - -r3091 2019-02-16 14:31:54 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, Makefile, scrmain.ins, README.in/, - README.in/README.scrreport.cls, README.in/README.scrarticle.cls, - README.in/README.scrletter.cls: new wrapper classes for the 8.3 - classes - -r3090 2019-02-16 14:26:52 +0100 kohm: - - * README.in/: missing README added - -r3089 2019-02-14 19:08:39 +0100 kohm: - - * scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx: \set@color does not have an argument - -r3088 2019-02-14 18:59:29 +0100 kohm: - - * scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx: redefine \set@color instead of \color - -r3087 2019-02-14 17:42:30 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex: improvement - by Karl - -r3086 2019-02-14 14:25:25 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex: with pdftex and - luatex scrlayer-notecolumn does (experimentally) support colors - inside note columns - -r3085 2019-02-14 13:50:13 +0100 kohm: - - * scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx: colour support for scrlayer-notecolumn - added - -r3084 2019-02-14 10:08:22 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-typearea.dtx, scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx: - \begin{macro} needs a macro as an argument - -r3083 2019-02-14 10:00:31 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO: serveral new scrlayer-notecolumn nice-to-haves - -r3082 2019-02-14 09:49:13 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbase.tex, - doc/english/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex, doc/english/common-options.tex, - doc/english/tocbasic.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: translation by Karl - -r3081 2019-02-14 09:48:41 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: more useful links - -r3080 2019-02-14 09:39:28 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex: Link ins - Expertenkapitel von scrlayer-scrpage, weil nur dort neue Seitenstile - behandelt werden - -r3079 2019-02-13 10:33:28 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/guide-ngerman.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex: known issues of scrlayer-scrpage - -r3078 2019-02-10 13:25:25 +0100 kohm: - - * Makefile: added DIN5008A.lco and DIN5008B.lco to installation files - -r3077 2019-02-10 13:24:05 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx: workaround patch for amsthm added to avoid - missing vertical spaces - before theorem environments - -r3076 2019-02-07 19:00:00 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex: Korrekturen von Elke - -r3075 2019-02-07 08:29:34 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: \DeclareSectionCommand does not allow level - <= -\maxdimen - -r3074 2019-02-05 11:12:39 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/scrguide.cls, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex: BETA-Doku der do-hooks - -r3073 2019-02-05 09:58:21 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: \ForDoHook interface changed, \ExecuteDoHook - uses changed \ForDoHook interface - -r3072 2019-02-04 12:22:50 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: fix of \SplitDoHook - -r3071 2019-02-04 11:32:01 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO, scrkernel-sections.dtx: mapped deprecated old hooks to new - do-hooks - -r3070 2019-02-04 09:05:44 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: do-hook mechanism extended by \SplitDoHook and - \ForDoHook - -r3069 2019-02-02 21:57:08 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: docu: replaced one \section by \subsection - -r3068 2019-02-02 20:41:35 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO, scrkernel-sections.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx: new do-hook - mechanism, currently used for "heading/begingroup/…" and - "heading/endgroup/…" hooks - -r3067 2019-02-02 20:40:31 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: prepared for - 3.27 BETA - -r3066 2019-02-01 08:58:57 +0100 kohm: - - * releaselist.txt: release 2019/02/01 v3.26b - -r3065 2019-02-01 08:55:26 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: fix of \bottomrule in desctabular due to - external changes - -r3064 2019-02-01 08:40:28 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx: replaced \baselineskip by 1\baselineskip - in option parskip - -r3063 2019-02-01 08:39:11 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, scrhack.dtx, - scrkernel-sections.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx: v3.27 --> v3.26b - -r3062 2019-01-28 15:35:42 +0100 kohm: - - * scrhack.dtx: prepared for nomencl 5.1 - -r3061 2019-01-23 13:06:34 +0100 kohm: - - * scrhack.dtx: prepared nomencl hack for nomencl 5.0 and hopefully - fixed version of nomencl - -r3060 2019-01-17 21:36:57 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: emergency workaround for typical auxhook - problem - -r3059 2019-01-17 13:46:30 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: made \scr@sp@def \long - -r3058 2019-01-15 08:39:58 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/english/introduction.tex: corrections by O. C. - -r3057 2019-01-15 08:29:44 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbase.tex, - doc/english/common-marginpar.tex, doc/english/common-options.tex, - doc/english/scrlttr2-experts.tex, doc/english/common-textmarkup.tex, - doc/english/scrjura.tex, doc/english/typearea.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: translation improvements - by Karl - -r3056 2019-01-14 14:29:39 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: defining own page - styles is in chapter 17 and 18 - -r3055 2019-01-09 16:54:51 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: copyright date changed - -r3054 2019-01-09 16:54:19 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: added new error message for using - \FamilyOption with key=value or - list of options - -r3053 2019-01-01 13:48:49 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: prepared for new - beta - -r3052 2019-01-01 13:47:38 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-title.dtx: requested warnings about not used - \uppertitleback and \lowertitleback - - in `twoside=false' or `titlepage=false' mode added - -r3051 2018-12-30 16:08:14 +0100 kohm: - - * releaselist.txt: release 2018/12/30 v3.26a - -r3050 2018-12-30 15:36:55 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, tocbasic.dtx: - fix of usage of \kernel@ifnextchar - -r3049 2018-12-22 17:30:41 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/guide.tex, doc/scrguide.cls: simplified language select by - using babel's main=... - -r3048 2018-12-22 17:02:04 +0100 kohm: - - * scrsource.tex: changed font encoding and font due to a change in - LaTeX - -r3047 2018-12-22 16:51:54 +0100 kohm: - - * releaselist.txt, scrkernel-fonts.dtx: prepared for v3.26 - -r3046 2018-12-22 16:30:58 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx: prepared for 3.26 - -r3045 2018-12-15 15:01:34 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrlayer.tex: typofix [AK] - -r3044 2018-11-16 20:00:32 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx: storage of option subject=underline fixed - [Elke] - -r3043 2018-11-06 08:50:06 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: fixed definition of \Family@@CS@Key and - indirectly broken \Family@@String@@Key - -r3042 2018-10-23 08:59:49 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-options.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/common-options.tex: changed key=value in the option list - of \documentclass note - -r3041 2018-10-22 11:14:19 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: problem with options like - headheight=\baselineskip reduced - -r3040 2018-10-22 08:54:40 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: make \FamilyProcessOptions robust against a - potential kernel change - - that does not remove white spaces inside options (i. e. before an after the - =) - -r3039 2018-10-19 19:37:30 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx: warning fixed - -r3038 2018-10-14 20:31:51 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO, scrkernel-sections.dtx, doc/, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: afterindent for - \DeclareSectionCommand style part and change of behaviour of - beforeskip depending on afterindent - -r3037 2018-10-14 19:57:50 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: option afterindent for - \DeclareSectionCommand with style part - -r3036 2018-10-08 15:15:51 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/Makefile.guide: new variable EXAMPLE_LETTER_TEX_SRC - -r3035 2018-09-27 12:38:53 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx, doc/, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: fix of - \DeclareSectionCommand option afterindent and the default - -r3034 2018-09-21 09:51:45 +0200 kohm: - - * scrlayer-fancyhdr.dtx, Makefile: alpha of scrlayer-fancyhdr added - -r3033 2018-09-21 09:36:59 +0200 kohm: - - * scrjura.dtx: fix the group level fix - -r3030 2018-09-20 14:20:52 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: - typofix - -r3029 2018-09-20 11:56:30 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: - typofix - -r3028 2018-09-20 11:22:18 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: typofix - -r3027 2018-09-20 10:52:09 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: docu of new settings of - \DeclareSectionCommand etc. - -r3026 2018-09-20 09:39:51 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: \DeclareSectionCommand's style chapter uses - a negative afterskip value as it is: a negative skip - -r3025 2018-09-18 12:58:34 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO, scrkernel-sections.dtx: new option "runin=true|false|bysign" - for section style of \DeclareSectionCommand - -r3024 2018-09-18 10:58:23 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO, scrkernel-sections.dtx: new option - "afterindent=true|false|bysign" for \DeclareSectionCommand - -r3023 2018-09-18 10:48:04 +0200 kohm: - - * scrdocstrip.tex: endline char fix - -r3022 2018-09-18 10:47:09 +0200 kohm: - - * scrjura.dtx: fix for group level while docstrip run of scrmain.ins - -r3021 2018-09-07 14:17:12 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrlayer.tex: \toplevelpagestyle docu added - -r3020 2018-09-06 18:12:13 +0200 kohm: - - * Makefile, scrmain.ins: scrhack and scrjura integrated into - scrmain.ins - -r3019 2018-09-06 17:45:33 +0200 kohm: - - * scrhack.dtx: not longer needed manual code removed - -r3018 2018-09-06 08:27:10 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO: missing \toplevelpagestyle docu - -r3017 2018-09-05 08:27:27 +0200 kohm: - - * scrlayer-scrpage.dtx: initial English comment fixed - -r3016 2018-09-03 13:40:59 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-index.dtx, scrkernel-bibliography.dtx, tocbasic.dtx: usage - of \@mkright replaced by either \addsecmark or - \c@secnumdepth=-\maxdimen\subsectionmark - -r3015 2018-09-03 12:51:32 +0200 kohm: - - * scrlayer.dtx: using new \IfActiveMkBoth - -r3014 2018-09-03 12:40:17 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: new \IfActiveMkBoth to detect whether or not - \@mkboth changes the - main mark - -r3013 2018-08-31 11:28:26 +0200 kohm: - - * tocbasic.dtx: multitoc warning added - -r3012 2018-08-31 09:11:20 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/tocbasic.tex: Typofix - -r3011 2018-08-29 09:35:17 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx, scrkernel-language.dtx, scrlayer.dtx, - scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx, - scrkernel-sections.dtx, scrlfile.dtx, tocbasic.dtx, - scrkernel-basics.dtx: improvement of \@for loops - -r3010 2018-08-27 09:35:27 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx, doc/, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex, doc/english/, doc/english/tocbasic.tex: new - \DeclareTOCStyleEntries - -r3009 2018-08-27 08:53:35 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrbase.tex: documentation of \FamilyUseLengthMacroKey and - \FamilySetUseLength - -r3008 2018-08-27 08:31:52 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: docufix - -r3007 2018-08-10 08:51:05 +0200 kohm: - - * tocbasic.dtx: four info messages moved to trace mode - -r3006 2018-08-01 18:05:05 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO: new missing documentation, one nice to have removed - -r3005 2018-08-01 18:04:11 +0200 kohm: - - * scrjura.dtx: Typo in implementation docu - -r3004 2018-07-20 09:52:01 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-textmarkup.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrjura.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/common-textmarkup.tex, doc/english/scrjura.tex: new font - element sentencenumber; new command \sentencenumberformat - -r3003 2018-07-20 09:09:12 +0200 kohm: - - * scrjura.dtx: don't use an argument for \sentenceformat - -r3002 2018-07-20 09:05:42 +0200 kohm: - - * scrjura.dtx: new command `\sentencenumberformat' and new (font) - element `sentencenumber' - -r3001 2018-07-19 09:00:29 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO: new nice to have: \sentenceformat - -r3000 2018-07-18 14:56:07 +0200 kohm: - - * scrlayer.dtx: fix of new features [Falk] - -r2999 2018-07-18 14:12:27 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex: replaced reference to - \@setplength by \setplength - -r2998 2018-07-18 14:09:29 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex: reference \newplength - instead of \@newplength - -r2997 2018-07-18 13:58:44 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/linkalias.tex: extended link aliases - -r2996 2018-07-18 13:40:17 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/linkalias.tex: \lalias extended by one optional argument - -r2995 2018-07-18 08:46:34 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx: copyright year fixed - -r2994 2018-07-18 08:45:56 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx: additional warnings about tocloft and - multitoc; some warnings - removed from scrlttr2 - -r2993 2018-07-16 09:33:22 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-typearea.dtx: changed large line warning; replaced small - line warning by changed - small line info - -r2992 2018-07-14 14:33:18 +0200 kohm: - - * scrlayer.dtx: Simplification and documentation - -r2991 2018-07-14 11:54:34 +0200 kohm: - - * scrlayer.dtx: new layer attributes for hooks and artifacts - -r2990 2018-07-14 08:23:46 +0200 kohm: - - * scrlayer.dtx: new command \ModifyLayers which expects a list of - layers instead of - only one layer - -r2989 2018-07-09 07:53:40 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/tocbasic.tex: Replaced example call - of \RedeclareTOCStyleEntry by \DeclareTOCStyleEntry - -r2988 2018-07-09 07:50:43 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex: Beispielaufruf - \RedeclareTOCStyleEntry durch \DeclareTOCStyleEntry ersetzt - -r2987 2018-06-27 13:14:50 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: emergency fix for bookmark level gaps added - -r2986 2018-06-22 11:28:38 +0200 kohm: - - * tocbasic.dtx: fixed penalty problem with features leveldown and - totoc in case of - - existence of \chapter and \addsec by removing one group - -r2985 2018-06-18 17:54:11 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex: fehlendes - Komma eingefügt (Elke) - -r2984 2018-06-09 08:44:23 +0200 kohm: - - * tocbasic.dtx: earlier registration of extensions in \DeclareNewTOC - -r2983 2018-05-14 20:15:53 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: missing \interlinepenalty \@M added in - \minisec - -r2982 2018-05-14 14:13:12 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: new experimental macros \startsection@… - for package authors - -r2981 2018-04-26 14:55:38 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, doc/english/scrlttr2-experts.tex: - documentation of new commands - -r2980 2018-04-26 14:06:09 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx: new \setplength, \addtoplength, - \setplengthtowidth, - - \setplengthtoheight, \setplengthtodepth, \setplengthtototalheight - -r2979 2018-04-17 08:01:18 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-footnotes.dtx: checksum - -r2978 2018-04-17 07:55:10 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx: improved warning message due to - scrletter package - -r2977 2018-04-17 07:52:13 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-footnotes.dtx: Do not use \@ifundefined side effect of - former LaTeX releases - -r2976 2018-04-17 07:31:42 +0200 kohm: - - * japanlco.dtx: warning message extended to respect the scrletter - package - -r2975 2018-04-13 07:41:27 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/guide-ngerman.tex: Trennung von - "Inhaltsverzeichniseinträge" - -r2974 2018-04-09 10:14:11 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/english/scrextend.tex, - doc/english/scrlttr2-experts.tex, doc/english/scrjura.tex, - doc/english/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex: additional translation - improvements by Karl - -r2973 2018-04-01 10:53:34 +0200 kohm: - - * scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx: change version fixed - -r2972 2018-04-01 10:51:48 +0200 kohm: - - * scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx: usage of not yet documented XeTeX primitive - \mdfivesum - -r2971 2018-03-31 12:02:08 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: prepared for - v3.26 BETA - -r2970 2018-03-31 12:00:50 +0200 kohm: - - * releaselist.txt: Release v3.25 - -r2969 2018-03-30 11:57:25 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/english/scrbase.tex, doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/english/scrjuraexample.tex, - doc/english/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex, - doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, doc/english/scrdatetime.tex, - doc/english/tocbasic.tex, doc/english/typearea-experts.tex, - doc/english/scrjura.tex, doc/english/typearea.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, - doc/english/scrlfile.tex, doc/english/introduction.tex: translations - improvement by Karl - -r2968 2018-03-30 09:37:06 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/common-marginpar.tex, - doc/english/common-parmarkup.tex, doc/english/common-fontsize.tex, - doc/english/common-interleafpage.tex, doc/english/adrconvnote.tex, - doc/english/common-dictum.tex, doc/english/common-options.tex, - doc/english/common-footnotes.tex, doc/english/common-lists.tex, - doc/english/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex, - doc/english/common-oddorevenpage.tex, doc/english/common-titles.tex, - doc/english/common-typearea.tex: translations improvement by Karl - -r2967 2018-03-28 16:50:29 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrjura.tex: sentence completed - -r2966 2018-03-28 11:51:12 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/english/common-parmarkup.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex, - doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, doc/english/scrjura.tex, - doc/english/typearea.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, - doc/english/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex: avaible values etc. - instead of possible values etc. - -r2965 2018-03-28 11:44:09 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrjuraexample.tex, - doc/english/common-footnotes.tex, doc/english/typearea-experts.tex, - doc/english/scrjura.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, - doc/english/preface.tex: translations improvement or made by Karl - -r2964 2018-03-27 11:46:14 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrdatetime.tex, doc/english/scrextend.tex, - doc/english/tocbasic.tex, doc/english/scrhack.tex, - doc/english/scrlfile.tex, doc/english/scrwfile.tex, - doc/english/scraddr.tex: translations improvement by Karl - -r2963 2018-03-27 11:10:14 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex: label fixed - -r2962 2018-03-21 10:37:34 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/english/common-marginpar.tex, doc/english/common-parmarkup.tex, - doc/english/common-fontsize.tex, doc/english/guide-english.tex, - doc/english/japanlco.tex, doc/english/common-options.tex, - doc/english/common-footnotes.tex, doc/english/common-lists.tex, - doc/english/scrlttr2-experts.tex, doc/english/common-textmarkup.tex, - doc/english/common-typearea.tex, doc/english/preface.tex: improvements - by Karl - -r2961 2018-03-21 09:29:17 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2examples.dtx, doc/english/, - doc/english/common-fontsize.tex, doc/english/scrlttr2examples.dtx: - improvements by Karl - -r2960 2018-03-16 09:39:32 +0100 kohm: - - * scrhack.dtx: usage of \@dottedtocline replaced by - \DeclareTOCStyleEntry - -r2959 2018-03-15 14:32:29 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-typearea.dtx: Info message improved - -r2958 2018-03-15 14:21:49 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-typearea.dtx: Warning improved - -r2957 2018-03-12 09:45:33 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/guide.bib, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/preface.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/preface.tex: preface to KOMA-Script 3.25 - instead of 3.22a - -r2956 2018-03-12 08:43:21 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbase.tex, - doc/english/common-marginpar.tex, - doc/english/scrlayer-notecolumn-example.tex, - doc/english/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex, doc/english/adrconvnote.tex: new - translation by Karl - -r2955 2018-03-12 08:08:52 +0100 kohm: - - * README.in/, README.in/README.scrartcl.cls, - README.in/README.scrlttr2.cls, README.in/README.scrreprt.cls, - README.in/README.scrdoc.cls, README.in/README.scrbook.cls: improved - README files by Karl - -r2954 2018-03-10 22:15:16 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: fixed error messages of - \DeclareNewSectionCommand and \RedeclareSectionCommand - -r2953 2018-03-05 09:11:19 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-typearea.dtx: Copyright-Datum geändert - -r2952 2018-03-05 08:58:44 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-typearea.dtx: Revision is a svn:keyword now - -r2951 2018-03-05 08:55:12 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-typearea.dtx: don't use \ta@divlist if paper is not - (almost) A4 and version >= 3.25 - -r2950 2018-03-05 08:54:19 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: New compatibility value - -r2949 2018-03-01 10:42:54 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbase.tex: docu of - \FamilyCSKey - -r2948 2018-03-01 10:28:00 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/tocbasic.tex: docu of options - setup and unset of \DeclareNewTOC - -r2947 2018-03-01 10:14:52 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: documentation of - \IfIsAliaskomafont - -r2946 2018-03-01 10:05:28 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrjura.tex: no more undefined - references; scrjura.tex synced with German version - -r2945 2018-03-01 09:03:49 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO: Überholte Punkte entfernt, Frage bezüglich "simple switch" - ergänzt - -r2944 2018-02-28 13:23:23 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/common-marginpar.tex, - doc/english/common-parmarkup.tex, doc/english/common-fontsize.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/english/expertpart.tex, - doc/english/common-interleafpage.tex, - doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, - doc/english/common-headfootheight.tex, doc/english/common-dictum.tex, - doc/english/common-options.tex, doc/english/common-footnotes.tex, - doc/english/scrextend.tex, doc/english/common-lists.tex, - doc/english/common-draftmode.tex, doc/english/common-textmarkup.tex, - doc/english/scrlayer.tex, doc/english/typearea.tex, - doc/english/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex, - doc/english/common-oddorevenpage.tex, doc/english/authorpart.tex, - doc/english/common-titles.tex, doc/english/common-compatibility.tex, - doc/english/common-typearea.tex, doc/english/introduction.tex, - doc/english/preface.tex: New translation by Karl Hagen - -r2943 2018-02-28 13:15:51 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO: Fehler längst beseitigt - -r2942 2018-02-19 08:23:07 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-title.dtx: bugfix - -r2941 2018-02-16 04:42:17 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex, doc/ngerman/scrwfile.tex: Korrekturen [Falk] - -r2940 2018-02-13 09:46:59 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: Farbgebung - -r2939 2018-02-13 09:46:41 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: Fehlerkorrekturen - [Ernst] - -r2938 2018-02-12 10:12:53 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: fix usage of font for new defined heading - commands of style part - -r2937 2018-02-12 08:08:32 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex: Korrekturen [Ernst] - -r2936 2018-02-07 13:47:54 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/guide.tex, doc/scrpage2.tex: scrpage2.pdf generation - improved - -r2935 2018-02-07 12:57:30 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: improvements for non-free - -r2934 2018-02-06 10:26:38 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-textmarkup.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrjura.tex: Korrekturen [Heiner+Alexander] - -r2933 2018-02-06 09:33:25 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: Korrekturen [Elke] - -r2932 2018-02-06 09:20:05 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-lists.tex: Eine Randmarke - eingefügt [Elke] - -r2931 2018-02-05 10:50:56 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrhack.tex, doc/ngerman/scrjura.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex, doc/ngerman/introduction.tex, - doc/ngerman/scraddr.tex: wie-Komma-Korrekturen - -r2930 2018-02-05 09:57:42 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrdatetime.tex: - Doppelpunktverwendung im Satz - -r2929 2018-02-05 07:37:22 +0100 kohm: - - * scrlayer-scrpage.dtx, scrkernel-fonts.dtx: warning for element - pagehead replaced by an info - -r2928 2018-02-02 18:10:27 +0100 kohm: - - * scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx: usage of \closein and \closeout fixed - -r2927 2018-02-02 12:16:47 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: Korrekturen - [Elke+Markus] - -r2926 2018-02-02 11:18:15 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO: new issue - -r2925 2018-02-02 09:33:36 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO: \IfIsAliaskomafont dokumentiert - -r2924 2018-02-02 08:58:15 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex: Korrektur - [Heiner] - -r2923 2018-02-02 07:58:03 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex: Korrektur [Elke] - -r2922 2018-02-01 12:55:46 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex, doc/ngerman/common-textmarkup.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex, doc/ngerman/scrjura.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-typearea.tex: Korrekturen [Ernst + Rolf] - -r2921 2018-01-31 16:27:33 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: - Korrekturen - -r2920 2018-01-31 14:24:50 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex, doc/ngerman/introduction.tex: Korrekturen - [Heiner] - -r2919 2018-01-31 13:56:21 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-parmarkup.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex: Korrekturen [Heiner] - -r2918 2018-01-31 13:01:01 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex, doc/ngerman/typearea.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: Korrekturen [Heiner und - Elke] - -r2917 2018-01-31 11:33:28 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex: Korrektur - [Elke] - -r2916 2018-01-31 09:49:41 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/typearea-experts.tex: Korrekturen - [Heiner] - -r2915 2018-01-31 09:48:21 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex: Korrekturen - [Heiner] - -r2914 2018-01-31 09:21:42 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex: Korrekturen [Heiner] - -r2913 2018-01-31 08:51:30 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/guide-ngerman.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex: Korrekturen [Heiner] - -r2912 2018-01-31 08:18:25 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrhack.tex: Korrekturen [Heiner] - -r2911 2018-01-30 13:37:05 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, - doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex, doc/ngerman/common-draftmode.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-textmarkup.tex, doc/ngerman/scrjura.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex, doc/ngerman/common-titles.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrwfile.tex, doc/ngerman/scraddr.tex: Korrekturen - [Heiner] - -r2910 2018-01-30 11:07:48 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/guide.bib, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex: - adrconv-Problematik aufgegriffen - -r2909 2018-01-30 09:32:50 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-oddorevenpage.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-compatibility.tex: Korrekturen [Heiner] - -r2908 2018-01-30 08:21:10 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2examples.dtx: Korrektur - [Heiner] - -r2907 2018-01-29 14:12:59 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex, doc/ngerman/common-marginpar.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-parmarkup.tex, doc/ngerman/guide-ngerman.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, doc/ngerman/adrconvnote.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-dictum.tex, doc/ngerman/common-footnotes.tex, - doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex, doc/ngerman/scrjura.tex, - doc/ngerman/typearea.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-oddorevenpage.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-titles.tex, doc/ngerman/introduction.tex: - Korrekturen [Heiner] - -r2906 2018-01-26 15:57:01 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrjuraexample.tex: eine Änderung - zu viel - -r2905 2018-01-26 11:15:05 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrjuraexample.tex: Korrekturen - [Heiner] - -r2904 2018-01-26 11:14:36 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrjura.tex: Korrekturen [Heiner] - -r2903 2018-01-26 09:46:22 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-textmarkup.tex: Korrekturen [Elke] - -r2902 2018-01-26 09:27:32 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-titles.tex: zusätzliche - Randmarken [Elke] - -r2901 2018-01-26 09:21:20 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-lists.tex: scrlttr2-Randnotiz - auf Kapitel zu scrlttr2 und scrletter beschränkt - -r2900 2018-01-26 08:58:58 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/guide-ngerman.tex: neueste --> - neuste - -r2899 2018-01-26 08:56:36 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrjura.tex: Korrekturen [Heiner] - -r2898 2018-01-26 08:18:26 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-footnotes.tex: Ligatur in - nicht verwendetem Text gebrochen - -r2897 2018-01-25 11:57:02 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/typearea.tex: Korrekturen - -r2896 2018-01-25 10:23:54 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/expertpart.tex, - doc/ngerman/typearea.tex, doc/ngerman/authorpart.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-compatibility.tex, doc/ngerman/introduction.tex: - Korrekturen - -r2895 2018-01-24 12:02:37 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/typearea.tex: Verwendung von - \OptionVName korrigiert - -r2894 2018-01-24 11:59:22 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex: \OptionVName-Nutzung - korrigiert - -r2893 2018-01-24 11:44:29 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-parmarkup.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-footnotes.tex, doc/ngerman/scrextend.tex, - doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrhack.tex, doc/ngerman/scrjura.tex, - doc/ngerman/typearea.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-titles.tex: Index-Einträge nicht mit ~\PValue, - sondern mit ~\textKValue - -r2892 2018-01-24 11:26:46 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex, - doc/ngerman/typearea.tex: Paket-Indexeintrag - -r2891 2018-01-24 11:22:18 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex: Letzte - Änderungen korrigiert - -r2890 2018-01-24 11:21:05 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex: - Hauptindexeintrag für das Paket - -r2889 2018-01-24 11:20:28 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex: - Indexeintrag für das Paket - -r2888 2018-01-24 11:11:53 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex: Index - Eintrag für scrlayer korrekt einsortiert - -r2887 2018-01-24 11:06:00 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex: Tabelle - korrigiert um keine falschen Variablen-Einträge in den Index - - zu verursachen - -r2886 2018-01-24 10:56:26 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex: Index - Eintrag korrigiert - -r2885 2018-01-24 10:46:29 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex: Seitenstile nicht fett - -r2884 2018-01-24 10:18:14 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex: Zusätzliche - Index-Einträge für lco-Dateien - -r2883 2018-01-24 09:07:53 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: new keyword - -r2882 2018-01-24 08:56:56 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/guide.bib: gaphics date update - -r2881 2018-01-23 20:13:20 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex: Verweise - auf entfernten Anhang entfernt - -r2880 2018-01-23 11:31:32 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex: Dokumentation - überarbeitet - -r2879 2018-01-23 11:31:02 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex: Linkfehler korrigiert - -r2878 2018-01-23 09:34:47 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex: Laden von LCOs bei - scrletter präzisiert - -r2877 2018-01-22 13:07:56 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex: einige - Kürzungen und sprachliche Vereinfachungen - -r2876 2018-01-19 11:35:39 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: - Kapitel überarbeitet - -r2875 2018-01-18 14:22:09 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: - diverse Verbesserungen und Erweiterung der Verlinkung - -r2874 2018-01-18 12:23:37 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/guide-ngerman.tex: zwei weitere - Trennausnahmen - -r2873 2018-01-18 12:06:43 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/guide-ngerman.tex: neue - Trennausnahme - -r2872 2018-01-17 13:01:54 +0100 kohm: - - * scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx: Lua replacement of \pdfmdfivesum added for - usage of lualatex - -r2871 2018-01-17 10:27:46 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/typearea-experts.tex: leichte - Verbesserungen - -r2870 2018-01-17 09:33:25 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex: - Vollverlinkung - -r2869 2018-01-16 14:19:39 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex: diverse Hinweise zu scrpage2 - verschoben - -r2868 2018-01-16 12:16:00 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex: - kleiner Tippfehler - -r2867 2018-01-16 11:43:11 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO: missing English docu issue - -r2866 2018-01-16 11:41:41 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-headfootheight.tex: Option - autoenlargethispage - -r2865 2018-01-16 11:41:21 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-textmarkup.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex: weitere Verbesserungen - an der Anleitung - -r2864 2018-01-16 08:55:20 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-listsof.dtx: forgotten debug messages - -r2863 2018-01-15 12:29:20 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex: Umbruchoptimierung - -r2862 2018-01-15 11:50:39 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex: - Einige Kürzungen und Präzisierungen - -r2861 2018-01-15 10:50:58 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-headfootheight.tex: - Wiederholungstext gekürzt - -r2860 2018-01-14 12:21:47 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO: need docu for autoenlargeheadfoot - -r2859 2018-01-14 12:19:38 +0100 kohm: - - * scrlayer-scrpage.dtx: new option autoenlargeheadfoot - -r2858 2018-01-11 11:21:51 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex: Verbesserungen bei den - Erklärungen - -r2857 2018-01-11 08:15:39 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlayer.tex: section about state of - development removed - -r2856 2018-01-10 09:26:15 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrhack.tex: Erklärung zum nomencl - Hack überarbeitet - -r2855 2018-01-10 08:32:08 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex: Quellcodeumbruch - -r2854 2018-01-10 07:45:36 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: link colors changed - -r2853 2018-01-09 12:35:34 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex: Kapitelüberarbeitung - -r2852 2018-01-09 09:42:28 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex: einige Verbesserungen - an der Doku - -r2851 2018-01-09 08:41:11 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: additional keywords - -r2850 2018-01-09 08:39:59 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: additional keywords - -r2849 2018-01-08 13:31:04 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex: diverse Verbesserungen - in der Doku - -r2848 2017-12-19 11:12:33 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrjura.tex: Doku von - \withoutparnumber verbessert - -r2847 2017-12-19 10:38:00 +0100 kohm: - - * scrjura.dtx, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrjura.tex: new - \withoutparnumber - -r2846 2017-12-15 09:47:24 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrwfile.tex: Vollverlinkung - -r2845 2017-12-15 09:47:01 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: \XeLaTeX - -r2844 2017-12-14 12:29:04 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex: einige Verbesserungen - -r2843 2017-12-14 11:08:46 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex: Diverse Verbesserungen, - Umsortierungen, Anpassungen - -r2842 2017-12-14 09:02:53 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/guide.bib: one more Oberdiek package and revision of - others - -r2841 2017-12-13 12:12:48 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex: einige Passagen - verschlankt, andere erweitert - -r2840 2017-12-13 12:12:28 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO: kleine Änderung - -r2839 2017-12-13 12:11:29 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: new keyword - -r2838 2017-12-13 10:25:24 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/typearea.tex: an Stelle → anstelle - -r2837 2017-12-13 10:21:57 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex: an Stelle → anstelle - -r2836 2017-12-13 10:21:03 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex: an Stelle → anstelle - -r2835 2017-12-13 10:17:12 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex: an Stelle → - anstelle - -r2834 2017-12-13 10:16:22 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex: an Stelle → anstelle - -r2833 2017-12-13 10:15:23 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex: an Stelle → anstelle - -r2832 2017-12-13 10:13:35 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrjura.tex: an Stelle → anstelle - -r2831 2017-12-13 10:12:48 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex: an Stelle - → anstelle - -r2830 2017-12-13 10:11:34 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-lists.tex: an Stelle → - anstelle - -r2829 2017-12-13 10:11:17 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: an - Stelle → anstelle - -r2828 2017-12-13 10:09:14 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-footnotes.tex: an Stelle → - anstelle - -r2827 2017-12-13 10:05:13 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-fontsize.tex: an Stelle → - anstelle - -r2826 2017-12-11 09:20:20 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: new keyword - -r2825 2017-12-11 09:18:02 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrjura.tex: Einige Umstellungen in - der Formatierung - -r2824 2017-12-11 08:40:49 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex: Umbruch im Quellcode - -r2823 2017-12-08 21:50:56 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-fonts.dtx: additional warning if an element becomes and - alias and vica versa - -r2822 2017-12-08 12:01:06 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrjura.tex: - Teilüberarbeitung der scrjura-Anleitung - -r2821 2017-12-08 11:55:09 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-textmarkup.tex: Deutliche - Überarbeitung für scrjura - -r2820 2017-12-08 10:27:49 +0100 kohm: - - * scrjura.dtx: several fixes and new option "ClauseFont" for - \DeclareNewJuraEnvironment - -r2819 2017-12-08 10:24:32 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-fonts.dtx: \IfIsAliaskomafont fixed - -r2818 2017-12-08 09:31:53 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: new \FamilyCSKey - -r2817 2017-12-08 09:18:04 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-fonts.dtx: new \IfIsAliaskomafont - -r2816 2017-12-08 08:37:47 +0100 kohm: - - * scrjura.dtx: font alias Clause inside new environments fixed - -r2815 2017-12-08 08:10:55 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-options.tex: einige - Verbesserungen für scrextend auch für scrjura übernommen - -r2814 2017-12-07 12:45:04 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrextend.tex: Kapitel scrextend - überabreitet - -r2813 2017-12-07 12:43:10 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-lists.tex: kleine - Verbesserungen - -r2812 2017-12-07 12:36:47 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-dictum.tex: - Umbruchoptimierung - -r2811 2017-12-07 12:24:25 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-dictum.tex: kleinere - Verbesserungen - -r2810 2017-12-07 12:14:29 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-footnotes.tex: Beispiele in - Kapitel 3 - -r2809 2017-12-07 11:43:47 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-interleafpage.tex: Für die - Beispiele wird auf Abschnitt 3.13 verwiesen - -r2808 2017-12-07 11:10:17 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-titles.tex: kleinere - Verbesserungen - -r2807 2017-12-07 10:29:52 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-textmarkup.tex: Kürzung für - den Umbruch bei scrextend - -r2806 2017-12-07 10:03:09 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-fontsize.tex: kleine - Verbesserungen für scrextend - -r2805 2017-12-07 09:52:54 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-draftmode.tex: zusätzlichen - Hinweis bei scrextend eingefügt - -r2804 2017-12-07 09:34:03 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-compatibility.tex: kleinere - Verbesserungen zur Unterscheidung von Paket und Klasse, - - keine veralteten Optionen bei scrextend - -r2803 2017-12-07 09:09:24 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-options.tex: geringfügige - Verkürzungen für scrextend - -r2802 2017-12-06 11:45:10 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scraddr.tex: Kosmetische - Verbesserungen - -r2801 2017-12-06 11:17:40 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrdatetime.tex: kleinere - Aktualisierungen - -r2800 2017-12-06 10:42:36 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: dimexpr and numexpr added to the keywords - -r2799 2017-12-06 10:27:11 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex: minimale - Randnotizverschiebung - -r2798 2017-12-06 10:06:36 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex: - Verlinkung für scrlayer-scrpage - -r2797 2017-12-05 13:18:41 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex: several - improvements - -r2796 2017-12-05 13:18:04 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex: - several improvements - -r2795 2017-12-05 12:37:56 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex: - das "definierten" war Unfug, denn man kann tatsächlich teilweise - auch - noch nicht definierte Seitenstile beeinflussen - -r2794 2017-12-05 09:05:38 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-textmarkup.tex: minimale - Anpassungen - -r2793 2017-12-05 08:37:04 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-headfootheight.tex: - zusätzliche Links - -r2792 2017-12-05 08:26:09 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-options.tex: Umbruch - verbessert - -r2791 2017-12-04 12:36:25 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex: und noch - eine Vereinheitlichung - -r2790 2017-12-04 12:33:56 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex: noch ein - paar Vereinheitlichungen bezüglich der Verzeichnisoptionen - -r2789 2017-12-04 09:59:43 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: last change fixed - -r2788 2017-12-04 09:50:18 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex: - listof=standardlevel - -r2787 2017-12-04 09:48:18 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-marginpar.tex: - Umbruchkorrekturtext aktiviert - -r2786 2017-12-04 09:31:33 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex: - listof|bibliography|index=standardlevel - -r2785 2017-12-04 09:25:29 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-listsof.dtx: comma in book/report dependency moved to - avoid empty element in - scrartcl case - -r2784 2017-12-04 09:24:13 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: ignore completely empty elements in numerical - key lists - -r2783 2017-12-04 09:10:46 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-listsof.dtx: new listof=standardlevel - -r2782 2017-12-04 08:47:52 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-index.dtx: same numbered-options as listof and - bibliography - -r2781 2017-12-04 08:31:14 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex: - listof=leftaligntextentries korrigiert - -r2780 2017-12-03 22:49:27 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/linkalias.tex: new alias - desc:maincls-experts.cmd.the/Zaehler/ - -r2779 2017-12-03 22:44:49 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/linkalias.tex: aliases for - desc:maincls-experts.cmd.thepage and - desc:maincls-experts.cmd.pagemark - -r2778 2017-12-03 22:27:12 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex: - multiply-defined labels - -r2777 2017-12-03 22:22:51 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: - Leerzeichen - -r2776 2017-12-03 22:22:02 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex: Leerzeichen - -r2775 2017-12-03 22:21:33 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex: Group Level Fehler - -r2774 2017-12-03 22:21:07 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex, - doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex, doc/ngerman/scrjura.tex: Leerzeichen - -r2773 2017-12-03 22:20:09 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-textmarkup.tex: - Quellcodeumbruch - -r2772 2017-12-03 22:17:46 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-interleafpage.tex: - Querverweise korrigiert - -r2771 2017-12-03 22:17:09 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-fontsize.tex: variablen Text - für scrextend korrigiert - -r2770 2017-12-03 21:17:05 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/bin/, doc/bin/genhtmlidx.pl: adapted regular expressions - for new perl - -r2769 2017-12-03 11:56:06 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-bibliography.dtx: bibliography=notoc and - bibliography=totoc in scrartcl fixed - -r2768 2017-12-01 12:47:27 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex: Diverse - Modernisierungen und Anpassungen für scrletter - -r2767 2017-12-01 11:55:23 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex: Es wird Zeit - die Spuren von scrlettr zu beseitigen … - -r2766 2017-12-01 11:04:31 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-lists.tex: Anpassungen für - scrletter - -r2765 2017-12-01 10:24:10 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-footnotes.tex: Anpassungen - für scrletter - -r2764 2017-12-01 09:41:54 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-interleafpage.tex: - Anpassungen an scrletter - -r2763 2017-11-30 15:53:09 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex: diverse Verbesserungen zur besseren - Integration von scrletter - -r2762 2017-11-30 12:57:51 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-parmarkup.tex: Anpassungen - für scrletter - -r2761 2017-11-29 14:35:28 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex: diverse Verbesserungen für - scrletter - -r2760 2017-11-29 12:43:49 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-textmarkup.tex: Anpassungen - für scrletter - -r2759 2017-11-29 12:23:23 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-fontsize.tex: Anpassungen - für scrletter - -r2758 2017-11-29 10:43:48 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-typearea.tex: Anpassung für - scrletter - -r2757 2017-11-29 10:41:01 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-draftmode.tex: Anpassungen - für scrletter - -r2756 2017-11-29 10:37:42 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-compatibility.tex: missing - empty argument added - -r2755 2017-11-29 10:28:57 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-compatibility.tex: scrletter - behandelt - -r2754 2017-11-29 10:08:52 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-options.tex: fehlendes - Leerzeichen ergänzt - -r2753 2017-11-29 09:58:32 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx: several \glueexpr added to improve - pseudo lengths - -r2752 2017-11-28 13:04:55 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex: - zusätzlicher Text für die Buchfassung - -r2751 2017-11-28 12:18:12 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/guide.bib: imakeidx added - -r2750 2017-11-28 11:58:26 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/guide.bib: supertabular added - -r2749 2017-11-28 11:58:07 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-titles.tex: kosmetische - Änderungen - -r2748 2017-11-28 11:57:32 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex: diverse - Korrekturen und Verbesserungen - -r2747 2017-11-28 11:48:19 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: tiny source formatting change - -r2746 2017-11-28 11:03:16 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-parmarkup.tex: \important[i] - beseitigt - -r2745 2017-11-28 10:44:00 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-titles.tex: \important - without i - -r2744 2017-11-28 10:40:32 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-titles.tex: \important - verbessert - -r2743 2017-11-27 16:29:36 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: - Tippfehler und Stilkorrektur - -r2742 2017-11-27 16:28:15 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO: undefined reference issue - -r2741 2017-11-27 12:02:02 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-dictum.tex, doc/ngerman/common-lists.tex: Diverse - Verbesserungen - -r2740 2017-11-27 10:05:05 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: serveral keywords fixed - -r2739 2017-11-27 09:49:28 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex: diverse - Verbesserungen - -r2738 2017-11-27 09:30:16 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex: diverse - Verbesserungen - -r2737 2017-11-24 12:30:24 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/guide.bib, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex: einige Verbesserungen und - kleinere Erweiterungen - -r2736 2017-11-24 09:46:04 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-footnotes.tex: Erklärungen - teilweise verschoben - -r2735 2017-11-24 09:45:11 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: additional keywords - -r2734 2017-11-24 09:06:12 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-interleafpage.tex: Umbruch - für die Buchversion verbessert, Erklärungen gestrafft - -r2733 2017-11-23 13:34:18 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex: zusätzliche Informationen - eingefügt - -r2732 2017-11-23 10:47:57 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-parmarkup.tex: zusätzliche - Marginalien - -r2731 2017-11-23 10:04:09 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx: fixed default font setting for page numbers - in ToC of level chapter or - section (if chapter does not exist) - -r2730 2017-11-22 10:41:56 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex: - Dokumentation an einige Neuerungen angepasst und Umbruch für die - - Buchausgabe verbessert - -r2729 2017-11-22 10:40:43 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: additional keywords - -r2728 2017-11-21 13:13:57 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO: new missing translation - -r2727 2017-11-21 13:13:38 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex: minimale, - stilistische Verbesserung - -r2726 2017-11-21 13:12:36 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-titles.tex: \frontispiece und - diverse Verbesserungen - -r2725 2017-11-21 12:50:05 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-title.dtx: new \frontispiece - -r2724 2017-11-21 12:07:02 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-titles.tex: zusätzliche - Marginalien - -r2723 2017-11-21 11:43:12 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-textmarkup.tex: - Umbruchoptimierung - -r2722 2017-11-21 11:24:32 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-fontsize.tex: Unklarheiten - beseitigt - -r2721 2017-11-21 11:04:37 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-typearea.tex: Umbruch - verbessert, Seitenzahl hinzugefügt - -r2720 2017-11-21 11:01:09 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/typearea-experts.tex: - Ligaturauflösung - -r2719 2017-11-21 11:00:29 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex: Ligaturauflösung - -r2718 2017-11-21 10:59:56 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex: - Ligaturauflösung - -r2717 2017-11-21 10:57:08 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex: - Ligaturauflösung - -r2716 2017-11-21 10:55:31 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex: - Ligaturauflösung - -r2715 2017-11-21 10:55:12 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex: Ligaturauflösung - -r2714 2017-11-21 10:52:53 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex: - Ligaturauf"|lösung - -r2713 2017-11-21 10:41:42 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-draftmode.tex: documentation - of new option overfullrule - -r2712 2017-11-21 10:27:02 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx: new option overfullrule - -r2711 2017-11-21 10:06:01 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-options.tex: Wiederholung - leicht gekürzt - -r2710 2017-11-21 10:05:38 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-compatibility.tex: Umbruch - verbessert - -r2709 2017-11-21 09:03:52 +0100 kohm: - - * tocbasic.dtx: tocbibind warning added - -r2708 2017-11-21 08:03:54 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx: tocbibind warning - -r2707 2017-11-20 12:43:38 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex: - missing option descriptions added - -r2706 2017-11-20 11:38:54 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO, tocbasic.dtx, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex: - new options "setup" and "unset" for \DeclareNewTOC - -r2705 2017-11-16 15:42:14 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/typearea.tex: Tippfehler [gefunden - von Elke] - -r2704 2017-11-16 09:19:11 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO: less cryptic entry - -r2703 2017-11-16 09:17:02 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO: the classes do use \DeclareNewTOC for lof and lot - -r2702 2017-11-16 09:15:55 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: the name and the value of the original options - are easily available inside @else@ option - -r2701 2017-11-15 15:02:01 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-floats.dtx, TODO, doc/, doc/scrguide.cls, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex: new \setcaptionalignment - -r2700 2017-11-15 08:19:59 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, scrkernel-floats.dtx, - scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, TODO, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx: - \unskip\strut replaced by new \scr@endstrut - -r2699 2017-11-14 15:39:18 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/typearea.tex: Diverse kleinere und - größere Verbesserungen und Anpassungen an aktuelle - KOMA-Script-Versionen - -r2698 2017-11-14 15:04:34 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: \XeTeX added - -r2697 2017-11-14 12:59:35 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-options.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/common-options.tex: note about the scope of \KOMAoption - and \KOMAoptions added - -r2696 2017-11-14 10:14:12 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/introduction.tex: revert last - changes - -r2695 2017-11-14 10:06:55 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/introduction.tex: Anpassung an die - lange vergangene Zeit - -r2694 2017-11-14 09:47:32 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/introduction.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/introduction.tex: Same sections in German and English - guide - -r2693 2017-11-13 20:37:03 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO: new issue - -r2692 2017-11-13 14:58:12 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-lists.tex: Links improved - -r2691 2017-11-13 14:09:40 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: righttopmark etc. added - -r2690 2017-11-13 13:04:34 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: fix: \FloatStyle in \PageStyle replaced by - \PageStyle - -r2689 2017-11-13 12:58:55 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-footnotes.tex, doc/ngerman/common-textmarkup.tex: - references fixed - -r2688 2017-11-13 10:15:20 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/guide.bib, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrlttr2-experts.tex: scrlettr linked to - koma-script-obsolete - -r2687 2017-11-13 09:36:26 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex: \textnote inside \item - moved outside - -r2686 2017-11-13 09:35:20 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex: \textnote inside - desclist deactivated - -r2685 2017-10-13 16:17:16 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-bibliography.dtx: new definition of \bibliography@heding - used by \bib@heading - -r2684 2017-10-13 15:35:13 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-index.dtx, scrlayer.dtx, scrkernel-bibliography.dtx, - scrmain.ins: \@mkright, \@mkleft, \@mkdouble added to and used by the - KOMA-Script classes - -r2683 2017-10-10 16:10:02 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-floats.dtx, scrkernel-listsof.dtx, tocbasic.dtx: major - change: table/table* reimplementation using \DeclareNewTOC - -r2682 2017-10-10 14:57:37 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-floats.dtx, scrkernel-listsof.dtx, tocbasic.dtx: major - change: figure/figure* reimplementation using \DeclareNewTOC - -r2681 2017-09-28 07:45:58 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: - \DeclareSectionCommand attibute innerskip of chapter is - 0.5\baselineskip - -r2680 2017-09-28 07:45:12 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, tocbasic.dtx: typo fix - -r2679 2017-09-28 07:44:43 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO: new nice to have - -r2678 2017-09-23 08:51:25 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrwfile.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrwfile.tex: reference fixed - -r2677 2017-09-13 14:12:17 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: Typofix [TK] - -r2676 2017-09-07 17:43:34 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: - \partlineswithprefixformat added - -r2675 2017-09-07 16:42:04 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: new \partlineswithprefixformat - -r2674 2017-09-07 11:35:17 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: prepared for - 3.25 BETA - -r2673 2017-09-07 10:22:59 +0200 kohm: - - * releaselist.txt: prepared for release v3.24 - -r2672 2017-08-20 16:07:42 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-titles.tex: verhunzte - Formulierung seit der Umstellung der common-Dateien wieder - korrigiert - -r2671 2017-08-20 13:48:13 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO: several nice-to-have added - -r2670 2017-08-11 11:31:30 +0200 kohm: - - * scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx: consecutive \clearpage followed by breaking - notes result in flushing - to much notes - -r2669 2017-08-10 13:11:11 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/scrpage2.tex: don't use package filecontents - -r2667 2017-08-10 13:04:15 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/scrpage2.tex: \Xmp… added - -r2666 2017-08-10 12:24:54 +0200 kohm: - - * scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx: fix: consecutive \clearpage result in - flushing to much notes - -r2665 2017-08-08 18:17:31 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/guide-ngerman.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/guide-english.tex: unused strings removed; dedication - changed - -r2664 2017-08-08 14:38:15 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/typearea.tex: typofix - -r2663 2017-08-08 11:57:30 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/tocbasic.tex: issue solved by changing the manual - -r2662 2017-08-08 11:47:52 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex, - doc/ngerman/typearea.tex, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlayer.tex, - doc/english/typearea.tex: additional crossreferences and index entries - related to setspace.sty added - -r2661 2017-07-24 21:45:16 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-typearea.dtx, scrmain.ins: scrkernel-typearea.dtx - completely reorganized and mainly translated into English - -r2660 2017-07-24 21:31:57 +0200 kohm: - - * scrhack.dtx: removed commands now defined by scrdoc.cls - -r2659 2017-07-23 19:42:18 +0200 kohm: - - * scrdoc.dtx: change log generation fixed - -r2658 2017-06-25 16:32:43 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx: new: possibility to diable package - usage warnings - -r2657 2017-06-24 13:28:34 +0200 kohm: - - * releaselist.txt: missing v3.23 added - -r2656 2017-06-23 09:44:28 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO: issue dynnumwidth vs. numwidth - -r2655 2017-06-23 09:35:45 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: fix: defaults for new part commands - -r2654 2017-06-23 09:22:23 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-options.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/common-options.tex: typofixes [Elke] - -r2653 2017-06-03 14:23:11 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/tocbasic.tex: missing \ added - -r2652 2017-05-31 11:06:42 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: documentation of - option reference for the extended optional argument of a section - command - -r2651 2017-05-31 10:02:18 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: trace information for extended optional - argument `reference' fixed - -r2650 2017-05-31 10:01:21 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: trace informatinon for extended optional - argument `reference' fixed - -r2649 2017-05-29 11:39:43 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-language.dtx, scrjura.dtx, scrtime.dtx: languages - usenglish and ukenglish - -r2648 2017-05-29 08:20:06 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO: new nive to have (obsolete \bprot@dottedtocline) - -r2647 2017-05-23 07:42:22 +0200 kohm: - - * scrlayer-scrpage.dtx: improved \headheight and \footheight warning - -r2646 2017-05-22 21:07:35 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrlayer.tex: new global option singlespacing - -r2645 2017-05-22 21:04:42 +0200 kohm: - - * scrlayer.dtx, scrlayer-scrpage.dtx, doc/, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlayer.tex: new - global option singlespacing - -r2644 2017-05-12 13:41:47 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/tocbasic.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: typofix - -r2643 2017-05-11 15:48:59 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrextend.tex: typofix - -r2642 2017-05-10 10:48:59 +0200 kohm: - - * README.in/: note about standard classes added - -r2641 2017-05-08 11:47:04 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrjura.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrjura.tex: scrjura is not longer beta - -r2640 2017-05-08 11:36:55 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx, - scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, scrkernel-title.dtx, scrlogo.dtx, - scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, - scrkernel-floats.dtx, scrkernel-language.dtx, - scrkernel-variables.dtx, scrkernel-footnotes.dtx, - scrkernel-index.dtx, scrlayer.dtx, scrkernel-circularletters.dtx, - scrkernel-bibliography.dtx, scrkernel-typearea.dtx, - scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx, - scrjura.dtx, scrkernel-listsof.dtx, scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, - scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx, scrhack.dtx, scrpage.dtx, - scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx, japanlco.dtx, - scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, scrtime.dtx, scrlayer-scrpage.dtx, - scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scrextend.dtx, scrlfile.dtx, tocbasic.dtx, - scrkernel-basics.dtx: version information for several dtx files - changed due to misinterpretation of a single distributor - -r2639 2017-05-08 08:54:21 +0200 kohm: - - * scrlayer.dtx, TODO: \layer… macros using \dimexpr - -r2638 2017-05-06 19:17:09 +0200 kohm: - - * Makefile: www.ctan.org replaced by mirror.ctan.org - -r2637 2017-05-06 19:15:01 +0200 kohm: - - * scrlfile.dtx: standalone manual removed - -r2636 2017-05-06 19:03:59 +0200 kohm: - - * scrstrip.inc: LaTeX link changed; Date 2017 - -r2635 2017-05-06 18:53:59 +0200 kohm: - - * README.in/: Requires changed - -r2634 2017-05-06 17:48:55 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-fonts.dtx, doc/, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: more robust - reimplementation of \use…ofkomafont - -r2633 2017-05-05 19:05:27 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: - \addtokomafontonearglist - -r2632 2017-05-05 18:41:53 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-fonts.dtx: new \scr@komafontonearglist - -r2631 2017-05-04 10:22:57 +0200 kohm: - - * scrlayer-scrpage.dtx: improved bidi compatibility - -r2630 2017-05-04 10:17:15 +0200 kohm: - - * scrlayer.dtx: copyright date fixed - -r2629 2017-05-04 10:14:57 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: new \IfRTL and \IfLTR - -r2628 2017-05-02 12:18:33 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: Tippfehler - -r2627 2017-04-25 14:38:12 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: \scr@chapter@innerskip - -r2626 2017-04-25 14:26:33 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: new \DeclareSectionCommand default fixed - -r2625 2017-04-25 10:36:29 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: - documentation of new needs/non-needs - -r2624 2017-04-25 10:18:13 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: several errors replaced by default + warning - -r2623 2017-04-22 16:18:50 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: prepared for - KOMA-Script 3.24 BETA - -r2622 2017-04-22 16:16:15 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrbase.tex: star variant of \AtEndOfFamilyOptions - -r2621 2017-04-22 15:44:17 +0200 kohm: - - * scrlayer.dtx: missing comment - -r2620 2017-04-22 15:43:52 +0200 kohm: - - * scrlayer.dtx: bidi code added - -r2619 2017-04-13 09:48:05 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-footnotes.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/common-footnotes.tex: documentation of - \raggedfootnotes - -r2618 2017-04-13 09:47:38 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/typearea-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/typearea.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/typearea-experts.tex, doc/english/typearea.tex: influence - of options areasetadvanced, footlines and footheight to \areaset - -r2617 2017-04-03 15:56:55 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-typearea.dtx: Somehow to strong warning replaced by an - info only - -r2616 2017-04-03 09:04:10 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/tocbasic.tex: Typofix [Elke] - -r2615 2017-03-31 12:00:24 +0200 kohm: - - * Makefile, scrhack.dtx, doc/, doc/scrguide.cls, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrhack.tex, doc/english/, doc/english/scrhack.tex: new - scrhack to extend nomencl - -r2614 2017-03-27 10:13:25 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO: docu issue \raggedfootnote - -r2613 2017-03-27 10:12:13 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-footnotes.dtx: new \raggedfootnote - -r2612 2017-03-27 10:08:30 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-listsof.dtx: checksum fixed - -r2611 2017-03-27 10:06:52 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: checksum fixed - -r2610 2017-03-24 15:20:20 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-listsof.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx: usage of \ext@figure - and \ext@table instead of lof and lot - -r2609 2017-03-24 15:14:45 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: improved minitoc code to not use lot and lof - but \ext@table and \ext@figure - -r2608 2017-03-22 09:50:43 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-compatibility.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/common-compatibility.tex: missing \DescRef - -r2607 2017-03-03 12:19:29 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: almost nothing changed - -r2606 2017-03-03 11:39:16 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-typearea.dtx: wrong reaction to footsepline - -r2605 2017-02-23 20:27:27 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx: load scrextend if needed - -r2604 2017-02-23 20:25:14 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx: usage of - \ProvideUnknownPaperSizeError delayed - -r2603 2017-02-23 19:53:42 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx: improved last fix - -r2602 2017-02-23 19:50:51 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx: fix \is@thispageodd@setlabel resets - itself - -r2601 2017-02-23 17:26:09 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: space mistake fixed - -r2600 2017-02-23 13:07:58 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-bibliography.dtx, scrjura.dtx, scrkernel-listsof.dtx, - tocstyle.dtx, tocbasic.dtx: indirect toc extension - -r2599 2017-02-22 12:09:23 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, scrkernel-typearea.dtx, - scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, scrmain.ins, - scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx: scrletter.sty can be used not only using - a KOMA-Script class. Nevertheless, using a KOMA-Script class is - still recommended - -r2598 2017-02-22 09:33:19 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-typearea.dtx: improved identification comments - -r2597 2017-02-22 09:19:52 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-typearea.dtx: copyright message removed - -r2596 2017-02-22 08:45:45 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, scrkernel-typearea.dtx, scrmain.ins: - new init for scrkernel-compatibility.dtx - -r2595 2017-02-17 12:39:37 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: \AtEndOfFamilyOptions improved - -r2594 2017-02-16 20:31:24 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: fix: option recurse - -r2593 2017-02-16 20:26:03 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/plength.dtx: deprecated option replaced - -r2592 2017-02-16 17:56:10 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-title.dtx, scrlogo.dtx, - scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, scrkernel-floats.dtx, - scrkernel-language.dtx, scrkernel-footnotes.dtx, scrkernel-index.dtx, - scrkernel-bibliography.dtx, scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, - scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx, scrjura.dtx, scrkernel-listsof.dtx, - scrhack.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, - scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scrextend.dtx, scrlfile.dtx, tocbasic.dtx: - internal usage of deprecated options eliminated - -r2591 2017-02-16 17:35:11 +0100 kohm: - - * Makefile.baseinit: make optimization - -r2590 2017-02-16 15:55:25 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: checksum fixed and change comment added - -r2589 2017-02-16 15:04:51 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO: issue remove, missing docu note added - -r2588 2017-02-16 14:50:14 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: new star variant \AtEndOfFamilyOptions - -r2587 2017-02-16 13:40:51 +0100 kohm: - - * scrmain.ins, scrkernel-basics.dtx: nested \FamilyOptions fixed - -r2586 2017-02-16 10:10:27 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: \FamilyExecuteOptions uses the correct after - hook - -r2585 2017-02-16 09:57:46 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO: \AtEndOfFamilyOptions issue - -r2584 2017-02-14 07:39:21 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: fix: \ifdvioutput with luatex >= 0.85 - -r2583 2017-02-08 20:39:06 +0100 kohm: - - * scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx, doc/, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex: new star variant \makenote* - -r2582 2017-02-08 19:40:25 +0100 kohm: - - * scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx: restore \label, \index, \glossary in notes - -r2581 2017-02-06 08:28:26 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx: minitoc warning not within scrextend - -r2580 2017-02-04 14:39:52 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx: improved minitoc workaround - deactivation message - -r2579 2017-02-04 14:30:31 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx: workaround for - one of the problems using minitoc - -r2578 2017-02-04 13:18:09 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: prepared for - 3.23 BETA - -r2577 2017-02-01 07:33:09 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-options.tex: Fehlender - Halbsatz ergänzt [HV] - -r2576 2017-01-30 20:46:35 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/common-lists.tex: Roald Dahl's poem - replaced by Emma Lazarus' sonnet - -r2575 2017-01-16 09:00:06 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/preface.tex: file date - -r2574 2017-01-16 08:56:35 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/preface.tex: new German preface - -r2573 2017-01-16 07:48:29 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/preface.tex: Note about scrjura - changed - -r2572 2017-01-15 12:04:53 +0100 kohm: - - * releaselist.txt: release 3.22 - -r2571 2017-01-03 14:04:47 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-footnotes.dtx: new footnote text output mechanism - -r2570 2017-01-02 13:30:07 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex, doc/ngerman/common-marginpar.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn-example.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-parmarkup.tex, doc/ngerman/guide-ngerman.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-fontsize.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/ngerman/expertpart.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-interleafpage.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-headfootheight.tex, doc/ngerman/scrdatetime.tex, - doc/ngerman/adrconvnote.tex, doc/ngerman/common-dictum.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-options.tex, doc/ngerman/common-footnotes.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrextend.tex, doc/ngerman/common-lists.tex, - doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex, doc/ngerman/common-draftmode.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex, doc/ngerman/common-textmarkup.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrhack.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrjura.tex, doc/ngerman/typearea.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-oddorevenpage.tex, doc/ngerman/authorpart.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex, doc/ngerman/common-titles.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-compatibility.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-typearea.tex, doc/ngerman/introduction.tex, - doc/ngerman/preface.tex, doc/ngerman/scrwfile.tex, - doc/ngerman/scraddr.tex, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/english/scrbase.tex, doc/english/common-marginpar.tex, - doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex, - doc/english/common-parmarkup.tex, doc/english/common-fontsize.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/english/expertpart.tex, - doc/english/guide-english.tex, doc/english/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex, - doc/english/common-interleafpage.tex, - doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, - doc/english/common-headfootheight.tex, doc/english/scrdatetime.tex, - doc/english/adrconvnote.tex, doc/english/common-dictum.tex, - doc/english/japanlco.tex, doc/english/common-options.tex, - doc/english/common-footnotes.tex, doc/english/scrextend.tex, - doc/english/common-lists.tex, doc/english/tocbasic.tex, - doc/english/common-draftmode.tex, doc/english/scrlttr2-experts.tex, - doc/english/common-textmarkup.tex, doc/english/scrhack.tex, - doc/english/scrlayer.tex, doc/english/scrjura.tex, - doc/english/typearea.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, - doc/english/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex, - doc/english/common-oddorevenpage.tex, doc/english/authorpart.tex, - doc/english/scrlfile.tex, doc/english/common-titles.tex, - doc/english/common-compatibility.tex, - doc/english/common-typearea.tex, doc/english/introduction.tex, - doc/english/preface.tex, doc/english/scrwfile.tex, - doc/english/scraddr.tex: changed copyright and translation date - -r2569 2017-01-02 13:27:16 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/typearea-experts.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/typearea-experts.tex: docu of options usegeometry and - areasetadvanced - -r2568 2016-12-31 13:08:29 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex, - doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, doc/english/common-dictum.tex, - doc/english/common-footnotes.tex, doc/english/common-lists.tex, - doc/english/scrlttr2-experts.tex, doc/english/common-textmarkup.tex, - doc/english/scrjura.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, - doc/english/common-titles.tex: labels for and links to font elements - -r2567 2016-12-28 18:23:17 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, doc/english/common-footnotes.tex, - doc/english/scrlttr2-experts.tex, doc/english/scrjura.tex, - doc/english/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex: command renamed - -r2566 2016-12-28 18:22:56 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/scrguide.cls, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, doc/ngerman/common-dictum.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-footnotes.tex, doc/ngerman/common-lists.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex, doc/ngerman/common-textmarkup.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrjura.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-titles.tex: Links für Font-Elemente - -r2565 2016-12-21 18:25:47 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx, doc/, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: chapter style commands - respect positive beforeskip values (indent of following paragraph) - -r2564 2016-12-21 11:43:41 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx: fix: font changing of toname or toaddress - has to be restricted to - toname or toaddress - -r2563 2016-12-15 16:06:06 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx: missing * in \cc added to print ccseparator - only if name is not empty - -r2562 2016-12-07 10:15:31 +0100 kohm: - - * scrlayer.dtx: prepared for classes without \section or \subsection - -r2561 2016-12-05 19:06:33 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/bin/, doc/bin/genhtmlidx.pl: option index improved - -r2560 2016-12-05 18:40:41 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: new warning if - \begin{appendix}...\end{appendix} is used instead of - - \appendix - -r2559 2016-12-02 09:03:11 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx: missing \relax added to fix dynnumwidth - feature - -r2558 2016-12-01 12:28:35 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, doc/english/scrlttr2-experts.tex: some links - in and into chapter 22 - -r2557 2016-12-01 11:51:19 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/english/tocbasic.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: some links in and into - chapter 21 - -r2556 2016-12-01 11:16:05 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex, - doc/ngerman/typearea-experts.tex, doc/ngerman/typearea.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex: some links in and - into chapter 20 - -r2555 2016-12-01 11:01:34 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex: serveral links in - and into chapter 19 - -r2554 2016-12-01 10:49:52 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrlayer.tex: serveral links in and into chapter 17 - -r2553 2016-11-30 10:47:15 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex, doc/ngerman/typearea.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrwfile.tex, doc/english/, doc/english/tocbasic.tex, - doc/english/typearea.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, - doc/english/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex: serveral links (not - only) in and into chapter 15 - -r2552 2016-11-28 10:48:11 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrwfile.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/tocbasic.tex, doc/english/scrwfile.tex: serveral links in - and into chapter 14 - -r2551 2016-11-28 09:26:33 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrlfile.tex: serveral links in chapter 13 - -r2550 2016-11-28 09:10:02 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex, - doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrjura.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrbase.tex, doc/english/tocbasic.tex, - doc/english/scrlttr2-experts.tex, doc/english/scrjura.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: serveral links in and - into chapter 12 - -r2549 2016-11-28 08:17:57 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrjura.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrjura.tex: serveral links in chapter 11 - -r2548 2016-11-27 12:48:39 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrextend.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrextend.tex: serveral links (not only) into chapter 10 - -r2547 2016-11-27 12:38:29 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, doc/english/scrlayer.tex, - doc/english/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex: serveral links (not - only) into chapter 5 - -r2546 2016-11-26 13:05:11 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-fontsize.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/scraddr.tex, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/english/common-fontsize.tex, doc/english/scrlttr2-experts.tex, - doc/english/scraddr.tex: serveral links (not only) into chapter 4 - -r2545 2016-11-24 14:20:27 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, doc/ngerman/common-lists.tex, - doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex, doc/ngerman/scrhack.tex, - doc/ngerman/typearea.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex, - doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, doc/english/tocbasic.tex, - doc/english/scrhack.tex, doc/english/typearea.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, - doc/english/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex, - doc/english/scrlfile.tex: serveral links (not only) into chapter 3 - -r2544 2016-11-23 18:33:55 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-interleafpage.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex, doc/ngerman/typearea-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex, doc/ngerman/scrjura.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex, - doc/english/common-interleafpage.tex, - doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, doc/english/tocbasic.tex, - doc/english/scrlttr2-experts.tex, doc/english/typearea-experts.tex, - doc/english/scrlayer.tex, doc/english/scrjura.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, - doc/english/scrlfile.tex: serveral links (not only) into chapter 3 - -r2543 2016-11-23 15:20:44 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, doc/ngerman/scrextend.tex, - doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex, doc/ngerman/scrjura.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrwfile.tex, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, doc/english/scrextend.tex, - doc/english/tocbasic.tex, doc/english/scrlttr2-experts.tex, - doc/english/scrlayer.tex, doc/english/scrjura.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: serveral links (not - only) into chapter 3 - -r2542 2016-11-21 18:32:36 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, doc/ngerman/scrextend.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex, doc/ngerman/common-textmarkup.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex, doc/ngerman/scrjura.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-titles.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, doc/english/scrbase.tex, - doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex, - doc/english/common-fontsize.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex, - doc/english/common-interleafpage.tex, - doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, doc/english/scrdatetime.tex, - doc/english/common-options.tex, doc/english/scrextend.tex, - doc/english/tocbasic.tex, doc/english/scrlttr2-experts.tex, - doc/english/common-textmarkup.tex, doc/english/scrlayer.tex, - doc/english/scrjura.tex, doc/english/typearea.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, - doc/english/common-oddorevenpage.tex, doc/english/scrlfile.tex, - doc/english/scrwfile.tex, doc/english/scraddr.tex: serveral links - -r2541 2016-11-21 12:05:13 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-fontsize.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-interleafpage.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, doc/ngerman/scrdatetime.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-options.tex, doc/ngerman/scrextend.tex, - doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-textmarkup.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrjura.tex, doc/ngerman/typearea.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-oddorevenpage.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrwfile.tex, doc/ngerman/scraddr.tex: - \autopageref{desc:…} replaced by \DescPageRef{…} - -r2540 2016-11-21 11:55:10 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-marginpar.tex, doc/ngerman/common-parmarkup.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-fontsize.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-interleafpage.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, doc/ngerman/common-options.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-footnotes.tex, doc/ngerman/scrextend.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-lists.tex, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex, doc/ngerman/typearea-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-textmarkup.tex, doc/ngerman/scrhack.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex, doc/ngerman/scrjura.tex, - doc/ngerman/typearea.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-titles.tex, doc/ngerman/scrwfile.tex, - doc/ngerman/scraddr.tex, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/english/common-marginpar.tex, doc/english/common-fontsize.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/common-interleafpage.tex, - doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, doc/english/common-options.tex, - doc/english/common-footnotes.tex, doc/english/scrextend.tex, - doc/english/common-lists.tex, doc/english/tocbasic.tex, - doc/english/scrlttr2-experts.tex, doc/english/typearea-experts.tex, - doc/english/common-textmarkup.tex, doc/english/scrlayer.tex, - doc/english/scrjura.tex, doc/english/typearea.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, - doc/english/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex, - doc/english/common-titles.tex, doc/bin/, doc/bin/finddesc.sh: links - into typearea chapter - -r2539 2016-11-20 17:53:02 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/common-parmarkup.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-headfootheight.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/common-parmarkup.tex, - doc/english/common-oddorevenpage.tex: old \IfCommon... commands - eliminated - -r2538 2016-11-20 17:40:30 +0100 kohm: - - * manifest.txt, doc/, doc/linkalias.tex, doc/Makefile.guide, - doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex, - doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, doc/english/scrlayer.tex, - doc/english/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex: common-21.tex replaced - by common-pagestylemanipulation.tex without ommitting if already - printed in another chapter - -r2537 2016-11-20 12:47:03 +0100 kohm: - - * manifest.txt, doc/, doc/Makefile.guide, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-headfootheight.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, - doc/english/common-headfootheight.tex, doc/english/scrlayer.tex: - common-21.tex replaced by common-headfootheight.tex without - ommitting if already printed in another chapter - -r2536 2016-11-20 12:13:59 +0100 kohm: - - * manifest.txt, doc/, doc/Makefile.guide, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/ngerman/common-dictum.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrextend.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/english/common-dictum.tex, - doc/english/scrextend.tex: common-15.tex replaced by common-dictum.tex - without ommitting if already printed in another chapter - -r2535 2016-11-18 18:10:13 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-titles.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/common-titles.tex: fixed title pages example reference - text - -r2534 2016-11-18 17:49:54 +0100 kohm: - - * manifest.txt, doc/, doc/Makefile.guide, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/ngerman/scrextend.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-titles.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/english/scrextend.tex, - doc/english/common-titles.tex: common-14.tex replaced by - common-titles.tex without ommitting if already printed in another - chapter - -r2533 2016-11-18 15:43:43 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/common-draftmode.tex: initial - reference fixed - -r2532 2016-11-18 15:26:15 +0100 kohm: - - * manifest.txt, doc/, doc/Makefile.guide, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, doc/ngerman/common-marginpar.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/ngerman/scrextend.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/english/common-marginpar.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/english/scrextend.tex: - common-13.tex replaced by common-marginpar.tex without ommitting if - already printed in another chapter - -r2531 2016-11-18 15:19:10 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-options.tex: double ref fixed - -r2530 2016-11-18 14:23:30 +0100 kohm: - - * manifest.txt, doc/, doc/linkalias.tex, doc/Makefile.guide, - doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/ngerman/scrextend.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-lists.tex, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/english/scrextend.tex, - doc/english/common-lists.tex: common-12.tex replaced by - common-lists.tex without ommitting if already printed in another - chapter - -r2529 2016-11-18 14:17:38 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/common-interleafpage.tex: group - levels fixed - -r2528 2016-11-18 14:08:43 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-footnotes.tex: label - references fixed - -r2527 2016-11-18 11:49:29 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/adrconvnote.tex: typofix - -r2526 2016-11-18 11:48:27 +0100 kohm: - - * manifest.txt, doc/, doc/linkalias.tex, doc/scrguide.cls, - doc/Makefile.guide, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex, doc/ngerman/common-parmarkup.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-fontsize.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-interleafpage.tex, doc/ngerman/scrdatetime.tex, - doc/ngerman/adrconvnote.tex, doc/ngerman/common-dictum.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-options.tex, doc/ngerman/common-footnotes.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrextend.tex, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-draftmode.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-textmarkup.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrjura.tex, doc/ngerman/typearea.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-oddorevenpage.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-compatibility.tex, doc/ngerman/scrwfile.tex, - doc/ngerman/scraddr.tex, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/english/scrbase.tex, doc/english/common-parmarkup.tex, - doc/english/common-fontsize.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/common-interleafpage.tex, doc/english/scrdatetime.tex, - doc/english/adrconvnote.tex, doc/english/common-dictum.tex, - doc/english/common-options.tex, doc/english/common-footnotes.tex, - doc/english/scrextend.tex, doc/english/tocbasic.tex, - doc/english/common-draftmode.tex, doc/english/scrlttr2-experts.tex, - doc/english/common-textmarkup.tex, doc/english/scrlayer.tex, - doc/english/scrjura.tex, doc/english/typearea.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, - doc/english/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex, - doc/english/common-oddorevenpage.tex, doc/english/scrlfile.tex, - doc/english/common-compatibility.tex, doc/english/scrwfile.tex, - doc/english/scraddr.tex: common-9.tex replaced by common-footnotes.tex - without ommitting if already printed in another chapter + listings - improvement - -r2525 2016-11-17 20:14:11 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls, doc/english/, doc/english/scrextend.tex: - improved colours - -r2524 2016-11-17 18:53:21 +0100 kohm: - - * manifest.txt, doc/, doc/Makefile.guide, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-interleafpage.tex, doc/ngerman/scrextend.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/common-interleafpage.tex, doc/english/common-options.tex, - doc/english/scrextend.tex: common-8.tex replaced by - common-interleafpage.tex without ommitting if already printed in - another chapter - -r2523 2016-11-17 17:25:53 +0100 kohm: - - * manifest.txt, doc/, doc/Makefile.guide, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrextend.tex, doc/ngerman/common-oddorevenpage.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-compatibility.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/scrextend.tex, doc/english/common-oddorevenpage.tex, - doc/english/common-compatibility.tex: common-7.tex replaced by - common-oddorevenpage.tex without ommitting if already printed in - another chapter - -r2522 2016-11-17 16:49:53 +0100 kohm: - - * manifest.txt, doc/, doc/Makefile.guide, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, doc/ngerman/common-parmarkup.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-draftmode.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, doc/english/common-parmarkup.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/common-draftmode.tex: common-6.tex replaced by - common-parmarkup.tex without ommitting if already printed in another - chapter - -r2521 2016-11-17 15:55:53 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/common-fontsize.tex, - doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex: typo fix: length - -r2520 2016-11-17 15:50:46 +0100 kohm: - - * manifest.txt, doc/, doc/linkalias.tex, doc/scrguide.cls, - doc/Makefile.guide, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-headfootheight.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-options.tex, doc/ngerman/common-footnotes.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrextend.tex, doc/ngerman/common-lists.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-textmarkup.tex, doc/ngerman/typearea.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-titles.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, - doc/english/common-headfootheight.tex, - doc/english/common-footnotes.tex, doc/english/scrextend.tex, - doc/english/common-lists.tex, doc/english/common-textmarkup.tex, - doc/english/common-titles.tex: common-5.tex replaced by - common-textmarkup.tex without ommitting if already printed in - another chapter - -r2519 2016-11-16 18:51:28 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/Makefile.guide, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-fontsize.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/ngerman/scrextend.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/english/common-fontsize.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/english/scrextend.tex: - common-4.tex replaced by common-fontsize.tex without ommitting if - already printed in another chapter - -r2518 2016-11-16 18:48:48 +0100 kohm: - - * manifest.txt: common-4.tex replaced by common-fontsize.tex without - ommitting if already printed in another chapter - -r2517 2016-11-16 18:03:15 +0100 kohm: - - * manifest.txt: common-3.tex replaced by common-typearea.tex without - ommitting if already printed in another chapter - -r2516 2016-11-16 18:00:45 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: index stack errors are not longer warnings - -r2515 2016-11-16 17:54:48 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/Makefile.guide, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-typearea.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/common-typearea.tex: common-3.tex replaced by - common-typearea.tex without ommitting if already printed in another - chapter - -r2514 2016-11-16 17:48:43 +0100 kohm: - - * manifest.txt, doc/, doc/Makefile.guide, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrextend.tex, doc/ngerman/common-draftmode.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/english/common-options.tex, - doc/english/scrextend.tex, doc/english/common-draftmode.tex: - common-2.tex replaced by common-draftmode.tex without ommitting if - already printed in another chapter - -r2513 2016-11-16 17:47:54 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-titles.tex: index groups - fixed - -r2512 2016-11-15 18:43:41 +0100 kohm: - - * manifest.txt, doc/, doc/Makefile.guide, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrextend.tex, doc/ngerman/typearea.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-compatibility.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/scrextend.tex, doc/english/typearea.tex, - doc/english/common-compatibility.tex: common-compatibility.tex - replaces common-1.tex without ommitting already shown information - -r2511 2016-11-15 17:22:04 +0100 kohm: - - * manifest.txt: common-0.tex replaced by common-options.tex - -r2510 2016-11-15 17:20:01 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls, doc/Makefile.guide, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, doc/ngerman/scrdatetime.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-options.tex, doc/ngerman/scrextend.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrhack.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrjura.tex, doc/ngerman/typearea.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex, - doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, doc/english/scrdatetime.tex, - doc/english/common-options.tex, doc/english/scrextend.tex, - doc/english/scrhack.tex, doc/english/scrlayer.tex, - doc/english/scrjura.tex, doc/english/typearea.tex: early or late - options not omitted if already used - -r2509 2016-11-15 11:29:58 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls, doc/scrpage2.tex, doc/bin/, - doc/bin/genhtmlidx.pl: improved anchor generation and html index - -r2508 2016-11-14 21:06:12 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls, doc/scrpage2.tex, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-marginpar.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-parmarkup.tex, doc/ngerman/guide-ngerman.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-fontsize.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-interleafpage.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-headfootheight.tex, doc/ngerman/scrdatetime.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-dictum.tex, doc/ngerman/common-options.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-footnotes.tex, doc/ngerman/scrextend.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-lists.tex, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-draftmode.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/typearea-experts.tex, doc/ngerman/common-textmarkup.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrhack.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrjura.tex, doc/ngerman/typearea.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-oddorevenpage.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-titles.tex, doc/ngerman/common-compatibility.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-typearea.tex, doc/ngerman/scrwfile.tex, - doc/ngerman/scraddr.tex, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/english/scrbase.tex, doc/english/common-marginpar.tex, - doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex, - doc/english/common-parmarkup.tex, doc/english/common-fontsize.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/english/guide-english.tex, - doc/english/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex, - doc/english/common-interleafpage.tex, - doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, - doc/english/common-headfootheight.tex, doc/english/scrdatetime.tex, - doc/english/adrconvnote.tex, doc/english/common-dictum.tex, - doc/english/common-footnotes.tex, doc/english/scrextend.tex, - doc/english/common-lists.tex, doc/english/tocbasic.tex, - doc/english/common-draftmode.tex, doc/english/scrlttr2-experts.tex, - doc/english/typearea-experts.tex, doc/english/common-textmarkup.tex, - doc/english/scrhack.tex, doc/english/scrlayer.tex, - doc/english/scrjura.tex, doc/english/typearea.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, - doc/english/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex, - doc/english/common-oddorevenpage.tex, doc/english/scrlfile.tex, - doc/english/common-titles.tex, doc/english/common-compatibility.tex, - doc/english/common-typearea.tex, doc/english/introduction.tex, - doc/english/preface.tex, doc/english/scrwfile.tex, - doc/english/scraddr.tex: several changes in scrguide.cls to improve - Declaration and label and index generation - -r2507 2016-11-04 09:03:12 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/: deprecated source of old German manual removed - -r2506 2016-11-02 12:23:58 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: fix: index label generation delayed to get - correct page reference - -r2505 2016-11-02 12:09:24 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrwfile.tex, doc/english/, doc/english/tocbasic.tex, - doc/english/scrwfile.tex: fix: errornous usage of \AfterStartingTOC - replaced by \BeforeStartingTOC - -r2504 2016-10-27 18:27:25 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrlttr2.tex: typofix [Jan] - -r2503 2016-10-21 10:54:46 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx: Summary: addmargin preserved \topsep - and \partopsep - -r2502 2016-10-03 13:50:19 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: docu fix of - toc=indexnumbered - -r2501 2016-09-28 07:55:32 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-fonts.dtx: Summary: deprecated font command message fixed - -r2500 2016-09-24 18:59:36 +0200 kohm: - - * scrlayer.dtx, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/scrlayer.tex: fixed: foreground and - unrestricted and name of backandforeground - -r2499 2016-09-06 09:00:45 +0200 kohm: - - * tocbasic.dtx: Summary: missing \removefromtoclist added - -r2498 2016-09-01 21:44:10 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-floats.dtx: Summary: missing # added - -r2497 2016-09-01 21:21:37 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-floats.dtx: Summary: workaround for \newline (and - \protect\\) in caption text - -r2496 2016-09-01 13:51:09 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-floats.dtx: Summary: isodate in \caption workaround - -r2495 2016-08-09 18:02:12 +0200 kohm: - - * tocbasic.dtx: Summary: saves the type of an extension; new - \owneroftoc - -r2494 2016-08-04 09:23:47 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-typearea.dtx: Summary: preview detection info message - added - -r2493 2016-08-04 09:12:36 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-typearea.dtx: Summary: preview workaround added - -r2492 2016-08-02 10:21:34 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx: Summary: page break test at - addmargin* only if twoside is active - -r2491 2016-07-29 10:03:57 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, - scrkernel-typearea.dtx, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/typearea.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/typearea.tex: change: from v3.22 the width - and the height value of option paper depend on the paper orientation - -r2490 2016-07-29 08:29:45 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: Summary: added some \detokenize to obsolete - option warning message - -r2489 2016-07-29 08:20:45 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-typearea.dtx: Summary: missing obsolete option warning - added - -r2488 2016-07-12 09:56:12 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: Summary: checksum - -r2487 2016-07-12 09:52:51 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: Summary: experimental compatibility with - titleref and zref-titleref - -r2486 2016-07-12 08:43:01 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO: Summary: new nice to have - -r2485 2016-07-12 08:41:36 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: Summary: experimental sectioning commands - option `reference' - -r2484 2016-07-06 09:54:30 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: Grammarfix - -r2483 2016-06-28 09:36:58 +0200 kohm: - - * scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx: Summary: fix grouping of luatex tests - -r2482 2016-06-21 08:20:17 +0200 kohm: - - * INSTALLD.txt, INSTALL.txt: added installation info about hak files - -r2481 2016-06-17 09:37:56 +0200 kohm: - - * releaselist.txt: Summary: Release 3.21 - -r2480 2016-06-14 09:45:01 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: additional - info about toc… options - -r2479 2016-06-14 09:11:22 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/tocbasic.tex: additional info about tocentry… options - -r2478 2016-06-13 08:53:07 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/tocbasic.tex: Typofixes reported by - Elke - -r2477 2016-06-12 11:52:43 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO, scrkernel-sections.dtx, tocbasic.dtx, doc/, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex, doc/english/, doc/english/tocbasic.tex: - prefix tocentry instead (or additional to) prefix toc - -r2476 2016-06-12 08:32:29 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: Summary: several page breaks prevented - -r2475 2016-06-09 09:51:01 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx: improved hyperref compatibility - -r2474 2016-06-06 16:41:04 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx: Summary: handle also long \ragged…entry - -r2473 2016-06-06 16:38:21 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx: Summary: Typofix \flushglue - -r2472 2016-06-06 11:12:11 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/tocbasic.tex: new tocline attribute - raggedentrytext - -r2471 2016-06-06 11:02:57 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx, doc/, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: \raggedchapterentry does - work again via new tocbasic's tocline attribute raggedentrytext - -r2470 2016-06-06 09:06:27 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: Summary: change entry date fixed - -r2469 2016-06-02 20:07:52 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/tocbasic.tex: feature nobabel clarified - -r2468 2016-05-31 13:27:28 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-floats.dtx: Summary: new implementation of \@@makecaption - -r2467 2016-05-27 20:35:47 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: Summary: \scr@ifpdforluatex - -r2466 2016-05-27 20:34:55 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: Summary: typofix - -r2465 2016-05-27 19:15:42 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: Summary: em, ex and if pdf output of pdftex or - luatex is used also px are units - -r2464 2016-05-27 19:14:11 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-typearea.dtx: Summary: missing \ before pagewidth and - pageheight added - -r2463 2016-05-19 09:27:47 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx: Summary: - egregdoesnotlikesansseriftitles in scrletter only by class - -r2462 2016-05-19 09:18:47 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx: - Summary: scrlttr2 provides option egregdoesnotlikesansseriftitles - too - -r2461 2016-05-19 09:17:15 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: prepared for - 3.21 BETA - -r2460 2016-05-10 15:01:58 +0200 kohm: - - * releaselist.txt: release 2016/05/10 v3.20 - -r2459 2016-05-10 15:01:05 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx: prepared for 3.20 - -r2458 2016-05-10 14:02:52 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrjura.tex: typofixes by Elke - -r2457 2016-05-09 11:38:14 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrjura.tex: Summary: some typo - fixes - -r2456 2016-05-09 11:37:44 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrjura.tex: Summary: - Ãœberflüssiges \ProvidesFile entfernt - -r2455 2016-05-09 11:36:06 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: Summary: \Paragraph has been changed to - \Clause - -r2454 2016-05-09 10:57:53 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/guide-english.tex: Summary: typo - fixes - -r2453 2016-05-09 07:33:31 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/preface.tex: Summary: ready for the - release - -r2452 2016-05-08 10:45:54 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex: Summary: - typofix - -r2451 2016-05-07 20:11:55 +0200 kohm: - - * scrhack.dtx: Summary: load each hack only once - -r2450 2016-05-07 19:47:53 +0200 kohm: - - * README.in/: Summary: scrhack needs xpatch (for lscape hack) - -r2449 2016-05-07 15:50:41 +0200 kohm: - - * scrhack.dtx: Summary: requires xpatch not only while lscape hack is - loaded but always - -r2448 2016-05-06 11:06:19 +0200 kohm: - - * scrjura.dtx: Summary: docu removed from package source - -r2447 2016-05-06 11:05:08 +0200 kohm: - - * scrstrip.inc: Summary: we have 2016 - -r2446 2016-05-06 10:38:06 +0200 kohm: - - * Makefile: do not make scrjura.pdf any longer - -r2445 2016-05-05 09:22:38 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/preface.tex: two more chapters are - translated - -r2444 2016-05-05 09:16:53 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrjura.tex: (almost) complete - translation of the scrjura chapter - -r2443 2016-05-04 10:34:46 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrjura.tex: Hinweis auf zusätzlich - unterstützte Sprachen - -r2442 2016-05-04 10:19:38 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/Makefile.guide, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrjura.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/scrjura.tex: prepared to have a real chapter - about scrjura - -r2441 2016-04-30 08:43:16 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/: support for more packages - -r2440 2016-04-29 17:59:32 +0200 kohm: - - * tocbasic.dtx: Summary: empty option list bug in \DeclareNewTOC - [Elke] - -r2439 2016-04-29 07:56:21 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-fontsize.tex: Summary: - fehlendes »Klasse« ergänzt - -r2438 2016-04-27 12:58:21 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx, - scrkernel-basics.dtx: Summary: distinguish between test and assignment - of values - -r2437 2016-04-27 07:57:47 +0200 kohm: - - * obsolete/, obsolete/Makefile: Summary: back to RELEASEDATE instead - of RELEASE because its the version - -r2436 2016-04-27 07:48:45 +0200 kohm: - - * obsolete/, obsolete/Makefile: Summary: using RELEASE instead of - RELEASEDATE for dist-tds - -r2435 2016-04-25 12:42:03 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx: Summary: expand length/number options before - test - -r2434 2016-04-25 11:47:58 +0200 kohm: - - * tocbasic.dtx: Summary: spelling of tocnumwidth in warning message - -r2433 2016-04-23 19:14:01 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/tocbasic.tex: Summary: corrections - by Arndt and Elke - -r2432 2016-04-23 18:42:24 +0200 kohm: - - * tocbasic.dtx: Summary: \DeclareNewTOC hang/indent --> - numwidth/indent [Elke] - -r2431 2016-04-13 07:40:50 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/tocbasic.tex: Summary: Improvements - by A. S. - -r2430 2016-04-12 15:59:04 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: Summary: issue using amsgen in combination - with \@startsection and spaces between the arguments fixed - -r2429 2016-04-12 14:10:19 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, scrkernel-floats.dtx, - scrkernel-language.dtx, scrkernel-variables.dtx, scrlayer.dtx, - scrkernel-typearea.dtx, scrjura.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx, - scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, scrtime.dtx, scrlayer-scrpage.dtx, - scrlfile.dtx, tocbasic.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx: Summary: \@ifstr - replaced by \kernel@ifstr - -r2428 2016-04-12 12:31:07 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx, scrkernel-floats.dtx, - scrkernel-variables.dtx, scrlayer.dtx, scrdoc.dtx, scrjura.dtx, - scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, tocstyle.dtx, scrpage.dtx, - scrkernel-sections.dtx, scrlayer-scrpage.dtx, scrkernel-fonts.dtx, - scrlfile.dtx, tocbasic.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx: Summary: replaced - \@ifnextchar by \kernel@ifnextchar - -r2427 2016-04-12 09:33:09 +0200 kohm: - - * scrjura.dtx, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrjuraexample.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/scrjuraexample.tex: Summary: Using - clausemark instead of paragraphmark - -r2426 2016-04-12 09:22:06 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/Makefile, doc/Makefile.guide: Summary: prepare rule - extended (to make scrjura.tex if needed) - -r2425 2016-04-12 09:08:31 +0200 kohm: - - * scrjura.dtx: Summary: paragraphmark has never been documented but - clausemark; so clausemark should exist - -r2424 2016-04-11 08:29:39 +0200 kohm: - - * manifest.txt, doc/, doc/Makefile.guide: Summary: scrjura.tex could - be made from scrjura-non.tex - -r2423 2016-04-11 08:17:06 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/Makefile.guide, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrjuraexample.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrjuraexample.tex: Summary: scrjuraexample.tex added - -r2422 2016-04-11 08:03:43 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/Makefile.guide, doc/ngerman/, doc/english/: Summary: - scrjura.tex can be made on-the-fly from scrjura-non.tex - -r2421 2016-04-10 12:16:08 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/tocbasic.tex: Summary: "helper - file" issue removed - -r2420 2016-04-09 20:02:52 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/tocbasic.tex: Summary: Improved by - A. S. - -r2419 2016-04-07 17:04:37 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx: Summary: fix of break after number bug - -r2418 2016-04-07 16:47:41 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/tocbasic.tex: Summary: Elke's - corrections - -r2417 2016-04-07 11:16:58 +0200 kohm: - - * tocstyle.dtx: Summary: \CheckSum - -r2416 2016-04-07 10:52:42 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-floats.dtx: Summary: late caption position change provided - -r2415 2016-04-07 10:29:28 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: Summary: docu of - \setcapdynwidth - -r2414 2016-04-07 09:48:00 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: - Summary: label fixed - -r2413 2016-04-07 09:19:47 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: - Summary: change log entry fixed - -r2412 2016-04-07 09:17:22 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/tocbasic.tex: Summary: first translation completed - -r2411 2016-04-06 19:07:59 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/tocbasic.tex: Summary: some more - translation - -r2410 2016-04-06 19:07:42 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex: Summary: typo fix - -r2409 2016-04-06 17:39:52 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex: Summary: Tippfehler - -r2408 2016-04-06 16:35:25 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/tocbasic.tex: Summary: docu of - \DeclareTOCStyleEntry - -r2407 2016-04-06 11:32:02 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex: Summary: Small - improvements of new descriptions - -r2406 2016-04-06 11:31:00 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/tocbasic.tex: Summary: Some - translations added - -r2405 2016-04-05 11:15:47 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO, tocbasic.dtx, doc/, doc/scrguide.cls, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex: Summary: new features of \DeclareNewTOC - -r2404 2016-04-05 09:11:03 +0200 kohm: - - * tocbasic.dtx: Summary: docu typo fix - -r2403 2016-04-01 13:34:57 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx: Summary: delayed loading of marvosym - improved - -r2402 2016-03-31 18:16:47 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO: Summary: new feature need new docu - -r2401 2016-03-31 18:12:59 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-floats.dtx: Summary: \setcapdynwidth for Ulrike - -r2400 2016-03-31 09:51:17 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex: Summary: Alle - TODO-Kommentare abgeleistet - -r2399 2016-03-30 13:34:21 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex: Summary: - \DeclareTOCEntryStyle dokumentiert - -r2398 2016-03-25 11:22:23 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx, scrjura.dtx, tocstyle.dtx, - scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx: Summary: writing - to aux-file improved - -r2397 2016-03-25 10:07:48 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: Summary: \@altsecnumformattrue will not - break aux-file after class change - -r2396 2016-03-25 09:56:22 +0100 kohm: - - * tocstyle.dtx: Summary: change information fixed - -r2395 2016-03-25 09:26:37 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx, doc/, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex: Summary: new tocline feature - breakafternumber - -r2394 2016-03-24 15:45:04 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx: Summary: titlesec workaround also for - v2.10.2 2016/03/21 - -r2393 2016-03-24 10:47:53 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex: Summary: Korrekturen - von Elke - -r2392 2016-03-23 12:56:36 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex: Summary: - \LastTOCLevelWas… and \TOCEntryStyle…InitCode - -r2391 2016-03-23 08:35:30 +0100 kohm: - - * tocstyle.dtx: Summary: - package combination warning extended - - package status section added - -r2390 2016-03-22 20:07:43 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx: Summary: titlesec workaround also for - titlesec 2016/03/15 v2.10.1 - -r2389 2016-03-22 18:41:28 +0100 kohm: - - * tocstyle.dtx: Summary: Better "cooperation" with new tocbasic - -r2388 2016-03-21 18:28:06 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx: Summary: \usetocbasicnumberline should - temporary set \@tempdima - -r2387 2016-03-16 18:15:26 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO: Summary: Need for change of \DeclareNewTOC - -r2386 2016-03-16 17:46:17 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO: Summary: Verzeichnisstile Doc - -r2385 2016-03-15 15:50:30 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex: Summary: - \usetocbasicnumberline - -r2384 2016-03-15 12:58:53 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx, scrkernel-listsof.dtx: Summary: enforce - usage of \scr@numberline whenever needed. Summary: usage of \autodot - indirekt - -r2383 2016-03-14 10:24:36 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex: Summary: Docu fixes - -r2382 2016-03-14 09:37:24 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx, TODO, doc/, doc/.ignore: Summary: replaced - \par by \@par in tocline to make \textit etc. work - -r2381 2016-03-13 09:38:02 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO: Summary: missing entrytextformat attribute - -r2380 2016-03-12 20:23:47 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex: Summary: documentation - of toc entry style attributes - -r2379 2016-03-12 19:46:51 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx: Summary: \SetPenaltyByTOCLevel --> - \tocbasic@SetPenaltyByTOCLevel, - - \DependOnPenaltyAndTOCLevel --> \tocbasic@DependOnPenaltyAndTOCLevel - -r2378 2016-03-12 19:09:37 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx: Summary: attribute entryformat formats the - whole entry not only the number and - text - -r2377 2016-03-12 09:24:50 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex: Summary: documentation - of several toc entry style attributes - -r2376 2016-03-11 14:46:30 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex: Summary: documentation - of toc entry style numsep - -r2375 2016-03-11 14:26:50 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex: Summary: some more - entry style attribute documentation - -r2374 2016-03-11 13:51:13 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx: Summary: 6m replaced by 6em - -r2373 2016-03-11 13:16:33 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex: Summary: documentation - of some \DeclareTOCStyleEntry attributes - -r2372 2016-03-11 09:47:22 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex: Summary: figure for - TOC-entry style tocline - -r2371 2016-03-11 09:45:03 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: Summary: Usage of tikz and tikzlibrary calc - -r2370 2016-03-10 13:42:51 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex: Summary: caption text - changed - -r2369 2016-03-10 13:37:58 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx, doc/, doc/scrguide.cls, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex: Summary: Illustrations added - -r2368 2016-03-10 11:20:56 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx: Summary: remove errornous group level from - style largetocline - -r2367 2016-03-09 18:14:56 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/guide-ngerman.tex: Summary: neue - Trennausnahme für Eintragsebene - -r2366 2016-03-09 18:09:14 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex, - doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbase.tex: - Summary: serveral suggestions by Elke - -r2365 2016-03-09 12:30:58 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO: Summary: Serveral TODOs removed - -r2364 2016-03-09 12:23:21 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex: Summary: documentation - of TOC entry styles started - -r2363 2016-03-09 09:03:32 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/tocbasic.tex: Summary: documentation of \DeclareNewTOC - options atbegin and atend - -r2362 2016-03-09 08:53:27 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrbase.tex: Summary: documentation of special option - @else@ - -r2361 2016-03-08 10:14:05 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: Summary: documentation - of \DeclareSectionCommand attribute tocstyle - -r2360 2016-03-01 17:02:36 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx, scrkernel-listsof.dtx: change: \numberline - definition moved to scrkernel-tocstyle change: redefining - \numberline@box instead of \numberline to measure the entry number - width - -r2359 2016-03-01 09:15:48 +0100 kohm: - - * releaselist.txt: RC without space - -r2358 2016-02-26 12:10:01 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO: Summary: issue removed - -r2357 2016-02-26 10:39:21 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO: issue note - -r2356 2016-02-25 07:56:41 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO: Summary: new issue with combination of beta scrjura and - KOMA-Script prerelease - -r2355 2016-02-24 12:59:00 +0100 kohm: - - * scrjura.dtx: Summary: new environment names may contain numbers - -r2354 2016-02-23 12:01:52 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO, scrkernel-sections.dtx: Summary: serveral todo notes processed - -r2351 2016-02-22 09:20:29 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, TODO: fix: first font change after - \begin{document} was always using \par@update@relative - -r2348 2016-02-19 11:53:14 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO: new issue (parskip default) - -r2343 2016-02-17 12:23:24 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/Makefile.latexinit: Summary: waste / removed - -r2342 2016-02-17 12:13:55 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: Summary: change log entry and copyright - date fixed - -r2341 2016-02-17 12:13:17 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx: Summary: version information in change log - entries fixed - -r2340 2016-02-17 10:29:18 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/: svn ignore list changed - -r2339 2016-02-17 10:27:13 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/: svn ignore list changed - -r2338 2016-02-17 10:26:20 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/.ignore: svn ignore list changed - -r2337 2016-02-17 10:25:04 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/: svn ignore list changed - -r2336 2016-02-17 10:24:36 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/.ignore: svn ignore list changed - -r2335 2016-02-17 10:24:02 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/.ignore: svn ignore list changed - -r2334 2016-02-17 10:19:31 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/.ignore: svn ignore list changed - -r2333 2016-02-17 10:18:25 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/.ignore: svn ignore list changed - -r2332 2016-02-17 10:15:15 +0100 kohm: - - * obsolete/, obsolete/.ignore: svn ignore list changed - -r2330 2016-02-17 10:12:56 +0100 kohm: - - * .globalignores, .ignore: svn ignore list changed - -r2326 2016-02-17 10:05:42 +0100 kohm: - - * .ignore: ignore list changed - -r2324 2016-02-17 10:00:23 +0100 kohm: - - * .globalignores, .ignore: svn ignore list changed - -r2323 2016-02-17 09:34:48 +0100 kohm: - - * .globalignores, .ignore, tocbasic.dtx, README.in/, doc/, - doc/ngerman/, doc/english/: svn ignore list changed - -r2322 2016-02-16 17:25:20 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: Summary: emulatestandardclasses changes - font of headings also for scrartcl - -r2321 2016-02-16 16:35:29 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-typearea.dtx: Summary: twocolumn-depending \sloppy and - \raggedbottom/\flushbottom delayed - -r2320 2016-02-06 13:55:29 +0100 kohm: - - * scrjura.dtx: Summary: new \parformatseparation with default - \nobreakspace instead of hard coded \nobreakspace - -r2319 2016-02-06 13:18:07 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: Summary: scrbase can be loaded before - \documentclass - -r2318 2016-01-29 12:40:15 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx, - scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx: new: special option - egregdoesnotlikesansseriftitles - -r2317 2016-01-27 11:25:16 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO: docu issue (missing options of \DeclareNewTOC) - -r2316 2016-01-19 09:46:48 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: fix: \section etc. have to change - \parfillskip if afterskip is > 0 not of beforeskip is < 0 - -r2315 2016-01-15 16:14:15 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx: Summary: Default of several level depening - settings changed - -r2314 2016-01-15 13:35:17 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx: change: some commands deleted, some renamed, - one new length - -r2313 2016-01-15 12:44:20 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: Summary: date - -r2312 2016-01-15 12:44:01 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: Summary: Warning about usage of - \l@appto@macro@a and \l@preto@macro@a. - -r2311 2016-01-12 11:49:21 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx: new: \@BeforeTOCEntry and \@AfterTOCEntry - for all toc entry styles - -r2310 2016-01-05 19:03:19 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-language.dtx: Summary: always define \captionsngerman, - \captionsaustrian, \captionsnaustrian, \captionsswiss and - \captionsnswiss if polyglossia an language german ist used - -r2309 2016-01-05 16:41:35 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-language.dtx: Summary: several tricks to make caption name - definitions or changes for ngerman, austrian, naustrian, swiss and - nswiss also work with polyglossia - -r2308 2015-12-23 09:33:52 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: Summary: two times \parfillskip set to 0pt - plus 1fil instead of \fill - -r2307 2015-12-17 11:57:09 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrlttr2.tex: fix: undefined reference [Elke] - -r2306 2015-12-17 11:44:15 +0100 kohm: - - * tocbasic.dtx: fix: Fammily [Elke] - -r2305 2015-12-16 13:19:31 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx, tocbasic.dtx: new: \DeclareNewTOC - understands option tocentrystyle and provides all options of the toc - entry style - -r2304 2015-12-12 09:55:47 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-typearea.dtx, scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx: fix: - head/footsepline handling of typearea package - -r2303 2015-12-11 10:55:30 +0100 kohm: - - * tocbasic.dtx: fix: usage of \scr@ifundefinedorrelax - -r2302 2015-12-11 10:53:59 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx: Summary: property change - -r2301 2015-12-11 10:52:22 +0100 kohm: - - * tocbasic.dtx: Summary: property change - -r2300 2015-12-11 10:49:30 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx, tocbasic.dtx: tocbasic uses scrbase - -r2299 2015-12-09 09:25:56 +0100 kohm: - - * Makefile, manifest.txt, scrmain.ins, tocbasic.dtx, doc/, - doc/english/, doc/english/Makefile, doc/english/tocbasic.tex: change: - scrkernel-tocbasic.dtx is mandatory not optional change: user manual - of package tocbasic is not longer part of tocbasic.dtx - -r2298 2015-12-08 09:27:34 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx, scrmain.ins, tocbasic.dtx: change: most of - the TOC style features moved to tocbasic.sty, so tocbasic needs - scrbase now - -r2297 2015-12-07 18:48:04 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx: Summary: store the - toc entry style only once per symbolic entry level - -r2296 2015-12-07 16:16:54 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO: note about TODOs in scrkernel-sections.dtx - -r2295 2015-12-07 16:08:18 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx, scrmain.ins: new: TOC styles part, chapter, - section, subsection, default - -r2294 2015-12-07 13:06:51 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx: Summary: - \DeclareTOCEntryStyle syntax changed so it needs only one argument; - several commands became internal macros - -r2293 2015-12-01 08:28:49 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: Summary: formatting code - -r2292 2015-11-29 17:35:46 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: Summary: fix warning message - -r2291 2015-11-26 12:07:32 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx: Summary: style options with (at most one) - argument - -r2290 2015-11-26 09:24:54 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-listsof.dtx: Summary: some preparation for cooperating - with scrkernel-tocstyle - -r2289 2015-11-25 21:42:33 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx: fix: - \TOCEntryStyleInitCode and \TOCEntryStyleStartInitCode - -r2288 2015-11-25 17:52:09 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx: Summary: use my own box - -r2287 2015-11-25 15:43:36 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx: Summary: \CloneTOCEntryStyle - -r2286 2015-11-25 15:14:59 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: new: \l@preto@macro and \l@preto@macro@a - -r2285 2015-11-25 14:22:21 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx: Summary: options do not longer use @dte@ but - @tso@ - -r2284 2015-11-25 10:53:52 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx: change: restructutation of the source code - to avoid double implementation - -r2283 2015-11-24 13:49:50 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx: Summary: usage of addpenalty in vmode only - -r2282 2015-11-24 09:35:27 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx: several new options for toc entry style - tocline - -r2281 2015-11-23 14:10:31 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx: Summary: options numberformat and - entryformat for entry style tocline - -r2280 2015-11-23 10:58:23 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx, scrmain.ins: start of new (universal) toc - entry style tocline - -r2279 2015-11-23 10:46:01 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: fix: missing % added - -r2278 2015-11-20 15:26:19 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx, scrmain.ins: new: toc entry style - largetocline - -r2277 2015-11-20 12:39:09 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx: Summary: new toc style undottedtocline - -r2276 2015-11-20 12:05:35 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx: Summary: docu fixes - -r2275 2015-11-20 11:36:12 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx: end of style conditional added - -r2274 2015-11-20 10:44:21 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx, scrmain.ins: new: TOC styles gobble and - dottedtocline - -r2273 2015-11-20 10:43:55 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: new: \l@addto@macro@a - -r2272 2015-11-19 09:01:30 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx: new: optional style init code - -r2271 2015-11-18 17:41:28 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: fix: book|report condition - -r2270 2015-11-18 17:37:59 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: checksum and unmasked trace output - -r2269 2015-11-18 17:35:18 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: change: not yet defined toc style - information handling removed - -r2268 2015-11-18 16:25:18 +0100 kohm: - - * scrmain.ins: scrkernel-sections uses features of scrkernel-tocstyle - -r2267 2015-11-18 14:03:00 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: todo notes added - -r2266 2015-11-18 10:41:05 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: do not longer define a dummy option list but - use the special member option @else@ - -r2265 2015-11-18 10:40:24 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO, scrkernel-basics.dtx: \FamilyExecuteOptions has a special - handling für member option @else@ - -r2264 2015-11-17 18:26:57 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/Makefile: fix: distclean_local - -r2263 2015-11-17 18:10:58 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx: change: usable \DeclareTOCEntryStyle and - usable \DeclareTOCStyleEntry - -r2262 2015-11-17 16:15:53 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx: Summary: do not use - \DeclareSectionCommandDummyOption any longer - -r2261 2015-11-17 12:14:34 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx: changes: Have a look at the TODO notes! - -r2260 2015-11-17 12:08:54 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: fix: \DeclareSectionCommandStyleNumberOption - -r2259 2015-11-17 11:47:54 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx: Summary: optional TOC styles are ready to be - used - -r2258 2015-11-13 12:34:19 +0100 kohm: - - * scrmain.ins: scrkernel-tocstyle prepare - -r2257 2015-11-13 12:19:37 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx: new: \DeclareTOCStyleEntry (currently - unused) - -r2256 2015-11-13 09:46:59 +0100 kohm: - - * scrsource.tex: fix: generation without scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx - -r2255 2015-11-13 09:44:57 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx, scrsource.tex, scrmain.ins, - scrkernel-sections.dtx, scrdocstrip.tex: change: KOMA-Script can be - implemented either with or without optional scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx - -r2254 2015-11-12 10:31:08 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: change: \DeclareSectionCommand etc. do only - accept options of the current style - -r2253 2015-11-12 09:21:34 +0100 kohm: - - * scrdocstrip.tex: improved: beta message - -r2252 2015-11-12 09:01:36 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: fix: empty style parameter at - \DeclareSectionCommand etc. - -r2251 2015-11-06 11:10:25 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: new: toc entries for part, chapter and - section respect tocindent in the main classes - -r2250 2015-11-06 10:16:26 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/guide.bib, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/scrlayer.tex: change: reference to picture - package (suggestion by rolf) - -r2249 2015-11-04 08:07:36 +0100 kohm: - - * scrjura.dtx: Summary: detection of lists, minipages etc. before - \Sentence - -r2248 2015-11-03 10:31:16 +0100 kohm: - - * scrjura.dtx: fix: \Sentence at start of paragraph creates wrong - reference - -r2247 2015-11-03 09:37:48 +0100 kohm: - - * scrjura.dtx: fix: \@doendpe has been changed in LaTeX 2015/01/01 - -r2246 2015-11-02 08:02:18 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-typearea.dtx: Fix: twoside executes \flushbottom but - twocolumn does not recognize twoside - - and executes \raggedbottom at class option initialization. - -r2245 2015-10-21 10:21:22 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: change: deprecated options activate deprecated - font commands - -r2244 2015-10-21 10:02:33 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-fonts.dtx: change: improved deprecated font command - message - -r2243 2015-10-21 09:45:18 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO: removed: \if… issue - -r2242 2015-10-21 09:44:26 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: change: \ifisglue reimplemented - -r2241 2015-10-20 11:06:45 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: change: reimplementation of \ifisinteger - improved - -r2240 2015-10-19 17:57:29 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: new: \ifislengthprimitive - -r2239 2015-10-19 16:37:08 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: fix: \newcommand instead of \renewcommand - -r2238 2015-10-19 16:35:35 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: change: \ifisinteger reimplemented - -r2237 2015-10-19 13:45:06 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: change: \ifiscounter improved - -r2236 2015-10-19 12:40:09 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: new: \ifisdefchar - -r2235 2015-10-19 12:15:34 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: change: \ifisnumexpr reimplemented - -r2234 2015-10-19 12:04:30 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: change: \ifisglueexpr reimplemented - -r2233 2015-10-19 11:53:52 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: change: \ifisdimexpr reimplemented - -r2232 2015-10-19 10:29:26 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO: new general issue with \ifis… - -r2231 2015-10-19 10:13:54 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: change: reimplementation if \ifiscount - -r2230 2015-10-19 09:56:04 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: change: reimplementation of \ifisskip - -r2229 2015-10-19 09:35:54 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: change: reimplementation of \ifisdimen - -r2228 2015-10-15 14:15:09 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: fix: Option counterwithin of - \DeclareSectionCommand etc. - -r2227 2015-10-14 16:31:04 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-title.dtx: fix: last fix improved - -r2226 2015-10-14 16:18:07 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-title.dtx: fix: overfull \hbox on title pages - -r2225 2015-10-14 11:19:36 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-fonts.dtx: change: old font commands throw errors by - default. You may use (already deprecated option) - enabledeprecatedfontcommands to change the error into a warning - message. - -r2224 2015-10-09 17:11:06 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO, tocbasic.dtx, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex: - change: docu of hyperref issue - -r2223 2015-10-08 13:53:29 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex: typofix - -r2222 2015-10-08 08:18:34 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx: change: allow final line break in \closing - -r2221 2015-10-07 12:17:20 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: new: \toclevel@… will be set by - \DeclareSectionCommand etc. if it could be usefull - -r2220 2015-10-07 09:30:29 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-typearea.dtx, TODO, scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx: changes: - ready for luaTeX 0.80.1/0.81 - -r2219 2015-10-07 07:37:37 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO: new issue because of luaTeX change - -r2218 2015-10-06 14:04:15 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO: new nice to have - -r2217 2015-10-06 12:19:14 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO: new to do - -r2216 2015-10-06 12:13:11 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: new: \DeclareSectionCommand option tocstyle - with value one of part, chapter, - section, subsection - -r2215 2015-10-06 11:50:41 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: prepared for - 3.20 BETA - -r2214 2015-10-03 14:59:44 +0200 kohm: - - * releaselist.txt: release 2015/10/03 v3.19a - -r2213 2015-10-03 14:59:03 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: prepared for - 3.19a - -r2212 2015-10-03 14:51:00 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: fix: Chapter numberings in \frontmatter and - \backmatter are not suppressed [YD] - -r2211 2015-09-30 11:43:03 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/guide-ngerman.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/guide-english.tex: \GuideCTANserver replaced by - mirror.ctan.org - -r2210 2015-09-29 10:31:05 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx: switched back to development state - -r2209 2015-09-29 10:27:45 +0200 kohm: - - * releaselist.txt: release 2015/09/29 v3.19 - -r2208 2015-09-29 10:13:01 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx: prepared for 3.19 - -r2207 2015-09-27 10:14:13 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO: new nice to have: TOC feature pagestyle - -r2206 2015-09-27 10:08:34 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-listsof.dtx: fix: typo in warning message - -r2205 2015-09-15 12:55:19 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex: Rechtschreibung - -r2204 2015-09-15 11:35:31 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrlayer.tex: new: doc of layer mode and the commands of - new layer mode picture - -r2203 2015-09-15 11:32:08 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: fix: LenToUnit no LengthToUnit - -r2202 2015-09-14 10:57:28 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex: neu: Doku für - mode=picture einschl. der dafür reservierten neuen Anweisungen new: - Doku für \layervalign und \layerhalign - -r2201 2015-09-14 10:54:18 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: version - -r2200 2015-09-14 10:53:49 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: added more moretexcs - -r2199 2015-09-14 10:33:00 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/guide.bib: change: using new version of eso-pic - -r2198 2015-09-11 14:31:18 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: - fix: counterwithout cancels counterwithin - -r2197 2015-09-10 07:56:45 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: new: doc of - \DeclareSectionCommand's counterwithout - -r2196 2015-09-09 08:02:50 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO: need doc of \DeclareSectionCommand's counterwithout - -r2195 2015-09-09 08:01:54 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: new: \DeclareSectionCommand attribute - "counterwithout" - -r2194 2015-09-04 17:26:05 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/typearea.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/typearea.tex: added: note about the optional argument of - \areaset - -r2193 2015-09-03 10:08:20 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: doc: - \sectionlinesformat, \sectioncatchphraseformat - -r2192 2015-09-03 09:21:21 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: change: added extra group in - \sectionlinesformat - -r2191 2015-09-03 09:18:20 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: change: redundant change if - \interlinepenalty removed from \sectionlinesformat - -r2190 2015-08-29 19:21:55 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: fix: \protected@edef new: \IfArgIsEmpty - -r2189 2015-08-29 12:11:08 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex: - fix: Doppelter Schlusspunkt - -r2188 2015-08-28 16:54:24 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: - change: Stichwortverzeichniseinträge für Gliederungsstile - -r2187 2015-08-27 21:14:32 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: change: \sectionlinesformat and - \sectioncatchphraseformat has a new first - argument, level - -r2186 2015-08-27 11:10:36 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: new: \chapterlinesformat - and \chapterlineswithprefixformat - -r2185 2015-08-27 10:30:15 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: change: add new commands to moretexcs of - listings style KOMA - -r2184 2015-08-27 10:05:10 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: change: \raggedchapter moved and \@hangfrom - called with extra group - -r2183 2015-08-25 11:11:53 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrlttr2.tex: new: \letterpagestyle - -r2182 2015-08-25 11:10:08 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-title.dtx, scrkernel-index.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx: - change: use only defined non empty page styles - -r2181 2015-08-24 11:30:25 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-fonts.dtx: fix: \addtokomafontgobblelist uses wrong list - [Falk] - -r2180 2015-08-24 11:28:16 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-footnotes.dtx, doc/, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/common-footnotes.tex, doc/ngerman/scrextend.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/common-footnotes.tex, - doc/english/scrextend.tex: fix: scrextend does not use footnote rule - settings, so it should not provide setting them fix: scrextend uses - \providecommand instead of \newcommand to define - \multiplefootnotemark - -r2179 2015-08-22 08:36:48 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx: fix: usage of \setlength and \addtolength - inside \par@update provocates an conflict with tikz - -r2178 2015-08-20 18:11:02 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-fonts.dtx, doc/, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: fix: usage of font names - with special characters with \usefontofkomafont etc. - -r2177 2015-08-20 09:23:35 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrlttr2.tex: - kind of translation of counter letter and - commands \thisletter and \letterlastpage - -r2176 2015-08-18 12:58:10 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: added: doc of - index=numbered and toc=indexnumbered - -r2175 2015-08-11 17:51:46 +0200 kohm: - - * scrhack.dtx: fix: lscape hack with more than one landscape page - -r2174 2015-08-02 13:58:44 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO, scrkernel-sections.dtx: new: commands \chapterlinesformat and - \chapterlineswithprefixformat - -r2173 2015-07-30 11:56:39 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx: change: version date - -r2172 2015-07-30 11:39:05 +0200 kohm: - - * scrlayer.dtx, TODO: removed: layer attribute picturecontents new: - layer attribute mode with predefined values text, raw and picture - new: inside layers \layerhalign and \layervalign can be used to - detect but not change the layer alignment - -r2171 2015-07-29 08:48:19 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx: fix: \setparsizes uses \par@updaterelativ - until first \selectfont at \begin{document} - -r2170 2015-07-27 11:52:22 +0200 kohm: - - * scrlayer.dtx, TODO: new: layer attribute picturecontents - -r2169 2015-07-26 12:14:32 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex: new: - Dokumentation von Zähler letter und Anweisungen \thisletter und - \letterlastpage - -r2168 2015-07-26 11:32:03 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: prepared for - 3.19 BETA - -r2167 2015-07-26 11:18:40 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-interleafpage.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/common-interleafpage.tex: doc-fix: - \cleardoubleoddpageusingstyle and \cleardoubleevenpageusingstyle - -r2166 2015-07-26 10:15:44 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-typearea.dtx: fix: pfdtex settings - -r2165 2015-07-26 08:26:14 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO, scrkernel-sections.dtx: new: \sectionlinesformat and - \sectioncatchphraseformat - -r2164 2015-07-26 08:24:01 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex: fix: Doku zu - \if@atdocument - -r2163 2015-07-15 18:39:57 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrlttr2-experts.tex: fix: \LetterOptionsNeedsPapersize - example - -r2162 2015-07-15 09:30:52 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, TODO: new: - \letterpagestyle can be used to auto-change the page style of - letters new: letters are numbered new: \thisletter gives the number - of the current letter with it's prefix new: \letterlastpage gives - the last page number of the current letter - -r2161 2015-07-08 14:05:44 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx: fix: headinclude and footinclude at - headsepline and footsepline - -r2160 2015-07-08 11:06:35 +0200 kohm: - - * Makefile: change: lscape.hak added - -r2159 2015-07-08 10:27:58 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrhack.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrhack.tex: additional fixes of the new sections by Elke - -r2158 2015-07-08 09:10:34 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrhack.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrhack.tex: improvement of new section - -r2157 2015-07-07 21:29:19 +0200 kohm: - - * scrhack.dtx: new: lscape hack - -r2156 2015-07-07 21:28:34 +0200 kohm: - - * scrsource.tex, scrhack.dtx, doc/, doc/guide.bib, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrhack.tex, doc/english/, doc/english/scrhack.tex: new: - lscape hack - -r2155 2015-07-07 08:42:29 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: change: \ifisskip accepts \baselineskip or - \parskip as skip - -r2154 2015-07-06 18:18:47 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: fix: Usage of \FamilyKeyStateProcessed - -r2153 2015-07-03 22:06:24 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: fix: missing % in family keys without default - value added - -r2152 2015-07-03 22:03:38 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: start of new - beta - -r2151 2015-07-03 11:25:42 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-language.dtx: fix: emergency code for brain dead language - default settings (like hyphen.cfg of babel) now executes all - commands using \@nameuse and also executes \@nameuse{extra…} - -r2150 2015-07-02 10:10:21 +0200 kohm: - - * releaselist.txt: release 2015/07/02 v3.18 - -r2149 2015-07-02 10:07:30 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx: prepared for 3.18 - -r2148 2015-06-25 16:58:59 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO: new nice to have - -r2147 2015-06-24 08:16:16 +0200 kohm: - - * scrlayer-scrpage.dtx: fix: pagestyle for scrlttr2 sets \lofoot und - \rofoot - -r2146 2015-06-20 08:38:46 +0200 kohm: - - * tocbasic.dtx: change: \DeclareNewTOC option handling more compatible - with version 3.17 - -r2145 2015-06-18 09:58:50 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex: added: - notes about need of cooperation of the classes for e.g. running - heads at part level - -r2144 2015-06-17 17:38:01 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-bibliography.dtx: fix: checksum again - -r2143 2015-06-17 17:32:55 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-bibliography.dtx: fix: checksum - -r2142 2015-06-17 17:28:16 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-bibliography.dtx: fix: usage of \@mkdouble if available - -r2141 2015-06-17 13:12:54 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: index fix - -r2140 2015-06-17 12:15:52 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/scrbase.tex: new: scrbase can be loaded - before \documentclass new: \BeforeFamilyProcessOptions - -r2139 2015-06-17 12:13:56 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: change: new keywords - -r2138 2015-06-17 12:09:40 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx: fix: \scr@clsextension - -r2137 2015-06-17 09:12:11 +0200 kohm: - - * scrlayer-scrpage.dtx: fix: line length of \setheadtopline, - \setheadsepline, \setfootsepline, and \setfootbotline - -r2136 2015-06-16 08:17:22 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO: some new nice to haves - -r2135 2015-06-15 13:41:43 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: fix: spelling [Elke] - -r2134 2015-06-15 13:34:28 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-index.dtx, scrkernel-bibliography.dtx, - scrkernel-listsof.dtx, TODO: change: usage of \@mkright and \@mkdouble - if available change: braindead options index=leveldown, - index=standardlevel, index=numbered, toc=indexnumbered - -r2133 2015-06-14 11:14:48 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: change: - explanation of \chaptermark, \sectionmark, \addchapmark, \addsecmark - -r2132 2015-06-12 12:27:11 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: change: section command - styles "part" and "chapter" completed - -r2131 2015-06-10 20:17:51 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: fix: to many \chapterheadstartvskip in - \scr@@makechapterhead - -r2130 2015-06-10 11:36:46 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, TODO, scrkernel-sections.dtx: fix: - scrartcl needs \hy@insteadofrefstepcounter - -r2129 2015-06-09 19:00:46 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx, doc/, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: change: revert change of - \IfUsePrefixLine in \chapterformat - -r2128 2015-06-09 18:25:14 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO: fixed: multicol issue - -r2127 2015-06-09 18:01:28 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: new: - \IfChapterUsesPrefixLine - -r2126 2015-06-09 11:26:36 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx, doc/, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: change: \IfUsePrefix defined - outside section command style despite the fact it should be used - only inside - -r2125 2015-06-09 09:58:46 +0200 kohm: - - * scrlayer.dtx: change: usage of \parbox[b] instead if \parbox[t] at - \@oddhead and \@evenhead - - to avoid strange problems using package multicol - -r2124 2015-06-09 08:25:28 +0200 kohm: - - * scrmain.ins: fix: flags at scrextend generation - -r2123 2015-06-05 11:04:41 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO: new issue and new docu need - -r2122 2015-06-03 10:05:35 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx: change: error handling of - \RequirePackage or \usepackage inside lco-files - -r2121 2015-06-02 10:12:38 +0200 kohm: - - * tocbasic.dtx: fix: expansion of \…name and \…listname - -r2120 2015-05-24 12:06:25 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: change: three quarters of the way to section - command style "part" - -r2119 2015-05-23 09:21:40 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: change: half way to section command style - "part" - -r2118 2015-05-22 17:34:34 +0200 kohm: - - * scrhack.dtx: change: deactivate hyperref hack if - \hy@insteadofrefstepcounter has been - - defined, i.e., by a KOMA-Script class ≥ 3.18. - -r2117 2015-05-22 16:22:03 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO: no comment - -r2116 2015-05-22 16:02:58 +0200 kohm: - - * scrmain.ins, scrkernel-sections.dtx: change: complete new - implementation of section command style "chapter" - -r2115 2015-05-21 15:48:01 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/typearea-experts.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/typearea-experts.tex: fix: spelling - -r2114 2015-05-21 10:36:19 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/typearea-experts.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/typearea-experts.tex: new: - \BeforeRestoreareas and \AfterRestoreareas - -r2113 2015-05-21 10:09:53 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: change: use of style in \@chapter and - \@schapter - -r2112 2015-05-21 09:46:12 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: change: twocolumn behaviour of chapter style - headings improved - -r2111 2015-05-21 09:25:14 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: fix: CheckSum - -r2110 2015-05-21 09:24:43 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: fix: \@makechapterhead uses \csname - \scr@dsc@current format\endcsname instead - - of \chapterformat if chapterprefix is on - -r2109 2015-05-21 09:17:57 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: fix: \addchap and \addsec should work fix: - workaround for several packages that use internal macros - - \@makechapterhead or \@makeschapterhead - -r2108 2015-05-20 20:11:25 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-typearea.dtx, TODO: new: \BeforeRestoreareas and - \AfterRestoreareas - -r2107 2015-05-20 13:27:00 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, TODO, scrkernel-sections.dtx: new: section - command style "chapter" defined - -r2106 2015-05-19 11:08:32 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrlayer.tex: fix: deactivatepagestylelayers=true - -r2105 2015-05-19 09:35:29 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrlayer.tex: new: \ForEachLayerOfPageStyle* new: serveral - new layer options to remove restrictions - -r2104 2015-05-18 09:40:29 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex: fix: index - -r2103 2015-05-18 08:58:57 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrhack.tex: improvement bei A. S. - -r2102 2015-05-14 17:05:21 +0200 kohm: - - * scrlayer.dtx: new: counterparts to restriction layer attributes - -r2101 2015-05-14 12:20:33 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, scrlayer.dtx, - TODO: new: less local working star version of \ForEachLayerOfPageStyle - -r2100 2015-05-14 11:58:43 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO: new: nice to have - -r2099 2015-05-13 18:44:00 +0200 kohm: - - * releaselist.txt: release 2015/05/15 v3.17c - -r2098 2015-05-13 18:23:25 +0200 kohm: - - * scrjura.dtx: fix: scrjura version - -r2097 2015-05-13 18:17:20 +0200 kohm: - - * scrjura.dtx: fix: Irgendwann muss das doch mal funktionierten! - -r2096 2015-05-13 18:03:07 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: prepared for - 3.17c - -r2095 2015-05-13 18:00:16 +0200 kohm: - - * scrjura.dtx: fix: \expandafter - -r2094 2015-05-13 08:44:15 +0200 kohm: - - * scrjura.dtx: fix: change entry - -r2093 2015-05-13 08:29:59 +0200 kohm: - - * scrjura.dtx: fix: change entries - -r2092 2015-05-13 08:28:07 +0200 kohm: - - * scrjura.dtx: fix: use correct format for automatic numbered new - environments - -r2091 2015-05-11 09:45:36 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: fix: unbestimmter - Artikel [Maximilian B.] - -r2090 2015-05-06 08:58:30 +0200 kohm: - - * releaselist.txt: release 2015/05/06 v3.17a - -r2089 2015-05-06 08:10:29 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: prepared for - release 3.17a - -r2088 2015-05-03 11:09:14 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-typearea.dtx: change: option pagesize in preamble is - partly delayed until \begin{document} - -r2087 2015-05-03 09:11:15 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-typearea.dtx: fix: group level error with pagesize=false - -r2086 2015-05-01 21:40:11 +0200 kohm: - - * scrjura.dtx: fix: automatic numbering of sub-clauses of new defined - environments - -r2085 2015-05-01 21:27:42 +0200 kohm: - - * scrjura.dtx: fix: automatic numbering of new defines environments - -r2084 2015-04-26 14:49:41 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx: fix: font aliases title and subject - -r2083 2015-04-26 14:48:47 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx: neue Beta-Version - -r2082 2015-04-23 10:00:56 +0200 kohm: - - * releaselist.txt: v3.17 released - -r2081 2015-04-23 08:46:09 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: prepared for - release 3.17 - -r2080 2015-04-21 10:08:26 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/guide.tex: changed: author - -r2079 2015-04-20 09:12:08 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: new: \addpartmark analogous to \addchapmark - -r2078 2015-04-17 11:26:39 +0200 kohm: - - * Makefile: setspace.hak added - -r2077 2015-04-17 10:18:40 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx: change: \setbox --> \sbox - -r2076 2015-04-17 10:17:52 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO: new nice to have - -r2075 2015-04-17 10:05:16 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: change: replaced 0 by \z@ (two times) - -r2074 2015-04-16 18:05:17 +0200 kohm: - - * README.in/, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrhack.tex: fix: docu - -r2073 2015-04-16 10:41:14 +0200 kohm: - - * scrhack.dtx, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrhack.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/scrhack.tex: new: setspace hack - -r2072 2015-04-13 17:39:00 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex: doppelt - gemoppeltes \clearpage - -r2071 2015-04-13 10:01:12 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: change: - description of options open and headings=openany - -r2070 2015-04-08 11:02:19 +0200 kohm: - - * scrlayer-scrpage.dtx: fix: warnings for font elements "pagehead" and - "pagefoot" - -r2069 2015-04-08 10:55:30 +0200 kohm: - - * scrlayer-scrpage.dtx: fix: bug in "false" value of \reserved@b in - \sls@set@value - -r2068 2015-04-04 11:36:35 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/preface.tex: fix: \autoref - -r2067 2015-04-04 11:34:54 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/preface.tex: changed: translation is - a never ending story - -r2066 2015-04-04 11:18:50 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-textmarkup.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/common-textmarkup.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: new: docu of - \addtokomafontrelaxlist - -r2065 2015-04-04 08:50:19 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO: moved: \addtokomafontrelaxlist from nice to have to doc - -r2064 2015-04-03 14:04:50 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: change: using \usefontofkomafont instead of - \usekomafont at initial font - setting of \@@makechapterhead - -r2063 2015-04-03 13:55:42 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-fonts.dtx: change: reimplementation of more robust - \usefontofkomafont etc. new: \addtokomafontrelaxlist - -r2062 2015-04-02 10:23:45 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO: add: note about possible change of \usefontofkomafont etc. - -r2061 2015-04-02 09:27:25 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO: added: nice to have completed section styles chapter and part - -r2060 2015-03-31 11:10:59 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex, doc/ngerman/common-marginpar.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-parmarkup.tex, doc/ngerman/common-fontsize.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-interleafpage.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-headfootheight.tex, doc/ngerman/scrdatetime.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-dictum.tex, doc/ngerman/common-options.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-footnotes.tex, doc/ngerman/scrextend.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-lists.tex, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-draftmode.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/typearea-experts.tex, doc/ngerman/common-textmarkup.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrhack.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex, - doc/ngerman/typearea.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-oddorevenpage.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-titles.tex, doc/ngerman/common-compatibility.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-typearea.tex, doc/ngerman/introduction.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrwfile.tex, doc/ngerman/scraddr.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, doc/english/scrbase.tex, - doc/english/common-marginpar.tex, - doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex, - doc/english/common-parmarkup.tex, doc/english/common-fontsize.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex, - doc/english/common-interleafpage.tex, - doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, - doc/english/common-headfootheight.tex, doc/english/scrdatetime.tex, - doc/english/common-dictum.tex, doc/english/japanlco.tex, - doc/english/common-footnotes.tex, doc/english/scrextend.tex, - doc/english/common-lists.tex, doc/english/common-draftmode.tex, - doc/english/scrlttr2-experts.tex, doc/english/typearea-experts.tex, - doc/english/common-textmarkup.tex, doc/english/scrhack.tex, - doc/english/scrlayer.tex, doc/english/typearea.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, - doc/english/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex, - doc/english/common-oddorevenpage.tex, doc/english/scrlfile.tex, - doc/english/common-titles.tex, doc/english/common-compatibility.tex, - doc/english/common-typearea.tex, doc/english/introduction.tex, - doc/english/scrwfile.tex, doc/english/scraddr.tex: usage of new - \seclabel and \exlabel - -r2059 2015-03-31 10:01:37 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-fontsize.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/common-fontsize.tex: documentation of - fontsize issue - -r2058 2015-03-31 09:04:03 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: fix: \protect usage of \…format in - \@seccntformat - -r2057 2015-03-31 08:29:00 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO: added: \…format issue - -r2056 2015-03-30 10:24:20 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-typearea.dtx: change: one more usage of \scr@ta@v@is@lt - -r2055 2015-03-30 09:36:27 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: fix: - spelling + one note - -r2054 2015-03-30 08:58:41 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-fonts.dtx: fix: using \par@updaterelative only if defined - -r2053 2015-03-27 10:25:57 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: change: missing - translations at \DeclareSectionCommand and \chapterhead…vskip - -r2052 2015-03-27 09:07:21 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: change: Änderungen bei - der Doku von \DeclareSectionCommand und Auswirkungen auf - \chapterhead…vskip vervollständigt - -r2051 2015-03-27 09:06:19 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/typearea.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/typearea.tex: fix: end of DIV=classic - -r2050 2015-03-26 11:54:11 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO: more need for docu - -r2049 2015-03-26 11:52:40 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: - change: Stilbeschreibung und Tabellen für stilabhängige - Einstellungen - -r2048 2015-03-26 10:51:38 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex: fix: - list of table entry in English - -r2047 2015-03-26 09:38:26 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-typearea.dtx: fix: using typeareas version comparisons - -r2046 2015-03-26 09:21:28 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-fonts.dtx: fix: scrfontsizes.sty also adds - \par@updaterelative - -r2045 2015-03-25 10:47:54 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, scrkernel-fonts.dtx: change: last fix - should depend on KOMA-Script version - -r2044 2015-03-25 10:36:47 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, scrkernel-fonts.dtx: fix: update of - paragraph lengths after fontsize changes was incomplete - -r2043 2015-03-25 10:34:46 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO: new: some information about late fontsize changes - -r2042 2015-03-25 09:44:27 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: change: styles section, chapter, part use - the same variable macros for beforeskip, afterskip and innerskip - -r2041 2015-03-25 09:42:54 +0100 kohm: - - * tocbasic.dtx: fix: moving \@mkboth, \@mkright, \@mkdouble caused - loosing \lastpenalty and \lastskip after heading; fixed by explicite - restoring them, but only in vertcial mode - -r2040 2015-03-24 17:58:57 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO, scrkernel-sections.dtx: fix: \part can be configures (but but - not defined) using \DeclareSectionCommand - -r2039 2015-03-24 17:14:55 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: fix: \setlenght → \setlength - -r2038 2015-03-24 11:13:55 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO: new: missing part features, missing doc - -r2037 2015-03-24 11:09:29 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: fix: checksum - -r2036 2015-03-24 11:08:54 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-typearea.dtx: fix: \KOMA@kav@addkey → \KOMA@kav@add - -r2035 2015-03-24 11:02:05 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: change: parameters of (not yet defined) - section command style `chapter' can be set - -r2034 2015-03-24 09:39:48 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: change: early test for existing section - command styles - -r2033 2015-03-24 09:10:17 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: fix: error message for - \DeclareSectionCommand without style - -r2032 2015-03-24 08:14:20 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO: addmargin issue solved - -r2031 2015-03-24 08:11:27 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: fix: of fix - -r2030 2015-03-23 19:23:53 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: fix: \DeclareSectionCommand's new option - expandtopt for tocindent and tocnumwidth - -r2029 2015-03-23 18:51:30 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx, doc/, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: new: - \DeclareSectionCommand provides option expandtopt with default - false. - -r2028 2015-03-23 13:19:51 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx: fix: - addmargin* resulting in a page break should work now - -r2027 2015-03-23 12:29:03 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO: change: nice to have about \providecaptionname rejected - -r2026 2015-03-23 11:45:37 +0100 kohm: - - * tocbasic.dtx: fix: feature noparskipfake - -r2025 2015-03-23 11:42:35 +0100 kohm: - - * tocbasic.dtx: fix: wrong change entry - -r2024 2015-03-23 11:41:38 +0100 kohm: - - * tocbasic.dtx, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex: fix: - initial \parskip at the TOCs added unless feature noparskipfake has - been set - -r2023 2015-03-23 08:17:44 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2-experts.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: changes: several - improvements of new docu by Arndt - -r2022 2015-03-23 08:00:03 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: - changes: vor … zuvor war doppelt gemoppelt - -r2021 2015-03-22 11:09:00 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex: - changes: table of layers of page styles - -r2020 2015-03-22 10:52:08 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: change: docu improvement - -r2019 2015-03-20 09:35:36 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, TODO, doc/, - doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrlttr2-experts.tex: new: \letterpagemark (scrletter - only) to solve the \pagemark issue of scrletter - -r2018 2015-03-19 11:32:54 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: changed: docu of - \DeclareSectionCommand, \chapterheadstartvskip, \partheadstartvskip - etc. - -r2017 2015-03-18 10:16:53 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: change: new reactivation - features for options twocolumn, twoside and parskip - -r2016 2015-03-18 09:29:06 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-typearea.dtx: fix: option twoside uses \cleardoubleoddpage - if available - -r2015 2015-03-18 09:24:52 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-typearea.dtx: fix: late option twoside uses - \cleardoublepage - -r2014 2015-03-18 09:16:01 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO: change: since 3.17 \activateareas will also re-do parskip - settings if used - after \begin{document} - -r2013 2015-03-18 09:14:12 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-typearea.dtx: fix: orphan - \AtBeginDocument outside class and packages removed - -r2012 2015-03-18 08:29:48 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO: twocolumn issue and similar twoside issue removed - -r2011 2015-03-17 12:39:55 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, - scrkernel-title.dtx, scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, scrkernel-language.dtx, - scrkernel-footnotes.dtx, scrkernel-typearea.dtx, - scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, - scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx: fix: \@pkgextenstion not - valid after \begin{document} fix: late setting of twoside or - twocolumn changes not only \if@twoside resp. \if@twocolumn but also - everything early options do, e.g. \sloppy, \flushbottom, - \raggedbottom, but only if version >= 3.17 - -r2010 2015-03-17 10:56:13 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO: parskip issue - -r2009 2015-03-17 10:55:01 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO: one issue removed two new added - -r2008 2015-03-16 10:41:58 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx: change: support for internal key and value - storage - -r2007 2015-03-16 09:44:20 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: change: \KOMA@ncmdkey automatically replaces - the stored exclusive value - -r2006 2015-03-14 07:15:57 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx: fix: usage of - \KOMAClassFileName instead of combinations of name and extension - -r2005 2015-03-13 16:50:29 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: fix: chapterprefix [Elke] - -r2004 2015-03-12 17:10:03 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx: change: usage of internal key and value - storage - -r2003 2015-03-12 16:59:23 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx: change: source unification (self - identification= - -r2002 2015-03-12 13:06:17 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-floats.dtx, scrkernel-typearea.dtx, - scrkernel-sections.dtx, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, - scrkernel-fonts.dtx: change: source unification (compatibility tests - aka version setting tests) - -r2001 2015-03-12 12:29:57 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, - scrkernel-title.dtx, scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, - scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, scrkernel-floats.dtx, - scrkernel-language.dtx, scrkernel-variables.dtx, - scrkernel-footnotes.dtx, scrkernel-index.dtx, - scrkernel-circularletters.dtx, scrkernel-bibliography.dtx, - scrkernel-typearea.dtx, scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, - scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx, scrkernel-listsof.dtx, - scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx, - scrkernel-sections.dtx, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, - scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx: change: source unification - (spaces and comments) - -r2000 2015-03-12 11:59:19 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-index.dtx, scrkernel-bibliography.dtx, - scrkernel-listsof.dtx: change: source unification (file extensions - change: source unification (self identification) change: - \KOMAClassFileName change: internal key and value storage - -r1999 2015-03-12 11:58:30 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, - scrkernel-title.dtx, scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, - scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, scrkernel-floats.dtx, - scrkernel-language.dtx, scrkernel-footnotes.dtx, - scrkernel-typearea.dtx, scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, - scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx, - scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, scrkernel-fonts.dtx, - scrkernel-basics.dtx: change: source unification (file extensions - change: source unification (self identification) change: - \KOMAClassFileName - -r1998 2015-03-11 23:09:38 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: fix: \scr@v@is@… added to scrextend - -r1997 2015-03-11 20:19:06 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-footnotes.dtx: fix: Warning messages - -r1995 2015-03-11 18:37:10 +0100 kohm: - - * .ignore, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/english/: svn:ingore changed - -r1994 2015-03-11 18:15:19 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-footnotes.dtx, scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, - scrkernel-fonts.dtx: fix: Usage of \KOMAClassName and \ClassWarning in - scrextend - -r1993 2015-03-11 17:33:06 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO: scrextend issue - -r1992 2015-03-11 12:52:08 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-footnotes.dtx: change: support for internal key and value - storage - -r1991 2015-03-11 12:07:29 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-floats.dtx: fix: Copyright date - -r1990 2015-03-11 12:07:11 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-floats.dtx: change: option caption does not change - anything with unknown value change: support for internal key and - value storage - -r1989 2015-03-10 13:07:41 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx: change: key and value storage - -r1988 2015-03-10 12:49:18 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: fix: \unless removed - -r1987 2015-03-10 12:21:34 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-title.dtx: change: support for key and value storage - -r1986 2015-03-10 10:29:30 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx: change: support for internal key and value - list - -r1985 2015-03-10 10:14:29 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-fonts.dtx: change: support for internal key and value list - -r1984 2015-03-10 09:38:06 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-language.dtx: new: support for option value list - -r1983 2015-03-10 09:32:04 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: new: option value storage new: internal - \scr@v@is@… to check for compatibility - -r1982 2015-03-10 08:53:25 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: fix: option value storage - -r1981 2015-03-09 14:14:31 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: new: internal storage of option values - -r1980 2015-03-09 13:46:05 +0100 kohm: - - * scrextend.dtx: new: support for option value list - -r1979 2015-03-09 10:44:10 +0100 kohm: - - * scrjura.dtx: change: support for internal value list fix: option - state signals inside groups - -r1978 2015-03-09 09:36:05 +0100 kohm: - - * scrhack.dtx: change: full support for internal option list - -r1977 2015-03-09 09:17:29 +0100 kohm: - - * Makefile, manifest.txt, tocstyle.dtx: remove: scrbeta.dtx not needed - any longer - -r1976 2015-03-08 21:32:19 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: change: \chapterformat adds \enskip only in - non prefix line mode - -r1975 2015-03-08 21:26:09 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO, tocbasic.dtx: change: a little bit more robust for not - recommended usage of \MakeUppercase at part of the chapter font - -r1974 2015-03-08 19:51:08 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO: new: Todos of tocbasic - -r1973 2015-03-07 13:09:28 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO: new: \chapterheadstartvskip etc. need docu change - -r1972 2015-03-05 08:48:33 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx: change: warning of \date is used instead of - \setkomavar{date} - -r1971 2015-03-02 13:29:10 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/typearea.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/typearea.tex: change: option pagesize is default - -r1970 2015-03-02 13:20:32 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-typearea.dtx: change: typearea supports internal - key-and-value storage list - -r1969 2015-03-02 13:13:11 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: fix: initial value of new bool key - -r1968 2015-03-02 12:54:05 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: change: improve storage of boolean key - -r1967 2015-03-02 10:47:44 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, doc/english/scrlttr2-experts.tex, - doc/english/common-textmarkup.tex, - doc/english/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex: several fixes of - language [Elke+Arndt], labels [myself] and one double defined table - [myself] - -r1966 2015-03-01 11:00:49 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex: fix: command - name \DeclarePageStyleByLayers - -r1965 2015-03-01 10:51:52 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: change: - \othersectionlevelsformat is more or less obsolete - -r1964 2015-02-27 09:33:54 +0100 kohm: - - * scrlayer-scrpage.dtx: startup values of options stored at internal - key-and-value-list - -r1963 2015-02-27 09:04:57 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: change: \KOMA@kav@x… uses \protected@edef - instead of \edef - -r1962 2015-02-26 09:34:33 +0100 kohm: - - * scrlayer.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx: change: \KOMA@ifkey - automaticalle replaces the initial value if the switch was unknown - before new: \KOMAoptionOf[<command to be executed>]{<package or - class with extension>}{<option>} - -r1961 2015-02-25 14:53:12 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: new: \KOMAoptionsOf[<prefix command>]{package - or class with extension} - -r1960 2015-02-25 10:26:53 +0100 kohm: - - * scrlayer-scrpage.dtx: new: stores all options to internal list - -r1959 2015-02-25 09:08:37 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: new: two KOMA-Script internal macros - -r1958 2015-02-24 18:21:50 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: change: forgotten - paragraph removed; \endskip --> \enskip [Elke] - -r1957 2015-02-24 12:49:13 +0100 kohm: - - * scrlayer.dtx: new: save all key-value pairs of member scrlayer of - family KOMA change: interfaces define scrlayer options only while - loading so they are not - longer called twice, if options are set by - \KOMAoption oder - \KOMAoptions - -r1956 2015-02-24 12:46:36 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: new: prepared to save the key-value pairs of - single members of family KOMA - -r1955 2015-02-23 17:55:49 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, TODO, scrkernel-sections.dtx, doc/, - doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: change: use \sectionformat … - \subparagraphformat instead of \othersectionlevelsformat if version - >= 3.17 - -r1954 2015-02-23 17:53:40 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: new: some commands added to the list of - known names - -r1953 2015-02-23 17:50:44 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: new: some new commands added to list of - known names - -r1952 2015-02-23 16:25:55 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-fonts.dtx: new: \simple@changefontsizes is the real - calculation change: \changefontsizes will become - \simple@changefontsizes only if undefined - -r1951 2015-02-22 11:22:35 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex: nur ein Tippfehler - -r1950 2015-02-22 10:31:36 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO: What about \sectionformat etc.? - -r1949 2015-02-21 09:30:38 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, doc/ngerman/common-textmarkup.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/english/common-textmarkup.tex: change: resolved element conflict - of scrletter and KOMA-Script classes within elements subject and - title - -r1948 2015-02-20 11:06:26 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-fonts.dtx: fix: name of \useshapeofkomafont - -r1947 2015-02-20 08:51:32 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx: change: once again \closing because of - braindead usage of variables - -r1946 2015-02-19 17:36:26 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx: change: reimplementation of \closing due to - users who frivolously use \\ - in fromname - -r1945 2015-02-17 12:40:21 +0100 kohm: - - * scrmain.ins: new: Alpha of DIN5008A.lco and DIN5008B.lco - -r1944 2015-02-17 12:39:21 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx: new: Alpha of DIN5008A.lco and - DIN5008B.lco - -r1943 2015-02-17 10:01:34 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrlttr2.tex: new: docu of addrfield=topaligned - -r1942 2015-02-16 17:42:29 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO: need for docu - -r1941 2015-02-16 16:47:44 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx: new: addrfield=topaligned to suppress - vertical centering of the address - - in the address part of the address field - -r1940 2015-02-14 13:03:15 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: fix: shift note in - captionbeside example - -r1939 2015-02-14 12:55:36 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrlttr2-experts.tex: changed: notes about page style - handling of scrletter - -r1938 2015-02-14 12:55:09 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrlttr2.tex: fix: notes about headsepline with page style - plain - -r1937 2015-02-13 09:54:38 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO: several suggestions to scrletter and scrlayer(-scrpage) - -r1936 2015-02-13 09:30:39 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO: problem with element and variable "subject" in beta package - scrletter [third party report, unfortunately without contact to the - original user] - -r1935 2015-02-11 12:45:42 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-fonts.dtx: fix: \footnotesize in scrfontsizes.sty - -r1934 2015-02-11 08:20:28 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-typearea.dtx: fix: page usage calculation with \footheight - -r1933 2015-02-10 09:39:27 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/guide.bib: change: KOMA-Script book edition 5 - -r1932 2015-02-09 10:40:31 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-typearea.dtx, TODO: new: option "usegeometry" - -r1931 2015-02-09 10:39:53 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: new 3.17 BETA - started - -r1930 2015-02-07 17:54:15 +0100 kohm: - - * releaselist.txt: 3.16 released - -r1929 2015-02-07 15:32:58 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: version 3.16 added - -r1928 2015-02-07 14:50:35 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO: dummy change - -r1927 2015-02-07 14:47:54 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO: dummy change - -r1926 2015-02-07 14:38:11 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx: ready for release 3.16 - -r1925 2015-02-07 14:37:43 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO: option usegeomentry not yet implemented - -r1924 2015-02-07 14:34:46 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: improved: documented - that \DeclareSectionCommand can change attributes of \part and - \chapter - -r1923 2015-02-05 08:53:00 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: - Fehlerkorrekturen [Elke] - -r1922 2015-02-05 08:47:19 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO: need for more docu of \RedeclareSectionCommand - -r1921 2015-02-04 09:57:44 +0100 kohm: - - * manifest.txt, doc/, doc/guide.tex, doc/Makefile.guide, - doc/ngerman/, doc/english/: note about missing chapter about scrjura - -r1920 2015-02-03 08:27:01 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlayer.tex: translation of - the new features - -r1919 2015-02-02 11:25:23 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: fix: avoid overfull vbox for empty preamble - fix: avoid overfull preamble warning for not overfull vbox - -r1918 2015-01-28 11:03:48 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex, - doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, doc/english/common-textmarkup.tex, - doc/english/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex: some translations and - equilisations of the English guide - -r1917 2015-01-28 08:32:30 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex: - fix: Fehler in den neuen Erklärungen beseitigt [Elke] - -r1916 2015-01-27 10:06:12 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex: deutsche Erklärung - einiger Neuheiten ab Version 3.16 - -r1915 2015-01-27 08:45:41 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: fix: version change - -r1914 2015-01-27 08:45:11 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: change: using scrlayer-scrpage instead of - scrpage2 new: manual can depend on the KOMA-Script version used to - generate it - -r1913 2015-01-26 21:12:39 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO: fehlende Erklärungen in der Anleitung - -r1912 2015-01-26 21:11:06 +0100 kohm: - - * scrlayer.dtx: new: \GetLayerContents new: additive layer attributes - addhoffset, addvoffset, addwidth, addheight, - - addcontents, pretocontents - -r1911 2015-01-26 08:24:56 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex: fix: below - layers are below.line layers - -r1910 2015-01-22 08:52:15 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx: back to beta of 3.15 bugfix release - -r1909 2015-01-22 08:50:30 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: fix: wrong vertical alignment of \addpart - and \addpart* headings - -r1908 2015-01-22 08:34:15 +0100 kohm: - - * scrjura.dtx: typo in documentation fixed without change of package - version - -r1907 2015-01-21 10:51:54 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: fix: \endskip must be \enskip - -r1906 2015-01-21 08:26:50 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx: Usage of `titleps` not recommended; - reasons for not recommended packages - -r1905 2015-01-15 18:10:05 +0100 kohm: - - * scrlayer.dtx: new: while \currentpagestyle is always the real page - style, \toplevelpagestyle is the name of the topmost page style - activated by \pagestyle - -r1904 2015-01-15 09:45:05 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO: note about \pagestyle inside a page style and consequences for - activating the page style without \pagestyle, i. e., using - \thispagestyle - -r1903 2015-01-14 08:52:04 +0100 kohm: - - * scrlayer.dtx, TODO: new commands \righttopmark, \rightbotmark, - \rightfirstmark, \lefttopmark, \leftbotmark, \leftfirstmark - -r1902 2015-01-14 08:48:33 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx: start of new BETA - -r1901 2015-01-14 08:47:44 +0100 kohm: - - * releaselist.txt: 2015/01/14 3.15 released - -r1900 2015-01-14 08:16:26 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx: prepared for 3.15 - -r1899 2015-01-08 09:57:02 +0100 kohm: - - * scrlayer-scrpage.dtx: change: pairs of page styles use page style - aliasses instead of own \let constructs - -r1898 2015-01-08 08:11:34 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO: question about page style aliases - -r1897 2015-01-02 13:04:12 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: fix: allow \glueexpr in \FamilySetLengthKey - and \FamilySetLengthMacroKey - -r1896 2014-12-28 15:59:41 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO: dummy ci - -r1895 2014-12-28 15:13:29 +0100 kohm: - - * scrlayer.dtx, scrlayer-scrpage.dtx: fix: underfull \hbox in - twocolumn moe because of using \linewidth instead of \textwidth - -r1894 2014-12-28 11:50:52 +0100 kohm: - - * scrlayer-scrpage.dtx: fix: missing colon in call of - \sls@split@at@iicolons of option footwidth - -r1893 2014-12-23 19:38:55 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO: dummy ci - -r1892 2014-12-23 18:57:43 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO: dummy ci - -r1891 2014-12-23 18:19:04 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: fix: not \…toclevel and not - \scr@…@tocdepth but \…toclevel - -r1890 2014-12-22 08:58:28 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: Schuberts' English - improvements - -r1889 2014-12-19 09:13:29 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: - fix: missing but important "not" added - -r1888 2014-12-17 08:55:22 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: fix: key state at \FamilyCounterMacroKey and - \FamilyLengthMacroKey - -r1887 2014-12-17 08:42:06 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2-experts.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: improvements by Elke - -r1886 2014-12-16 17:58:36 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: some improvements by - Elke - -r1885 2014-12-16 17:56:47 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2-experts.tex: fix: index - entry scrletter - -r1884 2014-12-16 17:53:48 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex: fix: index - entry scrletter - -r1883 2014-12-16 17:27:05 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: fix: compatibility switch for \subparagraph - indent - -r1882 2014-12-16 09:34:04 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/Makefile, doc/Makefile.guide: some more cleanup - -r1881 2014-12-16 09:22:04 +0100 kohm: - - * Makefile, manifest.txt, scrmain.ins, README.in/, doc/, - doc/Makefile, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2-experts.tex: scrletter is part of - KOMA-Script - -r1880 2014-12-16 08:45:26 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO: dummy change - -r1879 2014-12-16 08:34:56 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO: entry moved - -r1878 2014-12-15 08:01:19 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: - Neuer Anlauf für bereits verkorksten Satz. - -r1877 2014-12-12 09:55:47 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex: added: docu of second offset of - options headwidth and footwidth - -r1876 2014-12-12 09:52:54 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: several corrections by - Elke - -r1875 2014-12-12 09:38:02 +0100 kohm: - - * scrlayer-scrpage.dtx: change: user manual removed - -r1874 2014-12-11 14:46:00 +0100 kohm: - - * scrtime.dtx: fix: default language had wrong order of day names - -r1873 2014-12-11 10:16:02 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: \SecDef, - \scr@startsection, \At@startsection, \Before@ssect, \Before@sect - -r1872 2014-12-10 13:51:37 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-listsof.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx, doc/, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-textmarkup.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: improved: handling of part- and - chaper-entries to table of contents if it is the first entry added: - option chapterentrywithdots or sectionentrywithdots - -r1871 2014-12-10 10:06:20 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx, tocbasic.dtx: no more extra space between - chapter head of table of contents and topmost entry, if this is a - part entry - -r1870 2014-12-10 10:04:55 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: fix: new compatibility level for - version 3.15 - -r1869 2014-12-09 15:38:11 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: fix: usage of titlesec is not recommended, - but doesn't force an error - -r1868 2014-12-09 13:45:22 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-title.dtx, scrmain.ins, scrkernel-sections.dtx: change: - code reordering new: \raggedchapter with default \raggedsection - -r1867 2014-12-08 11:18:07 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/koma-script.html: fix: valid XHTML 1.1; needs only - us-ascii encoding - -r1866 2014-12-08 10:37:13 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: improvement: handling of beforeskip and - afterskip of \chapter - -r1865 2014-12-08 09:10:00 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: optimized: skips before and after heading of - \part - -r1864 2014-12-07 14:13:01 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: - Some more relation to style=section for afterskip and beforeskip of - \DecareSectionCommand. - -r1863 2014-12-07 14:09:02 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: - Die Spezialbedeutungen negativer Werte von `beforeskip' und - `afterskip' bei `\DeclareSectionCommand' auf den Stil section - bezogen. Die Verwendung für chapter und part ohne Stil-Angabe - absichtlich noch nicht 100% klar dokumentiert. - -r1862 2014-12-05 08:12:21 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO: tocstyle doesn't need \…toclevel - -r1861 2014-12-05 08:08:20 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: fix: chapter skips with default setting - headings=big - -r1860 2014-12-03 12:30:49 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx, doc/, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: new: - \DeclareSectionCommands, \DeclareNewSectionCommands, - \RedeclareSectionCommands, and \ProvideSectionCommands - -r1859 2014-12-03 11:37:52 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/scrbase.tex: new: \RelaxFamilyKey changed: - default value for \FamilyCounterKey, \FamilyCounterMacroKey, - \FamilyLengthKey, and \FamilyLengthMacroKey - -r1858 2014-12-03 08:23:49 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: fix: doc typo - -r1857 2014-12-03 08:22:56 +0100 kohm: - - * tocstyle.dtx: fix: doc typo without version change - -r1856 2014-12-02 11:02:19 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO: \DeclareSectionCommand implications to tocstyle - -r1855 2014-12-02 10:47:08 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx, doc/, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: You may change \part and - \chapter using \DeclareSectionCommand and even may change the style - of them to "section". - -r1854 2014-12-01 09:11:23 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex: diverse - Verbesserungen von Elke - -r1853 2014-11-28 11:38:45 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex: neu: - Unterschiede zwischen scrlttr2 und scrletter dokumentiert - -r1852 2014-11-28 11:33:51 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex: fix: change entries - -r1851 2014-11-27 16:34:35 +0100 kohm: - - * scrmain.ins: the BETA-(SVN-)version generated a test version of - scrletter.sty, the release version still does not - -r1850 2014-11-27 09:34:41 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: - fix: spelling - -r1849 2014-11-25 08:56:28 +0100 kohm: - - * scrjura.dtx, TODO: Doc of \DeclareNewJuraEnvironment; one not needed - code line removed - -r1848 2014-11-24 17:42:29 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: translation of - \DeclareSectionCommand etc. - -r1847 2014-11-24 16:07:28 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: \DeclareSectionCommand - etc. moved to expert part - -r1846 2014-11-24 15:31:22 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: user manual of - \IfExistskomafont and \chapterheadmidvskip - -r1845 2014-11-24 13:03:50 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO, scrkernel-sections.dtx, doc/, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex: change: \DeclareSectionCommand - ready for Beta Test - -r1844 2014-11-24 12:29:22 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: fix: \@tempskipa in \FamilySetLengthMacro - -r1843 2014-11-24 10:10:28 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: fix: \ChangedAt logic - -r1842 2014-11-24 08:28:36 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: \ChangedAt has an optional argument to mark - features beta for one year - -r1841 2014-11-23 12:06:40 +0100 kohm: - - * scrjura.dtx: improvement: compatibility hack handling - -r1840 2014-11-22 14:13:28 +0100 kohm: - - * scrjura.dtx: fix: error reaction to deprecated "Paragraph" commands - -r1839 2014-11-22 14:02:22 +0100 kohm: - - * scrjura.dtx: fix: version date - -r1838 2014-11-22 13:49:26 +0100 kohm: - - * scrjura.dtx: error message with change info if \Paragraph or - \SubPararaph is used - -r1837 2014-11-21 20:41:40 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: fix: \RedeclareSectionCommand - -r1836 2014-11-21 20:41:01 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: new: \@removefromreset - -r1835 2014-11-21 16:33:15 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: new: \DeclareNewSectionCommand, - \RedeclareSectionCommand, \ProvideSectionCommand - -r1834 2014-11-21 15:59:18 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO: forgotten \IfExistskomafont - -r1833 2014-11-21 15:57:23 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: change: using \DeclareSectionNumberDepth of - scrlayer if available - -r1832 2014-11-21 15:56:40 +0100 kohm: - - * scrlayer.dtx: change: co-using \…numdepth of the KOMA-Script - classes instead of own \…level - -r1831 2014-11-21 12:47:37 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, TODO, scrkernel-sections.dtx: new - command \DeclareSectionCommand - -r1830 2014-11-21 12:46:37 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx: started new feature release 3.15 - -r1829 2014-11-21 10:27:52 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-fonts.dtx: fix: logic error at \IfExistskomafont - -r1828 2014-11-21 09:53:45 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-fonts.dtx: new: \IfExistskomafont{element}{then}{else} - added - -r1827 2014-11-20 11:09:47 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: new: \chapterheadmidvskip change: - \@@makechapterhead reimplemented - -r1826 2014-11-15 07:24:51 +0100 kohm: - - * scrjura.dtx: Dokufix by Elke - -r1825 2014-11-14 09:23:17 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn-example.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex: example uses new scrjura syntax - -r1824 2014-11-14 09:02:28 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx: fix: Code generation grouping to re-add - \@list@extra code and initial call of - \@listi to the clo-files. - -r1823 2014-11-12 10:06:40 +0100 kohm: - - * scrjura.dtx: canonified source, replaced \newjuraenvironment by - \DeclareNewJuraEnvironment - -r1822 2014-11-11 16:20:59 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrbase.tex: the correct name of is \ifinteger not - \ifisnumber - -r1821 2014-11-11 10:41:54 +0100 kohm: - - * scrjura.dtx: improved user manual; fix of macrocode blocks - -r1820 2014-11-11 10:21:24 +0100 kohm: - - * scrjura.dtx: change: renamed "Paragraph" --> "Clause" and all - depending terms - -r1819 2014-11-10 09:55:05 +0100 kohm: - - * scrjura.dtx: \newjuraenvironment should work - -r1818 2014-11-04 10:06:02 +0100 kohm: - - * scrjura.dtx: start of new command \newjuraenvironment (currently not - usable) - -r1817 2014-10-28 11:56:49 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx: start a new beta - -r1816 2014-10-28 11:56:02 +0100 kohm: - - * releaselist.txt: release 3.14 done - -r1815 2014-10-28 11:15:59 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx: ready for release 3.14 - -r1814 2014-10-28 11:06:00 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: ready for - version 3.14 BETA - -r1813 2014-10-27 08:39:00 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex: Improvement by Elke - -r1812 2014-10-23 10:07:04 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex: missing description of \lehead* etc. - -r1811 2014-10-21 08:31:54 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/preface.tex: improvement by Arne - -r1810 2014-10-20 09:35:25 +0200 kohm: - - * scrlayer.dtx: change: layer declarations (and modifications) are - \long, so contents can have \par - -r1809 2014-10-17 10:02:00 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: values of key=value are declared long, so they - can contain \par - -r1808 2014-10-16 08:49:35 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/preface.tex: Urgent search for - tocbasic translator - -r1807 2014-10-16 08:48:50 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrwfile.tex: additional improvement - by Jana - -r1806 2014-10-16 08:41:25 +0200 kohm: - - * scrlayer-scrpage.dtx: workaround for strange color stack warning of - pdftex and luatex - -r1805 2014-10-13 10:55:20 +0200 kohm: - - * manifest.txt, scrwfile.dtx, doc/, doc/english/, - doc/english/Makefile, doc/english/preface.tex, - doc/english/scrwfile.tex: doc/english/scrwfile.tex is a real - translation and not a symlink to a generated file - -r1804 2014-10-10 08:44:55 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-bibliography.dtx: runnig head fixed at \bib@heading [Falk] - -r1803 2014-10-09 10:18:02 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx: typo fix - -r1802 2014-10-09 10:17:20 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx: Workaround for a missing feature of - `titlesec` - -r1801 2014-10-09 08:08:31 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex: - Verbesserungsvorschläge von Elke - -r1800 2014-10-07 08:53:12 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrlttr2.tex: docu of new command \LoadLetterOptions - -r1799 2014-10-04 18:58:57 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx: - improvement: \LoadLetterOption - ignores space tokens at begin and end - new: \LoadLetterOptions - similar to \LoadLetterOptions processing a list of - - instead of only one file - -r1798 2014-10-04 15:59:37 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, TODO: - fix: \@firsthead bug in DINmtext.lco - -r1797 2014-10-04 12:07:13 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO: \@firsthead bug in DINmtext.lco - -r1796 2014-09-19 10:04:02 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrbase.tex: missing \defcaptionname - -r1795 2014-09-19 09:13:50 +0200 kohm: - - * scrlayer-scrpage.dtx: \ihead etc. has a star version that copies the - mandatory argument to the optional argument if the optional argument - has been omitted - -r1794 2014-09-19 08:43:43 +0200 kohm: - - * scrlayer.dtx, scrlayer-scrpage.dtx: scrlayer and scrlayer-scrpage - use the version information of KOMA-Script - -r1793 2014-09-19 08:31:45 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/english/: ignore list updated - -r1792 2014-09-19 08:26:04 +0200 kohm: - - * .ignore: ignore list updated - -r1791 2014-09-19 08:15:10 +0200 kohm: - - * .ignore: ignore list updated - -r1790 2014-09-19 08:01:41 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/guide-ngerman.tex: fix: - "Gleichzeitig" wurde falsch getrennt - -r1789 2014-09-11 15:44:12 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO: need for docu - -r1788 2014-09-11 15:41:04 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: three new hooks for Ulrike - -r1787 2014-09-11 11:03:42 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO, scrkernel-sections.dtx: parsing of optional argument of - \section command (and others) deactivated if it is a copied - mandatoriy argument - -r1786 2014-09-11 08:43:46 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO: Problem mit dem optionalen Argument von \section dokumentiert - -r1785 2014-09-10 08:24:01 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-interleafpage.tex: Tippfehler [Moritz F.] - -r1784 2014-08-31 11:40:21 +0200 kohm: - - * scrlayer.dtx: fix: missing definition of \scr@current@layer in - \ModifyLayer - -r1783 2014-08-18 12:54:31 +0200 kohm: - - * scrwfile.dtx: use ``…'' instead of »…« - -r1782 2014-08-18 12:48:22 +0200 kohm: - - * tocbasic.dtx: docu language improvements by Arndt Schubert - -r1781 2014-08-18 12:23:36 +0200 kohm: - - * scrlayer-scrpage.dtx: fix: layer names …head.odd, …head.even, - …foot.odd, and …foot.even should - - correspond with even and odd pages (see manual) [Elke] - -r1780 2014-08-13 13:54:23 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: three times added % after } to remove - potentially space - -r1779 2014-08-13 09:15:56 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex: index entry \setheadsepline fixed - [Elke] - -r1778 2014-08-07 11:59:50 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, - scrkernel-sections.dtx: fix: vspace after \minisec if it follows - another section heading (only if version >= 3.13a) - -r1777 2014-07-31 12:49:32 +0200 kohm: - - * tocbasic.dtx: change: \DeclareNewTOC adds \autodot only to the - format of hierachical counters - -r1776 2014-07-25 12:46:33 +0200 kohm: - - * scrlayer.dtx: fix: \RemoveLayersFromPageStyle change: user manual - removed - -r1775 2014-07-07 09:57:00 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex: kleine Klarstellungen zu - Optionen footsepline und headsepline - -r1774 2014-07-07 09:15:22 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx: option footsepline made wrong settings for - option headinclude and footinclude and also does a recalculation of - type area - -r1773 2014-07-06 09:17:30 +0200 kohm: - - * scrwfile.dtx: only a type fix in the manual - -r1772 2014-07-02 08:58:12 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex: two more - improvements by Jana - -r1771 2014-06-30 12:58:16 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex: Fehler bei - \FamilyCounterMacroKey [Elke] - -r1770 2014-06-30 08:48:19 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-typearea.dtx: fix: missing \FamilyKeyStateProcessed at - redefinition of options DIV and BCOR - via \AtEndOfPackage - -r1769 2014-06-30 08:47:18 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: Fix: missing \expandafter at info message - about unknown key state - -r1768 2014-06-27 07:40:22 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: correction - by Elke - -r1767 2014-06-26 11:20:18 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, - scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, - scrkernel-language.dtx, scrkernel-variables.dtx, - scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, - scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx: initial - preparation to make a letter package addition to the letter class - -r1766 2014-06-25 16:38:45 +0200 kohm: - - * manifest.txt, doc/, doc/Makefile, doc/guide.tex, doc/scrpage2.tex, - doc/Makefile.guide, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/ngerman/guide-ngerman.tex, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-interleafpage.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex, doc/ngerman/common-textmarkup.tex, - doc/ngerman/typearea.tex, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/english/guide-english.tex, - doc/english/common-interleafpage.tex, - doc/english/scrlttr2-experts.tex, doc/english/common-textmarkup.tex, - doc/english/typearea.tex: scrpage2 removed from KOMA-Script manual - -r1765 2014-06-25 10:58:15 +0200 kohm: - - * tocbasic.dtx: removed reference to scrpage2 - -r1764 2014-06-23 08:38:43 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/typearea.tex: translation date - reference - -r1763 2014-06-23 08:38:00 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/typearea.tex: improvement of table - 2.1 [Elke] - -r1762 2014-06-23 08:29:54 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: - Tippfehler [Elke] - -r1761 2014-06-03 12:06:04 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex: - Translator's names - -r1760 2014-06-03 10:28:36 +0200 kohm: - - * scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx: user manual removed because there are is a - real translation at doc/english - -r1759 2014-06-03 09:48:38 +0200 kohm: - - * TODO: helper file vs. help file - -r1758 2014-06-03 09:40:20 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex: serveral - improvements by Mr. Schubert - -r1757 2014-04-09 11:36:26 +0200 kohm: - - * scrlayer-scrpage.dtx: new: headwidth and footwidth supports two - offsets (first for odd pages, second for even pages) - -r1756 2014-04-09 09:53:11 +0200 kohm: - - * scrkernel-typearea.dtx: Signalisierung bei Option twoside und Option - twocolumn korrigiert - -r1755 2014-04-06 08:40:37 +0200 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/guide-ngerman.tex: Trennung von - "Randeinstellungen" - -r1754 2014-03-26 09:15:32 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: one comma - added - -r1753 2014-03-25 09:00:17 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: - suggestions by Jens - -r1752 2014-03-24 17:21:25 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbase.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: some changes with help of Jana - -r1751 2014-03-21 08:30:44 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO: remember very, very old idea - -r1750 2014-03-21 08:00:57 +0100 kohm: - - * README.in/, README.in/README.scrartcl.cls, - README.in/README.scrlttr2.cls, README.in/README.scrreprt.cls, - README.in/README.scrdoc.cls, README.in/README.scrbook.cls: line skip - limit 75 - -r1749 2014-03-21 07:31:14 +0100 kohm: - - * obsolete/, obsolete/README: line break limited to 75 characters - -r1748 2014-03-20 11:22:43 +0100 kohm: - - * INSTALLD.txt: Tippfehler - -r1747 2014-03-20 11:10:41 +0100 kohm: - - * INSTALLD.txt, INSTALL.txt: original archive type is ZIP again - -r1746 2014-03-20 09:52:23 +0100 kohm: - - * INSTALLD.txt, INSTALL.txt: new: note about - http://www.komascript.de/current - -r1745 2014-03-19 08:14:58 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: prepared for - 3.13 - -r1744 2014-03-18 16:05:05 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: fix: do not expand UTF8 umlauts in optional - argument of \KOMAProvidesFile - -r1743 2014-03-18 09:32:24 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/linkalias.tex, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/typearea.tex: fix: labels - -r1742 2014-03-17 10:06:24 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO: ugly translation of scrlayer-notecolumn - -r1741 2014-03-17 10:00:59 +0100 kohm: - - * README.SVN, LIESMICH.SVN: the repository is not longer on BerliOS - but SourceForge - -r1740 2014-03-14 16:43:30 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/preface.tex: change of translations - status of scrlayer-notecolumn chapter - -r1739 2014-03-14 15:47:05 +0100 kohm: - - * manifest.txt, scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx, doc/, doc/Makefile.guide, - doc/english/, doc/english/Makefile, - doc/english/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex: translated - scrlayer-notecolumn.tex instead of generated - -r1738 2014-03-14 08:22:55 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO: new idea - -r1737 2014-03-13 17:33:07 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex: Einträge - in einer Tabelle sortiert - -r1736 2014-03-13 08:41:11 +0100 kohm: - - * README.in/: added new languages - -r1735 2014-03-12 13:21:08 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrbase.tex: translation of - \FamilyCounterKey…\FamilyLengthKey and elimination of - \Family@Options - -r1734 2014-03-12 12:19:07 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: - translation base changed - -r1733 2014-03-12 12:11:20 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: translation of - user documentation of \partnumdepth … \subparagraphnumdepth, - \ifnumbered, \ifunnumbered - -r1732 2014-03-12 12:05:05 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex: ein - \OnlyAt in der Erklärung zu tocdepth ergänzt - -r1731 2014-03-08 09:00:38 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-language.dtx: "Mobiltelefon" instead of "Mobiltelephon" - for all German languages but "german" - -r1730 2014-03-08 08:57:06 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-language.dtx: "Telefon" is back for all German languages - but "german" - -r1729 2014-03-07 13:04:53 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex: improved: - "Rand rechts", "Rand links", "Rand innen", "Rand aussen" - -r1728 2014-03-07 09:42:08 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: fix: problem with - generated date - -r1727 2014-03-07 09:40:24 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex: fix: - problem with generated date - -r1726 2014-03-07 09:39:28 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex: fix: problem with - generated date - -r1725 2014-03-07 09:38:29 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex: fix: problem with - generated date - -r1724 2014-03-07 09:37:00 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex: fix: - problem with generated date - -r1723 2014-03-07 09:34:35 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-lists.tex, - doc/ngerman/typearea.tex: fix: problem with generated date - -r1722 2014-03-07 09:33:18 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-interleafpage.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-footnotes.tex: fix: problem with generated date - -r1721 2014-03-07 09:22:37 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-interleafpage.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-footnotes.tex, doc/ngerman/common-lists.tex: fix: - no more multiply defined labels - -r1720 2014-03-05 09:03:10 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-listsof.dtx: fix: to much "more" in warning about - deprecated float interface - -r1719 2014-03-03 18:28:10 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex, - doc/ngerman/typearea.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: Index optimiert - -r1718 2014-03-03 18:27:01 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex: einmal Klasse --> - Paket [Elke] - -r1717 2014-03-01 17:21:37 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx: cleardoublepage excepts value headings if - used as class option independ of whether or not the page style has - already been defined - -r1716 2014-03-01 16:38:49 +0100 kohm: - - * scrjura.dtx, tocstyle.dtx, scrwfile.dtx: replaced a tex comment by a - doctex comment - -r1715 2014-03-01 13:05:30 +0100 kohm: - - * TODO: cleardoublepage note - -r1714 2014-02-28 16:31:14 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: Index-Eintrag für - \ifstr verbessert - -r1713 2014-02-27 17:36:50 +0100 kohm: - - * obsolete/, obsolete/scrlettr.dtx: do not need typearea.sty and - german.sty any longer - -r1710 2014-02-27 11:12:22 +0100 kohm: - - * Makefile: ALPHA_DOC needs CLS_MAIN - -r1709 2014-02-27 10:48:40 +0100 kohm: - - * Makefile: ALPHA_DOC needs scrdoc.cls - -r1708 2014-02-26 16:03:14 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/plength.dtx: once again: babel instead of old ngerman - -r1707 2014-02-26 16:00:52 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/plength.dtx: use babel instead of old ngerman - -r1706 2014-02-26 15:56:07 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx: fix: Definition of KOMA font - letter - -r1705 2014-02-26 15:50:04 +0100 kohm: - - * scrdoc.dtx: define \marginline if scrartcl unavailable - -r1704 2014-02-26 15:49:02 +0100 kohm: - - * scrdoc.dtx: define labeling environment if scrartcl unavailable - -r1703 2014-02-26 15:47:22 +0100 kohm: - - * scrdoc.dtx: define \addsec if not used with a KOMA-Script class - -r1702 2014-02-26 15:45:48 +0100 kohm: - - * scrdoc.dtx: define \KOMAScript if not using a KOMA-Script class - -r1701 2014-02-26 11:04:57 +0100 kohm: - - * scrtime.dtx: fixed: \dayname@slovak - -r1700 2014-02-26 08:52:24 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrdatetime.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex: support for slovak - -r1699 2014-02-26 08:29:58 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-language.dtx: support for slovak [Elke Schubert] - -r1698 2014-02-26 08:25:13 +0100 kohm: - - * scrtime.dtx: support for slovak added [Elke Schubert] - -r1697 2014-02-21 18:21:16 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/typearea.tex: fetten Indexeintrag - für den Bundsteg durch einen normalen ersetzt - -r1696 2014-02-17 10:22:47 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex: noch mehr - Korrekturen von Torsten - -r1695 2014-02-17 10:10:45 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex: Korrekturen - von Torsten - -r1694 2014-02-17 08:20:04 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/plength.dtx: firstfoot and firsthead are variable now - [patch by Michael Käufl] - -r1693 2014-02-17 08:18:44 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/typearea.tex: Leerzeichenfehler - [Michael Käufl] - -r1692 2014-02-14 08:09:57 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: extra svn:keyword Revision - -r1691 2014-02-14 08:08:07 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: fix: \set@preamble@vpox --> - \set@preamble@vpos fix: \part@preamble@u --> \part@u@preamble fix: - \part@preamble@o --> \part@o@preamble - -r1690 2014-02-13 08:30:22 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/typearea.tex: Index-Eintrag für - Kopf- und Fuß-Höhe - -r1689 2014-02-13 08:29:19 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex: Index-Eintrag - für Fuß-Breite - -r1688 2014-02-13 08:28:20 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-headfootheight.tex: - Index-Eintrag für Kopf- und Fuß-Höhe - -r1687 2014-02-12 15:28:07 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex: Eintrag - ins Abbildungsverzeichnis korrigiert [Elke] - -r1686 2014-02-12 15:04:23 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex: Indexeintrag - @everystyle@ korrigiert - -r1685 2014-02-12 15:02:53 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex: Indexeintrag - für version=2.9t und version=2.9u entfernt - -r1684 2014-02-10 10:14:06 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex: Tschechisch in - der Liste der Sprachen aufgeführt - -r1683 2014-02-10 10:10:37 +0100 kohm: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex: Doku für - Tschechisch - -r1682 2014-02-10 10:01:35 +0100 kohm: - - * scrkernel-language.dtx: change: czech added (Elke Schubert) - -r1681 2014-02-05 09:38:41 +0100 kohm: - - * scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx: fix: redeclaration of a notecolumn must not - add it again to @everystyle@ - -r1680 2014-02-03 15:34:33 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex: Korrektur - von Elke - -r1679 2014-02-03 15:32:13 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn-example.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex: Korrekturen von Elke - -r1678 2014-02-03 13:39:48 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: - Korrekturen von Elke - -r1677 2014-02-03 12:07:06 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/typearea-experts.tex: Korrekturen - von Elke - -r1676 2014-02-03 12:06:37 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/typearea.tex: Index-/Labelerzeugung - korrigiert - -r1675 2014-02-03 08:37:48 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-title.dtx: fix: typeset incompatibility to versions < 3.12 - -r1674 2014-01-31 13:18:11 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex: - Korrekturen und Wünsche von Elke - -r1673 2014-01-31 13:17:07 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/guide-ngerman.tex: Trennausnahme - für Hintergrundebene(n) - -r1672 2014-01-30 15:13:25 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex: Korrekturen von Elke - -r1671 2014-01-30 14:38:17 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex: jetzt aber - -r1670 2014-01-30 13:25:27 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex: noch zwei kleine - Änderungen auf Elkes Hinweise - -r1669 2014-01-30 13:17:20 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex: Korrektur von Elke - -r1668 2014-01-30 13:16:01 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrhack.tex: Korrekturen von Elke - -r1667 2014-01-30 13:11:54 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex: Korrekturen von Elke - -r1666 2014-01-30 13:11:16 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrwfile.tex: Noch ein Tippfähler - -r1665 2014-01-30 12:45:14 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: new keyword \ifundefinedorrelax - -r1664 2014-01-30 12:38:00 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/guide-ngerman.tex: Trennausnahme: - Dateinamenerweiterungen (Elke) - -r1663 2014-01-30 12:04:28 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrwfile.tex: diverse Korrekturen - von Elke und eine Ergänzung von mir - -r1662 2014-01-30 11:44:20 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex: diverse Korrekturen - von Elke - -r1661 2014-01-30 11:18:51 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex: diverse Korrekturen - aufgrund von Elkes Anmerkungen - -r1660 2014-01-28 16:36:02 +0100 mjk: - - * scrjura.dtx: fix: missing \nobreak before \hskip\z@ added - -r1659 2014-01-28 10:27:05 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: date update - -r1658 2014-01-28 10:26:38 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: one more keyword - -r1657 2014-01-28 10:22:37 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/guide.bib: Update of serveral links and edition - information - -r1656 2014-01-28 09:11:31 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scraddr.tex: Ein Kommafehler von - Torsten gemeldet - -r1655 2014-01-28 08:46:12 +0100 mjk: - - * scrjura.dtx: \contract@sentence verwendet nun \textsuperscript und - ermöglicht die Trennung des erstes Wortes nach einer Satzmarkierung - -r1654 2014-01-24 19:11:48 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-footnotes.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-titles.tex: Umbruch wieder korrigiert - -r1653 2014-01-24 18:39:13 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/guide-ngerman.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-footnotes.tex, doc/ngerman/scrextend.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-textmarkup.tex, doc/ngerman/common-titles.tex: - Korrekturen von Torsten und Elke - -r1652 2014-01-24 14:08:15 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex: - several improvements by Jana - -r1651 2014-01-24 12:41:09 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex: improvements - by Jens - -r1650 2014-01-24 09:28:21 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbase.tex: added: one step - expansion - -r1649 2014-01-24 09:26:13 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex: einfache Expansion - betont - -r1648 2014-01-24 09:25:51 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: fix: space errors in horizontal mode - -r1647 2014-01-23 16:22:54 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrdatetime.tex: fix: two attention - marks added - -r1646 2014-01-23 16:20:41 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrdatetime.tex: fix: two attention - marks added - -r1645 2014-01-23 16:11:19 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrdatetime.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrdatetime.tex: fix: dutch was missing in the language - list - -r1644 2014-01-23 11:44:14 +0100 mjk: - - * scrstrip.inc: 2014 - -r1643 2014-01-23 10:50:01 +0100 mjk: - - * TODO: some translations done - -r1642 2014-01-23 10:47:46 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrdatetime.tex: all changes of the - German chapter(s) about scrtime and scrdate - -r1641 2014-01-23 10:40:04 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrdatetime.tex: Sprachliste - sortiert - -r1640 2014-01-23 10:17:18 +0100 mjk: - - * scrtime.dtx: fix: support for several dialects of English, French, - and German added - -r1639 2014-01-23 09:22:10 +0100 mjk: - - * scrtime.dtx: - new: czech added - fix: message texts - change: use - info instead of warning for unset languages - -r1638 2014-01-23 09:17:26 +0100 mjk: - - * scrlayer.dtx, scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx, scrlayer-scrpage.dtx: fix: - package date was DD/MM/YYYY instead of YYYY/MM/DD - -r1637 2014-01-22 16:16:02 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex: Korrekturen von Elke - -r1636 2014-01-22 09:26:50 +0100 mjk: - - * scrlayer-scrpage.dtx: fix of option pagestyleset respecitvely - automatic usage of a pagestyle set if the option hasn't been used - -r1635 2014-01-22 09:10:16 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: Declaration of deprecated options and standard - class options improved and handling of option version fixed - -r1634 2014-01-21 10:30:39 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, doc/ngerman/common-textmarkup.tex: - Korrekturen und Vorschläge von Elke - -r1633 2014-01-21 09:03:32 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn-example.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex: Korrekturen von Benjamin und mir - -r1632 2014-01-20 17:18:42 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: use \setkeys{…}{{\CurrentOption}} instead if - \setkeys{…}{\CurrentOption} - -r1631 2014-01-20 10:27:14 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-parmarkup.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex: - diverse Korrekturen von Elke - -r1630 2014-01-20 09:45:29 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-textmarkup.tex: Einige Verbesserungsvorschläge von - Elke und ein paar Umbruchänderungen - -r1629 2014-01-17 11:58:39 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-listsof.dtx: fixed: \KOMAoptions{listof=chaptergapsmall} - results in an error. Same happens with several other options, that - are implemented by other options - -r1628 2014-01-17 11:17:07 +0100 mjk: - - * obsolete/, obsolete/Makefile: RELEASE assignment fixed - -r1627 2014-01-16 13:50:27 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/introduction.tex: Hinweis auf die - Pakete auf komascript.de - -r1626 2014-01-16 12:43:39 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex: - Beispielseite mit einer verfügbaren Abbildung aus Paket mwe. - -r1625 2014-01-16 10:00:54 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex: - kleinere Anpassungen (Indexeinträge) - -r1624 2014-01-15 10:31:27 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-dictum.tex: noch ein paar Tippfehler - -r1623 2014-01-15 09:03:50 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex: noch zwei - Tippfehler - -r1622 2014-01-15 07:51:44 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex: - Korrekturen [Elke] - -r1621 2014-01-14 18:45:56 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex: \clearpage vor - \yourrefname - -r1620 2014-01-14 18:42:00 +0100 mjk: - - * manifest.txt: common-10.tex and common-11.tex removed - -r1619 2014-01-14 18:40:42 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-language.dtx: checksum fixed - -r1618 2014-01-14 18:37:24 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-footnotes.tex: noch eine - Korrektur von Elke - -r1617 2014-01-14 18:14:29 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-parmarkup.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-interleafpage.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-footnotes.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-oddorevenpage.tex: noch ein paar Verbesserungen von - Elke - -r1616 2014-01-14 17:52:03 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/Makefile.guide, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-parmarkup.tex, doc/ngerman/common-fontsize.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-interleafpage.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, doc/ngerman/scrdatetime.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-options.tex, doc/ngerman/common-footnotes.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrextend.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-textmarkup.tex, doc/ngerman/typearea.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-titles.tex, doc/ngerman/common-compatibility.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/common-footnotes.tex, doc/english/scrextend.tex: several - improvements of the manuals - -r1615 2014-01-14 17:35:21 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-language.dtx: fixed date format of canadien, canadian, - australien - -r1614 2014-01-14 12:11:32 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: replaced one `%% \fi' by `% \fi' - -r1613 2014-01-13 11:35:13 +0100 mjk: - - * obsolete/, obsolete/Makefile: "Last Changed Rev" needs -f4 instead - of -f2 - -r1612 2014-01-13 11:29:50 +0100 mjk: - - * obsolete/, obsolete/Makefile: usage of "Last Changed Rev:" instead - of "Revision:" to get the current revision - -r1611 2014-01-13 08:12:47 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, scrlayer-scrpage.dtx: warning about font - elements pagehead and pagefoot fixed - -r1610 2014-01-10 15:51:11 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex, - doc/ngerman/typearea-experts.tex: Korrekturen der Korrekturen - -r1609 2014-01-10 15:03:54 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex, doc/ngerman/common-options.tex, - doc/ngerman/typearea-experts.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: diverse Korrekturen und - Verbesserungen - -r1608 2014-01-10 13:04:21 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/Makefile.guide: the notecolumn example needs more pdflatex - runs - -r1607 2014-01-09 15:42:40 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex: noch - ne Korrektur - -r1606 2014-01-09 11:50:16 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex: diverse Korrekturen und - Optimierungen für die nächste Auflage - -r1605 2014-01-09 09:55:07 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/typearea.tex: gleich noch das Datum - geändert - -r1604 2014-01-09 09:54:44 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/typearea.tex: ein paar Korrekturen - von Elke - -r1603 2014-01-07 14:47:56 +0100 mjk: - - * obsolete/, obsolete/Makefile: make-tds generates version information - in TDS archive - -r1602 2014-01-07 14:30:19 +0100 mjk: - - * obsolete/, obsolete/README: I'll set a version while automatic - release - -r1601 2014-01-07 12:34:09 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-language.dtx, TODO, scrtime.dtx: Support for Polish and - several new dialects of English and German - -r1600 2014-01-07 11:52:46 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex: \FamilyUnknownKeyValue - [Falk] - -r1599 2014-01-03 21:43:24 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: \detokenize added in info message about - unknown key state - -r1598 2014-01-03 21:21:57 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: missing \scr@KV@err defined - -r1597 2014-01-03 13:57:42 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-headfootheight.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex: diverse Optimierungen - -r1596 2014-01-02 20:00:08 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex: - diverse Anpassungen für kritische Umbrüche in der nächsten - Buchauflage - -r1595 2014-01-02 11:36:25 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-marginpar.tex, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex: wieder - einige Korrekturen und Anregunden von Elke - -r1594 2014-01-01 15:56:30 +0100 mjk: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/scrguide.cls, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex, doc/ngerman/common-marginpar.tex, - doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex: einige - Erklärungen ergänzt und den Umbruch für die nächste Buchauflage - optimiert - -r1593 2013-12-31 12:58:50 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlayer.tex: serveral improvements - by Jana and some by myself - -r1592 2013-12-29 00:50:08 +0100 mjk: - - * README.in/: missing README source added - -r1591 2013-12-28 19:02:53 +0100 mjk: - - * tocstyle.dtx, scrwfile.dtx: README compatible version information - -r1590 2013-12-28 18:49:40 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/Makefile: alreay removed files do - not result in an error at clean - -r1589 2013-12-28 18:42:14 +0100 mjk: - - * scrlayer.dtx, scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx, scrlayer-scrpage.dtx: - improved SCRLAYERVERSION - -r1588 2013-12-28 18:31:16 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex: Leerzeichen - zwischen "scrlayer-scrpage" und "oder" in der ersten Zeile des - vierten Absatzes der ersten Seite des Kapitels [Herbert] - -r1587 2013-12-28 18:27:14 +0100 mjk: - - * Makefile.baseinit, doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/Makefile: clean - rules extended - -r1586 2013-12-28 18:17:15 +0100 mjk: - - * scrextend.dtx: usage of %!KOMAScriptVersion - -r1585 2013-12-28 17:57:29 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2examples.dtx, doc/english/: - current ghostscript does not find Charter but Bitstream-Charter - -r1584 2013-12-28 16:29:11 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, TODO: \fi-Fehler in Seitenstil headings - von scrartcl [Clemens] - -r1583 2013-12-28 16:27:34 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex: Umbruch für die - nächste Buchauflage - -r1582 2013-12-24 11:13:55 +0100 mjk: - - * obsolete/, obsolete/Makefile: CTAN does not want the tds archive any - longer - -r1581 2013-12-23 13:59:54 +0100 mjk: - - * scrlayer-scrpage.dtx: fix several \ifnum errors at the scrlttr2 code - -r1580 2013-12-23 13:57:16 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx: start of new BETA - -r1579 2013-12-23 13:01:56 +0100 mjk: - - * obsolete/, obsolete/Makefile: fix: rule dist is more CTAN compatible - -r1578 2013-12-21 13:07:33 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex: Korrekturen [Elke] - -r1577 2013-12-20 12:56:01 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: several new moretexcs - -r1576 2013-12-20 12:55:31 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex: Umbruchkorrekturen - -r1575 2013-12-20 11:39:20 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: added ellipsispar and parellipsis to - moretexcs - -r1574 2013-12-20 11:08:54 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-titles.tex: Umbruch scrextend - -r1573 2013-12-20 10:59:10 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-titles.tex: Umbruch scrextend - -r1572 2013-12-20 10:45:17 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-textmarkup.tex: markup für - \color - -r1571 2013-12-20 09:51:13 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scraddr.tex: Warnung bezüglich - \KOMAoptions und \KOMAoption - -r1570 2013-12-20 09:48:29 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrdatetime.tex: Codierung - -r1569 2013-12-20 09:26:13 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex: - Umbruch korrigiert - -r1568 2013-12-19 11:28:13 +0100 mjk: - - * releaselist.txt: release 2013/12/19 v3.12 - -r1567 2013-12-19 11:27:08 +0100 mjk: - - * obsolete/, obsolete/Makefile: name of tds archive in dist archive - fixed - -r1566 2013-12-19 11:08:18 +0100 mjk: - - * obsolete/, obsolete/Makefile: fixed: rule dist - -r1565 2013-12-19 10:55:50 +0100 mjk: - - * obsolete/, obsolete/Makefile: new - -r1564 2013-12-19 10:36:41 +0100 mjk: - - * obsolete/, obsolete/scrpage-obsolete.dtx: only line breaking of - manual - -r1563 2013-12-19 10:29:59 +0100 mjk: - - * obsolete/, obsolete/scrlettr.dtx: only the title of the manual - changed - -r1562 2013-12-19 08:51:16 +0100 mjk: - - * Makefile, scrstrip.inc, scrjura.dtx, tocstyle.dtx, scrwfile.dtx: - prepared for 3.12 - -r1560 2013-12-19 08:13:30 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx: prepared for 3.12 - -r1559 2013-12-18 07:42:31 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex: einige Korrekturen von - Elke - -r1558 2013-12-17 14:46:13 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex: einige Verbesserungen - für die nächste Buchauflage - -r1557 2013-12-17 12:05:35 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: fix: of last commit - -r1556 2013-12-17 12:05:13 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: markup for some additional KOMA-Script - commands - -r1555 2013-12-17 09:01:58 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex: fix: - label-Fehler - -r1554 2013-12-17 08:45:48 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-headfootheight.tex: einige - Formulierungen verbessert und Teile der Einleitung als ergänzende - Informationen formatiert - -r1553 2013-12-16 18:08:48 +0100 mjk: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex: - \partnumdepth, \chapternumdepth … \subparagraphnumdepth, - \ifnumbered, \ifunnumbered auf Deutsch dokumentiert - -r1552 2013-12-16 17:51:32 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: don't define \chapternumdepth in - scrartcl.cls - -r1551 2013-12-16 15:02:13 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, TODO, scrkernel-sections.dtx: new: - \partnumdepth, \chapternumdepth … \subparagraphnumdepth, - \ifnumbered, \ifunnumbered - -r1550 2013-12-16 09:10:28 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/typearea.tex: einen scrpage2-Verweis - ergänzt - -r1549 2013-12-14 18:44:34 +0100 mjk: - - * TODO: \@pageat bei Verwendung von scrlayer-scrpage mit scrlttr2 - berücksichtigen - -r1548 2013-12-14 18:36:23 +0100 mjk: - - * scrlayer-scrpage.dtx: support for scrlttr2 added - -r1547 2013-12-14 18:23:38 +0100 mjk: - - * scrpage.dtx: fix for \rohead if page number left at head and - scrlttr2 - -r1546 2013-12-13 17:39:21 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlayer.tex: several changes by - Jana and some by myself - -r1545 2013-12-13 16:32:18 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbase.tex: "There is not a …" - --> "There is no …" - -r1544 2013-12-13 12:13:03 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrdatetime.tex: brace fix - -r1543 2013-12-13 12:11:01 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/english/scrbase.tex, doc/english/common-marginpar.tex, - doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex, - doc/english/common-parmarkup.tex, doc/english/common-fontsize.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/english/expertpart.tex, - doc/english/common-interleafpage.tex, - doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, - doc/english/common-headfootheight.tex, doc/english/scrdatetime.tex, - doc/english/common-dictum.tex, doc/english/japanlco.tex, - doc/english/common-footnotes.tex, doc/english/scrextend.tex, - doc/english/common-lists.tex, doc/english/common-draftmode.tex, - doc/english/scrlttr2-experts.tex, doc/english/typearea-experts.tex, - doc/english/common-textmarkup.tex, doc/english/scrhack.tex, - doc/english/scrlayer.tex, doc/english/typearea.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, - doc/english/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex, - doc/english/common-oddorevenpage.tex, doc/english/scrlfile.tex, - doc/english/common-compatibility.tex, - doc/english/common-typearea.tex, doc/english/introduction.tex, - doc/english/preface.tex, doc/english/scraddr.tex: uniformation of - serveral terms - -r1542 2013-12-13 10:31:29 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbase.tex: line break - -r1541 2013-12-13 10:18:28 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbase.tex: a lot of improvements - by Melvin - -r1540 2013-12-12 19:57:43 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbase.tex: some of Melvin's - improvements - -r1539 2013-12-12 16:57:36 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-titles.tex: Tippfehler [Elke] - -r1538 2013-12-12 12:01:33 +0100 mjk: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-options.tex, doc/ngerman/common-textmarkup.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-compatibility.tex: noch ein paar Änderungen für - das nächste Buch - -r1537 2013-12-11 20:21:09 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-interleafpage.tex, doc/ngerman/common-options.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-lists.tex, doc/ngerman/common-textmarkup.tex, - doc/ngerman/typearea.tex, doc/ngerman/common-titles.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-compatibility.tex: diverse Änderungen für die - nächste Auflage - -r1536 2013-12-11 10:18:01 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/common-options.tex, doc/ngerman/typearea.tex, - doc/ngerman/introduction.tex: einige Anpassungen für die nächste - Buchauflage - -r1535 2013-12-11 08:22:22 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/guide-ngerman.tex: Künftig wird die - Anleitung nur noch einen Autor haben (sobald das Kapitel über - scrpage2 ausgelagert ist) - -r1534 2013-12-10 19:50:34 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-headfootheight.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-options.tex, doc/ngerman/htmlsetup, - doc/ngerman/common-textmarkup.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/htmlsetup, doc/bin/, doc/bin/genhtmlidx.pl: some tiny - steps towards a new book - -r1533 2013-12-10 19:06:14 +0100 mjk: - - * tocbasic.dtx: usage of default placement (option floatpos of - \DeclareNewTOC) fixed - -r1532 2013-12-10 11:28:56 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-options.tex: einige Dinge - sind für scrlayer etc. unerheblich - -r1531 2013-12-10 10:57:42 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/Makefile.guide: notecolumn example source added to - DIST_SRC - -r1530 2013-12-09 09:13:47 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbase.tex: language - -r1529 2013-12-03 08:36:57 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx: titlesec breaks some KOMA-Script - features - -r1528 2013-11-25 09:39:27 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, - doc/english/common-headfootheight.tex: more fixes by Jens - -r1527 2013-11-24 11:40:41 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlayer.tex: improvement by Jana - -r1526 2013-11-24 10:49:38 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrlfile.tex: kleinere Tippfehler [Elke] - -r1525 2013-11-22 13:57:29 +0100 mjk: - - * scrlfile.dtx, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/scrlfile.tex: new: - \UnPreventPackageFromLoading - -r1524 2013-11-22 12:04:59 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex: fix: docu loop - -r1523 2013-11-22 11:52:58 +0100 mjk: - - * scrlfile.dtx, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/scrlfile.tex: new: optional argument for - \PreventPackageFromLoading fix: spaces in package lists destroyed - -r1522 2013-11-22 09:11:42 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-listsof.dtx: \numberline uses \numberline@numberformat - only if the argument expands to a non-empty string and #1 else - -r1521 2013-11-22 09:06:08 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-listsof.dtx: \numberline@format doesn't output anything if - #1 is empty - -r1520 2013-11-21 16:22:43 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/typearea.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/typearea.tex: onehalfspacing example improved - -r1519 2013-11-21 16:13:48 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/common-titles.tex: date of - translated file - -r1518 2013-11-21 15:54:26 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-titles.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/common-titles.tex: fix: cover page margin macros [Falk] - -r1517 2013-11-21 14:02:39 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-title.dtx, doc/, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/common-titles.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/common-titles.tex: new option titlepage=firstiscover - -r1516 2013-11-19 09:06:20 +0100 mjk: - - * tocbasic.dtx: fix: \@addxcontentsline had wrong logic and used - optional instead of mandatory second argument at add#2#1entry case - -r1515 2013-11-15 11:26:00 +0100 mjk: - - * scrlfile.dtx, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/scrlfile.tex: - renamed \ReplaceFile into - \ReplaceInput - new commands: \UnReplaceInput, \UnReplacePackage, - \UnReplaceClass - -r1514 2013-11-15 09:23:09 +0100 mjk: - - * scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx, doc/, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex, - doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, doc/english/scrlayer.tex, - doc/english/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex: more fixes by several - translators - -r1513 2013-11-11 11:36:34 +0100 mjk: - - * TODO: emulatestandardclasses - -r1512 2013-11-11 11:35:04 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, scrkernel-typearea.dtx: - emulatestandardclasses not for scrlttr2 - -r1511 2013-11-11 11:21:33 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, scrkernel-typearea.dtx, - scrkernel-sections.dtx: new option emulatestandardclasses - -r1510 2013-11-11 07:46:10 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrlayer.tex: minor fixes, e.g., references - -r1509 2013-11-11 07:34:23 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex: Umlaut - -r1508 2013-11-09 15:33:06 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex: first - corrections by Jens - -r1507 2013-11-07 18:44:10 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlayer.tex, - doc/english/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex: additional typo and - grammer fixes by Elke - -r1506 2013-11-07 17:41:36 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-interleafpage.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, doc/english/common-interleafpage.tex: fix: - \KOMAoption --> \KOMAoptions - -r1505 2013-11-07 12:23:38 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, - doc/english/common-headfootheight.tex, - doc/english/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex: peinliche Fehler - korrigiert - -r1504 2013-11-07 08:26:20 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, - doc/english/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex: some more suggestions by - Jana - -r1503 2013-11-06 12:44:59 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-language.dtx, doc/, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbase.tex: doc of - changes of \defcaptionname, \providecaptionname, \newcaptionname, - and \renewcaptionname - -r1502 2013-11-06 12:00:12 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-floats.dtx, scrkernel-typearea.dtx, - scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx, scrjura.dtx, tocstyle.dtx, - scrpage.dtx, scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx, - scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx: implementation doc - fixed: missing backslash at argument of macro environmant - -r1501 2013-11-06 11:48:33 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-language.dtx: change: allow spaces in the language lists - -r1500 2013-11-06 10:22:28 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: better usage of \FamilyUnknownKeyValue - -r1499 2013-11-05 18:22:29 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx: change: test for correct paper - size with tolerance of ± 0.1 mm - -r1498 2013-11-05 17:00:39 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: option version sets - \FamilyKeyStateProcessed - -r1497 2013-11-05 16:39:50 +0100 mjk: - - * TODO: new: \FamilyCounterKey, \FamilySetCounter, - \FamilyCounterMacroKey, \FamilySetCounterMacro, \FamilyLengthKey, - \FamilySetLength, \FamilyLengthMacroKey, \FamilySetLengthMacro - -r1496 2013-11-05 16:20:41 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: new: \FamilyCounterKey, \FamilySetCounter, - \FamilyCounterMacroKey, \FamilySetCounterMacro, \FamilyLengthKey, - \FamilySetLength, \FamilyLengthMacroKey, \FamilySetLengthMacro - -r1495 2013-11-05 15:51:50 +0100 mjk: - - * Makefile: scrdocstrip.tex isn't a CLS_FILE - -r1494 2013-11-05 12:31:16 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/scrbase.tex: new: \ifisdimension, \ifisglue, - \ifisnumber - -r1493 2013-11-05 12:04:57 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: two new internal macros renamed - -r1492 2013-11-05 10:22:47 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/scrbase.tex: new commands \ifstrstart, - \ifisdimen, \ifisskip, \ifiscount, \ifiscounter, \ifisdimexpr, - \ifisglueexpr, \ifisnumexpr - -r1491 2013-11-05 08:11:30 +0100 mjk: - - * TODO: one item removed - -r1490 2013-11-04 16:42:23 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex: Elke told me, - that only Jana does translation suggestions - -r1489 2013-11-04 16:38:30 +0100 mjk: - - * scrjura.dtx: angepasst an Signalisierung mit \FamilyKeyState in - scrbase.sty - -r1488 2013-11-04 11:44:34 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/typearea.tex: missing footlines and - footheight - -r1487 2013-11-04 11:44:15 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex, - doc/english/common-headfootheight.tex, - doc/english/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex: Korrekturen von Fam. - Schuster - -r1486 2013-11-04 11:38:49 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/typearea.tex: footlines korrigiert - (Bezüge zur Kopfzeile) - -r1485 2013-11-04 11:37:58 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex: Usage of - automatic date - -r1484 2013-11-04 11:35:45 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/typearea.tex: - type-area --> type - area - description of footheight and footlines - -r1483 2013-10-31 16:12:30 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-fonts.dtx: change: usage of old font commands is - deprecated - -r1482 2013-10-31 11:08:48 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlayer.tex: fix: two references - -r1481 2013-10-31 11:00:19 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex: do not generate or use - generated user manual - -r1480 2013-10-31 11:00:02 +0100 mjk: - - * scrlayer.dtx, doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlayer.tex: do not - generate or use generated user manual - -r1479 2013-10-31 08:55:56 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-title.dtx: file date - -r1478 2013-10-31 08:52:14 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-title.dtx, doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlayer.tex: - start with English translation of scrlayer.tex - -r1477 2013-10-31 08:48:26 +0100 mjk: - - * scrdocstrip.tex: fix: Line break in error message - -r1476 2013-10-31 08:34:11 +0100 mjk: - - * scrdocstrip.tex: fix: error message for missing files - -r1475 2013-10-30 19:00:11 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx: revert last check in - -r1474 2013-10-30 18:17:43 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx: classes do not longer support - parsed options like BCOR<value> (instead of BCOR=<value>), but - typearea does still provide them, so most users should not see any - difference - -r1473 2013-10-30 12:29:25 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: new: \ifintnumber{string}{if string is an - integer}{if string isn't an integer} - -r1472 2013-10-29 13:34:04 +0100 mjk: - - * README.in/: more README sourced - -r1471 2013-10-29 10:20:28 +0100 mjk: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/preface.tex: the drafts of - several translations have been finished - -r1470 2013-10-29 10:15:06 +0100 mjk: - - * scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx: initial label fixed - -r1469 2013-10-29 10:06:32 +0100 mjk: - - * manifest.txt, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/Makefile, - doc/english/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex: draft translation of - scrlayer.tex - -r1468 2013-10-28 18:05:25 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex: draft - translation of all sections - -r1467 2013-10-28 17:01:06 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex: draft - translation of one more section - -r1466 2013-10-28 10:55:12 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex: draft - translation of one more section - -r1465 2013-10-28 10:40:23 +0100 mjk: - - * scrlayer-scrpage.dtx: fix: typo \providepairofpagestyle --> - \providepairofpagestyles - -r1464 2013-10-28 07:37:21 +0100 mjk: - - * TODO: addmargin issue - -r1463 2013-10-26 17:53:02 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx: New: warning, if a "addmargin*" - environment's begin and end are not on the same page - -r1462 2013-10-24 11:10:06 +0200 mjk: - - * manifest.txt, doc/, doc/guide.tex, doc/Makefile.guide, - doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex, - doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex: chapter about scrlayer splitted into - an author and an expert chapter - -r1461 2013-10-24 09:17:58 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex: draft translation of section 6.4 - finished - -r1460 2013-10-23 18:57:19 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex: - ein paar Korrekturen von Elke - -r1459 2013-10-23 18:51:46 +0200 mjk: - - * TODO: Paket/Paketes - -r1458 2013-10-23 11:35:31 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, - doc/english/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex: a kind of translation - -r1457 2013-10-23 11:34:02 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex: - Umbruch - -r1456 2013-10-23 11:16:09 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex: - fehlendes Beispiel für \GenericMarkFormat - -r1455 2013-10-23 09:58:56 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex: - einige zustätzliche Index-Einträge - -r1454 2013-10-23 09:21:29 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: \nentry fixed - -r1453 2013-10-23 09:19:07 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex: - string --> Text - -r1452 2013-10-22 18:42:26 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex: only a comment - -r1451 2013-10-22 18:41:02 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex: a kind of - translation of some parts - -r1450 2013-10-22 18:40:01 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex: a - kind of translation of some parts - -r1449 2013-10-22 11:23:23 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex: - only note about untranslated state - -r1448 2013-10-22 11:17:09 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex: - \ProvidesFile --> \KOMAProvidesFile - -r1447 2013-10-22 10:39:40 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex: ein paar - kleine Fehlerkorrekturen - -r1446 2013-10-22 10:38:47 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex: some - translations of German scrlayer-scrpage.tex - -r1445 2013-10-18 15:18:41 +0200 mjk: - - * scrlayer-scrpage.dtx, doc/, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, doc/english/, doc/english/Makefile, - doc/english/common-headfootheight.tex: start of translation of - scrlayer-scrpage chapter - -r1444 2013-10-18 12:21:16 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: forgotte \newcommand - -r1443 2013-10-18 12:20:49 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: \KOMAProvidesFile fixed - -r1442 2013-10-18 11:02:10 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex: Dieses Kapitel - stammt von Markus Kohm und wird auch von ihm verwaltet. - -r1441 2013-10-18 10:56:55 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-headfootheight.tex: some more - index entries - -r1440 2013-10-18 09:03:54 +0200 mjk: - - * Makefile: typo fix - -r1439 2013-10-18 09:03:09 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/Makefile: file date - -r1438 2013-10-18 09:02:49 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/Makefile: new html links for new packages - -r1437 2013-10-18 08:57:59 +0200 mjk: - - * Makefile: installation installs also scrdocstrip.tex - -r1436 2013-10-18 08:55:34 +0200 mjk: - - * Makefile.baseinit: INSTALLTEXDIR added (currently unused) - -r1435 2013-10-17 11:09:09 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/typearea.tex: zwei Tippfehler (Elke) - -r1434 2013-10-16 16:25:26 +0200 mjk: - - * TODO: german manual of scrlayer-notecolumn add - -r1433 2013-10-16 16:24:20 +0200 mjk: - - * manifest.txt, scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx, doc/, doc/guide.tex, - doc/Makefile.guide, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn-example.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/Makefile: user manual of scrlayer-notecolumn added - -r1432 2013-10-16 13:10:21 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/typearea.tex: Erklärung, die - bereits in Abschnitt 2.4 zu finden ist, wieder entfernt - -r1431 2013-10-16 13:05:21 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/typearea.tex: fix: mainindex --> - indexmain - -r1430 2013-10-16 13:01:50 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex, doc/ngerman/typearea.tex: Berücksichtigung - von scrlayer-scrpage bei typearea - -r1429 2013-10-16 12:10:43 +0200 mjk: - - * manifest.txt, TODO, doc/, doc/guide.tex, doc/Makefile.guide, - doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/Makefile: user manual for scrlayer added to part II of the - KOMA-Script guide - -r1428 2013-10-16 11:48:56 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex: line break - change - -r1427 2013-10-16 11:47:53 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex: new \KOMAProvidesFile to avoid - forgotten file date changes - -r1426 2013-10-16 11:45:39 +0200 mjk: - - * scrlayer.dtx: doc generation fixed - -r1425 2013-10-16 11:19:06 +0200 mjk: - - * manifest.txt: scrlayer-scrpage.tex added - -r1424 2013-10-16 08:56:53 +0200 mjk: - - * manifest.txt, doc/, doc/Makefile.guide, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-headfootheight.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/common-headfootheight.tex, - doc/english/common-pagestylemanipulation.tex: Anleitung für - scrlayer-scrpage - -r1423 2013-10-15 10:17:36 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/typearea.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/typearea.tex: documentation of changed BCOR interpreataion - with "twoside=semi" - -r1422 2013-10-15 09:11:07 +0200 mjk: - - * Makefile, Makefile.baseinit, Makefile.baserules: generate - scrsource.pdf instead of scrsource.dvi to check source integrity - -r1421 2013-10-15 09:00:17 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-typearea.dtx: without compatibility < 3.12 binding - correction will alternate using twoside=semi - -r1420 2013-10-14 18:03:55 +0200 mjk: - - * scrlayer-scrpage.dtx, doc/, doc/guide.tex, doc/Makefile.guide, - doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/Makefile: preparations for adding the user manual of - scrlayer-scrpage - -r1419 2013-10-14 11:07:52 +0200 mjk: - - * scrlayer.dtx, scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx, scrlayer-scrpage.dtx: package - generation issues fixed (Elke) - -r1418 2013-10-08 18:14:06 +0200 mjk: - - * TODO: missing docu - -r1417 2013-10-08 18:12:40 +0200 mjk: - - * Makefile, scrlayer.dtx, manifest.txt, scrmain.ins, - scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx, scrlayer-scrpage.dtx: scrlayer, - scrlayer-scrpage, and scrlayer-notecolumn have been added to - KOMA-Script - -r1416 2013-10-08 17:43:26 +0200 mjk: - - * scrlayer.dtx, scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx, scrlayer-scrpage.dtx: first - integrated version of scrlayer-notecolumn - -r1415 2013-10-08 17:33:01 +0200 mjk: - - * scrlayer.dtx, scrlayer-scrpage.dtx: first integrated version of - scrlayer-scrpage - -r1414 2013-10-08 17:18:47 +0200 mjk: - - * scrlayer.dtx: initial integrated version of new package scrlayer - -r1413 2013-10-08 17:06:47 +0200 mjk: - - * tocbasic.dtx: use scrdocstrip instead of docstrip - -r1412 2013-10-08 12:50:05 +0200 mjk: - - * TODO: calculation of \intextsep fixed - -r1411 2013-10-08 12:45:17 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex: fehlendes - Leerzeichen ergänzt (zweiter Absatz open=Methode) - -r1410 2013-10-08 12:30:47 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-fonts.dtx: if compytibility >= 3.12 the calculations of - the callback solution of option fontsize have been changed - -r1409 2013-10-08 10:28:00 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: version 3.12 is a new compatibility - level - -r1408 2013-10-08 09:19:41 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-fonts.dtx: double defined \partopsep removed one time - -r1407 2013-10-08 08:34:19 +0200 mjk: - - * TODO: is \intextsep correct? - -r1406 2013-10-05 13:05:50 +0200 mjk: - - * README.in/: more README sources - -r1405 2013-10-05 12:56:56 +0200 mjk: - - * tocbasic.dtx: fix: spacing in the abstract of the user manual - -r1404 2013-10-05 12:31:12 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-textmarkup.tex: Kopier- bzw. Tippfehler [Elke] - -r1403 2013-10-04 19:33:44 +0200 mjk: - - * README.in/: more README sources - -r1402 2013-10-04 18:51:05 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-fonts.dtx: improved package version generation - -r1401 2013-10-04 13:14:32 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, doc/, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrlttr2-experts.tex: the third visualization style is - "edges" not "edge" - -r1400 2013-10-02 20:45:58 +0200 mjk: - - * Makefile: improved README generation while release build - -r1399 2013-10-02 20:45:51 +0200 mjk: - - * README.in/, README.in/README.scrlttr2.cls, - README.in/README.scrreprt.cls, README.in/README.scrbook.cls: typo - fixed - -r1398 2013-10-02 20:35:25 +0200 mjk: - - * README.in/, README.in/README.scrartcl.cls, - README.in/README.scrdoc.cls, README.in/README.scrbook.cls: more basic - READMEs - -r1397 2013-10-02 19:01:51 +0200 mjk: - - * README.in/, README.in/README.scrartcl.cls, - README.in/README.scrlttr2.cls, README.in/README.scrreprt.cls, - README.in/README.scrdoc.cls, README.in/README.scrbook.cls: some files - with basic package and class descriptions - -r1396 2013-10-02 19:01:06 +0200 mjk: - - * Makefile: fix of missing files for docstrip - -r1395 2013-10-02 18:37:13 +0200 mjk: - - * manifest.txt: scrdocstrip.tex added - -r1394 2013-10-02 11:12:48 +0200 mjk: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex: \addxcontentsline…, - \tocbasic@addxcontentsline, \nonumberline, Eigenschaft "numberline" - und die Klassenoptionen in diesem Zusammenhang dokumentiert - -r1393 2013-10-02 08:40:56 +0200 mjk: - - * scrjura.dtx, TODO: additional languages for scrjura - -r1392 2013-10-02 07:57:31 +0200 mjk: - - * README.SVN: some information for users without make - -r1391 2013-10-01 19:27:20 +0200 mjk: - - * scrdocstrip.tex: usage of \getlastextension fixed - -r1390 2013-10-01 18:16:36 +0200 mjk: - - * manifest.txt: wrong # replaced by % - -r1389 2013-10-01 18:06:04 +0200 mjk: - - * Makefile, scrsource.tex, scrkernel-variables.dtx, manifest.txt, - scrmain.ins: renamed scrkvars.dtx into scrkernel-variables.dtx - -r1388 2013-10-01 18:03:42 +0200 mjk: - - * Makefile, scrsource.tex, manifest.txt, scrmain.ins, - scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx: renamed scrkplen.dtx into - scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx - -r1387 2013-10-01 18:00:49 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx: renamed scrklist.dtx into - scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx - -r1386 2013-10-01 18:00:20 +0200 mjk: - - * Makefile, scrsource.tex, scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx, - manifest.txt, scrmain.ins: renamed scrklists.dtx into - scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx - -r1385 2013-10-01 17:56:01 +0200 mjk: - - * Makefile, manifest.txt, scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, - scrmain.ins: renamed scrklco.dtx into scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx - -r1384 2013-10-01 17:51:14 +0200 mjk: - - * Makefile, scrkernel-circularletters.dtx, manifest.txt, scrmain.ins: - renamed scrkcile.dtx into scrkernel-circularletters.dtx - -r1383 2013-10-01 17:44:28 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, Makefile, komabug.tex, scrsource.tex, - scrkernel-typearea.dtx, manifest.txt, scrmain.ins, scrhack.dtx, - scrpage.dtx, scrtime.dtx, scrlfile.dtx, tocbasic.dtx, - scrkernel-basics.dtx: renamed scrkvers.dtx into scrkernel-version.dtx - -r1382 2013-10-01 17:37:45 +0200 mjk: - - * scrdocstrip.tex: new extension of docstrip.tex - -r1381 2013-10-01 17:33:08 +0200 mjk: - - * tocstyle.dtx, scrpage.dtx, scrwfile.dtx, scrtime.dtx, tocbasic.dtx: - usage of keyword substitution - -r1380 2013-10-01 17:31:55 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, - scrkernel-title.dtx, scrlogo.dtx, scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, - scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, scrkernel-floats.dtx, - scrkernel-language.dtx, scrkernel-variables.dtx, - scrkernel-footnotes.dtx, scrkernel-index.dtx, - scrkernel-circularletters.dtx, scrkernel-bibliography.dtx, - scrkernel-typearea.dtx, scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, - scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx, scrjura.dtx, scrkernel-listsof.dtx, - scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, tocstyle.dtx, - scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx, scrhack.dtx, scrpage.dtx, scrwfile.dtx, - scrkernel-sections.dtx, japanlco.dtx, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, - scrtime.dtx, scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scrextend.dtx, scraddr.dtx, - scrlfile.dtx, tocbasic.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx: usage of keyword - substitution - -r1379 2013-10-01 17:02:47 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, Makefile, scrstrop.inc, scrstrip.inc, - scrkernel-typearea.dtx, manifest.txt, scrmain.ins, scrhack.dtx, - scrpage.dtx, scrtime.dtx, scraddr.dtx, scrlfile.dtx, tocbasic.dtx, - scrkernel-basics.dtx: using ins=dtx for package generation - -r1378 2013-09-30 17:42:35 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, - scrkernel-title.dtx, scrlogo.dtx, scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, - scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, scrkernel-floats.dtx, - scrkernel-language.dtx, scrkernel-variables.dtx, - scrkernel-footnotes.dtx, scrkernel-index.dtx, - scrkernel-circularletters.dtx, scrkernel-bibliography.dtx, - scrkernel-typearea.dtx, scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, - scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx, scrdoc.dtx, scrjura.dtx, - scrkernel-listsof.dtx, scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, - scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx, missing.dtx, scrhack.dtx, - scrkernel-sections.dtx, japanlco.dtx, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, - scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scrextend.dtx, scraddr.dtx, scrlfile.dtx, - scrkernel-basics.dtx: svn keyword substitution activated - -r1377 2013-09-25 09:17:02 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-listsof.dtx: changed warnings about \float@addlist and - \float@listhead - -r1376 2013-09-24 19:08:23 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-index.dtx, scrkernel-bibliography.dtx, scrjura.dtx, - scrkernel-listsof.dtx, TODO, scrwfile.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx, - tocbasic.dtx: new tocbasic feature "numberline" to indent text entries - without number; new options "toc=numberline", "toc=nonumberline", - "listof=numberline", "listof=nonumberline" - -r1375 2013-09-24 17:22:51 +0200 mjk: - - * scrjura.dtx: usage of tocbasic and \addcontentslinedefault - -r1374 2013-09-19 11:16:26 +0200 mjk: - - * scrjura.dtx: Replacement of \PackageErrorNoLine by \PackageError - -r1373 2013-09-19 11:13:14 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: new command \PackageErrorNoLine - -r1372 2013-09-12 09:09:12 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx: fix: new \scr@package@not@recommended - -r1371 2013-08-28 14:03:11 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: tabularx added - -r1370 2013-08-28 13:46:00 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex: Copyright Datum - -r1369 2013-08-28 13:45:40 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex: Gegenüberstellung von - remarkbox und figure und ein Beispiel für die Verwendung von - remarkbox - -r1368 2013-08-28 13:44:19 +0200 mjk: - - * tocbasic.dtx: improvement of example - -r1367 2013-08-28 13:38:33 +0200 mjk: - - * tocbasic.dtx: Improvement of manual part: - comparision of example - environment remarkbox with figure - example of usage of example - environment remarkbox - -r1366 2013-08-26 18:26:25 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-typearea.dtx: missing \FamilyKeyStateProcessed - -r1365 2013-08-26 18:25:41 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, scrkernel-listsof.dtx, TODO, - scrkernel-sections.dtx: \KOMA@options replaced either by - \KOMAExecuteOptions or \KOMAoptions - -r1364 2013-08-26 17:50:23 +0200 mjk: - - * TODO: one more note about the renewed option interface - -r1363 2013-08-25 12:55:07 +0200 mjk: - - * README.SVN: spezial note for developers using MiKTeX - -r1362 2013-08-11 14:05:03 +0200 mjk: - - * tocstyle.dtx: usage of new font elements of KOMA-Script at style - KOMAlike - -r1361 2013-08-08 18:11:24 +0200 mjk: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-options.tex, - doc/english/: Note about problems using lengths as option value with - \documentclass or \usepackage - -r1360 2013-08-05 18:42:32 +0200 mjk: - - * scrwfile.dtx, doc/, doc/guide.bib, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/english/guide-english.tex, - doc/english/scrlttr2-experts.tex, doc/english/preface.tex: - improvements of the English guide (by Hendrik M. and KOMA) - -r1359 2013-07-31 13:06:37 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, doc/, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, doc/ngerman/common-textmarkup.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/english/common-textmarkup.tex: new font element placeanddate - -r1358 2013-07-30 12:34:32 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-language.dtx: \defcaptionname etc. can handle empty - language arguments - -r1357 2013-07-30 12:15:12 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-language.dtx: new: \defcaptionname reimplemented: - \newcaptionname, \renewcaptionname, \providecaptionname - -r1356 2013-07-24 17:35:15 +0200 mjk: - - * TODO, tocbasic.dtx: no more need for a patch of tocbasic, because if - hyperref - -r1355 2013-07-24 12:38:18 +0200 mjk: - - * scrwfile.dtx: fix hyperref workaround - -r1354 2013-07-24 12:16:00 +0200 mjk: - - * scrwfile.dtx: work around for unfriendly redefinition of \@starttoc - by hyperref - -r1353 2013-07-22 18:38:26 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, doc/english/scrlttr2-experts.tex: Kleinere - Ergänzungen und Korrekturen - -r1352 2013-07-09 15:01:26 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx: empty test with wrong argumnent in new - \scr@package@not@recommended - -r1351 2013-07-09 08:22:42 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex: - Angezeigter Code stimmt mit Abbildung überein [Epllus] - -r1350 2013-07-08 12:48:52 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx: several package warnings - -r1349 2013-06-23 18:01:33 +0200 mjk: - - * TODO: problems with hyperref's \AtBeginDocument-redefinition of - \@starttoc - -r1348 2013-06-12 08:23:25 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-floats.dtx: replaced \capfont by \usekomafont{caption} and - \caplabelfont by \usekomafont{captionlabel} - -r1347 2013-06-12 08:21:59 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-fonts.dtx: \use…ofkomafont internally doesn't set the - color - -r1346 2013-06-09 10:33:26 +0200 mjk: - - * scrjura.dtx: new: definition of \toclevel@cpar for usage with - hyperref - -r1345 2013-06-07 18:50:20 +0200 mjk: - - * scrjura.dtx: new: font element parnumber - -r1344 2013-06-06 18:27:36 +0200 mjk: - - * scrjura.dtx: fix: if \thepar is not only an arabic number, output - the par numbers always - -r1343 2013-06-04 14:27:25 +0200 mjk: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrlttr2.tex: frommobilephone (option and variable) and - symbolicnames (option) described - -r1342 2013-05-31 15:53:50 +0200 mjk: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/ngerman/scrextend.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-textmarkup.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/scrextend.tex, doc/english/common-textmarkup.tex: user - manual of \usefontofkomafont etc. added - -r1341 2013-05-31 12:02:05 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/typearea-experts.tex: fix: \indent - before \rule{…}{…} to show the typing area correctly - -r1340 2013-05-31 11:59:06 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/typearea-experts.tex: fix: Einzug - vor den Satzspiegelboxen im \storeareas-Beispiel - -r1339 2013-05-29 17:55:00 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx: fix of symbolicnames - -r1338 2013-05-29 17:54:43 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: Fix of \AtEndOfFamilyOptions - -r1337 2013-05-29 14:15:48 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, scrkernel-language.dtx, TODO: new option - and variable "frommobilephone" new option "symbolicnames" - -r1336 2013-05-29 14:14:03 +0200 mjk: - - * Makefile, scrsource.tex, manifest.txt, scrmain.ins: renamed - scrklang.dtx into scrkernel-language.dtx - -r1335 2013-05-29 12:30:52 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-title.dtx, doc/, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/ngerman/common-titles.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/common-titles.tex: new font elements "titlehead", - "author", "date", "publishers", "dedication" - -r1334 2013-05-23 18:16:45 +0200 mjk: - - * scrjura.dtx: new: \thisparnumber{<manuelle Nummer>} - -r1333 2013-05-23 17:43:10 +0200 mjk: - - * scrjura.dtx: fix: sentence number with \parnumberfalse - -r1332 2013-05-10 19:51:12 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-typearea.dtx: deactivate the dvips hack, if \XeTeXversion - is defined - -r1331 2013-05-03 10:49:14 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: new: requires picture package - -r1330 2013-05-03 09:24:27 +0200 mjk: - - * tocbasic.dtx: fix: \DeclareNewTOC also defines - \listof<extension>entryname - -r1329 2013-05-02 11:44:08 +0200 mjk: - - * scrjura.dtx: new: \ellipsispar and \parellipsis - -r1328 2013-05-02 10:32:23 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-options.tex: scrlayer und - scrlayer-scrpage mit aufgenommen - -r1327 2013-04-28 11:04:44 +0200 mjk: - - * scrjura.dtx: fix: hanging indent with indent after the space after - the number - -r1326 2013-04-20 19:02:04 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: date - -r1325 2013-04-20 18:36:17 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: When I've decided to name a macro - \l@addto@macro in 2001, I've tested, whether or not the macro name - is unused. Unforunatly in the meantime other package authors also - defined macro name \l@addto@macro potentially incompatible. If I - detect such an incompatibility while loading scrbase, the package - throws a warning message. - -r1324 2013-04-19 07:45:44 +0200 mjk: - - * scrjura.dtx: experimental support for several paragraphs with same - number - -r1323 2013-04-16 16:12:57 +0200 mjk: - - * scrjura.dtx: - \newmaxpar sets #1@Paragraphformat to \@firstofone - - \contract@paragraph with option number also uses - \contract@Paragraphformat - -r1322 2013-04-16 11:37:01 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/Makefile.guide: $(DOCDIR) at TEX_MISC replaced by relative - directory - -r1321 2013-04-16 11:34:30 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex: fix: one - \OptionValue - -r1320 2013-04-16 11:13:52 +0200 mjk: - - * scrjura.dtx: \paragraphformat renamed into \Paragraphformat - -r1319 2013-04-10 15:32:01 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: changed CTAN: prefix from ftp: to http: - -r1318 2013-04-10 15:28:24 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-fonts.dtx: missing brace added - -r1317 2013-04-10 15:10:59 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/guide-ngerman.tex: Codierungsmurks - beseitigt - -r1316 2013-04-10 08:53:55 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: \NTS added - -r1315 2013-03-30 16:15:12 +0100 mjk: - - * TODO, scrkernel-fonts.dtx: new: \usesizeofkomafont, - \useencodingofkomafont, \usefamilyofkomafont, \useshapeofkomafont, - \useseriesofkomafont, \usefontofkomafont - -r1314 2013-03-28 09:47:28 +0100 mjk: - - * TODO: Die KOMA-Script-Klassen müssen bezüglich \footheight nichts - beachten, da sie die Linie ohnehin immer über dem Fuß einfügen. - -r1313 2013-03-26 12:15:09 +0100 mjk: - - * TODO: classes and \footheight - -r1312 2013-03-26 12:11:24 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx: new version date - -r1311 2013-03-26 12:09:18 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-typearea.dtx: support for \footheight - -r1310 2013-03-07 10:47:24 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/guide.bib: entry manual:eTeX added - -r1309 2013-03-05 16:35:54 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx: delegate options headinclude and - footinclude to package typearea, if the package hasn't been loaded - yet - -r1308 2013-03-05 16:22:40 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: prepared for - 3.12 BETA - -r1307 2013-03-05 15:08:12 +0100 mjk: - - * scrextend.dtx: usage of option execution state signals - -r1306 2013-03-05 15:02:53 +0100 mjk: - - * scrhack.dtx: usage of option execution state signals - -r1305 2013-03-05 14:57:18 +0100 mjk: - - * Makefile, scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, scrsource.tex, manifest.txt, - scrmain.ins: scrkpap.dtx renamed into scrkernel-notepaper.dtx - -r1304 2013-03-05 14:54:08 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx: usage of option execution state signals - -r1303 2013-03-05 14:29:56 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, Makefile, scrsource.tex, manifest.txt, - scrmain.ins: scrkcomp.dtx renamed into scrkernel-compatibility.dtx - -r1302 2013-03-05 14:13:43 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-typearea.dtx: usage of option execution state signals - -r1301 2013-03-05 13:59:25 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: usage of option execution state signals - -r1300 2013-03-05 13:02:49 +0100 mjk: - - * Makefile, scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, scrsource.tex, manifest.txt, - scrmain.ins: scrkpar.dtx renamed into scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx - -r1299 2013-03-05 12:58:41 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx: usage of option execution state signals - -r1298 2013-03-05 12:22:46 +0100 mjk: - - * Makefile, scrsource.tex, scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, manifest.txt, - scrmain.ins, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx: scrkpage.dtx renamed into - scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx - -r1297 2013-03-05 12:19:32 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx: usage of option execution state signals - -r1296 2013-03-05 12:07:01 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx: usage of option execution state signals - -r1295 2013-03-05 12:02:49 +0100 mjk: - - * Makefile, scrsource.tex, manifest.txt, scrkernel-listsof.dtx, - scrmain.ins: scrkliof.dtx renamed into scrkernel-listsof.dtx - -r1294 2013-03-05 11:57:40 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-listsof.dtx: usage of options execution states - -r1293 2013-03-05 11:47:13 +0100 mjk: - - * Makefile, scrsource.tex, scrkernel-index.dtx, manifest.txt, - scrmain.ins: scrkidx.dtx renamed into scrkernel-index.dtx - -r1292 2013-03-05 11:44:45 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-index.dtx: usage of \FamilyKeyState - -r1291 2013-03-05 11:41:18 +0100 mjk: - - * Makefile, scrsource.tex, scrkernel-footnotes.dtx, manifest.txt, - scrmain.ins: scrkftn.dtx renamed into scrkernel-footnotes.dtx - -r1290 2013-03-05 11:37:39 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-footnotes.dtx: usage of \FamilyKeyStateProcessed - -r1289 2013-03-05 11:33:44 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-fonts.dtx: usage of \FamilyKeyStateProcessed - -r1288 2013-03-05 11:22:09 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-bibliography.dtx: options use \FamilyKeyStateProcessed - -r1287 2013-03-05 11:05:55 +0100 mjk: - - * Makefile, scrsource.tex, manifest.txt, scrmain.ins, - scrkernel-fonts.dtx: scrkfont.dtx renamed into scrkernel-fonts.dtx - -r1286 2013-03-05 11:01:05 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-fonts.dtx: double 11pt test with missing 12pt test fixed - [Falk] - -r1285 2013-03-05 10:48:08 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrbase.tex: description of new state signals with - \FammilyKeyState and of the new command \AtEndOfFamilyOptions - -r1284 2013-03-05 08:27:48 +0100 mjk: - - * Makefile, scrkernel-floats.dtx, scrsource.tex, manifest.txt, - scrmain.ins, TODO, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, scrkernel-fonts.dtx, - scrkernel-basics.dtx: - reimplementation of the key=value interface - - scrkfloa.dtx renamed into scrkernel-floats.dtx - scrkbase.dtx - renamed into scrkernel-basics.dtx - several \@tempa, \@tempb, - \@tempc replaced by \reserved@a, \reserved@b, and \reserved@c - -r1283 2013-03-01 09:48:48 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-floats.dtx: fix of option captions=figureheading - -r1282 2013-02-26 12:01:00 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: description of - \addchapmark and \addsecmark added - -r1281 2013-02-26 11:33:30 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: new commands \addchapmark and \addsecmark - using \chaptermark and \sectionmark - -r1280 2013-02-18 13:28:30 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-fonts.dtx: fix: \newkomafont should define the optional - warning as an macro with one argument - -r1279 2013-02-14 16:23:59 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-title.dtx, Makefile, scrsource.tex, manifest.txt, - scrmain.ins: renamed scrktitl.dtx to scrkernel-title.dtx - -r1278 2013-02-14 16:18:04 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-title.dtx: several bugs with \thanks and twocolumn mode at - \maketitle fixed - -r1277 2013-02-13 18:40:31 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: description of - "bibliography=leveldown" - -r1276 2013-02-13 17:52:06 +0100 mjk: - - * Makefile, scrsource.tex, manifest.txt, scrmain.ins, - scrkernel-sections.dtx: scrksect.dtx renamed to scrkernel-sections.dtx - -r1275 2013-02-13 17:23:42 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: unused \chapterheadstartvskip and - \chapterheadenedvskip should not be in scrartcl - -r1274 2013-02-12 14:22:49 +0100 mjk: - - * tocbasic.dtx: copyright date changed - -r1273 2013-02-12 14:14:52 +0100 mjk: - - * tocbasic.dtx: arguments of optional argument `atbegin' and `atend' - may be empty at \DeclareNewTOC - -r1272 2013-02-06 11:00:20 +0100 mjk: - - * Makefile, scrsource.tex, scrkernel-bibliography.dtx, manifest.txt, - scrmain.ins: scrkbib.dtx renamed to scrkernel-bibliography.dtx support - for bibliography=leveldown and bibliography=standardlevel - -r1271 2013-02-06 10:59:02 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-typearea.dtx: fix of \let\if@tempswa\if@dvips when - \if@dvips may be undefined - -r1270 2013-02-06 08:35:07 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-typearea.dtx: line break at \ProvidesFile added - -r1269 2012-12-28 15:40:07 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-language.dtx: made language selection more robust for - newer versions of babel's hyphen.cfg - -r1268 2012-11-23 09:39:15 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-typearea.dtx, TODO: changed dvi/ps paper size update code - to avoid pdfTeX messages about unsupported specials - -r1267 2012-11-23 09:16:49 +0100 mjk: - - * Makefile, scrsource.tex, scrkernel-typearea.dtx, manifest.txt, - scrmain.ins: renamed 8+3 file scrktare.dtx into scrkernel-typearea.dtx - -r1266 2012-11-23 08:16:07 +0100 mjk: - - * TODO: special-Problem - -r1265 2012-11-07 09:41:48 +0100 mjk: - - * scrmain.ins: scrlettr moved to obsolete - -r1264 2012-11-07 09:40:27 +0100 mjk: - - * scrpage.dtx: only documentation changes - -r1263 2012-11-07 08:43:22 +0100 mjk: - - * Makefile, manifest.txt, obsolete/, obsolete/scrlettr.ins, - obsolete/scrlettr.dtx, obsolete/README: scrlettr moved to obsolete - -r1262 2012-11-07 08:33:00 +0100 mjk: - - * obsolete/, obsolete/scrpage-obsolete.dtx: message fixed - -r1261 2012-11-07 08:26:41 +0100 mjk: - - * obsolete/, obsolete/scrpage-obsolete.dtx: The Work definition fixed - -r1260 2012-11-07 08:20:44 +0100 mjk: - - * obsolete/, obsolete/README: new README for KOMA-Script obsolete - -r1259 2012-11-06 18:45:47 +0100 mjk: - - * Makefile, scrpage.dtx: Obsolete package scrpage has been removed - from KOMA-Script. - -r1258 2012-11-06 18:27:26 +0100 mjk: - - * obsolete/, obsolete/scrpage-obsolete.dtx: new subdirectory for - obsolete sources - -r1257 2012-11-02 10:55:29 +0100 mjk: - - * scrpage.dtx: Heuristic to detect manual or automatic runnig head - improved - -r1256 2012-10-16 18:09:55 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: vertical heading preamble position may also - be `t' (instead of `o') or `b' (instead of `u') - -r1255 2012-10-16 09:25:56 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex: fix: one \Option - instead of \OptionValue - -r1254 2012-10-15 09:14:20 +0200 mjk: - - * scrjura.dtx: error message fixed - -r1253 2012-10-13 17:09:33 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/guide.bib: 4th edition of the KOMA-Script book - -r1252 2012-10-08 09:27:49 +0200 mjk: - - * scrjura.dtx: Fix: \Paragraph und \SubParagraph funktionierten nur im - vertikalen Modus erzeugten aber fälschlich keinen Absatz am Anfang - [Timon Geppert] - -r1251 2012-09-22 09:04:00 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex: drei - identische Grammatikfehler korrigiert - -r1250 2012-09-19 08:59:20 +0200 mjk: - - * TODO: documentation of \PreventPackageFromLoading* - -r1249 2012-09-19 08:59:08 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/typearea-experts.tex: change entry - added - -r1248 2012-09-19 08:54:20 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrlfile.tex: documentation of \PreventPackageFromLoading* - -r1247 2012-09-19 08:53:22 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/typearea-experts.tex: change entry - added - -r1246 2012-07-29 11:24:02 +0200 mjk: - - * releaselist.txt: release 2012/07/29 v3.11b - -r1245 2012-07-29 11:12:46 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: checksum fixed - -r1244 2012-07-29 10:50:47 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, - scrkernel-sections.dtx: Fix: vertical alignment of \addpart differed - from \part [mrpiggi] - -r1243 2012-07-22 12:12:56 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/typearea.tex: Fix: two times - \PParameter for BCOR replaced by \POParameter - -r1242 2012-07-22 12:11:28 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/typearea.tex: Zweimal \PParameter - für BCOR in \POParameter korrigiert. - -r1241 2012-07-17 09:13:20 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/introduction.tex: Hinweis, dass - (auch ungünstige) Voreinstellungen keine Fehler darstellen. - -r1240 2012-07-17 08:54:45 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/typearea.tex: Von Axel Berger - gewünschter expliziter Hinweis auf das Offensichtliche ergänzt. - -r1239 2012-07-07 13:32:45 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/: Fixed: ein »sind« zuviel [Stephan Opfer] - -r1238 2012-07-05 10:29:01 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: prepared for - 3.12 BETA - -r1237 2012-07-05 10:28:17 +0200 mjk: - - * releaselist.txt: release 2012/07/05 v3.11a - -r1235 2012-07-05 09:32:36 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx: prepared for 3.11a - -r1234 2012-06-29 17:54:11 +0200 mjk: - - * TODO: Don't forget changes - -r1233 2012-06-15 20:59:39 +0200 mjk: - - * scrlfile.dtx: improvement for last extension - -r1232 2012-06-15 20:53:02 +0200 mjk: - - * TODO, scrlfile.dtx: \PreventPackageFromLoading* added (uses info - instead of warning) - -r1231 2012-06-13 16:03:03 +0200 mjk: - - * scrlfile.dtx: one write fault error fixed [MHP] - -r1230 2012-06-12 12:03:42 +0200 mjk: - - * scrlfile.dtx: Fixed: \PreventPackageFromLoading prevents only last - package [reported by MHP] - -r1229 2012-06-11 10:43:49 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: \FamilyProcessOptions inside of classes do not - longer report unknown values to known keys a error, but as info only - and maybe as unused global option. - -r1228 2012-05-28 14:35:47 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: make last fix more robust - -r1227 2012-05-28 13:46:29 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: \FamilySetNumerical does not longer consume - known global options with unknown values - -r1226 2012-05-25 11:34:01 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: prepared for - 3.11a BETA - -r1225 2012-05-25 11:31:55 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: Error/Info Message for unkown bool values at - \FamilySetBool fixed. - -r1224 2012-05-15 15:21:01 +0200 mjk: - - * Makefile.baseinit, doc/, doc/Makefile: fix installation of - executables for v3.11 - -r1223 2012-05-15 14:34:55 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/Makefile, doc/Makefile.guide: fix structural changes for - v3.11 - -r1222 2012-05-15 14:23:23 +0200 mjk: - - * releaselist.txt: release 2012/05/15 v3.11 - -r1221 2012-05-15 14:23:06 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: prepared for - 3.11 - -r1220 2012-05-15 14:17:51 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/english/common-titles.tex: - broken links fixed - -r1219 2012-05-15 14:06:09 +0200 mjk: - - * Makefile, Makefile.baseinit, manifest.txt, doc/, doc/guide.tex, - doc/linkalias.tex, doc/scrguide.cls, doc/Makefile.guide, - doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/Makefile, doc/ngerman/guide-ngerman.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/guide-english.tex: structural improvement - -r1218 2012-05-15 09:38:39 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/preface.tex: Told a little bit more - about the current work of translators and editors. - -r1217 2012-05-15 09:25:59 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/common-parmarkup.tex, - doc/english/common-fontsize.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/common-interleafpage.tex, doc/english/common-dictum.tex, - doc/english/common-footnotes.tex, doc/english/common-lists.tex, - doc/english/common-draftmode.tex, doc/english/common-textmarkup.tex, - doc/english/common-oddorevenpage.tex, doc/english/common-titles.tex, - doc/english/common-typearea.tex: Several improvements by Krickette - Murabayashi - -r1215 2012-04-24 14:38:51 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: \addpart fixed [reported by Ulrike Fischer] - -r1214 2012-04-20 09:57:19 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: docu fix - -r1213 2012-04-17 10:13:15 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-typearea.dtx, TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/typearea-experts.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/typearea-experts.tex: new \AfterSettingArea similar to - \AfterCalculatingArea but for \areaset - -r1212 2012-04-16 09:45:21 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrwfile.tex: »Verzeichnissn« --> - »Verzeichnissen« [gemeldet von Jonas Stein] - -r1211 2012-04-08 11:14:11 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/common-compatibility.tex: - translation improvement - -r1210 2012-04-04 14:37:56 +0200 mjk: - - * tocbasic.dtx: Problems with undefined \autodot fixed. - -r1209 2012-04-02 09:54:42 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/common-compatibility.tex: - improvement by Krickette Murabayashi - -r1208 2012-04-02 09:24:24 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/: improvement by Krickette Murabayashi - -r1207 2012-04-02 09:12:03 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/typearea.tex: improvement by - Krickette Murabayashi - -r1206 2012-04-02 08:47:08 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/authorpart.tex: improvement by - Krickette Murabayashi - -r1204 2012-03-15 16:46:57 +0100 mjk: - - * TODO: translation entries removed, scrwfile entry removed - -r1203 2012-03-15 16:45:32 +0100 mjk: - - * LIESMICH.SVN: Informationen für Entwickler mit Mac OS X oder - Windows hinzugefügt - -r1201 2012-03-15 16:13:55 +0100 mjk: - - * Makefile, doc/, doc/Makefile, doc/Makefile.guide, doc/ngerman/: rule - bindist fixed to work from scratch even - -r1200 2012-03-15 11:58:10 +0100 mjk: - - * Makefile, Makefile.baseinit, doc/, doc/Makefile: rules distclean and - maintainclean improved - -r1198 2012-03-14 16:56:28 +0100 mjk: - - * tocbasic.dtx, doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/preface.tex: primary - English documentation of package tocbasic completed - -r1197 2012-03-14 15:24:14 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex: Fehler, der während - der Ãœbersetzung entdeckt wurde, behoben. - -r1196 2012-03-14 09:34:56 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/introduction.tex: coding changed - into us-ascii - -r1195 2012-03-14 09:30:32 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/guide-english.tex: auto-references - to parts use "part" instead of "Part" - -r1194 2012-03-14 09:29:31 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/introduction.tex: translation - improvement by Krickette Murabayashi - -r1193 2012-03-13 17:27:23 +0100 mjk: - - * tocbasic.dtx: one more step to an english manual - -r1192 2012-03-13 11:10:03 +0100 mjk: - - * tocbasic.dtx: one more step to a complete English translation of the - manual - -r1191 2012-03-13 08:21:18 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx: fix for loading everysel while - \begin{document} - -r1190 2012-03-13 08:20:24 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: prepared for - 3.10b BETA - -r1189 2012-03-12 10:43:56 +0100 mjk: - - * README.SVN: same information for Windows or OS X users added - -r1188 2012-03-09 17:42:29 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/plength.dtx: "%&latex" added to the generated tex files to - improve changes of using latex format - -r1187 2012-03-09 13:12:03 +0100 mjk: - - * tocbasic.dtx: manual change only for one more step to an complete - translation of the German manual - -r1186 2012-03-09 13:11:11 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex: fehlende Erklärung zu - noprotrusion - -r1185 2012-03-09 08:46:33 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/Makefile.guide: removed non-free files - -r1184 2012-03-09 08:46:20 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/: removed non-free files - -r1183 2012-03-09 08:33:38 +0100 mjk: - - * manifest.txt, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrwfile.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/expertpart.tex, doc/english/scrhack.tex, - doc/english/authorpart.tex: these files should have been part of the - repository for several weeks - -r1182 2012-03-08 12:40:30 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, - scrkernel-index.dtx: brackets at \idx@heading fixed [Jürgen - Spitzmüller] - -r1181 2012-03-06 18:08:46 +0100 mjk: - - * manifest.txt, scrmain.ins, doc/, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrhack.tex, doc/english/, doc/english/Makefile, - doc/english/preface.tex: English scrhack.tex became a new translation - of the German scrhack.tex - -r1180 2012-03-05 19:01:48 +0100 mjk: - - * scrhack.dtx, scrwfile.dtx, doc/, doc/guide.tex, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: some changes made while - translation of German manual into English - -r1179 2012-03-05 19:00:21 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbase.tex, - doc/english/common-parmarkup.tex, doc/english/common-fontsize.tex, - doc/english/guide-english.tex, doc/english/common-draftmode.tex, - doc/english/common-titles.tex, doc/english/common-compatibility.tex: - one more step to an english manual - -r1178 2012-03-05 18:59:23 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/scrlttr2-experts.tex, doc/english/preface.tex: one more - step to an english manual - -r1177 2012-02-29 13:37:04 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2-experts.tex: one more step - to an english manual - -r1176 2012-02-29 13:17:23 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2-experts.tex: one more step - to an english manual - -r1175 2012-02-29 10:40:08 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2-experts.tex: one more step - to an english manual - -r1174 2012-02-28 14:25:37 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, - doc/english/preface.tex: one more chapter up-to-date - -r1173 2012-02-28 13:07:26 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: - one more step to an english manual - -r1172 2012-02-27 13:37:21 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: - one more step to an english manual - -r1171 2012-02-27 08:21:14 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: - one more step to an english manual - -r1170 2012-02-26 16:57:34 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/guide-english.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: one more step to an - english manual - -r1169 2012-02-26 16:11:55 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbase.tex, - doc/english/common-marginpar.tex, doc/english/common-parmarkup.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/english/common-dictum.tex, - doc/english/scrextend.tex, doc/english/common-lists.tex, - doc/english/scrlttr2-experts.tex, doc/english/typearea-experts.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, - doc/english/preface.tex: one more step to an english manual - -r1168 2012-02-26 16:11:03 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/english/common-interleafpage.tex, doc/english/scrdatetime.tex, - doc/english/adrconvnote.tex, doc/english/scrlfile.tex, - doc/english/scraddr.tex: ein paar kleinere Verbesserungen, die - während der Ãœbersetzung aufgefallen sind - -r1167 2012-02-26 16:10:51 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-interleafpage.tex, doc/ngerman/scrdatetime.tex, - doc/ngerman/adrconvnote.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex, - doc/ngerman/scraddr.tex: ein paar kleinere Verbesserungen, die - während der Ãœbersetzung aufgefallen sind - -r1166 2012-02-26 16:09:33 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/guide.bib, doc/guide.tex, doc/scrguide.cls, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/guide-ngerman.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/guide-english.tex: one more step for the english manual - -r1165 2012-02-17 10:10:38 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex: some more translations - and structural changes - -r1164 2012-02-16 19:27:20 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/english/common-textmarkup.tex: some more translations and - structural changes - -r1163 2012-02-16 19:26:31 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/linkalias.tex, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/ngerman/common-lists.tex: - some more translations and structural changes - -r1162 2012-02-16 18:35:23 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex: some more translations - and structural changes - -r1161 2012-02-16 15:26:51 +0100 mjk: - - * tocbasic.dtx: some more translations and structural changes - -r1160 2012-02-16 15:25:34 +0100 mjk: - - * scrmain.ins, doc/, doc/Makefile, doc/guide.tex, doc/Makefile.guide, - doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, doc/english/Makefile, - doc/english/scrextend.tex, doc/english/preface.tex: some more - translations and structural changes - -r1159 2012-02-16 15:21:35 +0100 mjk: - - * scrhack.dtx: docu macro \counter renamed into \Counter - -r1158 2012-02-16 10:51:20 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/english/common-draftmode.tex, doc/english/scrlttr2-experts.tex: - some more translations and structural changes - -r1157 2012-02-16 09:49:58 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/english/scrlttr2-experts.tex: some more translations and - structural changes - -r1156 2012-02-16 09:46:08 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/guide.tex, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/scrlttr2-experts.tex: some more translations and - structural changes - -r1155 2012-02-15 09:52:04 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: some more - translations and structural changes - -r1154 2012-02-15 09:26:21 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: some more - translations and structural changes - -r1153 2012-02-14 12:13:48 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: some more translations - and structural changes - -r1152 2012-02-14 09:56:23 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/common-marginpar.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: some more translations - and structural changes - -r1151 2012-02-14 09:35:15 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: some more translations - and structural changes - -r1150 2012-02-09 12:07:53 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: some more - translations and structural changes - -r1149 2012-02-09 10:35:02 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/common-lists.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: some more translations - and structural changes - -r1148 2012-02-08 16:57:47 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/common-dictum.tex: some more translations and structural - changes - -r1147 2012-02-08 15:27:28 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: some more translations - and structural changes - -r1146 2012-02-08 11:33:08 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: some more - translations and structural changes - -r1145 2012-02-07 13:47:54 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: some more - translations and structural changes - -r1144 2012-02-07 10:14:03 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/common-interleafpage.tex, - doc/english/common-footnotes.tex: some more translations and - structural changes - -r1143 2012-02-06 16:47:49 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/common-interleafpage.tex: some more translations and - structural changes - -r1142 2012-02-06 10:04:42 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, - doc/english/common-oddorevenpage.tex: some more translations and - structural changes - -r1141 2012-02-05 16:44:18 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/common-parmarkup.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: some more translations and - structural changes - -r1140 2012-02-05 13:23:36 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: some more translations - and structural changes - -r1139 2012-02-05 11:40:19 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: some more - translations and structural changes - -r1138 2012-02-05 11:11:34 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/common-fontsize.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/common-textmarkup.tex, doc/english/common-titles.tex, - doc/english/common-typearea.tex, doc/english/introduction.tex: some - more translations, structural changes and typografical optimizations - -r1137 2012-02-03 16:25:43 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex: einige - Querverweise ergänzt - -r1136 2012-02-03 16:25:19 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/typearea.tex: ein Leerzeichen - korrgiert - -r1135 2012-02-02 17:14:01 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/common-fontsize.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: some more translations and - structure changes - -r1134 2012-02-01 16:48:19 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, - doc/english/common-typearea.tex: some more translations and structure - changes - -r1133 2012-02-01 13:03:02 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/common-draftmode.tex: section - heading translated - -r1132 2012-02-01 13:01:54 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/common-draftmode.tex: date update - -r1131 2012-02-01 13:00:44 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/common-draftmode.tex: some more - translations and structure changes - -r1130 2012-02-01 12:58:18 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/guide.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/common-draftmode.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: some more translations - and structure changes - -r1129 2012-01-31 15:19:29 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/typearea.tex: translation complete - -r1128 2012-01-31 14:50:22 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbase.tex, - doc/english/typearea-experts.tex, doc/english/typearea.tex, - doc/english/common-compatibility.tex, doc/english/introduction.tex: - some additions to the translation and some completely new - translations - -r1127 2012-01-13 10:44:09 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/introduction.tex: updated - translation - -r1126 2012-01-13 10:43:45 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/guide.tex: a very small step to update the structure of - the english user guide - -r1125 2012-01-12 11:31:42 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex: missing \ at \Unit - fixed - -r1124 2012-01-12 11:24:09 +0100 mjk: - - * scrmain.ins: conditional betas and beta releases should not be mixed - into same \generate - -r1123 2012-01-12 11:09:49 +0100 mjk: - - * scrwfile.dtx, doc/, doc/guide.tex, doc/Makefile.guide, - doc/english/, doc/english/Makefile: use generated scrwfile.tex at - english guide - -r1122 2012-01-10 15:48:18 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx: prepared for KOMA-Script 3.10 - -r1121 2012-01-10 09:37:54 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, - scrkernel-title.dtx, Makefile, scrlogo.dtx, scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, - scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, scrkernel-floats.dtx, - scrkernel-language.dtx, Makefile.baseinit, scrkernel-variables.dtx, - scrkernel-footnotes.dtx, scrkernel-index.dtx, - scrkernel-circularletters.dtx, scrstrop.inc, - scrkernel-bibliography.dtx, scrstrip.inc, scrkernel-typearea.dtx, - scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx, scrdoc.dtx, - scrjura.dtx, manifest.txt, scrkernel-listsof.dtx, - scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, scrmain.ins, Makefile.baserules, - tocstyle.dtx, scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx, scrhack.dtx, scrpage.dtx, - scrwfile.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx, japanlco.dtx, - scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, scrtime.dtx, scrkernel-fonts.dtx, - scrextend.dtx, scraddr.dtx, scrlfile.dtx, tocbasic.dtx, - scrkernel-basics.dtx, doc/, doc/scrguide.ist, doc/guide.bib, - doc/Makefile, doc/guide.tex, doc/linkalias.tex, doc/scrguide.gst, - doc/scrguide.cls, doc/plength.dtx, doc/Makefile.guide, - doc/Makefile.latexinit, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-marginpar.tex, doc/ngerman/guide-ngerman.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-fontsize.tex, doc/ngerman/expertpart.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-interleafpage.tex, doc/ngerman/scrdatetime.tex, - doc/ngerman/adrconvnote.tex, doc/ngerman/common-dictum.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-options.tex, doc/ngerman/scrextend.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-lists.tex, doc/ngerman/common-draftmode.tex, - doc/ngerman/typearea-experts.tex, doc/ngerman/scrhack.tex, - doc/ngerman/typearea.tex, doc/ngerman/common-oddorevenpage.tex, - doc/ngerman/authorpart.tex, doc/ngerman/common-compatibility.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-typearea.tex, doc/ngerman/introduction.tex, - doc/ngerman/preface.tex, doc/ngerman/scraddr.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, doc/english/common-marginpar.tex, - doc/english/common-parmarkup.tex, doc/english/common-fontsize.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/english/guide-english.tex, - doc/english/common-interleafpage.tex, doc/english/scrdatetime.tex, - doc/english/adrconvnote.tex, doc/english/common-dictum.tex, - doc/english/japanlco.tex, doc/english/common-footnotes.tex, - doc/english/common-lists.tex, doc/english/common-draftmode.tex, - doc/english/common-textmarkup.tex, doc/english/typearea.tex, - doc/english/common-oddorevenpage.tex, doc/english/scrlfile.tex, - doc/english/common-titles.tex, doc/english/common-compatibility.tex, - doc/english/common-typearea.tex, doc/english/introduction.tex, - doc/english/scraddr.tex, obsolete/scrlettr.ins, - obsolete/scrlettr.dtx: Copyright -2012 - -r1120 2012-01-10 09:07:15 +0100 mjk: - - * manifest.txt, doc/, doc/guide.bib, doc/scrguide.cls, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-marginpar.tex, doc/ngerman/common-parmarkup.tex, - doc/ngerman/guide-ngerman.tex, doc/ngerman/common-fontsize.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-interleafpage.tex, doc/ngerman/scrdatetime.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-dictum.tex, doc/ngerman/common-options.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-footnotes.tex, doc/ngerman/scrextend.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-lists.tex, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlttr2examples.dtx, doc/ngerman/common-draftmode.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex, doc/ngerman/typearea-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-textmarkup.tex, doc/ngerman/scrhack.tex, - doc/ngerman/typearea.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-oddorevenpage.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-titles.tex, doc/ngerman/common-compatibility.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-typearea.tex, doc/ngerman/introduction.tex, - doc/ngerman/preface.tex, doc/ngerman/scraddr.tex: documentation update - for KOMA-Script 3.10 - -r1119 2011-10-26 14:55:03 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: \ignorespaces at end of \begin{document} - -r1118 2011-09-30 10:34:57 +0200 mjk: - - * scrjura.dtx: support for languages austrian and naustrian - -r1117 2011-09-30 10:11:56 +0200 mjk: - - * scrjura.dtx: fix: broken par numbering with option number new: font - element contract.Paragraph changes: several minor KOMA-Script - compatibility changes - -r1116 2011-09-29 16:16:32 +0200 mjk: - - * scrjura.dtx: ref=onlyparagraph added - -r1115 2011-09-29 12:14:00 +0200 mjk: - - * scrjura.dtx: new options juratocindent and juratocnumberwidth for - configuration of indentation and number width of the entries at - table of contents - -r1114 2011-09-29 11:47:58 +0200 mjk: - - * scrjura.dtx: option juratotoc allowes level values additional to - switches - -r1113 2011-09-29 11:11:14 +0200 mjk: - - * scrjura.dtx: new option parnumber - -r1112 2011-09-28 10:56:37 +0200 mjk: - - * Makefile, scrmain.ins, scrhack.dtx: scrhack has a new hack floatrow - -r1111 2011-09-28 08:53:11 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx: fix: options parskip if package everysel - or tracefnt was loaded - -r1110 2011-09-27 08:56:10 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: changed toc entry creation fixed - -r1109 2011-09-27 08:54:42 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-footnotes.dtx: fix: footnotes=multiple may be a class or - package option fix: footnotes=multiple with scrextend and standard - classes - -r1108 2011-09-22 11:02:23 +0200 mjk: - - * Makefile, manifest.txt, doc/, doc/Makefile: scrwfile is part of - KOMA-Script - -r1107 2011-09-20 10:52:29 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-typearea.dtx: \storeareas stores \marginparwidth and - \marginparsep too - -r1106 2011-09-16 13:34:41 +0200 mjk: - - * obsolete/scrlettr.dtx: \cite (war nur noch einer) beseitigt - -r1105 2011-09-16 12:54:46 +0200 mjk: - - * scrmain.ins: visualize is not longer a permanent beta - -r1104 2011-09-13 16:57:43 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-typearea.dtx: new command \storeareas to store and restore - the current type area and margins - -r1103 2011-09-13 08:19:42 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-footnotes.dtx: fix: Option footnotes=multiple may be used - as class option workaround: Package setspace destroys - footnote=multiple - -r1102 2011-09-12 11:05:56 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: unknown values for global options are not - longer errors and not longer removed from list of unknown global - options - -r1101 2011-09-11 18:14:15 +0200 mjk: - - * scrwfile.dtx: several docu fixes by Patrick Häcker - -r1100 2011-09-09 11:53:12 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: missing \par added - -r1099 2011-09-05 10:16:07 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx: using \providecommand instead of - \newcommand at definition of \@textsubscript - -r1098 2011-09-02 13:46:49 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-floats.dtx: new environment: captionofbeside - -r1097 2011-09-02 10:26:53 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx: new \dictumrule - -r1096 2011-09-01 12:07:38 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/guide.bib: entry package:selinput - -r1095 2011-08-31 11:25:04 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-index.dtx, scrkernel-bibliography.dtx, - scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, scrjura.dtx, scrkernel-listsof.dtx, - scrkernel-sections.dtx: Using \MakeMarkcase - -r1094 2011-08-30 12:55:46 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/guide.bib: microtype entry - -r1093 2011-08-30 12:54:45 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: Extension of optional argument of \part, - \chapter etc. activated by option headings=optiontotocandhead, - headings=optiontoheadandtoc, headings=optiontohead or - headings=optiontotoc. If the extension is activated and no = is at - the optional argument of \part, \chapter etc. the optional argument - will be used for running head and table of contents depending on the - value of headings: - - - optiontotocandhead|optionstoheadandtoc: running head and table of contents; - - - optiontohead: running head only; - - - optiontotoc: table of contents only. If there is a = in the optional - argument of \part, \chapter etc. it will be interpreted as - key=value list with keys: - - - tocentry=<value>: use <value> at table of contents; - - - head=<value>: use <value> at running head. If the table of contents - argument is empty, no entry at table of contents will be - generated! - -r1092 2011-08-30 12:47:27 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: start 3.10 BETA - -r1091 2011-06-16 09:26:43 +0200 mjk: - - * releaselist.txt: release 2011/06/16 v3.09a - -r1090 2011-06-16 09:26:10 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx: prepared for 3.09a - -r1089 2011-06-16 09:24:50 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-draftmode.tex, doc/ngerman/common-textmarkup.tex, - doc/ngerman/typearea.tex, doc/ngerman/common-titles.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-compatibility.tex, doc/ngerman/introduction.tex: - some minor steps to the next book release - -r1088 2011-06-16 09:10:09 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: \important - -r1087 2011-06-16 09:06:56 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: new usage of \unexpanded fixed - -r1086 2011-06-07 08:33:40 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: \FamilyOptions uses e-TeX command \unexpanded - to be more robust - -r1085 2011-05-30 15:29:06 +0200 mjk: - - * tocbasic.dtx: fixed: floats may have an optional argument - -r1084 2011-04-13 10:13:57 +0200 mjk: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex: - \captionof, \captionaboveof und \captionbelowof dokumentiert - -r1083 2011-04-13 09:20:52 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-floats.dtx: fix: new \captionof feature - -r1082 2011-04-13 09:15:33 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-floats.dtx: \captionof sets \@captionabovetrue depending - on \csname if@\@captype captionabove\endcsname - -r1081 2011-04-12 10:40:47 +0200 mjk: - - * tocbasic.dtx: again do not explicite mark if the TOC is numbered - -r1080 2011-04-12 10:40:09 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: prepared for - 3.09a BETA - -r1079 2011-04-05 09:05:02 +0200 mjk: - - * releaselist.txt: release 2011/04/02 v3.09 - -r1077 2011-04-05 08:58:11 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: prepared for - 3.09 - -r1076 2011-04-05 08:52:55 +0200 mjk: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/guide.bib, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex: neue Werte für Option captions - dokumentiert - -r1075 2011-04-02 07:54:03 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-floats.dtx: new values for option "captions" - -r1074 2011-04-01 10:27:22 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: fix: \Family@@Numical@@Key --> - \Family@@String@@Key - -r1073 2011-03-31 10:27:18 +0200 mjk: - - * tocstyle.dtx: one comment changed - -r1072 2011-03-31 10:24:16 +0200 mjk: - - * scrtime.dtx: one % added - -r1071 2011-03-31 10:21:23 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-variables.dtx: only indents changed - -r1070 2011-03-31 10:19:27 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx: only one indent changed - -r1069 2011-03-31 10:08:05 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: \FamilyStringKey and \FamilyNumericalKey fixed - (thanks to Michael Pock) - -r1068 2011-03-23 19:10:35 +0100 mjk: - - * TODO: neue Optionen und Anweisungen - -r1067 2011-03-23 19:03:00 +0100 mjk: - - * tocbasic.dtx: todays change fixed - -r1066 2011-03-23 18:51:49 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-floats.dtx: new options `captions=top', `captions=bot', - `captions=figureabove', `captions=figurebelow' new commands - `\captionaboveof' and `\captionsbelowof' - -r1065 2011-03-23 15:46:02 +0100 mjk: - - * tocbasic.dtx: *** empty log message *** - -r1064 2011-03-23 15:45:43 +0100 mjk: - - * tocbasic.dtx: options "atbegin" and "atend" added to \DeclareNewTOC - -r1063 2011-03-10 09:38:30 +0100 mjk: - - * TODO: new entry - -r1062 2011-03-10 09:37:34 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex: Neue Sprache, - naustrian, dokumentiert - -r1061 2011-03-10 09:28:23 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-language.dtx: scrlttr2 supports language naustrian - -r1060 2011-03-09 12:46:48 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex: Dokumentation von - \AfterClass!, \AfterPackage!, \AfterAtEndOfClass, - \AfterAtEndOfPackage - -r1059 2011-03-09 12:44:04 +0100 mjk: - - * scrlfile.dtx: new: \AfterClass!, \AfterPackage!, \AfterAtEndOfClass, - \AfterAtEndOfPackage - -r1058 2011-03-08 19:48:43 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex: Tippfehler korrigiert - -r1057 2011-03-08 18:29:55 +0100 mjk: - - * scrlfile.dtx, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex: new - commands \AfterClass+ and \AfterPackage+ that wait until loading of - class or package has been finished - -r1056 2011-03-07 10:50:55 +0100 mjk: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex: alte - Font-Elemente refname und refvalue dokumentiert; neue Werte - dateleft, dateright, nodate für Option refline dokumentiert - -r1055 2011-03-07 09:38:43 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, TODO: new values dateleft, dateright, and - nodate for option refline - -r1054 2011-03-06 11:14:05 +0100 mjk: - - * TODO: missing docu of font elements `refname' and `refvalue' - -r1053 2011-03-01 13:45:55 +0100 mjk: - - * tocbasic.dtx: loop in using \@currext fixed - -r1051 2011-02-23 18:48:29 +0100 mjk: - - * Makefile, scrmain.ins, scrkernel-fonts.dtx: new package - scrfontsizes.sty for generation of KOMA-Script compatible font - sizefiles - -r1050 2011-02-22 11:56:51 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrdatetime.tex: scrdate supports - austrian and naustrian now - -r1049 2011-02-22 11:39:28 +0100 mjk: - - * scrtime.dtx, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrdatetime.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/scrdatetime.tex: scrdate supports austrian - and naustrian now - -r1048 2011-02-22 10:15:41 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-fonts.dtx: \@listiv, \@listv, and \listvi fixed at - \changefontsizes - -r1046 2011-02-22 09:40:35 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: prepared for - 3.08b BETA - -r1045 2011-02-19 10:50:59 +0100 mjk: - - * releaselist.txt: release 2011/02/19 v3.08a - -r1044 2011-02-19 10:49:40 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx: prepared for 3.08a - -r1043 2011-02-11 08:59:34 +0100 mjk: - - * scrlfile.dtx: internal \@gobbleopt renamed due to a compatibility - issue with ntheorem [once again reported by Rolf Niepraschk] - -r1042 2011-02-09 18:51:45 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex: Neue Variablen - firsthead, firstfoot, nexthead, nextfoot und die Empfehlung die - überholten Anweisungen \firshead, \firstfoot, \nexthead, \nextfoot - nicht mehr zu verwenden. - -r1041 2011-02-09 18:37:55 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex: Variablen firsthead, - firstfoot, nexthead, nextfoot dokumentiert - -r1040 2011-01-25 18:10:52 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-typearea.dtx: file date changed - -r1039 2011-01-25 18:05:51 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-typearea.dtx: missing % at one \AtBeginDocument added - -r1038 2011-01-25 18:04:26 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: prepared for - 3.08a BETA - -r1037 2011-01-25 09:02:16 +0100 mjk: - - * releaselist.txt: release 2011/01/25 v3.08 - -r1036 2011-01-25 09:00:57 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx: prepared for 3.08 - -r1035 2011-01-25 08:58:29 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx: last change of \nexthead fixed - -r1034 2011-01-22 12:56:13 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex: Tippfehler - bei listof=entryprefix korrigiert - -r1033 2011-01-20 11:37:25 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, - scrkernel-title.dtx, Makefile, scrlogo.dtx, scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, - scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, scrkernel-floats.dtx, - scrkernel-language.dtx, Makefile.baseinit, scrsource.tex, - scrkernel-variables.dtx, scrkernel-footnotes.dtx, - scrkernel-index.dtx, scrkernel-circularletters.dtx, scrstrop.inc, - scrkernel-bibliography.dtx, scrstrip.inc, scrkernel-typearea.dtx, - scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx, scrdoc.dtx, - scrjura.dtx, scrkernel-listsof.dtx, scrmain.ins, Makefile.baserules, - tocstyle.dtx, scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx, scrhack.dtx, scrpage.dtx, - scrwfile.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx, japanlco.dtx, - scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scrextend.dtx, - scraddr.dtx, scrlfile.dtx, tocbasic.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx, doc/, - doc/scrguide.ist, doc/Makefile, doc/guide.tex, doc/linkalias.tex, - doc/scrguide.cls, doc/plength.dtx, doc/Makefile.guide, - doc/Makefile.latexinit, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex, doc/ngerman/common-marginpar.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-parmarkup.tex, doc/ngerman/Makefile, - doc/ngerman/guide-ngerman.tex, doc/ngerman/common-fontsize.tex, - doc/ngerman/expertpart.tex, doc/ngerman/common-interleafpage.tex, - doc/ngerman/adrconvnote.tex, doc/ngerman/common-dictum.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-options.tex, doc/ngerman/common-footnotes.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrextend.tex, doc/ngerman/common-lists.tex, - doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2examples.dtx, - doc/ngerman/common-draftmode.tex, doc/ngerman/typearea-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-textmarkup.tex, doc/ngerman/typearea.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-oddorevenpage.tex, doc/ngerman/authorpart.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex, doc/ngerman/common-titles.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-compatibility.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-typearea.tex, doc/ngerman/introduction.tex, - doc/ngerman/preface.tex, doc/ngerman/scraddr.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/common-marginpar.tex, doc/english/common-parmarkup.tex, - doc/english/Makefile, doc/english/common-fontsize.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/english/guide-english.tex, - doc/english/common-interleafpage.tex, doc/english/scrdatetime.tex, - doc/english/adrconvnote.tex, doc/english/common-dictum.tex, - doc/english/japanlco.tex, doc/english/common-footnotes.tex, - doc/english/common-lists.tex, doc/english/common-draftmode.tex, - doc/english/common-textmarkup.tex, doc/english/typearea.tex, - doc/english/common-oddorevenpage.tex, doc/english/scrlfile.tex, - doc/english/common-titles.tex, doc/english/common-compatibility.tex, - doc/english/common-typearea.tex, doc/english/introduction.tex, - doc/english/scraddr.tex, obsolete/scrlettr.ins, - obsolete/scrlettr.dtx: Update of Copyright date - -r1032 2011-01-20 11:08:24 +0100 mjk: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex: - Font-Element "chapterprefix", das seit Version 2.96a existiert, - dokumentiert. - -r1031 2011-01-20 10:33:04 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex: Anweisungen - \PreventPackageFromLoading, \StorePreventPackageFromLoading, - \ResetPreventPackageFromLoading dokumentiert - -r1030 2011-01-20 09:01:41 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex: compilation error - fixed - -r1029 2011-01-20 09:00:32 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex: scrlttr2 supports - swedish (Benjamin Hell) - -r1028 2011-01-20 08:56:03 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-language.dtx, doc/, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex: scrlttr2 supports swedish (Benjamin - Hell) - -r1027 2011-01-18 12:50:07 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrdatetime.tex: Dank Benjamin Hell - werden nun auch Schwedisch und Dänish von scrdate unterstützt. - -r1026 2011-01-18 12:43:01 +0100 mjk: - - * scrtime.dtx: new languages swedish and danish (Benjamin Hell) - -r1025 2011-01-10 15:06:24 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx: output of fields address and - location fixed at visualize.lco - -r1024 2010-12-14 11:20:44 +0100 mjk: - - * tocbasic.dtx: \tocbasicautomode fixed - -r1023 2010-12-14 10:51:53 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, doc/, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/common-parmarkup.tex: new option parskip=never to avoid - vertical stretching of paragraphs with \flushbottom - -r1022 2010-12-14 10:38:13 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: checksum fixed - -r1021 2010-12-14 10:37:40 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: - empty element at options list fixed - - warning for unexpected usage of \AfterKOMAoptions fixed - -r1020 2010-11-22 17:50:57 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/guide.bib: fixed: Johannes Braams [thanks to Dietrich - Grau] - -r1019 2010-11-05 16:13:02 +0100 mjk: - - * TODO: new entries - -r1018 2010-11-05 16:11:17 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex: \FamilyStringKey - dokumentiert - -r1017 2010-11-05 15:37:31 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: fix for \Family@@String@@Key - -r1016 2010-11-05 15:24:59 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: new: \FamilyStringKey - -r1015 2010-11-05 12:22:30 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: Allow empty elements at option list of - \KOMAoptions and \FamilyOptions and value list of \KOMAoption and - \FamilyOption. CAVEAT: BREAKS SPECIFICATION! - -r1014 2010-11-05 11:52:31 +0100 mjk: - - * scrlfile.dtx: file date fixed - -r1013 2010-11-05 11:51:56 +0100 mjk: - - * scrlfile.dtx: allow \PreventPackageFromLoading, - \ResetPreventPackageFromLoading, and \StorePreventPackageFromLoading - at preamble only - -r1012 2010-11-05 11:28:52 +0100 mjk: - - * scrwfile.dtx: Options documentation fixed - -r1011 2010-11-04 13:23:17 +0100 mjk: - - * scrlfile.dtx: new \PreventPackageFromLoading, - \ResetPreventPackageFromLoading, \StorePreventPackageFromLoading - -r1010 2010-11-04 10:46:27 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-floats.dtx: space needed for captionbeside should be - independent of vertical alignment - -r1009 2010-11-04 10:40:11 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-floats.dtx: vertical alignment of captionbeside in case of - t- or b-placement fixed - -r1008 2010-11-01 21:13:17 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-listsof.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx: new: - \addchaptertocentry, \addparttocentry - -r1007 2010-10-28 11:55:30 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: checksum fixed - -r1006 2010-10-28 11:55:02 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: 3.07a removed because never existed - -r1005 2010-10-28 11:54:00 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: prepared for - 3.08 BETA - -r1004 2010-10-28 11:51:40 +0200 mjk: - - * scrlfile.dtx: don't care about already existing - \protected@immediate@write, just define it - -r1003 2010-10-28 11:49:47 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, scrkernel-variables.dtx, - scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx: \firsthead, \nexthead, \firtfoot, \nextfoot - are deprecated and replaced by variables - -r1002 2010-10-20 10:49:11 +0200 mjk: - - * Makefile: fix last change - -r1001 2010-10-20 10:48:46 +0200 mjk: - - * Makefile: prepare replaces indirect \ifbeta definition too - -r1000 2010-10-20 10:41:44 +0200 mjk: - - * scrwfile.dtx: block order changed at dtx file - -r999 2010-10-19 09:28:00 +0200 mjk: - - * scrwfile.dtx: internal command prefix `tst@' replaced by `scrwfile@' - -r998 2010-10-05 09:15:57 +0200 mjk: - - * scrwfile.dtx: added BerliOS to release sources - -r997 2010-10-04 15:45:41 +0200 mjk: - - * scrwfile.dtx: first alpha of new package scrwfile - -r996 2010-09-30 15:13:22 +0200 mjk: - - * scrlfile.dtx: \protected@immediate@write added - -r995 2010-09-30 10:58:13 +0200 mjk: - - * scrmain.ins: usage of tocbasic rule load extension - -r994 2010-09-30 10:57:24 +0200 mjk: - - * tocbasic.dtx: load rule extended: may be used by package load rules - too - -r993 2010-09-30 10:56:40 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: prepared for - KOMA-Script 3.07a BETA - -r992 2010-09-17 18:10:51 +0200 mjk: - - * TODO: translation leak added - -r991 2010-09-17 11:11:10 +0200 mjk: - - * releaselist.txt: release 2010/09/17 v3.07 - -r990 2010-09-17 10:55:45 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx: prepared for 3.07 - -r989 2010-09-17 10:20:13 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx: pagestyle bug fixed at - \cleardoubleoddpageusingstyle, \cleardoubleevenpageusingstyle, - \cleardoublepageusingstyle - -r988 2010-09-14 12:41:11 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/linkalias.tex, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex: neues Font-Element - "footnoterule" dokumentiert - -r987 2010-09-14 11:55:32 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: prepared for - KOMA-Script 3.07 BETA - -r986 2010-09-14 11:51:44 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-footnotes.dtx: new font element footnoterule to allow - color changes of the foot note separation rule - -r985 2010-09-14 11:30:57 +0200 mjk: - - * tocbasic.dtx: expand the arguments of \addtotoclist while adding - them to the internal list of known pairs of extensions and owners - -r984 2010-09-02 17:15:55 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrmain.ins, scrextend.dtx: scrextend - identification added - -r983 2010-08-24 15:17:25 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex: Fehler in - Faltmarkentabelle korrigiert [gemeldet von Adrian Devries] - -r982 2010-07-29 20:29:14 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx: vertical alignment of addresse with parskip - setting different from false fixed - -r981 2010-06-30 10:51:52 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/Makefile: scrbase.html and tocbasic.html added - -r980 2010-06-30 10:51:31 +0200 mjk: - - * manifest.txt: scrbase.html and tocbasic.html added - -r979 2010-06-17 11:14:29 +0200 mjk: - - * scrjura.dtx: copyright date of generated files fixed - -r976 2010-06-17 10:44:55 +0200 mjk: - - * scrjura.dtx: "beta" removed from version number to not compromise - the LPPL - -r975 2010-06-17 09:54:01 +0200 mjk: - - * releaselist.txt: release 2010/06/17 v3.06 - -r974 2010-06-17 09:53:42 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: prepared for - 3.06 - -r973 2010-06-17 09:52:53 +0200 mjk: - - * TODO: updated - -r972 2010-06-09 10:52:24 +0200 mjk: - - * tocbasic.dtx: documentation of noprotrusion changed - -r971 2010-06-09 10:33:04 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: usage of font element "sectioning" replaced - by usage of font element "disposition" - -r970 2010-06-09 10:32:03 +0200 mjk: - - * tocbasic.dtx: deactivate protrusion at TOCs if microtype was loaded - and feature "noprotrusion" was not set - -r969 2010-06-07 16:47:10 +0200 mjk: - - * scrjura.dtx: \changes hinzugefügt bzw. korrigiert - -r968 2010-06-07 16:26:51 +0200 mjk: - - * scrjura.dtx: Neue Optionen "ref=nopar" (schaltet die Ausgabe der - Absatznummer bei \ref und \refPar ab), "ref=nosentence" (schaltet - die Ausgabe der Satznummer bei \ref und \refSentence ab), - "ref=OnlyParagraph" (kombiniert nopar und nosentence). - -r967 2010-06-02 17:31:34 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex: neue Anweisungen dokumentiert - -r966 2010-06-02 17:30:45 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: setting of feature chapteratlist moved to - scrkliof.dtx - -r965 2010-06-02 17:28:54 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/: neue Anweisung \setfootnoterule dokumentiert - -r964 2010-06-02 17:21:21 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/typearea.tex: Trennung von - "Papierformatumschaltung" korrigiert - -r963 2010-06-02 15:20:55 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-listsof.dtx: settings of option "listof" (also indirekt - via toc) are valid for all "list of"s of tocbasic owner float, even - if they are not yet defined - -r962 2010-06-02 12:07:57 +0200 mjk: - - * scrpage.dtx: \if@twoside load time dependency changed into - \if@twoside run time dependency - -r961 2010-06-02 12:05:46 +0200 mjk: - - * tocbasic.dtx: new command \DeclareNewTOC - -r960 2010-06-02 11:43:45 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-listsof.dtx: new option "listof=entryprefix"; new internal - macros \numberline@prefix, \numberline@postfix, - \numberline@numberformat, \numberline@box, that may be used to - change the behaviour of \numberline - -r959 2010-04-29 12:55:13 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx: vertical alignment of addmargin - after \par with \parskip>0 fixed - -r958 2010-04-28 10:56:17 +0200 mjk: - - * scrjura.dtx: write the type of a label into the label - -r957 2010-04-28 10:00:14 +0200 mjk: - - * scrjura.dtx: error message fixed - -r956 2010-04-28 09:59:52 +0200 mjk: - - * scrjura.dtx: error message fixed - -r955 2010-04-28 09:59:26 +0200 mjk: - - * scrjura.dtx: some optimizations and one missing error message added - -r954 2010-04-26 11:13:43 +0200 mjk: - - * scrjura.dtx: some optimizations at writing \newmaxpars into aux and - at \getmaxpars - -r953 2010-04-23 10:51:25 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/guide.tex, doc/scrguide.cls, doc/Makefile.guide, - doc/ngerman/: link to other language using package bookmark - -r952 2010-04-05 19:31:04 +0200 mjk: - - * scrjura.dtx: version number (patch level) increased - -r951 2010-04-05 19:30:07 +0200 mjk: - - * scrjura.dtx: new option juratitlepagebreak - -r950 2010-04-03 19:40:32 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-footnotes.dtx: new command \setfootnoterule and some - helper macros for the new command - -r949 2010-03-24 09:25:03 +0100 mjk: - - * Makefile: scrtime.ins does not longer exist - -r948 2010-03-24 09:22:20 +0100 mjk: - - * scrmain.ins, scrkernel-fonts.dtx: \setkomafont, \addtokomafont, - \usekomafton, \newkomafont, \aliaskomafont moved to package scrkbase - -r947 2010-03-18 16:01:23 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-typearea.dtx, doc/, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/typearea.tex: option pagesize supports new output driver - dvipdfmx - -r946 2010-03-18 15:40:08 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: usage of package marginnote to set the - change marks - -r945 2010-03-18 12:33:32 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: 3.05a is not a new compatibility level - -r944 2010-03-18 12:32:36 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-typearea.dtx: remove not correct working geometry change - -r943 2010-03-18 11:54:38 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-typearea.dtx: file date an version fixed - -r942 2010-03-18 11:54:00 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, scrkernel-typearea.dtx: if - compatibility is at least 3.05a typearea shares binding correction - with binding offset of package geometry - -r941 2010-03-14 10:08:21 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex: fehlende \ChangedAt - und fehlende Doku zu \AfterReadingMainAux ergänzt - -r940 2010-03-12 11:48:23 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrdatetime.tex: Ein paar Fehlerchen - korrigiert und Kritik von Alexander umgesetzt. - -r939 2010-03-11 11:20:56 +0100 mjk: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrdatetime.tex: Die - Anweisungen \CenturyPart, \DecadePart, \DayNumber, - - \ISODayNumber, \DayName, \ISODayName, \DayNameByNumber, \ISOToday, - - \IsoToday, \todaysnumber sind dokumentiert (scrdate). Die Änderung - bezüglich Option 12h ist dokumentiert (scrtime). - -r938 2010-03-11 09:46:00 +0100 mjk: - - * scrtime.dtx: New command \todaysnumber - -r937 2010-03-11 08:42:19 +0100 mjk: - - * scrtime.dtx: new command \IsoToday - -r936 2010-03-10 19:21:09 +0100 mjk: - - * TODO: undocumented commands added - -r935 2010-03-10 19:18:39 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex: \XdivY und \XmodY - dokumentiert - -r934 2010-03-10 18:45:25 +0100 mjk: - - * scrtime.dtx: New commands \CenturyPart, \DecadePart, \DayNumber, - \ISODayNumber, \DayName, \ISODayName, \DayNameByNumber, \ISOToday at - package scrdate - -r933 2010-03-10 18:27:23 +0100 mjk: - - * manifest.txt: scrtime.ins is not longer part of KOMA-Script - -r932 2010-03-10 15:33:59 +0100 mjk: - - * scrmain.ins, scrtime.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx: scrtime and new - written scrdate handled by scrmain.ins, \XdivY and \XmodY added to - scrbase (used by scrdate) - -r931 2010-03-10 13:03:30 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: prepared for - 3.05a BETA - -r930 2010-02-15 11:49:41 +0100 mjk: - - * releaselist.txt: release 2010/02/15 v3.05 - -r929 2010-02-15 11:48:37 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx: prepared for 3.05 - -r928 2010-02-15 11:38:37 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex: missing - \ChangedAt entries added - -r927 2010-02-09 10:41:50 +0100 mjk: - - * TODO: some TODOs removed - -r926 2010-02-09 10:38:52 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, - scrkernel-title.dtx, Makefile, scrlogo.dtx, scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, - scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, scrkernel-floats.dtx, - scrkernel-language.dtx, Makefile.baseinit, scrsource.tex, - scrkernel-variables.dtx, scrkernel-footnotes.dtx, - scrkernel-index.dtx, scrkernel-circularletters.dtx, scrstrop.inc, - scrkernel-bibliography.dtx, scrstrip.inc, scrkernel-typearea.dtx, - scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx, scrdoc.dtx, scrjura.dtx, - scrkernel-listsof.dtx, scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, scrmain.ins, - Makefile.baserules, tocstyle.dtx, scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx, - scrpage.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx, japanlco.dtx, - scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, scrtime.dtx, scrkernel-fonts.dtx, - scrextend.dtx, scraddr.dtx, scrlfile.dtx, tocbasic.dtx, doc/, - doc/scrguide.ist, doc/koma-script.html, doc/guide.bib, doc/Makefile, - doc/guide.tex, doc/linkalias.tex, doc/scrguide.cls, doc/plength.dtx, - doc/Makefile.guide, doc/Makefile.latexinit, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-marginpar.tex, doc/ngerman/Makefile, - doc/ngerman/guide-ngerman.tex, doc/ngerman/common-fontsize.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/ngerman/expertpart.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-interleafpage.tex, doc/ngerman/scrdatetime.tex, - doc/ngerman/adrconvnote.tex, doc/ngerman/common-dictum.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-options.tex, doc/ngerman/common-footnotes.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrextend.tex, doc/ngerman/common-lists.tex, - doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2examples.dtx, - doc/ngerman/common-draftmode.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/typearea-experts.tex, doc/ngerman/common-textmarkup.tex, - doc/ngerman/typearea.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-oddorevenpage.tex, doc/ngerman/authorpart.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex, doc/ngerman/common-titles.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-compatibility.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-typearea.tex, doc/ngerman/introduction.tex, - doc/ngerman/preface.tex, doc/ngerman/scraddr.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, doc/english/common-marginpar.tex, - doc/english/common-parmarkup.tex, doc/english/Makefile, - doc/english/common-fontsize.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/english/guide-english.tex, - doc/english/common-interleafpage.tex, doc/english/scrdatetime.tex, - doc/english/adrconvnote.tex, doc/english/common-dictum.tex, - doc/english/japanlco.tex, doc/english/common-footnotes.tex, - doc/english/common-lists.tex, doc/english/common-draftmode.tex, - doc/english/common-textmarkup.tex, doc/english/typearea.tex, - doc/english/common-oddorevenpage.tex, doc/english/scrlfile.tex, - doc/english/common-titles.tex, doc/english/common-compatibility.tex, - doc/english/common-typearea.tex, doc/english/introduction.tex, - doc/english/scraddr.tex, obsolete/scrlettr.ins, - obsolete/scrlettr.dtx: * it's 2010 * user documentation of pseudo - lengths "firstheadhpos" and "firstheadvpos" added - -r925 2010-02-05 09:20:36 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx: \pagemark changed to allow last element of - pagenumber may expect an argument - -r924 2010-02-02 09:18:46 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: improved stability of \FamilyExecuteOptions - -r923 2010-01-29 15:25:24 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: some \edef replaced by \protected@edef to fix - e.g. \ifstr and \FamilyOptions - -r922 2010-01-26 10:13:44 +0100 mjk: - - * scrhack.dtx: deactivation of hyperref hack if hyperref since v6.79h - detected - -r921 2010-01-18 12:26:40 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-parmarkup.tex: parskip table - fixed [reported by Aradan] - -r920 2010-01-05 16:20:01 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex: Tippfehler korrigiert - -r919 2010-01-05 16:19:36 +0100 mjk: - - * tocbasic.dtx: \BeforeStartingTOC, \AfterStartingTOC, \BeforeTOCHead, - \AfterTOCHead fixed [error reported by Rolf Niepraschk] - -r918 2009-12-15 08:44:51 +0100 mjk: - - * scrhack.dtx: several docu fixes by Jens Kubieziel - -r917 2009-11-28 12:00:45 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-typearea.tex: -r916 2009-11-28 11:57:23 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex: Ligaturverhinderung im Index - wegen neuer hyperref-Version geändert - -r915 2009-11-28 11:53:56 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/common-marginpar.tex, - doc/english/common-parmarkup.tex, doc/english/common-fontsize.tex, - doc/english/common-interleafpage.tex, doc/english/common-dictum.tex, - doc/english/common-footnotes.tex, doc/english/common-lists.tex, - doc/english/common-draftmode.tex, doc/english/common-textmarkup.tex, - doc/english/common-oddorevenpage.tex, doc/english/common-titles.tex, - doc/english/common-compatibility.tex, - doc/english/common-typearea.tex: common.tex splitted - -r914 2009-11-28 11:53:21 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-marginpar.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-parmarkup.tex, doc/ngerman/common-fontsize.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-interleafpage.tex, doc/ngerman/common-dictum.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-options.tex, doc/ngerman/common-footnotes.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-lists.tex, doc/ngerman/common-draftmode.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-textmarkup.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-oddorevenpage.tex, doc/ngerman/common-titles.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-compatibility.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-typearea.tex: common.tex splitted - -r913 2009-11-28 11:35:29 +0100 mjk: - - * Makefile.baseinit: workaround for behaviour change (bug?) of - kpsewhich 5.0.0 - -r912 2009-11-28 11:16:05 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: spellfix: internally - -r911 2009-11-11 16:44:30 +0100 mjk: - - * tocstyle.dtx: improve handling of standard classes - -r910 2009-11-11 11:33:18 +0100 mjk: - - * tocstyle.dtx, scrpage.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx: part is always - level -1 - -r909 2009-11-11 10:35:40 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx: checksum fixed - -r908 2009-11-11 09:38:32 +0100 mjk: - - * TODO: TODO entries about "firstheadhpos" and "firstfoothpos" - -r907 2009-11-09 16:28:43 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx: new - pseudo lengths supported - -r906 2009-11-09 16:04:39 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx: New pseudo-lengths "firstheadhpos" and - "firstfoothpos". - -r905 2009-11-09 11:48:51 +0100 mjk: - - * tocstyle.dtx: fix: toc indentation should use parent max values but - will terminate later - -r904 2009-11-09 10:25:24 +0100 mjk: - - * scrhack.dtx: load hyperref hack earlier (after loading hyperref and - the hyperref driver files) - -r903 2009-09-05 15:45:26 +0200 mjk: - - * TODO: microtype-TODO für tocbasic aufgenommen - -r902 2009-08-05 11:43:27 +0200 mjk: - - * scrhack.dtx: changed order of options and commands to make it more - robust for different package loading orders - -r901 2009-08-05 11:41:44 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: version number at \changes fixed - -r900 2009-08-05 11:40:51 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-floats.dtx: version number at \changed fixed - -r899 2009-08-05 11:40:00 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-listsof.dtx: version number at \changed fixed - -r898 2009-07-24 19:54:31 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx: prepared for 3.05 BETA - -r897 2009-07-24 19:32:25 +0200 mjk: - - * releaselist.txt: release v3.04a 2009/07/24 - -r896 2009-07-24 17:48:46 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: prepared for - 3.04a - -r895 2009-07-24 15:53:30 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx: generation of KOMAold fixed - -r894 2009-07-24 11:59:07 +0200 mjk: - - * tocstyle.dtx: documentation of commands \showtoc, \aliastoc, - \tocstyleTOC, \tocstyleAliasTOC, \tocstyledepth, and \iftochasdepth - added. - -r893 2009-07-15 16:53:14 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: new comment for pdfborderstyle={/S/U/W 1} - -r892 2009-07-15 11:22:44 +0200 mjk: - - * manifest.txt: common.tex splitted into single common-<nr>.tex files - -r891 2009-07-15 11:21:06 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls, doc/Makefile.guide, doc/ngerman/, - doc/english/: common.tex splitted into single common-<nr>.tex files - -r890 2009-07-14 10:01:30 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-title.dtx: Option titlepage may be changed after loading - using \KOMAoptions. - -r889 2009-07-10 15:41:10 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex: documentation of - element "pagefoot" in table and description changed - -r888 2009-07-08 10:30:58 +0200 mjk: - - * TODO: update of the much to old TODO list - -r887 2009-07-08 10:25:15 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-floats.dtx: \captionof added - -r886 2009-07-08 09:16:19 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: prepared for - 3.05 BETA - -r885 2009-07-07 18:23:22 +0200 mjk: - - * releaselist.txt: Release 2009/07/07 3.04 - -r884 2009-07-07 17:54:28 +0200 mjk: - - * scrstrip.inc: beta comment changed - -r881 2009-07-07 11:48:32 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, scrmain.ins: - some files may be beta but nevertheless may be distributed since - KOMA-Script 3.04 - -r880 2009-07-07 11:00:10 +0200 mjk: - - * scrmain.ins: UScommercial9.lco and UScommercial9DW.lco are still - beta - -r879 2009-07-07 10:15:05 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex: ChangeLog - entry for visualize.lco fixed - -r878 2009-07-07 10:14:10 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: version number of 3.03, 3.03a, and - 3.03b fixed - -r876 2009-06-30 16:08:16 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex: deutsche Dokumentation von - UScommercial9.lco UScommercial9DW.lco und visualize.lco - -r875 2009-06-30 13:06:19 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx: CheckSum fixed - -r874 2009-06-30 12:31:53 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx: \showfieldcolor replaced by font - element field - -r873 2009-06-30 12:24:02 +0200 mjk: - - * Makefile, scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, scrmain.ins: Do not - longer create USletter2w.lco; renamed USletterC9DW.lco into - UScommercial9DW.lco; new LCO UScommercial9.lco. - -r872 2009-06-30 08:33:44 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx: spelling of ``addressee'' fixed - -r871 2009-06-29 18:59:41 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, scrmain.ins: new LCO USletterC9DW - -r870 2009-06-26 14:01:27 +0200 mjk: - - * Makefile, scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, scrmain.ins: new lco - files visualize.lco and USletter2w.lco startet - -r869 2009-06-25 11:09:46 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx: - implementation of sender and addressee field fits documentation - (sender does not longer increase height of addresse) - -r868 2009-06-25 10:21:40 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx: vertical alignment of addressee and usage - of \@savevbox fixed - -r867 2009-06-12 12:20:48 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex: lco files sorted - -r866 2009-06-12 11:13:49 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex: Reihenfolge der - NF-Dateien korrigiert - -r865 2009-06-09 11:46:44 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: workaround for undocumented problem of - hyperref with \relax at \the<Counter> - -r864 2009-06-08 09:24:37 +0200 mjk: - - * tocbasic.dtx: typo fixed at usage of \doforeachtocfile - -r863 2009-05-11 12:09:06 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx: scrextend has font elements - labelinglabel and labelingseparator - -r862 2009-04-21 10:48:00 +0200 mjk: - - * Makefile: new Letter Class Option NF.lco - -r861 2009-04-21 10:45:52 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, scrmain.ins, doc/, doc/guide.bib, - doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrlttr2.tex: new Letter Class Option NF.lco - -r860 2009-04-21 09:06:07 +0200 mjk: - - * tocbasic.dtx: one indirect message changed - -r859 2009-04-21 08:56:43 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: One »~« replaced by »\nobreakspace« to - improve compatibility with Spanish (babel). - -r858 2009-04-21 08:55:07 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: one »~« replaced by »\nobreakspace« - -r857 2009-04-12 19:55:30 +0200 mjk: - - * scrhack.dtx: \ProvidesFile for the hak-files fixed - -r856 2009-04-12 19:55:05 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: prepared for - 3.03b BETA - -r855 2009-04-06 09:07:57 +0200 mjk: - - * Makefile: missing *.hak files added - -r854 2009-04-03 16:48:18 +0200 mjk: - - * releaselist.txt: release 2009/04/03 v3.03a - -r853 2009-04-03 16:17:23 +0200 mjk: - - * scrpage.dtx: no real changes - -r852 2009-04-03 09:40:47 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx: prepared for 3.03a - -r851 2009-04-02 11:31:08 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx: Bug at calculation of width of - labeling label fixed - -r850 2009-04-02 11:30:28 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: prepared for - 3.03a BETA - -r849 2009-03-30 10:29:16 +0200 mjk: - - * releaselist.txt: release 2009/04/01 v3.03 - -r848 2009-03-30 09:49:35 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: prepared for - 3.03 - -r846 2009-03-25 10:47:43 +0100 mjk: - - * scrstrip.inc: german comment changed - -r845 2009-03-25 10:46:36 +0100 mjk: - - * scrlfile.dtx: new command \AfterReadingMainAux - -r844 2009-03-24 10:22:26 +0100 mjk: - - * scrjura.dtx: Alexanders Doku-Änderungen - -r843 2009-03-19 11:01:11 +0100 mjk: - - * lppl.txt, scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, - scrkernel-title.dtx, Makefile, komabug.tex, scrlogo.dtx, - scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, - scrkernel-floats.dtx, scrkernel-language.dtx, Makefile.baseinit, - scrsource.tex, scrkernel-variables.dtx, scrkernel-footnotes.dtx, - scrkernel-index.dtx, scrkernel-circularletters.dtx, scrstrop.inc, - scrkernel-bibliography.dtx, scrstrip.inc, scrkernel-typearea.dtx, - scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx, scrdoc.dtx, - scrjura.dtx, manifest.txt, scrkernel-listsof.dtx, - scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, scrmain.ins, Makefile.baserules, - tocstyle.dtx, scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx, scrhack.dtx, lppl-de.txt, - scrpage.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx, japanlco.dtx, - scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, scrtime.dtx, scrkernel-fonts.dtx, - scrextend.dtx, scraddr.dtx, scrlfile.dtx, tocbasic.dtx, - scrkernel-basics.dtx, doc/, doc/scrguide.ist, doc/koma-script.html, - doc/Makefile, doc/guide.tex, doc/linkalias.tex, doc/scrguide.gst, - doc/scrguide.cls, doc/plength.dtx, doc/Makefile.guide, - doc/Makefile.latexinit, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex, doc/ngerman/Makefile, - doc/ngerman/guide-ngerman.tex, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/ngerman/expertpart.tex, doc/ngerman/scrdatetime.tex, - doc/ngerman/adrconvnote.tex, doc/ngerman/scrextend.tex, - doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2examples.dtx, - doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex, doc/ngerman/typearea-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/htmlsetup, doc/ngerman/typearea.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/authorpart.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex, - doc/ngerman/introduction.tex, doc/ngerman/preface.tex, - doc/ngerman/scraddr.tex, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/english/Makefile, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/guide-english.tex, doc/english/scrdatetime.tex, - doc/english/adrconvnote.tex, doc/english/japanlco.tex, - doc/english/htmlsetup, doc/english/typearea.tex, - doc/english/scrlfile.tex, doc/english/introduction.tex, - doc/english/scraddr.tex, doc/bin/, doc/bin/genhtmlidx.pl, - doc/bin/genindex.pl, obsolete/scrlettr.ins, obsolete/scrlettr.dtx: - switched from LPPL 1.3b to LPPL 1.3c - -r842 2009-03-18 11:32:48 +0100 mjk: - - * scrstrip.inc: You are not allowed to change this file - -r841 2009-03-18 11:28:05 +0100 mjk: - - * scrstrip.inc: link to LaTeX base added - -r840 2009-03-17 10:22:07 +0100 mjk: - - * scrmain.ins: hack for listings added - -r839 2009-03-17 10:21:01 +0100 mjk: - - * scrhack.dtx: hack for listings added - -r838 2009-03-16 17:54:36 +0100 mjk: - - * Makefile, scrsource.tex, manifest.txt, scrmain.ins, tocbasic.dtx: - new packages - -r837 2009-03-16 17:51:50 +0100 mjk: - - * scrhack.dtx: new package hacking other packages - -r836 2009-03-16 15:07:38 +0100 mjk: - - * scrjura.dtx: Option paragraphmark fixed - -r835 2009-03-16 10:09:44 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex: Peter heißt jetzt - einheitlich Musterfrau während Petra Mustermann heißt. - -r834 2009-03-16 10:07:02 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: \ifstr usage at \ChangedAt fixed - -r833 2009-03-12 08:59:13 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/Makefile: provide overwriting of a - non symlink tocbasic.tex at temporary rule tocbasic.tex - -r832 2009-03-12 08:55:06 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/Makefile: temporary rule for - generation of tocbasic.tex added - -r831 2009-03-04 19:19:04 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex: Erlärung der neuen Möglichkeiten - von scrlttr2 3.03 bis 2009/03/04 - -r830 2009-03-04 19:17:55 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, japanlco.dtx: set term for - "fromzipcode" - -r829 2009-03-04 18:41:27 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx: "ECONOMAY" --> "ECONOMY" - -r828 2009-03-04 11:43:37 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-variables.dtx: new command \ifkomavar and reimplementation - of \ifkomavarempty - -r827 2009-03-04 11:25:28 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx: new addresse modes "PP", "backgroundimage", - "image" with several new font elements and pseudo-lengths - -r826 2009-03-02 17:24:10 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/linkalias.tex, doc/ngerman/: Option "version" wird - neuerdings bereits im Kapitel über typearea eingeführt, also - müssen die Links in den freien Versionen darauf zeigen. - -r825 2009-02-27 09:45:52 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/: "Abstandsart" --> "Methode" vereinheitlicht - -r824 2009-02-19 10:03:05 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: Error if not e-TeX, at least version 2, is - used - -r823 2009-02-17 11:15:39 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-language.dtx: made the already-defined test more robust - -r822 2009-02-17 10:13:46 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx: Information to `final' fixed at - scrextend - -r821 2009-02-14 11:03:08 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: 3.02c ist not the same like 3.02b - -r820 2009-02-14 10:47:50 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-typearea.dtx: some implementation docu added - -r819 2009-02-14 10:22:53 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-typearea.dtx: PostScript code added to change page size at - the document - -r818 2009-02-13 18:45:23 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-typearea.dtx: paper=seascape implemented - -r817 2009-02-11 12:35:36 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx: one comment changed - -r816 2009-02-04 15:19:47 +0100 mjk: - - * scrjura.dtx: some more additions to reference commands - -r815 2009-02-04 13:02:45 +0100 mjk: - - * scrjura.dtx: several changes for improving references and usage of - KOMA options - -r814 2009-02-04 12:31:06 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: \KOMA@ifkey and \KOMA@ncmdkey does also define - the family member - -r813 2009-01-30 17:08:24 +0100 mjk: - - * scrlogo.dtx: date changed - -r812 2009-01-30 17:07:40 +0100 mjk: - - * scrlogo.dtx: intro comment changed - -r811 2009-01-28 08:41:40 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, - scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx: bug at new labeling feature from - version 3.02 fixed (reported by Werner Lemberg) - -r810 2009-01-26 10:39:25 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/typearea.tex: - \BeginIndex{Option}{DIV~=areaset} fixed - -r809 2009-01-24 11:51:36 +0100 mjk: - - * releaselist.txt: release 2009/01/24 v3.02b - -r808 2009-01-24 11:49:14 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: prepared for - 3.02b - -r807 2009-01-24 11:34:08 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-floats.dtx: One more fix of vertical alignment of one line - captions - -r806 2009-01-23 15:44:17 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: version number fixed - -r805 2009-01-23 15:39:38 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: problem using amsmath fixed - -r804 2009-01-20 18:46:00 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/: {} hinter \nopagebreak eingefügt (Danke an - Torsten Krüger) - -r803 2009-01-20 12:12:55 +0100 mjk: - - * tocbasic.dtx: no explicite marks if ``numbered'' - -r802 2009-01-20 11:50:00 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex: - "scrreport" durch "scrreprt" ersetzt (Dank an Marco Daniel) - -r801 2009-01-06 18:32:15 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/Makefile.guide: common.tex added - -r800 2009-01-06 18:25:58 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/typearea.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/typearea.tex: Many changes by GH - -r799 2009-01-02 16:00:25 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/typearea.tex: changes by GH - -r798 2009-01-02 10:03:38 +0100 mjk: - - * releaselist.txt: release 2009/01/01 v3.02 - -r797 2009-01-02 10:02:45 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: prepared for - 3.02 - -r796 2009-01-02 09:41:42 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, - scrkernel-title.dtx, Makefile, komabug.tex, scrlogo.dtx, - scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, - scrkernel-floats.dtx, Makefile.baseinit, scrsource.tex, - scrkernel-variables.dtx, scrkernel-footnotes.dtx, - scrkernel-index.dtx, scrkernel-circularletters.dtx, scrstrop.inc, - scrkernel-bibliography.dtx, scrstrip.inc, scrkernel-typearea.dtx, - scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, scrdoc.dtx, scrjura.dtx, manifest.txt, - scrkernel-listsof.dtx, scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, scrmain.ins, - Makefile.baserules, tocstyle.dtx, scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx, - scrpage.dtx, japanlco.dtx, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, - scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scrextend.dtx, scraddr.dtx, scrlfile.dtx, - tocbasic.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx, doc/, doc/scrguide.ist, - doc/Makefile, doc/guide.tex, doc/linkalias.tex, doc/scrguide.gst, - doc/scrguide.cls, doc/plength.dtx, doc/Makefile.guide, - doc/Makefile.latexinit, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex, doc/ngerman/Makefile, - doc/ngerman/guide-ngerman.tex, doc/ngerman/expertpart.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrdatetime.tex, doc/ngerman/adrconvnote.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrextend.tex, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlttr2examples.dtx, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/typearea-experts.tex, doc/ngerman/htmlsetup, - doc/ngerman/typearea.tex, doc/ngerman/authorpart.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex, doc/ngerman/introduction.tex, - doc/ngerman/preface.tex, doc/ngerman/scraddr.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, doc/english/Makefile, - doc/english/guide-english.tex, doc/english/scrdatetime.tex, - doc/english/adrconvnote.tex, doc/english/japanlco.tex, - doc/english/htmlsetup, doc/english/typearea.tex, - doc/english/scrlfile.tex, doc/english/introduction.tex, - doc/english/scraddr.tex, obsolete/scrlettr.ins, - obsolete/scrlettr.dtx: prepared for 2009 - -r795 2009-01-02 08:59:35 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrdatetime.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/scrdatetime.tex: documentation of the new features of rev. - 792-794 - -r794 2009-01-02 08:57:34 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx: new font elements "labelinglabel" - and "labelingseparator" - -r793 2009-01-02 08:56:28 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-language.dtx, scrtime.dtx: new language norsk (by Sveinung - Heggen) - -r792 2009-01-02 08:54:37 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: new macro \partheademptypage - -r791 2008-12-09 12:33:28 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: prepared for - 3.01c BETA - -r790 2008-12-09 11:11:14 +0100 mjk: - - * releaselist.txt: release 2008/12/09 v3.01b - -r789 2008-12-09 11:09:51 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx: prepared for 3.01b - -r788 2008-12-09 11:07:02 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-title.dtx, scrextend.dtx: scrextend does work without - enabled extended title feature - -r787 2008-12-09 11:06:16 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, scrkernel-typearea.dtx, scrmain.ins, - doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/typearea.tex: option version at - typearea avaible to improve option "paper"; warning messages - improved; option "paper" improved - -r786 2008-12-08 11:48:52 +0100 mjk: - - * scrpage.dtx, doc/, doc/ngerman/: Options "headinclude", - "headexclude", "footinclude" and "footexclude" are deprecated at - scrpage2 - -r785 2008-12-08 11:47:02 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/guide-ngerman.tex: Verbesserungen - beim Änderungsverzeichnis berücksichtigt - -r784 2008-12-08 11:46:07 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: sort of change list improved - -r783 2008-12-08 11:34:24 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: \ChangedAt improved - -r782 2008-12-08 11:18:24 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/: \ChangedAt-Einträge korrigiert - -r781 2008-12-07 13:54:17 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/typearea.tex: vertikale Abstände - nach listings verbessert - -r780 2008-12-07 13:53:42 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: horizontal spacing for listings improved - -r779 2008-12-07 13:51:55 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-language.dtx: missing \let #2\undefined\relax added at - \(new|renew|provide)captionname - -r778 2008-11-28 08:09:13 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/typearea.tex: erste Korrekturen und - Vorschläge von Torsten - -r777 2008-11-25 14:50:13 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/typearea.tex: Beispiel korrigiert - -r776 2008-11-24 09:20:03 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: prepared for - 3.01b BETA - -r775 2008-11-23 15:50:26 +0100 mjk: - - * releaselist.txt: release 2008/11/23 v3.01a - -r774 2008-11-23 15:08:06 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx: prepared for 3.01a - -r770 2008-11-22 08:06:54 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-footnotes.dtx: fix: \@footenotetext must be long! - -r769 2008-11-21 09:24:20 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/: geänderte Voreinstellung für »version« - dokumentiert - -r768 2008-11-21 09:03:06 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, scrkernel-title.dtx, - scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, - scrkernel-floats.dtx, scrkernel-language.dtx, scrkernel-index.dtx, - scrkernel-bibliography.dtx, scrkernel-typearea.dtx, - scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, scrkernel-listsof.dtx, - scrkernel-sections.dtx, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, - scrkernel-basics.dtx, doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: - improved messages at - usage of standard options or usage of deprecated - - KOMA-Script-specific options - some options became deprecated instead of - simply obsolete - pre-setting of version is last - usage of any - deprecated option switchs to version=first - -r767 2008-11-20 11:56:43 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: prepared for - 3.01a BETA - -r766 2008-11-19 15:20:19 +0100 mjk: - - * scrpage.dtx: fatal bug with \if@mainmatter (instead of \csname - if@mainmatter\endcsname at message fixed - -r765 2008-11-14 10:04:59 +0100 mjk: - - * releaselist.txt: release 2008/11/14 v3.01 - -r764 2008-11-14 09:04:09 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: prepared for - 3.01 - -r763 2008-11-13 12:51:55 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-listsof.dtx, scrmain.ins, scrkernel-sections.dtx, - tocbasic.dtx, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex: fixes and - extensions at tocbasic - -r762 2008-11-13 12:51:19 +0100 mjk: - - * scrstrip.inc: do not ask for overwrite any longer - -r761 2008-11-13 12:49:56 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx: missing usage of \@listi at - scrsizeXXpt.clo added (reported by Alexander Niske) - -r760 2008-11-13 09:48:02 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex: - \ChangedAt-Einträge korrigiert - -r759 2008-11-12 16:21:03 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex: von Thomas - Jerge gemeldete Fehler beseitigt - -r758 2008-11-12 16:18:27 +0100 mjk: - - * tocbasic.dtx: fix: \twocolumne --> \twocolumn - -r757 2008-11-11 14:48:50 +0100 mjk: - - * tocbasic.dtx: \@addtotoclist renamed to \scr@addtotoclist because of - package flowfram - -r756 2008-11-03 17:37:07 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, doc/, doc/plength.dtx, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex: new pseudo-lengths: subjectvpos, - subjectbeforevskip, subjectaftervskip - -r755 2008-11-03 15:48:41 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx: nix geändert - -r754 2008-11-03 15:06:03 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx: Ready for 3.01 BETA - -r753 2008-11-03 11:10:19 +0100 mjk: - - * Makefile: dtx = ins fixed - -r752 2008-11-03 10:49:39 +0100 mjk: - - * Makefile: symlinks should work now - -r751 2008-11-03 09:32:11 +0100 mjk: - - * Makefile: exit 1 removed - -r748 2008-11-03 07:52:55 +0100 mjk: - - * releaselist.txt: release 2008/11/03 v3.00 - -r747 2008-11-03 07:51:55 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx: prepared for 3.00 - -r746 2008-10-31 09:02:21 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/typearea.tex, - doc/ngerman/preface.tex: Ligaturen in den Bookmarks drin lassen - -r745 2008-10-20 10:29:35 +0200 mjk: - - * tocbasic.dtx: only build changes - -r744 2008-10-20 09:50:04 +0200 mjk: - - * tocstyle.dtx: \if@tocleft test fixed - -r743 2008-10-16 09:59:20 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-index.dtx, scrkernel-bibliography.dtx, - scrkernel-listsof.dtx, doc/, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex: toc and notoc values of options - listof, index and bibliography equalized - -r740 2008-10-14 16:52:03 +0200 mjk: - - * Makefile: handling of DTX_IS_INS files fixed - -r739 2008-10-08 09:17:21 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-typearea.dtx: layout information not only with \typearea - but also \areaset - -r738 2008-10-07 17:45:50 +0200 mjk: - - * releaselist.txt: release 2008/10/07 v3.00RC2 - -r737 2008-10-07 17:02:01 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx: Prepared for 3.00RC2 - -r736 2008-10-07 16:58:36 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: \@autodottrue and \@autodotfalse work global - to make autodot feature group level independant - -r735 2008-10-07 12:17:42 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx: Ready for 2008/10/07 3.00 RC1 - -r734 2008-10-07 12:11:13 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/guide.tex, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/english/typearea.tex, - doc/english/scraddr.tex: minor changes for KOMA-Script 3 - -r733 2008-10-06 12:07:42 +0200 mjk: - - * tocbasic.dtx, doc/, doc/guide.tex, doc/Makefile.guide, - doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/guide-english.tex, doc/english/typearea.tex: minor changes - for english documentation - -r732 2008-09-27 10:51:05 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx: \frontmatter, - \mainmatter and \backmatter use \cleardoubleoddpage - -r731 2008-09-24 14:35:34 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/Makefile: Vorbereitungen fuer das - Buch - -r730 2008-09-23 17:00:45 +0200 mjk: - - * manifest.txt, doc/, doc/Makefile, doc/ngerman/: usage of new german - guide - -r729 2008-09-23 14:23:54 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/Makefile, doc/linkalias.tex, doc/scrguide.cls, - doc/Makefile.guide, doc/Makefile.latexinit, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex, - doc/ngerman/Makefile, doc/ngerman/guide-ngerman.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/ngerman/expertpart.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrdatetime.tex, doc/ngerman/adrconvnote.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrextend.tex, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlttr2examples.dtx, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/typearea-experts.tex, doc/ngerman/htmlsetup, - doc/ngerman/typearea.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/authorpart.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex, - doc/ngerman/introduction.tex, doc/ngerman/preface.tex, - doc/ngerman/scraddr.tex, doc/bin/, doc/bin/genhtmlidx.pl: - Modifications for new german guide (KOMA-Script-Buch 3. Auflage) - -r728 2008-09-19 11:04:34 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/guide.bib, doc/guide.tex, doc/scrguide.cls, - doc/plength.dtx, doc/english/, doc/english/guide-english.tex, - doc/english/htmlsetup, doc/bin/, doc/bin/genhtmlidx.pl: preparation to - add the new german guide - -r727 2008-09-09 09:45:40 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx: prepared for 3.00 BETA - -r726 2008-09-09 09:42:06 +0200 mjk: - - * tocbasic.dtx: spell fix - -r725 2008-08-05 11:14:56 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx: \partpagestyle not defined at scrartcl any - longer, because not used - -r724 2008-07-11 12:56:15 +0200 mjk: - - * tocstyle.dtx: part with \hfill leaders - -r723 2008-07-09 20:05:52 +0200 mjk: - - * scrlfile.dtx: \newpage only temporary not allowed at - \BeforeCloseMainAux - -r722 2008-07-09 12:44:12 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-typearea.dtx, doc/: new value "semi" for option "twoside" - -r721 2008-07-05 13:36:49 +0200 mjk: - - * tocbasic.dtx: some \Macro{\@currext} replaced by \Macro{@currext} - -r720 2008-07-04 16:42:44 +0200 mjk: - - * scrsource.tex: tocbasic removed because of \if-level problem - -r719 2008-07-04 16:19:04 +0200 mjk: - - * scrsource.tex: tocbasic added - -r718 2008-07-04 16:01:21 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-listsof.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx, tocbasic.dtx: - vertical space or chapter entry for chapters to list of ... using - tocbasic - -r717 2008-07-04 13:26:14 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-listsof.dtx, scrmain.ins, tocbasic.dtx: toc, lof and lot - created using tocbasic (code at scrksect.dtx still has to be changed - -r716 2008-07-01 10:53:35 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: some ugly hyperref hacks lack of an - interface for class and package authors - -r715 2008-07-01 09:59:19 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, - scrkernel-sections.dtx: \relax added at compatibility tests - -r714 2008-06-19 11:47:45 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-title.dtx, scrmain.ins, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, - scrextend.dtx: scrextend activates features with option - "extendedfeature" not longer with e.g. option "titlepage=KOMA" - -r713 2008-06-06 11:50:57 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx: option `foldmarks' fixed - -r712 2008-05-28 09:23:26 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: FamilyNumericalKey fixed - -r711 2008-05-14 11:47:38 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx: option "draft" also at scrextend - -r710 2008-05-06 14:26:43 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/: Wort korrigiert - -r709 2008-05-06 09:28:23 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: Most \Family... commands have an optional - argument for the member - -r708 2008-05-02 16:46:18 +0200 mjk: - - * TODO: new packages scrbase and scrextend - -r707 2008-05-02 16:43:26 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, scrkernel-title.dtx, Makefile, - scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, scrkernel-floats.dtx, - scrkernel-language.dtx, scrsource.tex, scrkernel-footnotes.dtx, - scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx, - scrmain.ins, scrkernel-sections.dtx, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, - scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scrextend.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx: new packages - scrbase and scrextend - -r706 2008-04-30 09:52:59 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/: diverse Neuerungen inbesondere bezüglich der Optionen - dokumentiert - -r705 2008-04-30 09:52:22 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/guide.bib: some additional references - -r704 2008-04-30 09:15:14 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: Explain improved; obsolete LM fixes removed - -r703 2008-04-30 09:13:50 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: more aliases for option numbers - -r702 2008-04-17 11:51:49 +0200 mjk: - - * README.SVN, LIESMICH.SVN: README.SVN and LIESMICH.SVN for tester of - the svn version. - -r701 2008-04-17 11:35:20 +0200 mjk: - - * README.SVN: Need for Makefile revision removed; VERBOSE note added - -r700 2008-04-17 11:25:02 +0200 mjk: - - * Makefile.baserules: spell fix - -r699 2008-04-17 11:23:44 +0200 mjk: - - * Makefile, Makefile.baserules, doc/, doc/Makefile, - doc/Makefile.guide: new rules: prepare, prepare_recursive, - prepare_local - -r698 2008-04-16 11:45:23 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-listsof.dtx: bib-values for option `toc' - -r697 2008-04-11 12:08:52 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: indentation and page break after environment - "Declaration" avoided - -r696 2008-04-11 10:15:46 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx: default for - \cleardoublepage changed depeding on "version" - -r695 2008-04-10 11:43:54 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/guide-english.tex: missing % at - \GuideLanguageExtensions added - -r694 2008-04-10 11:43:09 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/: missing % at \GuideLanguageExtensions added - -r693 2008-04-09 16:39:33 +0200 mjk: - - * TODO: documentation leaks - -r692 2008-04-09 16:18:30 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-typearea.dtx: Replacement for option `dvips' changed - -r691 2008-04-09 08:57:00 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-typearea.dtx: new option `headheight' - -r690 2008-04-08 12:11:07 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: \OptionValue does not longer generate an - additional desc:[...].option.[...] label - -r689 2008-04-08 11:33:37 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: new: \OptionValue - -r688 2008-04-04 09:55:09 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/: Gernot in die Danksagung aufgenommen - -r687 2008-04-04 09:37:50 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx: prepared for 2.98c BETA - -r686 2008-04-03 12:01:09 +0200 mjk: - - * tocbasic.dtx: one more fix of beta handling - -r685 2008-04-03 10:42:17 +0200 mjk: - - * tocbasic.dtx: beta generation fixed - -r683 2008-04-03 10:37:04 +0200 mjk: - - * tocbasic.dtx: scrbeta used - -r681 2008-03-27 10:16:07 +0100 mjk: - - * TODO: already existing note about using "version" only at class - loading removed - -r680 2008-03-27 09:13:23 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx: date changed - -r679 2008-03-27 09:10:54 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/Makefile, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/english/guide-english.tex, - doc/english/scrdatetime.tex, doc/english/adrconvnote.tex, - doc/english/japanlco.tex, doc/english/htmlsetup, - doc/english/typearea.tex, doc/english/scrlfile.tex, - doc/english/introduction.tex, doc/english/scraddr.tex: unknown change - -r678 2008-03-27 09:09:02 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex: only option "version" - may not be set using \KOMAoptions - -r677 2008-03-27 09:08:08 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/: "version" ist die einzige Option, die nicht per \KOMAoptions - gesetzt werden kann - -r676 2008-03-27 08:41:40 +0100 mjk: - - * scrjura.dtx: ask is false - -r675 2008-03-27 08:40:45 +0100 mjk: - - * Makefile, scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, scrmain.ins, - scrkernel-fonts.dtx: new font size files scrsize10pt.clo, - scrsize11pt.clo, scrsize12pt.clo - -r674 2008-03-27 08:40:38 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx: options "headsepline" and "footsepline" - improved - -r673 2008-03-26 15:30:52 +0100 mjk: - - * TODO: \@ifpackageloaded problem solved - -r672 2008-03-26 14:41:51 +0100 mjk: - - * TODO: one documentation and one implementation fault - -r671 2008-03-25 14:49:35 +0100 mjk: - - * README.SVN: new instruction for installation from svn - -r670 2008-03-24 11:30:01 +0100 mjk: - - * Makefile: scrjura added - -r669 2008-03-24 11:12:19 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx: prepared for 2.98c BETA - -r668 2008-03-24 11:10:35 +0100 mjk: - - * Makefile: improved handling of alpha files, that should be part of - distribution - -r667 2008-03-24 11:06:00 +0100 mjk: - - * tocstyle.dtx: <feature> etc. replaced by !<feature!> etc. - -r666 2008-03-24 07:38:50 +0100 mjk: - - * Makefile: Warning for missing ChangeLog changed - -r665 2008-03-22 16:58:33 +0100 mjk: - - * TODO: broken option fixed - -r664 2008-03-22 16:56:04 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-fonts.dtx: option `Xpt' does work again - -r663 2008-03-20 19:01:44 +0100 mjk: - - * TODO: broken option - -r662 2008-03-18 14:38:42 +0100 mjk: - - * tocbasic.dtx: auto mode added - -r661 2008-03-18 14:16:42 +0100 mjk: - - * tocbasic.dtx: documentation - -r660 2008-03-18 12:14:31 +0100 mjk: - - * tocbasic.dtx: some more features, some bug fixes and some more - documentation - -r659 2008-03-17 14:07:21 +0100 mjk: - - * tocbasic.dtx: some more documentation - -r658 2008-03-17 09:39:00 +0100 mjk: - - * tocbasic.dtx: some more documentation - -r657 2008-03-14 18:59:48 +0100 mjk: - - * tocbasic.dtx: implementation of most features (untested) and some - parts of documentation - -r656 2008-03-13 13:29:28 +0100 mjk: - - * tocbasic.dtx: start of a new package for class and packages authors - creating toc files - -r655 2008-03-12 09:50:59 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: new command \KOMAoption{<key>}{<valuelist>} - -r654 2008-03-12 09:50:24 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-floats.dtx: vertical alignment at captionsbeside fixed - -r653 2008-03-10 10:06:41 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: new values for option `headings' to set - options `chapterprefix' and `appendixprefix' - -r652 2008-03-10 09:52:26 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx: new option - `headings' with values `big', `normal', `small', `openany', - `openright', and `openleft'; option `bigheadings', `normalheadings', - and `smallheadings' are obsolete; `headings=big' is default - -r651 2008-03-10 09:27:32 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx: missing `v' at version argument of changes - entry added - -r650 2008-03-10 09:25:02 +0100 mjk: - - * obsolete/scrlettr.dtx: missing `v' at version argument of changes - entry added - -r649 2008-03-10 09:23:43 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-index.dtx: missing `v' at version argument of changes - entry added - -r648 2008-03-10 09:23:16 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-floats.dtx: missing `v' at version argument of changes - entry added - -r647 2008-03-10 09:22:50 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: missing `v' at version argument of changes - entry added - -r646 2008-03-07 10:25:13 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: new option `number' with values `auto', - `enddot', `noenddot' instead of obsolete options `pointednumbers' - and `pointlessnumbers'; options `pointednumber' and - `pointlessnumber' removed - -r645 2008-03-06 11:42:46 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx: \def\cleardoublepage to make option - `open=left' work even without usage of option `cleardoublepage' - -r644 2008-03-06 11:28:25 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: new value 'left' for option `open' - -r643 2008-03-06 11:22:57 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx: new macros `\cleardoubeoddstandardpage', - `\cleardoubleevenstandardpage', `\cleardoubleoddusingstyle', - `\cleardoubleevenusingstyle', `\cleardoubleoddemptypage', - `\cleardoubleevenemptypage', `\cleardoubleoddplainpage', - `\cleardoubleevenplainpage' - -r642 2008-03-06 11:09:25 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: new option `open' with values `any' and - `right' - -r641 2008-03-06 10:55:11 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx: `wlocfield' and `slocfield' are simple - obsolete options - -r640 2008-03-05 09:56:41 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-listsof.dtx: new values `nolistof', 'listof', and - 'listofnumbered' to option 'toc' - -r639 2008-03-05 09:38:36 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-listsof.dtx: new `toc=flat', `toc=graduated' instead of - obsolete `tocleft', `tocindent'; new `listof=notoc', `listof=totoc', - `listof=numbered', `listof=flat', `listof=graduated' instead of - obsolete `liststotoc', `liststotocnumbered', `listsleft', - `listsindent'; new `listof=chapterentry', `listof=nochaptergap', - `listof=chaptergapsmall', `listof=chaptergapline' - -r638 2008-03-04 17:31:23 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-listsof.dtx: new option `toc=index' and `toc=noindex' uses - `index=totoc' and `index=notoc' internally - -r637 2008-03-04 17:30:28 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-index.dtx: options `index=notoc' and `index=totoc' - replaces obsolete `idxtotoc' - -r636 2008-03-03 14:41:39 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-floats.dtx: deprecated handling for caption package - removed - -r635 2008-03-03 11:56:07 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-floats.dtx: Option `captions=oneline' instead of obsolete - `onelinecaptions', option `captions=nooneline' instead if obsolete - `noonelinecaptions'; values `topbeside', `bottombeside', - `centeredbeside', `rightbeside', `leftbeside', `innerbeside', - `outerbeside' for option `captions' to set default placement of - `captionsbeside' environment - -r634 2008-03-03 10:49:58 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-floats.dtx: date fixed - -r633 2008-03-03 10:24:13 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-floats.dtx: works with caption 3.1g - -r632 2008-02-29 16:19:13 +0100 mjk: - - * scrpage.dtx: usage of \if@mainmatter (instead of \ifmainmatter) at - scrpage.sty fixed - -r631 2008-02-29 13:13:13 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-floats.dtx: use \captionsetup* instead of \captionsetup - -r630 2008-02-18 11:13:30 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-floats.dtx: new option "captions"; "captions=tableheading" - replaces "tablecaptionabove"; "captions=tablesignature" replaces - "tablecaptionbelow" - -r629 2008-02-18 10:45:12 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: Obsolete option messages are messages of the - classes or packages that declare the option not of scrkbase. - -r628 2008-02-18 09:13:04 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-bibliography.dtx: \AtBeginBibliography renamed to - \AfterBibliographyPreamble because of biblatex - -r627 2008-02-16 11:42:17 +0100 mjk: - - * TODO: biblatex compatiblitity note - -r626 2008-02-15 15:25:26 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx: date changed - -r625 2008-02-15 12:51:39 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-bibliography.dtx: options "bibtotoc" and - "bibtotocnumbered" replaced by "bibliography=totoc" and - "bibliography=totocnumbered"; option "bibliography=nottotoc" added; - new commands \AtBeginBibliography, \AtEndBibliography and - \BreakBibliography - -r624 2008-02-15 10:15:38 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-bibliography.dtx: Option "openbib" replaced by - "bibliography=openstyle"; option "bibliography=oldstyle" added; new - command \newbibstyle - -r623 2008-02-15 10:12:30 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-title.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx: \ClassInfo replaced by - \ClassInfoNoLine at usage of \KOMA@DeclareObsoleteOption - -r622 2008-02-15 10:09:07 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: \ClassInfoNoLine defined - -r621 2008-02-15 08:32:25 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: missing \end{macrocode} added - -r620 2008-02-14 16:17:47 +0100 mjk: - - * scrpage.dtx: some changes about font elements `pagehead' and - `pagefoot' - -r619 2008-02-14 16:17:34 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx: some changes about font elements - `pagehead' and `pagefoot' - -r618 2008-02-14 15:40:51 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx: new font element `pageheadfoot'; font - element `pagehead' is only an alias for `pageheadfoot' - -r617 2008-02-14 15:39:43 +0100 mjk: - - * scrpage.dtx: new font element pagefoot - -r616 2008-02-14 15:20:49 +0100 mjk: - - * scrpage.dtx: \footfont added - -r615 2008-02-14 15:07:31 +0100 mjk: - - * tocstyle.dtx: support for deprecated TOC styles and KOMAScript is - deprecated (use KOMAlike instead of) - -r614 2008-02-14 12:53:27 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-footnotes.dtx: no unwanted warnings of footmisc package - -r613 2008-02-14 12:22:35 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-footnotes.dtx: footnote solution is compatible to footmisc - -r612 2008-02-14 11:22:39 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-footnotes.dtx: multifootnote does work unless using - bigfoot, manyfoot etc. Special handling for footmisc does not longer - produce a warning message. - -r611 2008-02-14 10:51:58 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-footnotes.dtx: docu fix - -r610 2008-02-01 12:13:17 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-footnotes.dtx: new option "multifootnotes" and new command - "\footref" - -r609 2008-02-01 09:07:06 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: prepared for - 2.98c BETA - -r608 2008-01-30 11:10:16 +0100 mjk: - - * releaselist.txt: release 2008/01/30 v2.98b - -r607 2008-01-30 10:26:17 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx: prepared for 2008/01/30 2.98b - -r606 2008-01-30 10:01:30 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: prepared for - 2.98b BETA - -r605 2008-01-30 10:00:17 +0100 mjk: - - * tocstyle.dtx: it's not a beta, it's an alpha - -r604 2008-01-30 09:51:41 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx: fix: \firsthead does not longer deactivate - "location" - -r603 2008-01-26 16:05:53 +0100 mjk: - - * scrjura.dtx: docu improvement - -r602 2008-01-25 11:26:24 +0100 mjk: - - * scrjura.dtx: First offizial alpha of a new package (german docu - only) - -r601 2008-01-11 11:24:01 +0100 mjk: - - * releaselist.txt: release 2008/01/11 v2.98a - -r600 2008-01-11 11:21:50 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, - scrkernel-title.dtx, Makefile, komabug.tex, scrlogo.dtx, - scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, - scrkernel-floats.dtx, scrkernel-language.dtx, Makefile.baseinit, - scrsource.tex, scrkernel-variables.dtx, scrkernel-footnotes.dtx, - scrkernel-index.dtx, scrkernel-circularletters.dtx, scrstrop.inc, - scrkernel-bibliography.dtx, scrstrip.inc, scrkernel-typearea.dtx, - scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx, scrdoc.dtx, - manifest.txt, scrkernel-listsof.dtx, - scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, scrmain.ins, Makefile.baserules, - tocstyle.dtx, scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx, README, scrpage.dtx, - scrkernel-sections.dtx, japanlco.dtx, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, - scrtime.dtx, scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scraddr.dtx, scrlfile.dtx, - scrkernel-basics.dtx, doc/, doc/scrguide.ist, doc/Makefile, - doc/guide.tex, doc/scrguide.gst, doc/scrguide.cls, doc/plength.dtx, - doc/Makefile.guide, doc/Makefile.latexinit, obsolete/scrlettr.ins, - obsolete/scrlettr.dtx: prepared for 2008/01/11 2.98a - -r598 2008-01-11 09:14:15 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx: behaviour of location field with - "fromalign=center" changed to the one before 2.98 - -r597 2008-01-08 11:41:53 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: prepared for 2.98a BETA - -r596 2008-01-08 11:39:47 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-typearea.dtx: twocolumn option - fixed at classes - -r595 2008-01-08 11:37:35 +0100 mjk: - - * Makefile: prepared for dtx that are ins too - -r594 2007-12-21 11:15:13 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx: version bug fixed - -r593 2007-12-21 11:03:40 +0100 mjk: - - * releaselist.txt: release 2007/12/24 v2.98 - -r592 2007-12-21 11:03:07 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: prepared for - 2.98 - -r591 2007-12-21 10:59:43 +0100 mjk: - - * tocstyle.dtx: note about scrlfile.dtx changed to note about - tocstyle.dtx at ins-part - -r590 2007-12-21 10:54:24 +0100 mjk: - - * Makefile: support packaging of alpha packages - -r589 2007-12-18 18:58:02 +0100 mjk: - - * scrlfile.dtx: spellfix and loading packages outside of any \if...\fi - to avoid errors in \if...\fi nesting of packages are reported as - errors of scrlfile - -r588 2007-12-17 09:00:09 +0100 mjk: - - * TODO: almost all done - -r587 2007-12-17 08:54:59 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: german - partentrypagenumber description at table of elements removed - -r585 2007-12-17 08:47:03 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/english/japanlco.tex: some additional translation and improvements - by GH and MJK - -r584 2007-12-15 15:57:37 +0100 mjk: - - * TODO: Gernot has done a lot of the TODOs - -r583 2007-12-15 15:51:52 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/: Tabelle der vordefinierten lco-Dateien um die Japanischen - lco-Dateien ergänzt - -r582 2007-12-15 15:42:28 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: \oentry added - -r581 2007-12-15 13:30:50 +0100 mjk: - - * manifest.txt: japanlco.tex added for english only - -r580 2007-12-15 13:27:17 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/Makefile.guide: japanlco.tex added for english only - -r579 2007-12-15 13:23:06 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/guide.tex, doc/scrguide.cls, doc/english/, - doc/english/japanlco.tex: new appendix for englisch guide - -r578 2007-12-15 13:18:13 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: some new - translations by GH - -r577 2007-12-15 12:58:50 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex: translations added by - GH - -r576 2007-12-07 10:46:47 +0100 mjk: - - * tocstyle.dtx: Alpha note added - -r575 2007-12-07 10:04:44 +0100 mjk: - - * TODO, doc/: Änderung bezüglich der Nummerierung in "\frontmatter" - dokumentiert - -r574 2007-12-07 09:27:54 +0100 mjk: - - * TODO, doc/: "location"-Werte für Option "fromalign" dokumentiert - -r573 2007-12-07 09:24:24 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/: \ChangedAt entries fixed - -r572 2007-12-07 09:23:01 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/: \ChangedAt-Einträge korrigiert - -r571 2007-12-07 08:27:39 +0100 mjk: - - * TODO, doc/: Optionen "firsthead" und "firstfoot" dokumentiert - (einschl. Auswirkungen auf Pseudolänge "firstfootvpos") - -r570 2007-12-04 12:05:53 +0100 mjk: - - * TODO: tocstyle wird erwähnt - -r569 2007-12-04 12:04:15 +0100 mjk: - - * TODO, doc/: Pseudo-Längen "lochpos", "locvpos", "locheight" - dokumentiert - -r568 2007-12-04 11:46:01 +0100 mjk: - - * TODO: rechter Einzug bei toaddrindent ist bereits dokumentiert - -r567 2007-12-04 11:44:02 +0100 mjk: - - * TODO, doc/: name of lco file != name of option - -r566 2007-12-04 11:36:59 +0100 mjk: - - * TODO, doc/: neue Werte für Option "subject"; Tabelle der - Pseudo-Längen sortiert - -r565 2007-11-30 13:06:11 +0100 mjk: - - * TODO, doc/: environment documentation changed; font elements for - address field - -r564 2007-11-29 12:35:39 +0100 mjk: - - * TODO: partentry, partentrypagenumber, chapterentry, - chapterentrypagenumber, sectionentry, sectionentrypagenumber - dokumentiert aber noch nicht übersetzt. - -r563 2007-11-29 12:33:47 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/: Font Elemente "partentry", "partentrypagenumber", - "chapterentry", "chapterentrypagenumber", "sectionentry", - "sectionentrypagenumber" dokumentiert - -r562 2007-11-29 10:40:12 +0100 mjk: - - * TODO: one more missing translation - -r561 2007-11-29 10:13:50 +0100 mjk: - - * TODO: some translations done - -r560 2007-11-29 10:11:56 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex: Some (but not all) - translations of changes at german file 2007/11/28 added by Gernot - Hassenpflug - -r559 2007-11-28 12:44:30 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/: Angabe von \datefinish korrigiert, \Unit verwendet - -r558 2007-11-28 12:38:42 +0100 mjk: - - * TODO, doc/: Dokumentation der Font-Elemente "subject" und - "subtitle", sowie der neuen Anweisung \subtitle - -r557 2007-11-28 12:35:00 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/Makefile.guide: remove guide.md5 at rule $(GUIDENAME).pdf - -r556 2007-11-28 10:06:03 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/: Erklärung zu Option "foldmarks" verbessert - -r555 2007-11-27 12:36:05 +0100 mjk: - - * TODO, doc/: Pseudo-Länge "fromrulewidth" dokumentiert - -r554 2007-11-27 12:27:16 +0100 mjk: - - * TODO, doc/: Font element "fromrule" dokumentiert - -r553 2007-11-27 10:00:28 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: 2.97e is not compatible to 2.97d - -r552 2007-11-27 09:50:51 +0100 mjk: - - * TODO, doc/: Die neuen Möglichkeiten für die Konfigurierung der - Faltmarken dokumentiert - -r551 2007-11-26 13:10:17 +0100 mjk: - - * TODO, doc/: Erklärung zur Option "foldmarks" erweitert - -r550 2007-11-26 12:23:35 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/: Font-Element "backaddress" dokumentiert. - -r549 2007-11-26 11:56:12 +0100 mjk: - - * TODO, doc/: documentation of new values for option "backaddress" - -r548 2007-11-26 11:53:02 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-floats.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx, - scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx: scrbook uses \thechapter at \thesection, - \thefigure, \thetable, and \theequation only at main matter (depends - on option "version") - -r547 2007-11-26 11:31:42 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-typearea.dtx: You can set "paper=<height>:<width>" - -r546 2007-11-23 13:03:03 +0100 mjk: - - * scrpage.dtx: TeX-master fixed - -r545 2007-11-23 10:52:01 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-typearea.dtx: Some users asked for twoside-handling by the - class additional to the typearea package. So I've changed this for - twoside, oneside, twocolumn, and onecolumn. Disadvantage of the - change is, that type area recalculation will be done twice after - \begin{document}. - -r544 2007-11-23 09:59:51 +0100 mjk: - - * TODO: Japanese letters - -r543 2007-11-23 09:50:56 +0100 mjk: - - * Makefile, scrmain.ins, japanlco.dtx: new lco file "NipponRL.lco" for - Japanese envelopes with window on the right side - -r542 2007-11-22 18:04:33 +0100 stephan-hennig: - - * doc/, doc/plength.dtx: M doc/plength.dtx - - * Renamed internal varibles 'Xfoldmarkwidth' to match the name of new pseudo - lengths 'Xfoldmarklength'. - -r541 2007-11-22 12:00:36 +0100 mjk: - - * TODO: new options and pseudo-lengths - -r540 2007-11-22 11:58:07 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx: new option - "firstfoot=(yes|on|true|no|off|false)" and fix of - "fromalign=(locationright|locationleft)" - -r539 2007-11-22 11:36:53 +0100 mjk: - - * Makefile, scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, manifest.txt, scrmain.ins, - japanlco.dtx: new Japanese lco files and new option - "firsthead=(yes|on|true|no|off|false)" - -r538 2007-11-20 17:42:55 +0100 mjk: - - * japanlco.dtx: locheight fixed - -r537 2007-11-20 17:38:03 +0100 mjk: - - * japanlco.dtx: 65mmm --> 65mm fixed - -r536 2007-11-20 17:35:20 +0100 mjk: - - * Makefile, scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, scrsource.tex, - scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, scrmain.ins, japanlco.dtx: new lco - files for Japanese letters - -r535 2007-11-13 10:55:46 +0100 mjk: - - * scrmain.ins: fix: lco files check and set the version not only use - the version of the class - -r534 2007-11-13 09:44:02 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx: two new values for option "fromalign": - "locationleft" aligns the from ragged right at the location; - "locationright" aligns the from ragged left at the location. No - logos are set in these cases, no user defined location is set in - these cases. - -r533 2007-11-12 15:15:16 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx: default of locheight fixed - (backaddrtoheight added) - -r532 2007-11-10 11:25:07 +0100 mjk: - - * TODO: neue Pseudo-Längen - -r531 2007-11-10 11:22:39 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx: - new pseudo length "tfoldmarklength", - "mfoldmarklength", "bfoldmarklength" - new optional vertical fold - marks with pseudo length "foldmarkvpos", - - "lfoldmarkhpos", "lfoldmarklength" - new values for option "foldmarks" - -r530 2007-11-10 08:53:30 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: spaces before and after keys and values are - ignored at \KOMAoptions - -r529 2007-11-08 11:29:28 +0100 mjk: - - * TODO: einige Änderungen bei den Faltmarken - -r528 2007-11-08 11:27:59 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx: - new pseudo length mfoldmarkvpos (0pt = - middle!) - single fold marks may be (de)activated by option - "foldmarks" - -r527 2007-11-07 10:43:25 +0100 mjk: - - * TODO: some more to do (plength) - -r526 2007-11-07 10:42:24 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, doc/, doc/plength.dtx: new pseudo-length - "lochpos", "locvpos", "locheight" - -r525 2007-11-07 10:16:07 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/Makefile.guide, doc/Makefile.latexinit: sed call added to - fix problem with BibTeX line breaks after \btxurlfont - -r524 2007-10-23 08:53:48 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-typearea.dtx: fix: \isopaper pays attention to landscape - -r523 2007-10-23 07:25:38 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx: Typofix - -r522 2007-10-12 11:58:49 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx: prepared for v2.97e BETA - -r521 2007-10-12 11:58:09 +0200 mjk: - - * releaselist.txt: 2007/10/12 v2.97d - -r520 2007-10-12 11:37:39 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx: prepared for 2007/10/12 v2.97d - -r519 2007-10-12 11:36:16 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: undefined - references fixed - -r518 2007-10-12 11:35:19 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: overfull \hbox and \vbox fixed - -r517 2007-10-12 11:11:26 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx: forgotten \show removed [Stephan Hennig] - -r516 2007-10-09 15:46:27 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx: vertical spacing of date field fixed - -r515 2007-10-09 14:56:29 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, scrkernel-notepaper.dtx: setting for - font element `refvalue' fixed - -r514 2007-10-04 14:51:20 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: space after \GuideListAnd fixed - -r513 2007-10-03 11:02:36 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, scrkernel-language.dtx, - scrkernel-typearea.dtx, scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, - scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, scrkernel-fonts.dtx, - scrkernel-basics.dtx: New \PackageInfoNoLine - -r512 2007-10-03 10:43:06 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: prepared for - 2.97d BETA - -r511 2007-10-01 11:52:58 +0200 mjk: - - * releaselist.txt: 2007/09/28 v2.97c - -r510 2007-10-01 09:18:44 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx: version number fixed - -r509 2007-09-28 10:01:05 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: version fixed - -r508 2007-09-28 09:45:33 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: prepared for - v2.97c - -r507 2007-09-27 09:42:11 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/english/guide-english.tex, - doc/english/adrconvnote.tex, doc/english/typearea.tex, - doc/english/scraddr.tex: index fixed - -r506 2007-09-26 16:44:56 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/english/guide-english.tex, - doc/english/scrdatetime.tex, doc/english/typearea.tex, - doc/english/scrlfile.tex, doc/english/introduction.tex, - doc/english/scraddr.tex: improved by GH - -r505 2007-09-26 09:23:54 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/english/guide-english.tex, - doc/english/scrdatetime.tex, doc/english/typearea.tex, - doc/english/scrlfile.tex, doc/english/introduction.tex, - doc/english/scraddr.tex: improved by GH - -r503 2007-09-25 09:05:04 +0200 mjk: - - * scrmain.ins: no logo at lco files - -r502 2007-09-25 08:34:49 +0200 mjk: - - * tocstyle.dtx: docu fix - -r501 2007-09-25 08:32:57 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx: date fixed - -r500 2007-09-25 08:32:30 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx: warning \scr@fnt@wrn@pagehead changed - -r499 2007-09-21 09:06:57 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/koma-script.html: name of english guide fixed [Stephan - Hennig] - -r498 2007-09-20 15:08:33 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/: two more translators added - -r497 2007-09-18 12:04:55 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/guide.tex, doc/scrguide.cls, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/guide-english.tex, doc/english/scrdatetime.tex, - doc/english/adrconvnote.tex, doc/english/scrlfile.tex, - doc/english/introduction.tex, doc/english/scraddr.tex: new command - \translator at the guide - -r496 2007-09-18 11:52:41 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/typearea.tex: \translator added - -r495 2007-09-18 10:37:10 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: sectioning --> disposition - -r494 2007-09-17 12:46:21 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx: it's save but not compatible not to use - e-TeX - -r493 2007-09-17 12:45:25 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-fonts.dtx: test for needed e-TeX feature - -r492 2007-09-17 12:31:34 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx: less functionality, if eTeX not used - -r491 2007-09-17 11:57:42 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-floats.dtx: there where to many \scr@smashdp - -r490 2007-09-17 11:48:43 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-floats.dtx: use of \scr@smashdp fixed - -r489 2007-09-17 11:48:28 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex: macro name fixed - -r488 2007-09-17 11:46:47 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: Warning message break changed - -r487 2007-09-17 11:35:22 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-floats.dtx: \@@makecaption uses \scr@smashdp - -r486 2007-09-17 11:34:48 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: date fixed - -r485 2007-09-17 11:34:33 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: new: scr@smashdp - -r484 2007-09-17 10:13:55 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scraddr.tex: improved by GH - -r483 2007-09-17 10:12:16 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex: improved by GH - -r482 2007-09-17 10:06:30 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/: Kleinere Verbesserungen - -r481 2007-09-12 17:05:12 +0200 mjk: - - * TODO: change about lco files - -r480 2007-09-12 17:03:04 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-typearea.dtx, scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx: loading of - lco file via \documentclass option fixed - -r479 2007-09-12 12:47:27 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/: Tabellenüberschrift für Tabelle 6.18 (Datumsbefehle und - Ausgabebeispiel) ergänzt [GH] - -r478 2007-09-12 12:44:45 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex: improved by GH - -r477 2007-09-06 11:05:54 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex: improved by GH - -r476 2007-09-06 11:01:22 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/: Fehlende schließende Klammer ergänzt - -r475 2007-09-06 10:55:26 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/: toaddrindent etwas genauer dokumentiert - -r474 2007-09-04 11:48:13 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: translated - german file changed - -r473 2007-09-04 11:46:50 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/: Gesucht sind linksbündige Fußnotenmarkierungen, nicht - linksb+ndige Fußnoten - -r472 2007-09-04 11:31:06 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex: improved by GH - -r471 2007-09-04 11:26:21 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/: Vertippser korrigiert [GH] - -r470 2007-09-02 11:16:22 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/plength.dtx: some english terms changed [GH] - -r469 2007-08-31 11:41:50 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-title.dtx: back side of title pages should use page style - empty - -r468 2007-08-31 09:29:35 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex: improved by GH - -r467 2007-08-22 11:58:23 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex: improved by GH - -r466 2007-08-22 11:33:32 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/: Adresse von Markus korrigiert - -r465 2007-08-20 10:36:52 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/: one more fix - -r464 2007-08-19 12:38:46 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/: \EndIndex{Cmd}{page style} changed to - \EndIndex{Cmd}{pagestyle} - -r463 2007-08-19 12:35:00 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex: One - \BeginIndex{}{circular letters} changed into \EndIndex{}{circular - letters} - -r462 2007-08-19 12:31:40 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/: \EndIndex{Page style}{useheadings} fixed (must - be \EndIndex{Pagestyle}{useheadings}) - -r461 2007-08-19 12:26:22 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/: Verbesserung von Gernot Hassenpflug - -r460 2007-08-19 12:22:13 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex: improved by GH - -r459 2007-08-19 12:15:31 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/: improved by GH - -r458 2007-08-10 18:55:58 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-language.dtx: text of \languagename warning changed - [Stephan Hennig] - -r457 2007-08-09 17:30:26 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex: index improved by GH - -r456 2007-08-09 17:22:02 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex: coding changed - -r455 2007-08-09 17:19:29 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/guide-english.tex: improved by GH - -r454 2007-08-09 17:13:37 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrdatetime.tex: encoding info - changed - -r453 2007-08-09 17:08:00 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/: improved by GH - -r452 2007-08-07 13:22:59 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlfile.tex: german version - extended to english version - -r451 2007-08-07 13:14:42 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlfile.tex: improved by Gernot - Hassenpflug - -r450 2007-08-07 12:54:26 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrdatetime.tex: improved by Gernot - Hassenpflug - -r449 2007-08-07 12:44:15 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex: overfull change - -r448 2007-08-07 12:41:56 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scraddr.tex: two fixes - -r447 2007-08-07 12:28:04 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scraddr.tex: improved by Gernot - Hassenpflug - -r446 2007-08-07 12:12:25 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/adrconvnote.tex: improved by Gernot - Hassenpflug - -r445 2007-07-30 11:49:20 +0200 mjk: - - * tocstyle.dtx: loading redefines \@starttoc, \@starttoc redefines - \@dottedtocline and \l@..., \@dottedtocline redefines \numberline - -r444 2007-07-30 10:55:56 +0200 mjk: - - * tocstyle.dtx: all options renamed - -r443 2007-07-26 11:22:41 +0200 mjk: - - * tocstyle.dtx: Checksum and one \z --> \z@ - -r442 2007-07-25 09:41:22 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx: prepared for 2.97c BETA - -r441 2007-07-24 11:37:42 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: smib GH - -r440 2007-07-24 10:53:54 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: mib GH and - MK - -r439 2007-07-23 11:12:39 +0200 mjk: - - * scrpage.dtx: a lot of % added and removed - -r438 2007-07-23 09:33:21 +0200 mjk: - - * tocstyle.dtx: \l@part uses level -1 at chapter classes and 0 at no - chapter classes - -r437 2007-07-23 09:27:58 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: revert to: \partlevel is -1 at chapter - classes and 0 at no chapter classes - -r436 2007-07-23 09:21:31 +0200 mjk: - - * scrpage.dtx: revert to: \partlevel is -1 at chapter classes and 0 at - no chapter classes - -r435 2007-07-23 09:02:33 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: smib GH - -r434 2007-07-22 10:58:23 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/: Typofix [Gernot Hassenpflug] - -r433 2007-07-22 10:57:05 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: some more - improvements by Gernot Hassenpflug - -r432 2007-07-21 09:48:15 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: some more - improvements by Gernot Hassenpflug - -r431 2007-07-19 15:27:54 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx: \useplength may be used with factor - prefix (e.g. .5\useplength{firstheadwidth}) - -r430 2007-07-18 09:44:04 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-typearea.dtx, scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, - scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx: The classes and typearea.sty allow to set - option twoside to a new value at the document's body. - -r429 2007-07-18 09:12:39 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx: change: the classes should tolerate late - changes of option twoside - -r428 2007-07-17 18:59:20 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: one more - change by Gernot Hassenpflug - -r427 2007-07-16 14:44:41 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: several \nobreak after \sectfont added - -r426 2007-07-14 07:52:26 +0200 mjk: - - * TODO: new feature - -r425 2007-07-10 17:20:29 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx: \l@addto@macro moved to - scrkbase - -r424 2007-07-10 10:29:58 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: many - improvements by Gernot Hassenpflug - -r423 2007-07-10 10:15:02 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/: einige Fehler korrigiert [Gernot Hassenpflug] - -r422 2007-07-06 16:09:52 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, TODO: new values for option subject: - underlined, left, right, centered - -r421 2007-07-06 15:33:02 +0200 mjk: - - * TODO: new font elements - -r420 2007-07-06 15:04:14 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx: new font elements: specialmail, addressee, - toname, toaddress, and internal use of \specialmail@format. - -r419 2007-07-06 12:24:58 +0200 mjk: - - * tocstyle.dtx: version and date fixed - -r418 2007-07-06 12:24:27 +0200 mjk: - - * tocstyle.dtx: more user documentation - -r417 2007-07-06 11:59:05 +0200 mjk: - - * tocstyle.dtx: two macros renamed and documentation added - -r416 2007-07-06 11:46:38 +0200 mjk: - - * tocstyle.dtx: - you may deactivate tocstyle for all or single tocs - now - some documentation added - -r415 2007-07-06 10:03:31 +0200 mjk: - - * scrpage.dtx: fix: \partlevel is always -1 even if no chapter level - is available - -r414 2007-07-06 09:57:57 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: - secnumdepth fixed - -r413 2007-07-06 09:56:01 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: lots of - improvements and new translations by Gernot Hassenpflug - -r412 2007-07-06 09:52:07 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/: Bei scrartcl haben die Gliederungsebenen dieselben Nummern wie - bei scrbook und scrreprt. - -r411 2007-07-06 09:17:18 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/: typo fix [Gernot Hassenpflug] - -r410 2007-07-05 18:56:09 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: several - improvements by our famous translator Gernot Hassenpflug - -r409 2007-07-04 17:16:12 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-typearea.dtx, scrkernel-fonts.dtx: initialize more font - size dependent lengths - -r408 2007-07-02 18:15:54 +0200 mjk: - - * tocstyle.dtx: fix: use depth 0 at \l@chapter - -r406 2007-07-02 10:11:25 +0200 mjk: - - * tocstyle.dtx: new package, that may be used outside KOMA-Script, too - -r405 2007-06-28 17:57:23 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: lots of - modifications by Gernot Hassenpflug - -r404 2007-06-27 08:28:01 +0200 mjk: - - * TODO: new feature - -r399 2007-06-21 13:20:21 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: \l@chapter and \l@section reimplemented to - make \raggedchapterentry and \raggedsectionentry work - -r398 2007-06-21 11:07:34 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/: tex-master changed - -r397 2007-06-21 11:06:08 +0200 mjk: - - * TODO, scrkernel-sections.dtx: new font elements: partentry, - partentrypagenumber, chapterentry, chapterentrypagenumber, - sectionentry, sectionentrypagenumber - -r396 2007-06-21 10:55:34 +0200 mjk: - - * scrpage.dtx: \if@mainmatter test fixed - -r395 2007-06-20 11:10:51 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: Date fixed - -r394 2007-06-20 11:10:25 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: serveral - improvement by Gernot Hassenpflug - -r393 2007-06-20 10:53:58 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: renamed \scr@ifvtex to \scr@ifVTeX and \ifvtex - to \ifVTeX - -r392 2007-06-20 10:21:09 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, scrkernel-typearea.dtx, - scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx: \scr@ifundefined renamed to - \scr@ifundefinedorrelax, \ifundefined renamed to \ifundefinedorrelax - -r391 2007-06-20 09:28:05 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-title.dtx, TODO: new title command \subtitle with font - element subtitle - -r390 2007-06-14 09:56:35 +0200 mjk: - - * scrpage.dtx: more robust definition of \if@mainmatter and support of - article classes with \if@mainmatter - -r389 2007-06-06 09:32:40 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/: "Es wird auch kein zusätzlicher vertikaler Abstand vor und - nach der Umgebung eingefügt." added at declaration of addmargin - -r388 2007-06-06 09:28:51 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-floats.dtx: vertical alignment of captions fixed by adding - \unskip\strut - -r387 2007-06-06 08:40:10 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/: more hyphenations [Stephan Hennig] - -r386 2007-06-05 09:03:45 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/: one more hyphenation [Stephan Hennig] - -r385 2007-05-31 10:33:27 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: many - corrections by Gernot Hassenpflug - -r384 2007-05-30 15:26:34 +0200 mjk: - - * TODO: Noch zwei Dinge zu tun - -r383 2007-05-30 15:24:01 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex: two references fixed - (Stephan Hennig) - -r382 2007-05-29 16:59:52 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/: scrlettr --> scrlttr2 - -r381 2007-05-29 16:57:50 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: scrrprt - --> scrreprt - -r380 2007-05-29 16:56:36 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: many - corrections and new translations by Gernot Hassenpflug - -r379 2007-05-28 14:53:53 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/typearea.tex: many corrections by - Gernot Hassenpflug, new file date, some more fixes - -r378 2007-05-28 12:13:28 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx: prepared for new 2.97c BETA - -r377 2007-05-28 12:11:20 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-fonts.dtx: fix: use of \KOMA@UseObsolete replaced - -r376 2007-05-25 12:19:59 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: typo fix - [reported by Beat Birkofer] - -r375 2007-05-22 17:39:37 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/: fix: one \KOMAoption --> \KOMAoptions - -r374 2007-05-17 10:30:34 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx: file date fixed - -r373 2007-05-17 10:30:11 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx: new: \flushbottom uses \stopletter to - deactivate itself at the last page - -r372 2007-05-14 18:30:12 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx: new: font elements "refname" and "refvalue" - -r371 2007-05-12 18:20:38 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: checksum fixed - -r370 2007-05-12 18:04:15 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: prepared for - 2.97c BETA - -r369 2007-05-08 11:56:13 +0200 mjk: - - * TODO: new features - -r368 2007-05-08 11:18:59 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx: font (color) and thickness of foldmarks and - fromrule configurable using font elements "foldmark" and "fromrule" - and pseudo lengths "foldmarkthickness" and "fromrulethickness" - -r367 2007-04-19 17:15:07 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-typearea.dtx, scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, - scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx: New implementation - of option execution - -r366 2007-04-17 09:33:44 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: - changed: message text about obsolete options - etc. - -r365 2007-03-30 12:56:32 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx: `locfield=narrow' and `locfield=wide' fixed - -r364 2007-03-25 11:13:12 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx: Pepared for new BETA - -r363 2007-03-25 11:12:55 +0200 mjk: - - * releaselist.txt: Release 2007/03/25 v2.97b - -r362 2007-03-25 10:48:11 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: prepared for - release 2.97b - -r361 2007-03-09 15:22:09 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: bug at \@@makechapterhead using - chapterprefix fixed - -r360 2007-03-08 11:49:23 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: use of \ifcsname for definition of - \scr@ifundefined fixed - -r359 2007-03-07 11:07:50 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx: prepared for new BETA - -r358 2007-03-07 11:07:29 +0100 mjk: - - * releaselist.txt: Release 2007/03/07 v2.97a - -r357 2007-03-07 10:47:26 +0100 mjk: - - * Makefile: renamed komascript-texmf.zip to komascript.tds.zip - -r356 2007-03-07 10:40:27 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: prepared for - version 2.97a - -r355 2007-03-07 10:39:55 +0100 mjk: - - * scrlfile.dtx: fix: \@loadwithoptions was broken - -r353 2007-03-02 12:13:00 +0100 mjk: - - * releaselist.txt: Revision fixed - -r352 2007-03-02 12:11:57 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/: fix: reference to sec:maincls.compatiblityOptions - -r351 2007-03-02 11:50:10 +0100 mjk: - - * releaselist.txt: Revision fixed - -r350 2007-03-02 11:47:35 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: v2.97 added - -r349 2007-03-02 11:33:19 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx: new beta - -r348 2007-03-02 11:32:35 +0100 mjk: - - * releaselist.txt: Release 2007/03/02 v2.97 - -r347 2007-03-02 09:39:10 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx: prepared for release 2.97 - -r346 2007-03-02 09:37:06 +0100 mjk: - - * README: it's 2007 - -r345 2007-02-27 13:01:29 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-floats.dtx: fix: min. caption width is 0pt - -r344 2007-01-24 17:49:13 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: fix: \@seccntformat gives - \othersectionlevelsformat \csname the#1\endcsname, that will be used - by the default \othersectionlevelformat with 3 (instead of 1) - arguments. With this \automark{subsubsection} will give correct - numbers at head. - -r343 2007-01-12 09:57:36 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/: fix: No space before \and at \ChangedAt - -r341 2007-01-09 19:07:25 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, - scrkernel-title.dtx, Makefile, komabug.tex, scrlogo.dtx, - scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, - scrkernel-floats.dtx, scrkernel-language.dtx, Makefile.baseinit, - scrsource.tex, scrkernel-variables.dtx, scrkernel-footnotes.dtx, - scrkernel-index.dtx, scrkernel-circularletters.dtx, scrstrop.inc, - scrkernel-bibliography.dtx, scrstrip.inc, scrkernel-typearea.dtx, - scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx, scrdoc.dtx, - manifest.txt, scrkernel-listsof.dtx, - scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, scrmain.ins, Makefile.baserules, - scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx, scrpage.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx, - scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, scrtime.dtx, scrkernel-fonts.dtx, - scraddr.dtx, scrlfile.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx, doc/, - doc/scrguide.ist, doc/Makefile, doc/guide.tex, doc/scrguide.gst, - doc/scrguide.cls, doc/plength.dtx, doc/Makefile.guide, - doc/Makefile.latexinit, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/english/Makefile, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/guide-english.tex, doc/english/scrdatetime.tex, - doc/english/adrconvnote.tex, doc/english/htmlsetup, - doc/english/typearea.tex, doc/english/scrlfile.tex, - doc/english/introduction.tex, doc/english/scraddr.tex, - obsolete/scrlettr.ins, obsolete/scrlettr.dtx: copyright end date - changed to 2007 - -r340 2007-01-09 11:41:16 +0100 mjk: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: - documentation of page break changes at toc - -r339 2007-01-09 11:39:44 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: fix: element "minisec" may not be an alias - element and a real element - -r338 2007-01-08 10:44:47 +0100 mjk: - - * TODO, doc/: Dokumentation von \part verbessern - -r337 2007-01-08 10:05:37 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/: - documentation of font aliases - documentation of font - element minisec - 'sectioning' is an alias of 'disposition' only - -r336 2007-01-08 09:45:33 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/Makefile.guide: helper rule to start editor with guide - sources - -r335 2007-01-06 18:14:46 +0100 mjk: - - * TODO: fixed problem removed - -r334 2007-01-06 18:14:21 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: fix: \@mparswitchfalse added - -r333 2007-01-05 11:18:42 +0100 mjk: - - * TODO: more problems - -r332 2007-01-04 11:54:55 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: fix: - \refloatstyle --> \restylefloat - -r331 2007-01-04 11:53:49 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/: fix: \refloatstyle --> \restylefloat - -r330 2007-01-03 12:46:55 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx: fix for option cleardoublepage, value - current - -r329 2007-01-02 11:06:17 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx: replacement for option cleardoublestandard - fixed - -r328 2006-12-12 10:30:56 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/: Neue Optionen "version" und "chapteratlists" - -r327 2006-12-12 10:30:21 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/: Dokumentation der Option "version" erweitert - -r326 2006-12-07 11:50:19 +0100 mjk: - - * TODO, scrkernel-sections.dtx: bug with automatic set dot at end of - numbers fixed - -r325 2006-12-07 10:56:31 +0100 mjk: - - * TODO: known bug added - -r324 2006-12-07 10:54:29 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: option cleardoubleplain added - -r323 2006-12-07 09:58:16 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx: bugfix: refline=wide was narrow and - refline=narrow was wide - -r322 2006-12-07 09:53:17 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: typo fix at use of command \scr@v@2.96 - -r321 2006-12-03 12:00:28 +0100 mjk: - - * TODO: needs for documentation added - -r320 2006-12-03 11:58:12 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-listsof.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx: new option - "chapteratlists" with values entry or amount of vertical space - -r319 2006-12-03 09:24:15 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: New font element "minisec" and not needed - \nobreak at font selection of headings removed with the result that - the last entry of an font element may need an argument. \caps from - soul may not be used because of implementation of \@sect and \@ssect - at the LaTeX kernel. - -r318 2006-12-02 11:41:37 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: last command of font elements part, - partnumber, chapter and chapterprefix (new) may need an argument - that does not effect \baselineskip. To make command \caps of package - soul work also default of \chapterformat was changed (\mbox added). - -r317 2006-12-02 11:38:22 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: options changed ("version" and - "smallheadings" added) - -r316 2006-12-02 11:37:12 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-typearea.dtx: - new hook at end of \typearea and new - command \AfterCalculatingTypearea to - handle the hook - - - mew command \activateareas to activate changes of layout parameters even - - after \begin{document} - -r315 2006-12-02 11:33:29 +0100 mjk: - - * scrmain.ins: all classes have option "version" - -r314 2006-11-30 19:57:36 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: extended the page break algorithm at toc - from part down to chapter or section down to subparagraph - -r313 2006-11-29 16:38:15 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/: two \begin{Explain} moved - -r312 2006-11-29 16:29:25 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/: one \begin{Explain} moved - -r311 2006-11-28 11:50:17 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: Mit Option version (ohne Wert oder mit Wert - ab 2.96a) erfolgt im Inhaltsverzeichnis kein Seitenumbruch mehr - zwischen part- und chapter-, bzw. part- und section-, bzw. chapter- - und section-, bzw. section- und subsection-Eintrag. Das genau - Verhalten ist von der Klasse abhängig. - -r310 2006-11-28 09:26:08 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx: New version - will behave different in section etc. headings with parskip options - used. -- Dssss und die folgenden Zeilen werden ignoriert -- - - M scrksect.dtx M scrkcomp.dtx - -r309 2006-11-26 11:38:02 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx: new BETA - -r308 2006-11-26 11:37:27 +0100 mjk: - - * releaselist.txt: Release 2006/11/26 v2.96 - -r307 2006-11-26 11:30:55 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx: Release: 2006/11/26 v2.96 - -r306 2006-11-26 11:29:27 +0100 mjk: - - * TODO: think about a new option - -r305 2006-11-26 11:27:07 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: Commands, that have an internal and an - external name (defined using \let@as@internal@defined) may optional - be defined only internal (using option internalonly). The backslash - of the macro name has to be replaced by a slash at the option - argument (e. g. "internalonly=/ifvtex/ifundefined"). - -r304 2006-09-12 09:57:55 +0200 mjk: - - * TODO: two already done items removed - -r303 2006-09-12 09:57:18 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/typearea.tex: fix: line number at - \areaset example - -r302 2006-09-12 09:55:01 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-typearea.dtx: fix: set \topskip - -r301 2006-09-10 08:42:55 +0200 mjk: - - * TODO: two problems added - -r300 2006-08-30 10:09:32 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx: ready for release of 2.96 BETA - -r299 2006-08-27 09:20:08 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/: Tippfehler korrigiert [gemeldet von Stefan Meier] - -r298 2006-08-21 12:51:18 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-typearea.dtx: new: warn if \typearea is used at any group - -r297 2006-08-21 12:17:06 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx: change: some - more options changed to use keyval - -r296 2006-08-21 12:16:03 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-title.dtx: fix: \maketitle sets \parskip etc. - -r295 2006-08-20 12:10:53 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: fix: \ProcessOptions added - -r294 2006-08-20 12:05:29 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: new: \AfterKOMAoptions - -r293 2006-08-20 12:03:59 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-fonts.dtx: fix: change entries - -r292 2006-08-20 12:03:01 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-typearea.dtx: fix: typos at change entries - -r291 2006-08-20 10:27:41 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: fix: preserve \CurrentOption from being - destroyed by xkeyval`s \setkeys - -r290 2006-08-18 17:05:25 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-typearea.dtx: changed: \ProcessOptions* instead of - \ProcessOptions - -r289 2006-08-18 17:03:14 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: fix: \DeclareKeyValOption works if xkeyval was - loaded; unused macros removed - -r288 2006-08-18 10:46:42 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-fonts.dtx: Fix: \usekomafont of an alias element - -r287 2006-08-12 09:34:36 +0200 mjk: - - * TODO: need for docu - -r286 2006-08-12 09:33:28 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx: Version with new features not only bug fixes - -r285 2006-08-12 09:31:59 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-typearea.dtx, scrkernel-fonts.dtx: every font size may be - set up - -r284 2006-08-12 09:25:46 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx: internal use of - \scr@ifundefined instead of \ifundefined - -r283 2006-08-11 12:37:15 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx: Fix: arguments of \PassOptionsToPackage - exchanged at headinclude and footinclude - -r274 2006-08-09 08:50:14 +0200 mjk: - - * TODO: scrcover - -r272 2006-08-03 12:16:01 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx: fix: set \parsep at \@list@extra instead - of \parskip - -r271 2006-08-02 09:44:51 +0200 mjk: - - * TODO: missing docu note - -r270 2006-08-02 09:43:15 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx: new: option backaddress has two new values: - underlines (default) to underline the back sending address, plain to - set the back sending address plain - -r269 2006-08-02 09:36:18 +0200 mjk: - - * TODO: updated - -r268 2006-08-02 09:35:29 +0200 mjk: - - * scrlfile.dtx: new: \ReplaceClass, \ReplacePackage, \ReplaceInput - -r267 2006-07-30 11:39:17 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx: 2.95c BETA - -r266 2006-07-30 11:38:37 +0200 mjk: - - * releaselist.txt: 2.95b - -r265 2006-07-30 11:19:37 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx: prepared for new release v2.95b - -r264 2006-07-30 11:17:26 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: replaces sectioning by new term disposition; - sectioning is a font alias for disposition, now - -r263 2006-07-30 11:15:44 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-fonts.dtx: Breaking of some messages improved - -r262 2006-07-28 18:10:07 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx: \ifthispageodd fixed, it uses basics of - the LaTeX label mechanism now, so ``run again'' detection of several - TeX shells should work - -r261 2006-07-22 07:53:58 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx: new BETA - -r260 2006-07-22 07:53:28 +0200 mjk: - - * releaselist.txt: 2006/07/22 v2.95a - -r259 2006-07-22 07:46:10 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx: v2.95a - -r258 2006-07-22 07:42:14 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-listsof.dtx: switching off options tocleft or listsleft - will not longer result in an error - -r257 2006-07-22 07:41:17 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: new: \partheadstartvskip, \partheadmidvskip, - \partheadendvskip, \raggedpart - -r256 2006-07-20 09:46:55 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx: \@listdepth at addmargin fixed - -r255 2006-07-20 09:46:11 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-typearea.dtx: \normalsize to \typearea added; expressions - for big font sizes improved - -r254 2006-07-13 10:36:46 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-floats.dtx: fix: vertical alignment of multi line captions - same like single line caption does not longer depend on (x)color - package - -r253 2006-07-13 10:35:15 +0200 mjk: - - * TODO: fixed bug removed - -r252 2006-07-13 09:19:09 +0200 mjk: - - * TODO: Note about vtop color bug - -r251 2006-07-06 15:14:55 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex: some fixes by Stephan - Hennig and ispell - -r248 2006-07-05 10:16:16 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx: next beta - -r247 2006-07-05 10:15:02 +0200 mjk: - - * releaselist.txt: 2006/07/05 v2.95 - -r246 2006-07-05 10:03:37 +0200 mjk: - - * README: SVN comment added - -r243 2006-07-05 09:39:06 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/: missing brace added - -r241 2006-07-05 09:08:45 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx: Release: 2006/07/05 v2.95 KOMA-Script - -r240 2006-07-05 09:07:03 +0200 mjk: - - * releaselist.txt: rc3 - -r239 2006-07-04 18:15:00 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: at \appendix replaced \newcommand* by - \cs{gdef} - -r238 2006-07-04 09:43:32 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/introduction.tex: new translation by - Kevin Pfeiffer - -r237 2006-07-03 10:05:49 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-floats.dtx: unused assignment at \@@makecaption removed - [Moss] - -r236 2006-07-01 09:21:32 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: *** empty log message *** - -r235 2006-07-01 09:20:48 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: at free version use listings with breaklines - -r234 2006-07-01 09:06:22 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/: Dateinamen angepasst - -r233 2006-07-01 09:01:25 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/introduction.tex: readme.txt --> - README INSTALL.TXT --> INSTALL LEGAL.TXT --> lppl.txt LEGALDE.TXT - --> lppl-de.txt - -r232 2006-07-01 08:59:02 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex: LEGAL.TXT --> lppl.txt - -r231 2006-07-01 08:55:43 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/: references fixed - -r230 2006-07-01 08:53:43 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: references - fixed - -r229 2006-07-01 08:44:48 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: \cite fix - -r228 2006-07-01 08:41:54 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/guide.bib: UK:FAQ: date removed - -r227 2006-07-01 08:36:28 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/guide.bib: added key to UK:FAQ - -r226 2006-07-01 08:32:43 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/guide.bib: protect \KOMAScript - -r225 2006-07-01 08:30:31 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: \cite fix - -r224 2006-07-01 08:27:57 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/introduction.tex: \cite fix - -r223 2006-06-27 10:07:40 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex: translation of pseudo - length table [Stephan Hennig] - -r222 2006-06-27 09:52:02 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex: declaration of - fromrulewidth added [Stephan Hennig] - -r221 2006-06-27 09:42:10 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex: lots of changes - assigned by Stephan Hennig 2004(!!!) merged - -r220 2006-06-20 09:19:08 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx: ready for 2.95 RC3 - -r219 2006-06-14 10:34:22 +0200 mjk: - - * TODO: updated - -r218 2006-06-14 10:31:10 +0200 mjk: - - * manifest.txt: TODO removed - -r217 2006-06-14 10:28:46 +0200 mjk: - - * manifest.txt: notes about not existing files removed - -r216 2006-06-14 10:26:48 +0200 mjk: - - * Makefile: added release preparation option - -r215 2006-06-14 10:26:17 +0200 mjk: - - * INSTALLD.txt, INSTALL.txt: added some more refresh notes - -r212 2006-06-07 13:04:01 +0200 mjk: - - * releaselist.txt: 2006/06/07 v2.95 RC2 - -r211 2006-06-07 12:57:14 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx: Ready for release 2.95 RC2 - -r210 2006-06-06 10:39:42 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx: fix: foldmarks should not depenand on type - area - -r209 2006-06-02 12:10:07 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-fonts.dtx: \l@addto@macro improved - -r208 2006-06-01 13:32:57 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-language.dtx: fix: Define \today default at all classes - -r207 2006-06-01 10:54:36 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx: Beta on the way to RC2 - -r206 2006-06-01 10:52:07 +0200 mjk: - - * scrmain.ins: fix: scrkmisc (body) must be after scrksect (body) - -r204 2006-05-31 09:43:38 +0200 mjk: - - * releaselist.txt: 203 2006/05/27 v2.95 RC1 - -r203 2006-05-31 09:32:40 +0200 mjk: - - * Makefile: bindist: copy ChangeLog to root-zip - -r202 2006-05-31 09:30:52 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, Makefile, README: Almost ready for release - 2.95 RC1 - -r200 2006-05-27 08:22:36 +0200 mjk: - - * Makefile, INSTALLD.txt, INSTALL.txt, README: release candidate 1 - -r199 2006-05-10 14:13:39 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/guide-english.tex: Licence note - fixed - -r198 2006-05-10 12:56:11 +0200 mjk: - - * Makefile: ChangeLog: fixed - -r197 2006-05-10 12:42:44 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/: usage of komabug replaced by longer description - -r196 2006-05-04 09:25:36 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx: KOMA key pagenumber fixed [Henk Jongbloets] - -r195 2006-05-03 16:11:07 +0200 mjk: - - * Makefile, komabug.tex, manifest.txt: komabug.tex added - -r194 2006-05-02 10:19:59 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex: Translators added to - initial comment - -r193 2006-04-24 16:24:06 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/: Komma korrigiert [Stephan Hennig] - -r192 2006-04-24 12:06:05 +0200 mjk: - - * Makefile: spellbug fixed - -r191 2006-04-24 12:04:59 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/bin/: genchangelog.pl moved to developers directory - -r190 2006-04-24 12:02:55 +0200 mjk: - - * Makefile, doc/, doc/bin/: improved ChangeLog processing - -r189 2006-04-24 11:06:32 +0200 mjk: - - * ChangeLog.cvs, doc/, doc/bin/: Old ChangeLog changed into - ChangeLog.cvs - -r188 2006-04-24 11:04:42 +0200 mjk: - - * ChangeLog.cvs: Switch line added - -r187 2006-04-21 10:13:43 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-fonts.dtx: \newkomafont fixed (define \scr@fnt@<element> - not longer as \csname @<element>font\endcsname but at - \@<element>font) - -r186 2006-04-20 14:09:24 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-fonts.dtx: \setkomafont fixed - -r185 2006-04-20 10:41:12 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx: new date of beta release - -r184 2006-04-20 08:09:46 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: \@@makechapterhead fixed: brace moved - -r183 2006-04-14 15:40:32 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx: work around for everysel added - -r182 2006-04-14 12:36:58 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx: option "subject" fixed: old garbage code - removed - -r181 2006-04-11 11:18:24 +0200 mjk: - - * Makefile.baseinit, doc/, doc/Makefile, doc/Makefile.guide: - installation using links - -r180 2006-04-10 12:04:55 +0200 mjk: - - * TODO, README: README changed - -r179 2006-04-08 12:01:51 +0200 mjk: - - * Makefile: INSTALL.txt and INSTALLD.txt added - -r178 2006-04-08 12:01:25 +0200 mjk: - - * manifest.txt, doc/, doc/Makefile: some guide wrappers added - -r177 2006-04-08 11:44:09 +0200 mjk: - - * scrstrip.inc, manifest.txt, TODO: manifest test added - -r176 2006-03-31 14:09:18 +0200 mjk: - - * TODO, INSTALL.txt: english translation of INSTALLD.txt - -r175 2006-03-31 13:56:27 +0200 mjk: - - * TODO, doc/, doc/koma-script.html, doc/Makefile: koma-script.html and - generated aliases added - -r174 2006-03-31 11:06:56 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, TODO: \@setif implemented iff option - version was set to a value less than 2.95 - -r173 2006-03-30 18:51:43 +0200 mjk: - - * TODO: komascr - -r172 2006-03-30 18:35:59 +0200 mjk: - - * INSTALLD.txt: Deutsche Installationsanleitung - -r170 2006-03-30 16:25:37 +0200 mjk: - - * manifest.txt: scrtime added - -r169 2006-03-30 16:24:27 +0200 mjk: - - * Makefile, scrmain.ins, scrtime.dtx: scrtime added - -r168 2006-03-30 13:04:36 +0200 mjk: - - * manifest.txt: Readd missing contents - -r167 2006-03-30 12:14:18 +0200 mjk: - - * TODO: Release Entscheidung entfernt - -r166 2006-03-30 12:08:16 +0200 mjk: - - * Makefile: bindist fixed - -r165 2006-03-30 12:04:05 +0200 mjk: - - * Makefile, Makefile.baseinit: rules dist-, install-, uninstall-, and - bindist-rules updated - -r164 2006-03-30 12:02:08 +0200 mjk: - - * Makefile, Makefile.baseinit, doc/, doc/Makefile, - doc/Makefile.guide: rules dist-, install-, uninstall-, and - bindist-rules updated - -r163 2006-03-30 10:19:06 +0200 mjk: - - * Makefile: rule maintain fixed - -r162 2006-03-29 11:12:47 +0200 mjk: - - * TODO: pdfcprot entry removed - -r161 2006-03-29 11:10:52 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: undefine \ifpdftex before loading pdfcprot and - redefine after loading pdfcprot - -r160 2006-03-29 11:09:45 +0200 mjk: - - * scrmain.ins: load scrlfile at scrkbase - -r159 2006-03-29 10:26:53 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, - scrkernel-title.dtx, Makefile, scrlogo.dtx, scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, - scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, scrkernel-floats.dtx, - scrkernel-language.dtx, Makefile.baseinit, scrsource.tex, - scrkernel-variables.dtx, scrkernel-footnotes.dtx, - scrkernel-index.dtx, scrkernel-circularletters.dtx, scrstrop.inc, - scrkernel-bibliography.dtx, scrstrip.inc, scrkernel-typearea.dtx, - scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx, scrdoc.dtx, - manifest.txt, scrkernel-listsof.dtx, - scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, scrmain.ins, Makefile.baserules, - scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx, scrpage.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx, - scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scraddr.dtx, - scrlfile.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx, doc/, doc/Makefile, - doc/guide.tex, doc/scrguide.gst, doc/scrguide.cls, doc/plength.dtx, - doc/Makefile.guide, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/english/Makefile, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/guide-english.tex, doc/english/scrdatetime.tex, - doc/english/adrconvnote.tex, doc/english/htmlsetup, - doc/english/typearea.tex, doc/english/scrlfile.tex, - doc/english/introduction.tex, doc/english/scraddr.tex, doc/bin/, - doc/bin/genhtmlidx.pl, doc/bin/genindex.pl, obsolete/scrlettr.ins, - obsolete/scrlettr.dtx: fix of initial comment - -r158 2006-03-29 10:12:51 +0200 mjk: - - * Makefile, scrmain.ins, obsolete/scrlettr.ins, - obsolete/scrlettr.dtx: obsolete scrlettr added - -r157 2006-03-29 09:42:59 +0200 mjk: - - * Makefile: scrpage/scrpage2 added - -r156 2006-03-29 09:41:30 +0200 mjk: - - * scrmain.ins, scrpage.dtx: scrpage/scrpage2 added - -r153 2006-03-28 09:30:06 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, - scrkernel-title.dtx, scrlogo.dtx, scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, - scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, scrkernel-floats.dtx, - scrkernel-language.dtx, scrkernel-variables.dtx, - scrkernel-footnotes.dtx, scrkernel-index.dtx, - scrkernel-circularletters.dtx, scrkernel-bibliography.dtx, - scrkernel-typearea.dtx, scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, - scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx, scrkernel-listsof.dtx, - scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx, - scrkernel-sections.dtx, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, - scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scraddr.dtx, scrlfile.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx: - character table test activated - -r152 2006-03-28 09:13:39 +0200 mjk: - - * TODO: TODO list - -r151 2006-03-28 08:59:06 +0200 mjk: - - * scrstrip.inc: set switches only at top level - -r150 2006-03-27 12:17:35 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-typearea.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx: some commands moved - from scrktare to scrkbase and fixed - -r149 2006-03-27 09:57:45 +0200 mjk: - - * Makefile, scrmain.ins, scraddr.dtx: scraddr added - -r148 2006-03-25 10:42:41 +0100 mjk: - - * manifest.txt: some files added one removed - -r147 2006-03-25 10:32:59 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, - scrkernel-title.dtx, scrlogo.dtx, scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, - scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, scrkernel-floats.dtx, - scrkernel-language.dtx, scrkernel-variables.dtx, - scrkernel-footnotes.dtx, scrkernel-index.dtx, - scrkernel-circularletters.dtx, scrkernel-bibliography.dtx, - scrkernel-typearea.dtx, scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, - scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx, scrkernel-listsof.dtx, - scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx, - scrkernel-sections.dtx, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, - scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scrlfile.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx: Version - number set to 2.95 - -r146 2006-03-25 08:49:38 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx: fix: Define \LCOWarning(NoLine) - using \providecommand - -r145 2006-03-25 08:48:42 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-language.dtx: \dateenglish defined if undefined - -r144 2006-03-24 13:00:38 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx: version date changed - -r143 2006-03-24 12:59:55 +0100 mjk: - - * scrmain.ins: lco file generation - -r142 2006-03-24 12:58:50 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx: lco part with lco and KOMAold switch - -r141 2006-03-24 12:58:16 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx: \LCOWarningNoLine and \LCOWarning - -r138 2006-03-24 11:23:38 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-fonts.dtx: fixed: too many \expandafters at \setkomafont - -r137 2006-03-24 11:14:23 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/Makefile.latexinit: PDFLATEX changed - -r135 2006-03-23 12:11:28 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: version 2.95 added - -r134 2006-03-23 12:07:59 +0100 mjk: - - * scrsource.tex: scrlttr2 parts added - -r133 2006-03-23 12:05:25 +0100 mjk: - - * Makefile: dtx files of scrlttr2 added - -r132 2006-03-23 12:03:58 +0100 mjk: - - * scrmain.ins: scrlttr2 generation - -r131 2006-03-23 12:03:05 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-variables.dtx: koma variables - -r130 2006-03-23 12:02:34 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx: pseudo length - -r129 2006-03-23 12:02:03 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx: lco part of scrlltr2 - -r128 2006-03-23 12:01:39 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-circularletters.dtx: circular letter part - -r127 2006-03-23 12:01:14 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx: scrlttr2 name fixed - -r126 2006-03-23 12:00:49 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx: trace log fixed - -r125 2006-03-23 12:00:21 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx: Default parskip=false added - -r124 2006-03-23 11:59:08 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx: note paper and letter environment - -r123 2006-03-23 11:58:00 +0100 mjk: - - * scrdoc.dtx: New type KOMAfonts added - -r122 2006-03-23 10:17:35 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-fonts.dtx: letter class uses default font size of 12 pt - -r121 2006-03-22 15:16:40 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx: Use of \aliaskomafont - -r120 2006-03-22 15:11:54 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-fonts.dtx: font aliases will produce infos not warnings or - errors - -r119 2006-03-22 14:47:25 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-fonts.dtx: Fix: \aliadkomafont --> \aliaskomafont - -r118 2006-03-22 14:35:11 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: Use of \aliaskomafont - -r117 2006-03-22 14:31:50 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx: Use of \newkomafont - -r116 2006-03-22 11:00:30 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx: Call of \DeclareKeyValOption extended - for scrlttr2 - -r115 2006-03-22 09:27:23 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, - scrkernel-title.dtx, scrlogo.dtx, scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, - scrkernel-floats.dtx, scrkernel-language.dtx, - scrkernel-footnotes.dtx, scrkernel-index.dtx, - scrkernel-bibliography.dtx, scrkernel-typearea.dtx, - scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx, - scrkernel-listsof.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx, - scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, scrkernel-fonts.dtx, - scrkernel-basics.dtx: german --> ngerman - -r113 2006-03-22 09:24:57 +0100 mjk: - - * scrdoc.dtx: Defining terms if babel was loaded - -r112 2006-03-22 09:22:13 +0100 mjk: - - * scrsource.tex: german --> ngerman, new files added - -r111 2006-03-20 10:59:13 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-language.dtx: numerical date and language definitions for - letters added - -r110 2006-03-16 15:37:57 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: New part to set up compatibility - -r109 2006-03-16 15:27:24 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx: brace error at pagestyle plain fixed - -r107 2006-03-15 17:12:10 +0100 mjk: - - * scrstrip.inc: copyright years changed - -r106 2006-03-15 17:11:42 +0100 mjk: - - * scrstrop.inc: message changed - -r105 2006-03-15 17:09:59 +0100 mjk: - - * scrstrip.inc: preamble changed - -r104 2006-03-15 15:14:56 +0100 mjk: - - * scrlogo.dtx: auctex mode doctex - -r103 2006-03-15 15:14:13 +0100 mjk: - - * scrlfile.dtx: auctex mode doctex - -r102 2006-03-15 14:32:28 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx: scrlttr2 integration - -r101 2006-03-15 14:29:11 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-index.dtx: scrlttr2 integration - -r100 2006-03-15 14:27:49 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-bibliography.dtx: scrlttr2 integration - -r99 2006-03-15 14:25:35 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-listsof.dtx: scrlttr2 integrated - -r98 2006-03-15 14:23:58 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-sections.dtx: scrlttr2 integration - -r97 2006-03-15 14:21:07 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-title.dtx: scrlttr2 integration - -r96 2006-03-15 14:17:34 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx: scrlttr2 integration - -r95 2006-03-15 12:51:02 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx: scrlttr2 integration - -r94 2006-03-15 12:14:00 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-footnotes.dtx: auctex mode doctex - -r93 2006-03-15 12:10:49 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-floats.dtx: scrlttr2 integration - -r92 2006-03-15 11:22:48 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-typearea.dtx: Option paper has no default value - -r91 2006-03-15 10:59:11 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx: scrlttr2 integration - -r90 2006-03-14 14:34:28 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-basics.dtx: AucTeX mode: doctex - -r89 2006-03-14 14:33:10 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx: scrlttr2 added - -r88 2006-03-13 14:16:37 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-fonts.dtx: file date fixed - -r87 2006-03-13 14:14:32 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-fonts.dtx: Option fontsize=<value> implemented - -r86 2006-03-13 13:52:01 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-typearea.dtx, scrkernel-fonts.dtx: \@pt@scan moved from - scrktare.dtx to scrkfont.dtx - -r84 2006-03-12 12:26:33 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx: parskip=relative and parskip=absolute - fixed - -r81 2006-03-11 09:10:40 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx: parskip Optionen auf keyval umgestellt, - neue Werte "relative" und "absolute" - -r80 2006-03-10 13:07:47 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-title.dtx: Halbenglischen Ausdruck "in-page Titel" durch - "Titelkopf" ersetzt. - -r79 2006-03-10 13:01:07 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx: Planung angegeben - -r78 2006-03-10 12:35:26 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-language.dtx: catcodes at definition ot \languagename - should not longer matter - -r74 2006-03-08 15:03:23 +0100 mjk: - - * manifest.txt: First version of a file list - -r72 2006-03-08 10:59:49 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-title.dtx, Makefile, scrlogo.dtx, - scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, scrkernel-floats.dtx, - scrkernel-language.dtx, Makefile.baseinit, scrsource.tex, - scrkernel-footnotes.dtx, scrkernel-index.dtx, scrstrop.inc, - scrkernel-bibliography.dtx, scrstrip.inc, scrkernel-typearea.dtx, - scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx, scrdoc.dtx, - scrkernel-listsof.dtx, scrmain.ins, Makefile.baserules, - scrkernel-sections.dtx, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, - scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scrlfile.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx, doc/, - doc/Makefile, doc/guide.tex, doc/scrguide.gst, doc/scrguide.cls, - doc/plength.dtx, doc/Makefile.guide, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, doc/english/Makefile, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/english/guide-english.tex, - doc/english/scrdatetime.tex, doc/english/adrconvnote.tex, - doc/english/htmlsetup, doc/english/typearea.tex, - doc/english/scrlfile.tex, doc/english/introduction.tex, - doc/english/scraddr.tex, doc/bin/, doc/bin/genhtmlidx.pl, - doc/bin/genindex.pl: scrksect.dtx scrbeta.dtx scrmain.ins scrkfont.dtx - scrkxflo.dtx scrkbase.dtx scrktitl.dtx scrkpage.dtx scrkvers.dtx - Makefile.baserules scrkfloa.dtx scrkpar.dtx doc/plength.dtx - doc/scrguide.gst doc/scrguide.cls doc/bin/genindex.pl - doc/bin/genchangelog.pl doc/bin/genhtmlidx.pl - doc/german/introduction.tex doc/german/guide-ngerman.tex - doc/german/scraddr.tex doc/german/scrbookreportarticle.tex - doc/german/adrconvnote.tex doc/german/scrlfile.tex - doc/german/scrdatetime.tex doc/german/scrpage2.tex - doc/german/htmlsetup doc/german/typearea.tex doc/german/Makefile - doc/german/scrlttr2.tex doc/Makefile.guide - doc/english/introduction.tex doc/english/scraddr.tex - doc/english/adrconvnote.tex doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex - doc/english/scrlfile.tex doc/english/guide-english.tex - doc/english/scrdatetime.tex doc/english/htmlsetup - doc/english/scrpage2.tex doc/english/typearea.tex - doc/english/Makefile doc/english/scrlttr2.tex doc/guide.tex - doc/Makefile scrkliof.dtx Makefile scrstrip.inc scrstrop.inc - testsuite/bin/pdfselect.sh testsuite/bin/dvicmp testsuite/bin/dotest - testsuite/bin/dvitypecmp testsuite/bin/pdfcmp - testsuite/bin/dviselect.sh testsuite/Makefile.tspec - testsuite/Makefile scrlfile.ins scrklist.dtx scrlfile.dtx - scrklang.dtx scrkidx.dtx scrlogo.dtx scrsource.tex scrkftn.dtx - Makefile.baseinit scrdoc.dtx scrktare.dtx scrkmisc.dtx scrkbib.dtx - -r71 2006-03-08 10:39:05 +0100 mjk: - - * lppl.txt: LPPL 1.3b is part of the distribution - -r70 2006-03-08 10:27:23 +0100 mjk: - - * scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx: - parskip error fixed (testet by - testsuite/parskipindent) - -r68 2006-03-08 08:52:54 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/: TeX Master fixed - -r64 2006-02-13 18:53:08 +0100 mjk: - - * lppl-de.txt: erste Version der mit Frank Mittelbach abgesprochenden - inoffiziellen Ãœbersetzung der LPPL 1.3b - -r60 2006-01-25 12:56:38 +0100 mjk: - - * Makefile.baserules: rule testsuite replaced by rule testtest - -r59 2006-01-25 12:41:27 +0100 mjk: - - * Makefile, doc/, doc/Makefile, doc/english/, doc/english/Makefile: - Get BASEDIR from parent - -r50 2006-01-20 14:48:57 +0100 mjk: - - * Makefile.baserules: Some (but not all) features for a testsuite - -r48 2006-01-13 09:38:03 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/plength.dtx: missing `n' added - -r47 2005-12-13 08:53:31 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/: fix: \makeatletter...\makeatother - -r46 2005-12-13 08:52:03 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: fix: - \makeatletter...\makeatother - -r45 2005-11-27 15:32:22 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/Makefile, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/english/Makefile, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/guide-english.tex, doc/english/scrdatetime.tex, - doc/english/adrconvnote.tex, doc/english/htmlsetup, - doc/english/typearea.tex, doc/english/scrlfile.tex, - doc/english/introduction.tex, doc/english/scraddr.tex: Initial import - of the englisch guide - -r44 2005-11-27 12:14:29 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/: document support for finnish - -r43 2005-11-27 11:46:56 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/: line break - -r42 2005-11-26 18:14:09 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/guide.bib: one more \LaTeX fixed - -r41 2005-11-26 18:12:42 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/guide.bib: Macros fixed - -r40 2005-11-26 17:28:08 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/: Declaration of \setindexpreamble fixed - -r39 2005-11-26 17:15:37 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/: Fließumgebung --> Gleitumgebung, Fließobjekt --> Gleitobjekt - -r38 2005-11-26 15:45:37 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/bin/, doc/bin/genindex.pl: Use of undefined $line at 97 - fixed. Generation of new $indexbase-gen.ind at 82 fixed. - -r37 2005-11-26 13:00:57 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/: spaces fixed - -r36 2005-11-26 11:32:35 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/Makefile.guide: clean every dvi or tmp file an mperr.tex - -r35 2005-11-26 11:15:54 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: Spell fixes; use of \extras<language> - instead of \captions<language> - -r34 2005-11-26 10:58:13 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/: Fix of version date - -r33 2005-11-25 11:48:07 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/: Widmung prägnanter gefasst - -r32 2005-11-05 10:04:02 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/: date fix - -r31 2005-11-05 10:03:34 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/: Erklärung zu smallheadings, normalheadings, bigheadings - erweitert [Stephan Hennig] - -r30 2005-11-05 10:01:05 +0100 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/Makefile.guide: Fix: there should be no $(INDEXPOSTOP) at - rule $(plenDIN_SRC). - -r29 2005-10-04 13:29:09 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/: Einige ``"~'' gefolgt von Leerzeichen durch ``-'' ersetzt. - -r28 2005-08-30 10:12:40 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/plength.dtx: Correction of line thickness at measure lines - -r26 2005-08-15 10:49:52 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/bin/: Perl script to generate ChangeLog.tmp (used to make - ChangeLog.svn) - -r25 2005-08-13 07:47:02 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.gst, doc/Makefile.guide, doc/Makefile.latexinit: - change log generation - -r24 2005-08-12 17:04:01 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/: Explain before Declaration not after - -r23 2005-08-12 16:58:46 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/: Explain before Declaration not after - -r22 2005-08-12 16:47:14 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/: Explain should not start after Declaration but before - -r21 2005-08-12 16:42:22 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: \lstset-fix for buggy version of LM fonts - -r20 2005-08-12 15:48:59 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/Makefile.guide, doc/Makefile.latexinit: Generation of a - html index file supported - -r19 2005-08-12 13:17:59 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/bin/, doc/bin/genhtmlidx.pl: Generation of a html index - file supported - -r18 2005-08-12 09:53:52 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/Makefile: new rule "edit" - -r17 2005-08-12 09:52:44 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/Makefile.guide: $(TEX_SRC) added to rule "guide.idx - guide.aux" - -r16 2005-08-11 10:47:22 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: The free version of the guide will be - optimized to be used on the screen instead to be printed. - -r15 2005-08-11 10:45:33 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/: \GuideCopyright changed ("Bildschirm-Version") - -r14 2005-08-10 16:31:33 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: \phantomsection at Declaration environment - not longer needed and used. Anchors are more descriptive. - -r13 2005-08-09 17:18:30 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/Makefile.latexinit: scrguide.bst removed - -r12 2005-08-09 17:16:59 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/Makefile: scrguide.bst removed - -r11 2005-08-09 16:54:35 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/: not longer needed since babelbib supports the same thing - -r10 2005-08-09 16:50:42 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: tablecaptionsabove; use of babalpha-fl - -r9 2005-08-09 14:51:14 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/Makefile.latexinit: INDEXPOSTOP added - -r8 2005-08-09 14:50:53 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/Makefile.guide: $(INDEXPOSTOP) added to latex function - -r7 2005-08-09 14:50:08 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/: \AddSeeIndex entries fixed - -r6 2005-08-09 14:49:44 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.ist: start of comment line fixed - -r5 2005-08-09 14:49:12 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: macros of multiindex fixed - -r4 2005-07-27 09:43:44 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/: Initial subversion import of KOMA-Script 3; see ChangeLog for - version information prior to 2005-07-25 12:14 and ChangeLog.2 for - version information of KOMA-Script < 2.91 - -r3 2005-07-27 09:41:23 +0200 mjk: - - * doc/, doc/Makefile.latexinit: While not all TeX-Distributions have - BibTeX8 use BibTeX by default. This may be changed some day. - -r2 2005-07-27 09:31:50 +0200 mjk: - - * Makefile.baseinit: Newer kpsewhich uses TEXMFHOME instead of - HOMETEXMF. - -r1 2005-07-25 12:19:51 +0200 mjk: - - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-title.dtx, Makefile, scrlogo.dtx, - scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, scrkernel-floats.dtx, - scrkernel-language.dtx, Makefile.baseinit, scrsource.tex, - scrkernel-footnotes.dtx, scrkernel-index.dtx, scrstrop.inc, - scrkernel-bibliography.dtx, scrstrip.inc, scrkernel-typearea.dtx, - scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx, scrdoc.dtx, - scrkernel-listsof.dtx, scrmain.ins, Makefile.baserules, missing.dtx, - README, ChangeLog.cvs, scrkernel-sections.dtx, ChangeLog.2, - scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, scrkernel-fonts.dtx, .ignore, - scrlfile.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx, doc/, doc/scrguide.ist, - doc/guide.bib, doc/Makefile, doc/guide.tex, doc/scrguide.cls, - doc/plength.dtx, doc/Makefile.guide, doc/Makefile.latexinit, - doc/bin/, doc/bin/genindex.pl: Initial subversion import of - KOMA-Script 3; see ChangeLog for version information prior to - 2005-07-25 12:14 and ChangeLog.2 for version information of - KOMA-Script < 2.91 - -------- Switch from CVS to subversion ---------------------------------------- - -2005-07-25 Markus Kohm <komascript@gmx.info> - - * doc/german/scrlttr2.tex: - - Wiesenweg - - * doc/german/scrbookreportarticle.tex: - - font-lock - - * doc/german/introduction.tex: - - changed encoding - - * doc/german/Makefile: - - simplified - - * doc/guide.bib: - - umlaute fixed - - * Makefile.baserules: - - make_recursive improved - - * Makefile.baseinit: - - MV and SMV added - - * ChangeLog: *** empty log message *** - -2005-06-09 Markus Kohm <komascript@gmx.info> - - * doc/german/scrpage2.tex: - - Tippfehler - -2005-05-18 Markus Kohm <komascript@gmx.info> - - * doc/bin/genindex.pl, doc/german/scrlfile.tex: - - current version at add time - - * doc/Makefile.guide: - - more chapters - - * doc/german/scraddr.tex: - - TeX-master - - * doc/german/scraddr.tex: - - initial comment - - * doc/german/scraddr.tex: - - current version at add time - - * doc/Makefile.guide: - - cleaned: clean rules - - * doc/german/scrlttr2.tex: - - plenDINde --> plenDIN - - * doc/Makefile.latexinit: - - MPOST added - - * doc/Makefile.guide: - - Generation of plenDIN.mps - - * doc/scrguide.cls: - - fixed: \@procidesfile - - * doc/Makefile: - - more source files - - * doc/plength.dtx: - - language independant figure generator - - * doc/Makefile.guide: - - some more chapters added - - * doc/german/scrlttr2.tex, doc/german/scrdatetime.tex: - - current version at add time - - * doc/german/scrpage2.tex: - - initial comment - - * doc/german/scrpage2.tex: - - current version at add time - - * doc/german/guide-ngerman.tex: - - \Xmp... added - -2005-05-17 Markus Kohm <komascript@gmx.info> - - * doc/german/scrbookreportarticle.tex: - - current version at add time - - * doc/german/typearea.tex, doc/scrguide.cls: - - utf8 --> latin1 - - * doc/Makefile.guide: - - don't remove every pdf, only some - - * doc/Makefile.guide: - - added *.glo at rule clean_local - - * doc/Makefile: - - one more Makefile - - * doc/Makefile.guide: - - language independent part of the Makefile to make a guide - - * doc/Makefile.latexinit: - - language dependency at the call of pdflatex - - * doc/german/guide-ngerman.tex: - - a lot of new macros - - * doc/guide.tex: - - no more language dependencies (hope so) - - * doc/scrguide.cls: - - a lot of fixes - - * doc/german/typearea.tex: - - current version at add time - - * doc/german/introduction.tex: - - starting comment - -2005-05-14 Markus Kohm <komascript@gmx.info> - - * doc/scrguide.cls: - - everything of the old scrguide2.tex implemented; - NOTE: Some of these features need fixes. - - * doc/guide.tex: - - change log activated - - * doc/german/guide-ngerman.tex: - - change log - - * doc/scrguide.cls: - - change log, examples - -2005-05-13 Markus Kohm <komascript@gmx.info> - - * doc/scrguide.cls: - - Special Tables and Tabulars - - * doc/german/guide-ngerman.tex: - - language dependencies of hyperref; hyphenation - - * doc/scrguide.cls: - - hyperref addons completed - - * doc/scrguide.cls: - - CTAN:// is an alias for hyperref - -2005-05-12 Markus Kohm <komascript@gmx.info> - - * doc/german/guide-ngerman.tex: - - initial version - - * doc/german/introduction.tex: - - name of the game changed - - * doc/german/introduction.tex: - - released version - - * doc/guide.tex: - - with index - - * doc/guide.bib: - - initial version (not yet finished) - - * doc/Makefile.latexinit: - - BibTeX rules added - - * doc/german/Makefile: - - initial rules for guide generation - - * doc/scrguide.cls: - - some options changed, bibliography added, index (not yet - finished) added - - * Makefile.baseinit: - - fix: CHSUM - - * doc/Makefile.latexinit: - - BIBINPUTS and BSTINPUTS added - - * doc/Makefile: - - some DOC_SRC added - - * doc/scrguide.bst: - - initial version based on babelbib - - * scrkbib.dtx: - - fix: \list at thebibiography - - * doc/guide.tex: - - replaces chapter file adrconv by adrconvnote to avoid problems with - adrconv package - - * doc/guide.tex: - - initial version - - * scrkmisc.dtx: - - some options are KOMAoptions - - * doc/Makefile: - - guide.tex is part of this level of the documentation - -2005-05-02 Markus Kohm <komascript@gmx.info> - - * doc/Makefile: - - use of babalpha.bst instead of scrguide.bst - - * doc/scrguide.ist: - - initial version of a MakeIndex style file - - * doc/Makefile: - - new DOC_SRC files scrguide.ist and scrguide.bst - - * doc/Makefile: - - new Makefile: Makefile.latexinit - -2005-04-22 Markus Kohm <komascript@gmx.info> - - * doc/scrguide.cls: - - initial version of the guide class - - * doc/Makefile: - - maintain - - * doc/german/Makefile: - - nothing but basics - - * doc/german/Makefile: - - initial version - - * doc/Makefile: - - First version of documentation make file - - * Makefile: - - DISTDIR and MAINTAINDIR using direct assignment - - * Makefile: - - new variable MAINTAINDIR - - * Makefile.baserules: - - make_recursive fixed - - * Makefile.baseinit: - - use of function shell and assignment ?= - - * .cvsignore: - - *.flc added - -2005-01-03 Markus Kohm <komascript@gmx.info> - - * scrksect.dtx: - - Copyright date - - * scrksect.dtx: - - fix: \@@makeschapterhead defined using \newcommand instead of - \renewcommand - -2004-12-07 Markus Kohm <komascript@gmx.info> - - * Makefile: - - CLS_MAIN_SUBINS - - * Makefile: - - added scrkmisc.dtx - - MISC_SRC fixed (INS_TEMPLATES) - -2004-11-16 Markus Kohm <komascript@gmx.info> - - * Makefile: scrdoc.dtx added zu MISC_SRC - -2004-11-05 Markus Kohm <komascript@gmx.info> - - * scrkliof.dtx, scrkpar.dtx, scrksect.dtx: - - \setparskip fixed - - * scrkpar.dtx, scrsource.tex: - - Use of \setparskip - - * scrmain.ins: - - while we are in pre release state we use additional key "trace" - - * scrkliof.dtx: - - \@parskipfalse und \@parskip@indent ersetzt - - * scrksect.dtx: - - \cs{@parskipfalse} und \cs{@parskip@indent} ersetzt - -2004-11-04 Markus Kohm <komascript@gmx.info> - - * scrklang.dtx, scrbeta.dtx, scrkfloa.dtx, scrkfont.dtx, - scrkmisc.dtx, scrksect.dtx, scrktitl.dtx: - - fix of use of \KOMAClassName - - * scrktitl.dtx, scrksect.dtx, scrkmisc.dtx, scrklang.dtx, - scrkfont.dtx, scrkfloa.dtx, scrbeta.dtx, scrdoc.dtx, scrkbase.dtx, - scrkbib.dtx, scrkftn.dtx, scrkidx.dtx, scrkliof.dtx, scrklist.dtx, - scrkpage.dtx, scrkpar.dtx, scrktare.dtx, scrkvers.dtx, - scrkxflo.dtx, scrlfile.dtx, scrlogo.dtx: - - use of \KOMAClassName - - * scrkpage.dtx: - - Use of \KOMA@DeclareObsoleteOption fixed - -2004-08-24 Markus Kohm <komascript@gmx.info> - - * scrkpage.dtx: - - options replaced by keyvals - - * scrkfloa.dtx: - - checksum fix - - * scrkfloa.dtx: - - longtable caption fix of KOMA-Script 2.9s - - * scrkfloa.dtx: - - "Geplant!" margin note - -2004-07-21 Markus Kohm <komascript@gmx.info> - - * scrkfont.dtx: - - new macros \newkomafont and \aliaskomafont - - * scrkpage.dtx: - - compatibility mode removed - - note of planned scrpage2 using - - * scrklang.dtx: - - Activiation of current language changes from KOMA-Script v2.9r - - * scrkfloa.dtx: - - some notes added - -2004-07-20 Markus Kohm <komascript@gmx.info> - - * README: - - removed umlauts - - * scrkvers.dtx: - - fix: class identification - - * scrlfile.dtx, scrktare.dtx, scrkbase.dtx: - - fix: package identification - - * scrkbase.dtx: - - some \if... more expandable - - * scrktare.dtx: - - \ifdefined --> \ifnotundefined - - * scrdoc.dtx: - - \eTeX - - * scrkbase.dtx: - - \ifdefined --> \ifnotundefined - - * scrksect.dtx: - - all KOMA-Script 2 changes till 2004-07-16 - - * scrkfloa.dtx: - - changes of scrclass 2.9r - -2004-04-19 Markus Kohm <komascript@gmx.info> - - * scrkmisc.dtx: - - dictum fix of KOMA-Script v2.9q - -2004-03-24 Markus Kohm <komascript@gmx.info> - - * scrklist.dtx: - - addmargin fix of KOMA-Script 2.9q: don't touch \labelsep - - * scrksect.dtx: - - \@@makeschapterhead fix from KOMA-Script 2.9q - -2004-01-31 Markus Kohm <komascript@gmx.info> - - * scrkftn.dtx: - - change at \deffootnote for more compatibility with footnote.sty - -2004-01-30 Markus Kohm <komascript@gmx.info> - - * scrkvers.dtx: - - update of version date - - * scrkfloa.dtx: - - caption fixes of KOMA-Script 2.9q - - * scrktare.dtx: - - warning fixes of KOMA-Script 2.9q - -2004-01-24 Markus Kohm <komascript@gmx.info> - - * scrbeta.dtx: - - scrxfloat added - -2004-01-21 Markus Kohm <komascript@gmx.info> - - * scrktare.dtx: - - \ProcessGlobalKeyValOptions --> \ProcessAllOptions - - * scrkbase.dtx: - - \ProcessGlobalKeyValOptions replaced by \Pr@cessGl@balKeyValOptions - - \Pr@cessGl@balKeyValOptions fixed - - \ProcessKeyValOptions - - \ProcessAllOptions - -2004-01-15 Markus Kohm <komascript@gmx.info> - - * General: - - Changes till KOMA-Script 2.9p - - * scrkftn.dtx: - - \deffootnote change of KOMA-Script 2.9p - - * scrksect.dtx: - - \@seccntformat change of KOMA-Script 2.9p - - chapter change of KOMA-Script 2.9p - - autodot change of KOMA-Script 2.9k - - use of \BeforeClosingMainAux instead if \AtEndDocument - - tocleft changes of KOMA-Script v2.9k - - minisec fix of KOMA-Script 2.9o - - * scrkbib.dtx: - - bibtotocnumbered change of KOMA-Script 2.9p - - thebibliography fix of KOMA-Script 2.9o - - * scrkliof.dtx: - - liststotocnumbered change of KOMA-Script 2.9p - - \@dottedtocline change of KOMA-Script 2.9k - - * scrkidx.dtx: - - \idx@heading change of KOMA-Script 2.9l - - * scrkmisc.dtx: - - ifthispageodd changes of KOMA-Script 2.9l - - dictum change of KOMA-Script 2.9l - - * scrkfloa.dtx: - - captionbeside fix of KOMA-Script 2.9p - - * scrkpar.dtx: - - \small and \footnotesize changes of KOMA-Script 2.9h - -2004-01-05 Markus Kohm <komascript@gmx.info> - - * scrkxflo.dtx: - - what happens with not floating consultations and option "float" - - missing text notes - - * scrkxflo.dtx: - - what happens with not floating consultations and option "float" - - * scrkxflo.dtx: - - description replaced by labeling at description of option float - - * scrkxflo.dtx: - - Option "float" - -2004-01-04 Markus Kohm <komascript@gmx.info> - - * scrkxflo.dtx: - - \newconsultation*, \setupconsultation* - - minor fixes - - * scrkxflo.dtx: - - Start of description (not yet finished) of an idea, - currently no implementation! - - * scrdoc.dtx: - - \newDescribe, \DescribeOption (by \newDescribe{Option}) - -2003-01-21 Markus Kohm <komascript@gmx.info> - - * scrdoc.dtx: - - Fix: \EnvNames --> \EnvsName - -2002-12-08 Markus Kohm <komascript@gmx.info> - - * README: - - Initial version of a Do-Not-Use-Or-Distribute-README - -2002-12-06 Markus Kohm <komascript@gmx.info> - - * scrktare.dtx: - - missing option "headlines=<Value>" added - -2002-12-05 Markus Kohm <mjk@mungojerrie.local> - - * scrkpar.dtx: - - \parfillskip wil change at \begin{document} - - * scrktare.dtx: - - Recalculation of type area also recalls option pagesize - - * scrkbase.dtx: - - \if@atdocument added - -2002-12-04 Markus Kohm <mjk@mungojerrie.local> - - * scrktare.dtx: - - all options are keyval options - - * scrkmisc.dtx: - - Activation of keyval options added - - * scrktare.dtx: - - Options "paper=landscape" and "paper=portrait" - - * scrdoc.dtx: - - Changed: Two columns at index (instead of three) - - * Makefile: - - Fix: MKINDEX call at makedvifromdtx - -2002-12-03 Markus Kohm <mjk@mungojerrie.local> - - * scrktare.dtx: - - \isopaper allowes upper case at optional argument - - papersize options implemented - - * scrlfile.dtx: - - \scr@hook@bcma fixed - - * scrkbase.dtx: - - some small fixes (macro spelling etc.) - - * scrbeta.dtx: - - scrkbase added - -2002-09-03 Markus Kohm <komascript@gmx.info> - - * scrlfile.dtx: - - \AfterClearpageAtEnddocument replaced by \BeforeClosingMainAux - -2002-09-01 Markus Kohm <komascript@gmx.info> - - * scrksect.dtx: - - Fix at \make@@chapterhead: \size@chapter after \sectfont - -2002-08-29 Markus Kohm <komascript@gmx.info> - - * scrlfile.dtx: - - Fix: \AfterClass*, \AfterPackage* - -2002-08-27 Markus Kohm <komascript@gmx.info> - - * scrktare.dtx: - - option `pagesize' reimplemented - - options `dvips' and `pdftex' obsolete reimplemented - - * scrkbase.dtx: - - Some minor documentation changes - - Fix: \KOMA@unkown@keyval uses 3 arguments - -2002-08-25 Markus Kohm <komascript@gmx.info> - - * scrktare.dtx: - - 2 \relax and 2 % inserted - -2002-08-23 Markus Kohm <komascript@gmx.info> - - * scrkbase.dtx: - - new: \KOMA@unkown@keyval - -2002-08-21 Markus Kohm <komascript@gmx.info> - - * Makefile: - - checksum test at makedvifromdtx - - * Makefile.baseinit: - - new: CKSUM - - * scrksect.dtx: - - \part fixed - - * scrkbase.dtx: - - new: \ifundefined, \ifdefined - - new: \let@as@internal@defined - - \ifpdfoutput pays attention to VTeX - - new: \ifpdftex, \ifpsoutput, \ifdvioutput - -2002-07-18 Markus Kohm <komascript@gmx.info> - - * scrkvars.dtx: - - moved to scrkbase.dtx - - * Makefile: - - scrkbase.sty - - scrkvars.dtx --> scrkbase.dtx - - * scrmain.ins: - - scrkvars.dtx --> scrkbase.dtx - - scrkeyvl.sty --> scrkbase.sty - - * scrsource.tex: - - scrkvars.dtx --> scrkbase.dtx - - * scrktare.dtx: - - moved \ifpdfoutput to scrkbase.dtx - - * scrkbase.dtx: - - moved scrkvars.dtx to scrkbase.dtx - - \ifpdfoutput added - -2002-07-12 Markus Kohm <komascript@gmx.info> - - * template.sh: - - some fixes - - * scrsource.tex: - - scrkvars.dtx - - * scrkvars.dtx: - - a lot of bug fixes - - * scrktare.dtx: - - first version which uses (and not only loads) scrkeyvl - - * .cvsignore: - - generated files *.cls and *.sty added - - test files test* added - - * scrbeta.dtx: - - scrkeyvl added - - * Makefile: - - scrkvars.dtx added to CLS_MAIN_DTX - -2002-07-11 Markus Kohm <komascript@gmx.info> - - * scrkftn.dtx: - - \show removed - - \CheckSum fixed - - * scrkvers.dtx: - - \ProvidesClass - - * Makefile: - - dvi-file will be removed at makedvifromdtx if compilation error - - * scrktare.dtx: - - Laden von scrkeyvl.sty - - * scrkvars.dtx: - - Neu - - * scrmain.ins: - - load scrkvars at every class - - scrkeyvl - -2002-07-06 Markus Kohm <komascript@gmx.info> - - * scrkpage.dtx: - - two spaces removed - - * scrmain.ins: - - Changed order of scrk...-files to fit dependencies - -2002-07-05 Markus Kohm <komascript@gmx.info> - - * Makefile: - - makedvifromdtx improved (dvi will be removed at error) - - * scrlfile.dtx: - - New command \AfterClearpageAtEndDocument - -2002-07-04 Markus Kohm <komascript@gmx.info> - - * Makefile: - - ChangeLog.2 added - - * ChangeLog: - - New file for KOMA-Script 3 - - * ChangeLog.2: - - ChangeLog moved to ChangeLog.2 - - * .cvsignore, ChangeLog, Makefile, Makefile.baseinit, - Makefile.baserules, Makefile.cfg, missing.dtx, scrbeta.dtx, - scrdoc.dtx, scrkbib.dtx, scrkfloa.dtx, scrkfont.dtx, scrkftn.dtx, - scrkidx.dtx, scrklang.dtx, scrkliof.dtx, scrklist.dtx, - scrkmisc.dtx, scrkpage.dtx, scrkpar.dtx, scrksect.dtx, - scrktare.dtx, scrktitl.dtx, scrkvers.dtx, scrlfile.dtx, - scrlfile.ins, scrlogo.dtx, scrmain.ins, scrsource.tex, - scrstrip.inc, scrstrop.inc, template.sh: - - New file. - -------- Start of KOMA-Script Version 3 --------------------------------------- diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/ChangeLog.2 b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/ChangeLog.2 deleted file mode 100644 index 29b1b1d9fd..0000000000 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/ChangeLog.2 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2383 +0,0 @@ -2002-06-11 Markus Kohm <kohm@gmx.de> - * brief.tex: - - "ein regelrechter" --> "geradezu ein" (Raimund) - -2002-06-10 Jens-Uwe Morawski <morawski@gmx.net> - * introduc.tex - - translation of Thanks section - * letter.tex - - initial translation - (priliminary version sections - 6.3, 6.4, 6.6 missing) - -2002-06-10 Markus Kohm <kohm@gmx.de> - * Makefile.unx: - - default-Regel ist nun all; die Installationsverzeichnisse - werden erst getestet, wenn installiert werden soll. - - Änderungen in Makefile sind ein Grund, alles neu zu erzeugen - - Änderungen in Makefile.unx werden gemeldet - - TEXINPUTS sollte jetzt funktionieren - - scrguide2.dvi wird als Standard mit MultiIndex erstellt, falls - genindex.pl verfügbar und ausführbar ist - ACHTUNG: FÜR DEN ENGLISCHEN scrguien WIRD DERZEIT KEIN - MULTIINDEX ERZEUGT, DA HIERZU VERMUTLICH NOCH - ÄNDERUNGEN IN DEN KAPITELN NOTWENDIG SIND (vor allem - Verwendung von \IndexFontElement)!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! - * genindex.pl: - - komplett neue Version; benötigt Unterstützung in der ind-Datei - - stellt selbst fest, welche ind-Dateien außer *-gen.ind erzeugt - werden sollen - * scrguide2.tex: - - diverse "Sort"-Namen gelöscht, die mit halbwegs aktuellen - MakeIndex gar nicht benötigt werden - - diverse Index-Namen hinzugefügt - ACHTUNG: HIER IST NOCH EINIGES NEU ZU ÜBERSETZEN BZW. AUS DER - ÜBERSETZUNG ZU ENTFERNEN!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! - - diverse Makros für den MultiIndex hinzugefügt oder geändert. - -2002-06-09 Markus Kohm <kohm@gmx.de> - * brief.tex: - - SNold in Erklärung durch SN ersetzt (Harald) - -2002-06-08 Markus Kohm <kohm@gmx.de> - * brief.tex: - - Korrekturen (Georg) - -2002-06-07 Markus Kohm <kohm@gmx.de> - * brief.tex: - - \IndexFontElement verwendet - - Diverse Tippfehler beseitigt (Harald) - - Kleinigkeiten geändert (Jens) - * hauptcls.tex: - - \IndexFontElement verwendet - - Überschriften an gepasst: - "Der Haupttext" --> "Der Text" - "Schlussteil" --> "Der Schlussteil" - * scrguide2.tex: - - \IndexFontElement - - \indexsection verbessert - - Alternative für einen aufgeteilten Index - * Makefile.unx: - - Alternative für einen aufgeteilten Index - * satzspgl.tex: - - Indexeintrag für typearea.cfg eingefügt - * genindex.pl: - - Erste Version des perl-Scripts für die Erzeugung des - aufgeteilten Index - -2002-06-04 Markus Kohm <kohm@gmx.de> - * komabug.tex: - - Tippfehler behoben (Aenderund --> Aenderung) - [Ulf Jaenicke-Roessler] - * brief.tex: - - Einige Ergänzungen für SN.lco. - * scrclass.dtx: - - Mindestplatz für Index und Glossary geändert. - -2002-06-03 Markus Kohm <kohm@gmx.de> - * scrclass.dtx, scrlttr.cls (v2.8q), SN.lco: - - Maße für SN 010130 (SN.lco) eingebaut einschließlich - Sonderbehandlung für Adresse rechts. - * scrclass.ins: - - Erzeugung von SN.lco aktiviert. - * Makefile.unx - - Nur ich bin berechtigt, aus einer BETA-Version eine Release zu - machen und umgekehrt. - -2002-06-02 Markus Kohm <kohm@gmx.de> - * brief.tex - - Erklärung zu \adrchar etwas gekürzt. - - Noch eine Bemerkung zu \addrchar und \addrentry bezüglich - adrconv eingefügt. - * scraddr.dtx (v1.1b): - - Damit das Paket unabhängig von scrlettr und scrlttr2 - eingesetzt werden kann, werden nun bei \InputAdressFile - ggf. auch \adrchar und \addrchar definiert. - -2002-06-01 Markus Kohm <kohm@gmx.de> - * brief.tex - - Fehler in Abschnitt 6.7 ("die wird sie" --> "dann wird sie") - [Jens] - - Autorenliste korrigiert [Jens] - -2002-05-31 Markus Kohm <kohm@gmx.de> - * scrguide2.tex - - Liste der Beteiligten als eigene Titelseite gesetzt - - \LegalText in \LegalText und \LegalTextB aufgeteilt - * main.tex - - \LegalText --> \LegalText and \LegalTextB - -2002-05-28 Markus Kohm <kohm@gmx.de> - * brief.tex - - Überschriften vereinheitlicht (\section mit Artikel, - \subsection ohne) - - Tabelle mit den Datumsformaten verschoben, damit der - Seitenumbruch verbessert wird - - Kapitelüberschrift an Kapitel 3 angeglichen - - Änderungsvermerk eingefügt - -2002-05-27 Markus Kohm <kohm@gmx.de> - * einleit.tex - - Danksagung erweitert - ACHTUNG: DAS MUSS NOCH ÜBERSETZT WERDEN!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! - * Makefile.unx - - adrguide und $(OLD)-Teile entfernt - * main.tex - - spell fix - - \WhoIsWho added - - \LegalText enlarged - * satzspgl.tex - - Satzbau in Zeile 800 (mpinclude/mpexclude) - - Mathemodus reduziert - * scrguide2.tex - - Mathemodus reduziert - - \WhoIsWho und \lowertitleback hinzugefügt - - \LegalText erweitert - * hauptcls.tex - - Mathemodus reduziert - * brief.tex - - Mathemodus reduziert - -2002-05-26 Jens-Uwe Morawski <morawski@gmx.net> - * pglayout.tex: - - removed ".sty" from chapter title - - some fixes - - added documentation for options mpinclude - and mpexclude - -2002-06-26 Markus Kohm <kohm@gmx.de> - * brief.tex - - Kleine Schönheitsänderung in "Von scrlettr zu scrlttr2" wird - deutlicher gemacht, das das erste Beispiel bereits eine - Modifikation des alten Beispiels ist. - -2002-05-25 Markus Kohm <kohm@gmx.de> - * main.tex - - "Verweise" --> "destination" - * maincls.tex - - "jorney" --> "journey" - - at tab:numberKind use of \PValue instead of \PName - * hauptcls.tex - - tab:numberKind verwendet \PValue statt \PName - -2002-05-24 Markus Kohm <kohm@gmx.de> - * Makefile.unx - - handling of removed obsolet files removed - * scrclass.ins - - handling of removed obsolet files removed - - preambles renamed - * scrlettr.dtx - - dir.tex, phone.tex, addrconv.*, email.* and birthday.* removed - * brief.tex - - kleiner Fehlerchen korrigiert (Torsten) - * adressen.tex - - Declaration von \FreeIV fixed - * scrguide2.tex - - \url@ redefined to become CTAN:// an alias to - ftp://\CTANserver/tex-archive/ - - \CTANserver defined - - \BibPreamble changed to use \CTANserver - * main.tex - - \CTANserver defined - - \BibPreamble changed to use \CTANserver - * scrguide.bib - - links to clsguide, usrguide and fntguide changed to get the - pdf file not the tex file - - URL of DANTE:FAQ changed to main FAQ page at www.dante.de - -2002-05-23 Jens-Uwe Morawski <morawski@gmx.net> - * hauptcls.tex: - - fehlplaziertes \EndIndex{Cmd}{ifthispageodd} - an die richtige Stelle verschoben - - "gewühlten" --> "gewählten" im Abschnitt \pagenumbering - * maincls.tex: - - description for \pagenumbering added - * scrguide.bib: - - alle URL-Verweise, die auf Verzeichnisse und - nicht Dateien zeigen, am Ende mit "/" geschrieben - * main.tex: - - \BibPreambleText added - * scrguide2.tex: - - CTAN-Präfix-Beispiel bei Dante in URL geändert, - da für z.B. PDF-Dokumente die Links im Literatur- - verzeichnis aufgrund des "CTAN://" Präfixes nicht - im Browser funktionieren. - * adrkonv.tex: - - Overfull hbox entfernt - -2002-05-23 Markus Kohm <kohm@gmx.de> - * maincls.tex: - - linebreak fix at example - * satzspgl.tex: - - mpinclude und mpexclude dokumentiert - * introduc.tex: - - \cite{UK:FAQ} added - -2002-05-22 Jens-Uwe Morawski <morawski@gmx.net> - * maincls.tex: - - remaining german examples replaced with - english examples - * addressf.tex: - - description for new package options of warnings - (adrFreeIV...) added - * adressen.tex: - - neue Paketoptionen für Warnungen (adrFreeIV...) - dokumentiert - -2002-05-22 Markus Kohm <kohm@gmx.de> - * brief.tex: - - \cc-Beispiel korrigiert: \raggedright war falsch (Torsten) - - \AtBeginLetter-Beispiel korrigiert (Torsten) - * scrguide.bib: - - error at ragged2 entry fixed - - adrconv entry changed (Jens) - - "CTAN: /tex-archive" --> "CTAN://" - * scrguide2.tex: - - \BibPreambleText hinzugefügt - - Präambel für das Literaturverzeichnis gesetzt. - * maincls.tex: - - \ref{cha:scrletter} --> \ref{cha:scrlttr2} (Jens) - -2002-05-21 Jens-Uwe Morawski <morawski@gmx.net> - * adrkonv.tex: - - Kapitel geändert, da addrconv nicht mehr Teil von KOMA-Script - * addrconv.tex: - - chapter rewritten since addrconv is not included in - KOMA-Script anymore - -2002-05-20 Jens-Uwe Morawski <morawski@gmx.net> - * pglayout.tex: - - many bugfixes - - removed all overfull and underfull boxes - * addressf.tex - - fixed index bug - * loadfile.tex - - fixed overfull hbox - -2002-05-19 Markus Kohm <kohm@gmx.de> - * pglayout.tex: - - some changes to avoid overfull \hbox - * maincls.tex: - - some changes to avoid overfull \hbox and to get umlauts at the - german examples which should be translated - * addressf.tex: - - some changes to avoid overfull \hbox - * headfoot.tex: - - some changes to avoid overfull \hbox - * Makefile.unx: - - scraddr.dtx hinzugefügt - * scraddr.dtx: - - scraddr.sty wird nun daraus erzeugt und nicht länger aus - scrlettr.dtx - - Neue Optionen (adrFreeIV...) - - \adrentry verwendet \addrentry - - \adrchar verwendet \addrchar - * scrclass.dtx, scrlttr2.cls (v2.8q): - - \adrentry verwendet \addrentry - - \adrchar verwendet \addrchar - * scrclass.ins: - - scraddr.sty wird nun aus scraddr.dtx erzeugt und nicht länger - aus scrlettr.dtx - * scrlettr.dtx: - - scraddr.sty ist nicht länger enthalten - * scrguide2.tex: - - Umbruch im Index vor "(Pseudo-Länge)" ermöglicht (wegen eines - Eintrags im Index). - - PDF-Info erweitert (für Jens). - * scrguide.ist: - - Umbruch vor den Pünktchen in der ersten Ebene ermöglicht. - -2002-05-18 Jens-Uwe Morawski <morawski@gmx.net> - * addressf.tex: - - changes for \addrentry support - - bugfix, since only letters not numbers are allowed as TeX - command names - * adressen.tex: - - Anpassungen für \addrentry Einträge - - Fehler korrigiert, da in TeX Macronamen keine Zahlen erlaubt - sind - * loadfile.tex: - - initial translation - -2002-05-18 Markus Kohm <kohm@gmx.de> - * Makefile.unx, INSTALL.TXT, INSTALLD.TXT: - - Das von Jens gemeldete Problem in Makefile.unx wegen TEXMF - durch Umbenennung in INSTALLTEXMF behoben. - * scrlogo.dtx: - - \@ifundefined testet nun wirklich auf KOMAScript (gemeldet von - Jens) - * scrlettr.dtx, scraddr.sty (v1.1): - - Erweiterungen für \addrentry von Jens übernommen und ein klein - wenig geändert. - -2002-05-17 Markus Kohm <kohm@gmx.de> - * hauptcls.tex: - - \pagenumbering dokumentiert - - Änderung bei Fußnoten in \caption dokumentiert - * scrclass.dtx (v2.8q): - - Fußnoten in Gleitumgebungen führen nun nicht mehr zu falscher - Zählweise und doppelter Ausgabe. - -2002-05-15 Markus Kohm <kohm@gmx.de> - * brief.tex: - - Weitere Hinweise und Beispiele von Torsten berücksichtigt. - -2002-05-14 Markus Kohm <kohm@gmx.de> - * brief.tex: - - Torstens Korrekturen und Hinweise umgesetzt. - * scrclass.dtx, scrlttr2 und lco-Dateien (v2.8q): - - Von Torsten gemeldete Fehler umgesetzt (\NeedsTeXFormat in den - lco-Dateien und Schriftumschaltung in Kopf- und Fußzeile der - Folgeseiten). - -2002-05-11 Markus Kohm <kohm@gmx.de> - * brief.tex: - - Einige Hinweise von Torsten umgesetzt. - - Konsistenzänderung bei den Pseudolängen eingearbeitet. - * scrclass.dtx, scrlttr2 (v2.8q): - - Konsistenzänderung bei den Pseudolängen: Wenn \useplength eine - Benutzeranweisung ist, dann sollten \setlengthtoplength und - \addtolengthplength dies ebenfalls sein. - -2002-05-10 Markus Kohm <kohm@gmx.de> - * brief.tex: - - Korrekturen von Torsten eingearbeitet - -2002-05-09 Markus Kohm <kohm@gmx.de> - * addrconv.tex, letter.tex, loadfile.tex: - - missing note added - * main.tex: - - \include{loadfile} and \PseudoPrefix added. - * Makefile.unx: - - koma-script.tex, koma-script.pdf, komascript.pdf, komascr.pdf - * koma-script.tex: - - Neu: nützlich beispielsweise, wenn jemand unter teTeX mit - texdoc koma-script - nach der Anleitung sucht. - -2002-05-08 Markus Kohm <kohm@gmx.de> - * scrguide.tex: - - Neu: \PseudoPrefix, \PLength und \IndexPLength - * brief.tex: - - Meine temporäre Version ersetzt nun die unfertige Version von - Enrico (sorry, aber so ging es deutlich schneller, wenn auch - nicht unbedingt besser). - * adrkonv.tex, hauptcls.tex: - - Verweise auf scrlettr in Verweise auf scrlttr2 geändert. - -2002-04-18 Markus Kogm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrclass.dtx, scrbook, scrreprt (v2.8q): - - Bei Verwendung der Option chapterprefix wirkt sich - \raggedsection nun auch auf den Präfix aus. Damit sind - vollständig zentrierte Überschriften durch ein einfaches - \let\raggedsection=\centering möglich. - -2002-04-09 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrclass.dtx, scrlttr2 (v2.8q): - - Verwendung von \@tempskipa statt \@tempdima weil Längen ebenfalls - skip- und keine dim-Register sind. Gleichzeitig default-Wert für - den optionalen Faktor entfernt, damit plus und minus funktionieren. - Im Ergebnis funktionieren specialmailindent und - specialmailrightindent nun wie gewünscht. - -2002-04-08 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrclass.dtx, scrbook, scrreprt, scrartcl (v2.8q): - - liststotoc korrigiert - - listtotocnumbered neu hinzugefügt - -2002-03-29 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * Makefile.unx: - - distclean löscht auf die zu den dtx-Files gehörenden dvi-Files. - - Der neue englische guide ist Standard, der alte kann noch mit - OLD=yes erzeugt werden. - - scrlttr2 und die lco-Dateien werden mit installiert. - * scrclass.ins: - - scrlttr2 etc. wird nicht mehr nur in der BETA erzeugt. - -2002-03-28 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrclass.dtx, typearea, scrbook, scrreprt, scrartcl (v2.8q): - - Auf Anregung von Frank Mittelbach, Optionen "mpinclude" und - "mpexclude" implementiert. Typearea berechnet bei "mpinclude" - einen Satzspiegel, bei dem die Randnotizen zum Textbereich - gezählt werden. Die Randnotizen haben dabei eine Breite von - einem Streifen abzüglich \marginparsep. - Es gibt keine vordefinierten DIV-Werte für die Verwendung mit - "mpinclude" stattdessen wird in diesem Fall "DIVcalc" - verwendet. - Die Hauptklassen setzen bei Verwendung von "mpinclude" die - Kopf und Fußzeile über die gesamte Breite des Bereichs für - Text und Randnotizen. - Die Optionen sind so definiert, dass KOMA-Script-Klassen, - typearea und scrpage2 optimal zusammenarbeiten können. - - * scrpage.dtx, scrpage2 (v2.1): - - scrpage2 versteht ebenfalls eine Option "mpinclude" und - "mpexclude". Bei "mpinclude" wird als Voreinstellung - \setheadwidth[0pt]{textwithmarginpar} und - \setfootwidth[0pt]{textwithmarginpar} verwendet. Dies - entspricht auch der Verwendung der Option bei den KOMA-Script - Klassen. - Die Optionen sind so definiert, dass KOMA-Script-Klassen, - typearea und scrpage2 optimal zusammenarbeiten können. - -2002-03-25 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrclass.dtx, scrlttr2 (v2.8q): - - Die fehlenden separator-Variablen ergänzt. Man kann jetzt - beispielsweise mit - \setkomavar{fromurl}[]{http://socha.net/scrguide} dafür - sorgen, dass das Präfix "URL: " verschwindet. Das macht das - leere optionale Argument. - - Speziell für Luzia specialmailindent und - specialmailrightindent - - \LetterOptionNeedsPaperSize wirkt sich nun erst bei \opening - aus. Dadurch kann nach DIN.lco noch eine lco-Datei geladen - werden, die ein anderes Format verlangt ohne dass DIN.lco eine - Warnung ausgibt. - -2002-03-20 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrclass.dtx, scrlttr2 (v2.8q): - - In der Variablen signature darf "\\" verwendet werden, um eine - mehrzeilig Unterschrift zu erzeugen. - -2002-03-06 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrclass.dtx, typearea (v2.8q): - - Berechnung der günstigen Zeilenlänge korrigiert - (\normalfont\normalsize hinzugefügt). - -2002-03-01 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrclass.dtx (v2.8q): - - \normalfont aus \sectfont herausgenommen, weil das (fast) - überall vor \sectfont ohnehin schon aufgerufen wurde. - - Überall, wo es relevant ist nach \sectfont ein \nobreak - eingefügt. Das war notwendig, weil in \sectfont ein - \normalcolor enthalten ist. color.sty hat aber einen Bug, - der einen Zeilen- und Seitenumbruch nach \normalcolor - ermöglichst. Dadurch konnte zwischen \section und \subsection - ein Seitenumbruch erfolgen, sobald color.sty geladen ist. - -2002-02-25 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrguide2.tex: - Index wird ins Inhaltsverzeichnis aufgenommen - (wurde gewünscht). - * brief.tex: - Enricos erster Entwurf für die neue Briefklasse. - -2002-02-23 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrguide2.tex: - \Variable, \IndexVariable und \VariableName eingeführt. - * main.tex: - \VariableName (stimmt die Übersetzung?) - * scrclass.dtx, scrlttr (v2.8q): - Einige kleinere Bugfixes: - - wlocfield und slocfield sind obsolete Optionen - - Breite des location-Feldes wird ggf. während \openin - berechnet. - - Leerer Absendername und leere Absenderadresse sind - mehr oder weniger erlaubt. - - \@title durch \usekomavar{title} ersetzt. - -2002-02-22 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * hauptcls.tex: - Ein paar Fehler korrigiert. - -2002-02-22 Jens-Uwe Morawski <morawski@gmx.net> - * addressf.tex, headfoot.tex, main.tex: - some fixes - -2002-02-11 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * layout.tex: - Jens Änderungen zur Verhinderung von Warnungen - * datladen.tex: - Neues Kapitel für scrlfile.sty - * scrguide2.tex: - datladen.tex hinzugefügt - * Makefile.unx: - datladen.tex hinzugefügt - -2002-02-11 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrclass.dtx, scrlfile (v2.8q): - - Sternformen \AfterPackage* und \AfterClass* führen die - entsprechende Anweisungen sofort aus, falls das Paket oder - die Klasse bereits geladen ist. - -2002-02-06 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * koma-script.xml: - - <Documentation> in verschiedenen Sprachen (keine Ahnung, ob - mehrere gleichartige Einträge überhaupt erlaubt sind, da - catalogue.dtd saumäßig dokumentiert ist). - * scrpage.dtx, scrpage2 (v2.0m): - - Schwerwiegenden Bug in \ps@useheadings beseitigt. - * scrclass.dtx, scrlttr2 (v2.8q): - - Option "addrfield=false" kann nun nicht nur gesetzt werden, - sondern hat auch eine Funktion (Adressfeld komplett - ausblenden). - -2002-02-05 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrclass.dtx, scrlttr2 (v2.8q): - - Option "pagenumber=top" und "pagenumber=bot" funktionieren - wie gewünscht und ohne Umdefinierung von \@tempa. - - \closing ist nicht mehr \long, dafür dürfen im Argument - \\[...] vorkommen. - -2002-02-04 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrclass.dtx, scrlttr2 (v2.8q): - Problem beseitigt, falls "refline=wide" nach dem Laden der - lco-Datei gesetzt wird. - * hauptcls.tex: - - Umgebung addmargin und Anweisung \ifthispageodd dokumentiert. - - Alle relevanten overfull \hbox Meldungen beseitigt. - -2002-02-03 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrclass.dtx, scrlttr2 (v2.8q): - - fromrulelength --> fromrulewidth - - frumrulewidth --> fromrulewidth - -2002-02-02 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrpage.dtx, scrpage2 (v2.0m): - - scrlttr2 wird erkannt und aktiv unterstützt, das bedeutet - insbesondere auch, dass Kopf- und Fu"szeilen entsprechend - angepasst werden. Beim Seitenstil scrheadings funktioniert - sogar die Option automark. Der Befehl \automark kann auch - verwendet werden, allerdings spielt es derzeit keinerlei - Rolle, was man dabei als Argumente verwendet, solange es - Gliederungsebenen unter chapter sind. - Vielleicht werde ich in einer späteren Release die - Zusammenarbeit zwischen scrpage2 und scrlttr2 bezüglich - \automark noch verbessern, wenn begründete Nachfrage - besteht. - * scrtime.dtx, scrtime (v1.1m): - - Holländisch wird unterstützt (Dank an Henk Jongbloets) - * scrclass.dtx, scrlttr2 (v2.8q): - - \ta@hh-Fehler in Option headlines beseitigt (gemeldet - von Chef-Alpha-Tester Torsten Krüger) - - Option fax heißt nun entsprechtend aller anderen - fromfax (gemeldet von Henk Jongbloets) - -2002-02-01 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrclass.dtx, scrlttr2 (v2.8q): - - Fehlende französische Übersetzungen ergänzt - (von Henk Jongbloets) - - Einige Tippfehler behoben (gemeldet von Henk Jongbloets) - - \captionsdutch und \datedutch neu (von Henk Jongbloets) - - Fehlende spanische Übersetzungen ergänzt - (von Alejandro López-Valencia) - -2002-01-31 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * koma-script.xml: - Maybe a better description. Version number in future. - -2002-01-31 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrclass.dtx, scrlttr2 (v2.8q): - Kopf- und Fußzeilen funktionieren nun auch auf den Folgeseiten - sowohl bei Seitenstil plain als auch bei Seitenstil headings. - Dabei wird die neue Option "pagenumber" berücksichtigt. - Der Inhalt der Marken beim Seitenstil headings kann mit - \markboth{}{} und \markright{} beeinflusst werden. Dies muss - jedoch NACH opening erfolgen, weil opening, selbst ein - \@mkboth{\usekomavar{fromname}}{\usekomavar{subject}} - ausführt. Ich habe deshalb auch noch den Seitenstil myheadings - definieren, der wie headings funktioniert, aber \@mkboth auf - \@gobbletwo setzt. - -2002-01-31 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * koma-script.xml: - Der Catalogue-Eintrag für KOMA-Script wird nun vom Projekt - mitverwaltet. Dadurch haben wir hoffentlich mehr Einfluss - auf seinen Inhalt. - Dies ist noch die unveränderte Originalversion. - -2002-01-29 Jens-Uwe Morawski <morawski@gmx.net> - * datetime.tex: - Übersetzung. - -2002-01-28 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrclass.dtx, scrlttr2 (v2.8q): - - Einige Variablen (z. B. place in fromplace) umbenannt. - - Einige neue Variablen. - - Neue \...name Makros. - - Einige neue Font-Variablen. - - Die Option fromalign beachtet nun die Werte: - left - linksbündiger Briefkopf entsprechend - briefkopf.sty - right - rechtbündiger Briefkopf analog zu "left" - center - zentrierter Briefkopf mit Logo neben der - Adresse - no - Keine Änderung des Briefkopfes. - Die Verwendung von \firsthead schaltet automatisch - auf fromalign=no. - -2002-01-28 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * einleit.tex, satzspgl.tex: - Von Yoshi Nagata gemeldete Fehler korrigiert. - -2002-01-27 Jens-Uwe Morawski <morawski@gmx.net> - * layout.tex, adressen.tex: - Korrekturen nach Vorschlägen von Torsten Krueger - -2002-01-25 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrclass.dtx, scrlttr2 (v2.8q): - Diverse Optionen aus briefkopf.sty eingebaut. - * scrclass.dtx (v2.8q): - Alle ``blubber'' durch `blubber' ersetzt. - -2002-01-22 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrclass.dtx, scrbook, scrreprt, scrartcl (v2.8q): - halfparskip-Bug beseitigt - -2002-01-22 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrclass.dtx, scrlttr2.cls (v2.8q): - - Neue Variable backaddressseparator ersetzt \\ in der - Rücksendeadresse. - - Neue Fontvariable backaddress - - Variable backaddress wird als \usekomavar{fromname}\\ - \usekomavar{fromaddress} vordefiniert. Bei KOMAold wird - darauf getestet und ggf. auf leer gesetzt. - - Neues Makro \@ogobble, um ein optionales Argument zu - vernichten. Dieses wird bei der lokalen Umdefinierung - von \\ beispielsweise für die Rücksendeadresse verwendet. - - \captionenglish wird in jedem Fall definiert - - \ifkomavarempty*{placeseparator} durch \ifkomavarempty{place} - und \usekomavar*{placeseparator} durch \usekomavar{place} - ersetzt. - -2002-01-16 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrclass.dtx, scrlttr2.cls (v2.8q): - - Es gibt eine Fontvariable für "subject". - - Ein paar überflüssige % entfernt und ein paar fehlende % - ergänzt. - - Neue Sprachabhängigkeit \headfromname. - - Die letter Umgebung kennt nun ein optionales Argument zum - Setzen der Optionen (erspart ggf. den Aufruf von - \KOMAoptions). - - Der Fußnotenzähler wird bei jedem Brief zurückgesetzt. - - Neue Befehle \newkomavar, \setkomavar, \usekomavar, - \ifkomavarempty und \addtoreffields. Funktion siehe - scrclass.dtx. - - Die ganzen \from..., \to..., \place usw. Befehle wurden - durch komavar-Variablen ersetzt. Die alten Befehle sind - jedoch bei Verwendung der Optionendatei "KOMAold" wieder - verfügbar. Namen und Bedeutung der Variablen siehe - scrclass.dtx. - -2002-01-14 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrclass.dtx, scrlttr2.cls (v2.8q): - Das Setzen der Geschäftszeile wurde optimiert. - -2002-01-10 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrclass.dtx, scrbook.cls, scrreprt.cls, scrartcl.cls (v2.8q): - Leere Präambel im Literaturverzeichnis vergrößert nicht länger - den Abstand nach der Überschrift. - -2001-12-13 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrclass.dtx, typearea.sty (v2.8q): - Es war immer dokumentiert, dass DIVcalc die optimale Breite - einer Spalte nimmt. Tatsächlich hat das aber aufgrund eines - Bugs nie funktioniert. Dieser Fehler ist nun behoben, führt - aber u. U. bei alten Dokumenten, die auf diesen weit zurück - reichenden Bug bauen, zu einem anderen Umbruch! - -2001-11-29 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * hauptcls.tex: - Dokumentation von \setcapmargin der erfolgen Änderung - angepasst. - * scrclass.dtx (v2.8q): - Bei \setcapmargin gibt das optionale Argument nun den linken - bzw. inneren Rand an, da mir dies intuitiver erscheint. - Neue Umgebungen addmargin und addmargin* mit einem optionalen - und einem obligatorischen Argument, um innerhalb des Dokuments - die Randeinstellung kurzzeitig zu ändern. Negative Werte sind - möglich. Realisation erfolgte mit Hilfe einer Liste. - -2001-11-27 Markus Kohm <markus.kohm@gmx.de> - * Makefile.unx: - Mit "env BETA=yes make scrguien" kann der neue englische Guide - erzeugt werden. Dabei werden alle benötigten symbolischen Links - automatisch erzeugt. Daher ist es nicht mehr notwendig, die - folgenden Dateien im CVS zu halten: - scrguide/english/scrguide.bib - scrguide/english/scrguide.ist - scrguide/english/scrguide.mbs - scrguide/english/scrguide2.tex - * scrguide-en.bst: - BibTeX style for the english guide. - * scrguide.bst: - Zwischen Monat und Jahr ist kein Umbruch erlaubt. - - * main.tex: - \LoadChapters - \LanguageShortcut - - * scrguide2.tex: - Notwendige Definitionen von Jens ergänzt. Dabei den - Zeilenumbruch im Quellcode angepasst und die Umlaute entfernt - (die Definition erfolgt vor dem Laden der Sprache). - Verwendung von Babel für jede Sprache. - Welche Kapitel in welcher Reihenfolge geladen werden, wird - von der Sprachdatei festgelegt (\LoadChapters). - Das Literaturverzeichnis ist wirklich linksbündig. - Unterschiedliche Sprachen können unterschiedliche BibTeX Stile - verwenden. - HINWEIS: Ich erinnere daran, dass english/scrguide2.tex mit - scrguide2.tex identisch ist! - -2001-11-26 Jens-Uwe Morawski <morawski@gmx.net> - * layout.tex: - Macro- und Environment-Definitionen entfernt; - sprachunabhängige Teile nun in scrguide2.tex; - sprachabhängige Teile werden in entsprechender - Hauptdatei deklariert; für layout.tex ebenfalls - in scrguide2.tex - \phantomsection für page:-Label eingefügt - damit hyperref-\pageref-Links auch auf diese - Seite zeigen; Abschlußbeispiel hinzugefügt - von Markus vorgeschlagene Korrekturen bis - auf einen Vorschlag umgesetzt - * headfoot.tex: - removed macro and environment declarations; - language independent declarations are moved - to scrguide2.tex; language dependent declarations - are in main.tex - added \phantomsection for page:-labels, thus - hyperref-\pageref-links point to this page - final example added - * addressf.tex: - fixed two small bugs (it's -> its); - - * main.tex: - extended with english sample-texts and - required macros for use in headfoot.tex - -2001-11-24 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * hauptcls.tex: - Zwei Tippfehler behoben. - * scrclass.dtx (v2.8q): - Bei Verwendung der captionbeside-Umgebung darf \label nun - tatsächlich hinter der Umgebung stehen. - -2001-11-23 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrclass.dtx, scrlttr2.cls (v2.8q): - \KOMAoptions{parskip=...} kann innerhalb des Dokuments verwendet - werden. Ebenso kann es als Umgebung eingesetzt werden. - -2001-11-22 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * hauptcls.tex: - Beispiel für \setcapwidth ergänzt. - Beschreibung für die captionbeside-Umgebung. - * scrclass.dtx (v2.8q): - Neues Makro \ifthispageodd{<true-Zweig>}{<false-Zweig>}: - Durch eine Art Label-Mechanismus wird beim übernächsten - LaTeX-Lauf garantiert korrekt entscheidet, ob der - <true-Zweig> oder der <false-Zweig> auszuführen ist. - Demgegenüber entscheidet \ifodd\value{page} innerhalb - des ersten Absatzes einer Seite oder innerhalb von - Gleitumgebungen sehr oft falsch. - \setcapwidth[o] und \setcapwidth[i] sowie \setcapmargin* - funktionieren nun korrekt. - Neue Umgebungen: - \begin{captionbeside}[<Verzeichniseintrag>] - {<Beschreibung>}[<Beschreibungsort>] - [<Breite>][<Verschiebung>] - \begin{captionbeside}[<Verzeichniseintrag>] - {<Beschreibung>}[<Beschreibungsort>] - [<Breite>][<Verschiebung>]* - Es wird ein - \caption[<Verzeichniseintrag>]{<Beschreibung>} - neben dem Inhalt der Umgebung ausgegeben. Daher die die - Umgebung nur innerhalb von Gleitumgebungen verwendet - werden. - <Beschreibungsort> kann sein: - l = links neben dem Inhalt der Umgebung - r = rechts neben dem Inhalt der Umgebung (default) - <Breite> ist die Breite von Umgebungsinhalt und - Beschreibung. Voreingestellt ist \linewidth. - <Verschiebung> ist eine horizontale Verschiebung für - Umgebungsinhalt und Beschreibung. Voreingestellt - ist Zentrierung. - In der Version mit Stern am Ende wird die <Verschiebung> - im doppelseitigen Satz auf linken Seiten so umgerechnet - das ein gespiegelter Rand entsteht. Die Beschreibung wird - fussbündig zum Inhalt der Umgebung gesetzt. - -2001-11-21 Jens-Uwe Morawski <morawski@gmx.net> - * layout.tex: - - neue Befehle und Umgebungen für die - Übersichtlichkeit der Beispiele - - Index-Korrektur bei \pagemark - - Index-Korrektur bei \setfootsepline - - Anpassung der Label - - !!! End-Beispiel fehlt noch !!! - * headfoot.tex: - - initial translation, including all - changes of the current german version - - !!! final example and translations - of example-texts missing !!! - * adressen.tex: - - Änderung der Grußformel, da die englische - keinen Sinn machte - - Labels angepaßt - * addressf.tex: - - changed closing in example, since the former - closing-text had a unsuitable meaning in the - english version - -2001-11-20 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * hauptcls.tex: - Die Optionen und Makros vom 2001-11-17 dokumentiert. - * scrclass.dtx (v2.8q): - \setcapmargin bewirkt noonelinecaption. - -2001-11-18 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrclass.dtx (v2.8q): - Bei longtable wird \LTcapwidth ignoriert. Stattdessen findet - die mit \setcapwidth bzw. \setcapmargin getroffene - Einstellung Anwendung. Außerdem funktionieren \captionabove - und \captionbelow nun auch in longtable Tabellen. Dabei wird - auch die Option tablecaptionabove beachtet. - BTW: longtable hat einen Bug. Bei links- oder rechtsbündig - gesetzten Tabellen ragt der caption-Text in den jeweiligen - Rand. Ursache ist \LTleft=\z@ und \LTright=\fill bzw. - umgekehrt in Verbindung mit \hss innerhalb von - \LT@makecaption. Ich denke nicht, dass der Bug einfach zu - beheben ist. KOMA-Script beseitigt diesen Bug auch nicht. - -2001-11-17 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrclass.dtx (v2.8q): - Kompatibilität mit caption2 weiter erhöht. Dazu werden einige - KOMA-Script-Makros umdefiniert, sobald caption2 geladen ist. - Neue Optionen: - onelinecaption - Voreinstellung wie bisher - noonelinecaption - entspricht Option "nooneline" von - caption2 - Neue Makros: - \setcapwidth[<pos>]{<Breite>} - siehe scrclass.dtx - \setcapmargin[<links>]{<rechts>} - siehe scrclass.dtx - \setcapmargin*[<links>]{<rechts>} - siehe scrclass.dtx - * scrclass.ins: - scrlfile.sty wird erzeugt. - * scrclass.dtx, scrlfile.sty (v2.8q): - Erste Implementierung. Es mag seltsam sein, dass die erste - Implementierung die Version v2.8q ist. Aber da das Paket - eigentlich Bestandteil der Klassen ist und nur deshalb - ausgelagert wurde, weil es auch getrennt davon verwendet - werden kann, bekommt es dieselbe Versionsnummer wie die - Klassen. Optimal wäre, wenn dieses Paket Bestandteil von - LaTeX werden würde. - -2001-11-16 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * hauptcls.tex: - Die neuen Optionen tocleft, tocindent, listsleft und listsindent - dokumentiert. - Die neue Schriftumschaltung für Fußnoten und Fußnotenmarken - dokumentiert. - secnumdepth dokumentiert. - Ein paar informative Ergänzungn. - * scrclass.dtx (v2.8q): - Schriftumschaltung für Fußnoten und Fußnotenmarken. - -2001-11-15 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrclass.dtx (v2.8q): - Ein 0\p@ durch \z@ ersetzt. - Die Anzahl der Info-Einträge bei scrlttr2.cls reduziert. - -2001-11-14 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrclass.dtx (v2.8q): - Neue Optionen: - tocleft - Das Inhaltsverzeichnis wird nicht stufig, sondern - linksbündig dargestellt. Dabei stehen alle - Gliederungsnummern linksbündig untereinander und - alle Überschriften beginnen in einer Fluchtlinie. - Es entsteht ein Tabelleneindruck. Der Platz, der - für die Gliederungsnummern benötigt wird, wird - automatisch ermittelt. Eine korrekte Darstellung - wird nach max. 3 LaTeX Durchläufen erreicht. - tocindent - Inhaltsverzeichnis wie bisher (default) - listsleft - Die Listenverzeichnisse sind linksbündig. Der - Platz, der für die Nummern benötigt wird, wird - automatisch ermittelt. - listsindent - Listenverzeichnisse mit festem Wert für die - Breite der Nummer wie bisher (default) - Aufgrund der verwendeten Implementierung sollte das ganze auch - mit float.sty Listen funktionieren und außerdem sehr robust - gegen Änderungen der betroffenen Makros sein. Es funktioniert - allerdings nur bei Verzeichnissen, die mit \@dottedtocline - bzw. mit Hilfe von \numberline erstellt werden. - -2001-11-13 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrclass.dtx (v2.8q): - Tokenoptimierung (XXXpt --> XXX\p@, 0pt --> \z@, plus --> \@plus, - minus \@minus). - * scrguide2.tex: - Wenn keine pdf-Ausgabe verlangt ist, wird explizit "hypertex" - als hyperref-Option angegeben, damit nicht automatisch "dvips" - verwendet wird (wenn jemand doch dvips will, sollte er auch - die Option "linktocpage" verwenden). - * scrclass.dtx (v2.8q): - \setlength{\parskip}{\z@} an vielen Stellen durch - \@parskipfalse\@parskip@indent ersetzt. - * scrclass.dtx, typearea.sty (v2.8q): - \ifpdfoutput funktioniert wieder. - -2001-11-08 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrclass.dtx, scrlttr2.cls (v2.8q): - Komplett neue Schnittstelle für die Sprachumschaltung. Dadurch - kann der Benutzer nun mit Hilfe folgender Makros bereits in der - Präambel Begriffe für einzelne Sprachen definieren: - \newcaptionname{<Sprache>}{<Name-Makro>}{<Definition>} - \renewcaptionname... - \providecaptionname... - definiert das <Name-Makro> für die Sprache <Sprache>. - \new... definiert ein neues Makro - auch, wenn die Sprache - zuvor nicht existiert hat. Existiert das Makro bereits - wird ein Fehler ausgegeben. - \renew... definiert ein vorhandenes Makro erneut. - Existiert Sprache oder Makro noch nicht, wird ein Fehler - ausgegeben. - \provide... definiert ein noch nicht vorhandenes Makro. - Existiert Sprache nicht oder Makro bereits wird eine - Information in die log-Datei geschrieben. - Die Option "numericaldate" funktioniert nun auch im Dokument. - \KOMAoptions ist auch innerhalb des Dokuments erlaubt. - -2001-11-06 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrclass.dtx, scrlttr2.cls (v2.8q): - Option parskip funktioniert nun auch per \KOMAoptions. - * scrclass.dtx, typearea.sty (v2.8q): - Die Optionen DIVcalc und DIVclassic lassen die Finger von der - DIV-Liste, so dass der symbolische Wert "default" bei \typearea - später auch noch funktioniert - wenn ein entsprechender Wert - definiert ist. - \typearea kennt außerdem den symbolischen Wert "last", der im - Gegensatz zu "current" nicht der aktuelle DIV-Wert ist, sondern - der Wert, mit dem \typearea zuletzt aufgerufen - wurde. Unterschiede können sich ergeben nach einem Aufruf mit - "calc", "classic" oder "default". - Intern wird nun ebenfalls \typearea[current]{current} für die - Initialisierung verwendet, statt \typearea[\ta@bcor]{\ta@div}. - * scrclass.dtx, scrlttr2.cls (v2.8q): - \AfterProcessOptions wird nicht mehr bei jedem Aufruf der - Optionen "headsepline" und "footsepline", sondern nur noch - jeweils einmal insgesamt ausgeführt. - titlepage-Material, das nie verwendet wurde, entfernt. - Die Optionen "BCOR" und "headlines" verwenden jetzt - \typearea[...]{last} statt \typearea[...]{current} beim Aufruf - per \KOMAoptions. - Die Option "paper" funktioniert jetzt auch nach dem Laden von - typearea und sorgt nicht nur für eine Fehlermeldung. - * scrclass.dtx (v2.8q): - \cleardoublestandardpage in der Option "cleardoublestandard" - bzw. "cleardoublepage" korrigiert. - -2001-11-01 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * addrconv.tex, addressf.tex, datetime.tex, headfoot.tex, - introduc.tex, letter.tex, maincls.tex, pglayout.tex: - Comments changed. - -2001-10-31 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * komascr.ins, scrclass.ins, scrpage.ins, scrtime.ins: - \askonceonly, falls docstrip es bietet. Dadurch finden bei der - Installation ggf. weniger Nachfragen statt. - -2001-10-30 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrclass.dtx (v2.8q, nur Briefklasse): - Klassenoption "footsepline" funktioniert nun ("{#1}" - fehlte). Die Option setzt derzeit aber nur einen Schalter, der - intern nicht ausgewertet wird! - Klassenoption "twoside" funktioniert nun ("{#1}" fehlte) ohne - Warnung. - Klassenoption "enlargefirstpage" funktioniert nun ("{#1}" - fehlte). - Klassenoption "cleardoublepage" beachtet nun auch die Werte - "plain" und "standard". Die Option hat derzeit aber nicht viel - Sinn. - Klassenoption "numericaldate" funktioniert nun korrekt (nicht - mehr invers zur Bedeutung). - Warnungen über zu hohes Anschriftfeld bzw. zu hohe - Rücksendeadresse sollte nur noch einmal ausgegeben werden. - Warnung über zu hohe Rücksendeadresse sollte nur noch ausgegeben - werden, wenn tatsächlich zuvor eine overfull \vbox gemeldet - wurde. - Für den Kopf und den Fuß der ersten Seite wird \parfillskip - lokal auf 0 gesetzt. - Bei Warnungen über zu hohe Inhalte der Elemente der ersten - Seite, wird nun nicht mehr der zu hohe Wert, sondern der Name - des zu hohen Wertes ausgegeben. Außerdem wird angegeben, um - wieviel die entsprechende Box zu hoch ist. - Hinweis: Die Verwendung der Optionen per \KOMAoptions führt noch - nicht bei jeder Option zu einer sinnvollen Reaktion. - -2001-10-19 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrclass.dtx (v2.8q): - Einige Teile wurden zeitweilig in die falschen Klassen - generiert. - Die mit Carsten besprochene Änderung an \ifpdfoutput - vorgenommen. Dadurch wird \pfdoutput jetzt nicht mehr - \relax falls es undefiniert war. Außerdem darf ein - anderes Paket \ifpdfoutput vor typearea.sty definieren - und dem Befehl sogar eine andere Bedeutung geben. - -2001-10-19 Jens-Uwe Morawski <morawski@gmx.net> - * addressf.tex: - adressen.tex --> addressf.tex - adressen_en.tex --> addressf.tex - * main.tex: - \Opt: optional parameter has to be an obligatory one - at case 3rd. - -2001-10-19 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrlettr.dtx (v2.6d): - \subjectafteron funktioniert nun. Die Aktivierung führte - seit ewigen Zeiten zu einer Fehlermeldung. Da das - Feature auf expliziten Anwenderwunsch eingebaut wurde, - wundert der Umstand, dass der Bug nie gemeldet wurde, - doch sehr. Ich sollte mit der Implementierung von - Anwenderwünschen zukünftig wohl sparsamer umgehen. - * scrclass.dtx (v2.8q, nur Briefklasse): - Einige Fehlermeldungen korrigiert. - Option "subject=afteropening" funktioniert. - -2001-10-18 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrclass.dtx (v2.8q, nur Briefklasse): - Die Optionenwerte können nun tatächlich per - \documentclass gesetzt werden. Das ging vorher schief. - Die Optionen DIV, BCOR und headlines werden nach dem - Laden von typearea so geändert, dass sie keine Optionen - mehr an typearea schicken, sondern \typearea aufrufen. - * scrclass.dtx (v2.8q): - \z@ in \@z korrigiert (oder umgekehrt). - -2001-10-17 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrclass.dtx (v2.8q, nur Briefklasse): - Alle von Carsten und Torsten gemeldeten Fehler behoben. - Bei \KOMAoptions verhalten sich die Optionen fontsize - und paper anders als bei \documentclass (soweit - \KOMAoptions nach dem Laden der sizeX.clo-Datei bzw. - nach dem Laden von typearea aufgerufen wird, was - immer der Fall sein dürfte). Es wird dann ggf. eine - Warnung bzw. ein Fehler ausgegeben. - -2001-10-16 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * layout.tex: - Verbesserungsvorschlag aus de.comp.text.tex eingefügt. - -2001-10-15 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrclass.dtx (v2.8q nur Briefklasse): - Alle von Torsten gemeldeten Fehler behoben. - -2001-10-14 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * filestate.html: - names inserted and states updated - * maincls.tex: - only a dummy - * letter.tex: - only a dummy - * introduc.tex: - don't no any change - * headfoot.tex: - only a dummy - * datetime.tex: - only a dummy - - * addressf.tex: - New translation from Jens with "Telephon" --> "Telephone" - and use of \Ord instead of math-hack from Markus. - * addrconv.tex: - only a dummy - * main.tex: - Names for all the chapter-files inserted. - New command \Ord{<Number to be an ordinal>} inserted. See - "addressf.tex" for usage. - * pglayout.tex: - "\eg{}" --> "e.g." - -2001-10-12 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * satzspgl.tex: - Wichtige Ergänzung zu Paketoptionen bei Verwendung einer - KOMA-Script Klasse. - -2001-10-09 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrclass.ins - In der Beta-Version werden neben der neuen Briefklasse auch die - neuen Letter-Class-Option-Dateien ausgepackt. - Anpassung an die neuen Schlüssel (class, package, lco). - * scrclass.dtx (v2.8q): - Die Briefklasse ist nochmal komplett überarbeitet und verwendet - jetzt das keyval-Paket. Dafür wurden diverse Kompatibilitäten - über Bord geworfen. Alle scrlettr-Befehle und Umgebungen werden - zwar noch unterstützt, die alten Längen jedoch nicht mehr. - Für alle Neuerungen bitte die Implementierungsdoku konsultieren. - Es wurde versucht, alle neuen Befehle auch einem Datum - zuzuordnen. - Außerdem sind nun hoffentlich alle Makros, Umgebungen, Optionen, - Längen und Zähler in \begin{...}...\end{...} eingeschlossen und - so im Index aufgeführt. - * scrlettr.dtx (v2.6c unvollendet): - Die Klasse gibt am Anfang eine übertriebene OBSOLET-Warnung aus. - Die Dokumentation aus brief.tex wurde in diese Datei integriert. - TODO: Alle Teile, die nicht unmittelbar scrlettr.cls sind, in ein - neues dtx verschieben. - Implementierungsdoku von scrlettr.cls komplett entfernen - (hauptsächlich aus Platzgründen, stattdessen gibt es dann - nur noch einen Verweis auf scrclass.dtx). - -2001-10-05 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrguide/datmzeit.tex: - Kroatisch dokumentiert. - Möglichkeit, die Namen der Wochentage kleingeschrieben zu - erhalten, dokumentiert. - -2001-10-05 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrclass.dtx (v2.8q), nur die Briefklasse: - Kroatisch wird nun ebenfalls unterstützt. - * scrtime.dtx (v1.1l): - Kroatisch wird nun ebenfalls unterstützt. - -2001-10-05 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrguide.bib: - package:ragged2e neu aufgenommen. - * hauptcls.tex: - Änderungen in scrclass.dtx Version 2.8q dokumentiert. - * layout.tex: - Änderungen und Korrekturen, wie von Jens erhalten. - Zusätzlich einen Zeilenumbruch und einen Seitenumbruch - verbessert. - -2001-10-04 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrclass.dtx (v2.8q): - \dictum und die zugehörigen Makros definiert. - -2001-10-01 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * hauptcls.tex: - Änderungen im Zuge von \setkomafont, \addtokomafont und - \usekomafont abgeschlossen. - Änderungen von \setchapterpreamble und \setpartpreamble - dokumentiert. Ein Beispiel ist im Zuge der noch zu - implementierenden epigraph-Geschichte nachzuholen. - -2001-09-30 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrpage.dtx (v2.0l): - Kopf und Fuß mit geänderter Breite sollten nun auch im - einseitigen Satz korrekt funktionieren. - * scrclass.dtx (v2.8p): - \usekomafont - -2001-09-27 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * pglayout.tex: - Neuste Version von Colin. - * scrclass.dtx (v2.8p): - \setchapterpreamble und \setpartpreamble erweitert. Beide - verstehen jetzt jeweils ein optionales Argument für die Position - der Präambel und ein zweites optionales Argument für die Breite - der Präambel. - Part-Überschriften werden nun immer mit \parskip=0 gesetzt. - * brief.tex, hauptcls.tex: - Tippfehler und Indexfehler korrigiert. - -2001-09-23 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * hauptcls.tex: - Änderung des Font-Änderungskonzeptes (Verwendung von \setkomafont - und \addtokomafont an Stelle von \renewcommand) dokumentiert. - * scrguide.tex: - \BeginIndex und \EndIndex haben nun wie \Index ein optionales - Argument. Aus Kompatibilitätsgründen ist aber indexit statt - indexrm voreinsgestellt. - * scrclass.dtx (v2.8p): - \setkomafont/\addtokomafont-Konzept geändert und ausgebaut. - -2001-09-21 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrguide.gst: - Neue MakeIndex-Stil-Datei, um die Änderungsliste zu erzeugen. - * Makefile.unx: - Erzeugung des Änderungsverzeichnisses hinzugefügt. - * scrguide2.tex: - Änderungsverzeichnis hinzugefügt. - * hauptcls.tex: - Zeilenumbruch korrigiert. - * layout.tex: - Einen Tippfehler korrigiert. - Zusätzliche Erklärung zum Seitenstil scrheadings und der - Paketoption automark eingefügt (aufgrund von Supportanfragen). - -2001-09-19 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * datmzeit.tex: - Umlaute geändert, Leerzeichen nach der Fußnote korrigiert, - "dass". - * hauptcls.tex: - \chapappifchapterprefix. - * scrguide.bib: - Verwendet nur noch US-ASCII und benötigt deshalb kein BibTeX8 - mehr. - -2001-09-19 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrclass.dtx (v2.8o) - scrbook.cls, scrreprt.cls: - Da \chapappifprefix ein optionales Argument hat, wird es nicht - expandiert, sondern ist geschützt definiert. Das führt dazu, dass - in \botmark (also in \leftmark) ein nicht expandiertes \chapapp - steht. Dies wiederum führt bei \appendix dazu, dass in der - Kopfzeile des letzten Kapitels u. U. \appendixname statt - \chaptername verwendet wird. Außerdem kann deshalb beispieslweise - \chaptermarkformat nicht so einfach umdefiniert werden, sondern - erfordert meist ein \DeclareRobustCommand. - Da ich nicht einfach bei einem existierenden Makro aus einem - optionales ein obligatorisch Argument machen kann, gibt - \chapappifprefix neuerdings eine Warnung aus, funktioniert aber - weiter. - Außerdem habe ich aber \chapappifchapterprefix mit einem - obligatorischen Argument definiert. Damit treten obige Probleme - nicht auf. - HINWEIS: IM SCRGUIDE IST ZUKÜNFTIG NUR NOCH DAS NEUE MAKRO ZU - DOKUMENTIEREN!!! Das alte Makro ist obsolet. - -2001-09-18 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrclass.dtx (v2.8o): - Tippfehler (parskip, halfpaskip) in der Implementierungsdoku - behoben. - Zur Erhöhung der Seitenumbruchskompatibilität mit der alten - Briefklasse die Optionen "firstpageenlarge" und - "nofirstpageenlarge" implementiert. Bei "KOMAold" wird - automatisch "firstpageenlarge" aktiviert. Die Option bewirkt, - dass der Satzspiegel der ersten Seite vertikal vergößert wird, - wenn die Position des Fußes dies erlaubt. - Bei der Variante "KOMAold" wurde der Fuß zur Erhöhung der - Kompatibilität mit der alten Briefklasse weiter nach unten - verschoben. - -2001-09-17 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrclass.dtx (v2.8o): - Einen Tippfehler (\renewommand) korrigiert und sowohl - \chapterheadstartvskip als auch \chapterheadendvskip leer - vordefiniert, damit die Optionen \renewcommand verwenden können. - * scrclass.dtx (v2.8o) alle Klassen: - Viele \def durch \(re)newcommand ersetzt oder ergänzt. Dadurch - nun besser LaTeX-konform als die Standardklassen. - * scrclass.dtx (v2.8o) nur die Briefklasse: - Einzug am Anfang des location-Feldes abgeschaltet. - Standardbriefkopf für DINmoretext so geändert, dass er ohne - overfull \vbox Meldung passt. - Führt das Setzen von Kopf der ersten Seite, Adresse oder location - Feld zu einer overfull \vbox Meldung, so wird anschließend eine - Warnung ausgegeben, der zu entnehmen ist, welches Feld - verantwortlich war und was getan werden kann. Früher wurde nur - die Meldung mit der Zeilennummer der \opening-Zeile ausgegeben, - so dass man raten musste, welches Element verantwortlich ist. - Das location-Feld kann nun ebenfalls eine overfull \vbox melden. - -2001-09-14 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrclass.dtx (v2.8o) nur die Briefklasse: - Korrektur der Erzeugung der Geschäftszeile. Dazu wurden außerdem - \varrefitemnamei etc. durch \refiteminame etc. ersetzt. Dies ist - eine Inkompatibilität zu scrlettr.cls. Da jedoch Befehle zur - Definition existieren, die nicht umbenannt wurden, sollte sich - die Inkompatibilität extrem selten auswirken. Eigentlich sollte - ich interne Variablen definieren. - -2001-09-14 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrclass.dtx (v2.8o): - Neuer Befehle \setkomafont{<elementname>}{<fontauswahlbefehle>}. - Beispielsweise entspricht \setkomafont{captionlabel}{\normalfont} - der Anweisung \renewcommand{\caplabelfont}{\normalfont}. Die - möglichen Werte von <elementname> sind durch die Makros - \scr@fnt@<elementname> vorgegeben. Siehe dazu scrclass.dtx. - Bei <elementname>=chapter, section o. ä. gibt es eine Warnung, - dass andere Elemente mit geändert werden. - -2001-09-11 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * Makefile.unx: - Vorsichtshalber wird bei "make" nun auch die - Implementierungsdoku erzeugt. Dadurch werden Checksum-Fehler - offenbar, die durch fehlerhaften Download entstehen. - Innerhalb des make-Prozesses werden LaTeX und pdfLaTeX nun nicht - mehr im interaktiven Modus, sondern immer im nonstopmode oder im - batchmode aufgerufen. Dabei erfolgt der erste Aufruf - normalerweise im nonstopmode, damit Fehler direkt auf ausgegeben - werden und nicht erst das Log-File konsultiert werden muss. Alle - weiteren Läufe für die gleiche Datei erfolgen normalerweise im - batchmode. Wenn Fehler auch erst durch den Aufruf von BibTeX - oder MakeIndex entstehen können, erfolgen auch die - (pdf)LaTeX-Aufrufe danach im nonstopmode. - * scrclass.dtx (v2.8n): - Einige Teile landeten versehentlich in der Brief-Klasse statt in - den normalen Klassen, weshalb die normalen Klassen nicht mehr - funktioniert haben. - -2001-09-09 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrclass.dtx (v2.8n) nur die Brief-Klasse: - Die neuen Optionen nochmal umbenannt und KOMAold hinzugefügt. - KOMAold ist nun die Standardeinstellung. Dabei wird weitgehend - das Layout der alten scrlettr-Klasse übernommen. Vollkommene - Übereinstimmung wird jedoch nicht erreicht. Briefstil-Optionen - sind nun: - DIN - entspricht den Vorgaben der DIN - DINmoretext - entspricht der alternativen nach DIN - swisssleft - für schweizer Fensterumschläge mit Fenster links - SNold - nach alter schweizer Norm (nicht implementiert) - SN - nach neuer schweizer Norm (nicht implementiert) - KOMAold - entspricht der alten scrlettr-Klasse - Darüber hinaus ist das Ändern der Längen mit \setlength{...} nun - obsolet. Stattdessen gibt es die Befehle: - \setletterpos[Faktor]{Brieflänge}{Wert} - \addletterpos[Faktor]{Brieflänge}{wert} - mit - Brieflänge - Name einer Längenvariablen aus der letter-Umgebung - Wert - Nummerischer Wert oder der Name einer Länge - Faktor - Faktor, mit dem der Wert zu multipizieren ist. - Beispiele sind in scrclass.dtx zu finden. Die Wertänderung - erfolgt sofort und erneut bei jedem Aufruf von - \begin{letter}. Direkte Änderungen der Längen werden erkannt und - von den relativen Positionsangaben der alten scrlettr-Klasse - möglichst genau in die neuen absoluten Positionsangaben - umgerechnet. Dadurch wird größt mögliche Kompatibilität zur - alten Klasse erreicht. Durch gleichzeitige Warnung, wird auf die - neuen Methoden aufmerksam gemacht. - -2001-09-08 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrclass.ins: - In der BETA-VERSION wird auch scrlttr2.cls ausgepackt. - * scrclass.dtx (v2.8n): - Enthält nun ebenfalls scrlettr.cls bzw. scrlttr2.cls. Diese - Klasse ist als grundlegend überarbeitete Version der bisherigen - scrlettr Klasse gedacht. Hauptvorteil der Klasse ist, dass sie - wesentlich weniger empfindlich auf Satzspiegeländerungen - reagiert. Sie funktioniert daher auch mit typearea und nutzt - selbst typearea. Die erste Seite wurde dazu komplett neu - gestaltet. Alle dafür benötigten Abstände sind nun relativ zur - oberen linken Ecke des Papiers nicht mehr zum Textbeginn (der - zudem von der Schriftgrößen abhängig war). Die Seitengestaltung - ist nun auch etwas mehr DIN-konform. Außerdem gibt es eine Reihe - neuer Optionen: - refnormal - Geschäftszeile ist so breit wie der Textbereich - refwide - Geschäftszeile ist so breit wie die Adresse - suggeriert - dinnormal - Kopf- und Faltmarkenanordnung nach der alten DIN - dinmoretext - Kopf- und Faltmarkenanordnung für mehr Text - Die parskip-Optionen (einschließlich parindent) funktionieren - ebenfalls. - Die gesamte Klasse ist EXPERIMENTELL! - -2001-09-06 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrlettr.dtx: - addrconv.tex, email.tex etc. funktionieren nun auch in der - BETA-VERSION (\message eingefügt). - * scrclass.dtx (v2.8n): - Ein wenig umstrukturiert (Schalter werden nun möglichst in der - Nähe ihrer Verwendung definiert). - Es wird tatsächlich explizit immer die aktuelle Version von - typearea von den Klassen angefordert. Die Verwendung einer - älteren Version führt also zu einer Warnung. - -2001-09-04 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * Makefile.unx: - $(SRC_FILES) definiert. - * scrclass.dtx (v2.8m): - Der Aufruf von \AtBeginDvi wird nun durch \AtBeginDocument - verzögert, damit das special nicht sofort expandiert. Dies ist - notwendig, weil \AtBeginDvi sofort expandiert - im Gegensatz zu - den anderen Hooks. - -2001-08-20 <<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<< RELEASE >>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>> - -2001-08-20 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * Makefile.unx: - "make all" erzeugt nun keine Guides mehr. Dadurch funktioniert - die Installation beim Benutzer besser. - "make install" installiert nun auch die Sourcen von KOMA-Script. - "make install" funktioniert nun auch, wenn es aus einen - Zielverzeichnis kopiert wird - außer das Zielverzeichnis ist - /tmp/koma-script.tmp - -2001-08-18 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * layout.tex: - Die Änderungen von scrpage2.sty Version 2.0j eingearbeitet. - * scrpage.dtx (2.0j): - Neue Option "nouppercase", um in allen von scrpage2 definierten - Seitenstilen (also auch scrheadings und scrplain) \MakeUppercase - und \uppercase zu deaktivieren. - Neue Makros: - \clearscrheading - löscht alle Felder in scrheadings - \clearscrplain - löscht alle Felder in scrplain - \clearscrheadfoot - löscht alle Felder in scrheadings und - scrplain -2001-08-17 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrguide.bib: - package:caption2 hinzugefügt. - * hauptcls.tex: - Option origlongtable dokumentiert. - * scrguide: - Kommentarfehler in allen Dateien behoben (Copryrightnotiz). - * scrclass.dtx: - Fehler in \@setcapindent behoben. Es wurde dort \def statt \edef - verwendet. Dadurch wurde \@tempdima zum Zeitpunkt \@@makecaption - statt zum Zeitpunkt der Definition verwendet. - * komabug.tex - Es wird nicht länger nach scrguide.tex, sondern nach - scrguide2.tex gesucht. - * INSTALL.TXT, INSTALLD.TXT: - Die Dateien von addrconv waren nicht aufgeführt. Außerdem wird - nun zwischen adrconv und addrconv unterschieden. - * scrclass.dtx: - \addpart-Fehler (Eintrag ins Inhaltsverzeichnis zu spät) behoben. - * layout.tex: - Beschreibung von \automark korrigiert und erweitert. - Neue Option dokumentiert. - * scrpage.dtx: - \automark weiter verbessert. Nun funktionierten auch Anweisungen - wie \automark[chapter]{section} nicht allein - \automark[section}{chapter}. \automark{chapter} ist nun identisch - mit \automark[]{chapter} statt mit \automark[chapter]{chapter}. - Es gibt eine neue Option autooneside. Ist sie gesetzt wird im - einseitigen Satz das optionale Argument von \automark ignoriert. - -2001-08-16 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * hauptcls.tex: - Die neuen Optionen dokumentiert. - * scrclass.dtx: - Neue Optionen parskip- und halfparskip-. - parskip-Optionen beeinflussen nicht mehr den Abstand der Einträge - in Inhalts-, Abbildungs- und Tabellenverzeichnis. Dies - Verzeichnisse von float.sty bleiben davon unberührt. - * scrguide2.tex: - introduc.tex wird in der englischen Version mit eingebunden. - * english/introduc.tex: - Neu: Übersetzung der Einleitung (leicht gekürzt und angepasst). - Das muss noch dringend korrigiert werden. Das Englisch darin ist - an einigen Stellen mehr als fragwürdig. - * english/main.tex: - Fehlende Ausdrücke und Übersetzungen eingefügt. - -2001-08-15 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * Makefile.unx: - "../" in TEXINPUTS aufgenommen, damit die neu erzeugten Klassen - und Pakete sofort für die Erzeugung der guides gefunden werden. - Neue Regeln, um zwei A5 Seiten auf jeweils eine A4 Seite zu - setzen und zwei Methoden für booklets. - Orthografische Fehler beseitigt. - default-Regel leicht geändert. - -2001-08-15 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * satzspgl.tex: - "Abschnitt~\ref{cha:scrpage}" durch "Kapitel~\ref{cha:scrpage}" - ersetzt. - "\Var{halber innerer Rand}" durch "\Var{halber~innerer~Rand}" - ersetzt. - setspace-Referenz korrigiert. - - * layout.tex: - Der symbolische Wert ist "paper" nicht page. - - * scrguide2.tex: - Autorenliste auf der Titelseite vervollständigt. - \Macro, \Option, \Environment, \Length und \Counter erlauben - keinen Umbruch mehr. - * hauptcls.tex: - Die Optionen für Absatzabstand heißen korrekt "...parskip". - -2001-08-15 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrclass.dtx (v2.8k): - Neue Option "origlongtable", um die Änderung von \LT@makecaption - zu unterbinden. Dies passiert automatisch, wenn caption2 geladen - ist. - Die Optionen tablecaptionabove und tablecaptionbelow sind nicht - mehr fälschlich in typerarea, sondern in den Klassen. - -2001-08-14 <<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<< RELEASE >>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>> - -2001-08-13 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrguide2.tex: - Abbildungsverzeichnis rausgeworfen, da es nicht sonderlich - informativ ist. Tabellenverzeichnis dringelassen, weil es etwas - sinnvoller ist. - -2001-08-13 Thomas Neumann <th-neumann@gmx.net> - * einleit.tex: - 3 orthografische Fehler beseitigt - * adrkonv.tex: - Vorerst die final Version (mit minimalen Änderungen von Markus) - -2001-08-13 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrguide: - Diverse Änderungen für adrkonv.tex - Diverse Indexkorrekturen (unerwünschte Leerzeichen verhindert - etc.) - * adrkonv.tex: - Thomas Konzept. - * scrclass.dtx: - Korrekturen in example.bib und den bst-Files von Thomas. - -2001-08-11 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrguide: - Alle Dateien nochmal auf unerwünschte Ligaturen untersucht und - diverse korrgiert. - * brief.tex: - Indexeinträge mit Umlauten geändert. - Einen Satz gestrichen und damit alle Seitenumbruchprobleme - gelöst. - * scrguide.ist: - "Symbols" wird unterdrückt. - * scrguide2.tex: - Längen und Zähler werden korrekt in den Index einsortiert. - * Makefile.unx: - scrnew20 wird berücksichtigt - * liesmich.txt: - Anpassungen für den neuen scrguide, - Mausadresse gelöscht. - * readme.txt: - Anpassungen für den neuen scrguide, - Mausadresse gelöscht. - * scrpage.ins: - scrpage2 wird nun nicht mehr allein in der Beta-Version erzeugt. - -2001-08-10 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * Makefile.unx: - Bei der Installation werden die Rechte sinnvoll gesetzt. Außerdem - werden die Sourcen der Guides nun in den jeweiligen - Unterverzeichnissen installiert. Dadurch herrscht mehr Ordnung - - * adressen.tex: - Jens liefert ab. - * scrnew20.tex: - Entwurf - * Makefile.unx: - Die deutsche Version des scrguide heißt nun in der Distribution - wieder scrguide.(dvi|ps|pdf). Die Namen der Sourcen sind - unverändert. Dadurch kann ein Anwender nicht versehentlich das - Kompilat versauen. Die Regeln zum Kompilieren des scrguides - funktionieren nicht in der Installation, da das Unterverzeichnis - scrguide bzw. scrguide-english nicht existiert. - -2001-08-09 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * brief.tex: - Neue Version von Enrico mit kleinen Korrekturen und - \adrchar-Erklärung von Markus. - -2001-08-08 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrguide2.tex: - \Length{<Längenname>} analog zu \Macro{<Macroname>} definiert. - \LengthName definiert. - \IndexLength{<Längenname>} definiert (und damit auch - \BeginIndex{Length}{<Längenname>} und - \EndIndex{Length}{<Längenname>}). - -2001-08-07 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * brief.tex: - Erste Beta-Version. - * scrguide.bib: - Kleiner Fehler beseitigt. - * layout.tex: - Kleiner Fehler beseitigt. - * scrclass.dtx, scrlettr.cls (2.6b), scraddr.sty (1.0a): - Jeweils ein kleiner Fehler beseitigt. - -2001-08-04 Jens-Uwe Morawski (E-Mail ist Markus Kohm bekannt) - * layout.tex: - Ein paar Fehler korrgiert und eine kleine Erklärung zu - \rlap und \llap ergänzt. - -2001-08-04 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * komascr.ins: - Copyrightvermerk auf den aktuellen Stand gebracht. - * Makefile.unx: - Aufbau verbessert - Der alte deutschsprachige scrguide wird nicht mehr erzeugt. - Stattdessen wird der neue scrguide erzeugt. Die Guides werden - als dvi, ps und pdf erzeugt (bis auf den adrguide, der nur als - dvi erzeugt wird). - Die Regel tar wurde durch die Regel dist ersetzt. Die - Reihenfolge der Dateien im Archiv wurde geändert. Der Archivname - beinhaltet das ISO-Datum der Erzeugung. - Die Regel srctar wurde durch die Regel distsrc ersetzt. Der - Archivname beinhaltet das Datum der Erzeugung. - "make install" erzeugt aus einer Distribution (nicht aus einer - Source-Distribution, die ohnehin nicht verteilt werden darf) vor - der Installation alle für die Installation benötigten Dateien. - Es genügt damit aus der Distribution "make install" aufzurufen - statt wie bisher "make; make install". Aus der - Source-Distribution wird nach wie vor "make; make install" - benötigt. - 00CONTEN enthält nun auch sich selbst. Dafür enthält die Liste - nur noch Größe, Datum, Uhrzeit und Dateiname. Auf - Zugriffsrechte, Benutzer und Gruppe wird verzichtet. - -2001-08-03 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * datmzeit.tex, hauptcls.tex, satzspgl.tex: - Korrekturen von Enrico eingearbeitet. - -2001-07-30 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * layout.tex: - Besprochene Änderungen, für die Jens offenbar gerade keine Zeit - hat, provisorisch durchgeführt. - * scrguide.bib: - Literatur package:longtable und package:float eingefügt. - * scrguide2.tex: - \StilName und Index für float-Stile eingefügt. - * hauptcls.tex: - Änderungen von scrclass v2.8j dokumentiert. Dabei einige Stellen - geringfügig umgestellt. - * scrclass.dtx (v2.8j): - Kompatibilität mit longtable durch Definition von \LT@makecaption - erhöht. - Kompatibilität mit float durch Definition von \floatc@komascript, - \fs@komaabove und \fs@komabelow erhöht. - Im Zuge obiger Änderungen wurde \@@makecaption von \@makecaption - abgespaltet. - ShowOutput leicht geändert. - -2001-07-22 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * hauptcls.tex: - Änderungen von v2.8i dokumentiert. - * scrclass.dtx (v2.8i): - Die Änderung von v2.8h setzte das optionale Argument von figure - und table außer Kraft. Das ist behoben. - Neue Optionen: - parskip - stellt auf eine Zeile Absatzabstand um mit min. - Freiraum in der letzten Zeile von 1 em - parskip+ - stellt auf eine Zeile Absatzabstand um mit min. - Freiraum in der letzten Teile von 1/3 Zeile - parskip* - stellt auf eine Zeile Absatzabstand um mit min. - Freiraum in der letzten Teile von 1/4 Zeile - halfparskip - wie parskip mit einer halben Zeile Abstand - halfparskip+ - wie parskip+ mit einer halben Zeile Abstand - halfparskip* - wie parskip* mit einer halben Zeile Abstand - Diese Optionen arbeiten besser als parskip.sty, da einige - Zusatzprobleme (Liste innerhalb von footnotesize- oder - small-Umgebung) ebenfalls behandelt werden. Außerdem wird - \parfillskip gesetzt (siehe oben). Die Dehnbarkeit von \parskip - ist so eingestellt, dass \flushbottom trotzdem noch ohne - Warnung arbeiten sollte. - -2001-07-19 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrguide.bib: - Referenz für topcapt.sty und hyperref ausgenommen. - * hauptcls.tex: - \caption-Erklärung geändert und dabei zusätzlich \captionabove - und \captionbelow erklärt. - * scrclass.dtx (v2.8h): - Neu: \captionabove setzt eine Überschrift statt einer - Unterschrift. Entsprechend setzt \captionbelow eine - Unterschrift. \caption ist bei figure identisch mit - \captionbelow. Bei table kann mit den Optionen - tablecaptionabove und tablecaptionbelow gewählt werden, ob - \caption mit \captionabove oder \captionbelow identisch - ist. Voreingstellt ist aus Kompatibilitätsgründen natürlich - tablecaptionbelow. Bei \captionabove ist die Bedeutung von - \abovecaptionskip und \belowcaptionskip vertauscht. - Das ganze ist so implementiert, dass es auch dann noch - funktioniert, wenn ein Paket \caption neu definiert, wie das - bei hyperref.sty geschieht. Es funktioniert aber natürlich - nicht, wenn \@makecaption umdefiniert wird (caption2-Paket). - * hauptcls.tex: - \textsubscript dokumentiert. - * scrclass.dtx (v2.8h): - \textsubscript entsprechend \textsuperscript definiert. - -2001-07-18 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrclass.dtx (v2.8g): - Das Anselm statt \float@headings das Ding nun \float@listhead - genannt hat, \float@headings umbenannt. - Verwendung von \float@addtolists in \@chapter eingebaut. Dadurch - dürfte die Zusammenarbeit mit dem float-Paket optimal sein. - -2001-07-13 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrguide2.tex: - Dafür gesorgt, dass trotz Schriftänderung die Seitenzahlen im - Index mit hyperref aktiv bleiben. - -2001-07-12 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * hauptcls.tex: - Neue Umgebung ShowOutput für die Verdeutlichung der Ergebnis in - den Beispielen verwendet. Dazu wurde das quote-Beispiel außerdem - auch als Source aufgeführt (bisher war nur das Ergebnis zu - sehen). - * scrguide2.tex: - Neue Umgebung ShowOutput angelehnt an die picture-Umgebungen, die - Jens in layout.tex verwendet. Allerdings ist innerhalb von - ShowOutput ein Seitenumbruch möglich. Dafür ist es nicht ganz so - schön. - * hauptcls.tex: - Neuerung von scrclass.dtx v2.8f dokumentiert. - * scrclass.dtx (v2.8f): - Präambel für \part implementiert. Die Präambel wird analog zur - Kapitelpräambel mit \setpartpreamble{<Präambel>} gesetzt. - -2001-07-10 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * hauptcls.tex: - Die Dokumentation von pointednumbers und pointlessnumbers wurde - entsprechende scrclass.dtx v2.8e angepasst. - * scrclass.dtx (v2.8e): - Die Einhaltung von Duden Regel 5 und 6 (20. Auflage) wird nun - in beide Richtungen überwacht. Außerdem genügt es nicht mehr - \part oder \appendix zu verwenden, um Regel 6 einzuschalten. - Stattdessen muss ein Gliederungsbefehl mit einer Nummer - verwendet werden, in der eines der Makros \Roman, \roman, \Alph, - \alph, \@Roman, \@roman, \@Alph, \@alph oder \romannumeral - vorkommt. Das ist noch keineswegs narrensicher, dürfte aber in - den meisten Fällen zum gewünschten Ergebnis führen. - Dafür führt jetzt ein vergessenes \appendix am Ende des Dokuments - nicht mehr zu einem unerwünschten Punkt und ein - \renewcommand*{\thesubsubsection}{\alph{subsubsection}} - wird erkannt, falls danach noch ein \subsubsection-Aufruf - erfolgt. - -2001-07-09 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * komabug.tex: - Über die Konfigurationsdatei kann nun auch eine englische Version - angefordert werden. - * scrguide2.tex: - Die Explain-Umgebung erzeugt nun immer einen Abschnitt (\par - eingefügt). - * hauptcls.tex: - Letzte Korrektur eingearbeitet. - * einleit.tex: - Abschnitt zu Fehlermeldungen hinzugefügt - Einige Fehler korrigiert. - -2001-07-05 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrguide2.tex: - Spielereien entfernt und ae.sty eimgefügt. - * hauptcls.tex: - Die neuen Makros von Version 2.8d dokumentiert und den Umbruch - optimiert. - * scrclass.dtx (v2.8d): - Seitenstile bestimmter Seiten variabler durch die Makros: - \titlepagestyle, \partpagestyle, \chapterpagestyle, - \indexpagestyle. - -2001-07-03 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * einleit.tex: - Referenzen vom Typ "unknown" ersetzt. - * satzspgl.tex: - Referenzen vom Typ "unknown" ersetzt. - * scrguide2.tex: - Vorübergehend eine Spielerei für die Diskussion mit Jens - eingebaut, die sich im Normalfall nicht auswirkt. - * hauptcls.tex: - Korrekturen von Thomas umgesetzt. Einige zusätzliche Änderungen - für die Verbesserung des Zeilen- oder Seitenumbruchs - durchgeführt. - -2001-06-29 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrguide2.tex (2001/06/29): - draft wieder aktiviert. - * layout.tex (2001/06/25): - Neue Version von Jens. - * hauptcls.tex (2001/06/29): - Änderungen von scrclass.dtx v2.8c dokumentiert. - * scrclass.dtx (v2.8c): - Bei der Fontumschaltung wird an diversen Stellen nicht nur auf - \normalfont, sondern auch auf \normalcolor umgeschaltet. - Neue Makros \addpart und \addpart* (noch ungetestet). - -2001-06-28 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrguide2.tex: - Spielerreien am Titel - -2001-06-28 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrguide2.tex: - Ergänzungen für die Erzeugung des Index. - * hauptcls.tex: - Verbesserungen bei der Erzeugung des Index. - -2001-06-26 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrguide.bib: - Einträge auf die aktuellen Versionen gebracht. - package:fancyhdr hinzugefügt. - * komascr.ins, scrclass.ins, scrtime.ins, scrpage.ins: - Abschlusstext geändert. Dort wird nun auf INSTALL.TXT, - INSTALLD.TXT, readme.txt und liesmich.txt verwiesen. - * scrclass.dtx (v2.8b): - In Absprache mit Anselm, die Zusammenarbeit mit float.sty durch - Definition von \float@headings verbessert. \float@headings wird - in zukünftigen Versionen von float.sty verwendet und nur dann - definiert, wenn es nicht bereits existiert. \float@headings - wird nun in KOMA-Script intern von \lot@heading und \lof@heading - verwendet und bei der Klassenoption liststotoc berücksichtigt. - -2001-06-25 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrpage.dtx (v2.0g): - \manualmark deaktiviert auch \chaptermark etc. und funktioniert - daher sofort, selbst bei Verwendung von \pagestyle{headings}. - \pagestyle{scrplain} setzt den Seitenstil plain ebenfalls auf - scrplain. - Neue Optionen: - komastyle - stellt scrheadings KOMA-Script-Klassen-üblich - ein - standardstyle - stellt scrheadings Standardklassen-üblich ein - Wenn \headfont nicht definiert ist, wird er als - \normalfont\slshape statt als \normalfont definiert. - -2001-06-24 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * layout.tex: - Erste Vorabversion von Jens geliefert und von Markus leicht - korrigiert. Es fehlen noch: Rechtschreibkontrolle, Indexeinträge. - -2001-06-23 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrpage.dtx (v2.0f): - Symbolischer Wert "auto" für \set...line, der automatisch zu - "autohead" oder "autofoot" wird je nachdem, ob \sethead...line - oder \setfoot...line. - \set...line erlauben "current" oder ein leeres Argument als - Breite. In beiden Fällen bleibt die Breite unverändert. - Neue Paketoptionen: - clines - Linien werden wie bisher relativ zum Kopf zentriert. - ilines - Linien werden bündig an den inneren Rand angeschlossen - olines - Linien werden bündig an den äußeren Rand angeschlossen - * scrpage.dtx (v2.0f, 1.3c): - Symbolische Werte "autohead" und "autofoot" für \deftowidthof - implementiert (führen zu \def\Macro{\@headwidth} bzw. - \def\Macro{\@footwidth} an Stelle von \edef...). - -2001-06-22 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrpage.dtx (v2.0e, 1.3b): - Neu: - \settowidthof{Länge}{symbolischer_Wert_oder_Wert} - \deftowidthof{Name}{symbolischer_Wert_oder_Wert} - Wichtig: In beiden Fällen wird der aktuelle Wert verwendet. Ein - \deftowidthof{Textbreite}{\textwidth} oder - \deftowidthof{Textbreite}{text} definiert also ein Makro - \Textbreite mit dem aktuellen Wert von \textwidth. Wird - \textwidth anschließend verändert, so wirkt sich dies - NICHT auf \Textbreite aus. - Beide Anweisungen wirken lokal zur jeweiligen Gruppe. Mögliche - symbolische Werte sind alle bereits in früheren Versionen von - scrpage definierten symolischen Werte sowie: - headtopline - aktuelle Länge der oberen Kopfzeilenlinie - headsepline - aktuelle Länge der unteren Kopfzeilenlinie - footsepline - aktuelle Länge der oberen Fußzeilenlinie - footbotline - aktuelle Länge der unteren Fußzeilenlinie - \settowidthof bzw. \deftowidthof werden intern für die Breite des - Kopfes und Fußes in \setheadwidth und \setfootwidth, sowie für - die Länge bei \setheadtopline, \setheadsepline, \setfoottopline, - \setfootbotline verwendet. - Ein unbekannter symbolischer Wert führt zu einer Fehlermeldung. - Fehlerkompatibilität wird nicht garantiert (spätere Versionen - dürfen neue symbolische Werte kennen, melden bei diesen also - keinen Fehler). Nicht voll expandierbare Makros (z. B. \relax - oder \undefined) als Wert_oder_symbolischer_Wert führen zu einer - Fehlermeldung. Die Fehlermeldungen entsprechen den Meldungen bei - \setlength mit dem entsprechenden Wert (und treten genau dabei - auch auf). - -2001-06-19 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * hauptcls.tex: - Schreibfehler korrigiert. - * scrpage2.dtx (v2.0d): - Fehler bei \setheadtopline etc. behoben. Außerdem erweitert - um symbolische Werte (wie \setheadwidth und zusätzlich "head" - und "foot"). - -2001-06-18 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * hauptcls.tex: - Die Makros und Optionen von v2.8a ergänzt. - Due Umgebungen verse, quote und quotation ergänzt. - * scrclass.dtx (v2.8a): - Neue Optionen cleardoublestandard, cleardoubleplain und - cleardoubleempty, sowie die Makros \cleardoublestandardpage, - \cleardoubleplainpage und \cleardoubleemptypage. - -2001-06-18 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * INSTALL.TXT, INSTALLD.TXT: - MikTeX explizit in der Schritt-für-Schritt-Anleitung - berücksichtig. - -2001-06-18 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrguide2.tex: - Zu Debuggzecken eingeführte \typeout-Anweisung entfernt. - * hauptcls.tex: - Neuheiten und Änderungen in scrclass.dtx v2.8 dokumentiert. - -2001-06-15 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrclass.dtx (v2.8): - scrbook und scrreprt kennen vier neue Optionen: - chapterprefix - die Kapitel erscheinen in der Form der - Standardklassen also mit einer abgesetzten - Zeile "Kapitel <Nr>". - Dies wirkt sich auch auf die Kolumnentitel - aus. - nochapterprefix - alles wie bisher lediglich \parindent\z@ - eingefügt. - appendixprefix - definiert \appendixmore so, dass für den - Anhang unabhängig von "(no)chapterprefix" - die abgesetzte Zeile "Appendix <Nr>" - gesetzt wird. - noappendixprefix - definiert \appendixmore so, dass für den - Anhang unabhängig von "(no)chapterprefix" - alles wie bisher angezeigt wird - Zur Realisierung existiert der neue Schalter \if@chapterprefix. - Außerdem wurde das Makro \usechapapp[Zusatz] eingeführt: - \newcommand*{\chapappifprefix}[1][]{% - \if@chapterprefix\chapapp#1\fi} - Dieses neue Makro wird in \chapterformat und \chaptermarkformat - verwendet. Das Makro \chapapp stellt lediglich \@chapapp auf - Benutzerebene zur Verfügung. - -2001-06-15 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrguide.bib: - Literatur "package:natbib" hinzugefügt. - -2001-06-15 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * hauptcls.txt: - Alle fehlenden Punkte ergänzt. Damit fehlt jetzt erstmal nur noch - die Korrektur. - -2001-06-08 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrguide2.tex: - Trennregel für "Standardanweisungen". - * hauptcls.tex: - Fehlende Beispiele im Titelei-Abschnitt ergänzt. - Abschnitt über Seitenstil, Abschnitt zum Hauptteil mit diversen - Unterabschnitten (Gliederung, Fußnoten, Randnotizen). - Es fehlen hier noch einige Punkte (siehe TODO-Kommentar). - * scrguide.bib: - Neuer Eintrag latex:fntguide. - -2001-06-07 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrpage2 (v2.0c): - Neue Optionen: - markuppercase - automatische Kolumnentitel verwenden - \MakeUppercase - markusedcase - automatische Kolumnentitel verwenden nicht - \MakeUppercase, sondern die Groß- und - Kleinschreibung, die in der Überschrift - vorgefunden wurde. - Das Makro \MakeMarkcase wird von obigen Optionen entweder auf - \MakeUppercase oder auf \@empty gesetzt. Wird keine der obigen - Optionen verwendet, wird das Makro ebenfalls auf \MakeUppercase - gesetzt, wenn eine Standardklasse vorgefunden wurde. Bei einer - KOMA-Script-Klasse wird es stattdessen auf \@empty gesetzt. Bei - allen anderen Klassen wird ebenfalls \@empty verwendet, jedoch - zusätzlich eine Warnung ausgegeben. - Fehler in einer Warnung behoben und den Umbruch der Warnung - optimiert (head- oder footwidth). - -2001-05-31 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrpage2 (v2.0b): - Die ganzen \ps@standard... heißen jetzt \ps@save@ und sind somit - nur noch für den internen Gebrauch. Bei Verwendung der - Seitenstile "headings" und "myheadings" wird eine Warnung - ausgegeben. Dafür existiert ein neuer Seitenstil "useheadings", - der sich je nach \automark oder \manualmark wie "headings" oder - "myheadings" ohne Umdefinierung von \chaptermark, \sectionmark, - \subsectionmark verhält. - Bei Klassen, die \chapter besitzen, schaltet scrpage2 automatisch - den Seitenstil "useheadings" ein. - \setheadwidth und \setfootwidth verstehen folgende symbolische - Werte: - paper - gesamte Papierbreite - text - gesamte Textbreite - textwithmarginpar - - Textbreite einschließlich Platz für Randnotizen - Die Optionen automark und manualmark funktionieren nun. - -2001-05-30 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrguide2: - Die Sache mit der Version der Dateien funktioniert jetzt - Vollautomatisch und benötigt keine Änderung der Einzeldateien - mehr. - -2001-05-30 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrguide2 (alle Kapitel): - Im draft-Modus wird die Version jeder einzelnen Datei - angezeigt. - -2001-05-28 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * Makefile.unx, komascr.ins, scrclass.dtx, scrclass.ins, - scrlettr.dtx, scrpage.dtx, scrpage.ins, scrtime.dtx, - scrtime.ins: - Betavermerk mit einheitlichem Mechanismus zur Aktivierung. - * liesmich.txt, readme.txt: - Sondervermerk für das CVS des "KOMA-Script documentation - project". - -2001-05-27 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrclass.dtx (2.7j): - Zur Verbesserung der Zusammenarbeit mit natbib verwendet - \setbibpreamble nun \def statt \renewcommand. Dadurch - funktioniert \setbibpreamble nun auch noch bei Verwendung - von natbib. Man muss also nicht \renewcommand verwenden, - wie das in der natbib-Anleitung beschrieben ist. - natbib verwendet unauthorisiert interne KOMA-Script-Makros. - Dies ging natürlich ab scrclass-Version 2.6c (2001-06-10) - total in die Hose. Das Setzen der Präambel wurde nun aus - \bib@heading nach thebibliography verschoben, um diesen Bug - in natbib auszugleichen. Aus Konsistenzgründen wurde für - den Index genauso verfahren. - Paketautoren werden gebeten, zukünftig Rücksprache zu - halten, ehe sie interne Makros von KOMA-Script verwenden! - -2001-05-24 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrlettr.dtx (2.6a): - Option a4paper hinzugefügt und als Standardoption gesetzt, - um Probleme mit pdftex und graphics oder hyperref zu - beheben. - -2001-05-24 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrguide2: - Auf xspace verzichtet, weil es damit an verschiedenen Stellen - Probleme gibt. - * scrguide2: - Die von Jens-Uwe gemeldeten Fehler korrigiert und versucht, - seine Hinweise umzusetzen. - -2001-05-22 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * hauptcls.tex: - Eine Art Kapitelvorwort zugefügt. - -2001-05-22 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrguide.bib, satzspgl.tex, hauptcls.tex: - Präfix "package:" bei Zitaten auf Paketen eingefügt. - Neue Literatur "package:multicol". - * scrguide2.tex: - Ergänzenden Hinweis zum draft-Modus eingefügt (im draft- - Modus funktionieren die hängenden Einzüge beispielsweise - bei Tabellenunterschriften nicht). - -2001-05-21 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrguide.tex (alt): - Zwei Tippfehler behoben. - -2001-05-18 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrguide.bib: - graphics zugefügt - * satzspgl.tex: - center-Umgebung in float-Tabelle durch \centering ersetzt. - * hauptcls.tex: - Alle Optionen dokumentiert. - -2001-05-17 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * hauptcls.tex: - Da es ja sonst doch keiner tut, habe ich damit begonnen. - Wenn ich gewusst hätte, dass von dem guten Dutzend Leute, - die angeblich mithelfen wollten, nur einer übrig bleibt, - hätte ich nie mit dem neuen scrguide angefangen. - Hoffentlich ist mir das endlich eine Lehre! - -2001-05-17 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrclass.dtx (2.7i): - Die Berechnung der maximalen Zeilenlänge in typearea ist - robuster gegen arithmetischen Überlauf durch zu große - Schriftgrößen. - Eine benutzerseitige Umdefinierung von - \othersectionlevelsformat wirkt sich nun tatsächlich aus. - Die Klassenoption "bibtotocnumbered" wurde korrigiert und - ist nun nicht mehr mit "bibtotoc" identisch. - \setchapterpreamble verwendet nicht mehr \xdef sondern - gdef. - -2001-04-28 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * satzspgl.tex: - Die Optionen dvips, pdftex und pagesize und das Makro - \ifpdfoutput ergänzt, sowie einige kleinere Verbesserungen - (in den Tipps) vorgenommen. - -2001-04-26 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * satzspgl.tex: - Einmal DIV durch BCOR ersetzt, ein Tippfehler und ein - Kommafehler korrigiert (gemeldet von Colin) - -2001-04-24 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrguide.bib: - Neue Literatur "Erste Hilf ein Typograpfie" eingefügt. - * satzspgl.tex: - Neue Optionen eingearbeitet. - * einleit.tex, satzspgl.tex: - "typografisch" etc. schreibt man nicht mehr mit "ph" - -2001-04-24 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrpage.dtx (v2.0a): - \strut in \ps@scrplain und \ps@scrheadings ergänzt. - * scrlogo.dtx, scrtime.dtx, scrpage.dtx: - Mit Hilfe des Macros \englishonly wird unterschieden, ob die - deutsche oder die englische Erklärung für "\KOMAScript" - ausgegeben werden soll. - -2001-04-22 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrclass.dtx (v2.7h): - Fehlender Backslash in \partformat ergänzt. - * Alle Klassen und Pakete definieren \KOMAScript. - -2001-04-20 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrpage.dtx, scrpage2.sty (v2.0): - Neue Optionen: - scrplainheadtopline - headtopline für Seitenstil scrplain - (nur, wenn außerdem headtopline) - scrplainheadsepline - headsepline für Seitenstil scrplain - (nur, wenn außerdem headsepline) - scrplainfootsepline - footsepline für Seitenstil scrplain - (nur, wenn außerdem footsepline) - scrplainfootbotline - footbotline für Seitenstil scrplain - (nur, wenn außerdem footbotline) - Neuer Seitenstil scrheadings und scrplain. - \pagestyle{scrheadings} ändert Seitenstil plain automatisch in - scrplain, während bei bei Seitenstil headings und myheadings - automatisch wieder der alte plain aktiviert wird, der außerdem - als standardplain verfügbar ist. - Seitenstil scrheadings und scrplain sind Stile mit dreigeteiltem - Kopf und Fuß. Die Teile werden gesteuert über die Makros: - \lohead[<plain>]{<headings>} - setze linke Kopfmarke für - ungerade Seiten - \lehead[<plain>]{<headings>} - setze linke Kopfmarke für gerade - Seiten - \cohead[<plain>]{<headings>} - setze mittlere Kopfmarke für - ungerade Seiten - \cehead... - für gerade Seiten - \rohead... - setze rechte Kopfmarke für - ungerade Seiten - \rehead... - für gerade Seiten - \ohead... - setze äußeren Kopfmarke für alle - Seiten - \ihead... - setze innere Kopfmarke für alle - Seiten - \chead... - setzte mittlere Kopfmarke für - alle Seiten - \lofoot, \lefoot, \cofoot, \cefoot, \rofoot, \refoot, \ofoot, - \ifoot, \cfoot analog für die Fußmarken. - Zur Realisierung wurden einige neue innere Makros definiert. - * scrpage.dtx, scrpage2.sty (v2.0): - \defpagestyle und \defpagestyle* sind identisch, zwischen den - unterschiedlichen Markierungsmodi wird nur noch mit den Optionen - automark und manualmark und den Makros \automark[]{} und - \manualmark unterschieden. - -2001-04-17 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * Index und Glossary wird erzeugt bei "make -fMakefile.unx tar". - -2001-04-17 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrpage.dtx (v2.0): - \headheight-check - -2001-04-17 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrclass.dtx, typearea.sty (v2.7g): - typearea.sty kennt die folgenden drei neuen Optionen: - dvips - Per \special{papersize=<w>,<h>} die Seitengröße für - dvips definieren, damit später z. B. gv die - richtige Größe anzeigt. - pdftex - \pdfpagewidth und \pdfpageheight auf die korrekte - Breite und Höhe der Seite setzen, damit später - z. B. acroreader die richtige Größe anzeigt. Dies - führt zu einem Fehler, wenn nicht pdftex - (bzw. pdflatex oder pdfetex oder pdfelatex) - verwendet wird. - pagesize - In Abhängigkeit davon, ob \pdfoutput definiert und - größer 0 ist oder nicht, wie Option "dvips" oder - "pdftex" verhalten. - und das neue Macro: - \ifpdfoutput{<then-Teil>}{<else-Teil>} - Interessant ist vielleicht, dass auch der Aufruf - \ifpdfoutput{\pdfoutput=0}{} - in der Präambel einwandfrei funktioniert und sowohl mit LaTeX - als auch mit pdflatex zur Ausgabe einer DVI-Datei führt. - -2001-04-17 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrclass.dtx (v2.7g): - typearea.sty und die drei Hauptklassen verstehen die neue Option - "<xyz>headlines". Diese legt fest, dass der Kopf genau - <xyz>\baselineskip hoch sein soll, also wieviele Zeilen im Kopf - untergebracht werden. Voreingestellt ist "1.25headlines". Diese - Option wird nur bei impliziter oder expliziter Verwendung von - \typearea, nicht jedoch bei expliziter Verwendung von \areaset - beachtet. - -2001-04-17 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrclass.dtx, typearea.sty (v2.7g): - \typearea versteht neben dem numerischen DIV-Wert auch die - folgenden symbolischen DIV-Werte: - current - Wert nicht ändern - (beispielweise zur Änderung nur von BCOR). - default - Standardwert verwenden - calc - Günstigen Wert selbst ermitteln - classic - Kreisberechnung nach dem mittelalterlichen Buchkanon - \typearea versteht neben dem numerischen BCOR-Wert auch den - folgenden symbolischen BCOR-Wert: - current - Wert nicht ändern - (beispielsweise zur Änderung nur von DIV). - Durch diese Änderungen muss man bei der Verwendung von \typearea - anstelle der Paketoptionen nicht mehr auf die numerischen - Pseudowerte zurückgreifen, die ich mir nie merken konnte. - Die BCOR-Erweiterung existiert auch für \areaset. - -2001-04-17 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrclass.dtx (v2.7f): - Fehlendes Klammerpaar (nur scrbook.cls) ergänzt. - -2001-04-16 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrclass.dtx (v2.7e): - Fehlende schließende Klammer (nur scrbook.cls) ergänzt. - -2001-04-11 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrpage.ins: - Version 2 wird nun ebenfalls erzeugt. - * scrpage.dtx (v2.0): - \automark und \manualmark sowie die davon benötigten Makros - definiert. Syntax siehe Implementierungsdoku (latex scrpage.dtx). - -2001-04-10 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrpage.dtx (v2.0): - Die Linienlängen und -dicken können definiert werden: - \setheadtopline[Länge]{Dicke}, \setheadsepline[Länge]{Dicke}, - \setfootsepline[Länge]{Dicke}, \setfootbotline[Länge]{Dicke}. - -2001-04-05 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrclass.dtx, scrpage.dtx: - Checksum um Klammerung korrigiert. - -2001-04-05 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * Makefile.unx: - Erzeugung des tar-Archives verbessert, so dass nun keine - Release-Archive mit fehlerhaften dtx-Files mehr erzeugt - werden sollten! - -2001-04-05 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * Vorbereitungen für eine Release: Textdokumente geringfügig - ergänzt und scrnews19 zusammengeklopft. - -2001-03-30 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrpage.dtx v1.3: - Kopf und Fuß können eine andere Breite haben als der Textkörper. - Um diese Breiten und die Verschiebung zum Textkörper festzulegen, - wurde die Anwenderschnittstelle um \setheadwidth und - \setfootwidth erweitert. - * scrpage.dtx v2.0: - Mitten in der Arbeit - * scrpage.ins: - Unterscheidung zwischen Version 1 und Version 2 eingebaut und - das Copyright auf 2001 ausgedehnt. - -2001-03-28 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * datmzeit.tex: - Alten Text leicht überarbeitet in dieses Kapitel eingefügt. - * scrguide2.tex: - scrdate.sty und scrtime.sty werden ebenfalls geladen. - -2001-03-27 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrguide2.tex, main.tex, pglayout.tex, satzspgl.tex: - scrguide2.tex kann nun für alle Sprachen verwendet werden. Die - tatsächliche Sprachumschaltung für English findet in main.tex - statt. Die englische Dokumentation wird mit "latex main.tex" - erzeugt. - Use "latex main.tex" to create the english manual. - -2001-03-26 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * layout.tex: - Alten Text eingefügt und auf die neuen Makros angepasst. - * scrguide2.tex: - Neues Makro \PValue für Werte von Parametern eingefügt. Die - Werte wurden früher direkt mit \texttt gesetzt. Stattdessen - sollte nun \PValue verwendet werden. - -2001-03-22 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * satzspgl.tex: - Erste Version fertiggestellt. - * scrguide2.tex, einleit.tex: - Bibliography ist vorhanden und wird verwendet. - * scrguide.mbs: - neue Datei zur Verwendung mit makebst (custom-bib) - * scrguide.dbj: - neue Datei zur Erzeugung einer bst-Datei - * scrguide.bst: - generiert aber trotzdem im cvs - * scrguide.bib: - Erste Einträge in der Bibliography - -2001-02-23 Markus Kohm <Markus.Kohm@gmx.de> - * scrclass.dtx: - hyperref 6.71b hat den alten \@addchap-bug nicht länger, daher - wird nun nur noch vor der Verwendung älterer hyperref-Versionen - gewarnt. - Einen Workaround für diese Versionen gibt es nicht mehr. - -2001-01-22 Markus Kohm - * scrguide2.tex: - Definitionen korrigiert und ergänzt. - * einleit.tex: - Fehler korrigiert. Geringfügige Ergänzungen. - * satzspgl.tex: - Gliederung und Text bis zur Erwähnung der DIV-Optionen, - BCOR-Option und dem Befehl \typearea[]{}. - -2001-01-19 Markus Kohm - * scrclass.dtx v2.7c: - Vertikaler Abstand vor zu Abstand nach einer Kapitelüberschrift - nun bei allen drei Größenabstufungen im Verhältnis 4:3 (1,3333) - mit glue zwischen 5:4 (1,25) und 3:2 (1,5). - -2001-01-18 Markus Kohm - * scrguide: - Mit dem neuen scrguide begonnen. - -2001-01-05 Markus Kohm - * scrclass.dtx v2.7b: - Implementierungsdoku der Gliederungsbefehle verbessert. - * scrclass.dtx v2.7b: - \setchapterpreamble eingeführt, um Kapitel allgemein mit einer - Preamble versehen zu können, die auch im zweispaltigen Druckmodus - einspaltig gesetzt wird. - * scrclass.dtx v2.7b: - Kernel-Makro \@topnewpage erweitert, damit - \twocolumn[\chapter{...}] funktioniert. - * scrclass.dtx v2.7b: - In \addchap wird bei scrbook nicht mehr \@addchap sondern - \@@addchap verwendet, um einer Umdefinition von \@addchap in - einigen hyperref-Treibern zu entgehen. Gleichzeitig wird im - Falle der Umdefinierung von \@addchap für eine entsprechende - Warnung mit deutlichem Hinweis, was ich von der Umdefinierung in - hyperref halt, gesorgt. - * scrclass.dtx v2.7b: - \bib@hading und \index@heading verwenden \setchapterpreamble. - -2001-01-04 Markus Kohm - * scrclass.dtx v2.7a: - Linkerzeugung im Zusammenhang mit hyperref verbessert - (funktioniert nur mit bestimmten Treibern und noch recht - unzureichend). - * scrclass.dtx v2.7a: - Im Abstract wird \addsec* statt \ßection* verwendet, damit die - Kolumnentitel korrekt gesetzt werden. - -2001-01-03 Markus Kohm - * scrclass.dtx v2.7: - Klammerung bei den Optionen bibtotoc und bibtotocnumbered war - fehlerhaft. - * scrclass.dtx v2.7: - \if@altsecnumformat.\fi durch neues Makro \autodot - ersetzt. Dadurch können die \...format-Makros nun auf - Benutzerebene unter Verwendung dieses neuen Makros umdefiniert - werden. - * scrclass.dtx v2.7: - \@seccntformat ruft nun intern das Benutzerlevel-Makro - \othersectionlevelsformat auf, damit auch diese Ebenen - benutzerseitig umdefiniert werden können. Möglicherweise werden - hier später alle von KOMA-Script definierten Gliederungsebenen - eigene Makros erhalten, die per - \newcommand*{\...format}[1]\othersectionlevelsformat{...} - kompatibel definiert werden. Damit wäre diese Schnittstelle dann - vollständig (was auch die Dokumentation erleichtern würde). - * scrclass.dtx v2.7: - Die ganzen End-Abstände in den \...format-Makros von \quad bzw. - einfachem Leerzeichen (in \chapterformat) auf \enskip geändert. - HINWEIS: Diese Änderung führt zu einer Umbruchinkompatibilität - gegenüber früheren KOMA-Script-Versionen. In der - Anleitung sollte unbedingt darauf hingewiesen - werden. Für die Überschriften kann der alte Zustand wie - folgt wieder hergestellt werden: - \renewcommand*\chapterformat{\thechapter\autodot\ } - \renewcommand*\othersectionlevelsformat[1]{% - \csname the#1\endcsname\autodot\quad} - Analoges gilt für die \...markformat-Makros, wobei die - dortige Änderung zu keiner Umbruchinkompatibilität - führen sollte. - Deshalb soll an dieser Stelle darauf hingewiesen - werden, dass für die Überschriften der alte Zustand wie - folgt wieder hergestellt werden kann: - \renewcommand*\chapterformat{\thechapter\autodot\ } - \renewcommand*\othersectionlevelsformat[1]{% - \csname the#1\endcsname\autodot\quad} - Analoges gilt für die \...markformat-Makros, wobei die - dortige Änderung zu keiner Umbruchinkompatibilität - führen sollte. - Deshalb soll an dieser Stelle darauf hingewiesen - werden, dass für die Überschriften der alte Zustand wie - folgt wieder hergestellt werden kann: - \renewcommand*\chapterformat{\thechapter\autodot\ } - \renewcommand*\othersectionlevelsformat[1]{% - \csname the#1\endcsname\autodot\quad} - Analoges gilt für die \...markformat-Makros, wobei die - dortige Änderung zu keiner Umbruchinkompatibilität - führen sollte. diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/Makefile b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/Makefile index 37475eab30..5c5ae90b84 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/Makefile +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/Makefile @@ -35,6 +35,8 @@ # Dieses Werk besteht aus den in manifest.txt aufgefuehrten Dateien. # ====================================================================== +NOCHANGELOG = 1 # We do not longer make or package the ChangeLog + # ---------------------------------------------------------------------- # All directories with Makefiles export BASEDIR ?= $(PWD)/ @@ -136,8 +138,8 @@ CLS_MAIN = scrbook.cls \ scrlayer.sty \ scrlayer-scrpage.sty \ scrlayer-notecolumn.sty \ - scrlayer-fancyhdr.sty \ - komamarks.sty + scrlayer-fancyhdr.sty +# komamarks.sty CLS_MAIN_DTX = scrkernel-basics.dtx \ scrkernel-bibliography.dtx \ @@ -177,8 +179,8 @@ CLS_MAIN_DTX = scrkernel-basics.dtx \ scrlayer.dtx \ scrlayer-scrpage.dtx \ scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx \ - scrlayer-fancyhdr.dtx \ - komamarks.dtx + scrlayer-fancyhdr.dtx +# komamarks.dtx STATIC_DOC = README \ INSTALL.txt \ @@ -194,9 +196,11 @@ CLS_MAIN_INS = scrmain.ins CLS_MAIN_SUBINS = scrstrip.inc scrstrop.inc scrdocstrip.tex -ALPHA_INS = tocstyle.dtx scrlayer-fancyhdr.dtx komamarks.dtx +ALPHA_INS = tocstyle.dtx scrlayer-fancyhdr.dtx +# komamarks.dtx -ALPHA_DOC = tocstyle.pdf scrlayer-fancyhdr.pdf komamarks.pdf +ALPHA_DOC = tocstyle.pdf scrlayer-fancyhdr.pdf +# komamarks.pdf ALPHA_DTX = $(subst .pdf,.dtx,$(ALPHA_DOC)) @@ -229,14 +233,19 @@ CLS_SRC = $(CLS_MAIN_SRC) NODIST_GENERATED = $(CLS_DVIS) $(CLS_FILES) $(ALPHA_DOC) -GENERATED = $(NODIST_GENERATED) ChangeLog \ +GENERATED = $(NODIST_GENERATED) \ scrjura.ins \ scrwfile.ins \ tocbasic.ins \ tocstyle.ins tocstyle.tex tocstyle.drv MISC_SRC = $(MAKE_FILES) \ - scrdoc.dtx ChangeLog ChangeLog.2 + scrdoc.dtx + +ifndef NOCHANGELOG +GENERATED += ChangeLog +MISC_SRC += ChangeLog ChangeLog.2 +endif DIST_SRC = $(MISC_SRC) $(CLS_SRC) @@ -289,7 +298,9 @@ bindist:tdsdist $(UNZIP) ../../komascript.tds.zip # copy some of the files to primary folder $(MV) komascript.tds.zip $(notdir $(DISTDIR))-bin/ +ifndef NOCHANGELOG $(INSTALL) $(notdir $(DISTDIR))-bin/komascript-texmf/source/latex/koma-script/ChangeLog $(notdir $(DISTDIR))-bin +endif $(INSTALL) $(notdir $(DISTDIR))-bin/komascript-texmf/doc/latex/koma-script/scrgui* $(notdir $(DISTDIR))-bin $(INSTALL) $(notdir $(DISTDIR))-bin/komascript-texmf/doc/latex/koma-script/*.txt $(notdir $(DISTDIR))-bin $(INSTALL) $(notdir $(DISTDIR))-bin/komascript-texmf/doc/latex/koma-script/README $(notdir $(DISTDIR))-bin @@ -424,7 +435,9 @@ maintainclean_local: clean_local dist_prior: ifdef PREPARERELEASE +ifndef NOCHANGELOG developer/scripts/preparerelease.sh 1 +endif $(MAKE) prepare endif -$(RMDIR) $(DISTDIR) diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/komamarks.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/komamarks.dtx deleted file mode 100644 index 864746210e..0000000000 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/komamarks.dtx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,588 +0,0 @@ -% \iffalse^^A meta-comment -% ====================================================================== -% komamarks.dtx -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2019 -% -% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. -% -% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -% the LaTeX Project Public License, version 1.3c of the license. -% The latest version of this license is in -% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX -% version 2005/12/01 and of this work. -% -% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". -% -% The Current Maintainer and author of this work is Markus Kohm. -% -% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. -% ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -% komamarks.dtx -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2019 -% -% Diese Datei ist Teil der LaTeX2e KOMA-Script-Sammlung. -% -% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, -% Version 1.3c. -% Die neuste Version dieser Lizenz ist -% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -% und Version 1.3c ist Teil aller Verteilungen von LaTeX -% Version 2005/12/01 und dieses Werks. -% -% Dieses Werk hat den LPPL-Verwaltungs-Status "author-maintained" -% (allein durch den Autor verwaltet). -% -% Der Aktuelle Verwalter und Autor dieses Werkes ist Markus Kohm. -% -% Dieses Werk besteht aus den in manifest.txt aufgefuehrten Dateien. -% ====================================================================== -% \fi^^A meta-comment -% -% \CharacterTable -% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z -% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z -% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9 -% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \# -% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \& -% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \) -% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \, -% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/ -% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \< -% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \? -% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\ -% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_ -% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| -% Right brace \} Tilde \~} -% -% \iffalse^^A meta-comment -%%% From File: $Id: komamarks.dtx 3199 2019-08-26 10:04:56Z kohm $ -%<identify>%%% (run: identify) -%<init>%%% (run: init) -%<options>%%% (run: options) -%<processoptions>%%% (run: processoptions) -%<body>%%% (run: body) -%<final>%%% (run: final) -%<*dtx> -\ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi -\begingroup - \def\filedate$#1: #2-#3-#4 #5${\gdef\filedate{#2/#3/#4}} - \filedate$Date: 2019-08-26 12:04:56 +0200 (Mon, 26 Aug 2019) $ - \def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\gdef\filerevision{#2}} - \filerevision$Revision: 3199 $ - \edef\reserved@a{% - \noexpand\endgroup - \noexpand\ProvidesFile{komamarks.dtx}% - [\filedate\space\filerevision\space - KOMA-Script package source - }% -\reserved@a -%</dtx> -%<*identify|doc> -%<package>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01] -%<package>\ProvidesPackage{komamarks}[% -%<doc>\ProvidesFile{komamarks.tex}[% -% In a future time following will be replaced by !KOMASCRIPTVERSION: -%!KOMAMARKSVERSION -%<package> package -%</identify|doc> -%<*dtx|identify|doc> - (providing extra marks)] -%</dtx|identify|doc> -%<*dtx> -\ifx\documentclass\undefined - \input scrdocstrip.tex - \@@input scrkernel-version.dtx - \@@input scrstrip.inc - \KOMAdefVariable{COPYRIGHTFROM}{2012} - \KOMAdefVariable{KOMAMARKSVERSION}{% - \space\space\filedate\space v0.\filerevision\space KOMA-Script - } - \generate{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble - \file{komamarks.sty}{% - \from{komamarks.dtx}{package,trace,identify}% - \from{komamarks.dtx}{package,trace,init}% - \from{komamarks.dtx}{package,trace,options}% - \from{komamarks.dtx}{package,trace,processoptions}% - \from{komamarks.dtx}{package,trace,body}% - \from{komamarks.dtx}{package,trace,final}% - \from{scrlogo.dtx}{logo}% - }% - } - - \@@input scrstrop.inc -\else - \let\endbatchfile\relax -\fi -\endbatchfile - \documentclass{scrdoc} - \addtolength{\textwidth}{-1em} - \addtolength{\marginparwidth}{2em} - \addtolength{\oddsidemargin}{2em} - \usepackage[ngerman,english]{babel} - \usepackage{url,babelbib}\bibliographystyle{babalpha-fl} - \usepackage{listings} - \usepackage{scrhack} - \usepackage{xpatch} - \xpretocmd\DescribeMacro{\ifhmode\else\bigskip\noindent\fi}{}{} - \xpretocmd\DescribeEnv{\ifhmode\else\bigskip\noindent\fi}{}{} - \xpretocmd\DescribeOption{\ifhmode\else\bigskip\noindent\fi}{}{} - - \CodelineIndex - \RecordChanges - \GetFileInfo{komamarks.dtx} - \title{The \KOMAScript{} package \texttt{komamarks}% - \footnote{This is revision \fileversion\ of file \texttt{\filename}.}} - \date{\filedate} - \author{Markus Kohm} - - \newenvironment{Explain}{\par}{\par} - \newcommand*{\length}{} - \let\length\Length - \let\endlength\endLength - \let\Macro\cs - \let\Length\Macro - \let\Package\textsf - \let\Class\Package - \let\File\texttt - \let\Option\texttt - \newcommand*{\KOption}[1]{\Option{#1}\texttt{=}} - \newcommand*{\OptionValue}[2]{\Option{#1}\texttt{=}\PValue{#2}} - \let\Counter\texttt - \let\Environment\texttt - \let\ShowOutput\quote - \let\endShowOutput\endquote - \let\Pagestyle\texttt - \newcommand*{\Parameter}[1]{\texttt{\marg{#1}}\linebreak[1]} - \newcommand*{\OParameter}[1]{\texttt{\oarg{#1}}\linebreak[1]} - \newcommand*{\MParameter}[2]{\texttt{(\meta{#1},\meta{#2})}\linebreak[1]} - \providecommand\PParameter[1]{\mbox{\texttt{\{#1\}}}\linebreak[1]} - \let\PName\meta - \let\PValue\texttt - \providecommand*{\autoref}[1]{\expandafter\AUTOREF#1:} - \providecommand*{\AUTOREF}{} - \makeatletter - \def\AUTOREF#1:#2:{% - \edef\@tempa{#1}% - \edef\@tempb{tab}\ifx\@tempa\@tempb table~\fi - \edef\@tempb{sec}\ifx\@tempa\@tempb section~\fi - \ref{#1:#2}% - } - \providecommand*{\IndexCmd}[2][]{} - \providecommand*{\textnote}[2][]{} - \providecommand*\eTeX{\leavevmode\hbox{$\varepsilon$}-\TeX} - \providecommand*\NTS{% - \leavevmode\hbox{$\cal N\kern-0.35em\lower0.5ex\hbox{$\cal T$}% - \kern-0.2emS$}} - - \lstnewenvironment{lstcode}{\lstset{language=[LaTeX]TeX}}{} - \makeatother - \sloppy% YOU SHOULD NOT DO THIS!!! - - \begin{document} - \maketitle - \DocInput{\filename} - \bibliography{guide} - \PrintChanges - \PrintIndex - \end{document} -%</dtx> -% \fi^^A meta-comment -% -% \selectlanguage{english} -% -% \changes{v0.0}{2019/08/08}{Start of new package}%^^A -% -% \tableofcontents -% \section{User Manual} -% This is an experimental beta version without user manual. -% -% \StopEventually{} -% -% -% \section{Implementation of \Package{komamarks}} -% -% This section is for developers only. -% -%\iffalse%^^A meta-comment -%<*package> -%\fi%^^A meta-comment -% -% -% \subsection{Options} -% \label{sec:kommarks.options} -% -% This package currently does not provide any options. Nevertheless -% processing the options is recommended: -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*processoptions> -\ProcessOptions\relax -%</processoptions> -% \end{macrocode} -% -% -% \subsection{Handling for new marks similar to \LaTeX} -% \label{sec:komamarks.newmarks} -% -% \LaTeX{} provides \cs{markright}, \cs{markboth}, \cs{leftmark} and -% \cs{rightmark} using \TeX's \cs{mark}, \cs{firstmark} and -% \cs{botmark}. Let's do the same for \eTeX's \cs{marks}, \cs{firstmarks}, -% \cs{botmarks} and add some new features like \Package{scrlayer} does. -% -% \begin{macro}{\marksboth} -% \begin{macro}{\marksright} -% \begin{macro}{\@marksright} -% These are similar to \cs{markboth} and \cs{markright} but uses \cs{marks} -% instead of \cs{mark} and therefore has one new mandator argument: the marks -% register. We can not use \LaTeX's \cs{@markright}, but a local version of -% it. -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*body> -\newcommand*{\marksboth}[3]{% - \begingroup - \let\label\relax \let\index\relax \let\glossary\relax - \ExecuteDoHook{marks/relax}% - \unrestored@protected@edef\@themark{{#2}{#3}}% - \global\expandafter\let\csname @themarks\the#1\endcsname\@themark - \@temptokena \expandafter{\@themark}% - \marks#1{\the\@temptokena}% - \endgroup - \if@nobreak\ifvmode\nobreak\fi\fi -} -\def\unrestored@protected@edef{% - \let\protect\@unexpandable@protect - \edef -} -\newcommand*{\marksright}[2]{% - \begingroup - \let\label\relax \let\index\relax \let\glossary\relax - \ExecuteDoHook{marks/relax}% - \@ifundefined{@themarks\the#1}{% - \def\@themark{{}{}}% - }{% - \expandafter\let\expandafter\@themark\csname @themarks\the#1\endcsname - }% - \expandafter\@marksright\@themark {#2}% - \global\expandafter\let\csname @themarks\the#1\endcsname\@themark - \@temptokena \expandafter{\@themark}% - \marks#1{\the\@temptokena}% - \endgroup - \if@nobreak\ifvmode\nobreak\fi\fi -} -\newcommand*{\@marksright}[3]{% - \@temptokena {#1}% - \unrestored@protected@edef\@themark{{\the\@temptokena}{#3}}% -} -%</body> -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% Note, we can use \cs{ExecuteDoHook} to make it easy to extend relaxing some -% commands only, if we habe \Package{scrbase} loaded. So do it while -% initialization: -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*init> -\RequirePackage{scrbase} -%</init> -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \begin{macro}{\leftfirstmarks} -% \begin{macro}{\lefttopmarks} -% \begin{macro}{\leftbotmarks} -% \begin{macro}{\leftmarks} -% \begin{macro}{\leftfirstmarks} -% \begin{macro}{\lefttopmarks} -% \begin{macro}{\leftbotmarks} -% \begin{macro}{\leftmarks} -% These are similar to \cs{leftmark} resp. \cs{rightmark} but using -% \cs{firstmarks}, \cs{topmarks} or \cs{botmarks} and therefore need one -% argument. -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*body> -\newcommand*{\leftfirstmarks}[1]{% - \expandafter\@leftmark\firstmarks#1\@empty\@empty -} -\newcommand*{\lefttopmarks}[1]{% - \expandafter\@leftmark\topmarks#1\@empty\@empty -} -\newcommand*{\leftbotmarks}[1]{% - \expandafter\@leftmark\botmarks#1\@empty\@empty -} -\newcommand*{\leftmarks}{\leftbotmarks} -\newcommand*{\rightfirstmarks}[1]{% - \expandafter\@rightmark\firstmarks#1\@empty\@empty -} -\newcommand*{\righttopmarks}[1]{% - \expandafter\@rightmark\topmarks#1\@empty\@empty -} -\newcommand*{\rightbotmarks}[1]{% - \expandafter\@rightmark\botmarks#1\@empty\@empty -} -\newcommand*{\rightmarks}{\rightfirstmarks} -%</body> -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \subsection{Handling Marks inside \Package{multicol}'s \texttt{multicols} -% Environment} -% \label{sec:komamarks.multicols} -% -% Package \Package{multicol} needs special treatment for marks and we have to -% patch it to do the same for the \eTeX{} marks. -% -% Not yet implemented. -% -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*init> -\RequirePackage{scrlfile} -%</init> -%<*body> -\AfterPackage*{multicol}{% - \PackageWarning{komamarks}{% - komamarks does not yet support multicols - }% -} -%</body> -% \end{macrocode} -% -% -% \subsection{Multimarks} -% \label{sec:komamarks.multimarks} -% -% Usually \LaTeX's marks consist of a left and a right mark. But what about -% having marks als sequence of items? In this case we need to setup the -% n-th mark item in such a sequence and to get the n-th mark item in such a -% sequence. Here it would be nice to have \Package{expl3}, i.\,e., -% \File{l3seq} instead of only \LaTeXe's \cs{@tfor}. -% -% Not yet implemented completely and therefore currently not usable. -% -% \begin{macro}{\marksall} -% Like \cs{marksboth} but instead of two mark argument (for the left and the -% right mark) it has only one mark argument, which is a token list with a -% token for each mark. -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*body> -\newcommand*{\marksall}[2]{% - \begingroup - \let\label\relax \let\index\relax \let\glossary\relax - \ExecuteDoHook{marks/relax}% - \unrestored@protected@edef\@themark{#2}% - \global\expandafter\let\csname @themarks\the#1\endcsname\@themark - \@temptokena \expandafter{\@themark}% - \marks#1{\the\@temptokena}% - \endgroup - \if@nobreak\ifvmode\nobreak\fi\fi -} -%</body> -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\marksnth} -% Like \cs{marksright} but instead of changing the right (second) mark it -% changes the n-th mark. -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*body> -\newcommand*{\marksnth}[3]{% - \begingroup - \let\label\relax \let\index\relax \let\glossary\relax - \ExecuteDoHook{marks/relax}% - \@tempcnta=\z@ - \let\@themark\@empty - \@ifundefined{@themarks\the#1}{}{% - \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@tfor - \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\reserved@a - \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter:% - \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter=% - \csname @themarks\the#1\endcsname\do {% - \advance\@tempcnta \@ne - \ifnum \number #2=\@tempcnta - \unrestored@protected@edef\@themark{\@themark{#3}}% - \else - \unrestored@protected@edef\@themark{\@themark{\reserved@a}}% - \fi - }% - }% - \@whilenum \number #2>\@tempcnta\do {% - \advance\@tempcnta \@ne - \ifnum \number #2=\@tempcnta - \unrestored@protected@edef\@themark{\@themark{#3}}% - \else - \unrestored@protected@edef\@themark{\@themark{}}% - \fi - }% - \global\expandafter\let\csname @themarks\the#1\endcsname\@themark - \@temptokena \expandafter{\@themark}% - \marks#1{\the\@temptokena}% - \endgroup - \if@nobreak\ifvmode\nobreak\fi\fi -} -%</body> -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\marksnthplus} -% Like \cs{marksnth} but with one more argument, that is used till the end of -% the mark sequence. -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*body> -\newcommand*{\marksnthplus}[4]{% - \begingroup - \let\label\relax \let\index\relax \let\glossary\relax - \ExecuteDoHook{marks/relax}% - \@tempcnta=\z@ - \let\@themark\@empty - \@ifundefined{@themarks\the#1}{}{% - \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@tfor - \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\reserved@a - \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter:% - \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter=% - \csname @themarks\the#1\endcsname\do {% - \advance\@tempcnta \@ne - \ifnum \number #2=\@tempcnta - \unrestored@protected@edef\@themark{\@themark{#3}}% - \else - \ifnum \number #2>\@tempcnta - \unrestored@protected@edef\@themark{\@themark{\reserved@a}}% - \else - \unrestored@protected@edef\@themark{\@themark{#4}}% - \fi - \fi - }% - }% - \@whilenum \number #2>\@tempcnta\do {% - \advance\@tempcnta \@ne - \ifnum \number #2=\@tempcnta - \unrestored@protected@edef\@themark{\@themark{#3}}% - \else - \unrestored@protected@edef\@themark{\@themark{}}% - \fi - }% - \global\expandafter\let\csname @themarks\the#1\endcsname\@themark - \@temptokena \expandafter{\@themark}% - \marks#1{\the\@temptokena}% - \endgroup - \if@nobreak\ifvmode\nobreak\fi\fi -} -%</body> -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\marksnthcleartail} -% Like \cs{marksnth} but removes all items above the n-th. -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*body> -\newcommand*{\marksnthcleartail}[3]{% - \begingroup - \let\label\relax \let\index\relax \let\glossary\relax - \ExecuteDoHook{marks/relax}% - \@tempcnta=\z@ - \let\@themark\@empty - \@ifundefined{@themarks\the#1}{}{% - \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@tfor - \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\reserved@a - \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter:% - \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter=% - \csname @themarks\the#1\endcsname\do {% - \advance\@tempcnta \@ne - \ifnum \number #2=\@tempcnta - \unrestored@protected@edef\@themark{\@themark{#3}}% - \else - \ifnum \number #2>\@tempcnta - \unrestored@protected@edef\@themark{\@themark{\reserved@a}}% - \fi - \fi - }% - }% - \@whilenum \number #2>\@tempcnta\do {% - \advance\@tempcnta \@ne - \ifnum \number #2=\@tempcnta - \unrestored@protected@edef\@themark{\@themark{#3}}% - \else - \unrestored@protected@edef\@themark{\@themark{}}% - \fi - }% - \global\expandafter\let\csname @themarks\the#1\endcsname\@themark - \@temptokena \expandafter{\@themark}% - \marks#1{\the\@temptokena}% - \endgroup - \if@nobreak\ifvmode\nobreak\fi\fi -} -%</body> -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\nthmarknotdefined} -% This macro usually expands to nothing, if the n-th mark is not yet -% defined. -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*body> -\newcommand*{\nthmarknotdefined}{} -%</body> -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{\nthtopmarks} -% \begin{macro}{\nthfirstmarks} -% \begin{macro}{\nthbotmarks} -% \begin{macro}{\@nthofm} -% Like \cs{leftfirstmarks} or \cs{rightfirstmarks} etc. but not using -% \cs{@leftmark} or \cs{@rightmark} that is \cs{@firstoftwo} or -% \cs{@secondoftwo} but \cs{@nthofm}. -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*body> -\newcommand*{\nthtopmarks}[2]{% - \expandafter\@nthofm\expandafter{\topmarks#1}{#2}% -} -\newcommand*{\nthfirstmarks}[2]{% - \expandafter\@nthofm\expandafter{\firstmarks#1}{#2}% -} -\newcommand*{\nthbotmarks}[2]{% - \expandafter\@nthofm\expandafter{\botmarks#1}{#2}% -} -\newcommand{\@nthofm}[2]{% - \begingroup - \@tempcnta=\z@ - \let\reserved@a\nthmarknotdefined - \@tfor\reserved@b:=#1\do{% - \advance\@tempcnta\@ne - \ifnum \number #2=\@tempcnta - \let\reserved@a\reserved@b - \fi - }% - \expandafter\def\expandafter\reserved@a\expandafter{\expandafter\endgroup - \reserved@a}% - \reserved@a -} -%</body> -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% -%\iffalse%^^A meta-comment -%</package> -%\fi%^^A meta-comment -% \Finale -% -\endinput -% -% end of file `komamarks.dtx' - -%%% Local Variables: -%%% mode: doctex -%%% ispell-local-dictionary: "en_GB" -%%% flyspell-mode: t -%%% TeX-master: t -%%% End: diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrhack.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrhack.dtx index ab3d507d52..4a8aedcecf 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrhack.dtx +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrhack.dtx @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ % Right brace \} Tilde \~} % % \iffalse -%%% From File: $Id: scrhack.dtx 3262 2019-10-10 08:25:29Z kohm $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrhack.dtx 3392 2019-11-19 09:37:46Z kohm $ %<package&identify>%%% using: package,identify %<package&option>%%% using: package,option %<package&body>%%% using: package,body @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ \ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi \begingroup \def\filedate$#1: #2-#3-#4 #5${\gdef\filedate{#2/#3/#4}} - \filedate$Date: 2019-10-10 10:25:29 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + \filedate$Date: 2019-11-19 10:37:46 +0100 (Tue, 19 Nov 2019) $ \def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\gdef\filerevision{r#2}} \filerevision$Revision: 1962 $ \endgroup @@ -517,6 +517,8 @@ % % % \begin{macro}{\newfloat} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/19}{\cs{ifattoclist} replaced by +% \cs{Ifattoclist}}%^^A % Ãœber die Anweisung \cs{newfloat} wird eine neue Gleitumgebung % definiert. Hier muss die neue Erweiterung aus dem dritten Argument % \textsf{tocbasic} bekannt gemacht werden. @@ -559,7 +561,7 @@ \RequirePackage{tocbasic}% \PackageInfo{scrhack}{redefining \string\newfloat}% \renewcommand\newfloat[3]{% - \ifattoclist{#3}{% + \Ifattoclist{#3}{% \PackageError{scrhack}{extension `#3' already in use}{% Each extension may be used only once.\MessageBreak You, the class, or another package already uses extension diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrjura.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrjura.dtx index 5e13a801b1..9b9d1b3032 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrjura.dtx +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrjura.dtx @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ % Right brace \} Tilde \~} % % \iffalse^^A meta-comment -%%% From File: $Id: scrjura.dtx 3262 2019-10-10 08:25:29Z kohm $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrjura.dtx 3390 2019-11-18 17:09:35Z kohm $ %<identify>%%% (run: identify) %<init>%%% (run: init) %<options>%%% (run: options) @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ %<*dtx> \begingroup \def\filedate$#1: #2-#3-#4 #5${\gdef\filedate{#2/#3/#4}} - \filedate$Date: 2019-10-10 10:25:29 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + \filedate$Date: 2019-11-18 18:09:35 +0100 (Mon, 18 Nov 2019) $ \def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\gdef\filerevision{r#2}} \filerevision$Revision: 1962 $ \endgroup @@ -322,20 +322,21 @@ % \changes{v0.7}{2013/11/04}{Verwendung der renovierten Schnittstelle mit % \cs{FamilyKeyStateProcessed}}%^^A % \changes{v0.9a}{2015/03/09}{Wert wird in der internen Liste erfasst}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A % Die (automatische) Absatznummerierung lässt sich nun auch per Option ein- % und ausschalten. % \begin{macrocode} %<*options> \newif\ifparnumber \KOMA@key{parnumber}[true]{% - \ifstr{#1}{auto}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{auto}{% \AutoPar \FamilyKeyStateProcessed \KOMA@kav@remove{.scrjura.sty}{parnumber}{manual}% \KOMA@kav@remove{.scrjura.sty}{parnumber}{auto}% \KOMA@kav@add{.scrjura.sty}{parnumber}{auto}% }{% - \ifstr{#1}{manual}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{manual}{% \ManualPar \FamilyKeyStateProcessed \KOMA@kav@remove{.scrjura.sty}{parnumber}{manual}% @@ -1278,6 +1279,7 @@ % \begin{macro}{\scrjura@doendpe} % \begin{macro}{\IncludeInRelease} % \changes{v0.9e}{2015/11/03}{wird temporär benötigt}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A % \begin{macro}{\@gobble@IncludeInRelease} % \changes{v0.9e}{2015/11/03}{wird temporär benötigt}%^^A % \begin{macro}{\EndIncludeInRelease} @@ -1291,7 +1293,7 @@ % \begin{macrocode} \providecommand*{\IncludeInRelease}[3]{% \PackageInfo{scrjura}{temporary definition of \string\IncludeInRelease}% - \ifstr{#1}{0000/00/00}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{0000/00/00}{% \let\IncludeInRelease\@undefined \def\EndIncludeInRelease{\let\EndIncludeInRelease\@undefined}% }{% diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-basics.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-basics.dtx index b1bf79fe8a..af70ac7217 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-basics.dtx +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-basics.dtx @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -% \CheckSum{4201} +% \CheckSum{4334} % \iffalse meta-comment % ====================================================================== % scrkernel-basics.dtx @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ % Right brace \} Tilde \~} % % \iffalse -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-basics.dtx 3262 2019-10-10 08:25:29Z kohm $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-basics.dtx 3409 2019-11-26 16:16:24Z kohm $ %<prepare>%%% (run: prepare) %<option>%%% (run: option) %<body>%%% (run: body) @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ \ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi \begingroup \def\filedate$#1: #2-#3-#4 #5${\def\filedate{#2/#3/#4}} - \filedate$Date: 2019-10-10 10:25:29 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + \filedate$Date: 2019-11-26 17:16:24 +0100 (Tue, 26 Nov 2019) $ \def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\def\filerevision{r#2}} \filerevision$Revision: 1638 $ \xdef\fileinfo{\filedate\space\filerevision\space} @@ -277,17 +277,10 @@ % % \begin{macro}{\PackageErrorNoLine} % \changes{v3.12}{2013/09/19}{neu}%^^A -% Dieses Makro wird zwar bereits seit langem für einige wenige Fehlermeldungen -% verwendet, existierte bisher aber nicht. Es wird für Fehlermeldungen -% verwendet, denen keine eindeutige Zeilennummer zugeordnet werden kann. In -% der Regel ist dies zu vermeiden und besser \cs{PackageError} zu verwenden. -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*base> -\newcommand*\PackageErrorNoLine[2]{% - \PackageError{#1}{#2\@gobble}% -} -%</base> -% \end{macrocode} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/23}{unsinnige Anweisung entfernt}%^^A +% Wie Falk richtig angemerkt hat, ist die Anweisung sinnlos, weil +% \cs{PackageError} gar keine Zeilennummer anhängt. Verwendet wurde die +% Anweisung nur in einem veralteten Paket. % \end{macro} % % @@ -721,6 +714,7 @@ % % \begin{macro}{\KOMA@kav@defone} % \changes{v3.17}{2015/02/25}{neu (\KOMAScript intern)}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstrstart} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstrstart}}%^^A % Dieses Makro liefert alle aktuellen Werte eine Schlüssels aus der % \texttt{key=value}-Liste aller gespeicherten Paare. Falls es mehr als einen % Wert gibt, so werden diese \cs{KOMAoption}-tauglich verknüpft. Das erste @@ -736,7 +730,7 @@ \begingroup \let\reserved@a\@empty \def\reserved@b##1##2{% - \ifstr{##1}{#3}{\l@addto@macro\reserved@a{,{##2}}}{}% + \Ifstr{##1}{#3}{\l@addto@macro\reserved@a{,{##2}}}{}% }% \def\do##1{\reserved@b##1}% \@nameuse{scr@kav@KOMA#2}% @@ -1237,30 +1231,40 @@ % \begin{option}{internalonly} % \changes{v2.96}{2006/11/26}{neu}%^^A % \changes{v2.97c}{2007/06/20}{geht auch ohne Argument}%^^A +% \changes{v3.27a}{2019/11/04}{\cs{FamilyKeyStateProcessed} ergänzt}%^^A +% \changes{v3.27a}{2019/11/04}{nur innerhalb des Pakets definiert}%^^A +% \changes{v3.27a}{2019/11/04}{temporär in den Klassen definiert}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{Option ist veraltet}%^^A % \begin{macro}{\dont@let@as@internal@defined} % \changes{v2.96}{2006/11/26}{neu (intern)}%^^A -% Anweisungen, die mit einem internen und einem Anwendername vorhanden sind, -% können vor dem Anwender optional verborgen werden. Wird kein Argument -% angegeben, so werden alle Anweisungen verborgen. +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{entfernt}%^^A % \begin{macrocode} %<*base> -\newcommand*{\dont@let@as@internal@defined}{/} -\newif\if@let@as@internalonly@defined\@let@as@internalonly@definedfalse \DefineFamily{KOMA} \DefineFamilyMember{KOMA} \DefineFamilyKey{KOMA}{internalonly}[\relax]{% - \ifx\relax#1\relax - \@let@as@internalonly@definedtrue - \else - \@let@as@internalonly@definedfalse - \begingroup - \@expandtwoargs\in@{#1}\dont@let@as@internal@defined - \expandafter\endgroup - \ifin@\else\g@addto@macro\dont@let@as@internal@defined{#1/}\fi - \fi + \PackageInfo{scrbase}{Ignoring deprecated option `internalonly'}% + \FamilyKeyStateProcessed +} +\AtEndOfPackage{% + \RelaxFamilyKey[.scrbase.sty]{KOMA}{internalonly}% } %</base> % \end{macrocode} +% Da \textsf{scrbase} von den Klassen bereits vor der Verarbeitung der +% Optionen geladen wird, wird die Option zwar verarbeitet aber dann trotzdem +% als unbekannt gemeldet. Das kann man notdürftig beheben, indem die Klasse +% vorrübergehend eine Dummy-Option erhält. +% \begin{macrocode} +%</option> +%<*load&class&neveruse> +\KOMA@key{internalonly}[\relax]{% + \FamilyKeyStateProcessed +} +\AtEndOfClass{\RelaxFamilyKey[.\KOMAClassFileName]{KOMA}{internalonly}}% +%</load&class&neveruse> +%<*option> +% \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % \end{option} % @@ -1376,105 +1380,54 @@ % \changes{v2.95}{2002/08/19}{neu (intern)}%^^A % \changes{v2.95c}{2006/08/12}{Warnung bei Umdefinierung}%^^A % \changes{v2.96}{2006/11/26}{Herausreichen von internen Makros als -% Benutzermakros kann verhindert werden}%^^A +% Benutzermakros kann verhindert werden}%^^A % \changes{v2.97c}{2007/06/20}{Herausreichen von internen Makros kann -% generell verhindert werden}%^^A +% generell verhindert werden}%^^A % \changes{v3.10}{2010/10/26}{\cs{ignorespaces} beim \cs{document}-Patch -% ergänzt} +% ergänzt} % \changes{v3.13a}{2014/08/13}{potentielle Leerzeichen durch Zeilenumbruch -% beseitigt}%^^A -% Dieses Makro wird intern verwendet, um dokumentierte Makros mit der -% Definition von internen Makros zu versehen, falls sie nicht bereits -% definiert oder als nicht zu definieren markiert sind. Der Name des -% dokumentierten Makros wird als Parameter übergeben. Dies wird gleich -% benötigt. -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*base> -\newcommand*{\let@as@internal@defined}[1]{% - \begingroup - \if@let@as@internalonly@defined - \in@true - \else - \@expandtwoargs\in@{/#1/}\dont@let@as@internal@defined - \fi - \expandafter\endgroup - \ifin@ - \PackageInfo{% - scrbase% - }{% - \expandafter\string\csname #1\endcsname\space excluded from being - defined% - }% - \else - \@ifundefined{#1}{% - \begingroup - \expandafter\def\expandafter\reserved@a - \expandafter{\csname scr@#1\endcsname}% - \expandafter\def\expandafter\reserved@b - \expandafter{\csname #1\endcsname}% - \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endgroup - \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\let\expandafter\reserved@b\reserved@a - \if@atdocument\else - \g@addto@macro\document{% - \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\expandafter\endcsname - \csname scr@#1\endcsname - \else - \PackageWarning{scrbase}{% - \expandafter\string\csname #1\endcsname\space was - redefined\MessageBreak - at the document preamble.\MessageBreak - If you did not redefine it by yourself, have a\MessageBreak - a look at the description of this command at\MessageBreak - the manual of every package you are using\@gobble - }% - \fi - \ignorespaces - }% - \fi - }{% - \PackageInfo{% - scrbase% - }{% - \expandafter\string\csname #1\endcsname\space already - defined.\MessageBreak - If \expandafter\string\csname #1\endcsname\space does not behave - like\MessageBreak - it was described at the KOMA-Script manual, try to\MessageBreak - load `scrbase.\scr@pkgextension' earlier or find out at - which\MessageBreak - package or class \expandafter\string\csname #1\endcsname\space - was defined before\@gobble - }% - }% - \fi -} -%</base> -% \end{macrocode} +% beseitigt}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{entfernt}%^^A % \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\ifundefinedorrelax} % \changes{v2.95}{2002/08/21}{neu}%^^A % \changes{v2.95c}{2006/08/12}{über interne Anweisung definiert}%^^A -% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/06/20}{umbenannt von \cs{ifundefined}} +% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/06/20}{umbenannt von \cs{ifundefined}}%^^A +% \changes{3.28}{2019/11/18}{umbenannt in \cs{Ifundefinedorrelax}}%^^A +% \begin{macro}{\Ifundefinedorrelax}%^^A % Dieses Makro arbeitet wie \cs{@ifundefined}, definiert dabei aber % ein undefiniertes Makro nicht als \cs{relax}. % \begin{macrocode} %<*base> -\let@as@internal@defined{ifundefinedorrelax} +\newcommand*{\Ifundefinedorrelax}{scr@ifundefinedorrelax}% %</base> % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} +% \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\ifnotundefined} % \changes{v2.95}{2002/08/21}{neu}%^^A -% \changes{v2.95c}{2006/08/12}{nutzt \eTeX{} wenn möglich} -% \changes{v3.02c}{2009/02/19}{\eTeX{} ist zwingend} +% \changes{v2.95c}{2006/08/12}{nutzt \eTeX{} wenn möglich}%^^A +% \changes{v3.02c}{2009/02/19}{\eTeX{} ist zwingend}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{umdefiniert in \cs{Ifnotundefined}}%^^A +% \begin{macro}{\Ifnotundefined} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{neu Umbenennung von \cs{ifnotundefinded}}%^^A % Dieses Makro arbeitet genau umgekehrt zu \cs{ifundefined}. Manchmal % ist es ganz nützlich, auch das zu haben. Dieses Makro heißt nicht % \cs{ifdefined}, weil \eTeX\ bereits ein solches Primitiv bietet. % \begin{macrocode} %<*base> -\newcommand{\ifnotundefined}[1]{% +\providecommand*{\ifnotundefined}{% + \PackageWarning{scrbase}{Usage of deprecated command + `\string\ifnotundefined'.\MessageBreak + The command has been renamed because of a\MessageBreak + recommendation of The LaTeX Project Team.\MessageBreak + Please replace `\string\ifnotundefined' by `\string\Ifnotundefined'% + }% + \Ifnotundefined +} +\newcommand{\Ifnotundefined}[1]{% \ifcsname #1\endcsname \expandafter\@firstoftwo \else @@ -1484,15 +1437,29 @@ %</base> % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} +% \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\ifstr} % \changes{v2.95}{2004/07/20}{if- und then-Teil werden nicht gefressen}%^^A -% \changes{v3.04b}{2010/01/29}{\cs{edef} durch \cs{protected@edef} ersetzt} +% \changes{v3.04b}{2010/01/29}{\cs{edef} durch \cs{protected@edef} +% ersetzt}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{umbenannt in \cs{IfStr}}%^^A +% \begin{macro}{\Ifstr} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{neu aus Umbenennung von \cs{ifstr}}%^^A % Dieses Makro vergleicht zwei Tokenfolgen. Eigentlich müsste es also % eher \cs{ifequal} oder ähnlich heißen. % \begin{macrocode} %<*base> -\newcommand\ifstr[2]{% +\providecommand*{\ifstr}{% + \PackageWarning{scrbase}{Usage of deprecated command + `\string\ifstr'.\MessageBreak + The command has been renamed because of a\MessageBreak + recommendation of The LaTeX Project Team.\MessageBreak + Please replace `\string\ifstr' by `\string\Ifstr'% + }% + \Ifstr +} +\newcommand\Ifstr[2]{% \begingroup\protected@edef\reserved@a{#1}\protected@edef\reserved@b{#2}% \ifx\reserved@a\reserved@b \endgroup\expandafter\@firstoftwo @@ -1503,14 +1470,27 @@ %</base> % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} +% \end{macro} % +% \begin{macro}{\Ifstrstart} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{neu aus Umbenennung von \cs{ifstrstart}}%^^A % \begin{macro}{\ifstrstart} % \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/05}{neu}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstrstart} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstrstart}}%^^A % Falls die Expansion des ersten Arguments mit der Expansion des zweiten % Arguments beginnt, wird das dritte Argument ausgeführt, sonst das vierte. % \begin{macrocode} %<*base> -\newcommand*{\ifstrstart}[2]{% +\providecommand*{\ifstrstart}{% + \PackageWarning{scrbase}{Usage of deprecated command + `\string\ifstrstart'.\MessageBreak + The command has been renamed because of a\MessageBreak + recommendation of The LaTeX Project Team.\MessageBreak + Please replace `\string\ifstrstart' by `\string\Ifstrstart'% + }% + \Ifstrstart +} +\newcommand*{\Ifstrstart}[2]{% \begingroup \edef\reserved@a{\noexpand\@ifstrstart{#1}{#2}}% \reserved@a{\aftergroup\@firstoftwo}{\aftergroup\@secondoftwo}% @@ -1535,6 +1515,7 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro}%^^A \@ifstrstart % \end{macro}%^^A \ifstrstart +% \end{macro}%^^A \Ifstrstart % % \begin{macro}{\IfArgIsEmpty} % \changes{v3.19}{2015/08/29}{neu}%^^A @@ -1573,18 +1554,20 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macro}{\scr@ifislengthprimitive} % \changes{v3.20}{2015/10/19}{neu (intern)}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstrstart} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstrstart}}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A % Hilfsmacro, das ggf. rekusiv auf diverse Primitive prüft. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\scr@ifislengthprimitive}[1]{% \begingroup - \ifstrstart{\meaning #1}{\detokenize{macro:}}{% + \Ifstrstart{\meaning #1}{\detokenize{macro:}}{% \aftergroup\expandafter\aftergroup\scr@ifislengthprimitive }{% \def\reserved@c{\aftergroup\scr@secondoftwoAfterNil}% \@for\reserved@a:=\baselineskip,\dp,\hsize,\ht,\lineskip,% \parindent,\parskip,\pdfpageheight,\pdfpagewidth,% \wd,\vsize \do {% - \expandafter\ifstr\expandafter{\expandafter\string\reserved@a}{% + \expandafter\Ifstr\expandafter{\expandafter\string\reserved@a}{% \meaning #1% }{% \def\reserved@c{\aftergroup\scr@TestDimenAssignTillNil}% @@ -1604,25 +1587,38 @@ % \begin{macro}{\ifisdimen} % \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/05}{neu}%^^A % \changes{v3.20}{2015/10/19}{Reimplementierung}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/19}{umdefiniert in \cs{Ifisdimen}}%^^A +% \begin{macro}{\Ifisdimen} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/19}{neu aus Umdefinierung von \cs{ifisdimen}}%^^A % Falls das erste Argument ggf. über mehrere Stufen hinweg zu einem % \cs{dimen}-Register (und zu nichts weiterem!) expandiert, wird das erste % Argument ausgeführt, sonst das zweite. % \begin{macrocode} %<*base> -\newcommand*{\ifisdimen}[1]{% +\providecommand*{\ifisdimen}{% + \PackageWarning{scrbase}{Usage of deprecated command + `\string\ifisdimen'.\MessageBreak + The command has been renamed because of a\MessageBreak + recommendation of The LaTeX Project Team.\MessageBreak + Please replace `\string\ifisdimen' by `\string\Ifisdimen'% + }% + \Ifisdimen +} +\newcommand*{\Ifisdimen}[1]{% \IfArgIsEmpty{#1}{\@secondoftwo}{\scr@ifisdimen#1\@nil}% } % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macro}{\scr@ifisdimen} % \changes{v3.20}{2015/10/19}{neu (intern)}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstrstart} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstrstart}}%^^A % Hilfsmacro, das ggf. rekusiv auf ein \cs{dimen}-Register prüft % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\scr@ifisdimen}[1]{% \begingroup - \ifstrstart{\meaning #1}{\detokenize{macro:}}{% + \Ifstrstart{\meaning #1}{\detokenize{macro:}}{% \aftergroup\expandafter\aftergroup\scr@ifisdimen }{% - \ifstrstart{\meaning #1}{\string\dimen}{% + \Ifstrstart{\meaning #1}{\string\dimen}{% \aftergroup\scr@TestDimenAssignTillNil }{% \aftergroup\scr@secondoftwoAfterNil @@ -1649,8 +1645,12 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macro}{\scr@IfAfterEndgroupArgIsRelaxTillNnil} % \changes{v3.20}{2015/10/19}{neu (intern)} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstrstart} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstrstart}}%^^A % \begin{macro}{\scr@IfArgIsRelaxAfterRelaxTillNnil} % \changes{v3.20}{2015/10/19}{neu (intern)} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstrstart} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstrstart}}%^^A % Die Hilfsmakros lesen ein durch \cs{@nnil} begrenztes Argument. Falls dieses % Argument nur aus einer Folge von \cs{relax} besteht, wird das erste Argument % nach \cs{@nnil} ausgeführt, sonst das zweite. @@ -1658,16 +1658,16 @@ \newcommand*\scr@AfterEndGroupIfArgIsRelaxTillNnil{} \def\scr@AfterEndGroupIfArgIsRelaxTillNnil#1\@nnil{% \endgroup - \ifstr{\detokenize{#1}}{\detokenize{\relax}}{\@firstoftwo}{% - \ifstrstart{\detokenize{#1}}{\detokenize{\relax}}{% + \Ifstr{\detokenize{#1}}{\detokenize{\relax}}{\@firstoftwo}{% + \Ifstrstart{\detokenize{#1}}{\detokenize{\relax}}{% \scr@IfArgIsRelaxAfterRelaxTillNnil #1\@nnil }{\@secondoftwo}% }% } \newcommand*\scr@IfArgIsRelaxAfterRelaxTillNnil{} \def\scr@IfArgIsRelaxAfterRelaxTillNnil \relax#1\@nnil{% - \ifstr{\detokenize{#1}}{\detokenize{\relax}}{\@firstoftwo}{% - \ifstrstart{\detokenize{#1}}{\detokenize{\relax}}{% + \Ifstr{\detokenize{#1}}{\detokenize{\relax}}{\@firstoftwo}{% + \Ifstrstart{\detokenize{#1}}{\detokenize{\relax}}{% \scr@IfArgIsRelaxAfterRelaxTillNnil #1\@nnil }{\@secondoftwo}% }% @@ -1693,6 +1693,7 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro}%^^A \scr@@secondoftwoAfterNil % \end{macro}%^^A \scr@secondoftwoAfterNil +% \end{macro}%^^A \Ifisdimen % \end{macro}%^^A \ifisdimen % % \begin{macro}{\ifisskip} @@ -1702,25 +1703,38 @@ % \changes{v3.20}{2015/10/19}{\cs{baselineskip} und \cs{parskip} sind keine % skips}%^^A % \changes{v3.20}{2015/10/19}{Reimplementierung}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/19}{umdefiniert in \cs{Ifisskip}}%^^A +% \begin{macro}{\Ifisskip} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/19}{neu aus Umdefinierung von \cs{ifisskip}}%^^A % Falls das erste Argument ggf. über mehrere Stufen hinweg zu einem % \cs{skip}-Register (und zu nichts weiterem!) expandiert, wird das erste % Argument ausgeführt, sonst das zweite. % \begin{macrocode} %<*base> -\newcommand*{\ifisskip}[1]{% +\providecommand*{\ifisskip}{% + \PackageWarning{scrbase}{Usage of deprecated command + `\string\ifisskip'.\MessageBreak + The command has been renamed because of a\MessageBreak + recommendation of The LaTeX Project Team.\MessageBreak + Please replace `\string\ifisskip' by `\string\Ifisskip'% + }% + \Ifisskip +} +\newcommand*{\Ifisskip}[1]{% \IfArgIsEmpty{#1}{\@secondoftwo}{\scr@ifisskip#1\@nil}% } % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macro}{\scr@ifisskip} % \changes{v3.20}{2015/10/19}{neu (intern)}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstrstart} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstrstart}}%^^A % Hilfsmacro, das ggf. rekusiv auf ein \cs{skip}-Register prüft % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\scr@ifisskip}[1]{% \begingroup - \ifstrstart{\meaning #1}{\detokenize{macro:}}{% + \Ifstrstart{\meaning #1}{\detokenize{macro:}}{% \aftergroup\expandafter\aftergroup\scr@ifisskip }{% - \ifstrstart{\meaning #1}{\string\skip}{% + \Ifstrstart{\meaning #1}{\string\skip}{% \aftergroup\scr@TestSkipAssignTillNil }{% \aftergroup\scr@secondoftwoAfterNil @@ -1747,30 +1761,44 @@ %</base> % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro}%^^A \scr@TestSkipAssignTillNil +% \end{macro}%^^A \Ifisskip % \end{macro}%^^A \ifiskip % % \begin{macro}{\ifiscount} % \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/05}{neu}%^^A % \changes{v3.20}{2015/10/19}{Reimplementierung}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/19}{umdefiniert in \cs{Ifiscount}}%^^A +% \begin{macro}{\Ifiscount} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/19}{neu aus Umdefinierung von \cs{ifiscount}}%^^A % Falls das erste Argument ggf. über mehrere Stufen hinweg zu einem % \cs{count}-Register (und zu nichts weiterem!) expandiert, wird das erste % Argument ausgeführt, sonst das zweite. % \begin{macrocode} %<*base> -\newcommand*{\ifiscount}[1]{% +\providecommand*{\ifiscount}{% + \PackageWarning{scrbase}{Usage of deprecated command + `\string\ifiscount'.\MessageBreak + The command has been renamed because of a\MessageBreak + recommendation of The LaTeX Project Team.\MessageBreak + Please replace `\string\ifiscount' by `\string\Ifiscount'% + }% + \Ifiscount +} +\newcommand*{\Ifiscount}[1]{% \IfArgIsEmpty{#1}{\@secondoftwo}{\scr@ifiscount#1\@nil}% } % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macro}{\scr@ifiscount} % \changes{v3.20}{2015/10/19}{neu (intern)}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstrstart} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstrstart}}%^^A % Hilfsmacro, das ggf. rekusiv auf ein \cs{count}-Register prüft % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\scr@ifiscount}[1]{% \begingroup - \ifstrstart{\meaning #1}{\detokenize{macro:}}{% + \Ifstrstart{\meaning #1}{\detokenize{macro:}}{% \aftergroup\expandafter\aftergroup\scr@ifiscount }{% - \ifstrstart{\meaning #1}{\string\count}{% + \Ifstrstart{\meaning #1}{\string\count}{% \aftergroup\scr@TestCountAssignTillNil }{% \aftergroup\scr@secondoftwoAfterNil @@ -1797,12 +1825,16 @@ %</base> % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro}%^^A \scr@TestCountAssignTillNil +% \end{macro}%^^A \Ifiscount % \end{macro}%^^A \ifiscount % % % \begin{macro}{\ifisdimexpr} % \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/05}{neu}%^^A % \changes{v3.20}{2015/10/19}{Reimplementierung}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/19}{umdefiniert in \cs{Ifisdimexpr}}%^^A +% \begin{macro}{\Ifisdimexpr} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/19}{neu aus Umdefinierung von \cs{ifisdimexpr}}%^^A % Falls das erste Argument ggf. über mehrere Stufen hinweg zu einer % \cs{dimexpr} (und zu nichts weiterem!) expandiert, wird das erste % Argument ausgeführt, sonst das zweite. Dies unterscheidet sich in einem @@ -1811,20 +1843,30 @@ % sondern führt tatsächlich zu einer Fehlermeldung. % \begin{macrocode} %<*base> -\newcommand*{\ifisdimexpr}[1]{% +\providecommand*{\ifisdimexpr}{% + \PackageWarning{scrbase}{Usage of deprecated command + `\string\ifisdimexpr'.\MessageBreak + The command has been renamed because of a\MessageBreak + recommendation of The LaTeX Project Team.\MessageBreak + Please replace `\string\ifisdimexpr' by `\string\Ifisdimexpr'% + }% + \Ifisdimexpr +} +\newcommand*{\Ifisdimexpr}[1]{% \IfArgIsEmpty{#1}{\@secondoftwo}{\scr@ifisdimexpr#1\relax\@nil}% } % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macro}{\scr@ifisdimexpr} % \changes{v3.20}{2015/10/19}{neu (intern)}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstrstart} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstrstart}}%^^A % Hilfsmacro, das ggf. rekusiv auf eine \cs{dimexpr} prüft % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\scr@ifisdimexpr}[1]{% \begingroup - \ifstrstart{\meaning #1}{\detokenize{macro:}}{% + \Ifstrstart{\meaning #1}{\detokenize{macro:}}{% \aftergroup\expandafter\aftergroup\scr@ifisdimexpr }{% - \ifstrstart{\meaning #1}{\string\dimexpr}{% + \Ifstrstart{\meaning #1}{\string\dimexpr}{% \aftergroup\scr@TestDimenAssignTillNil }{% \aftergroup\scr@secondoftwoAfterNil @@ -1836,12 +1878,16 @@ %</base> % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro}%^^A \scr@ifisdimexpr +% \end{macro}%^^A \Ifisdimexpr % \end{macro}%^^A \ifisdimexpr % % % \begin{macro}{\ifisglueexpr} % \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/05}{neu}%^^A % \changes{v3.20}{2015/10/19}{Reimplementierung}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/19}{umdefiniert in \cs{Ifisglueexpr}}%^^A +% \begin{macro}{\Ifisglueexpr} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/19}{neu aus Umdefinierung von \cs{ifisglueexpr}}%^^A % Falls das erste Argument ggf. über mehrere Stufen hinweg zu einer % \cs{glueexpr} (und zu nichts weiterem!) expandiert, wird das erste % Argument ausgeführt, sonst das zweite. Dies unterscheidet sich in einem @@ -1850,20 +1896,30 @@ % sondern führt tatsächlich zu einer Fehlermeldung. % \begin{macrocode} %<*base> -\newcommand*{\ifisglueexpr}[1]{% +\providecommand*{\ifisglueexpr}{% + \PackageWarning{scrbase}{Usage of deprecated command + `\string\ifisglueexpr'.\MessageBreak + The command has been renamed because of a\MessageBreak + recommendation of The LaTeX Project Team.\MessageBreak + Please replace `\string\ifisglueexpr' by `\string\Ifisglueexpr'% + }% + \Ifisglueexpr +} +\newcommand*{\Ifisglueexpr}[1]{% \IfArgIsEmpty{#1}{\@secondoftwo}{\scr@ifisglueexpr#1\relax\@nil}% } % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macro}{\scr@ifisglueexpr} % \changes{v3.20}{2015/10/19}{neu (intern)}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstrstart} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstrstart}}%^^A % Hilfsmacro, das ggf. rekusiv auf eine \cs{glueexpr} prüft % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\scr@ifisglueexpr}[1]{% \begingroup - \ifstrstart{\meaning #1}{\detokenize{macro:}}{% + \Ifstrstart{\meaning #1}{\detokenize{macro:}}{% \aftergroup\expandafter\aftergroup\scr@ifisglueexpr }{% - \ifstrstart{\meaning #1}{\string\glueexpr}{% + \Ifstrstart{\meaning #1}{\string\glueexpr}{% \aftergroup\scr@TestSkipAssignTillNil }{% \aftergroup\scr@secondoftwoAfterNil @@ -1875,34 +1931,48 @@ %</base> % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro}%^^A \scr@ifisglueexpr +% \end{macro}%^^A \Ifisglueexpr % \end{macro}%^^A \ifisglueexpr % % % \begin{macro}{\ifisnumexpr} % \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/05}{neu}%^^A % \changes{v3.20}{2015/10/19}{Reimplementierung}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/19}{umdefiniert in \cs{Ifisnumexpr}}%^^A +% \begin{macro}{\Ifisnumexpr} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/19}{neu aus Umdefinierung von \cs{ifisnumexpr}}%^^A % Falls das erste Argument ggf. über mehrere Stufen hinweg zu einer % \cs{numexpr} (und zu nichts weiterem!) expandiert, wird das erste % Argument ausgeführt, sonst das zweite. Dies unterscheidet sich in einem -% wichtigen Punkt von \cs{ifiscount}: Sollte das ganze zwar als \cs{numexpr} +% wichtigen Punkt von \cs{Ifiscount}: Sollte das ganze zwar als \cs{numexpr} % beginnen, aber syntaktisch nicht korrekt sein, so wird dies nicht erkannt, % sondern führt tatsächlich zu einer Fehlermeldung. % \begin{macrocode} %<*base> -\newcommand*{\ifisnumexpr}[1]{% +\providecommand*{\ifisnumexpr}{% + \PackageWarning{scrbase}{Usage of deprecated command + `\string\ifisnumexpr'.\MessageBreak + The command has been renamed because of a\MessageBreak + recommendation of The LaTeX Project Team.\MessageBreak + Please replace `\string\ifisnumexpr' by `\string\Ifisnumexpr'% + }% + \Ifisnumexpr +} +\newcommand*{\Ifisnumexpr}[1]{% \IfArgIsEmpty{#1}{\@secondoftwo}{\scr@ifisnumexpr#1\relax\@nil}% } % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macro}{\scr@ifisnumexpr} % \changes{v3.20}{2015/10/19}{neu (intern)}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstrstart} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstrstart}}%^^A % Hilfsmacro, das ggf. rekusiv auf eine \cs{numexpr} prüft % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\scr@ifisnumexpr}[1]{% \begingroup - \ifstrstart{\meaning #1}{\detokenize{macro:}}{% + \Ifstrstart{\meaning #1}{\detokenize{macro:}}{% \aftergroup\expandafter\aftergroup\scr@ifisnumexpr }{% - \ifstrstart{\meaning #1}{\string\numexpr}{% + \Ifstrstart{\meaning #1}{\string\numexpr}{% \aftergroup\scr@TestCountAssignTillNil }{% \aftergroup\scr@secondoftwoAfterNil @@ -1914,6 +1984,7 @@ %</base> % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro}%^^A \scr@ifisnumexpr +% \end{macro}%^^A \Ifisnumexpr % \end{macro}%^^A \ifisnumexpr % % @@ -1922,7 +1993,7 @@ % Falls das erste Argument ggf. über mehrere Stufen hinweg zu einem mit % \cs{chardef} definierten Wert (und zu nichts weiterem!) expandiert, wird das % erste Argument ausgeführt, sonst das zweite. Dies unterscheidet sich in einem -% wichtigen Punkt von \cs{ifiscount}: Sollte das ganze zwar wie ein \cs{char} +% wichtigen Punkt von \cs{Ifiscount}: Sollte das ganze zwar wie ein \cs{char} % beginnen, aber syntaktisch nicht korrekt sein, so wird dies nicht erkannt, % sondern führt tatsächlich zu einer Fehlermeldung. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -1933,14 +2004,15 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macro}{\scr@ifisdefchar} % \changes{v3.20}{2015/10/19}{neu (intern)}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstrstart} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstrstart}}%^^A % Hilfsmacro, das ggf. rekusiv auf eine \cs{char} prüft % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\scr@ifisdefchar}[1]{% \begingroup - \ifstrstart{\meaning #1}{\detokenize{macro:}}{% + \Ifstrstart{\meaning #1}{\detokenize{macro:}}{% \aftergroup\expandafter\aftergroup\scr@ifisdefchar }{% - \ifstrstart{\meaning #1}{\string\char\string"}{% + \Ifstrstart{\meaning #1}{\string\char\string"}{% \aftergroup\scr@TestCountAssignTillNil }{% \aftergroup\scr@secondoftwoAfterNil @@ -1957,11 +2029,23 @@ % % \begin{macro}{\ifiscounter} % \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/05}{neu}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/19}{umdefiniert in \cs{Ifiscounter}}%^^A +% \begin{macro}{\Ifiscounter} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/19}{neu aus Umdefinierung von \cs{ifiscounter}}%^^A % Falls die Expansion des ersten Arguments ein \LaTeX-Zähler ist, wird das % zweite Argument ausgeführt, sonst das dritte. % \begin{macrocode} %<*base> -\newcommand*{\ifiscounter}[1]{% +\providecommand*{\ifiscounter}{% + \PackageWarning{scrbase}{Usage of deprecated command + `\string\ifiscounter'.\MessageBreak + The command has been renamed because of a\MessageBreak + recommendation of The LaTeX Project Team.\MessageBreak + Please replace `\string\ifiscounter' by `\string\Ifiscounter'% + }% + \Ifiscounter +} +\newcommand*{\Ifiscounter}[1]{% \begingroup \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{c@#1}{% \aftergroup\@secondoftwo @@ -1972,6 +2056,7 @@ } %</base> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro}%^^A \Ifiscounter % \end{macro}%^^A \ifiscounter % % @@ -1979,25 +2064,38 @@ % \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/05}{neu}%^^A % \changes{v3.12a}{2014/01/24}{Leerzeichenfehler korrigiert}%^^A % \changes{v3.20}{2015/10/19}{Reimplementierung}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/19}{umdefiniert in \cs{Ifisinteger}}%^^A +% \begin{macro}{\Ifisinteger} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/19}{neu aus Umdefinierung von \cs{ifisinteger}}%^^A % Falls die Expansion des ersten Arguments eine (positive oder negative) ganze % Zahl ist, wird das zweite Argument ausgeführt, sonst das dritte. % \begin{macrocode} %<*base> -\newcommand*{\ifisinteger}[1]{% +\providecommand*{\ifisinteger}{% + \PackageWarning{scrbase}{Usage of deprecated command + `\string\ifisinteger'.\MessageBreak + The command has been renamed because of a\MessageBreak + recommendation of The LaTeX Project Team.\MessageBreak + Please replace `\string\ifisinteger' by `\string\Ifisinteger'% + }% + \Ifisinteger +} +\newcommand*{\Ifisinteger}[1]{% \IfArgIsEmpty{#1}{\@secondoftwo}{\scr@ifisinteger#1\@nil}% } % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macro}{\scr@ifisinteger} % \changes{v3.20}{2015/10/19}{neu (intern)}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstrstart} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstrstart}}%^^A % Hilfsmacro, das ggf. rekusiv auf ein Vorzeichen oder eine positive Zahl % prüft. % \begin{macrocode} \def\scr@ifisinteger#1{% \begingroup - \ifstrstart{\meaning #1}{\detokenize{macro:}}{% + \Ifstrstart{\meaning #1}{\detokenize{macro:}}{% \aftergroup\expandafter\aftergroup\scr@ifisinteger\aftergroup#1% }{% - \ifstrstart{\meaning #1}{\detokenize{the character}}{% + \Ifstrstart{\meaning #1}{\detokenize{the character}}{% \if #1-\aftergroup\scr@ifisinteger \else \if #1+\aftergroup\scr@ifisinteger @@ -2015,7 +2113,7 @@ \fi \fi }{% - \ifstrstart{\meaning #1}{\string\char\string"}{% + \Ifstrstart{\meaning #1}{\string\char\string"}{% \aftergroup\scr@TestCountAssignTillNil }{% \def\reserved@c{% @@ -2044,7 +2142,7 @@ \tolerance,\topskip,% \wd,\vbadness,\vfuzz,\vsize \do {% - \expandafter\ifstr\expandafter{\expandafter\string\reserved@a}{% + \expandafter\Ifstr\expandafter{\expandafter\string\reserved@a}{% \meaning #1% }{% \def\reserved@c{\aftergroup\scr@TestCountAssignTillNil}% @@ -2060,6 +2158,7 @@ %</base> % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro}%^^A \scr@ifisinteger +% \end{macro}%^^A \Ifisinteger % \end{macro}%^^A \ifisinteger % % @@ -2089,17 +2188,31 @@ % \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/05}{neu}%^^A % \changes{v3.12a}{2014/01/24}{Leerzeichenfehler korrigiert}%^^A % \changes{v3.20}{2015/10/20}{Reimplementierung}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/19}{umdefiniert in \cs{Ifisdimension}}%^^A +% \begin{macro}{\Ifisdimension} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/19}{neu aus Umdefinierung von \cs{ifisdimension}}%^^A % Falls die stufenweise Expansion des ersten Arguments eine (positive oder % negative) Länge ist, wird das zweite Argument ausgeführt, sonst das % dritte. % \begin{macrocode} %<*base> -\newcommand*{\ifisdimension}[1]{% +\providecommand*{\ifisdimension}{% + \PackageWarning{scrbase}{Usage of deprecated command + `\string\ifisdimension'.\MessageBreak + The command has been renamed because of a\MessageBreak + recommendation of The LaTeX Project Team.\MessageBreak + Please replace `\string\ifisdimension' by `\string\Ifisdimension'% + }% + \Ifisdimension +} +\newcommand*{\Ifisdimension}[1]{% \IfArgIsEmpty{#1}{\@secondoftwo}{\scr@ifisdimension#1\@nil}% } % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macro}{\scr@ifisdimension} % \changes{v3.20}{2015/10/20}{neu (intern)} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstrstart} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstrstart}}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/23}{Vorzeichenfall \texttt{+} korrigiert}%^^A % Eigentlich wäre dieses Hilfsmakro extrem aufwändig, da eine Dimension recht % komplex aufgebaut sein darf. Ich habe aber beschlossen, hier mit einer % Heuristik zu Werke zu gehen: Wenn das Argument mit einer beliebigen Anzahl @@ -2110,13 +2223,13 @@ % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\scr@ifisdimension}[1]{% \begingroup - \ifstrstart{\meaning #1}{\detokenize{macro:}}{% + \Ifstrstart{\meaning #1}{\detokenize{macro:}}{% \aftergroup\expandafter\aftergroup\scr@ifisdimension\aftergroup#1% }{% - \ifstrstart{\meaning #1}{\detokenize{the character}}{% + \Ifstrstart{\meaning #1}{\detokenize{the character}}{% \if #1-\aftergroup\scr@ifisdimension \else - \if #1-\aftergroup\scr@ifisdimension + \if #1+\aftergroup\scr@ifisdimension \else \if #1.% \aftergroup\scr@TestDimensionAssignTillNil @@ -2143,7 +2256,7 @@ \fi \fi }{% - \ifstrstart{\meaning #1}{\string\char\string"}{% + \Ifstrstart{\meaning #1}{\string\char\string"}{% \aftergroup\scr@TestDimensionAssignTillNil }{% \def\reserved@c{% @@ -2173,7 +2286,7 @@ \tolerance,\topskip,% \wd,\vbadness,\vfuzz,\vsize \do {% - \expandafter\ifstr\expandafter{\expandafter\string\reserved@a}{% + \expandafter\Ifstr\expandafter{\expandafter\string\reserved@a}{% \meaning #1% }{% \def\reserved@c{\aftergroup\scr@TestDimensionAssignTillNil}% @@ -2203,8 +2316,12 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macro}{\scr@IfAfterEndgroupArgIsRelaxTillptNnil} % \changes{v3.20}{2015/10/19}{neu (intern)} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstrstart} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstrstart}}%^^A % \begin{macro}{\scr@IfArgIsRelaxAfterRelaxTillptNnil} % \changes{v3.20}{2015/10/19}{neu (intern)} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstrstart} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstrstart}}%^^A % Die Hilfsmakros lesen ein durch \cs{@nnil} begrenztes Argument. Falls dieses % Argument nur aus einer Folge von \cs{relax} besteht, wird das erste Argument % nach \cs{@nnil} ausgeführt, sonst das zweite. @@ -2212,16 +2329,16 @@ \newcommand*\scr@AfterEndGroupIfArgIsRelaxTillptNnil{} \def\scr@AfterEndGroupIfArgIsRelaxTillptNnil#1\@nnil{% \endgroup - \ifstr{\detokenize{#1}}{\detokenize{pt}}{\@firstoftwo}{% - \ifstrstart{\detokenize{#1}}{\detokenize{\relax}}{% + \Ifstr{\detokenize{#1}}{\detokenize{pt}}{\@firstoftwo}{% + \Ifstrstart{\detokenize{#1}}{\detokenize{\relax}}{% \scr@IfArgIsRelaxAfterRelaxTillptNnil #1\@nnil }{\@secondoftwo}% }% } \newcommand*\scr@IfArgIsRelaxAfterRelaxTillptNnil{} \def\scr@IfArgIsRelaxAfterRelaxTillptNnil \relax#1pt\@nnil{% - \ifstr{\detokenize{#1}}{\detokenize{pt}}{\@firstoftwo}{% - \ifstrstart{\detokenize{#1}}{\detokenize{\relax}}{% + \Ifstr{\detokenize{#1}}{\detokenize{pt}}{\@firstoftwo}{% + \Ifstrstart{\detokenize{#1}}{\detokenize{\relax}}{% \scr@IfArgIsRelaxAfterRelaxTillptNnil #1\@nnil }{\@secondoftwo}% }% @@ -2232,6 +2349,7 @@ % \end{macro}%^^A \scr@IfArgIsRelaxTillptNnil % \end{macro}%^^A \scr@DimensionSkipAssignTillNil % \end{macro}%^^A \scr@ifisdimension +% \end{macro}%^^A \Ifisdimension % \end{macro}%^^A \ifisdimension % % @@ -2239,17 +2357,34 @@ % \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/05}{neu}%^^A % \changes{v3.12a}{2014/01/24}{Leerzeichenfehler korrigiert}%^^A % \changes{v3.20}{2015/10/21}{Reimplementierung}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/19}{umdefiniert in \cs{Ifisglue}}%^^A +% \begin{macro}{\Ifisglue} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/19}{neu aus Umdefinierung von \cs{ifisglue}}%^^A % Falls die stufenweise Expansion des ersten Arguments eine (positive oder % negative) Länge mit Leim ist, wird das zweite Argument ausgeführt, sonst das % dritte. % \begin{macrocode} %<*base> -\newcommand*{\ifisglue}[1]{% +\providecommand*{\ifisglue}{% + \PackageWarning{scrbase}{Usage of deprecated command + `\string\ifisglue'.\MessageBreak + The command has been renamed because of a\MessageBreak + recommendation of The LaTeX Project Team.\MessageBreak + Please replace `\string\ifisglue' by `\string\Ifisglue'% + }% + \Ifisglue +} +\newcommand*{\Ifisglue}[1]{% \IfArgIsEmpty{#1}{\@secondoftwo}{\scr@ifisglue#1\@nil}% } % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macro}{\scr@ifisglue} % \changes{v3.20}{2015/10/21}{neu (intern)} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstrstart} umbenannt in +% \cs{Ifstrstart}}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/23}{Vorzeichenfall \texttt{+} korrigiert}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/23}{im Plusfall \cs{ifisdimension} durch +% \cs{ifisglue} ersetzt}%^^A % Eigentlich wäre dieses Hilfsmakro extrem aufwändig, da Leim recht % komplex aufgebaut sein darf. Ich habe aber beschlossen, hier mit einer % Heuristik zu Werke zu gehen: Wenn das Argument mit einer beliebigen Anzahl @@ -2260,13 +2395,13 @@ % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\scr@ifisglue}[1]{% \begingroup - \ifstrstart{\meaning #1}{\detokenize{macro:}}{% + \Ifstrstart{\meaning #1}{\detokenize{macro:}}{% \aftergroup\expandafter\aftergroup\scr@ifisglue\aftergroup#1% }{% - \ifstrstart{\meaning #1}{\detokenize{the character}}{% + \Ifstrstart{\meaning #1}{\detokenize{the character}}{% \if #1-\aftergroup\scr@ifisglue \else - \if #1-\aftergroup\scr@ifisdimension + \if #1+\aftergroup\scr@ifisglue \else \if #1.% \aftergroup\scr@TestGlueAssignTillNil @@ -2293,7 +2428,7 @@ \fi \fi }{% - \ifstrstart{\meaning #1}{\string\char\string"}{% + \Ifstrstart{\meaning #1}{\string\char\string"}{% \aftergroup\scr@TestGlueAssignTillNil }{% \def\reserved@c{% @@ -2323,7 +2458,7 @@ \tolerance,\topskip,% \wd,\vbadness,\vfuzz,\vsize \do {% - \expandafter\ifstr\expandafter{\expandafter\string\reserved@a}{% + \expandafter\Ifstr\expandafter{\expandafter\string\reserved@a}{% \meaning #1% }{% \def\reserved@c{\aftergroup\scr@TestGlueAssignTillNil}% @@ -2354,6 +2489,7 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro}%^^A \scr@TestGlueAssignTillNil % \end{macro}%^^A \scr@ifisglue +% \end{macro}%^^A \Ifisglue % \end{macro}%^^A \ifisglue % % @@ -2362,12 +2498,36 @@ % \cs{endgroup}\cs{expandafter}}%^^A % \changes{v3.12a}{2014/01/24}{Leerzeichenfehler korrigiert}%^^A % \changes{v3.27}{2019/08/26}{leere Argumente werden korrekt behandelt}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifnumber} umbenannt in \cs{Ifnumber}}%^^A +% \begin{macro}{\Ifnumber} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{Neu aus Umbenennung von \cs{ifnumber}}%^^A % Dieses Makro testet, ob ein übergebener Parameter eine positive, % ganze Zahl ist. Ist dies der Fall, wird der zweite Parameter % ausgeführt, sonst der dritte. % \begin{macrocode} %<*base> -\newcommand\ifnumber[1]{% +\providecommand*{\ifnumber}{% +% \end{macrocode} +% Die Warnung darf nicht ausgegeben werden, wenn \textsf{babelbib} geladen +% wurde, weil das Paket die Anweisung ebenfalls definiert, aber nur, wenn sie +% nicht bereits definiert war. Dabei werden übrigens teilweise Makronamen mit +% dem Präfix \cs{scr@} definiert, was ich gar nicht lustig finde. Ãœberhaupt +% geht das böse in die Hose, wenn \textsf{babelbib} vor \texttt{scrbase} +% geladen wird, was ja durchaus passieren kann. Möglichweise werde ich daher +% die Sonderbehandlung an dieser Stelle auch wieder entfernen, sobald ich die +% Anleitung von \textsf{babelbib} auf \textsf{biblatex} umgestellt habe. +% \begin{macrocode} + \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{ver@babelbib.sty}{% + \PackageWarning{scrbase}{Usage of deprecated command + `\string\ifnumber'.\MessageBreak + The command has been renamed because of a\MessageBreak + recommendation of The LaTeX Project Team.\MessageBreak + Please replace `\string\ifnumber' by `\string\Ifnumber'% + }% + }{}% + \Ifnumber +} +\newcommand\Ifnumber[1]{% \begingroup\@tempswafalse\let\scr@next\test@number \IfArgIsEmpty{#1}{}{\expandafter\scr@next#1\scr@next}% \if@tempswa @@ -2417,15 +2577,29 @@ % \end{macro} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} +% \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\ifintnumber} % \changes{v3.12}{2013/10/30}{neu}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifintnumber} umbenannt in +% \cs{Ifintnumber}}%^^A +% \begin{macro}{\Ifintnumber} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{neu aus Umbenennung von \cs{ifintnumber}} % Ist das erste Argument eine positive oder negative ganze Zahl, to wird das % zweite Argument ausgeführt, sonst das dritte. Wie bei \TeX{} auch sind % beliebig viele Vorzeichen erlaubt. % \begin{macrocode} %<*base> -\newcommand\ifintnumber[1]{% +\providecommand*{\ifintnumber}{% + \PackageWarning{scrbase}{Usage of deprecated command + `\string\ifintnumber'.\MessageBreak + The command has been renamed because of a\MessageBreak + recommendation of The LaTeX Project Team.\MessageBreak + Please replace `\string\ifintnumber' by `\string\Ifintnumber'% + }% + \Ifintnumber +} +\newcommand\Ifintnumber[1]{% \begingroup\@tempswafalse\let\scr@next\scr@test@sign \expandafter\scr@next#1\scr@next \if@tempswa @@ -2457,14 +2631,27 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} +% \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\ifdimen} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{umbenannt in \cs{Ifdimen}}%^^A +% \begin{macro}{\Ifdimen} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{neu aus Umbenennung von \cs{ifdimen}}%^^A % Dieses Makro testet, ob ein übergebener Parameter eine Dimension % ist und führt in Abhängigkeit davon den zweiten oder dritten % Parameter aus. % \begin{macrocode} %<*base> -\newcommand{\ifdimen}[1]{% +\providecommand*{\ifdimen}{% + \PackageWarning{scrbase}{Usage of deprecated command + `\string\ifdimen'.\MessageBreak + The command has been renamed because of a\MessageBreak + recommendation of The LaTeX Project Team.\MessageBreak + Please replace `\string\ifdimen' by `\string\Ifdimen'% + }% + \Ifdimen +} +\newcommand{\Ifdimen}[1]{% \begingroup\@tempswatrue\let\scr@next\test@posdimen \expandafter\test@dimen#1\scr@next \if@tempswa @@ -2525,24 +2712,25 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macro}{\test@@ifdimunt} % \changes{v3.21}{2016/05/27}{elf bis zwölf Einheiten nicht neun} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A % Anschließend wird dann getestet, ob es sich um eine der elf bis zwölf % üblichen Einheiten handelt. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\test@@ifdimunt[1]{% \@tempswafalse - \ifstr{#1}{pt}{\@tempswatrue}{% - \ifstr{#1}{pc}{\@tempswatrue}{% - \ifstr{#1}{in}{\@tempswatrue}{% - \ifstr{#1}{bp}{\@tempswatrue}{% - \ifstr{#1}{cm}{\@tempswatrue}{% - \ifstr{#1}{mm}{\@tempswatrue}{% - \ifstr{#1}{dd}{\@tempswatrue}{% - \ifstr{#1}{cc}{\@tempswatrue}{% - \ifstr{#1}{sp}{\@tempswatrue}{% - \ifstr{#1}{ex}{\@tempswatrue}{% - \ifstr{#1}{em}{\@tempswatrue}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{pt}{\@tempswatrue}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{pc}{\@tempswatrue}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{in}{\@tempswatrue}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{bp}{\@tempswatrue}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{cm}{\@tempswatrue}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{mm}{\@tempswatrue}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{dd}{\@tempswatrue}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{cc}{\@tempswatrue}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{sp}{\@tempswatrue}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{ex}{\@tempswatrue}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{em}{\@tempswatrue}{% \scr@ifpdfoutput{% - \ifstr{#1}{px}{\@tempswatrue}{}% + \Ifstr{#1}{px}{\@tempswatrue}{}% }{}% }% }% @@ -2564,19 +2752,18 @@ % \end{macro} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} +% \end{macro} % % % \begin{macro}{\ifpdftex} % \changes{v2.95}{2002/08/19}{neu}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{entfernt}%^^A % \begin{macro}{\scr@ifpdftex} % \changes{v2.95}{2002/08/19}{neu (intern)}%^^A % If-then-else-Konstrukt, um zu testen, ob pdf\TeX{} verwendet wird. % \begin{macrocode} %<*base> \newcommand{\scr@ifpdftex}{\ifnotundefined{pdftexversion}} -\let@as@internal@defined{ifpdftex} -\BeforePackage{pdfcprot}{\let\ifpdftex\relax} -\AfterPackage{pdfcprot}{\let@as@internal@defined{ifpdftex}} %</base> % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} @@ -2607,7 +2794,8 @@ % % \begin{macro}{\ifVTeX} % \changes{v2.95}{2002/08/19}{neu}%^^A -% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/06/20}{umdefiniert von \cs{ifvtex}} +% \changes{v2.97c}{2007/06/20}{umdefiniert von \cs{ifvtex}}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{entfernt}%^^A % \begin{macro}{\scr@ifVTeX} % \changes{v2.95}{2002/08/19}{neu}%^^A % \changes{v2.97c}{2007/06/20}{umdefiniert von \cs{scr@ifvtex}} @@ -2615,7 +2803,6 @@ % \begin{macrocode} %<*base> \newcommand{\scr@ifVTeX}{\ifnotundefined{VTeXversion}} -\let@as@internal@defined{ifVTeX} %</base> % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} @@ -2626,7 +2813,10 @@ % \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/19}{\cs{pdfoutput} wird nicht mehr zu % \cs{relax}, wenn zuvor undefiniert} % \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/19}{darf bereits definiert sein}%^^A -% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/19}{Verwendung von \cs{scr@ifpdfoutput}} +% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/19}{Verwendung von \cs{scr@ifpdfoutput}}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{Umbenannt in \cs{Ifpdfoutput}}%^^A +% \begin{macro}{\Ifpdfoutput} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{Neu aus Umbenennung von \cs{ifpdfoutput}}%^^A % \begin{macro}{\scr@ifpdfoutput} % \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/19}{neu (intern)}%^^A % \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/13}{funktioniert}%^^A @@ -2665,14 +2855,27 @@ \fi }% }% -\let@as@internal@defined{ifpdfoutput} +\providecommand*{\ifpdfoutput}{% + \PackageWarning{scrbase}{Usage of deprecated command + `\string\ifpdfoutput'.\MessageBreak + The command has been renamed because of a\MessageBreak + recommendation of The LaTeX Project Team.\MessageBreak + Please replace `\string\ifpdfoutput' by `\string\Ifpdfoutput'% + }% + \Ifpdfoutput +} +\newcommand*{\Ifpdfoutput}{\scr@ifpdfoutput} %</base> % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} +% \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\ifpsoutput} % \changes{v2.95}{2002/08/21}{neu}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{umbenannt in \cs{Ifpsoutput}}%^^A +% \begin{macro}{\Ifpsoutput} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{neu aus Umbenennung von \cs{ifpsoutput}}%^^A % \begin{macro}{\scr@ifpsoutput} % \changes{v2.95}{2002/08/21}{neu (intern)}%^^A % \changes{v2.95}{2004/07/20}{Expandierbarkeit verbessert}%^^A @@ -2699,14 +2902,27 @@ }% }% } -\let@as@internal@defined{ifpsoutput} +\providecommand*{\ifpsoutput}{% + \PackageWarning{scrbase}{Usage of deprecated command + `\string\ifpsoutput'.\MessageBreak + The command has been renamed because of a\MessageBreak + recommendation of The LaTeX Project Team.\MessageBreak + Please replace `\string\ifpsoutput' by `\string\Ifpsoutput'% + }% + \Ifpsoutput +} +\newcommand*{\Ifpsoutput}{\scr@ifpsoutput} %</base> % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} +% \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\ifdvioutput} % \changes{v2.95}{2002/08/21}{neu}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{umbenannt in \cs{Ifdvioutput}}%^^A +% \begin{macro}{\Ifdvioutput} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{neu aus Umbenennung von \cs{ifdvioutput}}%^^A % \begin{macro}{\scr@ifdvioutput} % \changes{v2.95}{2002/08/21}{neu (intern)}%^^A % \changes{v2.95}{2004/07/20}{Expandierbarkeit verbessert}%^^A @@ -2742,11 +2958,21 @@ \fi }% } -\let@as@internal@defined{ifdvioutput} +\providecommand*{\ifdvioutput}{% + \PackageWarning{scrbase}{Usage of deprecated command + `\string\ifdvioutput'.\MessageBreak + The command has been renamed because of a\MessageBreak + recommendation of The LaTeX Project Team.\MessageBreak + Please replace `\string\ifdvioutput' by `\string\Ifdvioutput'% + }% + \Ifdvioutput +} +\newcommand*{\Ifdvioutput}{\scr@ifdvioutput} %</base> % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} +% \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\scr@smashdp} % \changes{v2.97c}{2007/09/17}{neu (intern)}%^^A @@ -2841,7 +3067,9 @@ % \textsf{remreset} und \textsf{chngcntr}}%^^A % Dieser alte Bekannte aus dem Paket \textsf{remreset} wird auch von % \KOMAScript{} benötigt. Es ist einfacher, ihn selbst zu definieren, als sich -% auf andere Pakete zu verlassen. +% auf andere Pakete zu verlassen. Ab \LaTeX~2018-04-01 ist das aber auch +% Bestandteil von \LaTeX. Deshalb ist es in jedem Fall sinnvoll die Definition +% nur vorzunehmen, wenn es nicht definiert ist. % \begin{macrocode} %<*base> \providecommand*\@removefromreset[2]{% @@ -2911,6 +3139,7 @@ % \changes{v3.23}{2017/02/16}{Korrektur: Haken danach verwendet die Familie % statt des Mitglieds}%^^A % \changes{v3.27}{2019/10/02}{Fehlermeldungen verbessert}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A % Entspriche \cs{ExecuteOptions} jedoch \textsf{keyval}-Optionen. Insbesondere % ist die Anweisung reentrant! Es ist jedoch zu beachten, dass der hook lokal % zum jeweiligen Aufruf ist. @@ -2989,7 +3218,7 @@ }% }{% \scr@execute@option{#2}% - \ifstr{#1}{}{}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{}{}{% % \end{macrocode} % \changes{v3.20}{2015/11/18}{Memberoptionstest nach Familyoptionsausführung % korrigiert}%^^A @@ -3215,7 +3444,7 @@ % tatsächlich kein Mitglied eine solche Option oder eine % \texttt{@else@}-Option hatte. % \begin{macrocode} - \ifstr{\reserved@a}{#1}{}{% + \Ifstr{\reserved@a}{#1}{}{% \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{KV@\reserved@a @@else@}{}{% \expandafter\scr@execute@elseoption\expandafter{\reserved@a}% \ifx\FamilyKeyState\FamilyKeyStateProcessed @@ -3264,6 +3493,11 @@ \ifscr@key@found@ \ifx\scr@key@run@errors\relax\else \ifx\scr@key@run@errors\@empty\else +% \end{macrocode} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/23}{Fehlermeldungen und Infos korrigiert}%^^A +% Jetzt muss gegebenenfalls noch eine \texttt{@else@} Option behandelt und +% abhängig davon entweder ein Fehler oder eine Info ausgegeben werden. +% \begin{macrocode} \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{KV@#1@@else@}{% \PackageError{scrbase}{% unknown option @@ -3277,8 +3511,7 @@ `\expandafter\detokenize\expandafter{\scr@key@value}'% \fi.\MessageBreak Here's what each member says: - \scr@key@run@errors\MessageBreak - o\expandafter\@gobble + \scr@key@run@errors }% }{% \scr@execute@elseoption{#1}% @@ -3309,8 +3542,7 @@ `\expandafter\detokenize\expandafter{\scr@key@value}'% \fi.\MessageBreak Here's what each member says: - \scr@key@run@errors\MessageBreak - o\expandafter\@gobble + \scr@key@run@errors }% \fi }% @@ -3929,18 +4161,19 @@ % \changes{v3.00}{2008/04/30}{Neue Anweisung}%^^A % \changes{v3.11a}{2012/05/25}{Argument in Fehlermeldung korrigiert}%^^A % \changes{v3.27}{2019/07/08}{Leeres Argument ist \texttt{true}}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A % Ãœber diese Anweisung wird der Wert dann gesetzt. Dabei ist das erste % Argument die Familie, das zweite der Name des Schlüssels, das dritte der % Schalter und das vierte schließlich der gewünschte Wert. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\FamilySetBool}[4]{% - \ifstr{#4}{}{\@nameuse{#3true}\FamilyKeyStateProcessed}{% - \ifstr{#4}{true}{\@nameuse{#3true}\FamilyKeyStateProcessed}{% - \ifstr{#4}{on}{\@nameuse{#3true}\FamilyKeyStateProcessed}{% - \ifstr{#4}{yes}{\@nameuse{#3true}\FamilyKeyStateProcessed}{% - \ifstr{#4}{false}{\@nameuse{#3false}\FamilyKeyStateProcessed}{% - \ifstr{#4}{off}{\@nameuse{#3false}\FamilyKeyStateProcessed}{% - \ifstr{#4}{no}{\@nameuse{#3false}\FamilyKeyStateProcessed}{% + \Ifstr{#4}{}{\@nameuse{#3true}\FamilyKeyStateProcessed}{% + \Ifstr{#4}{true}{\@nameuse{#3true}\FamilyKeyStateProcessed}{% + \Ifstr{#4}{on}{\@nameuse{#3true}\FamilyKeyStateProcessed}{% + \Ifstr{#4}{yes}{\@nameuse{#3true}\FamilyKeyStateProcessed}{% + \Ifstr{#4}{false}{\@nameuse{#3false}\FamilyKeyStateProcessed}{% + \Ifstr{#4}{off}{\@nameuse{#3false}\FamilyKeyStateProcessed}{% + \Ifstr{#4}{no}{\@nameuse{#3false}\FamilyKeyStateProcessed}{% \FamilyUnknownKeyValue{#1}{#2}{#4}{% `true', `on', `yes', `false', `off', `no'% }% @@ -4090,13 +4323,13 @@ \begingroup \protected@edef\reserved@a{#4}% \def\reserved@b{\endgroup\value{#3}=#4\relax\FamilyKeyStateProcessed}% - \expandafter\ifiscount\expandafter{\reserved@a}{}{% - \expandafter\ifisdimen\expandafter{\reserved@a}{}{% - \expandafter\ifisskip\expandafter{\reserved@a}{}{% - \expandafter\ifisnumexpr\expandafter{\reserved@a}{}{% - \expandafter\ifisdimexpr\expandafter{\reserved@a}{}{% - \expandafter\ifisinteger\expandafter{\reserved@a}{}{% - \expandafter\ifiscounter\expandafter{\reserved@a}{% + \expandafter\Ifiscount\expandafter{\reserved@a}{}{% + \expandafter\Ifisdimen\expandafter{\reserved@a}{}{% + \expandafter\Ifisskip\expandafter{\reserved@a}{}{% + \expandafter\Ifisnumexpr\expandafter{\reserved@a}{}{% + \expandafter\Ifisdimexpr\expandafter{\reserved@a}{}{% + \expandafter\Ifisinteger\expandafter{\reserved@a}{}{% + \expandafter\Ifiscounter\expandafter{\reserved@a}{% \def\reserved@b{% \endgroup\value{#3}=\value{#4}\FamilyKeyStateProcessed }% @@ -4238,41 +4471,68 @@ % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\FamilySetLength}[4]{% \begingroup - \protected@edef\reserved@a{#4}% - \expandafter\ifiscount\expandafter{\reserved@a}{% + \protected@edef\reserved@a{#4}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Zusammen mit \cs{@defaultsunits} (siehe unten) wäre hier das sinnvoll: +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*neveruse> + \expandafter\Ifiscount\expandafter{\reserved@a}{% \aftergroup\@firstoftwo }{% - \expandafter\ifisdimen\expandafter{\reserved@a}{% +%</neveruse> + \expandafter\Ifisdimen\expandafter{\reserved@a}{% \aftergroup\@firstoftwo }{% - \expandafter\ifisskip\expandafter{\reserved@a}{% + \expandafter\Ifisskip\expandafter{\reserved@a}{% \aftergroup\@firstoftwo }{% - \expandafter\ifisnumexpr\expandafter{\reserved@a}{% +% \end{macrocode} +% Zusammen mit \cs{@defaultsunits} (siehe unten) wäre hier das sinnvoll: +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*neveruse> + \expandafter\Ifisnumexpr\expandafter{\reserved@a}{% \aftergroup\@firstoftwo }{% - \expandafter\ifisdimexpr\expandafter{\reserved@a}{% +%</neveruse> + \expandafter\Ifisdimexpr\expandafter{\reserved@a}{% \aftergroup\@firstoftwo }{% - \expandafter\ifisglueexpr\expandafter{\reserved@a}{% + \expandafter\Ifisglueexpr\expandafter{\reserved@a}{% \aftergroup\@firstoftwo }{% - \expandafter\ifisglue\expandafter{\reserved@a}{% + \expandafter\Ifisglue\expandafter{\reserved@a}{% \aftergroup\@firstoftwo }{% \aftergroup\@secondoftwo }% }% }% +%<*neveruse> }% +%</neveruse> }% }% +%<*neveruse> }% +%</neveruse> \endgroup +% \end{macrocode} +% TODO: An der Stelle wäre etwas wie: +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*neveruse> + {\@defaultunits#3=#4pt\relax\@nnil\FamilyKeyStateProcessed} +%</neveruse> +% schön. Aber aus irgend einem Grund habe ich mich seinerzeit dafür +% entschieden, die einfacher Form zu wählen: +% \begin{macrocode} {#3=#4\FamilyKeyStateProcessed}% {% \FamilyUnknownKeyValue{#1}{#2}{#4}{% - length values, counters, lengths, skips, dimens + length values, +%<*neveruse> + counters, +%</neveruse> + lengths, skips, dimens }% }% } @@ -4846,6 +5106,7 @@ % % \begin{macro}{\ForDoHook} % \changes{v3.27}{2019/02/05}{New}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A % Arguments: % \begin{description} % \item[\meta{specificator}:] @@ -4861,7 +5122,7 @@ % \begin{macrocode} %<*base> \newcommand*{\ForDoHook}[2]{% - \ifstr{#1}{}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{}{% \PackageError{scrbase}{empty do-hook specificator}{% You've tried to use an empty do-hook specificator,\MessageBreak but do-hook specificators must not be empty.% @@ -4884,6 +5145,7 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macro}{\SplitDoHook} % \changes{v3.27}{2019/02/04}{New}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A % Arguments: % \begin{description} % \item[\meta{specificator}:] @@ -4896,7 +5158,7 @@ % command} is defined to be the rest. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\SplitDoHook}[3]{% - \ifstr{#1}{}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{}{% \PackageWarning{scrbase}{empty do-hook specificator}% \let#2\@empty\let#3\@empty }{% @@ -4989,7 +5251,7 @@ % is local to the current group. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\AddtoDoHook}[2]{% - \ifstr{#1}{}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{}{% \PackageError{scrbase}{empty hook specificator}{% As hook specificators can never be empty, the first argument\MessageBreak of \string\AddtoDoHook\space must expand to an not empty string.% @@ -5006,6 +5268,7 @@ % % \begin{macro}{\AddtoOneTimeDoHook} % \changes{v3.27}{2019/02/02}{New}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A % Arguments: % \begin{description} % \item[\meta{specificator}:] @@ -5017,7 +5280,7 @@ % is executed only once. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\AddtoOneTimeDoHook}[2]{% - \ifstr{#1}{}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{}{% \PackageError{scrbase}{empty hook specificator}{% As hook specificators can never be empty, the first argument\MessageBreak of \string\AddtoDoHook\space must expand to an not empty string.% diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-bibliography.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-bibliography.dtx index 48950683bc..a00422db94 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-bibliography.dtx +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-bibliography.dtx @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ % Right brace \} Tilde \~} % % \iffalse -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-bibliography.dtx 3262 2019-10-10 08:25:29Z kohm $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-bibliography.dtx 3390 2019-11-18 17:09:35Z kohm $ %<option>%%% (run: option) %<body>%%% (run: body) %<*dtx> @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ \ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi \begingroup \def\filedate$#1: #2-#3-#4 #5${\gdef\filedate{#2/#3/#4}} - \filedate$Date: 2019-10-10 10:25:29 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + \filedate$Date: 2019-11-18 18:09:35 +0100 (Mon, 18 Nov 2019) $ \def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\gdef\filerevision{r#2}} \filerevision$Revision: 1872 $ \edef\reserved@a{% @@ -155,12 +155,13 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macro}{\scr@current@bibstyle} % \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/12}{Neu (intern)}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A % Das Makro \cs{scr@current@bibstyle} wird benötigt, um den aktuellen Wert von % Option \texttt{bibliography} korrigieren zu können. Es wird direkt vom Stil % definiert, der auch die Korrektur des Optionenwerts durchführt. % \begin{macrocode} \@ifundefined{scr@current@bibstyle}{}{% - \ifstr{\scr@current@bibstyle}{}{}{% + \Ifstr{\scr@current@bibstyle}{}{}{% \edef\reserved@a{% \noexpand\KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{bibliography}% {\scr@current@bibstyle}% diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-compatibility.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-compatibility.dtx index 417376acfd..5c2a3ddb39 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-compatibility.dtx +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-compatibility.dtx @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -% \CheckSum{219} +% \CheckSum{221} % \iffalse meta-comment % ====================================================================== % scrkernel-compatibility.dtx @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ % Right brace \} Tilde \~} % % \iffalse -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-compatibility.dtx 3262 2019-10-10 08:25:29Z kohm $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-compatibility.dtx 3397 2019-11-20 10:26:14Z kohm $ %<identify>%%% (run: identify) %<init>%%% (run: init) %<option>%%% (run: option) @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ \ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi \begingroup \def\filedate$#1: #2-#3-#4 #5${\def\filedate{#2/#3/#4}} - \filedate$Date: 2019-10-10 10:25:29 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + \filedate$Date: 2019-11-20 11:26:14 +0100 (Wed, 20 Nov 2019) $ \def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\def\filerevision{r#2}} \filerevision$Revision: 1638 $ \edef\reserved@a{% @@ -422,6 +422,10 @@ % \changes{v3.26b}{2018/12/30}{Neues Macro} % \begin{macro}{\scr@v@3.27} % \changes{v3.27}{2019/02/02}{Neues Macro} +% \begin{macro}{\scr@v@3.27a} +% \changes{v3.27a}{2019/10/13}{Neues Macro} +% \begin{macro}{\scr@v@3.28} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/20}{Neues Macro} % \begin{macro}{\scr@v@last} % \changes{v2.9u}{2005/03/05}{Neues Macro}%^^A % Nun die unterschiedlichen möglichen Werte (|\scr@v@last| ist jeweils die @@ -497,6 +501,8 @@ \@namedef{scr@v@3.26a}{17} \@namedef{scr@v@3.26b}{17} \@namedef{scr@v@3.27}{17} +\@namedef{scr@v@3.27a}{17} +\@namedef{scr@v@3.28}{17} \@namedef{scr@v@last}{17} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} @@ -556,6 +562,8 @@ % \end{macro} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-floats.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-floats.dtx index 9e792a501a..b10ee811fc 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-floats.dtx +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-floats.dtx @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -% \CheckSum{1690} +% \CheckSum{1693} % \iffalse meta-comment % ====================================================================== % scrkernel-floats.dtx @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ % Right brace \} Tilde \~} % % \iffalse -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-floats.dtx 3262 2019-10-10 08:25:29Z kohm $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-floats.dtx 3394 2019-11-19 11:56:28Z kohm $ %<option>%%% (run: option) %<body>%%% (run: body) %<*dtx> @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ \ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi \begingroup \def\filedate$#1: #2-#3-#4 #5${\gdef\filedate{#2/#3/#4}} - \filedate$Date: 2019-10-10 10:25:29 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + \filedate$Date: 2019-11-19 12:56:28 +0100 (Tue, 19 Nov 2019) $ \def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\gdef\filerevision{r#2}} \filerevision$Revision: 1962 $ \edef\reserved@a{% @@ -695,6 +695,8 @@ % gesamte Satzaufwand an. % \changes{v2.9a}{2002/06/27}{\cs{ifthispageodd} statt % \cs{if@thispageodd}} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/19}{\cs{ifthispageodd} durch \cs{Ifthispageodd} +% ersetzt}%^^A % \begin{macrocode} \end{lrbox}% \settowidth{\@tempdima}{\usebox\c@pti@nb@sid@b@x}% @@ -715,7 +717,7 @@ \if i\scap@pos\def\@tempa{l}\fi \if o\scap@pos\def\@tempa{r}\fi \if@twoside - \ifthispageodd{}{% + \Ifthispageodd{}{% \if o\scap@pos\def\@tempa{l}\fi \if i\scap@pos\def\@tempa{r}\fi \ifscap@alt @@ -958,6 +960,8 @@ % \changes{v2.9a}{2002/06/27}{\cs{ifthispageodd} statt % \cs{if@thispageodd}} % \changes{v2.97}{2007/02/27}{Mindestbreite für captions ist 0\,pt}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/19}{\cs{ifthispageodd} durch \cs{Ifthispageodd} +% ersetzt}%^^A % Hier wird \cs{cap@width} gesetzt. Dabei werden optional auch % \cs{cap@left} und \cs{cap@right} angepasst. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -993,7 +997,7 @@ \let\cap@left=\relax \let\cap@right=\hfill \if@twoside - \ifthispageodd{}{% + \Ifthispageodd{}{% \let\cap@left=\hfill \let\cap@right=\relax }% @@ -1006,7 +1010,7 @@ \let\cap@left=\hfill \let\cap@right=\relax \if@twoside - \ifthispageodd{}{% + \Ifthispageodd{}{% \let\cap@left=\relax \let\cap@right=\hfill }% @@ -1106,7 +1110,7 @@ \let\cap@left=\relax \let\cap@right=\hfill \if@twoside - \ifthispageodd{}{% + \Ifthispageodd{}{% \let\cap@left=\hfill \let\cap@right=\relax }% @@ -1126,7 +1130,7 @@ \let\cap@left=\hfill \let\cap@right=\relax \if@twoside - \ifthispageodd{}{% + \Ifthispageodd{}{% \let\cap@left=\relax \let\cap@right=\hfill }% @@ -1164,11 +1168,13 @@ % \begin{macro}{\setcapmargin} % \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/17}{neu}%^^A % \changes{v3.20}{2016/04/12}{\cs{@ifstar} durch \cs{kernel@ifstar} -% ersetzt}%^^A +% ersetzt}%^^A % \begin{macro}{\@setcapmargin} % \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/17}{neu (intern)}%^^A % \changes{v2.9a}{2002/06/27}{\cs{ifthispageodd} statt -% \cs{if@thispageodd}} +% \cs{if@thispageodd}} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/19}{\cs{ifthispageodd} durch \cs{Ifthispageodd} +% ersetzt}%^^A % \begin{macro}{\@@setcapmargin} % \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/17}{neu (intern)}%^^A % Statt die Breite der \emph{caption} zu setzen, können auch die @@ -1188,7 +1194,7 @@ \edef\@tempa{\endgroup \def\noexpand\cap@width{\the\@tempdima}% \noexpand\if@twoside - \noexpand\ifthispageodd{% + \noexpand\Ifthispageodd{% \def\noexpand\cap@left{\noexpand\hspace*{\the\@tempdimc}}% \def\noexpand\cap@right{\noexpand\hspace*{\the\@tempdimb}}% }{% @@ -1430,6 +1436,8 @@ \noindent\@hangfrom{\hspace*{\cap@indent}}% {\usekomafont{caption}{#3\scr@endstrut\par}}% % \end{macrocode} +% \changes{v3.27a}{2019/10/21}{fehlende Verwendung von Element +% \texttt{caption} ergänzt}%^^A % Oder es soll gar kein Umbruch erfolgen aber trotzdem alles mit einem % gewissen Einzug gesetzt werden: % \begin{macrocode} @@ -1438,7 +1446,10 @@ {% \hspace{-\cap@indent}% \scr@smashdp{% - #1{\usekomafont{captionlabel}{#2\captionformat}}% + #1{\usekomafont{caption}{% + \usekomafont{captionlabel}{#2\captionformat}% + }% + }% }% {\usekomafont{caption}{#3\scr@endstrut}\par}% }% @@ -1449,8 +1460,9 @@ % Eigentlich fehlt hier nur die einfachste, gar nicht hängende Form: % \begin{macrocode} %<*neverusethis> -% #1{{\usekomafont{captionlabel}{#2\captionformat}}}% -% \ignorespaces #3\scr@endstrut\par +% #1{{\usekomafont{caption}{% +% \usekomafont{captionlabel}{#2\captionformat}}}}% +% {\usekomafont{capion}{\ignorespaces #3\scr@endstrut\par}% %</neverusethis> % \end{macrocode} % Die allerdings durch die Form mit Einzug 0 abgedeckt wird. @@ -1464,6 +1476,7 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macro}{\setcaptionalignment} % \changes{v3.25}{2017/11/15}{neu}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A % Da es etwas lästig und fehleranfällig ist, die ganzen \cs{raggedcaption} % und \cs{ragged\dots caption} von Hand zu definieren, gibt es dafür einen % Befehl. Das erste, optionale Argument ist dabei die Gleitungebung für die @@ -1516,31 +1529,31 @@ % Kleinbuchstaben behandelt und geben zusätzlich eine Warnung aus. % \begin{macrocode} \def\reserved@a{#2}% - \ifstr{\reserved@a}{j}{% + \Ifstr{\reserved@a}{j}{% \expandafter\let\csname ragged#1caption\endcsname\@empty }{% - \ifstr{\reserved@a}{l}{% + \Ifstr{\reserved@a}{l}{% \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{LaTeXraggedright}{% \expandafter\let\csname ragged#1caption\endcsname\raggedright }{% \expandafter\let\csname ragged#1caption\endcsname\LaTeXraggedright }% }{% - \ifstr{\reserved@a}{r}{% + \Ifstr{\reserved@a}{r}{% \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{LaTeXraggedleft}{% \expandafter\let\csname ragged#1caption\endcsname\raggedleft }{% \expandafter\let\csname ragged#1caption\endcsname\LaTeXraggedleft }% }{% - \ifstr{\reserved@a}{c}{% + \Ifstr{\reserved@a}{c}{% \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{LaTeXcentering}{% \expandafter\let\csname ragged#1caption\endcsname\centering }{% \expandafter\let\csname ragged#1caption\endcsname\LaTeXcentering }% }{% - \ifstr{\reserved@a}{J}{% + \Ifstr{\reserved@a}{J}{% \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{justifying}{% \scr@caption@raggede@warning{J}{\justifying}% \expandafter\let\csname ragged#1caption\endcsname\@empty @@ -1548,7 +1561,7 @@ \expandafter\let\csname ragged#1caption\endcsname\justifying }% }{% - \ifstr{\reserved@a}{L}{% + \Ifstr{\reserved@a}{L}{% \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{RaggedRight}{% \scr@caption@raggede@warning{L}{\RaggedRight}% \expandafter\let\csname ragged#1caption\endcsname\raggedright @@ -1556,7 +1569,7 @@ \expandafter\let\csname ragged#1caption\endcsname\RaggedRight }% }{% - \ifstr{\reserved@a}{R}{% + \Ifstr{\reserved@a}{R}{% \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{RaggedLeft}{% \scr@caption@raggede@warning{R}{\RaggedLeft}% \expandafter\let\csname ragged#1caption\endcsname\raggedleft @@ -1564,7 +1577,7 @@ \expandafter\let\csname ragged#1caption\endcsname\RaggedLeft }% }{% - \ifstr{\reserved@a}{C}{% + \Ifstr{\reserved@a}{C}{% \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{Centering}{% \scr@caption@raggede@warning{C}{\Centering}% \expandafter\let\csname ragged#1caption\endcsname\centering @@ -1572,7 +1585,7 @@ \expandafter\let\csname ragged#1caption\endcsname\Centering }% }{% - \ifstr{\reserved@a}{}{% + \Ifstr{\reserved@a}{}{% \expandafter\let\csname ragged#1caption\endcsname\relax }{% \ClassError{\KOMAClassName}{unknown alignment char `#2'}{% diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-fonts.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-fonts.dtx index 296a625bed..198896bec2 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-fonts.dtx +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-fonts.dtx @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ % Right brace \} Tilde \~} % % \iffalse -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-fonts.dtx 3262 2019-10-10 08:25:29Z kohm $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-fonts.dtx 3390 2019-11-18 17:09:35Z kohm $ %<identify>%%% (run: identify) %<option>%%% (run: option) %<body>%%% (run: body) @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ \ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi \begingroup \def\filedate$#1: #2-#3-#4 #5${\gdef\filedate{#2/#3/#4}} - \filedate$Date: 2019-10-10 10:25:29 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + \filedate$Date: 2019-11-18 18:09:35 +0100 (Mon, 18 Nov 2019) $ \def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\gdef\filerevision{r#2}} \filerevision$Revision: 1827 $ \edef\reserved@a{% @@ -184,6 +184,8 @@ % \cs{PackageInfoNoLine} ersetzt} % \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/04}{Alle Schriftgrößen-Optionen außer % \texttt{10pt}, \texttt{11pt} und \texttt{12pt} sind überholt.} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifnumber} umbenannt in \cs{Ifnumber}}%^^A % Das Macro \cs{@pt@scan} wird benötigt, um die Schriftgröße nach der alten % Methode zu erkennen. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -193,17 +195,17 @@ } \newcommand*{\@pt@@scan}{} \def\@pt@@scan #1pt#2\@pt@@scan{% - \ifstr{#2}{pt}{% - \ifnumber{#1}{% - \ifstr{#1}{10}{% + \Ifstr{#2}{pt}{% + \Ifnumber{#1}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{10}{% \KOMA@UseStandardOption{\PackageInfoNoLine{\KOMAClassName}}% {#1#2}{fontsize=#1#2}% }{% - \ifstr{#1}{11}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{11}{% \KOMA@UseStandardOption{\PackageInfoNoLine{\KOMAClassName}}% {#1#2}{fontsize=#1#2}% }{% - \ifstr{#1}{12}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{12}{% \KOMA@UseStandardOption{\PackageInfoNoLine{\KOMAClassName}}% {#1#2}{fontsize=#1#2}% }{% @@ -1108,6 +1110,7 @@ % \begin{macro}{\generatefontfile} % \changes{v3.09}{2011/02/23}{Neu}%^^A % \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/26}{\cs{par@updaterelative} added}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A % Dies ist die zentrale Anweisung des neuen Generators. Es wird eine neue % Schriftgrößendatei ausgegeben. Der Name dieser Datei setzt sich aus dem % ersten obligaorischen Argument gefolgt von der Schriftgröße und der @@ -1116,7 +1119,7 @@ % erste Argument verweigert. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\generatefontfile}[1]{% - \ifstr{#1}{scrsize}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{scrsize}{% \ClassError{\KOMAClassName}{% Font file name `scrsize' not allowed% }{% diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-footnotes.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-footnotes.dtx index f03547ebc4..e49f0f8431 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-footnotes.dtx +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-footnotes.dtx @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ % Right brace \} Tilde \~} % % \iffalse -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-footnotes.dtx 3262 2019-10-10 08:25:29Z kohm $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-footnotes.dtx 3390 2019-11-18 17:09:35Z kohm $ %<option>%%% (run: option) %<body>%%% (run: body) %<*dtx> @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ \ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi \begingroup \def\filedate$#1: #2-#3-#4 #5${\gdef\filedate{#2/#3/#4}} - \filedate$Date: 2019-10-10 10:25:29 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + \filedate$Date: 2019-11-18 18:09:35 +0100 (Mon, 18 Nov 2019) $ \def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\gdef\filerevision{r#2}} \filerevision$Revision: 1962 $ \edef\reserved@a{% @@ -119,6 +119,7 @@ % \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/05}{Status-Signalisierung mit % \cs{FamilyKeyStateProcessed}}%^^A % \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/11}{interne Wert-Speicherung}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A % Mehrfachfußnoten gibt es dann, wenn zu einer Textstelle mehrere Fußnoten % hintereinander gesetzt werden. Normalerweise werden die einfach ohne % Abstand hintereinander geklatscht. Man kann dann aber die beiden Fußnoten @@ -141,7 +142,7 @@ option `footnotes=#1'}% \fi \fi - \ifstr{#1}{multiple}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{multiple}{% \let\@footnotemark\scr@footnotemark \def\FN@mf@prepare{\scr@mf@prepare}% \def\scr@footmisc@options{multiple}% @@ -151,7 +152,7 @@ %<package&extend> scrextend.\scr@pkgextension }{footnotes}{multiple}% }{% - \ifstr{#1}{nomultiple}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{nomultiple}{% \let\@footnotemark\scr@saved@footnotemark \let\FN@mf@prepare\relax \let\scr@footmisc@options\@empty @@ -323,14 +324,15 @@ % \begin{macro}{\setfootnoterule} % \changes{v3.06}{2010/04/03}{neue Anweisung}%^^A % \changes{v3.19}{2015/08/24}{nicht in \textsf{scrextend}}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} ersetzt durch \cs{IfArgIsEmpty}}%^^A % Das erste, optionale Argument ist die Höhe der Linie, das zweite nicht % optionale die Länge. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\setfootnoterule}[2][]{% - \ifstr{#1}{}{}{% + \IfArgIsEmpty{#1}{}{% \renewcommand*{\ftn@rule@height}{#1}% }% - \ifstr{#2}{}{}{% + \IfArgIsEmpty{#2}{}{% \renewcommand*{\ftn@rule@width}{#2}% }% \ftn@rule@test@values diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-language.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-language.dtx index e2c8669c80..2a02e45de0 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-language.dtx +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-language.dtx @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -% \CheckSum{2225} +% \CheckSum{2229} % \iffalse meta-comment % ====================================================================== % scrkernel-language.dtx @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ % Right brace \} Tilde \~} % % \iffalse -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-language.dtx 3262 2019-10-10 08:25:29Z kohm $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-language.dtx 3265 2019-10-13 17:58:25Z kohm $ %<option>%%% (run: option) %<body>%%% (run: body) %<*dtx> @@ -63,9 +63,9 @@ \ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi \begingroup \def\filedate$#1: #2-#3-#4 #5${\gdef\filedate{#2/#3/#4}} - \filedate$Date: 2019-10-10 10:25:29 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + \filedate$Date: 2019-10-13 19:58:25 +0200 (Sun, 13 Oct 2019) $ \def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\gdef\filerevision{r#2}} - \filerevision$Revision: 3262 $ + \filerevision$Revision: 3265 $ \edef\reserved@a{% \noexpand\endgroup \noexpand\ProvidesFile{scrkernel-language.dtx} @@ -891,13 +891,15 @@ % \changes{v3.26}{2018/08/29}{diverse \cs{expandafter} eingespart}%^^A % \changes{v3.27}{2019/07/10}{unmittelbare Aktivierung auch in der % Dokumentpräambel}%^^A +% \changes{v3.27a}{2019/10/13}{unmittelbare Aktivierung nur für bereits +% definierte Begriffe}%^^A % Die Sternvariante von \cs{renewcaptionname}. Die Argumente sind dieselben. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\scr@renew@scaptionname}[3]{% \if@atdocument \expandafter\@firstofone \else - \scr@ifactivelanguageisoneof{#1}{\renewcommand*{#2}{#3}}{}% + \scr@ifactivelanguageisoneof{#1}{\ifdefined#2\renewcommand*{#2}{#3}\fi}{}% \expandafter\AtBeginDocument \fi {% @@ -966,13 +968,15 @@ % \changes{v3.26}{2018/08/29}{diverse \cs{expandafter} eingespart}%^^A % \changes{v3.27}{2019/07/10}{unmittelbare Aktivierung auch in der % Dokumentpräambel}%^^A +% \changes{v3.27a}{2019/10/13}{unmittelbare Aktivierung nur für bereits +% definierte Begriffe}%^^A % Die Normalvariante von \cs{renewcaptionname}, mit denselben Argumenten. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\scr@renew@captionname}[3]{% \if@atdocument \expandafter\@firstofone \else - \scr@ifactivelanguageisoneof{#1}{\renewcommand*{#2}{#3}}{}% + \scr@ifactivelanguageisoneof{#1}{\ifdefined#2\renewcommand*{#2}{#3}\fi}{}% \expandafter\AtBeginDocument \fi {% diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx index 6b2e1f9793..8260872417 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -% \CheckSum{1755} +% \CheckSum{1774} % \iffalse meta-comment % ====================================================================== % scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ % Right brace \} Tilde \~} % % \iffalse -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx 3262 2019-10-10 08:25:29Z kohm $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx 3404 2019-11-24 21:50:05Z kohm $ %<option>%%% (run: option) %<head>%%% (run: head) %<body>%%% (run: body) @@ -64,9 +64,9 @@ \ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi \begingroup \def\filedate$#1: #2-#3-#4 #5${\gdef\filedate{#2/#3/#4}} - \filedate$Date: 2019-10-10 10:25:29 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + \filedate$Date: 2019-11-24 22:50:05 +0100 (Sun, 24 Nov 2019) $ \def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\gdef\filerevision{r#2}} - \filerevision$Revision: 3262 $ + \filerevision$Revision: 3404 $ \endgroup \ProvidesFile{scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx} [\filedate\space \filerevision\space @@ -215,7 +215,14 @@ }% % \end{macrocode} % \changes{v3.18}{2015/06/03}{manage \cs{RequirePackage} and \cs{usepackage} -% inside \texttt{lco}-files after \cs{begin\{document\}}}%^^A +% inside \texttt{lco}-files after \cs{begin\{document\}}}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/24}{Tippfehler bezüglich \cs{usepackage} +% beseitigt}%^^A +% Ehrlich gesagt, glaube ich nicht, dass das folgende wirklich sinnvoll +% funktioniert, wie es vermutlich gedacht war. Aber das eigentlich auch egal, +% weil \cs{usepackage} und \cs{RequirePackage} in \texttt{lco}-Dateien, die im +% Dokument geladen werden, ohnehin nicht funktioniert. Das sollte man gar +% nicht erst probieren. % \begin{macrocode} \if@atdocument \edef\reserved@a{% @@ -230,7 +237,7 @@ \ifx\usepackage\@notprerr \unexpanded{\let\usepackage\@notprerr}% \else - \noexpand\def\noexpand\Rusepackage{% + \noexpand\def\noexpand\usepackage{% \unexpanded\expandafter{\usepackage}% }% \fi @@ -828,14 +835,34 @@ \def\fromlocation{\usekomavar{location}} \def\backaddress{\setkomavar{backaddress}} \def\@tempa{% - \ifkomavarempty{fromname}{}{% + \Ifkomavarempty{fromname}{}{% \strut\ignorespaces\usekomavar{fromname}% - \ifkomavarempty{fromaddress}{}{\\}}% - \ifkomavarempty{fromaddress}{}{% + \Ifkomavarempty{fromaddress}{}{\\}}% + \Ifkomavarempty{fromaddress}{}{% \strut\ignorespaces\usekomavar{fromaddress}}% - } +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/15}{\cs{ifkomavarempty} durch \cs{Ifkomavarempty} +% ersetzt}%^^A +% Aufgrund der Änderung bezüglich \cs{ifkomavarempty}/\cs{Ifkomavarempty} wird +% hier aus Kompatibilitätsgründen vorerst zweigleisig gefahren. Es kann aber +% an dieser Stelle tatsächlich zu einer Inkompatibilität kommen, wenn jemand +% den Code kopiert hat und jetzt eine neue Version von \KOMAScript{} +% verwendet. +% \begin{macrocode} \ifx\@tempa\scr@backaddress@var% \setkomavar{backaddress}{} +\else + \def\@tempa{% + \ifkomavarempty{fromname}{}{% + \strut\ignorespaces\usekomavar{fromname}% + \ifkomavarempty{fromaddress}{}{\\}}% + \ifkomavarempty{fromaddress}{}{% + \strut\ignorespaces\usekomavar{fromaddress}}% + } + \ifx\@tempa\scr@backaddress@var% + \setkomavar{backaddress}{} + \fi \fi \def\frombackaddress{\usekomavar{backaddress}} \def\telephone{\setkomavar{fromphone}} @@ -1636,25 +1663,26 @@ % \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\showISOenvelope} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A % Zeigt einen DIN/ISO C4, C5, DL=C5/6, C6/5 Umschlag. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\showISOenvelope}[1]{% - \ifstr{#1}{C4}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{C4}{% \showenvelope(324mm,229mm)% }{% - \ifstr{#1}{C5}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{C5}{% \showenvelope(229mm,162mm)% }{% - \ifstr{#1}{C5/6}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{C5/6}{% \showenvelope(220mm,110mm)% }{% - \ifstr{#1}{DL}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{DL}{% \showenvelope(220mm,110mm)% }{% - \ifstr{#1}{C6/5}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{C6/5}{% \showenvelope(229mm,114mm)% }{% - \ifstr{#1}{C6}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{C6}{% \showenvelope(162mm,114mm)% }{% \LCOWarning{visualize}{envelope size `ISO #1' unsupported}% @@ -1669,13 +1697,14 @@ % \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\showUScommercial} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A % Zeige ein US commercial Umschlag der Nummer 9 und 10 % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\showUScommercial}[1]{% - \ifstr{#1}{9}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{9}{% \showenvelope(8.875in,3.875in)% }{% - \ifstr{#1}{10}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{10}{% \showenvelope(9.5in,4.125in)% }{% \LCOWarning{visualize}{envelope size `US commercial #1' unsupported}% diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx index 8c500e82bc..a20f0aca5d 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ % Right brace \} Tilde \~} % % \iffalse -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx 3262 2019-10-10 08:25:29Z kohm $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx 3394 2019-11-19 11:56:28Z kohm $ %<option>%%% (run: option) %<body>%%% (run: body) %<*dtx> @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ \ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi \begingroup \def\filedate$#1: #2-#3-#4 #5${\gdef\filedate{#2/#3/#4}} - \filedate$Date: 2019-10-10 10:25:29 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + \filedate$Date: 2019-11-19 12:56:28 +0100 (Tue, 19 Nov 2019) $ \def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\gdef\filerevision{r#2}} \filerevision$Revision: 1872 $ \edef\reserved@a{% @@ -409,6 +409,8 @@ % \changes{v3.05b}{2010/04/29}{\cs{partopsep} muss auf 0 statt \cs{parskip} % gesetzt werden, weil es zu \cs{topsep} addiert wird}%^^A % \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/23}{robuster gegen Umbrüche am Anfang}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/19}{\cs{ifthispageodd} durch \cs{Ifthispageodd} +% ersetzt}%^^A % Der Rest wird von diesem Makro erledigt. % \begin{macro}{\scr@addmargin@startpage} % \changes{v3.12}{2013/10/26}{neu (intern, lokal)}%^^A @@ -431,7 +433,7 @@ \@addmargin }{% \if@twoside - \unskip\nobreak\ifthispageodd{}{}% + \unskip\nobreak\Ifthispageodd{}{}% \expandafter\ifx\csname tpo@\scr@tpo\endcsname\scr@addmargin@startpage\else %<class> \ClassWarning{\KOMAClassName}{% %<package> \PackageWarning{scrextend}{% diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-listsof.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-listsof.dtx index 9964fe81ce..4c2b069b2d 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-listsof.dtx +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-listsof.dtx @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ % Right brace \} Tilde \~} % % \iffalse -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-listsof.dtx 3262 2019-10-10 08:25:29Z kohm $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-listsof.dtx 3390 2019-11-18 17:09:35Z kohm $ %<prepare>%%% (run: prepare) %<option>%%% (run: option) %<body>%%% (run: body) @@ -64,9 +64,9 @@ \ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi \begingroup \def\filedate$#1: #2-#3-#4 #5${\gdef\filedate{#2/#3/#4}} - \filedate$Date: 2019-10-10 10:25:29 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + \filedate$Date: 2019-11-18 18:09:35 +0100 (Mon, 18 Nov 2019) $ \def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\gdef\filerevision{r#2}} - \filerevision$Revision: 3262 $ + \filerevision$Revision: 3390 $ \edef\reserved@a{% \noexpand\endgroup \noexpand\ProvidesFile{scrkernel-listsof.dtx}% @@ -310,10 +310,11 @@ % Tell the package, what files are used: % \changes{v3.27}{2019/05/11}{use owner \texttt{ToC} for the table of % contents}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A % \begin{macrocode} %<*prepare> \addtotoclist[ToC]{toc} -\ifstr{\ext@toc}{toc}{}{% +\Ifstr{\ext@toc}{toc}{}{% \expandafter\addtotoclist \expandafter[\expandafter T\expandafter o\expandafter C\expandafter ]% \expandafter{\ext@toc}% @@ -356,13 +357,18 @@ % Es gibt Werte, um zu bestimmen, welche Verzeichnisse ins Inhaltsverzeichis % aufgenommen werden. Eigentlich sind das Optionen der jeweiligen % Verzeichnisses, aber das muss sich der Anwender ja nicht unbedingt merken. +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/10/21}{zusätzliche Werte}%^^A +% Für Index und Gleitumgebungen gibt es ab Version~3.28 einige zusätzliche +% Werte. Die \dots\texttt{listof}\dots-Werte sind allerdings nicht offiziell, +% sondern fangen nur häufige Tippfehler auf. % \begin{macrocode} {noindex}{0},{noidx}{0},% {index}{1},{idx}{1},% - {indexnumbered}{2},% - {nolistof}{3},% - {listof}{4},% + {indexnumbered}{2},{idxnumbered}{2},{numberedindex}{2},{numberedidx}{2},% + {nolistof}{3},{nolistsof}{3},% + {listof}{4},{listsof}{4},% {listofnumbered}{5},{numberedlistof}{5},% + {listsofnumbered}{5},{numberedlistsof}{5},% {nobibliography}{6},{nobib}{6},% {bibliography}{7},{bib}{7},% {bibliographynumbered}{8},{bibnumbered}{8},{numberedbibliography}{8},% @@ -910,6 +916,7 @@ % \changes{v3.12a}{2014/01/17}{fehlendes \cs{FamilyKeyStateProcessed}%^^A % ergänzt}%^^A % \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/12}{interne Speicherung der Werte}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A % \begin{macro}{\if@chaptertolists} % \changes{v2.96a}{2006/12/03}{neuer Schalter}%^^A % \changes{v3.12}{2013/09/24}{Verzeichnisse werden nicht in Verzeichnisse @@ -932,7 +939,7 @@ \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{listof}{chaptergap}% \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{listof}{chaptergapsmall}% \KOMA@kav@remove{.\KOMAClassFileName}{listof}{chaptergapline}% - \ifstr{#1}{entry}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{entry}{% \@chaptertoliststrue\renewcommand*{\@chapterlistsgap}{\z@}% \KOMA@kav@replacevalue{.\KOMAClassFileName}{chapteratlists}{entry}% \KOMA@kav@add{.\KOMAClassFileName}{listof}{chapterentry}% diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx index d6a04c6554..8c5a97f27a 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -% \CheckSum{769} +% \CheckSum{782} % \iffalse meta-comment % ====================================================================== % scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ % Right brace \} Tilde \~} % % \iffalse -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx 3262 2019-10-10 08:25:29Z kohm $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx 3400 2019-11-21 10:36:26Z kohm $ %<init>%%% (run: init) %<option>%%% (run: option) %<execoption>%%% (run: execoption) @@ -65,9 +65,9 @@ \ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi \begingroup \def\filedate$#1: #2-#3-#4 #5${\gdef\filedate{#2/#3/#4}} - \filedate$Date: 2019-10-10 10:25:29 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + \filedate$Date: 2019-11-21 11:36:26 +0100 (Thu, 21 Nov 2019) $ \def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\gdef\filerevision{r#2}} - \filerevision$Revision: 3262 $ + \filerevision$Revision: 3400 $ \edef\reserved@a{% \noexpand\endgroup \noexpand\ProvidesFile{scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx}% @@ -605,6 +605,9 @@ % % \begin{macro}{\ifthispageodd} % \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/22}{neu}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/19}{umbenannt in \cs{Ifthispageodd}}%^^A +% \begin{macro}{\Ifthispageodd} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/19}{neu aus Umbenennung von \cs{ifthispageodd}}%^^A % Häufig wird mit \cs{ifodd}\cs{value\{page\}} getestet, ob man sich % gerade auf einer rechten oder einer linken Seite % befindet. Dummerweise funktioniert das aber genaugenommen nur @@ -717,7 +720,16 @@ % Nun fehlt nur noch das eigentliche oben versprochene % Anwendermacro. Das ist nun aber auch kein Problem mehr: % \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand{\ifthispageodd}{% +\providecommand*{\ifthispageodd}{% + \PackageWarning{scrbase}{Usage of deprecated command + `\string\ifthispageodd'.\MessageBreak + The command has been renamed because of a\MessageBreak + recommendation of The LaTeX Project Team.\MessageBreak + Please replace `\string\ifthispageodd' by `\string\Ifthispageodd'% + }% + \Ifthispageodd +} +\newcommand{\Ifthispageodd}{% \is@thispageodd \ifthispagewasodd \expandafter\@firstoftwo @@ -728,6 +740,7 @@ %</class|extend> % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} +% \end{macro} % % % \subsection{Definitionen für tiefer gestellten Text} diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-notepaper.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-notepaper.dtx index 1ff0726448..3fed0574df 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-notepaper.dtx +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-notepaper.dtx @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ % Right brace \} Tilde \~} % % \iffalse -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-notepaper.dtx 3262 2019-10-10 08:25:29Z kohm $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-notepaper.dtx 3390 2019-11-18 17:09:35Z kohm $ %<option>%%% (run: option) %<body>%%% (run: body) %<*dtx> @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ \ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi \begingroup \def\filedate$#1: #2-#3-#4 #5${\gdef\filedate{#2/#3/#4}} - \filedate$Date: 2019-10-10 10:25:29 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + \filedate$Date: 2019-11-18 18:09:35 +0100 (Mon, 18 Nov 2019) $ \def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\gdef\filerevision{r#2}} \filerevision$Revision: 1767 $ \edef\reserved@a{% @@ -1190,6 +1190,8 @@ % \changes{v3.13b}{2014/10/04}{neuer \emph{hook} nur für % \texttt{DINmtext.lco}}%^^A % \changes{v3.27}{2019/04/02}{\emph{hook} entfernt}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/15}{\cs{ifkomavarempty} durch \cs{Ifkomavarempty} +% ersetzt}%^^A % Bei \texttt{scrlttr2} gibt es die üblichen Seitenstile, allerdings % ist deren Verhalten etwas anders als gewohnt. Dies ist in den % Besonderheiten für Briefen begründet. Zunächst die Voreinstellung für @@ -1213,12 +1215,12 @@ \setkomavar{firsthead}{% \parbox[b]{\useplength{firstheadwidth}}% {\centering\usekomafont{fromaddress}{% - \ifkomavarempty{fromname}{}{% + \Ifkomavarempty{fromname}{}{% {\usekomafont{fromname}% {\ignorespaces\usekomavar{fromname}}\\[-8pt]} {\usekomafont{fromrule}{\rule{\useplength{firstheadwidth}}{.4pt}}}\\ }% - \ifkomavarempty{fromaddress}{}{% + \Ifkomavarempty{fromaddress}{}{% \ignorespaces\usekomavar{fromaddress}% }% }% @@ -2202,6 +2204,8 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macro}{\scr@notepaper@subelement@addressee@default} % \changes{v3.27}{2019/03/22}{new (internal)}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/15}{\cs{ifkomavarempty} durch \cs{Ifkomavarempty} +% ersetzt}%^^A % The field with the recipience address. This should be used only on the first % page of a letter. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -2210,7 +2214,7 @@ \hsize=\useplength{toaddrwidth}\linewidth=\hsize \color@begingroup \if@baddr - \ifkomavarempty{backaddress}{}{% + \Ifkomavarempty{backaddress}{}{% \def\\{\usekomavar{backaddressseparator}\@ogobble}% \backaddr@format{\scriptsize\usekomafont{backaddress}% \usekomavar{backaddress}}% @@ -2239,7 +2243,7 @@ -PRIORITY}}% }% \fi - \ifkomavarempty{specialmail}{% + \Ifkomavarempty{specialmail}{% \@tempdima=\z@ }{% \setbox\@tempboxa\vbox{\hsize\useplength{toaddrwidth}% @@ -2369,7 +2373,7 @@ \setlength{\@tempdima}{\useplength{toaddrwidth}}% \addtolengthplength[-2]{\@tempdima}{toaddrindent}% \vbox{\hsize\@tempdima - \ifkomavarempty{PPdatamatrix}{}{% + \Ifkomavarempty{PPdatamatrix}{}{% \addtolength{\hsize}{-2mm}% \settowidth\@tempdima{\usekomavar{PPdatamatrix}}% \addtolength{\hsize}{-\@tempdima}% @@ -2407,6 +2411,8 @@ % \end{macro}%^^A \scr@notepaper@subelement@addressee@PPimage % \begin{macro}{\scr@notepaper@subelement@addressee@backgroundimage} % \changes{v3.27}{2019/03/22}{new (internal)}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/15}{\cs{ifkomavarempty} durch \cs{Ifkomavarempty} +% ersetzt}%^^A % TODO: Need to be tested! % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\scr@notepaper@subelement@addressee@backgroundimage}{% @@ -2425,7 +2431,7 @@ \setlength{\@tempdima}{\useplength{toaddrwidth}}% \addtolengthplength[-2]{\@tempdima}{toaddrindent}% \vbox{\hsize\@tempdima - \ifkomavarempty{PPdatamatrix}{}{% + \Ifkomavarempty{PPdatamatrix}{}{% \addtolength{\hsize}{-2mm}% \settowidth\@tempdima{\usekomavar{PPdatamatrix}}% \addtolength{\hsize}{-\@tempdima}% @@ -2445,6 +2451,8 @@ % \end{macro}%^^A \scr@notepaper@element@addressee % \begin{macro}{\scr@notepaper@element@location} % \changes{v3.27}{2019/03/22}{new (internal)}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/15}{\cs{ifkomavarempty} durch \cs{Ifkomavarempty} +% ersetzt}%^^A % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\scr@notepaper@element@location}{% % \end{macrocode} @@ -2463,7 +2471,7 @@ % \begin{macrocode} \or \if@logo - \ifkomavarempty{location}{\setkomavar{location}{\null}}{}% + \Ifkomavarempty{location}{\setkomavar{location}{\null}}{}% \fi % \end{macrocode} % Im Fall 2, also rechtsbündiger Absender im Kopf, ist auch nichts zu tun. @@ -2474,13 +2482,13 @@ % eine Menge ausgegeben, also darf die Absenderergänzung nicht leer sein. % \begin{macrocode} \or - \ifkomavarempty{location}{\setkomavar{location}{\null}}{}% + \Ifkomavarempty{location}{\setkomavar{location}{\null}}{}% % \end{macrocode} % Im Fall 3, also linksbündiger Absender in der Absenderergänzung wird hier % eine Menge ausgegeben, also darf die Absenderergänzung nicht leer sein. % \begin{macrocode} \or - \ifkomavarempty{location}{\setkomavar{location}{\null}}{}% + \Ifkomavarempty{location}{\setkomavar{location}{\null}}{}% % \end{macrocode} % Alle anderen Fälle sind wie hier ebenfalls ohne Bedeutung. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -2489,7 +2497,7 @@ % \selectlanguage{english}%^^A % Everything else only, if the field is not empty. % \begin{macrocode} - \ifkomavarempty{location}{}{% + \Ifkomavarempty{location}{}{% % \end{macrocode} % Calculation of height and vertical possition. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -2547,7 +2555,7 @@ % \begin{macrocode} \or \if@logo - \ifkomavarempty{fromlogo}{\null}{% + \Ifkomavarempty{fromlogo}{\null}{% {\raggedleft\noindent\usekomavar{fromlogo}\\ \vskip\parskip}\noindent}% \fi @@ -2563,7 +2571,7 @@ % \begin{macrocode} \or \if@logo - \ifkomavarempty{fromlogo}{}{% + \Ifkomavarempty{fromlogo}{}{% \raggedleft\usekomavar{fromlogo}\par}% \fi \raggedright @@ -2639,7 +2647,7 @@ \or \raggedleft \if@logo - \ifkomavarempty{fromlogo}{}{\usekomavar{fromlogo}\par}% + \Ifkomavarempty{fromlogo}{}{\usekomavar{fromlogo}\par}% \fi {\usekomafont{fromname}\strut\ignorespaces \usekomavar{fromname}% @@ -2795,7 +2803,7 @@ \ifnum \@datepos=1 \hspace*{\fill}\fi {% \usekomafont{placeanddate}{% - \ifkomavarempty{place}{}{% + \Ifkomavarempty{place}{}{% \usekomavar{place}\usekomavar{placeseparator}% }% \usekomavar{date}% @@ -3336,6 +3344,8 @@ % \changes{v3.22}{2016/12/21}{zweimal fehlende Klammern und \cs{endgraf} bei % \texttt{toaddress} ergänzt}%^^A % \changes{v3.27}{2019/03/27}{only at \textsf{scrlttr2}}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/15}{\cs{ifkomavarempty} durch \cs{Ifkomavarempty} +% ersetzt}%^^A % Dasselbe gilt auch für das Adressfeld für Fensterumschläge. Die % Rücksendeadresse und die Briefart werden dabei mit eigenen % Formatieranweisungen gesetzt. @@ -3347,7 +3357,7 @@ \or \begingroup% \if@baddr - \ifkomavarempty{backaddress}{% + \Ifkomavarempty{backaddress}{% \let\@tempa\@empty\let\@tempb\@empty }{% \def\@tempa{backaddress}\def\@tempb{,\space}% @@ -3356,7 +3366,7 @@ \let\@tempa\@empty\let\@tempb\@empty \fi \ifcase \ltr@priority - \ifkomavarempty{specialmail}{}{% + \Ifkomavarempty{specialmail}{}{% \edef\@tempa{\@tempa\@tempb specialmail}\def\@tempb{,\space}% }% \or @@ -3379,7 +3389,7 @@ \@savevbox[\vss]{\useplength{backaddrheight}}{% \hsize\useplength{toaddrwidth}% \if@baddr - \ifkomavarempty{backaddress}{}{{% + \Ifkomavarempty{backaddress}{}{{% \noindent% \def\\{\usekomavar{backaddressseparator}\@ogobble}% \backaddr@format{\scriptsize\usekomafont{backaddress}% @@ -3400,7 +3410,7 @@ -PRIORITY}}% }% \fi - \ifkomavarempty{specialmail}{}{% + \Ifkomavarempty{specialmail}{}{% \vbox{\hsize\useplength{toaddrwidth}% \noindent\hspace*{\useplength{specialmailindent}}% \specialmail@format{% @@ -3437,14 +3447,14 @@ \or \def\@tempa{image-mode}\def\@tempb{,\space}% \fi - \ifkomavarempty{backaddress}{}{% + \Ifkomavarempty{backaddress}{}{% \edef\@tempa{\@tempa\@tempb backaddress ignored}\def\@tempb{,\space}% }% \else \let\@tempa\@empty\let\@tempb\@empty \fi \ifcase \ltr@priority - \ifkomavarempty{specialmail}{}{% + \Ifkomavarempty{specialmail}{}{% \edef\@tempa{\@tempa\@tempb specialmail ignored}\def\@tempb{,\space}% }% \or @@ -3570,7 +3580,7 @@ \setlength{\@tempdima}{\useplength{toaddrwidth}}% \addtolengthplength[-2]{\@tempdima}{toaddrindent}% \vbox{\hsize\@tempdima - \ifkomavarempty{PPdatamatrix}{}{% + \Ifkomavarempty{PPdatamatrix}{}{% \addtolength{\hsize}{-2mm}% \settowidth\@tempdima{\usekomavar{PPdatamatrix}}% \addtolength{\hsize}{-\@tempdima}% @@ -3614,6 +3624,8 @@ % \changes{v2.8q}{2002/07/23}{Berechnung der Breite hierher verschoben}%^^A % \changes{v2.8q}{2002/06/03}{Sonderbehandlung für Adressfeld rechts}%^^A % \changes{v3.27}{2019/03/27}{only at \textsf{scrlttr2}}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/15}{\cs{ifkomavarempty} durch \cs{Ifkomavarempty} +% ersetzt}%^^A % Das "`locfield"' wird unabhängig von der Adresse gesetzt. % \begin{macrocode} %<*class|!willbe> @@ -3647,7 +3659,7 @@ % \begin{macrocode} \or \if@logo - \ifkomavarempty{location}{\setkomavar{location}{\null}}{}% + \Ifkomavarempty{location}{\setkomavar{location}{\null}}{}% \fi % \end{macrocode} % Im Fall 2, also rechtsbündiger Absender im Kopf, ist auch nichts zu tun. @@ -3658,18 +3670,18 @@ % eine Menge ausgegeben, also darf die Absenderergänzung nicht leer sein. % \begin{macrocode} \or - \ifkomavarempty{location}{\setkomavar{location}{\null}}{}% + \Ifkomavarempty{location}{\setkomavar{location}{\null}}{}% % \end{macrocode} % Im Fall 3, also linksbündiger Absender in der Absenderergänzung wird hier % eine Menge ausgegeben, also darf die Absenderergänzung nicht leer sein. % \begin{macrocode} \or - \ifkomavarempty{location}{\setkomavar{location}{\null}}{}% + \Ifkomavarempty{location}{\setkomavar{location}{\null}}{}% % \end{macrocode} % Alle anderen Fälle sind wie hier ebenfalls ohne Bedeutung. % \begin{macrocode} \fi - \ifkomavarempty{location}{% + \Ifkomavarempty{location}{% \typeout{Location field: empty}% }{% \typeout{Location field: yes}% @@ -3711,7 +3723,7 @@ % \begin{macrocode} \or \if@logo - \ifkomavarempty{fromlogo}{\null}{% + \Ifkomavarempty{fromlogo}{\null}{% {\raggedleft\noindent\usekomavar{fromlogo}\\ \vskip\parskip}\noindent}% \fi @@ -3727,7 +3739,7 @@ % \begin{macrocode} \or \if@logo - \ifkomavarempty{fromlogo}{}{% + \Ifkomavarempty{fromlogo}{}{% \raggedleft\usekomavar{fromlogo}\par}% \fi \raggedright @@ -3804,7 +3816,7 @@ \or \raggedleft \if@logo - \ifkomavarempty{fromlogo}{}{\usekomavar{fromlogo}\par}% + \Ifkomavarempty{fromlogo}{}{\usekomavar{fromlogo}\par}% \fi {\usekomafont{fromname}\strut\ignorespaces \usekomavar{fromname}% @@ -3885,7 +3897,7 @@ % \verb|\var|\texttt{\emph{\#1}} zu finden ist. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\@set@reffield}[1]{% - \ifkomavarempty{#1}{}{% + \Ifkomavarempty{#1}{}{% \settowidth{\@tempdima}{\strut\usekomafont{refvalue}\usekomavar{#1}}% \sbox\z@{\strut\usekomafont{refname}\usekomavar*{#1}}% \ifdim \@tempdima<\wd0\setlength{\@tempdima}{\wd0}\fi @@ -3903,7 +3915,7 @@ % ggf. \cs{@tempswa}. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\@test@reffield}[1]{% - \ifkomavarempty{#1}{}{% + \Ifkomavarempty{#1}{}{% %<trace> \if@tempswa\l@addto@macro\@tempa{, }\fi %<trace> \l@addto@macro\@tempa{#1}% \@tempswatrue @@ -3975,6 +3987,8 @@ % \changes{v2.97c}{2007/05/14}{Neue Font-Elemente}%^^A % \changes{v3.09}{2011/03/06}{\cs{do@set@reffield} muss initialisiert % werden}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/15}{\cs{ifkomavarempty} durch \cs{Ifkomavarempty} +% ersetzt}%^^A % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\@datefield}{% {% @@ -4087,7 +4101,7 @@ % \begin{macrocode} \ifcase \@datepos\else \ifnum \@datepos=1 \enskip\hfill\fi - {\usekomafont{placeanddate}{\ifkomavarempty{place}{}{% + {\usekomafont{placeanddate}{\Ifkomavarempty{place}{}{% \usekomavar{place}\usekomavar{placeseparator}}% \usekomavar{date}}}% \fi @@ -4117,6 +4131,8 @@ % \changes{v3.13}{2014/06/26}{neu (ehemals \cs{@maketitle}}%^^A % \changes{v3.15}{2015/02/21}{\texttt{title} durch \texttt{lettertitle} % ersetzt}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/15}{\cs{ifkomavarempty} durch \cs{Ifkomavarempty} +% ersetzt}%^^A % \begin{macro}{\@subjfield} % \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/19}{\cs{centerline} durch \cs{centering} % ersetzt}%^^A @@ -4128,11 +4144,13 @@ % \texttt{subjectbeforevskip} und \texttt{subjectaftervskip}}%^^A % \changes{v3.15}{2015/02/21}{\texttt{subject} durch \texttt{lettersubject} % ersetzt}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/15}{\cs{ifkomavarempty} durch \cs{Ifkomavarempty} +% ersetzt}%^^A % Der eigentliche Titel wir mit |\@maketitle| gesetzt. Dies sollte jedoch % ebenso wie beim Betreff (|\@subjfield|) \emph{nicht} manuell geschehen. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\@makelettertitle}{% - \ifkomavarempty{title}{% + \Ifkomavarempty{title}{% \typeout{Title: no}% }{% \typeout{Title: yes}% @@ -4143,7 +4161,7 @@ } \newcommand*{\@subjfield}{{% \setparsizes{\z@}{\z@}{\z@ plus 1fil}\par@updaterelative - \ifkomavarempty{subject}{% + \Ifkomavarempty{subject}{% \typeout{Subject: no}% }{% \ifx\raggedsubject\@empty @@ -4503,6 +4521,8 @@ % \begin{macro}{\@processto} % \changes{v2.9r}{2004/06/16}{robust gegen leeren Empfänger}%^^A % \changes{v3.27}{2019/03/24}{extended setting of variables}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/15}{\cs{ifkomavarempty} durch \cs{Ifkomavarempty} +% ersetzt}%^^A % \begin{macro}{\@xproc} % Die Adresse, die als Argument der Briefumgebung übergeben wird, muss in Name % und Adresse zerlegt werden. @@ -4517,31 +4537,37 @@ % try to build it from \texttt{toname} and \texttt{toaddress}. % \begin{macrocode} %<*package&willbe> - \ifkomavarempty{toname}{% - \ifkomavarempty{tofamilyname}{}{% - \ifkomavarempty{togivenname}{% + \Ifkomavarempty{toname}{% + \Ifkomavarempty{tofamilyname}{}{% + \Ifkomavarempty{togivenname}{% \usekomavar[\setkomavar{toname}]{tofamilyname}% }{% + % Fixme: The \cs{protected@edef}s are critical! \usekomavar[\protected@edef\reserved@a]{togivenname}% \usekomavar[\protected@edef\reserved@b]{tofamilyname}% - \protected@edef\reserved@a{% - \noexpand\setkomavar{toname}{\reserved@a\ \reserved@b}% + \edef\reserved@a{% + \noexpand\setkomavar{toname}{% + \unexpanded\expandafter{\reserved@a}\ % + \unexpanded\expandafter{\reserved@b}}% }\reserved@a }% }% }{}% - \ifkomavarempty{toaddress}{% + \Ifkomavarempty{toaddress}{% + % Fixme: The \cs{protected@edef}s are critical! \usekomavar[\protected@edef\reserved@a]{toname}% \protected@edef\reserved@a{% \noexpand\usekomafont{toname}{\reserved@a}% }\reserved@a }{% - \ifkomavarempty{toname}{% + \Ifkomavarempty{toname}{% + % Fixme: The \cs{protected@edef}s are critical! \usekomavar[\protected@edef\reserved@a]{toaddress}% \protected@edef\reserved@a{% \noexpand\usekomafont{toaddress}{\reserved@a}% }\reserved@a }{% + % Fixme: The \cs{protected@edef}s are critical! \usekomavar[\protected@edef\scr@local@toname]{toname}% \usekomavar[\protected@edef\reserved@b]{toaddress}% \protected@edef\reserved@a{% @@ -4563,6 +4589,7 @@ % For the package set variable \texttt{addressee}: % \begin{macrocode} %<*package&willbe> + % Fixme: The \cs{protected@edef}s are critical! \protected@edef\reserved@c{% \noexpand\setkomavar{addressee}{% {\noexpand\usekomafont{toname}{\reserved@a}}% @@ -4574,14 +4601,16 @@ % \end{macrocode} % If \texttt{toname} is empty, set it: % \begin{macrocode} - \ifkomavarempty{toname}{% + \Ifkomavarempty{toname}{% + % Fixme: The \cs{protected@edef}s are critical! \protected@edef\reserved@a{% \noexpand\reserved@c{\noexpand\setkomavar{toname}{\reserved@a}}}% }{\let\reserved@a\reserved@c}% % \end{macrocode} % If \texttt{toaddress} is empty, set it: % \begin{macrocode} - \ifkomavarempty{toaddress}{% + \Ifkomavarempty{toaddress}{% + % Fixme: The \cs{protected@edef}s are critical! \protected@edef\reserved@b{\noexpand\reserved@a \noexpand\setkomavar{toaddress}{\reserved@b}}% \reserved@b @@ -4589,11 +4618,13 @@ %</package&willbe> % \end{macrocode} % For the class simply set \texttt{toname} und \texttt{toaddress}: +% \changes{v3.27}{2019/10/28}{don't expand the contents of \cs{reserved@a} and +% \cs{reserved@b}}%^^A % \begin{macrocode} %<*class|!willbe> - \protected@edef\reserved@a{% - \noexpand\setkomavar{toname}{\reserved@a}% - \noexpand\setkomavar{toaddress}{\reserved@b}% + \edef\reserved@a{% + \noexpand\setkomavar{toname}{\unexpanded\expandafter{\reserved@a}}% + \noexpand\setkomavar{toaddress}{\unexpanded\expandafter{\reserved@b}}% }\reserved@a %</class|!willbe> }% @@ -4853,7 +4884,7 @@ \fi\noindent% \begingroup \parbox[t]{\textwidth}{% - \ifkomavarempty*{ccseparator}{}{% + \Ifkomavarempty*{ccseparator}{}{% \@hangfrom{% \strut\usekomavar*{ccseparator}\usekomavar{ccseparator}}% }% @@ -4883,7 +4914,7 @@ \fi\noindent% \begingroup \parbox[t]{\textwidth}{% - \ifkomavarempty*{enclseparator}{}{% + \Ifkomavarempty*{enclseparator}{}{% \@hangfrom{% \strut\usekomavar*{enclseparator}\usekomavar{enclseparator}}% }% @@ -4905,6 +4936,8 @@ % \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/16}{Neu}%^^A % \begin{KOMAvar}{backaddress} % \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/16}{Neu}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/15}{\cs{ifkomavarempty} durch \cs{Ifkomavarempty} +% ersetzt}%^^A % \begin{KOMAvar}{specialmail} % \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/16}{Neu}%^^A % \begin{KOMAvar}{title} @@ -4933,10 +4966,10 @@ \newkomavar{location} \newkomavar{backaddress} \setkomavar{backaddress}{% - \ifkomavarempty{fromname}{}{% + \Ifkomavarempty{fromname}{}{% \strut\ignorespaces\usekomavar{fromname}% - \ifkomavarempty{fromaddress}{}{\\}}% - \ifkomavarempty{fromaddress}{}{% + \Ifkomavarempty{fromaddress}{}{\\}}% + \Ifkomavarempty{fromaddress}{}{% \strut\ignorespaces\usekomavar{fromaddress}}% } \newkomavar{specialmail} @@ -4964,6 +4997,7 @@ % \begin{option}{symbolicnames} % \changes{v3.12}{2013/05/13}{neue Option}%^^A % \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/16}{interne Speicherung der Werte}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A % \begin{macro}{\if@scrsymbols} % \changes{v3.12}{2013/05/13}{neu (intern)}%^^A % \begin{macro}{\@scrsymbolstrue} @@ -5003,7 +5037,7 @@ %<package> scrletter.\scr@pkgextension }{symbolicnames}{#1}% \if@scrsymbols - \ifstr{\scr@symbols@font}{marvosym}{% + \Ifstr{\scr@symbols@font}{marvosym}{% \def\scr@symbol@phone{\Telefon}% \def\scr@symbol@fax{\FAX}% \def\scr@symbol@email{\Email}% @@ -5054,10 +5088,10 @@ % Datei mit Optionen-Abschnitt befinden. % \begin{macrocode} \ifx\@fileswith@pti@ns\@badrequireerror - \ifstr{\@currext}{\@clsextension}{% + \Ifstr{\@currext}{\@clsextension}{% \expandafter\AtEndOfClass }{% - \ifstr{\@currext}{\@pkgextension}{% + \Ifstr{\@currext}{\@pkgextension}{% \expandafter\AtEndOfPackage }{% \expandafter\AtBeginDocument diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx index 5546b8a3ca..0c084715cb 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ % Right brace \} Tilde \~} % % \iffalse -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx 3262 2019-10-10 08:25:29Z kohm $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx 3393 2019-11-19 10:33:44Z kohm $ %<option>%%% (run: option) %<body>%%% (run: body) %<*dtx> @@ -63,9 +63,9 @@ \ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi \begingroup \def\filedate$#1: #2-#3-#4 #5${\gdef\filedate{#2/#3/#4}} - \filedate$Date: 2019-10-10 10:25:29 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + \filedate$Date: 2019-11-19 11:33:44 +0100 (Tue, 19 Nov 2019) $ \def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\gdef\filerevision{r#2}} - \filerevision$Revision: 3262 $ + \filerevision$Revision: 3393 $ \edef\reserved@a{% \noexpand\endgroup \noexpand\ProvidesFile{scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx}% @@ -276,7 +276,11 @@ % \changes{v2.98c}{2001/06/18}{neu}%^^A % \begin{macro}{\cleardoublepage} % \changes{v2.98c}{2001/06/18}{wird immer neu definiert}%^^A -% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/04/11}{neue Voreinstellung für Versionen nach 2.98c}%^^A +% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/04/11}{neue Voreinstellung für Versionen nach +% 2.98c}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifnotundefined} umbenannt in +% \cs{Ifnotundefined}}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A % Bei Verwendung von \texttt{twoside} und \texttt{openright} bei den % Klassen \textsf{scrbook} und \textsf{scrreprt} wird bei \cs{chapter} % implizit \cs{cleardoublepage} ausgeführt. Das führt ggf. @@ -294,7 +298,7 @@ \KOMA@unknown@keyval{cleardoublepage}{#1}{% 'current' or any defined pagestyle e.g. 'empty','plain', 'headings'}% }% - \ifstr{#1}{current}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{current}{% \def\@tempc{\endgroup% \def\cleardoublepage{\cleardoublestandardpage}% \def\cleardoubleoddpage{\cleardoubleoddstandardpage}% @@ -306,7 +310,7 @@ }{cleardoublepage}{current}% }% }{% - \ifnotundefined{ps@#1}{% + \Ifnotundefined{ps@#1}{% \def\@tempc{\endgroup% \def\cleardoublepage{\cleardoublepageusingstyle{#1}}% \def\cleardoubleoddpage{\cleardoubleoddpageusingstyle{#1}}% @@ -327,7 +331,7 @@ %<*class> \ifx\@currname\KOMAClassName \ifx\@currext\@clsextension - \ifstr{#1}{headings}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{headings}{% \def\@tempc{\endgroup% \def\cleardoublepage{\cleardoublepageusingstyle{#1}}% \def\cleardoubleoddpage{\cleardoubleoddpageusingstyle{#1}}% @@ -492,6 +496,8 @@ % \begin{macro}{\ps@plain} % \begin{macro}{\ps@myheadings} % \begin{macro}{\ps@headings} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/19}{\cs{ifnumbered} umbenannt in +% \cs{Ifnumbered}}%^^A % Es wird das Aussehen der Kopf- und Fußzeilen für die % Standardseitenstile \texttt{empty}, \texttt{plain}, % \texttt{headings} und \texttt{myheadings} festgelegt. Diese sind @@ -676,11 +682,11 @@ %<*article> \renewcommand*{\sectionmark}[1]{% \if@twoside\expandafter\markboth\else\expandafter\markright\fi - {\MakeMarkcase{\ifnumbered{section}{\sectionmarkformat}{}##1}}{}}% + {\MakeMarkcase{\Ifnumbered{section}{\sectionmarkformat}{}##1}}{}}% \renewcommand*{\subsectionmark}[1]{% \if@twoside \markright{% - \MakeMarkcase{\ifnumbered{subsection}{\subsectionmarkformat}{}##1}% + \MakeMarkcase{\Ifnumbered{subsection}{\subsectionmarkformat}{}##1}% }% \fi }% @@ -688,7 +694,7 @@ %<*report|book> \renewcommand*{\chaptermark}[1]{% \if@twoside\expandafter\markboth\else\expandafter\markright\fi - {\MakeMarkcase{\ifnumbered{chapter}{% + {\MakeMarkcase{\Ifnumbered{chapter}{% %<book> \if@mainmatter \chaptermarkformat %<book> \fi @@ -697,7 +703,7 @@ }% \renewcommand*{\sectionmark}[1]{% \if@twoside - \markright{\MakeMarkcase{\ifnumbered{section}{\sectionmarkformat}{}% + \markright{\MakeMarkcase{\Ifnumbered{section}{\sectionmarkformat}{}% ##1}}% \fi }% diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-sections.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-sections.dtx index 3ad243bb9e..154a453927 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-sections.dtx +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-sections.dtx @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -% \CheckSum{4824} +% \CheckSum{4850} % \iffalse meta-comment % ====================================================================== % scrkernel-sections.dtx @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ % Right brace \} Tilde \~} % % \iffalse -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-sections.dtx 3262 2019-10-10 08:25:29Z kohm $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-sections.dtx 3400 2019-11-21 10:36:26Z kohm $ % The runs of run-time file generation: %<preidentify>%%% (run: preidentify) % - everything that is needed before selfidentification of resulting files @@ -78,9 +78,9 @@ \ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi \begingroup \def\filedate$#1: #2-#3-#4 #5${\gdef\filedate{#2/#3/#4}} - \filedate$Date: 2019-10-10 10:25:29 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + \filedate$Date: 2019-11-21 11:36:26 +0100 (Thu, 21 Nov 2019) $ \def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\gdef\filerevision{r#2}} - \filerevision$Revision: 3262 $ + \filerevision$Revision: 3400 $ \edef\reserved@a{% \noexpand\endgroup \noexpand\ProvidesFile{scrkernel-sections.dtx}% @@ -343,14 +343,29 @@ % % \begin{macro}{\ifnumbered} % \changes{v3.12}{2013/12/16}{new command}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/19}{renamed to \cs{Ifnumbered}}%^^A +% \begin{macro}{\Ifnumbered} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/19}{renamed from \cs{ifnumbered}}%^^A % \begin{macro}{\ifunnumbered} % \changes{v3.12}{2013/12/16}{new command}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/19}{renamed to \cs{Ifunnumbered}}%^^A +% \begin{macro}{\Ifunnumbered} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/19}{renamed from \cs{ifunnumbered}}%^^A % Test, ob eine Gliederungsebene (\texttt{\#1}) nummeriert wird. Falls das der % Fall ist, wird das zweite Argument verwendet, sonst das dritte. Bei % \cs{ifunnumbered} ist die Logik genau vertauscht. % \begin{macrocode} %<*body> -\newcommand*{\ifnumbered}[1]{% +\providecommand*{\ifnumbered}{% + \ClassWarning{\KOMAClassName}{Usage of deprecated command + `\string\ifnumbered'.\MessageBreak + The command has been renamed because of a\MessageBreak + recommendation of The LaTeX Project Team.\MessageBreak + Please replace `\string\ifnumbered' by `\string\Ifnumbered'% + }% + \Ifnumbered +} +\newcommand*{\Ifnumbered}[1]{% \if@currentusenumber \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{#1numdepth}{% \expandafter\@secondoftwo @@ -365,14 +380,25 @@ \expandafter\@secondoftwo \fi } -\newcommand*{\ifunnumbered}[1]{% - \ifnumbered{#1}{\@secondoftwo}{\@firstoftwo}% +\providecommand*{\ifunnumbered}{% + \ClassWarning{\KOMAClassName}{Usage of deprecated command + `\string\ifunnumbered'.\MessageBreak + The command has been renamed because of a\MessageBreak + recommendation of The LaTeX Project Team.\MessageBreak + Please replace `\string\ifunnumbered' by `\string\Ifunnumbered'% + }% + \Ifunnumbered +} +\newcommand*{\Ifunnumbered}[1]{% + \Ifnumbered{#1}{\@secondoftwo}{\@firstoftwo}% } %</body> %</class> % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} % % % \subsection{\KOMAScript-eigene Befehle zur Definition von @@ -713,8 +739,8 @@ \KOMAClassName\space needs it's own definition of `\string\@startsection'\MessageBreak to provide extended features for the optional argument\MessageBreak - of `\string\section` etc.\MessageBreak - Generally it defines `\string\@startsection` completely new\MessageBreak + of `\string\section' etc.\MessageBreak + Generally it defines `\string\@startsection' completely new\MessageBreak to achieve this. Because of the unexpected definition\MessageBreak an alternative approach will be used.\MessageBreak If this fails and if there isn't a new release of\MessageBreak @@ -722,9 +748,9 @@ send a report to the KOMA-Script author.\MessageBreak Note, that this alternative approach does not\MessageBreak execute the elements of do-hooks:\MessageBreak - \space\space- `heading/postinit`,\MessageBreak - \space\space- `heading/branch/star`,\MessageBreak - \space\space- `heading/branch/nostar`,\MessageBreak + \space\space- `heading/postinit',\MessageBreak + \space\space- `heading/branch/star',\MessageBreak + \space\space- `heading/branch/nostar',\MessageBreak and does always use `runin=bysign' and\MessageBreak `afterindent=bysign'% }% @@ -1657,6 +1683,7 @@ % \end{macro}%^^A \DeclareSectionCommandStyleFontOption % \begin{macro}{\DeclareSectionCommandStyleFuzzyOption} % \changes{v3.26}{2018/09/18}{neue Anweisung}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A % Definiert für die aktuelle Ebene \cs{scr@dsc@current} eine neue % Fuzzy-Auswahl. Eine Fuzzy-Auswahl akzeptiert neben den Werten für % boolsche-Schalter noch einen weiteren Wert. Es wird davon eine Anweisung @@ -1676,7 +1703,7 @@ ####1####2####3{####2}% \fi \else - \ifstr{##1}{#5}{% + \Ifstr{##1}{#5}{% \expandafter\def\csname #3\scr@dsc@current#4\endcsname ####1####2####3{####3}% \FamilyKeyStateProcessed @@ -2017,7 +2044,8 @@ % \begin{macro}{\scr@dsc@style@chapter@neededoptionstest} % \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/24}{Neu (intern)}%^^A % \changes{v3.24}{2017/04/25}{Voreinstellungen für alle außer auf Ebene -% \texttt{chapter}}%^^A +% \texttt{chapter}}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A % Dieses Anweisung überprüft, ob alle notwendigen Eigenschaften für die % Definition der spezifischen Gliederungsebene im chapter-Stil bekannt % sind. Sollte das nicht der Fall sein, meldet sie einen Fehler und sorgt sie @@ -2026,7 +2054,7 @@ %<*book|report> \newcommand*{\scr@dsc@style@chapter@neededoptionstest}{% \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{\scr@dsc@current pagestyle}{% - \ifstr{\scr@dsc@current}{chapter}{% + \Ifstr{\scr@dsc@current}{chapter}{% \scr@declaresectioncommanderror{\scr@dsc@current}% {initial page style}{pagestyle}% }{% @@ -2037,7 +2065,7 @@ }% }{}% \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{scr@\scr@dsc@current @innerskip}{% - \ifstr{\scr@dsc@current}{chapter}{% + \Ifstr{\scr@dsc@current}{chapter}{% \scr@declaresectioncommanderror{\scr@dsc@current}% {inner chapter skip}{innerskip}% }{% @@ -2048,7 +2076,7 @@ }% }{}% \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{scr@\scr@dsc@current @beforeskip}{% - \ifstr{\scr@dsc@current}{chapter}{% + \Ifstr{\scr@dsc@current}{chapter}{% \scr@declaresectioncommanderror{\scr@dsc@current}% {before chapter skip}{beforeskip}% }{% @@ -2059,7 +2087,7 @@ }% }{}% \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{scr@\scr@dsc@current @afterskip}{% - \ifstr{\scr@dsc@current}{chapter}{% + \Ifstr{\scr@dsc@current}{chapter}{% \scr@declaresectioncommanderror{\scr@dsc@current}% {after chaper skip}{afterskip}% }{% @@ -2070,7 +2098,7 @@ }% }{}% \IfExistskomafont{\scr@dsc@current}{}{% - \ifstr{\scr@dsc@current}{chapter}{% + \Ifstr{\scr@dsc@current}{chapter}{% \scr@declaresectioncommanderror{\scr@dsc@current}{font}{font}% }{% \scr@declaresectioncommandwarning{\scr@dsc@current}% @@ -2080,7 +2108,7 @@ }% }% \IfExistskomafont{\scr@dsc@current prefix}{}{% - \ifstr{\scr@dsc@current}{chapter}{% + \Ifstr{\scr@dsc@current}{chapter}{% \scr@declaresectioncommanderror{\scr@dsc@current}% {prefix line font}{prefixfont}% }{% @@ -2107,7 +2135,8 @@ % \begin{macro}{\scr@dsc@style@part@neededoptionstest} % \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/24}{Neu (intern)} % \changes{v3.24}{2017/04/25}{Voreinstellungen für alle außer auf Ebene -% \texttt{part}}%^^A +% \texttt{part}}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A % Dieses Anweisung überprüft, ob alle notwendigen Eigenschaften für die % Definition der spezifischen Gliederungsebene im part-Stil bekannt % sind. Sollte das nicht der Fall sein, meldet sie einen Fehler und sorgt sie @@ -2116,7 +2145,7 @@ \newcommand*{\scr@dsc@style@part@neededoptionstest}{% %<*book|report> \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{\scr@dsc@current pagestyle}{% - \ifstr{\scr@dsc@current}{part}{% + \Ifstr{\scr@dsc@current}{part}{% \scr@declaresectioncommanderror{\scr@dsc@current}% {initial page style}{pagestyle}% }{% @@ -2127,7 +2156,7 @@ }% }{}% \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{scr@\scr@dsc@current @innerskip}{% - \ifstr{\scr@dsc@current}{part}{% + \Ifstr{\scr@dsc@current}{part}{% \scr@declaresectioncommanderror{\scr@dsc@current}% {inner part skip}{innerskip}% }{% @@ -2139,7 +2168,7 @@ }{}% %</book|report> \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{scr@\scr@dsc@current @beforeskip}{% - \ifstr{\scr@dsc@current}{part}{% + \Ifstr{\scr@dsc@current}{part}{% \scr@declaresectioncommanderror{\scr@dsc@current}% {before part skip}{beforeskip}% }{% @@ -2150,7 +2179,7 @@ }% }{}% \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{scr@\scr@dsc@current @afterskip}{% - \ifstr{\scr@dsc@current}{part}{% + \Ifstr{\scr@dsc@current}{part}{% \scr@declaresectioncommanderror{\scr@dsc@current}% {after part skip}{afterskip}% }{% @@ -2161,7 +2190,7 @@ }% }{}% \IfExistskomafont{\scr@dsc@current}{}{% - \ifstr{\scr@dsc@current}{part}{% + \Ifstr{\scr@dsc@current}{part}{% \scr@declaresectioncommanderror{\scr@dsc@current}{font}{font}% }{% \scr@declaresectioncommandwarning{\scr@dsc@current}{font}{font}% @@ -2170,7 +2199,7 @@ }% }{}% \IfExistskomafont{\scr@dsc@current prefix}{}{% - \ifstr{\scr@dsc@current}{part}{% + \Ifstr{\scr@dsc@current}{part}{% \scr@declaresectioncommanderror{\scr@dsc@current}% {number font}{prefixfont}% }{% @@ -2772,14 +2801,14 @@ \DeclareSectionCommand[{#1}]{#2}% \else \ClassError{\KOMAClassName}{% - command `\reserved@b` already defined% + command `\reserved@b' already defined% }{% You've tried to define the section command `\expandafter\string\csname - #2\endcsname` newly.\MessageBreak + #2\endcsname' newly.\MessageBreak Such a section command needs an additional new command - `\reserved@b`,\MessageBreak + `\reserved@b',\MessageBreak but this already exists. So you cannot define - `\expandafter\string\csname #2\endcsname` newly.\MessageBreak + `\expandafter\string\csname #2\endcsname' newly.\MessageBreak Maybe you should use one of \string\DeclareSectionCommand, \string\RedeclareSectionCommand,\MessageBreak or \string\ProvideSectionCommand.\MessageBreak @@ -2788,10 +2817,10 @@ \fi }{% \ClassError{\KOMAClassName}{% - command `\expandafter\string\csname #2\endcsname` already defined% + command `\expandafter\string\csname #2\endcsname' already defined% }{% You've tried to define the section command `\expandafter\string\csname - #2\endcsname` newly,\MessageBreak + #2\endcsname' newly,\MessageBreak but a command or something else with this name already exists.\MessageBreak Maybe you should use one of \string\DeclareSectionCommand, @@ -2813,10 +2842,10 @@ \newcommand*{\RedeclareSectionCommand}[2][]{% \@ifundefined{#2}{% \ClassError{\KOMAClassName}{% - command `\expandafter\string\csname #2\endcsname` not defined% + command `\expandafter\string\csname #2\endcsname' not defined% }{% You've tried to re-define the section command `\expandafter\string\csname - #2\endcsname`,\MessageBreak + #2\endcsname',\MessageBreak but a command with this name does not exists.\MessageBreak Maybe you should use one of \string\DeclareSectionCommand, \string\DeclareNewSectionCommand,\MessageBreak @@ -2894,11 +2923,11 @@ \scr@trim@spaces\reserved@a \@ifundefined{\reserved@a}{}{% \ClassError{\KOMAClassName}{% - command `\expandafter\string\csname\reserved@a\endcsname` already + command `\expandafter\string\csname\reserved@a\endcsname' already defined% }{% You've tried to define the section command - `\expandafter\string\csname\reserved@a\endcsname` newly,\MessageBreak + `\expandafter\string\csname\reserved@a\endcsname' newly,\MessageBreak but a command, token, box or length with this name already exists.\MessageBreak Maybe you should use one of \string\DeclareSectionCommand, @@ -2937,10 +2966,10 @@ \scr@trim@spaces\reserved@a \@ifundefined{\reserved@a}{% \ClassError{\KOMAClassName}{% - command `\expandafter\string\csname\reserved@a\endcsname` not defined% + command `\expandafter\string\csname\reserved@a\endcsname' not defined% }{% You've tried to re-define the section command - `\expandafter\string\csname\reserved@a\endcsname`,\MessageBreak + `\expandafter\string\csname\reserved@a\endcsname',\MessageBreak but a command with this name does not exists.\MessageBreak Maybe you should use one of \string\DeclareSectionCommand, \string\DeclareNewSectionCommand,\MessageBreak @@ -3047,7 +3076,7 @@ unknown section command style `#2'% }{}% }% - \ifstr{\@nameuse{scr@#1@style}}{#2}% + \Ifstr{\@nameuse{scr@#1@style}}{#2}% } %</body> % \end{macrocode} @@ -3091,22 +3120,23 @@ }% }{% % \end{macrocode} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A % Note: \texttt{hpdftex}, \texttt{hluatex}, \texttt{hxetex} and \texttt{hvtex} % do not need to be translated, because they are autodetected by % \textsf{bookmark} as well. \texttt{hypertex}, \texttt{hdviwindo}, % \texttt{htex4ht} and \texttt{latex2html} are not known by \textsf{bookmark}, % so we stay with the default (usually \texttt{dvips}). % \begin{macrocode} - \ifstr{\Hy@driver}{hdvips}{% + \Ifstr{\Hy@driver}{hdvips}{% \providecommand*{\BookmarkDriverDefault}{dvips}% }{% - \ifstr{\Hy@driver}{hdvipdfm}{% + \Ifstr{\Hy@driver}{hdvipdfm}{% \providecommand*{\BookmarkDriverDefault}{dvipdfm}% }{% - \ifstr{\Hy@driver}{hdvipson}{% + \Ifstr{\Hy@driver}{hdvipson}{% \providecommand*{\BookmarkDriverDefault}{dvipsone}% }{% - \ifstr{\Hy@driver}{htexture}{% + \Ifstr{\Hy@driver}{htexture}{% \providecommand*{\BookmarkDriverDefault}{textures}% }{% }% @@ -3527,6 +3557,7 @@ % \changes{v2.95}{2006/07/04}{Ausführung von \cs{appendixmore}%^^A % vereinfacht}%^^A % \changes{v3.20}{2016/12/05}{neue eindeutige Warnung} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A % \begin{macro}{\appendixmore} % \cs{appendixmore} kann als \emph{hook} verwendet werden. Derzeit wird dieser % allerdings noch recht stiefmütterlich behandelt und lediglich von Option @@ -3535,7 +3566,7 @@ %<*class> %<*body> \newcommand*\appendix{% - \ifstr{\@currenvir}{appendix}{% + \Ifstr{\@currenvir}{appendix}{% \ClassWarning{\KOMAClassName}{% You are using `\string\begin{appendix}...\string\end{appendix}'.\MessageBreak @@ -3706,6 +3737,7 @@ % \changes{v3.19}{2015/08/25}{Seitenstil nur ändern wenn definiert und nicht % leer}%^^A % \changes{v3.26}{2018/10/14}{Option \texttt{afterindent} wird beachtet}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A % Die Anweisung definiert den Gliederungsüberschriften-Stil % \texttt{part}. Dazu bekommt sie als einziges explizites Argument den % \meta{Namen} der Gliederungsüberschrift. Weitere Argumente wie ein @@ -3721,7 +3753,7 @@ %<*book|report> \if@openright\cleardoublepage\else\clearpage\fi \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{#1pagestyle}{}{% - \ifstr{#1pagestyle}{}{}{% + \Ifstr{#1pagestyle}{}{}{% \thispagestyle{\@nameuse{#1pagestyle}}% }% }% @@ -3805,9 +3837,11 @@ % \changes{v2.8e}{2001/07/10}{\cs{@maybeautodot} wird aufgerufen}%^^A % \changes{v3.08}{2010/11/01}{Verwendung von \cs{addparttocentry}}%^^A % \changes{v3.18}{2015/05/20}{Verwendung von \cs{add\meta{Name}tocentry} in -% \cs{typeout}}%^^A +% \cs{typeout}}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/19}{\cs{ifnumbered} umbenannt in +% \cs{Ifnumbered}}%^^A % \begin{macrocode} - \ifnumbered{#1}{% + \Ifnumbered{#1}{% \refstepcounter{#1}% \@maybeautodot\thepart% \expandafter\@maybeautodot\csname the#1\endcsname @@ -3871,9 +3905,11 @@ % \changes{v3.25}{2017/09/07}{Umstellung auf % \cs{partlineswithprefixformat}}%^^A % \changes{v3.25}{2018/02/12}{Verwendung des korrekten Font-Elements}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/19}{\cs{ifnumbered} umbenannt in +% \cs{Ifnumbered}}%^^A % \begin{macrocode} \begingroup - \def\IfUseNumber{\ifnumbered{#1}}% + \def\IfUseNumber{\Ifnumbered{#1}}% \ExecuteDoHook{heading/begingroup/#1}% \setparsizes{\z@}{\z@}{\z@\@plus 1fil}\par@updaterelative \raggedpart @@ -4569,7 +4605,7 @@ \ExecuteDoHook{heading/preinit/#1}% \if@openright\cleardoublepage\else\clearpage\fi \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{#1pagestyle}{}{% - \ifstr{#1pagestyle}{}{}{% + \Ifstr{#1pagestyle}{}{}{% \thispagestyle{\@nameuse{#1pagestyle}}% }% }% @@ -4633,9 +4669,11 @@ % \changes{v3.08}{2010/11/01}{Verwendung von \cs{addchaptertocentry}}%^^A % \changes{v3.18}{2015/05/20}{Verwendung von \cs{add\meta{Name}tocentry}}%^^A % \changes{v3.18}{2015/05/22}{Verwendung von \meta{Name} statt \cs{@chapapp} -% in \cs{typeout}}%^^A +% in \cs{typeout}}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/19}{\cs{ifnumbered} umbenannt in +% \cs{Ifnumbered}}%^^A % \begin{macrocode} - \ifnumbered{#1}{% + \Ifnumbered{#1}{% %<book> \if@mainmatter \@tempswatrue %<book> \else\@tempswafalse\fi @@ -4684,14 +4722,16 @@ % \end{macrocode} % Und die Abstände in die andere Verzeichnisse. % \changes{v2.8g}{2001/07/18}{per \cs{float@addtolists} wird nun -% auch ein vertikaler Abstand in Listen des \texttt{float}-Pakets -% eingebaut}%^^A +% auch ein vertikaler Abstand in Listen des \texttt{float}-Pakets +% eingebaut}%^^A % \changes{v3.00}{2008/07/01}{jetzt auch Kapiteleinträge in andere -% float-Verzeichnisse mit hyperref}%^^A +% float-Verzeichnisse mit hyperref}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/19}{\cs{iftocfeature} replaced by +% \cs{Iftocfeature}}%^^A % \begin{macrocode} \ifdim \@chapterlistsgap>\z@ \doforeachtocfile{% - \iftocfeature{\@currext}{chapteratlist}{% + \Iftocfeature{\@currext}{chapteratlist}{% \addtocontents{\@currext}{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}% }{}% }% @@ -4885,6 +4925,8 @@ % \changes{v3.19a}{2015/10/03}{Bug durch vergessene Definition von % \cs{IfUseNumber} behoben}%^^A % \changes{v3.27}{2019/02/02}{\cs{ExecuteDoHook} eingefügt}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/19}{\cs{ifnumbered} umbenannt in +% \cs{Ifnumbered}}%^^A % Ab Version~3.19 wurde der Code weitgehend umgebaut, um die Befehle % \cs{chapterlinesformat} für die hängende Version und % \cs{chapterlinesandprefixformat} für die Version mit Präfixzeile zu @@ -4893,7 +4935,7 @@ % bezüglich der Kapitelüberschriften nicht mehr funktionieren. Dafür kann man % diese Hacks nun durch saubere Lösungen ersetzen. % \begin{macrocode} - \def\IfUseNumber{\ifnumbered{#1}}% + \def\IfUseNumber{\Ifnumbered{#1}}% %<book> \if@mainmatter\else\let\IfUseNumber\@secondoftwo\fi \ExecuteDoHook{heading/begingroup/#1}% \if@chapterprefix @@ -5113,6 +5155,8 @@ % \changes{v3.08}{2010/11/01}{Neu}%^^A % \changes{v3.12}{2013/09/24}{Behandlung von \cs{if@chaptertolists} hier}%^^A % \changes{v3.12}{2013/09/24}{Verwendung von \cs{addxcontentsline}}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/19}{\cs{iftocfeature} replaced by +% \cs{Iftocfeature}}%^^A % Seit Version~3.08 wird der Eintrag nicht direkt innerhalb von \cs{chapter} % per \cs{addcontentsline} erzeugt, sondern indirekt über diese Anweisung. Das % erste Argument ist dabei die (formatierte) Nummer bzw. bei nicht @@ -5125,7 +5169,7 @@ \addtocentrydefault{chapter}{#1}{#2}% \if@chaptertolists \doforeachtocfile{% - \iftocfeature{\@currext}{chapteratlist}{% + \Iftocfeature{\@currext}{chapteratlist}{% \addxcontentsline{\@currext}{chapteratlist}[{#1}]{#2}% }{}% }% @@ -5289,17 +5333,20 @@ % ergänzt}%^^A % \changes{v2.7f}{2001/04/17}{fehlendes Klammerpaar ergänzt}%^^A % \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/17}{\cs{AfterPackage} zur Ãœberprüfung der -% \textsf{hyperref}-Version verwendet} +% \textsf{hyperref}-Version verwendet}%^^A +% \changes{v3.27a}{2019/11/11}{Meldung korrigiert}%^^A % \begin{macrocode} %<*book> \AfterPackage{hyperref}{% \@ifpackagelater{hyperref}{2001/02/19}{}{% \ClassWarningNoLine{\KOMAClassName}{% - You are using an old version of hyperref package!\MessageBreak% - This version has a buggy hack at many drivers\MessageBreak% - causing \string\addchap\space to behave strange.\MessageBreak% - Please update hyperref to at least version - 6.71b}}} + You are using an old version of the hyperref package!\MessageBreak% + This version has a buggy hack in many drivers,\MessageBreak% + causing \string\addchap\space to behave strangely.\MessageBreak% + Please update hyperref to at least version 6.71b% + }% + }% +} %</book> %</body> % \end{macrocode} @@ -5566,10 +5613,12 @@ % % \begin{KOMAfont}{chapterentrydots} % \changes{v3.15}{2014/12/10}{neues Font-Element}%^^A +% \changes{v3.27}{2019/10/28}{überflüssiges \cs{normalfont} entfernt}%^^A % Schrift für die optionalen Pünktchen des \cs{chapter}-Eintrags im -% Inhaltsverzeichnis abweichend von \texttt{chapterentrypagenumber}. +% Inhaltsverzeichnis abweichend von \texttt{chapterentry} und +% \cs{normalfont}\cs{normalsize}. % \begin{macrocode} -\newkomafont{chapterentrydots}{\normalfont} +\newkomafont{chapterentrydots}{} %</body> %</book|report> %</class> @@ -6010,10 +6059,12 @@ % % \begin{KOMAfont}{sectionentrydots} % \changes{v3.15}{2014/12/10}{neues Font-Element}%^^A +% \changes{v3.27}{2019/10/28}{überflüssiges \cs{normalfont} entfernt}%^^A % Schrift für die optionalen Pünktchen des \cs{section}-Eintrags im -% Inhaltsverzeichnis abweichend von \texttt{sectionentrypagenumber}. +% Inhaltsverzeichnis abweichend von \texttt{sectionentry} und +% \cs{normalfont}\cs{normalsize}. % \begin{macrocode} -\newkomafont{sectionentrydots}{\normalfont} +\newkomafont{sectionentrydots}{} %</article> % \end{macrocode} % \end{KOMAfont} diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-title.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-title.dtx index 717390ec83..986d89ffa5 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-title.dtx +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-title.dtx @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ % Right brace \} Tilde \~} % % \iffalse -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-title.dtx 3262 2019-10-10 08:25:29Z kohm $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-title.dtx 3390 2019-11-18 17:09:35Z kohm $ %<option>%%% (run: option) %<body>%%% (run: body) %<*dtx> @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ \ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi \begingroup \def\filedate$#1: #2-#3-#4 #5${\gdef\filedate{#2/#3/#4}} - \filedate$Date: 2019-10-10 10:25:29 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + \filedate$Date: 2019-11-18 18:09:35 +0100 (Mon, 18 Nov 2019) $ \def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\gdef\filerevision{r#2}} \filerevision$Revision: 1638 $ \edef\reserved@a{% @@ -122,6 +122,7 @@ % \changes{v2.95c}{2006/08/21}{als \textsf{keyval}-Option}%^^A % \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/21}{neuer Wert \texttt{firstiscover}}%^^A % \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/10}{interne Speicherung des Werts}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A % \begin{option}{notitlepage} % \changes{v2.95c}{2006/08/21}{Option ist obsolet}%^^A % \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/21}{standard statt obsolet}%^^A @@ -163,8 +164,8 @@ %<*class|package> %<class>\newif\if@titlepageiscoverpage \KOMA@key{titlepage}[true]{% -%<!(package&extend)> \ifstr{#1}{firstiscover}{% -%<package&extend> \ifstr{##1}{firstiscover}{% +%<!(package&extend)> \Ifstr{#1}{firstiscover}{% +%<package&extend> \Ifstr{##1}{firstiscover}{% \@titlepagetrue \@titlepageiscoverpagetrue \FamilyKeyStateProcessed diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx index b0eba60c05..c42af21aeb 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -% \CheckSum{1934} +% \CheckSum{1936} % \iffalse meta-comment % ====================================================================== % scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ % Right brace \} Tilde \~} % % \iffalse -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx 3262 2019-10-10 08:25:29Z kohm $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx 3392 2019-11-19 09:37:46Z kohm $ % The runs of run-time file generation: %<preidentify>%%% (run: preidentify) % - everything that is needed before selfidentification of resulting files @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ \ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi \begingroup \def\filedate$#1: #2-#3-#4 #5${\gdef\filedate{#2/#3/#4}} - \filedate$Date: 2019-10-10 10:25:29 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + \filedate$Date: 2019-11-19 10:37:46 +0100 (Tue, 19 Nov 2019) $ \def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\gdef\filerevision{r#2}} \filerevision$Revision: 2254 $ \edef\reserved@a{% @@ -146,6 +146,7 @@ % \cs{numberline@postfix}}%^^A % \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/22}{use \cs{numberline@numberformat} only, if the % argument expands to a non-empty string}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A % Dieses Makro wird indirekt im Inhaltsverzeichnis verwendet und muss % umdefiniert werden, um Duden, 20.~Auflage, Regel~5 und Regel~6 zu % implementieren. @@ -154,7 +155,7 @@ \newcommand*{\scr@numberline}[1]{% \numberline@box{% \numberline@prefix - \ifstr{#1}{}{#1}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{}{#1}{% \numberline@numberformat{#1}% }% \numberline@postfix @@ -205,12 +206,13 @@ % \begin{macro}{\numberline@numberformat} % \changes{v3.06}{2010/05/18}{neu (intern)}%^^A % \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/22}{don't output anything, if argument expands to -% an empty string}%^^A +% an empty string}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A % Das dient in der Voreinstellung dazu, Regel~5 und 6 aus der 20.~Auflage des % DUDENs umzusetzen. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\numberline@numberformat}[1]{% - \ifstr{#1}{}{}{\numberline@numberprefix#1\numberline@numberpostfix}% + \Ifstr{#1}{}{}{\numberline@numberprefix#1\numberline@numberpostfix}% } % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macro}{\numberline@numberprefix} @@ -1553,10 +1555,11 @@ % automatisch bestimmt werden. Zum einen wird für Sub-Ebenen die Elternebene % um eins erhöht verwendet, falls die Elternebene bereits definiert ist. % \changes{v3.21}{2016/06/09}{\cs{the} eingefügt}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A % \begin{macrocode} %<*tocline|toctext> \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{#1tocdepth}{% - \ifstrstart{#1}{sub}{% + \Ifstrstart{#1}{sub}{% \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{\scr@dte@nosub{#1}tocdepth}{}{% \expandafter\edef\csname #1tocdepth\endcsname{% \the\numexpr \noexpand\@nameuse{\scr@dte@nosub{#1}tocdepth}+\@ne\relax @@ -1571,15 +1574,15 @@ % Standardklassen und bei \KOMAScript{} zutreffen. % \begin{macrocode} \@ifundefined{#1tocdepth}{% - \ifstr{#1}{part}{\@namedef{#1tocdepth}{-1}}{% - \ifstr{#1}{chapter}{\@namedef{#1tocdepth}{0}}{% - \ifstr{#1}{section}{\@namedef{#1tocdepth}{1}}{% - \ifstr{#1}{subsection}{\@namedef{#1tocdepth}{2}}{% - \ifstr{#1}{subsubsection}{\@namedef{#1tocdepth}{3}}{% - \ifstr{#1}{paragraph}{\@namedef{#1tocdepth}{4}}{% - \ifstr{#1}{subparagraph}{\@namedef{#1tocdepth}{5}}{% - \ifstr{#1}{figure}{\@namedef{#1tocdepth}{1}}{% - \ifstr{#1}{table}{\@namedef{#1tocdepth}{1}}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{part}{\@namedef{#1tocdepth}{-1}}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{chapter}{\@namedef{#1tocdepth}{0}}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{section}{\@namedef{#1tocdepth}{1}}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{subsection}{\@namedef{#1tocdepth}{2}}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{subsubsection}{\@namedef{#1tocdepth}{3}}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{paragraph}{\@namedef{#1tocdepth}{4}}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{subparagraph}{\@namedef{#1tocdepth}{5}}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{figure}{\@namedef{#1tocdepth}{1}}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{table}{\@namedef{#1tocdepth}{1}}{% % \end{macrocode} % Für unbekannte Anweisungen wird stattdessen eine eventuell vorhandene % Gliederungsebene auch als Verzeichnisebene übernommen: @@ -1602,7 +1605,7 @@ %<*tocline|toctext> \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{scr@tso@#1@indent}{% \@ifundefined{scr@#1@tocindent}{% - \ifstrstart{#1}{sub}{% + \Ifstrstart{#1}{sub}{% \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{scr@tso@\scr@dte@nosub{#1}@indent}{% \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{scr@tso@\scr@dte@nosub{#1}@numwidth}{}{% \expandafter\edef\csname scr@tso@#1@indent\endcsname{% @@ -1640,7 +1643,7 @@ % \begin{macrocode} %<*tocline> \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{scr@tso@#1@pagenumberwidth}{% - \ifstrstart{#1}{sub}{% + \Ifstrstart{#1}{sub}{% \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{scr@tso@\scr@dte@nosub{#1}@pagenumberwidth}{% \@namedef{scr@tso@#1@pagenumberwidth}{\@pnumwidth}% }{% @@ -1655,7 +1658,7 @@ %</tocline> %<*tocline|toctext> \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{scr@tso@#1@rightindent}{% - \ifstrstart{#1}{sub}{% + \Ifstrstart{#1}{sub}{% \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{scr@tso@\scr@dte@nosub{#1}@rightindent}{% \@namedef{scr@tso@#1@rightindent}{\@tocrmarg}% }{% @@ -1677,24 +1680,24 @@ %<*dottedtocline|undottedtocline|largetocline> \@ifundefined{scr@#1@tocindent}{% %</dottedtocline|undottedtocline|largetocline> - \ifstr{#1}{figure}{\@namedef{scr@tso@#1@indent}{1.5em}}{% - \ifstr{#1}{table}{\@namedef{scr@tso@#1@indent}{1.5em}}{% - \ifstr{#1}{part}{\@namedef{scr@tso@#1@indent}{0em}}{% - \ifstr{#1}{chapter}{\@namedef{scr@tso@#1@indent}{0em}}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{figure}{\@namedef{scr@tso@#1@indent}{1.5em}}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{table}{\@namedef{scr@tso@#1@indent}{1.5em}}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{part}{\@namedef{scr@tso@#1@indent}{0em}}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{chapter}{\@namedef{scr@tso@#1@indent}{0em}}{% % \end{macrocode} % Ab hier hängt es nun davon ab, ob es eine Kapitel-Ebene gibt oder % nicht. Dazu sollte die Kapitelebene bereits definiert sein! % \begin{macrocode} \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{l@chapter}{% - \ifstr{#1}{section}{\@namedef{scr@tso@#1@indent}{0pt}}{% - \ifstr{#1}{subsection}{\@namedef{scr@tso@#1@indent}{1.5em}}{% - \ifstr{#1}{subsubsection}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{section}{\@namedef{scr@tso@#1@indent}{0pt}}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{subsection}{\@namedef{scr@tso@#1@indent}{1.5em}}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{subsubsection}{% \@namedef{scr@tso@#1@indent}{3.8em}% }{% - \ifstr{#1}{paragraph}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{paragraph}{% \@namedef{scr@tso@#1@indent}{7em}% }{% - \ifstr{#1}{subparagraph}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{subparagraph}{% \@namedef{scr@tso@#1@indent}{10em}% }{% % \end{macrocode} @@ -1706,15 +1709,15 @@ }% }% }{% - \ifstr{#1}{section}{\@namedef{scr@tso@#1@indent}{1.5em}}{% - \ifstr{#1}{subsection}{\@namedef{scr@tso@#1@indent}{3.8em}}{% - \ifstr{#1}{subsubsection}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{section}{\@namedef{scr@tso@#1@indent}{1.5em}}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{subsection}{\@namedef{scr@tso@#1@indent}{3.8em}}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{subsubsection}{% \@namedef{scr@tso@#1@indent}{7.0em}% }{% - \ifstr{#1}{paragraph}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{paragraph}{% \@namedef{scr@tso@#1@indent}{10em}% }{% - \ifstr{#1}{subparagraph}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{subparagraph}{% \@namedef{scr@tso@#1@indent}{12em}% }{% % \end{macrocode} @@ -1746,7 +1749,7 @@ %<*tocline> \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{scr@tso@#1@numwidth}{% \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{scr@#1@tocnumwidth}{% - \ifstrstart{#1}{sub}{% + \Ifstrstart{#1}{sub}{% \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{scr@tso@\scr@dte@nosub{#1}@numwidth}{}{% \expandafter\edef\csname scr@tso@#1@numwidth\endcsname{% \glueexpr \noexpand\@nameuse{scr@tso@\scr@dte@nosub{#1}@numwidth}% @@ -1764,23 +1767,23 @@ %<*dottedtocline|undottedtocline> \@ifundefined{scr@#1@tocnumwidth}{% %</dottedtocline|undottedtocline> - \ifstr{#1}{figure}{\@namedef{scr@tso@#1@numwidth}{2.3em}}{% - \ifstr{#1}{table}{\@namedef{scr@tso@#1@numwidth}{2.3em}}{% - \ifstr{#1}{chapter}{\@namedef{scr@tso@#1@numwidth}{1.5em}}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{figure}{\@namedef{scr@tso@#1@numwidth}{2.3em}}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{table}{\@namedef{scr@tso@#1@numwidth}{2.3em}}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{chapter}{\@namedef{scr@tso@#1@numwidth}{1.5em}}{% % \end{macrocode} % Ab hier hängt es nun davon ab, ob es eine Kapitel-Ebene gibt oder % nicht. Dazu sollte die Kapitelebene bereits definiert sein! % \begin{macrocode} \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{chapter}{% - \ifstr{#1}{section}{\@namedef{scr@tso@#1@numwidth}{1.5em}}{% - \ifstr{#1}{subsection}{\@namedef{scr@tso@#1@numwidth}{2.3em}}{% - \ifstr{#1}{subsubsection}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{section}{\@namedef{scr@tso@#1@numwidth}{1.5em}}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{subsection}{\@namedef{scr@tso@#1@numwidth}{2.3em}}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{subsubsection}{% \@namedef{scr@tso@#1@numwidth}{3.2em}% }{% - \ifstr{#1}{paragraph}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{paragraph}{% \@namedef{scr@tso@#1@numwidth}{4.1em}% }{% - \ifstr{#1}{subparagraph}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{subparagraph}{% \@namedef{scr@tso@#1@numwidth}{5m}% }{% % \end{macrocode} @@ -1792,15 +1795,15 @@ }% }% }{% - \ifstr{#1}{section}{\@namedef{scr@tso@#1@numwidth}{2.3em}}{% - \ifstr{#1}{subsection}{\@namedef{scr@tso@#1@numwidth}{3.2em}}{% - \ifstr{#1}{subsubsection}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{section}{\@namedef{scr@tso@#1@numwidth}{2.3em}}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{subsection}{\@namedef{scr@tso@#1@numwidth}{3.2em}}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{subsubsection}{% \@namedef{scr@tso@#1@numwidth}{3.1em}% }{% - \ifstr{#1}{paragraph}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{paragraph}{% \@namedef{scr@tso@#1@numwidth}{5em}% }{% - \ifstr{#1}{subparagraph}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{subparagraph}{% \@namedef{scr@tso@#1@numwidth}{6em}% }{% % \end{macrocode} @@ -1845,13 +1848,13 @@ % verwendet. % \begin{macrocode} \@ifundefined{scr@tso@#1@beforeskip}{% - \ifstr{#1}{part}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{part}{% \@namedef{scr@tso@#1@beforeskip}{\glueexpr 2.25em \@plus\p@\relax}% }{% - \ifstr{#1}{chapter}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{chapter}{% \@namedef{scr@tso@#1@beforeskip}{\glueexpr 1.0em \@plus\p@\relax}% }{% - \ifstr{#1}{section}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{section}{% \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{l@chapter}{% \@namedef{scr@tso@#1@beforeskip}{\glueexpr 1.0em \@plus\p@\relax}% }{}% @@ -1907,16 +1910,16 @@ \expandafter\providecommand% \csname scr@tso@#1@numberformat\endcsname[1]{##1}% %<*tocline> - \ifstr{#1}{part}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{part}{% \expandafter\providecommand% \csname scr@tso@#1@entryformat\endcsname[1]{\large\bfseries ##1}% }{% - \ifstr{#1}{chapter}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{chapter}{% \expandafter\providecommand% \csname scr@tso@#1@entryformat\endcsname[1]{\bfseries ##1}% }{% \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{l@chapter}{% - \ifstr{#1}{section}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{section}{% \expandafter\providecommand% \csname scr@tso@#1@entryformat\endcsname[1]{\bfseries ##1}% }{}% @@ -1944,14 +1947,14 @@ % Option werden. In der Voreinstellung wird mit \cs{hfill} gefüllt. % \begin{macrocode} \@ifundefined{scr@tso@#1@linefill}{% - \ifstr{#1}{part}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{part}{% \@namedef{scr@tso@#1@linefill}{\hfill}% }{% - \ifstr{#1}{chapter}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{chapter}{% \@namedef{scr@tso@#1@linefill}{\hfill}% }{% \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{l@chapter}{% - \ifstr{#1}{section}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{section}{% \@namedef{scr@tso@#1@linefill}{\hfill}% }{}% }{}% @@ -1968,7 +1971,7 @@ % \end{macrocode} % Auch die Seitenzahl kann speziell formatiert werden, wenn das gewünscht ist. % \begin{macrocode} - \ifstr{#1}{part}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{part}{% % \end{macrocode} % Für \texttt{part} normalerweise groß und fett: % \begin{macrocode} @@ -1980,12 +1983,12 @@ % Voreinstellung fett}%^^A % Für \texttt{chapter} nur fett: % \begin{macrocode} - \ifstr{#1}{chapter}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{chapter}{% \expandafter\providecommand% \csname scr@tso@#1@pagenumberformat\endcsname[1]{\bfseries ##1}% }{% \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{l@chapter}{% - \ifstr{#1}{section}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{section}{% % \end{macrocode} % \changes{v3.25}{2017/11/23}{Seitenzahlen für \texttt{section}-Einräge in der % Voreinstellung unter Umständen fett}%^^A @@ -2030,11 +2033,13 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \changes{v3.27}{2019/05/12}{Berücksichtigung von Verzeichniseigenschaft % \texttt{noindent}}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/19}{\cs{iftocfeature} replaced by +% \cs{Iftocfeature}}%^^A % Damit ist die Initialisierung abgeschlossen und wir kommen zur % Eintragsanweisung selbst: % \begin{macrocode} %<*dottedtocline> - \iftocfeature{\@currext}{noindent}{% + \Iftocfeature{\@currext}{noindent}{% \@dottedtocline{\@nameuse{#1tocdepth}}{\z@}% {\@nameuse{scr@tso@#1@numwidth}}{##1}{##2}% }{% @@ -2095,9 +2100,11 @@ % kein \cs{numberline} verwendet. Deshalb werden mehrzeilige Einträge auch % nicht korrekt eingerückt. Auch das habe ich aus Kompatibilitätsgründen % beibehalten. +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/19}{\cs{iftocfeature} replaced by +% \cs{Iftocfeature}}%^^A % \begin{macrocode} %<undottedtocline> \advance\leftskip\@tempdima - \iftocfeature{\@currext}{noindent}{% + \Iftocfeature{\@currext}{noindent}{% %<undottedtocline> \hskip -\leftskip }{% \advance\leftskip\@nameuse{scr@tso@#1@indent}% @@ -2187,6 +2194,8 @@ % \changes{v3.20}{2015/11/22}{neu (intern)}%^^A % \changes{v3.27}{2019/05/12}{Berücksichtigun von Verzeichniseigenschaft % \texttt{noindent}}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/19}{\cs{iftocfeature} replaced by +% \cs{Iftocfeature}}%^^A % In gewisser Weise entspricht diese Anweisung der \LaTeX-Kern-Anweisung % \cs{dottedtocline}. Allerdings werden hier vielfältige % Eingriffsmöglichkeiten untersützt, die jeweils durch Optionen gesteuert @@ -2208,7 +2217,7 @@ \tocbasic@DependOnPenaltyAndTOCLevel{#1}% \addvspace{\@nameuse{scr@tso@#1@beforeskip}}\relax {% - \iftocfeature{\@currext}{noindent}{% + \Iftocfeature{\@currext}{noindent}{% \leftskip \z@ }{% \leftskip \@nameuse{scr@tso@#1@indent}\relax @@ -2218,7 +2227,7 @@ \@nameuse{Ifscr@tso@#1@raggedpage}{% \addtolength{\parfillskip}{\z@ \@plus 1fil}% }{}% - \iftocfeature{\@currext}{noindent}{% + \Iftocfeature{\@currext}{noindent}{% \parindent \z@ }{% \parindent \@nameuse{scr@tso@#1@indent}\relax @@ -2408,6 +2417,8 @@ % \selectlanguage{english} % \begin{macro}{\scr@dte@toctext} % \changes{v3.27}{2019/07/08}{new (internal)}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/19}{\cs{iftocfeature} replaced by +% \cs{Iftocfeature}}%^^A % This is the command to format entries that will be accumalted into a single % paragraph. This is somehow special, because the settings of one entrie can % influence another one. The three arguments are: @@ -2453,7 +2464,7 @@ % margins) and if any of the text entries has to be printed ragged right, all % of them should be ragged right. % \begin{macrocode} - \iftocfeature{\@currext}{noindent}{% + \Iftocfeature{\@currext}{noindent}{% \leftskip \z@ }{% \leftskip \@nameuse{scr@tso@#1@indent}\relax @@ -2578,6 +2589,8 @@ % % \begin{macro}{\scr@dte@def@l@chapter} % \changes{v3.20}{2015/12/07}{neuer Verzeichnisstil \texttt{chapter}}%^^A +% \changes{v3.27}{2019/10/28}{Font Element \texttt{chapterentrydots} wird +% angewendet}%^^A % Dieser Verzeichnisstil existier bei \textsf{scrbook} und \textsf{scrreprt}. % \begin{macrocode} %<*chapter> @@ -2587,7 +2600,7 @@ \expandafter\providecommand% \csname scr@tso@#1@linefill\endcsname{% \if@chapterentrywithdots - \TOCLineLeaderFill\relax + {\usekomafont{chapterentrydots}{\TOCLineLeaderFill}}\relax \else \hfill \fi @@ -2606,6 +2619,8 @@ % % \begin{macro}{\scr@dte@def@l@section} % \changes{v3.20}{2015/12/07}{neuer Verzeichnisstil \texttt{section}}%^^A +% \changes{v3.27}{2019/10/28}{Font Element \texttt{sectionentrydots} wird +% angewendet}%^^A % Bei den Klassen \textsf{scrbook} und \textsf{scrreprt} ist das der Stil für % die \emph{kleinen} Verzeichnisebenen. Bei \textsf{scrartcl} ist es dagegen % der Stil für die obere Verzeichnisebene und entspricht damit obigem Stil @@ -2625,12 +2640,14 @@ \expandafter\providecommand% \csname scr@tso@#1@linefill\endcsname{% \if@sectionentrywithdots - \TOCLineLeaderFill\relax + {\usekomafont{sectionentrydots}{\TOCLineLeaderFill}}\relax \else \hfill \fi }% - % Für die Einträge die Schrift von Element sectionentry verwenden. +% \end{macrocode} +% Für die Einträge die Schrift von Element sectionentry verwenden. +% \begin{macrocode} \expandafter\providecommand% \csname scr@tso@#1@entryformat\endcsname{\usekomafont{sectionentry}}% \expandafter\providecommand% diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-typearea.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-typearea.dtx index dc38a63bf6..d49b9ba640 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-typearea.dtx +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-typearea.dtx @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ % Right brace \} Tilde \~} % % \iffalse meta-comment -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-typearea.dtx 3262 2019-10-10 08:25:29Z kohm $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-typearea.dtx 3390 2019-11-18 17:09:35Z kohm $ %<identify>%%% (run: identify) %<init>%%% (run: init) %<options>%%% (run: options) @@ -66,9 +66,9 @@ \ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi \begingroup \def\filedate$#1: #2-#3-#4 #5${\gdef\filedate{#2/#3/#4}} - \filedate$Date: 2019-10-10 10:25:29 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + \filedate$Date: 2019-11-18 18:09:35 +0100 (Mon, 18 Nov 2019) $ \def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\gdef\filerevision{r#2}} - \filerevision$Revision: 3262 $ + \filerevision$Revision: 3390 $ \edef\reserved@a{% \noexpand\endgroup \noexpand\ProvidesFile{scrkernel-typearea.dtx}[% @@ -190,6 +190,7 @@ % % \begin{macro}{\PaperNameToSize} % \changes{v3.23}{2017/02/22}{new}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A % This command sets \cs{paperheight} and \cs{paperwidth} depending on % the name of a paper size. It currently supports the ISO formats of the % series A, B, C and D and the American formats letter, legal and @@ -201,19 +202,19 @@ % \begin{macrocode} %<*package&options> \providecommand*{\PaperNameToSize}[2][warning]{% - \ifstr{#2}{letter}{% + \Ifstr{#2}{letter}{% \setlength\paperheight{11in}% \setlength\paperwidth {8.5in}% }{% - \ifstr{#2}{legal}{% + \Ifstr{#2}{legal}{% \setlength\paperheight{14in}% \setlength\paperwidth {8.5in}% }{% - \ifstr{#2}{executive}{% + \Ifstr{#2}{executive}{% \setlength\paperheight{10.5in}% \setlength\paperwidth {7.25in}% }{% - \ifstr{#2}{}{% + \Ifstr{#2}{}{% \ISO@PaperNameToSize[#1]{}{}\@nil }{% \edef\reserved@a{\noexpand\ISO@PaperNameToSize[#1]#2 \noexpand\@nil}% @@ -226,6 +227,7 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macro}{\ISO@PaperNameToSize} % \changes{v3.23}{2017/02/22}{new (internal)}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifnumber} umbenannt in \cs{Ifnumber}}%^^A % For ISO paper sizes a sub-macro is used. It has to split the series and the % root. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -234,28 +236,28 @@ \lowercase{\edef\reserved@a{#2}}% \@tempswafalse \if \reserved@a a% - \ifnumber{#3}{% + \Ifnumber{#3}{% \setlength{\paperwidth}{841sp}% \setlength{\paperheight}{1189sp}% \@tempswatrue }{}% \else \if \reserved@a b% - \ifnumber{#3}{% + \Ifnumber{#3}{% \setlength{\paperwidth}{1000sp}% \setlength{\paperheight}{1414sp}% \@tempswatrue }{}% \else \if \reserved@a c% - \ifnumber{#3}{% + \Ifnumber{#3}{% \setlength{\paperwidth}{917sp}% \setlength{\paperheight}{1297sp}% \@tempswatrue }{}% \else \if \reserved@a d% - \ifnumber{#3}{% + \Ifnumber{#3}{% \setlength{\paperwidth}{771sp}% \setlength{\paperheight}{1090sp}% \@tempswatrue @@ -415,6 +417,7 @@ % \changes{v3.02c}{2009/02/12}{new \Option{paper!=seascape}}%^^A % \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/05}{status signaling using \cs{FamilyKeyState}}%^^A % \changes{v3.22}{2016/07/29}{paper orientation depends on format name}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A % Normally, the paper size should be set using this option. It provides the % ISO series A, B, C, D, value pairs % \Option{(\meta{width},\meta{height})} and the orientations @@ -422,7 +425,7 @@ % \begin{macrocode} %<*package&typearea&options> \KOMA@key{paper}{% - \ifstr{#1}{seascape}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{seascape}{% \@seascapetrue \expandafter\ifnum\scr@ta@v@is@ge{3.22}\relax \@landscapetrue @@ -436,7 +439,7 @@ \KOMA@kav@remove{.typearea.\scr@pkgextension}{paper}{seascape}% \KOMA@kav@add{.typearea.\scr@pkgextension}{paper}{seascape}% }{% - \ifstr{#1}{landscape}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{landscape}{% \@seascapefalse \expandafter\ifnum\scr@ta@v@is@ge{3.22}\relax \@landscapetrue @@ -450,7 +453,7 @@ \KOMA@kav@remove{.typearea.\scr@pkgextension}{paper}{seascape}% \KOMA@kav@add{.typearea.\scr@pkgextension}{paper}{landscape}% }{% - \ifstr{#1}{portrait}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{portrait}{% \expandafter\ifnum\scr@ta@v@is@ge{3.22}\relax \@landscapefalse \scr@setpaperorientation @@ -463,7 +466,7 @@ \KOMA@kav@remove{.typearea.\scr@pkgextension}{paper}{seascape}% \KOMA@kav@add{.typearea.\scr@pkgextension}{paper}{portrait}% }{% - \ifstr{#1}{letter}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{letter}{% \if@landscape \setlength\paperheight{8.5in}% \setlength\paperwidth {11in}% @@ -479,7 +482,7 @@ \if@landscape landscape\else portrait\fi\fi }% }{% - \ifstr{#1}{legal}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{legal}{% \if@landscape \setlength\paperheight{8.5in}% \setlength\paperwidth {14in}% @@ -495,7 +498,7 @@ \if@landscape landscape\else portrait\fi\fi }% }{% - \ifstr{#1}{executive}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{executive}{% \if@landscape \setlength\paperheight{7.25in}% \setlength\paperwidth {10.5in}% @@ -725,17 +728,21 @@ % \cs{page\dots} will be tried (needed for lua\TeX{}~0.80.1)}%^^A % \begin{macro}{\set@dvipspagesize} % \changes{v2.95}{2002/08/27}{new (internal)}%^^A -% \changes{v3.02c}{2009/02/13}{respecting \Option{seascape}} +% \changes{v3.02c}{2009/02/13}{respecting \Option{seascape}}%^^A % \changes{v3.02c}{2009/02/14}{can be used inside the document}%^^A % \changes{v3.12}{2012/02/06}{not expanded -% \cs{let}\cs{if@tempswa}\cs{if@dvips} does even work is the later is not -% yet defined} +% \cs{let}\cs{if@tempswa}\cs{if@dvips} does even work is the later is not +% yet defined}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifnotundefined} renamed into +% \cs{Ifnotundefined}}%^^A % \begin{macro}{\setnot@dvipspagesize} % \changes{v2.95}{2002/08/27}{new (internal)}%^^A % \begin{macro}{\set@dvipdfmxpagesize} % \changes{v3.05a}{2010/03/18}{new (internal)}%^^A % \begin{macro}{\set@vtexpagesize} % \changes{v2.95}{2002/08/27}{new (internal)}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifnotundefined} renamed into +% \cs{Ifnotundefined}}%^^A % \begin{macro}{\scr@updatedvipspagesize} % \changes{v3.02c}{2009/02/14}{new (internal)}%^^A % \changes{v3.12}{2013/05/10}{deactivated, if \cs{XeTeXversion} exists}%^^A @@ -760,7 +767,7 @@ \begingroup \@tempswafalse \scr@ifdvioutput{\@tempswatrue}{% - \ifnotundefined{if@dvips}{% + \Ifnotundefined{if@dvips}{% \expandafter\let\csname if@tempswa\expandafter\endcsname \csname if@dvips\endcsname }{}% @@ -852,7 +859,7 @@ \begingroup \@tempswafalse \scr@ifdvioutput{\@tempswatrue}{% - \ifnotundefined{if@dvips}{% + \Ifnotundefined{if@dvips}{% \expandafter\let\csname if@tempswa\expandafter\endcsname \csname if@dvips\endcsname }{}% @@ -909,8 +916,8 @@ }{}% } \newcommand*{\set@vtexpagesize}{% - \ifnotundefined{mediawith}{\mediawidth=\paperwidth}{}% - \ifnotundefined{mediaheight}{\mediaheight=\paperheight}{}% + \Ifnotundefined{mediawith}{\mediawidth=\paperwidth}{}% + \Ifnotundefined{mediaheight}{\mediaheight=\paperheight}{}% } \newcommand*{\scr@updatedvipspagesize}{% \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{XeTeXversion}{% @@ -997,6 +1004,7 @@ % \cs{raggedbottom}}%^^A % \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/17}{early setting of default}%^^A % \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/18}{use \cs{cleardoubleoddpage} if available}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A % \begin{macro}{\if@semitwoside} % \changes{v3.00}{2008/07/09}{new boolean switch (intern)}%^^A % \begin{macro}{\if@twoside} @@ -1024,7 +1032,7 @@ }% \else\clearpage\fi\fi %</package> - \ifstr{#1}{semi}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{semi}{% \@twosidetrue %<package> \@semitwosidetrue \FamilyKeyStateProcessed @@ -1662,13 +1670,14 @@ % \changes{v2.2a}{1995/01/25}{new}%^^A % \changes{v2.95}{2002/12/04}{new implementation using \textsf{keyval}}%^^A % \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/05}{status signaling using \cs{FamilyKeyState}}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A % The value is written into the length \cs{ta@bcor}. Several symbolic values % are supported that have to be converted into a length. Note, while loading % the package symbolic values are nonsense. % \begin{macrocode} %<*package&typearea&options> \KOMA@key{BCOR}{% - \ifstr{#1}{current}{}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{current}{}{% \setlength{\ta@bcor}{#1}% }% \FamilyKeyStateProcessed @@ -2953,7 +2962,9 @@ % \begin{macro}{\x@paper} % \begin{macro}{\x@@paper} % \changes{v2.5}{1997/06/17}{neue Mustererkennung für die -% Papiergröße}%^^A +% Papiergröße}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifnumber} umbenannt in \cs{Ifnumber}}%^^A % Diese Makros werden ebenfalls später benötigt, wenn die Papiergröße % festgelegt wird. % \begin{macro}{\isopaper} @@ -3040,6 +3051,7 @@ % ISO-Papierformats als einziges Argument. % \begin{macro}{\iso@@paper} % \changes{v2.95}{2002/12/03}{neu (intern)}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifnumber} umbenannt in \cs{Ifnumber}}%^^A % Dieses Argument wird dann über einen weiteren internen Befehl per % Mustererkennung in den Kennbuchstaben und eine Zahl zerlegt. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -3057,7 +3069,7 @@ \else\if #1D\@tempswatrue \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi \if@tempswa - \ifnumber{#2}{\isopaper[#1]{#2}}{\@tempswafalse}% + \Ifnumber{#2}{\isopaper[#1]{#2}}{\@tempswafalse}% \fi } %</package&typearea&options> @@ -3082,7 +3094,8 @@ % \begin{macro}{\@BCOR} % \begin{macro}{\@@BCOR} % \changes{v2.5}{1997/06/17}{Einzelzeichenscanner durch -% Mustererkennung ersetzt}%^^A +% Mustererkennung ersetzt}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A % Das Makro \cs{@BCOR} wird später benötigt, um die Option % \texttt{BCOR\emph{BCOR}} zu erkennen. Die Option wird über ihr % Muster erkannt. @@ -3095,20 +3108,21 @@ % Handelt es sich um die Option \texttt{BCOR}, so ist der erste % Parameter leer. % \begin{macrocode} - \ifstr{#1}{}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{}{% % \end{macrocode} % Außerdem ist der dritte Parameter dann \texttt{BCOR}. % \begin{macrocode} - \ifstr{#3}{BCOR}{% + \Ifstr{#3}{BCOR}{% % \end{macrocode} % Der zweite Parameter sollte dann die Größe enthalten. Ist dies % nicht der Fall, wird ein Fehler gemeldet (Fehlerzeile ist dann % \cs{ProcessOptions}). % \changes{v3.22}{2016/07/29}{missing deprecated option warning added}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifdimen} renamed to \cs{Ifdimen}}%^^A % \begin{macrocode} %<class> \PassOptionsToPackage{BCOR#2}{typearea}% %<*package> - \ifdimen{#2}{% + \Ifdimen{#2}{% \KOMA@UseDeprecatedOption{% \PackageWarningNoLine{typearea}}{BCOR#2}{BCOR=#2}% }{\scr@pti@nerr@r}% @@ -3130,6 +3144,7 @@ % \changes{v2.5}{1997/06/17}{Einzelzeichenscanner durch % Mustererkennung ersetzt}%^^A % \changes{v3.22}{2016/07/29}{missing deprecated option warning added}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifnumber} umbenannt in \cs{Ifnumber}}%^^A % Die grundsätzliche Funktion ist die gleiche wie bei \cs{@BCOR}, % \cs{@@BCOR}. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -3140,7 +3155,7 @@ \edef\@tempa{#3}\def\@tempb{DIV}\ifx\@tempa\@tempb %<class> \PassOptionsToPackage{DIV#2}{typearea}% %<*package> - \ifnumber{#2}{% + \Ifnumber{#2}{% \KOMA@UseDeprecatedOption{% \PackageWarningNoLine{typearea}}{DIV#2}{DIV=#2}% }{\scr@pti@nerr@r}% @@ -3200,21 +3215,21 @@ } \newcommand*{\x@@paper}{} \def\x@@paper #1#2paper#3\x@@paper{% - \ifstr{#3}{paper}{% - \ifnumber{#2}{% - \ifstr{#1}{a}{% + \Ifstr{#3}{paper}{% + \Ifnumber{#2}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{a}{% %<class> \PassOptionsToPackage{#3=#1#2}{typearea}% %<package> \isopaper[a]{#2}% }{% - \ifstr{#1}{b}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{b}{% %<class> \PassOptionsToPackage{#3=#1#2}{typearea}% %<package> \isopaper[b]{#2}% }{% - \ifstr{#1}{c}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{c}{% %<class> \PassOptionsToPackage{#3=#1#2}{typearea}% %<package> \isopaper[c]{#2}% }{% - \ifstr{#1}{d}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{d}{% %<class> \PassOptionsToPackage{#3=#1#2}{typearea}% %<package> \isopaper[d]{#2}% }{\scr@pti@nerr@r}% diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-variables.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-variables.dtx index b7e98fc70e..f93ffa9eff 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-variables.dtx +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-variables.dtx @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -% \CheckSum{243} +% \CheckSum{273} % \iffalse meta-comment % ====================================================================== % scrkernel-variables.dtx @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ % Right brace \} Tilde \~} % % \iffalse -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-variables.dtx 3262 2019-10-10 08:25:29Z kohm $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-variables.dtx 3393 2019-11-19 10:33:44Z kohm $ %<option>%%% (run: option) %<body>%%% (run: body) %<*dtx> @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ \ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi \begingroup \def\filedate$#1: #2-#3-#4 #5${\def\filedate{#2/#3/#4}} - \filedate$Date: 2019-10-10 10:25:29 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + \filedate$Date: 2019-11-19 11:33:44 +0100 (Tue, 19 Nov 2019) $ \def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\def\filerevision{r#2}} \filerevision$Revision: 1638 $ \xdef\fileinfo{\filedate\space\filerevision\space} @@ -314,9 +314,28 @@ % % \begin{macro}{\ifkomavar} % \changes{v3.03}{2009/03/04}{Neu}%^^A -% Feststellen, ob eine \KOMAScript-Variable überhaupt definiert ist. +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/15}{umbenannt in \cs{Ifkomavar}}%^^A +% \begin{macro}{\Ifkomavar} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/15}{Neu aus Umbenennung von \cs{ifkomavar}}%^^A +% Feststellen, ob eine \KOMAScript-Variable überhaupt definiert ist. Weil +% einige Mitglieder des \LaTeX3-Teams sich beschwert haben, dass trotz fehlens +% einer eindeutigen Empfehlung, \KOMAScript{} \LaTeX-Verzweigungen mit +% \cs{if\dots} definiert, statt dies \TeX-Verzweigungen vorzubehalten, habe +% ich das hier nach mehr zehn Jahren geändert. Sollte es öffentliche +% Beschwerden dazu geben und Ulrike diese sehen, will sie übrigens darauf +% antworten. % \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareRobustCommand*{\ifkomavar}[1]{% +\newcommand*{\ifkomavar}{% +%<package> \PackageWarning{scrletter}{% +%<class> \ClassWarning{\KOMAClassName}{% + Usage of deprecated command `\string\ifkomavar'.\MessageBreak + The command has been renamed to because of a\MessageBreak + recommendation of LaTeX3 team members.\MessageBreak + Please replace `\string\ifkomavar' by `\string\Ifkomavar'% + }% + \Ifkomavar +} +\DeclareRobustCommand*{\Ifkomavar}[1]{% \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{scr@#1@var}{% \expandafter\@secondoftwo }{% @@ -324,32 +343,53 @@ }% } % \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} +% \end{macro}%^^A \Ifkomavar +% \end{macro}%^^A \ifkomavar % % \begin{macro}{\ifkomavarempty} % \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/14}{Neu}%^^A % \changes{v2.9i}{2002/09/04}{Leerzeichen rausgeworfen}%^^A % \changes{v2.9i}{2002/09/04}{robust}%^^A % \changes{v3.20}{2016/04/12}{\cs{@ifstar} durch \cs{kernel@ifstar} -% ersetzt}%^^A +% ersetzt}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/15}{umbenannt in \cs{Ifkomavar}}%^^A +% \begin{macro}{\Ifkomavarempty} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/15}{Neu aus Umbenennung von \cs{ifkomavarempty}}%^^A % Es gibt auch noch ein Makro, um zu testen, ob eine \KOMAScript{} % Variable oder deren Name leer ist. Die Sternvariante ist wieder für -% den Namen zuständig. +% den Namen zuständig. Weil einige Mitglieder des \LaTeX3-Teams sich beschwert +% haben, dass trotz fehlens einer eindeutigen Empfehlung, \KOMAScript{} +% \LaTeX-Verzweigungen mit \cs{if\dots} definiert, statt dies +% \TeX-Verzweigungen vorzubehalten, habe ich das hier nach mehr 17 Jahren +% geändert. Sollte es öffentliche Beschwerden dazu geben und Ulrike diese +% sehen, will sie übrigens darauf antworten. % \begin{macro}{\if@komavarempty} % \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/14}{Neu}%^^A % \changes{v3.03}{2009/03/04}{die neue Anweisung \cs{ifkomavar} wird -% verwendet} -% \changes{v3.03}{2009/03/04}{die Argumente werden nicht mehr direkt gelesen}%^^A +% verwendet} +% \changes{v3.03}{2009/03/04}{die Argumente werden nicht mehr direkt +% gelesen}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/15}{\cs{ifkomavar} durch \cs{Ifkomavar} ersetzt}%^^A % Da mit einer Sternvariante gearbeitet wird, wird wieder ein % Hilfsmakro verwendet. % \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareRobustCommand*{\ifkomavarempty}{% +\newcommand*{\ifkomavarempty}{% +%<package> \PackageWarning{scrletter}{% +%<class> \ClassWarning{\KOMAClassName}{% + Usage of deprecated command `\string\ifkomavarempty'.\MessageBreak + The command has been renamed to because of a\MessageBreak + recommendation of LaTeX3 team members.\MessageBreak + Please replace `\string\ifkomavarempty' by `\string\Ifkomavarempty'% + }% + \Ifkomavarempty +} +\DeclareRobustCommand*{\Ifkomavarempty}{% \begingroup \kernel@ifstar {\@tempswatrue\@ifkomavarempty}% {\@tempswafalse\@ifkomavarempty}% } \newcommand{\@ifkomavarempty}[1]{% - \ifkomavar{#1}{% + \Ifkomavar{#1}{% \if@tempswa \@ifundefined{scr@#1@name}{% \aftergroup\@firstoftwo @@ -374,8 +414,9 @@ \endgroup } % \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} +% \end{macro}%^^A \@ifkomavarempty +% \end{macro}%^^A \Ifkomavarempty +% \end{macro}%^^A \ifkomavarempty % % \selectlanguage{english} % \begin{macro}{\foreachkomavar} @@ -399,6 +440,8 @@ % % \begin{macro}{\foreachkomavarifempty} % \changes{v3.27}{2019/03/13}{new}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/15}{\cs{ifkomavarempty} durch \cs{Ifkomavarempty} +% ersetzt}%^^A % Same like \cs{foreachkomavar} but \texttt{\#2} is called only for empty % variables and \texttt{\#3} is called for non empty. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -407,7 +450,7 @@ \scr@trim@spaces\reserved@a \ifx\reserved@a\@empty\else \edef\reserved@a{% - \noexpand\ifkomavarempty{\reserved@a}% + \noexpand\Ifkomavarempty{\reserved@a}% {\unexpanded{#2}{\reserved@a}}% {\unexpanded{#3}{\reserved@a}}% }\expandafter\reserved@a @@ -419,6 +462,8 @@ % % \begin{macro}{\foreachemptykomavar} % \changes{v3.27}{2019/03/13}{new}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/15}{\cs{ifkomavarempty} durch \cs{Ifkomavarempty} +% ersetzt}%^^A % Similar to \cs{foreachemptykomavar} with \texttt{\#3}=\cs{@gobble}. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\foreachemptykomavar}[2]{% @@ -426,7 +471,7 @@ \scr@trim@spaces\reserved@a \ifx\reserved@a\@empty\else \edef\reserved@a{% - \noexpand\ifkomavarempty{\reserved@a}{\unexpanded{#2}{\reserved@a}}{}% + \noexpand\Ifkomavarempty{\reserved@a}{\unexpanded{#2}{\reserved@a}}{}% }\expandafter\reserved@a \fi }% @@ -436,6 +481,8 @@ % % \begin{macro}{\foreachnonemptykomavar} % \changes{v3.27}{2019/03/13}{new}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/15}{\cs{ifkomavarempty} durch \cs{Ifkomavarempty} +% ersetzt}%^^A % Similar to \cs{foreachemptykomavar} with \texttt{\#2}=\cs{@gobble}. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\foreachnonemptykomavar}[2]{% @@ -443,7 +490,7 @@ \scr@trim@spaces\reserved@a \ifx\reserved@a\@empty\else \edef\reserved@a{% - \noexpand\ifkomavarempty{\reserved@a}{}{\unexpanded{#2}{\reserved@a}}% + \noexpand\Ifkomavarempty{\reserved@a}{}{\unexpanded{#2}{\reserved@a}}% }\expandafter\reserved@a \fi }% diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-version.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-version.dtx index 51995e3a51..6d3777dbae 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-version.dtx +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrkernel-version.dtx @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ % Right brace \} Tilde \~} % % \iffalse -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-version.dtx 3263 2019-10-12 14:50:03Z kohm $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-version.dtx 3444 2019-12-23 08:06:56Z kohm $ % \fi % % \iffalse @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ \fi %</ignorethis> \fi - \@CheckKOMAScriptVersion{2019/10/12 v3.27 KOMA-Script}% + \@CheckKOMAScriptVersion{2019/12/23 v3.28 KOMA-Script}% \endgroup % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx index 8a0c160a23..f97ad15f50 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -% \CheckSum{1866} +% \CheckSum{1863} % \iffalse^^A meta-comment % ====================================================================== % scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ % Right brace \} Tilde \~} % % \iffalse^^A meta-comment -%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx 3161 2019-06-27 06:41:04Z kohm $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx 3426 2019-12-02 09:15:20Z kohm $ %<identify>%%% (run: identify) %<init>%%% (run: init) %<options>%%% (run: options) @@ -67,9 +67,9 @@ \ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi \begingroup \def\filedate$#1: #2-#3-#4 #5${\gdef\filedate{#2/#3/#4}} - \filedate$Date: 2019-06-27 08:41:04 +0200 (Thu, 27 Jun 2019) $ + \filedate$Date: 2019-12-02 10:15:20 +0100 (Mon, 02 Dec 2019) $ \def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\gdef\filerevision{v0.3.#2}} - \filerevision$Revision: 3161 $ + \filerevision$Revision: 3426 $ \edef\reserved@a{% \noexpand\endgroup \noexpand\ProvidesFile{scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx}% @@ -931,7 +931,6 @@ \fi }% \long\def\slnc@note##1##2##3##4{% - \let\PackageInfo\PackageWarning %<trace> \typeout{TRACE (slnc): ##2<=\theslncpage?}% \ifnum ##2>\value{slncpage}\relax %<trace> \typeout{TRACE (slnc): no: unprocess note}% diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrlayer-scrpage.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrlayer-scrpage.dtx index 5be2ae2021..22dfc382b8 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrlayer-scrpage.dtx +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrlayer-scrpage.dtx @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ % Right brace \} Tilde \~} % % \iffalse^^A meta-comment -%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer-scrpage.dtx 3141 2019-04-05 07:52:27Z kohm $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer-scrpage.dtx 3390 2019-11-18 17:09:35Z kohm $ %<identify>%%% (run: identify) %<init>%%% (run: init) %<options>%%% (run: options) @@ -66,9 +66,9 @@ \ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi \begingroup \def\filedate$#1: #2-#3-#4 #5${\gdef\filedate{#2/#3/#4}} - \filedate$Date: 2019-04-05 09:52:27 +0200 (Fri, 05 Apr 2019) $ + \filedate$Date: 2019-11-18 18:09:35 +0100 (Mon, 18 Nov 2019) $ \def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\gdef\filerevision{r#2}} - \filerevision$Revision: 3141 $ + \filerevision$Revision: 3390 $ \edef\reserved@a{% \noexpand\endgroup \noexpand\ProvidesFile{scrlayer-scrpage.dtx}% @@ -321,6 +321,7 @@ \scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{KV@KOMA.scrlayer-scrpage.sty@footwidth@default} % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macro}{\sls@split@at@iicolons} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A % \begin{description} % \item[\texttt{\meta{balanced}:^^A % \meta{balanced}:^^A @@ -333,9 +334,9 @@ % \begin{macrocode} \scrlayerAddToInterface\sls@split@at@iicolons{% \def\sls@split@at@iicolons#1:#2:#3:#4\@nil{% - \ifstr{#4}{}{}{% - \ifstr{#4}{:}{}{% - \ifstr{#4}{::}{}{% + \Ifstr{#4}{}{}{% + \Ifstr{#4}{:}{}{% + \Ifstr{#4}{::}{}{% \PackageWarning{scrlayer}{extra `:' found!\MessageBreak You've used more than two colons at the argument\MessageBreak of a two value option.\MessageBreak @@ -353,6 +354,7 @@ % \end{macro}%^^A \sls@split@at@iicolons % \begin{macro}{\sls@set@hf@width} % \changes{v0.9.1757}{2014/04/09}{new: two offsets available} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A % \begin{description} % \item[\Parameter{head} or \Parameter{foot}:] to complete the macro names % for page head or footer. @@ -384,7 +386,7 @@ \expandafter\edef\csname sls@#1width\endcsname{\the\@tempdima}% \setlength{\@tempdima}{\textwidth}% \addtolength{\@tempdima}{-\csname sls@#1width\endcsname}% - \ifstr{#2}{}{% + \Ifstr{#2}{}{% \ifdim \csname sls@#1width\endcsname = \dimexpr \textwidth+\marginparwidth+\marginparsep\relax \setlength{\@tempdimb}{\z@} @@ -398,7 +400,7 @@ }{% \sls@settowidthof{\@tempdimb}{#2}% }% - \ifstr{#3}{}{% + \Ifstr{#3}{}{% \addtolength{\@tempdima}{-\@tempdimb}% }{% \sls@settowidthof{\@tempdima}{#3}% @@ -461,7 +463,9 @@ % \end{macro}%^^A \sls@evenfootshift % % \begin{macro}{\sls@settowidthof} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A % \begin{macro}{\sls@deftowidthof} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A % the special dimensional expressions may be either one of the strings % \texttt{paper}, \texttt{text}, \texttt{marginpar}, % \texttt{textwithmarginpar}, \texttt{head}, \texttt{foot}, @@ -472,39 +476,39 @@ % \begin{macrocode} \scrlayerAddToInterface\sls@settotwidthof{% \newcommand*{\sls@settowidthof}[2]{% - \ifstr{#2}{paper}{% + \Ifstr{#2}{paper}{% \setlength{#1}{\paperwidth}% }{% - \ifstr{#2}{text}{% + \Ifstr{#2}{text}{% \setlength{#1}{\textwidth}% }{% - \ifstr{#2}{marginpar}{% + \Ifstr{#2}{marginpar}{% \setlength{#1}{\dimexpr \marginparwidth+\marginparsep\relax}% }{% - \ifstr{#2}{textwithmarginpar}{% + \Ifstr{#2}{textwithmarginpar}{% \setlength{#1}{\dimexpr\textwidth +\marginparwidth +\marginparsep\relax}% }{% - \ifstr{#2}{head}{% + \Ifstr{#2}{head}{% \setlength{#1}{\sls@headwidth}% }{% - \ifstr{#2}{foot}{% + \Ifstr{#2}{foot}{% \setlength{#1}{\sls@footwidth}% }{% - \ifstr{#2}{headtopline}{% + \Ifstr{#2}{headtopline}{% \setlength{#1}{\sls@headabove@linelength}% }{% - \ifstr{#2}{headsepline}{% + \Ifstr{#2}{headsepline}{% \setlength{#1}{\sls@headbelow@linelength}% }{% - \ifstr{#2}{footsepline}{% + \Ifstr{#2}{footsepline}{% \setlength{#1}{\sls@footabove@linelength}% }{% - \ifstr{#2}{footbotline}{% + \Ifstr{#2}{footbotline}{% \setlength{#1}{\sls@footbelow@linelength}% }{% - \ifstr{#2}{page}{% + \Ifstr{#2}{page}{% \setlength{#1}{\paperwidth}% \begingroup \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endgroup @@ -528,10 +532,10 @@ } \scrlayerAddToInterface\sls@deftowidthof{% \newcommand*{\sls@deftowidthof}[2]{% - \ifstr{#2}{autohead}{% + \Ifstr{#2}{autohead}{% \expandafter\def\csname #1\endcsname{\sls@headwidth}% }{% - \ifstr{#2}{autofoot}{% + \Ifstr{#2}{autofoot}{% \expandafter\def\csname #1\endcsname{\sls@footwidth}% }{% \sls@settowidthof{\@tempdima}{#2}% @@ -626,6 +630,7 @@ \scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{KV@KOMA.scrlayer-scrpage.sty@footbotline@default} % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macro}{\sls@set@values} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A % \begin{description} % \item[\OParameter{option name}:] either empty or the name of the option % that sets the line, @@ -641,7 +646,7 @@ \scrlayerAddToInterface\sls@set@values{% \newcommand*{\sls@set@values}[4][]{% \begingroup - \ifstr{#1}{}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{}{% \FamilyKeyStateUnknown }{% \KOMA@set@ifkey{#1}{@tempswa}{#4}% @@ -689,7 +694,7 @@ \fi \reserved@b \FamilyKeyStateProcessed - \ifstr{#1}{}{}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{}{}{% \KOMA@kav@xreplacevalue{.scrlayer-scrpage.sty}{#1}{% \csname sls@#2#3@linethickness\endcsname :\csname sls@#2#3@linelength\endcsname @@ -700,6 +705,7 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro}%^^A \sls@set@values % \begin{macro}{\sls@split@at@colon} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A % \begin{description} % \item[\texttt{\meta{balanced}:^^A % \meta{balanced}:^^A @@ -712,8 +718,8 @@ % \begin{macrocode} \scrlayerAddToInterface\sls@split@at@colon{% \def\sls@split@at@colon#1:#2:#3\@nil{% - \ifstr{#3}{}{}{% - \ifstr{#3}{:}{}{% + \Ifstr{#3}{}{}{% + \Ifstr{#3}{:}{}{% \PackageWarning{scrlayer}{extra `:' found!\MessageBreak You've used more than one colon at the argument\MessageBreak of a two value option.\MessageBreak @@ -946,12 +952,15 @@ % \changes{v3.20}{2016/04/12}{\cs{@ifnextchar} replaced by % \cs{kernel@ifnextchar}}%^^A % \begin{macro}{\sls@@setline} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A % \begin{macro}{\sls@@@setline} % \changes{v3.17}[2015/02/27]{internal use of the corresponding options}%^^A % \changes{v3.20}{2016/04/12}{\cs{@ifnextchar} replaced by % \cs{kernel@ifnextchar}}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A % \begin{macro}{\sls@@@@setline} % \changes{v3.18}{2015/06/17}{explicit reuse of the current length}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A % Helper to set up the line attributes processing the parameters of the % commands above. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -963,7 +972,7 @@ } \scrlayerAddToInterface\sls@@setline{% \def\sls@@setline#1#2[#3]{% - \ifstr{#3}{auto}{% + \Ifstr{#3}{auto}{% \sls@deftowidthof{sls@#1#2@linelength}{#3#1}% }{% \sls@deftowidthof{sls@#1#2@linelength}{#3}% @@ -974,17 +983,17 @@ \scrlayerAddToInterface\sls@@@setline{% \def\sls@@@setline#1#2{% \edef\@tempa{#2}\edef\@tempb{current}% - \ifstr{#2}{}{}{% - \ifstr{#2}{current}{}{% + \Ifstr{#2}{}{}{% + \Ifstr{#2}{current}{}{% \setlength{\@tempdima}{#2}% - \ifstr{#1}{headabove}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{headabove}{% \KOMAExecuteOptions[.scrlayer-scrpage.sty]% {headtopline=\@tempdima:\csname sls@#1@linelength\endcsname}% - }{\ifstr{#1}{headbelow}{% + }{\Ifstr{#1}{headbelow}{% \KOMAExecuteOptions[.scrlayer-scrpage.sty]% {headsepline=\@tempdima:\csname sls@#1@linelength\endcsname}% }{% - \ifstr{#1}{footabove}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{footabove}{% \KOMAExecuteOptions[.scrlayer-scrpage.sty]% {footsepline=\@tempdima:\csname sls@#1@linelength\endcsname}% }{% @@ -1018,9 +1027,9 @@ } \scrlayerAddToInterface\sls@@@@setline{% \def\sls@@@@setline#1[#2]{% - \ifstr{#1}{headabove}{\setkomafont{headtopline}{#2}}{% - \ifstr{#1}{headbelow}{\setkomafont{headsepline}{#2}}{% - \ifstr{#1}{footabove}{\setkomafont{footsepline}{#2}}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{headabove}{\setkomafont{headtopline}{#2}}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{headbelow}{\setkomafont{headsepline}{#2}}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{footabove}{\setkomafont{footsepline}{#2}}{% \setkomafont{footbotline}{#2}% }% }% @@ -1250,7 +1259,9 @@ \scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{KV@KOMA.scrlayer-scrpage.sty@pagestyleset} % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macro}{\sls@ps@style@standard} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A % \begin{macro}{\sls@ps@style@KOMA-Script} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A % These are the predefined page style sets. % \begin{macrocode} \scrlayerAddToInterface\sls@ps@style@standard{% @@ -1276,7 +1287,7 @@ \ofoot[\if@twoside\pagemark\fi]{\if@twoside\pagemark\fi}% \cfoot[\if@twoside\else\pagemark\fi]{\if@twoside\else\pagemark\fi}% \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{KOMAClassName}{}{% - \ifstr{\KOMAClassName}{scrlttr2}{% + \Ifstr{\KOMAClassName}{scrlttr2}{% % \end{macrocode} % We are using \Class{scrlttr2}, so we have to initialise the page style % different: @@ -1387,6 +1398,7 @@ % may be removed some times. The layer interface doesn't support this. % % \begin{macro}{\defpagestyle} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A % \begin{description} % \item[\Parameter{string}:] the name of the page style to be defined (must % be fully expandable and expand to a string only). @@ -1420,7 +1432,7 @@ \noexpand\DestroyLayer{#1.foot.oneside}% \noexpand\DestroyLayer{#1.foot.above.line}% \noexpand\DestroyLayer{#1.foot.below.line}% - \noexpand\ifstr{\noexpand\currentpagestyle}{#1}{% + \noexpand\Ifstr{\noexpand\currentpagestyle}{#1}{% \noexpand\PackageWarning{scrlayer-scrpage}{% page style `#1' not longer valid.\noexpand\MessageBreak The page style has been defined using\noexpand\MessageBreak @@ -2138,6 +2150,7 @@ % interface. % % \begin{macro}{\defpairofpagestyles} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A % \begin{description} % \item[\OParameter{string}:] name of a parent page style, that will be used % to initialise the new page style (must be fully expandable and expand to @@ -2167,7 +2180,7 @@ \newcommand*{\defpairofpagestyles}[3][]{% \def\reserved@a##1##2##3##4##5##6##7\@nil{##1##2##3##4##5##6}% \edef\reserved@a{\expandafter\reserved@a #2xxxxxx\@nil}% - \ifstr\reserved@a{plain.}{% + \Ifstr\reserved@a{plain.}{% \PackageError{scrlayer-scrpage}{plain page style `#2' not allowed}{% You may not define a plain page style using \string\defpairofpagestyles, \string\newpairofpagestyles, diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrlayer.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrlayer.dtx index 6376ff1e71..50c44bd332 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrlayer.dtx +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrlayer.dtx @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -% \CheckSum{4041} +% \CheckSum{4107} % \iffalse^^A meta-comment % ====================================================================== % scrlayer.dtx @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ % Right brace \} Tilde \~} % % \iffalse^^A meta-comment -%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer.dtx 3196 2019-08-26 09:20:16Z kohm $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer.dtx 3411 2019-11-28 09:11:27Z kohm $ %<identify>%%% (run: identify) %<init>%%% (run: init) %<options>%%% (run: options) @@ -67,9 +67,9 @@ \ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi \begingroup \def\filedate$#1: #2-#3-#4 #5${\gdef\filedate{#2/#3/#4}} - \filedate$Date: 2019-08-26 11:20:16 +0200 (Mon, 26 Aug 2019) $ + \filedate$Date: 2019-11-28 10:11:27 +0100 (Thu, 28 Nov 2019) $ \def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\gdef\filerevision{r#2}} - \filerevision$Revision: 3196 $ + \filerevision$Revision: 3411 $ \edef\reserved@a{% \noexpand\endgroup \noexpand\ProvidesFile{scrlayer.dtx}% @@ -565,6 +565,7 @@ % \changes{v3.25}{2017/10/13}{added to the \KOMAScript{} classes}%^^A % \begin{macro}{\@mkdouble} % \changes{v3.25}{2017/10/13}{added to the \KOMAScript{} classes}%^^A +% \changes{v3.27a}{2019/10/17}{long definition}%^^A % These are new in \Package{scrlayer}. They may be updated, whenever % \Macro{@mkboth} will be updated. Otherwise they get a working default % definition. These commands will not become part of the interface and other @@ -577,7 +578,7 @@ \providecommand*{\@mkright}{% \IfActiveMkBoth{\markright}{\@gobble}% }% -\providecommand*{\@mkdouble}[1]{% +\providecommand{\@mkdouble}[1]{% \@mkboth{#1}{#1}% } %</(package|class)&body> @@ -587,29 +588,42 @@ % \end{macro}%^^A \@mkleft % % \begin{macro}{\markleft} +% \changes{v3.27a}{2019/10/17}{robust and long definition}%^^A % \begin{macro}{\@markleft} % \LaTeX{} itself provides \Macro{markboth} and \Macro{markright} but not % \Macro{markleft}. So we add it. % \begin{macrocode} %<*package&body> -\providecommand*{\markleft}[1]{% - \begingroup - \let\label\relax \let\index\relax \let\glossary\relax - \expandafter\@markleft\@themark {#1}% - \@temptokena \expandafter{\@themark}% - \mark{\the\@temptokena}% - \endgroup - \if@nobreak\ifvmode\nobreak\fi\fi -} -\providecommand{\@markleft}[3]{% - \@temptokena {#2}% - \unrestored@protected@xdef\@themark{{#3}{\the\@temptokena}}% -} +\@ifundefined{markleft}{% + \DeclareRobustCommand{\markleft}[1]{% + \begingroup + \let\label\relax \let\index\relax \let\glossary\relax + \expandafter\@markleft\@themark {#1}% + \@temptokena \expandafter{\@themark}% + \mark{\the\@temptokena}% + \endgroup + \if@nobreak\ifvmode\nobreak\fi\fi + }% + \providecommand{\@markleft}[3]{% + \@temptokena {#2}% + \unrestored@protected@xdef\@themark{{#3}{\the\@temptokena}}% + }% +}{} %</package&body> % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro}%^^A \@markleft % \end{macro}%^^A \markleft % +% \begin{macro}{\markdouble} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/10/17}{new}%^^A +% This is easier, because it uses \cs{markboth}. So we do not need to declare +% it robust and we can use \cs{providecommand}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*package&body> +\providecommand{\markdouble}[1]{\markboth{#1}{#1}} +%</package&body> +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro}%^^A \markdouble % % \begin{option}{autooneside} % \begin{macro}{\ifscrlayer@autooneside} @@ -727,8 +741,9 @@ % % \begin{macro}{\automark} % \changes{v3.20}{2016/04/12}{\cs{@ifstar} durch \cs{kernel@ifstar} -% ersetzt}%^^A +% ersetzt}%^^A % \begin{macro}{\@automark} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A % This is the brain knot of the game! I'll try to explain, what I'm doing: % First of all the new starred version of \Macro{automark} doesn't reset the % mark commands. So it works cumulatively. This may be useful e.g. to have @@ -739,8 +754,8 @@ \kernel@ifstar{\@automark}{\manualmark\@automark}% } \newcommand*{\@automark}[2][]{% - \ifstr{#2}{}{% - \ifstr{#1}{}{% + \Ifstr{#2}{}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{}{% % \end{macrocode} % \Macro{automark[]{}} or \Macro{automark{}} has been used. This will activate % the low level mark commands, but doesn't change the high level commands. It @@ -756,7 +771,7 @@ \automark@righthigh{#1}% }% }{% - \ifstr{#1}{}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{}{% % \end{macrocode} % \Macro{automark[]{\dots}} or \Macro{automark{\dots}} has been used. This % will activate the low level mark commands and also set up either the left or @@ -948,6 +963,7 @@ % \end{macro}%^^A \automark % % \begin{macro}{\DeclareSectionNumberDepth} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A % \begin{description} % \item[\Parameter{string}:] the name of the section level, e.g., % part, chapter, section etc. (must be fully @@ -972,7 +988,7 @@ }{}% \begingroup \@tempswatrue - \def\@elt##1{\ifstr{#1}{##1}{\@tempswafalse}{}}% + \def\@elt##1{\Ifstr{#1}{##1}{\@tempswafalse}{}}% \scrlayer@level@list \if@tempswa \aftergroup\@firstofone @@ -1890,7 +1906,8 @@ % \begin{macro}{\ModifyLayer} % \changes{v3.14}{2014/10/20}{\cs{long}}%^^A % \changes{v0.9}{2014/08/31}{missing definition and reset of -% \cs{scr@current@layer} added}%^^A +% \cs{scr@current@layer} added}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A % There are also two commands for declaration of layers, that haven't been % declared before, with or without error message for already declared layers, % and two commands for changing already declared layers, first one beginning @@ -1934,7 +1951,7 @@ \edef\reserved@a{% \unexpanded{% \FamilyExecuteOptions[.definelayer]{KOMAarg}{#1}% - \ifstr{\csname scr@l@#2@mode\endcsname}% + \Ifstr{\csname scr@l@#2@mode\endcsname}% }{\csname scr@l@#2@mode\endcsname}% }\reserved@a{}{% \PackageWarning{scrlayer}{% @@ -2287,6 +2304,8 @@ % remove the global pre-definitions by emptying the local hooks. The local % argument are named similar, but without ``\texttt{ps}'' after % ``\texttt{on}''. +% \begin{option}{onselect} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/28}{marker for \cs{ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions}}%^^A % \begin{option}{onpsselect} % \begin{macro}{\@ps@initialhook} % \begin{description} @@ -2316,6 +2335,7 @@ \expandafter\l@addto@macro \csname @ps@\scrlayer@current@pagestyle @initialhook\endcsname {#1}% + \let\scr@opt@marker@initialhook\FamilyKeyStateProcssed \FamilyKeyStateProcessed } %</package&body> @@ -2351,12 +2371,16 @@ \expandafter\l@addto@macro \csname @ps@\scrlayer@current@pagestyle @hook\endcsname {#1}% + \let\scr@opt@marker@hook\FamilyKeyStateProcssed \FamilyKeyStateProcessed } %</package&body> % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro}%^^A \@ps@hook % \end{option}%^^A onpsinit +% \end{option}%^^A oninit +% \begin{option}{ononeside} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/28}{marker for \cs{ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions}}%^^A % \begin{option}{onpsoneside} % \begin{macro}{\@ps@onesidehook} % \begin{description} @@ -2387,12 +2411,16 @@ \expandafter\l@addto@macro \csname @ps@\scrlayer@current@pagestyle @onesidehook\endcsname {#1}% + \let\scr@opt@marker@onesidehook\FamilyKeyStateProcssed \FamilyKeyStateProcessed } %</package&body> % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro}%^^A \@ps@onesidehook % \end{option}%^^A onpsoneside +% \end{option}%^^A ononeside +% \begin{option}{ontwoside} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/28}{marker for \cs{ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions}}%^^A % \begin{option}{onpstwoside} % \begin{macro}{\@ps@twosidehook} % \begin{description} @@ -2423,12 +2451,16 @@ \expandafter\l@addto@macro \csname @ps@\scrlayer@current@pagestyle @twosidehook\endcsname {#1}% + \let\scr@opt@marker@twosidehook\FamilyKeyStateProcssed \FamilyKeyStateProcessed } %</package&body> % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro}%^^A \@ps@twosidehook % \end{option}%^^A onpstwoside +% \end{option}%^^A ontwoside +% \begin{option}{onoddpage} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/28}{marker for \cs{ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions}}%^^A % \begin{option}{onpsoddpage} % \begin{macro}{\@ps@oddpagehook} % \begin{description} @@ -2459,12 +2491,16 @@ \expandafter\l@addto@macro \csname @ps@\scrlayer@current@pagestyle @oddpagehook\endcsname {#1}% + \let\scr@opt@marker@oddpagehook\FamilyKeyStateProcssed \FamilyKeyStateProcessed } %</package&body> % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro}%^^A \@ps@oddpagehook % \end{option}%^^A onpsoddpage +% \end{option}%^^A onoddside +% \begin{option}{onevenpage} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/28}{marker for \cs{ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions}}%^^A % \begin{option}{onpsevenpage} % \begin{macro}{\@ps@evenpagehook} % \begin{description} @@ -2495,12 +2531,16 @@ \expandafter\l@addto@macro \csname @ps@\scrlayer@current@pagestyle @evenpagehook\endcsname {#1}% + \let\scr@opt@marker@evenpagehook\FamilyKeyStateProcssed \FamilyKeyStateProcessed } %</package&body> % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro}%^^A \@ps@evenpagehook % \end{option}%^^A onpsevenpage +% \end{option}%^^A onevenside +% \begin{option}{onfloatpage} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/28}{marker for \cs{ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions}}%^^A % \begin{option}{onpsfloatpage} % \begin{macro}{\@ps@floatpagehook} % \begin{description} @@ -2529,12 +2569,16 @@ \expandafter\l@addto@macro \csname @ps@\scrlayer@current@pagestyle @floatpagehook\endcsname {#1}% + \let\scr@opt@marker@floatpagehook\FamilyKeyStateProcssed \FamilyKeyStateProcessed } %</package&body> % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro}%^^A \@ps@floatpagehook % \end{option}%^^A onpsfloatpage +% \end{option}%^^A onfloatpage +% \begin{option}{onnonfloatpage} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/28}{marker for \cs{ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions}}%^^A % \begin{option}{onpsnonfloatpage} % \begin{macro}{\@ps@nonfloatpagehook} % \begin{description} @@ -2563,12 +2607,16 @@ \expandafter\l@addto@macro \csname @ps@\scrlayer@current@pagestyle @nonfloatpagehook\endcsname {#1}% + \let\scr@opt@marker@nonfloatpagehook\FamilyKeyStateProcssed \FamilyKeyStateProcessed } %</package&body> % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro}%^^A \@ps@nonfloatpagehook % \end{option}%^^A onpsnonfloatpage +% \end{option}%^^A onnonfloatpage +% \begin{option}{onbackground} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/28}{marker for \cs{ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions}}%^^A % \begin{option}{onpsbackground} % \begin{macro}{\@ps@backgroundhook} % \begin{description} @@ -2599,12 +2647,16 @@ \expandafter\l@addto@macro \csname @ps@\scrlayer@current@pagestyle @backgroundhook\endcsname {#1}% + \let\scr@opt@marker@backgroundhook\FamilyKeyStateProcssed \FamilyKeyStateProcessed } %</package&body> % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro}%^^A \@ps@backgroundhook % \end{option}%^^A onbackground +% \end{option}%^^A onbackground +% \begin{option}{onforeground} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/28}{marker for \cs{ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions}}%^^A % \begin{option}{onpsforeground} % \begin{macro}{\@ps@foregroundhook} % \begin{description} @@ -2635,12 +2687,14 @@ \expandafter\l@addto@macro \csname @ps@\scrlayer@current@pagestyle @foregroundhook\endcsname {#1}% + \let\scr@opt@marker@foregroundhook\FamilyKeyStateProcssed \FamilyKeyStateProcessed } %</package&body> % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro}%^^A \@psforegroundhook % \end{option}%^^A onpsforeground +% \end{option}%^^A onforeground % \begin{option}{singlespacing} % \changes{v3.24}{2017/05/22}{new option added}%^^A % \begin{description} @@ -2672,6 +2726,7 @@ % \textsf{multicol}}%^^A % \changes{v3.24}{2017/05/22}{test for \cs{if@ps@singlespacing} added}%^^A % \changes{v3.26}{2018/08/29}{\cs{scr@trim@spaces} added}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A % Needed, because of page style aliases. Same arguments like % \cs{DeclarePageStyleByLayers} but, \#1 is the name of the page style, \#2 is % the list of options and \#3 is still the list of layers. @@ -2829,7 +2884,7 @@ \@namedef{@ps@#1@layers}{}% \@for \reserved@a:=#3\do {% \scr@trim@spaces\reserved@a - \ifstr\reserved@a\@empty{}{% + \Ifstr\reserved@a\@empty{}{% \expandafter\@cons\csname @ps@#1@layers\endcsname{{\reserved@a}}% }% }% @@ -3278,10 +3333,12 @@ % % \begin{macro}{\AddLayersToPageStyle} % \changes{v3.26}{2018/08/29}{\cs{scr@trim@spaces} added}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A % \begin{macro}{\AddLayersAtBeginOfPageStyle} % \begin{macro}{\AddLayersAtEndOfPageStyle} % \begin{macro}{\RemoveLayersFromPageStyle} % \changes{v3.26}{2018/08/29}{\cs{scr@trim@spaces} added}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A % \begin{description} % \item[\Parameter{string}:] the name of the page style to be modified (must % be expandable and result in a string). @@ -3309,7 +3366,7 @@ \IfLayerPageStyleExists{\reserved@b}{% \@for \reserved@a:=#2\do {% \scr@trim@spaces\reserved@a - \ifstr\reserved@a\@empty{}{% + \Ifstr\reserved@a\@empty{}{% \expandafter\@cons\csname @ps@\reserved@b @layers\endcsname {{\reserved@a}}% }% @@ -3343,7 +3400,7 @@ \IfLayerPageStyleExists{#1}{% \@for \reserved@a:=#2\do {% \scr@trim@spaces\reserved@a - \ifstr\reserved@a\@empty{}{% + \Ifstr\reserved@a\@empty{}{% \expandafter\remove@layer@from@page@style\expandafter{\reserved@a}% {\reserved@b}% }% @@ -3355,6 +3412,7 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macro}{\remove@layer@from@page@style} % \changes{v0.9}{2014/07/25}{cleaning of layer list must be global} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A % Helper macro to remove exactly one layer (arg 1) from a page style (arg 2). % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\remove@layer@from@page@style}[2]{% @@ -3362,7 +3420,7 @@ \expandafter\let\expandafter\reserved@a\csname @ps@#2@layers\endcsname \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\csname @ps@#2@layers\endcsname\@empty \def\@elt##1{% - \ifstr{#1}{##1}{}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{##1}{}{% \expandafter\@cons\csname @ps@#2@layers\endcsname{{##1}}% }% }\reserved@a @@ -3405,7 +3463,9 @@ % % \begin{macro}{\AddLayersToPageStyleBeforeLayer} % \changes{v3.26}{2018/08/29}{\cs{scr@trim@spaces} added}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A % \begin{macro}{\AddLayersToPageStyleAfterLayer} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A % \changes{v3.26}{2018/08/29}{\cs{scr@trim@spaces} added}%^^A % \begin{description} % \item[\Parameter{string}:] the name of the page style to be modified (must @@ -3430,12 +3490,12 @@ \csname @ps@\reserved@b @layers\endcsname \@namedef{@ps@\reserved@b @layers}{}% \def\@elt##1{% - \ifstr{##1}\@empty{}{% + \Ifstr{##1}\@empty{}{% \expandafter\@cons\csname @ps@\reserved@b @layers\endcsname{{##1}}% - \ifstr{##1}{#3}{% + \Ifstr{##1}{#3}{% \@for \reserved@a:=#2\do {% \scr@trim@spaces\reserved@a - \ifstr\reserved@a\@empty{}{% + \Ifstr\reserved@a\@empty{}{% \expandafter\@cons\csname @ps@\reserved@b @layers\endcsname {{\reserved@a}}% }% @@ -3457,11 +3517,11 @@ \csname @ps@\reserved@b @layers\endcsname \@namedef{@ps@\reserved@b @layers}{}% \def\@elt##1{% - \ifstr{##1}\@empty{}{% - \ifstr{##1}{#3}{% + \Ifstr{##1}\@empty{}{% + \Ifstr{##1}{#3}{% \@for \reserved@a:=#2\do {% \scr@trim@spaces\reserved@a - \ifstr\reserved@a\@empty{}{% + \Ifstr\reserved@a\@empty{}{% \expandafter\@cons\csname @ps@\reserved@b @layers\endcsname {{\reserved@a}}% }% @@ -3483,6 +3543,7 @@ % % % \begin{macro}{\UnifyLayersAtPageStyle} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A % \begin{description} % \item[\Parameter{string}:] the name of the page style to be unified (must % be expandable and result in a string). @@ -3498,7 +3559,7 @@ \@namedef{@ps@\reserved@b @layers}{}% \begingroup \def\@elt##1{% - \ifstr{##1}\@empty{}{% + \Ifstr{##1}\@empty{}{% \remove@layer@from@page@style{##1}{\reserved@b}% \expandafter\@cons\csname @ps@\reserved@b @layers\endcsname{{##1}}% }% @@ -3540,6 +3601,7 @@ } % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macro}{\scrlayer@modify@layer@ps@options} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/28}{usage of marker makros}%^^A % Helper needed because of alias page styles. Same parameters like % \cs{ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions} % \begin{macrocode} @@ -3556,11 +3618,21 @@ \@namedef{@ps@#1@twosidehook}{}% \@namedef{@ps@#1@floatpagehook}{}% \@namedef{@ps@#1@nonfloatpagehook}{}% + \let\scr@opt@marker@initialhook\@empty + \let\scr@opt@marker@hook\@empty + \let\scr@opt@marker@backgroundhook\@empty + \let\scr@opt@marker@foregroundhook\@empty + \let\scr@opt@marker@oddpagehook\@empty + \let\scr@opt@marker@evenpagehook\@empty + \let\scr@opt@marker@onesidehook\@empty + \let\scr@opt@marker@twosidehook\@empty + \let\scr@opt@marker@floatpagehook\@empty + \let\scr@opt@marker@nonfloatpagehook\@empty \FamilyExecuteOptions[.definelayerpagestyle]{KOMAarg}{#2}% \def\reserved@a{\endgroup}% \def\@sls@##1{% - \expandafter\let\expandafter\reserved@b\csname @ps@#1@##1hook\endcsname - \ifx\reserved@b\@empty\else + \expandafter\ifx \csname scr@opt@marker@##1hook\endcsname\@empty\else + \expandafter\let\expandafter\reserved@b\csname @ps@#1@##1hook\endcsname \l@addto@macro\reserved@a{\@namedef{@ps@#1@##1hook}}% \expandafter\l@addto@macro\expandafter\reserved@a\expandafter{% \expandafter{% @@ -3625,7 +3697,7 @@ } \AfterPackage*{tagpdf}{% \providecommand*{\scrlayer@beginartifact}[1]{% - \ifstr{#1}{}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{}{% \tagmcbegin{artifact}% }{% \tagmcbegin{artifact=#1}% @@ -3811,8 +3883,10 @@ % % \begin{macro}{\IfLayerAtPageStyle} % \changes{v3.26}{2018/08/29}{\cs{scr@trim@spaces} added}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A % \begin{macro}{\IfSomeLayersAtPageStyle} % \changes{v3.26}{2018/08/29}{\cs{scr@trim@spaces} added}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A % \begin{macro}{\IfLayersAtPageStyle} % \begin{description} % \item[\Parameter{string}:] the name of the page style to be tested (must @@ -3849,13 +3923,13 @@ \begingroup \edef\reserved@a{\GetRealPageStyle{#1}}% \@tempswafalse - \ifstr{#2}{}{% + \Ifstr{#2}{}{% \expandafter\ifx\csname @ps@\reserved@a @layers\endcsname\@empty \@tempswatrue \fi }{% \expandafter\ForEachLayerOfPageStyle\expandafter{% - \reserved@a}{\ifstr{##1}{#2}{\aftergroup\@tempswatrue}{}}% + \reserved@a}{\Ifstr{##1}{#2}{\aftergroup\@tempswatrue}{}}% }% \if@tempswa \aftergroup\@firstoftwo \else \aftergroup\@secondoftwo \fi \expandafter\endgroup @@ -3884,7 +3958,7 @@ \IfLayerPageStyleExists{#1}{% \begingroup \@tempswatrue - \ifstr{#2}{}{% + \Ifstr{#2}{}{% \edef\reserved@a{\GetRealPageStyle{#1}}% \expandafter\ifx\csname @scr@\reserved@a @layers\endcsname\@empty \else \@tempswafalse @@ -3911,6 +3985,7 @@ % % % \begin{macro}{\DestroyRealLayerPageStyle} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A % \begin{description} % \item[\Parameter{string}:] name of the layer page style to be destroyed. % \end{description} @@ -3935,13 +4010,13 @@ \expandafter\let\csname @ps@#1@nonfloatpagehook\endcsname\relax \expandafter\let\csname @ps@#1@layers\endcsname\relax \expandafter\let\csname ps@#1\endcsname\relax - \ifstr{\currentpagestyle}{#1}{% + \Ifstr{\currentpagestyle}{#1}{% \def\currentpagestyle{scrlayer@empty}% \let\@oddhead\@empty\let\@evenhead\@empty \let\@oddfoot\@empty\let\@evenfoot\@empty }{}% \if@specialpage - \ifstr{\@specialstyle}{#1}{% + \Ifstr{\@specialstyle}{#1}{% \global\let\@specialstyle\relax \global\@specialpagefalse }{}% @@ -3968,6 +4043,7 @@ % % \begin{macro}{\pagestyle} % \begin{macro}{\currentpagestyle} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A % We save the current page style. Note, that this doesn't work for special % page styles\footnote{Special page styles are set by % \Macro{thispagestyle}.} that hasn't been defined using @@ -4002,7 +4078,7 @@ \let\scrlayer@exec@after@pagestyle@hook\@gobble \def\ps@test{}% \pagestyle{test}% - \ifstr{\currentpagestyle}{test}{}{% + \Ifstr{\currentpagestyle}{test}{}{% \PackageError{scrlayer}{package incompatibility detected}{% Another package redefines \string\pagestyle\space incompatible with scrlayer.\MessageBreak diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrlfile.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrlfile.dtx index b52fe0b59e..cc64485ec6 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrlfile.dtx +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrlfile.dtx @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -% \CheckSum{820} +% \CheckSum{839} % \iffalse^^A meta-comment % ====================================================================== % scrlfile.dtx @@ -59,12 +59,12 @@ % Right brace \} Tilde \~} % % \iffalse -%%% From File: $Id: scrlfile.dtx 3243 2019-10-07 13:32:53Z kohm $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrlfile.dtx 3399 2019-11-21 09:01:49Z kohm $ %<*dtx> \ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi \begingroup \def\filedate$#1: #2-#3-#4 #5${\gdef\filedate{#2/#3/#4}} - \filedate$Date: 2019-10-07 15:32:53 +0200 (Mon, 07 Oct 2019) $ + \filedate$Date: 2019-11-21 10:01:49 +0100 (Thu, 21 Nov 2019) $ \def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\gdef\filerevision{r#2}} \filerevision$Revision: 2631 $ \edef\reserved@a{% @@ -170,22 +170,43 @@ % file. But before we redefine the macro, we test, if the macro was % defined like we expected. \LaTeX{} will warn, if not. % \changes{v3.27}{2019/10/06}{\LaTeX{} 2019-10-01 changed the definition}%^^A +% +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/21}{support for \textsf{memoir}}%^^A +% With \textsf{memoir} their is a special case. It also redefines +% \cs{InputIfFileExists}. As shown in the source of the class it does so +% because \textsf{scrlfile} does it. However it does it not compatible with +% \textsf{scrlfile} and it does not emulate \textsf{scrlfile} as it do for +% other packages. So if you try to use \textsf{scrlfile} with memoir, +% \textsf{scrbase} has to take care to \textsf{memoir}. And in oposit to +% \textsf{scrlfile} \textsf{memoir} does not always fix the argument order bug +% of \LaTeX{} but do so only for the implementation of \LaTeX{} 2019-10-01. +% So in case of \textsf{memoir} we just patch every version of it without +% testing. % \begin{macrocode} -\long\def\reserved@a#1#2{% - \IfFileExists{#1}% - {#2\@addtofilelist{#1}\@@input \@filef@und}}% -\ifx\reserved@a\InputIfFileExists\else - \expandafter\CheckCommand\expandafter*\expandafter\InputIfFileExists - \expandafter{% - \expandafter\protect\csname InputIfFileExists \endcsname +\@ifclassloaded{memoir}{% + \PackageInfo{scrlfile}{class `memoir' detected.\MessageBreak + Using a compatible redefinition of \string\InputIfFileExists,\MessageBreak + but always robust and with the fix of the\MessageBreak + argument order bug even for old versions of the\MessageBreak + LaTeX kernel% }% - \expandafter\CheckCommand \csname InputIfFileExists \endcsname[2]{% - \IfFileExists {#1}{% - \expandafter \@swaptwoargs \expandafter {\@filef@und }% - {#2\@addtofilelist {#1}\@@input }% +}{% + \long\def\reserved@a#1#2{% + \IfFileExists{#1}% + {#2\@addtofilelist{#1}\@@input \@filef@und}}% + \ifx\reserved@a\InputIfFileExists\else + \expandafter\CheckCommand\expandafter*\expandafter\InputIfFileExists + \expandafter{% + \expandafter\protect\csname InputIfFileExists \endcsname }% - }% -\fi + \expandafter\CheckCommand \csname InputIfFileExists \endcsname[2]{% + \IfFileExists {#1}{% + \expandafter \@swaptwoargs \expandafter {\@filef@und }% + {#2\@addtofilelist {#1}\@@input }% + }% + }% + \fi +} % \end{macrocode} % Now we can redefine the macro like described above: % \begin{macrocode} @@ -211,15 +232,28 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macro}{\scr@input@withhook} % \changes{v3.27}{2019/03/28}{new (internal)}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/21}{support for \textsf{memoir}}%^^A % We need a new internal, because of expanding \cs{@file@und} before inputting % the file. % \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand{\scr@input@withhook}[3]{% - \scr@load@hook{before}{#2}% - #3\@addtofilelist{#2}% - \@@input #1% - \scr@load@hook{after}{#2}% -}% +\@ifclassloaded{memoir}{% + \newcommand{\scr@input@withhook}[3]{% + \scr@load@hook{before}{#2}% + #3\@addtofilelist{#2}% + \@ifundefined{m@matbeginf}{}{\m@matbeginf{#2}}% + \@@input #1% + \@ifundefined{m@matendf}{}{\m@matendf{#2}}% + \@ifundefined{killm@matf}{}{\killm@matf{#2}}% + \scr@load@hook{after}{#2}% + }% +}{% + \newcommand{\scr@input@withhook}[3]{% + \scr@load@hook{before}{#2}% + #3\@addtofilelist{#2}% + \@@input #1% + \scr@load@hook{after}{#2}% + }% +} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} @@ -287,7 +321,7 @@ \scr@replacefile@msg{\csname #1.#4-@aliasname\endcsname.#4}{#1.#4}% \edef\scr@@onefilewithoptions{% \noexpand\@onefilewithoptions{\csname #1.#4-@aliasname\endcsname}}% - \fi + \fi \scr@@onefilewithoptions[{#2}][{#3}]{#4}% \scr@load@hook{lateafter}{#1.#4}% } @@ -399,20 +433,61 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % -% \begin{macro}{\scr@load@hook} +% \begin{macro}{\scr@load@hook} +% \changes{v3.27a}{2019/10/16}{workaround for strange handling of +% \cs{AtEndOfPackage} hook in \cs{@onefilewithoptions}}%^^A % This macro simply calls a load-file-hook, either the \emph{before} % or the \emph{after} one, if the hook exists. After calling the hook % it will be deleted. First argument is the type of hook % (\meta{before} or \meta{after}), second argument is a filename. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\scr@load@hook}[2]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macro}{\scrlfile@cmp@hook} +% \changes{v3.27a}{2019/10/23}{local macros renamed} +% \begin{macro}{\scrlfile@hookname} +% \changes{v3.27a}{2019/10/23}{local macros renamed} +% Workaround for strange handling of the \cs{AtEndOfPackage} hook in +% \cs{@onefilewithoptions} (becomes \cs{@empty}, if the package already has +% been loaded and is not loaded again). This workaround is not nice but +% smart. Before loading a file it defines a marker macro and undefines it +% later. To decide whether to define or remove the marker, two local macros +% are used \cs{scrlfile@hookname} and \cs{scrlfile@cmp@hook}. The first has +% the name of the current hook from the first argument. The other is a compare +% string. The first one is also valid while processing the hook. The names are +% very unique, so we do not reserve them using \cs{newcommand} outside. The +% name of the marker is less unique. Nevertheless it is not reserved. +% Note: For recursive loading of files this does not work. But this also does +% not matter, because it is needed only for packages and classes, which are +% never loaded recursive. +% \begin{macrocode} + \edef\scrlfile@hookname{#1}% + \def\scrlfile@cmp@hook{before}% + \ifx\scrlfile@hookname\scrlfile@cmp@hook + \expandafter\def\csname #2-l@ading\endcsname{#2}% + \fi + \let\scrlfile@cmp@hook\@undefined \@ifundefined{#2-@#1}{}{% \@nameuse{#2-@#1}% - \expandafter\let\csname #2-@#1\endcsname=\relax}} + \expandafter\let\csname #2-@#1\endcsname\relax + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% The hook could destroy \cs{scrlfile@hookname} so define it again: +% \begin{macrocode} + \edef\scrlfile@hookname{#1}% + \def\scrlfile@cmp@hook{after}% + \ifx\scrlfile@hookname\scrlfile@cmp@hook + \expandafter\let\csname #2-l@ading\endcsname\@undefined + \fi + \let\scrlfile@cmp@hook\@undefined + \let\scrlfile@hookname\@undefined +} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} % -% \begin{macro}{\scr@set@load@hook} +% \begin{macro}{\scr@set@load@hook} % This command adds stuff to a load-file-hook, either the % \emph{before} or the \emph{after} one. First argument is the type of % hook (\meta{before} or \meta{after}), second is a filename. There's @@ -425,149 +500,420 @@ \@ifundefined{#2-@#1}{\@namedef{#2-@#1}{}}{}% \expandafter\g@addto@macro\csname #2-@#1\endcsname} % \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} % -% \begin{macro}{\BeforeFile} -% \begin{macro}{\AfterFile} -% \begin{macro}{\BeforeClass} -% \begin{macro}{\AfterClass} -% \changes{v3.20}{2016/04/12}{\cs{@ifnextchar} replaced by -% \cs{kernel@ifnextchar}}%^^A -% \changes{v3.20}{2016/04/12}{\cs{@ifstar} durch \cs{kernel@ifstar} -% ersetzt}%^^A -% \begin{macro}{\AfterAtEndOfClass} -% \begin{macro}{\@AfterClass} -% \begin{macro}{\@@AfterClass} -% \changes{v3.09}{2011/03/08}{new (internal)} -% \begin{macro}{\@@@AfterClass} -% \changes{v3.09}{2011/03/09}{new (internal)} -% \changes{v3.27}{2019/08/26}{using inside class fixed} -% \begin{macro}{\@sAfterClass} -% \begin{macro}{\BeforePackage} -% \begin{macro}{\AfterPackage} -% \changes{v3.20}{2016/04/12}{\cs{@ifnextchar} replaced by -% \cs{kernel@ifnextchar}}%^^A -% \changes{v3.20}{2016/04/12}{\cs{@ifstar} durch \cs{kernel@ifstar} -% ersetzt}%^^A -% \begin{macro}{\AfterAtEndOfPackage} -% \begin{macro}{\@AfterPackage} -% \begin{macro}{\@@AfterPackage} -% \changes{v3.09}{2011/03/08}{new (internal)} -% \begin{macro}{\@@@AfterPackage} -% \changes{v3.09}{2011/03/09}{new (internal)} -% \changes{v3.27}{2019/08/26}{using inside package fixed} -% \begin{macro}{\@sAfterPackage} -% These macros add stuff to a load-file-hook of a file, class or -% package. First argument is the name of the file (with extension), -% class (without extension) or package (without extension). There's a -% second argument parsed by wether the macros themself nor -% \cs{scr@set@load@hook} but \cs{g@addto@macro}. See -% \cs{scr@set@load@hook} for more information. The star-forms -% \cs{AfterClass*} and \cs{AfterPackage*} does the action immediate, -% if the class or package was already loaded. +% \begin{macro}{\BeforeFile} +% \begin{macro}{\AfterFile} +% Just add code to the \emph{before} or \emph{after} hook of a file. The +% arguments are: +% \begin{description} +% \item[\meta{file name}:] mandatory argument with the file name as given by +% \cs{InputIfFileExists}. +% \item[\meta{code}:] this argument is not processed by \cs{BeforeFile} or +% \cs{AfterFile} but the internal \cs{scr@set@load@hook}. It is the code +% that should be added to either the \emph{before} or the \emph{after} hook. +% \end{description} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\BeforeFile}{\scr@set@load@hook{before}} \newcommand*{\AfterFile}{\scr@set@load@hook{after}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro}%^^A \AfterFile +% \end{macro}%^^A \BeforeFile +% +% \begin{macro}{\BeforeClass} +% \changes{v3.20}{2016/04/12}{\cs{@ifnextchar} replaced by +% \cs{kernel@ifnextchar}}%^^A +% \changes{v3.20}{2016/04/12}{\cs{@ifstar} durch \cs{kernel@ifstar} +% ersetzt}%^^A +% This is quite simple. It only has to add code to the \emph{before} hook +% already known by \cs{BeforeFile}. The arguments are: +% \begin{description} +% \item[\meta{package name}:] mandatory argument. +% \item[\meta{code}:] this argument is processed not by \cs{BeforeClass} but +% by the internal \cs{scr@set@load@hook} (see above), that will add the code +% to the \emph{before} hook of file \meta{code}\texttt{.cls} (or whatever the +% package extension is). +% \end{description} +% \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\BeforeClass}[1]{% \scr@set@load@hook{before}{#1.\@clsextension}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro}%^^A \BeforeClass +% +% \begin{macro}{\AfterClass} +% \changes{v3.20}{2016/04/12}{\cs{@ifnextchar} replaced by +% \cs{kernel@ifnextchar}}%^^A +% \changes{v3.20}{2016/04/12}{\cs{@ifstar} durch \cs{kernel@ifstar} +% ersetzt}%^^A +% \begin{macro}{\AfterAtEndOfClass} +% These are more complicated. There are five forms: +% \begin{description} +% \item[\cs{AfterClass}] corresponds to \cs{AfterFile}. So the code will be +% added to the usual \emph{after} hook and the code is exexuted before code +% added by the class itself using \cs{AtEndOfClass}. Argument procession +% will be done by \cs{@AfterClass}. +% \item[\cs{AfterAtEndOfClass}] This uses the \emph{lateafter} hook, which +% is executed after the class has been loaded completely inclusive the +% execution of \cs{AtEndOfClass} code. However, the code will never be +% executed, if the class will not be loaded (again). But it does nothing, +% if the class has already been loaded. The arguments are: +% \begin{description} +% \item[\meta{class name}] mandatory argument +% \item[\meta{code}:] this argument is processed not by \cs{BeforeClass} +% but by the internal \cs{scr@set@load@hook} (see above), that will add +% the code to the \emph{lateafter} hook of file \meta{code}\texttt{.cls} +% (or whatever the class extension is), or by \cs{@gobble}. +% \end{description} +% \item[\cs{AfterClass*}] like \cs{AfterClass}, but if loading of the +% class has already began, the code will be executed immediately. So, if +% the command is used inside the class it is simply +% \cs{@firstofone}. Argument procession will be done by \cs{@sAfterClass}. +% \item[\cs{AfterClass+}] like \cs{AfterClass*}, but the code will be +% executed immediately only if the class already has been loaded +% completely or it is used inside \cs{AtEndOfClass}. So inside the class +% it is similar to \cs{AtEndOfClass}. Argument procession will be done by +% \cs{@pAfterClass}. +% \item[\cs{AfterClass!}] like \cs{AfterClass+}, but even inside +% \cs{AtEndOfClass} the code is executed after every all the +% \cs{AtEndOfClass} code. Argument procession will be done by +% \cs{@xAfterClass}. (Some class authors interpret this as the star +% form of \cs{AfterAtEndOfClass}.) +% \end{description} +% \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\AfterClass}{% \kernel@ifstar {\@sAfterClass}{% - \kernel@ifnextchar +\@@AfterClass{% - \kernel@ifnextchar !\@@@AfterClass\@AfterClass + \kernel@ifnextchar +\@pAfterClass{% + \kernel@ifnextchar !\@xAfterClass\@AfterClass }% }% } -\newcommand*{\@@@AfterClass}[2]{% - \begingroup - \expandafter\ifx\csname #2.\@clsextension-h@@k\endcsname\relax - \aftergroup\@sAfterClass - \else - \aftergroup\AfterAtEndOfClass - \fi - \endgroup{#2}% -} -\newcommand*{\AfterAtEndOfClass}[1]{% - \scr@set@load@hook{lateafter}{#1.\@clsextension}} -\newcommand*{\@@AfterClass}[2]{% - \begingroup - \expandafter\ifx\csname #2.\@clsextension-h@@k\endcsname\relax - \aftergroup\@sAfterClass - \else - \aftergroup\@AfterClass - \fi - \endgroup{#2}% -} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macro}{\@AfterClass} +% \cs{AfterClass}\marg{class name}\marg{code}. +% It uses \cs{scr@set@load@hook} to add \meta{code} to the +% \emph{after} hook. The second argument will be processed by +% \cs{scr@set@load@hook}. +% \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\@AfterClass}[1]{% \scr@set@load@hook{after}{#1.\@clsextension}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro}%^^A \@AfterClass +% \begin{macro}{\@sAfterClass} +% \changes{v3.27a}{2019/10/16}{group removed}%^^A +% This is the internal implementation of: +% \cs{AfterClass*}\marg{class name}\marg{code}. +% It tests, whether or not \LaTeX{} thinks that the class +% has already been loaded, but this only means whether or not the class +% loading has already been started. If so, it immediately executes the next +% argument. If not, is uses \cs{@AfterClass} to execute the \meta{code} +% after loading the class. +% \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\@sAfterClass}[1]{% - \begingroup - \@ifclassloaded{#1}{% - \aftergroup\@secondoftwo + \@ifclassloaded{#1}{% + \@secondoftwo + }{% + \@AfterClass + }% + {#1}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro}%^^A \@sAfterClass +% \begin{macro}{\@pAfterClass} +% \changes{v3.09}{2011/03/08}{new (internal)}%^^A +% \changes{v3.27a}{2019/10/15}{renamed from \cs{@@AfterClass}}%^^A +% \changes{v3.27a}{2019/10/16}{usage of \emph{l@ading} marker}%^^A +% \changes{v3.27a}{2019/10/16}{group removed}%^^A +% This is the internal implementation of: +% \cs{AfterClass+}\marg{class name}\marg{code}. +% Note, that the plus has not already read. So the arguments are: +% \begin{description} +% \item[\texttt{+}:] static plus, to be ignored. +% \item[\meta{class name}] mandatory argument +% \item[\meta{code}:] this argument is processed not by \cs{BeforeClass} but +% by the internal \cs{@sAfterClass} or \cs{@AfterClass} (see above). +% \end{description} +% Here we cannot use \LaTeX's test, whether or not the class as already been +% loaded, because it tests only, if loading of the class has already been +% started. Here we use an internal information of our \emph{l@ading} marker +% (see \cs{scr@load@hook}). It is as long defined as a file is read while +% input. If it is undefined (or \cs{relax}) we can use \cs{@sAfterClass} to +% either execute \meta{code} immediately or add it to the \emph{after} +% hook. If is defined (and not \cs{relax}) loading of the class is in progress +% and \cs{AfterClass} is used to add \meta{code} to the \emph{after} hook. The +% effect is, that \meta{code} is executed immediately if loading of +% \meta{class name} has already been finished and after the class if the +% loading of the \meta{class name} has not already been finished. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\@pAfterClass}[2]{% + \@ifundefined{#2.\@clsextension-l@ading}{% + \@sAfterClass + }{% + \@AfterClass + }% + {#2}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro}%^^A \@pAfterClass +% \begin{macro}{\@xAfterClass} +% \changes{v3.09}{2011/03/09}{new (internal)}%^^A +% \changes{v3.27}{2019/08/26}{using inside class fixed}%^^A +% \changes{v3.27a}{2019/10/15}{renamed from \cs{@@@AfterClass}}%^^A +% \changes{v3.27a}{2019/10/16}{usage of \emph{l@ading} marker}%^^A +% \changes{v3.27a}{2019/10/16}{group removed}%^^A +% This is the internal implementation of: +% \cs{AfterClass!}\marg{class name}\marg{code}. Note, that the exclamation +% mark has not already read. So the arguments are: +% \begin{description} +% \item[\texttt{!}:] static exclamation mark, to be ignored. +% \item[\meta{class name}] mandatory argument +% \item[\meta{code}:] this argument is processed not by \cs{BeforeClass} but +% by the internal \cs{@sAfterClass} or \cs{@AfterClass} (see above). +% \end{description} +% There are two differences to \cs{@pAfterClass}: +% \begin{enumerate} +% \item In case of \cs{\meta{class name}.cls-l@ading} is defined (and not +% \cs{relax}), while loading a class, it used \cs{AfterAtEndOfClass} +% instead of \cs{AfterClass} to add \meta{code} to the \emph{lateafter} +% hook instead of the \emph{after} hook. +% \item In case of \cs{\meta{class name}.cls-l@ading} is undefined (or +% \cs{relax}) it also has to test, whether or not the class has already +% been loaded. If so, it uses \cs{@sAfterClass} to execute the \meta{code} +% immediately, otherwise it uses \cs{AfterAtEndOfClass} to add the +% \meta{code} to the \emph{lateafter} hook. +% \end{enumerate} +% So it is more like (the not existing) \cs{AfterAtEndOfClass+} than +% \cs{AfterAtEndOfClass*}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\@xAfterClass}[2]{% + \@ifundefined{#2.\@clsextension-l@ading}{% + \@ifclassloaded{#2}{% + \@sAfterClass }{% - \aftergroup\@AfterClass + \AfterAtEndOfClass }% - \endgroup - {#1}% + }{% + \AfterAtEndOfClass + }% + {#2}% } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro}%^^A \@xAfterClass +% Note that \cs{AfterAtEndOfClass} executed the \meta{code} after each try +% to load a class, even if the class has already been loaded and you try +% to load it again. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\AfterAtEndOfClass}[1]{% + \scr@set@load@hook{lateafter}{#1.\@clsextension}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro}%^^A \AfterAtEndOfClass +% \end{macro}%^^A \AfterClass +% +% \begin{macro}{\BeforePackage} +% This is quite simple. It only has to add code to the \emph{before} hook +% already known by \cs{BeforeFile}. The arguments are: +% \begin{description} +% \item[\meta{package name}:] mandatory argument. +% \item[\meta{code}:] this argument is processed not by \cs{BeforePackage} but +% by the internal \cs{scr@set@load@hook} (see above), that will add the code +% to the \emph{before} hook of file \meta{code}\texttt{.sty} (or whatever the +% package extension is). +% \end{description} +% \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\BeforePackage}[1]{% \scr@set@load@hook{before}{#1.\@pkgextension}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro}%^^A \BeforePackage +% +% \begin{macro}{\AfterPackage} +% \changes{v3.20}{2016/04/12}{\cs{@ifnextchar} replaced by +% \cs{kernel@ifnextchar}}%^^A +% \changes{v3.20}{2016/04/12}{\cs{@ifstar} durch \cs{kernel@ifstar} +% ersetzt}%^^A +% \begin{macro}{\AfterAtEndOfPackage} +% These are more complicated. There are five forms: +% \begin{description} +% \item[\cs{AfterPackage}] corresponds to \cs{AfterFile}. So the code will be +% added to the usual \emph{after} hook and the code is exexuted before code +% added by the package itself using \cs{AtEndOfPackage}. Argument procession +% will be done by \cs{@AfterPackage}. +% \item[\cs{AfterAtEndOfPackage}] This uses the \emph{lateafter} hook, which +% is executed after the package has been loaded completely inclusive the +% execution of \cs{AtEndOfPackage} code. However, the code will never be +% executed, if the package will not be loaded (again). But it does nothing, +% if the package has already been loaded. The arguments are: +% \begin{description} +% \item[\meta{package name}] mandatory argument +% \item[\meta{code}:] this argument is processed not by \cs{BeforePackage} +% but by the internal \cs{scr@set@loaf@hook} (see above), that will add +% the code to the \emph{lateafter} hook of file \meta{code}\texttt{.sty} +% (or whatever the package extension is), or by \cs{@gobble}. +% \end{description} +% \item[\cs{AfterPackage*}] like \cs{AfterPackage}, but if loading of the +% package has already began, the code will be executed immediately. So, if +% the command is used inside the package it is simply +% \cs{@firstofone}. Argument procession will be done by \cs{@sAfterPackage}. +% \item[\cs{AfterPackage+}] like \cs{AfterPackage*}, but the code will be +% executed immediately only if the package already has been loaded +% completely or it is used inside \cs{AtEndOfPackage}. So inside the package +% it is similar to \cs{AtEndOfPackage}. Argument procession will be done by +% \cs{@pAfterPackage}. +% \item[\cs{AfterPackage!}] like \cs{AfterPackage+}, but even inside +% \cs{AtEndOfPackage} the code is executed after every all the +% \cs{AtEndOfPackage} code. Argument procession will be done by +% \cs{@xAfterPackage}. (Some package authors interpret this as the star +% form of \cs{AfterAtEndOfPackage}.) +% \end{description} +% \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\AfterPackage}{% \kernel@ifstar {\@sAfterPackage}{% - \kernel@ifnextchar +\@@AfterPackage{% - \kernel@ifnextchar !\@@@AfterPackage\@AfterPackage + \kernel@ifnextchar +\@pAfterPackage{% + \kernel@ifnextchar !\@xAfterPackage\@AfterPackage }% }% } -\newcommand*{\@@@AfterPackage}[2]{% - \begingroup - \expandafter\ifx\csname #2.\@pkgextension-h@@k\endcsname\relax - \aftergroup\@sAfterPackage - \else - \aftergroup\AfterAtEndOfPackage - \fi - \endgroup{#2}% -} -\newcommand*{\AfterAtEndOfPackage}[1]{% - \scr@set@load@hook{lateafter}{#1.\@pkgextension}} -\newcommand*{\@@AfterPackage}[2]{% - \begingroup - \expandafter\ifx\csname #2.\@pkgextension-h@@k\endcsname\relax - \aftergroup\@sAfterPackage - \else - \aftergroup\@AfterPackage - \fi - \endgroup{#2}% -} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macro}{\@AfterPackage} +% This is the internal implementation of: +% \cs{AfterPackage}\marg{package name}\marg{code}. +% It uses \cs{scr@set@load@hook} to add \meta{code} to the +% \emph{after} hook. The second argument will be processed by +% \cs{scr@set@load@hook}. +% \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\@AfterPackage}[1]{% \scr@set@load@hook{after}{#1.\@pkgextension}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro}%^^A \@AfterPackage +% \begin{macro}{\@sAfterPackage} +% \changes{v3.27a}{2019/10/16}{group removed}%^^A +% This is the internal implementation of: +% \cs{AfterPackage*}\marg{package name}\marg{code}. +% It tests, whether or not \LaTeX{} thinks that the package +% has already been loaded, but this only means whether or not the package +% loading has already been started. If so, it immediately executes the next +% argument. If not, is uses \cs{@AfterPackage} to execute the \meta{code} +% after loading the package. +% \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\@sAfterPackage}[1]{% - \begingroup - \@ifpackageloaded{#1}{% - \aftergroup\@secondoftwo + \@ifpackageloaded{#1}{% + \@secondoftwo + }{% + \@AfterPackage + }% + {#1}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro}%^^A \@sAfterPackage +% \begin{macro}{\@pAfterPackage} +% \changes{v3.09}{2011/03/08}{new (internal)}%^^A +% \changes{v3.27a}{2019/10/15}{renamed from \cs{@@AfterPackage}}%^^A +% \changes{v3.27a}{2019/10/16}{usage of \emph{l@ading} marker}%^^A +% \changes{v3.27a}{2019/10/16}{group removed}%^^A +% This is the internal implementation of: +% \cs{AfterPackage+}\marg{package name}\marg{code}. +% Note, that the plus has not already read. So the arguments are: +% \begin{description} +% \item[\texttt{+}:] static plus, to be ignored. +% \item[\meta{package name}] mandatory argument +% \item[\meta{code}:] this argument is processed not by \cs{BeforePackage} but +% by the internal \cs{@sAfterPackage} or \cs{@AfterPackage} (see above). +% \end{description} +% Here we cannot use \LaTeX's test, whether or not the package as already been +% loaded, because it tests only, if loading of the package has already been +% started. Here we use an internal information of our \emph{l@ading} marker +% (see \cs{scr@load@hook}). It is as long defined as a file is read while +% input. If it is undefined (or \cs{relax}) we can use \cs{@sAfterPackage} to +% either execute \meta{code} immediately or add it to the \emph{after} +% hook. If is defined (and not \cs{relax}) loading of the package is in +% progress and \cs{AfterPackage} is used to add \meta{code} to the +% \emph{after} hook. The effect is, that \meta{code} is executed immediately +% if loading of \meta{package name} has already been finished and after the +% package if the loading of the \meta{package name} has not already been +% finished. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\@pAfterPackage}[2]{% + \@ifundefined{#2.\@pkgextension-l@ading}{% + \@sAfterPackage + }{% + \@AfterPackage + }% + {#2}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro}%^^A \@pAfterPackage +% \begin{macro}{\@xAfterPackage} +% \changes{v3.09}{2011/03/09}{new (internal)}%^^A +% \changes{v3.27}{2019/08/26}{using inside package fixed}%^^A +% \changes{v3.27a}{2019/10/15}{renamed from \cs{@@@AfterPackage}}%^^A +% \changes{v3.27a}{2019/10/16}{usage of \emph{l@ading} marker}%^^A +% \changes{v3.27a}{2019/10/16}{group removed}%^^A +% This is the internal implementation of: +% \cs{AfterPackage!}\marg{package name}\marg{code}. Note, that the exclamation +% mark has not already read. So the arguments are: +% \begin{description} +% \item[\texttt{!}:] static exclamation mark, to be ignored. +% \item[\meta{package name}] mandatory argument +% \item[\meta{code}:] this argument is processed not by \cs{BeforePackage} but +% by the internal \cs{@sAfterPackage} or \cs{@AfterPackage} (see above). +% \end{description} +% There are two differences to \cs{@pAfterPackage}: +% \begin{enumerate} +% \item In case of \cs{\meta{package name}.sty-l@ading} is defined (and not +% \cs{relax}), to while loading a package, it used \cs{@AfterAtEndOfPackage} +% instead of \cs{AfterPackage} to add \meta{code} to the \emph{lateafter} +% hook instead of the \emph{after} hook. +% \item In case of \cs{\meta{package name}.sty-l@ading} is not defined (or +% \cs{relax}) it also has to test, whether or not the package has already +% been loaded. If so, it uses \cs{@sAfterPackage} to execute the \meta{code} +% immediately, otherwise it uses \cs{@AfterAtEndOfPackage} to add the +% \meta{code} to the \emph{lateafter} hook. +% \end{enumerate} +% So it is more like (the not existing) \cs{AfterAtEndOfPackage+} than +% \cs{AfterAtEndOfPackage*}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\@xAfterPackage}[2]{% + \@ifundefined{#2.\@pkgextension-l@ading}{% + \@ifpackageloaded{#2}{% + \@sAfterPackage }{% - \aftergroup\@AfterPackage + \@AfterAtEndOfPackage }% - \endgroup - {#1}% + }{% + \@AfterAtEndOfPackage + }% + {#2}% } % \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% +% \end{macro}%^^A \@xAfterPackage +% \begin{macro}{\@AfterAtEndOfPackage} +% \changes{v3.27a}{2019/10/15}{new (internal)} +% \changes{v3.27a}{2019/10/16}{group removed}%^^A +% Note that until 3.27a \cs{AfterAtEndOfPackage} executed the \meta{code} +% after each try to load a package, even if the package has already been +% loaded and you've try to load it again. Since 3.27a this is the +% functionality of \cs{@AfterAtEndOfPackage}. \cs{AfterAtEndOfPackage} now +% does not do anything for already loaded packages or while loading the +% package. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\AfterAtEndOfPackage}[1]{% + \@ifpackageloaded{#1}{% + \@ifundefined{#1.\@pkgextension-l@ading}{% + \@gobbletwo + }{% + \@AfterAtEndOfPackage + }% + }{% + \@AfterAtEndOfPackage + }% + {#1}% +} +\newcommand*{\@AfterAtEndOfPackage}[1]{% + \scr@set@load@hook{lateafter}{#1.\@pkgextension}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro}%^^A \@AfterAtEndOfPackage +% \end{macro}%^^A \AfterAtEndOfPackage +% \end{macro}%^^A \AfterPackage +% % \begin{macro}{\PreventPackageFromLoading} % \changes{v3.08}{2010/11/04}{New} % \changes{v3.11a}{2012/06/13}{write fault error in \cs{MessageBreak} fixed} diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrmain.ins b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrmain.ins index 17f8852f99..dbd131361e 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrmain.ins +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrmain.ins @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ % Dieses Werk besteht aus den in manifest.txt aufgefuehrten Dateien. % ====================================================================== -% $Id: scrmain.ins 3147 2019-05-11 11:03:41Z kohm $ +% $Id: scrmain.ins 3353 2019-11-04 17:35:20Z kohm $ % ---------- KOMA-Script default docstrip declarations ----------------- @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ \from{scrextend.dtx}{package,extend,preidentify}% \from{scrkernel-version.dtx}{package,extend}% \from{scrextend.dtx}{package,extend,identify,prepare}% - \from{scrkernel-basics.dtx}{load}% + \from{scrkernel-basics.dtx}{package,load}% \from{scrkernel-sections.dtx}{package,extend,prepare}% \from{scrkernel-compatibility.dtx}{package,extend,init}% % \from{scrkernel-typearea.dtx}{package,extend,init}% @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ \generate{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble \file{scrbook.cls}{% \from{scrkernel-version.dtx}{class,book}% - \from{scrkernel-basics.dtx}{load}% + \from{scrkernel-basics.dtx}{class,load}% \from{scrkernel-listsof.dtx}{class,book,prepare}% \from{scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx}{class,book,prepare}% \from{scrkernel-sections.dtx}{class,book,prepare}% @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ }% \file{scrreprt.cls}{% \from{scrkernel-version.dtx}{class,report}% - \from{scrkernel-basics.dtx}{load}% + \from{scrkernel-basics.dtx}{class,load}% \from{scrkernel-listsof.dtx}{class,book,prepare}% \from{scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx}{class,report,prepare}% \from{scrkernel-sections.dtx}{class,report,prepare}% @@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ }% \file{scrartcl.cls}{% \from{scrkernel-version.dtx}{class,article}% - \from{scrkernel-basics.dtx}{load}% + \from{scrkernel-basics.dtx}{class,load}% \from{scrkernel-listsof.dtx}{class,book,prepare}% \from{scrkernel-tocstyle.dtx}{class,article,prepare}% \from{scrkernel-sections.dtx}{class,article,prepare}% @@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ \generate{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble \file{scrlttr2.cls}{% \from{scrkernel-version.dtx}{class,letter}% - \from{scrkernel-basics.dtx}{load}% + \from{scrkernel-basics.dtx}{class,load}% \from{scrkernel-compatibility.dtx}{class,letter,init}% \from{scrkernel-typearea.dtx}{class,scrlttr2,init}% \from{scrkernel-compatibility.dtx}{class,letter,option}% @@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ \generate{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble \file{scrletter.sty}{% \from{scrkernel-version.dtx}{package,letter}% - \from{scrkernel-basics.dtx}{load}% + \from{scrkernel-basics.dtx}{package,load}% \from{scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx}{package,letter,init}% % \from{scrkernel-compatibility.dtx}{package,letter,init}% \from{scrkernel-typearea.dtx}{package,letter,init}% @@ -478,7 +478,7 @@ \from{scrkernel-basics.dtx}{package,prepare,koma}% \from{scrkernel-basics.dtx}{package,option,koma}% \from{scrkernel-fonts.dtx}{package,option,scrkbase}% - \from{scrlfile.dtx}{load}% + \from{scrlfile.dtx}{package,load}% \from{scrkernel-basics.dtx}{package,body,koma}% \from{scrkernel-fonts.dtx}{package,body,scrkbase}% \from{scrlogo.dtx}{logo}% diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrpage.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrpage.dtx index a7457540a6..36951ba390 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrpage.dtx +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrpage.dtx @@ -55,13 +55,13 @@ % Right brace \} Tilde \~} % % \iffalse -%%% From File: $Id: scrpage.dtx 3256 2019-10-10 07:06:49Z kohm $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrpage.dtx 3403 2019-11-23 15:38:36Z kohm $ %<scrpage>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/06/01] %<*dtx> \ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi \begingroup \def\filedate$#1: #2-#3-#4 #5${\gdef\filedate{#2/#3/#4}} - \filedate$Date: 2019-10-10 09:06:49 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + \filedate$Date: 2019-11-23 16:38:36 +0100 (Sat, 23 Nov 2019) $ \def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\gdef\filerevision{r#2}} \filerevision$Revision: 2631 $ \edef\reserved@a{% @@ -2121,8 +2121,10 @@ % % Let's do the default setting: % \changes{v2.0m}{2002/02/05}{Active support for new letter class -% \texttt{scrlttr2}} -% \changes{v3.12}{2013/12/14}{fix \cs{rohead} if page number left at head} +% \texttt{scrlttr2}}%^^A +% \changes{v3.12}{2013/12/14}{fix \cs{rohead} if page number left at head}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/23}{\cs{PackageErrorNoLine} durch \cs{PackageError} +% ersetzt}%^^A % \begin{macrocode} \def\@tempa{koma}\ifx\scrheadings@style\@tempa \@ifclassloaded{scrlttr2}{% @@ -2162,14 +2164,14 @@ \ihead{\headmark} \ohead{\pagemark} \cfoot[\pagemark]{} - \else\PackageErrorNoLine{scrpage2}{unknown scrheadings style}% - {Somehow \string\scrheadings@style was - defined\MessageBreak - as ``\scrheadings@style''.\MessageBreak - scrpage2 doesn't know what to do. - If you'll continue, pagestyle - ``scrheadings''\MessageBreak - will be predefined empty} + \else\PackageError{scrpage2}{unknown scrheadings style}% + {Somehow \string\scrheadings@style was + defined\MessageBreak + as ``\scrheadings@style''.\MessageBreak + scrpage2 doesn't know what to do. + If you'll continue, pagestyle + ``scrheadings''\MessageBreak + will be predefined empty.} \fi\fi \begingroup\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endgroup\expandafter \ifx\csname chaptermark\endcsname\relax diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrwfile.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrwfile.dtx index 054d051da8..25fa71ad3f 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrwfile.dtx +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/scrwfile.dtx @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ % Right brace \} Tilde \~} % % \iffalse -%%% From File: $Id: scrwfile.dtx 3137 2019-04-04 06:07:07Z kohm $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrwfile.dtx 3392 2019-11-19 09:37:46Z kohm $ %<*dtx> \ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi \ProvidesFile{scrwfile.dtx} @@ -449,6 +449,11 @@ % \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\TOCclone} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/19}{\cs{ifattoclist} replaced by +% \cs{Ifattoclist}}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/19}{\cs{iftocfeature} replaced by +% \cs{Iftocfeature}}%^^A % Clone the entries from the second (first mandatory) argument TOC to the % third (second mandatory) argument TOC. If the first (optional) argument was % given, define |\listof#3name| to this and also define |\listof#3| and clone @@ -474,7 +479,7 @@ \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{scrwfile@clone@#3}{% \expandafter\let\csname scrwfile@clone@#3\endcsname\@empty }{}% - \ifattoclist{#3}{% + \Ifattoclist{#3}{% \PackageWarning{scrwfile}{`#3' already under control of tocbasic.\MessageBreak Nevertheless features will be set @@ -483,14 +488,14 @@ \addtotoclist[TOCclone]{#3}% }% \setuptoc{#3}{nobabel}% - \ifstr{#1}{}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{}{% }{% \@namedef{listof#3name}{#1}% \@namedef{listof#3}{\listoftoc{#3}}% - \iftocfeature{#2}{leveldown}{\setuptoc{#3}{leveldown}}{}% - \iftocfeature{#2}{numbered}{\setuptoc{#3}{numbered}}{}% - \iftocfeature{#2}{onecolumn}{\setuptoc{#3}{leveldownonecolumn}}{}% - \iftocfeature{#2}{totoc}{\setuptoc{#3}{totoc}}{}% + \Iftocfeature{#2}{leveldown}{\setuptoc{#3}{leveldown}}{}% + \Iftocfeature{#2}{numbered}{\setuptoc{#3}{numbered}}{}% + \Iftocfeature{#2}{onecolumn}{\setuptoc{#3}{leveldownonecolumn}}{}% + \Iftocfeature{#2}{totoc}{\setuptoc{#3}{totoc}}{}% }% } % \end{macrocode} diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/tocbasic.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/tocbasic.dtx index fd90f4e8c5..4f42a82726 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/tocbasic.dtx +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/source/tocbasic.dtx @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -% \CheckSum{1617} +% \CheckSum{1643} % \iffalse meta-comment % ====================================================================== % tocbasic.dtx @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ % Right brace \} Tilde \~} % % \iffalse -%%% From File: $Id: tocbasic.dtx 3256 2019-10-10 07:06:49Z kohm $ +%%% From File: $Id: tocbasic.dtx 3401 2019-11-22 07:30:48Z kohm $ %<identify>%%% (run: identify) %<prepare>%%% (run: prepare) %<option>%%% (run: option) @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ \ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi \begingroup \def\filedate$#1: #2-#3-#4 #5${\gdef\filedate{#2/#3/#4}} - \filedate$Date: 2019-10-10 09:06:49 +0200 (Thu, 10 Oct 2019) $ + \filedate$Date: 2019-11-22 08:30:48 +0100 (Fri, 22 Nov 2019) $ \def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\gdef\filerevision{r#2}} \filerevision$Revision: 1962 $ \endgroup @@ -282,13 +282,25 @@ % \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\ifattoclist} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/19}{renamed to \cs{Ifattoclist}}%^^A +% \begin{macro}{\Ifattoclist} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/19}{renamed from \cs{ifattoclist}}%^^A % This command tests, if an extension is already at the list of % toc-files. The extension has to be the first argument. The second argument % will be done, if the extension is already at the list of toc-files. The % third argument will be done, if the extension is at the list of toc-files % not yet. % \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand{\ifattoclist}[1]{% +\providecommand*{\ifattoclist}{% + \PackageWarning{tocbasic}{Usage of deprecated command + `\string\ifattoclist'.\MessageBreak + The command has been renamed because of a\MessageBreak + recommendation of The LaTeX Project Team.\MessageBreak + Please replace `\string\ifattoclist' by `\string\Ifattoclist'% + }% + \Ifattoclist +} +\newcommand{\Ifattoclist}[1]{% \begingroup \def\do##1##2{% \edef\reserved@a{##1}% @@ -299,7 +311,8 @@ \endgroup } % \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} +% \end{macro}%^^A \Ifattoclist +% \end{macro}%^^A \ifattoclist % % \begin{macro}{\addtotoclist} % \changes{v1.0a}{2008/11/11}{internal \cs{@addtotoclist} renamed to @@ -310,6 +323,10 @@ % internal list}%^^A % \changes{v3.20}{2016/04/12}{\cs{@ifnextchar} replaced by % \cs{kernel@ifnextchar}}%^^A +% \begin{macro}{\scr@addtotoclist} +% \begin{macro}{\scr@@addtotoclist} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/19}{\cs{ifattoclist} replaced by +% \cs{Ifattoclist}}%^^A % This command adds an extension to the list of toc-files. The first, % optional argument is the class or package name with the corresponding % extension of class or package files. If this argument was omitted @@ -332,7 +349,7 @@ \reserved@a } \newcommand*{\scr@@addtotoclist}[2][]{% - \ifattoclist{#2}{% + \Ifattoclist{#2}{% \PackageError{tocbasic}{% file extension `#2' cannot be used twice }{% @@ -367,16 +384,19 @@ } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\owneroftoc} % \changes{v3.22}{2016/08/09}{new}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A % Returns the owner of a TOC or uses the owner of a TOC as argument of the % optional argument, if it exists. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\owneroftoc}[2][\@firstofone]{% \begingroup \let\reserved@a\endgroup - \def\do##1##2{\ifstr{#2}{##1}{\def\reserved@a{\endgroup#1{##2}}}{}}% + \def\do##1##2{\Ifstr{#2}{##1}{\def\reserved@a{\endgroup#1{##2}}}{}}% \tb@listoftocs \reserved@a } @@ -427,6 +447,8 @@ % \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\tocbasic@extend@babel} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/19}{\cs{iftocfeature} replaced by +% \cs{Iftocfeature}}%^^A % NOTE: To extend the original \cs{bbl@set@language} the argument of % \cs{tocbasic@extend@babel} must not be a local macro (like \cs{@currext}) % \begin{macrocode} @@ -435,7 +457,7 @@ \PackageInfo{tocbasic}{babel extension for `#1' omitted\MessageBreak because of missing \string\bbl@set@language}% }{% - \iftocfeature{#1}{nobabel}{% + \Iftocfeature{#1}{nobabel}{% \PackageInfo{tocbasic}{omitting babel extension for `#1'\MessageBreak because of feature `nobabel' available\MessageBreak for `#1'}% @@ -478,10 +500,12 @@ % \begin{macro}{\removefromtoclist} % \changes{v3.20}{2016/04/12}{\cs{@ifnextchar} replaced by % \cs{kernel@ifnextchar}}%^^A -% \begin{macro}{\@removefromtoclist} +% \begin{macro}{\scr@removefromtoclist} % \changes{v3.22}{2016/09/06}{missing \cs{global} added}%^^A -% \begin{macro}{\@@removefromtoclist} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/22}{renamed from \cs{@removefromtoclist}}%^^A +% \begin{macro}{\scr@@removefromtoclist} % \changes{v3.22}{2016/09/06}{missing \cs{global} added}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/22}{renamed from \cs{@@removefromtoclist}}%^^A % This command will remove an extension from the list of toc-files. If the % first, optional argument is given, the extension will only be removed, if % it was added by the given owner. NOTE: An empty first argument is not the @@ -489,9 +513,9 @@ % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\removefromtoclist}{% \kernel@ifnextchar [%] - \@removefromtoclist\@@removefromtoclist -} -\newcommand*{\@removefromtoclist}[2][]{% + \scr@removefromtoclist\scr@@removefromtoclist +} +\newcommand*{\scr@removefromtoclist}[2][]{% \begingroup \let\tb@oldlist\tb@listoftocs \def\do##1##2{% @@ -513,7 +537,7 @@ \tb@oldlist \endgroup } -\newcommand*{\@@removefromtoclist}[1]{% +\newcommand*{\scr@@removefromtoclist}[1]{% \begingroup \let\tb@oldlist\tb@listoftocs \def\do##1##2{% @@ -743,6 +767,8 @@ % \begin{macro}{\tocbasic@starttoc} % \changes{v3.17}{2015/03/23}{usage of feature \texttt{noparskipfake}}%^^A % \changes{v3.27}{2019/07/08}{hack to add \cs{par} at end of (main) file}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/19}{\cs{iftocfeature} replaced by +% \cs{Iftocfeature}}%^^A % Some basics are done like setting up \cs{parskip}, \cs{parindent} and % \cs{parfillskip}, a general hook will be called, an individual hook will % be called, the toc will be started, an individual hook will be called, an @@ -752,7 +778,7 @@ \newcommand*{\tocbasic@starttoc}[1]{% \begingroup \edef\@currext{#1}% - \iftocfeature{\@currext}{noparskipfake}{}{% + \Iftocfeature{\@currext}{noparskipfake}{}{% \ifvmode \@tempskipa\lastskip \vskip-\lastskip @@ -838,6 +864,8 @@ % \changes{v1.01}{2008/11/13}{new feature \texttt{onecolumn}}%^^A % \changes{v3.09}{2011/03/01}{\cs{@currext} defined using \cs{edef} instead % of \cs{def}}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/19}{\cs{iftocfeature} replaced by +% \cs{Iftocfeature}}%^^A % Command to handle the hole list of something. There are additional hooks % for this. The first optional argument is the title for this list. If the % optional argument was omitted \cs{listof\#2name} will be used. The star @@ -863,17 +891,17 @@ \expandafter\let\expandafter\list@fname\csname listof#2name\endcsname }% \edef\@currext{#2}% - \iftocfeature{\@currext}{onecolumn}{% - \iftocfeature{\@currext}{leveldown}{}{% + \Iftocfeature{\@currext}{onecolumn}{% + \Iftocfeature{\@currext}{leveldown}{}{% \if@twocolumn \aftergroup\twocolumn\onecolumn \fi }% }{}% - \iftocfeature{\@currext}{numberline}{\def\nonumberline{\numberline{}}}{}% + \Iftocfeature{\@currext}{numberline}{\def\nonumberline{\numberline{}}}{}% \tocbasic@listhead{#1}% \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{microtypesetup}{}{% - \iftocfeature{\@currext}{noprotrusion}{}{% + \Iftocfeature{\@currext}{noprotrusion}{}{% \microtypesetup{protrusion=false}% \PackageInfo{tocbasic}{% character protrusion at \@currext\space deactivated}% @@ -975,6 +1003,8 @@ % \changes{v3.26}{2018/06/22}{removed spurious group}%^^A % \changes{v3.26}{2018/09/03}{usage of \cs{addsecmark} or \cs{sectionmark} % instead of \cs{@mkright} or \cs{markright}}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/19}{\cs{iftocfeature} replaced by +% \cs{Iftocfeature}}%^^A % Setting the headings of a list of something. The heading is the only % argument. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -982,14 +1012,14 @@ \@ifundefined{tocbasic@listhead@\@currext}{% \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{chapter}{% \expandafter\def\csname tocbasic@listhead@\@currext\endcsname##1{% - \iftocfeature{\@currext}{leveldown}{% - \iftocfeature{\@currext}{numbered}{% + \Iftocfeature{\@currext}{leveldown}{% + \Iftocfeature{\@currext}{numbered}{% \subsection[##1]{##1}% }{% \subsection*{##1}% \ifvmode\@tempcnta\lastpenalty\@tempskipa\lastskip\unskip\fi \begingroup - \iftocfeature{\@currext}{totoc}{% + \Iftocfeature{\@currext}{totoc}{% \expandafter\addxcontentsline\expandafter{\ext@toc}% {subsection}{##1}% }{}% @@ -999,13 +1029,13 @@ \ifvmode\penalty\@tempcnta\vskip\@tempskipa\fi }% }{% - \iftocfeature{\@currext}{numbered}{% + \Iftocfeature{\@currext}{numbered}{% \section[##1]{##1}% }{% \section*{##1}% \ifvmode\@tempcnta\lastpenalty\@tempskipa\lastskip\unskip\fi \begingroup - \iftocfeature{\@currext}{totoc}{% + \Iftocfeature{\@currext}{totoc}{% \expandafter\addxcontentsline\expandafter{\ext@toc}% {section}{##1}% }{}% @@ -1021,11 +1051,11 @@ }% }{% \expandafter\def\csname tocbasic@listhead@\@currext\endcsname##1{% - \iftocfeature{\@currext}{leveldown}{% - \iftocfeature{\@currext}{numbered}{% + \Iftocfeature{\@currext}{leveldown}{% + \Iftocfeature{\@currext}{numbered}{% \section{##1}% }{% - \iftocfeature{\@currext}{totoc}{% + \Iftocfeature{\@currext}{totoc}{% \@ifundefined{addsec}{% \section*{##1}% \ifvmode\@tempcnta\lastpenalty\@tempskipa\lastskip\unskip\fi @@ -1057,7 +1087,7 @@ }% }% }{% - \iftocfeature{\@currext}{numbered}{% + \Iftocfeature{\@currext}{numbered}{% \chapter[##1]{##1}% }{% \chapter*{##1}% @@ -1068,7 +1098,7 @@ }{% \@mkdouble{\MakeMarkcase{##1}}% }% - \iftocfeature{\@currext}{totoc}{% + \Iftocfeature{\@currext}{totoc}{% \expandafter\addxcontentsline\expandafter{\ext@toc}% {chapter}{##1}% }{}% @@ -1199,9 +1229,21 @@ \setuptoc{lot}{nobabel} % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macro}{\iftocfeature} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/19}{renamed to \cs{Iftocfeature}}%^^A +% \begin{macro}{\Iftocfeature} +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/19}{renamed from \cs{iftocfeature}}%^^A % We need a test for the features % \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*{\iftocfeature}[2]{% +\providecommand*{\iftocfeature}{% + \PackageWarning{tocbasic}{Usage of deprecated command + `\string\iftocfeature'.\MessageBreak + The command has been renamed because of a\MessageBreak + recommendation of The LaTeX Project Team.\MessageBreak + Please replace `\string\iftocfeature' by `\string\Iftocfeature'% + }% + \Iftocfeature +} +\newcommand*{\Iftocfeature}[2]{% \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{tocbasic@#1@feature@#2}{% \expandafter\@secondoftwo }{% @@ -1213,12 +1255,15 @@ % \end{macro} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} +% \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\tocbasicautomode} % \changes{v1.0a}{2008/11/11}{use of \cs{addtotoclist} instead of % internal}%^^A % \changes{v3.07a}{2010/11/25}{fix: added missing % \cs{let}\cs{@starttoc}\cs{tocbasic@starttoc}}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/19}{\cs{ifattoclist} replaced by +% \cs{Ifattoclist}}%^^A % \textsf{tocbasic} can overtake \cs{@starttoc} to automaticly add all % used extensions to the list of known extensions and use % \cs{tocbasic@starttoc} instead of \cs{@starttoc} from \LaTeX{} @@ -1234,7 +1279,7 @@ \let\@starttoc\tocbasic@starttoc \BeforeStartingTOC{% \let\@starttoc\tb@saved@starttoc - \expandafter\ifattoclist\expandafter{\@currext}{}{% + \expandafter\Ifattoclist\expandafter{\@currext}{}{% \addtotoclist[tocbasicautomode]{\@currext}% }% }% @@ -1254,6 +1299,7 @@ % \changes{v3.20}{2016/04/12}{\cs{@ifnextchar} replaced by % \cs{kernel@ifnextchar}}%^^A % \changes{v3.26a}{2018/12/30}{fixed usage of \cs{kernel@ifnextchar}}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A % This command defines only a new TOC and a new caption command for this % TOC. It does not define a new foat unless option float was set! It does % not define a new nonfloat unless option nonfloat was set! The optional @@ -1295,12 +1341,12 @@ \@ExecuteTOCEntryStyleInitCode{\tb@nt@tocentrystyle}{\tb@nt@type}% \def\do@endgroup{\endgroup}% \def\do##1{% - \ifstr{##1}{numwidth}{% + \Ifstr{##1}{numwidth}{% \l@addto@macro\do@endgroup{% \l@addto@macro{\tb@nt@tocstyle@options}{,numwidth=1.5em}% }% }{% - \ifstr{##1}{indent}{% + \Ifstr{##1}{indent}{% %<trace>\typeout{TRACE \string\DeclareNewTOC[...]{#2}: set default indent 1em}% \l@addto@macro\do@endgroup{% \l@addto@macro{\tb@nt@tocstyle@options}{,indent=1em}% @@ -1409,7 +1455,7 @@ % If the toc style is empty we won't define any \cs{l@\dots}. Otherwise we % need to define additional options. % \begin{macrocode} - \ifstr{\tb@nt@tocentrystyle}{}{}{% + \Ifstr{\tb@nt@tocentrystyle}{}{}{% \begingroup \let\scr@dte@current\tb@nt@type \@ExecuteTOCEntryStyleInitCode{\tb@nt@tocentrystyle}{\tb@nt@type}% @@ -1746,14 +1792,14 @@ % The list entry: % \changes{v3.20}{2016/04/05}{warning if \cs{l@\dots} is undefined}%^^A % \begin{macrocode} - \ifstr{\tb@nt@tocentrystyle}{}{% + \Ifstr{\tb@nt@tocentrystyle}{}{% \@ifundefined{l@\tb@nt@type}{% \PackageWarning{tocbasic}{% \expandafter\string\csname l@\tb@nt@type\endcsname\space undefined!\MessageBreak I hope you know, what you are doing, but\MessageBreak maybe it would be better to use proper\MessageBreak - `tocentrystyle` settings% + `tocentrystyle' settings% }% }{}% }{% @@ -1907,10 +1953,11 @@ % \begin{macro}{\tb@ifvalueisnotempty} % \changes{v3.06}{2010/05/21}{new internal}%^^A % \changes{v3.20}{2015/12/16}{simpler definition}%^^A +% \changes{v3.28}{2019/11/18}{\cs{ifstr} umbenannt in \cs{Ifstr}}%^^A % This is only a helper for defining some of the keys. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\tb@ifvalueisnotempty}[1]{% - \ifstr{#1}{}{% + \Ifstr{#1}{}{% \FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue \expandafter\@gobble }{% diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/xfakebold/Changes b/macros/latex/contrib/xfakebold/Changes index 923320521b..9750606c8f 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/xfakebold/Changes +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/xfakebold/Changes @@ -1,5 +1,6 @@ xfakebold.sty ---------------- +v 0.06 2019-12-29 support for xetex and ptex with (x)dvipdfmx v 0.05 2019-09-21 fix pdflatex v 0.04 2018-08-21 typo in \fake@bold v 0.03 2018-08-07 small fixes and typos in the documentation diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/xfakebold/doc/xfakebold-doc.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/xfakebold/doc/xfakebold-doc.pdf Binary files differindex d9b058589a..f6522da142 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/xfakebold/doc/xfakebold-doc.pdf +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/xfakebold/doc/xfakebold-doc.pdf diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/xfakebold/doc/xfakebold-doc.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/xfakebold/doc/xfakebold-doc.tex index d2bd92ef2b..973873ee2e 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/xfakebold/doc/xfakebold-doc.tex +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/xfakebold/doc/xfakebold-doc.tex @@ -1,14 +1,18 @@ -% $Id: xfakebold-doc.tex 1087 2019-09-21 11:53:40Z herbert $ +% $Id: xfakebold-doc.tex 1125 2019-12-29 21:34:19Z herbert $ \listfiles \documentclass[english]{article} \usepackage{dejavu-otf} +\usepackage{xfp} +\ExplSyntaxOn +\let\PI\c_pi_fp +\ExplSyntaxOff \usepackage{xfakebold} \usepackage{graphicx} %\pdfcompresslevel=0 \usepackage{babel} \usepackage[a4paper,tmargin=1cm,bmargin=1.5cm,includeheadfoot]{geometry} \usepackage{listings} -\title{\texttt{xfakebold}, v. 0.05\\ using bold characters with \texttt{pdflatex} or \texttt{lualatex}} +\title{\texttt{xfakebold}, v. 0.06\\ using bold characters with\\ \texttt{pdflatex}, \texttt{lualatex} or \texttt{xelatex}} \author{Herbert Voß} \lstset{basicstyle=\ttfamily\small,language={[LaTeX]TeX},frame=lrtb} @@ -21,13 +25,13 @@ \begin{abstract} The package fakes a vector font with outline characters by the text render of PDF. It writes directly into the pdf output with \verb|\pdfliteral| (pdflatex ) or \verb|\pdfextension| \verb|literal| -(lualatex). The package defines two macros which can be used in text and in math mode. However, for the text +(lualatex) or \verb|\special| (xelatex). The package defines two macros which can be used in text and in math mode. However, for the text mode one should use the bold version of the text font which should be available in most cases. This is different to the math mode where only some free math fonts provide a bold version. \end{abstract} \vfill -\small Thanks to: Will Robertson; +\small Thanks to: Will Robertson; Yusuke Terada; %\meaning\setBold %\meaning\unsetBold @@ -37,6 +41,8 @@ math mode where only some free math fonts provide a bold version. \section{How does it work?} PDF knows different text render modes for outline fonts. +\ifxetex\else% Only for the test run with xelatex + \def\OFF{\pdfextension literal direct { 0 Tr 0 w }\relax} \def\Verb|#1|{\texttt{\{#1\}}} @@ -49,7 +55,7 @@ PDF knows different text render modes for outline fonts. \makebox[3cm][l]{Mode 2 \Verb| 2 Tr 0 w |} \tabular{l}\pdfextension literal direct { 2 Tr 0 w }\scalebox{10}{OTTO} OTTO\OFF\endtabular \makebox[3cm][l]{Mode 2 \Verb| 2 Tr 0.3 w |} \tabular{l}\pdfextension literal direct { 2 Tr 0.3 w }\scalebox{10}{OTTO} OTTO\OFF\endtabular - +\fi In mode 0 the character is filled but without drawing its outline which can be seen when printing in mode 1, where the linewidth of the outline is the smallest one which the system allows. Setting the linewidth to 0.3\,bp, which is @@ -58,7 +64,7 @@ drawing the outline, which is mode 0 and 1 together. The reason why the characte makes it more bold. -\section{Optional argument} +\section{Optional package argument} The only package option is \verb|bold| which is preset by 0.3, which is the linewidth of the outlines of the characters. @@ -68,65 +74,156 @@ the outlines of the characters. makes the characters more bold. +\section{The macros} + +\begin{lstlisting} +\setBold[<optional value>] +\unsetBold +\end{lstlisting} + +Without using the optional argument the default setting is used. + + + + \section{The example code} +The following examples use the value for $\pi$, defined in \LaTeX3 as \verb|\c_pi_fp|. To get rid of +the L3-syntax we define a new variable: + +\begin{lstlisting} +\ExplSyntaxOn +\let\PI\c_pi_fp +\ExplSyntaxOff +\end{lstlisting} + +\subsection{Default setting} \begin{lstlisting} \documentclass{article} \usepackage{xfakebold} \begin{document} An example: -$\pi^{\pi}=\directlua{tex.print(math.pi^math.pi)}$ and +$\pi^{\pi}=\fpeval{\PI^\PI}$ and $\displaystyle\int\limits_1^{\infty}\frac1{x^2}\symup dx=1$ \setBold\noindent An example: -$\pi^{\pi}=\directlua{tex.print(math.pi^math.pi)}$ and +$\pi^{\pi}=\fpeval{\PI^\PI}$ and $\displaystyle\int\limits_1^{\infty}\frac1{x^2}\symup dx=1$ \unsetBold\noindent An example: -$\pi^{\pi}=\directlua{tex.print(math.pi^math.pi)}$ and +$\pi^{\pi}=\fpeval{\PI^\PI}$ and $\displaystyle\int\limits_1^{\infty}\frac1{x^2}\symup dx=1$ \end{document} \end{lstlisting} -\section{The output} +\noindent +An example: +$\pi^{\pi}=\fpeval{\PI^\PI}$ and +$\displaystyle\int\limits_1^{\infty}\frac1{x^2}\symup dx=1$ +\setBold\noindent +An example: +$\pi^{\pi}=\fpeval{\PI^\PI}$ and +$\displaystyle\int\limits_1^{\infty}\frac1{x^2}\symup dx=1$ +\unsetBold\noindent An example: -$\pi^{\pi}=\directlua{tex.print(math.pi^math.pi)}$ and +$\pi^{\pi}=\fpeval{\PI^\PI}$ and +$\displaystyle\int\limits_1^{\infty}\frac1{x^2}\symup dx=1$ + + +\section{Loading the package with another value} + +\begin{lstlisting} +\documentclass{article} +\usepackage[bold=1]{xfakebold} +\begin{document} +An example: +$\pi^{\pi}=\fpeval{\PI^\PI}$ and $\displaystyle\int\limits_1^{\infty}\frac1{x^2}\symup dx=1$ \setBold\noindent An example: -$\pi^{\pi}=\directlua{tex.print(math.pi^math.pi)}$ and +$\pi^{\pi}=\fpeval{\PI^\PI}$ and $\displaystyle\int\limits_1^{\infty}\frac1{x^2}\symup dx=1$ \unsetBold\noindent An example: -$\pi^{\pi}=\directlua{tex.print(math.pi^math.pi)}$ and +$\pi^{\pi}=\fpeval{\PI^\PI}$ and $\displaystyle\int\limits_1^{\infty}\frac1{x^2}\symup dx=1$ +\end{document} +\end{lstlisting} +\noindent +An example: +$\pi^{\pi}=\fpeval{\PI^\PI}$ and +$\displaystyle\int\limits_1^{\infty}\frac1{x^2}\symup dx=1$ -\vspace{2cm}\noindent -The same for \verb|\usepackage[bold=1]{xfakebold}|: +\ifxetex\special{pdf:literal direct 2 Tr 1 w }% +\else\pdfextension literal direct { 2 Tr 1 w }\relax\fi +\noindent +An example: +$\pi^{\pi}=\fpeval{\PI^\PI}$ and +$\displaystyle\int\limits_1^{\infty}\frac1{x^2}\symup dx=1$ -\gdef\setBold{\pdfextension literal direct { 2 Tr 1 w }\relax} -\gdef\unsetBold{\pdfextension literal direct { 0 Tr 0 w }\relax} +\ifxetex\special{pdf:literal direct 0 Tr 0 w }% +\else\pdfextension literal direct { 0 Tr 0 w }\relax\fi \noindent An example: -$\pi^{\pi}=\directlua{tex.print(math.pi^math.pi)}$ and +$\pi^{\pi}=\fpeval{\PI^\PI}$ and $\displaystyle\int\limits_1^{\infty}\frac1{x^2}\symup dx=1$ -\setBold\noindent +\section{Using the optional argument of the macro} + +\begin{lstlisting} +\documentclass{article} +\usepackage{xfakebold} +\begin{document} +\setBold[0.01]\noindent An example: -$\pi^{\pi}=\directlua{tex.print(math.pi^math.pi)}$ and +$\pi^{\pi}=\fpeval{\PI^\PI}$ and $\displaystyle\int\limits_1^{\infty}\frac1{x^2}\symup dx=1$ -\unsetBold\noindent +\setBold[0.2]\noindent +An example: +$\pi^{\pi}=\fpeval{\PI^\PI}$ and +$\displaystyle\int\limits_1^{\infty}\frac1{x^2}\symup dx=1$ + +\setBold[0.6]\noindent An example: -$\pi^{\pi}=\directlua{tex.print(math.pi^math.pi)}$ and +$\pi^{\pi}=\fpeval{\PI^\PI}$ and $\displaystyle\int\limits_1^{\infty}\frac1{x^2}\symup dx=1$ +\unsetBold +\setBold\noindent% Using the deafult value +An example: +$\pi^{\pi}=\fpeval{\PI^\PI}$ and +$\displaystyle\int\limits_1^{\infty}\frac1{x^2}\symup dx=1$ +\unsetBold +\end{document} +\end{lstlisting} +\setBold[0.01]\noindent +An example: +$\pi^{\pi}=\fpeval{\PI^\PI}$ and +$\displaystyle\int\limits_1^{\infty}\frac1{x^2}\symup dx=1$ + +\setBold[0.2]\noindent +An example: +$\pi^{\pi}=\fpeval{\PI^\PI}$ and +$\displaystyle\int\limits_1^{\infty}\frac1{x^2}\symup dx=1$ + +\setBold[0.6]\noindent +An example: +$\pi^{\pi}=\fpeval{\PI^\PI}$ and +$\displaystyle\int\limits_1^{\infty}\frac1{x^2}\symup dx=1$ +\unsetBold + +\setBold\noindent% Using the deafult value +An example: +$\pi^{\pi}=\fpeval{\PI^\PI}$ and +$\displaystyle\int\limits_1^{\infty}\frac1{x^2}\symup dx=1$ +\unsetBold \end{document}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/xfakebold/latex/xfakebold.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/xfakebold/latex/xfakebold.sty index 51d030dedf..db10f5096a 100644 --- a/macros/latex/contrib/xfakebold/latex/xfakebold.sty +++ b/macros/latex/contrib/xfakebold/latex/xfakebold.sty @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -% $Id: xfakebold.sty 1087 2019-09-21 11:53:40Z herbert $ +% $Id: xfakebold.sty 1125 2019-12-29 21:34:19Z herbert $ %% %% This is file `xfakebold.sty', %% -%% Copyright (C) 2019 Herbert Voss +%% Copyright (C) 1919, 2020 Herbert Voss %% %% It may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c @@ -13,41 +13,82 @@ %% version 2005/12/01 or later. %% %% -\ProvidesPackage{xfakebold}[2019/09/21 v0.05 using bold characters] -\RequirePackage{ifluatex,ifxetex,xkeyval} +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} +\ProvidesPackage{xfakebold}[1919/12/29 v0.06 using bold characters] +\RequirePackage{xkeyval} -\def\setBold{} -\def\unsetBold{} -\def\fake@bold{0.4}% +\@ifpackagelater{iftex}{2019/10/24}{% + \RequirePackage{ifxetex,ifluatex,ifpdf} +}{% + \RequirePackage{iftex} +} -\DeclareOptionX{bold}{% - \def\fake@bold{#1}% - \ifdim\fake@bold pt > 0pt +\def\fkbld@bold{0.3 }% + +\def\fkbld@checkboldness#1{% + \ifdim#1pt > \z@ + \def\fkbld@bold{#1 }% \else - \PackageWarning{fakebold}{The value must be greater than 0. Will chooose 0.3}% - \def\fake@bold{0.3}% - \fi} + \PackageWarning{fakebold}{The value must be greater than 0. Will choose 0.3 instead!}% + \def\fkbld@bold{0.3 }% + \fi +} + +\DeclareOptionX{bold}{\fkbld@checkboldness{#1}} + +\ProcessOptionsX* -\ProcessOptionsX -\typeout{We use fakebold with factor \fake@bold}% -\ifxetex - \typeout{We have XeTeX}% - \PackageWarning{fakebold}% - {^^J No LuaTeX or PDFTeX running! - ^^J For Xe(La)TeX use the FakeBold option from package fontspec! - \def\fake@bold{-1}}% -\else - \ifluatex - \def\setBold{\pdfextension literal direct { 2 Tr \fake@bold\space w }\relax} - \def\unsetBold{\pdfextension literal direct { 0 Tr 0 w }\relax} - \typeout{We have LuaTeX}% +\newcommand\setBold[1][]{% + \begingroup + \if$#1$\else + \fkbld@checkboldness{#1}% + \fi + \ifxetex + \special{pdf:literal direct 2 Tr \fkbld@bold w }\relax + \else + \ifluatex + \pdfextension literal direct { 2 Tr \fkbld@bold w }\relax + \else + \ifpdftex + \ifnum\pdfoutput=\@ne + \pdfliteral direct { 2 Tr #1 w }\relax + \else + \special{pdf:literal direct 2 Tr \fkbld@bold w }\relax + \fi + \else + \ifpdf + \PackageWarning{fakebold}{!Unsupported engine! fakebold is disabled.} + \else + \special{pdf:literal direct 2 Tr \fkbld@bold w }\relax + \fi + \fi + \fi + \fi + \endgroup + \ignorespaces +} +\newcommand\unsetBold{% + \ifxetex + \special{pdf:literal direct 0 Tr 0 w }\relax \else - \ifdim\fake@bold pt < \z@ \else - \def\setBold{\pdfliteral direct { 2 Tr \fake@bold\space w }\relax} - \def\unsetBold{\pdfliteral direct { 0 Tr 0 w }\relax} - \typeout{We have pdfTeX}% + \ifluatex + \pdfextension literal direct { 0 Tr 0 w }\relax + \else + \ifpdftex + \ifnum\pdfoutput=\@ne + \pdfliteral direct { 0 Tr 0 w }\relax + \else + \special{pdf:literal direct 0 Tr 0 w }\relax + \fi + \else + \ifpdf + \else + \special{pdf:literal direct 0 Tr 0 w }\relax + \fi + \fi \fi \fi -\fi + \ignorespaces +} -\endinput
\ No newline at end of file +\endinput |